From: Apple Date: Wed, 15 Aug 2018 19:47:13 +0000 (+0000) Subject: hfs-407.50.6.tar.gz X-Git-Tag: macos-10134^0 X-Git-Url: https://git.saurik.com/apple/hfs.git/commitdiff_plain/fcb4e7481c85a77a1912893fa9b98662bd7a5bba hfs-407.50.6.tar.gz --- diff --git a/core/.open_source_exclude b/core/.open_source_exclude deleted file mode 100644 index 0c36529..0000000 --- a/core/.open_source_exclude +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -hfs_key_roll.c -hfs_key_roll.h diff --git a/core/BTree.c b/core/BTree.c deleted file mode 100644 index cd7803d..0000000 --- a/core/BTree.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2088 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - File: BTree.c - - Contains: Implementation of public interface routines for B-tree manager. - - Version: HFS Plus 1.0 - - Written by: Gordon Sheridan and Bill Bruffey - - Copyright: (c) 1992-1999 by Apple Inc., all rights reserved. - - File Ownership: - - DRI: Don Brady - - Other Contact: Mark Day - - Technology: File Systems - - Writers: - - (msd) Mark Day - (DSH) Deric Horn - (djb) Don Brady - - Change History (most recent first): - 9/22/99 ser Added routines BTGetLastSync and BTSetLastSync - 6/1/99 djb Sync up with Mac OS 8.6. - 6/30/98 djb In BTOpenPath make sure nodes are contiguous on disk (radar #2249539). - 4/15/98 djb In BTOpenPath need to clear nodeRec.buffer if GetBlockProc fails. - 4/11/98 djb Add RequireFileLock checking to all external entry points. - - 03/23/98 djb In BTOpenPath use kTrashBlock option when releasing the header so - that we get a full node when we call GetNode. - - 12/12/97 djb Radar #2202682, BTIterateRecord with kBTreeCurrentRecord was not - checking if we had a record and could call BlockMove with an - uninitialize source pointer (causing a bus error). - 10/24/97 msd In BTIterateRecord, when moving to the previous or next record - and we have to move to another node, see if we need to release - the node about to be "shifted out" (opposite sibling of the - direction we need to move). - 7/25/97 DSH BTSearchRecord now takes a heuristicHint, nodeNum, and tries it - before calling SearchBTree - 7/24/97 djb GetBlockProc now take a file refnum instead of an FCB ptr. - 7/22/97 djb Move trace points from BTreeWrapper.c to here. - 7/21/97 djb LogEndTime now takes an error code. - 7/16/97 DSH FilesInternal.i renamed FileMgrInternal.i to avoid name - collision - 5/19/97 djb Add summary traces to BTIterateRecord. - 4/23/97 djb first checked in - - 2/19/97 djb Enable variable sized index keys for HFS+ volumes. Added node - cache to support nodes larger than 512 bytes. - 1/27/97 djb Calls to InsertTree and DeleteTree are now recursive (to support - variable sized index keys). - 1/13/97 djb Added support for getting current record to BTIterateRecord. - 1/6/97 djb Initialize "BigKeys" attribute in BTOpen. - 1/3/97 djb Added support for large keys. - 12/23/96 djb On exit map fsBTEmptyErr and fsBTEndOfIterationErr to - fsBTRecordNotFoundErr. - 12/19/96 djb first checked in - - History applicable to original Scarecrow Design: - - <13> 10/25/96 ser Changing for new VFPI - <12> 10/18/96 ser Converting over VFPI changes - <11> 9/17/96 dkh More BTree statistics. Modified hint checks to not bail out when - an error is returned from GetNode. - <10> 9/16/96 dkh Revised BTree statistics. - <9> 8/23/96 dkh Remove checks for multiple paths to BTree file. Need to add - equivalent mechanism later. - <8> 6/20/96 dkh Radar #1358740. Switch from using Pools to debug MemAllocators. - <7> 3/14/96 jev Fix BTreeSetRecord, recordFound was not set for the case of a - simple replace causing the leafRecords count to get bumped even - though we didn't have to add a record. - <6> 3/1/96 prp Fix lint problems. Bug in BTSetRecord that does not initialize - recordFound. - <5> 1/22/96 dkh Add #include Memory.h - <4> 1/10/96 msd Use the real function names from Math64.i. - <3> 1/4/96 jev Fix BTItererateRecord for the condition when the iterator - position routine does not find the record and we are looking for - the next record. In such a case, if the node's forrward link is - non-zero, we have to keep iterating next and not return - fsBTEndOfIterationErr error. - <2> 12/7/95 dkh D10E2 build. Changed usage of Ref data type to LogicalAddress. - <1> 10/18/95 rst Moved from Scarecrow project. - - <24> 7/18/95 mbb Change MoveData & ClearBytes to BlockMoveData & BlockZero. - <23> 1/31/95 prp GetBlockProc interface uses a 64 bit node number. - <22> 1/12/95 wjk Adopt Model FileSystem changes in D5. - <21> 11/16/94 prp Add IsItAHint routine and use it whenever hint's node number was - used for testing. - <20> 11/10/94 prp BTGetInfo name collides with the same name in FileManagerPriv.i. - Change it to BTGetInformation. - <19> 9/30/94 prp Get in sync with D2 interface changes. - <18> 7/22/94 wjk Convert to the new set of header files. - <17> 12/9/93 wjk Cleanup usage of char, Byte, int8, UInt8, etc. - <16> 12/2/93 wjk Move from Makefiles to BuildFiles. Fit into the ModernOS and - NRCmds environments. - <15> 11/30/93 wjk Move from Makefiles to BuildFiles. Fit into the ModernOS and - NRCmds environments. - <14> 9/30/93 gs Rename E_NoGetNodeProc and E_NoReleaseNodeProc to - E_NoXxxxBlockProc. - <13> 8/31/93 prp Use Set64U instead of Set64. - <12> 8/16/93 prp In BTSearchRecord, if the input hint found the node and record, - set the local nodeNum variable correctly so that the resultant - iterator gets set correctly. - <11> 7/1/93 gs Fix bug in BTIterateRecord related to kBTreePrevRecord - operation. - <10> 6/2/93 gs Update for changes to FSErrors.h and add some comments. - <9> 5/24/93 gs Fix bug in BTInsert/Set/ReplaceRecord which didn't set node hint - properly in some cases. - <8> 5/24/93 gs Do NOT map fsBTEmptyErr to fsBTRecordNotFoundErr in BTSearchRecord. - <7> 5/24/93 gs Rename BTFlush to BTFlushPath. - <6> 5/21/93 gs Add hint optimization to Set/Replace routines. - <5> 5/10/93 gs Remove Panic from BTInitialize for small logicalEOF. Implement - Insert, Set, Replace, and Delete. - <4> 3/23/93 gs Finish BTInitialize. - <3> 2/8/93 gs Implement BTSearchRecord and BTIterateRecord. - <2> 12/8/92 gs Implement Open and Close routines. - <1> 11/15/92 gs first checked in - -*/ - -#include "BTreesPrivate.h" -#include "hfs_btreeio.h" - -//////////////////////////////////// Globals //////////////////////////////////// - - -/////////////////////////// BTree Module Entry Points /////////////////////////// - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: BTOpenPath - Open a file for access as a B*Tree. - -Function: Create BTree control block for a file, if necessary. Validates the - file to be sure it looks like a BTree file. - - -Input: filePtr - pointer to file to open as a B-tree - keyCompareProc - pointer to client's KeyCompare function - -Result: noErr - success - paramErr - required ptr was nil - fsBTInvalidFileErr - - memFullErr - - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus BTOpenPath(FCB *filePtr, KeyCompareProcPtr keyCompareProc) -{ - OSStatus err; - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - BTHeaderRec *header; - NodeRec nodeRec; - - ////////////////////// Preliminary Error Checking /////////////////////////// - - if ( filePtr == nil ) - { - return paramErr; - } - - /* - * Subsequent opens allow key compare proc to be changed. - */ - if ( filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr != nil && keyCompareProc != nil) { - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - btreePtr->keyCompareProc = keyCompareProc; - return noErr; - } - - if ( filePtr->fcbEOF < kMinNodeSize ) - return fsBTInvalidFileErr; - - - //////////////////////// Allocate Control Block ///////////////////////////// - - btreePtr = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(BTreeControlBlock)); - - btreePtr->getBlockProc = GetBTreeBlock; - btreePtr->releaseBlockProc = ReleaseBTreeBlock; - btreePtr->setEndOfForkProc = ExtendBTreeFile; - btreePtr->keyCompareProc = keyCompareProc; - - /////////////////////////// Read Header Node //////////////////////////////// - - nodeRec.buffer = nil; // so we can call ReleaseNode - btreePtr->fileRefNum = GetFileRefNumFromFCB(filePtr); - filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr = (Ptr) btreePtr; // attach btree cb to file - - /* Prefer doing I/O a physical block at a time */ - nodeRec.blockSize = VTOHFS(btreePtr->fileRefNum)->hfs_physical_block_size; - - /* Start with the allocation block size for regular files. */ - if (FTOC(filePtr)->c_fileid >= kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID) - { - nodeRec.blockSize = FCBTOVCB(filePtr)->blockSize; - } - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btreePtr->fileRefNum, false); - - // it is now safe to call M_ExitOnError (err) - - err = SetBTreeBlockSize (btreePtr->fileRefNum, nodeRec.blockSize, 1); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - - err = GetBTreeBlock(btreePtr->fileRefNum, - kHeaderNodeNum, - kGetBlock, - &nodeRec ); - if (err != noErr) - { - nodeRec.buffer = nil; - nodeRec.blockHeader = nil; - Panic("BTOpen: getNodeProc returned error getting header node."); - goto ErrorExit; - } - ++btreePtr->numGetNodes; - header = (BTHeaderRec*) ((uintptr_t)nodeRec.buffer + sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor)); - - - ///////////////////////////// verify header ///////////////////////////////// - - err = VerifyHeader (filePtr, header); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - - ///////////////////// Initalize fields from header ////////////////////////// - - PanicIf ( (FCBTOVCB(filePtr)->vcbSigWord != 0x4244) && (header->nodeSize == 512), " BTOpenPath: wrong node size for HFS+ volume!"); // 0x4244 = 'BD' - - btreePtr->treeDepth = header->treeDepth; - btreePtr->rootNode = header->rootNode; - btreePtr->leafRecords = header->leafRecords; - btreePtr->firstLeafNode = header->firstLeafNode; - btreePtr->lastLeafNode = header->lastLeafNode; - btreePtr->nodeSize = header->nodeSize; - btreePtr->maxKeyLength = header->maxKeyLength; - btreePtr->totalNodes = header->totalNodes; - btreePtr->freeNodes = header->freeNodes; - if (FTOC(filePtr)->c_fileid >= kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID) - filePtr->ff_clumpsize = header->clumpSize; - btreePtr->btreeType = header->btreeType; - - btreePtr->keyCompareType = header->keyCompareType; - - btreePtr->attributes = header->attributes; - - if ( btreePtr->maxKeyLength > 40 ) - btreePtr->attributes |= (kBTBigKeysMask + kBTVariableIndexKeysMask); //€€ we need a way to save these attributes - - /////////////////////// Initialize dynamic fields /////////////////////////// - - btreePtr->version = kBTreeVersion; - btreePtr->flags = 0; - btreePtr->writeCount = 1; - - /////////////////////////// Check Header Node /////////////////////////////// - - // set kBadClose attribute bit, and UpdateNode - - /* b-tree node size must be at least as big as the logical block size */ - if (btreePtr->nodeSize < VTOHFS(btreePtr->fileRefNum)->hfs_logical_block_size) - { - /* - * If this tree has any records or the media is writeable then - * we cannot mount using the current physical block size. - */ - if (btreePtr->leafRecords > 0 || - VTOHFS(btreePtr->fileRefNum)->hfs_flags & HFS_WRITEABLE_MEDIA) - { - err = fsBTBadNodeSize; - goto ErrorExit; - } - } - - /* - * If the actual node size is different than the amount we read, - * then release and trash this block, and re-read with the correct - * node size. - */ - if ( btreePtr->nodeSize != nodeRec.blockSize ) - { - err = SetBTreeBlockSize (btreePtr->fileRefNum, btreePtr->nodeSize, 32); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - /* - * Need to use kTrashBlock option to force the - * buffer cache to read the entire node - */ - err = ReleaseBTreeBlock(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &nodeRec, kTrashBlock); - ++btreePtr->numReleaseNodes; - M_ExitOnError (err); - - err = GetNode (btreePtr, kHeaderNodeNum, 0, &nodeRec ); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - - //€€ total nodes * node size <= LEOF? - - - err = ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &nodeRec); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - /* - * Under Mac OS, b-tree nodes can be non-contiguous on disk when the - * allocation block size is smaller than the b-tree node size. - * - * If journaling is turned on for this volume we can't deal with this - * situation and so we bail out. If journaling isn't on it's ok as - * hfs_strategy_fragmented() deals with it. Journaling can't support - * this because it assumes that if you give it a block that it's - * contiguous on disk. - */ - if ( FCBTOHFS(filePtr)->jnl && !NodesAreContiguous(FCBTOVCB(filePtr), filePtr, btreePtr->nodeSize) ) { - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - //////////////////////////////// Success //////////////////////////////////// - - //€€ align LEOF to multiple of node size? - just on close - - return noErr; - - - /////////////////////// Error - Clean up and Exit /////////////////////////// - -ErrorExit: - - filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr = nil; - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &nodeRec); - hfs_free(btreePtr, sizeof(*btreePtr)); - - return err; -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: BTClosePath - Flush BTree Header and Deallocate Memory for BTree. - -Function: Flush the BTreeControlBlock fields to header node, and delete BTree control - block and key descriptor associated with the file if filePtr is last - path of type kBTreeType ('btre'). - - -Input: filePtr - pointer to file to delete BTree control block for. - -Result: noErr - success - fsBTInvalidFileErr - - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus BTClosePath (FCB *filePtr) -{ - OSStatus err; - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - - if (btreePtr == nil) - return fsBTInvalidFileErr; - - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btreePtr->fileRefNum, false); - - ////////////////////// Check for other BTree Paths ////////////////////////// - - btreePtr->attributes &= ~kBTBadCloseMask; // clear "bad close" attribute bit - err = UpdateHeader (btreePtr, true); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - hfs_free(btreePtr, sizeof(*btreePtr)); - filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr = nil; - - return noErr; - - /////////////////////// Error - Clean Up and Exit /////////////////////////// - -ErrorExit: - - return err; -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: BTSearchRecord - Search BTree for a record with a matching key. - -Function: Search for position in B*Tree indicated by searchKey. If a valid node hint - is provided, it will be searched first, then SearchTree will be called. - If a BTreeIterator is provided, it will be set to the position found as - a result of the search. If a record exists at that position, and a BufferDescriptor - is supplied, the record will be copied to the buffer (as much as will fit), - and recordLen will be set to the length of the record. - - If an error other than fsBTRecordNotFoundErr occurs, the BTreeIterator, if any, - is invalidated, and recordLen is set to 0. - - -Input: pathPtr - pointer to path for BTree file. - searchKey - pointer to search key to match. - hintPtr - pointer to hint (may be nil) - -Output: record - pointer to BufferDescriptor containing record - recordLen - length of data at recordPtr - iterator - pointer to BTreeIterator indicating position result of search - -Result: noErr - success, record contains copy of record found - fsBTRecordNotFoundErr - record was not found, no data copied - fsBTInvalidFileErr - no BTreeControlBlock is allocated for the fork - fsBTInvalidKeyLengthErr - - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus BTSearchRecord (FCB *filePtr, - BTreeIterator *searchIterator, - FSBufferDescriptor *record, - u_int16_t *recordLen, - BTreeIterator *resultIterator ) -{ - OSStatus err; - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - TreePathTable treePathTable; - u_int32_t nodeNum = 0; - BlockDescriptor node; - u_int16_t index = 0; - BTreeKeyPtr keyPtr = NULL; - RecordPtr recordPtr; - u_int16_t len; - Boolean foundRecord; - Boolean validHint; - - if (filePtr == nil) - { - return paramErr; - } - - if (searchIterator == nil) - { - return paramErr; - } - - node.buffer = nil; - node.blockHeader = nil; - - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - if (btreePtr == nil) - { - return fsBTInvalidFileErr; - } - - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btreePtr->fileRefNum, true); - - foundRecord = false; - - ////////////////////////////// Take A Hint ////////////////////////////////// - - err = IsItAHint (btreePtr, searchIterator, &validHint); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - if (validHint) - { - nodeNum = searchIterator->hint.nodeNum; - - err = GetNode (btreePtr, nodeNum, kGetNodeHint, &node); - if( err == noErr ) - { - if ( ((BTNodeDescriptor*) node.buffer)->kind == kBTLeafNode && - ((BTNodeDescriptor*) node.buffer)->numRecords > 0 ) - { - foundRecord = SearchNode (btreePtr, node.buffer, &searchIterator->key, &index); - - //€€ if !foundRecord, we could still skip tree search if ( 0 < index < numRecords ) - } - - if (foundRecord == false) - { - err = ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &node); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - else - { - ++btreePtr->numValidHints; - } - } - - if( foundRecord == false ) - (void) BTInvalidateHint( searchIterator ); - } - - - //////////////////////////// Search The Tree //////////////////////////////// - - if (foundRecord == false) - { - err = SearchTree ( btreePtr, &searchIterator->key, treePathTable, &nodeNum, &node, &index); - switch (err) - { - case noErr: - foundRecord = true; - break; - case fsBTRecordNotFoundErr: - break; - default: - goto ErrorExit; - } - } - - - //////////////////////////// Get the Record ///////////////////////////////// - - if (foundRecord == true) - { - //XXX Should check for errors! Or BlockMove could choke on recordPtr!!! - GetRecordByIndex (btreePtr, node.buffer, index, &keyPtr, &recordPtr, &len); - - if (recordLen != nil) *recordLen = len; - - if (record != nil) - { - ByteCount recordSize; - - recordSize = record->itemCount * record->itemSize; - - if (len > recordSize) len = recordSize; - - BlockMoveData (recordPtr, record->bufferAddress, len); - } - } - - - /////////////////////// Success - Update Iterator /////////////////////////// - - if (resultIterator != nil) - { - if (foundRecord) { - resultIterator->hint.writeCount = btreePtr->writeCount; - resultIterator->hint.nodeNum = nodeNum; - resultIterator->hint.index = index; - } -#if DEBUG - resultIterator->hint.reserved1 = 0; - resultIterator->hint.reserved2 = 0; - resultIterator->version = 0; - resultIterator->reserved = 0; -#endif - // copy the key in the BTree when found rather than searchIterator->key to get proper case/diacriticals - if (foundRecord == true) - BlockMoveData ((Ptr)keyPtr, (Ptr)&resultIterator->key, CalcKeySize(btreePtr, keyPtr)); - else - BlockMoveData ((Ptr)&searchIterator->key, (Ptr)&resultIterator->key, CalcKeySize(btreePtr, &searchIterator->key)); - } - - err = ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &node); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - if (foundRecord == false) return fsBTRecordNotFoundErr; - else return noErr; - - - /////////////////////// Error - Clean Up and Exit /////////////////////////// - -ErrorExit: - - if (recordLen != nil) - *recordLen = 0; - - if (resultIterator != nil) - { - resultIterator->hint.writeCount = 0; - resultIterator->hint.nodeNum = 0; - resultIterator->hint.index = 0; - resultIterator->hint.reserved1 = 0; - resultIterator->hint.reserved2 = 0; - - resultIterator->version = 0; - resultIterator->reserved = 0; - resultIterator->key.length16 = 0; // zero out two bytes to cover both types of keys - } - - if ( err == fsBTEmptyErr ) - err = fsBTRecordNotFoundErr; - - return err; -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: BTIterateRecord - Find the first, next, previous, or last record. - -Function: Find the first, next, previous, or last record in the BTree - -Input: pathPtr - pointer to path iterate records for. - operation - iteration operation (first,next,prev,last) - iterator - pointer to iterator indicating start position - -Output: iterator - iterator is updated to indicate new position - newKeyPtr - pointer to buffer to copy key found by iteration - record - pointer to buffer to copy record found by iteration - recordLen - length of record - -Result: noErr - success - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus BTIterateRecord (FCB *filePtr, - BTreeIterationOperation operation, - BTreeIterator *iterator, - FSBufferDescriptor *record, - u_int16_t *recordLen ) -{ - OSStatus err; - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - BTreeKeyPtr keyPtr; - RecordPtr recordPtr; - u_int16_t len; - - Boolean foundRecord; - u_int32_t nodeNum; - - BlockDescriptor left, node, right; - u_int16_t index; - - - ////////////////////////// Priliminary Checks /////////////////////////////// - - left.buffer = nil; - left.blockHeader = nil; - right.buffer = nil; - right.blockHeader = nil; - node.buffer = nil; - node.blockHeader = nil; - - - if (filePtr == nil) - { - return paramErr; - } - - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - if (btreePtr == nil) - { - return fsBTInvalidFileErr; //€€ handle properly - } - - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btreePtr->fileRefNum, true); - - if ((operation != kBTreeFirstRecord) && - (operation != kBTreeNextRecord) && - (operation != kBTreeCurrentRecord) && - (operation != kBTreePrevRecord) && - (operation != kBTreeLastRecord)) - { - err = fsInvalidIterationMovmentErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - /////////////////////// Find First or Last Record /////////////////////////// - - if ((operation == kBTreeFirstRecord) || (operation == kBTreeLastRecord)) - { - if (operation == kBTreeFirstRecord) nodeNum = btreePtr->firstLeafNode; - else nodeNum = btreePtr->lastLeafNode; - - if (nodeNum == 0) - { - err = fsBTEmptyErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - err = GetNode (btreePtr, nodeNum, 0, &node); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - if ( ((NodeDescPtr) node.buffer)->kind != kBTLeafNode || - ((NodeDescPtr) node.buffer)->numRecords <= 0 ) - { - err = ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &node); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - err = fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - printf ("hfs: BTIterateRecord() found invalid btree node on volume %s\n", FCBTOVCB(filePtr)->vcbVN); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(FCBTOVCB(filePtr), HFS_INCONSISTENCY_DETECTED); - goto ErrorExit; - } - - if (operation == kBTreeFirstRecord) index = 0; - else index = ((BTNodeDescriptor*) node.buffer)->numRecords - 1; - - goto CopyData; //€€ is there a cleaner way? - } - - - //////////////////////// Find Iterator Position ///////////////////////////// - - // Not called for (operation == kBTreeFirstRecord || operation == kBTreeLastRecord) - err = FindIteratorPosition (btreePtr, iterator, - &left, &node, &right, &nodeNum, &index, &foundRecord); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - - ///////////////////// Find Next Or Previous Record ////////////////////////// - - if (operation == kBTreePrevRecord) - { - if (index > 0) - { - --index; - } - else - { - if (left.buffer == nil) - { - nodeNum = ((NodeDescPtr) node.buffer)->bLink; - if ( nodeNum > 0) - { - // BTree nodes are always grabbed in left to right order. - // Therefore release the current node before looking up the - // left node. - err = ReleaseNode(btreePtr, &node); - M_ExitOnError(err); - - // Look up the left node - err = GetNode (btreePtr, nodeNum, 0, &left); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - // Look up the current node again - err = GetRightSiblingNode (btreePtr, left.buffer, &node); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } else { - err = fsBTStartOfIterationErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - } - // Before we stomp on "right", we'd better release it if needed - if (right.buffer != nil) { - err = ReleaseNode(btreePtr, &right); - M_ExitOnError(err); - } - right = node; - node = left; - left.buffer = nil; - index = ((NodeDescPtr) node.buffer)->numRecords -1; - } - } - else if (operation == kBTreeNextRecord) - { - if ((foundRecord != true) && - (((NodeDescPtr) node.buffer)->fLink == 0) && - (index == ((NodeDescPtr) node.buffer)->numRecords)) - { - err = fsBTEndOfIterationErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - // we did not find the record but the index is already positioned correctly - if ((foundRecord == false) && (index != ((NodeDescPtr) node.buffer)->numRecords)) - goto CopyData; - - // we found the record OR we have to look in the next node - if (index < ((NodeDescPtr) node.buffer)->numRecords -1) - { - ++index; - } - else - { - if (right.buffer == nil) - { - nodeNum = ((NodeDescPtr) node.buffer)->fLink; - if ( nodeNum > 0) - { - err = GetNode (btreePtr, nodeNum, 0, &right); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } else { - err = fsBTEndOfIterationErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - } - // Before we stomp on "left", we'd better release it if needed - if (left.buffer != nil) { - err = ReleaseNode(btreePtr, &left); - M_ExitOnError(err); - } - left = node; - node = right; - right.buffer = nil; - index = 0; - } - } - else // operation == kBTreeCurrentRecord - { - // make sure we have something... - if ((foundRecord != true) && - (index >= ((NodeDescPtr) node.buffer)->numRecords)) - { - err = fsBTEndOfIterationErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - } - - //////////////////// Copy Record And Update Iterator //////////////////////// - -CopyData: - - // added check for errors - err = GetRecordByIndex (btreePtr, node.buffer, index, &keyPtr, &recordPtr, &len); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - if (recordLen != nil) - *recordLen = len; - - if (record != nil) - { - ByteCount recordSize; - - recordSize = record->itemCount * record->itemSize; - - if (len > recordSize) len = recordSize; - - BlockMoveData (recordPtr, record->bufferAddress, len); - } - - if (iterator != nil) // first & last do not require iterator - { - iterator->hint.writeCount = btreePtr->writeCount; - iterator->hint.nodeNum = nodeNum; - iterator->hint.index = index; - iterator->hint.reserved1 = 0; - iterator->hint.reserved2 = 0; - - iterator->version = 0; - iterator->reserved = 0; - - /* SER - * Check for infinite loops by making sure we do not - * process more leaf records, than can possibly be (or the BTree header - * is seriously damaged)....a brute force method. - */ - if ((operation == kBTreeFirstRecord) || (operation == kBTreeLastRecord)) - iterator->hitCount = 1; - else if (operation != kBTreeCurrentRecord) - iterator->hitCount += 1; - /* Always use the highest max, in case the grows while iterating */ - iterator->maxLeafRecs = max(btreePtr->leafRecords, iterator->maxLeafRecs); - -#if 0 - if (iterator->hitCount > iterator->maxLeafRecs + kNumLeafRecSlack) - { - err = fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - printf ("hfs: BTIterateRecord() found invalid btree node on volume %s\n", FCBTOVCB(filePtr)->vcbVN); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(FCBTOVCB(filePtr), HFS_INCONSISTENCY_DETECTED); - goto ErrorExit; - } -#endif - - BlockMoveData ((Ptr)keyPtr, (Ptr)&iterator->key, CalcKeySize(btreePtr, keyPtr)); - } - - - ///////////////////////////// Release Nodes ///////////////////////////////// - - err = ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &node); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - if (left.buffer != nil) - { - err = ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &left); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - - if (right.buffer != nil) - { - err = ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &right); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - - return noErr; - - /////////////////////// Error - Clean Up and Exit /////////////////////////// - -ErrorExit: - - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &left); - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &node); - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &right); - - if (recordLen != nil) - *recordLen = 0; - - if (iterator != nil) - { - iterator->hint.writeCount = 0; - iterator->hint.nodeNum = 0; - iterator->hint.index = 0; - iterator->hint.reserved1 = 0; - iterator->hint.reserved2 = 0; - - iterator->version = 0; - iterator->reserved = 0; - iterator->key.length16 = 0; - } - - if ( err == fsBTEmptyErr || err == fsBTEndOfIterationErr ) - err = fsBTRecordNotFoundErr; - - return err; -} - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: BTIterateRecords - -Function: Find a series of records - -Input: filePtr - b-tree file - operation - iteration operation (first,next,prev,last) - iterator - pointer to iterator indicating start position - callBackProc - pointer to routince to process a record - callBackState - pointer to state data (used by callBackProc) - -Output: iterator - iterator is updated to indicate new position - -Result: noErr - success - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus -BTIterateRecords(FCB *filePtr, BTreeIterationOperation operation, BTreeIterator *iterator, - IterateCallBackProcPtr callBackProc, void * callBackState) -{ - OSStatus err; - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - BTreeKeyPtr keyPtr; - RecordPtr recordPtr; - u_int16_t len; - Boolean foundRecord; - u_int32_t nodeNum; - BlockDescriptor left, node, right; - u_int16_t index; - - - ////////////////////////// Priliminary Checks /////////////////////////////// - - left.buffer = nil; - left.blockHeader = nil; - right.buffer = nil; - right.blockHeader = nil; - node.buffer = nil; - node.blockHeader = nil; - - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btreePtr->fileRefNum, true); - - if ((operation != kBTreeFirstRecord) && - (operation != kBTreeNextRecord) && - (operation != kBTreeCurrentRecord) && - (operation != kBTreePrevRecord) && - (operation != kBTreeLastRecord)) - { - err = fsInvalidIterationMovmentErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - /////////////////////// Find First or Last Record /////////////////////////// - - if ((operation == kBTreeFirstRecord) || (operation == kBTreeLastRecord)) - { - if (operation == kBTreeFirstRecord) - nodeNum = btreePtr->firstLeafNode; - else - nodeNum = btreePtr->lastLeafNode; - - if (nodeNum == 0) - { - err = fsBTEmptyErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - err = GetNode(btreePtr, nodeNum, 0, &node); - M_ExitOnError(err); - - if ( ((NodeDescPtr)node.buffer)->kind != kBTLeafNode || - ((NodeDescPtr)node.buffer)->numRecords <= 0 ) - { - err = ReleaseNode(btreePtr, &node); - M_ExitOnError(err); - - err = fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - printf ("hfs: BTIterateRecords() found invalid btree node on volume %s\n", FCBTOVCB(filePtr)->vcbVN); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(FCBTOVCB(filePtr), HFS_INCONSISTENCY_DETECTED); - goto ErrorExit; - } - - if (operation == kBTreeFirstRecord) - index = 0; - else - index = ((BTNodeDescriptor*) node.buffer)->numRecords - 1; - - goto ProcessData; - } - - //////////////////////// Find Iterator Position ///////////////////////////// - - // Not called for (operation == kBTreeFirstRecord || operation == kBTreeLastRecord) - err = FindIteratorPosition(btreePtr, iterator, &left, &node, &right, - &nodeNum, &index, &foundRecord); - if (err == fsBTRecordNotFoundErr) - err = 0; - M_ExitOnError(err); - - - ///////////////////// Find Next Or Previous Record ////////////////////////// - - if (operation == kBTreePrevRecord) - { - if (index > 0) - { - --index; - } - else - { - if (left.buffer == nil) - { - nodeNum = ((NodeDescPtr) node.buffer)->bLink; - if ( nodeNum > 0) - { - // BTree nodes are always grabbed in left to right order. - // Therefore release the current node before looking up the - // left node. - err = ReleaseNode(btreePtr, &node); - M_ExitOnError(err); - - // Look up the left node - err = GetNode (btreePtr, nodeNum, 0, &left); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - // Look up the current node again - err = GetRightSiblingNode (btreePtr, left.buffer, &node); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } else { - err = fsBTStartOfIterationErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - } - // Before we stomp on "right", we'd better release it if needed - if (right.buffer != nil) { - err = ReleaseNode(btreePtr, &right); - M_ExitOnError(err); - } - right = node; - node = left; - left.buffer = nil; - index = ((NodeDescPtr) node.buffer)->numRecords -1; - } - } - else if (operation == kBTreeNextRecord) - { - if ((foundRecord != true) && - (((NodeDescPtr)node.buffer)->fLink == 0) && - (index == ((NodeDescPtr)node.buffer)->numRecords)) - { - err = fsBTEndOfIterationErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - // we did not find the record but the index is already positioned correctly - if ((foundRecord == false) && (index != ((NodeDescPtr)node.buffer)->numRecords)) - goto ProcessData; - - // we found the record OR we have to look in the next node - if (index < ((NodeDescPtr)node.buffer)->numRecords -1) - { - ++index; - } - else - { - if (right.buffer == nil) - { - nodeNum = ((NodeDescPtr)node.buffer)->fLink; - if ( nodeNum > 0) - { - err = GetNode(btreePtr, nodeNum, 0, &right); - M_ExitOnError(err); - } else { - err = fsBTEndOfIterationErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - } - // Before we stomp on "left", we'd better release it if needed - if (left.buffer != nil) { - err = ReleaseNode(btreePtr, &left); - M_ExitOnError(err); - } - left = node; - node = right; - right.buffer = nil; - index = 0; - } - } - else // operation == kBTreeCurrentRecord - { - // make sure we have something... - if ((foundRecord != true) && - (index >= ((NodeDescPtr)node.buffer)->numRecords)) - { - err = fsBTEndOfIterationErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - } - - //////////////////// Process Records Using Callback //////////////////////// - -ProcessData: - err = GetRecordByIndex(btreePtr, node.buffer, index, &keyPtr, &recordPtr, &len); - if (err) { - err = btBadNode; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - while (err == 0) { - if (callBackProc(keyPtr, recordPtr, callBackState) == 0) - break; - - if ((index+1) < ((NodeDescPtr)node.buffer)->numRecords) { - ++index; - } else { - if (right.buffer == nil) - { - nodeNum = ((NodeDescPtr)node.buffer)->fLink; - if ( nodeNum > 0) - { - err = GetNode(btreePtr, nodeNum, 0, &right); - M_ExitOnError(err); - } else { - err = fsBTEndOfIterationErr; - break; - } - } - // Before we stomp on "left", we'd better release it if needed - if (left.buffer != nil) { - err = ReleaseNode(btreePtr, &left); - M_ExitOnError(err); - } - left = node; - node = right; - right.buffer = nil; - index = 0; - } - err = GetRecordByIndex(btreePtr, node.buffer, index, - &keyPtr, &recordPtr, &len); - if (err) { - err = btBadNode; - goto ErrorExit; - } - } - - - ///////////////// Update Iterator to Last Item Processed ///////////////////// - - - if (iterator != nil) // first & last have optional iterator - { - iterator->hint.writeCount = btreePtr->writeCount; - iterator->hint.nodeNum = nodeNum; - iterator->hint.index = index; - iterator->version = 0; - - BlockMoveData((Ptr)keyPtr, (Ptr)&iterator->key, CalcKeySize(btreePtr, keyPtr)); - } - M_ExitOnError(err); - - - ///////////////////////////// Release Nodes ///////////////////////////////// - - err = ReleaseNode(btreePtr, &node); - M_ExitOnError(err); - - if (left.buffer != nil) - { - err = ReleaseNode(btreePtr, &left); - M_ExitOnError(err); - } - - if (right.buffer != nil) - { - err = ReleaseNode(btreePtr, &right); - M_ExitOnError(err); - } - - return noErr; - - /////////////////////// Error - Clean Up and Exit /////////////////////////// - -ErrorExit: - - (void) ReleaseNode(btreePtr, &left); - (void) ReleaseNode(btreePtr, &node); - (void) ReleaseNode(btreePtr, &right); - - if (iterator != nil) - { - iterator->hint.writeCount = 0; - iterator->hint.nodeNum = 0; - iterator->hint.index = 0; - iterator->version = 0; - iterator->key.length16 = 0; - } - - if ( err == fsBTEmptyErr || err == fsBTEndOfIterationErr ) - err = fsBTRecordNotFoundErr; - - return err; -} - - -//////////////////////////////// BTInsertRecord ///////////////////////////////// - -OSStatus BTInsertRecord (FCB *filePtr, - BTreeIterator *iterator, - FSBufferDescriptor *record, - u_int16_t recordLen ) -{ - OSStatus err; - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - TreePathTable treePathTable; - u_int32_t nodesNeeded; - BlockDescriptor nodeRec; - u_int32_t insertNodeNum; - u_int16_t index; - Boolean recordFit; - - ////////////////////////// Priliminary Checks /////////////////////////////// - - nodeRec.buffer = nil; // so we can call ReleaseNode - nodeRec.blockHeader = nil; - - err = CheckInsertParams (filePtr, iterator, record, recordLen); - if (err != noErr) - return err; - - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btreePtr->fileRefNum, false); - - - ///////////////////////// Find Insert Position ////////////////////////////// - - // always call SearchTree for Insert - err = SearchTree (btreePtr, &iterator->key, treePathTable, &insertNodeNum, &nodeRec, &index); - - switch (err) // set/replace/insert decision point - { - case noErr: err = fsBTDuplicateRecordErr; - goto ErrorExit; - - case fsBTRecordNotFoundErr: break; - - case fsBTEmptyErr: // if tree empty add 1st leaf node - - if (btreePtr->freeNodes == 0) - { - err = ExtendBTree (btreePtr, btreePtr->totalNodes + 1); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - - err = AllocateNode (btreePtr, &insertNodeNum); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - err = GetNewNode (btreePtr, insertNodeNum, &nodeRec); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &nodeRec); - - ((NodeDescPtr)nodeRec.buffer)->kind = kBTLeafNode; - ((NodeDescPtr)nodeRec.buffer)->height = 1; - - recordFit = InsertKeyRecord (btreePtr, nodeRec.buffer, 0, - &iterator->key, KeyLength(btreePtr, &iterator->key), - record->bufferAddress, recordLen ); - if (recordFit != true) - { - err = fsBTRecordTooLargeErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - /* - * Update the B-tree control block. Do this before - * calling UpdateNode since it will compare the node's - * height with treeDepth. - */ - btreePtr->treeDepth = 1; - btreePtr->rootNode = insertNodeNum; - btreePtr->firstLeafNode = insertNodeNum; - btreePtr->lastLeafNode = insertNodeNum; - - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, &nodeRec, 0, kLockTransaction); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - M_BTreeHeaderDirty (btreePtr); - - goto Success; - - default: goto ErrorExit; - } - - if (index > 0) - { - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &nodeRec); - - recordFit = InsertKeyRecord (btreePtr, nodeRec.buffer, index, - &iterator->key, KeyLength(btreePtr, &iterator->key), - record->bufferAddress, recordLen); - if (recordFit == true) - { - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, &nodeRec, 0, kLockTransaction); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - goto Success; - } - } - - /////////////////////// Extend File If Necessary //////////////////////////// - - if ((btreePtr->treeDepth + 1UL) > btreePtr->freeNodes) - { - nodesNeeded = btreePtr->treeDepth + 1 + btreePtr->totalNodes - btreePtr->freeNodes; - if (nodesNeeded > CalcMapBits (btreePtr)) // we'll need to add a map node too! - ++nodesNeeded; - - err = ExtendBTree (btreePtr, nodesNeeded); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - - // no need to delete existing record - - err = InsertTree (btreePtr, treePathTable, &iterator->key, record->bufferAddress, - recordLen, &nodeRec, index, 1, kInsertRecord, &insertNodeNum); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - - //////////////////////////////// Success //////////////////////////////////// - -Success: - ++btreePtr->writeCount; - ++btreePtr->leafRecords; - M_BTreeHeaderDirty (btreePtr); - - // create hint - iterator->hint.writeCount = btreePtr->writeCount; - iterator->hint.nodeNum = insertNodeNum; - iterator->hint.index = 0; // unused - iterator->hint.reserved1 = 0; - iterator->hint.reserved2 = 0; - - return noErr; - - - ////////////////////////////// Error Exit /////////////////////////////////// - -ErrorExit: - - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &nodeRec); - - iterator->hint.writeCount = 0; - iterator->hint.nodeNum = 0; - iterator->hint.index = 0; - iterator->hint.reserved1 = 0; - iterator->hint.reserved2 = 0; - - if (err == fsBTEmptyErr) - err = fsBTRecordNotFoundErr; - - return err; -} - - -//////////////////////////////// BTReplaceRecord //////////////////////////////// - -OSStatus BTReplaceRecord (FCB *filePtr, - BTreeIterator *iterator, - FSBufferDescriptor *record, - u_int16_t recordLen ) -{ - OSStatus err; - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - TreePathTable treePathTable; - u_int32_t nodesNeeded; - BlockDescriptor nodeRec; - u_int32_t insertNodeNum; - u_int16_t index; - Boolean recordFit; - Boolean validHint; - - - ////////////////////////// Priliminary Checks /////////////////////////////// - - nodeRec.buffer = nil; // so we can call ReleaseNode - nodeRec.blockHeader = nil; - - err = CheckInsertParams (filePtr, iterator, record, recordLen); - if (err != noErr) - return err; - - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btreePtr->fileRefNum, false); - - ////////////////////////////// Take A Hint ////////////////////////////////// - - err = IsItAHint (btreePtr, iterator, &validHint); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - if (validHint) - { - insertNodeNum = iterator->hint.nodeNum; - - err = GetNode (btreePtr, insertNodeNum, kGetNodeHint, &nodeRec); - if( err == noErr ) - { - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &nodeRec); - - err = TrySimpleReplace (btreePtr, nodeRec.buffer, iterator, record, recordLen, &recordFit); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - if (recordFit) - { - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, &nodeRec, 0, 0); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - ++btreePtr->numValidHints; - - goto Success; - } - else - { - (void) BTInvalidateHint( iterator ); - } - - err = ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &nodeRec); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - else - { - (void) BTInvalidateHint( iterator ); - } - } - - - ////////////////////////////// Get A Clue /////////////////////////////////// - - err = SearchTree (btreePtr, &iterator->key, treePathTable, &insertNodeNum, &nodeRec, &index); - M_ExitOnError (err); // record must exit for Replace - - // optimization - if simple replace will work then don't extend btree - // €€ if we tried this before, and failed because it wouldn't fit then we shouldn't try this again... - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &nodeRec); - - err = TrySimpleReplace (btreePtr, nodeRec.buffer, iterator, record, recordLen, &recordFit); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - if (recordFit) - { - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, &nodeRec, 0, 0); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - goto Success; - } - - - //////////////////////////// Make Some Room ///////////////////////////////// - - if ((btreePtr->treeDepth + 1UL) > btreePtr->freeNodes) - { - nodesNeeded = btreePtr->treeDepth + 1 + btreePtr->totalNodes - btreePtr->freeNodes; - if (nodesNeeded > CalcMapBits (btreePtr)) // we'll need to add a map node too! - ++nodesNeeded; - - err = ExtendBTree (btreePtr, nodesNeeded); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &nodeRec); - - DeleteRecord (btreePtr, nodeRec.buffer, index); // delete existing key/record - - err = InsertTree (btreePtr, treePathTable, &iterator->key, record->bufferAddress, - recordLen, &nodeRec, index, 1, kReplaceRecord, &insertNodeNum); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - ++btreePtr->writeCount; /* writeCount changes only if the tree structure changed */ - -Success: - // create hint - iterator->hint.writeCount = btreePtr->writeCount; - iterator->hint.nodeNum = insertNodeNum; - iterator->hint.index = 0; // unused - iterator->hint.reserved1 = 0; - iterator->hint.reserved2 = 0; - - return noErr; - - - ////////////////////////////// Error Exit /////////////////////////////////// - -ErrorExit: - - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &nodeRec); - - iterator->hint.writeCount = 0; - iterator->hint.nodeNum = 0; - iterator->hint.index = 0; - iterator->hint.reserved1 = 0; - iterator->hint.reserved2 = 0; - - return err; -} - - - -//////////////////////////////// BTUpdateRecord //////////////////////////////// - -OSStatus -BTUpdateRecord(FCB *filePtr, BTreeIterator *iterator, - IterateCallBackProcPtr callBackProc, void * callBackState) -{ - OSStatus err; - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - TreePathTable treePathTable; - BlockDescriptor nodeRec; - RecordPtr recordPtr; - BTreeKeyPtr keyPtr; - u_int32_t insertNodeNum; - u_int16_t recordLen; - u_int16_t index; - Boolean validHint; - - - ////////////////////////// Priliminary Checks /////////////////////////////// - - nodeRec.buffer = nil; // so we can call ReleaseNode - nodeRec.blockHeader = nil; - - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btreePtr->fileRefNum, true); - - ////////////////////////////// Take A Hint ////////////////////////////////// - - err = IsItAHint (btreePtr, iterator, &validHint); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - if (validHint) - { - insertNodeNum = iterator->hint.nodeNum; - - err = GetNode (btreePtr, insertNodeNum, kGetNodeHint, &nodeRec); - if (err == noErr) - { - if (((NodeDescPtr)nodeRec.buffer)->kind == kBTLeafNode && - SearchNode (btreePtr, nodeRec.buffer, &iterator->key, &index)) - { - err = GetRecordByIndex(btreePtr, nodeRec.buffer, index, &keyPtr, &recordPtr, &recordLen); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &nodeRec); - - err = callBackProc(keyPtr, recordPtr, callBackState); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, &nodeRec, 0, 0); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - ++btreePtr->numValidHints; - - goto Success; - } - else - { - (void) BTInvalidateHint( iterator ); - } - - err = ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &nodeRec); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - else - { - (void) BTInvalidateHint( iterator ); - } - } - - ////////////////////////////// Get A Clue /////////////////////////////////// - - err = SearchTree (btreePtr, &iterator->key, treePathTable, &insertNodeNum, &nodeRec, &index); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - err = GetRecordByIndex(btreePtr, nodeRec.buffer, index, &keyPtr, &recordPtr, &recordLen); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &nodeRec); - - err = callBackProc(keyPtr, recordPtr, callBackState); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, &nodeRec, 0, 0); - M_ExitOnError (err); - -Success: - // create hint - iterator->hint.writeCount = btreePtr->writeCount; - iterator->hint.nodeNum = insertNodeNum; - iterator->hint.index = 0; - iterator->hint.reserved1 = 0; - iterator->hint.reserved2 = 0; - return noErr; - - ////////////////////////////// Error Exit /////////////////////////////////// - -ErrorExit: - - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &nodeRec); - - iterator->hint.writeCount = 0; - iterator->hint.nodeNum = 0; - iterator->hint.index = 0; - iterator->hint.reserved1 = 0; - iterator->hint.reserved2 = 0; - return err; -} - - - -//////////////////////////////// BTDeleteRecord ///////////////////////////////// - -OSStatus BTDeleteRecord (FCB *filePtr, - BTreeIterator *iterator ) -{ - OSStatus err; - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - TreePathTable treePathTable; - BlockDescriptor nodeRec; - u_int32_t nodesNeeded; - u_int32_t nodeNum; - u_int16_t index; - - - ////////////////////////// Priliminary Checks /////////////////////////////// - - nodeRec.buffer = nil; // so we can call ReleaseNode - nodeRec.blockHeader = nil; - - M_ReturnErrorIf (filePtr == nil, paramErr); - M_ReturnErrorIf (iterator == nil, paramErr); - - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - if (btreePtr == nil) - { - err = fsBTInvalidFileErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btreePtr->fileRefNum, false); - - - /////////////////////////////// Find Key //////////////////////////////////// - - // check hint for simple delete case (index > 0, numRecords > 2) - - err = SearchTree (btreePtr, &iterator->key, treePathTable, &nodeNum, &nodeRec, &index); - M_ExitOnError (err); // record must exit for Delete - - - /////////////////////// Extend File If Necessary //////////////////////////// - - /* - * Worst case: we delete the first record in the tree and - * following key is sufficiently larger to cause all parents to - * require splitting and we need a new root node and a new map - * node. - */ - if (index == 0 && btreePtr->treeDepth + 1 > btreePtr->freeNodes) - { - nodesNeeded = btreePtr->treeDepth + btreePtr->totalNodes; - if (nodesNeeded > CalcMapBits (btreePtr)) - ++nodesNeeded; - - if (nodesNeeded - btreePtr->totalNodes > btreePtr->freeNodes) { - err = ExtendBTree (btreePtr, nodesNeeded); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - } - - ///////////////////////////// Delete Record ///////////////////////////////// - - err = DeleteTree (btreePtr, treePathTable, &nodeRec, index, 1); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - ++btreePtr->writeCount; - --btreePtr->leafRecords; - M_BTreeHeaderDirty (btreePtr); - - iterator->hint.nodeNum = 0; - - return noErr; - - ////////////////////////////// Error Exit /////////////////////////////////// - -ErrorExit: - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &nodeRec); - - return err; -} - - - -OSStatus BTGetInformation (FCB *filePtr, - u_int16_t file_version, - BTreeInfoRec *info ) -{ -#pragma unused (file_version) - - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - - - M_ReturnErrorIf (filePtr == nil, paramErr); - - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - - /* - * XXX SER - * This should not require the whole tree to be locked, just maybe the BTreeControlBlockPtr - * - * REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btreePtr->fileRefNum, true); - */ - - M_ReturnErrorIf (btreePtr == nil, fsBTInvalidFileErr); - M_ReturnErrorIf (info == nil, paramErr); - - //€€ check version? - - info->nodeSize = btreePtr->nodeSize; - info->maxKeyLength = btreePtr->maxKeyLength; - info->treeDepth = btreePtr->treeDepth; - info->numRecords = btreePtr->leafRecords; - info->numNodes = btreePtr->totalNodes; - info->numFreeNodes = btreePtr->freeNodes; - info->lastfsync = btreePtr->lastfsync; - info->keyCompareType = btreePtr->keyCompareType; - return noErr; -} - -// XXXdbg -OSStatus -BTIsDirty(FCB *filePtr) -{ - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - return TreeIsDirty(btreePtr); -} - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: BTFlushPath - Flush BTreeControlBlock to Header Node. - -Function: Brief_description_of_the_function_and_any_side_effects - - -Input: pathPtr - pointer to path control block for B*Tree file to flush - -Output: none - -Result: noErr - success - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus BTFlushPath (FCB *filePtr) -{ - OSStatus err; - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - - - M_ReturnErrorIf (filePtr == nil, paramErr); - - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - - M_ReturnErrorIf (btreePtr == nil, fsBTInvalidFileErr); - - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btreePtr->fileRefNum, true); - - err = UpdateHeader (btreePtr, false); - - return err; -} - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: BTReload - Reload B-tree Header Data. - -Function: Reload B-tree header data from disk. This is called after fsck - has made repairs to the root filesystem. The filesystem is - mounted read-only when BTReload is caled. - - -Input: filePtr - the B*Tree file that needs its header updated - -Output: none - -Result: noErr - success - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus -BTReloadData(FCB *filePtr) -{ - OSStatus err; - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - BlockDescriptor node; - BTHeaderRec *header; - - - node.buffer = nil; - node.blockHeader = nil; - - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - if (btreePtr == nil) - return (fsBTInvalidFileErr); - - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btreePtr->fileRefNum, false); - - err = GetNode(btreePtr, kHeaderNodeNum, 0, &node); - if (err != noErr) - return (err); - - header = (BTHeaderRec*)((char *)node.buffer + sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor)); - if ((err = VerifyHeader (filePtr, header)) == 0) { - btreePtr->treeDepth = header->treeDepth; - btreePtr->rootNode = header->rootNode; - btreePtr->leafRecords = header->leafRecords; - btreePtr->firstLeafNode = header->firstLeafNode; - btreePtr->lastLeafNode = header->lastLeafNode; - btreePtr->maxKeyLength = header->maxKeyLength; - btreePtr->totalNodes = header->totalNodes; - btreePtr->freeNodes = header->freeNodes; - btreePtr->btreeType = header->btreeType; - - btreePtr->flags &= (~kBTHeaderDirty); - } - - (void) ReleaseNode(btreePtr, &node); - - return err; -} - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: BTInvalidateHint - Invalidates the hint within a BTreeInterator. - -Function: Invalidates the hint within a BTreeInterator. - - -Input: iterator - pointer to BTreeIterator - -Output: iterator - iterator with the hint.nodeNum cleared - -Result: noErr - success - paramErr - iterator == nil --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -OSStatus BTInvalidateHint (BTreeIterator *iterator ) -{ - if (iterator == nil) - return paramErr; - - iterator->hint.nodeNum = 0; - - return noErr; -} - - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: BTGetLastSync - -Function: Returns the last time that this btree was flushed, does not include header. - -Input: filePtr - pointer file control block - -Output: lastfsync - time in seconds of last update - -Result: noErr - success - paramErr - iterator == nil --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -OSStatus BTGetLastSync (FCB *filePtr, - u_int32_t *lastsync) -{ - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - - - M_ReturnErrorIf (filePtr == nil, paramErr); - - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - - /* Maybe instead of requiring a lock..an atomic set might be more appropriate */ - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btreePtr->fileRefNum, true); - - M_ReturnErrorIf (btreePtr == nil, fsBTInvalidFileErr); - M_ReturnErrorIf (lastsync == nil, paramErr); - - *lastsync = btreePtr->lastfsync; - - return noErr; -} - - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: BTSetLastSync - -Function: Sets the last time that this btree was flushed, does not include header. - - -Input: fcb - pointer file control block - -Output: lastfsync - time in seconds of last update - -Result: noErr - success - paramErr - iterator == nil --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -OSStatus BTSetLastSync (FCB *filePtr, - u_int32_t lastsync) -{ - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - - - M_ReturnErrorIf (filePtr == nil, paramErr); - - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - - /* Maybe instead of requiring a lock..an atomic set might be more appropriate */ - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btreePtr->fileRefNum, true); - - M_ReturnErrorIf (btreePtr == nil, fsBTInvalidFileErr); - M_ReturnErrorIf (lastsync == 0, paramErr); - - btreePtr->lastfsync = lastsync; - - return noErr; -} - -OSStatus BTHasContiguousNodes (FCB *filePtr) -{ - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - - - M_ReturnErrorIf (filePtr == nil, paramErr); - - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btreePtr->fileRefNum, true); - - M_ReturnErrorIf (btreePtr == nil, fsBTInvalidFileErr); - - return NodesAreContiguous(FCBTOVCB(filePtr), filePtr, btreePtr->nodeSize); -} - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: BTGetUserData - -Function: Read the user data area of the b-tree header node. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -OSStatus -BTGetUserData(FCB *filePtr, void * dataPtr, int dataSize) -{ - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - BlockDescriptor node; - char * offset; - OSStatus err; - - if (dataSize > kBTreeHeaderUserBytes) - return (EINVAL); - node.buffer = nil; - node.blockHeader = nil; - - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - if (btreePtr == nil) - return (fsBTInvalidFileErr); - - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btreePtr->fileRefNum, false); - - err = GetNode(btreePtr, kHeaderNodeNum, 0, &node); - if (err) - return (err); - - offset = (char *)node.buffer + sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor) + sizeof(BTHeaderRec); - bcopy(offset, dataPtr, dataSize); - - (void) ReleaseNode(btreePtr, &node); - - return (0); -} - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: BTSetUserData - -Function: Write the user data area of the b-tree header node. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -OSStatus -BTSetUserData(FCB *filePtr, void * dataPtr, int dataSize) -{ - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - BlockDescriptor node; - char * offset; - OSStatus err; - - if (dataSize > kBTreeHeaderUserBytes) - return (EINVAL); - node.buffer = nil; - node.blockHeader = nil; - - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - if (btreePtr == nil) - return (fsBTInvalidFileErr); - - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btreePtr->fileRefNum, false); - - err = GetNode(btreePtr, kHeaderNodeNum, 0, &node); - if (err) - return (err); - - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &node); - - offset = (char *)node.buffer + sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor) + sizeof(BTHeaderRec); - bcopy(dataPtr, offset, dataSize); - - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, &node, 0, 0); - - return (err); -} - diff --git a/core/BTreeAllocate.c b/core/BTreeAllocate.c deleted file mode 100644 index d9b3b63..0000000 --- a/core/BTreeAllocate.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,748 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2003, 2005-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - File: BTreeAllocate.c - - Contains: BTree Node Allocation routines for the BTree Module. - - Version: xxx put the technology version here xxx - - Written by: Gordon Sheridan and Bill Bruffey - - Copyright: (c) 1992-1999 by Apple Inc., all rights reserved. - - File Ownership: - - DRI: Don Brady - - Other Contact: Mark Day - - Technology: File Systems - - Writers: - - (djb) Don Brady - (ser) Scott Roberts - (msd) Mark Day - - Change History (most recent first): - - 6/1/99 djb Sync up with Mac OS 8.6. - 11/24/97 djb Remove some debug code (Panic calls). - 7/24/97 djb CallbackProcs now take refnum instead of an FCB. - 4/23/97 djb first checked in - - 2/19/97 djb Change E_BadNodeType to fsBTBadNodeType. - 12/19/96 djb first checked in - - History applicable to original Scarecrow Design: - - <4> 10/25/96 ser Changing for new VFPI - <3> 10/18/96 ser Converting over VFPI changes - <2> 1/10/96 msd Change 64-bit math to use real function names from Math64.i. - <1> 10/18/95 rst Moved from Scarecrow project. - - <8> 1/12/95 wjk Adopt Model FileSystem changes in D5. - <7> 9/30/94 prp Get in sync with D2 interface changes. - <6> 7/22/94 wjk Convert to the new set of header files. - <5> 8/31/93 prp Use U64SetU instead of S64Set. - <4> 5/21/93 gs Fix ExtendBTree bug. - <3> 5/10/93 gs Fix pointer arithmetic bug in AllocateNode. - <2> 3/23/93 gs finish ExtendBTree routine. - <1> 2/8/93 gs first checked in - <0> 1/1/93 gs begin AllocateNode and FreeNode - -*/ - -#include "hfs_btreeio.h" -#include "hfs_endian.h" -#include "BTreesPrivate.h" - -///////////////////// Routines Internal To BTreeAllocate.c ////////////////////// - -static OSStatus GetMapNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - BlockDescriptor *nodePtr, - u_int16_t **mapPtr, - u_int16_t *mapSize ); - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: AllocateNode - Find Free Node, Mark It Used, and Return Node Number. - -Function: Searches the map records for the first free node, marks it "in use" and - returns the node number found. This routine should really only be called - when we know there are free blocks, otherwise it's just a waste of time. - -Note: We have to examine map nodes a word at a time rather than a long word - because the External BTree Mgr used map records that were not an integral - number of long words. Too bad. In our spare time could develop a more - sophisticated algorithm that read map records by long words (and long - word aligned) and handled the spare bytes at the beginning and end - appropriately. - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to control block for BTree file - -Output: nodeNum - number of node allocated - - -Result: noErr - success - fsBTNoMoreMapNodesErr - no free blocks were found - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus AllocateNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, u_int32_t *nodeNum) -{ - OSStatus err; - BlockDescriptor node; - u_int16_t *mapPtr, *pos; - u_int16_t mapSize, size; - u_int16_t freeWord; - u_int16_t mask; - u_int16_t bitOffset; - u_int32_t nodeNumber; - - - nodeNumber = 0; // first node number of header map record - node.buffer = nil; // clear node.buffer to get header node - // - and for ErrorExit - node.blockHeader = nil; - - while (true) - { - err = GetMapNode (btreePtr, &node, &mapPtr, &mapSize); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &node); - - //////////////////////// Find Word with Free Bit //////////////////////////// - - pos = mapPtr; - size = mapSize; - size >>= 1; // convert to number of words - //€€ assumes mapRecords contain an integral number of words - - while ( size-- ) - { - if ( *pos++ != 0xFFFF ) // assume test fails, and increment pos - break; - } - - --pos; // whoa! backup - - if (*pos != 0xFFFF) // hey, we got one! - break; - - nodeNumber += mapSize << 3; // covert to number of bits (nodes) - } - - ///////////////////////// Find Free Bit in Word ///////////////////////////// - - freeWord = SWAP_BE16 (*pos); - bitOffset = 15; - mask = 0x8000; - - do { - if ( (freeWord & mask) == 0) - break; - mask >>= 1; - } while (--bitOffset); - - ////////////////////// Calculate Free Node Number /////////////////////////// - - nodeNumber += ((pos - mapPtr) << 4) + (15 - bitOffset); // (pos-mapPtr) = # of words! - - - ///////////////////////// Check for End of Map ////////////////////////////// - - if (nodeNumber >= btreePtr->totalNodes) - { - err = fsBTFullErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - /////////////////////////// Allocate the Node /////////////////////////////// - - *pos |= SWAP_BE16 (mask); // set the map bit for the node - - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, &node, 0, kLockTransaction); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - --btreePtr->freeNodes; - M_BTreeHeaderDirty(btreePtr); - - /* Account for allocations from node reserve */ - BTUpdateReserve(btreePtr, 1); - - *nodeNum = nodeNumber; - - return noErr; - -////////////////////////////////// Error Exit /////////////////////////////////// - -ErrorExit: - - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &node); - *nodeNum = 0; - - return err; -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: FreeNode - Clear allocation bit for node. - -Function: Finds the bit representing the node specified by nodeNum in the node - map and clears the bit. - - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to control block for BTree file - nodeNum - number of node to mark free - -Output: none - -Result: noErr - success - fsBTNoMoreMapNodesErr - node number is beyond end of node map - != noErr - GetNode or ReleaseNode encountered some difficulty --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus FreeNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, u_int32_t nodeNum) -{ - OSStatus err; - BlockDescriptor node; - u_int32_t nodeIndex; - u_int16_t mapSize = 0; - u_int16_t *mapPos = NULL; - u_int16_t bitOffset; - - - //////////////////////////// Find Map Record //////////////////////////////// - nodeIndex = 0; // first node number of header map record - node.buffer = nil; // invalidate node.buffer to get header node - node.blockHeader = nil; - - while (nodeNum >= nodeIndex) - { - err = GetMapNode (btreePtr, &node, &mapPos, &mapSize); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - nodeIndex += mapSize << 3; // covert to number of bits (nodes) - } - - //////////////////////////// Mark Node Free ///////////////////////////////// - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &node); - - nodeNum -= (nodeIndex - (mapSize << 3)); // relative to this map record - bitOffset = 15 - (nodeNum & 0x0000000F); // last 4 bits are bit offset - mapPos += nodeNum >> 4; // point to word containing map bit - - M_SWAP_BE16_ClearBitNum (*mapPos, bitOffset); // clear it - - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, &node, 0, kLockTransaction); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - ++btreePtr->freeNodes; - M_BTreeHeaderDirty(btreePtr); - - return noErr; - -ErrorExit: - - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &node); - - return err; -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: ExtendBTree - Call FSAgent to extend file, and allocate necessary map nodes. - -Function: This routine calls the the FSAgent to extend the end of fork, if necessary, - to accomodate the number of nodes requested. It then allocates as many - map nodes as are necessary to account for all the nodes in the B*Tree. - If newTotalNodes is less than the current number of nodes, no action is - taken. - -Note: Internal HFS File Manager BTree Module counts on an integral number of - long words in map records, although they are not long word aligned. - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to control block for BTree file - newTotalNodes - total number of nodes the B*Tree is to extended to - -Output: none - -Result: noErr - success - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus ExtendBTree (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - u_int32_t newTotalNodes ) -{ - OSStatus err; - FCB *filePtr; - FSSize minEOF, maxEOF; - u_int16_t nodeSize; - u_int32_t oldTotalNodes; - u_int32_t newMapNodes; - u_int32_t mapBits, totalMapBits; - u_int32_t recStartBit; - u_int32_t nodeNum, nextNodeNum; - u_int32_t firstNewMapNodeNum, lastNewMapNodeNum; - BlockDescriptor mapNode, newNode; - u_int16_t *mapPos; - u_int16_t *mapStart; - u_int16_t mapSize; - u_int16_t mapNodeRecSize; - u_int32_t bitInWord, bitInRecord; - u_int16_t mapIndex; - - - oldTotalNodes = btreePtr->totalNodes; - if (newTotalNodes <= oldTotalNodes) // we're done! - return noErr; - - nodeSize = btreePtr->nodeSize; - filePtr = GetFileControlBlock(btreePtr->fileRefNum); - - mapNode.buffer = nil; - mapNode.blockHeader = nil; - newNode.buffer = nil; - newNode.blockHeader = nil; - - mapNodeRecSize = nodeSize - sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor) - 6; // 2 bytes of free space (see note) - - - //////////////////////// Count Bits In Node Map ///////////////////////////// - - totalMapBits = 0; - do { - err = GetMapNode (btreePtr, &mapNode, &mapStart, &mapSize); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - mapBits = mapSize << 3; // mapSize (in bytes) * 8 - recStartBit = totalMapBits; // bit number of first bit in map record - totalMapBits += mapBits; - - } while ( ((BTNodeDescriptor*)mapNode.buffer)->fLink != 0 ); - -#if DEBUG - if (totalMapBits != CalcMapBits (btreePtr)) - Panic ("ExtendBTree: totalMapBits != CalcMapBits"); -#endif - - /////////////////////// Extend LEOF If Necessary //////////////////////////// - - minEOF = (u_int64_t)newTotalNodes * (u_int64_t)nodeSize; - if ( (u_int64_t)filePtr->fcbEOF < minEOF ) - { - maxEOF = (u_int64_t)0x7fffffffLL * (u_int64_t)nodeSize; - - err = btreePtr->setEndOfForkProc (btreePtr->fileRefNum, minEOF, maxEOF); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - - - //////////////////// Calc New Total Number Of Nodes ///////////////////////// - - newTotalNodes = filePtr->fcbEOF / nodeSize; // hack! - // do we wish to perform any verification of newTotalNodes at this point? - - btreePtr->totalNodes = newTotalNodes; // do we need to update freeNodes here too? - - - ////////////// Calculate Number Of New Map Nodes Required /////////////////// - - newMapNodes = 0; - if (newTotalNodes > totalMapBits) - { - newMapNodes = (((newTotalNodes - totalMapBits) >> 3) / mapNodeRecSize) + 1; - firstNewMapNodeNum = oldTotalNodes; - lastNewMapNodeNum = firstNewMapNodeNum + newMapNodes - 1; - } - else - { - err = ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &mapNode); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - goto Success; - } - - - /////////////////////// Initialize New Map Nodes //////////////////////////// - // XXXdbg - this is the correct place for this: - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &mapNode); - - ((BTNodeDescriptor*)mapNode.buffer)->fLink = firstNewMapNodeNum; - - nodeNum = firstNewMapNodeNum; - while (true) - { - err = GetNewNode (btreePtr, nodeNum, &newNode); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &newNode); - - ((NodeDescPtr)newNode.buffer)->numRecords = 1; - ((NodeDescPtr)newNode.buffer)->kind = kBTMapNode; - - // set free space offset - *(u_int16_t *)((Ptr)newNode.buffer + nodeSize - 4) = nodeSize - 6; - - if (nodeNum++ == lastNewMapNodeNum) - break; - - ((BTNodeDescriptor*)newNode.buffer)->fLink = nodeNum; // point to next map node - - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, &newNode, 0, kLockTransaction); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, &newNode, 0, kLockTransaction); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - - ///////////////////// Mark New Map Nodes Allocated ////////////////////////// - - nodeNum = firstNewMapNodeNum; - do { - bitInRecord = nodeNum - recStartBit; - - while (bitInRecord >= mapBits) - { - nextNodeNum = ((NodeDescPtr)mapNode.buffer)->fLink; - if ( nextNodeNum == 0) - { - err = fsBTNoMoreMapNodesErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, &mapNode, 0, kLockTransaction); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - err = GetNode (btreePtr, nextNodeNum, 0, &mapNode); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &mapNode); - - mapIndex = 0; - - mapStart = (u_int16_t *) GetRecordAddress (btreePtr, mapNode.buffer, mapIndex); - mapSize = GetRecordSize (btreePtr, mapNode.buffer, mapIndex); - -#if DEBUG - if (mapSize != M_MapRecordSize (btreePtr->nodeSize) ) - { - Panic ("ExtendBTree: mapSize != M_MapRecordSize"); - } -#endif - - mapBits = mapSize << 3; // mapSize (in bytes) * 8 - recStartBit = totalMapBits; // bit number of first bit in map record - totalMapBits += mapBits; - - bitInRecord = nodeNum - recStartBit; - } - - mapPos = mapStart + ((nodeNum - recStartBit) >> 4); - bitInWord = 15 - ((nodeNum - recStartBit) & 0x0000000F); - - M_SWAP_BE16_SetBitNum (*mapPos, bitInWord); - - ++nodeNum; - - } while (nodeNum <= lastNewMapNodeNum); - - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, &mapNode, 0, kLockTransaction); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - - //////////////////////////////// Success //////////////////////////////////// - -Success: - - btreePtr->totalNodes = newTotalNodes; - btreePtr->freeNodes += (newTotalNodes - oldTotalNodes) - newMapNodes; - - M_BTreeHeaderDirty(btreePtr); - - /* Force the b-tree header changes to disk */ - (void) UpdateHeader (btreePtr, true); - - return noErr; - - - ////////////////////////////// Error Exit /////////////////////////////////// - -ErrorExit: - - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &mapNode); - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &newNode); - - return err; -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: GetMapNode - Get the next map node and pointer to the map record. - -Function: Given a BlockDescriptor to a map node in nodePtr, GetMapNode releases - it and gets the next node. If nodePtr->buffer is nil, then the header - node is retrieved. - - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to control block for BTree file - nodePtr - pointer to a BlockDescriptor of a map node - -Output: nodePtr - pointer to the BlockDescriptor for the next map node - mapPtr - pointer to the map record within the map node - mapSize - number of bytes in the map record - -Result: noErr - success - fsBTNoMoreMapNodesErr - we've run out of map nodes - fsBTInvalidNodeErr - bad node, or not node type kMapNode - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -OSStatus GetMapNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - BlockDescriptor *nodePtr, - u_int16_t **mapPtr, - u_int16_t *mapSize ) -{ - OSStatus err; - u_int16_t mapIndex; - u_int32_t nextNodeNum; - - if (nodePtr->buffer != nil) // if iterator is valid... - { - nextNodeNum = ((NodeDescPtr)nodePtr->buffer)->fLink; - if (nextNodeNum == 0) - { - err = fsBTNoMoreMapNodesErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - err = ReleaseNode (btreePtr, nodePtr); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - err = GetNode (btreePtr, nextNodeNum, 0, nodePtr); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - if ( ((NodeDescPtr)nodePtr->buffer)->kind != kBTMapNode) - { - err = fsBTBadNodeType; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - ++btreePtr->numMapNodesRead; - mapIndex = 0; - } else { - err = GetNode (btreePtr, kHeaderNodeNum, 0, nodePtr); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - if ( ((NodeDescPtr)nodePtr->buffer)->kind != kBTHeaderNode) - { - err = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; //€€ or fsBTBadNodeType - goto ErrorExit; - } - - mapIndex = 2; - } - - - *mapPtr = (u_int16_t *) GetRecordAddress (btreePtr, nodePtr->buffer, mapIndex); - *mapSize = GetRecordSize (btreePtr, nodePtr->buffer, mapIndex); - - return noErr; - - -ErrorExit: - - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, nodePtr); - - *mapPtr = nil; - *mapSize = 0; - - return err; -} - - - -////////////////////////////////// CalcMapBits ////////////////////////////////// - -u_int32_t CalcMapBits (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr) -{ - u_int32_t mapBits; - - mapBits = M_HeaderMapRecordSize (btreePtr->nodeSize) << 3; - - while (mapBits < btreePtr->totalNodes) - mapBits += M_MapRecordSize (btreePtr->nodeSize) << 3; - - return mapBits; -} - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: BTZeroUnusedNodes - -Function: Write zeros to all nodes in the B-tree that are not currently in use. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -int -BTZeroUnusedNodes(FCB *filePtr) -{ - int err; - vnode_t vp; - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - BlockDescriptor mapNode; - buf_t bp; - u_int32_t nodeNumber; - u_int16_t *mapPtr, *pos; - u_int16_t mapSize, size; - u_int16_t mask; - u_int16_t bitNumber; - u_int16_t word; - int numWritten; - - vp = FTOV(filePtr); - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - bp = NULL; - nodeNumber = 0; - mapNode.buffer = nil; - mapNode.blockHeader = nil; - numWritten = 0; - - /* Iterate over map nodes. */ - while (true) - { - err = GetMapNode (btreePtr, &mapNode, &mapPtr, &mapSize); - if (err) - { - err = MacToVFSError(err); - goto ErrorExit; - } - - pos = mapPtr; - size = mapSize; - size >>= 1; /* convert to number of 16-bit words */ - - /* Iterate over 16-bit words in the map record. */ - while (size--) - { - if (*pos != 0xFFFF) /* Anything free in this word? */ - { - word = SWAP_BE16(*pos); - - /* Iterate over bits in the word. */ - for (bitNumber = 0, mask = 0x8000; - bitNumber < 16; - ++bitNumber, mask >>= 1) - { - if (word & mask) - continue; /* This node is in use. */ - - if (nodeNumber + bitNumber >= btreePtr->totalNodes) - { - /* We've processed all of the nodes. */ - goto done; - } - - /* - * Get a buffer full of zeros and write it to the unused - * node. Since we'll probably be writing a lot of nodes, - * bypass the journal (to avoid a transaction that's too - * big). Instead, this behaves more like clearing out - * nodes when extending a B-tree (eg., ClearBTNodes). - */ - bp = buf_getblk(vp, nodeNumber + bitNumber, btreePtr->nodeSize, 0, 0, BLK_META); - if (bp == NULL) - { - printf("hfs: BTZeroUnusedNodes: unable to read node %u\n", nodeNumber + bitNumber); - err = EIO; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - if (buf_flags(bp) & B_LOCKED) { - /* - * This node is already part of a transaction and will be written when - * the transaction is committed, so don't write it here. If we did, then - * we'd hit a panic in hfs_vnop_bwrite because the B_LOCKED bit is still set. - */ - buf_brelse(bp); - continue; - } - - buf_clear(bp); - buf_markaged(bp); - - /* - * Try not to hog the buffer cache. Wait for the write - * every 32 nodes. If VNOP_BWRITE reports an error, bail out and bubble - * it up to the function calling us. If we tried to update a read-only - * mount on read-only media, for example, catching the error will let - * us alert the callers of this function that they should maintain - * the mount in read-only mode. - - */ - ++numWritten; - if (numWritten % 32 == 0) { - err = VNOP_BWRITE(bp); - if (err) { - goto ErrorExit; - } - } - else { - buf_bawrite(bp); - } - } - } - - /* Go to the next word in the bitmap */ - ++pos; - nodeNumber += 16; - } - } - -ErrorExit: -done: - (void) ReleaseNode(btreePtr, &mapNode); - - return err; -} diff --git a/core/BTreeMiscOps.c b/core/BTreeMiscOps.c deleted file mode 100644 index a8682ef..0000000 --- a/core/BTreeMiscOps.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,676 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2003, 2005-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - File: BTreeMiscOps.c - - Contains: Miscellaneous operations for the BTree Module. - - Version: xxx put the technology version here xxx - - Written by: Gordon Sheridan and Bill Bruffey - - Copyright: (c) 1992-1999 by Apple Inc., all rights reserved. - - File Ownership: - - DRI: Don Brady - - Other Contact: Mark Day - - Technology: File Systems - - Writers: - - (DSH) Deric Horn - (msd) Mark Day - (djb) Don Brady - - Change History (most recent first): - - 6/1/99 djb Sync up with Mac OS 8.6. - 9/4/97 djb Optimize TrySimpleReplace for the case where record size is not - changing. - 4/23/97 djb first checked in - - 3/31/97 djb Move ClearMemory to Utilities.c. - 3/17/97 DSH Casting for DFA - 2/27/97 msd Remove temporary fix from last revision. BTree EOF's should be - correct now, so check for strict equality. - 2/26/97 msd Fix a casting problem in ClearMemory. TEMPORARY FIX: Made - VerifyHeader more lenient, allowing the EOF to be greater than - the amount actually used by nodes; this should really be fixed - in the formatting code (which needs to compute the real BTree - sizes before writing the volume header). - 2/19/97 djb Added ClearMemory. Changed CalcKeyLength to KeyLength. - 1/3/97 djb Added support for large keys. - 12/19/96 djb first checked in - - History applicable to original Scarecrow Design: - - <9> 10/25/96 ser Changing for new VFPI - <8> 10/18/96 ser Converting over VFPI changes - <7> 9/17/96 dkh More BTree statistics. Change IsItAHint to not always check to - see if the hint node is allocated. - <6> 9/16/96 dkh Revised BTree statistics. - <5> 6/20/96 dkh Radar #1358740. Change from using Pools to debug MemAllocators. - <4> 1/22/96 dkh Change Pools.i inclusion to PoolsPriv.i - <3> 1/10/96 msd Change 64-bit math to use real function names from Math64.i. - <2> 12/7/95 dkh D10E2 build. Changed usage of Ref data type to LogicalAddress. - <1> 10/18/95 rst Moved from Scarecrow project. - - <19> 4/26/95 prp In UpdateHeader, clear the dirty flag after the BTree is updated. - <18> 1/12/95 wjk Adopt Model FileSystem changes in D5. - <17> 11/16/94 prp Add IsItAHint routine and use it whenever hint's node number was - used for testing. - <16> 10/5/94 bk add pools.h include file - <15> 9/30/94 prp Get in sync with D2 interface changes. - <14> 7/22/94 wjk Convert to the new set of header files. - <13> 12/2/93 wjk Move from Makefiles to BuildFiles. Fit into the ModernOS and - NRCmds environments. - <12> 11/30/93 wjk Move from Makefiles to BuildFiles. Fit into the ModernOS and - NRCmds environments. - <11> 11/23/93 wjk Changes required to compile on the RS6000. - <10> 8/31/93 prp Use U64SetU instead of S64Set. - <9> 6/2/93 gs Update for changes to FSErrors.h and add some comments. - <8> 5/21/93 gs Modify UpdateHeader to write out attributes. Remove - Get/UpdateNode from TrySimpleReplace. - <7> 5/10/93 gs Add TrySimpleReplace routine. - <6> 3/23/93 gs Change MoveData to take void * instead of Ptr. Add UpdateHeader - and ClearBytes routines. - <5> 2/8/93 gs Add FindIteratorPosition. - <4> 12/10/92 gs Implement CheckKeyDescriptor and the KeyDescriptor interpreter. - <3> 12/8/92 gs Add GetKeyDescriptor, VerifyHeader, and Alloc/Dealloc memory - routines. - <2> 12/2/92 gs Add CompareKeys routine. - <1> 11/15/92 gs first checked in - -*/ - -#include "BTreesPrivate.h" -#include "hfs_btreeio.h" - - -////////////////////////////// Routine Definitions ////////////////////////////// - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: CalcKeyRecordSize - Return size of combined key/record structure. - -Function: Rounds keySize and recSize so they will end on word boundaries. - Does NOT add size of offset. - -Input: keySize - length of key (including length field) - recSize - length of record data - -Output: none - -Result: u_int16_t - size of combined key/record that will be inserted in btree --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -u_int16_t CalcKeyRecordSize (u_int16_t keySize, - u_int16_t recSize ) -{ - if ( M_IsOdd (keySize) ) keySize += 1; // pad byte - - if (M_IsOdd (recSize) ) recSize += 1; // pad byte - - return (keySize + recSize); -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: VerifyHeader - Validate fields of the BTree header record. - -Function: Examines the fields of the BTree header record to determine if the - fork appears to contain a valid BTree. - -Input: forkPtr - pointer to fork control block - header - pointer to BTree header - - -Result: noErr - success - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus VerifyHeader (FCB *filePtr, - BTHeaderRec *header ) -{ - u_int64_t forkSize; - u_int32_t totalNodes; - - - switch (header->nodeSize) // node size == 512*2^n - { - case 512: - case 1024: - case 2048: - case 4096: - case 8192: - case 16384: - case 32768: break; - default: return fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; //€€ E_BadNodeType - } - - totalNodes = header->totalNodes; - - forkSize = (u_int64_t)totalNodes * (u_int64_t)header->nodeSize; - - if ( forkSize > (u_int64_t)filePtr->fcbEOF ) - return fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - - if ( header->freeNodes >= totalNodes ) - return fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - - if ( header->rootNode >= totalNodes ) - return fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - - if ( header->firstLeafNode >= totalNodes ) - return fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - - if ( header->lastLeafNode >= totalNodes ) - return fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - - if ( header->treeDepth > kMaxTreeDepth ) - return fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - - - /////////////////////////// Check BTree Type //////////////////////////////// - - switch (header->btreeType) - { - case 0: // HFS Type - no Key Descriptor - case kUserBTreeType: // with Key Descriptors etc. - case kReservedBTreeType: // Desktop Mgr BTree ? - break; - - default: return fsBTUnknownVersionErr; - } - - return noErr; -} - - - -OSStatus TreeIsDirty(BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr) -{ - return (btreePtr->flags & kBTHeaderDirty); -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: UpdateHeader - Write BTreeInfoRec fields to Header node. - -Function: Checks the kBTHeaderDirty flag in the BTreeInfoRec and updates the - header node if necessary. - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTreeInfoRec - - -Result: noErr - success - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus UpdateHeader(BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, Boolean forceWrite) -{ - OSStatus err; - BlockDescriptor node; - BTHeaderRec *header; - u_int32_t options; - - if ((btreePtr->flags & kBTHeaderDirty) == 0) // btree info already flushed - return noErr; - - err = GetNode (btreePtr, kHeaderNodeNum, 0, &node ); - if (err != noErr) { - return err; - } - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &node); - - header = (BTHeaderRec*) ((char *)node.buffer + sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor)); - - header->treeDepth = btreePtr->treeDepth; - header->rootNode = btreePtr->rootNode; - header->leafRecords = btreePtr->leafRecords; - header->firstLeafNode = btreePtr->firstLeafNode; - header->lastLeafNode = btreePtr->lastLeafNode; - header->nodeSize = btreePtr->nodeSize; //€€ this shouldn't change - header->maxKeyLength = btreePtr->maxKeyLength; //€€ neither should this - header->totalNodes = btreePtr->totalNodes; - header->freeNodes = btreePtr->freeNodes; - header->btreeType = btreePtr->btreeType; - - // ignore header->clumpSize; //€€ rename this field? - - if (forceWrite) - options = kForceWriteBlock; - else - options = kLockTransaction; - - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, &node, 0, options); - - btreePtr->flags &= (~kBTHeaderDirty); - - return err; -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: FindIteratorPosition - One_line_description. - -Function: Brief_description_of_the_function_and_any_side_effects - -Algorithm: see FSC.BT.BTIterateRecord.PICT - -Note: //€€ document side-effects of bad node hints - -Input: btreePtr - description - iterator - description - - -Output: iterator - description - left - description - middle - description - right - description - nodeNum - description - returnIndex - description - foundRecord - description - - -Result: noErr - success - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus FindIteratorPosition (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - BTreeIteratorPtr iterator, - BlockDescriptor *left, - BlockDescriptor *middle, - BlockDescriptor *right, - u_int32_t *returnNodeNum, - u_int16_t *returnIndex, - Boolean *foundRecord ) -{ - OSStatus err; - Boolean foundIt; - u_int32_t nodeNum; - u_int16_t leftIndex, index, rightIndex; - Boolean validHint; - - // assume btreePtr valid - // assume left, middle, right point to BlockDescriptors - // assume nodeNum points to u_int32_t - // assume index points to u_int16_t - // assume foundRecord points to Boolean - - left->buffer = nil; - left->blockHeader = nil; - middle->buffer = nil; - middle->blockHeader = nil; - right->buffer = nil; - right->blockHeader = nil; - - foundIt = false; - - if (iterator == nil) // do we have an iterator? - { - err = fsBTInvalidIteratorErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - err = IsItAHint (btreePtr, iterator, &validHint); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - nodeNum = iterator->hint.nodeNum; - if (! validHint) // does the hint appear to be valid? - { - goto SearchTheTree; - } - - err = GetNode (btreePtr, nodeNum, kGetNodeHint, middle); - if( err == fsBTInvalidNodeErr ) // returned if nodeNum is out of range - goto SearchTheTree; - - M_ExitOnError (err); - - if ( ((NodeDescPtr) middle->buffer)->kind != kBTLeafNode || - ((NodeDescPtr) middle->buffer)->numRecords <= 0 ) - { - goto SearchTheTree; - } - - foundIt = SearchNode (btreePtr, middle->buffer, &iterator->key, &index); - if (foundIt == true) - { - ++btreePtr->numValidHints; - goto SuccessfulExit; - } - iterator->hint.nodeNum = 0; - - if (index == 0) - { - if (((NodeDescPtr) middle->buffer)->bLink == 0) // before 1st btree record - { - goto SuccessfulExit; - } - - nodeNum = ((NodeDescPtr) middle->buffer)->bLink; - - // BTree nodes are always grabbed in left to right order. - // Therefore release the current node before looking up the - // left node. - err = ReleaseNode(btreePtr, middle); - M_ExitOnError(err); - - // Look up the left node - err = GetNode (btreePtr, nodeNum, 0, left); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - // Look up the current node again - err = GetRightSiblingNode (btreePtr, left->buffer, middle); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - if ( ((NodeDescPtr) left->buffer)->kind != kBTLeafNode || - ((NodeDescPtr) left->buffer)->numRecords <= 0 ) - { - goto SearchTheTree; - } - - foundIt = SearchNode (btreePtr, left->buffer, &iterator->key, &leftIndex); - if (foundIt == true) - { - *right = *middle; - *middle = *left; - left->buffer = nil; - index = leftIndex; - - goto SuccessfulExit; - } - - if (leftIndex == 0) // we're lost! - { - goto SearchTheTree; - } - else if (leftIndex >= ((NodeDescPtr) left->buffer)->numRecords) - { - nodeNum = ((NodeDescPtr) left->buffer)->fLink; - - PanicIf (index != 0, "FindIteratorPosition: index != 0"); //€€ just checking... - goto SuccessfulExit; - } - else - { - *right = *middle; - *middle = *left; - left->buffer = nil; - index = leftIndex; - - goto SuccessfulExit; - } - } - else if (index >= ((NodeDescPtr) middle->buffer)->numRecords) - { - if (((NodeDescPtr) middle->buffer)->fLink == 0) // beyond last record - { - goto SuccessfulExit; - } - - nodeNum = ((NodeDescPtr) middle->buffer)->fLink; - - err = GetRightSiblingNode (btreePtr, middle->buffer, right); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - if ( ((NodeDescPtr) right->buffer)->kind != kBTLeafNode || - ((NodeDescPtr) right->buffer)->numRecords <= 0 ) - { - goto SearchTheTree; - } - - foundIt = SearchNode (btreePtr, right->buffer, &iterator->key, &rightIndex); - if (rightIndex >= ((NodeDescPtr) right->buffer)->numRecords) // we're lost - { - goto SearchTheTree; - } - else // we found it, or rightIndex==0, or rightIndexbuffer = nil; - index = rightIndex; - - goto SuccessfulExit; - } - } - - - //////////////////////////// Search The Tree //////////////////////////////// - -SearchTheTree: - { - TreePathTable treePathTable; // so we only use stack space if we need to - - err = ReleaseNode (btreePtr, left); M_ExitOnError (err); - err = ReleaseNode (btreePtr, middle); M_ExitOnError (err); - err = ReleaseNode (btreePtr, right); M_ExitOnError (err); - - err = SearchTree ( btreePtr, &iterator->key, treePathTable, &nodeNum, middle, &index); - switch (err) //€€ separate find condition from exceptions - { - case noErr: foundIt = true; break; - case fsBTRecordNotFoundErr: break; - default: goto ErrorExit; - } - } - - /////////////////////////////// Success! //////////////////////////////////// - -SuccessfulExit: - - *returnNodeNum = nodeNum; - *returnIndex = index; - *foundRecord = foundIt; - - return noErr; - - - ////////////////////////////// Error Exit /////////////////////////////////// - -ErrorExit: - - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, left); - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, middle); - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, right); - - *returnNodeNum = 0; - *returnIndex = 0; - *foundRecord = false; - - return err; -} - - - -/////////////////////////////// CheckInsertParams /////////////////////////////// - -OSStatus CheckInsertParams (FCB *filePtr, - BTreeIterator *iterator, - FSBufferDescriptor *record, - u_int16_t recordLen ) -{ - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - - if (filePtr == nil) return paramErr; - - btreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) filePtr->fcbBTCBPtr; - if (btreePtr == nil) return fsBTInvalidFileErr; - if (iterator == nil) return paramErr; - if (record == nil) return paramErr; - - // check total key/record size limit - if ( CalcKeyRecordSize (CalcKeySize(btreePtr, &iterator->key), recordLen) > (btreePtr->nodeSize >> 1)) - return fsBTRecordTooLargeErr; - - return noErr; -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: TrySimpleReplace - Attempts a simple insert, set, or replace. - -Function: If a hint exitst for the iterator, attempt to find the key in the hint - node. If the key is found, an insert operation fails. If the is not - found, a replace operation fails. If the key was not found, and the - insert position is greater than 0 and less than numRecords, the record - is inserted, provided there is enough freeSpace. If the key was found, - and there is more freeSpace than the difference between the new record - and the old record, the old record is deleted and the new record is - inserted. - -Assumptions: iterator key has already been checked by CheckKey - - -Input: btreePtr - description - iterator - description - record - description - recordLen - description - operation - description - - -Output: recordInserted - description - - -Result: noErr - success - E_RecordExits - insert operation failure - != noErr - GetNode, ReleaseNode, UpdateNode returned an error --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus TrySimpleReplace (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr nodePtr, - BTreeIterator *iterator, - FSBufferDescriptor *record, - u_int16_t recordLen, - Boolean *recordInserted ) -{ - u_int32_t oldSpace; - u_int32_t spaceNeeded; - u_int16_t index; - u_int16_t keySize; - Boolean foundIt; - Boolean didItFit; - - - *recordInserted = false; // we'll assume this won't work... - - if ( nodePtr->kind != kBTLeafNode ) - return noErr; // we're in the weeds! - - foundIt = SearchNode (btreePtr, nodePtr, &iterator->key, &index); - - if ( foundIt == false ) - return noErr; // we might be lost... - - keySize = CalcKeySize(btreePtr, &iterator->key); // includes length field - - spaceNeeded = CalcKeyRecordSize (keySize, recordLen); - - oldSpace = GetRecordSize (btreePtr, nodePtr, index); - - if ( spaceNeeded == oldSpace ) - { - u_int8_t * dst; - - dst = GetRecordAddress (btreePtr, nodePtr, index); - - if ( M_IsOdd (keySize) ) - ++keySize; // add pad byte - - dst += keySize; // skip over key to point at record - - BlockMoveData(record->bufferAddress, dst, recordLen); // blast away... - - *recordInserted = true; - } - else if ( (GetNodeFreeSize(btreePtr, nodePtr) + oldSpace) >= spaceNeeded) - { - DeleteRecord (btreePtr, nodePtr, index); - - didItFit = InsertKeyRecord (btreePtr, nodePtr, index, - &iterator->key, KeyLength(btreePtr, &iterator->key), - record->bufferAddress, recordLen); - PanicIf (didItFit == false, "TrySimpleInsert: InsertKeyRecord returned false!"); - - *recordInserted = true; - } - // else not enough space... - - return noErr; -} - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: IsItAHint - checks the hint within a BTreeInterator. - -Function: checks the hint within a BTreeInterator. If it is non-zero, it may - possibly be valid. - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to control block for BTree file - iterator - pointer to BTreeIterator - -Output: answer - true if the hint looks reasonable - - false if the hint is 0 - -Result: noErr - success --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -OSStatus IsItAHint (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, BTreeIterator *iterator, Boolean *answer) -{ - ++btreePtr->numHintChecks; - -#if DEBUG - if (iterator->hint.nodeNum >= btreePtr->totalNodes) - { - *answer = false; - } else - -#endif - if (iterator->hint.nodeNum == 0) - { - *answer = false; - } - else - { - *answer = true; - ++btreePtr->numPossibleHints; - } - - return noErr; -} diff --git a/core/BTreeNodeOps.c b/core/BTreeNodeOps.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9fee0b4..0000000 --- a/core/BTreeNodeOps.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1036 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000, 2002, 2005-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - File: BTreeNodeOps.c - - Contains: Single-node operations for the BTree Module. - - Version: xxx put the technology version here xxx - - Written by: Gordon Sheridan and Bill Bruffey - - Copyright: (c) 1992-1999 by Apple Inc., all rights reserved. - - File Ownership: - - DRI: Don Brady - - Other Contact: Mark Day - - Technology: File Systems - - Writers: - - (msd) Mark Day - (djb) Don Brady - - Change History (most recent first): - - 6/1/99 djb Sync up with Mac OS 8.6. - 4/113/99 djb Fix key size checking bug in CheckNode. - 3/19/99 djb Added key size checking to CheckNode. - 3/26/98 djb Added PrintNode for debugging. - 9/4/97 djb Removed GetRightSiblingNode and GetLeftSiblingNode - they are - now macros. SearchNode is now in BTreeSearchNode.a. - 8/22/97 djb Turn off debugging code in CheckKey. - 7/24/97 djb Add summary traces for Get/Rel Node. Made GetRecordOffset into a - macro. Only call CheckNode if the node came from disk. - 7/21/97 msd Make GetRecordByIndex check its record index input; it now - returns an OSStatus. - 4/23/97 djb first checked in - - 2/19/97 djb Changes to support big node cache. - 1/3/97 djb Added support for large keys. - 12/19/96 djb first checked in - - - History applicable to original Scarecrow Design: - - <6> 10/25/96 ser Changing for new VFPI - <5> 9/17/96 dkh Add bounds checking to GetNode. Update GetNode to not assert - that CheckNode failed if the node is all zeroes. This can happen - if the hint case if the fetched node has been deallocated - <4> 3/7/96 dkh Change GetNewNode() to not use kGetEmptyBlock. Instead use - kGetBlock to fetch a block from the disk itself. €€€ Why? - <3> 1/22/96 dkh Add #include Memory.h - <2> 1/10/96 msd Change 64-bit math to use real function names from Math64.i. - <1> 10/18/95 rst Moved from Scarecrow project. - - <17> 7/18/95 mbb Change MoveData & ClearBytes to BlockMoveData & BlockZero. - <16> 1/31/95 prp GetBlockProc interface uses a 64 bit node number. - <15> 1/12/95 wjk Adopt Model FileSystem changes in D5. - <14> 9/30/94 prp Get in sync with D2 interface changes. - <13> 7/25/94 wjk Eliminate usage of BytePtr in favor of UInt8 *. - <12> 7/22/94 wjk Convert to the new set of header files. - <11> 12/2/93 wjk Move from Makefiles to BuildFiles. Fit into the ModernOS and - NRCmds environments. - <10> 11/30/93 wjk Change some Ptr's to BytePtr's in function definitions so they - agree with their prototypes. - <9> 8/31/93 prp Use U64SetU instead of S64Set. - <8> 5/21/93 gs Maintain statistical counters on Get/Release node routines. - <7> 5/10/93 gs Change keySize parameter to keyLength for InsertKeyRecord - routine. Calculate number of bytes in key from keyLength to - account for length and pad bytes. Add GetChildNodeNum routine. - <6> 3/23/93 gs Add InsertKeyRecord routine. - <5> 2/8/93 gs Fix bug in SearchNode that caused "off by 1" error when final - compare was searchKey > trialKey. Add UpdateNode. - <4> 12/10/92 gs Change keyLength field of key to 'length'. - <3> 12/8/92 gs Incorporate suggestions from preliminary code review. - <2> 12/2/92 gs Implement routines. - <1> 11/15/92 gs Define routine interfaces. - -*/ - -#include "BTreesPrivate.h" - - - -///////////////////////// BTree Module Node Operations ////////////////////////// -// -// GetNode - Call FS Agent to get node -// GetNewNode - Call FS Agent to get a new node -// ReleaseNode - Call FS Agent to release node obtained by GetNode. -// UpdateNode - Mark a node as dirty and call FS Agent to release it. -// -// ClearNode - Clear a node to all zeroes. -// -// InsertRecord - Inserts a record into a BTree node. -// InsertKeyRecord - Inserts a key and record pair into a BTree node. -// DeleteRecord - Deletes a record from a BTree node. -// -// SearchNode - Return index for record that matches key. -// LocateRecord - Return pointer to key and data, and size of data. -// -// GetNodeDataSize - Return the amount of space used for data in the node. -// GetNodeFreeSize - Return the amount of free space in the node. -// -// GetRecordOffset - Return the offset for record "index". -// GetRecordAddress - Return address of record "index". -// GetOffsetAddress - Return address of offset for record "index". -// -// InsertOffset - Inserts a new offset into a node. -// DeleteOffset - Deletes an offset from a node. -// -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - - -////////////////////// Routines Internal To BTreeNodeOps.c ////////////////////// - -u_int16_t GetRecordOffset (BTreeControlBlockPtr btree, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index ); - -u_int16_t *GetOffsetAddress (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index ); - -void InsertOffset (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index, - u_int16_t delta ); - -void DeleteOffset (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index ); - - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#define GetRecordOffset(btreePtr,node,index) (*(short *) ((u_int8_t *)(node) + (btreePtr)->nodeSize - ((index) << 1) - kOffsetSize)) - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: GetNode - Call FS Agent to get node - -Function: Gets an existing BTree node from FS Agent and verifies it. - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - nodeNum - number of node to request - -Output: nodePtr - pointer to beginning of node (nil if error) - -Result: - noErr - success - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus GetNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - u_int32_t nodeNum, - u_int32_t flags, - NodeRec *nodePtr ) -{ - OSStatus err; - GetBlockProcPtr getNodeProc; - u_int32_t options; - - - // is nodeNum within proper range? - if( nodeNum >= btreePtr->totalNodes ) - { - Panic("GetNode:nodeNum >= totalNodes"); - err = fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - nodePtr->blockSize = btreePtr->nodeSize; // indicate the size of a node - - options = kGetBlock; - if ( flags & kGetNodeHint ) - { - options |= kGetBlockHint; - } - - getNodeProc = btreePtr->getBlockProc; - err = getNodeProc (btreePtr->fileRefNum, - nodeNum, - options, - nodePtr ); - - if (err != noErr) - { - Panic ("GetNode: getNodeProc returned error."); - goto ErrorExit; - } - ++btreePtr->numGetNodes; - - return noErr; - -ErrorExit: - nodePtr->buffer = nil; - nodePtr->blockHeader = nil; - - return err; -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: GetNewNode - Call FS Agent to get a new node - -Function: Gets a new BTree node from FS Agent and initializes it to an empty - state. - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - nodeNum - number of node to request - -Output: returnNodePtr - pointer to beginning of node (nil if error) - -Result: noErr - success - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus GetNewNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - u_int32_t nodeNum, - NodeRec *returnNodePtr ) -{ - OSStatus err; - NodeDescPtr node; - void *pos; - GetBlockProcPtr getNodeProc; - - - //////////////////////// get buffer for new node //////////////////////////// - - returnNodePtr->blockSize = btreePtr->nodeSize; // indicate the size of a node - - getNodeProc = btreePtr->getBlockProc; - err = getNodeProc (btreePtr->fileRefNum, - nodeNum, - kGetBlock+kGetEmptyBlock, - returnNodePtr ); - - if (err != noErr) - { - Panic ("GetNewNode: getNodeProc returned error."); - // returnNodePtr->buffer = nil; - return err; - } - ++btreePtr->numGetNewNodes; - - - ////////////////////////// initialize the node ////////////////////////////// - - node = returnNodePtr->buffer; - - ClearNode (btreePtr, node); // clear the node - - pos = (char *)node + btreePtr->nodeSize - 2; // find address of last offset - *(u_int16_t *)pos = sizeof (BTNodeDescriptor); // set offset to beginning of free space - - - return noErr; -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: ReleaseNode - Call FS Agent to release node obtained by GetNode. - -Function: Informs the FS Agent that a BTree node may be released. - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - nodeNum - number of node to release - -Result: noErr - success - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus ReleaseNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodePtr nodePtr ) -{ - OSStatus err; - ReleaseBlockProcPtr releaseNodeProc; - - - err = noErr; - - if (nodePtr->buffer != nil) - { - releaseNodeProc = btreePtr->releaseBlockProc; - err = releaseNodeProc (btreePtr->fileRefNum, - nodePtr, - kReleaseBlock ); - PanicIf (err, "ReleaseNode: releaseNodeProc returned error."); - ++btreePtr->numReleaseNodes; - } - - nodePtr->buffer = nil; - nodePtr->blockHeader = nil; - - return err; -} - - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: TrashNode - Call FS Agent to release node obtained by GetNode, and - not store it...mark it as bad. - -Function: Informs the FS Agent that a BTree node may be released and thrown away. - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - nodeNum - number of node to release - -Result: noErr - success - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus TrashNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodePtr nodePtr ) -{ - OSStatus err; - ReleaseBlockProcPtr releaseNodeProc; - - - err = noErr; - - if (nodePtr->buffer != nil) - { - releaseNodeProc = btreePtr->releaseBlockProc; - err = releaseNodeProc (btreePtr->fileRefNum, - nodePtr, - kReleaseBlock | kTrashBlock ); - PanicIf (err, "TrashNode: releaseNodeProc returned error."); - ++btreePtr->numReleaseNodes; - } - - nodePtr->buffer = nil; - nodePtr->blockHeader = nil; - - return err; -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: UpdateNode - Mark a node as dirty and call FS Agent to release it. - -Function: Marks a BTree node dirty and informs the FS Agent that it may be released. - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - nodeNum - number of node to release - transactionID - ID of transaction this node update is a part of - flags - special flags to pass to ReleaseNodeProc - -Result: noErr - success - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus UpdateNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodePtr nodePtr, - u_int32_t transactionID, - u_int32_t flags ) -{ -#pragma unused(transactionID) - - OSStatus err; - ReleaseBlockProcPtr releaseNodeProc; - - - err = noErr; - - if (nodePtr->buffer != nil) // Why call UpdateNode if nil ?!? - { - releaseNodeProc = btreePtr->releaseBlockProc; - err = releaseNodeProc (btreePtr->fileRefNum, - nodePtr, - flags | kMarkBlockDirty ); - ++btreePtr->numUpdateNodes; - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - - nodePtr->buffer = nil; - nodePtr->blockHeader = nil; - - return noErr; - -ErrorExit: - - return err; -} - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: ClearNode - Clear a node to all zeroes. - -Function: Writes zeroes from beginning of node for nodeSize bytes. - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - node - pointer to node to clear - -Result: none --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void ClearNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, NodeDescPtr node ) -{ - ClearMemory( node, btreePtr->nodeSize ); -} - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: InsertRecord - Inserts a record into a BTree node. - -Function: - -Note: Record size must be even! - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - node - pointer to node to insert the record - index - position record is to be inserted - recPtr - pointer to record to insert - -Result: noErr - success - fsBTFullErr - record larger than remaining free space. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -Boolean InsertRecord (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index, - RecordPtr recPtr, - u_int16_t recSize ) -{ - u_int16_t freeSpace; - u_int16_t indexOffset; - u_int16_t freeOffset; - u_int16_t bytesToMove; - void *src; - void *dst; - - //// will new record fit in node? - - freeSpace = GetNodeFreeSize (btreePtr, node); - //€€ we could get freeOffset & calc freeSpace - if ( freeSpace < recSize + 2) - { - return false; - } - - - //// make hole for new record - - indexOffset = GetRecordOffset (btreePtr, node, index); - freeOffset = GetRecordOffset (btreePtr, node, node->numRecords); - - src = ((Ptr) node) + indexOffset; - dst = ((Ptr) src) + recSize; - bytesToMove = freeOffset - indexOffset; - if (bytesToMove) - MoveRecordsRight (src, dst, bytesToMove); - - - //// adjust offsets for moved records - - InsertOffset (btreePtr, node, index, recSize); - - - //// move in the new record - - dst = ((Ptr) node) + indexOffset; - MoveRecordsLeft (recPtr, dst, recSize); - - return true; -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: InsertKeyRecord - Inserts a record into a BTree node. - -Function: - -Note: Record size must be even! - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - node - pointer to node to insert the record - index - position record is to be inserted - keyPtr - pointer to key for record to insert - keyLength - length of key (or maxKeyLength) - recPtr - pointer to record to insert - recSize - number of bytes to copy for record - -Result: noErr - success - fsBTFullErr - record larger than remaining free space. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -Boolean InsertKeyRecord (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index, - KeyPtr keyPtr, - u_int16_t keyLength, - RecordPtr recPtr, - u_int16_t recSize ) -{ - u_int16_t freeSpace; - u_int16_t indexOffset; - u_int16_t freeOffset; - u_int16_t bytesToMove; - u_int8_t * src; - u_int8_t * dst; - u_int16_t keySize; - u_int16_t rawKeyLength; - u_int16_t sizeOfLength; - - //// calculate actual key size - - if ( btreePtr->attributes & kBTBigKeysMask ) - keySize = keyLength + sizeof(u_int16_t); - else - keySize = keyLength + sizeof(u_int8_t); - - if ( M_IsOdd (keySize) ) - ++keySize; // add pad byte - - - //// will new record fit in node? - - freeSpace = GetNodeFreeSize (btreePtr, node); - //€€ we could get freeOffset & calc freeSpace - if ( freeSpace < keySize + recSize + 2) - { - return false; - } - - - //// make hole for new record - - indexOffset = GetRecordOffset (btreePtr, node, index); - freeOffset = GetRecordOffset (btreePtr, node, node->numRecords); - - src = ((u_int8_t *) node) + indexOffset; - dst = ((u_int8_t *) src) + keySize + recSize; - bytesToMove = freeOffset - indexOffset; - if (bytesToMove) - MoveRecordsRight (src, dst, bytesToMove); - - - //// adjust offsets for moved records - - InsertOffset (btreePtr, node, index, keySize + recSize); - - - //// copy record key - - dst = ((u_int8_t *) node) + indexOffset; - - if ( btreePtr->attributes & kBTBigKeysMask ) - { - *((u_int16_t *)dst) = keyLength; // use keyLength rather than key.length - dst = (u_int8_t *) (((u_int16_t *)dst) + 1); - rawKeyLength = keyPtr->length16; - sizeOfLength = 2; - } - else - { - *dst++ = keyLength; // use keyLength rather than key.length - rawKeyLength = keyPtr->length8; - sizeOfLength = 1; - } - - MoveRecordsLeft ( ((u_int8_t *) keyPtr) + sizeOfLength, dst, rawKeyLength); // copy key - - // any pad bytes? - bytesToMove = keySize - rawKeyLength; - if (bytesToMove) - ClearMemory (dst + rawKeyLength, bytesToMove); // clear pad bytes in index key - - - //// copy record data - - dst = ((u_int8_t *) node) + indexOffset + keySize; - MoveRecordsLeft (recPtr, dst, recSize); - - return true; -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: DeleteRecord - Deletes a record from a BTree node. - -Function: - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - node - pointer to node to insert the record - index - position record is to be inserted - -Result: none --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void DeleteRecord (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index ) -{ - int16_t indexOffset; - int16_t nextOffset; - int16_t freeOffset; - int16_t bytesToMove; - void *src; - void *dst; - - //// compress records - indexOffset = GetRecordOffset (btreePtr, node, index); - nextOffset = GetRecordOffset (btreePtr, node, index + 1); - freeOffset = GetRecordOffset (btreePtr, node, node->numRecords); - - src = ((Ptr) node) + nextOffset; - dst = ((Ptr) node) + indexOffset; - bytesToMove = freeOffset - nextOffset; - if (bytesToMove) - MoveRecordsLeft (src, dst, bytesToMove); - - //// Adjust the offsets - DeleteOffset (btreePtr, node, index); - - /* clear out new free space */ - bytesToMove = nextOffset - indexOffset; - ClearMemory(GetRecordAddress(btreePtr, node, node->numRecords), bytesToMove); - -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: SearchNode - Return index for record that matches key. - -Function: Returns the record index for the record that matches the search key. - If no record was found that matches the search key, the "insert index" - of where the record should go is returned instead. - -Algorithm: A binary search algorithm is used to find the specified key. - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - node - pointer to node that contains the record - searchKey - pointer to the key to match - -Output: index - pointer to beginning of key for record - -Result: true - success (index = record index) - false - key did not match anything in node (index = insert index) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -Boolean -SearchNode( BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node, - KeyPtr searchKey, - u_int16_t *returnIndex ) -{ - int32_t lowerBound; - int32_t upperBound; - int32_t index; - int32_t result; - KeyPtr trialKey; - u_int16_t *offset; - KeyCompareProcPtr compareProc = btreePtr->keyCompareProc; - - lowerBound = 0; - upperBound = node->numRecords - 1; - offset = (u_int16_t *) ((u_int8_t *)(node) + (btreePtr)->nodeSize - kOffsetSize); - - while (lowerBound <= upperBound) { - index = (lowerBound + upperBound) >> 1; - - trialKey = (KeyPtr) ((u_int8_t *)node + *(offset - index)); - - result = compareProc(searchKey, trialKey); - - if (result < 0) { - upperBound = index - 1; /* search < trial */ - } else if (result > 0) { - lowerBound = index + 1; /* search > trial */ - } else { - *returnIndex = index; /* search == trial */ - return true; - } - } - - *returnIndex = lowerBound; /* lowerBound is insert index */ - return false; -} - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: GetRecordByIndex - Return pointer to key and data, and size of data. - -Function: Returns a pointer to beginning of key for record, a pointer to the - beginning of the data for the record, and the size of the record data - (does not include the size of the key). - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - node - pointer to node that contains the record - index - index of record to get - -Output: keyPtr - pointer to beginning of key for record - dataPtr - pointer to beginning of data for record - dataSize - size of the data portion of the record - -Result: none --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus GetRecordByIndex (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index, - KeyPtr *keyPtr, - u_int8_t * *dataPtr, - u_int16_t *dataSize ) -{ - u_int16_t offset; - u_int16_t nextOffset; - u_int16_t keySize; - - // - // Make sure index is valid (in range 0..numRecords-1) - // - if (index >= node->numRecords) - return fsBTRecordNotFoundErr; - - //// find keyPtr - offset = GetRecordOffset (btreePtr, node, index); - *keyPtr = (KeyPtr) ((Ptr)node + offset); - - //// find dataPtr - keySize = CalcKeySize(btreePtr, *keyPtr); - if ( M_IsOdd (keySize) ) - ++keySize; // add pad byte - - offset += keySize; // add the key length to find data offset - *dataPtr = (u_int8_t *) node + offset; - - //// find dataSize - nextOffset = GetRecordOffset (btreePtr, node, index + 1); - *dataSize = nextOffset - offset; - - return noErr; -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: GetNodeDataSize - Return the amount of space used for data in the node. - -Function: Gets the size of the data currently contained in a node, excluding - the node header. (record data + offset overhead) - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - node - pointer to node that contains the record - -Result: - number of bytes used for data and offsets in the node. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -u_int16_t GetNodeDataSize (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, NodeDescPtr node ) -{ - u_int16_t freeOffset; - - freeOffset = GetRecordOffset (btreePtr, node, node->numRecords); - - return freeOffset + (node->numRecords << 1) - sizeof (BTNodeDescriptor); -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: GetNodeFreeSize - Return the amount of free space in the node. - -Function: - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - node - pointer to node that contains the record - -Result: - number of bytes of free space in the node. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -u_int16_t GetNodeFreeSize (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, NodeDescPtr node ) -{ - u_int16_t freeOffset; - - freeOffset = GetRecordOffset (btreePtr, node, node->numRecords); //€€ inline? - - return btreePtr->nodeSize - freeOffset - (node->numRecords << 1) - kOffsetSize; -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: GetRecordOffset - Return the offset for record "index". - -Function: - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - node - pointer to node that contains the record - index - record to obtain offset for - -Result: - offset (in bytes) from beginning of node of record specified by index --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -// make this a macro (for inlining) -#if 0 -u_int16_t GetRecordOffset (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index ) -{ - void *pos; - - - pos = (u_int8_t *)node + btreePtr->nodeSize - (index << 1) - kOffsetSize; - - return *(short *)pos; -} -#endif - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: GetRecordAddress - Return address of record "index". - -Function: - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - node - pointer to node that contains the record - index - record to obtain offset address for - -Result: - pointer to record "index". --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -// make this a macro (for inlining) -#if 0 -u_int8_t * GetRecordAddress (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index ) -{ - u_int8_t * pos; - - pos = (u_int8_t *)node + GetRecordOffset (btreePtr, node, index); - - return pos; -} -#endif - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: GetRecordSize - Return size of record "index". - -Function: - -Note: This does not work on the FreeSpace index! - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - node - pointer to node that contains the record - index - record to obtain record size for - -Result: - size of record "index". --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -u_int16_t GetRecordSize (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index ) -{ - u_int16_t *pos; - - pos = (u_int16_t *) ((Ptr)node + btreePtr->nodeSize - (index << 1) - kOffsetSize); - - return *(pos-1) - *pos; -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: GetOffsetAddress - Return address of offset for record "index". - -Function: - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - node - pointer to node that contains the record - index - record to obtain offset address for - -Result: - pointer to offset for record "index". --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -u_int16_t *GetOffsetAddress (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index ) -{ - void *pos; - - pos = (Ptr)node + btreePtr->nodeSize - (index << 1) -2; - - return (u_int16_t *)pos; -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: GetChildNodeNum - Return child node number from index record "index". - -Function: Returns the first u_int32_t stored after the key for record "index". - -Assumes: The node is an Index Node. - The key.length stored at record "index" is ODD. //€€ change for variable length index keys - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - node - pointer to node that contains the record - index - record to obtain child node number from - -Result: - child node number from record "index". --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -u_int32_t GetChildNodeNum (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr nodePtr, - u_int16_t index ) -{ - u_int8_t * pos; - - pos = GetRecordAddress (btreePtr, nodePtr, index); - pos += CalcKeySize(btreePtr, (BTreeKey *) pos); // key.length + size of length field - - return *(u_int32_t *)pos; -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: InsertOffset - Add an offset and adjust existing offsets by delta. - -Function: Add an offset at 'index' by shifting 'index+1' through the last offset - and adjusting them by 'delta', the size of the record to be inserted. - The number of records contained in the node is also incremented. - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - node - pointer to node - index - index at which to insert record - delta - size of record to be inserted - -Result: none --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void InsertOffset (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index, - u_int16_t delta ) -{ - u_int16_t *src, *dst; - u_int16_t numOffsets; - - src = GetOffsetAddress (btreePtr, node, node->numRecords); // point to free offset - dst = src - 1; // point to new offset - numOffsets = node->numRecords++ - index; // subtract index & postincrement - - do { - *dst++ = *src++ + delta; // to tricky? - } while (numOffsets--); -} - - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: DeleteOffset - Delete an offset. - -Function: Delete the offset at 'index' by shifting 'index+1' through the last offset - and adjusting them by the size of the record 'index'. - The number of records contained in the node is also decremented. - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to BTree control block - node - pointer to node - index - index at which to delete record - -Result: none --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void DeleteOffset (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index ) -{ - u_int16_t *src, *dst; - u_int16_t numOffsets; - u_int16_t delta; - - dst = GetOffsetAddress (btreePtr, node, index); - src = dst - 1; - delta = *src - *dst; - numOffsets = --node->numRecords - index; // predecrement numRecords & subtract index - - while (numOffsets--) - { - *--dst = *--src - delta; // work our way left - } -} - - diff --git a/core/BTreeNodeReserve.c b/core/BTreeNodeReserve.c deleted file mode 100644 index c75af1f..0000000 --- a/core/BTreeNodeReserve.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,336 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2004-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -#include "BTreesPrivate.h" -#include "sys/malloc.h" -#include - - -/* - * B-tree Node Reserve - * - * BTReserveSpace - * BTReleaseReserve - * BTUpdateReserve - * - * Each kernel thread can have it's own reserve of b-tree - * nodes. This reserve info is kept in a hash table. - * - * Don't forget to call BTReleaseReserve when you're finished - * or you will leave stale node reserves in the hash. - */ - - -/* - * BE CAREFUL WHEN INCREASING THE SIZE OF THIS STRUCT! - * - * It must remain equal in size to the opaque cat_cookie_t - * struct (in hfs_catalog.h). - */ -struct nreserve { - LIST_ENTRY(nreserve) nr_hash; /* hash chain */ - int nr_nodecnt; /* count of nodes held in reserve */ - int nr_newnodes; /* nodes that were allocated */ - struct vnode *nr_btvp; /* b-tree file vnode */ - void *nr_tag; /* unique tag (per thread) */ -}; - -#define NR_GET_TAG() (current_thread()) - -#define NR_CACHE 17 - -#define NR_HASH(btvp, tag) \ - (&nr_hashtbl[((((intptr_t)(btvp)) >> 8) ^ ((intptr_t)(tag) >> 4)) & nr_hashmask]) - -LIST_HEAD(nodereserve, nreserve) *nr_hashtbl; - -u_long nr_hashmask; - -lck_grp_t * nr_lck_grp; -lck_grp_attr_t * nr_lck_grp_attr; -lck_attr_t * nr_lck_attr; - -lck_mtx_t nr_mutex; - -/* Internal Node Reserve Hash Routines (private) */ -static void nr_insert (struct vnode *, struct nreserve *nrp, int); -static void nr_delete (struct vnode *, struct nreserve *nrp, int *); -static void nr_update (struct vnode *, int); - - -/* - * BTReserveSetup - initialize the node reserve hash table - */ -void BTReserveSetup(void) -{ - if (sizeof(struct nreserve) != sizeof(cat_cookie_t)) - panic("hfs: BTReserveSetup: nreserve size != opaque struct size"); - - nr_hashtbl = hashinit(NR_CACHE, M_TEMP, &nr_hashmask); - - nr_lck_grp_attr= lck_grp_attr_alloc_init(); - nr_lck_grp = lck_grp_alloc_init("btree_node_reserve", nr_lck_grp_attr); - - nr_lck_attr = lck_attr_alloc_init(); - - lck_mtx_init(&nr_mutex, nr_lck_grp, nr_lck_attr); -} - - -/* - * BTReserveSpace - obtain a node reserve (for current thread) - * - * Used by the Catalog Layer (hfs_catalog.c) to reserve space. - * - * When data is NULL, we only insure that there's enough space - * but it is not reserved (assumes you keep the b-tree lock). - */ -int -BTReserveSpace(FCB *file, int operations, void* data) -{ - BTreeControlBlock *btree; - int rsrvNodes, availNodes, totalNodes; - int height; - int inserts, deletes; - u_int32_t clumpsize; - int err = 0; - - btree = (BTreeControlBlockPtr)file->fcbBTCBPtr; - clumpsize = file->ff_clumpsize; - - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btree->fileRefNum, true); - - /* - * The node reserve is based on the number of b-tree - * operations (insert/deletes) and the height of the - * tree. - */ - height = btree->treeDepth; - if (height < 2) - height = 2; /* prevent underflow in rsrvNodes calculation */ - inserts = operations & 0xffff; - deletes = operations >> 16; - - /* - * Allow for at least one root split. - * - * Each delete operation can propogate a big key up the - * index. This can cause a split at each level up. - * - * Each insert operation can cause a local split and a - * split at each level up. - */ - rsrvNodes = 1 + (deletes * (height - 2)) + (inserts * (height - 1)); - - availNodes = btree->freeNodes - btree->reservedNodes; - - if (rsrvNodes > availNodes) { - u_int32_t reqblks, freeblks, rsrvblks; - uint32_t bt_rsrv; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - - /* - * For UNIX conformance, we try and reserve the MIN of either 5% of - * total file blocks or 10MB worth of blocks, for growing existing - * files. On non-HFS filesystems, creating a new directory entry may - * not cause additional disk space to be allocated, but on HFS, creating - * a new entry could cause the b-tree to grow. As a result, we take - * some precautions here to prevent that on configurations that try to - * satisfy conformance. - */ - hfsmp = VTOVCB(btree->fileRefNum); - rsrvblks = ((u_int64_t)hfsmp->allocLimit * 5) / 100; - if (hfsmp->blockSize > HFS_BT_MAXRESERVE) { - bt_rsrv = 1; - } - else { - bt_rsrv = (HFS_BT_MAXRESERVE / hfsmp->blockSize); - } - rsrvblks = MIN(rsrvblks, bt_rsrv); - - freeblks = hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 0); - if (freeblks <= rsrvblks) { - /* When running low, disallow adding new items. */ - if ((inserts > 0) && (deletes == 0)) { - return (ENOSPC); - } - freeblks = 0; - } else { - freeblks -= rsrvblks; - } - reqblks = clumpsize / hfsmp->blockSize; - - if (reqblks > freeblks) { - reqblks = ((rsrvNodes - availNodes) * btree->nodeSize) / hfsmp->blockSize; - /* When running low, disallow adding new items. */ - if ((reqblks > freeblks) && (inserts > 0) && (deletes == 0)) { - return (ENOSPC); - } - file->ff_clumpsize = freeblks * hfsmp->blockSize; - } - totalNodes = rsrvNodes + btree->totalNodes - availNodes; - - /* See if we also need a map node */ - if (totalNodes > (int)CalcMapBits(btree)) { - ++totalNodes; - } - if ((err = ExtendBTree(btree, totalNodes))) { - goto out; - } - } - /* Save this reserve if this is a persistent request. */ - if (data) { - btree->reservedNodes += rsrvNodes; - nr_insert(btree->fileRefNum, (struct nreserve *)data, rsrvNodes); - } -out: - /* Put clump size back if it was changed. */ - if (file->ff_clumpsize != clumpsize) - file->ff_clumpsize = clumpsize; - - return (err); -} - - -/* - * BTReleaseReserve - release the node reserve held by current thread - * - * Used by the Catalog Layer (hfs_catalog.c) to relinquish reserved space. - */ -int -BTReleaseReserve(FCB *file, void* data) -{ - BTreeControlBlock *btree; - int nodecnt; - - btree = (BTreeControlBlockPtr)file->fcbBTCBPtr; - - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(btree->fileRefNum, true); - - nr_delete(btree->fileRefNum, (struct nreserve *)data, &nodecnt); - - if (nodecnt) - btree->reservedNodes -= nodecnt; - - return (0); -} - -/* - * BTUpdateReserve - update a node reserve for allocations that occurred. - */ -void -BTUpdateReserve(BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, int nodes) -{ - nr_update(btreePtr->fileRefNum, nodes); -} - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Node Reserve Hash Functions (private) */ - - -int nrinserts = 0; -int nrdeletes = 0; - -/* - * Insert a new node reserve. - */ -static void -nr_insert(struct vnode * btvp, struct nreserve *nrp, int nodecnt) -{ - struct nodereserve *nrhead; - struct nreserve *tmp_nrp; - void * tag = NR_GET_TAG(); - - /* - * Check the cache - there may already be a reserve - */ - lck_mtx_lock(&nr_mutex); - nrhead = NR_HASH(btvp, tag); - for (tmp_nrp = nrhead->lh_first; tmp_nrp; - tmp_nrp = tmp_nrp->nr_hash.le_next) { - if ((tmp_nrp->nr_tag == tag) && (tmp_nrp->nr_btvp == btvp)) { - nrp->nr_tag = 0; - tmp_nrp->nr_nodecnt += nodecnt; - lck_mtx_unlock(&nr_mutex); - return; - } - } - - nrp->nr_nodecnt = nodecnt; - nrp->nr_newnodes = 0; - nrp->nr_btvp = btvp; - nrp->nr_tag = tag; - LIST_INSERT_HEAD(nrhead, nrp, nr_hash); - ++nrinserts; - lck_mtx_unlock(&nr_mutex); -} - -/* - * Delete a node reserve. - */ -static void -nr_delete(struct vnode * btvp, struct nreserve *nrp, int *nodecnt) -{ - void * tag = NR_GET_TAG(); - - lck_mtx_lock(&nr_mutex); - if (nrp->nr_tag) { - if ((nrp->nr_tag != tag) || (nrp->nr_btvp != btvp)) - panic("hfs: nr_delete: invalid NR (%p)", nrp); - LIST_REMOVE(nrp, nr_hash); - *nodecnt = nrp->nr_nodecnt; - bzero(nrp, sizeof(struct nreserve)); - ++nrdeletes; - } else { - *nodecnt = 0; - } - lck_mtx_unlock(&nr_mutex); -} - - -/* - * Update a node reserve for any allocations that occurred. - */ -static void -nr_update(struct vnode * btvp, int nodecnt) -{ - struct nodereserve *nrhead; - struct nreserve *nrp; - void* tag = NR_GET_TAG(); - - lck_mtx_lock(&nr_mutex); - - nrhead = NR_HASH(btvp, tag); - for (nrp = nrhead->lh_first; nrp; nrp = nrp->nr_hash.le_next) { - if ((nrp->nr_tag == tag) && (nrp->nr_btvp == btvp)) { - nrp->nr_newnodes += nodecnt; - break; - } - } - lck_mtx_unlock(&nr_mutex); -} diff --git a/core/BTreeScanner.c b/core/BTreeScanner.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6ebf78a..0000000 --- a/core/BTreeScanner.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,410 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 1996-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - * - * @(#)BTreeScanner.c - */ -#include -#include "hfs_endian.h" - -#include "BTreeScanner.h" - -static int FindNextLeafNode( BTScanState *scanState, Boolean avoidIO ); -static int ReadMultipleNodes( BTScanState *scanState ); - - -//_________________________________________________________________________________ -// -// Routine: BTScanNextRecord -// -// Purpose: Return the next leaf record in a scan. -// -// Inputs: -// scanState Scanner's current state -// avoidIO If true, don't do any I/O to refill the buffer -// -// Outputs: -// key Key of found record (points into buffer) -// data Data of found record (points into buffer) -// dataSize Size of data in found record -// -// Result: -// noErr Found a valid record -// btNotFound No more records -// ??? Needed to do I/O to get next node, but avoidIO set -// -// Notes: -// This routine returns pointers to the found record's key and data. It -// does not copy the key or data to a caller-supplied buffer (like -// GetBTreeRecord would). The caller must not modify the key or data. -//_________________________________________________________________________________ - -int BTScanNextRecord( BTScanState * scanState, - Boolean avoidIO, - void * * key, - void * * data, - u_int32_t * dataSize ) -{ - int err; - u_int16_t dataSizeShort; - - err = noErr; - - // - // If this is the first call, there won't be any nodes in the buffer, so go - // find the first first leaf node (if any). - // - if ( scanState->nodesLeftInBuffer == 0 ) - { - err = FindNextLeafNode( scanState, avoidIO ); - } - - while ( err == noErr ) - { - // See if we have a record in the current node - err = GetRecordByIndex( scanState->btcb, scanState->currentNodePtr, - scanState->recordNum, (KeyPtr *) key, - (u_int8_t **) data, &dataSizeShort ); - - if ( err == noErr ) - { - ++scanState->recordsFound; - ++scanState->recordNum; - if (dataSize != NULL) - *dataSize = dataSizeShort; - return noErr; - } - else if (err > 0) - { - // We didn't get the node through the cache, so we can't invalidate it. - //XXX Should we do something else to avoid seeing the same record again? - return err; - } - - // We're done with the current node. See if we've returned all the records - if ( scanState->recordsFound >= scanState->btcb->leafRecords ) - { - return btNotFound; - } - - // Move to the first record of the next leaf node - scanState->recordNum = 0; - err = FindNextLeafNode( scanState, avoidIO ); - } - - // - // If we got an EOF error from FindNextLeafNode, then there are no more leaf - // records to be found. - // - if ( err == fsEndOfIterationErr ) - err = btNotFound; - - return err; - -} /* BTScanNextRecord */ - - -//_________________________________________________________________________________ -// -// Routine: FindNextLeafNode -// -// Purpose: Point to the next leaf node in the buffer. Read more nodes -// into the buffer if needed (and allowed). -// -// Inputs: -// scanState Scanner's current state -// avoidIO If true, don't do any I/O to refill the buffer -// -// Result: -// noErr Found a valid record -// fsEndOfIterationErr No more nodes in file -// ??? Needed to do I/O to get next node, but avoidIO set -//_________________________________________________________________________________ - -static int FindNextLeafNode( BTScanState *scanState, Boolean avoidIO ) -{ - int err; - BlockDescriptor block; - FileReference fref; - - err = noErr; // Assume everything will be OK - - while ( 1 ) - { - if ( scanState->nodesLeftInBuffer == 0 ) - { - // Time to read some more nodes into the buffer - if ( avoidIO ) - { - return fsBTTimeOutErr; - } - else - { - // read some more nodes into buffer - err = ReadMultipleNodes( scanState ); - if ( err != noErr ) - break; - } - } - else - { - // Adjust the node counters and point to the next node in the buffer - ++scanState->nodeNum; - --scanState->nodesLeftInBuffer; - - // If we've looked at all nodes in the tree, then we're done - if ( scanState->nodeNum >= scanState->btcb->totalNodes ) - return fsEndOfIterationErr; - - if ( scanState->nodesLeftInBuffer == 0 ) - { - scanState->recordNum = 0; - continue; - } - - scanState->currentNodePtr = (BTNodeDescriptor *)(((u_int8_t *)scanState->currentNodePtr) - + scanState->btcb->nodeSize); - } - - /* Fake a BlockDescriptor */ - block.blockHeader = NULL; /* No buffer cache buffer */ - block.buffer = scanState->currentNodePtr; - block.blockNum = scanState->nodeNum; - block.blockSize = scanState->btcb->nodeSize; - block.blockReadFromDisk = 1; - block.isModified = 0; - - fref = scanState->btcb->fileRefNum; - - /* This node was read from disk, so it must be swapped/checked. - * Since we are reading multiple nodes, we might have read an - * unused node. Therefore we allow swapping of unused nodes. - */ - err = hfs_swap_BTNode(&block, fref, kSwapBTNodeBigToHost, true); - if ( err != noErr ) { - printf("hfs: FindNextLeafNode: Error from hfs_swap_BTNode (node %u)\n", scanState->nodeNum); - continue; - } - - if ( scanState->currentNodePtr->kind == kBTLeafNode ) - break; - } - - return err; - -} /* FindNextLeafNode */ - - -//_________________________________________________________________________________ -// -// Routine: ReadMultipleNodes -// -// Purpose: Read one or more nodes into the buffer. -// -// Inputs: -// theScanStatePtr Scanner's current state -// -// Result: -// noErr One or nodes were read -// fsEndOfIterationErr No nodes left in file, none in buffer -//_________________________________________________________________________________ - -static int ReadMultipleNodes( BTScanState *theScanStatePtr ) -{ - int myErr = E_NONE; - BTreeControlBlockPtr myBTreeCBPtr; - daddr64_t myPhyBlockNum; - u_int32_t myBufferSize; - struct vnode * myDevPtr; - unsigned int myBlockRun; - u_int32_t myBlocksInBufferCount; - - // release old buffer if we have one - if ( theScanStatePtr->bufferPtr != NULL ) - { - buf_markinvalid(theScanStatePtr->bufferPtr); - buf_brelse( theScanStatePtr->bufferPtr ); - theScanStatePtr->bufferPtr = NULL; - theScanStatePtr->currentNodePtr = NULL; - } - - myBTreeCBPtr = theScanStatePtr->btcb; - - // map logical block in catalog btree file to physical block on volume - myErr = hfs_bmap(myBTreeCBPtr->fileRefNum, theScanStatePtr->nodeNum, - &myDevPtr, &myPhyBlockNum, &myBlockRun); - if ( myErr != E_NONE ) - { - goto ExitThisRoutine; - } - - // bmap block run gives us the remaining number of valid blocks (number of blocks - // minus the first). so if there are 10 valid blocks our run number will be 9. - // blocks, in our case is the same as nodes (both are 4K) - myBlocksInBufferCount = (theScanStatePtr->bufferSize / myBTreeCBPtr->nodeSize ); - myBufferSize = theScanStatePtr->bufferSize; - if ( (myBlockRun + 1) < myBlocksInBufferCount ) - { - myBufferSize = (myBlockRun + 1) * myBTreeCBPtr->nodeSize; - } - - // now read blocks from the device - myErr = (int)buf_meta_bread(myDevPtr, - myPhyBlockNum, - myBufferSize, - NOCRED, - &theScanStatePtr->bufferPtr ); - if ( myErr != E_NONE ) - { - goto ExitThisRoutine; - } - - theScanStatePtr->nodesLeftInBuffer = buf_count(theScanStatePtr->bufferPtr) / theScanStatePtr->btcb->nodeSize; - theScanStatePtr->currentNodePtr = (BTNodeDescriptor *) buf_dataptr(theScanStatePtr->bufferPtr); - -ExitThisRoutine: - return myErr; - -} /* ReadMultipleNodes */ - - - -//_________________________________________________________________________________ -// -// Routine: BTScanInitialize -// -// Purpose: Prepare to start a new BTree scan, or resume a previous one. -// -// Inputs: -// btreeFile The B-Tree's file control block -// startingNode Initial node number -// startingRecord Initial record number within node -// recordsFound Number of valid records found so far -// bufferSize Size (in bytes) of buffer -// -// Outputs: -// scanState Scanner's current state; pass to other scanner calls -// -// Notes: -// To begin a new scan and see all records in the B-Tree, pass zeroes for -// startingNode, startingRecord, and recordsFound. -// -// To resume a scan from the point of a previous BTScanTerminate, use the -// values returned by BTScanTerminate as input for startingNode, startingRecord, -// and recordsFound. -// -// When resuming a scan, the caller should check the B-tree's write count. If -// it is different from the write count when the scan was terminated, then the -// tree may have changed and the current state may be incorrect. In particular, -// you may see some records more than once, or never see some records. Also, -// the scanner may not be able to detect when all leaf records have been seen, -// and will have to scan through many empty nodes. -// -// XXXÊPerhaps the write count should be managed by BTScanInitialize and -// XXX BTScanTerminate? This would avoid the caller having to peek at -// XXX internal B-Tree structures. -//_________________________________________________________________________________ - -int BTScanInitialize( const FCB * btreeFile, - u_int32_t startingNode, - u_int32_t startingRecord, - u_int32_t recordsFound, - u_int32_t bufferSize, - BTScanState * scanState ) -{ - BTreeControlBlock *btcb; - - // - // Make sure this is a valid B-Tree file - // - btcb = (BTreeControlBlock *) btreeFile->fcbBTCBPtr; - if (btcb == NULL) - return fsBTInvalidFileErr; - - // - // Make sure buffer size is big enough, and a multiple of the - // B-Tree node size - // - if ( bufferSize < btcb->nodeSize ) - return paramErr; - bufferSize = (bufferSize / btcb->nodeSize) * btcb->nodeSize; - - // - // Set up the scanner's state - // - scanState->bufferSize = bufferSize; - scanState->bufferPtr = NULL; - scanState->btcb = btcb; - scanState->nodeNum = startingNode; - scanState->recordNum = startingRecord; - scanState->currentNodePtr = NULL; - scanState->nodesLeftInBuffer = 0; // no nodes currently in buffer - scanState->recordsFound = recordsFound; - microuptime(&scanState->startTime); // initialize our throttle - - return noErr; - -} /* BTScanInitialize */ - - -//_________________________________________________________________________________ -// -// Routine: BTScanTerminate -// -// Purpose: Return state information about a scan so that it can be resumed -// later via BTScanInitialize. -// -// Inputs: -// scanState Scanner's current state -// -// Outputs: -// nextNode Node number to resume a scan (pass to BTScanInitialize) -// nextRecord Record number to resume a scan (pass to BTScanInitialize) -// recordsFound Valid records seen so far (pass to BTScanInitialize) -//_________________________________________________________________________________ - -int BTScanTerminate( BTScanState * scanState, - u_int32_t * startingNode, - u_int32_t * startingRecord, - u_int32_t * recordsFound ) -{ - *startingNode = scanState->nodeNum; - *startingRecord = scanState->recordNum; - *recordsFound = scanState->recordsFound; - - if ( scanState->bufferPtr != NULL ) - { - buf_markinvalid(scanState->bufferPtr); - buf_brelse( scanState->bufferPtr ); - scanState->bufferPtr = NULL; - scanState->currentNodePtr = NULL; - } - - return noErr; - -} /* BTScanTerminate */ - - diff --git a/core/BTreeScanner.h b/core/BTreeScanner.h deleted file mode 100644 index 05a1043..0000000 --- a/core/BTreeScanner.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 1996-2004 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - * - * @(#)BTreeScanner.h - */ - -#ifndef _BTREESCANNER_H_ -#define _BTREESCANNER_H_ - -#include - -#ifdef KERNEL -#ifdef __APPLE_API_PRIVATE -#include - -#include "FileMgrInternal.h" -#include "BTreesPrivate.h" - -// amount of time we are allowed to process a catalog search (in µ secs) -// NOTE - code assumes kMaxMicroSecsInKernel is less than 1,000,000 -enum { kMaxMicroSecsInKernel = (1000 * 100) }; // 1 tenth of a second - -// btree node scanner buffer size. at 32K we get 8 nodes. this is the size used -// in Mac OS 9 -enum { kCatSearchBufferSize = (32 * 1024) }; - - -/* - * ============ W A R N I N G ! ============ - * DO NOT INCREASE THE SIZE OF THIS STRUCT! - * It must be less than or equal to the size of - * the opaque searchstate struct (in sys/attr.h). - */ -/* Private description used in hfs_search */ -struct CatPosition -{ - u_int32_t writeCount; /* The BTree's write count (to see if the catalog writeCount */ - /* changed since the last search). If 0, the rest */ - /* of the record is invalid, start from beginning. */ - u_int32_t nextNode; /* node number to resume search */ - u_int32_t nextRecord; /* record number to resume search */ - u_int32_t recordsFound; /* number of leaf records seen so far */ -}; -typedef struct CatPosition CatPosition; - - -/* - BTScanState - This structure is used to keep track of the current state - of a BTree scan. It contains both the dynamic state information (like - the current node number and record number) and information that is static - for the duration of a scan (such as buffer pointers). - - NOTE: recordNum may equal or exceed the number of records in the node - number nodeNum. If so, then the next attempt to get a record will move - to a new node number. -*/ -struct BTScanState -{ - // The following fields are set up once at initialization time. - // They are not changed during a scan. - u_int32_t bufferSize; - struct buf * bufferPtr; - BTreeControlBlock * btcb; - - // The following fields are the dynamic state of the current scan. - u_int32_t nodeNum; // zero is first node - u_int32_t recordNum; // zero is first record - BTNodeDescriptor * currentNodePtr; // points to current node within buffer - u_int32_t nodesLeftInBuffer; // number of valid nodes still in the buffer - u_int32_t recordsFound; // number of leaf records seen so far - struct timeval startTime; // time we started catalog search -}; -typedef struct BTScanState BTScanState; - - -/* *********************** PROTOTYPES *********************** */ - -int BTScanInitialize( const FCB * btreeFile, - u_int32_t startingNode, - u_int32_t startingRecord, - u_int32_t recordsFound, - u_int32_t bufferSize, - BTScanState * scanState ); - -int BTScanNextRecord( BTScanState * scanState, - Boolean avoidIO, - void * * key, - void * * data, - u_int32_t * dataSize ); - -int BTScanTerminate( BTScanState * scanState, - u_int32_t * startingNode, - u_int32_t * startingRecord, - u_int32_t * recordsFound ); - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_PRIVATE */ -#endif /* KERNEL */ -#endif /* !_BTREESCANNER_H_ */ diff --git a/core/BTreeTreeOps.c b/core/BTreeTreeOps.c deleted file mode 100644 index 74cd04e..0000000 --- a/core/BTreeTreeOps.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1338 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - File: BTreeTreeOps.c - - Contains: Multi-node tree operations for the BTree Module. - - Version: xxx put the technology version here xxx - - Written by: Gordon Sheridan and Bill Bruffey - - Copyright: (c) 1992-1999 by Apple Inc., all rights reserved. - - File Ownership: - - DRI: Don Brady - - Other Contact: Mark Day - - Technology: File Systems - - Writers: - - (msd) Mark Day - (DSH) Deric Horn - (djb) Don Brady - - Change History (most recent first): - - 6/1/99 djb Sync up with Mac OS 8.6. - 12/8/97 djb Radar #2200632, CollapseTree wasn't marking root node dirty. - 11/24/97 djb Radar #2005325, InsertLevel incorrectly handled root splits! - 10/17/97 msd Conditionalize DebugStrs. - 5/16/97 msd InsertNode() needs a return statement in ErrorExit. - 4/23/97 djb first checked in - - 3/17/97 DSH Conditionalize out Panic assertion for SC. - 3/3/97 djb Removed DebugStr in InsertLevel. - 2/19/97 djb Major re-write of insert code; added InsertLevel and InsertNode. - 1/27/97 djb InsertTree and DeleteTree are now recursive and support variable - sized index keys. - 1/16/97 djb Removed DebugStr in SearchTree. Added initial support for - variable sized index keys. - 1/3/97 djb Changed len8 to length8. - 1/3/97 djb Added support for large keys. - 12/19/96 djb first checked in - - History applicable to original Scarecrow Design: - - <3> 10/25/96 ser Changing for new VFPI - <2> 1/22/96 dkh Add #include Memory.h - <1> 10/18/95 rst Moved from Scarecrow project. - - <12> 7/18/95 mbb Change MoveData & ClearBytes to BlockMoveData & BlockZero. - <11> 9/30/94 prp Get in sync with D2 interface changes. - <10> 7/25/94 wjk Eliminate usage of BytePtr in favor of UInt8 *. - <9> 7/22/94 wjk Convert to the new set of header files. - <8> 12/2/93 wjk Move from Makefiles to BuildFiles. Fit into the ModernOS and - NRCmds environments. - <7> 11/30/93 wjk Change some Ptr's to BytePtr's in function definitions so they - agree with their prototypes. - <6> 5/21/93 gs Debug DeleteTree. Modify InsertTree for BTReplaceRecord. - <5> 5/10/93 gs Modify RotateLeft, and add DeleteTree, CollapseTree routines. - <4> 3/23/93 gs revise RotateLeft to use InsertKeyRecord instead of - InsertRecord. - <3> 3/23/93 gs Implement SplitLeft, InsertTree routine. - <2> 2/8/93 gs Implement SearchTree, and RotateLeft. - <1> 11/15/92 gs first checked in - -*/ - -#include "BTreesPrivate.h" -#include "hfs_btreeio.h" - -// -/////////////////////// Routines Internal To BTree Module /////////////////////// -// -// SearchTree -// InsertTree -// -////////////////////// Routines Internal To BTreeTreeOps.c ////////////////////// - -static OSStatus AddNewRootNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr leftNode, - NodeDescPtr rightNode ); - -static OSStatus CollapseTree (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - BlockDescriptor *blockPtr ); - -static OSStatus RotateLeft (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr leftNode, - NodeDescPtr rightNode, - u_int16_t rightInsertIndex, - KeyPtr keyPtr, - u_int8_t * recPtr, - u_int16_t recSize, - u_int16_t *insertIndex, - u_int32_t *insertNodeNum, - Boolean *recordFit, - u_int16_t *recsRotated ); - -static Boolean RotateRecordLeft (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr leftNode, - NodeDescPtr rightNode ); - -static OSStatus SplitLeft (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - BlockDescriptor *leftNode, - BlockDescriptor *rightNode, - u_int32_t rightNodeNum, - u_int16_t index, - KeyPtr keyPtr, - u_int8_t * recPtr, - u_int16_t recSize, - u_int16_t *insertIndex, - u_int32_t *insertNodeNum, - u_int16_t *recsRotated ); - - - -static OSStatus InsertLevel (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - TreePathTable treePathTable, - InsertKey *primaryKey, - InsertKey *secondaryKey, - BlockDescriptor *targetNode, - u_int16_t index, - u_int16_t level, - u_int32_t *insertNode ); - -static OSErr InsertNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - InsertKey *key, - BlockDescriptor *rightNode, - u_int32_t node, - u_int16_t index, - u_int32_t *newNode, - u_int16_t *newIndex, - BlockDescriptor *leftNode, - Boolean *updateParent, - Boolean *insertParent, - Boolean *rootSplit ); - -static u_int16_t GetKeyLength (const BTreeControlBlock *btreePtr, - const BTreeKey *key, - Boolean forLeafNode ); - - - -//////////////////////// BTree Multi-node Tree Operations /////////////////////// - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: SearchTree - Search BTree for key and set up Tree Path Table. - -Function: Searches BTree for specified key, setting up the Tree Path Table to - reflect the search path. - - -Input: btreePtr - pointer to control block of BTree to search - keyPtr - pointer to the key to search for - treePathTable - pointer to the tree path table to construct - -Output: nodeNum - number of the node containing the key position - iterator - BTreeIterator specifying record or insert position - -Result: noErr - key found, index is record index - fsBTRecordNotFoundErr - key not found, index is insert index - fsBTEmptyErr - key not found, return params are nil - otherwise - catastrophic failure (GetNode/ReleaseNode failed) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus SearchTree (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - BTreeKeyPtr searchKey, - TreePathTable treePathTable, - u_int32_t *nodeNum, - BlockDescriptor *nodePtr, - u_int16_t *returnIndex ) -{ - OSStatus err; - int16_t level; // Expected depth of current node - u_int32_t curNodeNum; // Current node we're searching - NodeRec nodeRec; - u_int16_t index; - Boolean keyFound; - int8_t nodeKind; // Kind of current node (index/leaf) - KeyPtr keyPtr; - u_int8_t * dataPtr; - u_int16_t dataSize; - - - curNodeNum = btreePtr->rootNode; - level = btreePtr->treeDepth; - - if (level == 0) // is the tree empty? - { - err = fsBTEmptyErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - //€€ for debugging... - treePathTable [0].node = 0; - treePathTable [0].index = 0; - - while (true) - { - // - // [2550929] Node number 0 is the header node. It is never a valid - // index or leaf node. If we're ever asked to search through node 0, - // something has gone wrong (typically a bad child node number, or - // we found a node full of zeroes that we thought was an index node). - // - if (curNodeNum == 0) - { -// Panic("SearchTree: curNodeNum is zero!"); - err = btBadNode; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - err = GetNode (btreePtr, curNodeNum, 0, &nodeRec); - if (err != noErr) - { - goto ErrorExit; - } - - // - // [2550929] Sanity check the node height and node type. We expect - // particular values at each iteration in the search. This checking - // quickly finds bad pointers, loops, and other damage to the - // hierarchy of the B-tree. - // - if (((BTNodeDescriptor*)nodeRec.buffer)->height != level) - { -// Panic("Incorrect node height"); - err = btBadNode; - goto ReleaseAndExit; - } - nodeKind = ((BTNodeDescriptor*)nodeRec.buffer)->kind; - if (level == 1) - { - // Nodes at level 1 must be leaves, by definition - if (nodeKind != kBTLeafNode) - { - // Panic("Incorrect node type: expected leaf"); - err = btBadNode; - goto ReleaseAndExit; - } - } - else - { - // A node at any other depth must be an index node - if (nodeKind != kBTIndexNode) - { -// Panic("Incorrect node type: expected index"); - err = btBadNode; - goto ReleaseAndExit; - } - } - - keyFound = SearchNode (btreePtr, nodeRec.buffer, searchKey, &index); - - treePathTable [level].node = curNodeNum; - - if (nodeKind == kBTLeafNode) - { - treePathTable [level].index = index; - break; // were done... - } - - if ( (keyFound != true) && (index != 0)) - --index; - - treePathTable [level].index = index; - - err = GetRecordByIndex (btreePtr, nodeRec.buffer, index, &keyPtr, &dataPtr, &dataSize); - if (err != noErr) - { - // [2550929] If we got an error, it is probably because the index was bad - // (typically a corrupt node that confused SearchNode). Invalidate the node - // so we won't accidentally use the corrupted contents. NOTE: the Mac OS 9 - // sources call this InvalidateNode. - - (void) TrashNode(btreePtr, &nodeRec); - goto ErrorExit; - } - - // Get the child pointer out of this index node. We're now done with the current - // node and can continue the search with the child node. - curNodeNum = *(u_int32_t *)dataPtr; - err = ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &nodeRec); - if (err != noErr) - { - goto ErrorExit; - } - - // The child node should be at a level one less than the parent. - --level; - } - - *nodeNum = curNodeNum; - *nodePtr = nodeRec; - *returnIndex = index; - - if (keyFound) - return noErr; // searchKey found, index identifies record in node - else - return fsBTRecordNotFoundErr; // searchKey not found, index identifies insert point - -ReleaseAndExit: - (void) ReleaseNode(btreePtr, &nodeRec); - // fall into ErrorExit - -ErrorExit: - - *nodeNum = 0; - nodePtr->buffer = nil; - nodePtr->blockHeader = nil; - *returnIndex = 0; - - return err; -} - - - - -////////////////////////////////// InsertTree /////////////////////////////////// - -OSStatus InsertTree ( BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - TreePathTable treePathTable, - KeyPtr keyPtr, - u_int8_t * recPtr, - u_int16_t recSize, - BlockDescriptor *targetNode, - u_int16_t index, - u_int16_t level, - Boolean replacingKey, - u_int32_t *insertNode ) -{ - InsertKey primaryKey; - OSStatus err; - - primaryKey.keyPtr = keyPtr; - primaryKey.keyLength = GetKeyLength(btreePtr, primaryKey.keyPtr, (level == 1)); - primaryKey.recPtr = recPtr; - primaryKey.recSize = recSize; - primaryKey.replacingKey = replacingKey; - primaryKey.skipRotate = false; - - err = InsertLevel (btreePtr, treePathTable, &primaryKey, nil, - targetNode, index, level, insertNode ); - - return err; - -} // End of InsertTree - - -////////////////////////////////// InsertLevel ////////////////////////////////// - -OSStatus InsertLevel (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - TreePathTable treePathTable, - InsertKey *primaryKey, - InsertKey *secondaryKey, - BlockDescriptor *targetNode, - u_int16_t index, - u_int16_t level, - u_int32_t *insertNode ) -{ - OSStatus err; - BlockDescriptor leftNode; - u_int32_t targetNodeNum; - u_int32_t newNodeNum; - u_int16_t newIndex; - Boolean insertParent; - Boolean updateParent; - Boolean newRoot; - InsertKey insertKey; - -#if defined(applec) && !defined(__SC__) - PanicIf ((level == 1) && (((NodeDescPtr)targetNode->buffer)->kind != kBTLeafNode), " InsertLevel: non-leaf at level 1! "); -#endif - leftNode.buffer = nil; - leftNode.blockHeader = nil; - targetNodeNum = treePathTable [level].node; - - insertParent = false; - updateParent = false; - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, targetNode); - - ////// process first insert ////// - - err = InsertNode (btreePtr, primaryKey, targetNode, targetNodeNum, index, - &newNodeNum, &newIndex, &leftNode, &updateParent, &insertParent, &newRoot ); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - if ( newRoot ) - { - // Extend the treePathTable by adding an entry for the new - // root node that references the current targetNode. - // - // If inserting the secondaryKey changes the first key of - // the target node, then we'll have to update the second - // key in the new root node. - - treePathTable [level + 1].node = btreePtr->rootNode; - treePathTable [level + 1].index = 1; // 1 since we always split/rotate left - } - - if ( level == 1 ) - *insertNode = newNodeNum; - - ////// process second insert (if any) ////// - - if ( secondaryKey != nil ) - { - Boolean temp; - - err = InsertNode (btreePtr, secondaryKey, targetNode, newNodeNum, newIndex, - &newNodeNum, &newIndex, &leftNode, &updateParent, &insertParent, &temp); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - - //////////////////////// Update Parent(s) /////////////////////////////// - - if ( insertParent || updateParent ) - { - BlockDescriptor parentNode; - u_int32_t parentNodeNum; - KeyPtr keyPtr; - u_int8_t * recPtr; - u_int16_t recSize; - - parentNode.buffer = nil; - parentNode.blockHeader = nil; - - secondaryKey = nil; - - PanicIf ( (level == btreePtr->treeDepth), " InsertLevel: unfinished insert!?"); - - ++level; - - // Get Parent Node data... - index = treePathTable [level].index; - parentNodeNum = treePathTable [level].node; - - PanicIf ( parentNodeNum == 0, " InsertLevel: parent node is zero!?"); - - err = GetNode (btreePtr, parentNodeNum, 0, &parentNode); // released as target node in next level up - M_ExitOnError (err); - ////////////////////////// Update Parent Index ////////////////////////////// - - if ( updateParent ) - { - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &parentNode); - - //€€ debug: check if ptr == targetNodeNum - GetRecordByIndex (btreePtr, parentNode.buffer, index, &keyPtr, &recPtr, &recSize); - PanicIf( (*(u_int32_t *) recPtr) != targetNodeNum, " InsertLevel: parent ptr doesn't match target node!"); - - // need to delete and re-insert this parent key/ptr - // we delete it here and it gets re-inserted in the - // InsertLevel call below. - DeleteRecord (btreePtr, parentNode.buffer, index); - - primaryKey->keyPtr = (KeyPtr) GetRecordAddress( btreePtr, targetNode->buffer, 0 ); - primaryKey->keyLength = GetKeyLength(btreePtr, primaryKey->keyPtr, false); - primaryKey->recPtr = (u_int8_t *) &targetNodeNum; - primaryKey->recSize = sizeof(targetNodeNum); - primaryKey->replacingKey = kReplaceRecord; - primaryKey->skipRotate = insertParent; // don't rotate left if we have two inserts occuring - } - - ////////////////////////// Add New Parent Index ///////////////////////////// - - if ( insertParent ) - { - InsertKey *insertKeyPtr; - - if ( updateParent ) - { - insertKeyPtr = &insertKey; - secondaryKey = &insertKey; - } - else - { - insertKeyPtr = primaryKey; - } - - insertKeyPtr->keyPtr = (KeyPtr) GetRecordAddress (btreePtr, leftNode.buffer, 0); - insertKeyPtr->keyLength = GetKeyLength(btreePtr, insertKeyPtr->keyPtr, false); - insertKeyPtr->recPtr = (u_int8_t *) &((NodeDescPtr)targetNode->buffer)->bLink; - insertKeyPtr->recSize = sizeof(u_int32_t); - insertKeyPtr->replacingKey = kInsertRecord; - insertKeyPtr->skipRotate = false; // a rotate is OK during second insert - } - - err = InsertLevel (btreePtr, treePathTable, primaryKey, secondaryKey, - &parentNode, index, level, insertNode ); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, targetNode, 0, kLockTransaction); // all done with target - M_ExitOnError (err); - - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, &leftNode, 0, kLockTransaction); // all done with left sibling - M_ExitOnError (err); - - return noErr; - -ErrorExit: - - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, targetNode); - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &leftNode); - - Panic (" InsertLevel: an error occurred!"); - - return err; - -} // End of InsertLevel - - - -////////////////////////////////// InsertNode /////////////////////////////////// - -static OSErr InsertNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - InsertKey *key, - - BlockDescriptor *rightNode, - u_int32_t node, - u_int16_t index, - - u_int32_t *newNode, - u_int16_t *newIndex, - - BlockDescriptor *leftNode, - Boolean *updateParent, - Boolean *insertParent, - Boolean *rootSplit ) -{ - BlockDescriptor *targetNode = NULL; - u_int32_t leftNodeNum; - u_int16_t recsRotated; - OSErr err; - Boolean recordFit; - - *rootSplit = false; - - PanicIf ( rightNode->buffer == leftNode->buffer, " InsertNode: rightNode == leftNode, huh?"); - - leftNodeNum = ((NodeDescPtr) rightNode->buffer)->bLink; - - - /////////////////////// Try Simple Insert /////////////////////////////// - - /* sanity check our left and right nodes here. */ - if (node == leftNodeNum) { - if (leftNode->buffer == NULL) { - err = fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - M_ExitOnError(err); - } - else{ - targetNode = leftNode; - } - } - else { - // we can assume right node is initialized. - targetNode = rightNode; - } - - - recordFit = InsertKeyRecord (btreePtr, targetNode->buffer, index, key->keyPtr, key->keyLength, key->recPtr, key->recSize); - - if ( recordFit ) - { - *newNode = node; - *newIndex = index; - - if ( (index == 0) && (((NodeDescPtr) targetNode->buffer)->height != btreePtr->treeDepth) ) - *updateParent = true; // the first record changed so we need to update the parent - } - - - //////////////////////// Try Rotate Left //////////////////////////////// - - if ( !recordFit && leftNodeNum > 0 ) - { - PanicIf ( leftNode->buffer != nil, " InsertNode: leftNode already acquired!"); - - if ( leftNode->buffer == nil ) - { - err = GetNode (btreePtr, leftNodeNum, 0, leftNode); // will be released by caller or a split below - M_ExitOnError (err); - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, leftNode); - } - - PanicIf ( ((NodeDescPtr) leftNode->buffer)->fLink != node, " InsertNode, RotateLeft: invalid sibling link!" ); - - if ( !key->skipRotate ) // are rotates allowed? - { - err = RotateLeft (btreePtr, leftNode->buffer, rightNode->buffer, index, key->keyPtr, key->recPtr, - key->recSize, newIndex, newNode, &recordFit, &recsRotated ); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - if ( recordFit ) - { - if ( key->replacingKey || (recsRotated > 1) || (index > 0) ) - *updateParent = true; - } - } - } - - - //////////////////////// Try Split Left ///////////////////////////////// - - if ( !recordFit ) - { - // might not have left node... - err = SplitLeft (btreePtr, leftNode, rightNode, node, index, key->keyPtr, - key->recPtr, key->recSize, newIndex, newNode, &recsRotated); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - // if we split root node - add new root - - if ( ((NodeDescPtr) rightNode->buffer)->height == btreePtr->treeDepth ) - { - err = AddNewRootNode (btreePtr, leftNode->buffer, rightNode->buffer); // Note: does not update TPT - M_ExitOnError (err); - *rootSplit = true; - } - else - { - *insertParent = true; - - if ( key->replacingKey || (recsRotated > 1) || (index > 0) ) - *updateParent = true; - } - } - - return noErr; - -ErrorExit: - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, leftNode); - return err; - -} // End of InsertNode - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Routine: DeleteTree - One_line_description. - -Function: Brief_description_of_the_function_and_any_side_effects - -ToDo: - -Input: btreePtr - description - treePathTable - description - targetNode - description - index - description - -Result: noErr - success - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -OSStatus DeleteTree (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - TreePathTable treePathTable, - BlockDescriptor *targetNode, - u_int16_t index, - u_int16_t level ) -{ - OSStatus err; - BlockDescriptor parentNode; - BTNodeDescriptor *targetNodePtr; - u_int32_t targetNodeNum; - Boolean deleteRequired; - Boolean updateRequired; - - // XXXdbg - initialize these to null in case we get an - // error and try to exit before it's initialized - parentNode.buffer = nil; - parentNode.blockHeader = nil; - - deleteRequired = false; - updateRequired = false; - - targetNodeNum = treePathTable[level].node; - targetNodePtr = targetNode->buffer; - PanicIf (targetNodePtr == nil, "DeleteTree: targetNode has nil buffer!"); - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, targetNode); - - DeleteRecord (btreePtr, targetNodePtr, index); - - //€€ coalesce remaining records? - - if ( targetNodePtr->numRecords == 0 ) // did we delete the last record? - { - BlockDescriptor siblingNode; - u_int32_t siblingNodeNum; - - deleteRequired = true; - - siblingNode.buffer = nil; - siblingNode.blockHeader = nil; - - ////////////////// Get Siblings & Update Links ////////////////////////// - - siblingNodeNum = targetNodePtr->bLink; // Left Sibling Node - if ( siblingNodeNum != 0 ) - { - err = GetNode (btreePtr, siblingNodeNum, 0, &siblingNode); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &siblingNode); - - ((NodeDescPtr)siblingNode.buffer)->fLink = targetNodePtr->fLink; - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, &siblingNode, 0, kLockTransaction); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - else if ( targetNodePtr->kind == kBTLeafNode ) // update firstLeafNode - { - btreePtr->firstLeafNode = targetNodePtr->fLink; - } - - siblingNodeNum = targetNodePtr->fLink; // Right Sibling Node - if ( siblingNodeNum != 0 ) - { - err = GetNode (btreePtr, siblingNodeNum, 0, &siblingNode); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &siblingNode); - - ((NodeDescPtr)siblingNode.buffer)->bLink = targetNodePtr->bLink; - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, &siblingNode, 0, kLockTransaction); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - else if ( targetNodePtr->kind == kBTLeafNode ) // update lastLeafNode - { - btreePtr->lastLeafNode = targetNodePtr->bLink; - } - - //////////////////////// Free Empty Node //////////////////////////////// - - ClearNode (btreePtr, targetNodePtr); - - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, targetNode, 0, kLockTransaction); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - err = FreeNode (btreePtr, targetNodeNum); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - else if ( index == 0 ) // did we delete the first record? - { - updateRequired = true; // yes, so we need to update parent - } - - - if ( level == btreePtr->treeDepth ) // then targetNode->buffer is the root node - { - deleteRequired = false; - updateRequired = false; - - if ( targetNode->buffer == nil ) // then root was freed and the btree is empty - { - btreePtr->rootNode = 0; - btreePtr->treeDepth = 0; - } - else if ( ((NodeDescPtr)targetNode->buffer)->numRecords == 1 ) - { - err = CollapseTree (btreePtr, targetNode); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - } - - - if ( updateRequired || deleteRequired ) - { - ++level; // next level - - //// Get Parent Node and index - index = treePathTable [level].index; - err = GetNode (btreePtr, treePathTable[level].node, 0, &parentNode); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - if ( updateRequired ) - { - KeyPtr keyPtr; - u_int8_t * recPtr; - u_int16_t recSize; - u_int32_t insertNode; - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &parentNode); - - //€€ debug: check if ptr == targetNodeNum - GetRecordByIndex (btreePtr, parentNode.buffer, index, &keyPtr, &recPtr, &recSize); - PanicIf( (*(u_int32_t *) recPtr) != targetNodeNum, " DeleteTree: parent ptr doesn't match targetNodeNum!!"); - - // need to delete and re-insert this parent key/ptr - DeleteRecord (btreePtr, parentNode.buffer, index); - - keyPtr = (KeyPtr) GetRecordAddress( btreePtr, targetNode->buffer, 0 ); - recPtr = (u_int8_t *) &targetNodeNum; - recSize = sizeof(targetNodeNum); - - err = InsertTree (btreePtr, treePathTable, keyPtr, recPtr, recSize, - &parentNode, index, level, kReplaceRecord, &insertNode); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - else // deleteRequired - { - err = DeleteTree (btreePtr, treePathTable, &parentNode, index, level); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - } - - - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, targetNode, 0, kLockTransaction); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - return noErr; - -ErrorExit: - - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, targetNode); - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, &parentNode); - - return err; - -} // end DeleteTree - - - -///////////////////////////////// CollapseTree ////////////////////////////////// - -static OSStatus CollapseTree (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - BlockDescriptor *blockPtr ) -{ - OSStatus err; - u_int32_t originalRoot; - u_int32_t nodeNum; - - originalRoot = btreePtr->rootNode; - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, blockPtr); - - while (true) - { - if ( ((NodeDescPtr)blockPtr->buffer)->numRecords > 1) - break; // this will make a fine root node - - if ( ((NodeDescPtr)blockPtr->buffer)->kind == kBTLeafNode) - break; // we've hit bottom - - nodeNum = btreePtr->rootNode; - btreePtr->rootNode = GetChildNodeNum (btreePtr, blockPtr->buffer, 0); - --btreePtr->treeDepth; - - //// Clear and Free Current Old Root Node //// - ClearNode (btreePtr, blockPtr->buffer); - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, blockPtr, 0, kLockTransaction); - M_ExitOnError (err); - err = FreeNode (btreePtr, nodeNum); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - //// Get New Root Node - err = GetNode (btreePtr, btreePtr->rootNode, 0, blockPtr); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, blockPtr); - } - - if (btreePtr->rootNode != originalRoot) - M_BTreeHeaderDirty (btreePtr); - - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, blockPtr, 0, kLockTransaction); // always update! - M_ExitOnError (err); - - return noErr; - - -/////////////////////////////////// ErrorExit /////////////////////////////////// - -ErrorExit: - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, blockPtr); - return err; -} - - - -////////////////////////////////// RotateLeft /////////////////////////////////// - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Routine: RotateLeft - One_line_description. - -Function: Brief_description_of_the_function_and_any_side_effects - -Algorithm: if rightIndex > insertIndex, subtract 1 for actual rightIndex - -Input: btreePtr - description - leftNode - description - rightNode - description - rightInsertIndex - description - keyPtr - description - recPtr - description - recSize - description - -Output: insertIndex - insertNodeNum - description - recordFit - description - recsRotated - -Result: noErr - success - != noErr - failure --------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static OSStatus RotateLeft (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr leftNode, - NodeDescPtr rightNode, - u_int16_t rightInsertIndex, - KeyPtr keyPtr, - u_int8_t * recPtr, - u_int16_t recSize, - u_int16_t *insertIndex, - u_int32_t *insertNodeNum, - Boolean *recordFit, - u_int16_t *recsRotated ) -{ - OSStatus err; - int32_t insertSize; - int32_t nodeSize; - int32_t leftSize, rightSize; - int32_t moveSize = 0; - u_int16_t keyLength; - u_int16_t lengthFieldSize; - u_int16_t index, moveIndex; - Boolean didItFit; - - ///////////////////// Determine If Record Will Fit ////////////////////////// - - keyLength = GetKeyLength(btreePtr, keyPtr, (rightNode->kind == kBTLeafNode)); - - // the key's length field is 8-bits in HFS and 16-bits in HFS+ - if ( btreePtr->attributes & kBTBigKeysMask ) - lengthFieldSize = sizeof(u_int16_t); - else - lengthFieldSize = sizeof(u_int8_t); - - insertSize = keyLength + lengthFieldSize + recSize + sizeof(u_int16_t); - - if ( M_IsOdd (insertSize) ) - ++insertSize; // add pad byte; - - nodeSize = btreePtr->nodeSize; - - // add size of insert record to right node - rightSize = nodeSize - GetNodeFreeSize (btreePtr, rightNode) + insertSize; - leftSize = nodeSize - GetNodeFreeSize (btreePtr, leftNode); - - moveIndex = 0; - - while ( leftSize < rightSize ) - { - if ( moveIndex < rightInsertIndex ) - { - moveSize = GetRecordSize (btreePtr, rightNode, moveIndex) + 2; - } - else if ( moveIndex == rightInsertIndex ) - { - moveSize = insertSize; - } - else // ( moveIndex > rightInsertIndex ) - { - moveSize = GetRecordSize (btreePtr, rightNode, moveIndex - 1) + 2; - } - - leftSize += moveSize; - rightSize -= moveSize; - ++moveIndex; - } - - if ( leftSize > nodeSize ) // undo last move - { - leftSize -= moveSize; - rightSize += moveSize; - --moveIndex; - } - - if ( rightSize > nodeSize ) // record won't fit - failure, but not error - { - *insertIndex = 0; - *insertNodeNum = 0; - *recordFit = false; - *recsRotated = 0; - - return noErr; - } - - // we've found balance point, moveIndex == number of records moved into leftNode - - - //////////////////////////// Rotate Records ///////////////////////////////// - - *recsRotated = moveIndex; - *recordFit = true; - index = 0; - - while ( index < moveIndex ) - { - if ( index == rightInsertIndex ) // insert new record in left node - { - u_int16_t leftInsertIndex; - - leftInsertIndex = leftNode->numRecords; - - didItFit = InsertKeyRecord (btreePtr, leftNode, leftInsertIndex, - keyPtr, keyLength, recPtr, recSize); - if ( !didItFit ) - { - Panic ("RotateLeft: InsertKeyRecord (left) returned false!"); - err = fsBTBadRotateErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - *insertIndex = leftInsertIndex; - *insertNodeNum = rightNode->bLink; - } - else - { - didItFit = RotateRecordLeft (btreePtr, leftNode, rightNode); - if ( !didItFit ) - { - Panic ("RotateLeft: RotateRecordLeft returned false!"); - err = fsBTBadRotateErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - } - - ++index; - } - - if ( moveIndex <= rightInsertIndex ) // then insert new record in right node - { - rightInsertIndex -= index; // adjust for records already rotated - - didItFit = InsertKeyRecord (btreePtr, rightNode, rightInsertIndex, - keyPtr, keyLength, recPtr, recSize); - if ( !didItFit ) - { - Panic ("RotateLeft: InsertKeyRecord (right) returned false!"); - err = fsBTBadRotateErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - *insertIndex = rightInsertIndex; - *insertNodeNum = leftNode->fLink; - } - - - return noErr; - - - ////////////////////////////// Error Exit /////////////////////////////////// - -ErrorExit: - - *insertIndex = 0; - *insertNodeNum = 0; - *recordFit = false; - *recsRotated = 0; - - return err; -} - - - -/////////////////////////////////// SplitLeft /////////////////////////////////// - -static OSStatus SplitLeft (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - BlockDescriptor *leftNode, - BlockDescriptor *rightNode, - u_int32_t rightNodeNum, - u_int16_t index, - KeyPtr keyPtr, - u_int8_t * recPtr, - u_int16_t recSize, - u_int16_t *insertIndex, - u_int32_t *insertNodeNum, - u_int16_t *recsRotated ) -{ - OSStatus err; - NodeDescPtr left, right; - u_int32_t newNodeNum; - Boolean recordFit; - - - ///////////////////////////// Compare Nodes ///////////////////////////////// - - right = rightNode->buffer; - left = leftNode->buffer; - - PanicIf ( right->bLink != 0 && left == 0, " SplitLeft: left sibling missing!?" ); - - /* type should be kBTLeafNode or kBTIndexNode */ - - if ( (right->height == 1) && (right->kind != kBTLeafNode) ) - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - - if ( left != nil ) - { - if ( left->fLink != rightNodeNum ) - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; //€€ E_BadSibling ? - - if ( left->height != right->height ) - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; //€€ E_BadNodeHeight ? - - if ( left->kind != right->kind ) - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; //€€ E_BadNodeType ? - } - - - ///////////////////////////// Allocate Node ///////////////////////////////// - - err = AllocateNode (btreePtr, &newNodeNum); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - - /////////////// Update Forward Link In Original Left Node /////////////////// - - if ( left != nil ) - { - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, leftNode); - - left->fLink = newNodeNum; - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, leftNode, 0, kLockTransaction); - M_ExitOnError (err); - } - - - /////////////////////// Initialize New Left Node //////////////////////////// - - err = GetNewNode (btreePtr, newNodeNum, leftNode); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, leftNode); - - left = leftNode->buffer; - left->fLink = rightNodeNum; - - - // Steal Info From Right Node - - left->bLink = right->bLink; - left->kind = right->kind; - left->height = right->height; - - right->bLink = newNodeNum; // update Right bLink - - if ( (left->kind == kBTLeafNode) && (left->bLink == 0) ) - { - // if we're adding a new first leaf node - update BTreeInfoRec - - btreePtr->firstLeafNode = newNodeNum; - M_BTreeHeaderDirty (btreePtr); //€€ AllocateNode should have set the bit already... - } - - ////////////////////////////// Rotate Left ////////////////////////////////// - - err = RotateLeft (btreePtr, left, right, index, keyPtr, recPtr, recSize, - insertIndex, insertNodeNum, &recordFit, recsRotated); - - M_ExitOnError (err); - - return noErr; - -ErrorExit: - - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, leftNode); - (void) ReleaseNode (btreePtr, rightNode); - - //€€ Free new node if allocated? - - *insertIndex = 0; - *insertNodeNum = 0; - *recsRotated = 0; - - return err; -} - - - -/////////////////////////////// RotateRecordLeft //////////////////////////////// - -static Boolean RotateRecordLeft (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr leftNode, - NodeDescPtr rightNode ) -{ - u_int16_t size; - u_int8_t * recPtr; - Boolean recordFit; - - size = GetRecordSize (btreePtr, rightNode, 0); - recPtr = GetRecordAddress (btreePtr, rightNode, 0); - - recordFit = InsertRecord (btreePtr, leftNode, leftNode->numRecords, recPtr, size); - - if ( !recordFit ) - return false; - - DeleteRecord (btreePtr, rightNode, 0); - - return true; -} - - -//////////////////////////////// AddNewRootNode ///////////////////////////////// - -static OSStatus AddNewRootNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr leftNode, - NodeDescPtr rightNode ) -{ - OSStatus err; - BlockDescriptor rootNode; - u_int32_t rootNum; - KeyPtr keyPtr; - Boolean didItFit; - u_int16_t keyLength; - - rootNode.buffer = nil; - rootNode.blockHeader = nil; - - PanicIf (leftNode == nil, "AddNewRootNode: leftNode == nil"); - PanicIf (rightNode == nil, "AddNewRootNode: rightNode == nil"); - - - /////////////////////// Initialize New Root Node //////////////////////////// - - err = AllocateNode (btreePtr, &rootNum); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - err = GetNewNode (btreePtr, rootNum, &rootNode); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - // XXXdbg - ModifyBlockStart(btreePtr->fileRefNum, &rootNode); - - ((NodeDescPtr)rootNode.buffer)->kind = kBTIndexNode; - ((NodeDescPtr)rootNode.buffer)->height = ++btreePtr->treeDepth; - - - ///////////////////// Insert Left Node Index Record ///////////////////////// - - keyPtr = (KeyPtr) GetRecordAddress (btreePtr, leftNode, 0); - keyLength = GetKeyLength(btreePtr, keyPtr, false); - - didItFit = InsertKeyRecord ( btreePtr, rootNode.buffer, 0, keyPtr, keyLength, - (u_int8_t *) &rightNode->bLink, 4 ); - - PanicIf ( !didItFit, "AddNewRootNode:InsertKeyRecord failed for left index record"); - - - //////////////////// Insert Right Node Index Record ///////////////////////// - - keyPtr = (KeyPtr) GetRecordAddress (btreePtr, rightNode, 0); - keyLength = GetKeyLength(btreePtr, keyPtr, false); - - didItFit = InsertKeyRecord ( btreePtr, rootNode.buffer, 1, keyPtr, keyLength, - (u_int8_t *) &leftNode->fLink, 4 ); - - PanicIf ( !didItFit, "AddNewRootNode:InsertKeyRecord failed for right index record"); - - - /////////////////////////// Release Root Node /////////////////////////////// - - err = UpdateNode (btreePtr, &rootNode, 0, kLockTransaction); - M_ExitOnError (err); - - // update BTreeInfoRec - - btreePtr->rootNode = rootNum; - M_BTreeHeaderDirty(btreePtr); - - return noErr; - - - ////////////////////////////// Error Exit /////////////////////////////////// - -ErrorExit: - - return err; -} - - -static u_int16_t GetKeyLength ( const BTreeControlBlock *btreePtr, const BTreeKey *key, Boolean forLeafNode ) -{ - u_int16_t length; - - if ( forLeafNode || btreePtr->attributes & kBTVariableIndexKeysMask ) - length = KeyLength (btreePtr, key); // just use actual key length - else - length = btreePtr->maxKeyLength; // fixed sized index key (i.e. HFS) //€€ shouldn't we clear the pad bytes? - - return length; -} - diff --git a/core/BTreeWrapper.c b/core/BTreeWrapper.c deleted file mode 100644 index 12ce54d..0000000 --- a/core/BTreeWrapper.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,278 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000, 2002, 2005-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#include "BTreesPrivate.h" -#include -#include - - -// local routines -static OSErr CheckBTreeKey(const BTreeKey *key, const BTreeControlBlock *btcb); - -#if DEBUG -static Boolean ValidHFSRecord(const void *record, const BTreeControlBlock *btcb, u_int16_t recordSize); -#endif - -OSErr ReplaceBTreeRecord(FileReference refNum, const void* key, u_int32_t hint, void *newData, u_int16_t dataSize, u_int32_t *newHint) -{ - FSBufferDescriptor btRecord; - struct BTreeIterator *iterator = NULL; - FCB *fcb; - BTreeControlBlock *btcb; - OSStatus result; - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct BTreeIterator)); - - fcb = GetFileControlBlock(refNum); - btcb = (BTreeControlBlock*) fcb->fcbBTCBPtr; - - btRecord.bufferAddress = newData; - btRecord.itemSize = dataSize; - btRecord.itemCount = 1; - - iterator->hint.nodeNum = hint; - - result = CheckBTreeKey((const BTreeKey *) key, btcb); - if (result) { - goto ErrorExit; - } - - BlockMoveData(key, &iterator->key, CalcKeySize(btcb, (const BTreeKey *) key)); //€€ should we range check against maxkeylen? - -#if DEBUG - if ( !ValidHFSRecord(newData, btcb, dataSize) ) - DebugStr("ReplaceBTreeRecord: bad record?"); -#endif - - result = BTReplaceRecord( fcb, iterator, &btRecord, dataSize ); - - *newHint = iterator->hint.nodeNum; - -ErrorExit: - - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - return result; -} - - - -static OSErr CheckBTreeKey(const BTreeKey *key, const BTreeControlBlock *btcb) -{ - u_int16_t keyLen; - - if ( btcb->attributes & kBTBigKeysMask ) - keyLen = key->length16; - else - keyLen = key->length8; - - if ( (keyLen < 6) || (keyLen > btcb->maxKeyLength) ) - { - hfs_debug("CheckBTreeKey: bad key length!"); - return fsBTInvalidKeyLengthErr; - } - - return noErr; -} - -#if DEBUG - -static Boolean ValidHFSRecord(const void *record, const BTreeControlBlock *btcb, u_int16_t recordSize) -{ - u_int32_t cNodeID; - - if (btcb->maxKeyLength == kHFSPlusExtentKeyMaximumLength ) - { - return ( recordSize == sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord) ); - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else if ( btcb->maxKeyLength == kHFSExtentKeyMaximumLength ) - { - return ( recordSize == sizeof(HFSExtentRecord) ); - } -#endif - - else // Catalog record - { - const CatalogRecord *catalogRecord = (const CatalogRecord*) record; - - switch(catalogRecord->recordType) - { - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - /* - * HFS standard File/folder records and File/Folder Thread records - * are only valid on configs that support HFS standard. - */ - case kHFSFolderRecord: - { - if ( recordSize != sizeof(HFSCatalogFolder) ) - return false; - if ( catalogRecord->hfsFolder.flags != 0 ) - return false; - if ( catalogRecord->hfsFolder.valence > 0x7FFF ) - return false; - - cNodeID = catalogRecord->hfsFolder.folderID; - - if ( (cNodeID == 0) || (cNodeID < 16 && cNodeID > 2) ) - return false; - } - break; - - case kHFSFileRecord: - { - const HFSExtentDescriptor *dataExtent; - const HFSExtentDescriptor *rsrcExtent; - - if ( recordSize != sizeof(HFSCatalogFile) ) - return false; - if ( (catalogRecord->hfsFile.flags & ~(0x83)) != 0 ) - return false; - - cNodeID = catalogRecord->hfsFile.fileID; - - if ( cNodeID < 16 ) - return false; - - // make sure 0 ¾ LEOF ¾ PEOF for both forks - - if ( catalogRecord->hfsFile.dataLogicalSize < 0 ) - return false; - if ( catalogRecord->hfsFile.dataPhysicalSize < catalogRecord->hfsFile.dataLogicalSize ) - return false; - if ( catalogRecord->hfsFile.rsrcLogicalSize < 0 ) - return false; - if ( catalogRecord->hfsFile.rsrcPhysicalSize < catalogRecord->hfsFile.rsrcLogicalSize ) - return false; - - dataExtent = (const HFSExtentDescriptor*) &catalogRecord->hfsFile.dataExtents; - rsrcExtent = (const HFSExtentDescriptor*) &catalogRecord->hfsFile.rsrcExtents; - -#if 0 - for (i = 0; i < kHFSExtentDensity; ++i) - { - if ( (dataExtent[i].blockCount > 0) && (dataExtent[i].startBlock == 0) ) - return false; - if ( (rsrcExtent[i].blockCount > 0) && (rsrcExtent[i].startBlock == 0) ) - return false; - } -#endif - } - break; - - case kHFSFileThreadRecord: - case kHFSFolderThreadRecord: - { - if ( recordSize != sizeof(HFSCatalogThread) ) - return false; - - cNodeID = catalogRecord->hfsThread.parentID; - if ( (cNodeID == 0) || (cNodeID < 16 && cNodeID > 2) ) - return false; - - if ( (catalogRecord->hfsThread.nodeName[0] == 0) || - (catalogRecord->hfsThread.nodeName[0] > 31) ) - return false; - } - break; -#endif - - case kHFSPlusFolderRecord: - { - if ( recordSize != sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogFolder) ) - return false; - if ( catalogRecord->hfsPlusFolder.flags != 0 ) - return false; - if ( catalogRecord->hfsPlusFolder.valence > 0x7FFF ) - return false; - - cNodeID = catalogRecord->hfsPlusFolder.folderID; - - if ( (cNodeID == 0) || (cNodeID < 16 && cNodeID > 2) ) - return false; - } - break; - - case kHFSPlusFileRecord: - { -// u_int16_t i; - const HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *dataExtent; - const HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *rsrcExtent; - - if ( recordSize != sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogFile) ) - return false; - if ( (catalogRecord->hfsPlusFile.flags & ~(0x83)) != 0 ) - return false; - - cNodeID = catalogRecord->hfsPlusFile.fileID; - - if ( cNodeID < 16 ) - return false; - - // make sure 0 ¾ LEOF ¾ PEOF for both forks - - dataExtent = (const HFSPlusExtentDescriptor*) &catalogRecord->hfsPlusFile.dataFork.extents; - rsrcExtent = (const HFSPlusExtentDescriptor*) &catalogRecord->hfsPlusFile.resourceFork.extents; - -#if 0 - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; ++i) - { - if ( (dataExtent[i].blockCount > 0) && (dataExtent[i].startBlock == 0) ) - return false; - if ( (rsrcExtent[i].blockCount > 0) && (rsrcExtent[i].startBlock == 0) ) - return false; - } -#endif - } - break; - - case kHFSPlusFileThreadRecord: - case kHFSPlusFolderThreadRecord: - { - if ( recordSize > sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogThread) || recordSize < (sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogThread) - sizeof(HFSUniStr255))) - return false; - - cNodeID = catalogRecord->hfsPlusThread.parentID; - if ( (cNodeID == 0) || (cNodeID < 16 && cNodeID > 2) ) - return false; - - if ( (catalogRecord->hfsPlusThread.nodeName.length == 0) || - (catalogRecord->hfsPlusThread.nodeName.length > 255) ) - return false; - } - break; - - default: - return false; - } - } - - return true; // record appears to be OK -} - -#endif // DEBUG diff --git a/core/BTreesInternal.h b/core/BTreesInternal.h deleted file mode 100644 index 11a7842..0000000 --- a/core/BTreesInternal.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,368 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2014 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - File: BTreesInternal.h - - Contains: IPI to File Manager B-tree - - Version: HFS Plus 1.0 - - Copyright: (c) 1996-1998 by Apple Inc., all rights reserved. - - File Ownership: - - DRI: Don Brady - - Other Contact: Mark Day - - Technology: File Systems - - Writers: - - (msd) Mark Day - (DSH) Deric Horn - (djb) Don Brady - - Change History (most recent first): - - 9/22/99 ser Added prototypes for BTGetLastSync and BTSetLastSync - 6/22/98 djb Add ERR_BASE to btree error codes to make them negative (for MacOS X only). - - 7/28/97 msd Add enum for fsBTTimeOutErr. - 7/25/97 DSH Added heuristicHint as parameter to BTSearchRecord. - 7/24/97 djb Add blockReadFromDisk flag to BlockDescriptor. Callbacks now use - a file refNum instead of an FCB. - 7/16/97 DSH FilesInternal.i renamed FileMgrInternal.i to avoid name - collision - 6/2/97 DSH Added SetEndOfForkProc() prototype, so Attributes.c can call it - directly. - 5/19/97 djb kMaxKeyLength is now 520. - 4/28/97 djb first checked in - - 3/17/97 DSH Remove Key Comparison prototype, already in FilesInternal.h. - 2/19/97 djb Add SetBlockSizeProcPtr. Add blockSize field to BlockDescriptor. - Remove E_ type error enums. - 1/27/97 djb Include Types.h and FilesInternal.h. - 1/13/97 djb Added kBTreeCurrentRecord for BTIterateRecord. - 1/3/97 djb Added support for large keys. - 12/19/96 djb first checked in - -*/ - -#ifndef __BTREESINTERNAL__ -#define __BTREESINTERNAL__ - -#include - -#ifdef KERNEL -#ifdef __APPLE_API_PRIVATE - -#ifndef __FILEMGRINTERNAL__ -#include "FileMgrInternal.h" -#endif - -enum { - fsBTInvalidHeaderErr = btBadHdr, - fsBTBadRotateErr = dsBadRotate, - fsBTInvalidNodeErr = btBadNode, - fsBTRecordTooLargeErr = btNoFit, - fsBTRecordNotFoundErr = btNotFound, - fsBTDuplicateRecordErr = btExists, - fsBTFullErr = btNoSpaceAvail, - - fsBTInvalidFileErr = ERR_BASE + 0x0302, /* no BTreeCB has been allocated for fork*/ - fsBTrFileAlreadyOpenErr = ERR_BASE + 0x0303, - fsBTInvalidIteratorErr = ERR_BASE + 0x0308, - fsBTEmptyErr = ERR_BASE + 0x030A, - fsBTNoMoreMapNodesErr = ERR_BASE + 0x030B, - fsBTBadNodeSize = ERR_BASE + 0x030C, - fsBTBadNodeType = ERR_BASE + 0x030D, - fsBTInvalidKeyLengthErr = ERR_BASE + 0x030E, - fsBTStartOfIterationErr = ERR_BASE + 0x0353, - fsBTEndOfIterationErr = ERR_BASE + 0x0354, - fsBTUnknownVersionErr = ERR_BASE + 0x0355, - fsBTTreeTooDeepErr = ERR_BASE + 0x0357, - fsIteratorExitedScopeErr = ERR_BASE + 0x0A02, /* iterator exited the scope*/ - fsIteratorScopeExceptionErr = ERR_BASE + 0x0A03, /* iterator is undefined due to error or movement of scope locality*/ - fsUnknownIteratorMovementErr = ERR_BASE + 0x0A04, /* iterator movement is not defined*/ - fsInvalidIterationMovmentErr = ERR_BASE + 0x0A05, /* iterator movement is invalid in current context*/ - fsClientIDMismatchErr = ERR_BASE + 0x0A06, /* wrong client process ID*/ - fsEndOfIterationErr = ERR_BASE + 0x0A07, /* there were no objects left to return on iteration*/ - fsBTTimeOutErr = ERR_BASE + 0x0A08 /* BTree scan interrupted -- no time left for physical I/O */ -}; - -struct BlockDescriptor{ - void *buffer; - void *blockHeader; - daddr64_t blockNum; /* logical block number (used by hfs_swap_BTNode) */ - ByteCount blockSize; - Boolean blockReadFromDisk; - Byte isModified; // XXXdbg - for journaling - Byte reserved[2]; -}; -typedef struct BlockDescriptor BlockDescriptor; -typedef BlockDescriptor *BlockDescPtr; - - -struct FSBufferDescriptor { - void * bufferAddress; - ByteCount itemSize; - ItemCount itemCount; -}; -typedef struct FSBufferDescriptor FSBufferDescriptor; - -typedef FSBufferDescriptor *FSBufferDescriptorPtr; - - -/* - Fork Level Access Method Block get options -*/ -enum { - kGetBlock = 0x00000000, - kGetBlockHint = 0x00000001, // if set, the block is being looked up using hint - kForceReadBlock = 0x00000002, //€€ how does this relate to Read/Verify? Do we need this? - kGetEmptyBlock = 0x00000008 -}; -typedef u_int32_t GetBlockOptions; - -/* - Fork Level Access Method Block release options -*/ -enum { - kReleaseBlock = 0x00000000, - kForceWriteBlock = 0x00000001, - kMarkBlockDirty = 0x00000002, - kTrashBlock = 0x00000004, - kLockTransaction = 0x00000100 -}; -typedef u_int32_t ReleaseBlockOptions; - -typedef u_int64_t FSSize; -typedef u_int32_t ForkBlockNumber; - -/*============================================================================ - Fork Level Buffered I/O Access Method -============================================================================*/ - -typedef OSStatus (* GetBlockProcPtr) (FileReference fileRefNum, - u_int32_t blockNum, - GetBlockOptions options, - BlockDescriptor *block ); - - -typedef OSStatus (* ReleaseBlockProcPtr) (FileReference fileRefNum, - BlockDescPtr blockPtr, - ReleaseBlockOptions options ); - -typedef OSStatus (* SetEndOfForkProcPtr) (FileReference fileRefNum, - FSSize minEOF, - FSSize maxEOF ); - -typedef OSStatus (* SetBlockSizeProcPtr) (FileReference fileRefNum, - ByteCount blockSize, - ItemCount minBlockCount ); - -OSStatus SetEndOfForkProc ( FileReference fileRefNum, FSSize minEOF, FSSize maxEOF ); - - -/* - B*Tree Information Version -*/ - -enum BTreeInformationVersion{ - kBTreeInfoVersion = 0 -}; - -/* - B*Tree Iteration Operation Constants -*/ - -enum BTreeIterationOperations{ - kBTreeFirstRecord, - kBTreeNextRecord, - kBTreePrevRecord, - kBTreeLastRecord, - kBTreeCurrentRecord -}; -typedef u_int16_t BTreeIterationOperation; - - -/* - Btree types: 0 is HFS CAT/EXT file, 1~127 are AppleShare B*Tree files, 128~254 unused - hfsBtreeType EQU 0 ; control file - validBTType EQU $80 ; user btree type starts from 128 - userBT1Type EQU $FF ; 255 is our Btree type. Used by BTInit and BTPatch -*/ - -enum BTreeTypes{ - kHFSBTreeType = 0, // control file - kUserBTreeType = 128, // user btree type starts from 128 - kReservedBTreeType = 255 // -}; - -#define kBTreeHeaderUserBytes 128 - - -typedef BTreeKey *BTreeKeyPtr; - - -/* - BTreeInfoRec Structure - for BTGetInformation -*/ -struct BTreeInfoRec{ - u_int16_t version; - u_int16_t nodeSize; - u_int16_t maxKeyLength; - u_int16_t treeDepth; - u_int32_t lastfsync; /* Last time that this was fsynced */ - ItemCount numRecords; - ItemCount numNodes; - ItemCount numFreeNodes; - u_int8_t keyCompareType; - u_int8_t reserved[3]; -}; -typedef struct BTreeInfoRec BTreeInfoRec; -typedef BTreeInfoRec *BTreeInfoPtr; - -/* - BTreeHint can never be exported to the outside. Use u_int32_t BTreeHint[4], - u_int8_t BTreeHint[16], etc. - */ -struct BTreeHint{ - ItemCount writeCount; - u_int32_t nodeNum; // node the key was last seen in - u_int16_t index; // index then key was last seen at - u_int16_t reserved1; - u_int32_t reserved2; -}; -typedef struct BTreeHint BTreeHint; -typedef BTreeHint *BTreeHintPtr; - -/* - BTree Iterator -*/ -struct BTreeIterator{ - BTreeHint hint; - u_int16_t version; - u_int16_t reserved; - u_int32_t hitCount; // Total number of leaf records hit - u_int32_t maxLeafRecs; // Max leaf records over iteration - BTreeKey key; -}; -typedef struct BTreeIterator BTreeIterator; -typedef BTreeIterator *BTreeIteratorPtr; - - -/*============================================================================ - B*Tree SPI -============================================================================*/ - -/* - Key Comparison Function ProcPtr Type - for BTOpenPath -*/ -//typedef int32_t (* KeyCompareProcPtr)(BTreeKeyPtr a, BTreeKeyPtr b); - - -typedef int32_t (* IterateCallBackProcPtr)(BTreeKeyPtr key, void * record, void * state); - - -extern OSStatus BTOpenPath(FCB *filePtr, KeyCompareProcPtr keyCompareProc); - -extern OSStatus BTClosePath (FCB *filePtr ); - - -extern OSStatus BTSearchRecord (FCB *filePtr, - BTreeIterator *searchIterator, - FSBufferDescriptor *btRecord, - u_int16_t *recordLen, - BTreeIterator *resultIterator ); - -extern OSStatus BTIterateRecord (FCB *filePtr, - BTreeIterationOperation operation, - BTreeIterator *iterator, - FSBufferDescriptor *btRecord, - u_int16_t *recordLen ); - - -extern OSStatus BTIterateRecords(FCB *filePtr, BTreeIterationOperation operation, BTreeIterator *iterator, - IterateCallBackProcPtr callBackProc, void * callBackState); - -extern OSStatus BTInsertRecord (FCB *filePtr, - BTreeIterator *iterator, - FSBufferDescriptor *btrecord, - u_int16_t recordLen ); - -extern OSStatus BTReplaceRecord (FCB *filePtr, - BTreeIterator *iterator, - FSBufferDescriptor *btRecord, - u_int16_t recordLen ); - -extern OSStatus BTUpdateRecord (FCB *filePtr, - BTreeIterator *iterator, - IterateCallBackProcPtr callBackProc, - void *callBackState ); - -extern OSStatus BTDeleteRecord (FCB *filePtr, - BTreeIterator *iterator ); - -extern OSStatus BTGetInformation (FCB *filePtr, - u_int16_t vers, - BTreeInfoRec *info ); - -extern OSStatus BTIsDirty(FCB *filePtr); - -extern OSStatus BTFlushPath (FCB *filePtr ); - -extern OSStatus BTReloadData (FCB *filePtr); - -extern OSStatus BTInvalidateHint (BTreeIterator *iterator ); - -extern OSStatus BTGetLastSync (FCB *filePtr, - u_int32_t *lastfsync ); - -extern OSStatus BTSetLastSync (FCB *filePtr, - u_int32_t lastfsync ); - -extern OSStatus BTHasContiguousNodes(FCB *filePtr); - -extern OSStatus BTGetUserData(FCB *filePtr, void * dataPtr, int dataSize); - -extern OSStatus BTSetUserData(FCB *filePtr, void * dataPtr, int dataSize); - -/* B-tree node reserve routines. */ -extern void BTReserveSetup(void); - -extern int BTReserveSpace(FCB *file, int operations, void * data); - -extern int BTReleaseReserve(FCB *file, void * data); - -extern int BTZeroUnusedNodes(FCB *file); - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_PRIVATE */ -#endif /* KERNEL */ -#endif // __BTREESINTERNAL__ diff --git a/core/BTreesPrivate.h b/core/BTreesPrivate.h deleted file mode 100644 index 260de38..0000000 --- a/core/BTreesPrivate.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,516 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - File: BTreesPrivate.h - - Contains: Private interface file for the BTree Module. - - Version: xxx put the technology version here xxx - - Written by: Gordon Sheridan and Bill Bruffey - - Copyright: (c) 1992-1999 by Apple Inc., all rights reserved. - - File Ownership: - - DRI: Don Brady - - Other Contact: Mark Day - - Technology: File Systems - - Writers: - - (msd) Mark Day - (DSH) Deric Horn - (djb) Don Brady - (ser) Scott Roberts - (dkh) Dave Heller - - Change History (most recent first): - 3/19/99 djb Disable MoveRecordsLeft/Right macros since bcopy is broken. - - 8/10/98 djb Removed unused BTreeIterator from BTreeControlBlock, fixed alignment. - - 9/4/97 djb Convert MoveRecordsLeft and GetLeftSiblingNode to macros. - 7/24/97 djb Add macro for GetRecordAddress (was a function before). - 7/21/97 msd GetRecordByIndex now returns an OSStatus. - 7/16/97 DSH FilesInternal.i renamed FileMgrInternal.i to avoid name - collision - 4/23/97 djb first checked in - - 3/17/97 DSH Added a refCon field to BTreeControlBlock, for DFA use, to point - to additional data. Fixed Panic macros for use with SC. - 2/19/97 djb Add InsertKey struct. Moved on-disk definitions to - HFSBTreesPriv.h - 1/27/97 djb InsertTree and DeleteTree are now recursive and support variable - sized index keys. - 1/15/97 djb Move GetFileRefNumFromFCB macro to FilesInternal.h. Added - kBTVariableIndexKeysMask. - 1/3/97 djb Added support for large keys. - 12/19/96 djb first checked in - - History applicable to original Scarecrow Design: - - <7> 10/25/96 ser Changing for new VFPI - <6> 10/18/96 ser Converting over VFPI changes - <5> 9/17/96 dkh More BTree statistics - <4> 9/16/96 dkh Revised BTree statistics - <3> 6/20/96 dkh Radar #1358740. Switch from using Pools to debug MemAllocators. - <2> 12/7/95 dkh D10E2 build. Changed usage of Ref data type to LogicalAddress. - <1> 10/18/95 rst Moved from Scarecrow project. - - <19> 11/22/94 djb Add prototype for GetMapNode - <18> 11/16/94 prp Add IsItAHint routine prototype. - <17> 9/30/94 prp Get in sync with D2 interface changes. - <16> 7/25/94 wjk Eliminate usage of BytePtr in favor of UInt8 *. - <15> 7/22/94 wjk Convert to the new set of header files. - <14> 5/31/94 srs Moved Btree types to public interface - <13> 12/9/93 wjk Add 68k alignment pragma's around persistent structures. - <12> 11/30/93 wjk Move from Makefiles to BuildFiles. Fit into the ModernOS and - NRCmds environments. - <11> 11/23/93 wjk Changes required to compile on the RS6000. - <10> 8/30/93 CH Removed the M_ExitOnError and M_ReturnErrorIf macros which were - already defined in FileSystemPriv.h (included here). - <9> 8/30/93 CH Added parens around the M_ReturnErrorIf macro. - <8> 5/21/93 gs Add kBadClose flag. Add some prototypes for internal routines. - <7> 5/10/93 gs Change Ptr to BytePtr. Move BTreeTypes to BTree.h. Add - DeleteTree prototype. - <6> 3/23/93 gs Remove mysterious "flags" field from HeaderRec structure. Move - prototypes of private functions to top of respective source - files. - <5> 2/8/93 gs Update to use FSAgent.h Get/Release/SetEOF/SetBlockSize - procPtrs. Add UpdateNode routine. - <4> 12/10/92 gs Add Key Descriptor function declarations. - <3> 12/8/92 gs Add HeaderRec structure and incorporate review feedback. - <2> 12/2/92 gs Add GetNode and ReleaseNode callback procptrs to BTree CB, and - add internal function declarations. - <1> 11/15/92 gs first checked in - -*/ - -#ifndef __BTREESPRIVATE__ -#define __BTREESPRIVATE__ - -#include - -#ifdef KERNEL -#ifdef __APPLE_API_PRIVATE - -#include "hfs_macos_defs.h" - -#ifndef __FILEMGRINTERNAL__ -#include "FileMgrInternal.h" -#endif - -#ifndef __BTREESINTERNAL__ -#include "BTreesInternal.h" -#endif - - -/////////////////////////////////// Constants /////////////////////////////////// - -#define kBTreeVersion 1 -#define kMaxTreeDepth 16 - - -#define kHeaderNodeNum 0 -#define kKeyDescRecord 1 - - -// Header Node Record Offsets -enum { - kHeaderRecOffset = 0x000E, - kKeyDescRecOffset = 0x0078, - kHeaderMapRecOffset = 0x00F8 -}; - -#define kMinNodeSize 512 - -#define kMinRecordSize 6 - // where is minimum record size enforced? - -// miscellaneous BTree constants -enum { - kOffsetSize = 2 -}; - -// Insert Operations -typedef enum { - kInsertRecord = 0, - kReplaceRecord = 1 -} InsertType; - -// illegal string attribute bits set in mask -#define kBadStrAttribMask 0xCF - - - -//////////////////////////////////// Macros ///////////////////////////////////// - -#define M_NodesInMap(mapSize) ((mapSize) << 3) - -#define M_ClearBitNum(integer,bitNumber) ((integer) &= (~(1<<(bitNumber)))) -#define M_SetBitNum(integer,bitNumber) ((integer) |= (1<<(bitNumber))) -#define M_IsOdd(integer) (((integer) & 1) != 0) -#define M_IsEven(integer) (((integer) & 1) == 0) - -#define M_MapRecordSize(nodeSize) (nodeSize - sizeof (BTNodeDescriptor) - 6) -#define M_HeaderMapRecordSize(nodeSize) (nodeSize - sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor) - sizeof(BTHeaderRec) - 128 - 8) - -#define M_SWAP_BE16_ClearBitNum(integer,bitNumber) ((integer) &= SWAP_BE16(~(1<<(bitNumber)))) -#define M_SWAP_BE16_SetBitNum(integer,bitNumber) ((integer) |= SWAP_BE16(1<<(bitNumber))) - -///////////////////////////////////// Types ///////////////////////////////////// - -typedef struct BTreeControlBlock { // fields specific to BTree CBs - - u_int8_t keyCompareType; /* Key string Comparison Type */ - u_int8_t btreeType; - u_int16_t treeDepth; - FileReference fileRefNum; // refNum of btree file - KeyCompareProcPtr keyCompareProc; - u_int32_t rootNode; - u_int32_t leafRecords; - u_int32_t firstLeafNode; - u_int32_t lastLeafNode; - u_int16_t nodeSize; - u_int16_t maxKeyLength; - u_int32_t totalNodes; - u_int32_t freeNodes; - - u_int16_t reserved3; // 4-byte alignment - - // new fields - int16_t version; - u_int32_t flags; // dynamic flags - u_int32_t attributes; // persistent flags - u_int32_t writeCount; - u_int32_t lastfsync; /* Last time that this was fsynced */ - - GetBlockProcPtr getBlockProc; - ReleaseBlockProcPtr releaseBlockProc; - SetEndOfForkProcPtr setEndOfForkProc; - - // statistical information - u_int32_t numGetNodes; - u_int32_t numGetNewNodes; - u_int32_t numReleaseNodes; - u_int32_t numUpdateNodes; - u_int32_t numMapNodesRead; // map nodes beyond header node - u_int32_t numHintChecks; - u_int32_t numPossibleHints; // Looks like a formated hint - u_int32_t numValidHints; // Hint used to find correct record. - u_int32_t reservedNodes; - BTreeIterator iterator; // useable when holding exclusive b-tree lock - -#if DEBUG - void *madeDirtyBy[2]; -#endif -} BTreeControlBlock, *BTreeControlBlockPtr; - -u_int32_t CalcKeySize(const BTreeControlBlock *btcb, const BTreeKey *key); -#define CalcKeySize(btcb, key) ( ((btcb)->attributes & kBTBigKeysMask) ? ((key)->length16 + 2) : ((key)->length8 + 1) ) - -u_int32_t KeyLength(const BTreeControlBlock *btcb, const BTreeKey *key); -#define KeyLength(btcb, key) ( ((btcb)->attributes & kBTBigKeysMask) ? (key)->length16 : (key)->length8 ) - - - -typedef enum { - kBTHeaderDirty = 0x00000001 -} BTreeFlags; - -static inline void M_BTreeHeaderDirty(BTreeControlBlock *bt) { -#if DEBUG - bt->madeDirtyBy[0] = __builtin_return_address(0); - bt->madeDirtyBy[1] = __builtin_return_address(1); -#endif - bt->flags |= kBTHeaderDirty; -} - -typedef int8_t *NodeBuffer; -typedef BlockDescriptor NodeRec, *NodePtr; //€€ remove this someday... - - - - -//// Tree Path Table - constructed by SearchTree, used by InsertTree and DeleteTree - -typedef struct { - u_int32_t node; // node number - u_int16_t index; - u_int16_t reserved; // align size to a power of 2 -} TreePathRecord, *TreePathRecordPtr; - -typedef TreePathRecord TreePathTable [kMaxTreeDepth]; - - -//// InsertKey - used by InsertTree, InsertLevel and InsertNode - -struct InsertKey { - BTreeKeyPtr keyPtr; - u_int8_t * recPtr; - u_int16_t keyLength; - u_int16_t recSize; - Boolean replacingKey; - Boolean skipRotate; -}; - -typedef struct InsertKey InsertKey; - - -//// For Notational Convenience - -typedef BTNodeDescriptor* NodeDescPtr; -typedef u_int8_t *RecordPtr; -typedef BTreeKeyPtr KeyPtr; - - -//////////////////////////////////// Globals //////////////////////////////////// - - -//////////////////////////////////// Macros ///////////////////////////////////// - -#if DEBUG - #define Panic( message ) DebugStr( message ) - #define PanicIf( condition, message ) do { if ( (condition) != 0 ) DebugStr( message ); } while(0) -#else - #define Panic( message ) do { } while(0) - #define PanicIf( condition, message ) do { } while(0) -#endif - -// Exit function on error -#define M_ExitOnError( result ) do { if ( ( result ) != noErr ) goto ErrorExit; } while(0) - -// Test for passed condition and return if true -#define M_ReturnErrorIf( condition, error ) do { if ( condition ) return( error ); } while(0) - -//////////////////////////////// Key Operations ///////////////////////////////// - -int32_t CompareKeys (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - KeyPtr searchKey, - KeyPtr trialKey ); - -//////////////////////////////// Map Operations ///////////////////////////////// - -OSStatus AllocateNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - u_int32_t *nodeNum); - -OSStatus FreeNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - u_int32_t nodeNum); - -OSStatus ExtendBTree (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - u_int32_t nodes ); - -u_int32_t CalcMapBits (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr); - - -void BTUpdateReserve (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - int nodes); - -//////////////////////////////// Misc Operations //////////////////////////////// - -u_int16_t CalcKeyRecordSize (u_int16_t keySize, - u_int16_t recSize ); - -OSStatus VerifyHeader (FCB *filePtr, - BTHeaderRec *header ); - -OSStatus UpdateHeader (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - Boolean forceWrite ); - -OSStatus FindIteratorPosition (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - BTreeIteratorPtr iterator, - BlockDescriptor *left, - BlockDescriptor *middle, - BlockDescriptor *right, - u_int32_t *nodeNum, - u_int16_t *index, - Boolean *foundRecord ); - -OSStatus CheckInsertParams (FCB *filePtr, - BTreeIterator *iterator, - FSBufferDescriptor *record, - u_int16_t recordLen ); - -OSStatus TrySimpleReplace (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr nodePtr, - BTreeIterator *iterator, - FSBufferDescriptor *record, - u_int16_t recordLen, - Boolean *recordInserted ); - -OSStatus IsItAHint (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - BTreeIterator *iterator, - Boolean *answer ); - -extern OSStatus TreeIsDirty(BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr); - -//////////////////////////////// Node Operations //////////////////////////////// - -//// Node Operations - -OSStatus GetNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - u_int32_t nodeNum, - u_int32_t flags, - NodeRec *returnNodePtr ); - -/* Flags for GetNode() */ -#define kGetNodeHint 0x1 /* If set, the node is being looked up using a hint */ - -OSStatus GetLeftSiblingNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node, - NodeRec *left ); - -#define GetLeftSiblingNode(btree,node,left) GetNode ((btree), ((NodeDescPtr)(node))->bLink, 0, (left)) - -OSStatus GetRightSiblingNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node, - NodeRec *right ); - -#define GetRightSiblingNode(btree,node,right) GetNode ((btree), ((NodeDescPtr)(node))->fLink, 0, (right)) - - -OSStatus GetNewNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - u_int32_t nodeNum, - NodeRec *returnNodePtr ); - -OSStatus ReleaseNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodePtr nodePtr ); - -OSStatus TrashNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodePtr nodePtr ); - -OSStatus UpdateNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodePtr nodePtr, - u_int32_t transactionID, - u_int32_t flags ); - -//// Node Buffer Operations - -void ClearNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node ); - -u_int16_t GetNodeDataSize (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node ); - -u_int16_t GetNodeFreeSize (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node ); - - -//// Record Operations - -Boolean InsertRecord (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index, - RecordPtr recPtr, - u_int16_t recSize ); - -Boolean InsertKeyRecord (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index, - KeyPtr keyPtr, - u_int16_t keyLength, - RecordPtr recPtr, - u_int16_t recSize ); - -void DeleteRecord (BTreeControlBlockPtr btree, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index ); - - -Boolean SearchNode (BTreeControlBlockPtr btree, - NodeDescPtr node, - KeyPtr searchKey, - u_int16_t *index ); - -OSStatus GetRecordByIndex (BTreeControlBlockPtr btree, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index, - KeyPtr *keyPtr, - u_int8_t * *dataPtr, - u_int16_t *dataSize ); - -u_int8_t * GetRecordAddress (BTreeControlBlockPtr btree, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index ); - -#define GetRecordAddress(btreePtr,node,index) ((u_int8_t *)(node) + (*(short *) ((u_int8_t *)(node) + (btreePtr)->nodeSize - ((index) << 1) - kOffsetSize))) - - -u_int16_t GetRecordSize (BTreeControlBlockPtr btree, - NodeDescPtr node, - u_int16_t index ); - -u_int32_t GetChildNodeNum (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - NodeDescPtr nodePtr, - u_int16_t index ); - -void MoveRecordsLeft (u_int8_t * src, - u_int8_t * dst, - u_int16_t bytesToMove ); - -#define MoveRecordsLeft(src,dst,bytes) bcopy((src),(dst),(bytes)) - -void MoveRecordsRight (u_int8_t * src, - u_int8_t * dst, - u_int16_t bytesToMove ); - -#define MoveRecordsRight(src,dst,bytes) bcopy((src),(dst),(bytes)) - - -//////////////////////////////// Tree Operations //////////////////////////////// - -OSStatus SearchTree (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - BTreeKeyPtr keyPtr, - TreePathTable treePathTable, - u_int32_t *nodeNum, - BlockDescriptor *nodePtr, - u_int16_t *index ); - -OSStatus InsertTree (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - TreePathTable treePathTable, - KeyPtr keyPtr, - u_int8_t * recPtr, - u_int16_t recSize, - BlockDescriptor *targetNode, - u_int16_t index, - u_int16_t level, - Boolean replacingKey, - u_int32_t *insertNode ); - -OSStatus DeleteTree (BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr, - TreePathTable treePathTable, - BlockDescriptor *targetNode, - u_int16_t index, - u_int16_t level ); - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_PRIVATE */ -#endif /* KERNEL */ -#endif //__BTREESPRIVATE__ diff --git a/core/CatalogPrivate.h b/core/CatalogPrivate.h deleted file mode 100644 index 72abbfe..0000000 --- a/core/CatalogPrivate.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2005, 2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - File: CatalogPrivate.h - - Contains: Private Catalog Manager interfaces. - - Version: HFS Plus 1.0 - - Copyright: (c) 1997-1998 by Apple Inc., all rights reserved. - - File Ownership: - - DRI: Don Brady - - Other Contact: xxx put other contact here xxx - - Technology: xxx put technology here xxx - - Writers: - - (JL) Jim Luther - (msd) Mark Day - (DSH) Deric Horn - (djb) Don Brady - - Change History (most recent first): - 11/10/98 djb Remove obsolete PrepareInputName prototype; - 4/6/98 djb Added lock data stuctures and ReleaseCatalogIterator prototype; - 4/6/98 djb Removed CatalogDataCache since its no longer used. - 4/2/98 djb InvalidateCatalogNodeCache does nothing under MacOS X. - 3/31/98 djb Sync up with final HFSVolumes.h header file. - - 11/20/97 djb Radar #2002357. Fixing retry mechanism. - 11/17/97 djb PrepareInputName routine now returns an error. - 11/13/97 djb Radar #1683572. Move CatalogIterator to this file from - FileMgrInternal.i. Double size of short unicode name. - 10/31/97 JL #2000184 - Changed prototypes for CreateFileThreadID and - ExchangeFiles. - 10/17/97 msd In CatalogCacheGlobals, add room for a single UniStr255 so - catalog iterators can step over long Unicode names. - 10/17/97 djb Add ConvertInputNameToUnicode for Catalog Create/Rename. - 10/1/97 djb Change catalog iterator implementation. - 7/16/97 DSH FilesInternal.i renamed FileMgrInternal.i to avoid name - collision - 6/24/97 djb Add LocateCatalogNodeByMangledName routine. - 6/24/97 djb first checked in -*/ - -#ifndef __CATALOGPRIVATE__ -#define __CATALOGPRIVATE__ - -#include - -#ifdef KERNEL -#ifdef __APPLE_API_PRIVATE - -#include "hfs_format.h" - -#include "FileMgrInternal.h" -#include "BTreesInternal.h" - -// -// Private Catalog Manager Routines (for use only by Catalog Manager, CatSearch and FileID Services) -// - - -extern OSErr LocateCatalogNodeByKey ( const ExtendedVCB *volume, u_int32_t hint, CatalogKey *keyPtr, - CatalogRecord *dataPtr, u_int32_t *newHint ); - -extern OSErr LocateCatalogRecord( const ExtendedVCB *volume, HFSCatalogNodeID folderID, const CatalogName *name, - u_int32_t hint, CatalogKey *keyPtr, CatalogRecord *dataPtr, u_int32_t *newHint); - -extern OSErr LocateCatalogNodeWithRetry ( const ExtendedVCB *volume, HFSCatalogNodeID folderID, ConstStr31Param pascalName, - CatalogName *unicodeName, u_int32_t hint, CatalogKey *keyPtr, CatalogRecord *dataPtr, - u_int32_t *newHint ); -extern OSErr FlushCatalog( ExtendedVCB *volume); - - -extern void ConvertInputNameToUnicode(ConstStr31Param name, TextEncoding encodingHint, - TextEncoding *actualEncoding, CatalogName *catalogName); - -extern void BuildCatalogKey( HFSCatalogNodeID parentID, const CatalogName *name, Boolean isHFSPlus, - CatalogKey *key); - -extern OSErr BuildCatalogKeyUTF8(ExtendedVCB *volume, HFSCatalogNodeID parentID, const unsigned char *name, - u_int32_t length, CatalogKey *key); - -extern void CopyCatalogName( const CatalogName *srcName, CatalogName *dstName, Boolean isHFSPLus); - -extern OSErr ResolveFileID( ExtendedVCB *vcb, HFSCatalogNodeID fileID, HFSCatalogNodeID *parentID, Str31 name ); - -#if 0 -extern OSErr CreateFileThreadID( FIDParam *filePB, WDCBRecPtr *wdcbPtr ); - -extern OSErr ExchangeFiles( FIDParam *filePB, WDCBRecPtr *wdcbPtr ); -#endif - -extern void UpdateCatalogName( ConstStr31Param srcName, Str31 destName ); - - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_PRIVATE */ -#endif /* KERNEL */ -#endif //__CATALOGPRIVATE__ diff --git a/core/CatalogUtilities.c b/core/CatalogUtilities.c deleted file mode 100644 index e56473d..0000000 --- a/core/CatalogUtilities.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,343 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2002, 2004-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "FileMgrInternal.h" -#include "BTreesInternal.h" -#include "CatalogPrivate.h" -#include "HFSUnicodeWrappers.h" -#include "BTreesPrivate.h" -#include - -// -// Routine: LocateCatalogNodeByKey -// -// Function: Locates the catalog record for an existing folder or file -// CNode and returns the key and data records. -// - -OSErr -LocateCatalogNodeByKey(const ExtendedVCB *volume, u_int32_t hint, CatalogKey *keyPtr, - CatalogRecord *dataPtr, u_int32_t *newHint) -{ - OSErr result; - CatalogName *nodeName = NULL; - HFSCatalogNodeID threadParentID; - u_int16_t tempSize; - FSBufferDescriptor btRecord; - struct BTreeIterator *searchIterator; - FCB *fcb; - - searchIterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct BTreeIterator)); - - fcb = GetFileControlBlock(volume->catalogRefNum); - - btRecord.bufferAddress = dataPtr; - btRecord.itemCount = 1; - btRecord.itemSize = sizeof(CatalogRecord); - - searchIterator->hint.nodeNum = hint; - - bcopy(keyPtr, &searchIterator->key, sizeof(CatalogKey)); - - result = BTSearchRecord( fcb, searchIterator, &btRecord, &tempSize, searchIterator ); - - if (result == noErr) - { - *newHint = searchIterator->hint.nodeNum; - - BlockMoveData(&searchIterator->key, keyPtr, sizeof(CatalogKey)); - } - - if (result == btNotFound) { - result = cmNotFound; - } - - if (result) { - hfs_free(searchIterator, sizeof(*searchIterator)); - return result; - } - - // if we got a thread record, then go look up real record - switch ( dataPtr->recordType ) - { - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - case kHFSFileThreadRecord: - case kHFSFolderThreadRecord: - threadParentID = dataPtr->hfsThread.parentID; - nodeName = (CatalogName *) &dataPtr->hfsThread.nodeName; - break; -#endif - - case kHFSPlusFileThreadRecord: - case kHFSPlusFolderThreadRecord: - threadParentID = dataPtr->hfsPlusThread.parentID; - nodeName = (CatalogName *) &dataPtr->hfsPlusThread.nodeName; - break; - - default: - threadParentID = 0; - break; - } - - if ( threadParentID ) // found a thread - result = LocateCatalogRecord(volume, threadParentID, nodeName, kNoHint, keyPtr, dataPtr, newHint); - - hfs_free(searchIterator, sizeof(*searchIterator)); - return result; -} - - - -//******************************************************************************* -// Routine: LocateCatalogRecord -// -// Function: Locates the catalog record associated with folderID and name -// -//******************************************************************************* - -OSErr -LocateCatalogRecord(const ExtendedVCB *volume, HFSCatalogNodeID folderID, const CatalogName *name, - __unused u_int32_t hint, CatalogKey *keyPtr, CatalogRecord *dataPtr, u_int32_t *newHint) -{ - OSErr result; - uint16_t tempSize; - FSBufferDescriptor btRecord; - struct BTreeIterator *searchIterator = NULL; - FCB *fcb; - BTreeControlBlock *btcb; - - searchIterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct BTreeIterator)); - - fcb = GetFileControlBlock(volume->catalogRefNum); - btcb = (BTreeControlBlock *)fcb->fcbBTCBPtr; - - btRecord.bufferAddress = dataPtr; - btRecord.itemCount = 1; - btRecord.itemSize = sizeof(CatalogRecord); - - BuildCatalogKey(folderID, name, (volume->vcbSigWord == kHFSPlusSigWord), (CatalogKey *)&searchIterator->key); - - result = BTSearchRecord(fcb, searchIterator, &btRecord, &tempSize, searchIterator); - if (result == noErr) { - *newHint = searchIterator->hint.nodeNum; - BlockMoveData(&searchIterator->key, keyPtr, CalcKeySize(btcb, &searchIterator->key)); - } - - hfs_free(searchIterator, sizeof(*searchIterator)); - return (result == btNotFound ? cmNotFound : result); -} - - - -/* - * Routine: BuildCatalogKey - * - * Function: Constructs a catalog key record (ckr) given the parent - * folder ID and CName. Works for both classic and extended - * HFS volumes. - * - */ - -void -BuildCatalogKey(HFSCatalogNodeID parentID, const CatalogName *cName, Boolean isHFSPlus, CatalogKey *key) -{ - if ( isHFSPlus ) - { - key->hfsPlus.keyLength = kHFSPlusCatalogKeyMinimumLength; // initial key length (4 + 2) - key->hfsPlus.parentID = parentID; // set parent ID - key->hfsPlus.nodeName.length = 0; // null CName length - if ( cName != NULL ) - { - CopyCatalogName(cName, (CatalogName *) &key->hfsPlus.nodeName, isHFSPlus); - key->hfsPlus.keyLength += sizeof(UniChar) * cName->ustr.length; // add CName size to key length - } - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else - { - key->hfs.keyLength = kHFSCatalogKeyMinimumLength; // initial key length (1 + 4 + 1) - key->hfs.reserved = 0; // clear unused byte - key->hfs.parentID = parentID; // set parent ID - key->hfs.nodeName[0] = 0; // null CName length - if ( cName != NULL ) - { - UpdateCatalogName(cName->pstr, key->hfs.nodeName); - key->hfs.keyLength += key->hfs.nodeName[0]; // add CName size to key length - } - } -#endif - -} - -OSErr -BuildCatalogKeyUTF8(ExtendedVCB *volume, HFSCatalogNodeID parentID, const unsigned char *name, u_int32_t nameLength, - CatalogKey *key) -{ - OSErr err = 0; - - if ( name == NULL) - nameLength = 0; - else if (nameLength == kUndefinedStrLen) - nameLength = strlen((const char *)name); - - if ( volume->vcbSigWord == kHFSPlusSigWord ) { - size_t unicodeBytes = 0; - - key->hfsPlus.keyLength = kHFSPlusCatalogKeyMinimumLength; // initial key length (4 + 2) - key->hfsPlus.parentID = parentID; // set parent ID - key->hfsPlus.nodeName.length = 0; // null CName length - if ( nameLength > 0 ) { - err = utf8_decodestr(name, nameLength, key->hfsPlus.nodeName.unicode, - &unicodeBytes, sizeof(key->hfsPlus.nodeName.unicode), ':', UTF_DECOMPOSED); - key->hfsPlus.nodeName.length = unicodeBytes / sizeof(UniChar); - key->hfsPlus.keyLength += unicodeBytes; - } - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - key->hfs.keyLength = kHFSCatalogKeyMinimumLength; // initial key length (1 + 4 + 1) - key->hfs.reserved = 0; // clear unused byte - key->hfs.parentID = parentID; // set parent ID - key->hfs.nodeName[0] = 0; // null CName length - if ( nameLength > 0 ) { - err = utf8_to_hfs(volume, nameLength, name, &key->hfs.nodeName[0]); - /* - * Retry with MacRoman in case that's how it was exported. - * When textEncoding != NULL we know that this is a create - * or rename call and can skip the retry (ugly but it works). - */ - if (err) - err = utf8_to_mac_roman(nameLength, name, &key->hfs.nodeName[0]); - key->hfs.keyLength += key->hfs.nodeName[0]; // add CName size to key length - } - } -#endif - - if (err) { - if (err == ENAMETOOLONG) - err = bdNamErr; /* name is too long */ - else - err = paramErr; /* name has invalid characters */ - } - - return err; -} - - -//******************************************************************************* -// Routine: FlushCatalog -// -// Function: Flushes the catalog for a specified volume. -// -//******************************************************************************* - -OSErr -FlushCatalog(ExtendedVCB *volume) -{ - FCB * fcb; - OSErr result; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VCBTOHFS (volume); - - fcb = GetFileControlBlock(volume->catalogRefNum); - result = BTFlushPath(fcb); - - if (result == noErr) - { - //--- check if catalog's fcb is dirty... - - if ( (0) /*fcb->fcbFlags & fcbModifiedMask*/ ) - { - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - MarkVCBDirty(volume); // Mark the VCB dirty - volume->vcbLsMod = GetTimeUTC(); // update last modified date - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - - // result = FlushVolumeControlBlock(volume); - } - } - - return result; -} - - -//ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ -// Routine: UpdateCatalogName -// -// Function: Updates a CName. -// -//ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ - -void -UpdateCatalogName(ConstStr31Param srcName, Str31 destName) -{ - Size length = srcName[0]; - - if (length > CMMaxCName) - length = CMMaxCName; // truncate to max - - destName[0] = length; // set length byte - - BlockMoveData(&srcName[1], &destName[1], length); -} - -//_______________________________________________________________________ - -void -CopyCatalogName(const CatalogName *srcName, CatalogName *dstName, Boolean isHFSPlus) -{ - u_int32_t length = 0; - - if ( srcName == NULL ) - { - if ( dstName != NULL ) - dstName->ustr.length = 0; // set length byte to zero (works for both unicode and pascal) - return; - } - - if (isHFSPlus) { - length = sizeof(UniChar) * (srcName->ustr.length + 1); - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - length = sizeof(u_int8_t) + srcName->pstr[0]; - } -#endif - - if ( length > 1 ) - BlockMoveData(srcName, dstName, length); - else - dstName->ustr.length = 0; // set length byte to zero (works for both unicode and pascal) -} - diff --git a/core/FileExtentMapping.c b/core/FileExtentMapping.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1ea93f9..0000000 --- a/core/FileExtentMapping.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2249 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_format.h" -#include "hfs_endian.h" - -#include "FileMgrInternal.h" -#include "BTreesInternal.h" - -#include - -/* -============================================================ -Public (Exported) Routines: -============================================================ - - ExtendFileC Allocate more space to a given file. - - CompareExtentKeys - Compare two extents file keys (a search key and a trial - key). Used by the BTree manager when searching for, - adding, or deleting keys in the extents file of an HFS - volume. - - CompareExtentKeysPlus - Compare two extents file keys (a search key and a trial - key). Used by the BTree manager when searching for, - adding, or deleting keys in the extents file of an HFS+ - volume. - - MapFileBlockC Convert (map) an offset within a given file into a - physical disk address. - - TruncateFileC Truncates the disk space allocated to a file. The file - space is truncated to a specified new physical EOF, rounded - up to the next allocation block boundry. There is an option - to truncate to the end of the extent containing the new EOF. - - FlushExtentFile - Flush the extents file for a given volume. - - SearchExtentFile - Search the FCB and extents file for an extent record that - contains a given file position (in bytes). - - -============================================================ -Internal Routines: -============================================================ - FindExtentRecord - Search the extents BTree for a particular extent record. - SearchExtentRecord - Search a given extent record to see if it contains a given - file position (in bytes). Used by SearchExtentFile. - ReleaseExtents - Deallocate all allocation blocks in all extents of an extent - data record. - TruncateExtents - Deallocate blocks and delete extent records for all allocation - blocks beyond a certain point in a file. The starting point - must be the first file allocation block for some extent record - for the file. - DeallocateFork - Deallocate all allocation blocks belonging to a given fork. - UpdateExtentRecord - If the extent record came from the extents file, write out - the updated record; otherwise, copy the updated record into - the FCB resident extent record. If the record has no extents, - and was in the extents file, then delete the record instead. -*/ - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -static const int64_t kTwoGigabytes = 0x80000000LL; -#endif - -enum -{ - kDataForkType = 0, - kResourceForkType = 0xFF, - - kPreviousRecord = -1 -}; - - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -static OSErr HFSPlusToHFSExtents( - const HFSPlusExtentRecord oldExtents, - HFSExtentRecord newExtents); -#endif - -static OSErr FindExtentRecord( - const ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int8_t forkType, - u_int32_t fileID, - u_int32_t startBlock, - Boolean allowPrevious, - HFSPlusExtentKey *foundKey, - HFSPlusExtentRecord foundData, - u_int32_t *foundHint); - -static OSErr DeleteExtentRecord( - const ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int8_t forkType, - u_int32_t fileID, - u_int32_t startBlock); - -static OSErr CreateExtentRecord( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - HFSPlusExtentKey *key, - HFSPlusExtentRecord extents, - u_int32_t *hint); - - -static OSErr GetFCBExtentRecord( - const FCB *fcb, - HFSPlusExtentRecord extents); - -static OSErr SearchExtentRecord( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t searchFABN, - const HFSPlusExtentRecord extentData, - u_int32_t extentDataStartFABN, - u_int32_t *foundExtentDataOffset, - u_int32_t *endingFABNPlusOne, - Boolean *noMoreExtents); - -static OSErr ReleaseExtents( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - const HFSPlusExtentRecord extentRecord, - u_int32_t *numReleasedAllocationBlocks, - Boolean *releasedLastExtent); - -static OSErr DeallocateFork( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - HFSCatalogNodeID fileID, - u_int8_t forkType, - HFSPlusExtentRecord catalogExtents, - Boolean * recordDeleted); - -static OSErr TruncateExtents( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int8_t forkType, - u_int32_t fileID, - u_int32_t startBlock, - Boolean * recordDeleted); - -static OSErr UpdateExtentRecord ( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - FCB *fcb, - int deleted, - const HFSPlusExtentKey *extentFileKey, - const HFSPlusExtentRecord extentData, - u_int32_t extentBTreeHint); - -static Boolean ExtentsAreIntegral( - const HFSPlusExtentRecord extentRecord, - u_int32_t mask, - u_int32_t *blocksChecked, - Boolean *checkedLastExtent); - -//_________________________________________________________________________________ -// -// Routine: FindExtentRecord -// -// Purpose: Search the extents BTree for an extent record matching the given -// FileID, fork, and starting file allocation block number. -// -// Inputs: -// vcb Volume to search -// forkType 0 = data fork, -1 = resource fork -// fileID File's FileID (CatalogNodeID) -// startBlock Starting file allocation block number -// allowPrevious If the desired record isn't found and this flag is set, -// then see if the previous record belongs to the same fork. -// If so, then return it. -// -// Outputs: -// foundKey The key data for the record actually found -// foundData The extent record actually found (NOTE: on an HFS volume, the -// fourth entry will be zeroes. -// foundHint The BTree hint to find the node again -//_________________________________________________________________________________ -static OSErr FindExtentRecord( - const ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int8_t forkType, - u_int32_t fileID, - u_int32_t startBlock, - Boolean allowPrevious, - HFSPlusExtentKey *foundKey, - HFSPlusExtentRecord foundData, - u_int32_t *foundHint) -{ - FCB * fcb; - struct BTreeIterator *btIterator = NULL; - FSBufferDescriptor btRecord; - OSErr err; - u_int16_t btRecordSize; - - err = noErr; - if (foundHint) - *foundHint = 0; - fcb = GetFileControlBlock(vcb->extentsRefNum); - - btIterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct BTreeIterator)); - - /* HFS Plus / HFSX */ - if (vcb->vcbSigWord != kHFSSigWord) { - HFSPlusExtentKey * extentKeyPtr; - HFSPlusExtentRecord extentData; - - extentKeyPtr = (HFSPlusExtentKey*) &btIterator->key; - extentKeyPtr->keyLength = kHFSPlusExtentKeyMaximumLength; - extentKeyPtr->forkType = forkType; - extentKeyPtr->pad = 0; - extentKeyPtr->fileID = fileID; - extentKeyPtr->startBlock = startBlock; - - btRecord.bufferAddress = &extentData; - btRecord.itemSize = sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord); - btRecord.itemCount = 1; - - err = BTSearchRecord(fcb, btIterator, &btRecord, &btRecordSize, btIterator); - - if (err == btNotFound && allowPrevious) { - err = BTIterateRecord(fcb, kBTreePrevRecord, btIterator, &btRecord, &btRecordSize); - - // A previous record may not exist, so just return btNotFound (like we would if - // it was for the wrong file/fork). - if (err == (OSErr) fsBTStartOfIterationErr) //¥¥ fsBTStartOfIterationErr is type unsigned long - err = btNotFound; - - if (err == noErr) { - // Found a previous record. Does it belong to the same fork of the same file? - if (extentKeyPtr->fileID != fileID || extentKeyPtr->forkType != forkType) - err = btNotFound; - } - } - - if (err == noErr) { - // Copy the found key back for the caller - if (foundKey) - BlockMoveData(extentKeyPtr, foundKey, sizeof(HFSPlusExtentKey)); - // Copy the found data back for the caller - BlockMoveData(&extentData, foundData, sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); - } - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - HFSExtentKey * extentKeyPtr; - HFSExtentRecord extentData; - - extentKeyPtr = (HFSExtentKey*) &btIterator->key; - extentKeyPtr->keyLength = kHFSExtentKeyMaximumLength; - extentKeyPtr->forkType = forkType; - extentKeyPtr->fileID = fileID; - extentKeyPtr->startBlock = startBlock; - - btRecord.bufferAddress = &extentData; - btRecord.itemSize = sizeof(HFSExtentRecord); - btRecord.itemCount = 1; - - err = BTSearchRecord(fcb, btIterator, &btRecord, &btRecordSize, btIterator); - - if (err == btNotFound && allowPrevious) { - err = BTIterateRecord(fcb, kBTreePrevRecord, btIterator, &btRecord, &btRecordSize); - - // A previous record may not exist, so just return btNotFound (like we would if - // it was for the wrong file/fork). - if (err == (OSErr) fsBTStartOfIterationErr) //¥¥ fsBTStartOfIterationErr is type unsigned long - err = btNotFound; - - if (err == noErr) { - // Found a previous record. Does it belong to the same fork of the same file? - if (extentKeyPtr->fileID != fileID || extentKeyPtr->forkType != forkType) - err = btNotFound; - } - } - - if (err == noErr) { - u_int16_t i; - - // Copy the found key back for the caller - if (foundKey) { - foundKey->keyLength = kHFSPlusExtentKeyMaximumLength; - foundKey->forkType = extentKeyPtr->forkType; - foundKey->pad = 0; - foundKey->fileID = extentKeyPtr->fileID; - foundKey->startBlock = extentKeyPtr->startBlock; - } - // Copy the found data back for the caller - foundData[0].startBlock = extentData[0].startBlock; - foundData[0].blockCount = extentData[0].blockCount; - foundData[1].startBlock = extentData[1].startBlock; - foundData[1].blockCount = extentData[1].blockCount; - foundData[2].startBlock = extentData[2].startBlock; - foundData[2].blockCount = extentData[2].blockCount; - - for (i = 3; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; ++i) - { - foundData[i].startBlock = 0; - foundData[i].blockCount = 0; - } - } - } -#endif - - if (foundHint) - *foundHint = btIterator->hint.nodeNum; - - hfs_free(btIterator, sizeof(*btIterator)); - return err; -} - - - -static OSErr CreateExtentRecord( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - HFSPlusExtentKey *key, - HFSPlusExtentRecord extents, - u_int32_t *hint) -{ - struct BTreeIterator *btIterator = NULL; - FSBufferDescriptor btRecord; - u_int16_t btRecordSize; - int lockflags; - OSErr err; - - err = noErr; - *hint = 0; - - btIterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct BTreeIterator)); - - /* - * The lock taken by callers of ExtendFileC is speculative and - * only occurs when the file already has overflow extents. So - * We need to make sure we have the lock here. The extents - * btree lock can be nested (its recursive) so we always take - * it here. - */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(vcb, SFL_EXTENTS, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* HFS+/HFSX */ - if (vcb->vcbSigWord != kHFSSigWord) { - btRecordSize = sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord); - btRecord.bufferAddress = extents; - btRecord.itemSize = btRecordSize; - btRecord.itemCount = 1; - - BlockMoveData(key, &btIterator->key, sizeof(HFSPlusExtentKey)); - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - /* HFS Standard */ - HFSExtentKey * keyPtr; - HFSExtentRecord data; - - btRecordSize = sizeof(HFSExtentRecord); - btRecord.bufferAddress = &data; - btRecord.itemSize = btRecordSize; - btRecord.itemCount = 1; - - keyPtr = (HFSExtentKey*) &btIterator->key; - keyPtr->keyLength = kHFSExtentKeyMaximumLength; - keyPtr->forkType = key->forkType; - keyPtr->fileID = key->fileID; - keyPtr->startBlock = key->startBlock; - - err = HFSPlusToHFSExtents(extents, data); - } -#endif - - if (err == noErr) - err = BTInsertRecord(GetFileControlBlock(vcb->extentsRefNum), btIterator, &btRecord, btRecordSize); - - if (err == noErr) - *hint = btIterator->hint.nodeNum; - - (void) BTFlushPath(GetFileControlBlock(vcb->extentsRefNum)); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(vcb, lockflags); - - hfs_free(btIterator, sizeof(*btIterator)); - return err; -} - - -static OSErr DeleteExtentRecord( - const ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int8_t forkType, - u_int32_t fileID, - u_int32_t startBlock) -{ - struct BTreeIterator *btIterator = NULL; - OSErr err; - - err = noErr; - - btIterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct BTreeIterator)); - - /* HFS+ / HFSX */ - if (vcb->vcbSigWord != kHFSSigWord) { // HFS Plus volume - HFSPlusExtentKey * keyPtr; - - keyPtr = (HFSPlusExtentKey*) &btIterator->key; - keyPtr->keyLength = kHFSPlusExtentKeyMaximumLength; - keyPtr->forkType = forkType; - keyPtr->pad = 0; - keyPtr->fileID = fileID; - keyPtr->startBlock = startBlock; - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - /* HFS standard */ - HFSExtentKey * keyPtr; - - keyPtr = (HFSExtentKey*) &btIterator->key; - keyPtr->keyLength = kHFSExtentKeyMaximumLength; - keyPtr->forkType = forkType; - keyPtr->fileID = fileID; - keyPtr->startBlock = startBlock; - } -#endif - - err = BTDeleteRecord(GetFileControlBlock(vcb->extentsRefNum), btIterator); - (void) BTFlushPath(GetFileControlBlock(vcb->extentsRefNum)); - - - hfs_free(btIterator, sizeof(*btIterator)); - return err; -} - - - -//_________________________________________________________________________________ -// -// Routine: MapFileBlock -// -// Function: Maps a file position into a physical disk address. -// -//_________________________________________________________________________________ - -OSErr MapFileBlockC ( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, // volume that file resides on - FCB *fcb, // FCB of file - size_t numberOfBytes, // number of contiguous bytes desired - off_t offset, // starting offset within file (in bytes) - daddr64_t *startSector, // first sector (NOT an allocation block) - size_t *availableBytes) // number of contiguous bytes (up to numberOfBytes) -{ - OSErr err; - u_int32_t allocBlockSize; // Size of the volume's allocation block - u_int32_t sectorSize; - HFSPlusExtentKey foundKey; - HFSPlusExtentRecord foundData; - u_int32_t foundIndex; - u_int32_t hint; - u_int32_t firstFABN = 0; // file allocation block of first block in found extent - u_int32_t nextFABN; // file allocation block of block after end of found extent - off_t dataEnd; // (offset) end of range that is contiguous - u_int32_t sectorsPerBlock; // Number of sectors per allocation block - u_int32_t startBlock = 0; // volume allocation block corresponding to firstFABN - daddr64_t temp; - off_t tmpOff; - - allocBlockSize = vcb->blockSize; - sectorSize = VCBTOHFS(vcb)->hfs_logical_block_size; - - err = SearchExtentFile(vcb, fcb, offset, &foundKey, foundData, &foundIndex, &hint, &nextFABN); - if (err == noErr) { - startBlock = foundData[foundIndex].startBlock; - firstFABN = nextFABN - foundData[foundIndex].blockCount; - } - - if (err != noErr) - { - return err; - } - - // - // Determine the end of the available space. It will either be the end of the extent, - // or the file's PEOF, whichever is smaller. - // - dataEnd = (off_t)((off_t)(nextFABN) * (off_t)(allocBlockSize)); // Assume valid data through end of this extent - if (((off_t)fcb->ff_blocks * (off_t)allocBlockSize) < dataEnd) // Is PEOF shorter? - dataEnd = (off_t)fcb->ff_blocks * (off_t)allocBlockSize; // Yes, so only map up to PEOF - - // Compute the number of sectors in an allocation block - sectorsPerBlock = allocBlockSize / sectorSize; // sectors per allocation block - - // - // Compute the absolute sector number that contains the offset of the given file - // offset in sectors from start of the extent + - // offset in sectors from start of allocation block space - // - temp = (daddr64_t)((offset - (off_t)((off_t)(firstFABN) * (off_t)(allocBlockSize)))/sectorSize); - temp += (daddr64_t)startBlock * (daddr64_t)sectorsPerBlock; - - /* Add in any volume offsets */ - if (vcb->vcbSigWord == kHFSPlusSigWord) - temp += vcb->hfsPlusIOPosOffset / sectorSize; - else - temp += vcb->vcbAlBlSt; - - // Return the desired sector for file position "offset" - *startSector = temp; - - // - // Determine the number of contiguous bytes until the end of the extent - // (or the amount they asked for, whichever comes first). - // - if (availableBytes) - { - tmpOff = dataEnd - offset; - /* - * Disallow negative runs. - */ - if (tmpOff <= 0) { - /* This shouldn't happen unless something is corrupt */ - hfs_corruption_debug("MapFileBlockC: tmpOff <= 0 (%lld)\n", tmpOff); - return EINVAL; - } - - if (tmpOff > (off_t)(numberOfBytes)) { - *availableBytes = numberOfBytes; // more there than they asked for, so pin the output - } - else { - *availableBytes = tmpOff; - } - } - - return noErr; -} - - -//‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹ -// Routine: ReleaseExtents -// -// Function: Release the extents of a single extent data record. -//‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹ - -static OSErr ReleaseExtents( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - const HFSPlusExtentRecord extentRecord, - u_int32_t *numReleasedAllocationBlocks, - Boolean *releasedLastExtent) -{ - u_int32_t extentIndex; - u_int32_t numberOfExtents; - OSErr err = noErr; - - *numReleasedAllocationBlocks = 0; - *releasedLastExtent = false; - - if (vcb->vcbSigWord == kHFSPlusSigWord) - numberOfExtents = kHFSPlusExtentDensity; - else - numberOfExtents = kHFSExtentDensity; - - for( extentIndex = 0; extentIndex < numberOfExtents; extentIndex++) - { - u_int32_t numAllocationBlocks; - - // Loop over the extent record and release the blocks associated with each extent. - - numAllocationBlocks = extentRecord[extentIndex].blockCount; - if ( numAllocationBlocks == 0 ) - { - *releasedLastExtent = true; - break; - } - - err = BlockDeallocate( vcb, extentRecord[extentIndex].startBlock, numAllocationBlocks , 0); - if ( err != noErr ) - break; - - *numReleasedAllocationBlocks += numAllocationBlocks; // bump FABN to beg of next extent - } - - return( err ); -} - - - -//‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹ -// Routine: TruncateExtents -// -// Purpose: Delete extent records whose starting file allocation block number -// is greater than or equal to a given starting block number. The -// allocation blocks represented by the extents are deallocated. -// -// Inputs: -// vcb Volume to operate on -// fileID Which file to operate on -// startBlock Starting file allocation block number for first extent -// record to delete. -//‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹ - -static OSErr TruncateExtents( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int8_t forkType, - u_int32_t fileID, - u_int32_t startBlock, - Boolean * recordDeleted) -{ - OSErr err; - u_int32_t numberExtentsReleased; - Boolean releasedLastExtent; - u_int32_t hint; - HFSPlusExtentKey key; - HFSPlusExtentRecord extents; - int lockflags; - - /* - * The lock taken by callers of TruncateFileC is speculative and - * only occurs when the file already has overflow extents. So - * We need to make sure we have the lock here. The extents - * btree lock can be nested (its recursive) so we always take - * it here. - */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(vcb, SFL_EXTENTS, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - while (true) { - err = FindExtentRecord(vcb, forkType, fileID, startBlock, false, &key, extents, &hint); - if (err != noErr) { - if (err == btNotFound) - err = noErr; - break; - } - - err = ReleaseExtents( vcb, extents, &numberExtentsReleased, &releasedLastExtent ); - if (err != noErr) break; - - err = DeleteExtentRecord(vcb, forkType, fileID, startBlock); - if (err != noErr) break; - - *recordDeleted = true; - startBlock += numberExtentsReleased; - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock(vcb, lockflags); - - return err; -} - - - -//‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹ -// Routine: DeallocateFork -// -// Function: De-allocates all disk space allocated to a specified fork. -//‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹ - -static OSErr DeallocateFork( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - HFSCatalogNodeID fileID, - u_int8_t forkType, - HFSPlusExtentRecord catalogExtents, - Boolean * recordDeleted) /* true if a record was deleted */ -{ - OSErr err; - u_int32_t numReleasedAllocationBlocks; - Boolean releasedLastExtent; - - // Release the catalog extents - err = ReleaseExtents( vcb, catalogExtents, &numReleasedAllocationBlocks, &releasedLastExtent ); - // Release the extra extents, if present - if (err == noErr && !releasedLastExtent) - err = TruncateExtents(vcb, forkType, fileID, numReleasedAllocationBlocks, recordDeleted); - - return( err ); -} - -//‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹ -// Routine: FlushExtentFile -// -// Function: Flushes the extent file for a specified volume -//‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹ - -OSErr FlushExtentFile( ExtendedVCB *vcb ) -{ - FCB * fcb; - OSErr err; - int lockflags; - - fcb = GetFileControlBlock(vcb->extentsRefNum); - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(vcb, SFL_EXTENTS, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - err = BTFlushPath(fcb); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(vcb, lockflags); - - if ( err == noErr ) - { - // If the FCB for the extent "file" is dirty, mark the VCB as dirty. - - if (FTOC(fcb)->c_flag & C_MODIFIED) - { - MarkVCBDirty( vcb ); - // err = FlushVolumeControlBlock( vcb ); - } - } - - return( err ); -} - - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -//‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹ -// Routine: CompareExtentKeys -// -// Function: Compares two extent file keys (a search key and a trial key) for -// an HFS volume. -//‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹ - -int32_t CompareExtentKeys( const HFSExtentKey *searchKey, const HFSExtentKey *trialKey ) -{ - int32_t result; // ± 1 - - #if DEBUG - if (searchKey->keyLength != kHFSExtentKeyMaximumLength) - DebugStr("HFS: search Key is wrong length"); - if (trialKey->keyLength != kHFSExtentKeyMaximumLength) - DebugStr("HFS: trial Key is wrong length"); - #endif - - result = -1; // assume searchKey < trialKey - - if (searchKey->fileID == trialKey->fileID) { - // - // FileNum's are equal; compare fork types - // - if (searchKey->forkType == trialKey->forkType) { - // - // Fork types are equal; compare allocation block number - // - if (searchKey->startBlock == trialKey->startBlock) { - // - // Everything is equal - // - result = 0; - } - else { - // - // Allocation block numbers differ; determine sign - // - if (searchKey->startBlock > trialKey->startBlock) - result = 1; - } - } - else { - // - // Fork types differ; determine sign - // - if (searchKey->forkType > trialKey->forkType) - result = 1; - } - } - else { - // - // FileNums differ; determine sign - // - if (searchKey->fileID > trialKey->fileID) - result = 1; - } - - return( result ); -} -#endif - - -//‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹ -// Routine: CompareExtentKeysPlus -// -// Function: Compares two extent file keys (a search key and a trial key) for -// an HFS volume. -//‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹ - -int32_t CompareExtentKeysPlus( const HFSPlusExtentKey *searchKey, const HFSPlusExtentKey *trialKey ) -{ - int32_t result; // ± 1 - - #if DEBUG - if (searchKey->keyLength != kHFSPlusExtentKeyMaximumLength) - DebugStr("HFS: search Key is wrong length"); - if (trialKey->keyLength != kHFSPlusExtentKeyMaximumLength) - DebugStr("HFS: trial Key is wrong length"); - #endif - - result = -1; // assume searchKey < trialKey - - if (searchKey->fileID == trialKey->fileID) { - // - // FileNum's are equal; compare fork types - // - if (searchKey->forkType == trialKey->forkType) { - // - // Fork types are equal; compare allocation block number - // - if (searchKey->startBlock == trialKey->startBlock) { - // - // Everything is equal - // - result = 0; - } - else { - // - // Allocation block numbers differ; determine sign - // - if (searchKey->startBlock > trialKey->startBlock) - result = 1; - } - } - else { - // - // Fork types differ; determine sign - // - if (searchKey->forkType > trialKey->forkType) - result = 1; - } - } - else { - // - // FileNums differ; determine sign - // - if (searchKey->fileID > trialKey->fileID) - result = 1; - } - - return( result ); -} - -static int -should_pin_blocks(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, FCB *fcb) -{ - if (!ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) - || fcb->ff_cp == NULL || fcb->ff_cp->c_vp == NULL) { - return 0; - } - - int pin_blocks; - - // - // File system metadata should get pinned - // - if (vnode_issystem(fcb->ff_cp->c_vp)) { - return 1; - } - - // - // If a file is AutoCandidate, we should not pin its blocks because - // it was an automatically added file and this function is intended - // to pin new blocks being added to user-generated content. - // - if (fcb->ff_cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSAutoCandidateMask) { - return 0; - } - - // - // If a file is marked FastDevPinned it is an existing pinned file - // or a new file that should be pinned. - // - // If a file is marked FastDevCandidate it is a new file that is - // being written to for the first time so we don't want to pin it - // just yet as it may not meet the criteria (i.e. too large). - // - if ((fcb->ff_cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & (kHFSFastDevPinnedMask)) != 0) { - pin_blocks = 1; - } else { - pin_blocks = 0; - } - - return pin_blocks; -} - - - -static void -pin_blocks_if_needed(ExtendedVCB *vcb, FCB *fcb, u_int32_t startBlock, u_int32_t blockCount) -{ - if (!should_pin_blocks(vcb, fcb)) { - return; - } - - // ask CoreStorage to pin the new blocks being added to this file - if (hfs_pin_block_range((struct hfsmount *)vcb, HFS_PIN_IT, startBlock, blockCount) == 0) { - struct vnode *vp = fcb->ff_cp->c_vp; - - // and make sure to keep our accounting in order - hfs_hotfile_adjust_blocks(vp, -blockCount); - } -} - - - -/* - * Add a file extent to a file. - * - * Used by hfs_extendfs to extend the volume allocation bitmap file. - * - */ -int -AddFileExtent(ExtendedVCB *vcb, FCB *fcb, u_int32_t startBlock, u_int32_t blockCount) -{ - HFSPlusExtentKey foundKey; - HFSPlusExtentRecord foundData; - u_int32_t foundIndex; - u_int32_t hint; - u_int32_t nextBlock; - int64_t peof; - int i; - int error; - - peof = (int64_t)(fcb->ff_blocks + blockCount) * (int64_t)vcb->blockSize; - - error = SearchExtentFile(vcb, fcb, peof-1, &foundKey, foundData, &foundIndex, &hint, &nextBlock); - if (error != fxRangeErr) - return (EBUSY); - - /* - * Add new extent. See if there is room in the current record. - */ - if (foundData[foundIndex].blockCount != 0) - ++foundIndex; - if (foundIndex == kHFSPlusExtentDensity) { - /* - * Existing record is full so create a new one. - */ - foundKey.keyLength = kHFSPlusExtentKeyMaximumLength; - foundKey.forkType = kDataForkType; - foundKey.pad = 0; - foundKey.fileID = FTOC(fcb)->c_fileid; - foundKey.startBlock = nextBlock; - - foundData[0].startBlock = startBlock; - foundData[0].blockCount = blockCount; - - /* zero out remaining extents. */ - for (i = 1; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; ++i) { - foundData[i].startBlock = 0; - foundData[i].blockCount = 0; - } - - foundIndex = 0; - - error = CreateExtentRecord(vcb, &foundKey, foundData, &hint); - if (error == fxOvFlErr) { - error = dskFulErr; - } else if (error == 0) { - pin_blocks_if_needed(vcb, fcb, startBlock, blockCount); - } - - } else { - /* - * Add a new extent into existing record. - */ - foundData[foundIndex].startBlock = startBlock; - foundData[foundIndex].blockCount = blockCount; - error = UpdateExtentRecord(vcb, fcb, 0, &foundKey, foundData, hint); - if (error == 0) { - pin_blocks_if_needed(vcb, fcb, startBlock, blockCount); - } - } - (void) FlushExtentFile(vcb); - - return (error); -} - - -//_________________________________________________________________________________ -// -// Routine: Extendfile -// -// Function: Extends the disk space allocated to a file. -// -//_________________________________________________________________________________ - -OSErr ExtendFileC ( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, // volume that file resides on - FCB *fcb, // FCB of file to truncate - int64_t bytesToAdd, // number of bytes to allocate - u_int32_t blockHint, // desired starting allocation block - u_int32_t flags, // EFContig and/or EFAll - int64_t *actualBytesAdded) // number of bytes actually allocated -{ - OSErr err; - u_int32_t volumeBlockSize; - int64_t blocksToAdd; - int64_t bytesThisExtent; - HFSPlusExtentKey foundKey; - HFSPlusExtentRecord foundData; - u_int32_t foundIndex; - u_int32_t hint; - u_int32_t nextBlock; - u_int32_t startBlock; - Boolean allOrNothing; - Boolean forceContig; - Boolean wantContig; - Boolean useMetaZone; - Boolean needsFlush; - int allowFlushTxns; - u_int32_t actualStartBlock; - u_int32_t actualNumBlocks; - u_int32_t numExtentsPerRecord; - int64_t maximumBytes; - int64_t availbytes; - int64_t peof; - u_int32_t prevblocks; - uint32_t fastdev = 0; - - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = (struct hfsmount*)vcb; - allowFlushTxns = 0; - needsFlush = false; - *actualBytesAdded = 0; - volumeBlockSize = vcb->blockSize; - allOrNothing = ((flags & kEFAllMask) != 0); - forceContig = ((flags & kEFContigMask) != 0); - prevblocks = fcb->ff_blocks; - - if (vcb->vcbSigWord != kHFSSigWord) { - numExtentsPerRecord = kHFSPlusExtentDensity; - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - /* HFS Standard */ - numExtentsPerRecord = kHFSExtentDensity; - - /* Make sure the request and new PEOF are less than 2GB if HFS std*/ - if (bytesToAdd >= kTwoGigabytes) - goto HFS_Std_Overflow; - if ((((int64_t)fcb->ff_blocks * (int64_t)volumeBlockSize) + bytesToAdd) >= kTwoGigabytes) - goto HFS_Std_Overflow; - } -#endif - - // - // Determine how many blocks need to be allocated. - // Round up the number of desired bytes to add. - // - blocksToAdd = howmany(bytesToAdd, volumeBlockSize); - bytesToAdd = (int64_t)((int64_t)blocksToAdd * (int64_t)volumeBlockSize); - - /* - * For deferred allocations just reserve the blocks. - */ - if ((flags & kEFDeferMask) - && (vcb->vcbSigWord == kHFSPlusSigWord) - && (bytesToAdd < (int64_t)HFS_MAX_DEFERED_ALLOC) - && (blocksToAdd < hfs_freeblks(VCBTOHFS(vcb), 1))) { - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - vcb->loanedBlocks += blocksToAdd; - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - fcb->ff_unallocblocks += blocksToAdd; - FTOC(fcb)->c_blocks += blocksToAdd; - fcb->ff_blocks += blocksToAdd; - - /* - * We haven't touched the disk here; no blocks have been - * allocated and the volume will not be inconsistent if we - * don't update the catalog record immediately. - */ - FTOC(fcb)->c_flag |= C_MINOR_MOD; - *actualBytesAdded = bytesToAdd; - return (0); - } - /* - * Give back any unallocated blocks before doing real allocations. - */ - if (fcb->ff_unallocblocks > 0) { - u_int32_t loanedBlocks; - - loanedBlocks = fcb->ff_unallocblocks; - blocksToAdd += loanedBlocks; - bytesToAdd = (int64_t)blocksToAdd * (int64_t)volumeBlockSize; - FTOC(fcb)->c_blocks -= loanedBlocks; - fcb->ff_blocks -= loanedBlocks; - fcb->ff_unallocblocks = 0; - - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - vcb->loanedBlocks -= loanedBlocks; - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - } - - // - // If the file's clump size is larger than the allocation block size, - // then set the maximum number of bytes to the requested number of bytes - // rounded up to a multiple of the clump size. - // - if ((vcb->vcbClpSiz > (int32_t)volumeBlockSize) - && (bytesToAdd < (int64_t)HFS_MAX_DEFERED_ALLOC) - && (flags & kEFNoClumpMask) == 0) { - maximumBytes = (int64_t)howmany(bytesToAdd, vcb->vcbClpSiz); - maximumBytes *= vcb->vcbClpSiz; - } else { - maximumBytes = bytesToAdd; - } - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - // - // Compute new physical EOF, rounded up to a multiple of a block. - // - if ( (vcb->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord) && // Too big? - ((((int64_t)fcb->ff_blocks * (int64_t)volumeBlockSize) + bytesToAdd) >= kTwoGigabytes) ) { - if (allOrNothing) // Yes, must they have it all? - goto HFS_Std_Overflow; // Yes, can't have it - else { - --blocksToAdd; // No, give give 'em one block less - bytesToAdd -= volumeBlockSize; - } - } -#endif - - // - // If allocation is all-or-nothing, make sure there are - // enough free blocks on the volume (quick test). - // - if (allOrNothing && - (blocksToAdd > hfs_freeblks(VCBTOHFS(vcb), flags & kEFReserveMask))) { - err = dskFulErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - // - // See if there are already enough blocks allocated to the file. - // - peof = ((int64_t)fcb->ff_blocks * (int64_t)volumeBlockSize) + bytesToAdd; // potential new PEOF - err = SearchExtentFile(vcb, fcb, peof-1, &foundKey, foundData, &foundIndex, &hint, &nextBlock); - if (err == noErr) { - // Enough blocks are already allocated. Just update the FCB to reflect the new length. - fcb->ff_blocks = peof / volumeBlockSize; - FTOC(fcb)->c_blocks += (bytesToAdd / volumeBlockSize); - FTOC(fcb)->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - goto Exit; - } - if (err != fxRangeErr) // Any real error? - goto ErrorExit; // Yes, so exit immediately - - // - // Adjust the PEOF to the end of the last extent. - // - peof = (int64_t)((int64_t)nextBlock * (int64_t)volumeBlockSize); // currently allocated PEOF - bytesThisExtent = (int64_t)(nextBlock - fcb->ff_blocks) * (int64_t)volumeBlockSize; - if (bytesThisExtent != 0) { - fcb->ff_blocks = nextBlock; - FTOC(fcb)->c_blocks += (bytesThisExtent / volumeBlockSize); - FTOC(fcb)->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - bytesToAdd -= bytesThisExtent; - } - - // - // Allocate some more space. - // - // First try a contiguous allocation (of the whole amount). - // If that fails, get whatever we can. - // If forceContig, then take whatever we got - // else, keep getting bits and pieces (non-contig) - - /* - * Note that for sparse devices (like sparse bundle dmgs), we - * should only be aggressive with re-using once-allocated pieces - * if we're not dealing with system files. If we're trying to operate - * on behalf of a system file, we need the maximum contiguous amount - * possible. For non-system files we favor locality and fragmentation over - * contiguity as it can result in fewer blocks being needed from the underlying - * filesystem that the sparse image resides upon. - */ - err = noErr; - if ( (vcb->hfs_flags & HFS_HAS_SPARSE_DEVICE) - && (fcb->ff_cp->c_fileid >= kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID) - && (flags & kEFMetadataMask) == 0) { - /* - * We want locality over contiguity so by default we set wantContig to - * false unless we hit one of the circumstances below. - */ - wantContig = false; - if (hfs_isrbtree_active(VCBTOHFS(vcb))) { - /* - * If the red-black tree is acive, we can always find a suitable contiguous - * chunk. So if the user specifically requests contiguous files, we should - * honor that no matter what kind of device it is. - */ - if (forceContig) { - wantContig = true; - } - } - else { - /* - * If the red-black tree is not active, then only set wantContig to true - * if we have never done a contig scan on the device, which would populate - * the free extent cache. Note that the caller may explicitly unset the - * DID_CONTIG_SCAN bit in order to force us to vend a contiguous extent here - * if the caller wants to get a contiguous chunk. - */ - if ((vcb->hfs_flags & HFS_DID_CONTIG_SCAN) == 0) { - vcb->hfs_flags |= HFS_DID_CONTIG_SCAN; - wantContig = true; - } - } - } - else { - wantContig = true; - } - - if (should_pin_blocks(hfsmp, fcb)) - fastdev = HFS_ALLOC_FAST_DEV; - - useMetaZone = flags & kEFMetadataMask; - do { - if (blockHint != 0) - startBlock = blockHint; - else - startBlock = foundData[foundIndex].startBlock + foundData[foundIndex].blockCount; - - actualNumBlocks = 0; - actualStartBlock = 0; - - /* Find number of free blocks based on reserved block flag option */ - availbytes = (int64_t)hfs_freeblks(VCBTOHFS(vcb), flags & kEFReserveMask) * - (int64_t)volumeBlockSize; - if (availbytes <= 0) { - err = dskFulErr; - } else { - if (wantContig && (availbytes < bytesToAdd)) { - err = dskFulErr; - } - else { - uint32_t ba_flags = fastdev; - - if (wantContig) { - ba_flags |= HFS_ALLOC_FORCECONTIG; - } - if (useMetaZone) { - ba_flags |= HFS_ALLOC_METAZONE; - } - if (allowFlushTxns) { - ba_flags |= HFS_ALLOC_FLUSHTXN; - } - - err = BlockAllocate( - vcb, - startBlock, - howmany(MIN(bytesToAdd, availbytes), volumeBlockSize), - howmany(MIN(maximumBytes, availbytes), volumeBlockSize), - ba_flags, - &actualStartBlock, - &actualNumBlocks); - } - } - if (err == dskFulErr) { - if (forceContig) { - if (allowFlushTxns == 0) { - /* If we're forcing contiguity, re-try but allow plucking from recently freed regions */ - allowFlushTxns = 1; - wantContig = 1; - err = noErr; - continue; - } - else { - break; // AllocContig failed because not enough contiguous space - } - } - if (wantContig) { - // Couldn't get one big chunk, so get whatever we can. - err = noErr; - wantContig = false; - continue; - } - if (actualNumBlocks != 0) - err = noErr; - - if (useMetaZone == 0) { - /* Couldn't get anything so dip into metadat zone */ - err = noErr; - useMetaZone = 1; - continue; - } - - /* If we couldn't find what we needed without flushing the journal, then go ahead and do it now */ - if (allowFlushTxns == 0) { - allowFlushTxns = 1; - err = noErr; - continue; - } - - } - if (err == noErr) { - // Add the new extent to the existing extent record, or create a new one. - if ((actualStartBlock == startBlock) && (blockHint == 0)) { - // We grew the file's last extent, so just adjust the number of blocks. - foundData[foundIndex].blockCount += actualNumBlocks; - err = UpdateExtentRecord(vcb, fcb, 0, &foundKey, foundData, hint); - if (err != noErr) break; - } - else { - u_int16_t i; - - // Need to add a new extent. See if there is room in the current record. - if (foundData[foundIndex].blockCount != 0) // Is current extent free to use? - ++foundIndex; // No, so use the next one. - if (foundIndex == numExtentsPerRecord) { - // This record is full. Need to create a new one. - if (FTOC(fcb)->c_fileid == kHFSExtentsFileID) { - (void) BlockDeallocate(vcb, actualStartBlock, actualNumBlocks, 0); - err = dskFulErr; // Oops. Can't extend extents file past first record. - break; - } - - foundKey.keyLength = kHFSPlusExtentKeyMaximumLength; - if (FORK_IS_RSRC(fcb)) - foundKey.forkType = kResourceForkType; - else - foundKey.forkType = kDataForkType; - foundKey.pad = 0; - foundKey.fileID = FTOC(fcb)->c_fileid; - foundKey.startBlock = nextBlock; - - foundData[0].startBlock = actualStartBlock; - foundData[0].blockCount = actualNumBlocks; - - // zero out remaining extents... - for (i = 1; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; ++i) - { - foundData[i].startBlock = 0; - foundData[i].blockCount = 0; - } - - foundIndex = 0; - - err = CreateExtentRecord(vcb, &foundKey, foundData, &hint); - if (err == fxOvFlErr) { - // We couldn't create an extent record because extents B-tree - // couldn't grow. Dellocate the extent just allocated and - // return a disk full error. - (void) BlockDeallocate(vcb, actualStartBlock, actualNumBlocks, 0); - err = dskFulErr; - } - if (err != noErr) break; - - needsFlush = true; // We need to update the B-tree header - } - else { - // Add a new extent into this record and update. - foundData[foundIndex].startBlock = actualStartBlock; - foundData[foundIndex].blockCount = actualNumBlocks; - err = UpdateExtentRecord(vcb, fcb, 0, &foundKey, foundData, hint); - if (err != noErr) break; - } - } - - // Figure out how many bytes were actually allocated. - // NOTE: BlockAllocate could have allocated more than we asked for. - // Don't set the PEOF beyond what our client asked for. - nextBlock += actualNumBlocks; - bytesThisExtent = (int64_t)((int64_t)actualNumBlocks * (int64_t)volumeBlockSize); - if (bytesThisExtent > bytesToAdd) { - bytesToAdd = 0; - } - else { - bytesToAdd -= bytesThisExtent; - maximumBytes -= bytesThisExtent; - } - fcb->ff_blocks += (bytesThisExtent / volumeBlockSize); - FTOC(fcb)->c_blocks += (bytesThisExtent / volumeBlockSize); - FTOC(fcb)->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - - // If contiguous allocation was requested, then we've already got one contiguous - // chunk. If we didn't get all we wanted, then adjust the error to disk full. - if (forceContig) { - if (bytesToAdd != 0) - err = dskFulErr; - break; // We've already got everything that's contiguous - } - } - } while (err == noErr && bytesToAdd); - -ErrorExit: -Exit: - if (VCBTOHFS(vcb)->hfs_flags & HFS_METADATA_ZONE) { - /* Keep the roving allocator out of the metadata zone. */ - if (vcb->nextAllocation >= VCBTOHFS(vcb)->hfs_metazone_start && - vcb->nextAllocation <= VCBTOHFS(vcb)->hfs_metazone_end) { - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - HFS_UPDATE_NEXT_ALLOCATION(vcb, VCBTOHFS(vcb)->hfs_metazone_end + 1); - MarkVCBDirty(vcb); - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - } - } - if (prevblocks < fcb->ff_blocks) { - *actualBytesAdded = (int64_t)(fcb->ff_blocks - prevblocks) * (int64_t)volumeBlockSize; - } else { - *actualBytesAdded = 0; - } - - if (fastdev) { - hfs_hotfile_adjust_blocks(fcb->ff_cp->c_vp, - (int64_t)prevblocks - fcb->ff_blocks); - } - - if (needsFlush) - (void) FlushExtentFile(vcb); - - return err; - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -HFS_Std_Overflow: - err = fileBoundsErr; - goto ErrorExit; -#endif -} - - - -//_________________________________________________________________________________ -// -// Routine: TruncateFileC -// -// Function: Truncates the disk space allocated to a file. The file space is -// truncated to a specified new PEOF rounded up to the next allocation -// block boundry. If the 'TFTrunExt' option is specified, the file is -// truncated to the end of the extent containing the new PEOF. -// -//_________________________________________________________________________________ - -OSErr TruncateFileC ( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, // volume that file resides on - FCB *fcb, // FCB of file to truncate - int64_t peof, // new physical size for file - int deleted, // if nonzero, the file's catalog record has already been deleted. - int rsrc, // does this represent a resource fork or not? - uint32_t fileid, // the fileid of the file we're manipulating. - Boolean truncateToExtent) // if true, truncate to end of extent containing newPEOF - -{ - OSErr err; - u_int32_t nextBlock; // next file allocation block to consider - u_int32_t startBlock; // Physical (volume) allocation block number of start of a range - u_int32_t physNumBlocks; // Number of allocation blocks in file (according to PEOF) - u_int32_t numBlocks; - HFSPlusExtentKey key; // key for current extent record; key->keyLength == 0 if FCB's extent record - u_int32_t hint; // BTree hint corresponding to key - HFSPlusExtentRecord extentRecord; - u_int32_t extentIndex; - u_int32_t extentNextBlock; - u_int32_t numExtentsPerRecord; - int64_t temp64; - u_int8_t forkType; - Boolean extentChanged; // true if we actually changed an extent - Boolean recordDeleted; // true if an extent record got deleted - - recordDeleted = false; - - if (vcb->vcbSigWord == kHFSPlusSigWord) { - numExtentsPerRecord = kHFSPlusExtentDensity; - } - else { - numExtentsPerRecord = kHFSExtentDensity; - } - - if (rsrc) { - forkType = kResourceForkType; - } - else { - forkType = kDataForkType; - } - - temp64 = fcb->ff_blocks; - physNumBlocks = (u_int32_t)temp64; - - // - // Round newPEOF up to a multiple of the allocation block size. If new size is - // two gigabytes or more, then round down by one allocation block (??? really? - // shouldn't that be an error?). - // - nextBlock = howmany(peof, vcb->blockSize); // number of allocation blocks to remain in file - peof = (int64_t)((int64_t)nextBlock * (int64_t)vcb->blockSize); // number of bytes in those blocks - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if ((vcb->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord) && (peof >= kTwoGigabytes)) { - #if DEBUG - DebugStr("HFS: Trying to truncate a file to 2GB or more"); - #endif - err = fileBoundsErr; - goto ErrorExit; - } -#endif - - // - // Update FCB's length - // - /* - * XXX Any errors could cause ff_blocks and c_blocks to get out of sync... - */ - numBlocks = peof / vcb->blockSize; - if (!deleted) { - FTOC(fcb)->c_blocks -= (fcb->ff_blocks - numBlocks); - } - fcb->ff_blocks = numBlocks; - - // this catalog entry is modified and *must* get forced - // to disk when hfs_update() is called - if (!deleted) { - /* - * If the file is already C_NOEXISTS, then the catalog record - * has been removed from disk already. We wouldn't need to force - * another update - */ - FTOC(fcb)->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - } - // - // If the new PEOF is 0, then truncateToExtent has no meaning (we should always deallocate - // all storage). - // - if (peof == 0) { - int i; - - // Deallocate all the extents for this fork - err = DeallocateFork(vcb, fileid, forkType, fcb->fcbExtents, &recordDeleted); - if (err != noErr) goto ErrorExit; // got some error, so return it - - // Update the catalog extent record (making sure it's zeroed out) - if (err == noErr) { - for (i=0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - fcb->fcbExtents[i].startBlock = 0; - fcb->fcbExtents[i].blockCount = 0; - } - } - goto Done; - } - - // - // Find the extent containing byte (peof-1). This is the last extent we'll keep. - // (If truncateToExtent is true, we'll keep the whole extent; otherwise, we'll only - // keep up through peof). The search will tell us how many allocation blocks exist - // in the found extent plus all previous extents. - // - err = SearchExtentFile(vcb, fcb, peof-1, &key, extentRecord, &extentIndex, &hint, &extentNextBlock); - if (err != noErr) goto ErrorExit; - - extentChanged = false; // haven't changed the extent yet - - if (!truncateToExtent) { - // - // Shorten this extent. It may be the case that the entire extent gets - // freed here. - // - numBlocks = extentNextBlock - nextBlock; // How many blocks in this extent to free up - if (numBlocks != 0) { - // Compute first volume allocation block to free - startBlock = extentRecord[extentIndex].startBlock + extentRecord[extentIndex].blockCount - numBlocks; - // Free the blocks in bitmap - err = BlockDeallocate(vcb, startBlock, numBlocks, 0); - if (err != noErr) goto ErrorExit; - // Adjust length of this extent - extentRecord[extentIndex].blockCount -= numBlocks; - // If extent is empty, set start block to 0 - if (extentRecord[extentIndex].blockCount == 0) - extentRecord[extentIndex].startBlock = 0; - // Remember that we changed the extent record - extentChanged = true; - } - } - - // - // Now move to the next extent in the record, and set up the file allocation block number - // - nextBlock = extentNextBlock; // Next file allocation block to free - ++extentIndex; // Its index within the extent record - - // - // Release all following extents in this extent record. Update the record. - // - while (extentIndex < numExtentsPerRecord && extentRecord[extentIndex].blockCount != 0) { - numBlocks = extentRecord[extentIndex].blockCount; - // Deallocate this extent - err = BlockDeallocate(vcb, extentRecord[extentIndex].startBlock, numBlocks, 0); - if (err != noErr) goto ErrorExit; - // Update next file allocation block number - nextBlock += numBlocks; - // Zero out start and length of this extent to delete it from record - extentRecord[extentIndex].startBlock = 0; - extentRecord[extentIndex].blockCount = 0; - // Remember that we changed an extent - extentChanged = true; - // Move to next extent in record - ++extentIndex; - } - - // - // If any of the extents in the current record were changed, then update that - // record (in the FCB, or extents file). - // - if (extentChanged) { - err = UpdateExtentRecord(vcb, fcb, deleted, &key, extentRecord, hint); - if (err != noErr) goto ErrorExit; - } - - // - // If there are any following allocation blocks, then we need - // to seach for their extent records and delete those allocation - // blocks. - // - if (nextBlock < physNumBlocks) - err = TruncateExtents(vcb, forkType, fileid, nextBlock, &recordDeleted); - -Done: -ErrorExit: - if (recordDeleted) - (void) FlushExtentFile(vcb); - - return err; -} - - -/* - * HFS Plus only - * - */ -OSErr HeadTruncateFile ( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - FCB *fcb, - u_int32_t headblks) -{ - HFSPlusExtentRecord extents; - HFSPlusExtentRecord tailExtents; - HFSCatalogNodeID fileID; - u_int8_t forkType; - u_int32_t blkcnt = 0; - u_int32_t startblk; - u_int32_t blksfreed; - int i, j; - int error = 0; - int lockflags; - - - if (vcb->vcbSigWord != kHFSPlusSigWord) - return (-1); - - forkType = FORK_IS_RSRC(fcb) ? kResourceForkType : kDataForkType; - fileID = FTOC(fcb)->c_fileid; - bzero(tailExtents, sizeof(tailExtents)); - - blksfreed = 0; - startblk = 0; - - /* - * Process catalog resident extents - */ - for (i = 0, j = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; ++i) { - blkcnt = fcb->fcbExtents[i].blockCount; - if (blkcnt == 0) - break; /* end of extents */ - - if (blksfreed < headblks) { - error = BlockDeallocate(vcb, fcb->fcbExtents[i].startBlock, blkcnt, 0); - /* - * Any errors after the first BlockDeallocate - * must be ignored so we can put the file in - * a known state. - */ - if (error ) { - if (i == 0) - goto ErrorExit; /* uh oh */ - else { - error = 0; - printf("hfs: HeadTruncateFile: problems deallocating %s (%d)\n", - FTOC(fcb)->c_desc.cd_nameptr ? (const char *)FTOC(fcb)->c_desc.cd_nameptr : "", error); - } - } - - blksfreed += blkcnt; - fcb->fcbExtents[i].startBlock = 0; - fcb->fcbExtents[i].blockCount = 0; - } else { - tailExtents[j].startBlock = fcb->fcbExtents[i].startBlock; - tailExtents[j].blockCount = blkcnt; - ++j; - } - startblk += blkcnt; - } - - if (blkcnt == 0) - goto CopyExtents; - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(vcb, SFL_EXTENTS, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* - * Process overflow extents - */ - for (;;) { - u_int32_t extblks; - - error = FindExtentRecord(vcb, forkType, fileID, startblk, false, NULL, extents, NULL); - if (error) { - /* - * Any errors after the first BlockDeallocate - * must be ignored so we can put the file in - * a known state. - */ - if (error != btNotFound) - printf("hfs: HeadTruncateFile: problems finding extents %s (%d)\n", - FTOC(fcb)->c_desc.cd_nameptr ? (const char *)FTOC(fcb)->c_desc.cd_nameptr : "", error); - error = 0; - break; - } - - for(i = 0, extblks = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; ++i) { - blkcnt = extents[i].blockCount; - if (blkcnt == 0) - break; /* end of extents */ - - if (blksfreed < headblks) { - error = BlockDeallocate(vcb, extents[i].startBlock, blkcnt, 0); - if (error) { - printf("hfs: HeadTruncateFile: problems deallocating %s (%d)\n", - FTOC(fcb)->c_desc.cd_nameptr ? (const char *)FTOC(fcb)->c_desc.cd_nameptr : "", error); - error = 0; - } - blksfreed += blkcnt; - } else { - tailExtents[j].startBlock = extents[i].startBlock; - tailExtents[j].blockCount = blkcnt; - ++j; - } - extblks += blkcnt; - } - - error = DeleteExtentRecord(vcb, forkType, fileID, startblk); - if (error) { - printf("hfs: HeadTruncateFile: problems deallocating %s (%d)\n", - FTOC(fcb)->c_desc.cd_nameptr ? (const char *)FTOC(fcb)->c_desc.cd_nameptr : "", error); - error = 0; - } - - if (blkcnt == 0) - break; /* all done */ - - startblk += extblks; - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock(vcb, lockflags); - -CopyExtents: - if (blksfreed) { - bcopy(tailExtents, fcb->fcbExtents, sizeof(tailExtents)); - blkcnt = fcb->ff_blocks - headblks; - FTOC(fcb)->c_blocks -= headblks; - fcb->ff_blocks = blkcnt; - - FTOC(fcb)->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - FTOC(fcb)->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - - (void) FlushExtentFile(vcb); - } - -ErrorExit: - return MacToVFSError(error); -} - - - -//‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹ -// Routine: SearchExtentRecord (was XRSearch) -// -// Function: Searches extent record for the extent mapping a given file -// allocation block number (FABN). -// -// Input: searchFABN - desired FABN -// extentData - pointer to extent data record (xdr) -// extentDataStartFABN - beginning FABN for extent record -// -// Output: foundExtentDataOffset - offset to extent entry within xdr -// result = noErr, offset to extent mapping desired FABN -// result = FXRangeErr, offset to last extent in record -// endingFABNPlusOne - ending FABN +1 -// noMoreExtents - True if the extent was not found, and the -// extent record was not full (so don't bother -// looking in subsequent records); false otherwise. -// -// Result: noErr = ok -// FXRangeErr = desired FABN > last mapped FABN in record -//‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹ - -static OSErr SearchExtentRecord( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t searchFABN, - const HFSPlusExtentRecord extentData, - u_int32_t extentDataStartFABN, - u_int32_t *foundExtentIndex, - u_int32_t *endingFABNPlusOne, - Boolean *noMoreExtents) -{ - OSErr err = noErr; - u_int32_t extentIndex; - /* Set it to the HFS std value */ - u_int32_t numberOfExtents = kHFSExtentDensity; - u_int32_t numAllocationBlocks; - Boolean foundExtent; - - *endingFABNPlusOne = extentDataStartFABN; - *noMoreExtents = false; - foundExtent = false; - - /* Override numberOfExtents for HFS+/HFSX */ - if (vcb->vcbSigWord != kHFSSigWord) { - numberOfExtents = kHFSPlusExtentDensity; - } - - for( extentIndex = 0; extentIndex < numberOfExtents; ++extentIndex ) - { - - // Loop over the extent record and find the search FABN. - - numAllocationBlocks = extentData[extentIndex].blockCount; - if ( numAllocationBlocks == 0 ) - { - break; - } - - *endingFABNPlusOne += numAllocationBlocks; - - if( searchFABN < *endingFABNPlusOne ) - { - // Found the extent. - foundExtent = true; - break; - } - } - - if( foundExtent ) - { - // Found the extent. Note the extent offset - *foundExtentIndex = extentIndex; - } - else - { - // Did not find the extent. Set foundExtentDataOffset accordingly - if( extentIndex > 0 ) - { - *foundExtentIndex = extentIndex - 1; - } - else - { - *foundExtentIndex = 0; - } - - // If we found an empty extent, then set noMoreExtents. - if (extentIndex < numberOfExtents) - *noMoreExtents = true; - - // Finally, return an error to the caller - err = fxRangeErr; - } - - return( err ); -} - -//‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹ -// Routine: SearchExtentFile (was XFSearch) -// -// Function: Searches extent file (including the FCB resident extent record) -// for the extent mapping a given file position. -// -// Input: vcb - VCB pointer -// fcb - FCB pointer -// filePosition - file position (byte address) -// -// Output: foundExtentKey - extent key record (xkr) -// If extent was found in the FCB's resident extent record, -// then foundExtentKey->keyLength will be set to 0. -// foundExtentData - extent data record(xdr) -// foundExtentIndex - index to extent entry in xdr -// result = 0, offset to extent mapping desired FABN -// result = FXRangeErr, offset to last extent in record -// (i.e., kNumExtentsPerRecord-1) -// extentBTreeHint - BTree hint for extent record -// kNoHint = Resident extent record -// endingFABNPlusOne - ending FABN +1 -// -// Result: -// noErr Found an extent that contains the given file position -// FXRangeErr Given position is beyond the last allocated extent -// (other) (some other internal I/O error) -//‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹‹ - -OSErr SearchExtentFile( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - const FCB *fcb, - int64_t filePosition, - HFSPlusExtentKey *foundExtentKey, - HFSPlusExtentRecord foundExtentData, - u_int32_t *foundExtentIndex, - u_int32_t *extentBTreeHint, - u_int32_t *endingFABNPlusOne ) -{ - OSErr err; - u_int32_t filePositionBlock; - int64_t temp64; - Boolean noMoreExtents; - int lockflags; - - temp64 = filePosition / (int64_t)vcb->blockSize; - filePositionBlock = (u_int32_t)temp64; - - bcopy ( fcb->fcbExtents, foundExtentData, sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); - - // Search the resident FCB first. - err = SearchExtentRecord( vcb, filePositionBlock, foundExtentData, 0, - foundExtentIndex, endingFABNPlusOne, &noMoreExtents ); - - if( err == noErr ) { - // Found the extent. Set results accordingly - *extentBTreeHint = kNoHint; // no hint, because not in the BTree - foundExtentKey->keyLength = 0; // 0 = the FCB itself - - goto Exit; - } - - // Didn't find extent in FCB. If FCB's extent record wasn't full, there's no point - // in searching the extents file. Note that SearchExtentRecord left us pointing at - // the last valid extent (or the first one, if none were valid). This means we need - // to fill in the hint and key outputs, just like the "if" statement above. - if ( noMoreExtents ) { - *extentBTreeHint = kNoHint; // no hint, because not in the BTree - foundExtentKey->keyLength = 0; // 0 = the FCB itself - err = fxRangeErr; // There are no more extents, so must be beyond PEOF - goto Exit; - } - - // - // Find the desired record, or the previous record if it is the same fork - // - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(vcb, SFL_EXTENTS, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - err = FindExtentRecord(vcb, FORK_IS_RSRC(fcb) ? kResourceForkType : kDataForkType, - FTOC(fcb)->c_fileid, filePositionBlock, true, foundExtentKey, foundExtentData, extentBTreeHint); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(vcb, lockflags); - - if (err == btNotFound) { - // - // If we get here, the desired position is beyond the extents in the FCB, and there are no extents - // in the extents file. Return the FCB's extents and a range error. - // - *extentBTreeHint = kNoHint; - foundExtentKey->keyLength = 0; - err = GetFCBExtentRecord(fcb, foundExtentData); - // Note: foundExtentIndex and endingFABNPlusOne have already been set as a result of the very - // first SearchExtentRecord call in this function (when searching in the FCB's extents, and - // we got a range error). - - return fxRangeErr; - } - - // - // If we get here, there was either a BTree error, or we found an appropriate record. - // If we found a record, then search it for the correct index into the extents. - // - if (err == noErr) { - // Find appropriate index into extent record - err = SearchExtentRecord(vcb, filePositionBlock, foundExtentData, foundExtentKey->startBlock, - foundExtentIndex, endingFABNPlusOne, &noMoreExtents); - } - -Exit: - return err; -} - - - -//============================================================================ -// Routine: UpdateExtentRecord -// -// Function: Write new extent data to an existing extent record with a given key. -// If all of the extents are empty, and the extent record is in the -// extents file, then the record is deleted. -// -// Input: vcb - the volume containing the extents -// fcb - the file that owns the extents -// deleted - whether or not the file is already deleted -// extentFileKey - pointer to extent key record (xkr) -// If the key length is 0, then the extents are actually part -// of the catalog record, stored in the FCB. -// extentData - pointer to extent data record (xdr) -// extentBTreeHint - hint for given key, or kNoHint -// -// Result: noErr = ok -// (other) = error from BTree -//============================================================================ - -static OSErr UpdateExtentRecord (ExtendedVCB *vcb, FCB *fcb, int deleted, - const HFSPlusExtentKey *extentFileKey, - const HFSPlusExtentRecord extentData, - u_int32_t extentBTreeHint) -{ - OSErr err = noErr; - - if (extentFileKey->keyLength == 0) { // keyLength == 0 means the FCB's extent record - BlockMoveData(extentData, fcb->fcbExtents, sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); - if (!deleted) { - FTOC(fcb)->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - } - } - else { - struct BTreeIterator *btIterator = NULL; - FSBufferDescriptor btRecord; - u_int16_t btRecordSize; - FCB * btFCB; - int lockflags; - - // - // Need to find and change a record in Extents BTree - // - btFCB = GetFileControlBlock(vcb->extentsRefNum); - - btIterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct BTreeIterator)); - - /* - * The lock taken by callers of ExtendFileC/TruncateFileC is - * speculative and only occurs when the file already has - * overflow extents. So we need to make sure we have the lock - * here. The extents btree lock can be nested (its recursive) - * so we always take it here. - */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(vcb, SFL_EXTENTS, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* HFS+/HFSX */ - if (vcb->vcbSigWord != kHFSSigWord) { // HFS Plus volume - HFSPlusExtentRecord foundData; // The extent data actually found - - BlockMoveData(extentFileKey, &btIterator->key, sizeof(HFSPlusExtentKey)); - - btIterator->hint.index = 0; - btIterator->hint.nodeNum = extentBTreeHint; - - btRecord.bufferAddress = &foundData; - btRecord.itemSize = sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord); - btRecord.itemCount = 1; - - err = BTSearchRecord(btFCB, btIterator, &btRecord, &btRecordSize, btIterator); - - if (err == noErr) { - BlockMoveData(extentData, &foundData, sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); - err = BTReplaceRecord(btFCB, btIterator, &btRecord, btRecordSize); - } - (void) BTFlushPath(btFCB); - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - /* HFS Standard */ - HFSExtentKey * key; // Actual extent key used on disk in HFS - HFSExtentRecord foundData; // The extent data actually found - - key = (HFSExtentKey*) &btIterator->key; - key->keyLength = kHFSExtentKeyMaximumLength; - key->forkType = extentFileKey->forkType; - key->fileID = extentFileKey->fileID; - key->startBlock = extentFileKey->startBlock; - - btIterator->hint.index = 0; - btIterator->hint.nodeNum = extentBTreeHint; - - btRecord.bufferAddress = &foundData; - btRecord.itemSize = sizeof(HFSExtentRecord); - btRecord.itemCount = 1; - - err = BTSearchRecord(btFCB, btIterator, &btRecord, &btRecordSize, btIterator); - - if (err == noErr) - err = HFSPlusToHFSExtents(extentData, (HFSExtentDescriptor *)&foundData); - - if (err == noErr) - err = BTReplaceRecord(btFCB, btIterator, &btRecord, btRecordSize); - (void) BTFlushPath(btFCB); - - } -#endif - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(vcb, lockflags); - - hfs_free(btIterator, sizeof(*btIterator)); - } - - return err; -} - - - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -static OSErr HFSPlusToHFSExtents( - const HFSPlusExtentRecord oldExtents, - HFSExtentRecord newExtents) -{ - OSErr err; - - err = noErr; - - // copy the first 3 extents - newExtents[0].startBlock = oldExtents[0].startBlock; - newExtents[0].blockCount = oldExtents[0].blockCount; - newExtents[1].startBlock = oldExtents[1].startBlock; - newExtents[1].blockCount = oldExtents[1].blockCount; - newExtents[2].startBlock = oldExtents[2].startBlock; - newExtents[2].blockCount = oldExtents[2].blockCount; - - #if DEBUG - if (oldExtents[3].startBlock || oldExtents[3].blockCount) { - DebugStr("ExtentRecord with > 3 extents is invalid for HFS"); - err = fsDSIntErr; - } - #endif - - return err; -} -#endif - - - -static OSErr GetFCBExtentRecord( - const FCB *fcb, - HFSPlusExtentRecord extents) -{ - - BlockMoveData(fcb->fcbExtents, extents, sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); - - return noErr; -} - - -//_________________________________________________________________________________ -// -// Routine: ExtentsAreIntegral -// -// Purpose: Ensure that each extent can hold an integral number of nodes -// Called by the NodesAreContiguous function -//_________________________________________________________________________________ - -static Boolean ExtentsAreIntegral( - const HFSPlusExtentRecord extentRecord, - u_int32_t mask, - u_int32_t *blocksChecked, - Boolean *checkedLastExtent) -{ - u_int32_t blocks; - u_int32_t extentIndex; - - *blocksChecked = 0; - *checkedLastExtent = false; - - for(extentIndex = 0; extentIndex < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; extentIndex++) - { - blocks = extentRecord[extentIndex].blockCount; - - if ( blocks == 0 ) - { - *checkedLastExtent = true; - break; - } - - *blocksChecked += blocks; - - if (blocks & mask) - return false; - } - - return true; -} - - -//_________________________________________________________________________________ -// -// Routine: NodesAreContiguous -// -// Purpose: Ensure that all b-tree nodes are contiguous on disk -// Called by BTOpenPath during volume mount -//_________________________________________________________________________________ - -Boolean NodesAreContiguous( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - FCB *fcb, - u_int32_t nodeSize) -{ - u_int32_t mask; - u_int32_t startBlock; - u_int32_t blocksChecked; - u_int32_t hint; - HFSPlusExtentKey key; - HFSPlusExtentRecord extents; - OSErr result; - Boolean lastExtentReached; - int lockflags; - - - if (vcb->blockSize >= nodeSize) - return TRUE; - - mask = (nodeSize / vcb->blockSize) - 1; - - // check the local extents - (void) GetFCBExtentRecord(fcb, extents); - if ( !ExtentsAreIntegral(extents, mask, &blocksChecked, &lastExtentReached) ) - return FALSE; - - if ( lastExtentReached || - (int64_t)((int64_t)blocksChecked * (int64_t)vcb->blockSize) >= (int64_t)fcb->ff_size) - return TRUE; - - startBlock = blocksChecked; - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(vcb, SFL_EXTENTS, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - // check the overflow extents (if any) - while ( !lastExtentReached ) - { - result = FindExtentRecord(vcb, kDataForkType, fcb->ff_cp->c_fileid, startBlock, FALSE, &key, extents, &hint); - if (result) break; - - if ( !ExtentsAreIntegral(extents, mask, &blocksChecked, &lastExtentReached) ) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(vcb, lockflags); - return FALSE; - } - startBlock += blocksChecked; - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock(vcb, lockflags); - return TRUE; -} - diff --git a/core/FileIDsServices.c b/core/FileIDsServices.c deleted file mode 100644 index aba8940..0000000 --- a/core/FileIDsServices.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,794 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#include "hfs_macos_defs.h" -#include "hfs_format.h" - -#include "FileMgrInternal.h" -#include "HFSUnicodeWrappers.h" -#include "CatalogPrivate.h" -#include -#include -#include - -#include "hfs_dbg.h" - -struct ExtentsRecBuffer { - ExtentKey extentKey; - ExtentRecord extentData; -}; -typedef struct ExtentsRecBuffer ExtentsRecBuffer; - - -static u_int32_t CheckExtents( void *extents, u_int32_t blocks, Boolean isHFSPlus ); -static OSErr DeleteExtents( ExtendedVCB *vcb, u_int32_t fileNumber, int quitEarly, u_int8_t forkType, Boolean isHFSPlus ); -static OSErr MoveExtents( ExtendedVCB *vcb, u_int32_t srcFileID, u_int32_t destFileID, int quitEarly, u_int8_t forkType, Boolean isHFSPlus ); - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -static void CopyCatalogNodeInfo( CatalogRecord *src, CatalogRecord *dest ); -#endif - -static void CopyBigCatalogNodeInfo( CatalogRecord *src, CatalogRecord *dest ); -static void CopyExtentInfo( ExtentKey *key, ExtentRecord *data, ExtentsRecBuffer *buffer, u_int16_t bufferCount ); - -/* - * This function moves the overflow extents associated with srcID into the file associated with dstID. - * We should have already verified that 'srcID' has overflow extents. So now we move all of the overflow - * extent records. - */ -OSErr MoveData( ExtendedVCB *vcb, HFSCatalogNodeID srcID, HFSCatalogNodeID destID, int rsrc) { - - OSErr err; - - /* - * Only the source file should have extents, so we just track those. - * We operate on the fork represented by the open FD that was used to call into this - * function - */ - if (rsrc) { - /* Copy the extent overflow blocks. */ - err = MoveExtents( vcb, srcID, destID, 1, (u_int8_t)0xff, 1); - if ( err != noErr ) { - if ( err != dskFulErr ) { - return( err ); - } - /* - * In case of error, we would have probably run into problems - * growing the extents b-tree. Since the move is actually a copy + delete - * just delete the new entries. Same for below. - */ - err = DeleteExtents( vcb, destID, 1, (u_int8_t)0xff, 1); - ReturnIfError( err ); // we are doomed. Just QUIT! - goto FlushAndReturn; - } - } - else { - /* Copy the extent overflow blocks. */ - err = MoveExtents( vcb, srcID, destID, 1, 0, 1); - if ( err != noErr ) { - if ( err != dskFulErr ) { - return( err ); - } - err = DeleteExtents( vcb, destID, 1, 0, 1); - ReturnIfError( err ); // we are doomed. Just QUIT! - goto FlushAndReturn; - } - } - -FlushAndReturn: - /* Write out the catalog and extent overflow B-Tree changes */ - err = FlushCatalog( vcb ); - err = FlushExtentFile( vcb ); - - return( err ); -} - - -OSErr ExchangeFileIDs( ExtendedVCB *vcb, ConstUTF8Param srcName, ConstUTF8Param destName, HFSCatalogNodeID srcID, HFSCatalogNodeID destID, u_int32_t srcHint, u_int32_t destHint ) -{ - CatalogKey srcKey; // 518 bytes - CatalogKey destKey; // 518 bytes - CatalogRecord srcData; // 520 bytes - CatalogRecord destData; // 520 bytes - CatalogRecord swapData; // 520 bytes - int16_t numSrcExtentBlocks; - int16_t numDestExtentBlocks; - OSErr err; - Boolean isHFSPlus = ( vcb->vcbSigWord == kHFSPlusSigWord ); - - err = BuildCatalogKeyUTF8(vcb, srcID, srcName, kUndefinedStrLen, &srcKey); - ReturnIfError(err); - - err = BuildCatalogKeyUTF8(vcb, destID, destName, kUndefinedStrLen, &destKey); - ReturnIfError(err); - - if ( isHFSPlus ) - { - //-- Step 1: Check the catalog nodes for extents - - //-- locate the source file, test for extents in extent file, and copy the cat record for later - err = LocateCatalogNodeByKey( vcb, srcHint, &srcKey, &srcData, &srcHint ); - ReturnIfError( err ); - - if ( srcData.recordType != kHFSPlusFileRecord ) - return( cmFThdDirErr ); // Error "cmFThdDirErr = it is a directory" - - //-- Check if there are any extents in the source file - //€€ I am only checling the extents in the low 32 bits, routine will fail if files extents after 2 gig are in overflow - numSrcExtentBlocks = CheckExtents( srcData.hfsPlusFile.dataFork.extents, srcData.hfsPlusFile.dataFork.totalBlocks, isHFSPlus ); - if ( numSrcExtentBlocks == 0 ) // then check the resource fork extents - numSrcExtentBlocks = CheckExtents( srcData.hfsPlusFile.resourceFork.extents, srcData.hfsPlusFile.resourceFork.totalBlocks, isHFSPlus ); - - //-- Check if there are any extents in the destination file - err = LocateCatalogNodeByKey( vcb, destHint, &destKey, &destData, &destHint ); - ReturnIfError( err ); - - if ( destData.recordType != kHFSPlusFileRecord ) - return( cmFThdDirErr ); // Error "cmFThdDirErr = it is a directory" - - numDestExtentBlocks = CheckExtents( destData.hfsPlusFile.dataFork.extents, destData.hfsPlusFile.dataFork.totalBlocks, isHFSPlus ); - if ( numDestExtentBlocks == 0 ) // then check the resource fork extents - numDestExtentBlocks = CheckExtents( destData.hfsPlusFile.resourceFork.extents, destData.hfsPlusFile.resourceFork.totalBlocks, isHFSPlus ); - - //-- Step 2: Exchange the Extent key in the extent file - - //-- Exchange the extents key in the extent file - err = DeleteExtents( vcb, kHFSBogusExtentFileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - ReturnIfError( err ); - - if ( numSrcExtentBlocks && numDestExtentBlocks ) // if both files have extents - { - //-- Change the source extents file ids to our known bogus value - err = MoveExtents( vcb, srcData.hfsPlusFile.fileID, kHFSBogusExtentFileID, 0,0, isHFSPlus ); - if ( err != noErr ) - { - if ( err != dskFulErr ) { - return( err ); - } - else { - err = DeleteExtents( vcb, kHFSBogusExtentFileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - ReturnIfError( err ); // we are doomed. Just QUIT! - - err = FlushCatalog( vcb ); // flush the catalog - err = FlushExtentFile( vcb ); // flush the extent file (unneeded for common case, but it's cheap) - return( dskFulErr ); - } - } - - //-- Change the destination extents file id's to the source id's - err = MoveExtents( vcb, destData.hfsPlusFile.fileID, srcData.hfsPlusFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - if ( err != noErr ) - { - if ( err != dskFulErr ) - return( err ); - -ExUndo2aPlus: err = DeleteExtents( vcb, srcData.hfsPlusFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - ReturnIfError( err ); // we are doomed. Just QUIT! - - err = MoveExtents( vcb, kHFSBogusExtentFileID, srcData.hfsPlusFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); // Move the extents back - ReturnIfError( err ); // we are doomed. Just QUIT! - - err = DeleteExtents( vcb, kHFSBogusExtentFileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - ReturnIfError( err ); // we are doomed. Just QUIT! - - err = FlushCatalog( vcb ); // flush the catalog - err = FlushExtentFile( vcb ); // flush the extent file (unneeded for common case, but it's cheap) - return( dskFulErr ); - - } - - //-- Change the bogus extents file id's to the dest id's - err = MoveExtents( vcb, kHFSBogusExtentFileID, destData.hfsPlusFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - if ( err != noErr ) - { - if ( err != dskFulErr ) - return( err ); - - err = DeleteExtents( vcb, destData.hfsPlusFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - ReturnIfError( err ); // we are doomed. Just QUIT! - - err = MoveExtents( vcb, srcData.hfsPlusFile.fileID, destData.hfsPlusFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); // Move the extents back - ReturnIfError( err ); // we are doomed. Just QUIT! - - goto ExUndo2aPlus; - } - - } - else if ( numSrcExtentBlocks ) // just the source file has extents - { - err = MoveExtents( vcb, srcData.hfsPlusFile.fileID, destData.hfsPlusFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - if ( err != noErr ) - { - if ( err != dskFulErr ) - return( err ); - - err = DeleteExtents( vcb, srcData.hfsPlusFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - ReturnIfError( err ); // we are doomed. Just QUIT! - - goto FlushAndReturn; - } - } - else if ( numDestExtentBlocks ) // just the destination file has extents - { - err = MoveExtents( vcb, destData.hfsPlusFile.fileID, srcData.hfsPlusFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - if ( err != noErr ) - { - if ( err != dskFulErr ) - return( err ); - - err = DeleteExtents( vcb, destData.hfsPlusFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - ReturnIfError( err ); // we are doomed. Just QUIT! - - goto FlushAndReturn; - } - } - - //-- Step 3: Change the data in the catalog nodes - - //-- find the source cnode and put dest info in it - err = LocateCatalogNodeByKey( vcb, srcHint, &srcKey, &srcData, &srcHint ); - if ( err != noErr ) - return( cmBadNews ); - - BlockMoveData( &srcData, &swapData, sizeof(CatalogRecord) ); - CopyBigCatalogNodeInfo( &destData, &srcData ); - - err = ReplaceBTreeRecord( vcb->catalogRefNum, &srcKey, srcHint, &srcData, sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogFile), &srcHint ); - ReturnIfError( err ); - - // find the destination cnode and put source info in it - err = LocateCatalogNodeByKey( vcb, destHint, &destKey, &destData, &destHint ); - if ( err != noErr ) - return( cmBadNews ); - - CopyBigCatalogNodeInfo( &swapData, &destData ); - err = ReplaceBTreeRecord( vcb->catalogRefNum, &destKey, destHint, &destData, sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogFile), &destHint ); - ReturnIfError( err ); - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else // HFS // - { - //-- Step 1: Check the catalog nodes for extents - - //-- locate the source file, test for extents in extent file, and copy the cat record for later - err = LocateCatalogNodeByKey( vcb, srcHint, &srcKey, &srcData, &srcHint ); - ReturnIfError( err ); - - if ( srcData.recordType != kHFSFileRecord ) - return( cmFThdDirErr ); // Error "cmFThdDirErr = it is a directory" - - //-- Check if there are any extents in the source file - numSrcExtentBlocks = CheckExtents( srcData.hfsFile.dataExtents, srcData.hfsFile.dataPhysicalSize / vcb->blockSize, isHFSPlus ); - if ( numSrcExtentBlocks == 0 ) // then check the resource fork extents - numSrcExtentBlocks = CheckExtents( srcData.hfsFile.rsrcExtents, srcData.hfsFile.rsrcPhysicalSize / vcb->blockSize, isHFSPlus ); - - - //€€ Do we save the found source node for later use? - - - //-- Check if there are any extents in the destination file - err = LocateCatalogNodeByKey( vcb, destHint, &destKey, &destData, &destHint ); - ReturnIfError( err ); - - if ( destData.recordType != kHFSFileRecord ) - return( cmFThdDirErr ); // Error "cmFThdDirErr = it is a directory" - - numDestExtentBlocks = CheckExtents( destData.hfsFile.dataExtents, destData.hfsFile.dataPhysicalSize / vcb->blockSize, isHFSPlus ); - if ( numDestExtentBlocks == 0 ) // then check the resource fork extents - numDestExtentBlocks = CheckExtents( destData.hfsFile.rsrcExtents, destData.hfsFile.rsrcPhysicalSize / vcb->blockSize, isHFSPlus ); - - //€€ Do we save the found destination node for later use? - - - //-- Step 2: Exchange the Extent key in the extent file - - //-- Exchange the extents key in the extent file - err = DeleteExtents( vcb, kHFSBogusExtentFileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - ReturnIfError( err ); - - if ( numSrcExtentBlocks && numDestExtentBlocks ) // if both files have extents - { - //-- Change the source extents file ids to our known bogus value - err = MoveExtents( vcb, srcData.hfsFile.fileID, kHFSBogusExtentFileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - if ( err != noErr ) - { - if ( err != dskFulErr ) - return( err ); - -ExUndo1a: err = DeleteExtents( vcb, kHFSBogusExtentFileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - ReturnIfError( err ); // we are doomed. Just QUIT! - - err = FlushCatalog( vcb ); // flush the catalog - err = FlushExtentFile( vcb ); // flush the extent file (unneeded for common case, but it's cheap) - return( dskFulErr ); - } - - //-- Change the destination extents file id's to the source id's - err = MoveExtents( vcb, destData.hfsFile.fileID, srcData.hfsFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - if ( err != noErr ) - { - if ( err != dskFulErr ) - return( err ); - -ExUndo2a: err = DeleteExtents( vcb, srcData.hfsFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - ReturnIfError( err ); // we are doomed. Just QUIT! - - err = MoveExtents( vcb, kHFSBogusExtentFileID, srcData.hfsFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); // Move the extents back - ReturnIfError( err ); // we are doomed. Just QUIT! - - goto ExUndo1a; - } - - //-- Change the bogus extents file id's to the dest id's - err = MoveExtents( vcb, kHFSBogusExtentFileID, destData.hfsFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - if ( err != noErr ) - { - if ( err != dskFulErr ) - return( err ); - - err = DeleteExtents( vcb, destData.hfsFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - ReturnIfError( err ); // we are doomed. Just QUIT! - - err = MoveExtents( vcb, srcData.hfsFile.fileID, destData.hfsFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); // Move the extents back - ReturnIfError( err ); // we are doomed. Just QUIT! - - goto ExUndo2a; - } - - } - else if ( numSrcExtentBlocks ) // just the source file has extents - { - err = MoveExtents( vcb, srcData.hfsFile.fileID, destData.hfsFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - if ( err != noErr ) - { - if ( err != dskFulErr ) - return( err ); - - err = DeleteExtents( vcb, srcData.hfsFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - ReturnIfError( err ); // we are doomed. Just QUIT! - - goto FlushAndReturn; - } - } - else if ( numDestExtentBlocks ) // just the destination file has extents - { - err = MoveExtents( vcb, destData.hfsFile.fileID, srcData.hfsFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - if ( err != noErr ) - { - if ( err != dskFulErr ) - return( err ); - - err = DeleteExtents( vcb, destData.hfsFile.fileID, 0, 0, isHFSPlus ); - ReturnIfError( err ); // we are doomed. Just QUIT! - - goto FlushAndReturn; - } - } - - //-- Step 3: Change the data in the catalog nodes - - //-- find the source cnode and put dest info in it - err = LocateCatalogNodeByKey( vcb, srcHint, &srcKey, &srcData, &srcHint ); - if ( err != noErr ) - return( cmBadNews ); - - BlockMoveData( &srcData, &swapData, sizeof(CatalogRecord) ); - //€€ Asm source copies from the saved dest catalog node - CopyCatalogNodeInfo( &destData, &srcData ); - - err = ReplaceBTreeRecord( vcb->catalogRefNum, &srcKey, srcHint, &srcData, sizeof(HFSCatalogFile), &srcHint ); - ReturnIfError( err ); - - - // find the destination cnode and put source info in it - err = LocateCatalogNodeByKey( vcb, destHint, &destKey, &destData, &destHint ); - if ( err != noErr ) - return( cmBadNews ); - - CopyCatalogNodeInfo( &swapData, &destData ); - err = ReplaceBTreeRecord( vcb->catalogRefNum, &destKey, destHint, &destData, sizeof(HFSCatalogFile), &destHint ); - ReturnIfError( err ); - } -#endif - - err = noErr; - - //-- Step 4: Error Handling section - - -FlushAndReturn: - err = FlushCatalog( vcb ); // flush the catalog - err = FlushExtentFile( vcb ); // flush the extent file (unneeded for common case, but it's cheap) - return( err ); -} - - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -static void CopyCatalogNodeInfo( CatalogRecord *src, CatalogRecord *dest ) -{ - dest->hfsFile.dataLogicalSize = src->hfsFile.dataLogicalSize; - dest->hfsFile.dataPhysicalSize = src->hfsFile.dataPhysicalSize; - dest->hfsFile.rsrcLogicalSize = src->hfsFile.rsrcLogicalSize; - dest->hfsFile.rsrcPhysicalSize = src->hfsFile.rsrcPhysicalSize; - dest->hfsFile.modifyDate = src->hfsFile.modifyDate; - BlockMoveData( src->hfsFile.dataExtents, dest->hfsFile.dataExtents, sizeof(HFSExtentRecord) ); - BlockMoveData( src->hfsFile.rsrcExtents, dest->hfsFile.rsrcExtents, sizeof(HFSExtentRecord) ); -} -#endif - -static void CopyBigCatalogNodeInfo( CatalogRecord *src, CatalogRecord *dest ) -{ - BlockMoveData( &src->hfsPlusFile.dataFork, &dest->hfsPlusFile.dataFork, sizeof(HFSPlusForkData) ); - BlockMoveData( &src->hfsPlusFile.resourceFork, &dest->hfsPlusFile.resourceFork, sizeof(HFSPlusForkData) ); - dest->hfsPlusFile.contentModDate = src->hfsPlusFile.contentModDate; -} - - -static OSErr MoveExtents( ExtendedVCB *vcb, u_int32_t srcFileID, u_int32_t destFileID, int quitEarly, u_int8_t forkType, Boolean isHFSPlus ) -{ - FCB * fcb; - ExtentsRecBuffer extentsBuffer[kNumExtentsToCache]; - ExtentKey * extentKeyPtr; - ExtentRecord extentData; - struct BTreeIterator *btIterator = NULL; - struct BTreeIterator *tmpIterator = NULL; - FSBufferDescriptor btRecord; - u_int16_t btKeySize; - u_int16_t btRecordSize; - int16_t i, j; - OSErr err; - - btIterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct BTreeIterator)); - tmpIterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct BTreeIterator)); - - fcb = GetFileControlBlock(vcb->extentsRefNum); - - (void) BTInvalidateHint(btIterator); - extentKeyPtr = (ExtentKey*) &btIterator->key; - btRecord.bufferAddress = &extentData; - btRecord.itemCount = 1; - - //-- Collect the extent records - - // - // A search on the following key will cause the BTree to be positioned immediately - // before the first extent record for file #srcFileID, but not actually positioned - // on any record. This is because there cannot be an extent record with FABN = 0 - // (the first extent of the fork, which would be in the catalog entry, not an extent - // record). - // - // Using BTIterateRecord with kBTreeNextRecord will then get that first extent record. - // - if (isHFSPlus) { - btRecord.itemSize = sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord); - btKeySize = sizeof(HFSPlusExtentKey); - - extentKeyPtr->hfsPlus.keyLength = kHFSPlusExtentKeyMaximumLength; - extentKeyPtr->hfsPlus.forkType = forkType; - extentKeyPtr->hfsPlus.pad = 0; - extentKeyPtr->hfsPlus.fileID = srcFileID; - extentKeyPtr->hfsPlus.startBlock = 0; - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - btRecord.itemSize = sizeof(HFSExtentRecord); - btKeySize = sizeof(HFSExtentKey); - - extentKeyPtr->hfs.keyLength = kHFSExtentKeyMaximumLength; - extentKeyPtr->hfs.forkType = 0; - extentKeyPtr->hfs.fileID = srcFileID; - extentKeyPtr->hfs.startBlock = 0; - } -#else - else { - hfs_free(tmpIterator, sizeof(*tmpIterator)); - hfs_free(btIterator, sizeof(*btIterator)); - return cmBadNews; - } -#endif - - // - // We do an initial BTSearchRecord to position the BTree's iterator just before any extent - // records for srcFileID. We then do a few BTIterateRecord and BTInsertRecord of those found - // records, but with destFileID as the file number in the key. Keep doing this sequence of - // BTIterateRecord and BTInsertRecord until we find an extent for another file, or there are - // no more extent records in the tree. - // - // Basically, we're copying records kNumExtentsToCache at a time. The copies have their file ID - // set to destFileID. - // - // This depends on BTInsertRecord not effecting the iterator used by BTIterateRecord. If it - // _did_ effect the iterator, then we would need to do a BTSearchRecord before each series - // of BTIterateRecord. We'd need to set up the key for BTSearchRecord to find the last record - // we found, so that BTIterateRecord would get the next one (the first we haven't processed). - // - - err = BTSearchRecord(fcb, btIterator, &btRecord, &btRecordSize, btIterator); - - // We expect a btNotFound here, since there shouldn't be an extent record with FABN = 0. - if (err != btNotFound) - { - hfs_debug("hfs: unexpected error from SearchBTreeRecord\n"); - - if (err == noErr) // If we found such a bogus extent record, then the tree is really messed up - err = cmBadNews; // so return an error that conveys the disk is hosed. - - hfs_free(tmpIterator, sizeof(*tmpIterator)); - hfs_free(btIterator, sizeof(*btIterator)); - return err; - } - - do - { - btRecord.bufferAddress = &extentData; - btRecord.itemCount = 1; - - for ( i=0 ; ihfsPlus.fileID; - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - foundFileID = extentKeyPtr->hfs.fileID; - } -#endif - if ( foundFileID == srcFileID ) { - /* Check if we need to quit early. */ - if (quitEarly && isHFSPlus) { - if (extentKeyPtr->hfsPlus.forkType != forkType) { - break; - } - } - CopyExtentInfo(extentKeyPtr, &extentData, extentsBuffer, i); - } - else{ - /* The fileID's are of a different file. We're done here. */ - break; - } - } - - - - //-- edit each extent key, and reinsert each extent record in the extent file - if (isHFSPlus) - btRecordSize = sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord); -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else - btRecordSize = sizeof(HFSExtentRecord); -#endif - - for ( j=0 ; jkey, btKeySize); - btRecord.bufferAddress = &(extentsBuffer[j].extentData); - - err = BTInsertRecord(fcb, tmpIterator, &btRecord, btRecordSize); - if ( err != noErr ) { - /* Parse the error and free iterators */ - hfs_free(btIterator, sizeof(*btIterator)); - hfs_free(tmpIterator, sizeof(*tmpIterator)); - if ( err == btExists ) - { - hfs_debug("hfs: can't insert record -- already exists\n"); - return( cmBadNews ); - } - else { - return( err ); - } - } - } - - //-- okay, done with this buffered batch, go get the next set of extent records - // If our buffer is not full, we must be done, or recieved an error - - if ( i != kNumExtentsToCache ) // if the buffer is not full, we must be done - { - err = DeleteExtents( vcb, srcFileID, quitEarly, forkType, isHFSPlus ); // Now delete all the extent entries with the sourceID - if (err != noErr ) - hfs_debug("hfs: error from DeleteExtents (%d)\n", err); - break; // we're done! - } - } while ( true ); - - hfs_free(tmpIterator, sizeof(*tmpIterator)); - hfs_free(btIterator, sizeof(*btIterator)); - - return( err ); -} - - -static void CopyExtentInfo( ExtentKey *key, ExtentRecord *data, ExtentsRecBuffer *buffer, u_int16_t bufferCount ) -{ - BlockMoveData( key, &(buffer[bufferCount].extentKey), sizeof( ExtentKey ) ); - BlockMoveData( data, &(buffer[bufferCount].extentData), sizeof( ExtentRecord ) ); -} - - -//-- Delete all extents in extent file that have the ID given. -static OSErr DeleteExtents( ExtendedVCB *vcb, u_int32_t fileID, int quitEarly, u_int8_t forkType, Boolean isHFSPlus ) -{ - FCB * fcb; - ExtentKey * extentKeyPtr; - ExtentRecord extentData; - struct BTreeIterator *btIterator = NULL; - struct BTreeIterator *tmpIterator = NULL; - FSBufferDescriptor btRecord; - u_int16_t btRecordSize; - OSErr err; - - btIterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct BTreeIterator)); - tmpIterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct BTreeIterator)); - - fcb = GetFileControlBlock(vcb->extentsRefNum); - - (void) BTInvalidateHint(btIterator); - extentKeyPtr = (ExtentKey*) &btIterator->key; - btRecord.bufferAddress = &extentData; - btRecord.itemCount = 1; - - // The algorithm is to position the BTree just before any extent records for fileID. - // Then just keep getting successive records. If the record is still for fileID, - // then delete it. - - if (isHFSPlus) { - btRecord.itemSize = sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord); - - extentKeyPtr->hfsPlus.keyLength = kHFSPlusExtentKeyMaximumLength; - extentKeyPtr->hfsPlus.forkType = forkType; - extentKeyPtr->hfsPlus.pad = 0; - extentKeyPtr->hfsPlus.fileID = fileID; - extentKeyPtr->hfsPlus.startBlock = 0; - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - btRecord.itemSize = sizeof(HFSExtentRecord); - - extentKeyPtr->hfs.keyLength = kHFSExtentKeyMaximumLength; - extentKeyPtr->hfs.forkType = forkType; - extentKeyPtr->hfs.fileID = fileID; - extentKeyPtr->hfs.startBlock = 0; - } -#else - else { - err = cmBadNews; - goto exit; - } -#endif - - err = BTSearchRecord(fcb, btIterator, &btRecord, &btRecordSize, btIterator); - if ( err != btNotFound ) - { - if (err == noErr) { // Did we find a bogus extent record? - err = cmBadNews; // Yes, so indicate things are messed up. - } - - goto exit; - } - - do - { - HFSCatalogNodeID foundFileID = 0; - - err = BTIterateRecord(fcb, kBTreeNextRecord, btIterator, &btRecord, &btRecordSize); - if ( err != noErr ) - { - if (err == btNotFound) // If we hit the end of the BTree - err = noErr; // then it's OK - - break; // We're done now. - } - if (isHFSPlus) { - foundFileID = extentKeyPtr->hfsPlus.fileID; - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - foundFileID = extentKeyPtr->hfs.fileID; - } -#endif - - if ( foundFileID != fileID ) { - break; // numbers don't match, we must be done - } - if (quitEarly && isHFSPlus) { - /* If we're only deleting one type of fork, then quit early if it doesn't match */ - if (extentKeyPtr->hfsPlus.forkType != forkType) { - break; - } - } - - *tmpIterator = *btIterator; - err = BTDeleteRecord( fcb, tmpIterator ); - if (err != noErr) - break; - } while ( true ); - -exit: - - hfs_free(tmpIterator, sizeof(*tmpIterator)); - hfs_free(btIterator, sizeof(*btIterator)); - - return( err ); -} - - -// Check if there are extents represented in the extents overflow file. -static u_int32_t CheckExtents( void *extents, u_int32_t totalBlocks, Boolean isHFSPlus ) -{ - u_int32_t extentAllocationBlocks; - u_int16_t i; - - - if ( totalBlocks == 0 ) - return( 0 ); - - extentAllocationBlocks = 0; - - if ( isHFSPlus ) - { - for ( i = 0 ; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity ; i++ ) - { - extentAllocationBlocks += ((HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *)extents)[i].blockCount; - if ( extentAllocationBlocks >= totalBlocks ) // greater than or equal (extents can add past eof if 'Close" crashes w/o truncating new clump) - return( 0 ); - } - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else - { - for ( i = 0 ; i < kHFSExtentDensity ; i++ ) - { - extentAllocationBlocks += ((HFSExtentDescriptor *)extents)[i].blockCount; - if ( extentAllocationBlocks >= totalBlocks ) // greater than or equal (extents can add past eof if 'Close" crashes w/o truncating new clump) - return( 0 ); - } - } -#endif - - return( extentAllocationBlocks ); -} diff --git a/core/FileMgrInternal.h b/core/FileMgrInternal.h deleted file mode 100644 index b54daf3..0000000 --- a/core/FileMgrInternal.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,397 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - File: FilesInternal.h - - Contains: IPI for File Manager (HFS Plus) - - Version: HFS Plus 1.0 - - Copyright: (c) 1996-2001 by Apple Inc., all rights reserved. - -*/ -#ifndef __FILEMGRINTERNAL__ -#define __FILEMGRINTERNAL__ - -#include - -#ifdef KERNEL -#ifdef __APPLE_API_PRIVATE - -#include -#include - -#if !HFS_ALLOC_TEST - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_macos_defs.h" -#include "hfs_format.h" -#include "hfs_cnode.h" - -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* CatalogNodeID is used to track catalog objects */ -typedef u_int32_t HFSCatalogNodeID; - -/* internal error codes*/ - -#if TARGET_API_MACOS_X - #define ERR_BASE -32767 -#else - #define ERR_BASE 0 -#endif - -enum { - /* FXM errors*/ - fxRangeErr = ERR_BASE + 16, /* file position beyond mapped range*/ - fxOvFlErr = ERR_BASE + 17, /* extents file overflow*/ - /* Unicode errors*/ - uniTooLongErr = ERR_BASE + 24, /* Unicode string too long to convert to Str31*/ - uniBufferTooSmallErr = ERR_BASE + 25, /* Unicode output buffer too small*/ - uniNotMappableErr = ERR_BASE + 26, /* Unicode string can't be mapped to given script*/ - /* BTree Manager errors*/ - btNotFound = ERR_BASE + 32, /* record not found*/ - btExists = ERR_BASE + 33, /* record already exists*/ - btNoSpaceAvail = ERR_BASE + 34, /* no available space*/ - btNoFit = ERR_BASE + 35, /* record doesn't fit in node */ - btBadNode = ERR_BASE + 36, /* bad node detected*/ - btBadHdr = ERR_BASE + 37, /* bad BTree header record detected*/ - dsBadRotate = ERR_BASE + 64, /* bad BTree rotate*/ - /* Catalog Manager errors*/ - cmNotFound = ERR_BASE + 48, /* CNode not found*/ - cmExists = ERR_BASE + 49, /* CNode already exists*/ - cmNotEmpty = ERR_BASE + 50, /* directory CNode not empty (valence = 0)*/ - cmRootCN = ERR_BASE + 51, /* invalid reference to root CNode*/ - cmBadNews = ERR_BASE + 52, /* detected bad catalog structure*/ - cmFThdDirErr = ERR_BASE + 53, /* thread belongs to a directory not a file*/ - cmFThdGone = ERR_BASE + 54, /* file thread doesn't exist*/ - cmParentNotFound = ERR_BASE + 55, /* CNode for parent ID does not exist*/ - /* TFS internal errors*/ - fsDSIntErr = -127 /* Internal file system error*/ -}; - - -/* internal flags*/ - -enum { - kEFAllMask = 0x01, /* allocate all requested bytes or none */ - kEFContigMask = 0x02, /* force contiguous allocation */ - kEFReserveMask = 0x04, /* keep block reserve */ - kEFDeferMask = 0x08, /* defer file block allocations */ - kEFNoClumpMask = 0x10, /* don't round up to clump size */ - kEFMetadataMask = 0x20, /* metadata allocation */ - - kTFTrunExtBit = 0, /* truncate to the extent containing new PEOF*/ - kTFTrunExtMask = 1 -}; - -enum { - kUndefinedStrLen = 0, /* Unknown string length */ - kNoHint = 0, - - /* FileIDs variables*/ - kNumExtentsToCache = 4 /* just guessing for ExchangeFiles*/ -}; - - -/* Universal Extent Key */ - -union ExtentKey { - HFSExtentKey hfs; - HFSPlusExtentKey hfsPlus; -}; -typedef union ExtentKey ExtentKey; -/* Universal extent descriptor */ - -union ExtentDescriptor { - HFSExtentDescriptor hfs; - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor hfsPlus; -}; -typedef union ExtentDescriptor ExtentDescriptor; -/* Universal extent record */ - -union ExtentRecord { - HFSExtentRecord hfs; - HFSPlusExtentRecord hfsPlus; -}; -typedef union ExtentRecord ExtentRecord; - - -enum { - CMMaxCName = kHFSMaxFileNameChars -}; - - - -/* Universal catalog name*/ - -union CatalogName { - Str31 pstr; - HFSUniStr255 ustr; -}; -typedef union CatalogName CatalogName; - - -/* - * MacOS accessor routines - */ -#define GetFileControlBlock(fref) VTOF((fref)) -#define GetFileRefNumFromFCB(fcb) FTOV((fcb)) - -/* Test for error and return if error occurred*/ -EXTERN_API_C( void ) -ReturnIfError (OSErr result); - -#define ReturnIfError(result) do { if ( (result) != noErr ) return (result); } while(0) - -/* Exit function on error*/ -EXTERN_API_C( void ) -ExitOnError (OSErr result); - -#define ExitOnError( result ) do { if ( ( result ) != noErr ) goto ErrorExit; } while(0) - - - -/* Catalog Manager Routines (IPI)*/ - -EXTERN_API_C( OSErr ) -ExchangeFileIDs (ExtendedVCB * volume, - ConstUTF8Param srcName, - ConstUTF8Param destName, - HFSCatalogNodeID srcID, - HFSCatalogNodeID destID, - u_int32_t srcHint, - u_int32_t destHint ); - -EXTERN_API_C( OSErr ) -MoveData( ExtendedVCB *vcb, HFSCatalogNodeID srcID, HFSCatalogNodeID destID, int rsrc); - -/* BTree Manager Routines*/ - -typedef CALLBACK_API_C( int32_t , KeyCompareProcPtr )(void *a, void *b); - - -EXTERN_API_C( OSErr ) -ReplaceBTreeRecord (FileReference refNum, - const void * key, - u_int32_t hint, - void * newData, - u_int16_t dataSize, - u_int32_t * newHint); - - -/* Prototypes for exported routines in VolumeAllocation.c*/ - -/* - * Flags for BlockAllocate(), BlockDeallocate() and hfs_block_alloc. - * Some of these are for internal use only. See the comment at the - * top of hfs_alloc_int for more details on the semantics of these - * flags. - */ -#define HFS_ALLOC_FORCECONTIG 0x001 //force contiguous block allocation; minblocks must be allocated -#define HFS_ALLOC_METAZONE 0x002 //can use metazone blocks -#define HFS_ALLOC_SKIPFREEBLKS 0x004 //skip checking/updating freeblocks during alloc/dealloc -#define HFS_ALLOC_FLUSHTXN 0x008 //pick best fit for allocation, even if a jnl flush is req'd -#define HFS_ALLOC_TENTATIVE 0x010 //reserved allocation that can be claimed back -#define HFS_ALLOC_LOCKED 0x020 //reserved allocation that can't be claimed back -#define HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_TENTATIVE 0x040 //Steal tentative blocks if necessary -#define HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_RESERVED 0x080 //Ignore tentative/committed blocks -#define HFS_ALLOC_USE_TENTATIVE 0x100 //Use the supplied tentative range (if possible) -#define HFS_ALLOC_COMMIT 0x200 //Commit the supplied extent to disk -#define HFS_ALLOC_TRY_HARD 0x400 //Search hard to try and get maxBlocks; implies HFS_ALLOC_FLUSHTXN -#define HFS_ALLOC_ROLL_BACK 0x800 //Reallocate blocks that were just deallocated -#define HFS_ALLOC_FAST_DEV 0x1000 //Prefer fast device for allocation - -typedef uint32_t hfs_block_alloc_flags_t; - -struct rl_entry; -EXTERN_API_C( OSErr ) -BlockAllocate (ExtendedVCB * vcb, - u_int32_t startingBlock, - u_int32_t minBlocks, - u_int32_t maxBlocks, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags, - u_int32_t * startBlock, - u_int32_t * actualBlocks); - -typedef struct hfs_alloc_extra_args { - // Used with HFS_ALLOC_TRY_HARD and HFS_ALLOC_FORCECONTIG - uint32_t max_blocks; - - // Used with with HFS_ALLOC_USE_TENTATIVE & HFS_ALLOC_COMMIT - struct rl_entry **reservation_in; - - // Used with HFS_ALLOC_TENTATIVE & HFS_ALLOC_LOCKED - struct rl_entry **reservation_out; - - /* - * If the maximum cannot be returned, the allocation will be - * trimmed to the specified alignment after taking - * @alignment_offset into account. @alignment and - * @alignment_offset are both in terms of blocks, *not* bytes. - * The result will be such that: - * - * (block_count + @alignment_offset) % @alignment == 0 - * - * Alignment is *not* guaranteed. - * - * One example where alignment might be useful is in the case - * where the page size is greater than the allocation block size - * and I/O is being performed in multiples of the page size. - */ - int alignment; - int alignment_offset; -} hfs_alloc_extra_args_t; - -/* - * Same as BlockAllocate but slightly different API. - * @extent.startBlock is a hint for where to start searching and - * @extent.blockCount is the minimum number of blocks acceptable. - * Additional arguments can be passed in @extra_args and use will - * depend on @flags. See comment at top of hfs_block_alloc_int for - * more information. - */ -errno_t hfs_block_alloc(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extent, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags, - hfs_alloc_extra_args_t *extra_args); - -EXTERN_API_C( OSErr ) -BlockDeallocate (ExtendedVCB * vcb, - u_int32_t firstBlock, - u_int32_t numBlocks, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags); - -EXTERN_API_C ( void ) -ResetVCBFreeExtCache(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); - -EXTERN_API_C( OSErr ) -BlockMarkAllocated(ExtendedVCB *vcb, u_int32_t startingBlock, u_int32_t numBlocks); - -EXTERN_API_C( OSErr ) -BlockMarkFree( ExtendedVCB *vcb, u_int32_t startingBlock, u_int32_t numBlocks); - -EXTERN_API_C( OSErr ) -BlockMarkFreeUnused( ExtendedVCB *vcb, u_int32_t startingBlock, u_int32_t numBlocks); - -EXTERN_API_C( u_int32_t ) -MetaZoneFreeBlocks(ExtendedVCB *vcb); - -EXTERN_API_C( u_int32_t ) -UpdateAllocLimit (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t new_end_block); - -EXTERN_API_C( u_int32_t ) -ScanUnmapBlocks(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); - -EXTERN_API_C( int ) -hfs_init_summary (struct hfsmount *hfsmp); - -errno_t hfs_find_free_extents(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - void (*callback)(void *data, off_t), void *callback_arg); - -void hfs_free_tentative(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, struct rl_entry **reservation); -void hfs_free_locked(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, struct rl_entry **reservation); - -/* File Extent Mapping routines*/ -EXTERN_API_C( OSErr ) -FlushExtentFile (ExtendedVCB * vcb); - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -EXTERN_API_C( int32_t ) -CompareExtentKeys (const HFSExtentKey * searchKey, - const HFSExtentKey * trialKey); -#endif - -EXTERN_API_C( int32_t ) -CompareExtentKeysPlus (const HFSPlusExtentKey *searchKey, - const HFSPlusExtentKey *trialKey); - -OSErr SearchExtentFile(ExtendedVCB *vcb, - const FCB *fcb, - int64_t filePosition, - HFSPlusExtentKey *foundExtentKey, - HFSPlusExtentRecord foundExtentData, - u_int32_t *foundExtentDataIndex, - u_int32_t *extentBTreeHint, - u_int32_t *endingFABNPlusOne ); - -EXTERN_API_C( OSErr ) -TruncateFileC (ExtendedVCB *vcb, FCB *fcb, int64_t peof, int deleted, - int rsrc, uint32_t fileid, Boolean truncateToExtent); - -EXTERN_API_C( OSErr ) -ExtendFileC (ExtendedVCB * vcb, - FCB * fcb, - int64_t bytesToAdd, - u_int32_t blockHint, - u_int32_t flags, - int64_t * actualBytesAdded); - -EXTERN_API_C( OSErr ) -MapFileBlockC (ExtendedVCB * vcb, - FCB * fcb, - size_t numberOfBytes, - off_t offset, - daddr64_t * startBlock, - size_t * availableBytes); - -OSErr HeadTruncateFile(ExtendedVCB *vcb, FCB *fcb, u_int32_t headblks); - -EXTERN_API_C( int ) -AddFileExtent (ExtendedVCB *vcb, FCB *fcb, u_int32_t startBlock, u_int32_t blockCount); - -#if TARGET_API_MACOS_X -EXTERN_API_C( Boolean ) -NodesAreContiguous (ExtendedVCB * vcb, - FCB * fcb, - u_int32_t nodeSize); -#endif - -/* Get the current time in UTC (GMT)*/ -EXTERN_API_C( u_int32_t ) -GetTimeUTC (void); - -EXTERN_API_C( u_int32_t ) -LocalToUTC (u_int32_t localTime); - -EXTERN_API_C( u_int32_t ) -UTCToLocal (u_int32_t utcTime); - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_PRIVATE */ -#endif /* KERNEL */ -#endif /* __FILEMGRINTERNAL__ */ - diff --git a/core/HFSUnicodeWrappers.h b/core/HFSUnicodeWrappers.h deleted file mode 100644 index 35a394b..0000000 --- a/core/HFSUnicodeWrappers.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2003, 2005-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - File: HFSUnicodeWrappers.h - - Contains: IPI to Unicode routines used by File Manager. - - Version: HFS Plus 1.0 - - Written by: Mark Day - - Copyright: (c) 1996-1997 by Apple Inc., all rights reserved. - - File Ownership: - - DRI: xxx put dri here xxx - - Other Contact: xxx put other contact here xxx - - Technology: xxx put technology here xxx - - Writers: - - (DSH) Deric Horn - (msd) Mark Day - (djb) Don Brady - - Change History (most recent first): - - 11/16/97 djb Change Unicode.h to UnicodeConverter.h. - 11/7/97 msd Remove prototype for CompareUnicodeNames(). Add prototype for - FastUnicodeCompare(). - 10/13/97 djb Add encoding/index macros and add prototypes for new Get/Set - encodding routines. - 9/15/97 djb InitUnicodeConverter now takes a boolean. - 9/10/97 msd Add prototype for InitializeEncodingContext. - 6/26/97 DSH Include "MockConverter" prototype for DFA usage. - 6/25/97 DSH Removed Prototype definitions, and checked in Unicode.h and - TextCommon.h from Julio Gonzales into InternalInterfaces. - 6/25/97 msd Add prototypes for some new Unicode routines that haven't - appeared in MasterInterfaces yet. - 6/18/97 djb Add more ConversionContexts routines. - 6/13/97 djb Switched to ConvertUnicodeToHFSName, ConvertHFSNameToUnicode, & - CompareUnicodeNames. - 4/28/97 djb first checked in - 12/12/96 msd first checked in - -*/ -#ifndef _HFSUNICODEWRAPPERS_ -#define _HFSUNICODEWRAPPERS_ - -#include - -#ifdef KERNEL -#ifdef __APPLE_API_PRIVATE - -#include "hfs_macos_defs.h" -#include "hfs_format.h" - - -extern OSErr ConvertUnicodeToUTF8Mangled ( ByteCount srcLen, - ConstUniCharArrayPtr srcStr, - ByteCount maxDstLen, - ByteCount *actualDstLen, - unsigned char* dstStr , - HFSCatalogNodeID cnid); - -/* - This routine compares two Unicode names based on an ordering defined by the HFS Plus B-tree. - This ordering must stay fixed for all time. - - Output: - -n name1 < name2 (i.e. name 1 sorts before name 2) - 0 name1 = name2 - +n name1 > name2 - - NOTE: You should not depend on the magnitude of the result, just its sign. That is, when name1 < name2, then any - negative number may be returned. -*/ - -extern int32_t FastUnicodeCompare(register ConstUniCharArrayPtr str1, register ItemCount length1, - register ConstUniCharArrayPtr str2, register ItemCount length2); - -extern int32_t UnicodeBinaryCompare (register ConstUniCharArrayPtr str1, register ItemCount length1, - register ConstUniCharArrayPtr str2, register ItemCount length2); - -extern int32_t FastRelString( ConstStr255Param str1, ConstStr255Param str2 ); - - -extern HFSCatalogNodeID GetEmbeddedFileID( ConstStr31Param filename, u_int32_t length, u_int32_t *prefixLength ); -extern u_int32_t CountFilenameExtensionChars( const unsigned char * filename, u_int32_t length ); - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_PRIVATE */ -#endif /* KERNEL */ -#endif /* _HFSUNICODEWRAPPERS_ */ diff --git a/core/MacOSStubs.c b/core/MacOSStubs.c deleted file mode 100644 index abfd208..0000000 --- a/core/MacOSStubs.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_dbg.h" -#include "FileMgrInternal.h" - -/* - * gTimeZone should only be used for HFS volumes! - * It is initialized when an HFS volume is mounted. - */ -struct timezone gTimeZone = {8*60,1}; - -/* - * GetTimeUTC - get the GMT Mac OS time (in seconds since 1/1/1904) - * - * called by the Catalog Manager when creating/updating HFS Plus records - */ -u_int32_t GetTimeUTC(void) -{ - struct timeval tv; - - microtime(&tv); - - return (tv.tv_sec + MAC_GMT_FACTOR); -} - - -/* - * LocalToUTC - convert from Mac OS local time to Mac OS GMT time. - * This should only be called for HFS volumes (not for HFS Plus). - */ -u_int32_t LocalToUTC(u_int32_t localTime) -{ - u_int32_t gtime = localTime; - - if (gtime != 0) { - gtime += (gTimeZone.tz_minuteswest * 60); - /* - * We no longer do DST adjustments here since we don't - * know if time supplied needs adjustment! - * - * if (gTimeZone.tz_dsttime) - * gtime -= 3600; - */ - } - return (gtime); -} - -/* - * UTCToLocal - convert from Mac OS GMT time to Mac OS local time. - * This should only be called for HFS volumes (not for HFS Plus). - */ -u_int32_t UTCToLocal(u_int32_t utcTime) -{ - u_int32_t ltime = utcTime; - - if (ltime != 0) { - ltime -= (gTimeZone.tz_minuteswest * 60); - /* - * We no longer do DST adjustments here since we don't - * know if time supplied needs adjustment! - * - * if (gTimeZone.tz_dsttime) - * ltime += 3600; - */ - } - return (ltime); -} - -/* - * to_bsd_time - convert from Mac OS time (seconds since 1/1/1904) - * to BSD time (seconds since 1/1/1970) - */ -time_t to_bsd_time(u_int32_t hfs_time) -{ - u_int32_t gmt = hfs_time; - - if (gmt > MAC_GMT_FACTOR) - gmt -= MAC_GMT_FACTOR; - else - gmt = 0; /* don't let date go negative! */ - - return (time_t)gmt; -} - -/* - * to_hfs_time - convert from BSD time (seconds since 1/1/1970) - * to Mac OS time (seconds since 1/1/1904) - */ -u_int32_t to_hfs_time(time_t bsd_time) -{ - u_int32_t hfs_time = (u_int32_t)bsd_time; - - /* don't adjust zero - treat as uninitialzed */ - if (hfs_time != 0) - hfs_time += MAC_GMT_FACTOR; - - return (hfs_time); -} - -void -DebugStr( - const char * debuggerMsg - ) -{ - kprintf ("*** Mac OS Debugging Message: %s\n", debuggerMsg); -#if DEBUG - Debugger(debuggerMsg); -#endif -} diff --git a/core/UCStringCompareData.h b/core/UCStringCompareData.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7322837..0000000 --- a/core/UCStringCompareData.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,329 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2002, 2005 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - File: UCStringCompareData.h - - Contains: xxx put contents here xxx - - Version: HFS Plus 1.0 - - Copyright: (c) 1997-1999 by Apple Inc., all rights reserved. - - File Ownership: - - DRI: Mark Day - - Other Contact: xxx put other contact here xxx - - Technology: xxx put technology here xxx - - Writers: - - (djb) Don Brady - (msd) Mark Day - - Change History (most recent first): - - 11/16/97 djb msd. Updated lower case table with ignorable mappings and less - aggressive case folding. Added a trailing comma to make the - StreamEdit script work right. Removed Unicode decomposition - tables. Case folding tables convert u+0000 to 0xFFFF so that the - NUL character can appear in names, while still allowing a zero - value to be a sentinel. (From Andy Daniels, 11/10/97) - 8/26/97 djb Tweak gLowerCaseTable to make it faster. - 8/14/97 djb Add RelString compare table... - 4/24/97 djb first checked in - 2/27/97 msd first checked in -*/ - -#ifndef _UCSTRINGCOMPAREDATA_ -#define _UCSTRINGCOMPAREDATA_ - -#include - -#ifdef KERNEL -#ifdef __APPLE_API_PRIVATE -/* - * For better performance, the case folding table for basic latin - * is seperate from the others. This eliminates the extra lookup - * to get the offset to this table. - * - * Note: 0x0000 now maps to 0 so that it will be ignored - */ -u_int16_t gLatinCaseFold[] = { - /* 0 */ 0xFFFF, 0x0001, 0x0002, 0x0003, 0x0004, 0x0005, 0x0006, 0x0007, 0x0008, 0x0009, 0x000A, 0x000B, 0x000C, 0x000D, 0x000E, 0x000F, - /* 1 */ 0x0010, 0x0011, 0x0012, 0x0013, 0x0014, 0x0015, 0x0016, 0x0017, 0x0018, 0x0019, 0x001A, 0x001B, 0x001C, 0x001D, 0x001E, 0x001F, - /* 2 */ 0x0020, 0x0021, 0x0022, 0x0023, 0x0024, 0x0025, 0x0026, 0x0027, 0x0028, 0x0029, 0x002A, 0x002B, 0x002C, 0x002D, 0x002E, 0x002F, - /* 3 */ 0x0030, 0x0031, 0x0032, 0x0033, 0x0034, 0x0035, 0x0036, 0x0037, 0x0038, 0x0039, 0x003A, 0x003B, 0x003C, 0x003D, 0x003E, 0x003F, - /* 4 */ 0x0040, 0x0061, 0x0062, 0x0063, 0x0064, 0x0065, 0x0066, 0x0067, 0x0068, 0x0069, 0x006A, 0x006B, 0x006C, 0x006D, 0x006E, 0x006F, - /* 5 */ 0x0070, 0x0071, 0x0072, 0x0073, 0x0074, 0x0075, 0x0076, 0x0077, 0x0078, 0x0079, 0x007A, 0x005B, 0x005C, 0x005D, 0x005E, 0x005F, - /* 6 */ 0x0060, 0x0061, 0x0062, 0x0063, 0x0064, 0x0065, 0x0066, 0x0067, 0x0068, 0x0069, 0x006A, 0x006B, 0x006C, 0x006D, 0x006E, 0x006F, - /* 7 */ 0x0070, 0x0071, 0x0072, 0x0073, 0x0074, 0x0075, 0x0076, 0x0077, 0x0078, 0x0079, 0x007A, 0x007B, 0x007C, 0x007D, 0x007E, 0x007F, - /* 8 */ 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087, 0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F, - /* 9 */ 0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097, 0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F, - /* A */ 0x00A0, 0x00A1, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7, 0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00AA, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF, - /* B */ 0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7, 0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00BA, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00BF, - /* C */ 0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00E6, 0x00C7, 0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF, - /* D */ 0x00F0, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7, 0x00F8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x00FE, 0x00DF, - /* E */ 0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7, 0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF, - /* F */ 0x00F0, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7, 0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x00FE, 0x00FF, -}; - -/* The lower case table consists of a 256-entry high-byte table followed by some number of - 256-entry subtables. The high-byte table contains either an offset to the subtable for - characters with that high byte or zero, which means that there are no case mappings or - ignored characters in that block. Ignored characters are mapped to zero. - */ - -u_int16_t gLowerCaseTable[] = { - - /* High-byte indices ( == 0 iff no case mapping and no ignorables ) */ - - /* 0 */ 0x0000, 0x0100, 0x0000, 0x0200, 0x0300, 0x0400, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, - /* 1 */ 0x0500, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, - /* 2 */ 0x0600, 0x0700, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, - /* 3 */ 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, - /* 4 */ 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, - /* 5 */ 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, - /* 6 */ 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, - /* 7 */ 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, - /* 8 */ 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, - /* 9 */ 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, - /* A */ 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, - /* B */ 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, - /* C */ 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, - /* D */ 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, - /* E */ 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, - /* F */ 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0800, 0x0900, - - /* Table 1 (for high byte 0x01) */ - - /* 0 */ 0x0100, 0x0101, 0x0102, 0x0103, 0x0104, 0x0105, 0x0106, 0x0107, 0x0108, 0x0109, 0x010A, 0x010B, 0x010C, 0x010D, 0x010E, 0x010F, - /* 1 */ 0x0111, 0x0111, 0x0112, 0x0113, 0x0114, 0x0115, 0x0116, 0x0117, 0x0118, 0x0119, 0x011A, 0x011B, 0x011C, 0x011D, 0x011E, 0x011F, - /* 2 */ 0x0120, 0x0121, 0x0122, 0x0123, 0x0124, 0x0125, 0x0127, 0x0127, 0x0128, 0x0129, 0x012A, 0x012B, 0x012C, 0x012D, 0x012E, 0x012F, - /* 3 */ 0x0130, 0x0131, 0x0133, 0x0133, 0x0134, 0x0135, 0x0136, 0x0137, 0x0138, 0x0139, 0x013A, 0x013B, 0x013C, 0x013D, 0x013E, 0x0140, - /* 4 */ 0x0140, 0x0142, 0x0142, 0x0143, 0x0144, 0x0145, 0x0146, 0x0147, 0x0148, 0x0149, 0x014B, 0x014B, 0x014C, 0x014D, 0x014E, 0x014F, - /* 5 */ 0x0150, 0x0151, 0x0153, 0x0153, 0x0154, 0x0155, 0x0156, 0x0157, 0x0158, 0x0159, 0x015A, 0x015B, 0x015C, 0x015D, 0x015E, 0x015F, - /* 6 */ 0x0160, 0x0161, 0x0162, 0x0163, 0x0164, 0x0165, 0x0167, 0x0167, 0x0168, 0x0169, 0x016A, 0x016B, 0x016C, 0x016D, 0x016E, 0x016F, - /* 7 */ 0x0170, 0x0171, 0x0172, 0x0173, 0x0174, 0x0175, 0x0176, 0x0177, 0x0178, 0x0179, 0x017A, 0x017B, 0x017C, 0x017D, 0x017E, 0x017F, - /* 8 */ 0x0180, 0x0253, 0x0183, 0x0183, 0x0185, 0x0185, 0x0254, 0x0188, 0x0188, 0x0256, 0x0257, 0x018C, 0x018C, 0x018D, 0x01DD, 0x0259, - /* 9 */ 0x025B, 0x0192, 0x0192, 0x0260, 0x0263, 0x0195, 0x0269, 0x0268, 0x0199, 0x0199, 0x019A, 0x019B, 0x026F, 0x0272, 0x019E, 0x0275, - /* A */ 0x01A0, 0x01A1, 0x01A3, 0x01A3, 0x01A5, 0x01A5, 0x01A6, 0x01A8, 0x01A8, 0x0283, 0x01AA, 0x01AB, 0x01AD, 0x01AD, 0x0288, 0x01AF, - /* B */ 0x01B0, 0x028A, 0x028B, 0x01B4, 0x01B4, 0x01B6, 0x01B6, 0x0292, 0x01B9, 0x01B9, 0x01BA, 0x01BB, 0x01BD, 0x01BD, 0x01BE, 0x01BF, - /* C */ 0x01C0, 0x01C1, 0x01C2, 0x01C3, 0x01C6, 0x01C6, 0x01C6, 0x01C9, 0x01C9, 0x01C9, 0x01CC, 0x01CC, 0x01CC, 0x01CD, 0x01CE, 0x01CF, - /* D */ 0x01D0, 0x01D1, 0x01D2, 0x01D3, 0x01D4, 0x01D5, 0x01D6, 0x01D7, 0x01D8, 0x01D9, 0x01DA, 0x01DB, 0x01DC, 0x01DD, 0x01DE, 0x01DF, - /* E */ 0x01E0, 0x01E1, 0x01E2, 0x01E3, 0x01E5, 0x01E5, 0x01E6, 0x01E7, 0x01E8, 0x01E9, 0x01EA, 0x01EB, 0x01EC, 0x01ED, 0x01EE, 0x01EF, - /* F */ 0x01F0, 0x01F3, 0x01F3, 0x01F3, 0x01F4, 0x01F5, 0x01F6, 0x01F7, 0x01F8, 0x01F9, 0x01FA, 0x01FB, 0x01FC, 0x01FD, 0x01FE, 0x01FF, - - /* Table 2 (for high byte 0x03) */ - - /* 0 */ 0x0300, 0x0301, 0x0302, 0x0303, 0x0304, 0x0305, 0x0306, 0x0307, 0x0308, 0x0309, 0x030A, 0x030B, 0x030C, 0x030D, 0x030E, 0x030F, - /* 1 */ 0x0310, 0x0311, 0x0312, 0x0313, 0x0314, 0x0315, 0x0316, 0x0317, 0x0318, 0x0319, 0x031A, 0x031B, 0x031C, 0x031D, 0x031E, 0x031F, - /* 2 */ 0x0320, 0x0321, 0x0322, 0x0323, 0x0324, 0x0325, 0x0326, 0x0327, 0x0328, 0x0329, 0x032A, 0x032B, 0x032C, 0x032D, 0x032E, 0x032F, - /* 3 */ 0x0330, 0x0331, 0x0332, 0x0333, 0x0334, 0x0335, 0x0336, 0x0337, 0x0338, 0x0339, 0x033A, 0x033B, 0x033C, 0x033D, 0x033E, 0x033F, - /* 4 */ 0x0340, 0x0341, 0x0342, 0x0343, 0x0344, 0x0345, 0x0346, 0x0347, 0x0348, 0x0349, 0x034A, 0x034B, 0x034C, 0x034D, 0x034E, 0x034F, - /* 5 */ 0x0350, 0x0351, 0x0352, 0x0353, 0x0354, 0x0355, 0x0356, 0x0357, 0x0358, 0x0359, 0x035A, 0x035B, 0x035C, 0x035D, 0x035E, 0x035F, - /* 6 */ 0x0360, 0x0361, 0x0362, 0x0363, 0x0364, 0x0365, 0x0366, 0x0367, 0x0368, 0x0369, 0x036A, 0x036B, 0x036C, 0x036D, 0x036E, 0x036F, - /* 7 */ 0x0370, 0x0371, 0x0372, 0x0373, 0x0374, 0x0375, 0x0376, 0x0377, 0x0378, 0x0379, 0x037A, 0x037B, 0x037C, 0x037D, 0x037E, 0x037F, - /* 8 */ 0x0380, 0x0381, 0x0382, 0x0383, 0x0384, 0x0385, 0x0386, 0x0387, 0x0388, 0x0389, 0x038A, 0x038B, 0x038C, 0x038D, 0x038E, 0x038F, - /* 9 */ 0x0390, 0x03B1, 0x03B2, 0x03B3, 0x03B4, 0x03B5, 0x03B6, 0x03B7, 0x03B8, 0x03B9, 0x03BA, 0x03BB, 0x03BC, 0x03BD, 0x03BE, 0x03BF, - /* A */ 0x03C0, 0x03C1, 0x03A2, 0x03C3, 0x03C4, 0x03C5, 0x03C6, 0x03C7, 0x03C8, 0x03C9, 0x03AA, 0x03AB, 0x03AC, 0x03AD, 0x03AE, 0x03AF, - /* B */ 0x03B0, 0x03B1, 0x03B2, 0x03B3, 0x03B4, 0x03B5, 0x03B6, 0x03B7, 0x03B8, 0x03B9, 0x03BA, 0x03BB, 0x03BC, 0x03BD, 0x03BE, 0x03BF, - /* C */ 0x03C0, 0x03C1, 0x03C2, 0x03C3, 0x03C4, 0x03C5, 0x03C6, 0x03C7, 0x03C8, 0x03C9, 0x03CA, 0x03CB, 0x03CC, 0x03CD, 0x03CE, 0x03CF, - /* D */ 0x03D0, 0x03D1, 0x03D2, 0x03D3, 0x03D4, 0x03D5, 0x03D6, 0x03D7, 0x03D8, 0x03D9, 0x03DA, 0x03DB, 0x03DC, 0x03DD, 0x03DE, 0x03DF, - /* E */ 0x03E0, 0x03E1, 0x03E3, 0x03E3, 0x03E5, 0x03E5, 0x03E7, 0x03E7, 0x03E9, 0x03E9, 0x03EB, 0x03EB, 0x03ED, 0x03ED, 0x03EF, 0x03EF, - /* F */ 0x03F0, 0x03F1, 0x03F2, 0x03F3, 0x03F4, 0x03F5, 0x03F6, 0x03F7, 0x03F8, 0x03F9, 0x03FA, 0x03FB, 0x03FC, 0x03FD, 0x03FE, 0x03FF, - - /* Table 3 (for high byte 0x04) */ - - /* 0 */ 0x0400, 0x0401, 0x0452, 0x0403, 0x0454, 0x0455, 0x0456, 0x0407, 0x0458, 0x0459, 0x045A, 0x045B, 0x040C, 0x040D, 0x040E, 0x045F, - /* 1 */ 0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0432, 0x0433, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0436, 0x0437, 0x0438, 0x0419, 0x043A, 0x043B, 0x043C, 0x043D, 0x043E, 0x043F, - /* 2 */ 0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0444, 0x0445, 0x0446, 0x0447, 0x0448, 0x0449, 0x044A, 0x044B, 0x044C, 0x044D, 0x044E, 0x044F, - /* 3 */ 0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0432, 0x0433, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0436, 0x0437, 0x0438, 0x0439, 0x043A, 0x043B, 0x043C, 0x043D, 0x043E, 0x043F, - /* 4 */ 0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0444, 0x0445, 0x0446, 0x0447, 0x0448, 0x0449, 0x044A, 0x044B, 0x044C, 0x044D, 0x044E, 0x044F, - /* 5 */ 0x0450, 0x0451, 0x0452, 0x0453, 0x0454, 0x0455, 0x0456, 0x0457, 0x0458, 0x0459, 0x045A, 0x045B, 0x045C, 0x045D, 0x045E, 0x045F, - /* 6 */ 0x0461, 0x0461, 0x0463, 0x0463, 0x0465, 0x0465, 0x0467, 0x0467, 0x0469, 0x0469, 0x046B, 0x046B, 0x046D, 0x046D, 0x046F, 0x046F, - /* 7 */ 0x0471, 0x0471, 0x0473, 0x0473, 0x0475, 0x0475, 0x0476, 0x0477, 0x0479, 0x0479, 0x047B, 0x047B, 0x047D, 0x047D, 0x047F, 0x047F, - /* 8 */ 0x0481, 0x0481, 0x0482, 0x0483, 0x0484, 0x0485, 0x0486, 0x0487, 0x0488, 0x0489, 0x048A, 0x048B, 0x048C, 0x048D, 0x048E, 0x048F, - /* 9 */ 0x0491, 0x0491, 0x0493, 0x0493, 0x0495, 0x0495, 0x0497, 0x0497, 0x0499, 0x0499, 0x049B, 0x049B, 0x049D, 0x049D, 0x049F, 0x049F, - /* A */ 0x04A1, 0x04A1, 0x04A3, 0x04A3, 0x04A5, 0x04A5, 0x04A7, 0x04A7, 0x04A9, 0x04A9, 0x04AB, 0x04AB, 0x04AD, 0x04AD, 0x04AF, 0x04AF, - /* B */ 0x04B1, 0x04B1, 0x04B3, 0x04B3, 0x04B5, 0x04B5, 0x04B7, 0x04B7, 0x04B9, 0x04B9, 0x04BB, 0x04BB, 0x04BD, 0x04BD, 0x04BF, 0x04BF, - /* C */ 0x04C0, 0x04C1, 0x04C2, 0x04C4, 0x04C4, 0x04C5, 0x04C6, 0x04C8, 0x04C8, 0x04C9, 0x04CA, 0x04CC, 0x04CC, 0x04CD, 0x04CE, 0x04CF, - /* D */ 0x04D0, 0x04D1, 0x04D2, 0x04D3, 0x04D4, 0x04D5, 0x04D6, 0x04D7, 0x04D8, 0x04D9, 0x04DA, 0x04DB, 0x04DC, 0x04DD, 0x04DE, 0x04DF, - /* E */ 0x04E0, 0x04E1, 0x04E2, 0x04E3, 0x04E4, 0x04E5, 0x04E6, 0x04E7, 0x04E8, 0x04E9, 0x04EA, 0x04EB, 0x04EC, 0x04ED, 0x04EE, 0x04EF, - /* F */ 0x04F0, 0x04F1, 0x04F2, 0x04F3, 0x04F4, 0x04F5, 0x04F6, 0x04F7, 0x04F8, 0x04F9, 0x04FA, 0x04FB, 0x04FC, 0x04FD, 0x04FE, 0x04FF, - - /* Table 4 (for high byte 0x05) */ - - /* 0 */ 0x0500, 0x0501, 0x0502, 0x0503, 0x0504, 0x0505, 0x0506, 0x0507, 0x0508, 0x0509, 0x050A, 0x050B, 0x050C, 0x050D, 0x050E, 0x050F, - /* 1 */ 0x0510, 0x0511, 0x0512, 0x0513, 0x0514, 0x0515, 0x0516, 0x0517, 0x0518, 0x0519, 0x051A, 0x051B, 0x051C, 0x051D, 0x051E, 0x051F, - /* 2 */ 0x0520, 0x0521, 0x0522, 0x0523, 0x0524, 0x0525, 0x0526, 0x0527, 0x0528, 0x0529, 0x052A, 0x052B, 0x052C, 0x052D, 0x052E, 0x052F, - /* 3 */ 0x0530, 0x0561, 0x0562, 0x0563, 0x0564, 0x0565, 0x0566, 0x0567, 0x0568, 0x0569, 0x056A, 0x056B, 0x056C, 0x056D, 0x056E, 0x056F, - /* 4 */ 0x0570, 0x0571, 0x0572, 0x0573, 0x0574, 0x0575, 0x0576, 0x0577, 0x0578, 0x0579, 0x057A, 0x057B, 0x057C, 0x057D, 0x057E, 0x057F, - /* 5 */ 0x0580, 0x0581, 0x0582, 0x0583, 0x0584, 0x0585, 0x0586, 0x0557, 0x0558, 0x0559, 0x055A, 0x055B, 0x055C, 0x055D, 0x055E, 0x055F, - /* 6 */ 0x0560, 0x0561, 0x0562, 0x0563, 0x0564, 0x0565, 0x0566, 0x0567, 0x0568, 0x0569, 0x056A, 0x056B, 0x056C, 0x056D, 0x056E, 0x056F, - /* 7 */ 0x0570, 0x0571, 0x0572, 0x0573, 0x0574, 0x0575, 0x0576, 0x0577, 0x0578, 0x0579, 0x057A, 0x057B, 0x057C, 0x057D, 0x057E, 0x057F, - /* 8 */ 0x0580, 0x0581, 0x0582, 0x0583, 0x0584, 0x0585, 0x0586, 0x0587, 0x0588, 0x0589, 0x058A, 0x058B, 0x058C, 0x058D, 0x058E, 0x058F, - /* 9 */ 0x0590, 0x0591, 0x0592, 0x0593, 0x0594, 0x0595, 0x0596, 0x0597, 0x0598, 0x0599, 0x059A, 0x059B, 0x059C, 0x059D, 0x059E, 0x059F, - /* A */ 0x05A0, 0x05A1, 0x05A2, 0x05A3, 0x05A4, 0x05A5, 0x05A6, 0x05A7, 0x05A8, 0x05A9, 0x05AA, 0x05AB, 0x05AC, 0x05AD, 0x05AE, 0x05AF, - /* B */ 0x05B0, 0x05B1, 0x05B2, 0x05B3, 0x05B4, 0x05B5, 0x05B6, 0x05B7, 0x05B8, 0x05B9, 0x05BA, 0x05BB, 0x05BC, 0x05BD, 0x05BE, 0x05BF, - /* C */ 0x05C0, 0x05C1, 0x05C2, 0x05C3, 0x05C4, 0x05C5, 0x05C6, 0x05C7, 0x05C8, 0x05C9, 0x05CA, 0x05CB, 0x05CC, 0x05CD, 0x05CE, 0x05CF, - /* D */ 0x05D0, 0x05D1, 0x05D2, 0x05D3, 0x05D4, 0x05D5, 0x05D6, 0x05D7, 0x05D8, 0x05D9, 0x05DA, 0x05DB, 0x05DC, 0x05DD, 0x05DE, 0x05DF, - /* E */ 0x05E0, 0x05E1, 0x05E2, 0x05E3, 0x05E4, 0x05E5, 0x05E6, 0x05E7, 0x05E8, 0x05E9, 0x05EA, 0x05EB, 0x05EC, 0x05ED, 0x05EE, 0x05EF, - /* F */ 0x05F0, 0x05F1, 0x05F2, 0x05F3, 0x05F4, 0x05F5, 0x05F6, 0x05F7, 0x05F8, 0x05F9, 0x05FA, 0x05FB, 0x05FC, 0x05FD, 0x05FE, 0x05FF, - - /* Table 5 (for high byte 0x10) */ - - /* 0 */ 0x1000, 0x1001, 0x1002, 0x1003, 0x1004, 0x1005, 0x1006, 0x1007, 0x1008, 0x1009, 0x100A, 0x100B, 0x100C, 0x100D, 0x100E, 0x100F, - /* 1 */ 0x1010, 0x1011, 0x1012, 0x1013, 0x1014, 0x1015, 0x1016, 0x1017, 0x1018, 0x1019, 0x101A, 0x101B, 0x101C, 0x101D, 0x101E, 0x101F, - /* 2 */ 0x1020, 0x1021, 0x1022, 0x1023, 0x1024, 0x1025, 0x1026, 0x1027, 0x1028, 0x1029, 0x102A, 0x102B, 0x102C, 0x102D, 0x102E, 0x102F, - /* 3 */ 0x1030, 0x1031, 0x1032, 0x1033, 0x1034, 0x1035, 0x1036, 0x1037, 0x1038, 0x1039, 0x103A, 0x103B, 0x103C, 0x103D, 0x103E, 0x103F, - /* 4 */ 0x1040, 0x1041, 0x1042, 0x1043, 0x1044, 0x1045, 0x1046, 0x1047, 0x1048, 0x1049, 0x104A, 0x104B, 0x104C, 0x104D, 0x104E, 0x104F, - /* 5 */ 0x1050, 0x1051, 0x1052, 0x1053, 0x1054, 0x1055, 0x1056, 0x1057, 0x1058, 0x1059, 0x105A, 0x105B, 0x105C, 0x105D, 0x105E, 0x105F, - /* 6 */ 0x1060, 0x1061, 0x1062, 0x1063, 0x1064, 0x1065, 0x1066, 0x1067, 0x1068, 0x1069, 0x106A, 0x106B, 0x106C, 0x106D, 0x106E, 0x106F, - /* 7 */ 0x1070, 0x1071, 0x1072, 0x1073, 0x1074, 0x1075, 0x1076, 0x1077, 0x1078, 0x1079, 0x107A, 0x107B, 0x107C, 0x107D, 0x107E, 0x107F, - /* 8 */ 0x1080, 0x1081, 0x1082, 0x1083, 0x1084, 0x1085, 0x1086, 0x1087, 0x1088, 0x1089, 0x108A, 0x108B, 0x108C, 0x108D, 0x108E, 0x108F, - /* 9 */ 0x1090, 0x1091, 0x1092, 0x1093, 0x1094, 0x1095, 0x1096, 0x1097, 0x1098, 0x1099, 0x109A, 0x109B, 0x109C, 0x109D, 0x109E, 0x109F, - /* A */ 0x10D0, 0x10D1, 0x10D2, 0x10D3, 0x10D4, 0x10D5, 0x10D6, 0x10D7, 0x10D8, 0x10D9, 0x10DA, 0x10DB, 0x10DC, 0x10DD, 0x10DE, 0x10DF, - /* B */ 0x10E0, 0x10E1, 0x10E2, 0x10E3, 0x10E4, 0x10E5, 0x10E6, 0x10E7, 0x10E8, 0x10E9, 0x10EA, 0x10EB, 0x10EC, 0x10ED, 0x10EE, 0x10EF, - /* C */ 0x10F0, 0x10F1, 0x10F2, 0x10F3, 0x10F4, 0x10F5, 0x10C6, 0x10C7, 0x10C8, 0x10C9, 0x10CA, 0x10CB, 0x10CC, 0x10CD, 0x10CE, 0x10CF, - /* D */ 0x10D0, 0x10D1, 0x10D2, 0x10D3, 0x10D4, 0x10D5, 0x10D6, 0x10D7, 0x10D8, 0x10D9, 0x10DA, 0x10DB, 0x10DC, 0x10DD, 0x10DE, 0x10DF, - /* E */ 0x10E0, 0x10E1, 0x10E2, 0x10E3, 0x10E4, 0x10E5, 0x10E6, 0x10E7, 0x10E8, 0x10E9, 0x10EA, 0x10EB, 0x10EC, 0x10ED, 0x10EE, 0x10EF, - /* F */ 0x10F0, 0x10F1, 0x10F2, 0x10F3, 0x10F4, 0x10F5, 0x10F6, 0x10F7, 0x10F8, 0x10F9, 0x10FA, 0x10FB, 0x10FC, 0x10FD, 0x10FE, 0x10FF, - - /* Table 6 (for high byte 0x20) */ - - /* 0 */ 0x2000, 0x2001, 0x2002, 0x2003, 0x2004, 0x2005, 0x2006, 0x2007, 0x2008, 0x2009, 0x200A, 0x200B, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, - /* 1 */ 0x2010, 0x2011, 0x2012, 0x2013, 0x2014, 0x2015, 0x2016, 0x2017, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201A, 0x201B, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x201E, 0x201F, - /* 2 */ 0x2020, 0x2021, 0x2022, 0x2023, 0x2024, 0x2025, 0x2026, 0x2027, 0x2028, 0x2029, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x202F, - /* 3 */ 0x2030, 0x2031, 0x2032, 0x2033, 0x2034, 0x2035, 0x2036, 0x2037, 0x2038, 0x2039, 0x203A, 0x203B, 0x203C, 0x203D, 0x203E, 0x203F, - /* 4 */ 0x2040, 0x2041, 0x2042, 0x2043, 0x2044, 0x2045, 0x2046, 0x2047, 0x2048, 0x2049, 0x204A, 0x204B, 0x204C, 0x204D, 0x204E, 0x204F, - /* 5 */ 0x2050, 0x2051, 0x2052, 0x2053, 0x2054, 0x2055, 0x2056, 0x2057, 0x2058, 0x2059, 0x205A, 0x205B, 0x205C, 0x205D, 0x205E, 0x205F, - /* 6 */ 0x2060, 0x2061, 0x2062, 0x2063, 0x2064, 0x2065, 0x2066, 0x2067, 0x2068, 0x2069, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, - /* 7 */ 0x2070, 0x2071, 0x2072, 0x2073, 0x2074, 0x2075, 0x2076, 0x2077, 0x2078, 0x2079, 0x207A, 0x207B, 0x207C, 0x207D, 0x207E, 0x207F, - /* 8 */ 0x2080, 0x2081, 0x2082, 0x2083, 0x2084, 0x2085, 0x2086, 0x2087, 0x2088, 0x2089, 0x208A, 0x208B, 0x208C, 0x208D, 0x208E, 0x208F, - /* 9 */ 0x2090, 0x2091, 0x2092, 0x2093, 0x2094, 0x2095, 0x2096, 0x2097, 0x2098, 0x2099, 0x209A, 0x209B, 0x209C, 0x209D, 0x209E, 0x209F, - /* A */ 0x20A0, 0x20A1, 0x20A2, 0x20A3, 0x20A4, 0x20A5, 0x20A6, 0x20A7, 0x20A8, 0x20A9, 0x20AA, 0x20AB, 0x20AC, 0x20AD, 0x20AE, 0x20AF, - /* B */ 0x20B0, 0x20B1, 0x20B2, 0x20B3, 0x20B4, 0x20B5, 0x20B6, 0x20B7, 0x20B8, 0x20B9, 0x20BA, 0x20BB, 0x20BC, 0x20BD, 0x20BE, 0x20BF, - /* C */ 0x20C0, 0x20C1, 0x20C2, 0x20C3, 0x20C4, 0x20C5, 0x20C6, 0x20C7, 0x20C8, 0x20C9, 0x20CA, 0x20CB, 0x20CC, 0x20CD, 0x20CE, 0x20CF, - /* D */ 0x20D0, 0x20D1, 0x20D2, 0x20D3, 0x20D4, 0x20D5, 0x20D6, 0x20D7, 0x20D8, 0x20D9, 0x20DA, 0x20DB, 0x20DC, 0x20DD, 0x20DE, 0x20DF, - /* E */ 0x20E0, 0x20E1, 0x20E2, 0x20E3, 0x20E4, 0x20E5, 0x20E6, 0x20E7, 0x20E8, 0x20E9, 0x20EA, 0x20EB, 0x20EC, 0x20ED, 0x20EE, 0x20EF, - /* F */ 0x20F0, 0x20F1, 0x20F2, 0x20F3, 0x20F4, 0x20F5, 0x20F6, 0x20F7, 0x20F8, 0x20F9, 0x20FA, 0x20FB, 0x20FC, 0x20FD, 0x20FE, 0x20FF, - - /* Table 7 (for high byte 0x21) */ - - /* 0 */ 0x2100, 0x2101, 0x2102, 0x2103, 0x2104, 0x2105, 0x2106, 0x2107, 0x2108, 0x2109, 0x210A, 0x210B, 0x210C, 0x210D, 0x210E, 0x210F, - /* 1 */ 0x2110, 0x2111, 0x2112, 0x2113, 0x2114, 0x2115, 0x2116, 0x2117, 0x2118, 0x2119, 0x211A, 0x211B, 0x211C, 0x211D, 0x211E, 0x211F, - /* 2 */ 0x2120, 0x2121, 0x2122, 0x2123, 0x2124, 0x2125, 0x2126, 0x2127, 0x2128, 0x2129, 0x212A, 0x212B, 0x212C, 0x212D, 0x212E, 0x212F, - /* 3 */ 0x2130, 0x2131, 0x2132, 0x2133, 0x2134, 0x2135, 0x2136, 0x2137, 0x2138, 0x2139, 0x213A, 0x213B, 0x213C, 0x213D, 0x213E, 0x213F, - /* 4 */ 0x2140, 0x2141, 0x2142, 0x2143, 0x2144, 0x2145, 0x2146, 0x2147, 0x2148, 0x2149, 0x214A, 0x214B, 0x214C, 0x214D, 0x214E, 0x214F, - /* 5 */ 0x2150, 0x2151, 0x2152, 0x2153, 0x2154, 0x2155, 0x2156, 0x2157, 0x2158, 0x2159, 0x215A, 0x215B, 0x215C, 0x215D, 0x215E, 0x215F, - /* 6 */ 0x2170, 0x2171, 0x2172, 0x2173, 0x2174, 0x2175, 0x2176, 0x2177, 0x2178, 0x2179, 0x217A, 0x217B, 0x217C, 0x217D, 0x217E, 0x217F, - /* 7 */ 0x2170, 0x2171, 0x2172, 0x2173, 0x2174, 0x2175, 0x2176, 0x2177, 0x2178, 0x2179, 0x217A, 0x217B, 0x217C, 0x217D, 0x217E, 0x217F, - /* 8 */ 0x2180, 0x2181, 0x2182, 0x2183, 0x2184, 0x2185, 0x2186, 0x2187, 0x2188, 0x2189, 0x218A, 0x218B, 0x218C, 0x218D, 0x218E, 0x218F, - /* 9 */ 0x2190, 0x2191, 0x2192, 0x2193, 0x2194, 0x2195, 0x2196, 0x2197, 0x2198, 0x2199, 0x219A, 0x219B, 0x219C, 0x219D, 0x219E, 0x219F, - /* A */ 0x21A0, 0x21A1, 0x21A2, 0x21A3, 0x21A4, 0x21A5, 0x21A6, 0x21A7, 0x21A8, 0x21A9, 0x21AA, 0x21AB, 0x21AC, 0x21AD, 0x21AE, 0x21AF, - /* B */ 0x21B0, 0x21B1, 0x21B2, 0x21B3, 0x21B4, 0x21B5, 0x21B6, 0x21B7, 0x21B8, 0x21B9, 0x21BA, 0x21BB, 0x21BC, 0x21BD, 0x21BE, 0x21BF, - /* C */ 0x21C0, 0x21C1, 0x21C2, 0x21C3, 0x21C4, 0x21C5, 0x21C6, 0x21C7, 0x21C8, 0x21C9, 0x21CA, 0x21CB, 0x21CC, 0x21CD, 0x21CE, 0x21CF, - /* D */ 0x21D0, 0x21D1, 0x21D2, 0x21D3, 0x21D4, 0x21D5, 0x21D6, 0x21D7, 0x21D8, 0x21D9, 0x21DA, 0x21DB, 0x21DC, 0x21DD, 0x21DE, 0x21DF, - /* E */ 0x21E0, 0x21E1, 0x21E2, 0x21E3, 0x21E4, 0x21E5, 0x21E6, 0x21E7, 0x21E8, 0x21E9, 0x21EA, 0x21EB, 0x21EC, 0x21ED, 0x21EE, 0x21EF, - /* F */ 0x21F0, 0x21F1, 0x21F2, 0x21F3, 0x21F4, 0x21F5, 0x21F6, 0x21F7, 0x21F8, 0x21F9, 0x21FA, 0x21FB, 0x21FC, 0x21FD, 0x21FE, 0x21FF, - - /* Table 8 (for high byte 0xFE) */ - - /* 0 */ 0xFE00, 0xFE01, 0xFE02, 0xFE03, 0xFE04, 0xFE05, 0xFE06, 0xFE07, 0xFE08, 0xFE09, 0xFE0A, 0xFE0B, 0xFE0C, 0xFE0D, 0xFE0E, 0xFE0F, - /* 1 */ 0xFE10, 0xFE11, 0xFE12, 0xFE13, 0xFE14, 0xFE15, 0xFE16, 0xFE17, 0xFE18, 0xFE19, 0xFE1A, 0xFE1B, 0xFE1C, 0xFE1D, 0xFE1E, 0xFE1F, - /* 2 */ 0xFE20, 0xFE21, 0xFE22, 0xFE23, 0xFE24, 0xFE25, 0xFE26, 0xFE27, 0xFE28, 0xFE29, 0xFE2A, 0xFE2B, 0xFE2C, 0xFE2D, 0xFE2E, 0xFE2F, - /* 3 */ 0xFE30, 0xFE31, 0xFE32, 0xFE33, 0xFE34, 0xFE35, 0xFE36, 0xFE37, 0xFE38, 0xFE39, 0xFE3A, 0xFE3B, 0xFE3C, 0xFE3D, 0xFE3E, 0xFE3F, - /* 4 */ 0xFE40, 0xFE41, 0xFE42, 0xFE43, 0xFE44, 0xFE45, 0xFE46, 0xFE47, 0xFE48, 0xFE49, 0xFE4A, 0xFE4B, 0xFE4C, 0xFE4D, 0xFE4E, 0xFE4F, - /* 5 */ 0xFE50, 0xFE51, 0xFE52, 0xFE53, 0xFE54, 0xFE55, 0xFE56, 0xFE57, 0xFE58, 0xFE59, 0xFE5A, 0xFE5B, 0xFE5C, 0xFE5D, 0xFE5E, 0xFE5F, - /* 6 */ 0xFE60, 0xFE61, 0xFE62, 0xFE63, 0xFE64, 0xFE65, 0xFE66, 0xFE67, 0xFE68, 0xFE69, 0xFE6A, 0xFE6B, 0xFE6C, 0xFE6D, 0xFE6E, 0xFE6F, - /* 7 */ 0xFE70, 0xFE71, 0xFE72, 0xFE73, 0xFE74, 0xFE75, 0xFE76, 0xFE77, 0xFE78, 0xFE79, 0xFE7A, 0xFE7B, 0xFE7C, 0xFE7D, 0xFE7E, 0xFE7F, - /* 8 */ 0xFE80, 0xFE81, 0xFE82, 0xFE83, 0xFE84, 0xFE85, 0xFE86, 0xFE87, 0xFE88, 0xFE89, 0xFE8A, 0xFE8B, 0xFE8C, 0xFE8D, 0xFE8E, 0xFE8F, - /* 9 */ 0xFE90, 0xFE91, 0xFE92, 0xFE93, 0xFE94, 0xFE95, 0xFE96, 0xFE97, 0xFE98, 0xFE99, 0xFE9A, 0xFE9B, 0xFE9C, 0xFE9D, 0xFE9E, 0xFE9F, - /* A */ 0xFEA0, 0xFEA1, 0xFEA2, 0xFEA3, 0xFEA4, 0xFEA5, 0xFEA6, 0xFEA7, 0xFEA8, 0xFEA9, 0xFEAA, 0xFEAB, 0xFEAC, 0xFEAD, 0xFEAE, 0xFEAF, - /* B */ 0xFEB0, 0xFEB1, 0xFEB2, 0xFEB3, 0xFEB4, 0xFEB5, 0xFEB6, 0xFEB7, 0xFEB8, 0xFEB9, 0xFEBA, 0xFEBB, 0xFEBC, 0xFEBD, 0xFEBE, 0xFEBF, - /* C */ 0xFEC0, 0xFEC1, 0xFEC2, 0xFEC3, 0xFEC4, 0xFEC5, 0xFEC6, 0xFEC7, 0xFEC8, 0xFEC9, 0xFECA, 0xFECB, 0xFECC, 0xFECD, 0xFECE, 0xFECF, - /* D */ 0xFED0, 0xFED1, 0xFED2, 0xFED3, 0xFED4, 0xFED5, 0xFED6, 0xFED7, 0xFED8, 0xFED9, 0xFEDA, 0xFEDB, 0xFEDC, 0xFEDD, 0xFEDE, 0xFEDF, - /* E */ 0xFEE0, 0xFEE1, 0xFEE2, 0xFEE3, 0xFEE4, 0xFEE5, 0xFEE6, 0xFEE7, 0xFEE8, 0xFEE9, 0xFEEA, 0xFEEB, 0xFEEC, 0xFEED, 0xFEEE, 0xFEEF, - /* F */ 0xFEF0, 0xFEF1, 0xFEF2, 0xFEF3, 0xFEF4, 0xFEF5, 0xFEF6, 0xFEF7, 0xFEF8, 0xFEF9, 0xFEFA, 0xFEFB, 0xFEFC, 0xFEFD, 0xFEFE, 0x0000, - - /* Table 9 (for high byte 0xFF) */ - - /* 0 */ 0xFF00, 0xFF01, 0xFF02, 0xFF03, 0xFF04, 0xFF05, 0xFF06, 0xFF07, 0xFF08, 0xFF09, 0xFF0A, 0xFF0B, 0xFF0C, 0xFF0D, 0xFF0E, 0xFF0F, - /* 1 */ 0xFF10, 0xFF11, 0xFF12, 0xFF13, 0xFF14, 0xFF15, 0xFF16, 0xFF17, 0xFF18, 0xFF19, 0xFF1A, 0xFF1B, 0xFF1C, 0xFF1D, 0xFF1E, 0xFF1F, - /* 2 */ 0xFF20, 0xFF41, 0xFF42, 0xFF43, 0xFF44, 0xFF45, 0xFF46, 0xFF47, 0xFF48, 0xFF49, 0xFF4A, 0xFF4B, 0xFF4C, 0xFF4D, 0xFF4E, 0xFF4F, - /* 3 */ 0xFF50, 0xFF51, 0xFF52, 0xFF53, 0xFF54, 0xFF55, 0xFF56, 0xFF57, 0xFF58, 0xFF59, 0xFF5A, 0xFF3B, 0xFF3C, 0xFF3D, 0xFF3E, 0xFF3F, - /* 4 */ 0xFF40, 0xFF41, 0xFF42, 0xFF43, 0xFF44, 0xFF45, 0xFF46, 0xFF47, 0xFF48, 0xFF49, 0xFF4A, 0xFF4B, 0xFF4C, 0xFF4D, 0xFF4E, 0xFF4F, - /* 5 */ 0xFF50, 0xFF51, 0xFF52, 0xFF53, 0xFF54, 0xFF55, 0xFF56, 0xFF57, 0xFF58, 0xFF59, 0xFF5A, 0xFF5B, 0xFF5C, 0xFF5D, 0xFF5E, 0xFF5F, - /* 6 */ 0xFF60, 0xFF61, 0xFF62, 0xFF63, 0xFF64, 0xFF65, 0xFF66, 0xFF67, 0xFF68, 0xFF69, 0xFF6A, 0xFF6B, 0xFF6C, 0xFF6D, 0xFF6E, 0xFF6F, - /* 7 */ 0xFF70, 0xFF71, 0xFF72, 0xFF73, 0xFF74, 0xFF75, 0xFF76, 0xFF77, 0xFF78, 0xFF79, 0xFF7A, 0xFF7B, 0xFF7C, 0xFF7D, 0xFF7E, 0xFF7F, - /* 8 */ 0xFF80, 0xFF81, 0xFF82, 0xFF83, 0xFF84, 0xFF85, 0xFF86, 0xFF87, 0xFF88, 0xFF89, 0xFF8A, 0xFF8B, 0xFF8C, 0xFF8D, 0xFF8E, 0xFF8F, - /* 9 */ 0xFF90, 0xFF91, 0xFF92, 0xFF93, 0xFF94, 0xFF95, 0xFF96, 0xFF97, 0xFF98, 0xFF99, 0xFF9A, 0xFF9B, 0xFF9C, 0xFF9D, 0xFF9E, 0xFF9F, - /* A */ 0xFFA0, 0xFFA1, 0xFFA2, 0xFFA3, 0xFFA4, 0xFFA5, 0xFFA6, 0xFFA7, 0xFFA8, 0xFFA9, 0xFFAA, 0xFFAB, 0xFFAC, 0xFFAD, 0xFFAE, 0xFFAF, - /* B */ 0xFFB0, 0xFFB1, 0xFFB2, 0xFFB3, 0xFFB4, 0xFFB5, 0xFFB6, 0xFFB7, 0xFFB8, 0xFFB9, 0xFFBA, 0xFFBB, 0xFFBC, 0xFFBD, 0xFFBE, 0xFFBF, - /* C */ 0xFFC0, 0xFFC1, 0xFFC2, 0xFFC3, 0xFFC4, 0xFFC5, 0xFFC6, 0xFFC7, 0xFFC8, 0xFFC9, 0xFFCA, 0xFFCB, 0xFFCC, 0xFFCD, 0xFFCE, 0xFFCF, - /* D */ 0xFFD0, 0xFFD1, 0xFFD2, 0xFFD3, 0xFFD4, 0xFFD5, 0xFFD6, 0xFFD7, 0xFFD8, 0xFFD9, 0xFFDA, 0xFFDB, 0xFFDC, 0xFFDD, 0xFFDE, 0xFFDF, - /* E */ 0xFFE0, 0xFFE1, 0xFFE2, 0xFFE3, 0xFFE4, 0xFFE5, 0xFFE6, 0xFFE7, 0xFFE8, 0xFFE9, 0xFFEA, 0xFFEB, 0xFFEC, 0xFFED, 0xFFEE, 0xFFEF, - /* F */ 0xFFF0, 0xFFF1, 0xFFF2, 0xFFF3, 0xFFF4, 0xFFF5, 0xFFF6, 0xFFF7, 0xFFF8, 0xFFF9, 0xFFFA, 0xFFFB, 0xFFFC, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFE, 0xFFFF, -}; - - -/* RelString case folding table */ - -unsigned short gCompareTable[] = { - - /* 0 */ 0x0000, 0x0100, 0x0200, 0x0300, 0x0400, 0x0500, 0x0600, 0x0700, 0x0800, 0x0900, 0x0A00, 0x0B00, 0x0C00, 0x0D00, 0x0E00, 0x0F00, - /* 1 */ 0x1000, 0x1100, 0x1200, 0x1300, 0x1400, 0x1500, 0x1600, 0x1700, 0x1800, 0x1900, 0x1A00, 0x1B00, 0x1C00, 0x1D00, 0x1E00, 0x1F00, - /* 2 */ 0x2000, 0x2100, 0x2200, 0x2300, 0x2400, 0x2500, 0x2600, 0x2700, 0x2800, 0x2900, 0x2A00, 0x2B00, 0x2C00, 0x2D00, 0x2E00, 0x2F00, - /* 3 */ 0x3000, 0x3100, 0x3200, 0x3300, 0x3400, 0x3500, 0x3600, 0x3700, 0x3800, 0x3900, 0x3A00, 0x3B00, 0x3C00, 0x3D00, 0x3E00, 0x3F00, - /* 4 */ 0x4000, 0x4100, 0x4200, 0x4300, 0x4400, 0x4500, 0x4600, 0x4700, 0x4800, 0x4900, 0x4A00, 0x4B00, 0x4C00, 0x4D00, 0x4E00, 0x4F00, - /* 5 */ 0x5000, 0x5100, 0x5200, 0x5300, 0x5400, 0x5500, 0x5600, 0x5700, 0x5800, 0x5900, 0x5A00, 0x5B00, 0x5C00, 0x5D00, 0x5E00, 0x5F00, - - // 0x60 maps to 'a' - // range 0x61 to 0x7a ('a' to 'z') map to upper case - - /* 6 */ 0x4180, 0x4100, 0x4200, 0x4300, 0x4400, 0x4500, 0x4600, 0x4700, 0x4800, 0x4900, 0x4A00, 0x4B00, 0x4C00, 0x4D00, 0x4E00, 0x4F00, - /* 7 */ 0x5000, 0x5100, 0x5200, 0x5300, 0x5400, 0x5500, 0x5600, 0x5700, 0x5800, 0x5900, 0x5A00, 0x7B00, 0x7C00, 0x7D00, 0x7E00, 0x7F00, - - // range 0x80 to 0xd8 gets mapped... - - /* 8 */ 0x4108, 0x410C, 0x4310, 0x4502, 0x4E0A, 0x4F08, 0x5508, 0x4182, 0x4104, 0x4186, 0x4108, 0x410A, 0x410C, 0x4310, 0x4502, 0x4584, - /* 9 */ 0x4586, 0x4588, 0x4982, 0x4984, 0x4986, 0x4988, 0x4E0A, 0x4F82, 0x4F84, 0x4F86, 0x4F08, 0x4F0A, 0x5582, 0x5584, 0x5586, 0x5508, - /* A */ 0xA000, 0xA100, 0xA200, 0xA300, 0xA400, 0xA500, 0xA600, 0x5382, 0xA800, 0xA900, 0xAA00, 0xAB00, 0xAC00, 0xAD00, 0x4114, 0x4F0E, - /* B */ 0xB000, 0xB100, 0xB200, 0xB300, 0xB400, 0xB500, 0xB600, 0xB700, 0xB800, 0xB900, 0xBA00, 0x4192, 0x4F92, 0xBD00, 0x4114, 0x4F0E, - /* C */ 0xC000, 0xC100, 0xC200, 0xC300, 0xC400, 0xC500, 0xC600, 0x2206, 0x2208, 0xC900, 0x2000, 0x4104, 0x410A, 0x4F0A, 0x4F14, 0x4F14, - /* D */ 0xD000, 0xD100, 0x2202, 0x2204, 0x2702, 0x2704, 0xD600, 0xD700, 0x5988, 0xD900, 0xDA00, 0xDB00, 0xDC00, 0xDD00, 0xDE00, 0xDF00, - - /* E */ 0xE000, 0xE100, 0xE200, 0xE300, 0xE400, 0xE500, 0xE600, 0xE700, 0xE800, 0xE900, 0xEA00, 0xEB00, 0xEC00, 0xED00, 0xEE00, 0xEF00, - /* F */ 0xF000, 0xF100, 0xF200, 0xF300, 0xF400, 0xF500, 0xF600, 0xF700, 0xF800, 0xF900, 0xFA00, 0xFB00, 0xFC00, 0xFD00, 0xFE00, 0xFF00, - -}; -#endif /* __APPLE_API_PRIVATE */ -#endif /* KERNEL */ -#endif /* _UCSTRINGCOMPAREDATA_ */ diff --git a/core/UnicodeWrappers.c b/core/UnicodeWrappers.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8e5b6e6..0000000 --- a/core/UnicodeWrappers.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,508 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - File: UnicodeWrappers.c - - Contains: Wrapper routines for Unicode conversion and comparison. - -*/ - -#include -#include - -#include "hfs_macos_defs.h" -#include "UCStringCompareData.h" - -#include "FileMgrInternal.h" -#include "HFSUnicodeWrappers.h" - -enum { - kMinFileExtensionChars = 1, /* does not include dot */ - kMaxFileExtensionChars = 5 /* does not include dot */ -}; - - -#define EXTENSIONCHAR(c) (((c) >= 0x61 && (c) <= 0x7A) || \ - ((c) >= 0x41 && (c) <= 0x5A) || \ - ((c) >= 0x30 && (c) <= 0x39)) - - -#define IsHexDigit(c) (((c) >= (u_int8_t) '0' && (c) <= (u_int8_t) '9') || \ - ((c) >= (u_int8_t) 'A' && (c) <= (u_int8_t) 'F')) - - -static void GetFilenameExtension( ItemCount length, ConstUniCharArrayPtr unicodeStr, char* extStr ); - - -static u_int32_t HexStringToInteger( u_int32_t length, const u_int8_t *hexStr ); - - -/* - * Get filename extension (if any) as a C string - */ -static void -GetFilenameExtension(ItemCount length, ConstUniCharArrayPtr unicodeStr, char * extStr) -{ - u_int32_t i; - UniChar c; - u_int16_t extChars; /* number of extension chars (excluding dot) */ - u_int16_t maxExtChars; - Boolean foundExtension; - - extStr[0] = '\0'; /* assume there's no extension */ - - if ( length < 3 ) - return; /* "x.y" is smallest possible extension */ - - if ( length < (kMaxFileExtensionChars + 2) ) - maxExtChars = length - 2; /* save room for prefix + dot */ - else - maxExtChars = kMaxFileExtensionChars; - - i = length; - extChars = 0; - foundExtension = false; - - while ( extChars <= maxExtChars ) { - c = unicodeStr[--i]; - - /* look for leading dot */ - if ( c == (UniChar) '.' ) { - if ( extChars > 0 ) /* cannot end with a dot */ - foundExtension = true; - break; - } - - if ( EXTENSIONCHAR(c) ) - ++extChars; - else - break; - } - - /* if we found one then copy it */ - if ( foundExtension ) { - u_int8_t *extStrPtr = (u_int8_t *)extStr; - const UniChar *unicodeStrPtr = &unicodeStr[i]; - - for ( i = 0; i <= extChars; ++i ) - *(extStrPtr++) = (u_int8_t) *(unicodeStrPtr++); - extStr[extChars + 1] = '\0'; /* terminate extension + dot */ - } -} - - - -/* - * Count filename extension characters (if any) - */ -u_int32_t -CountFilenameExtensionChars( const unsigned char * filename, u_int32_t length ) -{ - u_int32_t i; - UniChar c; - u_int32_t extChars; /* number of extension chars (excluding dot) */ - u_int16_t maxExtChars; - Boolean foundExtension; - - if ( length < 3 ) - return 0; /* "x.y" is smallest possible extension */ - - if ( length < (kMaxFileExtensionChars + 2) ) - maxExtChars = length - 2; /* save room for prefix + dot */ - else - maxExtChars = kMaxFileExtensionChars; - - extChars = 0; /* assume there's no extension */ - i = length - 1; /* index to last ascii character */ - foundExtension = false; - - while ( extChars <= maxExtChars ) { - c = filename[i--]; - - /* look for leading dot */ - if ( c == (u_int8_t) '.' ) { - if ( extChars > 0 ) /* cannot end with a dot */ - return (extChars); - - break; - } - - if ( EXTENSIONCHAR(c) ) - ++extChars; - else - break; - } - - return 0; -} - - -/* - * extract the file id from a mangled name - */ -HFSCatalogNodeID -GetEmbeddedFileID(const unsigned char * filename, u_int32_t length, u_int32_t *prefixLength) -{ - short extChars; - short i; - u_int8_t c; - - *prefixLength = 0; - - if ( filename == NULL ) - return 0; - - if ( length < 28 ) - return 0; /* too small to have been mangled */ - - /* big enough for a file ID (#10) and an extension (.x) ? */ - if ( length > 5 ) - extChars = CountFilenameExtensionChars(filename, length); - else - extChars = 0; - - /* skip over dot plus extension characters */ - if ( extChars > 0 ) - length -= (extChars + 1); - - /* scan for file id digits */ - for ( i = length - 1; i >= 0; --i) { - c = filename[i]; - - /* look for file ID marker */ - if ( c == '#' ) { - if ( (length - i) < 3 ) - break; /* too small to be a file ID */ - - *prefixLength = i; - return HexStringToInteger(length - i - 1, &filename[i+1]); - } - - if ( !IsHexDigit(c) ) - break; /* file ID string must have hex digits */ - } - - return 0; -} - - - -static u_int32_t -HexStringToInteger(u_int32_t length, const u_int8_t *hexStr) -{ - u_int32_t value; - u_int32_t i; - u_int8_t c; - const u_int8_t *p; - - value = 0; - p = hexStr; - - for ( i = 0; i < length; ++i ) { - c = *p++; - - if (c >= '0' && c <= '9') { - value = value << 4; - value += (u_int32_t) c - (u_int32_t) '0'; - } else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F') { - value = value << 4; - value += 10 + ((unsigned int) c - (unsigned int) 'A'); - } else { - return 0; /* bad character */ - } - } - - return value; -} - - -/* - * Routine: FastRelString - * - * Output: returns -1 if str1 < str2 - * returns 1 if str1 > str2 - * return 0 if equal - * - */ -int32_t FastRelString( ConstStr255Param str1, ConstStr255Param str2 ) -{ - u_int16_t* compareTable; - int32_t bestGuess; - u_int8_t length, length2; - u_int8_t delta; - - delta = 0; - length = *(str1++); - length2 = *(str2++); - - if (length == length2) - bestGuess = 0; - else if (length < length2) - { - bestGuess = -1; - delta = length2 - length; - } - else - { - bestGuess = 1; - length = length2; - } - - compareTable = (u_int16_t*) gCompareTable; - - while (length--) - { - u_int8_t aChar, bChar; - - aChar = *(str1++); - bChar = *(str2++); - - if (aChar != bChar) // If they don't match exacly, do case conversion - { - u_int16_t aSortWord, bSortWord; - - aSortWord = compareTable[aChar]; - bSortWord = compareTable[bChar]; - - if (aSortWord > bSortWord) - return 1; - - if (aSortWord < bSortWord) - return -1; - } - - // If characters match exactly, then go on to next character immediately without - // doing any extra work. - } - - // if you got to here, then return bestGuess - return bestGuess; -} - - - -// -// FastUnicodeCompare - Compare two Unicode strings; produce a relative ordering -// -// IF RESULT -// -------------------------- -// str1 < str2 => -1 -// str1 = str2 => 0 -// str1 > str2 => +1 -// -// The lower case table starts with 256 entries (one for each of the upper bytes -// of the original Unicode char). If that entry is zero, then all characters with -// that upper byte are already case folded. If the entry is non-zero, then it is -// the _index_ (not byte offset) of the start of the sub-table for the characters -// with that upper byte. All ignorable characters are folded to the value zero. -// -// In pseudocode: -// -// Let c = source Unicode character -// Let table[] = lower case table -// -// lower = table[highbyte(c)] -// if (lower == 0) -// lower = c -// else -// lower = table[lower+lowbyte(c)] -// -// if (lower == 0) -// ignore this character -// -// To handle ignorable characters, we now need a loop to find the next valid character. -// Also, we can't pre-compute the number of characters to compare; the string length might -// be larger than the number of non-ignorable characters. Further, we must be able to handle -// ignorable characters at any point in the string, including as the first or last characters. -// We use a zero value as a sentinel to detect both end-of-string and ignorable characters. -// Since the File Manager doesn't prevent the NUL character (value zero) as part of a filename, -// the case mapping table is assumed to map u+0000 to some non-zero value (like 0xFFFF, which is -// an invalid Unicode character). -// -// Pseudocode: -// -// while (1) { -// c1 = GetNextValidChar(str1) // returns zero if at end of string -// c2 = GetNextValidChar(str2) -// -// if (c1 != c2) break // found a difference -// -// if (c1 == 0) // reached end of string on both strings at once? -// return 0; // yes, so strings are equal -// } -// -// // When we get here, c1 != c2. So, we just need to determine which one is less. -// if (c1 < c2) -// return -1; -// else -// return 1; -// - -int32_t FastUnicodeCompare ( register ConstUniCharArrayPtr str1, register ItemCount length1, - register ConstUniCharArrayPtr str2, register ItemCount length2) -{ - register u_int16_t c1,c2; - register u_int16_t temp; - register u_int16_t* lowerCaseTable; - - lowerCaseTable = (u_int16_t*) gLowerCaseTable; - - while (1) { - /* Set default values for c1, c2 in case there are no more valid chars */ - c1 = 0; - c2 = 0; - - /* Find next non-ignorable char from str1, or zero if no more */ - while (length1 && c1 == 0) { - c1 = *(str1++); - --length1; - /* check for basic latin first */ - if (c1 < 0x0100) { - c1 = gLatinCaseFold[c1]; - break; - } - /* case fold if neccessary */ - if ((temp = lowerCaseTable[c1>>8]) != 0) - c1 = lowerCaseTable[temp + (c1 & 0x00FF)]; - } - - - /* Find next non-ignorable char from str2, or zero if no more */ - while (length2 && c2 == 0) { - c2 = *(str2++); - --length2; - /* check for basic latin first */ - if (c2 < 0x0100) { - c2 = gLatinCaseFold[c2]; - break; - } - /* case fold if neccessary */ - if ((temp = lowerCaseTable[c2>>8]) != 0) - c2 = lowerCaseTable[temp + (c2 & 0x00FF)]; - } - - if (c1 != c2) // found a difference, so stop looping - break; - - if (c1 == 0) // did we reach the end of both strings at the same time? - return 0; // yes, so strings are equal - } - - if (c1 < c2) - return -1; - else - return 1; -} - -/* - * UnicodeBinaryCompare - * Compare two UTF-16 strings and perform case-sensitive (binary) matching against them. - * - * Results are emitted like FastUnicodeCompare: - * - * - * IF RESULT - * -------------------------- - * str1 < str2 => -1 - * str1 = str2 => 0 - * str1 > str2 => +1 - * - * The case matching source code is greatly simplified due to the lack of case-folding - * in this comparison routine. We compare, in order: the lengths, then do character-by- - * character comparisons. - * - */ -int32_t UnicodeBinaryCompare (register ConstUniCharArrayPtr str1, register ItemCount len1, - register ConstUniCharArrayPtr str2, register ItemCount len2) { - uint16_t c1; - uint16_t c2; - int string_length; - int32_t result = 0; - - /* Set default values for the two character pointers */ - c1 = 0; - c2 = 0; - - /* First generate the string length (for comparison purposes) */ - if (len1 < len2) { - string_length = len1; - --result; - } - else if (len1 > len2) { - string_length = len2; - ++result; - } - else { - string_length = len1; - } - - /* now compare the two string pointers */ - while (string_length--) { - c1 = *(str1++); - c2 = *(str2++); - - if (c1 > c2) { - result = 1; - break; - } - - if (c1 < c2) { - result = -1; - break; - } - /* If equal, iterate to the next two respective chars */ - } - - return result; -} - - -OSErr -ConvertUnicodeToUTF8Mangled(ByteCount srcLen, ConstUniCharArrayPtr srcStr, ByteCount maxDstLen, - ByteCount *actualDstLen, unsigned char* dstStr, HFSCatalogNodeID cnid) -{ - ByteCount subMaxLen; - size_t utf8len; - char fileIDStr[15]; - char extStr[15]; - - snprintf(fileIDStr, sizeof(fileIDStr), "#%X", cnid); - GetFilenameExtension(srcLen/sizeof(UniChar), srcStr, extStr); - - /* remove extension chars from source */ - srcLen -= strlen(extStr) * sizeof(UniChar); - subMaxLen = maxDstLen - (strlen(extStr) + strlen(fileIDStr)); - - (void) utf8_encodestr(srcStr, srcLen, dstStr, &utf8len, subMaxLen, ':', 0); - - strlcat((char *)dstStr, fileIDStr, maxDstLen); - strlcat((char *)dstStr, extStr, maxDstLen); - *actualDstLen = utf8len + (strlen(extStr) + strlen(fileIDStr)); - - return noErr; -} diff --git a/core/VolumeAllocation.c b/core/VolumeAllocation.c deleted file mode 100644 index f26811c..0000000 --- a/core/VolumeAllocation.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6198 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - File: VolumeAllocation.c - - Contains: Routines for accessing and modifying the volume bitmap. - - Version: HFS Plus 1.0 - - Copyright: (c) 1996-2009 by Apple Inc., all rights reserved. - -*/ - -/* -Public routines: - BlockAllocate / hfs_block_alloc - Allocate space on a volume. Can allocate space contiguously. - If not contiguous, then allocation may be less than what was - asked for. Returns the starting block number, and number of - blocks. It will only return a single extent. - - BlockDeallocate - Deallocate a contiguous run of allocation blocks. - - BlockMarkAllocated - Exported wrapper to mark blocks as in-use. This will correctly determine - whether or not the red-black tree is enabled and call the appropriate function - if applicable. - BlockMarkFree - Exported wrapper to mark blocks as freed. This will correctly determine whether or - not the red-black tree is enabled and call the appropriate function if applicable. - - - ResetVCBFreeExtCache - Since the red-black tree obviates the need to maintain the free extent cache, we do - not update it if the tree is also live. As a result, if we ever need to destroy the trees - we should reset the free extent cache so it doesn't confuse us when we need to fall back to the - bitmap scanning allocator. - We also reset and disable the free extent cache when volume resizing is - in flight. - - UpdateAllocLimit - Adjusts the AllocLimit field in the hfs mount point. This is used when we need to prevent - allocations from occupying space in the region we are modifying during a filesystem resize. - At other times, it should be consistent with the total number of allocation blocks in the - filesystem. It is also used to shrink or grow the number of blocks that the red-black tree should - know about. If growing, scan the new range of bitmap, and if shrinking, reduce the - number of items in the tree that we can allocate from. - - ScanUnmapBlocks - Traverse the entire allocation bitmap. Potentially issue DKIOCUNMAPs to the device as it - tracks unallocated ranges when iterating the volume bitmap. Additionally, build up the in-core - summary table of the allocation bitmap. - -Internal routines: - BlockMarkFreeInternal - Mark a contiguous range of blocks as free. The corresponding - bits in the volume bitmap will be cleared. This will actually do the work - of modifying the bitmap for us. - - BlockMarkAllocatedInternal - Mark a contiguous range of blocks as allocated. The cor- - responding bits in the volume bitmap are set. Also tests to see - if any of the blocks were previously unallocated. - BlockFindContiguous - Find a contiguous range of blocks of a given size. The caller - specifies where to begin the search (by block number). The - block number of the first block in the range is returned. This is only - called by the bitmap scanning logic as the red-black tree should be able - to do this internally by searching its tree. - BlockFindAny - Find and allocate a contiguous range of blocks up to a given size. The - first range of contiguous free blocks found are allocated, even if there - are fewer blocks than requested (and even if a contiguous range of blocks - of the given size exists elsewhere). - BlockFindAnyBitmap - Finds a range of blocks per the above requirements without using the - Allocation RB Tree. This relies on the bitmap-scanning logic in order to find - any valid range of free space needed. - BlockFindContig - Find a contiguous range of blocks of a given size. - If the minimum cannot be satisfied, nothing is - returned. - BlockFindKnown - Try to allocate space from known free space in the volume's - free extent cache. - ReadBitmapBlock - Given an allocation block number, read the bitmap block that - contains that allocation block into a caller-supplied buffer. - - ReleaseBitmapBlock - Release a bitmap block back into the buffer cache. - - ReadBitmapRange - Given an allocation block number, read a range of bitmap that - must begin at that allocation block into a caller supplied buffer. - - ReleaseBitmapRange - Release and invalidate a buf_t corresponding to the bitmap - back into the UBC in order to prevent coherency issues. - - remove_free_extent_cache - Remove an extent from the free extent cache. Handles overlaps - with multiple extents in the cache, and handles splitting an - extent in the cache if the extent to be removed is in the middle - of a cached extent. - - add_free_extent_cache - Add an extent to the free extent cache. It will merge the - input extent with extents already in the cache. - CheckUnmappedBytes - Check whether or not the current transaction - has allocated blocks that were recently freed. This may have data safety implications. - - - -Debug/Test Routines - hfs_isallocated - Test to see if any blocks in a range are allocated. Journal or - allocation file lock must be held. - - hfs_isallocated_scan - Test to see if any blocks in a range are allocated. Releases and - invalidates the block used when finished. - -Optimization Routines - hfs_alloc_scan_block - Given a starting allocation block number, figures out which physical block contains that - allocation block's bit, and scans it from the starting bit until either the ending bit or - the end of the block. Free space extents are inserted into the appropriate red-black tree. - -*/ - - -#include -#include - -#if !HFS_ALLOC_TEST - -#include "hfs_macos_defs.h" -#include -#include -/* For VM Page size */ -#include -#include "hfs_journal.h" -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_endian.h" -#include "FileMgrInternal.h" - -#endif // !HFS_ALLOC_TEST - -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "hfs_dbg.h" -#include "hfs_format.h" -#include "hfs_kdebug.h" -#include "rangelist.h" -#include "hfs_extents.h" - -/* Headers for unmap-on-mount support */ -#include - -/* - * Use sysctl vfs.generic.hfs.kdebug.allocation to control which - * KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT events are enabled at runtime. (They're - * disabled by default because there can be a lot of these events, - * and we don't want to overwhelm the kernel debug buffer. If you - * want to watch these events in particular, just set the sysctl.) - */ -static int hfs_kdebug_allocation = 0; -SYSCTL_DECL(_vfs_generic); -HFS_SYSCTL(NODE, _vfs_generic, OID_AUTO, hfs, CTLFLAG_RW|CTLFLAG_LOCKED, 0, "HFS file system") -HFS_SYSCTL(NODE, _vfs_generic_hfs, OID_AUTO, kdebug, CTLFLAG_RW|CTLFLAG_LOCKED, 0, "HFS kdebug") -HFS_SYSCTL(INT, _vfs_generic_hfs_kdebug, OID_AUTO, allocation, CTLFLAG_RW|CTLFLAG_LOCKED, &hfs_kdebug_allocation, 0, "Enable kdebug logging for HFS allocations") -enum { - /* - * HFSDBG_ALLOC_ENABLED: Log calls to BlockAllocate and - * BlockDeallocate, including the internal BlockAllocateXxx - * routines so we can see how an allocation was satisfied. - * - * HFSDBG_EXT_CACHE_ENABLED: Log routines that read or write the - * free extent cache. - * - * HFSDBG_UNMAP_ENABLED: Log events involving the trim list. - * - * HFSDBG_BITMAP_ENABLED: Log accesses to the volume bitmap (setting - * or clearing bits, scanning the bitmap). - */ - HFSDBG_ALLOC_ENABLED = 1, - HFSDBG_EXT_CACHE_ENABLED = 2, - HFSDBG_UNMAP_ENABLED = 4, - HFSDBG_BITMAP_ENABLED = 8 -}; - -enum { - kBytesPerWord = 4, - kBitsPerByte = 8, - kBitsPerWord = 32, - - kBitsWithinWordMask = kBitsPerWord-1 -}; - -#define kLowBitInWordMask 0x00000001ul -#define kHighBitInWordMask 0x80000000ul -#define kAllBitsSetInWord 0xFFFFFFFFul - -#define HFS_MIN_SUMMARY_BLOCKSIZE 4096 - -#define ALLOC_DEBUG 0 - -static OSErr ReadBitmapBlock( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t bit, - u_int32_t **buffer, - uintptr_t *blockRef, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags); - -static OSErr ReleaseBitmapBlock( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - uintptr_t blockRef, - Boolean dirty); - -static OSErr hfs_block_alloc_int(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extent, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags, - hfs_alloc_extra_args_t *ap); - -static OSErr BlockFindAny( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t startingBlock, - u_int32_t endingBlock, - u_int32_t maxBlocks, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags, - Boolean trustSummary, - u_int32_t *actualStartBlock, - u_int32_t *actualNumBlocks); - -static OSErr BlockFindAnyBitmap( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t startingBlock, - u_int32_t endingBlock, - u_int32_t maxBlocks, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags, - u_int32_t *actualStartBlock, - u_int32_t *actualNumBlocks); - -static OSErr BlockFindContig( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t startingBlock, - u_int32_t minBlocks, - u_int32_t maxBlocks, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags, - u_int32_t *actualStartBlock, - u_int32_t *actualNumBlocks); - -static OSErr BlockFindContiguous( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t startingBlock, - u_int32_t endingBlock, - u_int32_t minBlocks, - u_int32_t maxBlocks, - Boolean useMetaZone, - Boolean trustSummary, - u_int32_t *actualStartBlock, - u_int32_t *actualNumBlocks, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags); - -static OSErr BlockFindKnown( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t maxBlocks, - u_int32_t *actualStartBlock, - u_int32_t *actualNumBlocks); - -static OSErr hfs_alloc_try_hard(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extent, - uint32_t max_blocks, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags); - -static OSErr BlockMarkAllocatedInternal ( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t startingBlock, - u_int32_t numBlocks, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags); - -static OSErr BlockMarkFreeInternal( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t startingBlock, - u_int32_t numBlocks, - Boolean do_validate); - - -static OSErr ReadBitmapRange (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t offset, uint32_t iosize, - uint32_t **buffer, struct buf **blockRef); - -static OSErr ReleaseScanBitmapRange( struct buf *bp ); - -static int hfs_track_unmap_blocks (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t offset, - u_int32_t numBlocks, struct jnl_trim_list *list); - -static int hfs_issue_unmap (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct jnl_trim_list *list); - -static int hfs_alloc_scan_range(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - u_int32_t startbit, - u_int32_t *bitToScan, - struct jnl_trim_list *list); - -static int hfs_scan_range_size (struct hfsmount* hfsmp, uint32_t start, uint32_t *iosize); -static uint32_t CheckUnmappedBytes (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint64_t blockno, uint64_t numblocks, int *recent, uint32_t *next); - -/* Bitmap Re-use Detection */ -static inline int extents_overlap (uint32_t start1, uint32_t len1, - uint32_t start2, uint32_t len2) { - return !( ((start1 + len1) <= start2) || ((start2 + len2) <= start1) ); -} - - -int hfs_isallocated_scan (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - u_int32_t startingBlock, - u_int32_t *bp_buf); - -/* Summary Table Functions */ -static int hfs_set_summary (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t summarybit, uint32_t inuse); -static int hfs_get_summary_index (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t block, uint32_t *index); -static int hfs_find_summary_free (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t block, uint32_t *newblock); -static int hfs_get_summary_allocblock (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t summarybit, uint32_t *alloc); -static int hfs_release_summary (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t start, uint32_t length); -static int hfs_check_summary (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t start, uint32_t *freeblocks); -static int hfs_rebuild_summary (struct hfsmount *hfsmp); - -#if 0 -static int hfs_get_next_summary (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t block, uint32_t *newblock); -#endif - -/* Used in external mount code to initialize the summary table */ -int hfs_init_summary (struct hfsmount *hfsmp); - -#if ALLOC_DEBUG -void hfs_validate_summary (struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -#endif - - -/* Functions for manipulating free extent cache */ -static void remove_free_extent_cache(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t startBlock, u_int32_t blockCount); -static Boolean add_free_extent_cache(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t startBlock, u_int32_t blockCount); -static void sanity_check_free_ext(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int check_allocated); - -static void hfs_release_reserved(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, struct rl_entry *range, int list); - -/* Functions for getting free exents */ - -typedef struct bitmap_context { - void *bitmap; // current bitmap chunk - uint32_t run_offset; // offset (in bits) from start of bitmap to start of current run - uint32_t chunk_current; // next bit to scan in the chunk - uint32_t chunk_end; // number of valid bits in this chunk - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - struct buf *bp; - uint32_t last_free_summary_bit; // last marked free summary bit - int lockflags; - uint64_t lock_start; -} bitmap_context_t; - - -static errno_t get_more_bits(bitmap_context_t *bitmap_ctx); -static int bit_count_set(void *bitmap, int start, int end); -static int bit_count_clr(void *bitmap, int start, int end); -static errno_t hfs_bit_count(bitmap_context_t *bitmap_ctx, int (*fn)(void *, int ,int), uint32_t *bit_count); -static errno_t hfs_bit_count_set(bitmap_context_t *bitmap_ctx, uint32_t *count); -static errno_t hfs_bit_count_clr(bitmap_context_t *bitmap_ctx, uint32_t *count); -static errno_t update_summary_table(bitmap_context_t *bitmap_ctx, uint32_t start, uint32_t count, bool set); -static int clzll(uint64_t x); - -#if ALLOC_DEBUG -/* - * Validation Routine to verify that the TRIM list maintained by the journal - * is in good shape relative to what we think the bitmap should have. We should - * never encounter allocated blocks in the TRIM list, so if we ever encounter them, - * we panic. - */ -int trim_validate_bitmap (struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -int trim_validate_bitmap (struct hfsmount *hfsmp) { - u_int64_t blockno_offset; - u_int64_t numblocks; - int i; - int count; - u_int32_t startblk; - u_int32_t blks; - int err = 0; - uint32_t alloccount = 0; - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - struct journal *jnl = (struct journal*)hfsmp->jnl; - if (jnl->active_tr) { - struct jnl_trim_list *trim = &(jnl->active_tr->trim); - count = trim->extent_count; - for (i = 0; i < count; i++) { - blockno_offset = trim->extents[i].offset; - blockno_offset = blockno_offset - (uint64_t)hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset; - blockno_offset = blockno_offset / hfsmp->blockSize; - numblocks = trim->extents[i].length / hfsmp->blockSize; - - startblk = (u_int32_t)blockno_offset; - blks = (u_int32_t) numblocks; - err = hfs_count_allocated (hfsmp, startblk, blks, &alloccount); - - if (err == 0 && alloccount != 0) { - panic ("trim_validate_bitmap: %d blocks @ ABN %d are allocated!", alloccount, startblk); - } - } - } - } - return 0; -} - -#endif - - -/* - ;________________________________________________________________________________ - ; - ; Routine: hfs_unmap_free_extent - ; - ; Function: Make note of a range of allocation blocks that should be - ; unmapped (trimmed). That is, the given range of blocks no - ; longer have useful content, and the device can unmap the - ; previous contents. For example, a solid state disk may reuse - ; the underlying storage for other blocks. - ; - ; This routine is only supported for journaled volumes. The extent - ; being freed is passed to the journal code, and the extent will - ; be unmapped after the current transaction is written to disk. - ; - ; Input Arguments: - ; hfsmp - The volume containing the allocation blocks. - ; startingBlock - The first allocation block of the extent being freed. - ; numBlocks - The number of allocation blocks of the extent being freed. - ;________________________________________________________________________________ - */ -static void hfs_unmap_free_extent(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t startingBlock, u_int32_t numBlocks) -{ - u_int64_t offset; - u_int64_t length; - u_int64_t device_sz; - int err = 0; - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_UNMAP_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_UNMAP_FREE | DBG_FUNC_START, startingBlock, numBlocks, 0, 0, 0); - - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - if (hfs_isallocated(hfsmp, startingBlock, numBlocks)) { - panic("hfs: %p: (%u,%u) unmapping allocated blocks", hfsmp, startingBlock, numBlocks); - } - } - - if (hfsmp->jnl != NULL) { - device_sz = hfsmp->hfs_logical_bytes; - offset = (u_int64_t) startingBlock * hfsmp->blockSize + (u_int64_t) hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset; - length = (u_int64_t) numBlocks * hfsmp->blockSize; - - /* Validate that the trim is in a valid range of bytes */ - if ((offset >= device_sz) || ((offset + length) > device_sz)) { - printf("hfs_unmap_free_ext: ignoring trim vol=%s @ off %lld len %lld \n", hfsmp->vcbVN, offset, length); - err = EINVAL; - } - - if (err == 0) { - err = journal_trim_add_extent(hfsmp->jnl, offset, length); - if (err) { - printf("hfs_unmap_free_extent: error %d from journal_trim_add_extent for vol=%s", err, hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - } - } - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_UNMAP_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_UNMAP_FREE | DBG_FUNC_END, err, 0, 0, 0, 0); -} - -/* - ;________________________________________________________________________________ - ; - ; Routine: hfs_track_unmap_blocks - ; - ; Function: Make note of a range of allocation blocks that should be - ; unmapped (trimmed). That is, the given range of blocks no - ; longer have useful content, and the device can unmap the - ; previous contents. For example, a solid state disk may reuse - ; the underlying storage for other blocks. - ; - ; This routine is only supported for journaled volumes. - ; - ; *****NOTE*****: - ; This function should *NOT* be used when the volume is fully - ; mounted. This function is intended to support a bitmap iteration - ; at mount time to fully inform the SSD driver of the state of all blocks - ; at mount time, and assumes that there is no allocation/deallocation - ; interference during its iteration., - ; - ; Input Arguments: - ; hfsmp - The volume containing the allocation blocks. - ; offset - The first allocation block of the extent being freed. - ; numBlocks - The number of allocation blocks of the extent being freed. - ; list - The list of currently tracked trim ranges. - ;________________________________________________________________________________ - */ -static int hfs_track_unmap_blocks (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t start, - u_int32_t numBlocks, struct jnl_trim_list *list) { - - u_int64_t offset; - u_int64_t length; - int error = 0; - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_UNMAP) && (hfsmp->jnl != NULL) && list->allocated_count && list->extents != NULL) { - int extent_no = list->extent_count; - offset = (u_int64_t) start * hfsmp->blockSize + (u_int64_t) hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset; - length = (u_int64_t) numBlocks * hfsmp->blockSize; - - - list->extents[extent_no].offset = offset; - list->extents[extent_no].length = length; - list->extent_count++; - if (list->extent_count == list->allocated_count) { - error = hfs_issue_unmap (hfsmp, list); - } - } - - return error; -} - -/* - ;________________________________________________________________________________ - ; - ; Routine: hfs_issue_unmap - ; - ; Function: Issue a DKIOCUNMAP for all blocks currently tracked by the jnl_trim_list - ; - ; Input Arguments: - ; hfsmp - The volume containing the allocation blocks. - ; list - The list of currently tracked trim ranges. - ;________________________________________________________________________________ - */ - -static int hfs_issue_unmap (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct jnl_trim_list *list) -{ - dk_unmap_t unmap; - int error = 0; - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_UNMAP_ENABLED) { - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_UNMAP_SCAN_TRIM | DBG_FUNC_START, hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev, 0, 0, 0, 0); - } - - if (list->extent_count > 0 && list->extents != NULL) { - bzero(&unmap, sizeof(unmap)); - unmap.extents = list->extents; - unmap.extentsCount = list->extent_count; - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_UNMAP_ENABLED) { - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_UNMAP_SCAN_TRIM | DBG_FUNC_NONE, hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev, unmap.extentsCount, 0, 0, 0); - } - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - /* - * If we have not yet completed the first scan through the bitmap, then - * optionally inform the block driver below us that this is an initialization - * TRIM scan, if it can deal with this information. - */ - if ((hfsmp->scan_var & HFS_ALLOCATOR_SCAN_COMPLETED) == 0) { - unmap.options |= _DK_UNMAP_INITIALIZE; - } -#endif - /* Issue a TRIM and flush them out */ - error = VNOP_IOCTL(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, DKIOCUNMAP, (caddr_t)&unmap, 0, vfs_context_kernel()); - - bzero (list->extents, (list->allocated_count * sizeof(dk_extent_t))); - bzero (&unmap, sizeof(unmap)); - list->extent_count = 0; - } - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_UNMAP_ENABLED) { - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_UNMAP_SCAN_TRIM | DBG_FUNC_END, error, hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev, 0, 0, 0); - } - - return error; -} - -/* - ;________________________________________________________________________________ - ; - ; Routine: hfs_unmap_alloc_extent - ; - ; Function: Make note of a range of allocation blocks, some of - ; which may have previously been passed to hfs_unmap_free_extent, - ; is now in use on the volume. The given blocks will be removed - ; from any pending DKIOCUNMAP. - ; - ; Input Arguments: - ; hfsmp - The volume containing the allocation blocks. - ; startingBlock - The first allocation block of the extent being allocated. - ; numBlocks - The number of allocation blocks being allocated. - ;________________________________________________________________________________ - */ - -static void hfs_unmap_alloc_extent(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t startingBlock, u_int32_t numBlocks) -{ - u_int64_t offset; - u_int64_t length; - int err = 0; - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_UNMAP_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_UNMAP_ALLOC | DBG_FUNC_START, startingBlock, numBlocks, 0, 0, 0); - - if (hfsmp->jnl != NULL) { - offset = (u_int64_t) startingBlock * hfsmp->blockSize + (u_int64_t) hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset; - length = (u_int64_t) numBlocks * hfsmp->blockSize; - - err = journal_trim_remove_extent(hfsmp->jnl, offset, length); - if (err) { - printf("hfs_unmap_alloc_extent: error %d from journal_trim_remove_extent for vol=%s", err, hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - } - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_UNMAP_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_UNMAP_ALLOC | DBG_FUNC_END, err, 0, 0, 0, 0); -} - - -/* -;________________________________________________________________________________ -; -; Routine: hfs_trim_callback -; -; Function: This function is called when a transaction that freed extents -; (via hfs_unmap_free_extent/journal_trim_add_extent) has been -; written to the on-disk journal. This routine will add those -; extents to the free extent cache so that they can be reused. -; -; CAUTION: This routine is called while the journal's trim lock -; is held shared, so that no other thread can reuse any portion -; of those extents. We must be very careful about which locks -; we take from within this callback, to avoid deadlock. The -; call to add_free_extent_cache will end up taking the cache's -; lock (just long enough to add these extents to the cache). -; -; CAUTION: If the journal becomes invalid (eg., due to an I/O -; error when trying to write to the journal), this callback -; will stop getting called, even if extents got freed before -; the journal became invalid! -; -; Input Arguments: -; arg - The hfsmount of the volume containing the extents. -; extent_count - The number of extents freed in the transaction. -; extents - An array of extents (byte ranges) that were freed. -;________________________________________________________________________________ -*/ - -void -hfs_trim_callback(void *arg, uint32_t extent_count, const dk_extent_t *extents) -{ - uint32_t i; - uint32_t startBlock, numBlocks; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = arg; - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_UNMAP_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_UNMAP_CALLBACK | DBG_FUNC_START, 0, extent_count, 0, 0, 0); - - for (i=0; ihfsPlusIOPosOffset) / hfsmp->blockSize; - numBlocks = extents[i].length / hfsmp->blockSize; - (void) add_free_extent_cache(hfsmp, startBlock, numBlocks); - } - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_UNMAP_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_UNMAP_CALLBACK | DBG_FUNC_END, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); -} - - -/* - ;________________________________________________________________________________ - ; - ; Routine: CheckUnmappedBytes - ; - ; Function: From the specified inputs, determine if the extent in question overlaps - ; space that was recently freed, where the recently freed space may still be - ; lingering in an uncommitted journal transaction. This may have data safety - ; implications. The intended use is to decide whether or not to force a journal flush - ; before allowing file data I/O to be issued. If we did not do this - ; then it would be possible to issue the file I/O ahead of the - ; journal, resulting in data being overwritten if the transaction either - ; is not committed or cannot be replayed. - ; - ; NOTE: This function assumes that the journal and catalog/extent locks are held. - ; - ; Input Arguments: - ; hfsmp - The volume containing the allocation blocks. - ; foffset - start of the extent in question (in allocation blocks) - ; numbytes - number of blocks in the extent. - ; recently_freed: - output pointer containing whether or not the blocks were freed recently - ; overlap_end - end of the overlap between the argument extent and the trim list (in allocation blocks) - ; - ; Output: - ; - ; Returns 0 if we could determine extent validity for this (or a previous transaction) - ; Returns errno if there was an error - ; - ; If returned 0, then recently freed will contain a boolean that indicates - ; that it was recently freed. - ;________________________________________________________________________________ - */ - -u_int32_t -CheckUnmappedBytes (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint64_t blockno, uint64_t numblocks, int *recently_freed, uint32_t *overlap_end) { - uint64_t device_offset; - uint64_t numbytes; - uint32_t err = 0; - uint64_t lba_overlap_end; - - if (hfsmp->jnl != NULL) { - /* - * Convert the allocation block # and the number of blocks into device-relative - * offsets so that they can be compared using the TRIM list. - */ - uint64_t device_sz = hfsmp->hfs_logical_bytes; - device_offset = blockno * ((uint64_t)hfsmp->blockSize); - device_offset += hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset; - numbytes = (((uint64_t)hfsmp->blockSize) * numblocks); - - /* - * Since we check that the device_offset isn't too large, it's safe to subtract it - * from the size in the second check. - */ - if ((device_offset >= device_sz) || (numbytes > (device_sz - device_offset))) { - return EINVAL; - } - - /* Ask the journal if this extent overlaps with any pending TRIMs */ - if (journal_trim_extent_overlap (hfsmp->jnl, device_offset, numbytes, &lba_overlap_end)) { - *recently_freed = 1; - - /* Convert lba_overlap_end back into allocation blocks */ - uint64_t end_offset = lba_overlap_end - hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset; - end_offset = end_offset / ((uint64_t) hfsmp->blockSize); - *overlap_end = (uint32_t) end_offset; - } - else { - *recently_freed = 0; - } - err = 0; - } - else { - /* There may not be a journal. In that case, always return success. */ - *recently_freed = 0; - } - return err; - -} - - -/* - ;________________________________________________________________________________ - ; - ; Routine: ScanUnmapBlocks - ; - ; Function: Traverse the bitmap, and potentially issue DKIOCUNMAPs to the underlying - ; device as needed so that the underlying disk device is as - ; up-to-date as possible with which blocks are unmapped. - ; Additionally build up the summary table as needed. - ; - ; This function reads the bitmap in large block size - ; (up to 1MB) unlike the runtime which reads the bitmap - ; in 4K block size. So if this function is being called - ; after the volume is mounted and actively modified, the - ; caller needs to invalidate all of the existing buffers - ; associated with the bitmap vnode before calling this - ; function. If the buffers are not invalidated, it can - ; cause buf_t collision and potential data corruption. - ; - ; Input Arguments: - ; hfsmp - The volume containing the allocation blocks. - ;________________________________________________________________________________ - */ - -u_int32_t ScanUnmapBlocks (struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - u_int32_t blocks_scanned = 0; - int error = 0; - struct jnl_trim_list trimlist; - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_UNMAP_ENABLED) { - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_UNMAP_SCAN | DBG_FUNC_START, hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev, 0, 0, 0, 0); - } - - /* - *struct jnl_trim_list { - uint32_t allocated_count; - uint32_t extent_count; - dk_extent_t *extents; - }; - */ - bzero (&trimlist, sizeof(trimlist)); - - /* - * Any trim related work should be tied to whether the underlying - * storage media supports UNMAP, as any solid state device would - * on desktop or embedded. - * - * We do this because we may want to scan the full bitmap on - * desktop for spinning media for the purposes of building up the - * summary table. - * - * We also avoid sending TRIMs down to the underlying media if the - * mount is read-only. - */ - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_UNMAP) && - ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) == 0)) { - /* If the underlying device supports unmap and the mount is read-write, initialize */ - int alloc_count = PAGE_SIZE / sizeof(dk_extent_t); - void *extents = hfs_malloc(alloc_count * sizeof(dk_extent_t)); - trimlist.extents = (dk_extent_t*)extents; - trimlist.allocated_count = alloc_count; - trimlist.extent_count = 0; - } - - while ((blocks_scanned < hfsmp->totalBlocks) && (error == 0)){ - - error = hfs_alloc_scan_range (hfsmp, blocks_scanned, &blocks_scanned, &trimlist); - - if (error) { - printf("HFS: bitmap scan range error: %d on vol=%s\n", error, hfsmp->vcbVN); - break; - } - } - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_UNMAP) && - ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) == 0)) { - if (error == 0) { - hfs_issue_unmap(hfsmp, &trimlist); - } - if (trimlist.extents) { - hfs_free(trimlist.extents, trimlist.allocated_count * sizeof(dk_extent_t)); - } - } - - /* - * This is in an #if block because hfs_validate_summary prototype and function body - * will only show up if ALLOC_DEBUG is on, to save wired memory ever so slightly. - */ -#if ALLOC_DEBUG - sanity_check_free_ext(hfsmp, 1); - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE) { - /* Validate the summary table too! */ - hfs_validate_summary(hfsmp); - printf("HFS: Summary validation complete on %s\n", hfsmp->vcbVN); - } -#endif - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_UNMAP_ENABLED) { - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_UNMAP_SCAN | DBG_FUNC_END, error, hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev, 0, 0, 0); - } - - return error; -} - -static void add_to_reserved_list(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, uint32_t start, - uint32_t count, int list, - struct rl_entry **reservation) -{ - struct rl_entry *range, *next_range; - - if (list == HFS_TENTATIVE_BLOCKS) { - int nranges = 0; - // Don't allow more than 4 tentative reservations - TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(range, &hfsmp->hfs_reserved_ranges[HFS_TENTATIVE_BLOCKS], - rl_link, next_range) { - if (++nranges > 3) - hfs_release_reserved(hfsmp, range, HFS_TENTATIVE_BLOCKS); - } - } - - range = hfs_malloc(sizeof(*range)); - range->rl_start = start; - range->rl_end = start + count - 1; - TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&hfsmp->hfs_reserved_ranges[list], range, rl_link); - *reservation = range; -} - -static void hfs_release_reserved(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, - struct rl_entry *range, - int list) -{ - if (range->rl_start == -1) - return; - - TAILQ_REMOVE(&hfsmp->hfs_reserved_ranges[list], range, rl_link); - - if (rl_len(range) > 0) { - if (list == HFS_TENTATIVE_BLOCKS) - hfsmp->tentativeBlocks -= rl_len(range); - else { - /* - * We don't need to unmap tentative blocks because we won't have - * written to them, but we might have written to reserved blocks. - * Nothing can refer to those blocks so this doesn't have to be - * via the journal. If this proves to be too expensive, we could - * consider not sending down the unmap or we could require this - * to always be called within a transaction and then we can use - * the journal. - */ - dk_extent_t extent = { - .offset = (hfs_blk_to_bytes(range->rl_start, hfsmp->blockSize) - + hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset), - .length = hfs_blk_to_bytes(rl_len(range), hfsmp->blockSize) - }; - dk_unmap_t unmap = { - .extents = &extent, - .extentsCount = 1, - }; - VNOP_IOCTL(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, DKIOCUNMAP, (caddr_t)&unmap, - 0, vfs_context_kernel()); - hfs_assert(hfsmp->lockedBlocks >= rl_len(range)); - hfsmp->lockedBlocks -= rl_len(range); - } - hfs_release_summary(hfsmp, range->rl_start, rl_len(range)); - add_free_extent_cache(hfsmp, range->rl_start, rl_len(range)); - } - - range->rl_start = -1; - range->rl_end = -2; -} - -static void hfs_free_locked_internal(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, - struct rl_entry **reservation, - int list) -{ - if (*reservation) { - hfs_release_reserved(hfsmp, *reservation, list); - hfs_free(*reservation, sizeof(**reservation)); - *reservation = NULL; - } -} - -void hfs_free_tentative(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, struct rl_entry **reservation) -{ - hfs_free_locked_internal(hfsmp, reservation, HFS_TENTATIVE_BLOCKS); -} - -void hfs_free_locked(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, struct rl_entry **reservation) -{ - hfs_free_locked_internal(hfsmp, reservation, HFS_LOCKED_BLOCKS); -} - -OSErr BlockAllocate ( - hfsmount_t *hfsmp, /* which volume to allocate space on */ - u_int32_t startingBlock, /* preferred starting block, or 0 for no preference */ - u_int32_t minBlocks, /* desired number of blocks to allocate */ - u_int32_t maxBlocks, /* maximum number of blocks to allocate */ - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags, /* option flags */ - u_int32_t *actualStartBlock, /* actual first block of allocation */ - u_int32_t *actualNumBlocks) -{ - hfs_alloc_extra_args_t extra_args = { - .max_blocks = maxBlocks - }; - - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor extent = { startingBlock, minBlocks }; - - OSErr err = hfs_block_alloc_int(hfsmp, &extent, flags, &extra_args); - - *actualStartBlock = extent.startBlock; - *actualNumBlocks = extent.blockCount; - - return err; -} - -errno_t hfs_block_alloc(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extent, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags, - hfs_alloc_extra_args_t *ap) -{ - return MacToVFSError(hfs_block_alloc_int(hfsmp, extent, flags, ap)); -} - -/* - ;________________________________________________________________________________ - ; - ; Routine: hfs_block_alloc_int - ; - ; Function: Allocate space on a volume. If contiguous allocation is requested, - ; at least the requested number of bytes will be allocated or an - ; error will be returned. If contiguous allocation is not forced, - ; the space will be allocated with the first largest extent available - ; at the requested starting allocation block. If there is not enough - ; room there, a block allocation of less than the requested size will be - ; allocated. - ; - ; If the requested starting block is 0 (for new file allocations), - ; the volume's allocation block pointer will be used as a starting - ; point. - ; - ; Input Arguments: - ; hfsmp - Pointer to the HFS mount structure. - ; extent - startBlock indicates the block to start - ; searching from and blockCount is the number of - ; blocks required. Depending on the flags used, - ; more or less blocks may be returned. The - ; allocated extent is returned via this - ; parameter. - ; flags - Flags to specify options like contiguous, use - ; metadata zone, skip free block check, etc. - ; ap - Additional arguments used depending on flags. - ; See hfs_alloc_extra_args_t and below. - ; - ; Output: - ; (result) - Error code, zero for successful allocation - ; extent - If successful, the allocated extent. - ; - ; Side effects: - ; The volume bitmap is read and updated; the volume bitmap cache may be changed. - ; - ; HFS_ALLOC_TENTATIVE - ; Blocks will be reserved but not marked allocated. They can be - ; stolen if free space is limited. Tentative blocks can be used by - ; passing HFS_ALLOC_USE_TENTATIVE and passing in the resevation. - ; @ap->reservation_out is used to store the reservation. - ; - ; HFS_ALLOC_USE_TENTATIVE - ; Use blocks previously returned with HFS_ALLOC_TENTATIVE. - ; @ap->reservation_in should be set to whatever @ap->reservation_out - ; was set to when HFS_ALLOC_TENTATIVE was used. If the tentative - ; reservation was stolen, a normal allocation will take place. - ; - ; HFS_ALLOC_LOCKED - ; Blocks will be reserved but not marked allocated. Unlike tentative - ; reservations they cannot be stolen. It is safe to write to these - ; blocks. @ap->reservation_out is used to store the reservation. - ; - ; HFS_ALLOC_COMMIT - ; This will take blocks previously returned with HFS_ALLOC_LOCKED and - ; mark them allocated on disk. @ap->reservation_in is used. - ; - ; HFS_ALLOC_ROLL_BACK - ; Take blocks that were just recently deallocated and mark them - ; allocated. This is for roll back situations. Blocks got - ; deallocated and then something went wrong and we need to roll back - ; by marking the blocks allocated. - ; - ; HFS_ALLOC_FORCECONTIG - ; It will not return fewer than @min_blocks. - ; - ; HFS_ALLOC_TRY_HARD - ; We will perform an exhaustive search to try and find @max_blocks. - ; It will not return fewer than @min_blocks. - ; - ;________________________________________________________________________________ - */ -OSErr hfs_block_alloc_int(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extent, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags, - hfs_alloc_extra_args_t *ap) -{ - u_int32_t freeBlocks; - OSErr err = 0; - Boolean updateAllocPtr = false; // true if nextAllocation needs to be updated - Boolean forceContiguous = false; - Boolean forceFlush; - - uint32_t startingBlock = extent->startBlock; - uint32_t minBlocks = extent->blockCount; - uint32_t maxBlocks = (ap && ap->max_blocks) ? ap->max_blocks : minBlocks; - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_ALLOC_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_BLOCK_ALLOCATE | DBG_FUNC_START, startingBlock, minBlocks, maxBlocks, flags, 0); - - if (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_COMMIT)) { - extent->startBlock = (*ap->reservation_in)->rl_start; - extent->blockCount = rl_len(*ap->reservation_in); - goto mark_allocated; - } - - if (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_ROLL_BACK)) - goto mark_allocated; - - freeBlocks = hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 0); - - if (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_USE_TENTATIVE)) { - struct rl_entry *range = *ap->reservation_in; - - if (range && range->rl_start != -1) { - /* - * It's possible that we have a tentative reservation - * but there aren't enough free blocks due to loaned blocks - * or insufficient space in the backing store. - */ - uint32_t count = min(min(maxBlocks, rl_len(range)), freeBlocks); - - if (count >= minBlocks) { - extent->startBlock = range->rl_start; - extent->blockCount = count; - - // Should we go straight to commit? - if (!ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_LOCKED)) - SET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_COMMIT); - - goto mark_allocated; - } - } - - /* - * We can't use the tentative reservation so free it and allocate - * normally. - */ - hfs_free_tentative(hfsmp, ap->reservation_in); - CLR(flags, HFS_ALLOC_USE_TENTATIVE); - } - - if (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_FORCECONTIG | HFS_ALLOC_TRY_HARD)) - forceContiguous = true; - - if (flags & HFS_ALLOC_FLUSHTXN) { - forceFlush = true; - } - else { - forceFlush = false; - } - - hfs_assert(hfsmp->freeBlocks >= hfsmp->tentativeBlocks); - - // See if we have to steal tentative blocks - if (freeBlocks < hfsmp->tentativeBlocks + minBlocks) - SET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_TENTATIVE); - - /* Skip free block check if blocks are being allocated for relocating - * data during truncating a volume. - * - * During hfs_truncatefs(), the volume free block count is updated - * before relocating data to reflect the total number of free blocks - * that will exist on the volume after resize is successful. This - * means that we have reserved allocation blocks required for relocating - * the data and hence there is no need to check the free blocks. - * It will also prevent resize failure when the number of blocks in - * an extent being relocated is more than the free blocks that will - * exist after the volume is resized. - */ - if ((flags & HFS_ALLOC_SKIPFREEBLKS) == 0) { - // If the disk is already full, don't bother. - if (freeBlocks == 0) { - err = dskFulErr; - goto exit; - } - if (forceContiguous && freeBlocks < minBlocks) { - err = dskFulErr; - goto exit; - } - - /* - * Clip if necessary so we don't over-subscribe the free blocks. - */ - if (minBlocks > freeBlocks) { - minBlocks = freeBlocks; - } - if (maxBlocks > freeBlocks) { - maxBlocks = freeBlocks; - } - } - - if (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_TRY_HARD)) { - err = hfs_alloc_try_hard(hfsmp, extent, maxBlocks, flags); - if (err) - goto exit; - - goto mark_allocated; - } - - // - // If caller didn't specify a starting block number, then use the volume's - // next block to allocate from. - // - if (startingBlock == 0) { - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - - /* Sparse Allocation and nextAllocation are both used even if the R/B Tree is on */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_HAS_SPARSE_DEVICE) { - startingBlock = hfsmp->sparseAllocation; - } - else { - startingBlock = hfsmp->nextAllocation; - } - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - updateAllocPtr = true; - } - - - if (startingBlock >= hfsmp->allocLimit) { - startingBlock = 0; /* overflow so start at beginning */ - } - - // - // If the request must be contiguous, then find a sequence of free blocks - // that is long enough. Otherwise, find the first free block. - // - if (forceContiguous) { - err = BlockFindContig(hfsmp, startingBlock, minBlocks, maxBlocks, - flags, &extent->startBlock, &extent->blockCount); - /* - * If we allocated from a new position then also update the roving allocator. - * This will keep the roving allocation pointer up-to-date even - * if we are using the new R/B tree allocator, since - * it doesn't matter to us here, how the underlying allocator found - * the block to vend out. - */ - if ((err == noErr) && - (extent->startBlock > startingBlock) && - ((extent->startBlock < hfsmp->hfs_metazone_start) || - (extent->startBlock > hfsmp->hfs_metazone_end))) { - updateAllocPtr = true; - } - } else { - /* - * Scan the bitmap once, gather the N largest free extents, then - * allocate from these largest extents. Repeat as needed until - * we get all the space we needed. We could probably build up - * that list when the higher level caller tried (and failed) a - * contiguous allocation first. - * - * Note that the free-extent cache will be cease to be updated if - * we are using the red-black tree for allocations. If we jettison - * the tree, then we will reset the free-extent cache and start over. - */ - - /* Disable HFS_ALLOC_FLUSHTXN if needed */ - if (forceFlush) { - flags &= ~HFS_ALLOC_FLUSHTXN; - } - - /* - * BlockFindKnown only examines the free extent cache; anything in there will - * have been committed to stable storage already. - */ - err = BlockFindKnown(hfsmp, maxBlocks, &extent->startBlock, - &extent->blockCount); - - /* dskFulErr out of BlockFindKnown indicates an empty Free Extent Cache */ - - if (err == dskFulErr) { - /* - * Now we have to do a bigger scan. Start at startingBlock and go up until the - * allocation limit. We 'trust' the summary bitmap in this call, if it tells us - * that it could not find any free space. - */ - err = BlockFindAny(hfsmp, startingBlock, hfsmp->allocLimit, - maxBlocks, flags, true, - &extent->startBlock, &extent->blockCount); - } - if (err == dskFulErr) { - /* - * Vary the behavior here if the summary table is on or off. - * If it is on, then we don't trust it it if we get into this case and - * basically do a full scan for maximum coverage. - * If it is off, then we trust the above and go up until the startingBlock. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE) { - err = BlockFindAny(hfsmp, 1, hfsmp->allocLimit, maxBlocks, - flags, false, - &extent->startBlock, &extent->blockCount); - } - else { - err = BlockFindAny(hfsmp, 1, startingBlock, maxBlocks, - flags, false, - &extent->startBlock, &extent->blockCount); - } - - /* - * Last Resort: Find/use blocks that may require a journal flush. - */ - if (err == dskFulErr && forceFlush) { - flags |= HFS_ALLOC_FLUSHTXN; - err = BlockFindAny(hfsmp, 1, hfsmp->allocLimit, maxBlocks, - flags, false, - &extent->startBlock, &extent->blockCount); - } - } - } - - if (err) - goto exit; - -mark_allocated: - - // Handle alignment - if (ap && ap->alignment && extent->blockCount < ap->max_blocks) { - /* - * See the comment in FileMgrInternal.h for alignment - * semantics. - */ - uint32_t rounding = ((extent->blockCount + ap->alignment_offset) - % ap->alignment); - - // @minBlocks is still the minimum - if (extent->blockCount >= minBlocks + rounding) - extent->blockCount -= rounding; - } - - err = BlockMarkAllocatedInternal(hfsmp, extent->startBlock, - extent->blockCount, flags); - - if (err) - goto exit; - - if (ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_CS) && extent->blockCount != 0 - && !ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_TENTATIVE)) { - if (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_FAST_DEV)) { -#if !HFS_ALLOC_TEST /* need this guard because this file is compiled outside of the kernel */ - hfs_pin_block_range(hfsmp, HFS_PIN_IT, - extent->startBlock, extent->blockCount); -#endif - } else { - _dk_cs_map_t cm = { - .cm_extent = { - (hfs_blk_to_bytes(extent->startBlock, hfsmp->blockSize) - + hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset), - hfs_blk_to_bytes(extent->blockCount, hfsmp->blockSize) - } - }; - - errno_t err2 = VNOP_IOCTL(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, _DKIOCCSMAP, - (caddr_t)&cm, 0, vfs_context_current()); - - /* - * Ignore errors for now; we are fully provisioned so in - * theory CoreStorage should be able to handle this - * allocation. Should we want to change this in future, then - * we should think carefully how we handle errors. Allowing - * CoreStorage to truncate our allocation is problematic - * because we might have minimum and alignment requirements - * and backing out changes we have already made is - * non-trivial. - */ - - if (err2 || cm.cm_bytes_mapped < cm.cm_extent.length) { - printf("hfs: _DKIOCCSMAP error: %d, bytes_mapped: %llu\n", - err2, cm.cm_bytes_mapped); - } - } - } - - // if we actually allocated something then go update the - // various bits of state that we maintain regardless of - // whether there was an error (i.e. partial allocations - // still need to update things like the free block count). - // - if (extent->blockCount != 0) { - // - // If we used the volume's roving allocation pointer, then we need to update it. - // Adding in the length of the current allocation might reduce the next allocate - // call by avoiding a re-scan of the already allocated space. However, the clump - // just allocated can quite conceivably end up being truncated or released when - // the file is closed or its EOF changed. Leaving the allocation pointer at the - // start of the last allocation will avoid unnecessary fragmentation in this case. - // - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - - if (!ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_USE_TENTATIVE | HFS_ALLOC_COMMIT)) { - lck_spin_lock(&hfsmp->vcbFreeExtLock); - if (hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt == 0 && hfsmp->hfs_freed_block_count == 0) { - hfsmp->sparseAllocation = extent->startBlock; - } - lck_spin_unlock(&hfsmp->vcbFreeExtLock); - if (extent->blockCount < hfsmp->hfs_freed_block_count) { - hfsmp->hfs_freed_block_count -= extent->blockCount; - } else { - hfsmp->hfs_freed_block_count = 0; - } - - if (updateAllocPtr && - ((extent->startBlock < hfsmp->hfs_metazone_start) || - (extent->startBlock > hfsmp->hfs_metazone_end))) { - HFS_UPDATE_NEXT_ALLOCATION(hfsmp, extent->startBlock); - } - - (void) remove_free_extent_cache(hfsmp, extent->startBlock, extent->blockCount); - } - - if (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_USE_TENTATIVE)) { - (*ap->reservation_in)->rl_start += extent->blockCount; - hfsmp->tentativeBlocks -= extent->blockCount; - if (rl_len(*ap->reservation_in) <= 0) - hfs_free_tentative(hfsmp, ap->reservation_in); - } else if (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_COMMIT)) { - // Handle committing locked extents - hfs_assert(hfsmp->lockedBlocks >= extent->blockCount); - (*ap->reservation_in)->rl_start += extent->blockCount; - hfsmp->lockedBlocks -= extent->blockCount; - hfs_free_locked(hfsmp, ap->reservation_in); - } - - /* - * Update the number of free blocks on the volume - * - * Skip updating the free blocks count if the block are - * being allocated to relocate data as part of hfs_truncatefs() - */ - - if (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_TENTATIVE)) { - hfsmp->tentativeBlocks += extent->blockCount; - } else if (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_LOCKED)) { - hfsmp->lockedBlocks += extent->blockCount; - } else if ((flags & HFS_ALLOC_SKIPFREEBLKS) == 0) { - hfsmp->freeBlocks -= extent->blockCount; - } - MarkVCBDirty(hfsmp); - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - hfs_generate_volume_notifications(hfsmp); - - if (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_TENTATIVE)) { - hfs_assert(ap); - add_to_reserved_list(hfsmp, extent->startBlock, extent->blockCount, - 0, ap->reservation_out); - } else if (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_LOCKED)) { - hfs_assert(ap); - add_to_reserved_list(hfsmp, extent->startBlock, extent->blockCount, - 1, ap->reservation_out); - } - - if (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_TENTATIVE)) { - /* - * See if we used tentative blocks. Note that we cannot - * free the reservations here because we don't have access - * to the external pointers. All we can do is update the - * reservations and they'll be cleaned up when whatever is - * holding the pointers calls us back. - * - * We use the rangelist code to detect overlaps and - * constrain the tentative block allocation. Note that - * @end is inclusive so that our rangelist code will - * resolve the various cases for us. As a result, we need - * to ensure that we account for it properly when removing - * the blocks from the tentative count in the mount point - * and re-inserting the remainder (either head or tail) - */ - struct rl_entry *range, *next_range; - struct rl_head *ranges = &hfsmp->hfs_reserved_ranges[HFS_TENTATIVE_BLOCKS]; - const uint32_t start = extent->startBlock; - const uint32_t end = start + extent->blockCount - 1; - TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(range, ranges, rl_link, next_range) { - switch (rl_overlap(range, start, end)) { - case RL_OVERLAPCONTAINSRANGE: - // Keep the bigger part - if (start - range->rl_start > range->rl_end - end) { - // Discard the tail - hfsmp->tentativeBlocks -= range->rl_end + 1 - start; - hfs_release_summary(hfsmp, end + 1, range->rl_end - end); - const uint32_t old_end = range->rl_end; - range->rl_end = start - 1; - add_free_extent_cache(hfsmp, end + 1, old_end - end); - } else { - // Discard the head - hfsmp->tentativeBlocks -= end + 1 - range->rl_start; - hfs_release_summary(hfsmp, range->rl_start, - start - range->rl_start); - const uint32_t old_start = range->rl_start; - range->rl_start = end + 1; - add_free_extent_cache(hfsmp, old_start, - start - old_start); - } - hfs_assert(range->rl_end >= range->rl_start); - break; - case RL_MATCHINGOVERLAP: - case RL_OVERLAPISCONTAINED: - hfsmp->tentativeBlocks -= rl_len(range); - range->rl_end = range->rl_start - 1; - hfs_release_reserved(hfsmp, range, HFS_TENTATIVE_BLOCKS); - break; - case RL_OVERLAPSTARTSBEFORE: - hfsmp->tentativeBlocks -= range->rl_end + 1 - start; - range->rl_end = start - 1; - hfs_assert(range->rl_end >= range->rl_start); - break; - case RL_OVERLAPENDSAFTER: - hfsmp->tentativeBlocks -= end + 1 - range->rl_start; - range->rl_start = end + 1; - hfs_assert(range->rl_end >= range->rl_start); - break; - case RL_NOOVERLAP: - break; - } - } - } - } - -exit: - - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - if (err == noErr) { - if (extent->startBlock >= hfsmp->totalBlocks) { - panic ("BlockAllocate: vending invalid blocks!"); - } - if (extent->startBlock >= hfsmp->allocLimit) { - panic ("BlockAllocate: vending block past allocLimit!"); - } - - if ((extent->startBlock + extent->blockCount) >= hfsmp->totalBlocks) { - panic ("BlockAllocate: vending too many invalid blocks!"); - } - - if ((extent->startBlock + extent->blockCount) >= hfsmp->allocLimit) { - panic ("BlockAllocate: vending too many invalid blocks past allocLimit!"); - } - } - } - - if (err) { - // Just to be safe... - extent->startBlock = 0; - extent->blockCount = 0; - } - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_ALLOC_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_BLOCK_ALLOCATE | DBG_FUNC_END, err, extent->startBlock, extent->blockCount, 0, 0); - - return err; -} - - -/* -;________________________________________________________________________________ -; -; Routine: BlockDeallocate -; -; Function: Update the bitmap to deallocate a run of disk allocation blocks -; -; Input Arguments: -; vcb - Pointer to ExtendedVCB for the volume to free space on -; firstBlock - First allocation block to be freed -; numBlocks - Number of allocation blocks to free up (must be > 0!) -; -; Output: -; (result) - Result code -; -; Side effects: -; The volume bitmap is read and updated; the volume bitmap cache may be changed. -; The Allocator's red-black trees may also be modified as a result. -; -;________________________________________________________________________________ -*/ - -OSErr BlockDeallocate ( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, // Which volume to deallocate space on - u_int32_t firstBlock, // First block in range to deallocate - u_int32_t numBlocks, // Number of contiguous blocks to deallocate - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags) -{ - if (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_TENTATIVE | HFS_ALLOC_LOCKED)) - return 0; - - OSErr err; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - hfsmp = VCBTOHFS(vcb); - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_ALLOC_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_BLOCK_DEALLOCATE | DBG_FUNC_START, firstBlock, numBlocks, flags, 0, 0); - - // - // If no blocks to deallocate, then exit early - // - if (numBlocks == 0) { - err = noErr; - goto Exit; - } - - - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - if (firstBlock >= hfsmp->totalBlocks) { - panic ("BlockDeallocate: freeing invalid blocks!"); - } - - if ((firstBlock + numBlocks) >= hfsmp->totalBlocks) { - panic ("BlockDeallocate: freeing too many invalid blocks!"); - } - } - - /* - * If we're using the summary bitmap, then try to mark the bits - * as potentially usable/free before actually deallocating them. - * It is better to be slightly speculative here for correctness. - */ - - (void) hfs_release_summary (hfsmp, firstBlock, numBlocks); - - err = BlockMarkFreeInternal(vcb, firstBlock, numBlocks, true); - - if (err) { - goto Exit; - } - - // - // Update the volume's free block count, and mark the VCB as dirty. - // - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - /* - * Do not update the free block count. This flags is specified - * when a volume is being truncated. - */ - if ((flags & HFS_ALLOC_SKIPFREEBLKS) == 0) { - vcb->freeBlocks += numBlocks; - } - - vcb->hfs_freed_block_count += numBlocks; - - if (vcb->nextAllocation == (firstBlock + numBlocks)) { - HFS_UPDATE_NEXT_ALLOCATION(vcb, (vcb->nextAllocation - numBlocks)); - } - - if (hfsmp->jnl == NULL) { - /* - * In the journal case, we'll add the free extent once the journal - * calls us back to tell us it wrote the transaction to disk. - */ - (void) add_free_extent_cache(vcb, firstBlock, numBlocks); - - /* - * If the journal case, we'll only update sparseAllocation once the - * free extent cache becomes empty (when we remove the last entry - * from the cache). Skipping it here means we're less likely to - * find a recently freed extent via the bitmap before it gets added - * to the free extent cache. - */ - if (firstBlock < vcb->sparseAllocation) { - vcb->sparseAllocation = firstBlock; - } - } - - MarkVCBDirty(vcb); - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - hfs_generate_volume_notifications(VCBTOHFS(vcb)); -Exit: - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_ALLOC_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_BLOCK_DEALLOCATE | DBG_FUNC_END, err, 0, 0, 0, 0); - - return err; -} - - -u_int8_t freebitcount[16] = { - 4, 3, 3, 2, 3, 2, 2, 1, /* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 */ - 3, 2, 2, 1, 2, 1, 1, 0, /* 8 9 A B C D E F */ -}; - -u_int32_t -MetaZoneFreeBlocks(ExtendedVCB *vcb) -{ - u_int32_t freeblocks; - u_int32_t *currCache; - uintptr_t blockRef; - u_int32_t bit; - u_int32_t lastbit; - int bytesleft; - int bytesperblock; - u_int8_t byte; - u_int8_t *buffer; - - blockRef = 0; - bytesleft = freeblocks = 0; - buffer = NULL; - bit = VCBTOHFS(vcb)->hfs_metazone_start; - if (bit == 1) - bit = 0; - - lastbit = VCBTOHFS(vcb)->hfs_metazone_end; - bytesperblock = vcb->vcbVBMIOSize; - - /* - * Count all the bits from bit to lastbit. - */ - while (bit < lastbit) { - /* - * Get next bitmap block. - */ - if (bytesleft == 0) { - if (blockRef) { - (void) ReleaseBitmapBlock(vcb, blockRef, false); - blockRef = 0; - } - if (ReadBitmapBlock(vcb, bit, &currCache, &blockRef, - HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_TENTATIVE) != 0) { - return (0); - } - buffer = (u_int8_t *)currCache; - bytesleft = bytesperblock; - } - byte = *buffer++; - freeblocks += freebitcount[byte & 0x0F]; - freeblocks += freebitcount[(byte >> 4) & 0x0F]; - bit += kBitsPerByte; - --bytesleft; - } - if (blockRef) - (void) ReleaseBitmapBlock(vcb, blockRef, false); - - return (freeblocks); -} - - -/* - * Obtain the next allocation block (bit) that's - * outside the metadata allocation zone. - */ -static u_int32_t NextBitmapBlock( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t bit) -{ - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VCBTOHFS(vcb); - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_METADATA_ZONE) == 0) - return (bit); - /* - * Skip over metadata allocation zone. - */ - if ((bit >= hfsmp->hfs_metazone_start) && - (bit <= hfsmp->hfs_metazone_end)) { - bit = hfsmp->hfs_metazone_end + 1; - } - return (bit); -} - - -// Assumes @bitmap is aligned to 8 bytes and multiple of 8 bytes. -static void bits_set(void *bitmap, int start, int end) -{ - const int start_bit = start & 63; - const int end_bit = end & 63; - -#define LEFT_MASK(bit) OSSwapHostToBigInt64(0xffffffffffffffffull << (64 - bit)) -#define RIGHT_MASK(bit) OSSwapHostToBigInt64(0xffffffffffffffffull >> bit) - - uint64_t *p = (uint64_t *)bitmap + start / 64; - - if ((start & ~63) == (end & ~63)) { - // Start and end in same 64 bits - *p |= RIGHT_MASK(start_bit) & LEFT_MASK(end_bit); - } else { - *p++ |= RIGHT_MASK(start_bit); - - int nquads = (end - end_bit - start - 1) / 64; - - while (nquads--) - *p++ = 0xffffffffffffffffull; - - if (end_bit) - *p |= LEFT_MASK(end_bit); - } -} - -// Modifies the buffer and applies any reservations that we might have -static buf_t process_reservations(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, buf_t bp, off_t offset, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags, - bool always_copy) -{ - bool taken_copy = false; - void *buffer = (void *)buf_dataptr(bp); - const uint32_t nbytes = buf_count(bp); - const off_t end = offset + nbytes * 8 - 1; - - for (int i = (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_TENTATIVE) - ? HFS_LOCKED_BLOCKS : HFS_TENTATIVE_BLOCKS); i < 2; ++i) { - struct rl_entry *entry; - TAILQ_FOREACH(entry, &hfsmp->hfs_reserved_ranges[i], rl_link) { - uint32_t a, b; - - enum rl_overlaptype overlap_type = rl_overlap(entry, offset, end); - - if (overlap_type == RL_NOOVERLAP) - continue; - - /* - * If always_copy is false, we only take a copy if B_LOCKED is - * set because ReleaseScanBitmapRange doesn't invalidate the - * buffer in that case. - */ - if (!taken_copy && (always_copy || ISSET(buf_flags(bp), B_LOCKED))) { - buf_t new_bp = buf_create_shadow(bp, true, 0, NULL, NULL); - buf_brelse(bp); - bp = new_bp; - buf_setflags(bp, B_NOCACHE); - buffer = (void *)buf_dataptr(bp); - taken_copy = true; - } - - switch (overlap_type) { - case RL_OVERLAPCONTAINSRANGE: - case RL_MATCHINGOVERLAP: - memset(buffer, 0xff, nbytes); - return bp; - case RL_OVERLAPISCONTAINED: - a = entry->rl_start; - b = entry->rl_end; - break; - case RL_OVERLAPSTARTSBEFORE: - a = offset; - b = entry->rl_end; - break; - case RL_OVERLAPENDSAFTER: - a = entry->rl_start; - b = end; - break; - case RL_NOOVERLAP: - __builtin_unreachable(); - } - - a -= offset; - b -= offset; - - hfs_assert(a < buf_count(bp) * 8); - hfs_assert(b < buf_count(bp) * 8); - hfs_assert(b >= a); - - // b is inclusive - bits_set(buffer, a, b + 1); - } - } // for (;;) - - return bp; -} - -/* -;_______________________________________________________________________ -; -; Routine: ReadBitmapBlock -; -; Function: Read in a bitmap block corresponding to a given allocation -; block (bit). Return a pointer to the bitmap block. -; -; Inputs: -; vcb -- Pointer to ExtendedVCB -; bit -- Allocation block whose bitmap block is desired -; -; Outputs: -; buffer -- Pointer to bitmap block corresonding to "block" -; blockRef -;_______________________________________________________________________ -*/ -static OSErr ReadBitmapBlock(ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t bit, - u_int32_t **buffer, - uintptr_t *blockRef, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags) -{ - OSErr err; - struct buf *bp = NULL; - struct vnode *vp = NULL; - daddr64_t block; - u_int32_t blockSize; - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_BITMAP_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_READ_BITMAP_BLOCK | DBG_FUNC_START, bit, 0, 0, 0, 0); - - /* - * volume bitmap blocks are protected by the allocation file lock - */ - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(vcb->hfs_allocation_vp, false); - - blockSize = (u_int32_t)vcb->vcbVBMIOSize; - block = (daddr64_t)(bit / (blockSize * kBitsPerByte)); - - /* HFS+ / HFSX */ - if (vcb->vcbSigWord != kHFSSigWord) { - vp = vcb->hfs_allocation_vp; /* use allocation file vnode */ - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - /* HFS Standard */ - vp = VCBTOHFS(vcb)->hfs_devvp; /* use device I/O vnode */ - block += vcb->vcbVBMSt; /* map to physical block */ - } -#endif - - err = (int)buf_meta_bread(vp, block, blockSize, NOCRED, &bp); - - if (bp) { - if (err) { - buf_brelse(bp); - *blockRef = 0; - *buffer = NULL; - } else { - if (!ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_RESERVED)) { - bp = process_reservations(vcb, bp, block * blockSize * 8, - flags, /* always_copy: */ true); - } - - buf_setfsprivate(bp, (void *)(uintptr_t)flags); - - *blockRef = (uintptr_t)bp; - *buffer = (u_int32_t *)buf_dataptr(bp); - } - } else - hfs_assert(err); - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_BITMAP_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_READ_BITMAP_BLOCK | DBG_FUNC_END, err, 0, 0, 0, 0); - - return err; -} - - -/* -;_______________________________________________________________________ -; -; Routine: ReadBitmapRange -; -; Function: Read in a range of the bitmap starting at the given offset. -; Use the supplied size to determine the amount of I/O to generate -; against the bitmap file. Return a pointer to the bitmap block. -; -; Inputs: -; hfsmp -- Pointer to hfs mount -; offset -- byte offset into the bitmap file -; size -- How much I/O to generate against the bitmap file. -; -; Outputs: -; buffer -- Pointer to bitmap block data corresonding to "block" -; blockRef -- struct 'buf' pointer which MUST be released in a subsequent call. -;_______________________________________________________________________ -*/ -static OSErr ReadBitmapRange(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t offset, - uint32_t iosize, uint32_t **buffer, struct buf **blockRef) -{ - - OSErr err; - struct buf *bp = NULL; - struct vnode *vp = NULL; - daddr64_t block; - - /* This function isn't supported for HFS standard */ - if (hfsmp->vcbSigWord != kHFSPlusSigWord) { - return EINVAL; - } - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_BITMAP_ENABLED) { - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_READ_BITMAP_RANGE | DBG_FUNC_START, offset, iosize, 0, 0, 0); - } - - /* - * volume bitmap blocks are protected by the allocation file lock - */ - REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp, false); - - vp = hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp; /* use allocation file vnode */ - - /* - * The byte offset argument must be converted into bitmap-relative logical - * block numbers before using it in buf_meta_bread. - * - * buf_meta_bread (and the things it calls) will eventually try to - * reconstruct the byte offset into the file by multiplying the logical - * block number passed in below by the vcbVBMIOSize field in the mount - * point. So we prepare for that by converting the byte offset back into - * logical blocks in terms of VBMIOSize units. - * - * The amount of I/O requested and the byte offset should be computed - * based on the helper function in the frame that called us, so we can - * get away with just doing a simple divide here. - */ - block = (daddr64_t)(offset / hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize); - - err = (int) buf_meta_bread(vp, block, iosize, NOCRED, &bp); - - if (bp) { - if (err) { - buf_brelse(bp); - *blockRef = 0; - *buffer = NULL; - } else { - bp = process_reservations(hfsmp, bp, (offset * 8), 0, - /* always_copy: */ false); - - *blockRef = bp; - *buffer = (u_int32_t *)buf_dataptr(bp); - } - } - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_BITMAP_ENABLED) { - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_READ_BITMAP_RANGE | DBG_FUNC_END, err, 0, 0, 0, 0); - } - - return err; -} - - -/* -;_______________________________________________________________________ -; -; Routine: ReleaseBitmapBlock -; -; Function: Relase a bitmap block. -; -; Inputs: -; vcb -; blockRef -; dirty -;_______________________________________________________________________ -*/ -static OSErr ReleaseBitmapBlock( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - uintptr_t blockRef, - Boolean dirty) -{ - struct buf *bp = (struct buf *)blockRef; - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_BITMAP_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_RELEASE_BITMAP_BLOCK | DBG_FUNC_START, dirty, 0, 0, 0, 0); - - if (blockRef == 0) { - if (dirty) - panic("hfs: ReleaseBitmapBlock: missing bp"); - return (0); - } - - if (bp) { - if (dirty) { - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags = (uintptr_t)buf_fsprivate(bp); - - if (!ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_RESERVED)) - panic("Modified read-only bitmap buffer!"); - - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VCBTOHFS(vcb); - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_modify_block_end(hfsmp->jnl, bp, NULL, NULL); - } else { - buf_bdwrite(bp); - } - } else { - buf_brelse(bp); - } - } - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_BITMAP_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_RELEASE_BITMAP_BLOCK | DBG_FUNC_END, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); - - return (0); -} - -/* - * ReleaseScanBitmapRange - * - * This is used to release struct bufs that were created for use by - * bitmap scanning code. Because they may be of sizes different than the - * typical runtime manipulation code, we want to force them to be purged out - * of the buffer cache ASAP, so we'll release them differently than in the - * ReleaseBitmapBlock case. - * - * Additionally, because we know that we're only reading the blocks and that they - * should have been clean prior to reading them, we will never - * issue a write to them (thus dirtying them). - */ - -static OSErr ReleaseScanBitmapRange(struct buf *bp ) { - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_BITMAP_ENABLED) { - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_RELEASE_BITMAP_BLOCK | DBG_FUNC_START, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); - } - - if (bp) { - /* Mark the buffer invalid if it isn't locked, then release it */ - if ((buf_flags(bp) & B_LOCKED) == 0) { - buf_markinvalid(bp); - } - buf_brelse(bp); - } - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_BITMAP_ENABLED) { - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_RELEASE_SCAN_BITMAP | DBG_FUNC_END, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); - } - - return (0); -} - -/* - * @extent.startBlock, on input, contains a preferred block for the - * allocation. @extent.blockCount, on input, contains the minimum - * number of blocks acceptable. Upon success, the result is conveyed - * in @extent. - */ -static OSErr hfs_alloc_try_hard(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extent, - uint32_t max_blocks, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags) -{ - OSErr err = dskFulErr; - - const uint32_t min_blocks = extent->blockCount; - - // It's > rather than >= because the last block is always reserved - if (extent->startBlock > 0 && extent->startBlock < hfsmp->allocLimit - && hfsmp->allocLimit - extent->startBlock > max_blocks) { - /* - * This is just checking to see if there's an extent starting - * at extent->startBlock that will suit. We only check for - * @max_blocks here; @min_blocks is ignored. - */ - - err = BlockFindContiguous(hfsmp, extent->startBlock, extent->startBlock + max_blocks, - max_blocks, max_blocks, true, true, - &extent->startBlock, &extent->blockCount, flags); - - if (err != dskFulErr) - return err; - } - - err = BlockFindKnown(hfsmp, max_blocks, &extent->startBlock, - &extent->blockCount); - - if (!err) { - if (extent->blockCount >= max_blocks) - return 0; - } else if (err != dskFulErr) - return err; - - // Try a more exhaustive search - return BlockFindContiguous(hfsmp, 1, hfsmp->allocLimit, - min_blocks, max_blocks, - /* useMetaZone: */ true, - /* trustSummary: */ true, - &extent->startBlock, &extent->blockCount, flags); -} - -/* -_______________________________________________________________________ - -Routine: BlockFindContig - -Function: Find a contiguous group of allocation blocks. If the - minimum cannot be satisfied, nothing is returned. The - caller guarantees that there are enough free blocks - (though they may not be contiguous, in which case this - call will fail). - -Inputs: - vcb Pointer to volume where space is to be allocated - startingBlock Preferred first block for allocation - minBlocks Minimum number of contiguous blocks to allocate - maxBlocks Maximum number of contiguous blocks to allocate - flags - -Outputs: - actualStartBlock First block of range allocated, or 0 if error - actualNumBlocks Number of blocks allocated, or 0 if error -_______________________________________________________________________ -*/ -static OSErr BlockFindContig( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t startingBlock, - u_int32_t minBlocks, - u_int32_t maxBlocks, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags, - u_int32_t *actualStartBlock, - u_int32_t *actualNumBlocks) -{ - OSErr retval = noErr; - uint32_t currentStart = startingBlock; - - uint32_t foundStart = 0; // values to emit to caller - uint32_t foundCount = 0; - - uint32_t collision_start = 0; // if we have to re-allocate a recently deleted extent, use this - uint32_t collision_count = 0; - - int err; - int allowReuse = (flags & HFS_ALLOC_FLUSHTXN); - Boolean useMetaZone = (flags & HFS_ALLOC_METAZONE); - - int recently_deleted = 0; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VCBTOHFS(vcb); - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_ALLOC_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_FIND_CONTIG_BITMAP | DBG_FUNC_START, startingBlock, minBlocks, maxBlocks, useMetaZone, 0); - - while ((retval == noErr) && (foundStart == 0) && (foundCount == 0)) { - - /* Try and find something that works. */ - - /* - * NOTE: If the only contiguous free extent of at least minBlocks - * crosses startingBlock (i.e. starts before, ends after), then we - * won't find it. Earlier versions *did* find this case by letting - * the second search look past startingBlock by minBlocks. But - * with the free extent cache, this can lead to duplicate entries - * in the cache, causing the same blocks to be allocated twice. - */ - retval = BlockFindContiguous(vcb, currentStart, vcb->allocLimit, minBlocks, - maxBlocks, useMetaZone, true, &foundStart, &foundCount, flags); - - if (retval == dskFulErr && currentStart != 0) { - /* - * We constrain the endingBlock so we don't bother looking for ranges - * that would overlap those found in the previous call, if the summary bitmap - * is not on for this volume. If it is, then we assume that it was not trust - * -worthy and do a full scan. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE) { - retval = BlockFindContiguous(vcb, 1, vcb->allocLimit, minBlocks, - maxBlocks, useMetaZone, false, &foundStart, &foundCount, flags); - } - else { - retval = BlockFindContiguous(vcb, 1, currentStart, minBlocks, - maxBlocks, useMetaZone, false, &foundStart, &foundCount, flags); - } - } - - if (retval != noErr) { - goto bailout; - } - - /* Do we overlap with the recently found collision extent? */ - if (collision_start) { - if (extents_overlap (foundStart, foundCount, collision_start, collision_count)) { - /* - * We've looped around, and the only thing we could use was the collision extent. - * Since we are allowed to use it, go ahead and do so now. - */ - if(allowReuse) { - /* - * then we couldn't find anything except values which might have been - * recently deallocated. just return our cached value if we are allowed to. - */ - foundStart = collision_start; - foundCount = collision_count; - goto bailout; - } - else { - /* Otherwise, we looped around and couldn't find anything that wouldn't require a journal flush. */ - retval = dskFulErr; - goto bailout; - } - } - } - - /* OK, we know we must not have collided . See if this one is recently deleted */ - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - recently_deleted = 0; - uint32_t nextStart; - err = CheckUnmappedBytes (hfsmp, (uint64_t)foundStart, - (uint64_t) foundCount, &recently_deleted, &nextStart); - if (err == 0) { - if(recently_deleted != 0) { - /* - * these blocks were recently deleted/deallocated. Cache the extent, but - * but keep searching to see if we can find one that won't collide here. - */ - if (collision_start == 0) { - collision_start = foundStart; - collision_count = foundCount; - } - recently_deleted = 0; - - /* - * advance currentStart to the point just past the overlap we just found. Note that - * we will automatically loop around to start of the bitmap as needed. - */ - currentStart = nextStart; - /* Unset foundStart/Count to allow it to loop around again. */ - foundStart = 0; - foundCount = 0; - } - } - } // end jnl/deleted case - - /* - * If we found something good, we'd break out of the loop at the top; foundCount - * and foundStart should be set. - */ - - } // end while loop. - -bailout: - - if (retval == noErr) { - *actualStartBlock = foundStart; - *actualNumBlocks = foundCount; - } - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_ALLOC_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_FIND_CONTIG_BITMAP | DBG_FUNC_END, foundStart, foundCount, retval, 0, 0); - - return retval; - -} - - -/* -_______________________________________________________________________ - -Routine: BlockFindAny - -Function: Find one or more allocation blocks and may return fewer than - requested. The caller guarantees that there is at least one - free block. - -Inputs: - vcb Pointer to volume where space is to be allocated - startingBlock Preferred first block for allocation - endingBlock Last block to check + 1 - maxBlocks Maximum number of contiguous blocks to allocate - useMetaZone - -Outputs: - actualStartBlock First block of range allocated, or 0 if error - actualNumBlocks Number of blocks allocated, or 0 if error -_______________________________________________________________________ -*/ - -static OSErr BlockFindAny( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t startingBlock, - register u_int32_t endingBlock, - u_int32_t maxBlocks, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags, - Boolean trustSummary, - u_int32_t *actualStartBlock, - u_int32_t *actualNumBlocks) -{ - - /* - * If it is enabled, scan through the summary table to find the first free block. - * - * If it reports that there are not any free blocks, we could have a false - * positive, so in that case, use the input arguments as a pass through. - */ - uint32_t start_blk = startingBlock; - uint32_t end_blk = endingBlock; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - OSErr err; - - hfsmp = (struct hfsmount*)vcb; - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE) { - uint32_t suggested_start; - - /* - * If the summary table is enabled, scan through it to find the first free - * block. If there was an error, or we couldn't find anything free in the - * summary table, then just leave the start_blk fields unmodified. We wouldn't - * have gotten to this point if the mount point made it look like there was possibly - * free space in the FS. - */ - err = hfs_find_summary_free (hfsmp, startingBlock, &suggested_start); - if (err == 0) { - start_blk = suggested_start; - } - else { - /* Differentiate between ENOSPC and a more esoteric error in the above call. */ - if ((err == ENOSPC) && (trustSummary)) { - /* - * The 'trustSummary' argument is for doing a full scan if we really - * really, need the space and we think it's somewhere but can't find it in the - * summary table. If it's true, then we trust the summary table and return - * dskFulErr if we couldn't find it above. - */ - return dskFulErr; - } - /* - * If either trustSummary was false or we got a different errno, then we - * want to fall through to the real bitmap single i/o code... - */ - } - } - - err = BlockFindAnyBitmap(vcb, start_blk, end_blk, maxBlocks, - flags, actualStartBlock, actualNumBlocks); - - return err; -} - - -/* - * BlockFindAnyBitmap finds free ranges by scanning the bitmap to - * figure out where the free allocation blocks are. Inputs and - * outputs are the same as for BlockFindAny. - */ - -static OSErr BlockFindAnyBitmap( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t startingBlock, - register u_int32_t endingBlock, - u_int32_t maxBlocks, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags, - u_int32_t *actualStartBlock, - u_int32_t *actualNumBlocks) -{ - OSErr err; - register u_int32_t block = 0; // current block number - register u_int32_t currentWord; // Pointer to current word within bitmap block - register u_int32_t bitMask; // Word with given bits already set (ready to OR in) - register u_int32_t wordsLeft; // Number of words left in this bitmap block - u_int32_t *buffer = NULL; - u_int32_t *currCache = NULL; - uintptr_t blockRef = 0; - u_int32_t bitsPerBlock; - u_int32_t wordsPerBlock; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VCBTOHFS(vcb); - Boolean useMetaZone = (flags & HFS_ALLOC_METAZONE); - Boolean forceFlush = (flags & HFS_ALLOC_FLUSHTXN); - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_ALLOC_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_ALLOC_ANY_BITMAP | DBG_FUNC_START, startingBlock, endingBlock, maxBlocks, useMetaZone, 0); - -restartSearchAny: - - /* - * When we're skipping the metadata zone and the start/end - * range overlaps with the metadata zone then adjust the - * start to be outside of the metadata zone. If the range - * is entirely inside the metadata zone then we can deny the - * request (dskFulErr). - */ - if (!useMetaZone && (vcb->hfs_flags & HFS_METADATA_ZONE)) { - if (startingBlock <= vcb->hfs_metazone_end) { - if (endingBlock > (vcb->hfs_metazone_end + 2)) - startingBlock = vcb->hfs_metazone_end + 1; - else { - err = dskFulErr; - goto Exit; - } - } - } - - // Since this routine doesn't wrap around - if (maxBlocks > (endingBlock - startingBlock)) { - maxBlocks = endingBlock - startingBlock; - } - - // - // Pre-read the first bitmap block - // - err = ReadBitmapBlock(vcb, startingBlock, &currCache, &blockRef, flags); - if (err != noErr) goto Exit; - buffer = currCache; - - // - // Set up the current position within the block - // - { - u_int32_t wordIndexInBlock; - - bitsPerBlock = vcb->vcbVBMIOSize * kBitsPerByte; - wordsPerBlock = vcb->vcbVBMIOSize / kBytesPerWord; - - wordIndexInBlock = (startingBlock & (bitsPerBlock-1)) / kBitsPerWord; - buffer += wordIndexInBlock; - wordsLeft = wordsPerBlock - wordIndexInBlock; - currentWord = SWAP_BE32 (*buffer); - bitMask = kHighBitInWordMask >> (startingBlock & kBitsWithinWordMask); - } - - /* - * While loop 1: - * Find the first unallocated block starting at 'block' - */ - uint32_t summary_block_scan = 0; - - block=startingBlock; - while (block < endingBlock) { - if ((currentWord & bitMask) == 0) - break; - - // Next bit - ++block; - bitMask >>= 1; - if (bitMask == 0) { - // Next word - bitMask = kHighBitInWordMask; - ++buffer; - - if (--wordsLeft == 0) { - // Next block - buffer = currCache = NULL; - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE) { - /* - * If summary_block_scan is non-zero, then we must have - * pulled a bitmap file block into core, and scanned through - * the entire thing. Because we're in this loop, we are - * implicitly trusting that the bitmap didn't have any knowledge - * about this particular block. As a result, update the bitmap - * (lazily, now that we've scanned it) with our findings that - * this particular block is completely used up. - */ - if (summary_block_scan != 0) { - uint32_t summary_bit; - (void) hfs_get_summary_index (hfsmp, summary_block_scan, &summary_bit); - hfs_set_summary (hfsmp, summary_bit, 1); - } - } - - err = ReleaseBitmapBlock(vcb, blockRef, false); - if (err != noErr) goto Exit; - - /* - * Skip over metadata blocks. - */ - if (!useMetaZone) { - block = NextBitmapBlock(vcb, block); - } - if (block >= endingBlock) { - err = dskFulErr; - goto Exit; - } - - err = ReadBitmapBlock(vcb, block, &currCache, &blockRef, flags); - if (err != noErr) goto Exit; - buffer = currCache; - summary_block_scan = block; - wordsLeft = wordsPerBlock; - } - currentWord = SWAP_BE32 (*buffer); - } - } - - // Did we get to the end of the bitmap before finding a free block? - // If so, then couldn't allocate anything. - if (block >= endingBlock) { - err = dskFulErr; - goto Exit; - } - - - /* - * Don't move forward just yet. Verify that either one of the following - * two conditions is true: - * 1) journaling is not enabled - * 2) block is not currently on any pending TRIM list. - */ - if (hfsmp->jnl != NULL && (forceFlush == false)) { - int recently_deleted = 0; - uint32_t nextblk; - err = CheckUnmappedBytes (hfsmp, (uint64_t) block, 1, &recently_deleted, &nextblk); - if ((err == 0) && (recently_deleted)) { - - /* release the bitmap block & unset currCache. we may jump past it. */ - err = ReleaseBitmapBlock(vcb, blockRef, false); - currCache = NULL; - if (err != noErr) { - goto Exit; - } - /* set our start to nextblk, and re-do the search. */ - startingBlock = nextblk; - goto restartSearchAny; - } - } - - - // Return the first block in the allocated range - *actualStartBlock = block; - - // If we could get the desired number of blocks before hitting endingBlock, - // then adjust endingBlock so we won't keep looking. Ideally, the comparison - // would be (block + maxBlocks) < endingBlock, but that could overflow. The - // comparison below yields identical results, but without overflow. - if (block < (endingBlock-maxBlocks)) { - endingBlock = block + maxBlocks; // if we get this far, we've found enough - } - - /* - * While loop 2: - * Scan the bitmap, starting at 'currentWord' in the current - * bitmap block. Continue iterating through the bitmap until - * either we hit an allocated block, or until we have accumuluated - * maxBlocks worth of bitmap. - */ - - /* Continue until we see an allocated block */ - while ((currentWord & bitMask) == 0) { - // Move to the next block. If no more, then exit. - ++block; - if (block == endingBlock) { - break; - } - - // Next bit - bitMask >>= 1; - if (bitMask == 0) { - // Next word - bitMask = kHighBitInWordMask; - ++buffer; - - if (--wordsLeft == 0) { - // Next block - buffer = currCache = NULL; - - /* We're only reading the bitmap here, so mark it as clean */ - err = ReleaseBitmapBlock(vcb, blockRef, false); - if (err != noErr) { - goto Exit; - } - - /* - * Skip over metadata blocks. - */ - if (!useMetaZone) { - u_int32_t nextBlock; - nextBlock = NextBitmapBlock(vcb, block); - if (nextBlock != block) { - goto Exit; /* allocation gap, so stop */ - } - } - - if (block >= endingBlock) { - goto Exit; - } - - err = ReadBitmapBlock(vcb, block, &currCache, &blockRef, flags); - if (err != noErr) { - goto Exit; - } - buffer = currCache; - wordsLeft = wordsPerBlock; - } - currentWord = SWAP_BE32 (*buffer); - } - } - -Exit: - if (currCache) { - /* Release the bitmap reference prior to marking bits in-use */ - (void) ReleaseBitmapBlock(vcb, blockRef, false); - currCache = NULL; - } - - if (err == noErr) { - *actualNumBlocks = block - *actualStartBlock; - - // sanity check - if ((*actualStartBlock + *actualNumBlocks) > vcb->allocLimit) { - panic("hfs: BlockFindAnyBitmap: allocation overflow on \"%s\"", vcb->vcbVN); - } - } - else { - *actualStartBlock = 0; - *actualNumBlocks = 0; - } - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_ALLOC_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_ALLOC_ANY_BITMAP | DBG_FUNC_END, err, *actualStartBlock, *actualNumBlocks, 0, 0); - - return err; -} - - -/* -_______________________________________________________________________ - -Routine: BlockFindKnown - -Function: Return a potential extent from the free extent cache. The - returned extent *must* be marked allocated and removed - from the cache by the *caller*. - -Inputs: - vcb Pointer to volume where space is to be allocated - maxBlocks Maximum number of contiguous blocks to allocate - -Outputs: - actualStartBlock First block of range allocated, or 0 if error - actualNumBlocks Number of blocks allocated, or 0 if error - -Returns: - dskFulErr Free extent cache is empty -_______________________________________________________________________ -*/ - -static OSErr BlockFindKnown( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t maxBlocks, - u_int32_t *actualStartBlock, - u_int32_t *actualNumBlocks) -{ - OSErr err; - u_int32_t foundBlocks; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VCBTOHFS(vcb); - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_ALLOC_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_ALLOC_FIND_KNOWN | DBG_FUNC_START, 0, 0, maxBlocks, 0, 0); - - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - lck_spin_lock(&vcb->vcbFreeExtLock); - if ( vcb->vcbFreeExtCnt == 0 || - vcb->vcbFreeExt[0].blockCount == 0) { - lck_spin_unlock(&vcb->vcbFreeExtLock); - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_ALLOC_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_ALLOC_FIND_KNOWN | DBG_FUNC_END, dskFulErr, *actualStartBlock, *actualNumBlocks, 0, 0); - return dskFulErr; - } - lck_spin_unlock(&vcb->vcbFreeExtLock); - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - lck_spin_lock(&vcb->vcbFreeExtLock); - - // Just grab up to maxBlocks of the first (largest) free exent. - *actualStartBlock = vcb->vcbFreeExt[0].startBlock; - foundBlocks = vcb->vcbFreeExt[0].blockCount; - if (foundBlocks > maxBlocks) - foundBlocks = maxBlocks; - *actualNumBlocks = foundBlocks; - - lck_spin_unlock(&vcb->vcbFreeExtLock); - - // sanity check - if ((*actualStartBlock + *actualNumBlocks) > vcb->allocLimit) - { - printf ("hfs: BlockAllocateKnown() found allocation overflow on \"%s\"", vcb->vcbVN); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(vcb, HFS_INCONSISTENCY_DETECTED); - err = EIO; - } else - err = 0; - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_ALLOC_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_ALLOC_FIND_KNOWN | DBG_FUNC_END, err, *actualStartBlock, *actualNumBlocks, 0, 0); - - return err; -} - -/* - * BlockMarkAllocated - * - * This is a wrapper function around the internal calls which will actually mark the blocks - * as in-use. It will mark the blocks in the red-black tree if appropriate. We need to do - * this logic here to avoid callers having to deal with whether or not the red-black tree - * is enabled. - */ - -OSErr BlockMarkAllocated( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t startingBlock, - register u_int32_t numBlocks) -{ - return BlockMarkAllocatedInternal(vcb, startingBlock, numBlocks, 0); -} - - -/* -_______________________________________________________________________ - -Routine: BlockMarkAllocatedInternal - -Function: Mark a contiguous group of blocks as allocated (set in the - bitmap). It assumes those bits are currently marked - deallocated (clear in the bitmap). Note that this function - must be called regardless of whether or not the bitmap or - tree-based allocator is used, as all allocations must correctly - be marked on-disk. If the tree-based approach is running, then - this will be done before the node is removed from the tree. - -Inputs: - vcb Pointer to volume where space is to be allocated - startingBlock First block number to mark as allocated - numBlocks Number of blocks to mark as allocated -_______________________________________________________________________ -*/ -static -OSErr BlockMarkAllocatedInternal ( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t startingBlock, - u_int32_t numBlocks, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags) -{ - OSErr err; - register u_int32_t *currentWord; // Pointer to current word within bitmap block - register u_int32_t wordsLeft; // Number of words left in this bitmap block - register u_int32_t bitMask; // Word with given bits already set (ready to OR in) - u_int32_t firstBit; // Bit index within word of first bit to allocate - u_int32_t numBits; // Number of bits in word to allocate - u_int32_t *buffer = NULL; - uintptr_t blockRef = 0; - u_int32_t bitsPerBlock; - u_int32_t wordsPerBlock; - // XXXdbg - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VCBTOHFS(vcb); - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_BITMAP_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_MARK_ALLOC_BITMAP | DBG_FUNC_START, startingBlock, numBlocks, flags, 0, 0); - -#if DEBUG - - if (!ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_COMMIT) - || ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_USE_TENTATIVE)) { - struct rl_entry *range; - TAILQ_FOREACH(range, &hfsmp->hfs_reserved_ranges[HFS_LOCKED_BLOCKS], rl_link) { - hfs_assert(rl_overlap(range, startingBlock, - startingBlock + numBlocks - 1) == RL_NOOVERLAP); - } - } - -#endif - - int force_flush = 0; - /* - * Since we are about to mark these bits as in-use - * in the bitmap, decide if we need to alert the caller - * that a journal flush might be appropriate. It's safe to - * poke at the journal pointer here since we MUST have - * called start_transaction by the time this function is invoked. - * If the journal is enabled, then it will have taken the requisite - * journal locks. If it is not enabled, then we have taken - * a shared lock on the global lock. - */ - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - uint32_t ignore; - err = CheckUnmappedBytes (hfsmp, (uint64_t) startingBlock, (uint64_t)numBlocks, &force_flush, &ignore); - if ((err == 0) && (force_flush)) { - journal_request_immediate_flush (hfsmp->jnl); - } - } - - hfs_unmap_alloc_extent(vcb, startingBlock, numBlocks); - - /* - * Don't make changes to the disk if we're just reserving. Note that - * we could do better in the tentative case because we could, in theory, - * avoid the journal flush above. However, that would mean that we would - * need to catch the callback to stop it incorrectly addding the extent - * to our free cache. - */ - if (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_LOCKED | HFS_ALLOC_TENTATIVE)) { - err = 0; - goto Exit; - } - - // - // Pre-read the bitmap block containing the first word of allocation - // - - err = ReadBitmapBlock(vcb, startingBlock, &buffer, &blockRef, - HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_RESERVED); - if (err != noErr) goto Exit; - // - // Initialize currentWord, and wordsLeft. - // - { - u_int32_t wordIndexInBlock; - - bitsPerBlock = vcb->vcbVBMIOSize * kBitsPerByte; - wordsPerBlock = vcb->vcbVBMIOSize / kBytesPerWord; - - wordIndexInBlock = (startingBlock & (bitsPerBlock-1)) / kBitsPerWord; - currentWord = buffer + wordIndexInBlock; - wordsLeft = wordsPerBlock - wordIndexInBlock; - } - - // XXXdbg - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_modify_block_start(hfsmp->jnl, (struct buf *)blockRef); - } - - // - // If the first block to allocate doesn't start on a word - // boundary in the bitmap, then treat that first word - // specially. - // - - firstBit = startingBlock % kBitsPerWord; - if (firstBit != 0) { - bitMask = kAllBitsSetInWord >> firstBit; // turn off all bits before firstBit - numBits = kBitsPerWord - firstBit; // number of remaining bits in this word - if (numBits > numBlocks) { - numBits = numBlocks; // entire allocation is inside this one word - bitMask &= ~(kAllBitsSetInWord >> (firstBit + numBits)); // turn off bits after last - } -#if DEBUG - if ((*currentWord & SWAP_BE32 (bitMask)) != 0) { - panic("hfs: BlockMarkAllocatedInternal: blocks already allocated!"); - } -#endif - *currentWord |= SWAP_BE32 (bitMask); // set the bits in the bitmap - numBlocks -= numBits; // adjust number of blocks left to allocate - - ++currentWord; // move to next word - --wordsLeft; // one less word left in this block - } - - // - // Allocate whole words (32 blocks) at a time. - // - - bitMask = kAllBitsSetInWord; // put this in a register for 68K - while (numBlocks >= kBitsPerWord) { - if (wordsLeft == 0) { - // Read in the next bitmap block - startingBlock += bitsPerBlock; // generate a block number in the next bitmap block - - buffer = NULL; - err = ReleaseBitmapBlock(vcb, blockRef, true); - if (err != noErr) goto Exit; - - err = ReadBitmapBlock(vcb, startingBlock, &buffer, &blockRef, - HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_RESERVED); - if (err != noErr) goto Exit; - - // XXXdbg - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_modify_block_start(hfsmp->jnl, (struct buf *)blockRef); - } - - // Readjust currentWord and wordsLeft - currentWord = buffer; - wordsLeft = wordsPerBlock; - } -#if DEBUG - if (*currentWord != 0) { - panic("hfs: BlockMarkAllocatedInternal: blocks already allocated!"); - } -#endif - *currentWord = SWAP_BE32 (bitMask); - numBlocks -= kBitsPerWord; - - ++currentWord; // move to next word - --wordsLeft; // one less word left in this block - } - - // - // Allocate any remaining blocks. - // - - if (numBlocks != 0) { - bitMask = ~(kAllBitsSetInWord >> numBlocks); // set first numBlocks bits - if (wordsLeft == 0) { - // Read in the next bitmap block - startingBlock += bitsPerBlock; // generate a block number in the next bitmap block - - buffer = NULL; - err = ReleaseBitmapBlock(vcb, blockRef, true); - if (err != noErr) goto Exit; - - err = ReadBitmapBlock(vcb, startingBlock, &buffer, &blockRef, - HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_RESERVED); - if (err != noErr) goto Exit; - - // XXXdbg - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_modify_block_start(hfsmp->jnl, (struct buf *)blockRef); - } - - currentWord = buffer; - } -#if DEBUG - if ((*currentWord & SWAP_BE32 (bitMask)) != 0) { - panic("hfs: BlockMarkAllocatedInternal: blocks already allocated!"); - } -#endif - *currentWord |= SWAP_BE32 (bitMask); // set the bits in the bitmap - - // No need to update currentWord or wordsLeft - } - -Exit: - - if (buffer) - (void)ReleaseBitmapBlock(vcb, blockRef, true); - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_BITMAP_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_MARK_ALLOC_BITMAP | DBG_FUNC_END, err, 0, 0, 0, 0); - - return err; -} - - -/* - * BlockMarkFree - * - * This is a wrapper function around the internal calls which will actually mark the blocks - * as freed. It will mark the blocks in the red-black tree if appropriate. We need to do - * this logic here to avoid callers having to deal with whether or not the red-black tree - * is enabled. - * - */ -OSErr BlockMarkFree( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t startingBlock, - register u_int32_t numBlocks) -{ - return BlockMarkFreeInternal(vcb, startingBlock, numBlocks, true); -} - - -/* - * BlockMarkFreeUnused - * - * Scan the bitmap block beyond end of current file system for bits - * that are marked as used. If any of the bits are marked as used, - * this function marks them free. - * - * Note: This was specifically written to mark all bits beyond - * end of current file system during hfs_extendfs(), which makes - * sure that all the new blocks added to the file system are - * marked as free. We expect that all the blocks beyond end of - * current file system are always marked as free, but there might - * be cases where are marked as used. This function assumes that - * the number of blocks marked as used incorrectly are relatively - * small, otherwise this can overflow journal transaction size - * on certain file system configurations (example, large unused - * bitmap with relatively small journal). - * - * Input: - * startingBlock: First block of the range to mark unused - * numBlocks: Number of blocks in the range to mark unused - * - * Returns: zero on success, non-zero on error. - */ -OSErr BlockMarkFreeUnused(ExtendedVCB *vcb, u_int32_t startingBlock, register u_int32_t numBlocks) -{ - int error = 0; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VCBTOHFS(vcb); - u_int32_t curNumBlocks; - u_int32_t bitsPerBlock; - u_int32_t lastBit; - - /* Use the optimal bitmap I/O size instead of bitmap block size */ - bitsPerBlock = hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize * kBitsPerByte; - - /* - * First clear any non bitmap allocation block aligned bits - * - * Calculate the first bit in the bitmap block next to - * the bitmap block containing the bit for startingBlock. - * Using this value, we calculate the total number of - * bits to be marked unused from startingBlock to the - * end of bitmap block containing startingBlock. - */ - lastBit = ((startingBlock + (bitsPerBlock - 1))/bitsPerBlock) * bitsPerBlock; - curNumBlocks = lastBit - startingBlock; - if (curNumBlocks > numBlocks) { - curNumBlocks = numBlocks; - } - error = BlockMarkFreeInternal(vcb, startingBlock, curNumBlocks, false); - if (error) { - return error; - } - startingBlock += curNumBlocks; - numBlocks -= curNumBlocks; - - /* - * Check a full bitmap block for any 'used' bit. If any bit is used, - * mark all the bits only in that bitmap block as free. This ensures - * that we do not write unmodified bitmap blocks and do not - * overwhelm the journal. - * - * The code starts by checking full bitmap block at a time, and - * marks entire bitmap block as free only if any bit in that bitmap - * block is marked as used. In the end, it handles the last bitmap - * block which might be partially full by only checking till the - * caller-specified last bit and if any bit is set, only mark that - * range as free. - */ - while (numBlocks) { - if (numBlocks >= bitsPerBlock) { - curNumBlocks = bitsPerBlock; - } else { - curNumBlocks = numBlocks; - } - if (hfs_isallocated(hfsmp, startingBlock, curNumBlocks) == true) { - error = BlockMarkFreeInternal(vcb, startingBlock, curNumBlocks, false); - if (error) { - return error; - } - } - startingBlock += curNumBlocks; - numBlocks -= curNumBlocks; - } - - return error; -} - -/* -_______________________________________________________________________ - -Routine: BlockMarkFreeInternal - -Function: Mark a contiguous group of blocks as free (clear in the - bitmap). It assumes those bits are currently marked - allocated (set in the bitmap). - -Inputs: - vcb Pointer to volume where space is to be freed - startingBlock First block number to mark as freed - numBlocks Number of blocks to mark as freed - do_validate If true, validate that the blocks being - deallocated to check if they are within totalBlocks - for current volume and whether they were allocated - before they are marked free. -_______________________________________________________________________ -*/ -static -OSErr BlockMarkFreeInternal( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t startingBlock_in, - register u_int32_t numBlocks_in, - Boolean do_validate) -{ - OSErr err; - u_int32_t startingBlock = startingBlock_in; - u_int32_t numBlocks = numBlocks_in; - uint32_t unmapStart = startingBlock_in; - uint32_t unmapCount = numBlocks_in; - uint32_t wordIndexInBlock; - u_int32_t *currentWord; // Pointer to current word within bitmap block - u_int32_t wordsLeft; // Number of words left in this bitmap block - u_int32_t bitMask; // Word with given bits already set (ready to OR in) - u_int32_t currentBit; // Bit index within word of current bit to allocate - u_int32_t numBits; // Number of bits in word to allocate - u_int32_t *buffer = NULL; - uintptr_t blockRef = 0; - u_int32_t bitsPerBlock; - u_int32_t wordsPerBlock; - // XXXdbg - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VCBTOHFS(vcb); - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_BITMAP_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_MARK_FREE_BITMAP | DBG_FUNC_START, startingBlock_in, numBlocks_in, do_validate, 0, 0); - - /* - * NOTE: We use vcb->totalBlocks instead of vcb->allocLimit because we - * need to be able to free blocks being relocated during hfs_truncatefs. - */ - if ((do_validate == true) && - (startingBlock + numBlocks > vcb->totalBlocks)) { -#if ALLOC_DEBUG || DEBUG - panic ("BlockMarkFreeInternal() free non-existent blocks at %u (numBlock=%u) on vol %s\n", startingBlock, numBlocks, vcb->vcbVN); - __builtin_unreachable(); -#else - printf ("hfs: BlockMarkFreeInternal() trying to free non-existent blocks starting at %u (numBlock=%u) on volume %s\n", startingBlock, numBlocks, vcb->vcbVN); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(vcb, HFS_INCONSISTENCY_DETECTED); - err = EIO; - goto Exit; -#endif - } - - // - // Pre-read the bitmap block containing the first word of allocation - // - - err = ReadBitmapBlock(vcb, startingBlock, &buffer, &blockRef, - HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_RESERVED); - if (err != noErr) goto Exit; - // XXXdbg - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_modify_block_start(hfsmp->jnl, (struct buf *)blockRef); - } - - uint32_t min_unmap = 0, max_unmap = UINT32_MAX; - - // Work out the bounds of any unmap we can send down - struct rl_entry *range; - for (int i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { - TAILQ_FOREACH(range, &hfsmp->hfs_reserved_ranges[i], rl_link) { - if (range->rl_start < startingBlock - && range->rl_end >= min_unmap) { - min_unmap = range->rl_end + 1; - } - if (range->rl_end >= startingBlock + numBlocks - && range->rl_start < max_unmap) { - max_unmap = range->rl_start; - } - } - } - - // - // Figure out how many bits and words per bitmap block. - // - bitsPerBlock = vcb->vcbVBMIOSize * kBitsPerByte; - wordsPerBlock = vcb->vcbVBMIOSize / kBytesPerWord; - wordIndexInBlock = (startingBlock & (bitsPerBlock-1)) / kBitsPerWord; - - // - // Look for a range of free blocks immediately before startingBlock - // (up to the start of the current bitmap block). Set unmapStart to - // the first free block. - // - currentWord = buffer + wordIndexInBlock; - currentBit = startingBlock % kBitsPerWord; - bitMask = kHighBitInWordMask >> currentBit; - while (unmapStart > min_unmap) { - // Move currentWord/bitMask back by one bit - bitMask <<= 1; - if (bitMask == 0) { - if (--currentWord < buffer) - break; - bitMask = kLowBitInWordMask; - } - - if (*currentWord & SWAP_BE32(bitMask)) - break; // Found an allocated block. Stop searching. - --unmapStart; - ++unmapCount; - } - - // - // If the first block to free doesn't start on a word - // boundary in the bitmap, then treat that first word - // specially. - // - - currentWord = buffer + wordIndexInBlock; - wordsLeft = wordsPerBlock - wordIndexInBlock; - currentBit = startingBlock % kBitsPerWord; - if (currentBit != 0) { - bitMask = kAllBitsSetInWord >> currentBit; // turn off all bits before currentBit - numBits = kBitsPerWord - currentBit; // number of remaining bits in this word - if (numBits > numBlocks) { - numBits = numBlocks; // entire allocation is inside this one word - bitMask &= ~(kAllBitsSetInWord >> (currentBit + numBits)); // turn off bits after last - } - if ((do_validate == true) && - (*currentWord & SWAP_BE32 (bitMask)) != SWAP_BE32 (bitMask)) { - goto Corruption; - } - *currentWord &= SWAP_BE32 (~bitMask); // clear the bits in the bitmap - numBlocks -= numBits; // adjust number of blocks left to free - - ++currentWord; // move to next word - --wordsLeft; // one less word left in this block - } - - // - // Free whole words (32 blocks) at a time. - // - - while (numBlocks >= kBitsPerWord) { - if (wordsLeft == 0) { - // Read in the next bitmap block - startingBlock += bitsPerBlock; // generate a block number in the next bitmap block - - buffer = NULL; - err = ReleaseBitmapBlock(vcb, blockRef, true); - if (err != noErr) goto Exit; - - err = ReadBitmapBlock(vcb, startingBlock, &buffer, &blockRef, - HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_RESERVED); - if (err != noErr) goto Exit; - - // XXXdbg - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_modify_block_start(hfsmp->jnl, (struct buf *)blockRef); - } - - // Readjust currentWord and wordsLeft - currentWord = buffer; - wordsLeft = wordsPerBlock; - } - if ((do_validate == true) && - (*currentWord != SWAP_BE32 (kAllBitsSetInWord))) { - goto Corruption; - } - *currentWord = 0; // clear the entire word - numBlocks -= kBitsPerWord; - - ++currentWord; // move to next word - --wordsLeft; // one less word left in this block - } - - // - // Free any remaining blocks. - // - - if (numBlocks != 0) { - bitMask = ~(kAllBitsSetInWord >> numBlocks); // set first numBlocks bits - if (wordsLeft == 0) { - // Read in the next bitmap block - startingBlock += bitsPerBlock; // generate a block number in the next bitmap block - - buffer = NULL; - err = ReleaseBitmapBlock(vcb, blockRef, true); - if (err != noErr) goto Exit; - - err = ReadBitmapBlock(vcb, startingBlock, &buffer, &blockRef, - HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_RESERVED); - if (err != noErr) goto Exit; - - // XXXdbg - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_modify_block_start(hfsmp->jnl, (struct buf *)blockRef); - } - - currentWord = buffer; - } - if ((do_validate == true) && - (*currentWord & SWAP_BE32 (bitMask)) != SWAP_BE32 (bitMask)) { - goto Corruption; - } - *currentWord &= SWAP_BE32 (~bitMask); // clear the bits in the bitmap - - // No need to update currentWord or wordsLeft - } - - // - // Look for a range of free blocks immediately after the range we just freed - // (up to the end of the current bitmap block). - // - wordIndexInBlock = ((startingBlock_in + numBlocks_in - 1) & (bitsPerBlock-1)) / kBitsPerWord; - wordsLeft = wordsPerBlock - wordIndexInBlock; - currentWord = buffer + wordIndexInBlock; - currentBit = (startingBlock_in + numBlocks_in - 1) % kBitsPerWord; - bitMask = kHighBitInWordMask >> currentBit; - while (unmapStart + unmapCount < max_unmap) { - // Move currentWord/bitMask/wordsLeft forward one bit - bitMask >>= 1; - if (bitMask == 0) { - if (--wordsLeft == 0) - break; - ++currentWord; - bitMask = kHighBitInWordMask; - } - - if (*currentWord & SWAP_BE32(bitMask)) - break; // Found an allocated block. Stop searching. - ++unmapCount; - } - -Exit: - - if (buffer) - (void)ReleaseBitmapBlock(vcb, blockRef, true); - - if (err == noErr) { - hfs_unmap_free_extent(vcb, unmapStart, unmapCount); - } - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_BITMAP_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_MARK_FREE_BITMAP | DBG_FUNC_END, err, 0, 0, 0, 0); - - return err; - -Corruption: -#if DEBUG - panic("hfs: BlockMarkFreeInternal: blocks not allocated!"); - __builtin_unreachable(); -#else - printf ("hfs: BlockMarkFreeInternal() trying to free unallocated blocks on volume %s <%u, %u>\n", - vcb->vcbVN, startingBlock_in, numBlocks_in); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(vcb, HFS_INCONSISTENCY_DETECTED); - err = EIO; - goto Exit; -#endif -} - - -/* -_______________________________________________________________________ - -Routine: BlockFindContiguous - -Function: Find a contiguous range of blocks that are free (bits - clear in the bitmap). If a contiguous range of the - minimum size can't be found, an error will be returned. - This is only needed to support the bitmap-scanning logic, - as the red-black tree should be able to do this by internally - searching its tree. - -Inputs: - vcb Pointer to volume where space is to be allocated - startingBlock Preferred first block of range - endingBlock Last possible block in range + 1 - minBlocks Minimum number of blocks needed. Must be > 0. - maxBlocks Maximum (ideal) number of blocks desired - useMetaZone OK to dip into metadata allocation zone - -Outputs: - actualStartBlock First block of range found, or 0 if error - actualNumBlocks Number of blocks found, or 0 if error - -Returns: - noErr Found at least minBlocks contiguous - dskFulErr No contiguous space found, or all less than minBlocks -_______________________________________________________________________ -*/ - -static OSErr BlockFindContiguous( - ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_int32_t startingBlock, - u_int32_t endingBlock, - u_int32_t minBlocks, - u_int32_t maxBlocks, - Boolean useMetaZone, - Boolean trustSummary, - u_int32_t *actualStartBlock, - u_int32_t *actualNumBlocks, - hfs_block_alloc_flags_t flags) -{ - OSErr err; - register u_int32_t currentBlock; // Block we're currently looking at. - u_int32_t firstBlock; // First free block in current extent. - u_int32_t stopBlock; // If we get to this block, stop searching for first free block. - u_int32_t foundBlocks; // Number of contiguous free blocks in current extent. - u_int32_t *buffer = NULL; - register u_int32_t *currentWord; - register u_int32_t bitMask; - register u_int32_t wordsLeft; - register u_int32_t tempWord; - uintptr_t blockRef = 0; - u_int32_t wordsPerBlock; - u_int32_t updated_free_extent = 0; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = (struct hfsmount*) vcb; - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor best = { 0, 0 }; - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_ALLOC_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_BLOCK_FIND_CONTIG | DBG_FUNC_START, startingBlock, endingBlock, minBlocks, maxBlocks, 0); - - /* - * When we're skipping the metadata zone and the start/end - * range overlaps with the metadata zone then adjust the - * start to be outside of the metadata zone. If the range - * is entirely inside the metadata zone then we can deny the - * request (dskFulErr). - */ - if (!useMetaZone && (vcb->hfs_flags & HFS_METADATA_ZONE)) { - if (startingBlock <= vcb->hfs_metazone_end) { - if (endingBlock > (vcb->hfs_metazone_end + 2)) - startingBlock = vcb->hfs_metazone_end + 1; - else - goto DiskFull; - } - } - - if ((endingBlock - startingBlock) < minBlocks) - { - // The set of blocks we're checking is smaller than the minimum number - // of blocks, so we couldn't possibly find a good range. - goto DiskFull; - } - - stopBlock = endingBlock - minBlocks + 1; - currentBlock = startingBlock; - firstBlock = 0; - - /* - * Skip over metadata blocks. - */ - if (!useMetaZone) - currentBlock = NextBitmapBlock(vcb, currentBlock); - - /* - * Use the summary table if we can. Skip over any totally - * allocated blocks. currentBlock should now point to the first - * block beyond the metadata zone if the metazone allocations are not - * allowed in this invocation. - */ - if ((trustSummary) && (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE)) { - uint32_t suggestion; - err = hfs_find_summary_free (hfsmp, currentBlock, &suggestion); - if (err && err != ENOSPC) - goto ErrorExit; - if (err == ENOSPC || suggestion >= stopBlock) - goto DiskFull; - currentBlock = suggestion; - } - - - // - // Pre-read the first bitmap block. - // - err = ReadBitmapBlock(vcb, currentBlock, &buffer, &blockRef, flags); - if ( err != noErr ) goto ErrorExit; - - // - // Figure out where currentBlock is within the buffer. - // - wordsPerBlock = vcb->vcbVBMIOSize / kBytesPerWord; - - wordsLeft = (currentBlock / kBitsPerWord) & (wordsPerBlock-1); // Current index into buffer - currentWord = buffer + wordsLeft; - wordsLeft = wordsPerBlock - wordsLeft; - - uint32_t remaining = (hfsmp->freeBlocks - hfsmp->lockedBlocks - - (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_TENTATIVE) - ? 0 : hfsmp->tentativeBlocks)); - - /* - * This outer do-while loop is the main body of this function. Its job is - * to search through the blocks (until we hit 'stopBlock'), and iterate - * through swaths of allocated bitmap until it finds free regions. - */ - - do - { - foundBlocks = 0; - /* - * We will try and update the summary table as we search - * below. Note that we will never update the summary table - * for the first and last blocks that the summary table - * covers. Ideally, we should, but the benefits probably - * aren't that significant so we leave things alone for now. - */ - uint32_t summary_block_scan = 0; - /* - * Inner while loop 1: - * Look for free blocks, skipping over allocated ones. - * - * Initialization starts with checking the initial partial word - * if applicable. - */ - bitMask = currentBlock & kBitsWithinWordMask; - if (bitMask) - { - tempWord = SWAP_BE32(*currentWord); // Fetch the current word only once - bitMask = kHighBitInWordMask >> bitMask; - while (tempWord & bitMask) - { - bitMask >>= 1; - ++currentBlock; - } - - // Did we find an unused bit (bitMask != 0), or run out of bits (bitMask == 0)? - if (bitMask) - goto FoundUnused; - - // Didn't find any unused bits, so we're done with this word. - ++currentWord; - --wordsLeft; - } - - // - // Check whole words - // - while (currentBlock < stopBlock) - { - // See if it's time to read another block. - if (wordsLeft == 0) - { - buffer = NULL; - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE) { - /* - * If summary_block_scan is non-zero, then we must have - * pulled a bitmap file block into core, and scanned through - * the entire thing. Because we're in this loop, we are - * implicitly trusting that the bitmap didn't have any knowledge - * about this particular block. As a result, update the bitmap - * (lazily, now that we've scanned it) with our findings that - * this particular block is completely used up. - */ - if (summary_block_scan != 0) { - uint32_t summary_bit; - (void) hfs_get_summary_index (hfsmp, summary_block_scan, &summary_bit); - hfs_set_summary (hfsmp, summary_bit, 1); - } - } - err = ReleaseBitmapBlock(vcb, blockRef, false); - if (err != noErr) goto ErrorExit; - - /* - * Skip over metadata blocks. - */ - if (!useMetaZone) { - currentBlock = NextBitmapBlock(vcb, currentBlock); - if (currentBlock >= stopBlock) { - goto LoopExit; - } - } - - /* Skip over fully allocated bitmap blocks if we can */ - if ((trustSummary) && (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE)) { - uint32_t suggestion; - err = hfs_find_summary_free (hfsmp, currentBlock, &suggestion); - if (err && err != ENOSPC) - goto ErrorExit; - if (err == ENOSPC || suggestion >= stopBlock) - goto LoopExit; - currentBlock = suggestion; - } - - err = ReadBitmapBlock(vcb, currentBlock, &buffer, &blockRef, flags); - if ( err != noErr ) goto ErrorExit; - - /* - * Set summary_block_scan to be the block we just read into the block cache. - * - * At this point, we've just read an allocation block worth of bitmap file - * into the buffer above, but we don't know if it is completely allocated or not. - * If we find that it is completely allocated/full then we will jump - * through this loop again and set the appropriate summary bit as fully allocated. - */ - summary_block_scan = currentBlock; - currentWord = buffer; - wordsLeft = wordsPerBlock; - } - - // See if any of the bits are clear - if ((tempWord = SWAP_BE32(*currentWord)) + 1) // non-zero if any bits were clear - { - // Figure out which bit is clear - bitMask = kHighBitInWordMask; - while (tempWord & bitMask) - { - bitMask >>= 1; - ++currentBlock; - } - - break; // Found the free bit; break out to FoundUnused. - } - - // Keep looking at the next word - currentBlock += kBitsPerWord; - ++currentWord; - --wordsLeft; - } - -FoundUnused: - // Make sure the unused bit is early enough to use - if (currentBlock >= stopBlock) - { - break; - } - - // Remember the start of the extent - firstBlock = currentBlock; - - - /* - * Inner while loop 2: - * We get here if we find a free block. Count the number - * of contiguous free blocks observed. - * - * Initialization starts with checking the initial partial word - * if applicable. - */ - bitMask = currentBlock & kBitsWithinWordMask; - if (bitMask) - { - tempWord = SWAP_BE32(*currentWord); // Fetch the current word only once - bitMask = kHighBitInWordMask >> bitMask; - while (bitMask && !(tempWord & bitMask)) - { - bitMask >>= 1; - ++currentBlock; - } - - // Did we find a used bit (bitMask != 0), or run out of bits (bitMask == 0)? - if (bitMask) - goto FoundUsed; - - // Didn't find any used bits, so we're done with this word. - ++currentWord; - --wordsLeft; - } - - // - // Check whole words - // - while (currentBlock < endingBlock) - { - // See if it's time to read another block. - if (wordsLeft == 0) - { - buffer = NULL; - err = ReleaseBitmapBlock(vcb, blockRef, false); - if (err != noErr) goto ErrorExit; - - /* - * Skip over metadata blocks. - */ - if (!useMetaZone) { - u_int32_t nextBlock; - - nextBlock = NextBitmapBlock(vcb, currentBlock); - if (nextBlock != currentBlock) { - goto LoopExit; /* allocation gap, so stop */ - } - } - - err = ReadBitmapBlock(vcb, currentBlock, &buffer, &blockRef, flags); - if ( err != noErr ) goto ErrorExit; - - currentWord = buffer; - wordsLeft = wordsPerBlock; - } - - // See if any of the bits are set - if ((tempWord = SWAP_BE32(*currentWord)) != 0) - { - // Figure out which bit is set - bitMask = kHighBitInWordMask; - while (!(tempWord & bitMask)) - { - bitMask >>= 1; - ++currentBlock; - } - - break; // Found the used bit; break out to FoundUsed. - } - - // Keep looking at the next word - currentBlock += kBitsPerWord; - ++currentWord; - --wordsLeft; - - // If we found at least maxBlocks, we can quit early. - if ((currentBlock - firstBlock) >= maxBlocks) - break; - } - -FoundUsed: - // Make sure we didn't run out of bitmap looking for a used block. - // If so, pin to the end of the bitmap. - if (currentBlock > endingBlock) - currentBlock = endingBlock; - - // Figure out how many contiguous free blocks there were. - // Pin the answer to maxBlocks. - foundBlocks = currentBlock - firstBlock; - if (foundBlocks > maxBlocks) - foundBlocks = maxBlocks; - - if (remaining) { - if (foundBlocks > remaining) { - hfs_debug("hfs: found more blocks than are indicated free!\n"); - remaining = UINT32_MAX; - } else - remaining -= foundBlocks; - } - - if (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_TRY_HARD)) { - if (foundBlocks > best.blockCount) { - best.startBlock = firstBlock; - best.blockCount = foundBlocks; - } - - if (foundBlocks >= maxBlocks || best.blockCount >= remaining) - break; - - /* - * Note that we will go ahead and add this free extent to our - * cache below but that's OK because we'll remove it again if we - * decide to use this extent. - */ - } else if (foundBlocks >= minBlocks) - break; // Found what we needed! - - /* - * We did not find the total blocks we were looking for, but - * add this free block run to our free extent cache list, if possible. - */ - - // If we're ignoring tentative ranges, we need to account for them here - if (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_TENTATIVE)) { - struct rl_entry free_extent = rl_make(firstBlock, firstBlock + foundBlocks - 1); - struct rl_entry *range;; - TAILQ_FOREACH(range, &hfsmp->hfs_reserved_ranges[HFS_TENTATIVE_BLOCKS], rl_link) { - rl_subtract(&free_extent, range); - if (rl_len(range) == 0) - break; - } - firstBlock = free_extent.rl_start; - foundBlocks = rl_len(&free_extent); - } - - if (foundBlocks) { - if (hfsmp->jnl == NULL) { - /* If there is no journal, go ahead and add to the free ext cache. */ - updated_free_extent = add_free_extent_cache(vcb, firstBlock, foundBlocks); - } - else { - /* - * If journaled, only add to the free extent cache if this block is not - * waiting for a TRIM to complete; that implies that the transaction that freed it - * has not yet been committed to stable storage. - */ - int recently_deleted = 0; - uint32_t nextblock; - err = CheckUnmappedBytes(hfsmp, (uint64_t)firstBlock, - (uint64_t)foundBlocks, &recently_deleted, &nextblock); - if ((err) || (recently_deleted == 0)) { - /* if we hit an error, or the blocks not recently freed, go ahead and insert it */ - updated_free_extent = add_free_extent_cache(vcb, firstBlock, foundBlocks); - } - } - } - } while (currentBlock < stopBlock); -LoopExit: - - if (ISSET(flags, HFS_ALLOC_TRY_HARD)) { - firstBlock = best.startBlock; - foundBlocks = best.blockCount; - } - - // Return the outputs. - if (foundBlocks < minBlocks) - { -DiskFull: - err = dskFulErr; -ErrorExit: - *actualStartBlock = 0; - *actualNumBlocks = 0; - } - else - { - err = noErr; - *actualStartBlock = firstBlock; - *actualNumBlocks = foundBlocks; - /* - * Sanity check for overflow - */ - if ((firstBlock + foundBlocks) > vcb->allocLimit) { - panic("hfs: blk allocation overflow on \"%s\" sb:0x%08x eb:0x%08x cb:0x%08x fb:0x%08x stop:0x%08x min:0x%08x found:0x%08x", - vcb->vcbVN, startingBlock, endingBlock, currentBlock, - firstBlock, stopBlock, minBlocks, foundBlocks); - } - } - - if (updated_free_extent && (vcb->hfs_flags & HFS_HAS_SPARSE_DEVICE)) { - int i; - u_int32_t min_start = vcb->totalBlocks; - - // set the nextAllocation pointer to the smallest free block number - // we've seen so on the next mount we won't rescan unnecessarily - lck_spin_lock(&vcb->vcbFreeExtLock); - for(i=0; i < (int)vcb->vcbFreeExtCnt; i++) { - if (vcb->vcbFreeExt[i].startBlock < min_start) { - min_start = vcb->vcbFreeExt[i].startBlock; - } - } - lck_spin_unlock(&vcb->vcbFreeExtLock); - if (min_start != vcb->totalBlocks) { - if (min_start < vcb->nextAllocation) { - vcb->nextAllocation = min_start; - } - if (min_start < vcb->sparseAllocation) { - vcb->sparseAllocation = min_start; - } - } - } - - if (buffer) - (void) ReleaseBitmapBlock(vcb, blockRef, false); - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_ALLOC_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_BLOCK_FIND_CONTIG | DBG_FUNC_END, err, *actualStartBlock, *actualNumBlocks, 0, 0); - - return err; -} - - -/* - * Count number of bits set in the given 32-bit unsigned number - * - * Returns: - * Number of bits set - */ -static int num_bits_set(u_int32_t num) -{ - int count; - - for (count = 0; num; count++) { - num &= num - 1; - } - - return count; -} - -/* - * For a given range of blocks, find the total number of blocks - * allocated. If 'stop_on_first' is true, it stops as soon as it - * encounters the first allocated block. This option is useful - * to determine if any block is allocated or not. - * - * Inputs: - * startingBlock First allocation block number of the range to be scanned. - * numBlocks Total number of blocks that need to be scanned. - * stop_on_first Stop the search after the first allocated block is found. - * - * Output: - * allocCount Total number of allocation blocks allocated in the given range. - * - * On error, it is the number of allocated blocks found - * before the function got an error. - * - * If 'stop_on_first' is set, - * allocCount = 1 if any allocated block was found. - * allocCount = 0 if no allocated block was found. - * - * Returns: - * 0 on success, non-zero on failure. - */ -static int -hfs_isallocated_internal(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t startingBlock, - u_int32_t numBlocks, Boolean stop_on_first, u_int32_t *allocCount) -{ - u_int32_t *currentWord; // Pointer to current word within bitmap block - u_int32_t wordsLeft; // Number of words left in this bitmap block - u_int32_t bitMask; // Word with given bits already set (ready to test) - u_int32_t firstBit; // Bit index within word of first bit to allocate - u_int32_t numBits; // Number of bits in word to allocate - u_int32_t *buffer = NULL; - uintptr_t blockRef; - u_int32_t bitsPerBlock; - u_int32_t wordsPerBlock; - u_int32_t blockCount = 0; - int error; - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_BITMAP_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_IS_ALLOCATED | DBG_FUNC_START, startingBlock, numBlocks, stop_on_first, 0, 0); - - /* - * Pre-read the bitmap block containing the first word of allocation - */ - error = ReadBitmapBlock(hfsmp, startingBlock, &buffer, &blockRef, - HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_TENTATIVE); - if (error) - goto JustReturn; - - /* - * Initialize currentWord, and wordsLeft. - */ - { - u_int32_t wordIndexInBlock; - - bitsPerBlock = hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize * kBitsPerByte; - wordsPerBlock = hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize / kBytesPerWord; - - wordIndexInBlock = (startingBlock & (bitsPerBlock-1)) / kBitsPerWord; - currentWord = buffer + wordIndexInBlock; - wordsLeft = wordsPerBlock - wordIndexInBlock; - } - - /* - * First test any non word aligned bits. - */ - firstBit = startingBlock % kBitsPerWord; - if (firstBit != 0) { - bitMask = kAllBitsSetInWord >> firstBit; - numBits = kBitsPerWord - firstBit; - if (numBits > numBlocks) { - numBits = numBlocks; - bitMask &= ~(kAllBitsSetInWord >> (firstBit + numBits)); - } - if ((*currentWord & SWAP_BE32 (bitMask)) != 0) { - if (stop_on_first) { - blockCount = 1; - goto Exit; - } - blockCount += num_bits_set(*currentWord & SWAP_BE32 (bitMask)); - } - numBlocks -= numBits; - ++currentWord; - --wordsLeft; - } - - /* - * Test whole words (32 blocks) at a time. - */ - while (numBlocks >= kBitsPerWord) { - if (wordsLeft == 0) { - /* Read in the next bitmap block. */ - startingBlock += bitsPerBlock; - - buffer = NULL; - error = ReleaseBitmapBlock(hfsmp, blockRef, false); - if (error) goto Exit; - - error = ReadBitmapBlock(hfsmp, startingBlock, &buffer, &blockRef, - HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_TENTATIVE); - if (error) goto Exit; - - /* Readjust currentWord and wordsLeft. */ - currentWord = buffer; - wordsLeft = wordsPerBlock; - } - if (*currentWord != 0) { - if (stop_on_first) { - blockCount = 1; - goto Exit; - } - blockCount += num_bits_set(*currentWord); - } - numBlocks -= kBitsPerWord; - ++currentWord; - --wordsLeft; - } - - /* - * Test any remaining blocks. - */ - if (numBlocks != 0) { - bitMask = ~(kAllBitsSetInWord >> numBlocks); - if (wordsLeft == 0) { - /* Read in the next bitmap block */ - startingBlock += bitsPerBlock; - - buffer = NULL; - error = ReleaseBitmapBlock(hfsmp, blockRef, false); - if (error) goto Exit; - - error = ReadBitmapBlock(hfsmp, startingBlock, &buffer, &blockRef, - HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_TENTATIVE); - if (error) goto Exit; - - currentWord = buffer; - } - if ((*currentWord & SWAP_BE32 (bitMask)) != 0) { - if (stop_on_first) { - blockCount = 1; - goto Exit; - } - blockCount += num_bits_set(*currentWord & SWAP_BE32 (bitMask)); - } - } -Exit: - if (buffer) { - (void)ReleaseBitmapBlock(hfsmp, blockRef, false); - } - if (allocCount) { - *allocCount = blockCount; - } - -JustReturn: - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_BITMAP_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_IS_ALLOCATED | DBG_FUNC_END, error, 0, blockCount, 0, 0); - - return (error); -} - -/* - * Count total number of blocks that are allocated in the given - * range from the bitmap. This is used to preflight total blocks - * that need to be relocated during volume resize. - * - * The journal or allocation file lock must be held. - * - * Returns: - * 0 on success, non-zero on failure. - * On failure, allocCount is zero. - */ - int -hfs_count_allocated(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t startBlock, - u_int32_t numBlocks, u_int32_t *allocCount) -{ - return hfs_isallocated_internal(hfsmp, startBlock, numBlocks, false, allocCount); -} - -/* - * Test to see if any blocks in a range are allocated. - * - * Note: On error, this function returns 1, which means that - * one or more blocks in the range are allocated. This function - * is primarily used for volume resize and we do not want - * to report to the caller that the blocks are free when we - * were not able to deterministically find it out. So on error, - * we always report that the blocks are allocated. - * - * The journal or allocation file lock must be held. - * - * Returns - * 0 if all blocks in the range are free. - * 1 if blocks in the range are allocated, or there was an error. - */ - int -hfs_isallocated(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t startingBlock, u_int32_t numBlocks) -{ - int error; - u_int32_t allocCount; - - error = hfs_isallocated_internal(hfsmp, startingBlock, numBlocks, true, &allocCount); - if (error) { - /* On error, we always say that the blocks are allocated - * so that volume resize does not return false success. - */ - return 1; - } else { - /* The function was deterministically able to find out - * if there was any block allocated or not. In that case, - * the value in allocCount is good enough to be returned - * back to the caller. - */ - return allocCount; - } -} - -/* - * CONFIG_HFS_RBTREE - * Check to see if the red-black tree is live. Allocation file lock must be held - * shared or exclusive to call this function. Note that we may call this even if - * HFS is built without activating the red-black tree code. - */ -int -hfs_isrbtree_active(struct hfsmount *hfsmp){ - -#pragma unused (hfsmp) - - /* Just return 0 for now */ - return 0; -} - - - -/* Summary Table Functions */ -/* - * hfs_check_summary: - * - * This function should be used to query the summary table to see if we can - * bypass a bitmap block or not when we're trying to find a free allocation block. - * - * - * Inputs: - * allocblock - allocation block number. Will be used to infer the correct summary bit. - * hfsmp -- filesystem in question. - * - * Output Arg: - * *freeblocks - set to 1 if we believe at least one free blocks in this vcbVBMIOSize - * page of bitmap file. - * - * - * Returns: - * 0 on success - * EINVAL on error - * - */ - -static int hfs_check_summary (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t allocblock, uint32_t *freeblocks) { - - int err = EINVAL; - if (hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE) { - uint32_t index; - if (hfs_get_summary_index (hfsmp, allocblock, &index)) { - *freeblocks = 0; - return EINVAL; - } - - /* Ok, now that we have the bit index into the array, what byte is it in ? */ - uint32_t byteindex = index / kBitsPerByte; - uint8_t current_byte = hfsmp->hfs_summary_table[byteindex]; - uint8_t bit_in_byte = index % kBitsPerByte; - - if (current_byte & (1 << bit_in_byte)) { - /* - * We do not believe there is anything free in the - * entire vcbVBMIOSize'd block. - */ - *freeblocks = 0; - } - else { - /* Looks like there might be a free block here... */ - *freeblocks = 1; - } - } - err = 0; - } - - return err; -} - - -#if 0 -/* - * hfs_get_next_summary - * - * From a given allocation block, jump to the allocation block at the start of the - * next vcbVBMIOSize boundary. This is useful when trying to quickly skip over - * large swaths of bitmap once we have determined that the bitmap is relatively full. - * - * Inputs: hfsmount, starting allocation block number - * Output Arg: *newblock will contain the allocation block number to start - * querying. - * - * Returns: - * 0 on success - * EINVAL if the block argument is too large to be used, or the summary table not live. - * EFBIG if there are no more summary bits to be queried - */ -static int -hfs_get_next_summary (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t block, uint32_t *newblock) { - - u_int32_t bits_per_iosize = hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize * kBitsPerByte; - u_int32_t start_offset; - u_int32_t next_offset; - int err = EINVAL; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE) { - if ((err = hfs_get_summary_index(hfsmp, block, &start_offset))) { - return err; - } - - next_offset = start_offset++; - - if ((start_offset >= hfsmp->hfs_summary_size) || (next_offset >= hfsmp->hfs_summary_size)) { - /* Can't jump to the next summary bit. */ - return EINVAL; - } - - /* Otherwise, compute and return */ - *newblock = next_offset * bits_per_iosize; - if (*newblock >= hfsmp->totalBlocks) { - return EINVAL; - } - err = 0; - } - - return err; -} - -#endif - -/* - * hfs_release_summary - * - * Given an extent that is about to be de-allocated on-disk, determine the number - * of summary bitmap bits that need to be marked as 'potentially available'. - * Then go ahead and mark them as free. - * - * Inputs: - * hfsmp - hfs mount - * block - starting allocation block. - * length - length of the extent. - * - * Returns: - * EINVAL upon any errors. - */ -static int hfs_release_summary(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t start_blk, uint32_t length) { - int err = EINVAL; - uint32_t end_blk = (start_blk + length) - 1; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE) { - /* Figure out what the starting / ending block's summary bits are */ - uint32_t start_bit; - uint32_t end_bit; - uint32_t current_bit; - - err = hfs_get_summary_index (hfsmp, start_blk, &start_bit); - if (err) { - goto release_err; - } - err = hfs_get_summary_index (hfsmp, end_blk, &end_bit); - if (err) { - goto release_err; - } - - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - if (start_bit > end_bit) { - panic ("HFS: start > end!, %d %d ", start_bit, end_bit); - } - } - current_bit = start_bit; - while (current_bit <= end_bit) { - err = hfs_set_summary (hfsmp, current_bit, 0); - current_bit++; - } - } - -release_err: - return err; -} - -/* - * hfs_find_summary_free - * - * Given a allocation block as input, returns an allocation block number as output as a - * suggestion for where to start scanning the bitmap in order to find free blocks. It will - * determine the vcbVBMIOsize of the input allocation block, convert that into a summary - * bit, then keep iterating over the summary bits in order to find the first free one. - * - * Inputs: - * hfsmp - hfs mount - * block - starting allocation block - * newblock - output block as suggestion - * - * Returns: - * 0 on success - * ENOSPC if we could not find a free block - */ - -int hfs_find_summary_free (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t block, uint32_t *newblock) { - - int err = ENOSPC; - uint32_t bit_index = 0; - uint32_t maybe_has_blocks = 0; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE) { - uint32_t byte_index; - uint8_t curbyte; - uint8_t bit_in_byte; - uint32_t summary_cap; - - /* - * We generate a cap for the summary search because the summary table - * always represents a full summary of the bitmap FILE, which may - * be way more bits than are necessary for the actual filesystem - * whose allocations are mapped by the bitmap. - * - * Compute how much of hfs_summary_size is useable for the given number - * of allocation blocks eligible on this FS. - */ - err = hfs_get_summary_index (hfsmp, hfsmp->allocLimit - 1, &summary_cap); - if (err) { - goto summary_exit; - } - - /* Check the starting block first */ - err = hfs_check_summary (hfsmp, block, &maybe_has_blocks); - if (err) { - goto summary_exit; - } - - if (maybe_has_blocks) { - /* - * It looks like the initial start block could have something. - * Short-circuit and just use that. - */ - *newblock = block; - goto summary_exit; - } - - /* - * OK, now we know that the first block was useless. - * Get the starting summary bit, and find it in the array - */ - maybe_has_blocks = 0; - err = hfs_get_summary_index (hfsmp, block, &bit_index); - if (err) { - goto summary_exit; - } - - /* Iterate until we find something. */ - while (bit_index <= summary_cap) { - byte_index = bit_index / kBitsPerByte; - curbyte = hfsmp->hfs_summary_table[byte_index]; - bit_in_byte = bit_index % kBitsPerByte; - - if (curbyte & (1 << bit_in_byte)) { - /* nothing here. increment and move on */ - bit_index++; - } - else { - /* - * found something! convert bit_index back into - * an allocation block for use. 'newblock' will now - * contain the proper allocation block # based on the bit - * index. - */ - err = hfs_get_summary_allocblock (hfsmp, bit_index, newblock); - if (err) { - goto summary_exit; - } - maybe_has_blocks = 1; - break; - } - } - - /* If our loop didn't find anything, set err to ENOSPC */ - if (maybe_has_blocks == 0) { - err = ENOSPC; - } - } - - /* If the summary table is not active for this mount, we'll just return ENOSPC */ -summary_exit: - if (maybe_has_blocks) { - err = 0; - } - - return err; -} - -/* - * hfs_get_summary_allocblock - * - * Convert a summary bit into an allocation block number to use to start searching for free blocks. - * - * Inputs: - * hfsmp - hfs mount - * summarybit - summmary bit index - * *alloc - allocation block number in the bitmap file. - * - * Output: - * 0 on success - * EINVAL on failure - */ -int hfs_get_summary_allocblock (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t - summarybit, uint32_t *alloc) { - uint32_t bits_per_iosize = hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize * kBitsPerByte; - uint32_t allocblk; - - allocblk = summarybit * bits_per_iosize; - - if (allocblk >= hfsmp->totalBlocks) { - return EINVAL; - } - else { - *alloc = allocblk; - } - - return 0; -} - - -/* - * hfs_set_summary: - * - * This function should be used to manipulate the summary table - * - * The argument 'inuse' will set the value of the bit in question to one or zero - * depending on its value. - * - * Inputs: - * hfsmp - hfs mount - * summarybit - the bit index into the summary table to set/unset. - * inuse - the value to assign to the bit. - * - * Returns: - * 0 on success - * EINVAL on error - * - */ - -static int hfs_set_summary (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t summarybit, uint32_t inuse) { - - int err = EINVAL; - if (hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE) { - - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_summary_table == NULL) { - panic ("hfs_set_summary: no table for %p ", hfsmp); - } - } - - /* Ok, now that we have the bit index into the array, what byte is it in ? */ - uint32_t byte_index = summarybit / kBitsPerByte; - uint8_t current_byte = hfsmp->hfs_summary_table[byte_index]; - uint8_t bit_in_byte = summarybit % kBitsPerByte; - - if (inuse) { - current_byte = (current_byte | (1 << bit_in_byte)); - } - else { - current_byte = (current_byte & ~(1 << bit_in_byte)); - } - - hfsmp->hfs_summary_table[byte_index] = current_byte; - } - err = 0; - } - - return err; -} - - -/* - * hfs_get_summary_index: - * - * This is a helper function which determines what summary bit represents the vcbVBMIOSize worth - * of IO against the bitmap file. - * - * Returns: - * 0 on success - * EINVAL on failure - */ -static int hfs_get_summary_index (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t block, uint32_t* index) { - uint32_t summary_bit; - uint32_t bits_per_iosize; - int err = EINVAL; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE) { - /* Is the input block bigger than the total number of blocks? */ - if (block >= hfsmp->totalBlocks) { - return EINVAL; - } - - /* Is there even a vbmIOSize set? */ - if (hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize == 0) { - return EINVAL; - } - - bits_per_iosize = hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize * kBitsPerByte; - - summary_bit = block / bits_per_iosize; - - *index = summary_bit; - err = 0; - } - - return err; -} - -/* - * hfs_init_summary - * - * From a given mount structure, compute how big the summary table should be for the given - * filesystem, then allocate and bzero the memory. - * - * Returns: - * 0 on success - * EINVAL on failure - */ -int -hfs_init_summary (struct hfsmount *hfsmp) { - - uint32_t summary_size; - uint32_t summary_size_bytes; - uint8_t *summary_table; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp == NULL) { - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs: summary table cannot progress without a bitmap cnode! \n"); - } - return EINVAL; - } - /* - * The practical maximum size of the summary table is 16KB: - * - * (512MB maximum bitmap size / (4k -- min alloc block size)) / 8 bits/byte. - * - * HFS+ will allow filesystems with allocation block sizes smaller than 4k, but - * the end result is that we'll start to issue I/O in 2k or 1k sized chunks, which makes - * supporting this much worse. The math would instead look like this: - * (512MB / 2k) / 8 == 32k. - * - * So, we will disallow the summary table if the allocation block size is < 4k. - */ - - if (hfsmp->blockSize < HFS_MIN_SUMMARY_BLOCKSIZE) { - printf("hfs: summary table not allowed on FS with block size of %d\n", hfsmp->blockSize); - return EINVAL; - } - - summary_size = hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp->c_blocks; - - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - printf("HFS Summary Table Initialization: Bitmap %u blocks\n", - hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp->c_blocks); - } - - /* - * If the bitmap IO size is not the same as the allocation block size then - * then re-compute the number of summary bits necessary. Note that above, the - * the default size is the number of allocation blocks in the bitmap *FILE* - * (not the number of bits in the bitmap itself). If the allocation block size - * is large enough though, we may need to increase this. - */ - if (hfsmp->blockSize != hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize) { - uint64_t lrg_size = (uint64_t) hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp->c_blocks * (uint64_t) hfsmp->blockSize; - lrg_size = lrg_size / (uint64_t)hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize; - - /* With a full bitmap and 64k-capped iosize chunks, this would be 64k */ - summary_size = (uint32_t) lrg_size; - } - - /* - * If the block size is the same as the IO Size, then the total number of blocks - * is already equal to the number of IO units, which is our number of summary bits. - */ - - summary_size_bytes = summary_size / kBitsPerByte; - /* Always add one byte, just in case we have a dangling number of bits */ - summary_size_bytes++; - - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - printf("HFS Summary Table: vcbVBMIOSize %d summary bits %d \n", hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize, summary_size); - printf("HFS Summary Table Size (in bytes) %d \n", summary_size_bytes); - } - - /* Store the field in the mount point */ - hfsmp->hfs_summary_size = summary_size; - hfsmp->hfs_summary_bytes = summary_size_bytes; - - summary_table = hfs_mallocz(summary_size_bytes); - - /* enable the summary table */ - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE; - hfsmp->hfs_summary_table = summary_table; - - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_summary_table == NULL) { - panic ("HFS Summary Init: no table for %p\n", hfsmp); - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* - * hfs_rebuild_summary - * - * This function should be used to allocate a new hunk of memory for use as a summary - * table, then copy the existing data into it. We use it whenever the filesystem's size - * changes. When a resize is in progress, you can still use the extant summary - * table if it is active. - * - * Inputs: - * hfsmp -- FS in question - * newlength -- new length of the FS in allocation blocks. - * - * Outputs: - * 0 on success, EINVAL on failure. If this function fails, the summary table - * will be disabled for future use. - * - */ -static int hfs_rebuild_summary (struct hfsmount *hfsmp) { - - uint32_t new_summary_size; - - new_summary_size = hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp->c_blocks; - - - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - printf("HFS Summary Table Re-init: bitmap %u blocks\n", new_summary_size); - } - - /* - * If the bitmap IO size is not the same as the allocation block size, then re-compute - * the number of summary bits necessary. Note that above, the default size is the number - * of allocation blocks in the bitmap *FILE* (not the number of bits that the bitmap manages). - * If the allocation block size is large enough though, we may need to increase this, as - * bitmap IO is capped at 64k per IO - */ - if (hfsmp->blockSize != hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize) { - uint64_t lrg_size = (uint64_t) hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp->c_blocks * (uint64_t) hfsmp->blockSize; - lrg_size = lrg_size / (uint64_t)hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize; - - /* With a full bitmap and 64k-capped iosize chunks, this would be 64k */ - new_summary_size = (uint32_t) lrg_size; - } - - /* - * Ok, we have the new summary bitmap theoretical max size. See if it's the same as - * what we've got already... - */ - if (new_summary_size != hfsmp->hfs_summary_size) { - uint32_t summarybytes = new_summary_size / kBitsPerByte; - uint32_t copysize; - uint8_t *newtable; - /* Add one byte for slop */ - summarybytes++; - - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - printf("HFS Summary Table: vcbVBMIOSize %d summary bits %d \n", hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize, new_summary_size); - printf("HFS Summary Table Size (in bytes) %d \n", summarybytes); - } - - newtable = hfs_mallocz(summarybytes); - - /* - * The new table may be smaller than the old one. If this is true, then - * we can't copy the full size of the existing summary table into the new - * one. - * - * The converse is not an issue since we bzeroed the table above. - */ - copysize = hfsmp->hfs_summary_bytes; - if (summarybytes < hfsmp->hfs_summary_bytes) { - copysize = summarybytes; - } - memcpy (newtable, hfsmp->hfs_summary_table, copysize); - - /* We're all good. Destroy the old copy and update ptrs */ - hfs_free(hfsmp->hfs_summary_table, hfsmp->hfs_summary_bytes); - - hfsmp->hfs_summary_table = newtable; - hfsmp->hfs_summary_size = new_summary_size; - hfsmp->hfs_summary_bytes = summarybytes; - } - - return 0; -} - - -#if ALLOC_DEBUG -/* - * hfs_validate_summary - * - * Validation routine for the summary table. Debug-only function. - * - * Bitmap lock must be held. - * - */ -void hfs_validate_summary (struct hfsmount *hfsmp) { - uint32_t i; - int err; - - /* - * Iterate over all of the bits in the summary table, and verify if - * there really are free blocks in the pages that we believe may - * may contain free blocks. - */ - - if (hfsmp->hfs_summary_table == NULL) { - panic ("HFS Summary: No HFS summary table!"); - } - - /* 131072 bits == 16384 bytes. This is the theoretical max size of the summary table. we add 1 byte for slop */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_summary_size == 0 || hfsmp->hfs_summary_size > 131080) { - panic("HFS Summary: Size is bad! %d", hfsmp->hfs_summary_size); - } - - if (hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize == 0) { - panic("HFS Summary: no VCB VBM IO Size !"); - } - - printf("hfs: summary validation beginning on %s\n", hfsmp->vcbVN); - printf("hfs: summary validation %d summary bits, %d summary blocks\n", hfsmp->hfs_summary_size, hfsmp->totalBlocks); - - - /* iterate through all possible summary bits */ - for (i = 0; i < hfsmp->hfs_summary_size ; i++) { - - uint32_t bits_per_iosize = hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize * kBitsPerByte; - uint32_t byte_offset = hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize * i; - - /* Compute the corresponding allocation block for the summary bit. */ - uint32_t alloc_block = i * bits_per_iosize; - - /* - * We use a uint32_t pointer here because it will speed up - * access to the real bitmap data on disk. - */ - uint32_t *block_data; - struct buf *bp; - int counter; - int counter_max; - int saw_free_bits = 0; - - /* Get the block */ - if ((err = ReadBitmapRange (hfsmp, byte_offset, hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize, &block_data, &bp))) { - panic ("HFS Summary: error (%d) in ReadBitmapRange!", err); - } - - /* Query the status of the bit and then make sure we match */ - uint32_t maybe_has_free_blocks; - err = hfs_check_summary (hfsmp, alloc_block, &maybe_has_free_blocks); - if (err) { - panic ("HFS Summary: hfs_check_summary returned error (%d) ", err); - } - counter_max = hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize / kBytesPerWord; - - for (counter = 0; counter < counter_max; counter++) { - uint32_t word = block_data[counter]; - - /* We assume that we'll not find any free bits here. */ - if (word != kAllBitsSetInWord) { - if (maybe_has_free_blocks) { - /* All done */ - saw_free_bits = 1; - break; - } - else { - panic ("HFS Summary: hfs_check_summary saw free bits!"); - } - } - } - - if (maybe_has_free_blocks && (saw_free_bits == 0)) { - panic ("HFS Summary: did not see free bits !"); - } - - /* Release the block. */ - if ((err = ReleaseScanBitmapRange (bp))) { - panic ("HFS Summary: Error (%d) in ReleaseScanBitmapRange", err); - } - } - - printf("hfs: summary validation completed successfully on %s\n", hfsmp->vcbVN); - - return; -} -#endif - -/* - * hfs_alloc_scan_range: - * - * This function should be used to scan large ranges of the allocation bitmap - * at one time. It makes two key assumptions: - * - * 1) Bitmap lock is held during the duration of the call (exclusive) - * 2) There are no pages in the buffer cache for any of the bitmap - * blocks that we may encounter. It *MUST* be completely empty. - * - * The expected use case is when we are scanning the bitmap in full while we are - * still mounting the filesystem in order to issue TRIMs or build up the summary - * table for the mount point. It should be done after any potential journal replays - * are completed and their I/Os fully issued. - * - * The key reason for assumption (2) above is that this function will try to issue - * I/O against the bitmap file in chunks as large a possible -- essentially as - * much as the buffer layer will handle (1MB). Because the size of these I/Os - * is larger than what would be expected during normal runtime we must invalidate - * the buffers as soon as we are done with them so that they do not persist in - * the buffer cache for other threads to find, as they'll typically be doing - * allocation-block size I/Os instead. - * - * Input Args: - * hfsmp - hfs mount data structure - * startbit - allocation block # to start our scan. It must be aligned - * on a vcbVBMIOsize boundary. - * list - journal trim list data structure for issuing TRIMs - * - * Output Args: - * bitToScan - Return the next bit to scan if this function is called again. - * Caller will supply this into the next invocation - * of this call as 'startbit'. - */ - -static int hfs_alloc_scan_range(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t startbit, - u_int32_t *bitToScan, struct jnl_trim_list *list) { - - int error; - int readwrite = 1; - u_int32_t curAllocBlock; - struct buf *blockRef = NULL; - u_int32_t *buffer = NULL; - u_int32_t free_offset = 0; //tracks the start of the current free range - u_int32_t size = 0; // tracks the length of the current free range. - u_int32_t iosize = 0; //how much io we should generate against the bitmap - u_int32_t byte_off; // byte offset into the bitmap file. - u_int32_t completed_size; // how much io was actually completed - u_int32_t last_bitmap_block; - u_int32_t current_word; - u_int32_t word_index = 0; - - /* summary table building */ - uint32_t summary_bit = 0; - uint32_t saw_free_blocks = 0; - uint32_t last_marked = 0; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - readwrite = 0; - } - - /* - * Compute how much I/O we should generate here. - * hfs_scan_range_size will validate that the start bit - * converted into a byte offset into the bitmap file, - * is aligned on a VBMIOSize boundary. - */ - error = hfs_scan_range_size (hfsmp, startbit, &iosize); - if (error) { - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - panic ("hfs_alloc_scan_range: hfs_scan_range_size error %d\n", error); - } - return error; - } - - if (iosize < hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize) { - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - panic ("hfs_alloc_scan_range: iosize too small! (iosize %d)\n", iosize); - } - return EINVAL; - } - - /* hfs_scan_range_size should have verified startbit. Convert it to bytes */ - byte_off = startbit / kBitsPerByte; - - /* - * When the journal replays blocks, it does so by writing directly to the disk - * device (bypassing any filesystem vnodes and such). When it finishes its I/Os - * it also immediately re-reads and invalidates the range covered by the bp so - * it does not leave anything lingering in the cache (for iosize reasons). - * - * As such, it is safe to do large I/Os here with ReadBitmapRange. - * - * NOTE: It is not recommended, but it is possible to call the function below - * on sections of the bitmap that may be in core already as long as the pages are not - * dirty. In that case, we'd notice that something starting at that - * logical block of the bitmap exists in the metadata cache, and we'd check - * if the iosize requested is the same as what was already allocated for it. - * Odds are pretty good we're going to request something larger. In that case, - * we just free the existing memory associated with the buf and reallocate a - * larger range. This function should immediately invalidate it as soon as we're - * done scanning, so this shouldn't cause any coherency issues. - */ - - error = ReadBitmapRange(hfsmp, byte_off, iosize, &buffer, &blockRef); - if (error) { - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - panic ("hfs_alloc_scan_range: start %d iosize %d ReadBitmapRange error %d\n", startbit, iosize, error); - } - return error; - } - - /* - * At this point, we have a giant wired buffer that represents some portion of - * the bitmap file that we want to analyze. We may not have gotten all 'iosize' - * bytes though, so clip our ending bit to what we actually read in. - */ - completed_size = buf_count(blockRef); - last_bitmap_block = completed_size * kBitsPerByte; - last_bitmap_block = last_bitmap_block + startbit; - - /* Cap the last block to the total number of blocks if required */ - if (last_bitmap_block > hfsmp->totalBlocks) { - last_bitmap_block = hfsmp->totalBlocks; - } - - /* curAllocBlock represents the logical block we're analyzing. */ - curAllocBlock = startbit; - word_index = 0; - size = 0; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE) { - if (hfs_get_summary_index (hfsmp, startbit, &summary_bit)) { - error = EINVAL; - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - panic ("hfs_alloc_scan_range: Could not acquire summary index for %u", startbit); - } - return error; - } - /* - * summary_bit should now be set to the summary bit corresponding to - * the allocation block of the first bit that we're supposed to scan - */ - } - saw_free_blocks = 0; - - while (curAllocBlock < last_bitmap_block) { - u_int32_t bit; - - /* Update the summary table as needed */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE) { - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_summary_table == NULL) { - panic ("hfs_alloc_scan_range: no summary table!"); - } - } - - uint32_t temp_summary; - error = hfs_get_summary_index (hfsmp, curAllocBlock, &temp_summary); - if (error) { - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - panic ("hfs_alloc_scan_range: could not get summary index for %u", curAllocBlock); - } - return EINVAL; - } - - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - if (temp_summary < summary_bit) { - panic ("hfs_alloc_scan_range: backwards summary bit?\n"); - } - } - - /* - * If temp_summary is greater than summary_bit, then this - * means that the next allocation block crosses a vcbVBMIOSize boundary - * and we should treat this range of on-disk data as part of a new summary - * bit. - */ - if (temp_summary > summary_bit) { - if (saw_free_blocks == 0) { - /* Mark the bit as totally consumed in the summary table */ - hfs_set_summary (hfsmp, summary_bit, 1); - } - else { - /* Mark the bit as potentially free in summary table */ - hfs_set_summary (hfsmp, summary_bit, 0); - } - last_marked = summary_bit; - /* - * Any time we set the summary table, update our counter which tracks - * what the last bit that was fully marked in the summary table. - * - * Then reset our marker which says we haven't seen a free bit yet. - */ - saw_free_blocks = 0; - summary_bit = temp_summary; - } - } /* End summary table conditions */ - - current_word = SWAP_BE32(buffer[word_index]); - /* Iterate through the word 1 bit at a time... */ - for (bit = 0 ; bit < kBitsPerWord ; bit++, curAllocBlock++) { - if (curAllocBlock >= last_bitmap_block) { - break; - } - u_int32_t allocated = (current_word & (kHighBitInWordMask >> bit)); - - if (allocated) { - if (size != 0) { - if (readwrite) { - /* Insert the previously tracked range of free blocks to the trim list */ - hfs_track_unmap_blocks (hfsmp, free_offset, size, list); - } - add_free_extent_cache (hfsmp, free_offset, size); - size = 0; - free_offset = 0; - } - } - else { - /* Not allocated */ - size++; - if (free_offset == 0) { - /* Start a new run of free spcae at curAllocBlock */ - free_offset = curAllocBlock; - } - if (saw_free_blocks == 0) { - saw_free_blocks = 1; - } - } - } /* end for loop iterating through the word */ - - if (curAllocBlock < last_bitmap_block) { - word_index++; - } - - } /* End while loop (iterates through last_bitmap_block) */ - - - /* - * We've (potentially) completed our pass through this region of bitmap, - * but one thing we may not have done is updated that last summary bit for - * the last page we scanned, because we would have never transitioned across - * a vcbVBMIOSize boundary again. Check for that and update the last bit - * as needed. - * - * Note that 'last_bitmap_block' is *not* inclusive WRT the very last bit in the bitmap - * for the region of bitmap on-disk that we were scanning. (it is one greater). - */ - if ((curAllocBlock >= last_bitmap_block) && - (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE)) { - uint32_t temp_summary; - /* temp_block should be INSIDE the region we just scanned, so subtract 1 */ - uint32_t temp_block = last_bitmap_block - 1; - error = hfs_get_summary_index (hfsmp, temp_block, &temp_summary); - if (error) { - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - panic ("hfs_alloc_scan_range: end bit curAllocBlock %u, last_bitmap_block %u", curAllocBlock, last_bitmap_block); - } - return EINVAL; - } - - /* Did we already update this in the table? */ - if (temp_summary > last_marked) { - if (saw_free_blocks == 0) { - hfs_set_summary (hfsmp, temp_summary, 1); - } - else { - hfs_set_summary (hfsmp, temp_summary, 0); - } - } - } - - /* - * We may have been tracking a range of free blocks that hasn't been inserted yet. - * Keep the logic for the TRIM and free extent separate from that of the summary - * table management even though they are closely linked. - */ - if (size != 0) { - if (readwrite) { - hfs_track_unmap_blocks (hfsmp, free_offset, size, list); - } - add_free_extent_cache (hfsmp, free_offset, size); - } - - /* - * curAllocBlock represents the next block we need to scan when we return - * to this function. - */ - *bitToScan = curAllocBlock; - ReleaseScanBitmapRange(blockRef); - - return 0; - -} - - - -/* - * Compute the maximum I/O size to generate against the bitmap file - * Will attempt to generate at LEAST VBMIOsize I/Os for interior ranges of the bitmap. - * - * Inputs: - * hfsmp -- hfsmount to look at - * bitmap_off -- bit offset into the bitmap file - * - * Outputs: - * iosize -- iosize to generate. - * - * Returns: - * 0 on success; EINVAL otherwise - */ -static int hfs_scan_range_size (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t bitmap_st, uint32_t *iosize) { - - /* - * The maximum bitmap size is 512MB regardless of ABN size, so we can get away - * with 32 bit math in this function. - */ - - uint32_t bitmap_len; - uint32_t remaining_bitmap; - uint32_t target_iosize; - uint32_t bitmap_off; - - /* Is this bit index not word aligned? If so, immediately fail. */ - if (bitmap_st % kBitsPerWord) { - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - panic ("hfs_scan_range_size unaligned start bit! bitmap_st %d \n", bitmap_st); - } - return EINVAL; - } - - /* bitmap_off is in bytes, not allocation blocks/bits */ - bitmap_off = bitmap_st / kBitsPerByte; - - if ((hfsmp->totalBlocks <= bitmap_st) || (bitmap_off > (512 * 1024 * 1024))) { - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - panic ("hfs_scan_range_size: invalid start! bitmap_st %d, bitmap_off %d\n", bitmap_st, bitmap_off); - } - return EINVAL; - } - - /* - * Also invalid if it's not at least aligned to HFS bitmap logical - * block boundaries. We don't have to emit an iosize that's an - * exact multiple of the VBMIOSize, but it must start on such - * a boundary. - * - * The vcbVBMIOSize may be SMALLER than the allocation block size - * on a FS with giant allocation blocks, but it will never be - * greater than it, so it should be safe to start I/O - * aligned on a VBMIOsize boundary. - */ - if (bitmap_off & (hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize - 1)) { - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - panic ("hfs_scan_range_size: unaligned start! bitmap_off %d\n", bitmap_off); - } - return EINVAL; - } - - /* - * Generate the total bitmap file length in bytes, then round up - * that value to the end of the last allocation block, if needed (It - * will probably be needed). We won't scan past the last actual - * allocation block. - * - * Unless we're completing the bitmap scan (or bitmap < 1MB), we - * have to complete the I/O on VBMIOSize boundaries, but we can only read - * up until the end of the bitmap file. - */ - bitmap_len = roundup(hfsmp->totalBlocks, hfsmp->blockSize * 8) / 8; - - remaining_bitmap = bitmap_len - bitmap_off; - - /* - * io size is the MIN of the maximum I/O we can generate or the - * remaining amount of bitmap. - */ - target_iosize = MIN((MAXBSIZE), remaining_bitmap); - *iosize = target_iosize; - - return 0; -} - - - - -/* - * This function is basically the same as hfs_isallocated, except it's designed for - * use with the red-black tree validation code. It assumes we're only checking whether - * one bit is active, and that we're going to pass in the buf to use, since GenerateTree - * calls ReadBitmapBlock and will have that buf locked down for the duration of its operation. - * - * This should not be called in general purpose scanning code. - */ -int hfs_isallocated_scan(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t startingBlock, u_int32_t *bp_buf) { - - u_int32_t *currentWord; // Pointer to current word within bitmap block - u_int32_t bitMask; // Word with given bits already set (ready to test) - u_int32_t firstBit; // Bit index within word of first bit to allocate - u_int32_t numBits; // Number of bits in word to allocate - u_int32_t bitsPerBlock; - uintptr_t blockRef = 0; - u_int32_t numBlocks = 1; - u_int32_t *buffer = NULL; - - int inuse = 0; - int error; - - - if (bp_buf) { - /* just use passed-in buffer if avail. */ - buffer = bp_buf; - } - else { - /* - * Pre-read the bitmap block containing the first word of allocation - */ - error = ReadBitmapBlock(hfsmp, startingBlock, &buffer, &blockRef, - HFS_ALLOC_IGNORE_TENTATIVE); - if (error) - return (error); - } - - /* - * Initialize currentWord, and wordsLeft. - */ - u_int32_t wordIndexInBlock; - - bitsPerBlock = hfsmp->vcbVBMIOSize * kBitsPerByte; - - wordIndexInBlock = (startingBlock & (bitsPerBlock-1)) / kBitsPerWord; - currentWord = buffer + wordIndexInBlock; - - /* - * First test any non word aligned bits. - */ - firstBit = startingBlock % kBitsPerWord; - bitMask = kAllBitsSetInWord >> firstBit; - numBits = kBitsPerWord - firstBit; - if (numBits > numBlocks) { - numBits = numBlocks; - bitMask &= ~(kAllBitsSetInWord >> (firstBit + numBits)); - } - if ((*currentWord & SWAP_BE32 (bitMask)) != 0) { - inuse = 1; - goto Exit; - } - ++currentWord; - -Exit: - if(bp_buf == NULL) { - if (buffer) { - (void)ReleaseBitmapBlock(hfsmp, blockRef, false); - } - } - return (inuse); - - - -} - -/* - * This function resets all of the data structures relevant to the - * free extent cache stored in the hfsmount struct. - * - * If we are using the red-black tree code then we need to account for the fact that - * we may encounter situations where we need to jettison the tree. If that is the - * case, then we fail-over to the bitmap scanning logic, but we need to ensure that - * the free ext cache is zeroed before we start using it. - * - * We also reset and disable the cache when allocLimit is updated... which - * is when a volume is being resized (via hfs_truncatefs() or hfs_extendfs()). - * It is independent of the type of allocator being used currently. - */ -void ResetVCBFreeExtCache(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - int bytes; - void *freeExt; - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_EXT_CACHE_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_RESET_EXTENT_CACHE | DBG_FUNC_START, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); - - lck_spin_lock(&hfsmp->vcbFreeExtLock); - - /* reset Free Extent Count */ - hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt = 0; - - /* reset the actual array */ - bytes = kMaxFreeExtents * sizeof(HFSPlusExtentDescriptor); - freeExt = (void*)(hfsmp->vcbFreeExt); - - bzero (freeExt, bytes); - - lck_spin_unlock(&hfsmp->vcbFreeExtLock); - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_EXT_CACHE_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_RESET_EXTENT_CACHE | DBG_FUNC_END, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); - - return; -} - -/* - * This function is used to inform the allocator if we have to effectively shrink - * or grow the total number of allocation blocks via hfs_truncatefs or hfs_extendfs. - * - * The bitmap lock must be held when calling this function. This function also modifies the - * allocLimit field in the hfs mount point structure in the general case. - * - * In the shrinking case, we'll have to remove all free extents from the red-black - * tree past the specified offset new_end_block. In the growth case, we'll have to force - * a re-scan of the new allocation blocks from our current allocLimit to the new end block. - * - * new_end_block represents the total number of blocks available for allocation in the resized - * filesystem. Block #new_end_block should not be allocatable in the resized filesystem since it - * will be out of the (0, n-1) range that are indexable in the bitmap. - * - * Returns 0 on success - * errno on failure - */ -u_int32_t UpdateAllocLimit (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t new_end_block) { - - /* - * Update allocLimit to the argument specified - */ - hfsmp->allocLimit = new_end_block; - - /* Invalidate the free extent cache completely so that - * it does not have any extents beyond end of current - * volume. - */ - ResetVCBFreeExtCache(hfsmp); - - /* Force a rebuild of the summary table. */ - (void) hfs_rebuild_summary (hfsmp); - - // Delete any tentative ranges that are in the area we're shrinking - struct rl_entry *range, *next_range; - TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(range, &hfsmp->hfs_reserved_ranges[HFS_TENTATIVE_BLOCKS], - rl_link, next_range) { - if (rl_overlap(range, new_end_block, RL_INFINITY) != RL_NOOVERLAP) - hfs_release_reserved(hfsmp, range, HFS_TENTATIVE_BLOCKS); - } - - return 0; -} - -/* - * Remove an extent from the list of free extents. - * - * This is a low-level routine. It does not handle overlaps or splitting; - * that is the responsibility of the caller. The input extent must exactly - * match an extent already in the list; it will be removed, and any following - * extents in the list will be shifted up. - * - * Inputs: - * startBlock - Start of extent to remove - * blockCount - Number of blocks in extent to remove - * - * Result: - * The index of the extent that was removed. - */ -static void remove_free_extent_list(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int index) -{ - if (index < 0 || (uint32_t)index >= hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt) { - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) - panic("hfs: remove_free_extent_list: %p: index (%d) out of range (0, %u)", hfsmp, index, hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt); - else - printf("hfs: remove_free_extent_list: %p: index (%d) out of range (0, %u)", hfsmp, index, hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt); - return; - } - int shift_count = hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt - index - 1; - if (shift_count > 0) { - memmove(&hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[index], &hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[index+1], shift_count * sizeof(hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[0])); - } - hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt--; -} - - -/* - * Add an extent to the list of free extents. - * - * This is a low-level routine. It does not handle overlaps or coalescing; - * that is the responsibility of the caller. This routine *does* make - * sure that the extent it is adding is inserted in the correct location. - * If the list is full, this routine will handle either removing the last - * extent in the list to make room for the new extent, or ignoring the - * new extent if it is "worse" than the last extent in the list. - * - * Inputs: - * startBlock - Start of extent to add - * blockCount - Number of blocks in extent to add - * - * Result: - * The index where the extent that was inserted, or kMaxFreeExtents - * if the extent was not inserted (the list was full, and the extent - * being added was "worse" than everything in the list). - */ -static int add_free_extent_list(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t startBlock, u_int32_t blockCount) -{ - uint32_t i; - - /* ALLOC_DEBUG: Make sure no extents in the list overlap or are contiguous with the input extent. */ - if (ALLOC_DEBUG) { - uint32_t endBlock = startBlock + blockCount; - for (i = 0; i < hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt; ++i) { - if (endBlock < hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].startBlock || - startBlock > (hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].startBlock + hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].blockCount)) { - continue; - } - panic("hfs: add_free_extent_list: %p: extent(%u %u) overlaps existing extent (%u %u) at index %d", - hfsmp, startBlock, blockCount, hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].startBlock, hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].blockCount, i); - } - } - - /* Figure out what index the new extent should be inserted at. */ - for (i = 0; i < hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt; ++i) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_HAS_SPARSE_DEVICE) { - /* The list is sorted by increasing offset. */ - if (startBlock < hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].startBlock) { - break; - } - } else { - /* The list is sorted by decreasing size. */ - if (blockCount > hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].blockCount) { - break; - } - } - } - - /* When we get here, i is the index where the extent should be inserted. */ - if (i == kMaxFreeExtents) { - /* - * The new extent is worse than anything already in the list, - * and the list is full, so just ignore the extent to be added. - */ - return i; - } - - /* - * Grow the list (if possible) to make room for an insert. - */ - if (hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt < kMaxFreeExtents) - hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt++; - - /* - * If we'll be keeping any extents after the insert position, then shift them. - */ - int shift_count = hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt - i - 1; - if (shift_count > 0) { - memmove(&hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i+1], &hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i], shift_count * sizeof(hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[0])); - } - - /* Finally, store the new extent at its correct position. */ - hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].startBlock = startBlock; - hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].blockCount = blockCount; - return i; -} - - -/* - * Remove an entry from free extent cache after it has been allocated. - * - * This is a high-level routine. It handles removing a portion of a - * cached extent, potentially splitting it into two (if the cache was - * already full, throwing away the extent that would sort last). It - * also handles removing an extent that overlaps multiple extents in - * the cache. - * - * Inputs: - * hfsmp - mount point structure - * startBlock - starting block of the extent to be removed. - * blockCount - number of blocks of the extent to be removed. - */ -static void remove_free_extent_cache(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t startBlock, u_int32_t blockCount) -{ - u_int32_t i, insertedIndex; - u_int32_t currentStart, currentEnd, endBlock; - int extentsRemoved = 0; - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_EXT_CACHE_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_REMOVE_EXTENT_CACHE | DBG_FUNC_START, startBlock, blockCount, 0, 0, 0); - - endBlock = startBlock + blockCount; - - lck_spin_lock(&hfsmp->vcbFreeExtLock); - - /* - * Iterate over all of the extents in the free extent cache, removing or - * updating any entries that overlap with the input extent. - */ - for (i = 0; i < hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt; ++i) { - currentStart = hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].startBlock; - currentEnd = currentStart + hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].blockCount; - - /* - * If the current extent is entirely before or entirely after the - * the extent to be removed, then we keep it as-is. - */ - if (currentEnd <= startBlock || currentStart >= endBlock) { - continue; - } - - /* - * If the extent being removed entirely contains the current extent, - * then remove the current extent. - */ - if (startBlock <= currentStart && endBlock >= currentEnd) { - remove_free_extent_list(hfsmp, i); - - /* - * We just removed the extent at index i. The extent at - * index i+1 just got shifted to index i. So decrement i - * to undo the loop's "++i", and the next iteration will - * examine index i again, which contains the next extent - * in the list. - */ - --i; - ++extentsRemoved; - continue; - } - - /* - * If the extent being removed is strictly "in the middle" of the - * current extent, then we need to split the current extent into - * two discontiguous extents (the "head" and "tail"). The good - * news is that we don't need to examine any other extents in - * the list. - */ - if (startBlock > currentStart && endBlock < currentEnd) { - remove_free_extent_list(hfsmp, i); - add_free_extent_list(hfsmp, currentStart, startBlock - currentStart); - add_free_extent_list(hfsmp, endBlock, currentEnd - endBlock); - break; - } - - /* - * The only remaining possibility is that the extent to be removed - * overlaps the start or end (but not both!) of the current extent. - * So we need to replace the current extent with a shorter one. - * - * The only tricky part is that the updated extent might be at a - * different index than the original extent. If the updated extent - * was inserted after the current extent, then we need to re-examine - * the entry at index i, since it now contains the extent that was - * previously at index i+1. If the updated extent was inserted - * before or at the same index as the removed extent, then the - * following extents haven't changed position. - */ - remove_free_extent_list(hfsmp, i); - if (startBlock > currentStart) { - /* Remove the tail of the current extent. */ - insertedIndex = add_free_extent_list(hfsmp, currentStart, startBlock - currentStart); - } else { - /* Remove the head of the current extent. */ - insertedIndex = add_free_extent_list(hfsmp, endBlock, currentEnd - endBlock); - } - if (insertedIndex > i) { - --i; /* Undo the "++i" in the loop, so we examine the entry at index i again. */ - } - } - - lck_spin_unlock(&hfsmp->vcbFreeExtLock); - - sanity_check_free_ext(hfsmp, 0); - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_EXT_CACHE_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_REMOVE_EXTENT_CACHE | DBG_FUNC_END, 0, 0, 0, extentsRemoved, 0); - - return; -} - - -/* - * Add an entry to free extent cache after it has been deallocated. - * - * This is a high-level routine. It will merge overlapping or contiguous - * extents into a single, larger extent. - * - * If the extent provided has blocks beyond current allocLimit, it is - * clipped to allocLimit (so that we won't accidentally find and allocate - * space beyond allocLimit). - * - * Inputs: - * hfsmp - mount point structure - * startBlock - starting block of the extent to be removed. - * blockCount - number of blocks of the extent to be removed. - * - * Returns: - * true - if the extent was added successfully to the list - * false - if the extent was not added to the list, maybe because - * the extent was beyond allocLimit, or is not best - * candidate to be put in the cache. - */ -static Boolean add_free_extent_cache(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t startBlock, u_int32_t blockCount) -{ - Boolean retval = false; - uint32_t endBlock; - uint32_t currentEnd; - uint32_t i; - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_EXT_CACHE_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_ADD_EXTENT_CACHE | DBG_FUNC_START, startBlock, blockCount, 0, 0, 0); - -#if DEBUG - for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { - struct rl_entry *range; - TAILQ_FOREACH(range, &hfsmp->hfs_reserved_ranges[i], rl_link) { - hfs_assert(rl_overlap(range, startBlock, - startBlock + blockCount - 1) == RL_NOOVERLAP); - } - } -#endif - - /* No need to add extent that is beyond current allocLimit */ - if (startBlock >= hfsmp->allocLimit) { - goto out_not_locked; - } - - /* If end of the free extent is beyond current allocLimit, clip the extent */ - if ((startBlock + blockCount) > hfsmp->allocLimit) { - blockCount = hfsmp->allocLimit - startBlock; - } - - lck_spin_lock(&hfsmp->vcbFreeExtLock); - - /* - * Make a pass through the free extent cache, looking for known extents that - * overlap or are contiguous with the extent to be added. We'll remove those - * extents from the cache, and incorporate them into the new extent to be added. - */ - endBlock = startBlock + blockCount; - for (i=0; i < hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt; ++i) { - currentEnd = hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].startBlock + hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].blockCount; - if (hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].startBlock > endBlock || currentEnd < startBlock) { - /* Extent i does not overlap and is not contiguous, so keep it. */ - continue; - } else { - /* We need to remove extent i and combine it with the input extent. */ - if (hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].startBlock < startBlock) - startBlock = hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].startBlock; - if (currentEnd > endBlock) - endBlock = currentEnd; - - remove_free_extent_list(hfsmp, i); - /* - * We just removed the extent at index i. The extent at - * index i+1 just got shifted to index i. So decrement i - * to undo the loop's "++i", and the next iteration will - * examine index i again, which contains the next extent - * in the list. - */ - --i; - } - } - add_free_extent_list(hfsmp, startBlock, endBlock - startBlock); - - lck_spin_unlock(&hfsmp->vcbFreeExtLock); - -out_not_locked: - sanity_check_free_ext(hfsmp, 0); - - if (hfs_kdebug_allocation & HFSDBG_EXT_CACHE_ENABLED) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(HFSDBG_ADD_EXTENT_CACHE | DBG_FUNC_END, 0, 0, 0, retval, 0); - - return retval; -} - -/* Debug function to check if the free extent cache is good or not */ -static void sanity_check_free_ext(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int check_allocated) -{ - u_int32_t i, j; - - /* Do not do anything if debug is not on */ - if (ALLOC_DEBUG == 0) { - return; - } - - lck_spin_lock(&hfsmp->vcbFreeExtLock); - - if (hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt > kMaxFreeExtents) - panic("hfs: %p: free extent count (%u) is too large", hfsmp, hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt); - - /* - * Iterate the Free extent cache and ensure no entries are bogus or refer to - * allocated blocks. - */ - for(i=0; i < hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt; i++) { - u_int32_t start, nblocks; - - start = hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].startBlock; - nblocks = hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].blockCount; - - /* Check if any of the blocks in free extent cache are allocated. - * This should not be enabled always because it might take - * very long for large extents that get added to the list. - * - * We have to drop vcbFreeExtLock while we call hfs_isallocated - * because it is going to do I/O. Note that the free extent - * cache could change. That's a risk we take when using this - * debugging code. (Another alternative would be to try to - * detect when the free extent cache changed, and perhaps - * restart if the list changed while we dropped the lock.) - */ - if (check_allocated) { - lck_spin_unlock(&hfsmp->vcbFreeExtLock); - if (hfs_isallocated(hfsmp, start, nblocks)) { - panic("hfs: %p: slot %d:(%u,%u) in the free extent array is allocated\n", - hfsmp, i, start, nblocks); - } - lck_spin_lock(&hfsmp->vcbFreeExtLock); - } - - /* Check if any part of the extent is beyond allocLimit */ - if ((start > hfsmp->allocLimit) || ((start + nblocks) > hfsmp->allocLimit)) { - panic ("hfs: %p: slot %d:(%u,%u) in the free extent array is beyond allocLimit=%u\n", - hfsmp, i, start, nblocks, hfsmp->allocLimit); - } - - /* Check if there are any duplicate start blocks */ - for(j=i+1; j < hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt; j++) { - if (start == hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[j].startBlock) { - panic("hfs: %p: slot %d:(%u,%u) and %d:(%u,%u) are duplicate\n", - hfsmp, i, start, nblocks, j, hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[j].startBlock, - hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[j].blockCount); - } - } - - /* Check if the entries are out of order */ - if ((i+1) != hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_HAS_SPARSE_DEVICE) { - /* sparse devices are sorted by starting block number (ascending) */ - if (hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].startBlock > hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i+1].startBlock) { - panic ("hfs: %p: SPARSE %d:(%u,%u) and %d:(%u,%u) are out of order\n", - hfsmp, i, start, nblocks, i+1, hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i+1].startBlock, - hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i+1].blockCount); - } - } else { - /* normally sorted by block count (descending) */ - if (hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].blockCount < hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i+1].blockCount) { - panic ("hfs: %p: %d:(%u,%u) and %d:(%u,%u) are out of order\n", - hfsmp, i, start, nblocks, i+1, hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i+1].startBlock, - hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i+1].blockCount); - } - } - } - } - lck_spin_unlock(&hfsmp->vcbFreeExtLock); -} - -#define BIT_RIGHT_MASK(bit) (0xffffffffffffffffull >> (bit)) - -static int clzll(uint64_t x) -{ - if (x == 0) - return 64; - else - return __builtin_clzll(x); -} - -#if !HFS_ALLOC_TEST - -static errno_t get_more_bits(bitmap_context_t *bitmap_ctx) -{ - uint32_t start_bit; - uint32_t iosize = 0; - uint32_t byte_offset; - uint32_t last_bitmap_block; - int error; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = bitmap_ctx->hfsmp; -#if !HFS_ALLOC_TEST - uint64_t lock_elapsed; -#endif - - - if (bitmap_ctx->bp) - ReleaseScanBitmapRange(bitmap_ctx->bp); - - if (msleep(NULL, NULL, PINOD | PCATCH, - "hfs_fsinfo", NULL) == EINTR) { - return EINTR; - } - -#if !HFS_ALLOC_TEST - /* - * Let someone else use the allocation map after we've processed over HFS_FSINFO_MAX_LOCKHELD_TIME . - * lock_start is initialized in hfs_find_free_extents(). - */ - absolutetime_to_nanoseconds(mach_absolute_time() - bitmap_ctx->lock_start, &lock_elapsed); - - if (lock_elapsed >= HFS_FSINFO_MAX_LOCKHELD_TIME) { - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, bitmap_ctx->lockflags); - - /* add tsleep here to force context switch and fairness */ - tsleep((caddr_t)get_more_bits, PRIBIO, "hfs_fsinfo", 1); - - hfs_journal_lock(hfsmp); - - /* Flush the journal and wait for all I/Os to finish up */ - error = hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL_META); - if (error) { - hfs_journal_unlock(hfsmp); - return error; - } - - /* - * Take bitmap lock to ensure it is not being modified while journal is still held. - * Since we are reading larger than normal blocks from the bitmap, which - * might confuse other parts of the bitmap code using normal blocks, we - * take exclusive lock here. - */ - bitmap_ctx->lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - bitmap_ctx->lock_start = mach_absolute_time(); - - /* Release the journal lock */ - hfs_journal_unlock(hfsmp); - - /* - * Bitmap is read in large block size (up to 1MB), - * unlike the runtime which reads the bitmap in the - * 4K block size. If the bitmap is read by both ways - * at the same time, it can result in multiple buf_t with - * different sizes and potentially case data corruption. - * To avoid this, we invalidate all the existing buffers - * associated with the bitmap vnode. - */ - error = buf_invalidateblks(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp, 0, 0, 0); - if (error) { - /* hfs_systemfile_unlock will be called in the caller */ - return error; - } - } -#endif - - start_bit = bitmap_ctx->run_offset; - - if (start_bit >= bitmap_ctx->hfsmp->totalBlocks) { - bitmap_ctx->chunk_end = 0; - bitmap_ctx->bp = NULL; - bitmap_ctx->bitmap = NULL; - return 0; - } - - hfs_assert(start_bit % 8 == 0); - - /* - * Compute how much I/O we should generate here. - * hfs_scan_range_size will validate that the start bit - * converted into a byte offset into the bitmap file, - * is aligned on a VBMIOSize boundary. - */ - error = hfs_scan_range_size (bitmap_ctx->hfsmp, start_bit, &iosize); - if (error) - return error; - - hfs_assert(iosize != 0); - - /* hfs_scan_range_size should have verified startbit. Convert it to bytes */ - byte_offset = start_bit / kBitsPerByte; - - /* - * When the journal replays blocks, it does so by writing directly to the disk - * device (bypassing any filesystem vnodes and such). When it finishes its I/Os - * it also immediately re-reads and invalidates the range covered by the bp so - * it does not leave anything lingering in the cache (for iosize reasons). - * - * As such, it is safe to do large I/Os here with ReadBitmapRange. - * - * NOTE: It is not recommended, but it is possible to call the function below - * on sections of the bitmap that may be in core already as long as the pages are not - * dirty. In that case, we'd notice that something starting at that - * logical block of the bitmap exists in the metadata cache, and we'd check - * if the iosize requested is the same as what was already allocated for it. - * Odds are pretty good we're going to request something larger. In that case, - * we just free the existing memory associated with the buf and reallocate a - * larger range. This function should immediately invalidate it as soon as we're - * done scanning, so this shouldn't cause any coherency issues. - */ - error = ReadBitmapRange(bitmap_ctx->hfsmp, byte_offset, iosize, (uint32_t **)&bitmap_ctx->bitmap, &bitmap_ctx->bp); - if (error) - return error; - - /* - * At this point, we have a giant wired buffer that represents some portion of - * the bitmap file that we want to analyze. We may not have gotten all 'iosize' - * bytes though, so clip our ending bit to what we actually read in. - */ - last_bitmap_block = start_bit + buf_count(bitmap_ctx->bp) * kBitsPerByte; - - /* Cap the last block to the total number of blocks if required */ - if (last_bitmap_block > bitmap_ctx->hfsmp->totalBlocks) - last_bitmap_block = bitmap_ctx->hfsmp->totalBlocks; - - bitmap_ctx->chunk_current = 0; // new chunk of bitmap - bitmap_ctx->chunk_end = last_bitmap_block - start_bit; - - return 0; -} - -#endif // !HFS_ALLOC_TEST - -// Returns number of contiguous bits set at start -static int bit_count_set(void *bitmap, int start, int end) -{ - if (start == end) - return 0; - - hfs_assert(end > start); - - const int start_bit = start & 63; - const int end_bit = end & 63; - - uint64_t *p = (uint64_t *)bitmap + start / 64; - uint64_t x = ~OSSwapBigToHostInt64(*p); - - if ((start & ~63) == (end & ~63)) { - // Start and end in same 64 bits - x = (x & BIT_RIGHT_MASK(start_bit)) | BIT_RIGHT_MASK(end_bit); - return clzll(x) - start_bit; - } - - // Deal with initial unaligned bit - x &= BIT_RIGHT_MASK(start_bit); - - if (x) - return clzll(x) - start_bit; - - // Go fast - ++p; - int count = 64 - start_bit; - int nquads = (end - end_bit - start - 1) / 64; - - while (nquads--) { - if (*p != 0xffffffffffffffffull) { - x = ~OSSwapBigToHostInt64(*p); - return count + clzll(x); - } - ++p; - count += 64; - } - - if (end_bit) { - x = ~OSSwapBigToHostInt64(*p) | BIT_RIGHT_MASK(end_bit); - count += clzll(x); - } - - return count; -} - -/* Returns the number of a run of cleared bits: - * bitmap is a single chunk of memory being examined - * start: the start bit relative to the current buffer to be examined; start is inclusive. - * end: the end bit relative to the current buffer to be examined; end is not inclusive. - */ -static int bit_count_clr(void *bitmap, int start, int end) -{ - if (start == end) - return 0; - - hfs_assert(end > start); - - const int start_bit = start & 63; - const int end_bit = end & 63; - - uint64_t *p = (uint64_t *)bitmap + start / 64; - uint64_t x = OSSwapBigToHostInt64(*p); - - if ((start & ~63) == (end & ~63)) { - // Start and end in same 64 bits - x = (x & BIT_RIGHT_MASK(start_bit)) | BIT_RIGHT_MASK(end_bit); - - return clzll(x) - start_bit; - } - - // Deal with initial unaligned bit - x &= BIT_RIGHT_MASK(start_bit); - - if (x) - return clzll(x) - start_bit; - - // Go fast - ++p; - int count = 64 - start_bit; - int nquads = (end - end_bit - start - 1) / 64; - - while (nquads--) { - if (*p) { - x = OSSwapBigToHostInt64(*p); - return count + clzll(x); - } - ++p; - count += 64; - } - - if (end_bit) { - x = OSSwapBigToHostInt64(*p) | BIT_RIGHT_MASK(end_bit); - - count += clzll(x); - } - - return count; -} - -#if !HFS_ALLOC_TEST -static errno_t update_summary_table(bitmap_context_t *bitmap_ctx, uint32_t start, uint32_t count, bool set) -{ - uint32_t end, start_summary_bit, end_summary_bit; - errno_t error = 0; - - if (count == 0) - goto out; - - if (!ISSET(bitmap_ctx->hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE)) - return 0; - - if (hfs_get_summary_index (bitmap_ctx->hfsmp, start, &start_summary_bit)) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - - end = start + count - 1; - if (hfs_get_summary_index (bitmap_ctx->hfsmp, end, &end_summary_bit)) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - - // if summary table bit has been updated with free block previously, leave it. - if ((start_summary_bit == bitmap_ctx->last_free_summary_bit) && set) - start_summary_bit++; - - for (uint32_t summary_bit = start_summary_bit; summary_bit <= end_summary_bit; summary_bit++) - hfs_set_summary (bitmap_ctx->hfsmp, summary_bit, set); - - if (!set) - bitmap_ctx->last_free_summary_bit = end_summary_bit; - -out: - return error; - -} -#endif //!HFS_ALLOC_TEST - -/* - * Read in chunks of the bitmap into memory, and find a run of cleared/set bits; - * the run can extend across chunk boundaries. - * bit_count_clr can be passed to get a run of cleared bits. - * bit_count_set can be passed to get a run of set bits. - */ -static errno_t hfs_bit_count(bitmap_context_t *bitmap_ctx, int (*fn)(void *, int ,int), uint32_t *bit_count) -{ - int count; - errno_t error = 0; - - *bit_count = 0; - - do { - if (bitmap_ctx->run_offset == 0 || bitmap_ctx->chunk_current == bitmap_ctx->chunk_end) { - if ((error = get_more_bits(bitmap_ctx)) != 0) - goto out; - } - - if (bitmap_ctx->chunk_end == 0) - break; - - count = fn(bitmap_ctx->bitmap, bitmap_ctx->chunk_current, bitmap_ctx->chunk_end); - - bitmap_ctx->run_offset += count; - bitmap_ctx->chunk_current += count; - *bit_count += count; - - } while (bitmap_ctx->chunk_current >= bitmap_ctx->chunk_end && count); - -out: - return error; - -} - -// Returns count of number of bits clear -static errno_t hfs_bit_count_clr(bitmap_context_t *bitmap_ctx, uint32_t *count) -{ - return hfs_bit_count(bitmap_ctx, bit_count_clr, count); -} - -// Returns count of number of bits set -static errno_t hfs_bit_count_set(bitmap_context_t *bitmap_ctx, uint32_t *count) -{ - return hfs_bit_count(bitmap_ctx, bit_count_set, count); -} - -static uint32_t hfs_bit_offset(bitmap_context_t *bitmap_ctx) -{ - return bitmap_ctx->run_offset; -} - -/* - * Perform a full scan of the bitmap file. - * Note: during the scan of bitmap file, it may drop and reacquire the - * bitmap lock to let someone else use the bitmap for fairness. - * Currently it is used by HFS_GET_FSINFO statistic gathing, which - * is run while other processes might perform HFS operations. - */ - -errno_t hfs_find_free_extents(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - void (*callback)(void *data, off_t free_extent_size), void *callback_arg) -{ - struct bitmap_context bitmap_ctx; - uint32_t count; - errno_t error = 0; - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE) == 0) { - error = hfs_init_summary(hfsmp); - if (error) - return error; - } - - bzero(&bitmap_ctx, sizeof(struct bitmap_context)); - - /* - * The journal maintains list of recently deallocated blocks to - * issue DKIOCUNMAPs when the corresponding journal transaction is - * flushed to the disk. To avoid any race conditions, we only - * want one active trim list. Therefore we make sure that the - * journal trim list is sync'ed, empty, and not modifiable for - * the duration of our scan. - * - * Take the journal lock before flushing the journal to the disk. - * We will keep on holding the journal lock till we don't get the - * bitmap lock to make sure that no new journal transactions can - * start. This will make sure that the journal trim list is not - * modified after the journal flush and before getting bitmap lock. - * We can release the journal lock after we acquire the bitmap - * lock as it will prevent any further block deallocations. - */ - hfs_journal_lock(hfsmp); - - /* Flush the journal and wait for all I/Os to finish up */ - error = hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL_META); - if (error) { - hfs_journal_unlock(hfsmp); - return error; - } - - /* - * Take bitmap lock to ensure it is not being modified. - * Since we are reading larger than normal blocks from the bitmap, which - * might confuse other parts of the bitmap code using normal blocks, we - * take exclusive lock here. - */ - bitmap_ctx.lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - -#if !HFS_ALLOC_TEST - bitmap_ctx.lock_start = mach_absolute_time(); -#endif - - /* Release the journal lock */ - hfs_journal_unlock(hfsmp); - - /* - * Bitmap is read in large block size (up to 1MB), - * unlike the runtime which reads the bitmap in the - * 4K block size. If the bitmap is read by both ways - * at the same time, it can result in multiple buf_t with - * different sizes and potentially case data corruption. - * To avoid this, we invalidate all the existing buffers - * associated with the bitmap vnode. - */ - error = buf_invalidateblks(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp, 0, 0, 0); - if (error) - goto out; - - /* - * Get the list of all free extent ranges. hfs_alloc_scan_range() - * will call hfs_fsinfo_data_add() to account for all the free - * extent ranges found during scan. - */ - bitmap_ctx.hfsmp = hfsmp; - bitmap_ctx.run_offset = 0; - - while (bitmap_ctx.run_offset < hfsmp->totalBlocks) { - - uint32_t start = hfs_bit_offset(&bitmap_ctx); - - if ((error = hfs_bit_count_clr(&bitmap_ctx, &count)) != 0) - goto out; - - if (count) - callback(callback_arg, hfs_blk_to_bytes(count, hfsmp->blockSize)); - - if ((error = update_summary_table(&bitmap_ctx, start, count, false)) != 0) - goto out; - - start = hfs_bit_offset(&bitmap_ctx); - - if ((error = hfs_bit_count_set(&bitmap_ctx, &count)) != 0) - goto out; - - if ((error = update_summary_table(&bitmap_ctx, start, count, true)) != 0) - goto out; - } - -out: - if (bitmap_ctx.lockflags) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, bitmap_ctx.lockflags); - } - - return error; -} - diff --git a/core/hfs.h b/core/hfs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5dce5da..0000000 --- a/core/hfs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1171 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#ifndef __HFS__ -#define __HFS__ - -/* If set to 1, enables the code to allocate blocks from the start - * of the disk instead of the nextAllocation for sparse devices like - * sparse disk images or sparsebundle images. The free extent cache - * for such volumes is also maintained based on the start block instead - * of number of contiguous allocation blocks. These devices prefer - * allocation of blocks near the start of the disk to avoid the - * increasing the image size, but it can also result in file fragmentation. - */ -#define HFS_SPARSE_DEV 1 - -#if DEBUG -#define HFS_CHECK_LOCK_ORDER 1 -#endif - -#define HFS_TMPDBG 0 - -#include - -#ifdef KERNEL -#ifdef __APPLE_API_PRIVATE -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "../hfs_encodings/hfs_encodings.h" - -#include "hfs_journal.h" -#include "hfs_format.h" -#include "hfs_catalog.h" -#include "hfs_cnode.h" -#include "hfs_macos_defs.h" -#include "hfs_hotfiles.h" -#include "hfs_fsctl.h" - -__BEGIN_DECLS - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT -/* Forward declare the cprotect struct */ -struct cprotect; -#endif - -/* - * Just reported via MIG interface. - */ -#define VERSION_STRING "hfs-2 (4-12-99)" - -#define HFS_LINK_MAX 32767 - -#define HFS_MAX_DEFERED_ALLOC (1024*1024) - -#define HFS_MAX_FILES (UINT32_MAX - kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID) - -// 400 megs is a "big" file (i.e. one that when deleted -// would touch enough data that we should break it into -// multiple separate transactions) -#define HFS_BIGFILE_SIZE (400LL * 1024LL * 1024LL) - -enum { kMDBSize = 512 }; /* Size of I/O transfer to read entire MDB */ - -enum { kMasterDirectoryBlock = 2 }; /* MDB offset on disk in 512-byte blocks */ -enum { kMDBOffset = kMasterDirectoryBlock * 512 }; /* MDB offset on disk in bytes */ - -#define kRootDirID kHFSRootFolderID - - -/* number of locked buffer caches to hold for b-tree meta data */ -#define kMaxLockedMetaBuffers 32 - -extern struct timezone gTimeZone; - - -/* How many free extents to cache per volume */ -#define kMaxFreeExtents 10 - -/* Maximum file size that we're willing to defrag on open */ -#define HFS_MAX_DEFRAG_SIZE 104857600 // 100 * 1024 * 1024 (100MB) -#define HFS_INITIAL_DEFRAG_SIZE 20971520 // 20 * 1024 * 1024 (20MB) - - -/* The maximum time hfs locks can be held while performing hfs statistics gathering */ -#define HFS_FSINFO_MAX_LOCKHELD_TIME 20 * 1000000ULL /* at most 20 milliseconds. */ - -/* - * HFS_MINFREE gives the minimum acceptable percentage - * of file system blocks which may be free (but this - * minimum will never exceed HFS_MAXRESERVE bytes). If - * the free block count drops below this level only the - * superuser may continue to allocate blocks. - */ -#define HFS_MINFREE 1 -#define HFS_MAXRESERVE ((u_int64_t)(250*1024*1024)) -#define HFS_BT_MAXRESERVE ((u_int64_t)(10*1024*1024)) - -/* - * The system distinguishes between the desirable low-disk - * notifiaction levels for root volumes and non-root volumes. - * The various thresholds are computed as a fraction of the - * volume size, all capped at a certain fixed level - */ - -#define HFS_ROOTVERYLOWDISKTRIGGERFRACTION 5 -#define HFS_ROOTVERYLOWDISKTRIGGERLEVEL ((u_int64_t)(512*1024*1024)) -#define HFS_ROOTLOWDISKTRIGGERFRACTION 10 -#define HFS_ROOTLOWDISKTRIGGERLEVEL ((u_int64_t)(1024*1024*1024)) -#define HFS_ROOTNEARLOWDISKTRIGGERFRACTION 10.5 -#define HFS_ROOTNEARLOWDISKTRIGGERLEVEL ((u_int64_t)(1024*1024*1024 + 100*1024*1024)) -#define HFS_ROOTLOWDISKSHUTOFFFRACTION 11 -#define HFS_ROOTLOWDISKSHUTOFFLEVEL ((u_int64_t)(1024*1024*1024 + 250*1024*1024)) - -#define HFS_VERYLOWDISKTRIGGERFRACTION 1 -#define HFS_VERYLOWDISKTRIGGERLEVEL ((u_int64_t)(150*1024*1024)) -#define HFS_LOWDISKTRIGGERFRACTION 2 -#define HFS_LOWDISKTRIGGERLEVEL ((u_int64_t)(500*1024*1024)) -#define HFS_NEARLOWDISKTRIGGERFRACTION 10 -#define HFS_NEARLOWDISKTRIGGERLEVEL ((uint64_t)(1024*1024*1024)) -#define HFS_LOWDISKSHUTOFFFRACTION 12 -#define HFS_LOWDISKSHUTOFFLEVEL ((u_int64_t)(1024*1024*1024 + 200*1024*1024)) - -/* Internal Data structures*/ - -/* This structure describes the HFS specific mount structure data. */ -typedef struct hfsmount { - u_int32_t hfs_flags; /* see below */ - - /* Physical Description */ - u_int32_t hfs_logical_block_size; /* Logical block size of the disk as reported by ioctl(DKIOCGETBLOCKSIZE), always a multiple of 512 */ - daddr64_t hfs_logical_block_count; /* Number of logical blocks on the disk, as reported by ioctl(DKIOCGETBLOCKCOUNT) */ - u_int64_t hfs_logical_bytes; /* Number of bytes on the disk device this HFS is mounted on (blockcount * blocksize) */ - /* - * Regarding the two AVH sector fields below: - * Under normal circumstances, the filesystem's notion of the "right" location for the AVH is such that - * the partition and filesystem's are in sync. However, during a filesystem resize, HFS proactively - * writes a new AVH at the end of the filesystem, assuming that the partition will be resized accordingly. - * - * However, it is not technically a corruption if the partition size is never modified. As a result, we need - * to keep two copies of the AVH around "just in case" the partition size is not modified. - */ - daddr64_t hfs_partition_avh_sector; /* location of Alt VH w.r.t partition size */ - daddr64_t hfs_fs_avh_sector; /* location of Alt VH w.r.t filesystem size */ - - u_int32_t hfs_physical_block_size; /* Physical block size of the disk as reported by ioctl(DKIOCGETPHYSICALBLOCKSIZE) */ - u_int32_t hfs_log_per_phys; /* Number of logical blocks per physical block size */ - - /* Access to VFS and devices */ - struct mount *hfs_mp; /* filesystem vfs structure */ - struct vnode *hfs_devvp; /* block device mounted vnode */ - struct vnode * hfs_extents_vp; - struct vnode * hfs_catalog_vp; - struct vnode * hfs_allocation_vp; - struct vnode * hfs_attribute_vp; - struct vnode * hfs_startup_vp; - struct vnode * hfs_attrdata_vp; /* pseudo file */ - struct cnode * hfs_extents_cp; - struct cnode * hfs_catalog_cp; - struct cnode * hfs_allocation_cp; - struct cnode * hfs_attribute_cp; - struct cnode * hfs_startup_cp; - dev_t hfs_raw_dev; /* device mounted */ - u_int32_t hfs_logBlockSize; /* Size of buffer cache buffer for I/O */ - - /* Default values for HFS standard and non-init access */ - uid_t hfs_uid; /* uid to set as owner of the files */ - gid_t hfs_gid; /* gid to set as owner of the files */ - mode_t hfs_dir_mask; /* mask to and with directory protection bits */ - mode_t hfs_file_mask; /* mask to and with file protection bits */ - u_int32_t hfs_encoding; /* Default encoding for non hfs+ volumes */ - - /* Persistent fields (on disk, dynamic) */ - time_t hfs_mtime; /* file system last modification time */ - u_int32_t hfs_filecount; /* number of files in file system */ - u_int32_t hfs_dircount; /* number of directories in file system */ - u_int32_t freeBlocks; /* free allocation blocks */ - u_int32_t reclaimBlocks; /* number of blocks we are reclaiming during resize */ - u_int32_t tentativeBlocks; /* tentative allocation blocks -- see note below */ - u_int32_t nextAllocation; /* start of next allocation search */ - u_int32_t sparseAllocation; /* start of allocations for sparse devices */ - u_int32_t vcbNxtCNID; /* next unused catalog node ID - protected by catalog lock */ - u_int32_t vcbWrCnt; /* file system write count */ - u_int64_t encodingsBitmap; /* in-use encodings */ - u_int16_t vcbNmFls; /* HFS Only - root dir file count */ - u_int16_t vcbNmRtDirs; /* HFS Only - root dir directory count */ - - /* Persistent fields (on disk, static) */ - u_int16_t vcbSigWord; - - // Volume will be inconsistent if header is not flushed - bool hfs_header_dirty; - - // Volume header is dirty, but won't be inconsistent if not flushed - bool hfs_header_minor_change; - - u_int32_t vcbAtrb; - u_int32_t vcbJinfoBlock; - u_int32_t localCreateDate;/* volume create time from volume header (For HFS+, value is in local time) */ - time_t hfs_itime; /* file system creation time (creation date of the root folder) */ - time_t hfs_btime; /* file system last backup time */ - u_int32_t blockSize; /* size of allocation blocks */ - u_int32_t totalBlocks; /* total allocation blocks */ - u_int32_t allocLimit; /* Do not allocate this block or beyond */ - /* - * NOTE: When resizing a volume to make it smaller, allocLimit is set to the allocation - * block number which will contain the new alternate volume header. At all other times, - * allocLimit is set to totalBlocks. The allocation code uses allocLimit instead of - * totalBlocks to limit which blocks may be allocated, so that during a resize, we don't - * put new content into the blocks we're trying to truncate away. - */ - int32_t vcbClpSiz; - u_int32_t vcbFndrInfo[8]; - int16_t vcbVBMSt; /* HFS only */ - int16_t vcbAlBlSt; /* HFS only */ - - /* vcb stuff */ - u_int8_t vcbVN[256]; /* volume name in UTF-8 */ - u_int32_t volumeNameEncodingHint; - u_int32_t hfsPlusIOPosOffset; /* Disk block where HFS+ starts */ - u_int32_t vcbVBMIOSize; /* volume bitmap I/O size */ - - /* cache of largest known free extents */ - u_int32_t vcbFreeExtCnt; - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor vcbFreeExt[kMaxFreeExtents]; - lck_spin_t vcbFreeExtLock; - - /* Summary Table */ - u_int8_t *hfs_summary_table; /* Each bit is 1 vcbVBMIOSize of bitmap, byte indexed */ - u_int32_t hfs_summary_size; /* number of BITS in summary table defined above (not bytes!) */ - u_int32_t hfs_summary_bytes; /* number of BYTES in summary table */ - - u_int32_t scan_var; /* For initializing the summary table */ - - - u_int32_t reserveBlocks; /* free block reserve */ - u_int32_t loanedBlocks; /* blocks on loan for delayed allocations */ - u_int32_t lockedBlocks; /* blocks reserved and locked */ - - /* - * HFS+ Private system directories (two). Any access - * (besides looking at the cd_cnid) requires holding - * the Catalog File lock. - */ - struct cat_desc hfs_private_desc[2]; - struct cat_attr hfs_private_attr[2]; - - u_int32_t hfs_metadata_createdate; -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - hfs_to_unicode_func_t hfs_get_unicode; - unicode_to_hfs_func_t hfs_get_hfsname; -#endif - - /* Quota variables: */ - struct quotafile hfs_qfiles[MAXQUOTAS]; /* quota files */ - - /* Journaling variables: */ - struct journal *jnl; // the journal for this volume (if one exists) - struct vnode *jvp; // device where the journal lives (may be equal to devvp) - u_int32_t jnl_start; // start block of the journal file (so we don't delete it) - u_int32_t jnl_size; - u_int32_t hfs_jnlfileid; - u_int32_t hfs_jnlinfoblkid; - lck_rw_t hfs_global_lock; - thread_t hfs_global_lockowner; - u_int32_t hfs_transaction_nesting; - - /* - * Notification variables - * See comments in hfs mount code for what the - * default levels are set to. - */ - u_int32_t hfs_notification_conditions; - u_int32_t hfs_freespace_notify_dangerlimit; - u_int32_t hfs_freespace_notify_warninglimit; - u_int32_t hfs_freespace_notify_nearwarninglimit; - u_int32_t hfs_freespace_notify_desiredlevel; - - /* time mounted and last mounted mod time "snapshot" */ - time_t hfs_mount_time; - time_t hfs_last_mounted_mtime; - - /* Metadata allocation zone variables: */ - u_int32_t hfs_metazone_start; - u_int32_t hfs_metazone_end; - u_int32_t hfs_hotfile_start; - u_int32_t hfs_hotfile_end; - u_int32_t hfs_min_alloc_start; - u_int32_t hfs_freed_block_count; - u_int64_t hfs_cs_hotfile_size; // in bytes - int hfs_hotfile_freeblks; - int hfs_hotfile_blk_adjust; // since we pass this to OSAddAtomic, this needs to be 4-byte aligned - int hfs_hotfile_maxblks; - int hfs_overflow_maxblks; - int hfs_catalog_maxblks; - - /* Hot File Clustering variables: */ - lck_mtx_t hfc_mutex; /* serialize hot file stages */ - enum hfc_stage hfc_stage; /* what are we up to... */ - time_t hfc_timebase; /* recording period start time */ - time_t hfc_timeout; /* recording period stop time */ - struct hotfile_data *hfc_recdata; - struct hotfilelist *hfc_filelist; - uint32_t hfc_maxfiles; /* maximum files to track */ - struct vnode * hfc_filevp; - - /* defrag-on-open variables */ - int hfs_defrag_nowait; //issue defrags now, regardless of whether or not we've gone past 3 min. - uint64_t hfs_defrag_max; //maximum file size we'll defragment on this mount - -#if HFS_SPARSE_DEV - /* Sparse device variables: */ - struct vnode * hfs_backingvp; - u_int32_t hfs_last_backingstatfs; - u_int32_t hfs_sparsebandblks; - u_int64_t hfs_backingfs_maxblocks; -#endif - size_t hfs_max_inline_attrsize; - - lck_mtx_t hfs_mutex; /* protects access to hfsmount data */ - - uint32_t hfs_syncers; // Count of the number of syncers running - enum { - HFS_THAWED, - HFS_WANT_TO_FREEZE, // This state stops hfs_sync from starting - HFS_FREEZING, // We're in this state whilst we're flushing - HFS_FROZEN // Everything gets blocked in hfs_lock_global - } hfs_freeze_state; - union { - /* - * When we're freezing (HFS_FREEZING) but not yet - * frozen (HFS_FROZEN), we record the freezing thread - * so that we stop other threads from taking locks, - * but allow the freezing thread. - */ - const struct thread *hfs_freezing_thread; - /* - * Once we have frozen (HFS_FROZEN), we record the - * process so that if it dies, we can automatically - * unfreeze. - */ - proc_t hfs_freezing_proc; - }; - - thread_t hfs_downgrading_thread; /* thread who's downgrading to rdonly */ - - /* Resize variables: */ - u_int32_t hfs_resize_blocksmoved; - u_int32_t hfs_resize_totalblocks; - u_int32_t hfs_resize_progress; -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - /* Data Protection fields */ - cpx_t hfs_resize_cpx; - u_int16_t hfs_running_cp_major_vers; - uint32_t default_cp_class; /* default effective class value */ - uint64_t cproot_flags; - uint8_t cp_crypto_generation; - cp_lock_state_t hfs_cp_lock_state; /* per-mount device lock state info */ -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - uint32_t hfs_auto_roll_min_key_os_version; - uint32_t hfs_auto_roll_max_key_os_version; -#endif -#if HFS_TMPDBG -#if !SECURE_KERNEL - boolean_t hfs_cp_verbose; -#endif -#endif - -#endif - - /* the full UUID of the volume, not the one stored in finderinfo */ - uuid_t hfs_full_uuid; - - /* Per mount cnode hash variables: */ - lck_mtx_t hfs_chash_mutex; /* protects access to cnode hash table */ - u_long hfs_cnodehash; /* size of cnode hash table - 1 */ - LIST_HEAD(cnodehashhead, cnode) *hfs_cnodehashtbl; /* base of cnode hash */ - - /* Per mount fileid hash variables (protected by catalog lock!) */ - u_long hfs_idhash; /* size of cnid/fileid hash table -1 */ - LIST_HEAD(idhashhead, cat_preflightid) *hfs_idhashtbl; /* base of ID hash */ - - // Records the oldest outstanding sync request - struct timeval hfs_sync_req_oldest; - - /* Records the syncer thread so that we can avoid the syncer - queing more syncs. */ - thread_t hfs_syncer_thread; - - // Not currently used except for debugging purposes - // Since we pass this to OSAddAtomic, this needs to be 4-byte aligned. - uint32_t hfs_active_threads; - - enum { - // These are indices into the array below - - // Tentative ranges can be claimed back at any time - HFS_TENTATIVE_BLOCKS = 0, - - // Locked ranges cannot be claimed back, but the allocation - // won't have been written to disk yet - HFS_LOCKED_BLOCKS = 1, - }; - // These lists are not sorted like a range list usually is - struct rl_head hfs_reserved_ranges[2]; -} hfsmount_t; - -/* - * HFS_META_DELAY is a duration (in usecs) used for triggering the - * hfs_syncer() routine. We will back off if writes are in - * progress, but... - * HFS_MAX_META_DELAY is the maximum time we will allow the - * syncer to be delayed. - */ -enum { - HFS_META_DELAY = 100 * 1000, // 0.1 secs - HFS_MAX_META_DELAY = 5000 * 1000 // 5 secs -}; - -#define HFS_META_DELAY_TS \ - (struct timespec){ 0, HFS_META_DELAY * NSEC_PER_USEC } - -typedef hfsmount_t ExtendedVCB; - -/* Aliases for legacy (Mac OS 9) field names */ -#define vcbLsMod hfs_mtime -#define vcbVolBkUp hfs_btime -#define extentsRefNum hfs_extents_vp -#define catalogRefNum hfs_catalog_vp -#define allocationsRefNum hfs_allocation_vp -#define vcbFilCnt hfs_filecount -#define vcbDirCnt hfs_dircount - -static inline void MarkVCBDirty(hfsmount_t *hfsmp) -{ - hfsmp->hfs_header_dirty = true; -} - -static inline void MarkVCBClean(hfsmount_t *hfsmp) -{ - hfsmp->hfs_header_dirty = false; - hfsmp->hfs_header_minor_change = false; -} - -static inline bool IsVCBDirty(ExtendedVCB *vcb) -{ - return vcb->hfs_header_minor_change || vcb->hfs_header_dirty; -} - -// Header is changed but won't be inconsistent if we don't write it -static inline void hfs_note_header_minor_change(hfsmount_t *hfsmp) -{ - hfsmp->hfs_header_minor_change = true; -} - -// Must header be flushed for volume to be consistent? -static inline bool hfs_header_needs_flushing(hfsmount_t *hfsmp) -{ - return (hfsmp->hfs_header_dirty - || ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_flag, C_MODIFIED) - || ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp->c_flag, C_MODIFIED) - || (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp - && ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp->c_flag, C_MODIFIED)) - || (hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp - && ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp->c_flag, C_MODIFIED)) - || (hfsmp->hfs_startup_cp - && ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_startup_cp->c_flag, C_MODIFIED))); -} - -/* - * There are two private directories in HFS+. - * - * One contains inodes for files that are hardlinked or open/unlinked. - * The other contains inodes for directories that are hardlinked. - */ -enum privdirtype {FILE_HARDLINKS, DIR_HARDLINKS}; - -#define HFS_ALLOCATOR_SCAN_INFLIGHT 0x0001 /* scan started */ -#define HFS_ALLOCATOR_SCAN_COMPLETED 0x0002 /* initial scan was completed */ - -/* HFS mount point flags */ -#define HFS_READ_ONLY 0x00001 -#define HFS_UNKNOWN_PERMS 0x00002 -#define HFS_WRITEABLE_MEDIA 0x00004 -#define HFS_CLEANED_ORPHANS 0x00008 -#define HFS_X 0x00010 -#define HFS_CASE_SENSITIVE 0x00020 -#define HFS_STANDARD 0x00040 -#define HFS_METADATA_ZONE 0x00080 -#define HFS_FRAGMENTED_FREESPACE 0x00100 -#define HFS_NEED_JNL_RESET 0x00200 -#define HFS_HAS_SPARSE_DEVICE 0x00400 -#define HFS_RESIZE_IN_PROGRESS 0x00800 -#define HFS_QUOTAS 0x01000 -#define HFS_CREATING_BTREE 0x02000 -/* When set, do not update nextAllocation in the mount structure */ -#define HFS_SKIP_UPDATE_NEXT_ALLOCATION 0x04000 -/* When set, the file system supports extent-based extended attributes */ -#define HFS_XATTR_EXTENTS 0x08000 -#define HFS_FOLDERCOUNT 0x10000 -/* When set, the file system exists on a virtual device, like disk image */ -#define HFS_VIRTUAL_DEVICE 0x20000 -/* When set, we're in hfs_changefs, so hfs_sync should do nothing. */ -#define HFS_IN_CHANGEFS 0x40000 -/* When set, we are in process of downgrading or have downgraded to read-only, - * so hfs_start_transaction should return EROFS. - */ -#define HFS_RDONLY_DOWNGRADE 0x80000 -#define HFS_DID_CONTIG_SCAN 0x100000 -#define HFS_UNMAP 0x200000 -#define HFS_SSD 0x400000 -#define HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE 0x800000 -#define HFS_CS 0x1000000 -#define HFS_CS_METADATA_PIN 0x2000000 -#define HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN 0x4000000 /* cooperative fusion (enables a hotfile variant) */ -#define HFS_FEATURE_BARRIER 0x8000000 /* device supports barrier-only flush */ -#define HFS_CS_SWAPFILE_PIN 0x10000000 -#define HFS_RUN_SYNCER 0x20000000 - -/* Macro to update next allocation block in the HFS mount structure. If - * the HFS_SKIP_UPDATE_NEXT_ALLOCATION is set, do not update - * nextAllocation block. - */ -#define HFS_UPDATE_NEXT_ALLOCATION(hfsmp, new_nextAllocation) \ - { \ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SKIP_UPDATE_NEXT_ALLOCATION) == 0)\ - hfsmp->nextAllocation = new_nextAllocation; \ - } \ - -/* Macro for incrementing and decrementing the folder count in a cnode - * attribute only if the HFS_FOLDERCOUNT bit is set in the mount flags - * and kHFSHasFolderCount bit is set in the cnode flags. Currently these - * bits are only set for case sensitive HFS+ volumes. - */ -#define INC_FOLDERCOUNT(hfsmp, cattr) \ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_FOLDERCOUNT) && \ - (cattr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasFolderCountMask)) { \ - cattr.ca_dircount++; \ - } \ - -#define DEC_FOLDERCOUNT(hfsmp, cattr) \ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_FOLDERCOUNT) && \ - (cattr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasFolderCountMask) && \ - (cattr.ca_dircount > 0)) { \ - cattr.ca_dircount--; \ - } \ - -typedef struct filefork FCB; - -/* - * Macros for creating item names for our special/private directories. - */ -#define MAKE_INODE_NAME(name, size, linkno) \ - (void) snprintf((name), size, "%s%d", HFS_INODE_PREFIX, (linkno)) -#define HFS_INODE_PREFIX_LEN 5 - -#define MAKE_DIRINODE_NAME(name, size, linkno) \ - (void) snprintf((name), size, "%s%d", HFS_DIRINODE_PREFIX, (linkno)) -#define HFS_DIRINODE_PREFIX_LEN 4 - -#define MAKE_DELETED_NAME(NAME, size, FID) \ - (void) snprintf((NAME), size, "%s%d", HFS_DELETE_PREFIX, (FID)) -#define HFS_DELETE_PREFIX_LEN 4 - - -#define HFS_AVERAGE_NAME_SIZE 22 -#define AVERAGE_HFSDIRENTRY_SIZE (8+HFS_AVERAGE_NAME_SIZE+4) - -#define STD_DIRENT_LEN(namlen) \ - ((sizeof(struct dirent) - (NAME_MAX+1)) + (((namlen)+1 + 3) &~ 3)) - -#define EXT_DIRENT_LEN(namlen) \ - ((sizeof(struct direntry) + (namlen) - (MAXPATHLEN-1) + 7) & ~7) - - -enum { kHFSPlusMaxFileNameBytes = kHFSPlusMaxFileNameChars * 3 }; - - -/* macro to determine if hfs or hfsplus */ -#define ISHFSPLUS(VCB) ((VCB)->vcbSigWord == kHFSPlusSigWord) -#define ISHFS(VCB) ((VCB)->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord) - - -/* - * Various ways to acquire a VFS mount point pointer: - */ -#define VTOVFS(VP) vnode_mount((VP)) -#define HFSTOVFS(HFSMP) ((HFSMP)->hfs_mp) -#define VCBTOVFS(VCB) HFSTOVFS(VCB) - -/* - * Various ways to acquire an HFS mount point pointer: - */ -#define VTOHFS(VP) ((struct hfsmount *)vfs_fsprivate(vnode_mount((VP)))) -#define VFSTOHFS(MP) ((struct hfsmount *)vfs_fsprivate((MP))) -#define VCBTOHFS(VCB) (VCB) -#define FCBTOHFS(FCB) ((struct hfsmount *)vfs_fsprivate(vnode_mount((FCB)->ff_cp->c_vp))) - -/* - * Various ways to acquire a VCB (legacy) pointer: - */ -#define VTOVCB(VP) VTOHFS(VP) -#define VFSTOVCB(MP) VFSTOHFS(MP) -#define HFSTOVCB(HFSMP) (HFSMP) -#define FCBTOVCB(FCB) FCBTOHFS(FCB) - - -#define E_NONE 0 -#define kHFSBlockSize 512 - -/* - * Macros for getting the MDB/VH sector and offset - */ -#define HFS_PRI_SECTOR(blksize) (1024 / (blksize)) -#define HFS_PRI_OFFSET(blksize) ((blksize) > 1024 ? 1024 : 0) - -#define HFS_ALT_SECTOR(blksize, blkcnt) (((blkcnt) - 1) - (512 / (blksize))) -#define HFS_ALT_OFFSET(blksize) ((blksize) > 1024 ? (blksize) - 1024 : 0) - -/* Convert the logical sector number to be aligned on physical block size boundary. - * We are assuming the partition is a multiple of physical block size. - */ -#define HFS_PHYSBLK_ROUNDDOWN(sector_num, log_per_phys) ((sector_num / log_per_phys) * log_per_phys) - -/* - * HFS specific fcntl()'s - */ -#define HFS_GET_BOOT_INFO (FCNTL_FS_SPECIFIC_BASE + 0x00004) -#define HFS_SET_BOOT_INFO (FCNTL_FS_SPECIFIC_BASE + 0x00005) -/* See HFSIOC_EXT_BULKACCESS and friends for HFS specific fsctls*/ - - - -/* - * This is the straight GMT conversion constant: - * 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 - 00:00:00 January 1, 1904 - * (3600 * 24 * ((365 * (1970 - 1904)) + (((1970 - 1904) / 4) + 1))) - */ -#define MAC_GMT_FACTOR 2082844800UL - -static inline __attribute__((const)) -off_t hfs_blk_to_bytes(uint32_t blk, uint32_t blk_size) -{ - return (off_t)blk * blk_size; // Avoid the overflow -} - -/* - * For now, we use EIO to indicate consistency issues. It is safe to - * return or assign an error value to HFS_EINCONSISTENT but it is - * *not* safe to compare against it because EIO can be generated for - * other reasons. We take advantage of the fact that == has - * left-to-right associativity and so any uses of: - * - * if (error == HFS_EINCONSISTENT) - * - * will produce a compiler warning: "comparison between pointer and - * integer". - * - * Note that not everwhere is consistent with the use of - * HFS_EINCONSISTENT. Some places return EINVAL, EIO directly or - * other error codes. - */ -#define HFS_EINCONSISTENT (void *)0 == (void *)0 ? EIO : EIO - -#define HFS_ERESERVEDNAME -8 - -extern int (**hfs_specop_p)(void *); - -/***************************************************************************** - FUNCTION PROTOTYPES -******************************************************************************/ - -/***************************************************************************** - hfs_vnop_xxx functions from different files -******************************************************************************/ -int hfs_vnop_readdirattr(struct vnop_readdirattr_args *); /* in hfs_attrlist.c */ -int hfs_vnop_getattrlistbulk(struct vnop_getattrlistbulk_args *); /* in hfs_attrlist.c */ - -int hfs_vnop_inactive(struct vnop_inactive_args *); /* in hfs_cnode.c */ -int hfs_vnop_reclaim(struct vnop_reclaim_args *); /* in hfs_cnode.c */ - -int hfs_set_backingstore (struct vnode *vp, int val); /* in hfs_cnode.c */ -int hfs_is_backingstore (struct vnode *vp, int *val); /* in hfs_cnode.c */ - -int hfs_vnop_link(struct vnop_link_args *); /* in hfs_link.c */ - -int hfs_vnop_lookup(struct vnop_lookup_args *); /* in hfs_lookup.c */ - -int hfs_vnop_search(struct vnop_searchfs_args *); /* in hfs_search.c */ - -int hfs_vnop_read(struct vnop_read_args *); /* in hfs_readwrite.c */ -int hfs_vnop_write(struct vnop_write_args *); /* in hfs_readwrite.c */ -int hfs_vnop_ioctl(struct vnop_ioctl_args *); /* in hfs_readwrite.c */ -int hfs_vnop_select(struct vnop_select_args *); /* in hfs_readwrite.c */ -int hfs_vnop_strategy(struct vnop_strategy_args *); /* in hfs_readwrite.c */ -int hfs_vnop_allocate(struct vnop_allocate_args *); /* in hfs_readwrite.c */ -int hfs_vnop_pagein(struct vnop_pagein_args *); /* in hfs_readwrite.c */ -int hfs_vnop_pageout(struct vnop_pageout_args *); /* in hfs_readwrite.c */ -int hfs_vnop_bwrite(struct vnop_bwrite_args *); /* in hfs_readwrite.c */ -int hfs_vnop_blktooff(struct vnop_blktooff_args *); /* in hfs_readwrite.c */ -int hfs_vnop_offtoblk(struct vnop_offtoblk_args *); /* in hfs_readwrite.c */ -int hfs_vnop_blockmap(struct vnop_blockmap_args *); /* in hfs_readwrite.c */ -errno_t hfs_flush_invalid_ranges(vnode_t vp); /* in hfs_readwrite.c */ - -int hfs_vnop_getxattr(struct vnop_getxattr_args *); /* in hfs_xattr.c */ -int hfs_vnop_setxattr(struct vnop_setxattr_args *); /* in hfs_xattr.c */ -int hfs_vnop_removexattr(struct vnop_removexattr_args *); /* in hfs_xattr.c */ -int hfs_vnop_listxattr(struct vnop_listxattr_args *); /* in hfs_xattr.c */ -#if NAMEDSTREAMS -extern int hfs_vnop_getnamedstream(struct vnop_getnamedstream_args*); -extern int hfs_vnop_makenamedstream(struct vnop_makenamedstream_args*); -extern int hfs_vnop_removenamedstream(struct vnop_removenamedstream_args*); -#endif - - -/***************************************************************************** - Functions from MacOSStubs.c -******************************************************************************/ -time_t to_bsd_time(u_int32_t hfs_time); - -u_int32_t to_hfs_time(time_t bsd_time); - - -/***************************************************************************** - Functions from hfs_notifications.c -******************************************************************************/ -void hfs_generate_volume_notifications(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); - - -/***************************************************************************** - Functions from hfs_readwrite.c -******************************************************************************/ -extern int hfs_relocate(struct vnode *, u_int32_t, kauth_cred_t, struct proc *); - -/* flags for hfs_pin_block_range() and hfs_pin_vnode() */ -#define HFS_PIN_IT 0x0001 -#define HFS_UNPIN_IT 0x0002 -#define HFS_TEMP_PIN 0x0004 -#define HFS_EVICT_PIN 0x0008 -#define HFS_DATALESS_PIN 0x0010 - -// -// pin/un-pin an explicit range of blocks to the "fast" (usually ssd) device -// -int hfs_pin_block_range(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int pin_state, uint32_t start_block, uint32_t nblocks); - -// -// pin/un-pin all the extents belonging to a vnode. -// also, if it is non-null, "num_blocks_pinned" returns the number of blocks pin/unpinned by the function -// -int hfs_pin_vnode(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *vp, int pin_state, uint32_t *num_blocks_pinned); - - -int hfs_pin_overflow_extents (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t fileid, uint8_t forktype, uint32_t *pinned); - - -/* Flags for HFS truncate */ -#define HFS_TRUNCATE_SKIPTIMES 0x00000002 /* implied by skipupdate; it is a subset */ - - -extern int hfs_truncate(struct vnode *, off_t, int, int, vfs_context_t); - -extern int hfs_release_storage (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct filefork *datafork, - struct filefork *rsrcfork, u_int32_t fileid); - -extern int hfs_prepare_release_storage (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *vp); - -extern int hfs_bmap(struct vnode *, daddr_t, struct vnode **, daddr64_t *, unsigned int *); - -extern errno_t hfs_ubc_setsize(vnode_t vp, off_t len, bool have_cnode_lock); - - -/***************************************************************************** - Functions from hfs_resize.c -******************************************************************************/ -int hfs_extendfs(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int64_t newsize, vfs_context_t context); -int hfs_truncatefs(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int64_t newsize, vfs_context_t context); - - -/***************************************************************************** - Functions from hfs_vfsops.c -******************************************************************************/ - -extern void hfs_getvoluuid(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uuid_t result); - -/* used as a callback by the journaling code */ -extern void hfs_sync_metadata(void *arg); - -extern int hfs_vget(struct hfsmount *, cnid_t, struct vnode **, int, int); - -extern void hfs_setencodingbits(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t encoding); - -enum volop {VOL_UPDATE, VOL_MKDIR, VOL_RMDIR, VOL_MKFILE, VOL_RMFILE}; -extern int hfs_volupdate(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, enum volop op, int inroot); - -enum { - HFS_FVH_WAIT = 0x0001, - HFS_FVH_WRITE_ALT = 0x0002, - HFS_FVH_FLUSH_IF_DIRTY = 0x0004, -}; -typedef uint32_t hfs_flush_volume_header_options_t; -int hfs_flushvolumeheader(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, hfs_flush_volume_header_options_t); - -extern int hfs_extendfs(struct hfsmount *, u_int64_t, vfs_context_t); -extern int hfs_truncatefs(struct hfsmount *, u_int64_t, vfs_context_t); -extern int hfs_resize_progress(struct hfsmount *, u_int32_t *); - -/* If a runtime corruption is detected, mark the volume inconsistent - * bit in the volume attributes. - */ - -typedef enum { - HFS_INCONSISTENCY_DETECTED, - - // Used when unable to rollback an operation that failed - HFS_ROLLBACK_FAILED, - - // Used when the latter part of an operation failed, but we chose not to roll back - HFS_OP_INCOMPLETE, - - // Used when someone told us to force an fsck on next mount - HFS_FSCK_FORCED, -} hfs_inconsistency_reason_t; - -void hfs_mark_inconsistent(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - hfs_inconsistency_reason_t reason); - -void hfs_scan_blocks (struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -int hfs_vfs_root(struct mount *mp, struct vnode **vpp, vfs_context_t context); - -/***************************************************************************** - Functions from hfs_vfsutils.c -******************************************************************************/ -u_int32_t BestBlockSizeFit(u_int32_t allocationBlockSize, - u_int32_t blockSizeLimit, - u_int32_t baseMultiple); - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -OSErr hfs_MountHFSVolume(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSMasterDirectoryBlock *mdb, - struct proc *p); -#endif -OSErr hfs_MountHFSPlusVolume(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusVolumeHeader *vhp, - off_t embeddedOffset, u_int64_t disksize, struct proc *p, void *args, kauth_cred_t cred); - -OSErr hfs_ValidateHFSPlusVolumeHeader(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusVolumeHeader *vhp); - -extern int hfsUnmount(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct proc *p); - -extern bool overflow_extents(struct filefork *fp); - -extern int hfs_owner_rights(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uid_t cnode_uid, kauth_cred_t cred, - struct proc *p, int invokesuperuserstatus); - -extern int check_for_dataless_file(struct vnode *vp, uint64_t op_type); -extern int hfs_generate_document_id(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t *docid); -extern void hfs_pin_fs_metadata(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); - -/* Return information about number of metadata blocks for volume */ -extern int hfs_getinfo_metadata_blocks(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct hfsinfo_metadata *hinfo); - -/* - * Journal lock function prototypes - */ -int hfs_lock_global (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, enum hfs_locktype locktype); -void hfs_unlock_global (struct hfsmount *hfsmp); - -/* HFS mount lock/unlock prototypes */ -void hfs_lock_mount (struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -void hfs_unlock_mount (struct hfsmount *hfsmp); - - -/* HFS System file locking */ -#define SFL_CATALOG 0x0001 -#define SFL_EXTENTS 0x0002 -#define SFL_BITMAP 0x0004 -#define SFL_ATTRIBUTE 0x0008 -#define SFL_STARTUP 0x0010 -#define SFL_VM_PRIV 0x0020 -#define SFL_VALIDMASK (SFL_CATALOG | SFL_EXTENTS | SFL_BITMAP | SFL_ATTRIBUTE | SFL_STARTUP | SFL_VM_PRIV) - -extern u_int32_t GetFileInfo(ExtendedVCB *vcb, u_int32_t dirid, const char *name, - struct cat_attr *fattr, struct cat_fork *forkinfo); - -extern void hfs_remove_orphans(struct hfsmount *); - -u_int32_t GetLogicalBlockSize(struct vnode *vp); - -extern u_int32_t hfs_free_cnids(struct hfsmount * hfsmp); -extern u_int32_t hfs_freeblks(struct hfsmount * hfsmp, int wantreserve); - -short MacToVFSError(OSErr err); - -void hfs_metadatazone_init(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int disable); - -/* HFS directory hint functions. */ -extern directoryhint_t * hfs_getdirhint(struct cnode *, int, int); -extern void hfs_reldirhint(struct cnode *, directoryhint_t *); -extern void hfs_reldirhints(struct cnode *, int); -extern void hfs_insertdirhint(struct cnode *, directoryhint_t *); - -extern int hfs_namecmp(const u_int8_t *str1, size_t len1, const u_int8_t *str2, size_t len2); - -extern int hfs_early_journal_init(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusVolumeHeader *vhp, - void *_args, off_t embeddedOffset, daddr64_t mdb_offset, - HFSMasterDirectoryBlock *mdbp, kauth_cred_t cred); - -extern int hfs_virtualmetafile(struct cnode *); - -extern int hfs_start_transaction(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -extern int hfs_end_transaction(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -extern void hfs_journal_lock(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -extern void hfs_journal_unlock(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -extern void hfs_syncer_lock(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -extern void hfs_syncer_unlock(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -extern void hfs_syncer_wait(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct timespec *ts); -extern void hfs_syncer_wakeup(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -extern void hfs_syncer(void *arg, wait_result_t); -extern void hfs_sync_ejectable(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); - -typedef enum hfs_flush_mode { - HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL, // Flush journal - HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL_META, // Flush journal and metadata blocks - HFS_FLUSH_FULL, // Flush journal and does a cache flush - HFS_FLUSH_CACHE, // Flush track cache to media - HFS_FLUSH_BARRIER, // Barrier-only flush to ensure write order - HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL_BARRIER // Flush journal with barrier -} hfs_flush_mode_t; - -extern errno_t hfs_flush(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, hfs_flush_mode_t mode); - -extern void hfs_trim_callback(void *arg, uint32_t extent_count, const dk_extent_t *extents); - -/* Erase unused Catalog nodes due to . */ -extern int hfs_erase_unused_nodes(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); - -extern uint64_t hfs_usecs_to_deadline(uint64_t usecs); - -extern int hfs_freeze(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -extern int hfs_thaw(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, const struct proc *process); - -void hfs_close_jvp(hfsmount_t *hfsmp); - -// Return a heap address suitable for logging or tracing -uintptr_t obfuscate_addr(void *addr); - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -int hfs_to_utf8(ExtendedVCB *vcb, const Str31 hfs_str, ByteCount maxDstLen, - ByteCount *actualDstLen, unsigned char* dstStr); -int utf8_to_hfs(ExtendedVCB *vcb, ByteCount srcLen, const unsigned char* srcStr, - Str31 dstStr); -int unicode_to_hfs(ExtendedVCB *vcb, ByteCount srcLen, u_int16_t* srcStr, Str31 dstStr, int retry); -#endif - -void *hfs_malloc(size_t size); -void hfs_free(void *ptr, size_t size); -void *hfs_mallocz(size_t size); - -typedef enum { - HFS_CNODE_ZONE, - HFS_FILEFORK_ZONE, - HFS_DIRHINT_ZONE, - HFS_NUM_ZONES -} hfs_zone_kind_t; - -typedef struct hfs_zone_entry { - hfs_zone_kind_t hze_kind; - size_t hze_elem_size; - const char * hze_name; - boolean_t hze_noencrypt; -} hfs_zone_entry_t; - -typedef struct hfs_zone { - zone_t hz_zone; - size_t hz_elem_size; -} hfs_zone_t; - -void hfs_init_zones(void); -void *hfs_zalloc(hfs_zone_kind_t type); -void hfs_zfree(void *ptr, hfs_zone_kind_t type); - -void hfs_sysctl_register(void); -void hfs_sysctl_unregister(void); - -#if HFS_MALLOC_DEBUG - -void hfs_alloc_trace_disable(void); -void hfs_alloc_trace_enable(void); -bool hfs_dump_allocations(void); - -#endif // HFS_MALLOC_DEBUG - -/***************************************************************************** - Functions from hfs_vnops.c -******************************************************************************/ -int hfs_write_access(struct vnode *vp, kauth_cred_t cred, struct proc *p, Boolean considerFlags); - -int hfs_chmod(struct vnode *vp, int mode, kauth_cred_t cred, struct proc *p); - -int hfs_chown(struct vnode *vp, uid_t uid, gid_t gid, kauth_cred_t cred, struct proc *p); - -int hfs_vnop_create(struct vnop_create_args *ap); - -int hfs_vnop_remove(struct vnop_remove_args*); - -#define kMaxSecsForFsync 5 -#define HFS_SYNCTRANS 1 -extern int hfs_btsync(struct vnode *vp, int sync_transaction); - -extern void replace_desc(struct cnode *cp, struct cat_desc *cdp); - -extern int hfs_vgetrsrc(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *vp, - struct vnode **rvpp); - -typedef enum { - // Push all modifications to disk (including minor ones) - HFS_UPDATE_FORCE = 0x01, -} hfs_update_options_t; - -extern int hfs_update(struct vnode *, int options); - -typedef enum hfs_sync_mode { - HFS_FSYNC, - HFS_FSYNC_FULL, - HFS_FSYNC_BARRIER -} hfs_fsync_mode_t; - -extern int hfs_fsync(struct vnode *, int, hfs_fsync_mode_t, struct proc *); - -const struct cat_fork * -hfs_prepare_fork_for_update(filefork_t *ff, - const struct cat_fork *cf, - struct cat_fork *cf_buf, - uint32_t block_size); - -struct decmpfs_cnode; -struct decmpfs_cnode *hfs_lazy_init_decmpfs_cnode (struct cnode *cp); - -/***************************************************************************** - Functions from hfs_xattr.c -******************************************************************************/ - -/* - * Maximum extended attribute size supported for all extended attributes except - * resource fork and finder info. - */ -#define HFS_XATTR_MAXSIZE INT32_MAX - -/* Number of bits used to represent maximum extended attribute size */ -#define HFS_XATTR_SIZE_BITS 31 - -int hfs_attrkeycompare(HFSPlusAttrKey *searchKey, HFSPlusAttrKey *trialKey); -int hfs_buildattrkey(u_int32_t fileID, const char *attrname, HFSPlusAttrKey *key); -void hfs_xattr_init(struct hfsmount * hfsmp); -int file_attribute_exist(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t fileID); -int init_attrdata_vnode(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -int hfs_xattr_read(vnode_t vp, const char *name, void *data, size_t *size); -int hfs_getxattr_internal(cnode_t *, struct vnop_getxattr_args *, - struct hfsmount *, u_int32_t); -int hfs_xattr_write(vnode_t vp, const char *name, const void *data, size_t size); -int hfs_setxattr_internal(struct cnode *, const void *, size_t, - struct vnop_setxattr_args *, struct hfsmount *, u_int32_t); -extern int hfs_removeallattr(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t fileid, - bool *open_transaction); - -int hfs_removexattr_by_id (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t fileid, const char *xattr_name ); - -extern int hfs_set_volxattr(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, unsigned int xattrtype, int state); - - - -/***************************************************************************** - Functions from hfs_link.c -******************************************************************************/ - -extern int hfs_unlink(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *dvp, struct vnode *vp, - struct componentname *cnp, int skip_reserve); -extern int hfs_lookup_siblinglinks(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t linkfileid, - cnid_t *prevlinkid, cnid_t *nextlinkid); -extern int hfs_lookup_lastlink(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t linkfileid, - cnid_t *nextlinkid, struct cat_desc *cdesc); -extern void hfs_privatedir_init(struct hfsmount *, enum privdirtype); - -extern void hfs_savelinkorigin(cnode_t *cp, cnid_t parentcnid); -extern void hfs_relorigins(struct cnode *cp); -extern void hfs_relorigin(struct cnode *cp, cnid_t parentcnid); -extern int hfs_haslinkorigin(cnode_t *cp); -extern cnid_t hfs_currentparent(cnode_t *cp, bool have_lock); -extern cnid_t hfs_currentcnid(cnode_t *cp); -errno_t hfs_first_link(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, cnode_t *cp, cnid_t *link_id); - - -/***************************************************************************** - Functions from VolumeAllocation.c - ******************************************************************************/ -extern int hfs_isallocated(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t startingBlock, u_int32_t numBlocks); - -extern int hfs_count_allocated(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t startBlock, - u_int32_t numBlocks, u_int32_t *alloc_count); - -extern int hfs_isrbtree_active (struct hfsmount *hfsmp); - -/***************************************************************************** - Functions from hfs_fsinfo.c - ******************************************************************************/ -extern errno_t hfs_get_fsinfo(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, void *a_data); -extern void hfs_fsinfo_data_add(struct hfs_fsinfo_data *fsinfo, uint64_t entry); - -struct hfs_sysctl_chain { - struct sysctl_oid *oid; - struct hfs_sysctl_chain *next; -}; - -extern struct hfs_sysctl_chain *sysctl_list; - -SYSCTL_DECL(_vfs_generic_hfs); - -#define HFS_SYSCTL(kind, parent, flags, name, ...) \ - SYSCTL_##kind(parent, flags, name, __VA_ARGS__) \ - struct hfs_sysctl_chain hfs_sysctl_##parent##_##name##_chain = { \ - .oid = &sysctl_##parent##_##name \ - }; \ - static __attribute__((__constructor__)) void \ - hfs_sysctl_register_##parent##_##name(void) { \ - hfs_sysctl_##parent##_##name##_chain.next = sysctl_list; \ - sysctl_list = &hfs_sysctl_##parent##_##name##_chain; \ - } - -__END_DECLS - -#undef assert -#define assert Do_not_use_assert__Use_hfs_assert_instead - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_PRIVATE */ -#endif /* KERNEL */ -#endif /* __HFS__ */ diff --git a/core/hfs_alloc_trace.h b/core/hfs_alloc_trace.h deleted file mode 100644 index 304a194..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_alloc_trace.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -// -// hfs_alloc_trace.h -// hfs -// -// Created by Chris Suter on 8/19/15. -// -// - -#ifndef hfs_alloc_trace_h -#define hfs_alloc_trace_h - -#include -#include - -enum { - HFS_ALLOC_BACKTRACE_LEN = 4, -}; - -#pragma pack(push, 8) - -struct hfs_alloc_trace_info { - int entry_count; - bool more; - struct hfs_alloc_info_entry { - uint64_t ptr; - uint64_t sequence; - uint64_t size; - uint64_t backtrace[HFS_ALLOC_BACKTRACE_LEN]; - } entries[]; -}; - -#pragma pack(pop) - -#endif /* hfs_alloc_trace_h */ diff --git a/core/hfs_attrlist.c b/core/hfs_attrlist.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1fa4268..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_attrlist.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1743 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -/* - * hfs_attrlist.c - HFS attribute list processing - * - * Copyright (c) 1998-2002, Apple Inc. All Rights Reserved. - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_cnode.h" -#include "hfs_mount.h" -#include "hfs_dbg.h" -#include "hfs_attrlist.h" -#include "hfs_btreeio.h" -#include "hfs_cprotect.h" - -/* Packing routines: */ - -static void packnameattr(struct attrblock *abp, struct vnode *vp, - const u_int8_t *name, int namelen); - -static void packcommonattr(struct attrblock *abp, struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - struct vnode *vp, struct cat_desc * cdp, - struct cat_attr * cap, struct vfs_context *ctx); - -static void packfileattr(struct attrblock *abp, struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - struct cat_attr *cattrp, struct cat_fork *datafork, - struct cat_fork *rsrcfork, struct vnode *vp); - -static void packdirattr(struct attrblock *abp, struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - struct vnode *vp, struct cat_desc * descp, - struct cat_attr * cattrp); - -static u_int32_t hfs_real_user_access(vnode_t vp, vfs_context_t ctx); - -static void get_vattr_data_for_attrs(struct attrlist *, struct vnode_attr *, - struct hfsmount *, struct vnode *, struct cat_desc *, struct cat_attr *, - struct cat_fork *, struct cat_fork *, vfs_context_t); - -static void vattr_data_for_common_attrs(struct attrlist *, struct vnode_attr *, - struct hfsmount *, struct vnode *, struct cat_desc *, struct cat_attr *, - vfs_context_t); - -static void vattr_data_for_dir_attrs(struct attrlist *, struct vnode_attr *, - struct hfsmount *, struct vnode *, struct cat_desc *, struct cat_attr *); - -static void vattr_data_for_file_attrs(struct attrlist *, struct vnode_attr *, - struct hfsmount *, struct cat_attr *, struct cat_fork *, struct cat_fork *, - struct vnode *vp); - -static int hfs_readdirattr_internal(struct vnode *, struct attrlist *, - struct vnode_attr *, uio_t, uint64_t, int, uint32_t *, int *, int *, - vfs_context_t); - -/* - * readdirattr operation will return attributes for the items in the - * directory specified. - * - * It does not do . and .. entries. The problem is if you are at the root of the - * hfs directory and go to .. you could be crossing a mountpoint into a - * different (ufs) file system. The attributes that apply for it may not - * apply for the file system you are doing the readdirattr on. To make life - * simpler, this call will only return entries in its directory, hfs like. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_readdirattr(ap) - struct vnop_readdirattr_args /* { - struct vnode *a_vp; - struct attrlist *a_alist; - struct uio *a_uio; - u_long a_maxcount; - u_long a_options; - u_long *a_newstate; - int *a_eofflag; - u_long *a_actualcount; - vfs_context_t a_context; - } */ *ap; -{ - int error; - struct attrlist *alist = ap->a_alist; - - /* Check for invalid options and buffer space. */ - if (((ap->a_options & ~(FSOPT_NOINMEMUPDATE | FSOPT_NOFOLLOW)) != 0) || - (ap->a_maxcount <= 0)) { - return (EINVAL); - } - /* - * Reject requests for unsupported attributes. - */ - if ((alist->bitmapcount != ATTR_BIT_MAP_COUNT) || - (alist->commonattr & ~HFS_ATTR_CMN_VALID) || - (alist->volattr != 0) || - (alist->dirattr & ~HFS_ATTR_DIR_VALID) || - (alist->fileattr & ~HFS_ATTR_FILE_VALID) || - (alist->forkattr != 0)) { - return (EINVAL); - } - - error = hfs_readdirattr_internal(ap->a_vp, alist, NULL, ap->a_uio, - (uint64_t)ap->a_options, ap->a_maxcount, ap->a_newstate, - ap->a_eofflag, (int *)ap->a_actualcount, ap->a_context); - - return (error); -} - - -/* - * getattrlistbulk, like readdirattr, will return attributes for the items in - * the directory specified. - * - * It does not do . and .. entries. The problem is if you are at the root of the - * hfs directory and go to .. you could be crossing a mountpoint into a - * different (ufs) file system. The attributes that apply for it may not - * apply for the file system you are doing the readdirattr on. To make life - * simpler, this call will only return entries in its directory, hfs like. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_getattrlistbulk(ap) - struct vnop_getattrlistbulk_args /* { - struct vnodeop_desc *a_desc; - vnode_t a_vp; - struct attrlist *a_alist; - struct vnode_attr *a_vap; - struct uio *a_uio; - void *a_private; - uint64_t a_options; - int32_t *a_eofflag; - int32_t *a_actualcount; - vfs_context_t a_context; - } */ *ap; -{ - int error = 0; - - error = hfs_readdirattr_internal(ap->a_vp, ap->a_alist, ap->a_vap, - ap->a_uio, (uint64_t)ap->a_options, 0, NULL, ap->a_eofflag, - (int *)ap->a_actualcount, ap->a_context); - - return (error); -} - -/* - * Common function for both hfs_vnop_readdirattr and hfs_vnop_getattrlistbulk. - * This either fills in a vnode_attr structure or fills in an attrbute buffer - * Currently the difference in behaviour required for the two vnops is keyed - * on whether the passed in vnode_attr pointer is null or not. If the pointer - * is null we fill in buffer passed and if it is not null we fill in the fields - * of the vnode_attr structure. - */ -int -hfs_readdirattr_internal(struct vnode *dvp, struct attrlist *alist, - struct vnode_attr *vap, uio_t uio, uint64_t options, int maxcount, - uint32_t *newstate, int *eofflag, int *actualcount, vfs_context_t ctx) -{ - struct cnode *dcp; - struct hfsmount * hfsmp; - u_int32_t fixedblocksize; - u_int32_t maxattrblocksize = 0; - u_int32_t currattrbufsize; - void *attrbufptr = NULL; - void *attrptr = NULL; - void *varptr = NULL; - caddr_t namebuf = NULL; - struct attrblock attrblk; - int error = 0; - int index = 0; - int i = 0; - struct cat_desc *lastdescp = NULL; - struct cat_entrylist *ce_list = NULL; - directoryhint_t *dirhint = NULL; - unsigned int tag; - int maxentries = 0; - int lockflags; - u_int32_t dirchg = 0; - int reachedeof = 0; - int internal_actualcount; - int internal_eofflag; - - /* Lets makse sure we have something assign to actualcount always, min change required */ - if (actualcount == NULL) { - actualcount = &internal_actualcount; - } - /* Lets makse sure we have something assign to eofflag always, min change required */ - if (eofflag == NULL) { - eofflag = &internal_eofflag; - } - - *(actualcount) = 0; - *(eofflag) = 0; - - if ((uio_resid(uio) <= 0) || (uio_iovcnt(uio) > 1)) - return (EINVAL); - - if (VTOC(dvp)->c_bsdflags & UF_COMPRESSED) { - int compressed = hfs_file_is_compressed(VTOC(dvp), 0); /* 0 == take the cnode lock */ - - if (!compressed) { - error = check_for_dataless_file(dvp, NAMESPACE_HANDLER_READ_OP); - if (error) { - return error; - } - } - } - - /* - * Take an exclusive directory lock since we manipulate the directory hints - */ - if ((error = hfs_lock(VTOC(dvp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - return (error); - } - dcp = VTOC(dvp); - hfsmp = VTOHFS(dvp); - - dirchg = dcp->c_dirchangecnt; - - /* Extract directory index and tag (sequence number) from uio_offset */ - index = uio_offset(uio) & HFS_INDEX_MASK; - tag = uio_offset(uio) & ~HFS_INDEX_MASK; - - /* - * We can't just use the valence as an optimization to avoid - * going to the catalog. It might be wrong (== 0), and that would - * cause us to avoid iterating the directory when it might actually have - * contents. Instead, use the catalog to tell us when we've hit EOF - * for this directory - */ - - /* Get a buffer to hold packed attributes. */ - fixedblocksize = (sizeof(u_int32_t) + hfs_attrblksize(alist)); /* 4 bytes for length */ - - if (!vap) { - maxattrblocksize = fixedblocksize; - if (alist->commonattr & ATTR_CMN_NAME) - maxattrblocksize += kHFSPlusMaxFileNameBytes + 1; - - attrbufptr = hfs_malloc(maxattrblocksize); - attrptr = attrbufptr; - varptr = (char *)attrbufptr + fixedblocksize; /* Point to variable-length storage */ - } else { - if ((alist->commonattr & ATTR_CMN_NAME) && !vap->va_name) { - namebuf = hfs_malloc(MAXPATHLEN); - if (!namebuf) { - error = ENOMEM; - goto exit2; - } - vap->va_name = namebuf; - } - } - /* Get a detached directory hint (cnode must be locked exclusive) */ - dirhint = hfs_getdirhint(dcp, ((index - 1) & HFS_INDEX_MASK) | tag, TRUE); - - /* Hide tag from catalog layer. */ - dirhint->dh_index &= HFS_INDEX_MASK; - if (dirhint->dh_index == HFS_INDEX_MASK) { - dirhint->dh_index = -1; - } - - /* - * Obtain a list of catalog entries and pack their attributes until - * the output buffer is full or maxcount entries have been packed. - */ - - /* - * Constrain our list size. - */ - maxentries = uio_resid(uio) / (fixedblocksize + HFS_AVERAGE_NAME_SIZE); - /* There is maxcount for the bulk vnop */ - if (!vap) - maxentries = min(maxentries, maxcount); - maxentries = min(maxentries, MAXCATENTRIES); - if (maxentries < 1) { - error = EINVAL; - goto exit2; - } - - /* Initialize a catalog entry list. */ - ce_list = hfs_mallocz(CE_LIST_SIZE(maxentries)); - ce_list->maxentries = maxentries; - - /* - * Populate the ce_list from the catalog file. - */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - error = cat_getentriesattr(hfsmp, dirhint, ce_list, &reachedeof); - /* Don't forget to release the descriptors later! */ - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if ((error == ENOENT) || (reachedeof != 0)) { - *(eofflag) = TRUE; - error = 0; - } - if (error) { - goto exit1; - } - - dcp->c_touch_acctime = TRUE; - - /* - * Check for a FS corruption in the valence. We're holding the cnode lock - * exclusive since we need to serialize the directory hints, so if we found - * that the valence reported 0, but we actually found some items here, then - * silently minimally self-heal and bump the valence to 1. - */ - if ((dcp->c_entries == 0) && (ce_list->realentries > 0)) { - dcp->c_entries++; - dcp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - printf("%s : repairing valence to non-zero!\n", __FUNCTION__); - /* force an update on dcp while we're still holding the lock. */ - hfs_update(dvp, 0); - } - - /* - * Drop the directory lock so we don't deadlock when we: - * - acquire a child cnode lock - * - make calls to vnode_authorize() - * - make calls to kauth_cred_ismember_gid() - */ - hfs_unlock(dcp); - dcp = NULL; - - /* Process the catalog entries. */ - for (i = 0; i < (int)ce_list->realentries; ++i) { - struct cnode *cp = NULL; - struct vnode *vp = NULL; - struct cat_desc * cdescp; - struct cat_attr * cattrp; - struct cat_fork c_datafork; - struct cat_fork c_rsrcfork; - - bzero(&c_datafork, sizeof(c_datafork)); - bzero(&c_rsrcfork, sizeof(c_rsrcfork)); - cdescp = &ce_list->entry[i].ce_desc; - cattrp = &ce_list->entry[i].ce_attr; - c_datafork.cf_size = ce_list->entry[i].ce_datasize; - c_datafork.cf_blocks = ce_list->entry[i].ce_datablks; - c_rsrcfork.cf_size = ce_list->entry[i].ce_rsrcsize; - c_rsrcfork.cf_blocks = ce_list->entry[i].ce_rsrcblks; - - if (((alist->commonattr & ATTR_CMN_USERACCESS) && - (cattrp->ca_recflags & kHFSHasSecurityMask)) -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - || - ((alist->commonattr & ATTR_CMN_DATA_PROTECT_FLAGS) && (vap)) -#endif - ) { - /* - * Obtain vnode for our vnode_authorize() calls. - */ - if (hfs_vget(hfsmp, cattrp->ca_fileid, &vp, 0, 0) != 0) { - vp = NULL; - } - } else if (vap || !(options & FSOPT_NOINMEMUPDATE)) { - /* Get in-memory cnode data (if any). */ - vp = hfs_chash_getvnode(hfsmp, cattrp->ca_fileid, 0, 0, 0); - } - if (vp != NULL) { - cp = VTOC(vp); - /* Only use cnode's decriptor for non-hardlinks */ - if (!(cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK)) - cdescp = &cp->c_desc; - cattrp = &cp->c_attr; - if (cp->c_datafork) { - c_datafork.cf_size = cp->c_datafork->ff_size; - c_datafork.cf_blocks = cp->c_datafork->ff_blocks; - } - if (cp->c_rsrcfork) { - c_rsrcfork.cf_size = cp->c_rsrcfork->ff_size; - c_rsrcfork.cf_blocks = cp->c_rsrcfork->ff_blocks; - } - /* All done with cnode. */ - hfs_unlock(cp); - cp = NULL; - } - - if (!vap) { - *((u_int32_t *)attrptr) = 0; - attrptr = ((u_int32_t *)attrptr) + 1; - attrblk.ab_attrlist = alist; - attrblk.ab_attrbufpp = &attrptr; - attrblk.ab_varbufpp = &varptr; - attrblk.ab_flags = 0; - attrblk.ab_blocksize = maxattrblocksize; - attrblk.ab_context = ctx; - - /* Pack catalog entries into attribute buffer. */ - hfs_packattrblk(&attrblk, hfsmp, vp, cdescp, cattrp, &c_datafork, &c_rsrcfork, ctx); - currattrbufsize = ((char *)varptr - (char *)attrbufptr); - - /* All done with vnode. */ - if (vp != NULL) { - vnode_put(vp); - vp = NULL; - } - - /* Make sure there's enough buffer space remaining. */ - // LP64todo - fix this! - if (uio_resid(uio) < 0 || - currattrbufsize > (u_int32_t)uio_resid(uio)) { - break; - } else { - *((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) = currattrbufsize; - error = uiomove((caddr_t)attrbufptr, currattrbufsize, uio); - if (error != E_NONE) { - break; - } - attrptr = attrbufptr; - /* Point to variable-length storage */ - varptr = (char *)attrbufptr + fixedblocksize; - /* Save the last valid catalog entry */ - lastdescp = &ce_list->entry[i].ce_desc; - index++; - *actualcount += 1; - - /* Termination checks */ - if ((--maxcount <= 0) || - // LP64todo - fix this! - uio_resid(uio) < 0 || - ((u_int32_t)uio_resid(uio) < (fixedblocksize + HFS_AVERAGE_NAME_SIZE))){ - break; - } - } - } else { - size_t orig_resid = (size_t)uio_resid(uio); - size_t resid; - - get_vattr_data_for_attrs(alist, vap, hfsmp, vp, cdescp, - cattrp, &c_datafork, &c_rsrcfork, ctx); - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - if ((alist->commonattr & ATTR_CMN_DATA_PROTECT_FLAGS) && - vp) { - cp_key_class_t class; - - if (!cp_vnode_getclass(vp, &class)) { - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_dataprotect_class, - (uint32_t)class); - } - } -#endif - error = vfs_attr_pack(vp, uio, alist, options, vap, - NULL, ctx); - - /* All done with vnode. */ - if (vp) { - vnode_put(vp); - vp = NULL; - } - - resid = uio_resid(uio); - - /* Was this entry succesful ? */ - if (error || resid == orig_resid) - break; - - /* Save the last valid catalog entry */ - lastdescp = &ce_list->entry[i].ce_desc; - index++; - *actualcount += 1; - - /* Do we have the bare minimum for the next entry ? */ - if (resid < sizeof(uint32_t)) - break; - } - } /* for each catalog entry */ - - /* - * If we couldn't fit all the entries requested in the user's buffer, - * it's not EOF. - */ - if (*eofflag && (*actualcount < (int)ce_list->realentries)) - *eofflag = 0; - - /* If we skipped catalog entries for reserved files that should - * not be listed in namespace, update the index accordingly. - */ - if (ce_list->skipentries) { - index += ce_list->skipentries; - ce_list->skipentries = 0; - } - - /* - * If there are more entries then save the last name. - * Key this behavior based on whether or not we observed EOFFLAG. - * - * Do not use the valence as a way to determine if we hit EOF, since - * it can be wrong. Use the catalog's output only. - */ - if ((*(eofflag) == 0) && (lastdescp != NULL)) { - - /* Remember last entry */ - if ((dirhint->dh_desc.cd_flags & CD_HASBUF) && - (dirhint->dh_desc.cd_nameptr != NULL)) { - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_flags &= ~CD_HASBUF; - vfs_removename((const char *)dirhint->dh_desc.cd_nameptr); - } - if (lastdescp->cd_nameptr != NULL) { - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_namelen = lastdescp->cd_namelen; - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *) - vfs_addname((const char *)lastdescp->cd_nameptr, lastdescp->cd_namelen, 0, 0); - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_flags |= CD_HASBUF; - } else { - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_namelen = 0; - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_nameptr = NULL; - } - dirhint->dh_index = index - 1; - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_cnid = lastdescp->cd_cnid; - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_hint = lastdescp->cd_hint; - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_encoding = lastdescp->cd_encoding; - } - - /* All done with the catalog descriptors. */ - for (i = 0; i < (int)ce_list->realentries; ++i) - cat_releasedesc(&ce_list->entry[i].ce_desc); - ce_list->realentries = 0; - - (void) hfs_lock(VTOC(dvp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - dcp = VTOC(dvp); - -exit1: - /* Pack directory index and tag into uio_offset. */ - while (tag == 0) tag = (++dcp->c_dirhinttag) << HFS_INDEX_BITS; - uio_setoffset(uio, index | tag); - dirhint->dh_index |= tag; - -exit2: - if (newstate) - *newstate = dirchg; - - /* - * Drop directory hint on error or if there are no more entries, - * only if EOF was seen. - */ - if (dirhint) { - if ((error != 0) || *(eofflag)) - hfs_reldirhint(dcp, dirhint); - else - hfs_insertdirhint(dcp, dirhint); - } - if (namebuf) { - hfs_free(namebuf, MAXPATHLEN); - vap->va_name = NULL; - } - if (attrbufptr) - hfs_free(attrbufptr, maxattrblocksize); - if (ce_list) - hfs_free(ce_list, CE_LIST_SIZE(maxentries)); - - if (vap && *actualcount && error) - error = 0; - - hfs_unlock(dcp); - return (error); -} - - -/*==================== Attribute list support routines ====================*/ - -/* - * Pack cnode attributes into an attribute block. - */ -void -hfs_packattrblk(struct attrblock *abp, - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - struct vnode *vp, - struct cat_desc *descp, - struct cat_attr *attrp, - struct cat_fork *datafork, - struct cat_fork *rsrcfork, - struct vfs_context *ctx) -{ - struct attrlist *attrlistp = abp->ab_attrlist; - - if (attrlistp->commonattr) - packcommonattr(abp, hfsmp, vp, descp, attrp, ctx); - - if (attrlistp->dirattr && S_ISDIR(attrp->ca_mode)) - packdirattr(abp, hfsmp, vp, descp,attrp); - - if (attrlistp->fileattr && !S_ISDIR(attrp->ca_mode)) - packfileattr(abp, hfsmp, attrp, datafork, rsrcfork, vp); -} - -static char* -mountpointname(struct mount *mp) -{ - struct vfsstatfs *vsfs = vfs_statfs(mp); - - size_t namelength = strlen(vsfs->f_mntonname); - int foundchars = 0; - char *c; - - if (namelength == 0) - return (NULL); - - /* - * Look backwards through the name string, looking for - * the first slash encountered (which must precede the - * last part of the pathname). - */ - for (c = vsfs->f_mntonname + namelength - 1; - namelength > 0; --c, --namelength) { - if (*c != '/') { - foundchars = 1; - } else if (foundchars) { - return (c + 1); - } - } - - return vsfs->f_mntonname; -} - - -static void -packnameattr( - struct attrblock *abp, - struct vnode *vp, - const u_int8_t *name, - int namelen) -{ - void *varbufptr; - struct attrreference * attr_refptr; - char *mpname; - size_t mpnamelen; - u_int32_t attrlength; - u_int8_t empty = 0; - - /* A cnode's name may be incorrect for the root of a mounted - * filesystem (it can be mounted on a different directory name - * than the name of the volume, such as "blah-1"). So for the - * root directory, it's best to return the last element of the - location where the volume's mounted: - */ - if ((vp != NULL) && vnode_isvroot(vp) && - (mpname = mountpointname(vnode_mount(vp)))) { - mpnamelen = strlen(mpname); - - /* Trim off any trailing slashes: */ - while ((mpnamelen > 0) && (mpname[mpnamelen-1] == '/')) - --mpnamelen; - - /* If there's anything left, use it instead of the volume's name */ - if (mpnamelen > 0) { - name = (u_int8_t *)mpname; - namelen = mpnamelen; - } - } - if (name == NULL) { - name = ∅ - namelen = 0; - } - - varbufptr = *abp->ab_varbufpp; - attr_refptr = (struct attrreference *)(*abp->ab_attrbufpp); - - attrlength = namelen + 1; - attr_refptr->attr_dataoffset = (char *)varbufptr - (char *)attr_refptr; - attr_refptr->attr_length = attrlength; - (void) strncpy((char *)varbufptr, (const char *) name, attrlength); - /* - * Advance beyond the space just allocated and - * round up to the next 4-byte boundary: - */ - varbufptr = ((char *)varbufptr) + attrlength + ((4 - (attrlength & 3)) & 3); - ++attr_refptr; - - *abp->ab_attrbufpp = attr_refptr; - *abp->ab_varbufpp = varbufptr; -} - -static void -packcommonattr( - struct attrblock *abp, - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - struct vnode *vp, - struct cat_desc * cdp, - struct cat_attr * cap, - struct vfs_context * ctx) -{ - attrgroup_t attr = abp->ab_attrlist->commonattr; - struct mount *mp = HFSTOVFS(hfsmp); - void *attrbufptr = *abp->ab_attrbufpp; - void *varbufptr = *abp->ab_varbufpp; - boolean_t is_64_bit = proc_is64bit(vfs_context_proc(ctx)); - uid_t cuid = 1; - int isroot = 0; - - if (attr & (ATTR_CMN_OWNERID | ATTR_CMN_GRPID)) { - cuid = kauth_cred_getuid(vfs_context_ucred(ctx)); - isroot = cuid == 0; - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_NAME & attr) { - packnameattr(abp, vp, cdp->cd_nameptr, cdp->cd_namelen); - attrbufptr = *abp->ab_attrbufpp; - varbufptr = *abp->ab_varbufpp; - } - if (ATTR_CMN_DEVID & attr) { - *((dev_t *)attrbufptr) = hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev; - attrbufptr = ((dev_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_CMN_FSID & attr) { - fsid_t fsid; - - fsid.val[0] = hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev; - fsid.val[1] = vfs_typenum(mp); - *((fsid_t *)attrbufptr) = fsid; - attrbufptr = ((fsid_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_CMN_OBJTYPE & attr) { - *((fsobj_type_t *)attrbufptr) = IFTOVT(cap->ca_mode); - attrbufptr = ((fsobj_type_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_CMN_OBJTAG & attr) { - *((fsobj_tag_t *)attrbufptr) = VT_HFS; - attrbufptr = ((fsobj_tag_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - /* - * Exporting file IDs from HFS Plus: - * - * For "normal" files the c_fileid is the same value as the - * c_cnid. But for hard link files, they are different - the - * c_cnid belongs to the active directory entry (ie the link) - * and the c_fileid is for the actual inode (ie the data file). - * - * The stat call (getattr) will always return the c_fileid - * and Carbon APIs, which are hardlink-ignorant, will always - * receive the c_cnid (from getattrlist). - */ - if (ATTR_CMN_OBJID & attr) { - ((fsobj_id_t *)attrbufptr)->fid_objno = cdp->cd_cnid; - ((fsobj_id_t *)attrbufptr)->fid_generation = 0; - attrbufptr = ((fsobj_id_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_CMN_OBJPERMANENTID & attr) { - ((fsobj_id_t *)attrbufptr)->fid_objno = cdp->cd_cnid; - ((fsobj_id_t *)attrbufptr)->fid_generation = 0; - attrbufptr = ((fsobj_id_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_CMN_PAROBJID & attr) { - ((fsobj_id_t *)attrbufptr)->fid_objno = cdp->cd_parentcnid; - ((fsobj_id_t *)attrbufptr)->fid_generation = 0; - attrbufptr = ((fsobj_id_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_CMN_SCRIPT & attr) { - *((text_encoding_t *)attrbufptr) = cdp->cd_encoding; - attrbufptr = ((text_encoding_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_CMN_CRTIME & attr) { - if (is_64_bit) { - ((struct user64_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_sec = cap->ca_itime; - ((struct user64_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_nsec = 0; - attrbufptr = ((struct user64_timespec *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - else { - ((struct user32_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_sec = cap->ca_itime; - ((struct user32_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_nsec = 0; - attrbufptr = ((struct user32_timespec *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - } - if (ATTR_CMN_MODTIME & attr) { - if (is_64_bit) { - ((struct user64_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_sec = cap->ca_mtime; - ((struct user64_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_nsec = 0; - attrbufptr = ((struct user64_timespec *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - else { - ((struct user32_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_sec = cap->ca_mtime; - ((struct user32_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_nsec = 0; - attrbufptr = ((struct user32_timespec *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - } - if (ATTR_CMN_CHGTIME & attr) { - if (is_64_bit) { - ((struct user64_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_sec = cap->ca_ctime; - ((struct user64_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_nsec = 0; - attrbufptr = ((struct user64_timespec *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - else { - ((struct user32_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_sec = cap->ca_ctime; - ((struct user32_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_nsec = 0; - attrbufptr = ((struct user32_timespec *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - } - if (ATTR_CMN_ACCTIME & attr) { - if (is_64_bit) { - ((struct user64_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_sec = cap->ca_atime; - ((struct user64_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_nsec = 0; - attrbufptr = ((struct user64_timespec *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - else { - ((struct user32_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_sec = cap->ca_atime; - ((struct user32_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_nsec = 0; - attrbufptr = ((struct user32_timespec *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - } - if (ATTR_CMN_BKUPTIME & attr) { - if (is_64_bit) { - ((struct user64_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_sec = cap->ca_btime; - ((struct user64_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_nsec = 0; - attrbufptr = ((struct user64_timespec *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - else { - ((struct user32_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_sec = cap->ca_btime; - ((struct user32_timespec *)attrbufptr)->tv_nsec = 0; - attrbufptr = ((struct user32_timespec *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - } - if (ATTR_CMN_FNDRINFO & attr) { - u_int8_t *finfo = NULL; - bcopy(&cap->ca_finderinfo, attrbufptr, sizeof(u_int8_t) * 32); - finfo = (u_int8_t*)attrbufptr; - - /* Don't expose a symlink's private type/creator. */ - if (S_ISLNK(cap->ca_mode)) { - struct FndrFileInfo *fip; - - fip = (struct FndrFileInfo *)attrbufptr; - fip->fdType = 0; - fip->fdCreator = 0; - } - - /* advance 16 bytes into the attrbuf */ - finfo = finfo + 16; - - /* also don't expose the date_added or write_gen_counter fields */ - if (S_ISREG(cap->ca_mode) || S_ISLNK(cap->ca_mode)) { - struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)finfo; - extinfo->document_id = 0; - extinfo->date_added = 0; - extinfo->write_gen_counter = 0; - } - else if (S_ISDIR(cap->ca_mode)) { - struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)finfo; - extinfo->document_id = 0; - extinfo->date_added = 0; - extinfo->write_gen_counter = 0; - } - - attrbufptr = (char *)attrbufptr + sizeof(u_int8_t) * 32; - } - if (ATTR_CMN_OWNERID & attr) { - uid_t nuid = cap->ca_uid; - - if (!isroot) { - if (((unsigned int)vfs_flags(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp))) & MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS) - nuid = cuid; - else if (nuid == UNKNOWNUID) - nuid = cuid; - } - - *((uid_t *)attrbufptr) = nuid; - attrbufptr = ((uid_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_CMN_GRPID & attr) { - gid_t ngid = cap->ca_gid; - - if (!isroot) { - gid_t cgid = kauth_cred_getgid(vfs_context_ucred(ctx)); - if (((unsigned int)vfs_flags(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp))) & MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS) - ngid = cgid; - else if (ngid == UNKNOWNUID) - ngid = cgid; - } - - *((gid_t *)attrbufptr) = ngid; - attrbufptr = ((gid_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_CMN_ACCESSMASK & attr) { - /* - * [2856576] Since we are dynamically changing the owner, also - * effectively turn off the set-user-id and set-group-id bits, - * just like chmod(2) would when changing ownership. This prevents - * a security hole where set-user-id programs run as whoever is - * logged on (or root if nobody is logged in yet!) - */ - *((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) = (cap->ca_uid == UNKNOWNUID) ? - cap->ca_mode & ~(S_ISUID | S_ISGID) : cap->ca_mode; - attrbufptr = ((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_CMN_FLAGS & attr) { - *((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) = cap->ca_flags; - attrbufptr = ((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_CMN_USERACCESS & attr) { - u_int32_t user_access; - - /* Take the long path when we have an ACL */ - if ((vp != NULLVP) && (cap->ca_recflags & kHFSHasSecurityMask)) { - user_access = hfs_real_user_access(vp, abp->ab_context); - } else { - user_access = DerivePermissionSummary(cap->ca_uid, cap->ca_gid, - cap->ca_mode, mp, vfs_context_ucred(ctx), 0); - } - /* Also consider READ-ONLY file system. */ - if (vfs_flags(mp) & MNT_RDONLY) { - user_access &= ~W_OK; - } - /* Locked objects are not writable either */ - if ((cap->ca_flags & UF_IMMUTABLE) && (vfs_context_suser(abp->ab_context) != 0)) - user_access &= ~W_OK; - if ((cap->ca_flags & SF_IMMUTABLE) && (vfs_context_suser(abp->ab_context) == 0)) - user_access &= ~W_OK; - - *((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) = user_access; - attrbufptr = ((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_CMN_FILEID & attr) { - *((u_int64_t *)attrbufptr) = cap->ca_fileid; - attrbufptr = ((u_int64_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_CMN_PARENTID & attr) { - *((u_int64_t *)attrbufptr) = cdp->cd_parentcnid; - attrbufptr = ((u_int64_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - - *abp->ab_attrbufpp = attrbufptr; - *abp->ab_varbufpp = varbufptr; -} - -static void -packdirattr( - struct attrblock *abp, - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - struct vnode *vp, - struct cat_desc * descp, - struct cat_attr * cattrp) -{ - attrgroup_t attr = abp->ab_attrlist->dirattr; - void *attrbufptr = *abp->ab_attrbufpp; - u_int32_t entries; - - /* - * The DIR_LINKCOUNT is the count of real directory hard links. - * (i.e. its not the sum of the implied "." and ".." references - * typically used in stat's st_nlink field) - */ - if (ATTR_DIR_LINKCOUNT & attr) { - *((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) = cattrp->ca_linkcount; - attrbufptr = ((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_DIR_ENTRYCOUNT & attr) { - entries = cattrp->ca_entries; - - if (descp->cd_parentcnid == kHFSRootParentID) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid != 0) - --entries; /* hide private dir */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid != 0) - --entries; /* hide private dir */ - if (hfsmp->jnl || - ((hfsmp->vcbAtrb & kHFSVolumeJournaledMask) && - (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY))) - entries -= 2; /* hide the journal files */ - } - - *((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) = entries; - attrbufptr = ((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_DIR_MOUNTSTATUS & attr) { - if (vp != NULL && vnode_mountedhere(vp) != NULL) - *((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) = DIR_MNTSTATUS_MNTPOINT; - else - *((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) = 0; - attrbufptr = ((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - *abp->ab_attrbufpp = attrbufptr; -} - -static void -packfileattr( - struct attrblock *abp, - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - struct cat_attr *cattrp, - struct cat_fork *datafork, - struct cat_fork *rsrcfork, - struct vnode *vp) -{ -#if !HFS_COMPRESSION -#pragma unused(vp) -#endif - attrgroup_t attr = abp->ab_attrlist->fileattr; - void *attrbufptr = *abp->ab_attrbufpp; - void *varbufptr = *abp->ab_varbufpp; - u_int32_t allocblksize; - - allocblksize = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize; - - off_t datasize = datafork->cf_size; - off_t totalsize = datasize + rsrcfork->cf_size; -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - int handle_compressed; - handle_compressed = (cattrp->ca_flags & UF_COMPRESSED);// && hfs_file_is_compressed(VTOC(vp), 1); - - if (handle_compressed) { - if (attr & (ATTR_FILE_DATALENGTH|ATTR_FILE_TOTALSIZE)) { - if ( 0 == hfs_uncompressed_size_of_compressed_file(hfsmp, vp, cattrp->ca_fileid, &datasize, 1) ) { /* 1 == don't take the cnode lock */ - /* total size of a compressed file is just the data size */ - totalsize = datasize; - } - } - } -#endif - - if (ATTR_FILE_LINKCOUNT & attr) { - *((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) = cattrp->ca_linkcount; - attrbufptr = ((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_FILE_TOTALSIZE & attr) { - *((off_t *)attrbufptr) = totalsize; - attrbufptr = ((off_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_FILE_ALLOCSIZE & attr) { - *((off_t *)attrbufptr) = - (off_t)cattrp->ca_blocks * (off_t)allocblksize; - attrbufptr = ((off_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_FILE_IOBLOCKSIZE & attr) { - *((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) = hfsmp->hfs_logBlockSize; - attrbufptr = ((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_FILE_CLUMPSIZE & attr) { - *((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) = hfsmp->vcbClpSiz; - attrbufptr = ((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_FILE_DEVTYPE & attr) { - if (S_ISBLK(cattrp->ca_mode) || S_ISCHR(cattrp->ca_mode)) - *((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) = (u_int32_t)cattrp->ca_rdev; - else - *((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) = 0; - attrbufptr = ((u_int32_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - - if (ATTR_FILE_DATALENGTH & attr) { - *((off_t *)attrbufptr) = datasize; - attrbufptr = ((off_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - /* fake the data fork size on a decmpfs compressed file to reflect the - * uncompressed size. This ensures proper reading and copying of these files. - * NOTE: we may need to get the vnode here because the vnode parameter - * passed by hfs_vnop_readdirattr() may be null. - */ - - if ( handle_compressed ) { - if (attr & ATTR_FILE_DATAALLOCSIZE) { - *((off_t *)attrbufptr) = (off_t)rsrcfork->cf_blocks * (off_t)allocblksize; - attrbufptr = ((off_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (attr & ATTR_FILE_RSRCLENGTH) { - *((off_t *)attrbufptr) = 0; - attrbufptr = ((off_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (attr & ATTR_FILE_RSRCALLOCSIZE) { - *((off_t *)attrbufptr) = 0; - attrbufptr = ((off_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - } - else -#endif - { - if (ATTR_FILE_DATAALLOCSIZE & attr) { - *((off_t *)attrbufptr) = (off_t)datafork->cf_blocks * (off_t)allocblksize; - attrbufptr = ((off_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_FILE_RSRCLENGTH & attr) { - *((off_t *)attrbufptr) = rsrcfork->cf_size; - attrbufptr = ((off_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - if (ATTR_FILE_RSRCALLOCSIZE & attr) { - *((off_t *)attrbufptr) = (off_t)rsrcfork->cf_blocks * (off_t)allocblksize; - attrbufptr = ((off_t *)attrbufptr) + 1; - } - } - *abp->ab_attrbufpp = attrbufptr; - *abp->ab_varbufpp = varbufptr; -} - -/* - * Calculate the total size of an attribute block. - */ -int -hfs_attrblksize(struct attrlist *attrlist) -{ - int size; - attrgroup_t a; - int sizeof_timespec; - boolean_t is_64_bit = proc_is64bit(current_proc()); - - if (is_64_bit) - sizeof_timespec = sizeof(struct user64_timespec); - else - sizeof_timespec = sizeof(struct user32_timespec); - - hfs_assert((attrlist->commonattr & ~ATTR_CMN_VALIDMASK) == 0); - - hfs_assert((attrlist->volattr & ~ATTR_VOL_VALIDMASK) == 0); - - hfs_assert((attrlist->dirattr & ~ATTR_DIR_VALIDMASK) == 0); - - hfs_assert((attrlist->fileattr & ~ATTR_FILE_VALIDMASK) == 0); - - // disable this because it will break the simulator/build machines each - // time a new _CMNEXT_ bit is added - // hfs_assert(((attrlist->forkattr & ~ATTR_FORK_VALIDMASK) == 0) || - // ((attrlist->forkattr & ~ATTR_CMNEXT_VALIDMASK) == 0)); - - size = 0; - - if ((a = attrlist->commonattr) != 0) { - if (a & ATTR_CMN_NAME) size += sizeof(struct attrreference); - if (a & ATTR_CMN_DEVID) size += sizeof(dev_t); - if (a & ATTR_CMN_FSID) size += sizeof(fsid_t); - if (a & ATTR_CMN_OBJTYPE) size += sizeof(fsobj_type_t); - if (a & ATTR_CMN_OBJTAG) size += sizeof(fsobj_tag_t); - if (a & ATTR_CMN_OBJID) size += sizeof(fsobj_id_t); - if (a & ATTR_CMN_OBJPERMANENTID) size += sizeof(fsobj_id_t); - if (a & ATTR_CMN_PAROBJID) size += sizeof(fsobj_id_t); - if (a & ATTR_CMN_SCRIPT) size += sizeof(text_encoding_t); - if (a & ATTR_CMN_CRTIME) size += sizeof_timespec; - if (a & ATTR_CMN_MODTIME) size += sizeof_timespec; - if (a & ATTR_CMN_CHGTIME) size += sizeof_timespec; - if (a & ATTR_CMN_ACCTIME) size += sizeof_timespec; - if (a & ATTR_CMN_BKUPTIME) size += sizeof_timespec; - if (a & ATTR_CMN_FNDRINFO) size += 32 * sizeof(u_int8_t); - if (a & ATTR_CMN_OWNERID) size += sizeof(uid_t); - if (a & ATTR_CMN_GRPID) size += sizeof(gid_t); - if (a & ATTR_CMN_ACCESSMASK) size += sizeof(u_int32_t); - if (a & ATTR_CMN_FLAGS) size += sizeof(u_int32_t); - if (a & ATTR_CMN_USERACCESS) size += sizeof(u_int32_t); - if (a & ATTR_CMN_FILEID) size += sizeof(u_int64_t); - if (a & ATTR_CMN_PARENTID) size += sizeof(u_int64_t); - } - if ((a = attrlist->dirattr) != 0) { - if (a & ATTR_DIR_LINKCOUNT) size += sizeof(u_int32_t); - if (a & ATTR_DIR_ENTRYCOUNT) size += sizeof(u_int32_t); - if (a & ATTR_DIR_MOUNTSTATUS) size += sizeof(u_int32_t); - } - if ((a = attrlist->fileattr) != 0) { - if (a & ATTR_FILE_LINKCOUNT) size += sizeof(u_int32_t); - if (a & ATTR_FILE_TOTALSIZE) size += sizeof(off_t); - if (a & ATTR_FILE_ALLOCSIZE) size += sizeof(off_t); - if (a & ATTR_FILE_IOBLOCKSIZE) size += sizeof(u_int32_t); - if (a & ATTR_FILE_CLUMPSIZE) size += sizeof(u_int32_t); - if (a & ATTR_FILE_DEVTYPE) size += sizeof(u_int32_t); - if (a & ATTR_FILE_DATALENGTH) size += sizeof(off_t); - if (a & ATTR_FILE_DATAALLOCSIZE) size += sizeof(off_t); - if (a & ATTR_FILE_RSRCLENGTH) size += sizeof(off_t); - if (a & ATTR_FILE_RSRCALLOCSIZE) size += sizeof(off_t); - } - - return (size); -} - -#define KAUTH_DIR_WRITE_RIGHTS (KAUTH_VNODE_ACCESS | KAUTH_VNODE_ADD_FILE | \ - KAUTH_VNODE_ADD_SUBDIRECTORY | \ - KAUTH_VNODE_DELETE_CHILD) - -#define KAUTH_DIR_READ_RIGHTS (KAUTH_VNODE_ACCESS | KAUTH_VNODE_LIST_DIRECTORY) - -#define KAUTH_DIR_EXECUTE_RIGHTS (KAUTH_VNODE_ACCESS | KAUTH_VNODE_SEARCH) - -#define KAUTH_FILE_WRITE_RIGHTS (KAUTH_VNODE_ACCESS | KAUTH_VNODE_WRITE_DATA) - -#define KAUTH_FILE_READRIGHTS (KAUTH_VNODE_ACCESS | KAUTH_VNODE_READ_DATA) - -#define KAUTH_FILE_EXECUTE_RIGHTS (KAUTH_VNODE_ACCESS | KAUTH_VNODE_EXECUTE) - - -/* - * Compute the same [expensive] user_access value as getattrlist does - */ -static u_int32_t -hfs_real_user_access(vnode_t vp, vfs_context_t ctx) -{ - u_int32_t user_access = 0; - - if (vnode_isdir(vp)) { - if (vnode_authorize(vp, NULLVP, KAUTH_DIR_WRITE_RIGHTS, ctx) == 0) - user_access |= W_OK; - if (vnode_authorize(vp, NULLVP, KAUTH_DIR_READ_RIGHTS, ctx) == 0) - user_access |= R_OK; - if (vnode_authorize(vp, NULLVP, KAUTH_DIR_EXECUTE_RIGHTS, ctx) == 0) - user_access |= X_OK; - } else { - if (vnode_authorize(vp, NULLVP, KAUTH_FILE_WRITE_RIGHTS, ctx) == 0) - user_access |= W_OK; - if (vnode_authorize(vp, NULLVP, KAUTH_FILE_READRIGHTS, ctx) == 0) - user_access |= R_OK; - if (vnode_authorize(vp, NULLVP, KAUTH_FILE_EXECUTE_RIGHTS, ctx) == 0) - user_access |= X_OK; - } - return (user_access); -} - - -u_int32_t -DerivePermissionSummary(uid_t obj_uid, gid_t obj_gid, mode_t obj_mode, - struct mount *mp, kauth_cred_t cred, __unused struct proc *p) -{ - u_int32_t permissions; - - if (obj_uid == UNKNOWNUID) - obj_uid = kauth_cred_getuid(cred); - - /* User id 0 (root) always gets access. */ - if (!suser(cred, NULL)) { - permissions = R_OK | W_OK | X_OK; - goto Exit; - }; - - /* Otherwise, check the owner. */ - if (hfs_owner_rights(VFSTOHFS(mp), obj_uid, cred, NULL, false) == 0) { - permissions = ((u_int32_t)obj_mode & S_IRWXU) >> 6; - goto Exit; - } - - /* Otherwise, check the groups. */ - if (! (((unsigned int)vfs_flags(mp)) & MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS)) { - int is_member; - - if (kauth_cred_ismember_gid(cred, obj_gid, &is_member) == 0 && is_member) { - permissions = ((u_int32_t)obj_mode & S_IRWXG) >> 3; - goto Exit; - } - } - - /* Otherwise, settle for 'others' access. */ - permissions = (u_int32_t)obj_mode & S_IRWXO; - -Exit: - return (permissions); -} - - -/* - * =========================================================================== - * Support functions for filling up a vnode_attr structure based on attributes - * requested. - * =========================================================================== - */ -void -get_vattr_data_for_attrs(struct attrlist *alp, struct vnode_attr *vap, - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *vp, struct cat_desc *descp, - struct cat_attr *atrp, struct cat_fork *datafork, struct cat_fork *rsrcfork, - vfs_context_t ctx) -{ - if (alp->commonattr || alp->forkattr) { - vattr_data_for_common_attrs(alp, vap, hfsmp, vp, descp, atrp, - ctx); - } - - if (alp->dirattr && S_ISDIR(atrp->ca_mode)) - vattr_data_for_dir_attrs(alp, vap, hfsmp, vp, descp, atrp); - - if (alp->fileattr && !S_ISDIR(atrp->ca_mode)) { - vattr_data_for_file_attrs(alp, vap, hfsmp, atrp, datafork, - rsrcfork, vp); - } -} - -static void -copy_name_attr(struct vnode_attr *vap, struct vnode *vp, const u_int8_t *name, - int namelen) -{ - char *mpname; - size_t mpnamelen; - u_int32_t attrlength; - u_int8_t empty = 0; - - /* A cnode's name may be incorrect for the root of a mounted - * filesystem (it can be mounted on a different directory name - * than the name of the volume, such as "blah-1"). So for the - * root directory, it's best to return the last element of the - location where the volume's mounted: - */ - if ((vp != NULL) && vnode_isvroot(vp) && - (mpname = mountpointname(vnode_mount(vp)))) { - mpnamelen = strlen(mpname); - - /* Trim off any trailing slashes: */ - while ((mpnamelen > 0) && (mpname[mpnamelen-1] == '/')) - --mpnamelen; - - /* If there's anything left, use it instead of the volume's name */ - if (mpnamelen > 0) { - name = (u_int8_t *)mpname; - namelen = mpnamelen; - } - } - - if (name == NULL) { - name = ∅ - namelen = 0; - } - - attrlength = namelen + 1; - (void) strncpy((char *)vap->va_name, (const char *) name, attrlength); - /* - * round upto 8 and zero out the rounded up bytes. - */ - attrlength = min(kHFSPlusMaxFileNameBytes, ((attrlength + 7) & ~0x07)); - bzero(vap->va_name + attrlength, kHFSPlusMaxFileNameBytes - attrlength); -} - -static void -vattr_data_for_common_attrs( struct attrlist *alp, struct vnode_attr *vap, - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *vp, struct cat_desc *cdp, - struct cat_attr *cap, vfs_context_t ctx) -{ - attrgroup_t attr = alp->commonattr; - struct mount *mp = HFSTOVFS(hfsmp); - uid_t cuid = 1; - int isroot = 0; - - if (attr & (ATTR_CMN_OWNERID | ATTR_CMN_GRPID)) { - cuid = kauth_cred_getuid(vfs_context_ucred(ctx)); - isroot = cuid == 0; - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_NAME & attr) { - if (vap->va_name) { - copy_name_attr(vap, vp, cdp->cd_nameptr, - cdp->cd_namelen); - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_name); - } else { - VATTR_CLEAR_SUPPORTED(vap, va_name); - } - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_DEVID & attr) { - vap->va_devid = hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_devid); - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_FSID & attr) { - vap->va_fsid64.val[0] = hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev; - vap->va_fsid64.val[1] = vfs_typenum(mp); - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_fsid64); - } - /* - * We always provide the objtype even if not asked because VFS helper - * functions depend on knowing the object's type. - */ - vap->va_objtype = IFTOVT(cap->ca_mode); - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_objtype); - - if (ATTR_CMN_OBJTAG & attr) { - vap->va_objtag = VT_HFS; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_objtag); - } - /* - * Exporting file IDs from HFS Plus: - * - * For "normal" files the c_fileid is the same value as the - * c_cnid. But for hard link files, they are different - the - * c_cnid belongs to the active directory entry (ie the link) - * and the c_fileid is for the actual inode (ie the data file). - * - * The stat call (getattr) will always return the c_fileid - * and Carbon APIs, which are hardlink-ignorant, will always - * receive the c_cnid (from getattrlist). - * - * Forkattrs are now repurposed for Common Extended Attributes. - */ - if ((ATTR_CMN_OBJID & attr) || (ATTR_CMN_OBJPERMANENTID & attr) || - alp->forkattr & ATTR_CMNEXT_LINKID) { - vap->va_linkid = cdp->cd_cnid; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_linkid); - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_PAROBJID & attr) { - vap->va_parentid = cdp->cd_parentcnid; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_parentid); - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_SCRIPT & attr) { - vap->va_encoding = cdp->cd_encoding; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_encoding); - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_CRTIME & attr) { - vap->va_create_time.tv_sec = cap->ca_itime; - vap->va_create_time.tv_nsec = 0; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_create_time); - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_MODTIME & attr) { - vap->va_modify_time.tv_sec = cap->ca_mtime; - vap->va_modify_time.tv_nsec = 0; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_modify_time); - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_CHGTIME & attr) { - vap->va_change_time.tv_sec = cap->ca_ctime; - vap->va_change_time.tv_nsec = 0; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_change_time); - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_ACCTIME & attr) { - vap->va_access_time.tv_sec = cap->ca_atime; - vap->va_access_time.tv_nsec = 0; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_access_time); - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_BKUPTIME & attr) { - vap->va_backup_time.tv_sec = cap->ca_btime; - vap->va_backup_time.tv_nsec = 0; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_backup_time); - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_FNDRINFO & attr) { - u_int8_t *finfo = NULL; - - bcopy(&cap->ca_finderinfo, &vap->va_finderinfo[0], - sizeof(u_int8_t) * 32); - finfo = (u_int8_t*)(&vap->va_finderinfo[0]); - - /* Don't expose a symlink's private type/creator. */ - if (S_ISLNK(cap->ca_mode)) { - struct FndrFileInfo *fip; - - fip = (struct FndrFileInfo *)finfo; - fip->fdType = 0; - fip->fdCreator = 0; - } - - /* advance 16 bytes into the attrbuf */ - finfo = finfo + 16; - - /* also don't expose the date_added or write_gen_counter fields */ - if (S_ISREG(cap->ca_mode) || S_ISLNK(cap->ca_mode)) { - struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *extinfo = - (struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)finfo; - extinfo->document_id = 0; - extinfo->date_added = 0; - extinfo->write_gen_counter = 0; - } else if (S_ISDIR(cap->ca_mode)) { - struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *extinfo = - (struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)finfo; - extinfo->document_id = 0; - extinfo->date_added = 0; - extinfo->write_gen_counter = 0; - } - - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_finderinfo); - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_OWNERID & attr) { - uid_t nuid = cap->ca_uid; - - if (!isroot) { - if (((unsigned int)vfs_flags(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp))) & MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS) - nuid = cuid; - else if (nuid == UNKNOWNUID) - nuid = cuid; - } - - vap->va_uid = nuid; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_uid); - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_GRPID & attr) { - gid_t ngid = cap->ca_gid; - - if (!isroot) { - gid_t cgid = kauth_cred_getgid(vfs_context_ucred(ctx)); - if (((unsigned int)vfs_flags(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp))) & MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS) - ngid = cgid; - else if (ngid == UNKNOWNUID) - ngid = cgid; - } - - vap->va_gid = ngid; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_gid); - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_ACCESSMASK & attr) { - uint32_t nmode; - /* - * [2856576] Since we are dynamically changing the owner, also - * effectively turn off the set-user-id and set-group-id bits, - * just like chmod(2) would when changing ownership. This prevents - * a security hole where set-user-id programs run as whoever is - * logged on (or root if nobody is logged in yet!) - */ - nmode = (cap->ca_uid == UNKNOWNUID) ? - cap->ca_mode & ~(S_ISUID | S_ISGID) : cap->ca_mode; - - vap->va_mode = nmode; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_mode); - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_FLAGS & attr) { - vap->va_flags = cap->ca_flags; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_flags); - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_GEN_COUNT & attr) { - vap->va_write_gencount = hfs_get_gencount_from_blob( - (const uint8_t *)cap->ca_finderinfo, cap->ca_mode); - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_write_gencount); - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_DOCUMENT_ID & attr) { - vap->va_document_id = hfs_get_document_id_from_blob( - (const uint8_t *)cap->ca_finderinfo, cap->ca_mode); - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_document_id); - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_USERACCESS & attr) { - u_int32_t user_access; - - /* Take the long path when we have an ACL */ - if ((vp != NULLVP) && (cap->ca_recflags & kHFSHasSecurityMask)) { - user_access = hfs_real_user_access(vp, ctx); - } else { - user_access = DerivePermissionSummary(cap->ca_uid, cap->ca_gid, - cap->ca_mode, mp, vfs_context_ucred(ctx), 0); - } - /* Also consider READ-ONLY file system. */ - if (vfs_flags(mp) & MNT_RDONLY) { - user_access &= ~W_OK; - } - /* Locked objects are not writable either */ - if ((cap->ca_flags & UF_IMMUTABLE) && (vfs_context_suser(ctx) != 0)) - user_access &= ~W_OK; - if ((cap->ca_flags & SF_IMMUTABLE) && (vfs_context_suser(ctx) == 0)) - user_access &= ~W_OK; - - vap->va_user_access = user_access; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_user_access); - } - - /* - * Right now the best we can do is tell if we *don't* have extended - * security (like hfs_vnop_getattr). - */ - if (ATTR_CMN_EXTENDED_SECURITY & attr) { - if (!(cap->ca_recflags & kHFSHasSecurityMask)) { - vap->va_acl = (kauth_acl_t) KAUTH_FILESEC_NONE; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_acl); - } - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_FILEID & attr) { - vap->va_fileid = cap->ca_fileid; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_fileid); - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_PARENTID & attr) { - vap->va_parentid = cdp->cd_parentcnid; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_parentid); - } - - if (ATTR_CMN_ADDEDTIME & attr) { - if (cap->ca_recflags & kHFSHasDateAddedMask) { - vap->va_addedtime.tv_sec = hfs_get_dateadded_from_blob( - (const uint8_t *)cap->ca_finderinfo, cap->ca_mode); - vap->va_addedtime.tv_nsec = 0; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_addedtime); - } - } -} - -static void -vattr_data_for_dir_attrs(struct attrlist *alp, struct vnode_attr *vap, - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *vp, struct cat_desc * descp, - struct cat_attr * cattrp) -{ - attrgroup_t attr = alp->dirattr; - u_int32_t entries; - - /* - * The DIR_LINKCOUNT is the count of real directory hard links. - * (i.e. its not the sum of the implied "." and ".." references - * typically used in stat's st_nlink field) - */ - if (ATTR_DIR_LINKCOUNT & attr) { - vap->va_dirlinkcount = cattrp->ca_linkcount; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_dirlinkcount); - } - if (ATTR_DIR_ENTRYCOUNT & attr) { - entries = cattrp->ca_entries; - - if (descp->cd_parentcnid == kHFSRootParentID) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid != 0) - --entries; /* hide private dir */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid != 0) - --entries; /* hide private dir */ - if (hfsmp->jnl || - ((hfsmp->vcbAtrb & kHFSVolumeJournaledMask) && - (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY))) - entries -= 2; /* hide the journal files */ - } - - vap->va_nchildren = entries; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_nchildren); - } - - if (ATTR_DIR_MOUNTSTATUS & attr) { - /* - * There is not vnode_attr for mount point status. - * XXX. Should there be ? - */ - u_int32_t mstatus = 0; - - if (vp != NULL && vnode_mountedhere(vp) != NULL) - mstatus = DIR_MNTSTATUS_MNTPOINT; - } -} - -static void -vattr_data_for_file_attrs(struct attrlist *alp, struct vnode_attr *vap, - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cat_attr *cattrp, struct cat_fork *datafork, - struct cat_fork *rsrcfork, struct vnode *vp) -{ -#if !HFS_COMPRESSION -#pragma unused(vp) -#endif - attrgroup_t attr = alp->fileattr; - off_t da_size, rsrc_len, rsrc_alloc; - u_int32_t allocblksize; - - allocblksize = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize; - - off_t datasize = datafork->cf_size; - off_t totalsize = datasize + rsrcfork->cf_size; -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - int handle_compressed; - handle_compressed = (cattrp->ca_flags & UF_COMPRESSED);// && hfs_file_is_compressed(VTOC(vp), 1); - - if (handle_compressed) { - if (attr & (ATTR_FILE_DATALENGTH|ATTR_FILE_TOTALSIZE)) { - if ( 0 == hfs_uncompressed_size_of_compressed_file(hfsmp, vp, cattrp->ca_fileid, &datasize, 1) ) { /* 1 == don't take the cnode lock */ - /* total size of a compressed file is just the data size */ - totalsize = datasize; - } - } - } -#endif - - if (ATTR_FILE_LINKCOUNT & attr) { - vap->va_nlink = cattrp->ca_linkcount; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_nlink); - } - if (ATTR_FILE_TOTALSIZE & attr) { - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_total_size, totalsize); - } - if (ATTR_FILE_ALLOCSIZE & attr) { - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_total_alloc, - (off_t)cattrp->ca_blocks * (off_t)allocblksize ); - } - if (ATTR_FILE_IOBLOCKSIZE & attr) { - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_iosize, hfsmp->hfs_logBlockSize); - } - - /* ATTR_FILE_CLUMPSIZE is obsolete */ - - if (ATTR_FILE_DEVTYPE & attr) { - dev_t dev = 0; - - if (S_ISBLK(cattrp->ca_mode) || S_ISCHR(cattrp->ca_mode)) - dev = (u_int32_t)cattrp->ca_rdev; - - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_rdev, dev); - } - - if (ATTR_FILE_DATALENGTH & attr) { - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_data_size, datasize); - } -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - /* fake the data fork size on a decmpfs compressed file to reflect the - * uncompressed size. This ensures proper reading and copying of these - * files. - * NOTE: we may need to get the vnode here because the vnode parameter - * passed by hfs_vnop_readdirattr() may be null. - */ - - if (handle_compressed) { - da_size = (off_t)rsrcfork->cf_blocks * (off_t)allocblksize; - rsrc_len = 0; - rsrc_alloc = 0; - } - else -#endif - { - da_size = (off_t)datafork->cf_blocks * (off_t)allocblksize; - rsrc_len = rsrcfork->cf_size; - rsrc_alloc = (off_t)rsrcfork->cf_blocks * (off_t)allocblksize; - } - - if (ATTR_FILE_DATAALLOCSIZE & attr) { - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_data_alloc, da_size); - } - - if (ATTR_FILE_RSRCLENGTH & attr) { - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_rsrc_length, rsrc_len); - } - - if (ATTR_FILE_RSRCALLOCSIZE & attr) { - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_rsrc_alloc, rsrc_alloc); - } -} diff --git a/core/hfs_attrlist.h b/core/hfs_attrlist.h deleted file mode 100644 index b9ceb09..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_attrlist.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,108 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -#ifndef _HFS_ATTRLIST_H_ -#define _HFS_ATTRLIST_H_ - -#include - -#ifdef KERNEL -#ifdef __APPLE_API_PRIVATE -#include -#include - -#include "hfs_catalog.h" -#include "hfs_cnode.h" - - -struct attrblock { - struct attrlist * ab_attrlist; - void ** ab_attrbufpp; - void ** ab_varbufpp; - int ab_flags; - int ab_blocksize; - vfs_context_t ab_context; -}; - -/* - * The following define the attributes that HFS supports: - */ - -#define HFS_ATTR_CMN_VALID \ - (ATTR_CMN_NAME | ATTR_CMN_DEVID | \ - ATTR_CMN_FSID | ATTR_CMN_OBJTYPE | \ - ATTR_CMN_OBJTAG | ATTR_CMN_OBJID | \ - ATTR_CMN_OBJPERMANENTID | ATTR_CMN_PAROBJID | \ - ATTR_CMN_SCRIPT | ATTR_CMN_CRTIME | \ - ATTR_CMN_MODTIME | ATTR_CMN_CHGTIME | \ - ATTR_CMN_ACCTIME | ATTR_CMN_BKUPTIME | \ - ATTR_CMN_FNDRINFO |ATTR_CMN_OWNERID | \ - ATTR_CMN_GRPID | ATTR_CMN_ACCESSMASK | \ - ATTR_CMN_FLAGS | ATTR_CMN_USERACCESS | \ - ATTR_CMN_FILEID | ATTR_CMN_PARENTID ) - -#define HFS_ATTR_CMN_SEARCH_VALID \ - (ATTR_CMN_NAME | ATTR_CMN_OBJID | \ - ATTR_CMN_PAROBJID | ATTR_CMN_CRTIME | \ - ATTR_CMN_MODTIME | ATTR_CMN_CHGTIME | \ - ATTR_CMN_ACCTIME | ATTR_CMN_BKUPTIME | \ - ATTR_CMN_FNDRINFO | ATTR_CMN_OWNERID | \ - ATTR_CMN_GRPID | ATTR_CMN_ACCESSMASK | \ - ATTR_CMN_FILEID | ATTR_CMN_PARENTID ) - - - -#define HFS_ATTR_DIR_VALID \ - (ATTR_DIR_LINKCOUNT | ATTR_DIR_ENTRYCOUNT | ATTR_DIR_MOUNTSTATUS) - -#define HFS_ATTR_DIR_SEARCH_VALID \ - (ATTR_DIR_ENTRYCOUNT) - -#define HFS_ATTR_FILE_VALID \ - (ATTR_FILE_LINKCOUNT |ATTR_FILE_TOTALSIZE | \ - ATTR_FILE_ALLOCSIZE | ATTR_FILE_IOBLOCKSIZE | \ - ATTR_FILE_CLUMPSIZE | ATTR_FILE_DEVTYPE | \ - ATTR_FILE_DATALENGTH | ATTR_FILE_DATAALLOCSIZE | \ - ATTR_FILE_RSRCLENGTH | ATTR_FILE_RSRCALLOCSIZE) - -#define HFS_ATTR_FILE_SEARCH_VALID \ - (ATTR_FILE_DATALENGTH | ATTR_FILE_DATAALLOCSIZE | \ - ATTR_FILE_RSRCLENGTH | ATTR_FILE_RSRCALLOCSIZE ) - -extern int hfs_attrblksize(struct attrlist *attrlist); - -extern u_int32_t DerivePermissionSummary(uid_t obj_uid, gid_t obj_gid, - mode_t obj_mode, struct mount *mp, - kauth_cred_t cred, struct proc *p); - -extern void hfs_packattrblk(struct attrblock *abp, struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - struct vnode *vp, struct cat_desc *descp, struct cat_attr *attrp, - struct cat_fork *datafork, struct cat_fork *rsrcfork, struct vfs_context *ctx); - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_PRIVATE */ -#endif /* KERNEL */ -#endif /* ! _HFS_ATTRLIST_H_ */ diff --git a/core/hfs_btreeio.c b/core/hfs_btreeio.c deleted file mode 100644 index ec2072e..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_btreeio.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,948 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2017 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_cnode.h" -#include "hfs_dbg.h" -#include "hfs_endian.h" -#include "hfs_btreeio.h" - -#include "FileMgrInternal.h" -#include "BTreesPrivate.h" - -/* From bsd/vfs/vfs_bio.c */ -extern int bdwrite_internal(struct buf *, int); - -static int ClearBTNodes(struct vnode *vp, int blksize, off_t offset, off_t amount); -static int btree_journal_modify_block_end(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct buf *bp); - -void btree_swap_node(struct buf *bp, __unused void *arg); - -/* - * Return btree node size for given vnode. - * - * Returns: - * For btree vnode, returns btree node size. - * For non-btree vnodes, returns 0. - */ -u_int16_t get_btree_nodesize(struct vnode *vp) -{ - BTreeControlBlockPtr btree; - u_int16_t node_size = 0; - - if (vnode_issystem(vp)) { - btree = (BTreeControlBlockPtr) VTOF(vp)->fcbBTCBPtr; - if (btree) { - node_size = btree->nodeSize; - } - } - - return node_size; -} - -OSStatus SetBTreeBlockSize(FileReference vp, ByteCount blockSize, __unused ItemCount minBlockCount) -{ - BTreeControlBlockPtr bTreePtr; - - hfs_assert(vp != NULL); - hfs_assert(blockSize >= kMinNodeSize); - if (blockSize > MAXBSIZE ) - return (fsBTBadNodeSize); - - bTreePtr = (BTreeControlBlockPtr)VTOF(vp)->fcbBTCBPtr; - bTreePtr->nodeSize = blockSize; - - return (E_NONE); -} - - -OSStatus GetBTreeBlock(FileReference vp, u_int32_t blockNum, GetBlockOptions options, BlockDescriptor *block) -{ - OSStatus retval = E_NONE; - struct buf *bp = NULL; - u_int8_t allow_empty_node; - - /* If the btree block is being read using hint, it is - * fine for the swap code to find zeroed out nodes. - */ - if (options & kGetBlockHint) { - allow_empty_node = true; - } else { - allow_empty_node = false; - } - - if (options & kGetEmptyBlock) { - daddr64_t blkno; - off_t offset; - - offset = (daddr64_t)blockNum * (daddr64_t)block->blockSize; - bp = buf_getblk(vp, (daddr64_t)blockNum, block->blockSize, 0, 0, BLK_META); - if (bp && !hfs_vnop_blockmap(&(struct vnop_blockmap_args){ - .a_vp = vp, - .a_foffset = offset, - .a_size = block->blockSize, - .a_bpn = &blkno - })) { - buf_setblkno(bp, blkno); - } - } else { - retval = buf_meta_bread(vp, (daddr64_t)blockNum, block->blockSize, NOCRED, &bp); - } - if (bp == NULL) - retval = -1; //XXX need better error - - if (retval == E_NONE) { - block->blockHeader = bp; - block->buffer = (char *)buf_dataptr(bp); - block->blockNum = buf_lblkno(bp); - block->blockReadFromDisk = (buf_fromcache(bp) == 0); /* not found in cache ==> came from disk */ - - // XXXdbg - block->isModified = 0; - - /* Check and endian swap B-Tree node (only if it's a valid block) */ - if (!(options & kGetEmptyBlock)) { - - /* This happens when we first open the b-tree, we might not have all the node data on hand */ - if ((((BTNodeDescriptor *)block->buffer)->kind == kBTHeaderNode) && - (((BTHeaderRec *)((char *)block->buffer + 14))->nodeSize != buf_count(bp)) && - (SWAP_BE16 (((BTHeaderRec *)((char *)block->buffer + 14))->nodeSize) != buf_count(bp))) { - - /* - * Don't swap the node descriptor, record offsets, or other records. - * This record will be invalidated and re-read with the correct node - * size once the B-tree control block is set up with the node size - * from the header record. - */ - retval = hfs_swap_BTNode (block, vp, kSwapBTNodeHeaderRecordOnly, allow_empty_node); - - } else { - /* - * In this case, we have enough data in-hand to do basic validation - * on the B-Tree node. - */ - if (block->blockReadFromDisk) { - /* - * The node was just read from disk, so always swap/check it. - * This is necessary on big endian since the test below won't trigger. - */ - retval = hfs_swap_BTNode (block, vp, kSwapBTNodeBigToHost, allow_empty_node); - } - else { - /* - * Block wasn't read from disk; it was found in the cache. - */ - if (*((u_int16_t *)((char *)block->buffer + (block->blockSize - sizeof (u_int16_t)))) == 0x0e00) { - /* - * The node was left in the cache in non-native order, so swap it. - * This only happens on little endian, after the node is written - * back to disk. - */ - retval = hfs_swap_BTNode (block, vp, kSwapBTNodeBigToHost, allow_empty_node); - } - else if (*((u_int16_t *)((char *)block->buffer + (block->blockSize - sizeof (u_int16_t)))) == 0x000e) { - /* - * The node was in-cache in native-endianness. We don't need to do - * anything here, because the node is ready to use. Set retval == 0. - */ - retval = 0; - } - /* - * If the node doesn't have hex 14 (0xe) in the last two bytes of the buffer, - * it doesn't necessarily mean that this is a bad node. Zeroed nodes that are - * marked as unused in the b-tree map node would be OK and not have valid content. - */ - } - } - - /* - * If we got an error, then the node is only partially swapped. - * We mark the buffer invalid so that the next attempt to get the - * node will read it and attempt to swap again, and will notice - * the error again. If we didn't do this, the next attempt to get - * the node might use the partially swapped node as-is. - */ - if (retval) - buf_markinvalid(bp); - } - } - - if (retval) { - if (bp) - buf_brelse(bp); - block->blockHeader = NULL; - block->buffer = NULL; - } - - return (retval); -} - - -void ModifyBlockStart(FileReference vp, BlockDescPtr blockPtr) -{ - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - struct buf *bp = NULL; - - if (hfsmp->jnl == NULL) { - return; - } - - bp = (struct buf *) blockPtr->blockHeader; - if (bp == NULL) { - panic("hfs: ModifyBlockStart: null bp for blockdescptr %p?!?\n", blockPtr); - return; - } - - journal_modify_block_start(hfsmp->jnl, bp); - blockPtr->isModified = 1; -} - -void -btree_swap_node(struct buf *bp, __unused void *arg) -{ - // struct hfsmount *hfsmp = (struct hfsmount *)arg; - int retval; - struct vnode *vp = buf_vnode(bp); - BlockDescriptor block; - - /* Prepare the block pointer */ - block.blockHeader = bp; - block.buffer = (char *)buf_dataptr(bp); - block.blockNum = buf_lblkno(bp); - /* not found in cache ==> came from disk */ - block.blockReadFromDisk = (buf_fromcache(bp) == 0); - block.blockSize = buf_count(bp); - - /* Swap the data now that this node is ready to go to disk. - * We allow swapping of zeroed out nodes here because we might - * be writing node whose last record just got deleted. - */ - retval = hfs_swap_BTNode (&block, vp, kSwapBTNodeHostToBig, true); - if (retval) - panic("hfs: btree_swap_node: about to write corrupt node!\n"); -} - - -static int -btree_journal_modify_block_end(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct buf *bp) -{ - return journal_modify_block_end(hfsmp->jnl, bp, btree_swap_node, hfsmp); -} - - -OSStatus ReleaseBTreeBlock(FileReference vp, BlockDescPtr blockPtr, ReleaseBlockOptions options) -{ - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - OSStatus retval = E_NONE; - struct buf *bp = NULL; - - bp = (struct buf *) blockPtr->blockHeader; - - if (bp == NULL) { - retval = -1; - goto exit; - } - - if (options & kTrashBlock) { - buf_markinvalid(bp); - - if (hfsmp->jnl && (buf_flags(bp) & B_LOCKED)) { - journal_kill_block(hfsmp->jnl, bp); - } else { - buf_brelse(bp); /* note: B-tree code will clear blockPtr->blockHeader and blockPtr->buffer */ - } - - /* Don't let anyone else try to use this bp, it's been consumed */ - blockPtr->blockHeader = NULL; - - } else { - if (options & kForceWriteBlock) { - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - if (blockPtr->isModified == 0) { - panic("hfs: releaseblock: modified is 0 but forcewrite set! bp %p\n", bp); - } - - retval = btree_journal_modify_block_end(hfsmp, bp); - blockPtr->isModified = 0; - } else { - retval = VNOP_BWRITE(bp); - } - - /* Don't let anyone else try to use this bp, it's been consumed */ - blockPtr->blockHeader = NULL; - - } else if (options & kMarkBlockDirty) { - struct timeval tv; - microuptime(&tv); - if ((options & kLockTransaction) && hfsmp->jnl == NULL) { - /* - * - * Set the B_LOCKED flag and unlock the buffer, causing buf_brelse to move - * the buffer onto the LOCKED free list. This is necessary, otherwise - * getnewbuf() would try to reclaim the buffers using buf_bawrite, which - * isn't going to work. - * - */ - /* Don't hog all the buffers... */ - if (count_lock_queue() > kMaxLockedMetaBuffers) { - hfs_btsync(vp, HFS_SYNCTRANS); - /* Rollback sync time to cause a sync on lock release... */ - (void) BTSetLastSync(VTOF(vp), tv.tv_sec - (kMaxSecsForFsync + 1)); - } - buf_setflags(bp, B_LOCKED); - } - - /* - * Delay-write this block. - * If the maximum delayed buffers has been exceeded then - * free up some buffers and fall back to an asynchronous write. - */ - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - if (blockPtr->isModified == 0) { - panic("hfs: releaseblock: modified is 0 but markdirty set! bp %p\n", bp); - } - retval = btree_journal_modify_block_end(hfsmp, bp); - blockPtr->isModified = 0; - } else if (bdwrite_internal(bp, 1) != 0) { - hfs_btsync(vp, 0); - /* Rollback sync time to cause a sync on lock release... */ - (void) BTSetLastSync(VTOF(vp), tv.tv_sec - (kMaxSecsForFsync + 1)); - - buf_clearflags(bp, B_LOCKED); - buf_bawrite(bp); - } - - /* Don't let anyone else try to use this bp, it's been consumed */ - blockPtr->blockHeader = NULL; - - } else { - // check if we had previously called journal_modify_block_start() - // on this block and if so, abort it (which will call buf_brelse()). - if (hfsmp->jnl && blockPtr->isModified) { - // XXXdbg - I don't want to call modify_block_abort() - // because I think it may be screwing up the - // journal and blowing away a block that has - // valid data in it. - // - // journal_modify_block_abort(hfsmp->jnl, bp); - //panic("hfs: releaseblock called for 0x%x but mod_block_start previously called.\n", bp); - btree_journal_modify_block_end(hfsmp, bp); - blockPtr->isModified = 0; - } else { - buf_brelse(bp); /* note: B-tree code will clear blockPtr->blockHeader and blockPtr->buffer */ - } - - /* Don't let anyone else try to use this bp, it's been consumed */ - blockPtr->blockHeader = NULL; - } - } - -exit: - return (retval); -} - - -OSStatus ExtendBTreeFile(FileReference vp, FSSize minEOF, FSSize maxEOF) -{ -#pragma unused (maxEOF) - - OSStatus retval = 0, ret = 0; - int64_t actualBytesAdded, origSize; - u_int64_t bytesToAdd; - u_int32_t startAllocation; - u_int32_t fileblocks; - BTreeInfoRec btInfo; - ExtendedVCB *vcb; - FCB *filePtr; - struct proc *p = NULL; - int64_t trim = 0; - int lockflags = 0; - - filePtr = GetFileControlBlock(vp); - - if ( (off_t)minEOF > filePtr->fcbEOF ) - { - bytesToAdd = minEOF - filePtr->fcbEOF; - - if (bytesToAdd < filePtr->ff_clumpsize) - bytesToAdd = filePtr->ff_clumpsize; //XXX why not always be a mutiple of clump size? - } - else - { - return -1; - } - - vcb = VTOVCB(vp); - - /* - * The Extents B-tree can't have overflow extents. ExtendFileC will - * return an error if an attempt is made to extend the Extents B-tree - * when the resident extents are exhausted. - */ - - /* Protect allocation bitmap and extents overflow file. */ - lockflags = SFL_BITMAP; - if (VTOC(vp)->c_fileid != kHFSExtentsFileID) - lockflags |= SFL_EXTENTS; - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(vcb, lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - (void) BTGetInformation(filePtr, 0, &btInfo); - -#if 0 // XXXdbg - /* - * The b-tree code expects nodes to be contiguous. So when - * the allocation block size is less than the b-tree node - * size, we need to force disk allocations to be contiguous. - */ - if (vcb->blockSize >= btInfo.nodeSize) { - extendFlags = 0; - } else { - /* Ensure that all b-tree nodes are contiguous on disk */ - extendFlags = kEFContigMask; - } -#endif - - origSize = filePtr->fcbEOF; - fileblocks = filePtr->ff_blocks; - startAllocation = vcb->nextAllocation; - - // loop trying to get a contiguous chunk that's an integer multiple - // of the btree node size. if we can't get a contiguous chunk that - // is at least the node size then we break out of the loop and let - // the error propagate back up. - while((off_t)bytesToAdd >= btInfo.nodeSize) { - do { - retval = ExtendFileC(vcb, filePtr, bytesToAdd, 0, - kEFContigMask | kEFMetadataMask | kEFNoClumpMask, - (int64_t *)&actualBytesAdded); - if (retval == dskFulErr && actualBytesAdded == 0) { - bytesToAdd >>= 1; - if (bytesToAdd < btInfo.nodeSize) { - break; - } else if ((bytesToAdd % btInfo.nodeSize) != 0) { - // make sure it's an integer multiple of the nodeSize - bytesToAdd -= (bytesToAdd % btInfo.nodeSize); - } - } - } while (retval == dskFulErr && actualBytesAdded == 0); - - if (retval == dskFulErr && actualBytesAdded == 0 && bytesToAdd <= btInfo.nodeSize) { - break; - } - - filePtr->fcbEOF = (u_int64_t)filePtr->ff_blocks * (u_int64_t)vcb->blockSize; - bytesToAdd = minEOF - filePtr->fcbEOF; - } - - /* - * If a new extent was added then move the roving allocator - * reference forward by the current b-tree file size so - * there's plenty of room to grow. - */ - if ((retval == 0) && - ((VCBTOHFS(vcb)->hfs_flags & HFS_METADATA_ZONE) == 0) && - (vcb->nextAllocation > startAllocation) && - ((vcb->nextAllocation + fileblocks) < vcb->allocLimit)) { - HFS_UPDATE_NEXT_ALLOCATION(vcb, vcb->nextAllocation + fileblocks); - } - - filePtr->fcbEOF = (u_int64_t)filePtr->ff_blocks * (u_int64_t)vcb->blockSize; - - // XXXdbg ExtendFileC() could have returned an error even though - // it grew the file to be big enough for our needs. If this is - // the case, we don't care about retval so we blow it away. - // - if (filePtr->fcbEOF >= (off_t)minEOF && retval != 0) { - retval = 0; - } - - // XXXdbg if the file grew but isn't large enough or isn't an - // even multiple of the nodeSize then trim things back. if - // the file isn't large enough we trim back to the original - // size. otherwise we trim back to be an even multiple of the - // btree node size. - // - if ((filePtr->fcbEOF < (off_t)minEOF) || ((filePtr->fcbEOF - origSize) % btInfo.nodeSize) != 0) { - - if (filePtr->fcbEOF < (off_t)minEOF) { - retval = dskFulErr; - - if (filePtr->fcbEOF < origSize) { - panic("hfs: btree file eof %lld less than orig size %lld!\n", - filePtr->fcbEOF, origSize); - } - - trim = filePtr->fcbEOF - origSize; - } else { - trim = ((filePtr->fcbEOF - origSize) % btInfo.nodeSize); - } - - ret = TruncateFileC(vcb, filePtr, filePtr->fcbEOF - trim, 0, 0, FTOC(filePtr)->c_fileid, 0); - filePtr->fcbEOF = (u_int64_t)filePtr->ff_blocks * (u_int64_t)vcb->blockSize; - - // XXXdbg - panic if the file didn't get trimmed back properly - if ((filePtr->fcbEOF % btInfo.nodeSize) != 0) { - panic("hfs: truncate file didn't! fcbEOF %lld nsize %d fcb %p\n", - filePtr->fcbEOF, btInfo.nodeSize, filePtr); - } - - if (ret) { - // XXXdbg - this probably doesn't need to be a panic() - panic("hfs: error truncating btree files (sz 0x%llx, trim %lld, ret %ld)\n", - filePtr->fcbEOF, trim, (long)ret); - goto out; - } - } - - if(VTOC(vp)->c_fileid != kHFSExtentsFileID) { - /* - * Get any extents overflow b-tree changes to disk ASAP! - */ - (void) BTFlushPath(VTOF(vcb->extentsRefNum)); - (void) hfs_fsync(vcb->extentsRefNum, MNT_WAIT, 0, p); - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock(vcb, lockflags); - lockflags = 0; - - if ((filePtr->fcbEOF % btInfo.nodeSize) != 0) { - panic("hfs: extendbtree: fcb %p has eof 0x%llx not a multiple of 0x%x (trim %llx)\n", - filePtr, filePtr->fcbEOF, btInfo.nodeSize, trim); - } - - /* - * Update the Alternate MDB or Alternate VolumeHeader - */ - VTOC(vp)->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - if ((VTOC(vp)->c_fileid == kHFSExtentsFileID) || - (VTOC(vp)->c_fileid == kHFSCatalogFileID) || - (VTOC(vp)->c_fileid == kHFSAttributesFileID) - ) { - MarkVCBDirty( vcb ); - ret = hfs_flushvolumeheader(VCBTOHFS(vcb), HFS_FVH_WAIT | HFS_FVH_WRITE_ALT); - } else { - VTOC(vp)->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - VTOC(vp)->c_touch_modtime = TRUE; - (void) hfs_update(vp, 0); - } - - ret = ClearBTNodes(vp, btInfo.nodeSize, origSize, (filePtr->fcbEOF - origSize)); -out: - if (retval == 0) - retval = ret; - - if (lockflags) - hfs_systemfile_unlock(vcb, lockflags); - - return retval; -} - - -/* - * Clear out (zero) new b-tree nodes on disk. - */ -static int -ClearBTNodes(struct vnode *vp, int blksize, off_t offset, off_t amount) -{ - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - struct buf *bp = NULL; - daddr64_t blk; - daddr64_t blkcnt; - - blk = offset / blksize; - blkcnt = amount / blksize; - - while (blkcnt > 0) { - bp = buf_getblk(vp, blk, blksize, 0, 0, BLK_META); - if (bp == NULL) - continue; - - // XXXdbg - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - // XXXdbg -- skipping this for now since it makes a transaction - // become *way* too large - //journal_modify_block_start(hfsmp->jnl, bp); - } - bzero((char *)buf_dataptr(bp), blksize); - - buf_markaged(bp); - - // XXXdbg - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - // XXXdbg -- skipping this for now since it makes a transaction - // become *way* too large - //journal_modify_block_end(hfsmp->jnl, bp); - - // XXXdbg - remove this once we decide what to do with the - // writes to the journal - if ((blk % 32) == 0) - VNOP_BWRITE(bp); - else - buf_bawrite(bp); - } else { - /* wait/yield every 32 blocks so we don't hog all the buffers */ - if ((blk % 32) == 0) - VNOP_BWRITE(bp); - else - buf_bawrite(bp); - } - --blkcnt; - ++blk; - } - - return (0); -} - - -extern char hfs_attrname[]; - -/* - * Create an HFS+ Attribute B-tree File. - * - * No global resources should be held. - */ -int -hfs_create_attr_btree(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t nodesize, u_int32_t nodecnt) -{ - struct vnode* vp = NULLVP; - struct cat_desc cndesc; - struct cat_attr cnattr; - struct cat_fork cfork; - BlockDescriptor blkdesc; - BTNodeDescriptor *ndp; - BTHeaderRec *bthp; - BTreeControlBlockPtr btcb = NULL; - struct buf *bp = NULL; - void * buffer; - u_int8_t *bitmap; - u_int16_t *index; - u_int32_t node_num, num_map_nodes; - u_int32_t bytes_per_map_record; - u_int32_t temp; - u_int16_t offset; - int intrans = 0; - int result; - int newvnode_flags = 0; - -again: - /* - * Serialize creation using HFS_CREATING_BTREE flag. - */ - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CREATING_BTREE) { - /* Someone else beat us, wait for them to finish. */ - (void) msleep(&hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp, &hfsmp->hfs_mutex, - PDROP | PINOD, "hfs_create_attr_btree", 0); - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp) { - return (0); - } - goto again; - } - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_CREATING_BTREE; - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - - /* Check if were out of usable disk space. */ - if ((hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 1) == 0)) { - result = ENOSPC; - goto exit; - } - - /* - * Set up Attribute B-tree vnode - * (this must be done before we start a transaction - * or take any system file locks) - */ - bzero(&cndesc, sizeof(cndesc)); - cndesc.cd_parentcnid = kHFSRootParentID; - cndesc.cd_flags |= CD_ISMETA; - cndesc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)hfs_attrname; - cndesc.cd_namelen = strlen(hfs_attrname); - cndesc.cd_cnid = kHFSAttributesFileID; - - bzero(&cnattr, sizeof(cnattr)); - cnattr.ca_linkcount = 1; - cnattr.ca_mode = S_IFREG; - cnattr.ca_fileid = cndesc.cd_cnid; - - bzero(&cfork, sizeof(cfork)); - cfork.cf_clump = nodesize * nodecnt; - - result = hfs_getnewvnode(hfsmp, NULL, NULL, &cndesc, 0, &cnattr, - &cfork, &vp, &newvnode_flags); - if (result) { - goto exit; - } - /* - * Set up Attribute B-tree control block - */ - btcb = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*btcb)); - - btcb->nodeSize = nodesize; - btcb->maxKeyLength = kHFSPlusAttrKeyMaximumLength; - btcb->btreeType = 0xFF; - btcb->attributes = kBTVariableIndexKeysMask | kBTBigKeysMask; - btcb->version = kBTreeVersion; - btcb->writeCount = 1; - btcb->flags = 0; /* kBTHeaderDirty */ - btcb->fileRefNum = vp; - btcb->getBlockProc = GetBTreeBlock; - btcb->releaseBlockProc = ReleaseBTreeBlock; - btcb->setEndOfForkProc = ExtendBTreeFile; - btcb->keyCompareProc = (KeyCompareProcPtr)hfs_attrkeycompare; - - /* - * NOTE: We must make sure to zero out this pointer if we error out in this function! - * If we don't, then unmount will treat it as a valid pointer which can lead to a - * use-after-free - */ - VTOF(vp)->fcbBTCBPtr = btcb; - - /* - * Allocate some space - */ - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - result = EINVAL; - goto exit; - } - intrans = 1; - - /* Note ExtendBTreeFile will acquire the necessary system file locks. */ - result = ExtendBTreeFile(vp, nodesize, cfork.cf_clump); - if (result) - goto exit; - - btcb->totalNodes = VTOF(vp)->ff_size / nodesize; - - /* - * Figure out how many map nodes we'll need. - * - * bytes_per_map_record = the number of bytes in the map record of a - * map node. Since that is the only record in the node, it is the size - * of the node minus the node descriptor at the start, and two record - * offsets at the end of the node. The "- 2" is to round the size down - * to a multiple of 4 bytes (since sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor) is not a - * multiple of 4). - * - * The value "temp" here is the number of *bits* in the map record of - * the header node. - */ - bytes_per_map_record = nodesize - sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor) - 2*sizeof(u_int16_t) - 2; - temp = 8 * (nodesize - sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor) - - sizeof(BTHeaderRec) - - kBTreeHeaderUserBytes - - 4 * sizeof(u_int16_t)); - if (btcb->totalNodes > temp) { - num_map_nodes = howmany(btcb->totalNodes - temp, bytes_per_map_record * 8); - } - else { - num_map_nodes = 0; - } - - btcb->freeNodes = btcb->totalNodes - 1 - num_map_nodes; - - /* - * Initialize the b-tree header on disk - */ - bp = buf_getblk(vp, 0, nodesize, 0, 0, BLK_META); - if (bp == NULL) { - result = EIO; - goto exit; - } - - buffer = (void *)buf_dataptr(bp); - blkdesc.buffer = buffer; - blkdesc.blockHeader = (void *)bp; - blkdesc.blockReadFromDisk = 0; - blkdesc.isModified = 0; - - ModifyBlockStart(vp, &blkdesc); - - if (buf_size(bp) != nodesize) - panic("hfs_create_attr_btree: bad buffer size (%d)\n", buf_size(bp)); - - bzero(buffer, nodesize); - index = (u_int16_t *)buffer; - - /* FILL IN THE NODE DESCRIPTOR: */ - ndp = (BTNodeDescriptor *)buffer; - if (num_map_nodes != 0) - ndp->fLink = 1; - ndp->kind = kBTHeaderNode; - ndp->numRecords = 3; - offset = sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor); - index[(nodesize / 2) - 1] = offset; - - /* FILL IN THE HEADER RECORD: */ - bthp = (BTHeaderRec *)((u_int8_t *)buffer + offset); - bthp->nodeSize = nodesize; - bthp->totalNodes = btcb->totalNodes; - bthp->freeNodes = btcb->freeNodes; - bthp->clumpSize = cfork.cf_clump; - bthp->btreeType = 0xFF; - bthp->attributes = kBTVariableIndexKeysMask | kBTBigKeysMask; - bthp->maxKeyLength = kHFSPlusAttrKeyMaximumLength; - bthp->keyCompareType = kHFSBinaryCompare; - offset += sizeof(BTHeaderRec); - index[(nodesize / 2) - 2] = offset; - - /* FILL IN THE USER RECORD: */ - offset += kBTreeHeaderUserBytes; - index[(nodesize / 2) - 3] = offset; - - /* Mark the header node and map nodes in use in the map record. - * - * NOTE: Assumes that the header node's map record has at least - * (num_map_nodes + 1) bits. - */ - bitmap = (u_int8_t *) buffer + offset; - temp = num_map_nodes + 1; /* +1 for the header node */ - while (temp >= 8) { - *(bitmap++) = 0xFF; - temp -= 8; - } - *bitmap = ~(0xFF >> temp); - - offset += nodesize - sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor) - sizeof(BTHeaderRec) - - kBTreeHeaderUserBytes - (4 * sizeof(int16_t)); - index[(nodesize / 2) - 4] = offset; - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - result = btree_journal_modify_block_end(hfsmp, bp); - } else { - result = VNOP_BWRITE(bp); - } - if (result) - goto exit; - - /* Create the map nodes: node numbers 1 .. num_map_nodes */ - for (node_num=1; node_num <= num_map_nodes; ++node_num) { - bp = buf_getblk(vp, node_num, nodesize, 0, 0, BLK_META); - if (bp == NULL) { - result = EIO; - goto exit; - } - buffer = (void *)buf_dataptr(bp); - blkdesc.buffer = buffer; - blkdesc.blockHeader = (void *)bp; - blkdesc.blockReadFromDisk = 0; - blkdesc.isModified = 0; - - ModifyBlockStart(vp, &blkdesc); - - bzero(buffer, nodesize); - index = (u_int16_t *)buffer; - - /* Fill in the node descriptor */ - ndp = (BTNodeDescriptor *)buffer; - if (node_num != num_map_nodes) - ndp->fLink = node_num + 1; - ndp->kind = kBTMapNode; - ndp->numRecords = 1; - offset = sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor); - index[(nodesize / 2) - 1] = offset; - - - /* Fill in the map record's offset */ - /* Note: We assume that the map record is all zeroes */ - offset = sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor) + bytes_per_map_record; - index[(nodesize / 2) - 2] = offset; - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - result = btree_journal_modify_block_end(hfsmp, bp); - } else { - result = VNOP_BWRITE(bp); - } - if (result) - goto exit; - } - - /* Update vp/cp for attribute btree */ - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp = VTOC(vp); - hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp = vp; - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - - (void) hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, HFS_FVH_WAIT | HFS_FVH_WRITE_ALT); - - if (intrans) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - intrans = 0; - } - - /* Initialize the vnode for virtual attribute data file */ - result = init_attrdata_vnode(hfsmp); - if (result) { - printf("hfs_create_attr_btree: vol=%s init_attrdata_vnode() error=%d\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, result); - } - -exit: - - if (vp && result) { - /* - * If we're about to error out, then make sure to zero out the B-Tree control block pointer - * from the filefork of the EA B-Tree cnode/vnode. Failing to do this will lead to a use - * after free at unmount or BTFlushPath. Since we're about to error out anyway, this memory - * will be freed. - */ - VTOF(vp)->fcbBTCBPtr = NULL; - } - - - if (vp) { - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - } - if (result) { - hfs_free(btcb, sizeof(*btcb)); - if (vp) { - vnode_put(vp); - } - /* XXX need to give back blocks ? */ - } - if (intrans) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - } - - /* - * All done, clear HFS_CREATING_BTREE, and wake up any sleepers. - */ - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_CREATING_BTREE; - wakeup((caddr_t)&hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp); - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - - return (result); -} - diff --git a/core/hfs_btreeio.h b/core/hfs_btreeio.h deleted file mode 100644 index 740734d..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_btreeio.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2005-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -#ifndef _HFS_BTREEIO_H_ -#define _HFS_BTREEIO_H_ - -#include - -#ifdef KERNEL -#ifdef __APPLE_API_PRIVATE - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "BTreesInternal.h" - -/* BTree accessor routines */ -extern OSStatus SetBTreeBlockSize(FileReference vp, ByteCount blockSize, - ItemCount minBlockCount); - -extern OSStatus GetBTreeBlock(FileReference vp, u_int32_t blockNum, - GetBlockOptions options, BlockDescriptor *block); - -extern OSStatus ReleaseBTreeBlock(FileReference vp, BlockDescPtr blockPtr, - ReleaseBlockOptions options); - -extern OSStatus ExtendBTreeFile(FileReference vp, FSSize minEOF, FSSize maxEOF); - -extern void ModifyBlockStart(FileReference vp, BlockDescPtr blockPtr); - -int hfs_create_attr_btree(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t nodesize, u_int32_t nodecnt); - -u_int16_t get_btree_nodesize(struct vnode *vp); - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_PRIVATE */ -#endif /* KERNEL */ -#endif /* ! _HFS_BTREEIO_H_ */ diff --git a/core/hfs_catalog.c b/core/hfs_catalog.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8a2009b..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_catalog.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4811 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_catalog.h" -#include "hfs_format.h" -#include "hfs_endian.h" - -#include "BTreesInternal.h" -#include "BTreesPrivate.h" -#include "HFSUnicodeWrappers.h" - - -/* - * Initialization of an FSBufferDescriptor structure. - */ -#define BDINIT(bd, addr) { \ - (bd).bufferAddress = (addr); \ - (bd).itemSize = sizeof(*(addr)); \ - (bd).itemCount = 1; \ -} - - -struct btobj { - BTreeIterator iterator; - HFSPlusCatalogKey key; - CatalogRecord data; -}; - -struct update_state { - struct cat_desc * s_desc; - struct cat_attr * s_attr; - const struct cat_fork * s_datafork; - const struct cat_fork * s_rsrcfork; - struct hfsmount * s_hfsmp; -}; - -struct position_state { - int error; - u_int32_t count; - u_int32_t index; - u_int32_t parentID; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; -}; - -/* Map file mode type to directory entry types */ -u_char modetodirtype[16] = { - DT_REG, DT_FIFO, DT_CHR, DT_UNKNOWN, - DT_DIR, DT_UNKNOWN, DT_BLK, DT_UNKNOWN, - DT_REG, DT_UNKNOWN, DT_LNK, DT_UNKNOWN, - DT_SOCK, DT_UNKNOWN, DT_WHT, DT_UNKNOWN -}; -#define MODE_TO_DT(mode) (modetodirtype[((mode) & S_IFMT) >> 12]) - - -#define HFS_LOOKUP_SYSFILE 0x1 /* If set, allow lookup of system files */ -#define HFS_LOOKUP_HARDLINK 0x2 /* If set, allow lookup of hard link records and not resolve the hard links */ -#define HFS_LOOKUP_CASESENSITIVE 0x4 /* If set, verify results of a file/directory record match input case */ -static int cat_lookupbykey(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, CatalogKey *keyp, int flags, u_int32_t hint, int wantrsrc, - struct cat_desc *descp, struct cat_attr *attrp, struct cat_fork *forkp, cnid_t *desc_cnid); - -int cat_lookupmangled(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cat_desc *descp, int wantrsrc, - struct cat_desc *outdescp, struct cat_attr *attrp, struct cat_fork *forkp); - -/* Internal catalog support routines */ - -static int cat_findposition(const CatalogKey *ckp, const CatalogRecord *crp, - struct position_state *state); - -static int resolvelinkid(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t linkref, ino_t *ino); - -static int getkey(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t cnid, CatalogKey * key); - -static int buildkey(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cat_desc *descp, - HFSPlusCatalogKey *key, int retry); - -static void buildthreadkey(HFSCatalogNodeID parentID, int std_hfs, CatalogKey *key); - -static void buildrecord(struct cat_attr *attrp, cnid_t cnid, int std_hfs, u_int32_t encoding, CatalogRecord *crp, u_int32_t *recordSize); - -static int catrec_update(const CatalogKey *ckp, CatalogRecord *crp, struct update_state *state); - -static int builddesc(const HFSPlusCatalogKey *key, cnid_t cnid, u_int32_t hint, u_int32_t encoding, - int isdir, struct cat_desc *descp); - -static void getbsdattr(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, const struct HFSPlusCatalogFile *crp, struct cat_attr * attrp); - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -static void promotekey(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, const HFSCatalogKey *hfskey, HFSPlusCatalogKey *keyp, u_int32_t *encoding); -static void promotefork(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, const struct HFSCatalogFile *file, int resource, struct cat_fork * forkp); -static void promoteattr(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, const CatalogRecord *dataPtr, struct HFSPlusCatalogFile *crp); -#endif - -static cnid_t getcnid(const CatalogRecord *crp); -static u_int32_t getencoding(const CatalogRecord *crp); -static cnid_t getparentcnid(const CatalogRecord *recp); - -static int isadir(const CatalogRecord *crp); - -static int buildthread(void *keyp, void *recp, int std_hfs, int directory); - -static int cat_makealias(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t inode_num, struct HFSPlusCatalogFile *crp); - -static int cat_update_internal(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int update_hardlink, struct cat_desc *descp, struct cat_attr *attrp, - const struct cat_fork *dataforkp, const struct cat_fork *rsrcforkp); - - - -/* HFS ID Hashtable Functions */ -#define IDHASH(hfsmp, inum) (&hfsmp->hfs_idhashtbl[(inum) & hfsmp->hfs_idhash]) - -/* Initialize the HFS ID hash table */ -void -hfs_idhash_init (struct hfsmount *hfsmp) { - /* secured by catalog lock so no lock init needed */ - hfsmp->hfs_idhashtbl = hashinit(HFS_IDHASH_DEFAULT, M_TEMP, &hfsmp->hfs_idhash); -} - -/* Free the HFS ID hash table */ -void -hfs_idhash_destroy (struct hfsmount *hfsmp) { - /* during failed mounts & unmounts */ - FREE(hfsmp->hfs_idhashtbl, M_TEMP); -} - -/* -from hfs_catalog.h: -typedef struct cat_preflightid { - cnid_t fileid; - LIST_ENTRY(cat_preflightid) id_hash; -} cat_preflightid_t; - -from hfs.h: - u_long hfs_idhash; / size of cnid/fileid hash table -1 / - LIST_HEAD(idhashhead, cat_preflightid) *hfs_idhashtbl; / base of ID hash / -*/ - -/* - * Check the run-time ID hashtable. - * - * The catalog lock must be held (like other functions in this file). - * - * Returns: - * 1 if the ID is in the hash table. - * 0 if the ID is not in the hash table - */ -int cat_check_idhash (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t test_fileid) { - - cat_preflightid_t *preflight; - int found = 0; - - for (preflight = IDHASH(hfsmp, test_fileid)->lh_first; preflight ; preflight = preflight->id_hash.le_next) { - if (preflight->fileid == test_fileid) { - found = 1; - break; - } - } - - return found; -} - -/* Insert the supplied preflight into the ID hash table */ -int cat_insert_idhash (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cat_preflightid_t *preflight) { - - if (preflight) { - LIST_INSERT_HEAD(IDHASH(hfsmp, (preflight->fileid)), preflight, id_hash); - return 0; - } - return -1; -} - - -/* Remove the data structure with the specified ID from the hashtable */ -int cat_remove_idhash (cat_preflightid_t *preflight) { - - if ((preflight) && ((preflight->id_hash.le_next || preflight->id_hash.le_prev))) { - LIST_REMOVE (preflight, id_hash); - preflight->id_hash.le_next = NULL; - preflight->id_hash.le_prev = NULL; - - return 0; - } - - return -1; -} - -/* - * Acquire a new CNID for use. - * - * This is slightly more complicated than just pulling the value from the - * hfsmount data structure. We need to validate that the ID is not in-use - * even if we've not wrapped around and that there are not any lingering - * or orphaned fileIDs for this ID. - * - * Also validate that there are not any pending insertions into the - * catalog by checking the ID hash table. - */ -int -cat_acquire_cnid (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t *new_cnid) -{ - uint32_t nextCNID; - struct BTreeIterator *iterator; - FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - uint16_t datasize; - CatalogRecord *recp; - int result = 0; - int std_hfs; - int wrapped = 0; - - std_hfs = (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord); - /* - * Get the next CNID. We can change it since we hold the catalog lock. - */ -nextid: - nextCNID = hfsmp->vcbNxtCNID; - if (nextCNID == 0xFFFFFFFF) { - if (std_hfs) { - return (ENOSPC); - } else { - wrapped++; - if (wrapped > 1) { - /* don't allow more than one wrap-around */ - return ENOSPC; - } - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - hfsmp->vcbNxtCNID = kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID; - hfsmp->vcbAtrb |= kHFSCatalogNodeIDsReusedMask; - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - } - } else { - hfsmp->vcbNxtCNID++; - } - hfs_note_header_minor_change(hfsmp); - - /* First check that there are not any entries pending in the hash table with this ID */ - if (cat_check_idhash (hfsmp, nextCNID)) { - /* Someone wants to insert this into the catalog but hasn't done so yet. Skip it */ - goto nextid; - } - - /* Check to see if a thread record exists for the target ID we just got */ - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - buildthreadkey(nextCNID, std_hfs, (CatalogKey *)&iterator->key); - - recp = hfs_malloc(sizeof(CatalogRecord)); - BDINIT(btdata, recp); - - result = BTSearchRecord(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork, iterator, &btdata, &datasize, iterator); - hfs_free(recp, sizeof(CatalogRecord)); - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - - if (result == btNotFound) { - /* Good. File ID was not in use. Move on to checking EA B-Tree */ - result = file_attribute_exist (hfsmp, nextCNID); - if (result == EEXIST) { - /* This CNID has orphaned EAs. Skip it and move on to the next one */ - result = 0; - goto nextid; - } - if (result) { - /* For any other error, return the result */ - return result; - } - - /* - * Now validate that there are no lingering cnodes with this ID. If a cnode - * has been removed on-disk (marked C_NOEXISTS), but has not yet been reclaimed, - * then it will still have an entry in the cnode hash table. This means that - * a subsequent lookup will find THAT entry and believe this one has been deleted - * prematurely. If there is a lingering cnode, then just skip this entry and move on. - * - * Note that we pass (existence_only == 1) argument to hfs_chash_snoop. - */ - if (!std_hfs && (hfsmp->vcbAtrb & kHFSCatalogNodeIDsReusedMask)) { - if (hfs_chash_snoop (hfsmp, nextCNID, 1, NULL, NULL) == 0) { - goto nextid; - } - } - - /* - * If we get here, then we didn't see any thread records, orphaned EAs, - * or stale cnodes. This ID is safe to vend out. - */ - *new_cnid = nextCNID; - } - else if (result == noErr) { - /* move on to the next ID */ - goto nextid; - } - else { - /* For any other situation, just bail out */ - return EIO; - } - - return 0; - -} - -int -cat_preflight(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, catops_t ops, cat_cookie_t *cookie, __unused proc_t p) -{ - int lockflags = 0; - int result; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_lockowner != current_thread()) - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - result = BTReserveSpace(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork, ops, (void*)cookie); - - if (lockflags) - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - -void -cat_postflight(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cat_cookie_t *cookie, __unused proc_t p) -{ - int lockflags = 0; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_lockowner != current_thread()) - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - (void) BTReleaseReserve(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork, (void*)cookie); - - if (lockflags) - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); -} - -void -cat_convertattr( - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - CatalogRecord * recp, - struct cat_attr *attrp, - struct cat_fork *datafp, - struct cat_fork *rsrcfp) -{ - int std_hfs = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord; - - if (std_hfs == 0) { - getbsdattr(hfsmp, (struct HFSPlusCatalogFile *)recp, attrp); - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - struct HFSPlusCatalogFile cnoderec; - - promoteattr(hfsmp, recp, &cnoderec); - getbsdattr(hfsmp, &cnoderec, attrp); - } -#endif - - if (isadir(recp)) { - bzero(datafp, sizeof(*datafp)); - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else if (std_hfs) { - promotefork(hfsmp, (HFSCatalogFile *)&recp->hfsFile, 0, datafp); - promotefork(hfsmp, (HFSCatalogFile *)&recp->hfsFile, 1, rsrcfp); - } -#endif - else { - /* Convert the data fork. */ - datafp->cf_size = recp->hfsPlusFile.dataFork.logicalSize; - datafp->cf_new_size = 0; - datafp->cf_blocks = recp->hfsPlusFile.dataFork.totalBlocks; - if ((hfsmp->hfc_stage == HFC_RECORDING) && - (attrp->ca_atime >= hfsmp->hfc_timebase)) { - datafp->cf_bytesread = - recp->hfsPlusFile.dataFork.clumpSize * - HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize; - } else { - datafp->cf_bytesread = 0; - } - datafp->cf_vblocks = 0; - bcopy(&recp->hfsPlusFile.dataFork.extents[0], - &datafp->cf_extents[0], sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); - - /* Convert the resource fork. */ - rsrcfp->cf_size = recp->hfsPlusFile.resourceFork.logicalSize; - rsrcfp->cf_new_size = 0; - rsrcfp->cf_blocks = recp->hfsPlusFile.resourceFork.totalBlocks; - if ((hfsmp->hfc_stage == HFC_RECORDING) && - (attrp->ca_atime >= hfsmp->hfc_timebase)) { - datafp->cf_bytesread = - recp->hfsPlusFile.resourceFork.clumpSize * - HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize; - } else { - datafp->cf_bytesread = 0; - } - rsrcfp->cf_vblocks = 0; - bcopy(&recp->hfsPlusFile.resourceFork.extents[0], - &rsrcfp->cf_extents[0], sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); - } -} - -/* - * Convert a raw catalog key and record into an in-core catalog descriptor. - * - * Note: The caller is responsible for releasing the catalog descriptor. - */ -int -cat_convertkey( - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - CatalogKey *key, - CatalogRecord * recp, - struct cat_desc *descp) -{ - int std_hfs = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord; - HFSPlusCatalogKey * pluskey = NULL; - u_int32_t encoding; - cnid_t cnid = 0; - int err = 0; - - if (std_hfs == 0) { - pluskey = (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)key; - encoding = getencoding(recp); - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - pluskey = hfs_malloc(sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogKey)); - promotekey(hfsmp, (HFSCatalogKey *)key, pluskey, &encoding); - } -#endif - - /* Get the CNID before calling builddesc. Need to error check it. */ - cnid = getcnid(recp); - if (cnid == 0) { - /* If ths CNID == 0, it's invalid. Mark as corrupt */ - hfs_mark_inconsistent (hfsmp, HFS_INCONSISTENCY_DETECTED); - err = EINVAL; - } - else { - builddesc(pluskey, cnid, 0, encoding, isadir(recp), descp); - } - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (std_hfs) { - hfs_free(pluskey, sizeof(*pluskey)); - } -#endif - - return err; -} - - -/* - * cat_releasedesc - */ -void -cat_releasedesc(struct cat_desc *descp) -{ - const u_int8_t * name; - - if (descp == NULL) - return; - - if ((descp->cd_flags & CD_HASBUF) && - (descp->cd_nameptr != NULL)) { - name = descp->cd_nameptr; - descp->cd_nameptr = NULL; - descp->cd_namelen = 0; - vfs_removename((const char *)name); - } - descp->cd_nameptr = NULL; - descp->cd_namelen = 0; - descp->cd_flags &= ~CD_HASBUF; -} - -/* - * These Catalog functions allow access to the HFS Catalog (database). - * The catalog b-tree lock must be acquired before calling any of these routines. - */ - -/* - * cat_lookup - lookup a catalog node using a cnode descriptor - * - * Note: The caller is responsible for releasing the output - * catalog descriptor (when supplied outdescp is non-null). - */ -int -cat_lookup(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cat_desc *descp, int wantrsrc, int force_casesensitive_lookup, - struct cat_desc *outdescp, struct cat_attr *attrp, - struct cat_fork *forkp, cnid_t *desc_cnid) -{ - CatalogKey * keyp; - int std_hfs; - int result; - int flags; - - std_hfs = (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord); - flags = force_casesensitive_lookup ? HFS_LOOKUP_CASESENSITIVE : 0; - - keyp = hfs_malloc(sizeof(CatalogKey)); - - result = buildkey(hfsmp, descp, (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)keyp, 1); - if (result) - goto exit; - - result = cat_lookupbykey(hfsmp, keyp, flags, descp->cd_hint, wantrsrc, outdescp, attrp, forkp, desc_cnid); - - if (result == ENOENT) { - if (!std_hfs) { - struct cat_desc temp_desc; - if (outdescp == NULL) { - bzero(&temp_desc, sizeof(temp_desc)); - outdescp = &temp_desc; - } - result = cat_lookupmangled(hfsmp, descp, wantrsrc, outdescp, attrp, forkp); - if (desc_cnid) { - *desc_cnid = outdescp->cd_cnid; - } - if (outdescp == &temp_desc) { - /* Release the local copy of desc */ - cat_releasedesc(outdescp); - } - } else if (hfsmp->hfs_encoding != kTextEncodingMacRoman) { - // make MacRoman key from utf-8 - // result = cat_lookupbykey(hfsmp, keyp, descp->cd_hint, attrp, forkp); - // update desc text encoding so that other catalog ops succeed - } - } -exit: - hfs_free(keyp, sizeof(*keyp)); - - return (result); -} - -int -cat_insertfilethread(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cat_desc *descp) -{ - struct BTreeIterator *iterator; - struct FSBufferDescriptor file_data; - struct HFSCatalogFile file_rec; - u_int16_t datasize; - FCB *fcb; - int result; - - if (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbSigWord != kHFSSigWord) - return (EINVAL); - - fcb = GetFileControlBlock(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->catalogRefNum); - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(2 * sizeof(*iterator)); - result = buildkey(hfsmp, descp, (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)&iterator[0].key, 0); - if (result) - goto exit; - - BDINIT(file_data, &file_rec); - result = BTSearchRecord(fcb, &iterator[0], &file_data, &datasize, &iterator[0]); - if (result) - goto exit; - - if (file_rec.recordType != kHFSFileRecord) { - result = EISDIR; - goto exit; - } - - if ((file_rec.flags & kHFSThreadExistsMask) == 0) { - struct FSBufferDescriptor thread_data; - struct HFSCatalogThread thread_rec; - - file_rec.flags |= kHFSThreadExistsMask; - BDINIT(thread_data, &thread_rec); - thread_data.itemSize = buildthread(&iterator[0].key, &thread_rec, 1, 0); - buildthreadkey(file_rec.fileID, 1, (CatalogKey *)&iterator[1].key); - - result = BTInsertRecord(fcb, &iterator[1], &thread_data, thread_data.itemSize); - if (result) - goto exit; - - (void) BTReplaceRecord(fcb, &iterator[0], &file_data, datasize); - (void) BTFlushPath(fcb); - } -exit: - (void) BTFlushPath(fcb); - hfs_free(iterator, 2 * sizeof(*iterator)); - - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - - -/* - * cat_findname - obtain a descriptor from cnid - * - * Only a thread lookup is performed. - * - * Note: The caller is responsible for releasing the output - * catalog descriptor (when supplied outdescp is non-null). - - */ -int -cat_findname(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t cnid, struct cat_desc *outdescp) -{ - struct BTreeIterator * iterator; - FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - CatalogKey * keyp; - CatalogRecord * recp; - int isdir; - int result; - int std_hfs; - - isdir = 0; -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - std_hfs = (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD); -#else - std_hfs = 0; -#endif - - iterator = hfs_malloc(sizeof(*iterator)); - buildthreadkey(cnid, std_hfs, (CatalogKey *)&iterator->key); - iterator->hint.nodeNum = 0; - - recp = hfs_malloc(sizeof(CatalogRecord)); - BDINIT(btdata, recp); - - result = BTSearchRecord(VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp), iterator, &btdata, NULL, NULL); - if (result) - goto exit; - - /* Turn thread record into a cnode key (in place). */ - switch (recp->recordType) { - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - case kHFSFolderThreadRecord: - isdir = 1; - /* fall through */ - case kHFSFileThreadRecord: - keyp = (CatalogKey *)((char *)&recp->hfsThread.reserved + 6); - keyp->hfs.keyLength = kHFSCatalogKeyMinimumLength + keyp->hfs.nodeName[0]; - break; -#endif - - case kHFSPlusFolderThreadRecord: - isdir = 1; - /* fall through */ - case kHFSPlusFileThreadRecord: - keyp = (CatalogKey *)&recp->hfsPlusThread.reserved; - keyp->hfsPlus.keyLength = kHFSPlusCatalogKeyMinimumLength + - (keyp->hfsPlus.nodeName.length * 2); - break; - default: - result = ENOENT; - goto exit; - } - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (std_hfs) { - HFSPlusCatalogKey * pluskey = NULL; - u_int32_t encoding; - - pluskey = hfs_malloc(sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogKey)); - promotekey(hfsmp, &keyp->hfs, pluskey, &encoding); - builddesc(pluskey, cnid, 0, encoding, isdir, outdescp); - hfs_free(pluskey, sizeof(*pluskey)); - } else -#endif - { - builddesc((HFSPlusCatalogKey *)keyp, cnid, 0, 0, isdir, outdescp); - } - -exit: - hfs_free(recp, sizeof(*recp)); - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - -/* - * cat_idlookup - lookup a catalog node using a cnode id - * - * Note: The caller is responsible for releasing the output - * catalog descriptor (when supplied outdescp is non-null). - */ -int -cat_idlookup(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t cnid, int allow_system_files, int wantrsrc, - struct cat_desc *outdescp, struct cat_attr *attrp, struct cat_fork *forkp) -{ - struct BTreeIterator * iterator; - FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - u_int16_t datasize; - CatalogKey * keyp; - CatalogRecord * recp; - int result; - int std_hfs; - - std_hfs = (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord); - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - buildthreadkey(cnid, std_hfs, (CatalogKey *)&iterator->key); - - recp = hfs_malloc(sizeof(CatalogRecord)); - BDINIT(btdata, recp); - - result = BTSearchRecord(VTOF(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->catalogRefNum), iterator, - &btdata, &datasize, iterator); - if (result) - goto exit; - - /* Turn thread record into a cnode key (in place) */ - switch (recp->recordType) { - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - case kHFSFileThreadRecord: - case kHFSFolderThreadRecord: - keyp = (CatalogKey *)((char *)&recp->hfsThread.reserved + 6); - - /* check for NULL name */ - if (keyp->hfs.nodeName[0] == 0) { - result = ENOENT; - goto exit; - } - - keyp->hfs.keyLength = kHFSCatalogKeyMinimumLength + keyp->hfs.nodeName[0]; - break; -#endif - - case kHFSPlusFileThreadRecord: - case kHFSPlusFolderThreadRecord: - keyp = (CatalogKey *)&recp->hfsPlusThread.reserved; - - /* check for NULL name */ - if (keyp->hfsPlus.nodeName.length == 0) { - result = ENOENT; - goto exit; - } - - keyp->hfsPlus.keyLength = kHFSPlusCatalogKeyMinimumLength + - (keyp->hfsPlus.nodeName.length * 2); - break; - - default: - result = ENOENT; - goto exit; - } - - result = cat_lookupbykey(hfsmp, keyp, - ((allow_system_files != 0) ? HFS_LOOKUP_SYSFILE : 0), - 0, wantrsrc, outdescp, attrp, forkp, NULL); - /* No corresponding file/folder record found for a thread record, - * mark the volume inconsistent. - */ - if (result == 0 && outdescp) { - cnid_t dcnid = outdescp->cd_cnid; - /* - * Just for sanity's case, let's make sure that - * the key in the thread matches the key in the record. - */ - if (cnid != dcnid) { - printf("hfs: cat_idlookup: Requested cnid (%d / %08x) != dcnid (%d / %08x)\n", cnid, cnid, dcnid, dcnid); - result = ENOENT; - } - } -exit: - hfs_free(recp, sizeof(*recp)); - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - - -/* - * cat_lookupmangled - lookup a catalog node using a mangled name - */ -int -cat_lookupmangled(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cat_desc *descp, int wantrsrc, - struct cat_desc *outdescp, struct cat_attr *attrp, struct cat_fork *forkp) -{ - cnid_t fileID; - u_int32_t prefixlen; - int result; - u_int8_t utf8[NAME_MAX + 1]; - u_int32_t utf8len; - u_int16_t unicode[kHFSPlusMaxFileNameChars + 1]; - size_t unicodelen; - - if (wantrsrc) - return (ENOENT); - - fileID = GetEmbeddedFileID(descp->cd_nameptr, descp->cd_namelen, &prefixlen); - if (fileID < (cnid_t)kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID) - return (ENOENT); - - if (fileID == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid || - fileID == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid || - fileID == hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid || - fileID == hfsmp->hfs_jnlinfoblkid) { - return (ENOENT); - } - - result = cat_idlookup(hfsmp, fileID, 0, 0, outdescp, attrp, forkp); - if (result) - return (ENOENT); - /* It must be in the correct directory */ - if (descp->cd_parentcnid != outdescp->cd_parentcnid) - goto falsematch; - - /* - * Compare the mangled version of file name looked up from the - * disk with the mangled name provided by the user. Note that - * this comparison is case-sensitive, which should be fine - * since we're trying to prevent user space from constructing - * a mangled name that differs from the one they'd get from the - * file system. - */ - result = utf8_decodestr(outdescp->cd_nameptr, outdescp->cd_namelen, - unicode, &unicodelen, sizeof(unicode), ':', 0); - if (result) { - goto falsematch; - } - result = ConvertUnicodeToUTF8Mangled(unicodelen, unicode, - sizeof(utf8), &utf8len, utf8, fileID); - if ((result != 0) || - ((u_int16_t)descp->cd_namelen != utf8len) || - (bcmp(descp->cd_nameptr, utf8, utf8len) != 0)) { - goto falsematch; - } - - return (0); - -falsematch: - cat_releasedesc(outdescp); - return (ENOENT); -} - - -/* - * cat_lookupbykey - lookup a catalog node using a cnode key - */ -static int -cat_lookupbykey(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, CatalogKey *keyp, int flags, u_int32_t hint, int wantrsrc, - struct cat_desc *descp, struct cat_attr *attrp, struct cat_fork *forkp, cnid_t *desc_cnid) -{ - struct BTreeIterator * iterator; - FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - CatalogRecord * recp; - u_int16_t datasize; - int result; - int std_hfs; - u_int32_t ilink = 0; - cnid_t cnid = 0; - u_int32_t encoding = 0; - cnid_t parentid = 0; - - std_hfs = (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord); - - recp = hfs_malloc(sizeof(CatalogRecord)); - BDINIT(btdata, recp); - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - iterator->hint.nodeNum = hint; - bcopy(keyp, &iterator->key, sizeof(CatalogKey)); - - result = BTSearchRecord(VTOF(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->catalogRefNum), iterator, - &btdata, &datasize, iterator); - if (result) - goto exit; - - /* Save the cnid, parentid, and encoding now in case there's a hard link or inode */ - cnid = getcnid(recp); - if (cnid == 0) { - /* CNID of 0 is invalid. Mark as corrupt */ - hfs_mark_inconsistent (hfsmp, HFS_INCONSISTENCY_DETECTED); - result = EINVAL; - goto exit; - } - - if (std_hfs == 0) { - parentid = keyp->hfsPlus.parentID; - } - - encoding = getencoding(recp); - hint = iterator->hint.nodeNum; - - /* Hide the journal files (if any) */ - if ((hfsmp->jnl || ((HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbAtrb & kHFSVolumeJournaledMask) && (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY))) && - ((cnid == hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid) || (cnid == hfsmp->hfs_jnlinfoblkid)) && - !(flags & HFS_LOOKUP_SYSFILE)) { - result = HFS_ERESERVEDNAME; - goto exit; - } - - if (!std_hfs && !(hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CASE_SENSITIVE)) { - /* Make sure the case of the file was correct if requested */ - if (flags & HFS_LOOKUP_CASESENSITIVE) { - if (0 != cat_binarykeycompare(&keyp->hfsPlus, (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)&iterator->key)) { - result = HFS_ERESERVEDNAME; - goto exit; - } - } - } - - /* - * When a hardlink link is encountered, auto resolve it. - * - * The catalog record will change, and possibly its type. - */ - if (!std_hfs - && (attrp || forkp) - && (recp->recordType == kHFSPlusFileRecord) - && ((to_bsd_time(recp->hfsPlusFile.createDate) == (time_t)hfsmp->hfs_itime) || - (to_bsd_time(recp->hfsPlusFile.createDate) == (time_t)hfsmp->hfs_metadata_createdate))) { - int isdirlink = 0; - int isfilelink = 0; - - if ((SWAP_BE32(recp->hfsPlusFile.userInfo.fdType) == kHardLinkFileType) && - (SWAP_BE32(recp->hfsPlusFile.userInfo.fdCreator) == kHFSPlusCreator)) { - isfilelink = 1; - } else if ((recp->hfsPlusFile.flags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask) && - (SWAP_BE32(recp->hfsPlusFile.userInfo.fdType) == kHFSAliasType) && - (SWAP_BE32(recp->hfsPlusFile.userInfo.fdCreator) == kHFSAliasCreator)) { - isdirlink = 1; - } - if ((isfilelink || isdirlink) && !(flags & HFS_LOOKUP_HARDLINK)) { - ilink = recp->hfsPlusFile.hl_linkReference; - (void) cat_resolvelink(hfsmp, ilink, isdirlink, (struct HFSPlusCatalogFile *)recp); - } - } - - if (attrp != NULL) { - if (std_hfs == 0) { - getbsdattr(hfsmp, (struct HFSPlusCatalogFile *)recp, attrp); - if (ilink) { - /* Update the inode number for this hard link */ - attrp->ca_linkref = ilink; - } - - /* - * Set kHFSHasLinkChainBit for hard links, and reset it for all - * other items. Also set linkCount to 1 for regular files. - * - * Due to some bug (rdar://8505977), some regular files can have - * kHFSHasLinkChainBit set and linkCount more than 1 even if they - * are not really hard links. The runtime code should not consider - * these files has hard links. Therefore we reset the kHFSHasLinkChainBit - * and linkCount for regular file before we vend it out. This might - * also result in repairing the bad files on disk, if the corresponding - * file is modified and updated on disk. - */ - if (ilink) { - /* This is a hard link and the link count bit was not set */ - if (!(attrp->ca_recflags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask)) { - printf ("hfs: set hardlink bit on vol=%s cnid=%u inoid=%u\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, cnid, ilink); - attrp->ca_recflags |= kHFSHasLinkChainMask; - } - } else { - /* Make sure that this non-hard link (regular) record is not - * an inode record that was looked up and we do not end up - * reseting the hard link bit on it. - */ - if ((parentid != hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) && - (parentid != hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid)) { - /* This is not a hard link or inode and the link count bit was set */ - if (attrp->ca_recflags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask) { - printf ("hfs: clear hardlink bit on vol=%s cnid=%u\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, cnid); - attrp->ca_recflags &= ~kHFSHasLinkChainMask; - } - /* This is a regular file and the link count was more than 1 */ - if (S_ISREG(attrp->ca_mode) && (attrp->ca_linkcount > 1)) { - printf ("hfs: set linkcount=1 on vol=%s cnid=%u old=%u\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, cnid, attrp->ca_linkcount); - attrp->ca_linkcount = 1; - } - } - } - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - struct HFSPlusCatalogFile cnoderec; - - promoteattr(hfsmp, recp, &cnoderec); - getbsdattr(hfsmp, &cnoderec, attrp); - } -#endif - } - if (forkp != NULL) { - if (isadir(recp)) { - bzero(forkp, sizeof(*forkp)); - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else if (std_hfs) { - promotefork(hfsmp, (HFSCatalogFile *)&recp->hfsFile, wantrsrc, forkp); - } -#endif - else if (wantrsrc) { - /* Convert the resource fork. */ - forkp->cf_size = recp->hfsPlusFile.resourceFork.logicalSize; - forkp->cf_new_size = 0; - forkp->cf_blocks = recp->hfsPlusFile.resourceFork.totalBlocks; - if ((hfsmp->hfc_stage == HFC_RECORDING) && - (to_bsd_time(recp->hfsPlusFile.accessDate) >= hfsmp->hfc_timebase)) { - forkp->cf_bytesread = - recp->hfsPlusFile.resourceFork.clumpSize * - HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize; - } else { - forkp->cf_bytesread = 0; - } - forkp->cf_vblocks = 0; - bcopy(&recp->hfsPlusFile.resourceFork.extents[0], - &forkp->cf_extents[0], sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); - } else { - int i; - u_int32_t validblks; - - /* Convert the data fork. */ - forkp->cf_size = recp->hfsPlusFile.dataFork.logicalSize; - forkp->cf_new_size = 0; - forkp->cf_blocks = recp->hfsPlusFile.dataFork.totalBlocks; - if ((hfsmp->hfc_stage == HFC_RECORDING) && - (to_bsd_time(recp->hfsPlusFile.accessDate) >= hfsmp->hfc_timebase)) { - forkp->cf_bytesread = - recp->hfsPlusFile.dataFork.clumpSize * - HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize; - } else { - forkp->cf_bytesread = 0; - } - forkp->cf_vblocks = 0; - bcopy(&recp->hfsPlusFile.dataFork.extents[0], - &forkp->cf_extents[0], sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); - - /* Validate the fork's resident extents. */ - validblks = 0; - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; ++i) { - if (forkp->cf_extents[i].startBlock + forkp->cf_extents[i].blockCount >= hfsmp->totalBlocks) { - /* Suppress any bad extents so a remove can succeed. */ - forkp->cf_extents[i].startBlock = 0; - forkp->cf_extents[i].blockCount = 0; - /* Disable writes */ - if (attrp != NULL) { - attrp->ca_mode &= S_IFMT | S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH; - } - } else { - validblks += forkp->cf_extents[i].blockCount; - } - } - /* Adjust for any missing blocks. */ - if ((validblks < forkp->cf_blocks) && (forkp->cf_extents[7].blockCount == 0)) { - off_t psize; - - /* - * This is technically a volume corruption. - * If the total number of blocks calculated by iterating + summing - * the extents in the resident extent records, is less than that - * which is reported in the catalog entry, we should force a fsck. - * Only modifying ca_blocks here is not guaranteed to make it out - * to disk; it is a runtime-only field. - * - * Note that we could have gotten into this state if we had invalid ranges - * that existed in borrowed blocks that somehow made it out to disk. - * The cnode's on disk block count should never be greater - * than that which is in its extent records. - */ - - (void) hfs_mark_inconsistent (hfsmp, HFS_INCONSISTENCY_DETECTED); - - forkp->cf_blocks = validblks; - if (attrp != NULL) { - attrp->ca_blocks = validblks + recp->hfsPlusFile.resourceFork.totalBlocks; - } - psize = (off_t)validblks * (off_t)hfsmp->blockSize; - if (psize < forkp->cf_size) { - forkp->cf_size = psize; - } - - } - } - } - if (descp != NULL) { - HFSPlusCatalogKey * pluskey = NULL; - - if (std_hfs == 0) { - pluskey = (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)&iterator->key; - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - pluskey = hfs_malloc(sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogKey)); - promotekey(hfsmp, (HFSCatalogKey *)&iterator->key, pluskey, &encoding); - - } -#endif - - builddesc(pluskey, cnid, hint, encoding, isadir(recp), descp); - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (std_hfs) { - hfs_free(pluskey, sizeof(*pluskey)); - } -#endif - - } - - if (desc_cnid != NULL) { - *desc_cnid = cnid; - } -exit: - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - hfs_free(recp, sizeof(*recp)); - - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - - -/* - * cat_create - create a node in the catalog - * using MacRoman encoding - * - * NOTE: both the catalog file and attribute file locks must - * be held before calling this function. - * - * The caller is responsible for releasing the output - * catalog descriptor (when supplied outdescp is non-null). - */ -int -cat_create(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t new_fileid, struct cat_desc *descp, struct cat_attr *attrp, - struct cat_desc *out_descp) -{ - FCB * fcb; - struct btobj * bto; - FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - u_int32_t datalen; - int std_hfs; - int result = 0; - u_int32_t encoding = kTextEncodingMacRoman; - int modeformat; - - modeformat = attrp->ca_mode & S_IFMT; - - fcb = hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork; - std_hfs = (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD); - - /* The caller is expected to reserve a CNID before calling this function! */ - - /* Get space for iterator, key and data */ - bto = hfs_malloc(sizeof(struct btobj)); - bto->iterator.hint.nodeNum = 0; - - result = buildkey(hfsmp, descp, &bto->key, 0); - if (result) - goto exit; - - /* - * Insert the thread record first - */ - if (!std_hfs || (modeformat == S_IFDIR)) { - datalen = buildthread((void*)&bto->key, &bto->data, std_hfs, - S_ISDIR(attrp->ca_mode)); - btdata.bufferAddress = &bto->data; - btdata.itemSize = datalen; - btdata.itemCount = 1; - - /* Caller asserts the following: - * 1) this CNID is not in use by any orphaned EAs - * 2) There are no lingering cnodes (removed on-disk but still in-core) with this CNID - * 3) There are no thread or catalog records for this ID - */ - buildthreadkey(new_fileid, std_hfs, (CatalogKey *) &bto->iterator.key); - result = BTInsertRecord(fcb, &bto->iterator, &btdata, datalen); - if (result) { - goto exit; - } - } - - /* - * Now insert the file/directory record - */ - buildrecord(attrp, new_fileid, std_hfs, encoding, &bto->data, &datalen); - btdata.bufferAddress = &bto->data; - btdata.itemSize = datalen; - btdata.itemCount = 1; - - bcopy(&bto->key, &bto->iterator.key, sizeof(bto->key)); - - result = BTInsertRecord(fcb, &bto->iterator, &btdata, datalen); - if (result) { - if (result == btExists) - result = EEXIST; - - /* Back out the thread record */ - if (!std_hfs || S_ISDIR(attrp->ca_mode)) { - buildthreadkey(new_fileid, std_hfs, (CatalogKey *)&bto->iterator.key); - if (BTDeleteRecord(fcb, &bto->iterator)) { - /* Error on deleting extra thread record, mark - * volume inconsistent - */ - printf ("hfs: cat_create() failed to delete thread record id=%u on vol=%s\n", new_fileid, hfsmp->vcbVN); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_ROLLBACK_FAILED); - } - } - goto exit; - } - - /* - * Insert was successful, update name, parent and volume - */ - if (out_descp != NULL) { - HFSPlusCatalogKey * pluskey = NULL; - - if (std_hfs == 0) { - pluskey = (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)&bto->iterator.key; - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - pluskey = hfs_malloc(sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogKey)); - promotekey(hfsmp, (HFSCatalogKey *)&bto->iterator.key, pluskey, &encoding); - } -#endif - - builddesc(pluskey, new_fileid, bto->iterator.hint.nodeNum, - encoding, S_ISDIR(attrp->ca_mode), out_descp); -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (std_hfs) { - hfs_free(pluskey, sizeof(*pluskey)); - } -#endif - - } - attrp->ca_fileid = new_fileid; - -exit: - (void) BTFlushPath(fcb); - hfs_free(bto, sizeof(*bto)); - - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - - -/* - * cnode_rename - rename a catalog node - * - * Assumes that the target's directory exists. - * - * Order of B-tree operations: - * 1. BTSearchRecord(from_cnode, &data); - * 2. BTInsertRecord(to_cnode, &data); - * 3. BTDeleteRecord(from_cnode); - * 4. BTDeleteRecord(from_thread); - * 5. BTInsertRecord(to_thread); - * - * Note: The caller is responsible for releasing the output - * catalog descriptor (when supplied out_cdp is non-null). - */ -int -cat_rename ( - struct hfsmount * hfsmp, - struct cat_desc * from_cdp, - struct cat_desc * todir_cdp, - struct cat_desc * to_cdp, - struct cat_desc * out_cdp ) -{ - struct BTreeIterator * to_iterator = NULL; - struct BTreeIterator * from_iterator = NULL; - FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - CatalogRecord * recp = NULL; - HFSPlusCatalogKey * to_key; - ExtendedVCB * vcb; - FCB * fcb; - u_int16_t datasize; - int result = 0; - int sourcegone = 0; - int skipthread = 0; - int directory = from_cdp->cd_flags & CD_ISDIR; - int is_dirlink = 0; - int std_hfs; - u_int32_t encoding = 0; - - vcb = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp); - fcb = GetFileControlBlock(vcb->catalogRefNum); - std_hfs = (vcb->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord); - - if (from_cdp->cd_namelen == 0 || to_cdp->cd_namelen == 0) - return (EINVAL); - - from_iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*from_iterator)); - if ((result = buildkey(hfsmp, from_cdp, (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)&from_iterator->key, 0))) - goto exit; - - to_iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*to_iterator)); - if ((result = buildkey(hfsmp, to_cdp, (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)&to_iterator->key, 0))) - goto exit; - - to_key = (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)&to_iterator->key; - recp = hfs_malloc(sizeof(CatalogRecord)); - BDINIT(btdata, recp); - - /* - * When moving a directory, make sure its a valid move. - */ - if (directory && (from_cdp->cd_parentcnid != to_cdp->cd_parentcnid)) { - struct BTreeIterator *dir_iterator = NULL; - - cnid_t cnid = from_cdp->cd_cnid; - cnid_t pathcnid = todir_cdp->cd_parentcnid; - - /* First check the obvious ones */ - if (cnid == fsRtDirID || - cnid == to_cdp->cd_parentcnid || - cnid == pathcnid) { - result = EINVAL; - goto exit; - } - /* now allocate the dir_iterator */ - dir_iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct BTreeIterator)); - - /* - * Traverse destination path all the way back to the root - * making sure that source directory is not encountered. - * - */ - while (pathcnid > fsRtDirID) { - buildthreadkey(pathcnid, std_hfs, (CatalogKey *)&dir_iterator->key); - result = BTSearchRecord(fcb, dir_iterator, &btdata, &datasize, NULL); - if (result) { - hfs_free(dir_iterator, sizeof(*dir_iterator)); - goto exit; - } - pathcnid = getparentcnid(recp); - if (pathcnid == cnid || pathcnid == 0) { - result = EINVAL; - hfs_free(dir_iterator, sizeof(*dir_iterator)); - goto exit; - } - } - hfs_free(dir_iterator, sizeof(*dir_iterator)); - } - - /* - * Step 1: Find cnode data at old location - */ - result = BTSearchRecord(fcb, from_iterator, &btdata, - &datasize, from_iterator); - if (result) { - if (std_hfs || (result != btNotFound)) - goto exit; - - struct cat_desc temp_desc; - - /* Probably the node has mangled name */ - result = cat_lookupmangled(hfsmp, from_cdp, 0, &temp_desc, NULL, NULL); - if (result) - goto exit; - - /* The file has mangled name. Search the cnode data using full name */ - bzero(from_iterator, sizeof(*from_iterator)); - result = buildkey(hfsmp, &temp_desc, (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)&from_iterator->key, 0); - if (result) { - cat_releasedesc(&temp_desc); - goto exit; - } - - result = BTSearchRecord(fcb, from_iterator, &btdata, &datasize, from_iterator); - if (result) { - cat_releasedesc(&temp_desc); - goto exit; - } - - cat_releasedesc(&temp_desc); - } - - /* Check if the source is directory hard link. We do not change - * directory flag because it is later used to initialize result descp - */ - if ((!std_hfs) && - (directory) && - (recp->recordType == kHFSPlusFileRecord) && - (recp->hfsPlusFile.flags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask)) { - is_dirlink = 1; - } - - /* - * Update the text encoding (on disk and in descriptor), - * using hfs_pickencoding to get the new encoding when available. - * - * Note that hardlink inodes don't require a text encoding hint. - */ - if (!std_hfs && - todir_cdp->cd_parentcnid != hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid && - todir_cdp->cd_parentcnid != hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) { -#if !TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED - encoding = hfs_pickencoding(to_key->nodeName.unicode, to_key->nodeName.length); -#else - encoding = kTextEncodingMacRoman; -#endif - hfs_setencodingbits(hfsmp, encoding); - recp->hfsPlusFile.textEncoding = encoding; - if (out_cdp) - out_cdp->cd_encoding = encoding; - } - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (std_hfs && !directory && - !(recp->hfsFile.flags & kHFSThreadExistsMask)) { - skipthread = 1; - } -#endif - -#if 0 - /* - * If the keys are identical then there's nothing left to do! - * - * update the hint and exit - * - */ - if (std_hfs && hfskeycompare(to_key, iter->key) == 0) - goto exit; - if (!std_hfs && hfspluskeycompare(to_key, iter->key) == 0) - goto exit; -#endif - - /* Step 2: Insert cnode at new location */ - result = BTInsertRecord(fcb, to_iterator, &btdata, datasize); - if (result == btExists) { - int fromtype = recp->recordType; - cnid_t cnid = 0; - - if (from_cdp->cd_parentcnid != to_cdp->cd_parentcnid) - goto exit; /* EEXIST */ - - /* Find cnode data at new location */ - result = BTSearchRecord(fcb, to_iterator, &btdata, &datasize, NULL); - if (result) - goto exit; - - /* Get the CNID after calling searchrecord */ - cnid = getcnid (recp); - if (cnid == 0) { - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_INCONSISTENCY_DETECTED); - result = EINVAL; - goto exit; - } - - if ((fromtype != recp->recordType) || - (from_cdp->cd_cnid != cnid)) { - result = EEXIST; - goto exit; /* EEXIST */ - } - /* The old name is a case variant and must be removed */ - result = BTDeleteRecord(fcb, from_iterator); - if (result) - goto exit; - - /* Insert cnode (now that case duplicate is gone) */ - result = BTInsertRecord(fcb, to_iterator, &btdata, datasize); - if (result) { - /* Try and restore original before leaving */ - // XXXdbg - #if 1 - { - int err; - err = BTInsertRecord(fcb, from_iterator, &btdata, datasize); - if (err) { - printf("hfs: cat_create: could not undo (BTInsert = %d)\n", err); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_ROLLBACK_FAILED); - result = err; - goto exit; - } - } - #else - (void) BTInsertRecord(fcb, from_iterator, &btdata, datasize); - #endif - goto exit; - } - sourcegone = 1; - } - if (result) - goto exit; - - /* Step 3: Remove cnode from old location */ - if (!sourcegone) { - result = BTDeleteRecord(fcb, from_iterator); - if (result) { - /* Try and delete new record before leaving */ - // XXXdbg - #if 1 - { - int err; - err = BTDeleteRecord(fcb, to_iterator); - if (err) { - printf("hfs: cat_create: could not undo (BTDelete = %d)\n", err); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_ROLLBACK_FAILED); - result = err; - goto exit; - } - } - #else - (void) BTDeleteRecord(fcb, to_iterator); - #endif - goto exit; - } - } - - /* #### POINT OF NO RETURN #### */ - - /* - * Step 4: Remove cnode's old thread record - */ - buildthreadkey(from_cdp->cd_cnid, std_hfs, (CatalogKey *)&from_iterator->key); - (void) BTDeleteRecord(fcb, from_iterator); - - /* - * Step 5: Insert cnode's new thread record - * (optional for HFS files) - */ - if (!skipthread) { - /* For directory hard links, always create a file thread - * record. For everything else, use the directory flag. - */ - if (is_dirlink) { - datasize = buildthread(&to_iterator->key, recp, std_hfs, false); - } else { - datasize = buildthread(&to_iterator->key, recp, std_hfs, directory); - } - btdata.itemSize = datasize; - buildthreadkey(from_cdp->cd_cnid, std_hfs, (CatalogKey *)&from_iterator->key); - result = BTInsertRecord(fcb, from_iterator, &btdata, datasize); - } - - if (out_cdp) { - HFSPlusCatalogKey * pluskey = NULL; - - if (std_hfs == 0) { - pluskey = (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)&to_iterator->key; - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - pluskey = hfs_malloc(sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogKey)); - promotekey(hfsmp, (HFSCatalogKey *)&to_iterator->key, pluskey, &encoding); - - /* Save the real encoding hint in the Finder Info (field 4). */ - if (directory && from_cdp->cd_cnid == kHFSRootFolderID) { - u_int32_t realhint; - - realhint = hfs_pickencoding(pluskey->nodeName.unicode, pluskey->nodeName.length); - vcb->vcbFndrInfo[4] = SET_HFS_TEXT_ENCODING(realhint); - } - } -#endif - - builddesc(pluskey, from_cdp->cd_cnid, to_iterator->hint.nodeNum, - encoding, directory, out_cdp); -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (std_hfs) { - hfs_free(pluskey, sizeof(*pluskey)); - } -#endif - - } -exit: - (void) BTFlushPath(fcb); - if (from_iterator) - hfs_free(from_iterator, sizeof(*from_iterator)); - if (to_iterator) - hfs_free(to_iterator, sizeof(*to_iterator)); - if (recp) - hfs_free(recp, sizeof(*recp)); - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - - -/* - * cat_delete - delete a node from the catalog - * - * Order of B-tree operations: - * 1. BTDeleteRecord(cnode); - * 2. BTDeleteRecord(thread); - * 3. BTUpdateRecord(parent); - */ -int -cat_delete(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cat_desc *descp, struct cat_attr *attrp) -{ - FCB * fcb; - BTreeIterator *iterator; - cnid_t cnid; - int std_hfs; - int result; - - fcb = hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork; - std_hfs = (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD); - - /* Preflight check: - * - * The root directory cannot be deleted - * A directory must be empty - * A file must be zero length (no blocks) - */ - if (descp->cd_cnid < kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID || - descp->cd_parentcnid == kHFSRootParentID) - return (EINVAL); - - /* XXX Preflight Missing */ - - /* Borrow the btcb iterator since we have an exclusive catalog lock. */ - iterator = &((BTreeControlBlockPtr)(fcb->ff_sysfileinfo))->iterator; - iterator->hint.nodeNum = 0; - - /* - * Derive a key from either the file ID (for a virtual inode) - * or the descriptor. - */ - if (descp->cd_namelen == 0) { - result = getkey(hfsmp, attrp->ca_fileid, (CatalogKey *)&iterator->key); - cnid = attrp->ca_fileid; - } else { - result = buildkey(hfsmp, descp, (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)&iterator->key, 0); - cnid = descp->cd_cnid; - } - if (result) - goto exit; - - /* Delete record */ - result = BTDeleteRecord(fcb, iterator); - if (result) { - if (std_hfs || (result != btNotFound)) - goto exit; - - struct cat_desc temp_desc; - - /* Probably the node has mangled name */ - result = cat_lookupmangled(hfsmp, descp, 0, &temp_desc, attrp, NULL); - if (result) - goto exit; - - /* The file has mangled name. Delete the file using full name */ - bzero(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - result = buildkey(hfsmp, &temp_desc, (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)&iterator->key, 0); - cnid = temp_desc.cd_cnid; - if (result) { - cat_releasedesc(&temp_desc); - goto exit; - } - - result = BTDeleteRecord(fcb, iterator); - if (result) { - cat_releasedesc(&temp_desc); - goto exit; - } - - cat_releasedesc(&temp_desc); - } - - /* Delete thread record. On error, mark volume inconsistent */ - buildthreadkey(cnid, std_hfs, (CatalogKey *)&iterator->key); - if (BTDeleteRecord(fcb, iterator)) { - if (!std_hfs) { - printf ("hfs: cat_delete() failed to delete thread record id=%u on vol=%s\n", cnid, hfsmp->vcbVN); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_OP_INCOMPLETE); - } - } - -exit: - (void) BTFlushPath(fcb); - - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - - -/* - * cat_update_internal - update the catalog node described by descp - * using the data from attrp and forkp. - * If update_hardlink is true, the hard link catalog record is updated - * and not the inode catalog record. - */ -static int -cat_update_internal(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int update_hardlink, struct cat_desc *descp, struct cat_attr *attrp, - const struct cat_fork *dataforkp, const struct cat_fork *rsrcforkp) -{ - FCB * fcb; - BTreeIterator * iterator; - struct update_state state; - int result; - - fcb = hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork; - - state.s_desc = descp; - state.s_attr = attrp; - state.s_datafork = dataforkp; - state.s_rsrcfork = rsrcforkp; - state.s_hfsmp = hfsmp; - - /* Borrow the btcb iterator since we have an exclusive catalog lock. */ - iterator = &((BTreeControlBlockPtr)(fcb->ff_sysfileinfo))->iterator; - - /* - * For open-deleted files we need to do a lookup by cnid - * (using thread rec). - * - * For hard links and if not requested by caller, the target - * of the update is the inode itself (not the link record) - * so a lookup by fileid (i.e. thread rec) is needed. - */ - if ((update_hardlink == false) && - ((descp->cd_cnid != attrp->ca_fileid) || - (descp->cd_namelen == 0) || - (attrp->ca_recflags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask))) { - result = getkey(hfsmp, attrp->ca_fileid, (CatalogKey *)&iterator->key); - } else { - result = buildkey(hfsmp, descp, (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)&iterator->key, 0); - } - if (result) - goto exit; - - /* Pass a node hint */ - iterator->hint.nodeNum = descp->cd_hint; - - result = BTUpdateRecord(fcb, iterator, - (IterateCallBackProcPtr)catrec_update, &state); - if (result) - goto exit; - - /* Update the node hint. */ - descp->cd_hint = iterator->hint.nodeNum; - -exit: - (void) BTFlushPath(fcb); - - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - -/* - * cat_update - update the catalog node described by descp - * using the data from attrp and forkp. - */ -int -cat_update(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cat_desc *descp, struct cat_attr *attrp, - const struct cat_fork *dataforkp, const struct cat_fork *rsrcforkp) -{ - return cat_update_internal(hfsmp, false, descp, attrp, dataforkp, rsrcforkp); -} - -/* - * catrec_update - Update the fields of a catalog record - * This is called from within BTUpdateRecord. - */ -static int -catrec_update(const CatalogKey *ckp, CatalogRecord *crp, struct update_state *state) -{ - struct cat_desc *descp; - struct cat_attr *attrp; - const struct cat_fork *forkp; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - long blksize; - - descp = state->s_desc; - attrp = state->s_attr; - hfsmp = state->s_hfsmp; - blksize = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize; - - switch (crp->recordType) { - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - case kHFSFolderRecord: { - HFSCatalogFolder *dir; - - dir = (struct HFSCatalogFolder *)crp; - /* Do a quick sanity check */ - if ((ckp->hfs.parentID != descp->cd_parentcnid) || - (dir->folderID != descp->cd_cnid)) - return (btNotFound); - dir->valence = attrp->ca_entries; - dir->createDate = UTCToLocal(to_hfs_time(attrp->ca_itime)); - dir->modifyDate = UTCToLocal(to_hfs_time(attrp->ca_mtime)); - dir->backupDate = UTCToLocal(to_hfs_time(attrp->ca_btime)); - bcopy(&attrp->ca_finderinfo[0], &dir->userInfo, 16); - bcopy(&attrp->ca_finderinfo[16], &dir->finderInfo, 16); - break; - } - case kHFSFileRecord: { - HFSCatalogFile *file; - int i; - - file = (struct HFSCatalogFile *)crp; - /* Do a quick sanity check */ - if ((ckp->hfs.parentID != descp->cd_parentcnid) || - (file->fileID != attrp->ca_fileid)) - return (btNotFound); - file->createDate = UTCToLocal(to_hfs_time(attrp->ca_itime)); - file->modifyDate = UTCToLocal(to_hfs_time(attrp->ca_mtime)); - file->backupDate = UTCToLocal(to_hfs_time(attrp->ca_btime)); - bcopy(&attrp->ca_finderinfo[0], &file->userInfo, 16); - bcopy(&attrp->ca_finderinfo[16], &file->finderInfo, 16); - if (state->s_rsrcfork) { - forkp = state->s_rsrcfork; - file->rsrcLogicalSize = forkp->cf_size; - file->rsrcPhysicalSize = forkp->cf_blocks * blksize; - for (i = 0; i < kHFSExtentDensity; ++i) { - file->rsrcExtents[i].startBlock = - (u_int16_t)forkp->cf_extents[i].startBlock; - file->rsrcExtents[i].blockCount = - (u_int16_t)forkp->cf_extents[i].blockCount; - } - } - if (state->s_datafork) { - forkp = state->s_datafork; - file->dataLogicalSize = forkp->cf_size; - file->dataPhysicalSize = forkp->cf_blocks * blksize; - for (i = 0; i < kHFSExtentDensity; ++i) { - file->dataExtents[i].startBlock = - (u_int16_t)forkp->cf_extents[i].startBlock; - file->dataExtents[i].blockCount = - (u_int16_t)forkp->cf_extents[i].blockCount; - } - } - - /* Synchronize the lock state */ - if (attrp->ca_flags & (SF_IMMUTABLE | UF_IMMUTABLE)) - file->flags |= kHFSFileLockedMask; - else - file->flags &= ~kHFSFileLockedMask; - break; - } -#endif - - case kHFSPlusFolderRecord: { - HFSPlusCatalogFolder *dir; - - dir = (struct HFSPlusCatalogFolder *)crp; - /* Do a quick sanity check */ - if (dir->folderID != attrp->ca_fileid) { - printf("hfs: catrec_update: id %d != %d, vol=%s\n", dir->folderID, attrp->ca_fileid, hfsmp->vcbVN); - return (btNotFound); - } - dir->flags = attrp->ca_recflags; - dir->valence = attrp->ca_entries; - dir->createDate = to_hfs_time(attrp->ca_itime); - dir->contentModDate = to_hfs_time(attrp->ca_mtime); - dir->backupDate = to_hfs_time(attrp->ca_btime); - dir->accessDate = to_hfs_time(attrp->ca_atime); - attrp->ca_atimeondisk = attrp->ca_atime; - dir->attributeModDate = to_hfs_time(attrp->ca_ctime); - /* Note: directory hardlink inodes don't require a text encoding hint. */ - if (ckp->hfsPlus.parentID != hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) { - dir->textEncoding = descp->cd_encoding; - } - dir->folderCount = attrp->ca_dircount; - bcopy(&attrp->ca_finderinfo[0], &dir->userInfo, 32); - /* - * Update the BSD Info if it was already initialized on - * disk or if the runtime values have been modified. - * - * If the BSD info was already initialized, but - * MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS is set, then the runtime IDs are - * probably different than what was on disk. We don't want - * to overwrite the on-disk values (so if we turn off - * MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS, the old IDs get used again). - * This way, we can still change fields like the mode or - * dates even when MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS is set. - * - * Note that if MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS is set, hfs_chown - * won't change the uid or gid from their defaults. So, if - * the BSD info wasn't set, and the runtime values are not - * default, then what changed was the mode or flags. We - * have to set the uid and gid to something, so use the - * supplied values (which will be default), which has the - * same effect as creating a new file while - * MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS is set. - */ - if ((dir->bsdInfo.fileMode != 0) || - (attrp->ca_flags != 0) || - (attrp->ca_uid != hfsmp->hfs_uid) || - (attrp->ca_gid != hfsmp->hfs_gid) || - ((attrp->ca_mode & ALLPERMS) != - (hfsmp->hfs_dir_mask & ACCESSPERMS))) { - if ((dir->bsdInfo.fileMode == 0) || - (((unsigned int)vfs_flags(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp))) & MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS) == 0) { - dir->bsdInfo.ownerID = attrp->ca_uid; - dir->bsdInfo.groupID = attrp->ca_gid; - } - dir->bsdInfo.ownerFlags = attrp->ca_flags & 0x000000FF; - dir->bsdInfo.adminFlags = attrp->ca_flags >> 16; - dir->bsdInfo.fileMode = attrp->ca_mode; - /* A directory hardlink has a link count. */ - if (attrp->ca_linkcount > 1 || dir->hl_linkCount > 1) { - dir->hl_linkCount = attrp->ca_linkcount; - } - } - break; - } - case kHFSPlusFileRecord: { - HFSPlusCatalogFile *file; - int is_dirlink; - - file = (struct HFSPlusCatalogFile *)crp; - /* Do a quick sanity check */ - if (file->fileID != attrp->ca_fileid) - return (btNotFound); - file->flags = attrp->ca_recflags; - file->createDate = to_hfs_time(attrp->ca_itime); - file->contentModDate = to_hfs_time(attrp->ca_mtime); - file->backupDate = to_hfs_time(attrp->ca_btime); - file->accessDate = to_hfs_time(attrp->ca_atime); - attrp->ca_atimeondisk = attrp->ca_atime; - file->attributeModDate = to_hfs_time(attrp->ca_ctime); - /* - * Note: file hardlink inodes don't require a text encoding - * hint, but they do have a first link value. - */ - if (ckp->hfsPlus.parentID == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) { - file->hl_firstLinkID = attrp->ca_firstlink; - } else { - file->textEncoding = descp->cd_encoding; - } - bcopy(&attrp->ca_finderinfo[0], &file->userInfo, 32); - /* - * Update the BSD Info if it was already initialized on - * disk or if the runtime values have been modified. - * - * If the BSD info was already initialized, but - * MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS is set, then the runtime IDs are - * probably different than what was on disk. We don't want - * to overwrite the on-disk values (so if we turn off - * MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS, the old IDs get used again). - * This way, we can still change fields like the mode or - * dates even when MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS is set. - * - * Note that if MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS is set, hfs_chown - * won't change the uid or gid from their defaults. So, if - * the BSD info wasn't set, and the runtime values are not - * default, then what changed was the mode or flags. We - * have to set the uid and gid to something, so use the - * supplied values (which will be default), which has the - * same effect as creating a new file while - * MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS is set. - * - * Do not modify bsdInfo for directory hard link records. - * They are set during creation and are not modifiable, so just - * leave them alone. - */ - is_dirlink = (file->flags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask) && - (SWAP_BE32(file->userInfo.fdType) == kHFSAliasType) && - (SWAP_BE32(file->userInfo.fdCreator) == kHFSAliasCreator); - - if (!is_dirlink && - ((file->bsdInfo.fileMode != 0) || - (attrp->ca_flags != 0) || - (attrp->ca_uid != hfsmp->hfs_uid) || - (attrp->ca_gid != hfsmp->hfs_gid) || - ((attrp->ca_mode & ALLPERMS) != - (hfsmp->hfs_file_mask & ACCESSPERMS)))) { - if ((file->bsdInfo.fileMode == 0) || - (((unsigned int)vfs_flags(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp))) & MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS) == 0) { - file->bsdInfo.ownerID = attrp->ca_uid; - file->bsdInfo.groupID = attrp->ca_gid; - } - file->bsdInfo.ownerFlags = attrp->ca_flags & 0x000000FF; - file->bsdInfo.adminFlags = attrp->ca_flags >> 16; - file->bsdInfo.fileMode = attrp->ca_mode; - } - if (state->s_rsrcfork) { - forkp = state->s_rsrcfork; - file->resourceFork.logicalSize = forkp->cf_size; - file->resourceFork.totalBlocks = forkp->cf_blocks; - bcopy(&forkp->cf_extents[0], &file->resourceFork.extents, - sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); - /* Push blocks read to disk */ - file->resourceFork.clumpSize = - howmany(forkp->cf_bytesread, blksize); - } - if (state->s_datafork) { - forkp = state->s_datafork; - file->dataFork.logicalSize = forkp->cf_size; - file->dataFork.totalBlocks = forkp->cf_blocks; - bcopy(&forkp->cf_extents[0], &file->dataFork.extents, - sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); - /* Push blocks read to disk */ - file->dataFork.clumpSize = - howmany(forkp->cf_bytesread, blksize); - } - - if ((file->resourceFork.extents[0].startBlock != 0) && - (file->resourceFork.extents[0].startBlock == - file->dataFork.extents[0].startBlock)) { - panic("hfs: catrec_update: rsrc fork == data fork"); - } - - /* Synchronize the lock state */ - if (attrp->ca_flags & (SF_IMMUTABLE | UF_IMMUTABLE)) - file->flags |= kHFSFileLockedMask; - else - file->flags &= ~kHFSFileLockedMask; - - /* Push out special field if necessary */ - if (S_ISBLK(attrp->ca_mode) || S_ISCHR(attrp->ca_mode)) { - file->bsdInfo.special.rawDevice = attrp->ca_rdev; - } - else { - /* - * Protect against the degenerate case where the descriptor contains the - * raw inode ID in its CNID field. If the HFSPlusCatalogFile record indicates - * the linkcount was greater than 1 (the default value), then it must have become - * a hardlink. In this case, update the linkcount from the cat_attr passed in. - */ - if ((descp->cd_cnid != attrp->ca_fileid) || (attrp->ca_linkcount > 1 ) || - (file->hl_linkCount > 1)) { - file->hl_linkCount = attrp->ca_linkcount; - } - } - break; - } - default: - return (btNotFound); - } - return (0); -} - -/* This function sets kHFSHasChildLinkBit in a directory hierarchy in the - * catalog btree of given cnid by walking up the parent chain till it reaches - * either the root folder, or the private metadata directory for storing - * directory hard links. This function updates the corresponding in-core - * cnode, if any, and the directory record in the catalog btree. - * On success, returns zero. On failure, returns non-zero value. - */ -int -cat_set_childlinkbit(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t cnid) -{ - int retval = 0; - int lockflags = 0; - struct cat_desc desc; - struct cat_attr attr; - - while ((cnid != kHFSRootFolderID) && (cnid != kHFSRootParentID) && - (cnid != hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid)) { - /* Update the bit in corresponding cnode, if any, in the hash. - * If the cnode has the bit already set, stop the traversal. - */ - retval = hfs_chash_set_childlinkbit(hfsmp, cnid); - if (retval == 0) { - break; - } - - /* Update the catalog record on disk if either cnode was not - * found in the hash, or if a cnode was found and the cnode - * did not have the bit set previously. - */ - retval = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp); - if (retval) { - break; - } - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* Look up our catalog folder record */ - retval = cat_idlookup(hfsmp, cnid, 0, 0, &desc, &attr, NULL); - if (retval) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - break; - } - - /* Update the bit in the catalog record */ - attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSHasChildLinkMask; - retval = cat_update(hfsmp, &desc, &attr, NULL, NULL); - if (retval) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - cat_releasedesc(&desc); - break; - } - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - cnid = desc.cd_parentcnid; - cat_releasedesc(&desc); - } - - return retval; -} - -/* This function traverses the parent directory hierarchy from the given - * directory to one level below root directory and checks if any of its - * ancestors is - - * 1. A directory hard link. - * 2. The 'pointed at' directory. - * If any of these conditions fail or an internal error is encountered - * during look up of the catalog record, this function returns non-zero value. - */ -int -cat_check_link_ancestry(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t cnid, cnid_t pointed_at_cnid) -{ - HFSPlusCatalogKey *keyp; - BTreeIterator *ip; - FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - HFSPlusCatalogFolder folder; - FCB *fcb; - int invalid; - int result; - - invalid = 0; - BDINIT(btdata, &folder); - ip = hfs_malloc(sizeof(*ip)); - keyp = (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)&ip->key; - fcb = hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork; - - while (cnid != kHFSRootParentID) { - /* Check if the 'pointed at' directory is an ancestor */ - if (pointed_at_cnid == cnid) { - invalid = 1; - break; - } - if ((result = getkey(hfsmp, cnid, (CatalogKey *)keyp))) { - printf("hfs: cat_check_link_ancestry: getkey failed id=%u, vol=%s\n", cnid, hfsmp->vcbVN); - invalid = 1; /* On errors, assume an invalid parent */ - break; - } - if ((result = BTSearchRecord(fcb, ip, &btdata, NULL, NULL))) { - printf("hfs: cat_check_link_ancestry: cannot find id=%u, vol=%s\n", cnid, hfsmp->vcbVN); - invalid = 1; /* On errors, assume an invalid parent */ - break; - } - /* Check if this ancestor is a directory hard link */ - if (folder.flags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask) { - invalid = 1; - break; - } - cnid = keyp->parentID; - } - hfs_free(ip, sizeof(*ip)); - return (invalid); -} - - -/* - * update_siblinglinks_callback - update a link's chain - */ - -struct linkupdate_state { - cnid_t filelinkid; - cnid_t prevlinkid; - cnid_t nextlinkid; -}; - -static int -update_siblinglinks_callback(__unused const CatalogKey *ckp, CatalogRecord *crp, struct linkupdate_state *state) -{ - HFSPlusCatalogFile *file; - - if (crp->recordType != kHFSPlusFileRecord) { - printf("hfs: update_siblinglinks_callback: unexpected rec type %d\n", crp->recordType); - return (btNotFound); - } - - file = (struct HFSPlusCatalogFile *)crp; - if (file->flags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask) { - if (state->prevlinkid != HFS_IGNORABLE_LINK) { - file->hl_prevLinkID = state->prevlinkid; - } - if (state->nextlinkid != HFS_IGNORABLE_LINK) { - file->hl_nextLinkID = state->nextlinkid; - } - } else { - printf("hfs: update_siblinglinks_callback: file %d isn't a chain\n", file->fileID); - } - return (0); -} - -/* - * cat_update_siblinglinks - update a link's chain - */ -int -cat_update_siblinglinks(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t linkfileid, cnid_t prevlinkid, cnid_t nextlinkid) -{ - FCB * fcb; - BTreeIterator * iterator; - struct linkupdate_state state; - int result; - - fcb = hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork; - state.filelinkid = linkfileid; - state.prevlinkid = prevlinkid; - state.nextlinkid = nextlinkid; - - /* Create an iterator for use by us temporarily */ - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - result = getkey(hfsmp, linkfileid, (CatalogKey *)&iterator->key); - if (result == 0) { - result = BTUpdateRecord(fcb, iterator, (IterateCallBackProcPtr)update_siblinglinks_callback, &state); - (void) BTFlushPath(fcb); - } else { - printf("hfs: cat_update_siblinglinks: couldn't resolve cnid=%d, vol=%s\n", linkfileid, hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - -/* - * cat_lookuplink - lookup a link by it's name - */ -int -cat_lookuplink(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cat_desc *descp, cnid_t *linkfileid, cnid_t *prevlinkid, cnid_t *nextlinkid) -{ - FCB * fcb; - BTreeIterator * iterator; - struct FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - struct HFSPlusCatalogFile file; - int result; - - fcb = hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork; - - /* Create an iterator for use by us temporarily */ - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - if ((result = buildkey(hfsmp, descp, (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)&iterator->key, 0))) { - goto exit; - } - BDINIT(btdata, &file); - - if ((result = BTSearchRecord(fcb, iterator, &btdata, NULL, NULL))) { - goto exit; - } - if (file.recordType != kHFSPlusFileRecord) { - result = ENOENT; - goto exit; - } - *linkfileid = file.fileID; - - if (file.flags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask) { - *prevlinkid = file.hl_prevLinkID; - *nextlinkid = file.hl_nextLinkID; - } else { - *prevlinkid = 0; - *nextlinkid = 0; - } -exit: - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - - -/* - * cat_lookup_siblinglinks - lookup previous and next link ID for link using its cnid - */ -int -cat_lookup_siblinglinks(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t linkfileid, cnid_t *prevlinkid, cnid_t *nextlinkid) -{ - FCB * fcb; - BTreeIterator * iterator; - struct FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - struct HFSPlusCatalogFile file; - int result; - - fcb = hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork; - - /* Create an iterator for use by us temporarily */ - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - if ((result = getkey(hfsmp, linkfileid, (CatalogKey *)&iterator->key))) { - goto exit; - } - BDINIT(btdata, &file); - - if ((result = BTSearchRecord(fcb, iterator, &btdata, NULL, NULL))) { - goto exit; - } - /* The prev/next chain is only valid when kHFSHasLinkChainMask is set. */ - if (file.flags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask) { - cnid_t parent; - - parent = ((HFSPlusCatalogKey *)&iterator->key)->parentID; - - /* directory inodes don't have a chain (its in an EA) */ - if (parent == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) { - result = ENOLINK; /* signal to caller to get head of list */ - } else if (parent == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) { - *prevlinkid = 0; - *nextlinkid = file.hl_firstLinkID; - } else { - *prevlinkid = file.hl_prevLinkID; - *nextlinkid = file.hl_nextLinkID; - } - } else { - *prevlinkid = 0; - *nextlinkid = 0; - } -exit: - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - - -/* - * cat_lookup_lastlink - find the last sibling link in the chain (no "next" ptr) - */ -int -cat_lookup_lastlink(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t linkfileid, - cnid_t *lastlink, struct cat_desc *cdesc) -{ - FCB * fcb; - BTreeIterator * iterator; - struct FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - struct HFSPlusCatalogFile file; - int result = 0; - int itercount = 0; - int foundlast = 0; - cnid_t currentlink = linkfileid; - - fcb = hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork; - - /* Create an iterator for use by us temporarily */ - iterator = hfs_malloc(sizeof(*iterator)); - - while ((foundlast == 0) && (itercount < HFS_LINK_MAX )) { - itercount++; - bzero(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - - if ((result = getkey(hfsmp, currentlink, (CatalogKey *)&iterator->key))) { - goto exit; - } - BDINIT(btdata, &file); - - if ((result = BTSearchRecord(fcb, iterator, &btdata, NULL, NULL))) { - goto exit; - } - - /* The prev/next chain is only valid when kHFSHasLinkChainMask is set. */ - if (file.flags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask) { - cnid_t parent; - - parent = ((HFSPlusCatalogKey *)&iterator->key)->parentID; - /* - * The raw inode for a directory hardlink doesn't have a chain. - * Its link information lives in an EA. - */ - if (parent == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) { - /* We don't iterate to find the oldest directory hardlink. */ - result = ENOLINK; - goto exit; - } - else if (parent == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) { - /* Raw inode for file hardlink (the base inode) */ - currentlink = file.hl_firstLinkID; - - /* - * One minor special-casing here is necessary. - * If our ID brought us to the raw hardlink inode, and it does - * not have any siblings, then it's an open-unlinked file, and we - * should not proceed any further. - */ - if (currentlink == 0) { - result = ENOLINK; - goto exit; - } - } - else { - /* Otherwise, this item's parent is a legitimate directory in the namespace */ - if (file.hl_nextLinkID == 0) { - /* If nextLinkID is 0, then we found the end; no more hardlinks */ - foundlast = 1; - *lastlink = currentlink; - /* - * Since we had to construct a catalog key to do this lookup - * we still hold it in-hand. We might as well use it to build - * the descriptor that the caller asked for. - */ - builddesc ((HFSPlusCatalogKey*)&iterator->key, currentlink, 0, 0, 0, cdesc); - break; - } - - currentlink = file.hl_nextLinkID; - } - } - else { - /* Sorry, can't help you without a link chain */ - result = ENOLINK; - goto exit; - } - } -exit: - /* If we didn't find what we were looking for, zero out the args */ - if (foundlast == 0) { - if (cdesc) { - bzero (cdesc, sizeof(struct cat_desc)); - } - if (lastlink) { - *lastlink = 0; - } - } - - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - - -/* - * cat_createlink - create a link in the catalog - * - * The following cat_attr fields are expected to be set: - * ca_linkref - * ca_itime - * ca_mode (S_IFREG) - * ca_recflags - * ca_flags - * ca_finderinfo (type and creator) - */ -int -cat_createlink(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cat_desc *descp, struct cat_attr *attrp, - cnid_t nextlinkid, cnid_t *linkfileid) -{ - FCB * fcb; - struct btobj * bto; - FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - HFSPlusForkData *rsrcforkp; - u_int32_t nextCNID; - u_int32_t datalen; - int thread_inserted = 0; - int alias_allocated = 0; - int result = 0; - int std_hfs; - - std_hfs = (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD); - - fcb = hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork; - - /* - * Get the next CNID. Note that we are currently holding catalog lock. - */ - result = cat_acquire_cnid(hfsmp, &nextCNID); - if (result) { - return result; - } - - /* Get space for iterator, key and data */ - bto = hfs_malloc(sizeof(struct btobj)); - bto->iterator.hint.nodeNum = 0; - rsrcforkp = &bto->data.hfsPlusFile.resourceFork; - - result = buildkey(hfsmp, descp, &bto->key, 0); - if (result) { - printf("hfs: cat_createlink: err %d from buildkey\n", result); - goto exit; - } - - /* - * Insert the thread record first. - */ - datalen = buildthread((void*)&bto->key, &bto->data, 0, 0); - btdata.bufferAddress = &bto->data; - btdata.itemSize = datalen; - btdata.itemCount = 1; - - buildthreadkey(nextCNID, 0, (CatalogKey *) &bto->iterator.key); - result = BTInsertRecord(fcb, &bto->iterator, &btdata, datalen); - if (result) { - goto exit; - } - thread_inserted = 1; - - /* - * Now insert the link record. - */ - buildrecord(attrp, nextCNID, 0, kTextEncodingMacUnicode, &bto->data, &datalen); - - bto->data.hfsPlusFile.hl_prevLinkID = 0; - bto->data.hfsPlusFile.hl_nextLinkID = nextlinkid; - bto->data.hfsPlusFile.hl_linkReference = attrp->ca_linkref; - - /* For directory hard links, create alias in resource fork */ - if (descp->cd_flags & CD_ISDIR) { - if ((result = cat_makealias(hfsmp, attrp->ca_linkref, &bto->data.hfsPlusFile))) { - goto exit; - } - alias_allocated = 1; - } - btdata.bufferAddress = &bto->data; - btdata.itemSize = datalen; - btdata.itemCount = 1; - - bcopy(&bto->key, &bto->iterator.key, sizeof(bto->key)); - - result = BTInsertRecord(fcb, &bto->iterator, &btdata, datalen); - if (result) { - if (result == btExists) - result = EEXIST; - goto exit; - } - if (linkfileid != NULL) { - *linkfileid = nextCNID; - } -exit: - if (result) { - if (thread_inserted) { - printf("hfs: cat_createlink: BTInsertRecord err=%d, vol=%s\n", MacToVFSError(result), hfsmp->vcbVN); - - buildthreadkey(nextCNID, 0, (CatalogKey *)&bto->iterator.key); - if (BTDeleteRecord(fcb, &bto->iterator)) { - printf("hfs: cat_createlink() failed to delete thread record on volume %s\n", hfsmp->vcbVN); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_ROLLBACK_FAILED); - } - } - if (alias_allocated && rsrcforkp->extents[0].startBlock != 0) { - (void) BlockDeallocate(hfsmp, rsrcforkp->extents[0].startBlock, - rsrcforkp->extents[0].blockCount, 0); - rsrcforkp->extents[0].startBlock = 0; - rsrcforkp->extents[0].blockCount = 0; - } - } - (void) BTFlushPath(fcb); - hfs_free(bto, sizeof(*bto)); - - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - -/* Directory hard links are visible as aliases on pre-Leopard systems and - * as normal directories on Leopard or later. All directory hard link aliases - * have the same resource fork content except for the three uniquely - * identifying values that are updated in the resource fork data when the alias - * is created. The following array is the constant resource fork data used - * only for creating directory hard link aliases. - */ -static const char hfs_dirlink_alias_rsrc[] = { - 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x9e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x9e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x32, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x9a, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x9a, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x48, 0x2b, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x09, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x9e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x9e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x32, 0x00, 0x00, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1c, 0x00, 0x32, 0x00, 0x00, 0x61, 0x6c, 0x69, 0x73, - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 -}; - -/* Constants for directory hard link alias */ -enum { - /* Size of resource fork data array for directory hard link alias */ - kHFSAliasSize = 0x1d0, - - /* Volume type for ejectable devices like disk image */ - kHFSAliasVolTypeEjectable = 0x5, - - /* Offset for volume create date, in Mac OS local time */ - kHFSAliasVolCreateDateOffset = 0x12a, - - /* Offset for the type of volume */ - kHFSAliasVolTypeOffset = 0x130, - - /* Offset for folder ID of the parent directory of the directory inode */ - kHFSAliasParentIDOffset = 0x132, - - /* Offset for folder ID of the directory inode */ - kHFSAliasTargetIDOffset = 0x176, -}; - -/* Create and write an alias that points at the directory represented by given - * inode number on the same volume. Directory hard links are visible as - * aliases in pre-Leopard systems and this function creates these aliases. - * - * Note: This code is very specific to creating alias for the purpose - * of directory hard links only, and should not be generalized. - */ -static int -cat_makealias(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t inode_num, struct HFSPlusCatalogFile *crp) -{ - struct buf *bp; - daddr64_t blkno; - u_int32_t blkcount; - int blksize; - int sectorsize; - int result; - HFSPlusForkData *rsrcforkp; - char *alias; - uint32_t *valptr; - - rsrcforkp = &(crp->resourceFork); - - blksize = hfsmp->blockSize; - blkcount = howmany(kHFSAliasSize, blksize); - sectorsize = hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size; - bzero(rsrcforkp, sizeof(HFSPlusForkData)); - - /* Allocate some disk space for the alias content. */ - result = BlockAllocate(hfsmp, 0, blkcount, blkcount, - HFS_ALLOC_FORCECONTIG | HFS_ALLOC_METAZONE, - &rsrcforkp->extents[0].startBlock, - &rsrcforkp->extents[0].blockCount); - /* Did it fail with an out of space error? If so, re-try and allow journal flushing. */ - if (result == dskFulErr ) { - result = BlockAllocate(hfsmp, 0, blkcount, blkcount, - HFS_ALLOC_FORCECONTIG | HFS_ALLOC_METAZONE | HFS_ALLOC_FLUSHTXN, - &rsrcforkp->extents[0].startBlock, - &rsrcforkp->extents[0].blockCount); - } - if (result) { - rsrcforkp->extents[0].startBlock = 0; - goto exit; - } - - /* Acquire a buffer cache block for our block. */ - blkno = ((u_int64_t)rsrcforkp->extents[0].startBlock * (u_int64_t)blksize) / sectorsize; - blkno += hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset / sectorsize; - - bp = buf_getblk(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, blkno, roundup(kHFSAliasSize, hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size), 0, 0, BLK_META); - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_modify_block_start(hfsmp->jnl, bp); - } - - /* Generate alias content */ - alias = (char *)buf_dataptr(bp); - bzero(alias, buf_size(bp)); - bcopy(hfs_dirlink_alias_rsrc, alias, kHFSAliasSize); - - /* Set the volume create date, local time in Mac OS format */ - valptr = (uint32_t *)(alias + kHFSAliasVolCreateDateOffset); - *valptr = OSSwapHostToBigInt32(hfsmp->localCreateDate); - - /* If the file system is on a virtual device like disk image, - * update the volume type to be ejectable device. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_VIRTUAL_DEVICE) { - *(uint16_t *)(alias + kHFSAliasVolTypeOffset) = - OSSwapHostToBigInt16(kHFSAliasVolTypeEjectable); - } - - /* Set id of the parent of the target directory */ - valptr = (uint32_t *)(alias + kHFSAliasParentIDOffset); - *valptr = OSSwapHostToBigInt32(hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid); - - /* Set id of the target directory */ - valptr = (uint32_t *)(alias + kHFSAliasTargetIDOffset); - *valptr = OSSwapHostToBigInt32(inode_num); - - /* Write alias content to disk. */ - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_modify_block_end(hfsmp->jnl, bp, NULL, NULL); - } else if ((result = buf_bwrite(bp))) { - goto exit; - } - - /* Finish initializing the fork data. */ - rsrcforkp->logicalSize = kHFSAliasSize; - rsrcforkp->totalBlocks = rsrcforkp->extents[0].blockCount; - -exit: - if (result && rsrcforkp->extents[0].startBlock != 0) { - (void) BlockDeallocate(hfsmp, rsrcforkp->extents[0].startBlock, rsrcforkp->extents[0].blockCount, 0); - rsrcforkp->extents[0].startBlock = 0; - rsrcforkp->extents[0].blockCount = 0; - rsrcforkp->logicalSize = 0; - rsrcforkp->totalBlocks = 0; - } - return (result); -} - -/* - * cat_deletelink - delete a link from the catalog - */ -int -cat_deletelink(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cat_desc *descp) -{ - struct HFSPlusCatalogFile file; - struct cat_attr cattr; - uint32_t totalBlocks; - int i; - int result; - - bzero(&file, sizeof (file)); - bzero(&cattr, sizeof (cattr)); - cattr.ca_fileid = descp->cd_cnid; - - /* Directory links have alias content to remove. */ - if (descp->cd_flags & CD_ISDIR) { - FCB * fcb; - BTreeIterator * iterator; - struct FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - - fcb = hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork; - - /* Borrow the btcb iterator since we have an exclusive catalog lock. */ - iterator = &((BTreeControlBlockPtr)(fcb->ff_sysfileinfo))->iterator; - iterator->hint.nodeNum = 0; - - if ((result = buildkey(hfsmp, descp, (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)&iterator->key, 0))) { - goto exit; - } - BDINIT(btdata, &file); - - if ((result = BTSearchRecord(fcb, iterator, &btdata, NULL, NULL))) { - goto exit; - } - } - - result = cat_delete(hfsmp, descp, &cattr); - - if ((result == 0) && - (descp->cd_flags & CD_ISDIR) && - (file.recordType == kHFSPlusFileRecord)) { - - totalBlocks = file.resourceFork.totalBlocks; - - for (i = 0; (i < 8) && (totalBlocks > 0); i++) { - if ((file.resourceFork.extents[i].blockCount == 0) && - (file.resourceFork.extents[i].startBlock == 0)) { - break; - } - - (void) BlockDeallocate(hfsmp, - file.resourceFork.extents[i].startBlock, - file.resourceFork.extents[i].blockCount, 0); - - totalBlocks -= file.resourceFork.extents[i].blockCount; - file.resourceFork.extents[i].startBlock = 0; - file.resourceFork.extents[i].blockCount = 0; - } - } -exit: - return (result); -} - - -/* - * Callback to collect directory entries. - * Called with readattr_state for each item in a directory. - */ -struct readattr_state { - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - struct cat_entrylist *list; - cnid_t dir_cnid; - int stdhfs; - int error; - int reached_eof; -}; - -static int -getentriesattr_callback(const CatalogKey *key, const CatalogRecord *rec, - struct readattr_state *state) -{ - struct cat_entrylist *list = state->list; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = state->hfsmp; - struct cat_entry *cep; - cnid_t parentcnid; - - if (list->realentries >= list->maxentries) - return (0); /* stop */ - - parentcnid = state->stdhfs ? key->hfs.parentID : key->hfsPlus.parentID; - - switch(rec->recordType) { - case kHFSPlusFolderRecord: - case kHFSPlusFileRecord: -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - case kHFSFolderRecord: - case kHFSFileRecord: -#endif - if (parentcnid != state->dir_cnid) { - state->error = ENOENT; - state->reached_eof = 1; - return (0); /* stop */ - } - break; - default: - state->error = ENOENT; - return (0); /* stop */ - } - - /* Hide the private system directories and journal files */ - if (parentcnid == kHFSRootFolderID) { - if (rec->recordType == kHFSPlusFolderRecord) { - if (rec->hfsPlusFolder.folderID == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid || - rec->hfsPlusFolder.folderID == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) { - list->skipentries++; - return (1); /* continue */ - } - } - if ((hfsmp->jnl || ((HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbAtrb & kHFSVolumeJournaledMask) && (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY))) && - (rec->recordType == kHFSPlusFileRecord) && - ((rec->hfsPlusFile.fileID == hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid) || - (rec->hfsPlusFile.fileID == hfsmp->hfs_jnlinfoblkid))) { - list->skipentries++; - return (1); /* continue */ - } - } - - cep = &list->entry[list->realentries++]; - - if (state->stdhfs == 0) { - getbsdattr(hfsmp, (const struct HFSPlusCatalogFile *)rec, &cep->ce_attr); - builddesc((const HFSPlusCatalogKey *)key, getcnid(rec), 0, getencoding(rec), - isadir(rec), &cep->ce_desc); - - if (rec->recordType == kHFSPlusFileRecord) { - cep->ce_datasize = rec->hfsPlusFile.dataFork.logicalSize; - cep->ce_datablks = rec->hfsPlusFile.dataFork.totalBlocks; - cep->ce_rsrcsize = rec->hfsPlusFile.resourceFork.logicalSize; - cep->ce_rsrcblks = rec->hfsPlusFile.resourceFork.totalBlocks; - - /* Save link reference for later processing. */ - if ((SWAP_BE32(rec->hfsPlusFile.userInfo.fdType) == kHardLinkFileType) && - (SWAP_BE32(rec->hfsPlusFile.userInfo.fdCreator) == kHFSPlusCreator)) { - cep->ce_attr.ca_linkref = rec->hfsPlusFile.bsdInfo.special.iNodeNum; - } else if ((rec->hfsPlusFile.flags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask) && - (SWAP_BE32(rec->hfsPlusFile.userInfo.fdType) == kHFSAliasType) && - (SWAP_BE32(rec->hfsPlusFile.userInfo.fdCreator) == kHFSAliasCreator)) { - cep->ce_attr.ca_linkref = rec->hfsPlusFile.bsdInfo.special.iNodeNum; - } - } - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - struct HFSPlusCatalogFile cnoderec; - HFSPlusCatalogKey * pluskey; - u_int32_t encoding; - - promoteattr(hfsmp, rec, &cnoderec); - getbsdattr(hfsmp, &cnoderec, &cep->ce_attr); - - pluskey = hfs_malloc(sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogKey)); - promotekey(hfsmp, (const HFSCatalogKey *)key, pluskey, &encoding); - builddesc(pluskey, getcnid(rec), 0, encoding, isadir(rec), &cep->ce_desc); - hfs_free(pluskey, sizeof(*pluskey)); - - if (rec->recordType == kHFSFileRecord) { - int blksize = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize; - - cep->ce_datasize = rec->hfsFile.dataLogicalSize; - cep->ce_datablks = rec->hfsFile.dataPhysicalSize / blksize; - cep->ce_rsrcsize = rec->hfsFile.rsrcLogicalSize; - cep->ce_rsrcblks = rec->hfsFile.rsrcPhysicalSize / blksize; - } - } -#endif - - return (list->realentries < list->maxentries); -} - -/* - * Pack a cat_entrylist buffer with attributes from the catalog - * - * Note: index is zero relative - */ -int -cat_getentriesattr(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, directoryhint_t *dirhint, struct cat_entrylist *ce_list, int *reachedeof) -{ - FCB* fcb; - CatalogKey * key; - BTreeIterator * iterator; - struct readattr_state state; - cnid_t parentcnid; - int i; - int std_hfs; - int index; - int have_key; - int result = 0; - int reached_eof = 0; - - ce_list->realentries = 0; - - fcb = GetFileControlBlock(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->catalogRefNum); - std_hfs = (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord); - parentcnid = dirhint->dh_desc.cd_parentcnid; - - bzero (&state, sizeof(struct readattr_state)); - - state.hfsmp = hfsmp; - state.list = ce_list; - state.dir_cnid = parentcnid; - state.stdhfs = std_hfs; - state.error = 0; - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - key = (CatalogKey *)&iterator->key; - have_key = 0; - iterator->hint.nodeNum = dirhint->dh_desc.cd_hint; - index = dirhint->dh_index + 1; - - /* - * Attempt to build a key from cached filename - */ - if (dirhint->dh_desc.cd_namelen != 0) { - if (buildkey(hfsmp, &dirhint->dh_desc, (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)key, 0) == 0) { - have_key = 1; - } - } - - /* - * If the last entry wasn't cached then position the btree iterator - */ - if ((index == 0) || !have_key) { - /* - * Position the iterator at the directory's thread record. - * (i.e. just before the first entry) - */ - buildthreadkey(dirhint->dh_desc.cd_parentcnid, (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD), key); - result = BTSearchRecord(fcb, iterator, NULL, NULL, iterator); - if (result) { - result = MacToVFSError(result); - goto exit; - } - - /* - * Iterate until we reach the entry just - * before the one we want to start with. - */ - if (index > 0) { - struct position_state ps; - - ps.error = 0; - ps.count = 0; - ps.index = index; - ps.parentID = dirhint->dh_desc.cd_parentcnid; - ps.hfsmp = hfsmp; - - result = BTIterateRecords(fcb, kBTreeNextRecord, iterator, - (IterateCallBackProcPtr)cat_findposition, &ps); - if (ps.error) - result = ps.error; - else - result = MacToVFSError(result); - - if (result) { - /* - * Note: the index may now point to EOF if the directory - * was modified in between system calls. We will return - * ENOENT from cat_findposition if this is the case, and - * when we bail out with an error, our caller (hfs_readdirattr_internal) - * will suppress the error and indicate EOF to its caller. - */ - result = MacToVFSError(result); - goto exit; - } - } - } - - /* Fill list with entries starting at iterator->key. */ - result = BTIterateRecords(fcb, kBTreeNextRecord, iterator, - (IterateCallBackProcPtr)getentriesattr_callback, &state); - - if (state.error) { - result = state.error; - reached_eof = state.reached_eof; - } - else if (ce_list->realentries == 0) { - result = ENOENT; - reached_eof = 1; - } - else { - result = MacToVFSError(result); - } - - if (std_hfs) - goto exit; - - /* - * Resolve any hard links. - */ - for (i = 0; i < (int)ce_list->realentries; ++i) { - struct FndrFileInfo *fip; - struct cat_entry *cep; - struct HFSPlusCatalogFile filerec; - int isdirlink = 0; - int isfilelink = 0; - - cep = &ce_list->entry[i]; - if (cep->ce_attr.ca_linkref == 0) - continue; - - /* Note: Finder info is still in Big Endian */ - fip = (struct FndrFileInfo *)&cep->ce_attr.ca_finderinfo; - - if (S_ISREG(cep->ce_attr.ca_mode) && - (SWAP_BE32(fip->fdType) == kHardLinkFileType) && - (SWAP_BE32(fip->fdCreator) == kHFSPlusCreator)) { - isfilelink = 1; - } - if (S_ISREG(cep->ce_attr.ca_mode) && - (SWAP_BE32(fip->fdType) == kHFSAliasType) && - (SWAP_BE32(fip->fdCreator) == kHFSAliasCreator) && - (cep->ce_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask)) { - isdirlink = 1; - } - if (isfilelink || isdirlink) { - if (cat_resolvelink(hfsmp, cep->ce_attr.ca_linkref, isdirlink, &filerec) != 0) - continue; - /* Repack entry from inode record. */ - getbsdattr(hfsmp, &filerec, &cep->ce_attr); - cep->ce_datasize = filerec.dataFork.logicalSize; - cep->ce_datablks = filerec.dataFork.totalBlocks; - cep->ce_rsrcsize = filerec.resourceFork.logicalSize; - cep->ce_rsrcblks = filerec.resourceFork.totalBlocks; - } - } - -exit: - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - *reachedeof = reached_eof; - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - -#define SMALL_DIRENTRY_SIZE (int)(sizeof(struct dirent) - (MAXNAMLEN + 1) + 8) - -/* - * Callback to pack directory entries. - * Called with packdirentry_state for each item in a directory. - */ - -/* Hard link information collected during cat_getdirentries. */ -struct linkinfo { - u_int32_t link_ref; - user_addr_t dirent_addr; -}; -typedef struct linkinfo linkinfo_t; - -/* State information for the getdirentries_callback function. */ -struct packdirentry_state { - int cbs_flags; /* VNODE_READDIR_* flags */ - u_int32_t cbs_parentID; - u_int32_t cbs_index; - uio_t cbs_uio; - ExtendedVCB * cbs_hfsmp; - int cbs_result; - int32_t cbs_nlinks; - int32_t cbs_maxlinks; - linkinfo_t * cbs_linkinfo; - struct cat_desc * cbs_desc; - u_int8_t * cbs_namebuf; - /* - * The following fields are only used for NFS readdir, which - * uses the next file id as the seek offset of each entry. - */ - struct direntry * cbs_direntry; - struct direntry * cbs_prevdirentry; - u_int32_t cbs_previlinkref; - Boolean cbs_hasprevdirentry; - Boolean cbs_eof; -}; - -/* - * getdirentries callback for HFS Plus directories. - */ -static int -getdirentries_callback(const CatalogKey *ckp, const CatalogRecord *crp, - struct packdirentry_state *state) -{ - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - const CatalogName *cnp; - cnid_t curID; - OSErr result; - struct dirent catent; - struct direntry * entry = NULL; - time_t itime; - u_int32_t ilinkref = 0; - u_int32_t curlinkref = 0; - cnid_t cnid; - int hide = 0; - u_int8_t type = DT_UNKNOWN; - u_int8_t is_mangled = 0; - u_int8_t is_link = 0; - u_int8_t *nameptr; - user_addr_t uiobase = USER_ADDR_NULL; - size_t namelen = 0; - size_t maxnamelen; - size_t uiosize = 0; - caddr_t uioaddr; - Boolean stop_after_pack = false; - - hfsmp = state->cbs_hfsmp; - curID = ckp->hfsPlus.parentID; - - /* We're done when parent directory changes */ - if (state->cbs_parentID != curID) { - /* - * If the parent ID is different from curID this means we've hit - * the EOF for the directory. To help future callers, we mark - * the cbs_eof boolean. However, we should only mark the EOF - * boolean if we're about to return from this function. - * - * This is because this callback function does its own uiomove - * to get the data to userspace. If we set the boolean before determining - * whether or not the current entry has enough room to write its - * data to userland, we could fool the callers of this catalog function - * into thinking they've hit EOF earlier than they really would have. - * In that case, we'd know that we have more entries to process and - * send to userland, but we didn't have enough room. - * - * To be safe, we mark cbs_eof here ONLY for the cases where we know we're - * about to return and won't write any new data back - * to userland. In the stop_after_pack case, we'll set this boolean - * regardless, so it's slightly safer to let that logic mark the boolean, - * especially since it's closer to the return of this function. - */ - - if (state->cbs_flags & VNODE_READDIR_EXTENDED) { - /* The last record has not been returned yet, so we - * want to stop after packing the last item - */ - if (state->cbs_hasprevdirentry) { - stop_after_pack = true; - } else { - state->cbs_eof = true; - state->cbs_result = ENOENT; - return (0); /* stop */ - } - } else { - state->cbs_eof = true; - state->cbs_result = ENOENT; - return (0); /* stop */ - } - } - - if (state->cbs_flags & VNODE_READDIR_EXTENDED) { - entry = state->cbs_direntry; - nameptr = (u_int8_t *)&entry->d_name[0]; - if (state->cbs_flags & VNODE_READDIR_NAMEMAX) { - /* - * The NFS server sometimes needs to make filenames fit in - * NAME_MAX bytes (since its client may not be able to - * handle a longer name). In that case, NFS will ask us - * to mangle the name to keep it short enough. - */ - maxnamelen = NAME_MAX + 1; - } else { - maxnamelen = sizeof(entry->d_name); - } - } else { - nameptr = (u_int8_t *)&catent.d_name[0]; - maxnamelen = sizeof(catent.d_name); - } - - if ((state->cbs_flags & VNODE_READDIR_EXTENDED) && stop_after_pack) { - /* The last item returns a non-zero invalid cookie */ - cnid = INT_MAX; - } else { - switch(crp->recordType) { - case kHFSPlusFolderRecord: - type = DT_DIR; - cnid = crp->hfsPlusFolder.folderID; - /* Hide our private system directories. */ - if (curID == kHFSRootFolderID) { - if (cnid == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid || - cnid == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) { - hide = 1; - } - } - break; - case kHFSPlusFileRecord: - itime = to_bsd_time(crp->hfsPlusFile.createDate); - type = MODE_TO_DT(crp->hfsPlusFile.bsdInfo.fileMode); - cnid = crp->hfsPlusFile.fileID; - /* - * When a hardlink link is encountered save its link ref. - */ - if ((SWAP_BE32(crp->hfsPlusFile.userInfo.fdType) == kHardLinkFileType) && - (SWAP_BE32(crp->hfsPlusFile.userInfo.fdCreator) == kHFSPlusCreator) && - ((itime == (time_t)hfsmp->hfs_itime) || - (itime == (time_t)hfsmp->hfs_metadata_createdate))) { - /* If link ref is inode's file id then use it directly. */ - if (crp->hfsPlusFile.flags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask) { - cnid = crp->hfsPlusFile.hl_linkReference; - } else { - ilinkref = crp->hfsPlusFile.hl_linkReference; - } - is_link =1; - } else if ((SWAP_BE32(crp->hfsPlusFile.userInfo.fdType) == kHFSAliasType) && - (SWAP_BE32(crp->hfsPlusFile.userInfo.fdCreator) == kHFSAliasCreator) && - (crp->hfsPlusFile.flags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask) && - (crp->hfsPlusFile.hl_linkReference >= kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID) && - ((itime == (time_t)hfsmp->hfs_itime) || - (itime == (time_t)hfsmp->hfs_metadata_createdate))) { - /* A directory's link resolves to a directory. */ - type = DT_DIR; - /* A directory's link ref is always inode's file id. */ - cnid = crp->hfsPlusFile.hl_linkReference; - is_link = 1; - } - /* Hide the journal files */ - if ((curID == kHFSRootFolderID) && - ((hfsmp->jnl || ((HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbAtrb & kHFSVolumeJournaledMask) && (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY)))) && - ((cnid == hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid) || - (cnid == hfsmp->hfs_jnlinfoblkid))) { - hide = 1; - } - break; - default: - return (0); /* stop */ - }; - - cnp = (const CatalogName*) &ckp->hfsPlus.nodeName; - - namelen = cnp->ustr.length; - /* - * For MacRoman encoded names (textEncoding == 0), assume that it's ascii - * and convert it directly in an attempt to avoid the more - * expensive utf8_encodestr conversion. - */ - if ((namelen < maxnamelen) && (crp->hfsPlusFile.textEncoding == 0)) { - int i; - u_int16_t ch; - const u_int16_t *chp; - - chp = &cnp->ustr.unicode[0]; - for (i = 0; i < (int)namelen; ++i) { - ch = *chp++; - if (ch > 0x007f || ch == 0x0000) { - /* Perform expensive utf8_encodestr conversion */ - goto encodestr; - } - nameptr[i] = (ch == '/') ? ':' : (u_int8_t)ch; - } - nameptr[namelen] = '\0'; - result = 0; - } else { -encodestr: - result = utf8_encodestr(cnp->ustr.unicode, namelen * sizeof(UniChar), - nameptr, &namelen, maxnamelen, ':', 0); - } - - /* Check result returned from encoding the filename to utf8 */ - if (result == ENAMETOOLONG) { - /* - * If we were looking at a catalog record for a hardlink (not the inode), - * then we want to use its link ID as opposed to the inode ID for - * a mangled name. For all other cases, they are the same. Note that - * due to the way directory hardlinks are implemented, the actual link - * is going to be counted as a file record, so we can catch both - * with is_link. - */ - cnid_t linkid = cnid; - if (is_link) { - linkid = crp->hfsPlusFile.fileID; - } - - result = ConvertUnicodeToUTF8Mangled(cnp->ustr.length * sizeof(UniChar), - cnp->ustr.unicode, maxnamelen, - (ByteCount*)&namelen, nameptr, linkid); - is_mangled = 1; - } - } - - if (state->cbs_flags & VNODE_READDIR_EXTENDED) { - /* - * The index is 1 relative and includes "." and ".." - * - * Also stuff the cnid in the upper 32 bits of the cookie. - * The cookie is stored to the previous entry, which will - * be packed and copied this time - */ - state->cbs_prevdirentry->d_seekoff = (state->cbs_index + 3) | ((u_int64_t)cnid << 32); - uiosize = state->cbs_prevdirentry->d_reclen; - uioaddr = (caddr_t) state->cbs_prevdirentry; - } else { - catent.d_type = type; - catent.d_namlen = namelen; - catent.d_reclen = uiosize = STD_DIRENT_LEN(namelen); - if (hide) - catent.d_fileno = 0; /* file number = 0 means skip entry */ - else - catent.d_fileno = cnid; - uioaddr = (caddr_t) &catent; - } - - /* Save current base address for post processing of hard-links. */ - if (ilinkref || state->cbs_previlinkref) { - uiobase = uio_curriovbase(state->cbs_uio); - } - /* If this entry won't fit then we're done */ - if ((uiosize > (user_size_t)uio_resid(state->cbs_uio)) || - (ilinkref != 0 && state->cbs_nlinks == state->cbs_maxlinks)) { - return (0); /* stop */ - } - - if (!(state->cbs_flags & VNODE_READDIR_EXTENDED) || state->cbs_hasprevdirentry) { - state->cbs_result = uiomove(uioaddr, uiosize, state->cbs_uio); - if (state->cbs_result == 0) { - ++state->cbs_index; - - /* Remember previous entry */ - state->cbs_desc->cd_cnid = cnid; - if (type == DT_DIR) { - state->cbs_desc->cd_flags |= CD_ISDIR; - } else { - state->cbs_desc->cd_flags &= ~CD_ISDIR; - } - if (state->cbs_desc->cd_nameptr != NULL) { - state->cbs_desc->cd_namelen = 0; - } -#if 0 - state->cbs_desc->cd_encoding = xxxx; -#endif - if (!is_mangled) { - state->cbs_desc->cd_namelen = namelen; - bcopy(nameptr, state->cbs_namebuf, namelen + 1); - } else { - /* Store unmangled name for the directory hint else it will - * restart readdir at the last location again - */ - u_int8_t *new_nameptr; - size_t bufsize; - size_t tmp_namelen = 0; - - cnp = (const CatalogName *)&ckp->hfsPlus.nodeName; - bufsize = 1 + utf8_encodelen(cnp->ustr.unicode, - cnp->ustr.length * sizeof(UniChar), - ':', 0); - new_nameptr = hfs_malloc(bufsize); - result = utf8_encodestr(cnp->ustr.unicode, - cnp->ustr.length * sizeof(UniChar), - new_nameptr, &tmp_namelen, bufsize, ':', 0); - - state->cbs_desc->cd_namelen = tmp_namelen; - bcopy(new_nameptr, state->cbs_namebuf, tmp_namelen + 1); - - hfs_free(new_nameptr, bufsize); - } - } - if (state->cbs_hasprevdirentry) { - curlinkref = ilinkref; /* save current */ - ilinkref = state->cbs_previlinkref; /* use previous */ - } - /* - * Record any hard links for post processing. - */ - if ((ilinkref != 0) && - (state->cbs_result == 0) && - (state->cbs_nlinks < state->cbs_maxlinks)) { - state->cbs_linkinfo[state->cbs_nlinks].dirent_addr = uiobase; - state->cbs_linkinfo[state->cbs_nlinks].link_ref = ilinkref; - state->cbs_nlinks++; - } - if (state->cbs_hasprevdirentry) { - ilinkref = curlinkref; /* restore current */ - } - } - - /* Fill the direntry to be used the next time */ - if (state->cbs_flags & VNODE_READDIR_EXTENDED) { - if (stop_after_pack) { - state->cbs_eof = true; - return (0); /* stop */ - } - entry->d_type = type; - entry->d_namlen = namelen; - entry->d_reclen = EXT_DIRENT_LEN(namelen); - if (hide) { - /* File number = 0 means skip entry */ - entry->d_fileno = 0; - } else { - entry->d_fileno = cnid; - } - /* swap the current and previous entry */ - struct direntry * tmp; - tmp = state->cbs_direntry; - state->cbs_direntry = state->cbs_prevdirentry; - state->cbs_prevdirentry = tmp; - state->cbs_hasprevdirentry = true; - state->cbs_previlinkref = ilinkref; - } - - /* Continue iteration if there's room */ - return (state->cbs_result == 0 && - uio_resid(state->cbs_uio) >= SMALL_DIRENTRY_SIZE); -} - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -/* - * getdirentries callback for standard HFS (non HFS+) directories. - */ -static int -getdirentries_std_callback(const CatalogKey *ckp, const CatalogRecord *crp, - struct packdirentry_state *state) -{ - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - const CatalogName *cnp; - cnid_t curID; - OSErr result; - struct dirent catent; - cnid_t cnid; - u_int8_t type = DT_UNKNOWN; - u_int8_t *nameptr; - size_t namelen = 0; - size_t maxnamelen; - size_t uiosize = 0; - caddr_t uioaddr; - - hfsmp = state->cbs_hfsmp; - - curID = ckp->hfs.parentID; - - /* We're done when parent directory changes */ - if (state->cbs_parentID != curID) { - state->cbs_result = ENOENT; - return (0); /* stop */ - } - - nameptr = (u_int8_t *)&catent.d_name[0]; - maxnamelen = sizeof(catent.d_name); - - switch(crp->recordType) { - case kHFSFolderRecord: - type = DT_DIR; - cnid = crp->hfsFolder.folderID; - break; - case kHFSFileRecord: - type = DT_REG; - cnid = crp->hfsFile.fileID; - break; - default: - return (0); /* stop */ - }; - - cnp = (const CatalogName*) ckp->hfs.nodeName; - result = hfs_to_utf8(hfsmp, cnp->pstr, maxnamelen, (ByteCount *)&namelen, nameptr); - /* - * When an HFS name cannot be encoded with the current - * volume encoding we use MacRoman as a fallback. - */ - if (result) { - result = mac_roman_to_utf8(cnp->pstr, maxnamelen, (ByteCount *)&namelen, nameptr); - } - catent.d_type = type; - catent.d_namlen = namelen; - catent.d_reclen = uiosize = STD_DIRENT_LEN(namelen); - catent.d_fileno = cnid; - uioaddr = (caddr_t) &catent; - - /* If this entry won't fit then we're done */ - if (uiosize > (user_size_t)uio_resid(state->cbs_uio)) { - return (0); /* stop */ - } - - state->cbs_result = uiomove(uioaddr, uiosize, state->cbs_uio); - if (state->cbs_result == 0) { - ++state->cbs_index; - - /* Remember previous entry */ - state->cbs_desc->cd_cnid = cnid; - if (type == DT_DIR) { - state->cbs_desc->cd_flags |= CD_ISDIR; - } else { - state->cbs_desc->cd_flags &= ~CD_ISDIR; - } - if (state->cbs_desc->cd_nameptr != NULL) { - state->cbs_desc->cd_namelen = 0; - } - state->cbs_desc->cd_namelen = namelen; - bcopy(nameptr, state->cbs_namebuf, namelen + 1); - } - - /* Continue iteration if there's room */ - return (state->cbs_result == 0 && uio_resid(state->cbs_uio) >= SMALL_DIRENTRY_SIZE); -} -#endif - -/* - * Pack a uio buffer with directory entries from the catalog - */ -int -cat_getdirentries(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t entrycnt, directoryhint_t *dirhint, - uio_t uio, int flags, int * items, int * eofflag) -{ - FCB* fcb; - BTreeIterator * iterator; - CatalogKey * key; - struct packdirentry_state state; - void * buffer; - int bufsize; - int maxlinks; - int result; - int index; - int have_key; - int extended; - - extended = flags & VNODE_READDIR_EXTENDED; - - if (extended && (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD)) { - return (ENOTSUP); - } - fcb = hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork; - - #define MAX_LINKINFO_ENTRIES 275 - /* - * Get a buffer for link info array, btree iterator and a direntry. - * - * We impose an cap of 275 link entries when trying to compute - * the total number of hardlink entries that we'll allow in the - * linkinfo array, as this has been shown to noticeably impact performance. - * - * Note that in the case where there are very few hardlinks, - * this does not restrict or prevent us from vending out as many entries - * as we can to the uio_resid, because the getdirentries callback - * uiomoves the directory entries to the uio itself and does not use - * this MALLOC'd array. It also limits itself to maxlinks of hardlinks. - */ - - // This value cannot underflow: both entrycnt and the rhs are unsigned 32-bit - // ints, so the worst-case MIN of them is 0. - maxlinks = MIN (entrycnt, (u_int32_t)(uio_resid(uio) / SMALL_DIRENTRY_SIZE)); - // Prevent overflow. - maxlinks = MIN (maxlinks, MAX_LINKINFO_ENTRIES); - bufsize = MAXPATHLEN + (maxlinks * sizeof(linkinfo_t)) + sizeof(*iterator); - - if (extended) { - bufsize += 2*sizeof(struct direntry); - } - buffer = hfs_mallocz(bufsize); - - state.cbs_flags = flags; - state.cbs_hasprevdirentry = false; - state.cbs_previlinkref = 0; - state.cbs_nlinks = 0; - state.cbs_maxlinks = maxlinks; - state.cbs_linkinfo = (linkinfo_t *)((char *)buffer + MAXPATHLEN); - /* - * We need to set cbs_eof to false regardless of whether or not the - * control flow is actually in the extended case, since we use this - * field to track whether or not we've returned EOF from the iterator function. - */ - state.cbs_eof = false; - - iterator = (BTreeIterator *) ((char *)state.cbs_linkinfo + (maxlinks * sizeof(linkinfo_t))); - key = (CatalogKey *)&iterator->key; - have_key = 0; - index = dirhint->dh_index + 1; - if (extended) { - state.cbs_direntry = (struct direntry *)((char *)iterator + sizeof(BTreeIterator)); - state.cbs_prevdirentry = state.cbs_direntry + 1; - } - /* - * Attempt to build a key from cached filename - */ - if (dirhint->dh_desc.cd_namelen != 0) { - if (buildkey(hfsmp, &dirhint->dh_desc, (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)key, 0) == 0) { - iterator->hint.nodeNum = dirhint->dh_desc.cd_hint; - have_key = 1; - } - } - - if (index == 0 && dirhint->dh_threadhint != 0) { - /* - * Position the iterator at the directory's thread record. - * (i.e. just before the first entry) - */ - buildthreadkey(dirhint->dh_desc.cd_parentcnid, (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD), key); - iterator->hint.nodeNum = dirhint->dh_threadhint; - iterator->hint.index = 0; - have_key = 1; - } - - /* - * If the last entry wasn't cached then position the btree iterator - */ - if (!have_key) { - /* - * Position the iterator at the directory's thread record. - * (i.e. just before the first entry) - */ - buildthreadkey(dirhint->dh_desc.cd_parentcnid, (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD), key); - result = BTSearchRecord(fcb, iterator, NULL, NULL, iterator); - if (result) { - result = MacToVFSError(result); - goto cleanup; - } - if (index == 0) { - dirhint->dh_threadhint = iterator->hint.nodeNum; - } - /* - * Iterate until we reach the entry just - * before the one we want to start with. - */ - if (index > 0) { - struct position_state ps; - - ps.error = 0; - ps.count = 0; - ps.index = index; - ps.parentID = dirhint->dh_desc.cd_parentcnid; - ps.hfsmp = hfsmp; - - result = BTIterateRecords(fcb, kBTreeNextRecord, iterator, - (IterateCallBackProcPtr)cat_findposition, &ps); - if (ps.error) - result = ps.error; - else - result = MacToVFSError(result); - if (result) { - result = MacToVFSError(result); - if (result == ENOENT) { - /* - * ENOENT means we've hit the EOF. - * suppress the error, and set the eof flag. - */ - result = 0; - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_flags |= CD_EOF; - *eofflag = 1; - } - goto cleanup; - } - } - } - - state.cbs_index = index; - state.cbs_hfsmp = hfsmp; - state.cbs_uio = uio; - state.cbs_desc = &dirhint->dh_desc; - state.cbs_namebuf = (u_int8_t *)buffer; - state.cbs_result = 0; - state.cbs_parentID = dirhint->dh_desc.cd_parentcnid; - - /* Use a temporary buffer to hold intermediate descriptor names. */ - if (dirhint->dh_desc.cd_namelen > 0 && dirhint->dh_desc.cd_nameptr != NULL) { - bcopy(dirhint->dh_desc.cd_nameptr, buffer, dirhint->dh_desc.cd_namelen+1); - if (dirhint->dh_desc.cd_flags & CD_HASBUF) { - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_flags &= ~CD_HASBUF; - vfs_removename((const char *)dirhint->dh_desc.cd_nameptr); - } - } - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_nameptr = (u_int8_t *)buffer; - - enum BTreeIterationOperations op; - if (extended && index != 0 && have_key) - op = kBTreeCurrentRecord; - else - op = kBTreeNextRecord; - - /* - * Process as many entries as possible starting at iterator->key. - */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) == 0) { - /* HFS+ */ - result = BTIterateRecords(fcb, op, iterator, - (IterateCallBackProcPtr)getdirentries_callback, &state); - - /* For extended calls, every call to getdirentries_callback() - * transfers the previous directory entry found to the user - * buffer. Therefore when BTIterateRecords reaches the end of - * Catalog BTree, call getdirentries_callback() again with - * dummy values to copy the last directory entry stored in - * packdirentry_state - */ - if (extended && (result == fsBTRecordNotFoundErr)) { - CatalogKey ckp; - CatalogRecord crp; - - bzero(&ckp, sizeof(ckp)); - bzero(&crp, sizeof(crp)); - - result = getdirentries_callback(&ckp, &crp, &state); - } - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - /* HFS (standard) */ - result = BTIterateRecords(fcb, op, iterator, - (IterateCallBackProcPtr)getdirentries_std_callback, &state); - } -#endif - - /* Note that state.cbs_index is still valid on errors */ - *items = state.cbs_index - index; - index = state.cbs_index; - - /* - * Also note that cbs_eof is set in all cases if we ever hit EOF - * during the enumeration by the catalog callback. Mark the directory's hint - * descriptor as having hit EOF. - */ - - if (state.cbs_eof) { - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_flags |= CD_EOF; - *eofflag = 1; - } - - /* Finish updating the catalog iterator. */ - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_hint = iterator->hint.nodeNum; - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_flags |= CD_DECOMPOSED; - dirhint->dh_index = index - 1; - - /* Fix up the name. */ - if (dirhint->dh_desc.cd_namelen > 0) { - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)vfs_addname((char *)buffer, dirhint->dh_desc.cd_namelen, 0, 0); - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_flags |= CD_HASBUF; - } else { - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_nameptr = NULL; - dirhint->dh_desc.cd_namelen = 0; - } - - /* - * Post process any hard links to get the real file id. - */ - if (state.cbs_nlinks > 0) { - ino_t fileid = 0; - user_addr_t address; - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < state.cbs_nlinks; ++i) { - if (resolvelinkid(hfsmp, state.cbs_linkinfo[i].link_ref, &fileid) != 0) - continue; - /* This assumes that d_ino is always first field. */ - address = state.cbs_linkinfo[i].dirent_addr; - if (address == (user_addr_t)0) - continue; - if (uio_isuserspace(uio)) { - if (extended) { - ino64_t fileid_64 = (ino64_t)fileid; - (void) copyout(&fileid_64, address, sizeof(fileid_64)); - } else { - (void) copyout(&fileid, address, sizeof(fileid)); - } - } else /* system space */ { - if (extended) { - ino64_t fileid_64 = (ino64_t)fileid; - bcopy(&fileid_64, (void*) CAST_DOWN(caddr_t, address), sizeof(fileid_64)); - } else { - bcopy(&fileid, (void*) CAST_DOWN(caddr_t, address), sizeof(fileid)); - } - } - } - } - - if (state.cbs_result) - result = state.cbs_result; - else - result = MacToVFSError(result); - - if (result == ENOENT) { - result = 0; - } - -cleanup: - hfs_free(buffer, bufsize); - - return (result); -} - - -/* - * Callback to establish directory position. - * Called with position_state for each item in a directory. - */ -static int -cat_findposition(const CatalogKey *ckp, const CatalogRecord *crp, - struct position_state *state) -{ - cnid_t curID = 0; - - if ((state->hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) == 0) { - curID = ckp->hfsPlus.parentID; - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - curID = ckp->hfs.parentID; - } -#endif - - /* Make sure parent directory didn't change */ - if (state->parentID != curID) { - /* - * The parent ID is different from curID this means we've hit - * the EOF for the directory. - */ - state->error = ENOENT; - return (0); /* stop */ - } - - /* Count this entry */ - switch(crp->recordType) { - case kHFSPlusFolderRecord: - case kHFSPlusFileRecord: -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - case kHFSFolderRecord: - case kHFSFileRecord: -#endif - ++state->count; - break; - default: - printf("hfs: cat_findposition: invalid record type %d in dir %d\n", - crp->recordType, curID); - state->error = EINVAL; - return (0); /* stop */ - }; - - return (state->count < state->index); -} - - -/* - * cat_binarykeycompare - compare two HFS Plus catalog keys. - - * The name portion of the key is compared using a 16-bit binary comparison. - * This is called from the b-tree code. - */ -int -cat_binarykeycompare(HFSPlusCatalogKey *searchKey, HFSPlusCatalogKey *trialKey) -{ - u_int32_t searchParentID, trialParentID; - int result; - - searchParentID = searchKey->parentID; - trialParentID = trialKey->parentID; - result = 0; - - if (searchParentID > trialParentID) { - ++result; - } else if (searchParentID < trialParentID) { - --result; - } else { - u_int16_t * str1 = &searchKey->nodeName.unicode[0]; - u_int16_t * str2 = &trialKey->nodeName.unicode[0]; - int length1 = searchKey->nodeName.length; - int length2 = trialKey->nodeName.length; - - result = UnicodeBinaryCompare (str1, length1, str2, length2); - } - - return result; -} - - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -/* - * Compare two standard HFS catalog keys - * - * Result: +n search key > trial key - * 0 search key = trial key - * -n search key < trial key - */ -int -CompareCatalogKeys(HFSCatalogKey *searchKey, HFSCatalogKey *trialKey) -{ - cnid_t searchParentID, trialParentID; - int result; - - searchParentID = searchKey->parentID; - trialParentID = trialKey->parentID; - - if (searchParentID > trialParentID) - result = 1; - else if (searchParentID < trialParentID) - result = -1; - else /* parent dirID's are equal, compare names */ - result = FastRelString(searchKey->nodeName, trialKey->nodeName); - - return result; -} -#endif - - -/* - * Compare two HFS+ catalog keys - * - * Result: +n search key > trial key - * 0 search key = trial key - * -n search key < trial key - */ -int -CompareExtendedCatalogKeys(HFSPlusCatalogKey *searchKey, HFSPlusCatalogKey *trialKey) -{ - cnid_t searchParentID, trialParentID; - int result; - - searchParentID = searchKey->parentID; - trialParentID = trialKey->parentID; - - if (searchParentID > trialParentID) { - result = 1; - } - else if (searchParentID < trialParentID) { - result = -1; - } else { - /* parent node ID's are equal, compare names */ - if ( searchKey->nodeName.length == 0 || trialKey->nodeName.length == 0 ) - result = searchKey->nodeName.length - trialKey->nodeName.length; - else - result = FastUnicodeCompare(&searchKey->nodeName.unicode[0], - searchKey->nodeName.length, - &trialKey->nodeName.unicode[0], - trialKey->nodeName.length); - } - - return result; -} - - -/* - * buildkey - build a Catalog b-tree key from a cnode descriptor - */ -static int -buildkey(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cat_desc *descp, - HFSPlusCatalogKey *key, int retry) -{ - int std_hfs = (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD); - int utf8_flags = UTF_ESCAPE_ILLEGAL; - int result = 0; - size_t unicodeBytes = 0; - - if (std_hfs == 0) { - retry = 0; - } - - if (descp->cd_namelen == 0 || descp->cd_nameptr[0] == '\0') - return (EINVAL); /* invalid name */ - - key->parentID = descp->cd_parentcnid; - key->nodeName.length = 0; - /* - * Convert filename from UTF-8 into Unicode - */ - - if ((descp->cd_flags & CD_DECOMPOSED) == 0) - utf8_flags |= UTF_DECOMPOSED; - result = utf8_decodestr(descp->cd_nameptr, descp->cd_namelen, - key->nodeName.unicode, &unicodeBytes, - sizeof(key->nodeName.unicode), ':', utf8_flags); - key->nodeName.length = unicodeBytes / sizeof(UniChar); - key->keyLength = kHFSPlusCatalogKeyMinimumLength + unicodeBytes; - if (result) { - if (result != ENAMETOOLONG) - result = EINVAL; /* name has invalid characters */ - return (result); - } - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - /* - * For HFS volumes convert to an HFS compatible key - * - * XXX need to save the encoding that succeeded - */ - if (std_hfs) { - HFSCatalogKey hfskey; - - bzero(&hfskey, sizeof(hfskey)); - hfskey.keyLength = kHFSCatalogKeyMinimumLength; - hfskey.parentID = key->parentID; - hfskey.nodeName[0] = 0; - if (key->nodeName.length > 0) { - int res; - if ((res = unicode_to_hfs(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp), - key->nodeName.length * 2, - key->nodeName.unicode, - &hfskey.nodeName[0], retry)) != 0) { - if (res != ENAMETOOLONG) - res = EINVAL; - - return res; - } - hfskey.keyLength += hfskey.nodeName[0]; - } - bcopy(&hfskey, key, sizeof(hfskey)); - } -#endif - - return (0); - } - - -/* - * Resolve hard link reference to obtain the inode record. - */ -int -cat_resolvelink(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t linkref, int isdirlink, struct HFSPlusCatalogFile *recp) -{ - FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - struct BTreeIterator *iterator; - struct cat_desc idesc; - char inodename[32]; - cnid_t parentcnid; - int result = 0; - - BDINIT(btdata, recp); - - if (isdirlink) { - MAKE_DIRINODE_NAME(inodename, sizeof(inodename), (unsigned int)linkref); - parentcnid = hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid; - } else { - MAKE_INODE_NAME(inodename, sizeof(inodename), (unsigned int)linkref); - parentcnid = hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid; - } - - /* Get space for iterator */ - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - /* Build a descriptor for private dir. */ - idesc.cd_parentcnid = parentcnid; - idesc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)inodename; - idesc.cd_namelen = strlen(inodename); - idesc.cd_flags = 0; - idesc.cd_hint = 0; - idesc.cd_encoding = 0; - (void) buildkey(hfsmp, &idesc, (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)&iterator->key, 0); - - result = BTSearchRecord(VTOF(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->catalogRefNum), iterator, - &btdata, NULL, NULL); - - if (result == 0) { - /* Make sure there's a reference */ - if (recp->hl_linkCount == 0) - recp->hl_linkCount = 2; - } else { - printf("hfs: cat_resolvelink: can't find inode=%s on vol=%s\n", inodename, hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - - return (result ? ENOENT : 0); -} - -/* - * Resolve hard link reference to obtain the inode number. - */ -static int -resolvelinkid(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t linkref, ino_t *ino) -{ - struct HFSPlusCatalogFile record; - int error; - - /* - * Since we know resolvelinkid is only called from - * cat_getdirentries, we can assume that only file - * hardlinks need to be resolved (cat_getdirentries - * can resolve directory hardlinks in place). - */ - error = cat_resolvelink(hfsmp, linkref, 0, &record); - if (error == 0) { - if (record.fileID == 0) - error = ENOENT; - else - *ino = record.fileID; - } - return (error); -} - -/* - * getkey - get a key from id by doing a thread lookup - */ -static int -getkey(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t cnid, CatalogKey * key) -{ - struct BTreeIterator * iterator; - FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - u_int16_t datasize; - CatalogKey * keyp; - CatalogRecord * recp; - int result; - int std_hfs; - - std_hfs = (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord); - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - buildthreadkey(cnid, std_hfs, (CatalogKey *)&iterator->key); - - recp = hfs_malloc(sizeof(CatalogRecord)); - BDINIT(btdata, recp); - - result = BTSearchRecord(VTOF(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->catalogRefNum), iterator, - &btdata, &datasize, iterator); - if (result) - goto exit; - - /* Turn thread record into a cnode key (in place) */ - switch (recp->recordType) { - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - case kHFSFileThreadRecord: - case kHFSFolderThreadRecord: - keyp = (CatalogKey *)((char *)&recp->hfsThread.reserved + 6); - keyp->hfs.keyLength = kHFSCatalogKeyMinimumLength + keyp->hfs.nodeName[0]; - bcopy(keyp, key, keyp->hfs.keyLength + 1); - break; -#endif - - case kHFSPlusFileThreadRecord: - case kHFSPlusFolderThreadRecord: - keyp = (CatalogKey *)&recp->hfsPlusThread.reserved; - keyp->hfsPlus.keyLength = kHFSPlusCatalogKeyMinimumLength + - (keyp->hfsPlus.nodeName.length * 2); - bcopy(keyp, key, keyp->hfsPlus.keyLength + 2); - break; - - default: - result = ENOENT; - break; - } - -exit: - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - hfs_free(recp, sizeof(*recp)); - - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - -/* - * getkeyplusattr - From id, fetch the key and the bsd attrs for a file/dir (could pass - * null arguments to cat_idlookup instead, but we save around 10% by not building the - * cat_desc here). Both key and attrp must point to real structures. - * - * The key's parent id is the only part of the key expected to be used by the caller. - * The name portion of the key may not always be valid (ie in the case of a hard link). - */ -int -cat_getkeyplusattr(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t cnid, CatalogKey * key, struct cat_attr *attrp) -{ - int result; - - result = getkey(hfsmp, cnid, key); - - if (result == 0) { - result = cat_lookupbykey(hfsmp, key, 0, 0, 0, NULL, attrp, NULL, NULL); - } - /* - * Check for a raw file hardlink inode. - * Fix up the parent id in the key if necessary. - * Only hard links created by Mac OS X 10.5 or later can be resolved here. - */ - if ((result == 0) && - (key->hfsPlus.parentID == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) && - (attrp->ca_recflags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask)) { - cnid_t nextlinkid = 0; - cnid_t prevlinkid = 0; - struct cat_desc linkdesc; - - /* - * Pick up the first link in the chain and get a descriptor for it. - * This allows blind bulk access checks to work for hardlinks. - */ - if ((cat_lookup_siblinglinks(hfsmp, cnid, &prevlinkid, &nextlinkid) == 0) && - (nextlinkid != 0)) { - if (cat_findname(hfsmp, nextlinkid, &linkdesc) == 0) { - key->hfsPlus.parentID = linkdesc.cd_parentcnid; - cat_releasedesc(&linkdesc); - } - } - } - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - - -/* - * buildrecord - build a default catalog directory or file record - */ -static void -buildrecord(struct cat_attr *attrp, cnid_t cnid, int std_hfs, u_int32_t encoding, - CatalogRecord *crp, u_int32_t *recordSize) -{ - int type = attrp->ca_mode & S_IFMT; - u_int32_t createtime = to_hfs_time(attrp->ca_itime); - - if (std_hfs == 0) { - struct HFSPlusBSDInfo * bsdp = NULL; - - if (type == S_IFDIR) { - crp->recordType = kHFSPlusFolderRecord; - crp->hfsPlusFolder.flags = attrp->ca_recflags; - crp->hfsPlusFolder.valence = 0; - crp->hfsPlusFolder.folderID = cnid; - crp->hfsPlusFolder.createDate = createtime; - crp->hfsPlusFolder.contentModDate = createtime; - crp->hfsPlusFolder.attributeModDate = createtime; - crp->hfsPlusFolder.accessDate = createtime; - crp->hfsPlusFolder.backupDate = 0; - crp->hfsPlusFolder.textEncoding = encoding; - crp->hfsPlusFolder.folderCount = 0; - bcopy(attrp->ca_finderinfo, &crp->hfsPlusFolder.userInfo, 32); - bsdp = &crp->hfsPlusFolder.bsdInfo; - bsdp->special.linkCount = 1; - *recordSize = sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogFolder); - } else { - crp->recordType = kHFSPlusFileRecord; - crp->hfsPlusFile.flags = attrp->ca_recflags; - crp->hfsPlusFile.reserved1 = 0; - crp->hfsPlusFile.fileID = cnid; - crp->hfsPlusFile.createDate = createtime; - crp->hfsPlusFile.contentModDate = createtime; - crp->hfsPlusFile.accessDate = createtime; - crp->hfsPlusFile.attributeModDate = createtime; - crp->hfsPlusFile.backupDate = 0; - crp->hfsPlusFile.textEncoding = encoding; - crp->hfsPlusFile.reserved2 = 0; - bcopy(attrp->ca_finderinfo, &crp->hfsPlusFile.userInfo, 32); - bsdp = &crp->hfsPlusFile.bsdInfo; - /* BLK/CHR need to save the device info */ - if (type == S_IFBLK || type == S_IFCHR) { - bsdp->special.rawDevice = attrp->ca_rdev; - } else { - bsdp->special.linkCount = 1; - } - bzero(&crp->hfsPlusFile.dataFork, 2*sizeof(HFSPlusForkData)); - *recordSize = sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogFile); - } - bsdp->ownerID = attrp->ca_uid; - bsdp->groupID = attrp->ca_gid; - bsdp->fileMode = attrp->ca_mode; - bsdp->adminFlags = attrp->ca_flags >> 16; - bsdp->ownerFlags = attrp->ca_flags & 0x000000FF; - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - createtime = UTCToLocal(createtime); - if (type == S_IFDIR) { - bzero(crp, sizeof(HFSCatalogFolder)); - crp->recordType = kHFSFolderRecord; - crp->hfsFolder.folderID = cnid; - crp->hfsFolder.createDate = createtime; - crp->hfsFolder.modifyDate = createtime; - bcopy(attrp->ca_finderinfo, &crp->hfsFolder.userInfo, 32); - *recordSize = sizeof(HFSCatalogFolder); - } else { - bzero(crp, sizeof(HFSCatalogFile)); - crp->recordType = kHFSFileRecord; - crp->hfsFile.fileID = cnid; - crp->hfsFile.createDate = createtime; - crp->hfsFile.modifyDate = createtime; - bcopy(attrp->ca_finderinfo, &crp->hfsFile.userInfo, 16); - bcopy(&attrp->ca_finderinfo[16], &crp->hfsFile.finderInfo, 16); - *recordSize = sizeof(HFSCatalogFile); - } - } -#endif - -} - - -/* - * builddesc - build a cnode descriptor from an HFS+ key - */ -static int -builddesc(const HFSPlusCatalogKey *key, cnid_t cnid, u_int32_t hint, u_int32_t encoding, - int isdir, struct cat_desc *descp) -{ - int result = 0; - unsigned char * nameptr; - size_t bufsize; - size_t utf8len; - unsigned char tmpbuff[128]; - - /* guess a size... */ - bufsize = (3 * key->nodeName.length) + 1; - if (bufsize >= sizeof(tmpbuff) - 1) { - nameptr = hfs_malloc(bufsize); - } else { - nameptr = &tmpbuff[0]; - } - - result = utf8_encodestr(key->nodeName.unicode, - key->nodeName.length * sizeof(UniChar), - nameptr, (size_t *)&utf8len, - bufsize, ':', 0); - - if (result == ENAMETOOLONG) { - if (nameptr != &tmpbuff[0]) - hfs_free(nameptr, bufsize); - bufsize = 1 + utf8_encodelen(key->nodeName.unicode, - key->nodeName.length * sizeof(UniChar), - ':', 0); - nameptr = hfs_malloc(bufsize); - - result = utf8_encodestr(key->nodeName.unicode, - key->nodeName.length * sizeof(UniChar), - nameptr, (size_t *)&utf8len, - bufsize, ':', 0); - } - descp->cd_parentcnid = key->parentID; - descp->cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)vfs_addname((char *)nameptr, utf8len, 0, 0); - descp->cd_namelen = utf8len; - descp->cd_cnid = cnid; - descp->cd_hint = hint; - descp->cd_flags = CD_DECOMPOSED | CD_HASBUF; - if (isdir) - descp->cd_flags |= CD_ISDIR; - descp->cd_encoding = encoding; - if (nameptr != &tmpbuff[0]) { - hfs_free(nameptr, bufsize); - } - return result; -} - - -/* - * getbsdattr - get attributes in bsd format - * - */ -static void -getbsdattr(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, const struct HFSPlusCatalogFile *crp, struct cat_attr * attrp) -{ - int isDirectory = (crp->recordType == kHFSPlusFolderRecord); - const struct HFSPlusBSDInfo *bsd = &crp->bsdInfo; - - attrp->ca_recflags = crp->flags; - attrp->ca_atime = to_bsd_time(crp->accessDate); - attrp->ca_atimeondisk = attrp->ca_atime; - attrp->ca_mtime = to_bsd_time(crp->contentModDate); - attrp->ca_ctime = to_bsd_time(crp->attributeModDate); - attrp->ca_itime = to_bsd_time(crp->createDate); - attrp->ca_btime = to_bsd_time(crp->backupDate); - - if ((bsd->fileMode & S_IFMT) == 0) { - attrp->ca_flags = 0; - attrp->ca_uid = hfsmp->hfs_uid; - attrp->ca_gid = hfsmp->hfs_gid; - if (isDirectory) { - attrp->ca_mode = S_IFDIR | (hfsmp->hfs_dir_mask & ACCESSPERMS); - } else { - attrp->ca_mode = S_IFREG | (hfsmp->hfs_file_mask & ACCESSPERMS); - } - attrp->ca_linkcount = 1; - attrp->ca_rdev = 0; - } else { - attrp->ca_linkcount = 1; /* may be overridden below */ - attrp->ca_rdev = 0; - attrp->ca_uid = bsd->ownerID; - attrp->ca_gid = bsd->groupID; - attrp->ca_flags = bsd->ownerFlags | (bsd->adminFlags << 16); - attrp->ca_mode = (mode_t)bsd->fileMode; - switch (attrp->ca_mode & S_IFMT) { - case S_IFCHR: /* fall through */ - case S_IFBLK: - attrp->ca_rdev = bsd->special.rawDevice; - break; - case S_IFIFO: - case S_IFSOCK: - case S_IFDIR: - case S_IFREG: - /* Pick up the hard link count */ - if (bsd->special.linkCount > 0) - attrp->ca_linkcount = bsd->special.linkCount; - break; - } - - /* - * Override the permissions as determined by the mount auguments - * in ALMOST the same way unset permissions are treated but keep - * track of whether or not the file or folder is hfs locked - * by leaving the h_pflags field unchanged from what was unpacked - * out of the catalog. - */ - /* - * This code was used to do UID translation with MNT_IGNORE_OWNERS - * (aka MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS) at the HFS layer. It's largely done - * at the VFS layer, so there is no need to do it here now; this also - * allows VFS to let root see the real UIDs. - * - * if (((unsigned int)vfs_flags(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp))) & MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS) { - * attrp->ca_uid = hfsmp->hfs_uid; - * attrp->ca_gid = hfsmp->hfs_gid; - * } - */ - } - - if (isDirectory) { - if (!S_ISDIR(attrp->ca_mode)) { - attrp->ca_mode &= ~S_IFMT; - attrp->ca_mode |= S_IFDIR; - } - attrp->ca_entries = ((const HFSPlusCatalogFolder *)crp)->valence; - attrp->ca_dircount = ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_FOLDERCOUNT) && (attrp->ca_recflags & kHFSHasFolderCountMask)) ? - ((const HFSPlusCatalogFolder *)crp)->folderCount : 0; - - /* Keep UF_HIDDEN bit in sync with Finder Info's invisible bit */ - if (((const HFSPlusCatalogFolder *)crp)->userInfo.frFlags & OSSwapHostToBigConstInt16(kFinderInvisibleMask)) - attrp->ca_flags |= UF_HIDDEN; - } else { - /* Keep IMMUTABLE bits in sync with HFS locked flag */ - if (crp->flags & kHFSFileLockedMask) { - /* The file's supposed to be locked: - Make sure at least one of the IMMUTABLE bits is set: */ - if ((attrp->ca_flags & (SF_IMMUTABLE | UF_IMMUTABLE)) == 0) - attrp->ca_flags |= UF_IMMUTABLE; - } else { - /* The file's supposed to be unlocked: */ - attrp->ca_flags &= ~(SF_IMMUTABLE | UF_IMMUTABLE); - } - /* Keep UF_HIDDEN bit in sync with Finder Info's invisible bit */ - if (crp->userInfo.fdFlags & OSSwapHostToBigConstInt16(kFinderInvisibleMask)) - attrp->ca_flags |= UF_HIDDEN; - /* get total blocks (both forks) */ - attrp->ca_blocks = crp->dataFork.totalBlocks + crp->resourceFork.totalBlocks; - - /* On HFS+ the ThreadExists flag must always be set. */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) == 0) - attrp->ca_recflags |= kHFSThreadExistsMask; - - /* Pick up the hardlink first link, if any. */ - attrp->ca_firstlink = (attrp->ca_recflags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask) ? crp->hl_firstLinkID : 0; - } - - attrp->ca_fileid = crp->fileID; - - bcopy(&crp->userInfo, attrp->ca_finderinfo, 32); -} - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -/* - * promotekey - promote hfs key to hfs plus key - * - */ -static void -promotekey(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, const HFSCatalogKey *hfskey, - HFSPlusCatalogKey *keyp, u_int32_t *encoding) -{ - hfs_to_unicode_func_t hfs_get_unicode = hfsmp->hfs_get_unicode; - u_int32_t uniCount; - int error; - - *encoding = hfsmp->hfs_encoding; - - error = hfs_get_unicode(hfskey->nodeName, keyp->nodeName.unicode, - kHFSPlusMaxFileNameChars, &uniCount); - /* - * When an HFS name cannot be encoded with the current - * encoding use MacRoman as a fallback. - */ - if (error && hfsmp->hfs_encoding != kTextEncodingMacRoman) { - *encoding = 0; - (void) mac_roman_to_unicode(hfskey->nodeName, - keyp->nodeName.unicode, - kHFSPlusMaxFileNameChars, - &uniCount); - } - - keyp->nodeName.length = uniCount; - keyp->parentID = hfskey->parentID; -} - -/* - * promotefork - promote hfs fork info to hfs plus - * - */ -static void -promotefork(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, const struct HFSCatalogFile *filep, - int resource, struct cat_fork * forkp) -{ - struct HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *xp; - u_int32_t blocksize = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize; - - bzero(forkp, sizeof(*forkp)); - xp = &forkp->cf_extents[0]; - if (resource) { - forkp->cf_size = filep->rsrcLogicalSize; - forkp->cf_blocks = filep->rsrcPhysicalSize / blocksize; - forkp->cf_bytesread = 0; - forkp->cf_vblocks = 0; - xp[0].startBlock = (u_int32_t)filep->rsrcExtents[0].startBlock; - xp[0].blockCount = (u_int32_t)filep->rsrcExtents[0].blockCount; - xp[1].startBlock = (u_int32_t)filep->rsrcExtents[1].startBlock; - xp[1].blockCount = (u_int32_t)filep->rsrcExtents[1].blockCount; - xp[2].startBlock = (u_int32_t)filep->rsrcExtents[2].startBlock; - xp[2].blockCount = (u_int32_t)filep->rsrcExtents[2].blockCount; - } else { - forkp->cf_size = filep->dataLogicalSize; - forkp->cf_blocks = filep->dataPhysicalSize / blocksize; - forkp->cf_bytesread = 0; - forkp->cf_vblocks = 0; - xp[0].startBlock = (u_int32_t)filep->dataExtents[0].startBlock; - xp[0].blockCount = (u_int32_t)filep->dataExtents[0].blockCount; - xp[1].startBlock = (u_int32_t)filep->dataExtents[1].startBlock; - xp[1].blockCount = (u_int32_t)filep->dataExtents[1].blockCount; - xp[2].startBlock = (u_int32_t)filep->dataExtents[2].startBlock; - xp[2].blockCount = (u_int32_t)filep->dataExtents[2].blockCount; - } -} - -/* - * promoteattr - promote standard hfs catalog attributes to hfs plus - * - */ -static void -promoteattr(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, const CatalogRecord *dataPtr, struct HFSPlusCatalogFile *crp) -{ - u_int32_t blocksize = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize; - - if (dataPtr->recordType == kHFSFolderRecord) { - const struct HFSCatalogFolder * folder; - - folder = (const struct HFSCatalogFolder *) dataPtr; - crp->recordType = kHFSPlusFolderRecord; - crp->flags = folder->flags; - crp->fileID = folder->folderID; - crp->createDate = LocalToUTC(folder->createDate); - crp->contentModDate = LocalToUTC(folder->modifyDate); - crp->backupDate = LocalToUTC(folder->backupDate); - crp->reserved1 = folder->valence; - crp->reserved2 = 0; - bcopy(&folder->userInfo, &crp->userInfo, 32); - } else /* file */ { - const struct HFSCatalogFile * file; - - file = (const struct HFSCatalogFile *) dataPtr; - crp->recordType = kHFSPlusFileRecord; - crp->flags = file->flags; - crp->fileID = file->fileID; - crp->createDate = LocalToUTC(file->createDate); - crp->contentModDate = LocalToUTC(file->modifyDate); - crp->backupDate = LocalToUTC(file->backupDate); - crp->reserved1 = 0; - crp->reserved2 = 0; - bcopy(&file->userInfo, &crp->userInfo, 16); - bcopy(&file->finderInfo, &crp->finderInfo, 16); - crp->dataFork.totalBlocks = file->dataPhysicalSize / blocksize; - crp->resourceFork.totalBlocks = file->rsrcPhysicalSize / blocksize; - } - crp->textEncoding = 0; - crp->attributeModDate = crp->contentModDate; - crp->accessDate = crp->contentModDate; - bzero(&crp->bsdInfo, sizeof(HFSPlusBSDInfo)); -} -#endif - -/* - * Build a catalog node thread record from a catalog key - * and return the size of the record. - */ -static int -buildthread(void *keyp, void *recp, int std_hfs, int directory) -{ - int size = 0; - - if (std_hfs == 0) { - HFSPlusCatalogKey *key = (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)keyp; - HFSPlusCatalogThread *rec = (HFSPlusCatalogThread *)recp; - - size = sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogThread); - if (directory) - rec->recordType = kHFSPlusFolderThreadRecord; - else - rec->recordType = kHFSPlusFileThreadRecord; - rec->reserved = 0; - rec->parentID = key->parentID; - bcopy(&key->nodeName, &rec->nodeName, - sizeof(UniChar) * (key->nodeName.length + 1)); - - /* HFS Plus has variable sized thread records */ - size -= (sizeof(rec->nodeName.unicode) - - (rec->nodeName.length * sizeof(UniChar))); - - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - HFSCatalogKey *key = (HFSCatalogKey *)keyp; - HFSCatalogThread *rec = (HFSCatalogThread *)recp; - - size = sizeof(HFSCatalogThread); - bzero(rec, size); - if (directory) - rec->recordType = kHFSFolderThreadRecord; - else - rec->recordType = kHFSFileThreadRecord; - rec->parentID = key->parentID; - bcopy(key->nodeName, rec->nodeName, key->nodeName[0]+1); - - } -#endif - - return (size); -} - -/* - * Build a catalog node thread key. - */ -static void -buildthreadkey(HFSCatalogNodeID parentID, int std_hfs, CatalogKey *key) -{ - if (std_hfs == 0) { - key->hfsPlus.keyLength = kHFSPlusCatalogKeyMinimumLength; - key->hfsPlus.parentID = parentID; - key->hfsPlus.nodeName.length = 0; - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - key->hfs.keyLength = kHFSCatalogKeyMinimumLength; - key->hfs.reserved = 0; - key->hfs.parentID = parentID; - key->hfs.nodeName[0] = 0; - } -#endif - -} - -/* - * Extract the text encoding from a catalog node record. - */ -static u_int32_t -getencoding(const CatalogRecord *crp) -{ - u_int32_t encoding; - - if (crp->recordType == kHFSPlusFolderRecord) - encoding = crp->hfsPlusFolder.textEncoding; - else if (crp->recordType == kHFSPlusFileRecord) - encoding = crp->hfsPlusFile.textEncoding; - else - encoding = 0; - - return (encoding); -} - -/* - * Extract the CNID from a catalog node record. - */ -static cnid_t -getcnid(const CatalogRecord *crp) -{ - cnid_t cnid = 0; - - switch (crp->recordType) { - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - case kHFSFolderRecord: - cnid = crp->hfsFolder.folderID; - break; - case kHFSFileRecord: - cnid = crp->hfsFile.fileID; - break; -#endif - - case kHFSPlusFolderRecord: - cnid = crp->hfsPlusFolder.folderID; - break; - case kHFSPlusFileRecord: - cnid = crp->hfsPlusFile.fileID; - break; - default: - printf("hfs: getcnid: unknown recordType=%d\n", crp->recordType); - break; - } - - return (cnid); -} - -/* - * Extract the parent ID from a catalog node record. - */ -static cnid_t -getparentcnid(const CatalogRecord *recp) -{ - cnid_t cnid = 0; - - switch (recp->recordType) { - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - case kHFSFileThreadRecord: - case kHFSFolderThreadRecord: - cnid = recp->hfsThread.parentID; - break; -#endif - - case kHFSPlusFileThreadRecord: - case kHFSPlusFolderThreadRecord: - cnid = recp->hfsPlusThread.parentID; - break; - default: - panic("hfs: getparentcnid: unknown recordType (crp @ %p)\n", recp); - break; - } - - return (cnid); -} - -/* - * Determine if a catalog node record is a directory. - */ -static int -isadir(const CatalogRecord *crp) -{ - if (crp->recordType == kHFSPlusFolderRecord) { - return 1; - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (crp->recordType == kHFSFolderRecord) { - return 1; - } -#endif - - return 0; -} - -/* - * cat_lookup_dirlink - lookup a catalog record for directory hard link - * (not inode) using catalog record id. Note that this function does - * NOT resolve directory hard link to its directory inode and return - * the link record. - * - * Note: The caller is responsible for releasing the output catalog - * descriptor (when supplied outdescp is non-null). - */ -int -cat_lookup_dirlink(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t dirlink_id, - u_int8_t forktype, struct cat_desc *outdescp, - struct cat_attr *attrp, struct cat_fork *forkp) -{ - struct BTreeIterator *iterator = NULL; - FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - u_int16_t datasize; - CatalogKey *keyp; - CatalogRecord *recp = NULL; - int error; - - /* No directory hard links on standard HFS */ - if (hfsmp->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord) { - return ENOTSUP; - } - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - buildthreadkey(dirlink_id, 1, (CatalogKey *)&iterator->key); - - recp = hfs_malloc(sizeof(CatalogRecord)); - BDINIT(btdata, recp); - - error = BTSearchRecord(VTOF(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->catalogRefNum), iterator, - &btdata, &datasize, iterator); - if (error) { - goto out; - } - /* Directory hard links are catalog file record */ - if (recp->recordType != kHFSPlusFileThreadRecord) { - error = ENOENT; - goto out; - } - - keyp = (CatalogKey *)&recp->hfsPlusThread.reserved; - keyp->hfsPlus.keyLength = kHFSPlusCatalogKeyMinimumLength + - (keyp->hfsPlus.nodeName.length * 2); - if (forktype == kHFSResourceForkType) { - /* Lookup resource fork for directory hard link */ - error = cat_lookupbykey(hfsmp, keyp, HFS_LOOKUP_HARDLINK, 0, true, outdescp, attrp, forkp, NULL); - } else { - /* Lookup data fork, if any, for directory hard link */ - error = cat_lookupbykey(hfsmp, keyp, HFS_LOOKUP_HARDLINK, 0, false, outdescp, attrp, forkp, NULL); - } - if (error) { - printf ("hfs: cat_lookup_dirlink(): Error looking up file record for id=%u (error=%d)\n", dirlink_id, error); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_INCONSISTENCY_DETECTED); - goto out; - } - /* Just for sanity, make sure that id in catalog record and thread record match */ - if ((outdescp != NULL) && (dirlink_id != outdescp->cd_cnid)) { - printf ("hfs: cat_lookup_dirlink(): Requested cnid=%u != found_cnid=%u\n", dirlink_id, outdescp->cd_cnid); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_INCONSISTENCY_DETECTED); - error = ENOENT; - } - -out: - if (recp) { - hfs_free(recp, sizeof(*recp)); - } - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - - return MacToVFSError(error); -} - -/* - * cnode_update_dirlink - update the catalog node for directory hard link - * described by descp using the data from attrp and forkp. - */ -int -cat_update_dirlink(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int8_t forktype, - struct cat_desc *descp, struct cat_attr *attrp, struct cat_fork *forkp) -{ - if (forktype == kHFSResourceForkType) { - return cat_update_internal(hfsmp, true, descp, attrp, NULL, forkp); - } else { - return cat_update_internal(hfsmp, true, descp, attrp, forkp, NULL); - } -} - -void hfs_fork_copy(struct cat_fork *dst, const struct cat_fork *src, - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extents) -{ - /* Copy everything but the extents into the dest fork */ - memcpy(dst, src, offsetof(struct cat_fork, cf_extents)); - /* Then copy the supplied extents into the fork */ - memcpy(dst->cf_extents, extents, sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); -} diff --git a/core/hfs_catalog.h b/core/hfs_catalog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0227dc2..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_catalog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,512 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -#ifndef __HFS_CATALOG__ -#define __HFS_CATALOG__ - -#include - -#ifdef KERNEL -#ifdef __APPLE_API_PRIVATE -#include - -#include "hfs_format.h" - -/* HFS Catalog */ - - -/* - * Catalog ADTs - * - * The cat_desc, cat_attr, and cat_fork structures are - * use to import/export data to/from the Catalog file. - * The fields in these structures are always in BSD - * runtime format (e.g. dates and names). - */ - -typedef u_int32_t cnid_t; - -/* - * Catalog Node Descriptor (runtime) - */ -struct cat_desc { - u_int8_t cd_flags; /* see below (8 bits) */ - u_int8_t cd_encoding; /* name encoding */ - int16_t cd_namelen; /* length of cnode name */ - cnid_t cd_parentcnid; /* parent directory CNID */ - u_int32_t cd_hint; /* catalog file hint */ - cnid_t cd_cnid; /* cnode id (for getattrlist) */ - const u_int8_t * cd_nameptr; /* pointer to cnode name */ -}; - -/* cd_flags - * - * CD_EOF is used by hfs_vnop_readdir / cat_getdirentries to indicate EOF was - * encountered during a directory enumeration. When this flag is observed - * on the next call to hfs_vnop_readdir it tells the caller that there's no - * need to descend into the catalog as EOF was encountered during the last call. - * This flag should only be set on the descriptor embedded in the directoryhint. - */ - -#define CD_HASBUF 0x01 /* allocated filename buffer */ -#define CD_DECOMPOSED 0x02 /* name is fully decomposed */ -#define CD_EOF 0x04 /* see above */ -#define CD_ISMETA 0x40 /* describes a metadata file */ -#define CD_ISDIR 0x80 /* describes a directory */ - -/* - * Catalog Node Attributes (runtime) - */ -struct cat_attr { - cnid_t ca_fileid; /* inode number (for stat) normally == cnid */ - mode_t ca_mode; /* file access mode and type (16 bits) */ - u_int16_t ca_recflags; /* catalog record flags (16 bit integer) */ - u_int32_t ca_linkcount; /* real hard link count */ - uid_t ca_uid; /* file owner */ - gid_t ca_gid; /* file group */ - union { - dev_t cau_rdev; /* special file device (VBLK or VCHAR only) */ - u_int32_t cau_linkref; /* hardlink reference number */ - } ca_union1; - time_t ca_atime; /* last access time */ - time_t ca_atimeondisk; /* access time value on disk */ - time_t ca_mtime; /* last data modification time */ - time_t ca_ctime; /* last file status change */ - time_t ca_itime; /* file initialization time */ - time_t ca_btime; /* last backup time */ - u_int32_t ca_flags; /* status flags (chflags) */ - union { - u_int32_t cau_blocks; /* total file blocks used (rsrc + data) */ - u_int32_t cau_entries; /* total directory entries (valence) */ - } ca_union2; - union { - u_int32_t cau_dircount; /* count of sub dirs (for posix nlink) */ - u_int32_t cau_firstlink; /* first hardlink link (files only) */ - } ca_union3; - union { - u_int8_t ca_finderinfo[32]; /* Opaque Finder information */ - struct { - FndrFileInfo ca_finderfileinfo; - struct FndrExtendedFileInfo ca_finderextendedfileinfo; - }; - struct { - FndrDirInfo ca_finderdirinfo; - struct FndrExtendedDirInfo ca_finderextendeddirinfo; - }; - }; -}; - -/* Aliases for common fields */ -#define ca_rdev ca_union1.cau_rdev -#define ca_linkref ca_union1.cau_linkref -#define ca_blocks ca_union2.cau_blocks -#define ca_entries ca_union2.cau_entries -#define ca_dircount ca_union3.cau_dircount -#define ca_firstlink ca_union3.cau_firstlink - -/* - * Catalog Node Fork (runtime) - * - * NOTE: this is not the same as a struct HFSPlusForkData - * - * NOTE: if cf_new_size > cf_size, then a write is in progress and is extending - * the EOF; the new EOF will be cf_new_size. Writes and pageouts may validly - * write up to cf_new_size, but reads should only read up to cf_size. When - * an extending write is not in progress, cf_new_size is zero. - */ -struct cat_fork { - off_t cf_size; /* fork's logical size in bytes */ - off_t cf_new_size; /* fork's logical size after write completes */ - union { - u_int32_t cfu_clump; /* fork's clump size in bytes (sys files only) */ - u_int64_t cfu_bytesread; /* bytes read from this fork */ - } cf_union; - u_int32_t cf_vblocks; /* virtual (unalloated) blocks */ - u_int32_t cf_blocks; /* total blocks used by this fork */ - struct HFSPlusExtentDescriptor cf_extents[8]; /* initial set of extents */ - - /* - * NOTE: If you change this structure, make sure you change you change - * hfs_fork_copy. - */ -}; - -#define cf_clump cf_union.cfu_clump -#define cf_bytesread cf_union.cfu_bytesread - -void hfs_fork_copy(struct cat_fork *dst, const struct cat_fork *src, - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extents); - -/* - * Directory Hint - * Used to hold state across directory enumerations. - * - */ -struct directoryhint { - TAILQ_ENTRY(directoryhint) dh_link; /* chain */ - int dh_index; /* index into directory (zero relative) */ - u_int32_t dh_threadhint; /* node hint of a directory's thread record */ - u_int32_t dh_time; - struct cat_desc dh_desc; /* entry's descriptor */ -}; -typedef struct directoryhint directoryhint_t; - -/* - * HFS_MAXDIRHINTS cannot be larger than 63 without reducing - * HFS_INDEX_BITS, because given the 6-bit tag, at most 63 different - * tags can exist. When HFS_MAXDIRHINTS is larger than 63, the same - * list may contain dirhints of the same tag, and a staled dirhint may - * be returned. - */ -#define HFS_MAXDIRHINTS 32 -#define HFS_DIRHINT_TTL 45 - -#define HFS_INDEX_MASK 0x03ffffff -#define HFS_INDEX_BITS 26 - - -/* - * Catalog Node Entry - * - * A cat_entry is used for bulk enumerations (hfs_readdirattr). - */ -struct cat_entry { - struct cat_desc ce_desc; - struct cat_attr ce_attr; - off_t ce_datasize; - off_t ce_rsrcsize; - u_int32_t ce_datablks; - u_int32_t ce_rsrcblks; -}; - -/* - * Starting in 10.5, hfs_vnop_readdirattr() only makes one - * call to cat_getentriesattr(). So we increased MAXCATENTRIES - * while keeping the total size of the CE LIST buffer <= 8K - * (which works out to be 60 entries per call). The 8K limit - * keeps the memory coming from a kalloc zone instead of - * valuable/fragment-able kernel map space. - */ -#define MAXCATENTRIES \ - (1 + (8192 - sizeof (struct cat_entrylist)) / sizeof (struct cat_entry)) - -/* - * Catalog Node Entry List - * - * A cat_entrylist is a list of Catalog Node Entries. - */ -struct cat_entrylist { - u_int32_t maxentries; /* number of entries requested */ - u_int32_t realentries; /* number of valid entries returned */ - u_int32_t skipentries; /* number of entries skipped (reserved HFS+ files) */ - struct cat_entry entry[1]; /* array of entries */ -}; - -#define CE_LIST_SIZE(entries) \ - sizeof (*ce_list) + (((entries) - 1) * sizeof (struct cat_entry)) - -struct hfsmount; - -/* - * Catalog FileID/CNID Acquisition / Lookup - * - * Some use-cases require that we find a valid CNID - * before we may be ready to enter the item into the namespace. - * In order to resolve this, we support a hashtable attached to - * the mount that is secured by the catalog lock. - * - * Finding the next valid CNID is easy if the wraparound bit is - * not set -- you just pull from the hfsmp next pointer. - * If it is set then you must find a free entry in the catalog - * and also query the hashtable to see if the item is free or not. - * - * If you want to request a CNID before there is a backing item - * in the catalog, you must find one that is valid, then insert - * it into the hash table until such time that the item is - * inserted into the catalog. After successful catalog insertion, - * you must remove the item from the hashtable. - */ - -typedef struct cat_preflightid { - cnid_t fileid; - LIST_ENTRY(cat_preflightid) id_hash; -} cat_preflightid_t; - -extern int cat_remove_idhash (cat_preflightid_t *preflight); -extern int cat_insert_idhash (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cat_preflightid_t *preflight); -extern int cat_check_idhash (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t test_fileid); - -/* initialize the id look up hashtable during mount */ -extern void hfs_idhash_init (struct hfsmount *hfsmp); - -/* release the id lookup hashtable during unmount */ -extern void hfs_idhash_destroy (struct hfsmount *hfsmp); - -/* Get a new CNID for use */ -extern int cat_acquire_cnid (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t *new_cnid); - - -/* default size of ID hash is 64 entries */ -#define HFS_IDHASH_DEFAULT 64 - - -/* - * Catalog Operations Hint - * - * lower 16 bits: count of B-tree insert operations - * upper 16 bits: count of B-tree delete operations - * - */ -#define CAT_DELETE 0x00010000 -#define CAT_CREATE 0x00000002 -#define CAT_RENAME 0x00010002 -#define CAT_EXCHANGE 0x00010002 - -typedef u_int32_t catops_t; - -/* - * The size of cat_cookie_t much match the size of - * the nreserve struct (in BTreeNodeReserve.c). - */ -typedef struct cat_cookie_t { -#if defined(__LP64__) - char opaque[40]; -#else - char opaque[24]; -#endif -} cat_cookie_t; - -/* Universal catalog key */ -union CatalogKey { - HFSCatalogKey hfs; - HFSPlusCatalogKey hfsPlus; -}; -typedef union CatalogKey CatalogKey; - -/* Universal catalog data record */ -union CatalogRecord { - int16_t recordType; - HFSCatalogFolder hfsFolder; - HFSCatalogFile hfsFile; - HFSCatalogThread hfsThread; - HFSPlusCatalogFolder hfsPlusFolder; - HFSPlusCatalogFile hfsPlusFile; - HFSPlusCatalogThread hfsPlusThread; -}; -typedef union CatalogRecord CatalogRecord; - -/* Constants for HFS fork types */ -enum { - kHFSDataForkType = 0x0, /* data fork */ - kHFSResourceForkType = 0xff /* resource fork */ -}; - -/* - * Catalog Interface - * - * These functions perform a catalog transactions. The - * catalog b-tree is abstracted through this interface. - * (please don't go around it) - */ - - -extern void cat_releasedesc(struct cat_desc *descp); - -extern int cat_create ( struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - cnid_t new_fileid, - struct cat_desc *descp, - struct cat_attr *attrp, - struct cat_desc *out_descp); - -extern int cat_delete ( struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - struct cat_desc *descp, - struct cat_attr *attrp); - -extern int cat_lookup ( struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - struct cat_desc *descp, - int wantrsrc, - int force_casesensitive_lookup, - struct cat_desc *outdescp, - struct cat_attr *attrp, - struct cat_fork *forkp, - cnid_t *desc_cnid); - -extern int cat_idlookup (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - cnid_t cnid, - int allow_system_files, - int wantrsrc, - struct cat_desc *outdescp, - struct cat_attr *attrp, - struct cat_fork *forkp); - -extern int cat_findname (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - cnid_t cnid, - struct cat_desc *outdescp); - -extern int cat_getentriesattr( - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - directoryhint_t *dirhint, - struct cat_entrylist *ce_list, - int *reachedeof); - -extern int cat_rename ( struct hfsmount * hfsmp, - struct cat_desc * from_cdp, - struct cat_desc * todir_cdp, - struct cat_desc * to_cdp, - struct cat_desc * cdp); - -extern int cat_update ( struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - struct cat_desc *descp, - struct cat_attr *attrp, - const struct cat_fork *dataforkp, - const struct cat_fork *rsrcforkp); - -extern int cat_getdirentries( - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - u_int32_t entrycnt, - directoryhint_t *dirhint, - uio_t uio, - int extended, - int * items, - int * eofflag); - -extern int cat_insertfilethread ( - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - struct cat_desc *descp); - -extern int cat_preflight( - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - catops_t ops, - cat_cookie_t *cookie, - struct proc *p); - -extern void cat_postflight( - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - cat_cookie_t *cookie, - struct proc *p); - -extern int cat_binarykeycompare( - HFSPlusCatalogKey *searchKey, - HFSPlusCatalogKey *trialKey); - -extern int CompareCatalogKeys( - HFSCatalogKey *searchKey, - HFSCatalogKey *trialKey); - -extern int CompareExtendedCatalogKeys( - HFSPlusCatalogKey *searchKey, - HFSPlusCatalogKey *trialKey); - -extern void cat_convertattr( - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - CatalogRecord * recp, - struct cat_attr *attrp, - struct cat_fork *datafp, - struct cat_fork *rsrcfp); - -extern int cat_convertkey( - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - CatalogKey *key, - CatalogRecord * recp, - struct cat_desc *descp); - -extern int cat_getkeyplusattr( - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - cnid_t cnid, - CatalogKey *key, - struct cat_attr *attrp); - -/* Hard link functions. */ - -extern int cat_check_link_ancestry( - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - cnid_t parentid, - cnid_t pointed_at_cnid); - -extern int cat_set_childlinkbit( - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - cnid_t cnid); - -#define HFS_IGNORABLE_LINK 0x00000001 - -extern int cat_resolvelink( struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - u_int32_t linkref, - int isdirlink, - struct HFSPlusCatalogFile *recp); - -extern int cat_createlink( struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - struct cat_desc *descp, - struct cat_attr *attr, - cnid_t nextlinkid, - cnid_t *linkfileid); - -/* Finder Info's file type and creator for directory hard link alias */ -enum { - kHFSAliasType = 0x66647270, /* 'fdrp' */ - kHFSAliasCreator = 0x4D414353 /* 'MACS' */ -}; - -extern int cat_deletelink( struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - struct cat_desc *descp); - -extern int cat_update_siblinglinks( struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - cnid_t linkfileid, - cnid_t prevlinkid, - cnid_t nextlinkid); - -extern int cat_lookuplink( struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - struct cat_desc *descp, - cnid_t *linkfileid, - cnid_t *prevlinkid, - cnid_t *nextlinkid); - -extern int cat_lookup_siblinglinks( struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - cnid_t linkfileid, - cnid_t *prevlinkid, - cnid_t *nextlinkid); - -extern int cat_lookup_lastlink( struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - cnid_t startid, - cnid_t *nextlinkid, - struct cat_desc *cdesc); - -extern int cat_lookup_dirlink(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - cnid_t dirlink_id, - u_int8_t forktype, - struct cat_desc *outdescp, - struct cat_attr *attrp, - struct cat_fork *forkp); - -extern int cat_update_dirlink(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - u_int8_t forktype, - struct cat_desc *descp, - struct cat_attr *attrp, - struct cat_fork *rsrcforkp); - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_PRIVATE */ -#endif /* KERNEL */ -#endif /* __HFS_CATALOG__ */ diff --git a/core/hfs_chash.c b/core/hfs_chash.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5fe0bc3..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_chash.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,578 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -/* - * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1989, 1991, 1993, 1995 - * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by the University of - * California, Berkeley and its contributors. - * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * @(#)hfs_chash.c - * derived from @(#)ufs_ihash.c 8.7 (Berkeley) 5/17/95 - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "hfs.h" /* XXX bringup */ -#include "hfs_cnode.h" - -extern lck_attr_t * hfs_lock_attr; -extern lck_grp_t * hfs_mutex_group; -extern lck_grp_t * hfs_rwlock_group; - -lck_grp_t * chash_lck_grp; -lck_grp_attr_t * chash_lck_grp_attr; -lck_attr_t * chash_lck_attr; - -#define CNODEHASH(hfsmp, inum) (&hfsmp->hfs_cnodehashtbl[(inum) & hfsmp->hfs_cnodehash]) - -/* - * Initialize cnode hash table. - */ -void -hfs_chashinit() -{ - chash_lck_grp_attr= lck_grp_attr_alloc_init(); - chash_lck_grp = lck_grp_alloc_init("cnode_hash", chash_lck_grp_attr); - chash_lck_attr = lck_attr_alloc_init(); -} - -static void hfs_chash_lock(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - lck_mtx_lock(&hfsmp->hfs_chash_mutex); -} - -static void hfs_chash_lock_spin(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - lck_mtx_lock_spin(&hfsmp->hfs_chash_mutex); -} - -static void hfs_chash_lock_convert(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - lck_mtx_convert_spin(&hfsmp->hfs_chash_mutex); -} - -static void hfs_chash_unlock(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - lck_mtx_unlock(&hfsmp->hfs_chash_mutex); -} - -void -hfs_chashinit_finish(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - lck_mtx_init(&hfsmp->hfs_chash_mutex, chash_lck_grp, chash_lck_attr); - - hfsmp->hfs_cnodehashtbl = hashinit(desiredvnodes / 4, M_TEMP, &hfsmp->hfs_cnodehash); -} - -void -hfs_delete_chash(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - lck_mtx_destroy(&hfsmp->hfs_chash_mutex, chash_lck_grp); - - FREE(hfsmp->hfs_cnodehashtbl, M_TEMP); -} - - -/* - * Use the device, inum pair to find the incore cnode. - * - * If it is in core, but locked, wait for it. - */ -struct vnode * -hfs_chash_getvnode(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, ino_t inum, int wantrsrc, int skiplock, int allow_deleted) -{ - struct cnode *cp; - struct vnode *vp; - int error; - u_int32_t vid; - - /* - * Go through the hash list - * If a cnode is in the process of being cleaned out or being - * allocated, wait for it to be finished and then try again. - */ -loop: - hfs_chash_lock_spin(hfsmp); - - for (cp = CNODEHASH(hfsmp, inum)->lh_first; cp; cp = cp->c_hash.le_next) { - if (cp->c_fileid != inum) - continue; - /* Wait if cnode is being created or reclaimed. */ - if (ISSET(cp->c_hflag, H_ALLOC | H_TRANSIT | H_ATTACH)) { - SET(cp->c_hflag, H_WAITING); - - (void) msleep(cp, &hfsmp->hfs_chash_mutex, PDROP | PINOD, - "hfs_chash_getvnode", 0); - goto loop; - } - /* Obtain the desired vnode. */ - vp = wantrsrc ? cp->c_rsrc_vp : cp->c_vp; - if (vp == NULLVP) - goto exit; - - vid = vnode_vid(vp); - hfs_chash_unlock(hfsmp); - - if ((error = vnode_getwithvid(vp, vid))) { - /* - * If vnode is being reclaimed, or has - * already changed identity, no need to wait - */ - return (NULL); - } - if (!skiplock && hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT) != 0) { - vnode_put(vp); - return (NULL); - } - - /* - * Skip cnodes that are not in the name space anymore - * we need to check with the cnode lock held because - * we may have blocked acquiring the vnode ref or the - * lock on the cnode which would allow the node to be - * unlinked - */ - if (!allow_deleted) { - if (cp->c_flag & (C_NOEXISTS | C_DELETED)) { - if (!skiplock) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - } - vnode_put(vp); - return (NULL); - } - } - return (vp); - } -exit: - hfs_chash_unlock(hfsmp); - return (NULL); -} - - -/* - * Use the device, fileid pair to snoop an incore cnode. - * - * A cnode can exists in chash even after it has been - * deleted from the catalog, so this function returns - * ENOENT if C_NOEXIST is set in the cnode's flag. - * - */ -int -hfs_chash_snoop(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, ino_t inum, int existence_only, - int (*callout)(const cnode_t *cp, void *), void * arg) -{ - struct cnode *cp; - int result = ENOENT; - - /* - * Go through the hash list - * If a cnode is in the process of being cleaned out or being - * allocated, wait for it to be finished and then try again. - */ - hfs_chash_lock(hfsmp); - - for (cp = CNODEHASH(hfsmp, inum)->lh_first; cp; cp = cp->c_hash.le_next) { - if (cp->c_fileid != inum) - continue; - - /* - * Under normal circumstances, we would want to return ENOENT if a cnode is in - * the hash and it is marked C_NOEXISTS or C_DELETED. However, if the CNID - * namespace has wrapped around, then we have the possibility of collisions. - * In that case, we may use this function to validate whether or not we - * should trust the nextCNID value in the hfs mount point. - * - * If we didn't do this, then it would be possible for a cnode that is no longer backed - * by anything on-disk (C_NOEXISTS) to still exist in the hash along with its - * vnode. The cat_create routine could then create a new entry in the catalog - * re-using that CNID. Then subsequent hfs_getnewvnode calls will repeatedly fail - * trying to look it up/validate it because it is marked C_NOEXISTS. So we want - * to prevent that from happening as much as possible. - */ - if (existence_only) { - result = 0; - break; - } - - /* Skip cnodes that have been removed from the catalog */ - if (cp->c_flag & (C_NOEXISTS | C_DELETED)) { - result = EACCES; - break; - } - - /* Skip cnodes being created or reclaimed. */ - if (!ISSET(cp->c_hflag, H_ALLOC | H_TRANSIT | H_ATTACH)) { - result = callout(cp, arg); - } - break; - } - hfs_chash_unlock(hfsmp); - - return (result); -} - -/* - * Use the device, fileid pair to find the incore cnode. - * If no cnode if found one is created - * - * If it is in core, but locked, wait for it. - * - * If the cnode is C_DELETED, then return NULL since that - * inum is no longer valid for lookups (open-unlinked file). - * - * If the cnode is C_DELETED but also marked C_RENAMED, then that means - * the cnode was renamed over and a new entry exists in its place. The caller - * should re-drive the lookup to get the newer entry. In that case, we'll still - * return NULL for the cnode, but also return GNV_CHASH_RENAMED in the output flags - * of this function to indicate the caller that they should re-drive. - */ -struct cnode * -hfs_chash_getcnode(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, ino_t inum, struct vnode **vpp, - int wantrsrc, int skiplock, int *out_flags, int *hflags) -{ - struct cnode *cp; - struct cnode *ncp = NULL; - vnode_t vp; - u_int32_t vid; - - /* - * Go through the hash list - * If a cnode is in the process of being cleaned out or being - * allocated, wait for it to be finished and then try again. - */ -loop: - hfs_chash_lock_spin(hfsmp); - -loop_with_lock: - for (cp = CNODEHASH(hfsmp, inum)->lh_first; cp; cp = cp->c_hash.le_next) { - if (cp->c_fileid != inum) - continue; - /* - * Wait if cnode is being created, attached to or reclaimed. - */ - if (ISSET(cp->c_hflag, H_ALLOC | H_ATTACH | H_TRANSIT)) { - SET(cp->c_hflag, H_WAITING); - - (void) msleep(cp, &hfsmp->hfs_chash_mutex, PINOD, - "hfs_chash_getcnode", 0); - goto loop_with_lock; - } - vp = wantrsrc ? cp->c_rsrc_vp : cp->c_vp; - if (vp == NULL) { - /* - * The desired vnode isn't there so tag the cnode. - */ - SET(cp->c_hflag, H_ATTACH); - *hflags |= H_ATTACH; - - hfs_chash_unlock(hfsmp); - } else { - vid = vnode_vid(vp); - - hfs_chash_unlock(hfsmp); - - if (vnode_getwithvid(vp, vid)) - goto loop; - } - if (ncp) { - /* - * someone else won the race to create - * this cnode and add it to the hash - * just dump our allocation - */ - hfs_zfree(ncp, HFS_CNODE_ZONE); - ncp = NULL; - } - - if (!skiplock) { - hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - } - - /* - * Skip cnodes that are not in the name space anymore - * we need to check with the cnode lock held because - * we may have blocked acquiring the vnode ref or the - * lock on the cnode which would allow the node to be - * unlinked. - * - * Don't return a cnode in this case since the inum - * is no longer valid for lookups. - */ - if ((cp->c_flag & (C_NOEXISTS | C_DELETED)) && !wantrsrc) { - int renamed = 0; - if (cp->c_flag & C_RENAMED) { - renamed = 1; - } - if (!skiplock) - hfs_unlock(cp); - if (vp != NULLVP) { - vnode_put(vp); - } else { - hfs_chash_lock_spin(hfsmp); - CLR(cp->c_hflag, H_ATTACH); - *hflags &= ~H_ATTACH; - if (ISSET(cp->c_hflag, H_WAITING)) { - CLR(cp->c_hflag, H_WAITING); - wakeup((caddr_t)cp); - } - hfs_chash_unlock(hfsmp); - } - vp = NULL; - cp = NULL; - if (renamed) { - *out_flags = GNV_CHASH_RENAMED; - } - } - *vpp = vp; - return (cp); - } - - /* - * Allocate a new cnode - */ - if (skiplock && !wantrsrc) - panic("%s - should never get here when skiplock is set \n", __FUNCTION__); - - if (ncp == NULL) { - hfs_chash_unlock(hfsmp); - - ncp = hfs_zalloc(HFS_CNODE_ZONE); - - /* - * since we dropped the chash lock, - * we need to go back and re-verify - * that this node hasn't come into - * existence... - */ - goto loop; - } - hfs_chash_lock_convert(hfsmp); - -#if HFS_MALLOC_DEBUG - bzero(ncp, __builtin_offsetof(struct cnode, magic)); -#else - bzero(ncp, sizeof(*ncp)); -#endif - - SET(ncp->c_hflag, H_ALLOC); - *hflags |= H_ALLOC; - ncp->c_fileid = inum; - TAILQ_INIT(&ncp->c_hintlist); /* make the list empty */ - TAILQ_INIT(&ncp->c_originlist); - - lck_rw_init(&ncp->c_rwlock, hfs_rwlock_group, hfs_lock_attr); - if (!skiplock) - (void) hfs_lock(ncp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - - /* Insert the new cnode with it's H_ALLOC flag set */ - LIST_INSERT_HEAD(CNODEHASH(hfsmp, inum), ncp, c_hash); - hfs_chash_unlock(hfsmp); - - *vpp = NULL; - return (ncp); -} - - -void -hfs_chashwakeup(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *cp, int hflags) -{ - hfs_chash_lock_spin(hfsmp); - - CLR(cp->c_hflag, hflags); - - if (ISSET(cp->c_hflag, H_WAITING)) { - CLR(cp->c_hflag, H_WAITING); - wakeup((caddr_t)cp); - } - hfs_chash_unlock(hfsmp); -} - - -/* - * Re-hash two cnodes in the hash table. - */ -void -hfs_chash_rehash(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *cp1, struct cnode *cp2) -{ - hfs_chash_lock_spin(hfsmp); - - LIST_REMOVE(cp1, c_hash); - LIST_REMOVE(cp2, c_hash); - LIST_INSERT_HEAD(CNODEHASH(hfsmp, cp1->c_fileid), cp1, c_hash); - LIST_INSERT_HEAD(CNODEHASH(hfsmp, cp2->c_fileid), cp2, c_hash); - - hfs_chash_unlock(hfsmp); -} - - -/* - * Remove a cnode from the hash table. - */ -int -hfs_chashremove(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *cp) -{ - hfs_chash_lock_spin(hfsmp); - - /* Check if a vnode is getting attached */ - if (ISSET(cp->c_hflag, H_ATTACH)) { - hfs_chash_unlock(hfsmp); - return (EBUSY); - } - if (cp->c_hash.le_next || cp->c_hash.le_prev) { - LIST_REMOVE(cp, c_hash); - cp->c_hash.le_next = NULL; - cp->c_hash.le_prev = NULL; - } - hfs_chash_unlock(hfsmp); - - return (0); -} - -/* - * Remove a cnode from the hash table and wakeup any waiters. - */ -void -hfs_chash_abort(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *cp) -{ - hfs_chash_lock_spin(hfsmp); - - LIST_REMOVE(cp, c_hash); - cp->c_hash.le_next = NULL; - cp->c_hash.le_prev = NULL; - - CLR(cp->c_hflag, H_ATTACH | H_ALLOC); - if (ISSET(cp->c_hflag, H_WAITING)) { - CLR(cp->c_hflag, H_WAITING); - wakeup((caddr_t)cp); - } - hfs_chash_unlock(hfsmp); -} - - -/* - * mark a cnode as in transition - */ -void -hfs_chash_mark_in_transit(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *cp) -{ - hfs_chash_lock_spin(hfsmp); - - SET(cp->c_hflag, H_TRANSIT); - - hfs_chash_unlock(hfsmp); -} - -/* Search a cnode in the hash. This function does not return cnode which - * are getting created, destroyed or in transition. Note that this function - * does not acquire the cnode hash mutex, and expects the caller to acquire it. - * On success, returns pointer to the cnode found. On failure, returns NULL. - */ -static -struct cnode * -hfs_chash_search_cnid(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t cnid) -{ - struct cnode *cp; - - for (cp = CNODEHASH(hfsmp, cnid)->lh_first; cp; cp = cp->c_hash.le_next) { - if (cp->c_fileid == cnid) { - break; - } - } - - /* If cnode is being created or reclaimed, return error. */ - if (cp && ISSET(cp->c_hflag, H_ALLOC | H_TRANSIT | H_ATTACH)) { - cp = NULL; - } - - return cp; -} - -/* Search a cnode corresponding to given device and ID in the hash. If the - * found cnode has kHFSHasChildLinkBit cleared, set it. If the cnode is not - * found, no new cnode is created and error is returned. - * - * Return values - - * -1 : The cnode was not found. - * 0 : The cnode was found, and the kHFSHasChildLinkBit was already set. - * 1 : The cnode was found, the kHFSHasChildLinkBit was not set, and the - * function had to set that bit. - */ -int -hfs_chash_set_childlinkbit(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t cnid) -{ - int retval = -1; - struct cnode *cp; - - hfs_chash_lock_spin(hfsmp); - - cp = hfs_chash_search_cnid(hfsmp, cnid); - if (cp) { - if (cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasChildLinkMask) { - retval = 0; - } else { - cp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSHasChildLinkMask; - retval = 1; - } - } - hfs_chash_unlock(hfsmp); - - return retval; -} diff --git a/core/hfs_cnode.c b/core/hfs_cnode.c deleted file mode 100644 index 12b126c..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_cnode.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2561 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include - -#include -#include - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_catalog.h" -#include "hfs_cnode.h" -#include "hfs_quota.h" -#include "hfs_format.h" -#include "hfs_kdebug.h" -#include "hfs_cprotect.h" - -extern int prtactive; - -extern lck_attr_t * hfs_lock_attr; -extern lck_grp_t * hfs_mutex_group; -extern lck_grp_t * hfs_rwlock_group; - -static void hfs_reclaim_cnode(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, struct cnode *); -static int hfs_cnode_teardown (struct vnode *vp, vfs_context_t ctx, int reclaim); -static int hfs_isordered(struct cnode *, struct cnode *); - -extern int hfs_removefile_callback(struct buf *bp, void *hfsmp); - - -__inline__ int hfs_checkdeleted (struct cnode *cp) { - return ((cp->c_flag & (C_DELETED | C_NOEXISTS)) ? ENOENT : 0); -} - -/* - * Function used by a special fcntl() that decorates a cnode/vnode that - * indicates it is backing another filesystem, like a disk image. - * - * the argument 'val' indicates whether or not to set the bit in the cnode flags - * - * Returns non-zero on failure. 0 on success - */ -int hfs_set_backingstore (struct vnode *vp, int val) { - struct cnode *cp = NULL; - int err = 0; - - cp = VTOC(vp); - if (!vnode_isreg(vp) && !vnode_isdir(vp)) { - return EINVAL; - } - - /* lock the cnode */ - err = hfs_lock (cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (err) { - return err; - } - - if (val) { - cp->c_flag |= C_BACKINGSTORE; - } - else { - cp->c_flag &= ~C_BACKINGSTORE; - } - - /* unlock everything */ - hfs_unlock (cp); - - return err; -} - -/* - * Function used by a special fcntl() that check to see if a cnode/vnode - * indicates it is backing another filesystem, like a disk image. - * - * the argument 'val' is an output argument for whether or not the bit is set - * - * Returns non-zero on failure. 0 on success - */ - -int hfs_is_backingstore (struct vnode *vp, int *val) { - struct cnode *cp = NULL; - int err = 0; - - if (!vnode_isreg(vp) && !vnode_isdir(vp)) { - *val = 0; - return 0; - } - - cp = VTOC(vp); - - /* lock the cnode */ - err = hfs_lock (cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (err) { - return err; - } - - if (cp->c_flag & C_BACKINGSTORE) { - *val = 1; - } - else { - *val = 0; - } - - /* unlock everything */ - hfs_unlock (cp); - - return err; -} - - -/* - * hfs_cnode_teardown - * - * This is an internal function that is invoked from both hfs_vnop_inactive - * and hfs_vnop_reclaim. As VNOP_INACTIVE is not necessarily called from vnodes - * being recycled and reclaimed, it is important that we do any post-processing - * necessary for the cnode in both places. Important tasks include things such as - * releasing the blocks from an open-unlinked file when all references to it have dropped, - * and handling resource forks separately from data forks. - * - * Note that we take only the vnode as an argument here (rather than the cnode). - * Recall that each cnode supports two forks (rsrc/data), and we can always get the right - * cnode from either of the vnodes, but the reverse is not true -- we can't determine which - * vnode we need to reclaim if only the cnode is supplied. - * - * This function is idempotent and safe to call from both hfs_vnop_inactive and hfs_vnop_reclaim - * if both are invoked right after the other. In the second call, most of this function's if() - * conditions will fail, since they apply generally to cnodes still marked with C_DELETED. - * As a quick check to see if this function is necessary, determine if the cnode is already - * marked C_NOEXISTS. If it is, then it is safe to skip this function. The only tasks that - * remain for cnodes marked in such a fashion is to teardown their fork references and - * release all directory hints and hardlink origins. However, both of those are done - * in hfs_vnop_reclaim. hfs_update, by definition, is not necessary if the cnode's catalog - * entry is no longer there. - * - * 'reclaim' argument specifies whether or not we were called from hfs_vnop_reclaim. If we are - * invoked from hfs_vnop_reclaim, we can not call functions that cluster_push since the UBC info - * is totally gone by that point. - * - * Assumes that both truncate and cnode locks for 'cp' are held. - */ -static -int hfs_cnode_teardown (struct vnode *vp, vfs_context_t ctx, int reclaim) -{ - int forkcount = 0; - enum vtype v_type; - struct cnode *cp; - int error = 0; - bool started_tr = false; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - struct proc *p = vfs_context_proc(ctx); - int truncated = 0; - cat_cookie_t cookie; - int cat_reserve = 0; - int lockflags; - int ea_error = 0; - - v_type = vnode_vtype(vp); - cp = VTOC(vp); - - if (cp->c_datafork) { - ++forkcount; - } - if (cp->c_rsrcfork) { - ++forkcount; - } - - /* - * Push file data out for normal files that haven't been evicted from - * the namespace. We only do this if this function was not called from reclaim, - * because by that point the UBC information has been totally torn down. - * - * There should also be no way that a normal file that has NOT been deleted from - * the namespace to skip INACTIVE and go straight to RECLAIM. That race only happens - * when the file becomes open-unlinked. - */ - if ((v_type == VREG) && - (!ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_DELETED)) && - (!ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_NOEXISTS)) && - (VTOF(vp)->ff_blocks) && - (reclaim == 0)) { - /* - * If we're called from hfs_vnop_inactive, all this means is at the time - * the logic for deciding to call this function, there were not any lingering - * mmap/fd references for this file. However, there is nothing preventing the system - * from creating a new reference in between the time that logic was checked - * and we entered hfs_vnop_inactive. As a result, the only time we can guarantee - * that there aren't any references is during vnop_reclaim. - */ - hfs_filedone(vp, ctx, 0); - } - - /* - * Remove any directory hints or cached origins - */ - if (v_type == VDIR) { - hfs_reldirhints(cp, 0); - } - if (cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK) { - hfs_relorigins(cp); - } - - /* - * -- Handle open unlinked files -- - * - * If the vnode is in use, it means a force unmount is in progress - * in which case we defer cleaning up until either we come back - * through here via hfs_vnop_reclaim, at which point the UBC - * information will have been torn down and the vnode might no - * longer be in use, or if it's still in use, it will get cleaned - * up when next remounted. - */ - if (ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_DELETED) && !vnode_isinuse(vp, 0)) { - /* - * This check is slightly complicated. We should only truncate data - * in very specific cases for open-unlinked files. This is because - * we want to ensure that the resource fork continues to be available - * if the caller has the data fork open. However, this is not symmetric; - * someone who has the resource fork open need not be able to access the data - * fork once the data fork has gone inactive. - * - * If we're the last fork, then we have cleaning up to do. - * - * A) last fork, and vp == c_vp - * Truncate away own fork data. If rsrc fork is not in core, truncate it too. - * - * B) last fork, and vp == c_rsrc_vp - * Truncate ourselves, assume data fork has been cleaned due to C). - * - * If we're not the last fork, then things are a little different: - * - * C) not the last fork, vp == c_vp - * Truncate ourselves. Once the file has gone out of the namespace, - * it cannot be further opened. Further access to the rsrc fork may - * continue, however. - * - * D) not the last fork, vp == c_rsrc_vp - * Don't enter the block below, just clean up vnode and push it out of core. - */ - - if ((v_type == VREG || v_type == VLNK) && - ((forkcount == 1) || (!VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)))) { - - /* Truncate away our own fork data. (Case A, B, C above) */ - if (VTOF(vp)->ff_blocks != 0) { - /* - * SYMLINKS only: - * - * Encapsulate the entire change (including truncating the link) in - * nested transactions if we are modifying a symlink, because we know that its - * file length will be at most 4k, and we can fit both the truncation and - * any relevant bitmap changes into a single journal transaction. We also want - * the kill_block code to execute in the same transaction so that any dirty symlink - * blocks will not be written. Otherwise, rely on - * hfs_truncate doing its own transactions to ensure that we don't blow up - * the journal. - */ - if (!started_tr && (v_type == VLNK)) { - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - else { - started_tr = true; - } - } - - /* - * At this point, we have decided that this cnode is - * suitable for full removal. We are about to deallocate - * its blocks and remove its entry from the catalog. - * If it was a symlink, then it's possible that the operation - * which created it is still in the current transaction group - * due to coalescing. Take action here to kill the data blocks - * of the symlink out of the journal before moving to - * deallocate the blocks. We need to be in the middle of - * a transaction before calling buf_iterate like this. - * - * Note: we have to kill any potential symlink buffers out of - * the journal prior to deallocating their blocks. This is so - * that we don't race with another thread that may be doing an - * an allocation concurrently and pick up these blocks. It could - * generate I/O against them which could go out ahead of our journal - * transaction. - */ - - if (hfsmp->jnl && vnode_islnk(vp)) { - buf_iterate(vp, hfs_removefile_callback, BUF_SKIP_NONLOCKED, (void *)hfsmp); - } - - - /* - * This truncate call (and the one below) is fine from VNOP_RECLAIM's - * context because we're only removing blocks, not zero-filling new - * ones. The C_DELETED check above makes things much simpler. - */ - error = hfs_truncate(vp, (off_t)0, IO_NDELAY, 0, ctx); - if (error) { - goto out; - } - truncated = 1; - - /* (SYMLINKS ONLY): Close/End our transaction after truncating the file record */ - if (started_tr) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - started_tr = false; - } - - } - - /* - * Truncate away the resource fork, if we represent the data fork and - * it is the last fork. That means, by definition, the rsrc fork is not in - * core. To avoid bringing a vnode into core for the sole purpose of deleting the - * data in the resource fork, we call cat_lookup directly, then hfs_release_storage - * to get rid of the resource fork's data. Note that because we are holding the - * cnode lock, it is impossible for a competing thread to create the resource fork - * vnode from underneath us while we do this. - * - * This is invoked via case A above only. - */ - if ((cp->c_blocks > 0) && (forkcount == 1) && (vp != cp->c_rsrc_vp)) { - struct cat_lookup_buffer *lookup_rsrc = NULL; - struct cat_desc *desc_ptr = NULL; - lockflags = 0; - - lookup_rsrc = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*lookup_rsrc)); - - if (cp->c_desc.cd_namelen == 0) { - /* Initialize the rsrc descriptor for lookup if necessary*/ - MAKE_DELETED_NAME (lookup_rsrc->lookup_name, HFS_TEMPLOOKUP_NAMELEN, cp->c_fileid); - - lookup_rsrc->lookup_desc.cd_nameptr = (const uint8_t*) lookup_rsrc->lookup_name; - lookup_rsrc->lookup_desc.cd_namelen = strlen (lookup_rsrc->lookup_name); - lookup_rsrc->lookup_desc.cd_parentcnid = hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid; - lookup_rsrc->lookup_desc.cd_cnid = cp->c_cnid; - - desc_ptr = &lookup_rsrc->lookup_desc; - } - else { - desc_ptr = &cp->c_desc; - } - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock (hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - error = cat_lookup (hfsmp, desc_ptr, 1, 0, (struct cat_desc *) NULL, - (struct cat_attr*) NULL, &lookup_rsrc->lookup_fork.ff_data, NULL); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock (hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (error) { - hfs_free(lookup_rsrc, sizeof(*lookup_rsrc)); - goto out; - } - - /* - * Make the filefork in our temporary struct look like a real - * filefork. Fill in the cp, sysfileinfo and rangelist fields.. - */ - rl_init (&lookup_rsrc->lookup_fork.ff_invalidranges); - lookup_rsrc->lookup_fork.ff_cp = cp; - - /* - * If there were no errors, then we have the catalog's fork information - * for the resource fork in question. Go ahead and delete the data in it now. - */ - - error = hfs_release_storage (hfsmp, NULL, &lookup_rsrc->lookup_fork, cp->c_fileid); - hfs_free(lookup_rsrc, sizeof(*lookup_rsrc)); - - if (error) { - goto out; - } - - /* - * This fileid's resource fork extents have now been fully deleted on-disk - * and this CNID is no longer valid. At this point, we should be able to - * zero out cp->c_blocks to indicate there is no data left in this file. - */ - cp->c_blocks = 0; - } - } - - /* - * If we represent the last fork (or none in the case of a dir), - * and the cnode has become open-unlinked... - * - * We check c_blocks here because it is possible in the force - * unmount case for the data fork to be in use but the resource - * fork to not be in use in which case we will truncate the - * resource fork, but not the data fork. It will get cleaned - * up upon next mount. - */ - if (forkcount <= 1 && !cp->c_blocks) { - /* - * If it has EA's, then we need to get rid of them. - * - * Note that this must happen outside of any other transactions - * because it starts/ends its own transactions and grabs its - * own locks. This is to prevent a file with a lot of attributes - * from creating a transaction that is too large (which panics). - */ - if (ISSET(cp->c_attr.ca_recflags, kHFSHasAttributesMask)) - ea_error = hfs_removeallattr(hfsmp, cp->c_fileid, &started_tr); - - /* - * Remove the cnode's catalog entry and release all blocks it - * may have been using. - */ - - /* - * Mark cnode in transit so that no one can get this - * cnode from cnode hash. - */ - // hfs_chash_mark_in_transit(hfsmp, cp); - // XXXdbg - remove the cnode from the hash table since it's deleted - // otherwise someone could go to sleep on the cnode and not - // be woken up until this vnode gets recycled which could be - // a very long time... - hfs_chashremove(hfsmp, cp); - - cp->c_flag |= C_NOEXISTS; // XXXdbg - cp->c_rdev = 0; - - if (!started_tr) { - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - started_tr = true; - } - - /* - * Reserve some space in the Catalog file. - */ - if ((error = cat_preflight(hfsmp, CAT_DELETE, &cookie, p))) { - goto out; - } - cat_reserve = 1; - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG | SFL_ATTRIBUTE, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - if (cp->c_blocks > 0) { - printf("hfs_inactive: deleting non-empty%sfile %d, " - "blks %d\n", VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp) ? " rsrc " : " ", - (int)cp->c_fileid, (int)cp->c_blocks); - } - - // - // release the name pointer in the descriptor so that - // cat_delete() will use the file-id to do the deletion. - // in the case of hard links this is imperative (in the - // case of regular files the fileid and cnid are the - // same so it doesn't matter). - // - cat_releasedesc(&cp->c_desc); - - /* - * The descriptor name may be zero, - * in which case the fileid is used. - */ - error = cat_delete(hfsmp, &cp->c_desc, &cp->c_attr); - - if (error && truncated && (error != ENXIO)) { - printf("hfs_inactive: couldn't delete a truncated file!"); - } - - /* Update HFS Private Data dir */ - if (error == 0) { - hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[FILE_HARDLINKS].ca_entries--; - if (vnode_isdir(vp)) { - DEC_FOLDERCOUNT(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[FILE_HARDLINKS]); - } - (void)cat_update(hfsmp, &hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS], - &hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[FILE_HARDLINKS], NULL, NULL); - } - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (error) { - goto out; - } - - #if QUOTA - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_QUOTAS) - (void)hfs_chkiq(cp, -1, NOCRED, 0); - #endif /* QUOTA */ - - /* Already set C_NOEXISTS at the beginning of this block */ - cp->c_flag &= ~C_DELETED; - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - cp->c_touch_modtime = TRUE; - - if (error == 0) - hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, (v_type == VDIR) ? VOL_RMDIR : VOL_RMFILE, 0); - } - } // if - - hfs_update(vp, reclaim ? HFS_UPDATE_FORCE : 0); - - /* - * Since we are about to finish what might be an inactive call, propagate - * any remaining modified or touch bits from the cnode to the vnode. This - * serves as a hint to vnode recycling that we shouldn't recycle this vnode - * synchronously. - * - * For now, if the node *only* has a dirty atime, we don't mark - * the vnode as dirty. VFS's asynchronous recycling can actually - * lead to worse performance than having it synchronous. When VFS - * is fixed to be more performant, we can be more honest about - * marking vnodes as dirty when it's only the atime that's dirty. - */ - if (hfs_is_dirty(cp) == HFS_DIRTY || ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_DELETED)) { - vnode_setdirty(vp); - } else { - vnode_cleardirty(vp); - } - -out: - if (cat_reserve) - cat_postflight(hfsmp, &cookie, p); - - if (started_tr) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - started_tr = false; - } - - return error; -} - - -/* - * hfs_vnop_inactive - * - * The last usecount on the vnode has gone away, so we need to tear down - * any remaining data still residing in the cnode. If necessary, write out - * remaining blocks or delete the cnode's entry in the catalog. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_inactive(struct vnop_inactive_args *ap) -{ - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - struct cnode *cp; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - struct proc *p = vfs_context_proc(ap->a_context); - int error = 0; - int took_trunc_lock = 0; - enum vtype v_type; - - v_type = vnode_vtype(vp); - cp = VTOC(vp); - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) || vnode_issystem(vp) || - (hfsmp->hfs_freezing_proc == p)) { - error = 0; - goto inactive_done; - } - - /* - * For safety, do NOT call vnode_recycle from inside this function. This can cause - * problems in the following scenario: - * - * vnode_create -> vnode_reclaim_internal -> vclean -> VNOP_INACTIVE - * - * If we're being invoked as a result of a reclaim that was already in-flight, then we - * cannot call vnode_recycle again. Being in reclaim means that there are no usecounts or - * iocounts by definition. As a result, if we were to call vnode_recycle, it would immediately - * try to re-enter reclaim again and panic. - * - * Currently, there are three things that can cause us (VNOP_INACTIVE) to get called. - * 1) last usecount goes away on the vnode (vnode_rele) - * 2) last iocount goes away on a vnode that previously had usecounts but didn't have - * vnode_recycle called (vnode_put) - * 3) vclean by way of reclaim - * - * In this function we would generally want to call vnode_recycle to speed things - * along to ensure that we don't leak blocks due to open-unlinked files. However, by - * virtue of being in this function already, we can call hfs_cnode_teardown, which - * will release blocks held by open-unlinked files, and mark them C_NOEXISTS so that - * there's no entry in the catalog and no backing store anymore. If that's the case, - * then we really don't care all that much when the vnode actually goes through reclaim. - * Further, the HFS VNOPs that manipulated the namespace in order to create the open- - * unlinked file in the first place should have already called vnode_recycle on the vnode - * to guarantee that it would go through reclaim in a speedy way. - */ - - if (cp->c_flag & C_NOEXISTS) { - /* - * If the cnode has already had its cat entry removed, then - * just skip to the end. We don't need to do anything here. - */ - error = 0; - goto inactive_done; - } - - if ((v_type == VREG || v_type == VLNK)) { - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - took_trunc_lock = 1; - } - - (void) hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - - /* - * Call cnode_teardown to push out dirty blocks to disk, release open-unlinked - * files' blocks from being in use, and move the cnode from C_DELETED to C_NOEXISTS. - */ - error = hfs_cnode_teardown (vp, ap->a_context, 0); - - /* - * Drop the truncate lock before unlocking the cnode - * (which can potentially perform a vnode_put and - * recycle the vnode which in turn might require the - * truncate lock) - */ - if (took_trunc_lock) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - } - - hfs_unlock(cp); - -inactive_done: - - return error; -} - - -/* - * File clean-up (zero fill and shrink peof). - */ - -int -hfs_filedone(struct vnode *vp, vfs_context_t context, - hfs_file_done_opts_t opts) -{ - struct cnode *cp; - struct filefork *fp; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - off_t leof; - u_int32_t blks, blocksize; - - cp = VTOC(vp); - fp = VTOF(vp); - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - leof = fp->ff_size; - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) || (fp->ff_blocks == 0)) - return (0); - - hfs_flush_invalid_ranges(vp); - - blocksize = VTOVCB(vp)->blockSize; - blks = leof / blocksize; - if (((off_t)blks * (off_t)blocksize) != leof) - blks++; - /* - * Shrink the peof to the smallest size neccessary to contain the leof. - */ - if (blks < fp->ff_blocks) { - (void) hfs_truncate(vp, leof, IO_NDELAY, HFS_TRUNCATE_SKIPTIMES, context); - } - - if (!ISSET(opts, HFS_FILE_DONE_NO_SYNC)) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - cluster_push(vp, IO_CLOSE); - hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - - /* - * If the hfs_truncate didn't happen to flush the vnode's - * information out to disk, force it to be updated now that - * all invalid ranges have been zero-filled and validated: - */ - hfs_update(vp, 0); - } - - return (0); -} - - -/* - * Reclaim a cnode so that it can be used for other purposes. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_reclaim(struct vnop_reclaim_args *ap) -{ - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - struct cnode *cp; - struct filefork *fp = NULL; - struct filefork *altfp = NULL; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - vfs_context_t ctx = ap->a_context; - int reclaim_cnode = 0; - int err = 0; - enum vtype v_type; - - v_type = vnode_vtype(vp); - cp = VTOC(vp); - - /* - * We don't take the truncate lock since by the time reclaim comes along, - * all dirty pages have been synced and nobody should be competing - * with us for this thread. - */ - (void) hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - - /* - * Sync to disk any remaining data in the cnode/vnode. This includes - * a call to hfs_update if the cnode has outbound data. - * - * If C_NOEXISTS is set on the cnode, then there's nothing teardown needs to do - * because the catalog entry for this cnode is already gone. - */ - if (!ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_NOEXISTS)) { - err = hfs_cnode_teardown(vp, ctx, 1); - } - - /* - * Keep track of an inactive hot file. Don't bother on ssd's since - * the tracking is done differently (it's done at read() time) - */ - if (!vnode_isdir(vp) && - !vnode_issystem(vp) && - !(cp->c_flag & (C_DELETED | C_NOEXISTS)) && - !(hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN)) { - (void) hfs_addhotfile(vp); - } - vnode_removefsref(vp); - - /* - * Find file fork for this vnode (if any) - * Also check if another fork is active - */ - if (cp->c_vp == vp) { - fp = cp->c_datafork; - altfp = cp->c_rsrcfork; - - cp->c_datafork = NULL; - cp->c_vp = NULL; - } else if (cp->c_rsrc_vp == vp) { - fp = cp->c_rsrcfork; - altfp = cp->c_datafork; - - cp->c_rsrcfork = NULL; - cp->c_rsrc_vp = NULL; - } else { - panic("hfs_vnop_reclaim: vp points to wrong cnode (vp=%p cp->c_vp=%p cp->c_rsrc_vp=%p)\n", vp, cp->c_vp, cp->c_rsrc_vp); - } - /* - * On the last fork, remove the cnode from its hash chain. - */ - if (altfp == NULL) { - /* If we can't remove it then the cnode must persist! */ - if (hfs_chashremove(hfsmp, cp) == 0) - reclaim_cnode = 1; - /* - * Remove any directory hints - */ - if (vnode_isdir(vp)) { - hfs_reldirhints(cp, 0); - } - - if(cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK) { - hfs_relorigins(cp); - } - } - /* Release the file fork and related data */ - if (fp) { - /* Dump cached symlink data */ - if (vnode_islnk(vp) && (fp->ff_symlinkptr != NULL)) { - hfs_free(fp->ff_symlinkptr, fp->ff_size); - } - rl_remove_all(&fp->ff_invalidranges); - hfs_zfree(fp, HFS_FILEFORK_ZONE); - } - - /* - * If there was only one active fork then we can release the cnode. - */ - if (reclaim_cnode) { - hfs_chashwakeup(hfsmp, cp, H_ALLOC | H_TRANSIT); - hfs_unlock(cp); - hfs_reclaim_cnode(hfsmp, cp); - } - else { - /* - * cnode in use. If it is a directory, it could have - * no live forks. Just release the lock. - */ - hfs_unlock(cp); - } - - vnode_clearfsnode(vp); - return (0); -} - - -extern int (**hfs_vnodeop_p) (void *); -#if FIFO -extern int (**hfs_fifoop_p) (void *); -#endif - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -extern int (**hfs_std_vnodeop_p) (void *); -#endif - -/* - * hfs_getnewvnode - get new default vnode - * - * The vnode is returned with an iocount and the cnode locked. - * The cnode of the parent vnode 'dvp' may or may not be locked, depending on - * the circumstances. The cnode in question (if acquiring the resource fork), - * may also already be locked at the time we enter this function. - * - * Note that there are both input and output flag arguments to this function. - * If one of the input flags (specifically, GNV_USE_VP), is set, then - * hfs_getnewvnode will use the parameter *vpp, which is traditionally only - * an output parameter, as both an input and output parameter. It will use - * the vnode provided in the output, and pass it to vnode_create with the - * proper flavor so that a new vnode is _NOT_ created on our behalf when - * we dispatch to VFS. This may be important in various HFS vnode creation - * routines, such a create or get-resource-fork, because we risk deadlock if - * jetsam is involved. - * - * Deadlock potential exists if jetsam is synchronously invoked while we are waiting - * for a vnode to be recycled in order to give it the identity we want. If jetsam - * happens to target a process for termination that is blocked in-kernel, waiting to - * acquire the cnode lock on our parent 'dvp', while our current thread has it locked, - * neither side will make forward progress and the watchdog timer will eventually fire. - * To prevent this, a caller of hfs_getnewvnode may choose to proactively force - * any necessary vnode reclamation/recycling while it is not holding any locks and - * thus not prone to deadlock. If this is the case, GNV_USE_VP will be set and - * the parameter will be used as described above. - * - * !!! !!!! - * In circumstances when GNV_USE_VP is set, this function _MUST_ clean up and either consume - * or dispose of the provided vnode. We funnel all errors to a single return value so that - * if provided_vp is still non-NULL, then we will dispose of the vnode. This will occur in - * all error cases of this function -- anywhere we zero/NULL out the *vpp parameter. It may - * also occur if the current thread raced with another to create the same vnode, and we - * find the entry already present in the cnode hash. - * !!! !!! - */ -int -hfs_getnewvnode( - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - struct vnode *dvp, - struct componentname *cnp, - struct cat_desc *descp, - int flags, - struct cat_attr *attrp, - struct cat_fork *forkp, - struct vnode **vpp, - int *out_flags) -{ - struct mount *mp = HFSTOVFS(hfsmp); - struct vnode *vp = NULL; - struct vnode **cvpp; - struct vnode *tvp = NULLVP; - struct cnode *cp = NULL; - struct filefork *fp = NULL; - int hfs_standard = 0; - int retval = 0; - int issystemfile; - int wantrsrc; - int hflags = 0; - int need_update_identity = 0; - struct vnode_fsparam vfsp; - enum vtype vtype; - - struct vnode *provided_vp = NULL; - - -#if QUOTA - int i; -#endif /* QUOTA */ - - hfs_standard = (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD); - - if (flags & GNV_USE_VP) { - /* Store the provided VP for later use */ - provided_vp = *vpp; - } - - /* Zero out the vpp regardless of provided input */ - *vpp = NULL; - - /* Zero out the out_flags */ - *out_flags = 0; - - if (attrp->ca_fileid == 0) { - retval = ENOENT; - goto gnv_exit; - } - -#if !FIFO - if (IFTOVT(attrp->ca_mode) == VFIFO) { - retval = ENOTSUP; - goto gnv_exit; - } -#endif /* !FIFO */ - vtype = IFTOVT(attrp->ca_mode); - issystemfile = (descp->cd_flags & CD_ISMETA) && (vtype == VREG); - wantrsrc = flags & GNV_WANTRSRC; - - /* Sanity checks: */ - if (vtype == VBAD || - (vtype != VDIR && forkp && - (attrp->ca_blocks < forkp->cf_blocks || - howmany((uint64_t)forkp->cf_size, hfsmp->blockSize) > forkp->cf_blocks || - (vtype == VLNK && (uint64_t)forkp->cf_size > MAXPATHLEN)))) { - /* Mark the FS as corrupt and bail out */ - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_INCONSISTENCY_DETECTED); - retval = EINVAL; - goto gnv_exit; - } - -#ifdef HFS_CHECK_LOCK_ORDER - /* - * The only case where it's permissible to hold the parent cnode - * lock is during a create operation (hfs_makenode) or when - * we don't need the cnode lock (GNV_SKIPLOCK). - */ - if ((dvp != NULL) && - (flags & (GNV_CREATE | GNV_SKIPLOCK)) == 0 && - VTOC(dvp)->c_lockowner == current_thread()) { - panic("hfs_getnewvnode: unexpected hold of parent cnode %p", VTOC(dvp)); - } -#endif /* HFS_CHECK_LOCK_ORDER */ - - /* - * Get a cnode (new or existing) - */ - cp = hfs_chash_getcnode(hfsmp, attrp->ca_fileid, vpp, wantrsrc, - (flags & GNV_SKIPLOCK), out_flags, &hflags); - - /* - * If the id is no longer valid for lookups we'll get back a NULL cp. - */ - if (cp == NULL) { - retval = ENOENT; - goto gnv_exit; - } - /* - * We may have been provided a vnode via - * GNV_USE_VP. In this case, we have raced with - * a 2nd thread to create the target vnode. The provided - * vnode that was passed in will be dealt with at the - * end of the function, as we don't zero out the field - * until we're ready to pass responsibility to VFS. - */ - - - /* - * If we get a cnode/vnode pair out of hfs_chash_getcnode, then update the - * descriptor in the cnode as needed if the cnode represents a hardlink. - * We want the caller to get the most up-to-date copy of the descriptor - * as possible. However, we only do anything here if there was a valid vnode. - * If there isn't a vnode, then the cnode is brand new and needs to be initialized - * as it doesn't have a descriptor or cat_attr yet. - * - * If we are about to replace the descriptor with the user-supplied one, then validate - * that the descriptor correctly acknowledges this item is a hardlink. We could be - * subject to a race where the calling thread invoked cat_lookup, got a valid lookup - * result but the file was not yet a hardlink. With sufficient delay between there - * and here, we might accidentally copy in the raw inode ID into the descriptor in the - * call below. If the descriptor's CNID is the same as the fileID then it must - * not yet have been a hardlink when the lookup occurred. - */ - - if (!(hfs_checkdeleted(cp))) { - // - // If the bytes of the filename in the descp do not match the bytes in the - // cnp (and we're not looking up the resource fork), then we want to update - // the vnode identity to contain the bytes that HFS stores so that when an - // fsevent gets generated, it has the correct filename. otherwise daemons - // that match filenames produced by fsevents with filenames they have stored - // elsewhere (e.g. bladerunner, backupd, mds), the filenames will not match. - // See: FSEvents doesn't always decompose diacritical unicode chars in the paths of the changed directories - // for more details. - // -#ifdef CN_WANTSRSRCFORK - if (*vpp && cnp && cnp->cn_nameptr && !(cnp->cn_flags & CN_WANTSRSRCFORK) && descp && descp->cd_nameptr && strncmp((const char *)cnp->cn_nameptr, (const char *)descp->cd_nameptr, descp->cd_namelen) != 0) { -#else - if (*vpp && cnp && cnp->cn_nameptr && descp && descp->cd_nameptr && strncmp((const char *)cnp->cn_nameptr, (const char *)descp->cd_nameptr, descp->cd_namelen) != 0) { -#endif - vnode_update_identity (*vpp, dvp, (const char *)descp->cd_nameptr, descp->cd_namelen, 0, VNODE_UPDATE_NAME); - } - if ((cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK) && descp->cd_nameptr && descp->cd_namelen > 0) { - /* If cnode is uninitialized, its c_attr will be zeroed out; cnids wont match. */ - if ((descp->cd_cnid == cp->c_attr.ca_fileid) && - (attrp->ca_linkcount != cp->c_attr.ca_linkcount)){ - - if ((flags & GNV_SKIPLOCK) == 0) { - /* - * Then we took the lock. Drop it before calling - * vnode_put, which may invoke hfs_vnop_inactive and need to take - * the cnode lock again. - */ - hfs_unlock(cp); - } - - /* - * Emit ERECYCLE and GNV_CAT_ATTRCHANGED to - * force a re-drive in the lookup routine. - * Drop the iocount on the vnode obtained from - * chash_getcnode if needed. - */ - if (*vpp != NULL) { - vnode_put (*vpp); - *vpp = NULL; - } - - /* - * If we raced with VNOP_RECLAIM for this vnode, the hash code could - * have observed it after the c_vp or c_rsrc_vp fields had been torn down; - * the hash code peeks at those fields without holding the cnode lock because - * it needs to be fast. As a result, we may have set H_ATTACH in the chash - * call above. Since we're bailing out, unset whatever flags we just set, and - * wake up all waiters for this cnode. - */ - if (hflags) { - hfs_chashwakeup(hfsmp, cp, hflags); - } - - *out_flags = GNV_CAT_ATTRCHANGED; - retval = ERECYCLE; - goto gnv_exit; - } - else { - /* - * Otherwise, CNID != fileid. Go ahead and copy in the new descriptor. - * - * Replacing the descriptor here is fine because we looked up the item without - * a vnode in hand before. If a vnode existed, its identity must be attached to this - * item. We are not susceptible to the lookup fastpath issue at this point. - */ - replace_desc(cp, descp); - - /* - * This item was a hardlink, and its name needed to be updated. By replacing the - * descriptor above, we've now updated the cnode's internal representation of - * its link ID/CNID, parent ID, and its name. However, VFS must now be alerted - * to the fact that this vnode now has a new parent, since we cannot guarantee - * that the new link lived in the same directory as the alternative name for - * this item. - */ - if ((*vpp != NULL) && (cnp || cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr)) { - /* we could be requesting the rsrc of a hardlink file... */ -#ifdef CN_WANTSRSRCFORK - if (cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr && (cnp == NULL || !(cnp->cn_flags & CN_WANTSRSRCFORK))) { -#else - if (cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr) { -#endif - // - // Update the identity with what we have stored on disk as - // the name of this file. This is related to: - // FSEvents doesn't always decompose diacritical unicode chars in the paths of the changed directories - // - vnode_update_identity (*vpp, dvp, (const char *)cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr, cp->c_desc.cd_namelen, 0, - (VNODE_UPDATE_PARENT | VNODE_UPDATE_NAME)); - } else if (cnp) { - vnode_update_identity (*vpp, dvp, cnp->cn_nameptr, cnp->cn_namelen, cnp->cn_hash, - (VNODE_UPDATE_PARENT | VNODE_UPDATE_NAME)); - } - } - } - } - } - - /* - * At this point, we have performed hardlink and open-unlinked checks - * above. We have now validated the state of the vnode that was given back - * to us from the cnode hash code and find it safe to return. - */ - if (*vpp != NULL) { - retval = 0; - goto gnv_exit; - } - - /* - * If this is a new cnode then initialize it. - */ - if (ISSET(cp->c_hflag, H_ALLOC)) { - lck_rw_init(&cp->c_truncatelock, hfs_rwlock_group, hfs_lock_attr); -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - cp->c_decmp = NULL; -#endif - - /* Make sure its still valid (ie exists on disk). */ - if (!(flags & GNV_CREATE)) { - int error = 0; - if (!hfs_valid_cnode (hfsmp, dvp, (wantrsrc ? NULL : cnp), cp->c_fileid, attrp, &error)) { - hfs_chash_abort(hfsmp, cp); - if ((flags & GNV_SKIPLOCK) == 0) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - } - hfs_reclaim_cnode(hfsmp, cp); - *vpp = NULL; - /* - * If we hit this case, that means that the entry was there in the catalog when - * we did a cat_lookup earlier. Think hfs_lookup. However, in between the time - * that we checked the catalog and the time we went to get a vnode/cnode for it, - * it had been removed from the namespace and the vnode totally reclaimed. As a result, - * it's not there in the catalog during the check in hfs_valid_cnode and we bubble out - * an ENOENT. To indicate to the caller that they should really double-check the - * entry (it could have been renamed over and gotten a new fileid), we mark a bit - * in the output flags. - */ - if (error == ENOENT) { - *out_flags = GNV_CAT_DELETED; - retval = ENOENT; - goto gnv_exit; - } - - /* - * Also, we need to protect the cat_attr acquired during hfs_lookup and passed into - * this function as an argument because the catalog may have changed w.r.t hardlink - * link counts and the firstlink field. If that validation check fails, then let - * lookup re-drive itself to get valid/consistent data with the same failure condition below. - */ - if (error == ERECYCLE) { - *out_flags = GNV_CAT_ATTRCHANGED; - retval = ERECYCLE; - goto gnv_exit; - } - } - } - bcopy(attrp, &cp->c_attr, sizeof(struct cat_attr)); - bcopy(descp, &cp->c_desc, sizeof(struct cat_desc)); - - /* The name was inherited so clear descriptor state... */ - descp->cd_namelen = 0; - descp->cd_nameptr = NULL; - descp->cd_flags &= ~CD_HASBUF; - - /* Tag hardlinks */ - if ((vtype == VREG || vtype == VDIR - || vtype == VSOCK || vtype == VFIFO) - && (descp->cd_cnid != attrp->ca_fileid - || ISSET(attrp->ca_recflags, kHFSHasLinkChainMask))) { - cp->c_flag |= C_HARDLINK; - } - /* - * Fix-up dir link counts. - * - * Earlier versions of Leopard used ca_linkcount for posix - * nlink support (effectively the sub-directory count + 2). - * That is now accomplished using the ca_dircount field with - * the corresponding kHFSHasFolderCountMask flag. - * - * For directories the ca_linkcount is the true link count, - * tracking the number of actual hardlinks to a directory. - * - * We only do this if the mount has HFS_FOLDERCOUNT set; - * at the moment, we only set that for HFSX volumes. - */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_FOLDERCOUNT) && - (vtype == VDIR) && - !(attrp->ca_recflags & kHFSHasFolderCountMask) && - (cp->c_attr.ca_linkcount > 1)) { - if (cp->c_attr.ca_entries == 0) - cp->c_attr.ca_dircount = 0; - else - cp->c_attr.ca_dircount = cp->c_attr.ca_linkcount - 2; - - cp->c_attr.ca_linkcount = 1; - cp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSHasFolderCountMask; - if ( !(hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) ) - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - } -#if QUOTA - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_QUOTAS) { - for (i = 0; i < MAXQUOTAS; i++) - cp->c_dquot[i] = NODQUOT; - } -#endif /* QUOTA */ - /* Mark the output flag that we're vending a new cnode */ - *out_flags |= GNV_NEW_CNODE; - } - - if (vtype == VDIR) { - if (cp->c_vp != NULL) - panic("hfs_getnewvnode: orphaned vnode (data)"); - cvpp = &cp->c_vp; - } else { - /* - * Allocate and initialize a file fork... - */ - fp = hfs_zalloc(HFS_FILEFORK_ZONE); - fp->ff_cp = cp; - if (forkp) - bcopy(forkp, &fp->ff_data, sizeof(struct cat_fork)); - else - bzero(&fp->ff_data, sizeof(struct cat_fork)); - rl_init(&fp->ff_invalidranges); - fp->ff_sysfileinfo = 0; - - if (wantrsrc) { - if (cp->c_rsrcfork != NULL) - panic("hfs_getnewvnode: orphaned rsrc fork"); - if (cp->c_rsrc_vp != NULL) - panic("hfs_getnewvnode: orphaned vnode (rsrc)"); - cp->c_rsrcfork = fp; - cvpp = &cp->c_rsrc_vp; - if ( (tvp = cp->c_vp) != NULLVP ) - cp->c_flag |= C_NEED_DVNODE_PUT; - } else { - if (cp->c_datafork != NULL) - panic("hfs_getnewvnode: orphaned data fork"); - if (cp->c_vp != NULL) - panic("hfs_getnewvnode: orphaned vnode (data)"); - cp->c_datafork = fp; - cvpp = &cp->c_vp; - if ( (tvp = cp->c_rsrc_vp) != NULLVP) - cp->c_flag |= C_NEED_RVNODE_PUT; - } - } - if (tvp != NULLVP) { - /* - * grab an iocount on the vnode we weren't - * interested in (i.e. we want the resource fork - * but the cnode already has the data fork) - * to prevent it from being - * recycled by us when we call vnode_create - * which will result in a deadlock when we - * try to take the cnode lock in hfs_vnop_fsync or - * hfs_vnop_reclaim... vnode_get can be called here - * because we already hold the cnode lock which will - * prevent the vnode from changing identity until - * we drop it.. vnode_get will not block waiting for - * a change of state... however, it will return an - * error if the current iocount == 0 and we've already - * started to terminate the vnode... we don't need/want to - * grab an iocount in the case since we can't cause - * the fileystem to be re-entered on this thread for this vp - * - * the matching vnode_put will happen in hfs_unlock - * after we've dropped the cnode lock - */ - if ( vnode_get(tvp) != 0) - cp->c_flag &= ~(C_NEED_RVNODE_PUT | C_NEED_DVNODE_PUT); - } - vfsp.vnfs_mp = mp; - vfsp.vnfs_vtype = vtype; - vfsp.vnfs_str = "hfs"; - if ((cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK) && (vtype == VDIR)) { - vfsp.vnfs_dvp = NULL; /* no parent for me! */ - vfsp.vnfs_cnp = NULL; /* no name for me! */ - } else { - vfsp.vnfs_dvp = dvp; - vfsp.vnfs_cnp = cnp; - } - - vfsp.vnfs_fsnode = cp; - - /* - * Special Case HFS Standard VNOPs from HFS+, since - * HFS standard is readonly/deprecated as of 10.6 - */ - -#if FIFO - if (vtype == VFIFO ) - vfsp.vnfs_vops = hfs_fifoop_p; - else -#endif - if (vtype == VBLK || vtype == VCHR) - vfsp.vnfs_vops = hfs_specop_p; -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else if (hfs_standard) - vfsp.vnfs_vops = hfs_std_vnodeop_p; -#endif - else - vfsp.vnfs_vops = hfs_vnodeop_p; - - if (vtype == VBLK || vtype == VCHR) - vfsp.vnfs_rdev = attrp->ca_rdev; - else - vfsp.vnfs_rdev = 0; - - if (forkp) - vfsp.vnfs_filesize = forkp->cf_size; - else - vfsp.vnfs_filesize = 0; - - vfsp.vnfs_flags = VNFS_ADDFSREF; -#ifdef CN_WANTSRSRCFORK - if (cnp && cnp->cn_nameptr && !(cnp->cn_flags & CN_WANTSRSRCFORK) && cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr && strncmp((const char *)cnp->cn_nameptr, (const char *)cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr, cp->c_desc.cd_namelen) != 0) { -#else - if (cnp && cnp->cn_nameptr && cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr && strncmp((const char *)cnp->cn_nameptr, (const char *)cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr, cp->c_desc.cd_namelen) != 0) { -#endif - // - // We don't want VFS to add an entry for this vnode because the name in the - // cnp does not match the bytes stored on disk for this file. Instead we'll - // update the identity later after the vnode is created and we'll do so with - // the correct bytes for this filename. For more details, see: - // FSEvents doesn't always decompose diacritical unicode chars in the paths of the changed directories - // - vfsp.vnfs_flags |= VNFS_NOCACHE; - need_update_identity = 1; - } else if (dvp == NULLVP || cnp == NULL || !(cnp->cn_flags & MAKEENTRY) || (flags & GNV_NOCACHE)) { - vfsp.vnfs_flags |= VNFS_NOCACHE; - } - - /* Tag system files */ - vfsp.vnfs_marksystem = issystemfile; - - /* Tag root directory */ - if (descp->cd_cnid == kHFSRootFolderID) - vfsp.vnfs_markroot = 1; - else - vfsp.vnfs_markroot = 0; - - /* - * If provided_vp was non-NULL, then it is an already-allocated (but not - * initialized) vnode. We simply need to initialize it to this identity. - * If it was NULL, then assume that we need to call vnode_create with the - * normal arguments/types. - */ - if (provided_vp) { - vp = provided_vp; - /* - * After we assign the value of provided_vp into 'vp' (so that it can be - * mutated safely by vnode_initialize), we can NULL it out. At this point, the disposal - * and handling of the provided vnode will be the responsibility of VFS, which will - * clean it up and vnode_put it properly if vnode_initialize fails. - */ - provided_vp = NULL; - - retval = vnode_initialize (VNCREATE_FLAVOR, VCREATESIZE, &vfsp, &vp); - /* See error handling below for resolving provided_vp */ - } - else { - /* Do a standard vnode_create */ - retval = vnode_create (VNCREATE_FLAVOR, VCREATESIZE, &vfsp, &vp); - } - - /* - * We used a local variable to hold the result of vnode_create/vnode_initialize so that - * on error cases in vnode_create we won't accidentally harm the cnode's fields - */ - - if (retval) { - /* Clean up if we encountered an error */ - if (fp) { - if (fp == cp->c_datafork) - cp->c_datafork = NULL; - else - cp->c_rsrcfork = NULL; - - hfs_zfree(fp, HFS_FILEFORK_ZONE); - } - /* - * If this is a newly created cnode or a vnode reclaim - * occurred during the attachment, then cleanup the cnode. - */ - if ((cp->c_vp == NULL) && (cp->c_rsrc_vp == NULL)) { - hfs_chash_abort(hfsmp, cp); - hfs_reclaim_cnode(hfsmp, cp); - } - else { - hfs_chashwakeup(hfsmp, cp, H_ALLOC | H_ATTACH); - if ((flags & GNV_SKIPLOCK) == 0){ - hfs_unlock(cp); - } - } - *vpp = NULL; - goto gnv_exit; - } - - /* If no error, then assign the value into the cnode's fields */ - *cvpp = vp; - - vnode_settag(vp, VT_HFS); - if (cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK) { - vnode_setmultipath(vp); - } - - if (cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSFastDevCandidateMask) { - vnode_setfastdevicecandidate(vp); - } - - if (cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSAutoCandidateMask) { - vnode_setautocandidate(vp); - } - - - - - if (vp && need_update_identity) { - // - // As above, update the name of the vnode if the bytes stored in hfs do not match - // the bytes in the cnp. See this radar: - // FSEvents doesn't always decompose diacritical unicode chars in the paths of the changed directories - // for more details. - // - vnode_update_identity (vp, dvp, (const char *)cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr, cp->c_desc.cd_namelen, 0, VNODE_UPDATE_NAME); - } - - /* - * Tag resource fork vnodes as needing an VNOP_INACTIVE - * so that any deferred removes (open unlinked files) - * have the chance to process the resource fork. - */ - if (VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)) { - int err; - - KDBG(HFSDBG_GETNEWVNODE, kdebug_vnode(cp->c_vp), kdebug_vnode(cp->c_rsrc_vp)); - - /* Force VL_NEEDINACTIVE on this vnode */ - err = vnode_ref(vp); - if (err == 0) { - vnode_rele(vp); - } - } - hfs_chashwakeup(hfsmp, cp, H_ALLOC | H_ATTACH); - - /* - * Stop tracking an active hot file. - */ - if (!(flags & GNV_CREATE) && (vtype != VDIR) && !issystemfile && !(hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN)) { - (void) hfs_removehotfile(vp); - } - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - /* Initialize the cp data structures. The key should be in place now. */ - if (!issystemfile && (*out_flags & GNV_NEW_CNODE)) { - cp_entry_init(cp, mp); - } -#endif - - *vpp = vp; - retval = 0; - -gnv_exit: - if (provided_vp) { - /* Release our empty vnode if it was not used */ - vnode_put (provided_vp); - } - return retval; -} - - -static void -hfs_reclaim_cnode(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, struct cnode *cp) -{ -#if QUOTA - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < MAXQUOTAS; i++) { - if (cp->c_dquot[i] != NODQUOT) { - dqreclaim(cp->c_dquot[i]); - cp->c_dquot[i] = NODQUOT; - } - } -#endif /* QUOTA */ - - /* - * If the descriptor has a name then release it - */ - if ((cp->c_desc.cd_flags & CD_HASBUF) && (cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr != 0)) { - const char *nameptr; - - nameptr = (const char *) cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr; - cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr = 0; - cp->c_desc.cd_flags &= ~CD_HASBUF; - cp->c_desc.cd_namelen = 0; - vfs_removename(nameptr); - } - - /* - * We only call this function if we are in hfs_vnop_reclaim and - * attempting to reclaim a cnode with only one live fork. Because the vnode - * went through reclaim, any future attempts to use this item will have to - * go through lookup again, which will need to create a new vnode. Thus, - * destroying the locks below is safe. - */ - - lck_rw_destroy(&cp->c_rwlock, hfs_rwlock_group); - lck_rw_destroy(&cp->c_truncatelock, hfs_rwlock_group); -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (cp->c_decmp) { - decmpfs_cnode_destroy(cp->c_decmp); - decmpfs_cnode_free(cp->c_decmp); - } -#endif -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - cp_entry_destroy(hfsmp, cp->c_cpentry); - cp->c_cpentry = NULL; -#else - (void)hfsmp; // Prevent compiler warning -#endif - - hfs_zfree(cp, HFS_CNODE_ZONE); -} - - -/* - * hfs_valid_cnode - * - * This function is used to validate data that is stored in-core against what is contained - * in the catalog. Common uses include validating that the parent-child relationship still exist - * for a specific directory entry (guaranteeing it has not been renamed into a different spot) at - * the point of the check. - */ -int -hfs_valid_cnode(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *dvp, struct componentname *cnp, - cnid_t cnid, struct cat_attr *cattr, int *error) -{ - struct cat_attr attr; - struct cat_desc cndesc; - int stillvalid = 0; - int lockflags; - - /* System files are always valid */ - if (cnid < kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID) { - *error = 0; - return (1); - } - - /* XXX optimization: check write count in dvp */ - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - if (dvp && cnp) { - int lookup = 0; - struct cat_fork fork; - bzero(&cndesc, sizeof(cndesc)); - cndesc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)cnp->cn_nameptr; - cndesc.cd_namelen = cnp->cn_namelen; - cndesc.cd_parentcnid = VTOC(dvp)->c_fileid; - cndesc.cd_hint = VTOC(dvp)->c_childhint; - - /* - * We have to be careful when calling cat_lookup. The result argument - * 'attr' may get different results based on whether or not you ask - * for the filefork to be supplied as output. This is because cat_lookupbykey - * will attempt to do basic validation/smoke tests against the resident - * extents if there are no overflow extent records, but it needs someplace - * in memory to store the on-disk fork structures. - * - * Since hfs_lookup calls cat_lookup with a filefork argument, we should - * do the same here, to verify that block count differences are not - * due to calling the function with different styles. cat_lookupbykey - * will request the volume be fsck'd if there is true on-disk corruption - * where the number of blocks does not match the number generated by - * summing the number of blocks in the resident extents. - */ - - lookup = cat_lookup (hfsmp, &cndesc, 0, 0, NULL, &attr, &fork, NULL); - - if ((lookup == 0) && (cnid == attr.ca_fileid)) { - stillvalid = 1; - *error = 0; - } - else { - *error = ENOENT; - } - - /* - * In hfs_getnewvnode, we may encounter a time-of-check vs. time-of-vnode creation - * race. Specifically, if there is no vnode/cnode pair for the directory entry - * being looked up, we have to go to the catalog. But since we don't hold any locks (aside - * from the dvp in 'shared' mode) there is nothing to protect us against the catalog record - * changing in between the time we do the cat_lookup there and the time we re-grab the - * catalog lock above to do another cat_lookup. - * - * However, we need to check more than just the CNID and parent-child name relationships above. - * Hardlinks can suffer the same race in the following scenario: Suppose we do a - * cat_lookup, and find a leaf record and a raw inode for a hardlink. Now, we have - * the cat_attr in hand (passed in above). But in between then and now, the vnode was - * created by a competing hfs_getnewvnode call, and is manipulated and reclaimed before we get - * a chance to do anything. This is possible if there are a lot of threads thrashing around - * with the cnode hash. In this case, if we don't check/validate the cat_attr in-hand, we will - * blindly stuff it into the cnode, which will make the in-core data inconsistent with what is - * on disk. So validate the cat_attr below, if required. This race cannot happen if the cnode/vnode - * already exists, as it does in the case of rename and delete. - */ - if (stillvalid && cattr != NULL) { - if (cattr->ca_linkcount != attr.ca_linkcount) { - stillvalid = 0; - *error = ERECYCLE; - goto notvalid; - } - - if (cattr->ca_union1.cau_linkref != attr.ca_union1.cau_linkref) { - stillvalid = 0; - *error = ERECYCLE; - goto notvalid; - } - - if (cattr->ca_union3.cau_firstlink != attr.ca_union3.cau_firstlink) { - stillvalid = 0; - *error = ERECYCLE; - goto notvalid; - } - - if (cattr->ca_union2.cau_blocks != attr.ca_union2.cau_blocks) { - stillvalid = 0; - *error = ERECYCLE; - goto notvalid; - } - } - } else { - if (cat_idlookup(hfsmp, cnid, 0, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL) == 0) { - stillvalid = 1; - *error = 0; - } - else { - *error = ENOENT; - } - } -notvalid: - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - return (stillvalid); -} - - -/* - * Per HI and Finder requirements, HFS should add in the - * date/time that a particular directory entry was added - * to the containing directory. - * This is stored in the extended Finder Info for the - * item in question. - * - * Note that this field is also set explicitly in the hfs_vnop_setxattr code. - * We must ignore user attempts to set this part of the finderinfo, and - * so we need to save a local copy of the date added, write in the user - * finderinfo, then stuff the value back in. - */ -void hfs_write_dateadded (struct cat_attr *attrp, u_int32_t dateadded) { - u_int8_t *finfo = NULL; - - /* overlay the FinderInfo to the correct pointer, and advance */ - finfo = (u_int8_t*)attrp->ca_finderinfo; - finfo = finfo + 16; - - /* - * Make sure to write it out as big endian, since that's how - * finder info is defined. - * - * NOTE: This is a Unix-epoch timestamp, not a HFS/Traditional Mac timestamp. - */ - if (S_ISREG(attrp->ca_mode)) { - struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)finfo; - extinfo->date_added = OSSwapHostToBigInt32(dateadded); - attrp->ca_recflags |= kHFSHasDateAddedMask; - } - else if (S_ISDIR(attrp->ca_mode)) { - struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)finfo; - extinfo->date_added = OSSwapHostToBigInt32(dateadded); - attrp->ca_recflags |= kHFSHasDateAddedMask; - } - /* If it were neither directory/file, then we'd bail out */ - return; -} - -static u_int32_t -hfs_get_dateadded_internal(const uint8_t *finderinfo, mode_t mode) -{ - const uint8_t *finfo = NULL; - u_int32_t dateadded = 0; - - - - /* overlay the FinderInfo to the correct pointer, and advance */ - finfo = finderinfo + 16; - - /* - * FinderInfo is written out in big endian... make sure to convert it to host - * native before we use it. - */ - if (S_ISREG(mode)) { - const struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *extinfo = (const struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)finfo; - dateadded = OSSwapBigToHostInt32 (extinfo->date_added); - } - else if (S_ISDIR(mode)) { - const struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *extinfo = (const struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)finfo; - dateadded = OSSwapBigToHostInt32 (extinfo->date_added); - } - - return dateadded; -} - -u_int32_t -hfs_get_dateadded(struct cnode *cp) -{ - if ((cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasDateAddedMask) == 0) { - /* Date added was never set. Return 0. */ - return (0); - } - - return (hfs_get_dateadded_internal((u_int8_t*)cp->c_finderinfo, - cp->c_attr.ca_mode)); -} - -u_int32_t -hfs_get_dateadded_from_blob(const uint8_t *finderinfo, mode_t mode) -{ - return (hfs_get_dateadded_internal(finderinfo, mode)); -} - -/* - * Per HI and Finder requirements, HFS maintains a "write/generation - * count" for each file that is incremented on any write & pageout. - * It should start at 1 to reserve "0" as a special value. If it - * should ever wrap around, it will skip using 0. - * - * Note that finderinfo is manipulated in hfs_vnop_setxattr and care - * is and should be taken to ignore user attempts to set the part of - * the finderinfo that records the generation counter. - * - * Any change to the generation counter *must* not be visible before - * the change that caused it (for obvious reasons), and given the - * limitations of our current architecture, the change to the - * generation counter may occur some time afterwards (particularly in - * the case where a file is mapped writable---more on that below). - * - * We make no guarantees about the consistency of a file. In other - * words, a reader that is operating concurrently with a writer might - * see some, but not all of writer's changes, and the generation - * counter will *not* necessarily tell you this has happened. To - * enforce consistency, clients must make their own arrangements - * e.g. use file locking. - * - * We treat files that are mapped writable as a special case: when - * that happens, clients requesting the generation count will be told - * it has a generation count of zero and they use that knowledge as a - * hint that the file is changing and it therefore might be prudent to - * wait until it is no longer mapped writable. Clients should *not* - * rely on this behaviour however; we might decide that it's better - * for us to publish the fact that a file is mapped writable via - * alternate means and return the generation counter when it is mapped - * writable as it still has some, albeit limited, use. We reserve the - * right to make this change. - * - * Lastly, it's important to realise that because data and metadata - * take different paths through the system, it's possible upon crash - * or sudden power loss and after a restart, that a change may be - * visible to the rest of the system without a corresponding change to - * the generation counter. The reverse may also be true, but for all - * practical applications this shouldn't be an issue. - */ -void hfs_write_gencount (struct cat_attr *attrp, uint32_t gencount) { - u_int8_t *finfo = NULL; - - /* overlay the FinderInfo to the correct pointer, and advance */ - finfo = (u_int8_t*)attrp->ca_finderinfo; - finfo = finfo + 16; - - /* - * Make sure to write it out as big endian, since that's how - * finder info is defined. - * - * Generation count is only supported for files. - */ - if (S_ISREG(attrp->ca_mode)) { - struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)finfo; - extinfo->write_gen_counter = OSSwapHostToBigInt32(gencount); - } - - /* If it were neither directory/file, then we'd bail out */ - return; -} - -/* - * Increase the gen count by 1; if it wraps around to 0, increment by - * two. The cnode *must* be locked exclusively by the caller. - * - * You may think holding the lock is unnecessary because we only need - * to change the counter, but consider this sequence of events: thread - * A calls hfs_incr_gencount and the generation counter is 2 upon - * entry. A context switch occurs and thread B increments the counter - * to 3, thread C now gets the generation counter (for whatever - * purpose), and then another thread makes another change and the - * generation counter is incremented again---it's now 4. Now thread A - * continues and it sets the generation counter back to 3. So you can - * see, thread C would miss the change that caused the generation - * counter to increment to 4 and for this reason the cnode *must* - * always be locked exclusively. - */ -uint32_t hfs_incr_gencount (struct cnode *cp) { - u_int8_t *finfo = NULL; - u_int32_t gcount = 0; - - /* overlay the FinderInfo to the correct pointer, and advance */ - finfo = (u_int8_t*)cp->c_finderinfo; - finfo = finfo + 16; - - /* - * FinderInfo is written out in big endian... make sure to convert it to host - * native before we use it. - * - * NOTE: the write_gen_counter is stored in the same location in both the - * FndrExtendedFileInfo and FndrExtendedDirInfo structs (it's the - * last 32-bit word) so it is safe to have one code path here. - */ - if (S_ISDIR(cp->c_attr.ca_mode) || S_ISREG(cp->c_attr.ca_mode)) { - struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)finfo; - gcount = OSSwapBigToHostInt32 (extinfo->write_gen_counter); - - /* Was it zero to begin with (file originated in 10.8 or earlier?) */ - if (gcount == 0) { - gcount++; - } - - /* now bump it */ - gcount++; - - /* Did it wrap around ? */ - if (gcount == 0) { - gcount++; - } - extinfo->write_gen_counter = OSSwapHostToBigInt32 (gcount); - - SET(cp->c_flag, C_MINOR_MOD); - } - else { - gcount = 0; - } - - return gcount; -} - -/* - * There is no need for any locks here (other than an iocount on an - * associated vnode) because reading and writing an aligned 32 bit - * integer should be atomic on all platforms we support. - */ -static u_int32_t -hfs_get_gencount_internal(const uint8_t *finderinfo, mode_t mode) -{ - const uint8_t *finfo = NULL; - u_int32_t gcount = 0; - - /* overlay the FinderInfo to the correct pointer, and advance */ - finfo = finderinfo; - finfo = finfo + 16; - - /* - * FinderInfo is written out in big endian... make sure to convert it to host - * native before we use it. - * - * NOTE: the write_gen_counter is stored in the same location in both the - * FndrExtendedFileInfo and FndrExtendedDirInfo structs (it's the - * last 32-bit word) so it is safe to have one code path here. - */ - if (S_ISDIR(mode) || S_ISREG(mode)) { - const struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *extinfo = (const struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)finfo; - gcount = OSSwapBigToHostInt32 (extinfo->write_gen_counter); - - /* - * Is it zero? File might originate in 10.8 or earlier. We lie and bump it to 1, - * since the incrementer code is able to handle this case and will double-increment - * for us. - */ - if (gcount == 0) { - gcount++; - } - } - - return gcount; -} - -/* Getter for the gen count */ -u_int32_t hfs_get_gencount (struct cnode *cp) { - return hfs_get_gencount_internal(cp->c_finderinfo, cp->c_attr.ca_mode); -} - -/* Getter for the gen count from a buffer (currently pointer to finderinfo)*/ -u_int32_t hfs_get_gencount_from_blob (const uint8_t *finfoblob, mode_t mode) { - return hfs_get_gencount_internal(finfoblob, mode); -} - -void hfs_clear_might_be_dirty_flag(cnode_t *cp) -{ - /* - * If we're about to touch both mtime and ctime, we can clear the - * C_MIGHT_BE_DIRTY_FROM_MAPPING since we can guarantee that - * subsequent page-outs can only be for data made dirty before - * now. - */ - CLR(cp->c_flag, C_MIGHT_BE_DIRTY_FROM_MAPPING); -} - -/* - * Touch cnode times based on c_touch_xxx flags - * - * cnode must be locked exclusive - * - * This will also update the volume modify time - */ -void -hfs_touchtimes(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode* cp) -{ - vfs_context_t ctx; - - if (ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_READ_ONLY) || ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_NOEXISTS)) { - cp->c_touch_acctime = FALSE; - cp->c_touch_chgtime = FALSE; - cp->c_touch_modtime = FALSE; - CLR(cp->c_flag, C_NEEDS_DATEADDED); - return; - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) { - /* HFS Standard doesn't support access times */ - cp->c_touch_acctime = FALSE; - } -#endif - - ctx = vfs_context_current(); - /* - * Skip access time updates if: - * . MNT_NOATIME is set - * . a file system freeze is in progress - * . a file system resize is in progress - * . the vnode associated with this cnode is marked for rapid aging - */ - if (cp->c_touch_acctime) { - if ((vfs_flags(hfsmp->hfs_mp) & MNT_NOATIME) || - hfsmp->hfs_freeze_state != HFS_THAWED || - (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_RESIZE_IN_PROGRESS) || - (cp->c_vp && ((vnode_israge(cp->c_vp) || (vfs_ctx_skipatime(ctx)))))) { - - cp->c_touch_acctime = FALSE; - } - } - if (cp->c_touch_acctime || cp->c_touch_chgtime || - cp->c_touch_modtime || (cp->c_flag & C_NEEDS_DATEADDED)) { - struct timeval tv; - int touchvol = 0; - - if (cp->c_touch_modtime && cp->c_touch_chgtime) - hfs_clear_might_be_dirty_flag(cp); - - microtime(&tv); - - if (cp->c_touch_acctime) { - /* - * When the access time is the only thing changing, we - * won't necessarily write it to disk immediately. We - * only do the atime update at vnode recycle time, when - * fsync is called or when there's another reason to write - * to the metadata. - */ - cp->c_atime = tv.tv_sec; - cp->c_touch_acctime = FALSE; - } - if (cp->c_touch_modtime) { - cp->c_touch_modtime = FALSE; - time_t new_time = tv.tv_sec; -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - /* - * HFS dates that WE set must be adjusted for DST - */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) && gTimeZone.tz_dsttime) { - new_time += 3600; - } -#endif - if (cp->c_mtime != new_time) { - cp->c_mtime = new_time; - cp->c_flag |= C_MINOR_MOD; - touchvol = 1; - } - } - if (cp->c_touch_chgtime) { - cp->c_touch_chgtime = FALSE; - if (cp->c_ctime != tv.tv_sec) { - cp->c_ctime = tv.tv_sec; - cp->c_flag |= C_MINOR_MOD; - touchvol = 1; - } - } - - if (cp->c_flag & C_NEEDS_DATEADDED) { - hfs_write_dateadded (&(cp->c_attr), tv.tv_sec); - cp->c_flag |= C_MINOR_MOD; - /* untwiddle the bit */ - cp->c_flag &= ~C_NEEDS_DATEADDED; - touchvol = 1; - } - - /* Touch the volume modtime if needed */ - if (touchvol) { - hfs_note_header_minor_change(hfsmp); - HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbLsMod = tv.tv_sec; - } - } -} - -// Use this if you don't want to check the return code -void hfs_lock_always(cnode_t *cp, enum hfs_locktype locktype) -{ - hfs_lock(cp, locktype, HFS_LOCK_ALWAYS); -} - -/* - * Lock a cnode. - * N.B. If you add any failure cases, *make* sure hfs_lock_always works - */ -int -hfs_lock(struct cnode *cp, enum hfs_locktype locktype, enum hfs_lockflags flags) -{ - thread_t thread = current_thread(); - - if (cp->c_lockowner == thread) { - /* - * Only the extents and bitmap files support lock recursion - * here. The other system files support lock recursion in - * hfs_systemfile_lock. Eventually, we should change to - * handle recursion solely in hfs_systemfile_lock. - */ - if ((cp->c_fileid == kHFSExtentsFileID) || - (cp->c_fileid == kHFSAllocationFileID)) { - cp->c_syslockcount++; - } else { - panic("hfs_lock: locking against myself!"); - } - } else if (locktype == HFS_SHARED_LOCK) { - lck_rw_lock_shared(&cp->c_rwlock); - cp->c_lockowner = HFS_SHARED_OWNER; - } else { /* HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */ - lck_rw_lock_exclusive(&cp->c_rwlock); - cp->c_lockowner = thread; - - /* Only the extents and bitmap files support lock recursion. */ - if ((cp->c_fileid == kHFSExtentsFileID) || - (cp->c_fileid == kHFSAllocationFileID)) { - cp->c_syslockcount = 1; - } - } - -#ifdef HFS_CHECK_LOCK_ORDER - /* - * Regular cnodes (non-system files) cannot be locked - * while holding the journal lock or a system file lock. - */ - if (!(cp->c_desc.cd_flags & CD_ISMETA) && - ((cp->c_fileid > kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID) || (cp->c_fileid == kHFSRootFolderID))) { - vnode_t vp = NULLVP; - - /* Find corresponding vnode. */ - if (cp->c_vp != NULLVP && VTOC(cp->c_vp) == cp) { - vp = cp->c_vp; - } else if (cp->c_rsrc_vp != NULLVP && VTOC(cp->c_rsrc_vp) == cp) { - vp = cp->c_rsrc_vp; - } - if (vp != NULLVP) { - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - - if (hfsmp->jnl && (journal_owner(hfsmp->jnl) == thread)) { - /* This will eventually be a panic here, but we need - to fix where we create the hot files BTree - first. */ - printf("hfs_lock: bad lock order (cnode after journal)\n"); - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp && hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_lockowner == thread) { - panic("hfs_lock: bad lock order (cnode after catalog)"); - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp && hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp->c_lockowner == thread) { - panic("hfs_lock: bad lock order (cnode after attribute)"); - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp && hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp->c_lockowner == thread) { - panic("hfs_lock: bad lock order (cnode after extents)"); - } - } - } -#endif /* HFS_CHECK_LOCK_ORDER */ - - /* - * Skip cnodes for regular files that no longer exist - * (marked deleted, catalog entry gone). - */ - if (((flags & HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS) == 0) && - ((cp->c_desc.cd_flags & CD_ISMETA) == 0) && - (cp->c_flag & C_NOEXISTS)) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - return (ENOENT); - } - return (0); -} - -bool hfs_lock_upgrade(cnode_t *cp) -{ - if (lck_rw_lock_shared_to_exclusive(&cp->c_rwlock)) { - cp->c_lockowner = current_thread(); - return true; - } else - return false; -} - -/* - * Lock a pair of cnodes. - */ -int -hfs_lockpair(struct cnode *cp1, struct cnode *cp2, enum hfs_locktype locktype) -{ - struct cnode *first, *last; - int error; - - /* - * If cnodes match then just lock one. - */ - if (cp1 == cp2) { - return hfs_lock(cp1, locktype, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - } - - /* - * Lock in cnode address order. - */ - if (cp1 < cp2) { - first = cp1; - last = cp2; - } else { - first = cp2; - last = cp1; - } - - if ( (error = hfs_lock(first, locktype, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - return (error); - } - if ( (error = hfs_lock(last, locktype, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - hfs_unlock(first); - return (error); - } - return (0); -} - -/* - * Check ordering of two cnodes. Return true if they are are in-order. - */ -static int -hfs_isordered(struct cnode *cp1, struct cnode *cp2) -{ - if (cp1 == cp2) - return (0); - if (cp1 == NULL || cp2 == (struct cnode *)0xffffffff) - return (1); - if (cp2 == NULL || cp1 == (struct cnode *)0xffffffff) - return (0); - /* - * Locking order is cnode address order. - */ - return (cp1 < cp2); -} - -/* - * Acquire 4 cnode locks. - * - locked in cnode address order (lesser address first). - * - all or none of the locks are taken - * - only one lock taken per cnode (dup cnodes are skipped) - * - some of the cnode pointers may be null - */ -int -hfs_lockfour(struct cnode *cp1, struct cnode *cp2, struct cnode *cp3, - struct cnode *cp4, enum hfs_locktype locktype, struct cnode **error_cnode) -{ - struct cnode * a[3]; - struct cnode * b[3]; - struct cnode * list[4]; - struct cnode * tmp; - int i, j, k; - int error; - if (error_cnode) { - *error_cnode = NULL; - } - - if (hfs_isordered(cp1, cp2)) { - a[0] = cp1; a[1] = cp2; - } else { - a[0] = cp2; a[1] = cp1; - } - if (hfs_isordered(cp3, cp4)) { - b[0] = cp3; b[1] = cp4; - } else { - b[0] = cp4; b[1] = cp3; - } - a[2] = (struct cnode *)0xffffffff; /* sentinel value */ - b[2] = (struct cnode *)0xffffffff; /* sentinel value */ - - /* - * Build the lock list, skipping over duplicates - */ - for (i = 0, j = 0, k = 0; (i < 2 || j < 2); ) { - tmp = hfs_isordered(a[i], b[j]) ? a[i++] : b[j++]; - if (k == 0 || tmp != list[k-1]) - list[k++] = tmp; - } - - /* - * Now we can lock using list[0 - k]. - * Skip over NULL entries. - */ - for (i = 0; i < k; ++i) { - if (list[i]) - if ((error = hfs_lock(list[i], locktype, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - /* Only stuff error_cnode if requested */ - if (error_cnode) { - *error_cnode = list[i]; - } - /* Drop any locks we acquired. */ - while (--i >= 0) { - if (list[i]) - hfs_unlock(list[i]); - } - return (error); - } - } - return (0); -} - - -/* - * Unlock a cnode. - */ -void -hfs_unlock(struct cnode *cp) -{ - vnode_t rvp = NULLVP; - vnode_t vp = NULLVP; - u_int32_t c_flag = 0; - - /* - * Only the extents and bitmap file's support lock recursion. - */ - if ((cp->c_fileid == kHFSExtentsFileID) || - (cp->c_fileid == kHFSAllocationFileID)) { - if (--cp->c_syslockcount > 0) { - return; - } - } - - const thread_t thread = current_thread(); - - if (cp->c_lockowner == thread) { - c_flag = cp->c_flag; - - // If we have the truncate lock, we must defer the puts - if (cp->c_truncatelockowner == thread) { - if (ISSET(c_flag, C_NEED_DVNODE_PUT) - && !cp->c_need_dvnode_put_after_truncate_unlock) { - CLR(c_flag, C_NEED_DVNODE_PUT); - cp->c_need_dvnode_put_after_truncate_unlock = true; - } - if (ISSET(c_flag, C_NEED_RVNODE_PUT) - && !cp->c_need_rvnode_put_after_truncate_unlock) { - CLR(c_flag, C_NEED_RVNODE_PUT); - cp->c_need_rvnode_put_after_truncate_unlock = true; - } - } - - CLR(cp->c_flag, (C_NEED_DATA_SETSIZE | C_NEED_RSRC_SETSIZE - | C_NEED_DVNODE_PUT | C_NEED_RVNODE_PUT)); - - if (c_flag & (C_NEED_DVNODE_PUT | C_NEED_DATA_SETSIZE)) { - vp = cp->c_vp; - } - if (c_flag & (C_NEED_RVNODE_PUT | C_NEED_RSRC_SETSIZE)) { - rvp = cp->c_rsrc_vp; - } - - cp->c_lockowner = NULL; - lck_rw_unlock_exclusive(&cp->c_rwlock); - } else { - lck_rw_unlock_shared(&cp->c_rwlock); - } - - /* Perform any vnode post processing after cnode lock is dropped. */ - if (vp) { - if (c_flag & C_NEED_DATA_SETSIZE) { - ubc_setsize(vp, VTOF(vp)->ff_size); -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - /* - * If this is a compressed file, we need to reset the - * compression state. We will have set the size to zero - * above and it will get fixed up later (in exactly the - * same way that new vnodes are fixed up). Note that we - * should only be able to get here if the truncate lock is - * held exclusively and so we do the reset when that's - * unlocked. - */ - decmpfs_cnode *dp = VTOCMP(vp); - if (dp && decmpfs_cnode_get_vnode_state(dp) != FILE_TYPE_UNKNOWN) - cp->c_need_decmpfs_reset = true; -#endif - } - if (c_flag & C_NEED_DVNODE_PUT) - vnode_put(vp); - } - if (rvp) { - if (c_flag & C_NEED_RSRC_SETSIZE) - ubc_setsize(rvp, VTOF(rvp)->ff_size); - if (c_flag & C_NEED_RVNODE_PUT) - vnode_put(rvp); - } -} - -/* - * Unlock a pair of cnodes. - */ -void -hfs_unlockpair(struct cnode *cp1, struct cnode *cp2) -{ - hfs_unlock(cp1); - if (cp2 != cp1) - hfs_unlock(cp2); -} - -/* - * Unlock a group of cnodes. - */ -void -hfs_unlockfour(struct cnode *cp1, struct cnode *cp2, struct cnode *cp3, struct cnode *cp4) -{ - struct cnode * list[4]; - int i, k = 0; - - if (cp1) { - hfs_unlock(cp1); - list[k++] = cp1; - } - if (cp2) { - for (i = 0; i < k; ++i) { - if (list[i] == cp2) - goto skip1; - } - hfs_unlock(cp2); - list[k++] = cp2; - } -skip1: - if (cp3) { - for (i = 0; i < k; ++i) { - if (list[i] == cp3) - goto skip2; - } - hfs_unlock(cp3); - list[k++] = cp3; - } -skip2: - if (cp4) { - for (i = 0; i < k; ++i) { - if (list[i] == cp4) - return; - } - hfs_unlock(cp4); - } -} - - -/* - * Protect a cnode against a truncation. - * - * Used mainly by read/write since they don't hold the - * cnode lock across calls to the cluster layer. - * - * The process doing a truncation must take the lock - * exclusive. The read/write processes can take it - * shared. The locktype argument is the same as supplied to - * hfs_lock. - */ -void -hfs_lock_truncate(struct cnode *cp, enum hfs_locktype locktype, enum hfs_lockflags flags) -{ - thread_t thread = current_thread(); - - if (cp->c_truncatelockowner == thread) { - /* - * Ignore grabbing the lock if it the current thread already - * holds exclusive lock. - * - * This is needed on the hfs_vnop_pagein path where we need to ensure - * the file does not change sizes while we are paging in. However, - * we may already hold the lock exclusive due to another - * VNOP from earlier in the call stack. So if we already hold - * the truncate lock exclusive, allow it to proceed, but ONLY if - * it's in the recursive case. - */ - if ((flags & HFS_LOCK_SKIP_IF_EXCLUSIVE) == 0) { - panic("hfs_lock_truncate: cnode %p locked!", cp); - } - } else if (locktype == HFS_SHARED_LOCK) { - lck_rw_lock_shared(&cp->c_truncatelock); - cp->c_truncatelockowner = HFS_SHARED_OWNER; - } else { /* HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */ - lck_rw_lock_exclusive(&cp->c_truncatelock); - cp->c_truncatelockowner = thread; - } -} - -bool hfs_truncate_lock_upgrade(struct cnode *cp) -{ - hfs_assert(cp->c_truncatelockowner == HFS_SHARED_OWNER); - if (!lck_rw_lock_shared_to_exclusive(&cp->c_truncatelock)) - return false; - cp->c_truncatelockowner = current_thread(); - return true; -} - -void hfs_truncate_lock_downgrade(struct cnode *cp) -{ - hfs_assert(cp->c_truncatelockowner == current_thread()); - lck_rw_lock_exclusive_to_shared(&cp->c_truncatelock); - cp->c_truncatelockowner = HFS_SHARED_OWNER; -} - -/* - * Attempt to get the truncate lock. If it cannot be acquired, error out. - * This function is needed in the degenerate hfs_vnop_pagein during force unmount - * case. To prevent deadlocks while a VM copy object is moving pages, HFS vnop pagein will - * temporarily need to disable V2 semantics. - */ -int hfs_try_trunclock (struct cnode *cp, enum hfs_locktype locktype, enum hfs_lockflags flags) -{ - thread_t thread = current_thread(); - boolean_t didlock = false; - - if (cp->c_truncatelockowner == thread) { - /* - * Ignore grabbing the lock if the current thread already - * holds exclusive lock. - * - * This is needed on the hfs_vnop_pagein path where we need to ensure - * the file does not change sizes while we are paging in. However, - * we may already hold the lock exclusive due to another - * VNOP from earlier in the call stack. So if we already hold - * the truncate lock exclusive, allow it to proceed, but ONLY if - * it's in the recursive case. - */ - if ((flags & HFS_LOCK_SKIP_IF_EXCLUSIVE) == 0) { - panic("hfs_lock_truncate: cnode %p locked!", cp); - } - } else if (locktype == HFS_SHARED_LOCK) { - didlock = lck_rw_try_lock(&cp->c_truncatelock, LCK_RW_TYPE_SHARED); - if (didlock) { - cp->c_truncatelockowner = HFS_SHARED_OWNER; - } - } else { /* HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */ - didlock = lck_rw_try_lock (&cp->c_truncatelock, LCK_RW_TYPE_EXCLUSIVE); - if (didlock) { - cp->c_truncatelockowner = thread; - } - } - - return didlock; -} - - -/* - * Unlock the truncate lock, which protects against size changes. - * - * If HFS_LOCK_SKIP_IF_EXCLUSIVE flag was set, it means that a previous - * hfs_lock_truncate() might have skipped grabbing a lock because - * the current thread was already holding the lock exclusive and - * we may need to return from this function without actually unlocking - * the truncate lock. - */ -void -hfs_unlock_truncate(struct cnode *cp, enum hfs_lockflags flags) -{ - thread_t thread = current_thread(); - - /* - * If HFS_LOCK_SKIP_IF_EXCLUSIVE is set in the flags AND the current - * lock owner of the truncate lock is our current thread, then - * we must have skipped taking the lock earlier by in - * hfs_lock_truncate() by setting HFS_LOCK_SKIP_IF_EXCLUSIVE in the - * flags (as the current thread was current lock owner). - * - * If HFS_LOCK_SKIP_IF_EXCLUSIVE is not set (most of the time) then - * we check the lockowner field to infer whether the lock was taken - * exclusively or shared in order to know what underlying lock - * routine to call. - */ - if (flags & HFS_LOCK_SKIP_IF_EXCLUSIVE) { - if (cp->c_truncatelockowner == thread) { - return; - } - } - - /* HFS_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE */ - if (thread == cp->c_truncatelockowner) { - vnode_t vp = NULL, rvp = NULL; - - /* - * If there are pending set sizes, the cnode lock should be dropped - * first. - */ - hfs_assert(!(cp->c_lockowner == thread - && ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_NEED_DATA_SETSIZE | C_NEED_RSRC_SETSIZE))); - - if (cp->c_need_dvnode_put_after_truncate_unlock) { - vp = cp->c_vp; - cp->c_need_dvnode_put_after_truncate_unlock = false; - } - if (cp->c_need_rvnode_put_after_truncate_unlock) { - rvp = cp->c_rsrc_vp; - cp->c_need_rvnode_put_after_truncate_unlock = false; - } - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - bool reset_decmpfs = cp->c_need_decmpfs_reset; - cp->c_need_decmpfs_reset = false; -#endif - - cp->c_truncatelockowner = NULL; - lck_rw_unlock_exclusive(&cp->c_truncatelock); - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (reset_decmpfs) { - decmpfs_cnode *dp = cp->c_decmp; - if (dp && decmpfs_cnode_get_vnode_state(dp) != FILE_TYPE_UNKNOWN) - decmpfs_cnode_set_vnode_state(dp, FILE_TYPE_UNKNOWN, 0); - } -#endif - - // Do the puts now - if (vp) - vnode_put(vp); - if (rvp) - vnode_put(rvp); - } else { /* HFS_LOCK_SHARED */ - lck_rw_unlock_shared(&cp->c_truncatelock); - } -} diff --git a/core/hfs_cnode.h b/core/hfs_cnode.h deleted file mode 100644 index dd426b8..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_cnode.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,626 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -#ifndef _HFS_CNODE_H_ -#define _HFS_CNODE_H_ - -#include - -#ifdef KERNEL -#ifdef __APPLE_API_PRIVATE -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#if HFS_COMPRESSION -#include -#endif -#if CONFIG_PROTECT -#include -#endif -#include - -#include "hfs_catalog.h" -#include "rangelist.h" -#include "hfs_dbg.h" - -/* - * The filefork is used to represent an HFS file fork (data or resource). - * Reading or writing any of these fields requires holding cnode lock. - */ -struct filefork { - struct cnode *ff_cp; /* cnode associated with this fork */ - struct rl_head ff_invalidranges; /* Areas of disk that should read back as zeroes */ - union { - void *ffu_sysfileinfo; /* additional info for system files */ - char *ffu_symlinkptr; /* symbolic link pathname */ - } ff_union; - struct cat_fork ff_data; /* fork data (size, extents) */ -}; -typedef struct filefork filefork_t; - - -#define HFS_TEMPLOOKUP_NAMELEN 32 - -/* - * Catalog Lookup struct (runtime) - * - * This is used so that when we need to malloc a container for a catalog - * lookup operation, we can acquire memory for everything in one fell swoop - * as opposed to putting many of these objects on the stack. The cat_fork - * data structure can take up 100+bytes easily, and that can add to stack - * overhead. - * - * As a result, we use this to easily pass around the memory needed for a - * lookup operation. - */ -struct cat_lookup_buffer { - struct cat_desc lookup_desc; - struct cat_attr lookup_attr; - struct filefork lookup_fork; - struct componentname lookup_cn; - char lookup_name[HFS_TEMPLOOKUP_NAMELEN]; /* for open-unlinked paths only */ -}; - - -/* Aliases for common fields */ -#define ff_size ff_data.cf_size -#define ff_new_size ff_data.cf_new_size -#define ff_clumpsize ff_data.cf_clump -#define ff_bytesread ff_data.cf_bytesread -#define ff_extents ff_data.cf_extents - -/* - * Note that the blocks fields are protected by the cnode lock, *not* - * the truncate lock. - */ -#define ff_blocks ff_data.cf_blocks -#define ff_unallocblocks ff_data.cf_vblocks -static inline uint32_t ff_allocblocks(filefork_t *ff) -{ - hfs_assert(ff->ff_blocks >= ff->ff_unallocblocks); - return ff->ff_blocks - ff->ff_unallocblocks; -} - -#define ff_symlinkptr ff_union.ffu_symlinkptr -#define ff_sysfileinfo ff_union.ffu_sysfileinfo - - -/* The btree code still needs these... */ -#define fcbEOF ff_size -#define fcbExtents ff_extents -#define fcbBTCBPtr ff_sysfileinfo - -typedef u_int8_t atomicflag_t; - - -/* - * Hardlink Origin (for hardlinked directories). - */ -struct linkorigin { - TAILQ_ENTRY(linkorigin) lo_link; /* chain */ - void * lo_thread; /* thread that performed the lookup */ - cnid_t lo_cnid; /* hardlink's cnid */ - cnid_t lo_parentcnid; /* hardlink's parent cnid */ -}; -typedef struct linkorigin linkorigin_t; - -#define MAX_CACHED_ORIGINS 10 -#define MAX_CACHED_FILE_ORIGINS 8 - -/* - * The cnode is used to represent each active (or recently active) - * file or directory in the HFS filesystem. - * - * Reading or writing any of these fields requires holding c_lock. - */ -struct cnode { - lck_rw_t c_rwlock; /* cnode's lock */ - thread_t c_lockowner; /* cnode's lock owner (exclusive case only) */ - lck_rw_t c_truncatelock; /* protects file from truncation during read/write */ - thread_t c_truncatelockowner; /* truncate lock owner (exclusive case only) */ - LIST_ENTRY(cnode) c_hash; /* cnode's hash chain */ - u_int32_t c_flag; /* cnode's runtime flags */ - u_int32_t c_hflag; /* cnode's flags for maintaining hash - protected by global hash lock */ - struct vnode *c_vp; /* vnode for data fork or dir */ - struct vnode *c_rsrc_vp; /* vnode for resource fork */ - struct dquot *c_dquot[MAXQUOTAS]; /* cnode's quota info */ - u_int32_t c_childhint; /* catalog hint for children (small dirs only) */ - u_int32_t c_dirthreadhint; /* catalog hint for directory's thread rec */ - struct cat_desc c_desc; /* cnode's descriptor */ - struct cat_attr c_attr; /* cnode's attributes */ - TAILQ_HEAD(hfs_originhead, linkorigin) c_originlist; /* hardlink origin cache */ - TAILQ_HEAD(hfs_hinthead, directoryhint) c_hintlist; /* readdir directory hint list */ - int16_t c_dirhinttag; /* directory hint tag */ - union { - int16_t cu_dirhintcnt; /* directory hint count */ - int16_t cu_syslockcount; /* system file use only */ - } c_union; - u_int32_t c_dirchangecnt; /* changes each insert/delete (in-core only) */ - struct filefork *c_datafork; /* cnode's data fork */ - struct filefork *c_rsrcfork; /* cnode's rsrc fork */ - atomicflag_t c_touch_acctime; - atomicflag_t c_touch_chgtime; - atomicflag_t c_touch_modtime; - - // The following flags are protected by the truncate lock - union { - struct { - bool c_need_dvnode_put_after_truncate_unlock : 1; - bool c_need_rvnode_put_after_truncate_unlock : 1; -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - bool c_need_decmpfs_reset : 1; -#endif - }; - uint8_t c_tflags; - }; - - /* - * Where we're using a journal, we keep track of the last - * transaction that we did an update in. If a minor modification - * is made, we'll still push it if we're still on the same - * transaction. - */ - uint32_t c_update_txn; - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - struct decmpfs_cnode *c_decmp; -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - struct cprotect *c_cpentry; /* content protection data */ -#endif - -#if HFS_MALLOC_DEBUG - // N.B. — *must* always be last - uint64_t magic; -#endif -}; -typedef struct cnode cnode_t; - -/* Aliases for common cnode fields */ -#define c_cnid c_desc.cd_cnid -#define c_hint c_desc.cd_hint -#define c_parentcnid c_desc.cd_parentcnid -#define c_encoding c_desc.cd_encoding - -#define c_fileid c_attr.ca_fileid -#define c_mode c_attr.ca_mode -#define c_linkcount c_attr.ca_linkcount -#define c_uid c_attr.ca_uid -#define c_gid c_attr.ca_gid -#define c_rdev c_attr.ca_union1.cau_rdev -#define c_atime c_attr.ca_atime -#define c_mtime c_attr.ca_mtime -#define c_ctime c_attr.ca_ctime -#define c_itime c_attr.ca_itime -#define c_btime c_attr.ca_btime -#define c_bsdflags c_attr.ca_flags -#define c_finderinfo c_attr.ca_finderinfo -#define c_blocks c_attr.ca_union2.cau_blocks -#define c_entries c_attr.ca_union2.cau_entries -#define c_zftimeout c_childhint - -#define c_dirhintcnt c_union.cu_dirhintcnt -#define c_syslockcount c_union.cu_syslockcount - - -/* hash maintenance flags kept in c_hflag and protected by hfs_chash_mutex */ -#define H_ALLOC 0x00001 /* CNode is being allocated */ -#define H_ATTACH 0x00002 /* CNode is being attached to by another vnode */ -#define H_TRANSIT 0x00004 /* CNode is getting recycled */ -#define H_WAITING 0x00008 /* CNode is being waited for */ - - -/* - * Runtime cnode flags (kept in c_flag) - */ -#define C_NEED_RVNODE_PUT 0x0000001 /* Need to do a vnode_put on c_rsrc_vp after the unlock */ -#define C_NEED_DVNODE_PUT 0x0000002 /* Need to do a vnode_put on c_vp after the unlock */ -#define C_ZFWANTSYNC 0x0000004 /* fsync requested and file has holes */ -#define C_FROMSYNC 0x0000008 /* fsync was called from sync */ - -#define C_MODIFIED 0x0000010 /* CNode has been modified */ -#define C_NOEXISTS 0x0000020 /* CNode has been deleted, catalog entry is gone */ -#define C_DELETED 0x0000040 /* CNode has been marked to be deleted */ -#define C_HARDLINK 0x0000080 /* CNode is a hard link (file or dir) */ - -/* - * A minor modification is one where the volume would not be inconsistent if - * the change was not pushed to disk. For example, changes to times. - */ -#define C_MINOR_MOD 0x0000100 /* CNode has a minor modification */ - -#define C_HASXATTRS 0x0000200 /* cnode has extended attributes */ -#define C_NEG_ENTRIES 0x0000400 /* directory has negative name entries */ -/* - * For C_SSD_STATIC: SSDs may want to deal with the file payload data in a - * different manner knowing that the content is not likely to be modified. This is - * purely advisory at the HFS level, and is not maintained after the cnode goes out of core. - */ -#define C_SSD_STATIC 0x0000800 /* Assume future writes contain static content */ - -#define C_NEED_DATA_SETSIZE 0x0001000 /* Do a ubc_setsize(0) on c_rsrc_vp after the unlock */ -#define C_NEED_RSRC_SETSIZE 0x0002000 /* Do a ubc_setsize(0) on c_vp after the unlock */ -#define C_DIR_MODIFICATION 0x0004000 /* Directory is being modified, wait for lookups */ -#define C_ALWAYS_ZEROFILL 0x0008000 /* Always zero-fill the file on an fsync */ - -#define C_RENAMED 0x0010000 /* cnode was deleted as part of rename; C_DELETED should also be set */ -#define C_NEEDS_DATEADDED 0x0020000 /* cnode needs date-added written to the finderinfo bit */ -#define C_BACKINGSTORE 0x0040000 /* cnode is a backing store for an existing or currently-mounting filesystem */ - -/* - * This flag indicates the cnode might be dirty because it - * was mapped writable so if we get any page-outs, update - * the modification and change times. - */ -#define C_MIGHT_BE_DIRTY_FROM_MAPPING 0x0080000 - -/* - * For C_SSD_GREEDY_MODE: SSDs may want to write the file payload data using the greedy mode knowing - * that the content needs to be written out to the disk quicker than normal at the expense of storage efficiency. - * This is purely advisory at the HFS level, and is not maintained after the cnode goes out of core. - */ -#define C_SSD_GREEDY_MODE 0x0100000 /* Assume future writes are recommended to be written in SLC mode */ - -/* 0x0200000 is currently unused */ - -#define C_IO_ISOCHRONOUS 0x0400000 /* device-specific isochronous throughput I/O */ - -#define ZFTIMELIMIT (5 * 60) - -/* - * The following is the "invisible" bit from the fdFlags field - * in the FndrFileInfo. - */ -enum { kFinderInvisibleMask = 1 << 14 }; - - -/* - * Convert between cnode pointers and vnode pointers - */ -#define VTOC(vp) ((struct cnode *)vnode_fsnode((vp))) - -#define CTOV(cp,rsrc) (((rsrc) && S_ISREG((cp)->c_mode)) ? \ - (cp)->c_rsrc_vp : (cp)->c_vp) - -/* - * Convert between vnode pointers and file forks - * - * Note: no CTOF since that is ambiguous - */ - -#define FTOC(fp) ((fp)->ff_cp) - -#define VTOF(vp) ((vp) == VTOC((vp))->c_rsrc_vp ? \ - VTOC((vp))->c_rsrcfork : \ - VTOC((vp))->c_datafork) - -#define VCTOF(vp, cp) ((vp) == (cp)->c_rsrc_vp ? \ - (cp)->c_rsrcfork : \ - (cp)->c_datafork) - -#define FTOV(fp) ((fp) == FTOC(fp)->c_rsrcfork ? \ - FTOC(fp)->c_rsrc_vp : \ - FTOC(fp)->c_vp) - -/* - * This is a helper function used for determining whether or not a cnode has become open - * unlinked in between the time we acquired its vnode and the time we acquire the cnode lock - * to start manipulating it. Due to the SMP nature of VFS, it is probably necessary to - * use this macro every time we acquire a cnode lock, as the content of the Cnode may have - * been modified in betweeen the lookup and a VNOP. Whether or not to call this is dependent - * upon the VNOP in question. Sometimes it is OK to use an open-unlinked file, for example, in, - * reading. But other times, such as on the source of a VNOP_RENAME, it should be disallowed. - */ -int hfs_checkdeleted(struct cnode *cp); - -/* - * Test for a resource fork - */ -#define FORK_IS_RSRC(fp) ((fp) == FTOC(fp)->c_rsrcfork) - -#define VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp) ((vp) == VTOC((vp))->c_rsrc_vp) - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION -/* - * VTOCMP(vp) returns a pointer to vp's decmpfs_cnode; this could be NULL - * if the file is not compressed or if hfs_file_is_compressed() hasn't - * yet been called on this file. - */ -#define VTOCMP(vp) (VTOC((vp))->c_decmp) -int hfs_file_is_compressed(struct cnode *cp, int skiplock); -int hfs_uncompressed_size_of_compressed_file(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *vp, cnid_t fid, off_t *size, int skiplock); -int hfs_hides_rsrc(vfs_context_t ctx, struct cnode *cp, int skiplock); -int hfs_hides_xattr(vfs_context_t ctx, struct cnode *cp, const char *name, int skiplock); -#endif - -#define ATIME_ONDISK_ACCURACY 300 - -static inline bool hfs_should_save_atime(cnode_t *cp) -{ - /* - * We only write atime updates to disk if the delta is greater - * than ATIME_ONDISK_ACCURACY. - */ - return (cp->c_atime < cp->c_attr.ca_atimeondisk - || cp->c_atime - cp->c_attr.ca_atimeondisk > ATIME_ONDISK_ACCURACY); -} - -typedef enum { - HFS_NOT_DIRTY = 0, - HFS_DIRTY = 1, - HFS_DIRTY_ATIME = 2 -} hfs_dirty_t; - -static inline hfs_dirty_t hfs_is_dirty(cnode_t *cp) -{ - if (ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_NOEXISTS)) - return HFS_NOT_DIRTY; - - if (ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_MODIFIED | C_MINOR_MOD | C_NEEDS_DATEADDED) - || cp->c_touch_chgtime || cp->c_touch_modtime) { - return HFS_DIRTY; - } - - if (cp->c_touch_acctime || hfs_should_save_atime(cp)) - return HFS_DIRTY_ATIME; - - return HFS_NOT_DIRTY; -} - -/* This overlays the FileID portion of NFS file handles. */ -struct hfsfid { - u_int32_t hfsfid_cnid; /* Catalog node ID. */ - u_int32_t hfsfid_gen; /* Generation number (create date). */ -}; - - -/* Get new default vnode */ -extern int hfs_getnewvnode(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *dvp, struct componentname *cnp, - struct cat_desc *descp, int flags, struct cat_attr *attrp, - struct cat_fork *forkp, struct vnode **vpp, int *out_flags); - -/* Input flags for hfs_getnewvnode */ - -#define GNV_WANTRSRC 0x01 /* Request the resource fork vnode. */ -#define GNV_SKIPLOCK 0x02 /* Skip taking the cnode lock (when getting resource fork). */ -#define GNV_CREATE 0x04 /* The vnode is for a newly created item. */ -#define GNV_NOCACHE 0x08 /* Delay entering this item in the name cache */ -#define GNV_USE_VP 0x10 /* Use the vnode provided in *vpp instead of creating a new one */ - -/* Output flags for hfs_getnewvnode */ -#define GNV_CHASH_RENAMED 0x01 /* The cnode was renamed in-flight */ -#define GNV_CAT_DELETED 0x02 /* The cnode was deleted from the catalog */ -#define GNV_NEW_CNODE 0x04 /* We are vending out a newly initialized cnode */ -#define GNV_CAT_ATTRCHANGED 0x08 /* Something in struct cat_attr changed in between cat_lookups */ - - -/* Touch cnode times based on c_touch_xxx flags */ -extern void hfs_touchtimes(struct hfsmount *, struct cnode *); -extern void hfs_write_dateadded (struct cat_attr *cattrp, u_int32_t dateadded); -extern u_int32_t hfs_get_dateadded (struct cnode *cp); -extern u_int32_t hfs_get_dateadded_from_blob(const uint8_t * /* finderinfo */, mode_t /* mode */); - -/* Gen counter methods */ -extern void hfs_write_gencount(struct cat_attr *cattrp, uint32_t gencount); -extern uint32_t hfs_get_gencount(struct cnode *cp); -extern uint32_t hfs_incr_gencount (struct cnode *cp); -extern uint32_t hfs_get_gencount_from_blob(const uint8_t * /* finderinfo */, mode_t /* mode */); - -/* Document id methods */ -extern uint32_t hfs_get_document_id(struct cnode * /* cp */); -extern uint32_t hfs_get_document_id_from_blob(const uint8_t * /* finderinfo */, mode_t /* mode */); - -/* Zero-fill file and push regions out to disk */ -enum { - // Use this flag if you're going to sync later - HFS_FILE_DONE_NO_SYNC = 1, -}; -typedef uint32_t hfs_file_done_opts_t; -extern int hfs_filedone(struct vnode *vp, vfs_context_t context, - hfs_file_done_opts_t opts); - -/* - * HFS cnode hash functions. - */ -extern void hfs_chashinit(void); -extern void hfs_chashinit_finish(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -extern void hfs_delete_chash(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -extern int hfs_chashremove(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *cp); -extern void hfs_chash_abort(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *cp); -extern void hfs_chash_rehash(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *cp1, struct cnode *cp2); -extern void hfs_chashwakeup(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *cp, int flags); -extern void hfs_chash_mark_in_transit(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *cp); - -extern struct vnode * hfs_chash_getvnode(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, ino_t inum, int wantrsrc, - int skiplock, int allow_deleted); -extern struct cnode * hfs_chash_getcnode(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, ino_t inum, struct vnode **vpp, - int wantrsrc, int skiplock, int *out_flags, int *hflags); -extern int hfs_chash_snoop(struct hfsmount *, ino_t, int, int (*)(const cnode_t *, void *), void *); -extern int hfs_valid_cnode(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *dvp, struct componentname *cnp, - cnid_t cnid, struct cat_attr *cattr, int *error); - -extern int hfs_chash_set_childlinkbit(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t cnid); - -/* - * HFS cnode lock functions. - * - * HFS Locking Order: - * - * 1. cnode truncate lock (if needed) -- see below for more on this - * - * + hfs_vnop_pagein/out handles recursive use of this lock (by - * using flag option HFS_LOCK_SKIP_IF_EXCLUSIVE) although there - * are issues with this (see #16620278). - * - * + If locking multiple cnodes then the truncate lock must be taken on - * all (in address order), before taking the cnode locks. - * - * 2. Hot Files stage mutex (grabbed before manipulating individual vnodes/cnodes) - * - * 3. cnode locks in address order (if needed) - * - * 4. journal (if needed) - * - * 5. Hot Files B-Tree lock (not treated as a system file) - * - * 6. system files (as needed) - * - * A. Catalog B-tree file - * B. Attributes B-tree file - * C. Startup file (if there is one) - * D. Allocation Bitmap file (always exclusive, supports recursion) - * E. Overflow Extents B-tree file (always exclusive, supports recursion) - * - * 7. hfs mount point (always last) - * - * - * I. HFS cnode hash lock (must not acquire any new locks while holding this lock, always taken last) - */ - -/* - * -- The Truncate Lock -- - * - * The truncate lock is used for a few purposes (more than its name - * might suggest). The first thing to note is that the cnode lock - * cannot be held whilst issuing any I/O other than metadata changes, - * so the truncate lock, in either shared or exclusive form, must - * usually be held in these cases. This includes calls to ubc_setsize - * where the new size is less than the current size known to the VM - * subsystem (for two reasons: a) because reaping pages can block - * (e.g. on pages that are busy or being cleaned); b) reaping pages - * might require page-in for tasks that have that region mapped - * privately). The same applies to other calls into the VM subsystem. - * - * Here are some (but not necessarily all) cases that the truncate - * lock protects for: - * - * + When reading and writing a file, we hold the truncate lock - * shared to ensure that the underlying blocks cannot be deleted - * and on systems that use content protection, this also ensures - * the keys remain valid (which might be being used by the - * underlying layers). - * - * + We need to protect against the following sequence of events: - * - * A file is initially size X. A thread issues an append to that - * file. Another thread truncates the file and then extends it - * to a a new size Y. Now the append can be applied at offset X - * and then the data is lost when the file is truncated; or it - * could be applied after the truncate, i.e. at offset 0; or it - * can be applied at offset Y. What we *cannot* do is apply the - * append at offset X and for the data to be visible at the end. - * (Note that we are free to choose when we apply the append - * operation.) - * - * To solve this, we keep things simple and take the truncate lock - * exclusively in order to sequence the append with other size - * changes. Therefore any size change must take the truncate lock - * exclusively. - * - * (N.B. we could do better and allow readers to run concurrently - * during the append and other size changes.) - * - * So here are the rules: - * - * + If you plan to change ff_size, you must take the truncate lock - * exclusively, *but* be careful what I/O you do whilst you have - * the truncate lock exclusively and try and avoid it if you can: - * if the VM subsystem tries to do something with some pages on a - * different thread and you try and do some I/O with those same - * pages, we will deadlock. (See #16620278.) - * - * + If you do anything that requires blocks to not be deleted or - * encryption keys to remain valid, you must take the truncate lock - * shared. - * - * + And it follows therefore, that if you want to delete blocks or - * delete keys, you must take the truncate lock exclusively. Note - * that for asynchronous writes, the truncate lock will be dropped - * after issuing I/O but before the I/O has completed which means - * that before manipulating keys, you *must* issue - * vnode_wait_for_writes in addition to holding the truncate lock. - * - * N.B. ff_size is actually protected by the cnode lock and so you - * must hold the cnode lock exclusively to change it and shared to - * read it. - * - */ - -enum hfs_locktype { - HFS_SHARED_LOCK = 1, - HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK = 2 -}; - -/* Option flags for cnode and truncate lock functions */ -enum hfs_lockflags { - HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT = 0x0, /* Default flag, no options provided */ - HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS = 0x1, /* Allow locking of all cnodes, including cnode marked deleted with no catalog entry */ - HFS_LOCK_SKIP_IF_EXCLUSIVE = 0x2, /* Skip locking if the current thread already holds the lock exclusive */ - - // Used when you do not want to check return from hfs_lock - HFS_LOCK_ALWAYS = HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS, -}; -#define HFS_SHARED_OWNER (void *)0xffffffff - -void hfs_lock_always(cnode_t *cnode, enum hfs_locktype); -int hfs_lock(struct cnode *, enum hfs_locktype, enum hfs_lockflags); -bool hfs_lock_upgrade(cnode_t *cp); -int hfs_lockpair(struct cnode *, struct cnode *, enum hfs_locktype); -int hfs_lockfour(struct cnode *, struct cnode *, struct cnode *, struct cnode *, - enum hfs_locktype, struct cnode **); -void hfs_unlock(struct cnode *); -void hfs_unlockpair(struct cnode *, struct cnode *); -void hfs_unlockfour(struct cnode *, struct cnode *, struct cnode *, struct cnode *); - -void hfs_lock_truncate(struct cnode *, enum hfs_locktype, enum hfs_lockflags); -bool hfs_truncate_lock_upgrade(struct cnode *cp); -void hfs_truncate_lock_downgrade(struct cnode *cp); -void hfs_unlock_truncate(struct cnode *, enum hfs_lockflags); -int hfs_try_trunclock(struct cnode *, enum hfs_locktype, enum hfs_lockflags); - -extern int hfs_systemfile_lock(struct hfsmount *, int, enum hfs_locktype); -extern void hfs_systemfile_unlock(struct hfsmount *, int); - -void hfs_clear_might_be_dirty_flag(cnode_t *cp); - -// cnode must be locked -static inline __attribute__((pure)) -bool hfs_has_rsrc(const cnode_t *cp) -{ - if (cp->c_rsrcfork) - return cp->c_rsrcfork->ff_blocks > 0; - else - return cp->c_datafork && cp->c_blocks > cp->c_datafork->ff_blocks; -} - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_PRIVATE */ -#endif /* KERNEL */ - -#endif /* ! _HFS_CNODE_H_ */ diff --git a/core/hfs_cprotect.c b/core/hfs_cprotect.c deleted file mode 100644 index 3fa485b..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_cprotect.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2773 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_cnode.h" -#include "hfs_fsctl.h" -#include "hfs_cprotect.h" -#include "hfs_iokit.h" - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL -#include "hfs_key_roll.h" -#endif - -#define PTR_ADD(type, base, offset) (type)((uintptr_t)(base) + (offset)) - -extern int (**hfs_vnodeop_p) (void *); - -/* - * CP private functions - */ -static int cp_root_major_vers(mount_t mp); -static int cp_getxattr(cnode_t *, struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cprotect **); -static void cp_entry_dealloc(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, struct cprotect *entry); -static int cp_restore_keys(struct cprotect *, struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *); -static int cp_lock_vnode_callback(vnode_t, void *); -static int cp_vnode_is_eligible (vnode_t); -static int cp_check_access (cnode_t *cp, struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int vnop); -static int cp_unwrap(struct hfsmount *, struct cprotect *, struct cnode *); -static void cp_init_access(aks_cred_t access, struct cnode *cp); - -// -- cp_key_pair accessors -- - -void cpkp_init(cp_key_pair_t *cpkp, uint16_t max_pers_key_len, - uint16_t max_cached_key_len) -{ - cpkp->cpkp_max_pers_key_len = max_pers_key_len; - cpkp->cpkp_pers_key_len = 0; - cpx_init(cpkp_cpx(cpkp), max_cached_key_len); - - // Default to using offsets - cpx_set_use_offset_for_iv(cpkp_cpx(cpkp), true); -} - -uint16_t cpkp_max_pers_key_len(const cp_key_pair_t *cpkp) -{ - return cpkp->cpkp_max_pers_key_len; -} - -uint16_t cpkp_pers_key_len(const cp_key_pair_t *cpkp) -{ - return cpkp->cpkp_pers_key_len; -} - -static bool cpkp_has_pers_key(const cp_key_pair_t *cpkp) -{ - return cpkp->cpkp_pers_key_len > 0; -} - -static void *cpkp_pers_key(const cp_key_pair_t *cpkp) -{ - return PTR_ADD(void *, &cpkp->cpkp_cpx, cpx_sizex(cpkp_cpx(cpkp))); -} - -static void cpkp_set_pers_key_len(cp_key_pair_t *cpkp, uint16_t key_len) -{ - if (key_len > cpkp->cpkp_max_pers_key_len) - panic("hfs_cprotect: key too big!"); - cpkp->cpkp_pers_key_len = key_len; -} - -#pragma clang diagnostic push -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" -cpx_t cpkp_cpx(const cp_key_pair_t *cpkp) -{ - // Cast to remove const qualifier - return (cpx_t)&cpkp->cpkp_cpx; -} -#pragma clang diagnostic pop - -size_t cpkp_size(uint16_t pers_key_len, uint16_t cached_key_len) -{ - return sizeof(cp_key_pair_t) + pers_key_len + cpx_size(cached_key_len); -} - -size_t cpkp_sizex(const cp_key_pair_t *cpkp) -{ - return cpkp_size(cpkp->cpkp_max_pers_key_len, cpx_max_key_len(cpkp_cpx(cpkp))); -} - -void cpkp_flush(cp_key_pair_t *cpkp) -{ - cpx_flush(cpkp_cpx(cpkp)); - cpkp->cpkp_pers_key_len = 0; - bzero(cpkp_pers_key(cpkp), cpkp->cpkp_max_pers_key_len); -} - -bool cpkp_can_copy(const cp_key_pair_t *src, const cp_key_pair_t *dst) -{ - return (cpkp_pers_key_len(src) <= dst->cpkp_max_pers_key_len - && cpx_can_copy(cpkp_cpx(src), cpkp_cpx(dst))); -} - -void cpkp_copy(const cp_key_pair_t *src, cp_key_pair_t *dst) -{ - const uint16_t key_len = cpkp_pers_key_len(src); - cpkp_set_pers_key_len(dst, key_len); - memcpy(cpkp_pers_key(dst), cpkp_pers_key(src), key_len); - cpx_copy(cpkp_cpx(src), cpkp_cpx(dst)); -} - -// -- - -bool cp_is_supported_version(uint16_t vers) -{ - return vers == CP_VERS_4 || vers == CP_VERS_5; -} - -/* - * Return the appropriate key and, if requested, the physical offset and - * maximum length for a particular I/O operation. - */ -void cp_io_params(__unused hfsmount_t *hfsmp, cprotect_t cpr, - __unused off_rsrc_t off_rsrc, - __unused int direction, cp_io_params_t *io_params) -{ -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - hfs_cp_key_roll_ctx_t *ckr = cpr->cp_key_roll_ctx; - - if (ckr && off_rsrc < ckr->ckr_off_rsrc) { - /* - * When we're in the process of rolling an extent, ckr_off_rsrc will - * indicate the end of the extent. - */ - const off_rsrc_t roll_loc = ckr->ckr_off_rsrc - - hfs_blk_to_bytes(ckr->ckr_roll_extent.blockCount, - hfsmp->blockSize); - - if (off_rsrc < roll_loc) { - io_params->max_len = roll_loc - off_rsrc; - io_params->phys_offset = -1; - } else { - /* - * We should never get reads to the extent we're rolling - * because the pages should be locked in the UBC. If we - * did get reads it's not obvious what the right thing to - * do is either: we could read from the old location, but - * we might have written later data to the new location, - * or we could read from the new location, but data might - * not have been written there yet. - * - * Note that whilst raw encrypted reads don't lock any - * pages, or take a cluster_read_direct lock, the call to - * hfs_key_roll_up_to in hfs_vnop_read will have ensured - * that the file has been rolled beyond the offset being - * read so this path should never be taken in that case. - */ - hfs_assert(direction == VNODE_WRITE); - - // For release builds, just in case... - if (direction == VNODE_READ) { - // Use the old key and offset - goto old_key; - } - - io_params->max_len = ckr->ckr_off_rsrc - off_rsrc; - io_params->phys_offset = hfs_blk_to_bytes(ckr->ckr_roll_extent.startBlock, - hfsmp->blockSize) + off_rsrc - roll_loc; - } - - // Use new key - io_params->cpx = cpkp_cpx(&ckr->ckr_keys); - return; - } -old_key: - // Use old key... -#endif - - io_params->max_len = INT64_MAX; - io_params->phys_offset = -1; - io_params->cpx = cpkp_cpx(&cpr->cp_keys); -} - -static void cp_flush_cached_keys(cprotect_t cpr) -{ - cpx_flush(cpkp_cpx(&cpr->cp_keys)); -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - if (cpr->cp_key_roll_ctx) - cpx_flush(cpkp_cpx(&cpr->cp_key_roll_ctx->ckr_keys)); -#endif -} - -static bool cp_needs_pers_key(cprotect_t cpr) -{ - if (CP_CLASS(cpr->cp_pclass) == PROTECTION_CLASS_F) - return !cpx_has_key(cpkp_cpx(&cpr->cp_keys)); - else - return !cpkp_has_pers_key(&cpr->cp_keys); -} - -static cp_key_revision_t cp_initial_key_revision(__unused hfsmount_t *hfsmp) -{ - return 1; -} - -cp_key_revision_t cp_next_key_revision(cp_key_revision_t rev) -{ - rev = (rev + 0x0100) ^ (mach_absolute_time() & 0xff); - if (!rev) - rev = 1; - return rev; -} - -/* - * Allocate and initialize a cprotect blob for a new cnode. - * Called from hfs_getnewvnode: cnode is locked exclusive. - * - * Read xattr data off the cnode. Then, if conditions permit, - * unwrap the file key and cache it in the cprotect blob. - */ -int -cp_entry_init(struct cnode *cp, struct mount *mp) -{ - struct cprotect *entry = NULL; - int error = 0; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - - /* - * The cnode should be locked at this point, regardless of whether or not - * we are creating a new item in the namespace or vending a vnode on behalf - * of lookup. The only time we tell getnewvnode to skip the lock is when - * constructing a resource fork vnode. But a resource fork vnode must come - * after the regular data fork cnode has already been constructed. - */ - if (!cp_fs_protected (mp)) { - cp->c_cpentry = NULL; - return 0; - } - - if (!S_ISREG(cp->c_mode) && !S_ISDIR(cp->c_mode)) { - cp->c_cpentry = NULL; - return 0; - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_running_cp_major_vers == 0) { - panic ("hfs cp: no running mount point version! "); - } - - hfs_assert(cp->c_cpentry == NULL); - - error = cp_getxattr(cp, hfsmp, &entry); - if (error == ENOATTR) { - /* - * Normally, we should always have a CP EA for a file or directory that - * we are initializing here. However, there are some extenuating circumstances, - * such as the root directory immediately following a newfs_hfs. - * - * As a result, we leave code here to deal with an ENOATTR which will always - * default to a 'D/NONE' key, though we don't expect to use it much. - */ - cp_key_class_t target_class = PROTECTION_CLASS_D; - - if (S_ISDIR(cp->c_mode)) { - target_class = PROTECTION_CLASS_DIR_NONE; - } - - cp_key_revision_t key_revision = cp_initial_key_revision(hfsmp); - - /* allow keybag to override our class preferences */ - error = cp_new (&target_class, hfsmp, cp, cp->c_mode, CP_KEYWRAP_DIFFCLASS, - key_revision, (cp_new_alloc_fn)cp_entry_alloc, (void **)&entry); - if (error == 0) { - entry->cp_pclass = target_class; - entry->cp_key_os_version = cp_os_version(); - entry->cp_key_revision = key_revision; - error = cp_setxattr (cp, entry, hfsmp, cp->c_fileid, XATTR_CREATE); - } - } - - /* - * Bail out if: - * a) error was not ENOATTR (we got something bad from the getxattr call) - * b) we encountered an error setting the xattr above. - * c) we failed to generate a new cprotect data structure. - */ - if (error) { - goto out; - } - - cp->c_cpentry = entry; - -out: - if (error == 0) { - entry->cp_backing_cnode = cp; - } - else { - if (entry) { - cp_entry_destroy(hfsmp, entry); - } - cp->c_cpentry = NULL; - } - - return error; -} - -/* - * cp_setup_newentry - * - * Generate a keyless cprotect structure for use with the new AppleKeyStore kext. - * Since the kext is now responsible for vending us both wrapped/unwrapped keys - * we need to create a keyless xattr upon file / directory creation. When we have the inode value - * and the file/directory is established, then we can ask it to generate keys. Note that - * this introduces a potential race; If the device is locked and the wrapping - * keys are purged between the time we call this function and the time we ask it to generate - * keys for us, we could have to fail the open(2) call and back out the entry. - */ - -int cp_setup_newentry (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *dcp, - cp_key_class_t suppliedclass, mode_t cmode, - struct cprotect **tmpentry) -{ - int isdir = 0; - struct cprotect *entry = NULL; - uint32_t target_class = hfsmp->default_cp_class; - suppliedclass = CP_CLASS(suppliedclass); - - if (hfsmp->hfs_running_cp_major_vers == 0) { - panic ("CP: major vers not set in mount!"); - } - - if (S_ISDIR (cmode)) { - isdir = 1; - } - - /* Decide the target class. Input argument takes priority. */ - if (cp_is_valid_class (isdir, suppliedclass)) { - /* caller supplies -1 if it was not specified so we will default to the mount point value */ - target_class = suppliedclass; - /* - * One exception, F is never valid for a directory - * because its children may inherit and userland will be - * unable to read/write to the files. - */ - if (isdir) { - if (target_class == PROTECTION_CLASS_F) { - *tmpentry = NULL; - return EINVAL; - } - } - } - else { - /* - * If no valid class was supplied, behave differently depending on whether or not - * the item being created is a file or directory. - * - * for FILE: - * If parent directory has a non-zero class, use that. - * If parent directory has a zero class (not set), then attempt to - * apply the mount point default. - * - * for DIRECTORY: - * Directories always inherit from the parent; if the parent - * has a NONE class set, then we can continue to use that. - */ - if ((dcp) && (dcp->c_cpentry)) { - uint32_t parentclass = CP_CLASS(dcp->c_cpentry->cp_pclass); - /* If the parent class is not valid, default to the mount point value */ - if (cp_is_valid_class(1, parentclass)) { - if (isdir) { - target_class = parentclass; - } - else if (parentclass != PROTECTION_CLASS_DIR_NONE) { - /* files can inherit so long as it's not NONE */ - target_class = parentclass; - } - } - /* Otherwise, we already defaulted to the mount point's default */ - } - } - - /* Generate the cprotect to vend out */ - entry = cp_entry_alloc(NULL, 0, 0, NULL); - if (entry == NULL) { - *tmpentry = NULL; - return ENOMEM; - } - - /* - * We don't have keys yet, so fill in what we can. At this point - * this blob has no keys and it has no backing xattr. We just know the - * target class. - */ - entry->cp_flags = CP_NO_XATTR; - /* Note this is only the effective class */ - entry->cp_pclass = target_class; - *tmpentry = entry; - - return 0; -} - -/* - * Set up an initial key/class pair for a disassociated cprotect entry. - * This function is used to generate transient keys that will never be - * written to disk. We use class F for this since it provides the exact - * semantics that are needed here. Because we never attach this blob to - * a cnode directly, we take a pointer to the cprotect struct. - * - * This function is primarily used in the HFS FS truncation codepath - * where we may rely on AES symmetry to relocate encrypted data from - * one spot in the disk to another. - */ -int cpx_gentempkeys(cpx_t *pcpx, __unused struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - cpx_t cpx = cpx_alloc(CP_MAX_KEYSIZE); - - cpx_set_key_len(cpx, CP_MAX_KEYSIZE); - read_random(cpx_key(cpx), CP_MAX_KEYSIZE); - cpx_set_use_offset_for_iv(cpx, true); - - *pcpx = cpx; - - return 0; -} - -/* - * Tear down and clear a cprotect blob for a closing file. - * Called at hfs_reclaim_cnode: cnode is locked exclusive. - */ -void -cp_entry_destroy(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, struct cprotect *entry_ptr) -{ - if (entry_ptr == NULL) { - /* nothing to clean up */ - return; - } - cp_entry_dealloc(hfsmp, entry_ptr); -} - - -int -cp_fs_protected (mount_t mnt) -{ - return (vfs_flags(mnt) & MNT_CPROTECT); -} - - -/* - * Return a pointer to underlying cnode if there is one for this vnode. - * Done without taking cnode lock, inspecting only vnode state. - */ -struct cnode * -cp_get_protected_cnode(struct vnode *vp) -{ - if (!cp_vnode_is_eligible(vp)) { - return NULL; - } - - if (!cp_fs_protected(VTOVFS(vp))) { - /* mount point doesn't support it */ - return NULL; - } - - return vnode_fsnode(vp); -} - - -/* - * Sets *class to persistent class associated with vnode, - * or returns error. - */ -int -cp_vnode_getclass(struct vnode *vp, cp_key_class_t *class) -{ - struct cprotect *entry; - int error = 0; - struct cnode *cp; - int took_truncate_lock = 0; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = NULL; - - /* Is this an interesting vp? */ - if (!cp_vnode_is_eligible (vp)) { - return EBADF; - } - - /* Is the mount point formatted for content protection? */ - if (!cp_fs_protected(VTOVFS(vp))) { - return ENOTSUP; - } - - cp = VTOC(vp); - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - - /* - * Take the truncate lock up-front in shared mode because we may need - * to manipulate the CP blob. Pend lock events until we're done here. - */ - hfs_lock_truncate (cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - took_truncate_lock = 1; - - /* - * We take only the shared cnode lock up-front. If it turns out that - * we need to manipulate the CP blob to write a key out, drop the - * shared cnode lock and acquire an exclusive lock. - */ - error = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (error) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - return error; - } - - /* pull the class from the live entry */ - entry = cp->c_cpentry; - - if (entry == NULL) { - panic("Content Protection: uninitialized cnode %p", cp); - } - - /* Note that we may not have keys yet, but we know the target class. */ - - if (error == 0) { - *class = CP_CLASS(entry->cp_pclass); - } - - if (took_truncate_lock) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - } - - hfs_unlock(cp); - return error; -} - -/* - * Sets persistent class for this file or directory. - * If vnode cannot be protected (system file, non-regular file, non-hfs), EBADF. - * If the new class can't be accessed now, EPERM. - * Otherwise, record class and re-wrap key if the mount point is content-protected. - */ -int -cp_vnode_setclass(struct vnode *vp, cp_key_class_t newclass) -{ - struct cnode *cp; - struct cprotect *entry = 0; - int error = 0; - int took_truncate_lock = 0; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = NULL; - int isdir = 0; - - if (vnode_isdir (vp)) { - isdir = 1; - } - - /* Ensure we only use the effective class here */ - newclass = CP_CLASS(newclass); - - if (!cp_is_valid_class(isdir, newclass)) { - printf("hfs: CP: cp_setclass called with invalid class %d\n", newclass); - return EINVAL; - } - - /* Is this an interesting vp? */ - if (!cp_vnode_is_eligible(vp)) { - return EBADF; - } - - /* Is the mount point formatted for content protection? */ - if (!cp_fs_protected(VTOVFS(vp))) { - return ENOTSUP; - } - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return EROFS; - } - - /* - * Take the cnode truncate lock exclusive because we want to manipulate the - * CP blob. The lock-event handling code is doing the same. This also forces - * all pending IOs to drain before we can re-write the persistent and cache keys. - */ - cp = VTOC(vp); - hfs_lock_truncate (cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - took_truncate_lock = 1; - - /* - * The truncate lock is not sufficient to guarantee the CP blob - * isn't being used. We must wait for existing writes to finish. - */ - vnode_waitforwrites(vp, 0, 0, 0, "cp_vnode_setclass"); - - if (hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT)) { - return EINVAL; - } - - entry = cp->c_cpentry; - if (entry == NULL) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - - /* - * re-wrap per-file key with new class. - * Generate an entirely new key if switching to F. - */ - if (vnode_isreg(vp)) { - /* - * The vnode is a file. Before proceeding with the re-wrap, we need - * to unwrap the keys before proceeding. This is to ensure that - * the destination class's properties still work appropriately for the - * target class (since B allows I/O but an unwrap prior to the next unlock - * will not be allowed). - */ - if (!cpx_has_key(cpkp_cpx(&entry->cp_keys))) { - error = cp_restore_keys (entry, hfsmp, cp); - if (error) { - goto out; - } - } - - if (newclass == PROTECTION_CLASS_F) { - /* Verify that file is blockless if switching to class F */ - if (cp->c_datafork->ff_size > 0) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - - cp_key_pair_t *cpkp; - cprotect_t new_entry = cp_entry_alloc(NULL, 0, CP_MAX_KEYSIZE, &cpkp); - - if (!new_entry) { - error = ENOMEM; - goto out; - } - - /* newclass is only the effective class */ - new_entry->cp_pclass = newclass; - new_entry->cp_key_os_version = cp_os_version(); - new_entry->cp_key_revision = cp_next_key_revision(entry->cp_key_revision); - - cpx_t cpx = cpkp_cpx(cpkp); - - /* Class F files are not wrapped, so they continue to use MAX_KEYSIZE */ - cpx_set_key_len(cpx, CP_MAX_KEYSIZE); - read_random (cpx_key(cpx), CP_MAX_KEYSIZE); - - cp_replace_entry(hfsmp, cp, new_entry); - - error = 0; - goto out; - } - - /* Deny the setclass if file is to be moved from F to something else */ - if (entry->cp_pclass == PROTECTION_CLASS_F) { - error = EPERM; - goto out; - } - - if (!cpkp_has_pers_key(&entry->cp_keys)) { - struct cprotect *new_entry = NULL; - /* - * We want to fail if we can't wrap to the target class. By not setting - * CP_KEYWRAP_DIFFCLASS, we tell keygeneration that if it can't wrap - * to 'newclass' then error out. - */ - uint32_t flags = 0; - error = cp_generate_keys (hfsmp, cp, newclass, flags, &new_entry); - if (error == 0) { - cp_replace_entry (hfsmp, cp, new_entry); - } - /* Bypass the setxattr code below since generate_keys does it for us */ - goto out; - } - - cprotect_t new_entry; - error = cp_rewrap(cp, hfsmp, &newclass, &entry->cp_keys, entry, - (cp_new_alloc_fn)cp_entry_alloc, (void **)&new_entry); - if (error) { - /* we didn't have perms to set this class. leave file as-is and error out */ - goto out; - } - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - hfs_cp_key_roll_ctx_t *new_key_roll_ctx = NULL; - if (entry->cp_key_roll_ctx) { - error = cp_rewrap(cp, hfsmp, &newclass, &entry->cp_key_roll_ctx->ckr_keys, - entry->cp_key_roll_ctx, - (cp_new_alloc_fn)hfs_key_roll_ctx_alloc, - (void **)&new_key_roll_ctx); - - if (error) { - cp_entry_dealloc(hfsmp, new_entry); - goto out; - } - - new_entry->cp_key_roll_ctx = new_key_roll_ctx; - } -#endif - - new_entry->cp_pclass = newclass; - - cp_replace_entry(hfsmp, cp, new_entry); - entry = new_entry; - } - else if (vnode_isdir(vp)) { - /* For directories, just update the pclass. newclass is only effective class */ - entry->cp_pclass = newclass; - error = 0; - } - else { - /* anything else, just error out */ - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - - /* - * We get here if the new class was F, or if we were re-wrapping a cprotect that already - * existed. If the keys were never generated, then they'll skip the setxattr calls. - */ - - error = cp_setxattr(cp, cp->c_cpentry, VTOHFS(vp), 0, XATTR_REPLACE); - if (error == ENOATTR) { - error = cp_setxattr(cp, cp->c_cpentry, VTOHFS(vp), 0, XATTR_CREATE); - } - -out: - - if (took_truncate_lock) { - hfs_unlock_truncate (cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - } - hfs_unlock(cp); - return error; -} - - -int cp_vnode_transcode(vnode_t vp, cp_key_t *k) -{ - struct cnode *cp; - struct cprotect *entry = 0; - int error = 0; - int took_truncate_lock = 0; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = NULL; - - /* Structures passed between HFS and AKS */ - struct aks_cred_s access_in; - struct aks_wrapped_key_s wrapped_key_in, wrapped_key_out; - - /* Is this an interesting vp? */ - if (!cp_vnode_is_eligible(vp)) { - return EBADF; - } - - /* Is the mount point formatted for content protection? */ - if (!cp_fs_protected(VTOVFS(vp))) { - return ENOTSUP; - } - - cp = VTOC(vp); - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - - /* - * Take the cnode truncate lock exclusive because we want to manipulate the - * CP blob. The lock-event handling code is doing the same. This also forces - * all pending IOs to drain before we can re-write the persistent and cache keys. - */ - hfs_lock_truncate (cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - took_truncate_lock = 1; - - if (hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT)) { - return EINVAL; - } - - entry = cp->c_cpentry; - if (entry == NULL) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - - /* Send the per-file key in wrapped form for re-wrap with the current class information - * Send NULLs in the output parameters of the wrapper() and AKS will do the rest. - * Don't need to process any outputs, so just clear the locks and pass along the error. */ - if (vnode_isreg(vp)) { - - /* Picked up the following from cp_wrap(). - * If needed, more comments available there. */ - - if (CP_CLASS(entry->cp_pclass) == PROTECTION_CLASS_F) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - - cp_init_access(&access_in, cp); - - bzero(&wrapped_key_in, sizeof(wrapped_key_in)); - bzero(&wrapped_key_out, sizeof(wrapped_key_out)); - - cp_key_pair_t *cpkp = &entry->cp_keys; - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - if (entry->cp_key_roll_ctx) - cpkp = &entry->cp_key_roll_ctx->ckr_keys; -#endif - - wrapped_key_in.key = cpkp_pers_key(cpkp); - wrapped_key_in.key_len = cpkp_pers_key_len(cpkp); - - if (!wrapped_key_in.key_len) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - - /* Use the actual persistent class when talking to AKS */ - wrapped_key_in.dp_class = entry->cp_pclass; - wrapped_key_out.key = k->key; - wrapped_key_out.key_len = k->len; - - error = hfs_backup_key(&access_in, - &wrapped_key_in, - &wrapped_key_out); - - if(error) - error = EPERM; - else - k->len = wrapped_key_out.key_len; - } - -out: - if (took_truncate_lock) { - hfs_unlock_truncate (cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - } - hfs_unlock(cp); - return error; -} - - -/* - * Check permission for the given operation (read, write) on this node. - * Additionally, if the node needs work, do it: - * - create a new key for the file if one hasn't been set before - * - write out the xattr if it hasn't already been saved - * - unwrap the key if needed - * - * Takes cnode lock, and upgrades to exclusive if modifying cprotect. - * - * Note that this function does *NOT* take the cnode truncate lock. This is because - * the thread calling us may already have the truncate lock. It is not necessary - * because either we successfully finish this function before the keys are tossed - * and the IO will fail, or the keys are tossed and then this function will fail. - * Either way, the cnode lock still ultimately guards the keys. We only rely on the - * truncate lock to protect us against tossing the keys as a cluster call is in-flight. - */ -int -cp_handle_vnop(struct vnode *vp, int vnop, int ioflag) -{ - struct cprotect *entry; - int error = 0; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = NULL; - struct cnode *cp = NULL; - - /* - * First, do validation against the vnode before proceeding any further: - * Is this vnode originating from a valid content-protected filesystem ? - */ - if (cp_vnode_is_eligible(vp) == 0) { - /* - * It is either not HFS or not a file/dir. Just return success. This is a valid - * case if servicing i/o against another filesystem type from VFS - */ - return 0; - } - - if (cp_fs_protected (VTOVFS(vp)) == 0) { - /* - * The underlying filesystem does not support content protection. This is also - * a valid case. Simply return success. - */ - return 0; - } - - /* - * At this point, we know we have a HFS vnode that backs a file or directory on a - * filesystem that supports content protection - */ - cp = VTOC(vp); - - if ((error = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - return error; - } - - entry = cp->c_cpentry; - - if (entry == NULL) { - /* - * If this cnode is not content protected, simply return success. - * Note that this function is called by all I/O-based call sites - * when CONFIG_PROTECT is enabled during XNU building. - */ - - /* - * All files should have cprotect structs. It's possible to encounter - * a directory from a V2.0 CP system but all files should have protection - * EAs - */ - if (vnode_isreg(vp)) { - error = EPERM; - } - - goto out; - } - - vp = CTOV(cp, 0); - if (vp == NULL) { - /* is it a rsrc */ - vp = CTOV(cp,1); - if (vp == NULL) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - } - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - - if ((error = cp_check_access(cp, hfsmp, vnop))) { - /* check for raw encrypted access before bailing out */ - if ((ioflag & IO_ENCRYPTED) -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - // If we're rolling, we need the keys - && !hfs_is_key_rolling(cp) -#endif - && (vnop == CP_READ_ACCESS)) { - /* - * read access only + asking for the raw encrypted bytes - * is legitimate, so reset the error value to 0 - */ - error = 0; - } - else { - goto out; - } - } - - if (!ISSET(entry->cp_flags, CP_NO_XATTR)) { - if (!S_ISREG(cp->c_mode)) - goto out; - - // If we have a persistent key and the cached key, we're done - if (!cp_needs_pers_key(entry) - && cpx_has_key(cpkp_cpx(&entry->cp_keys))) { - goto out; - } - } - - /* upgrade to exclusive lock */ - if (lck_rw_lock_shared_to_exclusive(&cp->c_rwlock) == FALSE) { - if ((error = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - return error; - } - } else { - cp->c_lockowner = current_thread(); - } - - /* generate new keys if none have ever been saved */ - if (cp_needs_pers_key(entry)) { - struct cprotect *newentry = NULL; - /* - * It's ok if this ends up being wrapped in a different class than 'pclass'. - * class modification is OK here. - */ - uint32_t flags = CP_KEYWRAP_DIFFCLASS; - - error = cp_generate_keys (hfsmp, cp, CP_CLASS(cp->c_cpentry->cp_pclass), flags, &newentry); - if (error == 0) { - cp_replace_entry (hfsmp, cp, newentry); - entry = newentry; - } - else { - goto out; - } - } - - /* unwrap keys if needed */ - if (!cpx_has_key(cpkp_cpx(&entry->cp_keys))) { - if ((vnop == CP_READ_ACCESS) && (ioflag & IO_ENCRYPTED)) { - /* no need to try to restore keys; they are not going to be used */ - error = 0; - } - else { - error = cp_restore_keys(entry, hfsmp, cp); - if (error) { - goto out; - } - } - } - - /* write out the xattr if it's new */ - if (entry->cp_flags & CP_NO_XATTR) - error = cp_setxattr(cp, entry, VTOHFS(cp->c_vp), 0, XATTR_CREATE); - -out: - - hfs_unlock(cp); - return error; -} - -#if HFS_TMPDBG -#if !SECURE_KERNEL -static void cp_log_eperm (struct vnode* vp, int pclass, boolean_t create) { - char procname[256] = {}; - const char *fname = "unknown"; - const char *dbgop = "open"; - - int ppid = proc_selfpid(); - /* selfname does a strlcpy so we're OK */ - proc_selfname(procname, sizeof(procname)); - if (vp && vp->v_name) { - /* steal from the namecache */ - fname = vp->v_name; - } - - if (create) { - dbgop = "create"; - } - - printf("proc %s (pid %d) class %d, op: %s failure @ file %s\n", procname, ppid, pclass, dbgop, fname); -} -#endif -#endif - - -int -cp_handle_open(struct vnode *vp, int mode) -{ - struct cnode *cp = NULL ; - struct cprotect *entry = NULL; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - int error = 0; - - /* If vnode not eligible, just return success */ - if (!cp_vnode_is_eligible(vp)) { - return 0; - } - - /* If mount point not properly set up, then also return success */ - if (!cp_fs_protected(VTOVFS(vp))) { - return 0; - } - - cp = VTOC(vp); - - // Allow if raw encrypted mode requested - if (ISSET(mode, FENCRYPTED)) { -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - // If we're rolling, we need the keys - hfs_lock_always(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - bool rolling = hfs_is_key_rolling(cp); - hfs_unlock(cp); - if (!rolling) - return 0; -#else - return 0; -#endif - } - if (ISSET(mode, FUNENCRYPTED)) { - return 0; - } - - /* We know the vnode is in a valid state. Acquire cnode and validate */ - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - - if ((error = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - return error; - } - - entry = cp->c_cpentry; - if (entry == NULL) { - /* - * If the mount is protected and we couldn't get a cprotect for this vnode, - * then it's not valid for opening. - */ - if (vnode_isreg(vp)) { - error = EPERM; - } - goto out; - } - - if (!S_ISREG(cp->c_mode)) - goto out; - - /* - * Does the cnode have keys yet? If not, then generate them. - */ - if (cp_needs_pers_key(entry)) { - struct cprotect *newentry = NULL; - /* Allow the keybag to override our class preferences */ - uint32_t flags = CP_KEYWRAP_DIFFCLASS; - error = cp_generate_keys (hfsmp, cp, CP_CLASS(cp->c_cpentry->cp_pclass), flags, &newentry); - if (error == 0) { - cp_replace_entry (hfsmp, cp, newentry); - entry = newentry; - } - else { - goto out; - } - } - - /* - * We want to minimize the number of unwraps that we'll have to do since - * the cost can vary, depending on the platform we're running. - */ - switch (CP_CLASS(entry->cp_pclass)) { - case PROTECTION_CLASS_B: - if (mode & O_CREAT) { - /* - * Class B always allows creation. Since O_CREAT was passed through - * we infer that this was a newly created vnode/cnode. Even though a potential - * race exists when multiple threads attempt to create/open a particular - * file, only one can "win" and actually create it. VFS will unset the - * O_CREAT bit on the loser. - * - * Note that skipping the unwrap check here is not a security issue -- - * we have to unwrap the key permanently upon the first I/O. - */ - break; - } - - if (cpx_has_key(cpkp_cpx(&entry->cp_keys)) && !ISSET(mode, FENCRYPTED)) { - /* - * For a class B file, attempt the unwrap if we have the key in - * core already. - * The device could have just transitioned into the lock state, and - * this vnode may not yet have been purged from the vnode cache (which would - * remove the keys). - */ - struct aks_cred_s access_in; - struct aks_wrapped_key_s wrapped_key_in; - - cp_init_access(&access_in, cp); - bzero(&wrapped_key_in, sizeof(wrapped_key_in)); - wrapped_key_in.key = cpkp_pers_key(&entry->cp_keys); - wrapped_key_in.key_len = cpkp_pers_key_len(&entry->cp_keys); - /* Use the persistent class when talking to AKS */ - wrapped_key_in.dp_class = entry->cp_pclass; - error = hfs_unwrap_key(&access_in, &wrapped_key_in, NULL); - if (error) { - error = EPERM; - } - break; - } - /* otherwise, fall through to attempt the unwrap/restore */ - case PROTECTION_CLASS_A: - case PROTECTION_CLASS_C: - /* - * At this point, we know that we need to attempt an unwrap if needed; we want - * to makes sure that open(2) fails properly if the device is either just-locked - * or never made it past first unlock. Since the keybag serializes access to the - * unwrapping keys for us and only calls our VFS callback once they've been purged, - * we will get here in two cases: - * - * A) we're in a window before the wrapping keys are purged; this is OK since when they get - * purged, the vnode will get flushed if needed. - * - * B) The keys are already gone. In this case, the restore_keys call below will fail. - * - * Since this function is bypassed entirely if we're opening a raw encrypted file, - * we can always attempt the restore. - */ - if (!cpx_has_key(cpkp_cpx(&entry->cp_keys))) { - error = cp_restore_keys(entry, hfsmp, cp); - } - - if (error) { - error = EPERM; - } - - break; - - case PROTECTION_CLASS_D: - default: - break; - } - -out: - -#if HFS_TMPDBG -#if !SECURE_KERNEL - if ((hfsmp->hfs_cp_verbose) && (error == EPERM)) { - cp_log_eperm (vp, CP_CLASS(entry->cp_pclass), false); - } -#endif -#endif - - hfs_unlock(cp); - return error; -} - - -/* - * cp_getrootxattr: - * Gets the EA we set on the root folder (fileid 1) to get information about the - * version of Content Protection that was used to write to this filesystem. - * Note that all multi-byte fields are written to disk little endian so they must be - * converted to native endian-ness as needed. - */ -int -cp_getrootxattr(struct hfsmount* hfsmp, struct cp_root_xattr *outxattr) -{ - void *buf; - - /* - * We allow for an extra 64 bytes to cater for upgrades. This wouldn't - * be necessary if the xattr routines just returned what we asked for. - */ - size_t bufsize = roundup(sizeof(struct cp_root_xattr) + 64, 64); - - int error = 0; - - hfs_assert(outxattr); - - buf = hfs_malloc(bufsize); - - uio_t uio = uio_create(1, 0, UIO_SYSSPACE, UIO_READ); - - uio_addiov(uio, CAST_USER_ADDR_T(buf), bufsize); - - size_t attrsize = bufsize; - - struct vnop_getxattr_args args = { - .a_uio = uio, - .a_name = CONTENT_PROTECTION_XATTR_NAME, - .a_size = &attrsize - }; - - error = hfs_getxattr_internal(NULL, &args, hfsmp, 1); - - uio_free(uio); - - if (error != 0) { - goto out; - } - - if (attrsize < CP_ROOT_XATTR_MIN_LEN) { - error = HFS_EINCONSISTENT; - goto out; - } - - const struct cp_root_xattr *xattr = buf; - - bzero(outxattr, sizeof(*outxattr)); - - /* Now convert the multi-byte fields to native endianness */ - outxattr->major_version = OSSwapLittleToHostInt16(xattr->major_version); - outxattr->minor_version = OSSwapLittleToHostInt16(xattr->minor_version); - outxattr->flags = OSSwapLittleToHostInt64(xattr->flags); - - if (outxattr->major_version >= CP_VERS_5) { - if (attrsize < sizeof(struct cp_root_xattr)) { - error = HFS_EINCONSISTENT; - goto out; - } -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - outxattr->auto_roll_min_version = OSSwapLittleToHostInt32(xattr->auto_roll_min_version); - outxattr->auto_roll_max_version = OSSwapLittleToHostInt32(xattr->auto_roll_max_version); -#endif - } - -out: - hfs_free(buf, bufsize); - return error; -} - -/* - * cp_setrootxattr: - * Sets the EA we set on the root folder (fileid 1) to get information about the - * version of Content Protection that was used to write to this filesystem. - * Note that all multi-byte fields are written to disk little endian so they must be - * converted to little endian as needed. - * - * This will be written to the disk when it detects the EA is not there, or when we need - * to make a modification to the on-disk version that can be done in-place. - */ -int -cp_setrootxattr(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cp_root_xattr *newxattr) -{ - int error = 0; - struct vnop_setxattr_args args; - - args.a_desc = NULL; - args.a_vp = NULL; - args.a_name = CONTENT_PROTECTION_XATTR_NAME; - args.a_uio = NULL; //pass data ptr instead - args.a_options = 0; - args.a_context = NULL; //no context needed, only done from mount. - - const uint64_t flags = newxattr->flags; - - /* Now convert the multi-byte fields to little endian before writing to disk. */ - newxattr->flags = OSSwapHostToLittleInt64(newxattr->flags); - - int xattr_size = sizeof(struct cp_root_xattr); - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - bool upgraded = false; - - if (newxattr->auto_roll_min_version || newxattr->auto_roll_max_version) { - if (newxattr->major_version < CP_VERS_5) { - printf("hfs: upgrading to cp version %u\n", CP_CURRENT_VERS); - - newxattr->major_version = CP_CURRENT_VERS; - newxattr->minor_version = CP_MINOR_VERS; - - upgraded = true; - } - - newxattr->auto_roll_min_version = OSSwapHostToLittleInt32(newxattr->auto_roll_min_version); - newxattr->auto_roll_max_version = OSSwapHostToLittleInt32(newxattr->auto_roll_max_version); - } else if (newxattr->major_version == CP_VERS_4) - xattr_size = offsetof(struct cp_root_xattr, auto_roll_min_version); -#endif - - newxattr->major_version = OSSwapHostToLittleInt16(newxattr->major_version); - newxattr->minor_version = OSSwapHostToLittleInt16(newxattr->minor_version); - - error = hfs_setxattr_internal(NULL, (caddr_t)newxattr, - xattr_size, &args, hfsmp, 1); - - if (!error) { - hfsmp->cproot_flags = flags; -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - if (upgraded) - hfsmp->hfs_running_cp_major_vers = CP_CURRENT_VERS; -#endif - } - - return error; -} - - -/* - * Stores new xattr data on the cnode. - * cnode lock held exclusive (if available). - * - * This function is also invoked during file creation. - */ -int cp_setxattr(struct cnode *cp, struct cprotect *entry, struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - uint32_t fileid, int options) -{ - int error = 0; - cp_key_pair_t *cpkp = &entry->cp_keys; -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - bool rolling = entry->cp_key_roll_ctx != NULL; - - if (rolling && entry->cp_key_roll_ctx->ckr_off_rsrc == INT64_MAX) { - // We've finished rolling, but we still have the context - rolling = false; - cpkp = &entry->cp_key_roll_ctx->ckr_keys; - } -#endif - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return EROFS; - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_running_cp_major_vers < CP_CURRENT_VERS) { - // Upgrade - printf("hfs: upgrading to cp version %u\n", CP_CURRENT_VERS); - - struct cp_root_xattr root_xattr; - - error = cp_getrootxattr(hfsmp, &root_xattr); - if (error) - return error; - - root_xattr.major_version = CP_CURRENT_VERS; - root_xattr.minor_version = CP_MINOR_VERS; - - error = cp_setrootxattr(hfsmp, &root_xattr); - if (error) - return error; - - hfsmp->hfs_running_cp_major_vers = CP_CURRENT_VERS; - } - - struct cp_xattr_v5 *xattr; - xattr = hfs_malloc(sizeof(*xattr)); - - xattr->xattr_major_version = OSSwapHostToLittleConstInt16(CP_VERS_5); - xattr->xattr_minor_version = OSSwapHostToLittleConstInt16(CP_MINOR_VERS); - xattr->flags = 0; -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - if (rolling) - xattr->flags |= CP_XAF_KEY_ROLLING; -#endif - xattr->persistent_class = OSSwapHostToLittleInt32(entry->cp_pclass); - xattr->key_os_version = OSSwapHostToLittleInt32(entry->cp_key_os_version); - xattr->key_revision = OSSwapHostToLittleInt16(entry->cp_key_revision); - - uint16_t key_len = cpkp_pers_key_len(cpkp); - xattr->key_len = OSSwapHostToLittleInt16(key_len); - memcpy(xattr->persistent_key, cpkp_pers_key(cpkp), key_len); - - size_t xattr_len = offsetof(struct cp_xattr_v5, persistent_key) + key_len; - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - if (rolling) { - struct cp_roll_info *roll_info = PTR_ADD(struct cp_roll_info *, xattr, xattr_len); - - roll_info->off_rsrc = OSSwapHostToLittleInt64(entry->cp_key_roll_ctx->ckr_off_rsrc); - - key_len = cpkp_pers_key_len(&entry->cp_key_roll_ctx->ckr_keys); - roll_info->key_len = OSSwapHostToLittleInt16(key_len); - - memcpy(roll_info->key, cpkp_pers_key(&entry->cp_key_roll_ctx->ckr_keys), key_len); - - xattr_len += offsetof(struct cp_roll_info, key) + key_len; - } -#endif - - struct vnop_setxattr_args args = { - .a_vp = cp ? cp->c_vp : NULL, - .a_name = CONTENT_PROTECTION_XATTR_NAME, - .a_options = options, - .a_context = vfs_context_current(), - }; - - error = hfs_setxattr_internal(cp, xattr, xattr_len, &args, hfsmp, fileid); - - hfs_free(xattr, sizeof(*xattr)); - - if (error == 0 ) { - entry->cp_flags &= ~CP_NO_XATTR; - } - - return error; -} - -/* - * Used by an fcntl to query the underlying FS for its content protection version # - */ - -int -cp_get_root_major_vers(vnode_t vp, uint32_t *level) -{ - int err = 0; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = NULL; - struct mount *mp = NULL; - - mp = VTOVFS(vp); - - /* check if it supports content protection */ - if (cp_fs_protected(mp) == 0) { - return ENOTSUP; - } - - hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - /* figure out the level */ - - err = cp_root_major_vers(mp); - - if (err == 0) { - *level = hfsmp->hfs_running_cp_major_vers; - } - /* in error case, cp_root_major_vers will just return EINVAL. Use that */ - - return err; -} - -/* Used by fcntl to query default protection level of FS */ -int cp_get_default_level (struct vnode *vp, uint32_t *level) { - int err = 0; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = NULL; - struct mount *mp = NULL; - - mp = VTOVFS(vp); - - /* check if it supports content protection */ - if (cp_fs_protected(mp) == 0) { - return ENOTSUP; - } - - hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - /* figure out the default */ - - *level = hfsmp->default_cp_class; - return err; -} - -/******************** - * Private Functions - *******************/ - -static int -cp_root_major_vers(mount_t mp) -{ - int err = 0; - struct cp_root_xattr xattr; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = NULL; - - hfsmp = vfs_fsprivate(mp); - err = cp_getrootxattr (hfsmp, &xattr); - - if (err == 0) { - hfsmp->hfs_running_cp_major_vers = xattr.major_version; - } - else { - return EINVAL; - } - - return 0; -} - -static int -cp_vnode_is_eligible(struct vnode *vp) -{ - return !vnode_issystem(vp) && (vnode_isreg(vp) || vnode_isdir(vp)); -} - -#if DEBUG -static const uint32_t cp_magic1 = 0x7b727063; // cpr{ -static const uint32_t cp_magic2 = 0x7270637d; // }cpr -#endif - -struct cprotect * -cp_entry_alloc(cprotect_t old, uint16_t pers_key_len, - uint16_t cached_key_len, cp_key_pair_t **pcpkp) -{ - struct cprotect *cp_entry; - - if (pers_key_len > CP_MAX_WRAPPEDKEYSIZE) - return (NULL); - - size_t size = (sizeof(struct cprotect) - sizeof(cp_key_pair_t) - + cpkp_size(pers_key_len, cached_key_len)); - -#if DEBUG - size += 4; // Extra for magic2 -#endif - - cp_entry = hfs_malloc(size); - - if (old) { - memcpy(cp_entry, old, offsetof(struct cprotect, cp_keys)); - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - // We don't copy the key roll context - cp_entry->cp_key_roll_ctx = NULL; -#endif - } else { - bzero(cp_entry, offsetof(struct cprotect, cp_keys)); - } - -#if DEBUG - cp_entry->cp_magic1 = cp_magic1; - *PTR_ADD(uint32_t *, cp_entry, size - 4) = cp_magic2; -#endif - - cpkp_init(&cp_entry->cp_keys, pers_key_len, cached_key_len); - - /* - * If we've been passed the old entry, then we are in the process of - * rewrapping in which case we need to copy the cached key. This is - * important for class B files when the device is locked because we - * won't be able to unwrap whilst in this state, yet we still need the - * unwrapped key. - */ - if (old) - cpx_copy(cpkp_cpx(&old->cp_keys), cpkp_cpx(&cp_entry->cp_keys)); - - if (pcpkp) - *pcpkp = &cp_entry->cp_keys; - - return cp_entry; -} - -static void -cp_entry_dealloc(__unused hfsmount_t *hfsmp, struct cprotect *entry) -{ -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - hfs_release_key_roll_ctx(hfsmp, entry); -#endif - - cpkp_flush(&entry->cp_keys); - - size_t entry_size = (sizeof(struct cprotect) - sizeof(cp_key_pair_t) - + cpkp_sizex(&entry->cp_keys)); - -#if DEBUG - hfs_assert(entry->cp_magic1 == cp_magic1); - hfs_assert(*PTR_ADD(uint32_t *, entry, (sizeof(struct cprotect) - sizeof(cp_key_pair_t) - + cpkp_sizex(&entry->cp_keys) == cp_magic2))); - - entry_size += 4; // Extra for magic2 -#endif - - hfs_free(entry, entry_size); -} - -static int cp_read_xattr_v4(__unused hfsmount_t *hfsmp, struct cp_xattr_v4 *xattr, - size_t xattr_len, cprotect_t *pcpr, cp_getxattr_options_t options) -{ - /* Endian swap the multi-byte fields into host endianness from L.E. */ - xattr->xattr_major_version = OSSwapLittleToHostInt16(xattr->xattr_major_version); - xattr->xattr_minor_version = OSSwapLittleToHostInt16(xattr->xattr_minor_version); - xattr->key_size = OSSwapLittleToHostInt32(xattr->key_size); - xattr->flags = OSSwapLittleToHostInt32(xattr->flags); - xattr->persistent_class = OSSwapLittleToHostInt32(xattr->persistent_class); - xattr->key_os_version = OSSwapLittleToHostInt32(xattr->key_os_version); - - /* - * Prevent a buffer overflow, and validate the key length obtained from the - * EA. If it's too big, then bail out, because the EA can't be trusted at this - * point. - */ - if (xattr->key_size > CP_MAX_WRAPPEDKEYSIZE) - return HFS_EINCONSISTENT; - - size_t min_len = offsetof(struct cp_xattr_v4, persistent_key) + xattr->key_size; - if (xattr_len < min_len) - return HFS_EINCONSISTENT; - - /* - * Class F files have no backing key; their keylength should be 0, - * though they should have the proper flags set. - * - * A request to instantiate a CP for a class F file should result - * in a bzero'd cp that just says class F, with key_flushed set. - */ - if (CP_CLASS(xattr->persistent_class) == PROTECTION_CLASS_F - || ISSET(xattr->flags, CP_XAF_NEEDS_KEYS)) { - xattr->key_size = 0; - } - - /* set up entry with information from xattr */ - cp_key_pair_t *cpkp; - cprotect_t entry; - - if (ISSET(options, CP_GET_XATTR_BASIC_INFO)) { - /* caller passed in a pre-allocated structure to get the basic info */ - entry = *pcpr; - bzero(entry, offsetof(struct cprotect, cp_keys)); - } - else { - entry = cp_entry_alloc(NULL, xattr->key_size, CP_MAX_CACHEBUFLEN, &cpkp); - } - - entry->cp_pclass = xattr->persistent_class; - entry->cp_key_os_version = xattr->key_os_version; - - - if (!ISSET(options, CP_GET_XATTR_BASIC_INFO)) { - if (xattr->key_size) { - cpkp_set_pers_key_len(cpkp, xattr->key_size); - memcpy(cpkp_pers_key(cpkp), xattr->persistent_key, xattr->key_size); - } - - *pcpr = entry; - } - else if (xattr->key_size) { - SET(entry->cp_flags, CP_HAS_A_KEY); - } - - return 0; -} - -int cp_read_xattr_v5(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, struct cp_xattr_v5 *xattr, - size_t xattr_len, cprotect_t *pcpr, cp_getxattr_options_t options) -{ - if (xattr->xattr_major_version == OSSwapHostToLittleConstInt16(CP_VERS_4)) { - return cp_read_xattr_v4(hfsmp, (struct cp_xattr_v4 *)xattr, xattr_len, pcpr, options); - } - - xattr->xattr_major_version = OSSwapLittleToHostInt16(xattr->xattr_major_version); - - if (xattr->xattr_major_version != CP_VERS_5) { - printf("hfs: cp_getxattr: unsupported xattr version %d\n", - xattr->xattr_major_version); - return ENOTSUP; - } - - size_t min_len = offsetof(struct cp_xattr_v5, persistent_key); - - if (xattr_len < min_len) - return HFS_EINCONSISTENT; - - xattr->xattr_minor_version = OSSwapLittleToHostInt16(xattr->xattr_minor_version); - xattr->flags = OSSwapLittleToHostInt32(xattr->flags); - xattr->persistent_class = OSSwapLittleToHostInt32(xattr->persistent_class); - xattr->key_os_version = OSSwapLittleToHostInt32(xattr->key_os_version); - xattr->key_revision = OSSwapLittleToHostInt16(xattr->key_revision); - xattr->key_len = OSSwapLittleToHostInt16(xattr->key_len); - - uint16_t pers_key_len = xattr->key_len; - - min_len += pers_key_len; - if (xattr_len < min_len) - return HFS_EINCONSISTENT; - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - struct cp_roll_info *roll_info = NULL; - - if (ISSET(xattr->flags, CP_XAF_KEY_ROLLING)) { - roll_info = PTR_ADD(struct cp_roll_info *, xattr, min_len); - - min_len += offsetof(struct cp_roll_info, key); - - if (xattr_len < min_len) - return HFS_EINCONSISTENT; - - roll_info->off_rsrc = OSSwapLittleToHostInt64(roll_info->off_rsrc); - - if (roll_info->off_rsrc % hfsmp->blockSize) - return HFS_EINCONSISTENT; - - roll_info->key_len = OSSwapLittleToHostInt16(roll_info->key_len); - - min_len += roll_info->key_len; - if (xattr_len < min_len) - return HFS_EINCONSISTENT; - } -#endif - - cp_key_pair_t *cpkp; - cprotect_t entry; - - /* - * If option CP_GET_XATTR_BASIC_INFO is set, we only return basic - * information about the file's protection (and not the key) and - * we store the result in the structure the caller passed to us. - */ - if (ISSET(options, CP_GET_XATTR_BASIC_INFO)) { - entry = *pcpr; - bzero(entry, offsetof(struct cprotect, cp_keys)); -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - if (ISSET(xattr->flags, CP_XAF_KEY_ROLLING)) { - SET(entry->cp_flags, CP_KEY_IS_ROLLING); - } -#endif - } else { - entry = cp_entry_alloc(NULL, xattr->key_len, CP_MAX_CACHEBUFLEN, &cpkp); - } - - entry->cp_pclass = xattr->persistent_class; - entry->cp_key_os_version = xattr->key_os_version; - entry->cp_key_revision = xattr->key_revision; - - if (!ISSET(options, CP_GET_XATTR_BASIC_INFO)) { - if (xattr->key_len) { - cpkp_set_pers_key_len(cpkp, xattr->key_len); - memcpy(cpkp_pers_key(cpkp), xattr->persistent_key, xattr->key_len); - } - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - if (roll_info) { - entry->cp_key_roll_ctx = hfs_key_roll_ctx_alloc(NULL, roll_info->key_len, - CP_MAX_CACHEBUFLEN, &cpkp); - - entry->cp_key_roll_ctx->ckr_off_rsrc = roll_info->off_rsrc; - - if (roll_info->key_len) { - cpkp_set_pers_key_len(cpkp, roll_info->key_len); - memcpy(cpkp_pers_key(cpkp), roll_info->key, roll_info->key_len); - } - } -#endif - - *pcpr = entry; - } - else if (xattr->key_len) { - SET(entry->cp_flags, CP_HAS_A_KEY); - } - - return 0; -} - -/* - * Initializes a new cprotect entry with xattr data from the cnode. - * cnode lock held shared - */ -static int -cp_getxattr(struct cnode *cp, struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cprotect_t *outentry) -{ - size_t xattr_len; - struct cp_xattr_v5 *xattr; - - xattr = hfs_malloc(xattr_len = sizeof(*xattr)); - - int error = hfs_xattr_read(cp->c_vp, CONTENT_PROTECTION_XATTR_NAME, - xattr, &xattr_len); - - if (!error) { - if (xattr_len < CP_XATTR_MIN_LEN) - error = HFS_EINCONSISTENT; - else - error = cp_read_xattr_v5(hfsmp, xattr, xattr_len, outentry, 0); - } - -#if DEBUG - if (error && error != ENOATTR) { - printf("cp_getxattr: bad cp xattr (%d):\n", error); - for (size_t i = 0; i < xattr_len; ++i) - printf("%02x ", ((uint8_t *)xattr)[i]); - printf("\n"); - } -#endif - - hfs_free(xattr, sizeof(*xattr)); - - return error; -} - -/* - * If permitted, restore entry's unwrapped key from the persistent key. - * If not, clear key and set CP_KEY_FLUSHED. - * cnode lock held exclusive - */ -static int -cp_restore_keys(struct cprotect *entry, struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *cp) -{ - int error = 0; - - error = cp_unwrap(hfsmp, entry, cp); - if (error) { - cp_flush_cached_keys(entry); - error = EPERM; - } - return error; -} - -void cp_device_locked_callback(mount_t mp, cp_lock_state_t state) -{ - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - - /* - * When iterating the various mount points that may - * be present on a content-protected device, we need to skip - * those that do not have it enabled. - */ - if (!cp_fs_protected(mp)) { - return; - } - - hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - - hfsmp->hfs_cp_lock_state = state; - - if (state == CP_LOCKED_STATE) { - /* - * We respond only to lock events. Since cprotect structs - * decrypt/restore keys lazily, the unlock events don't - * actually cause anything to happen. - */ - vnode_iterate(mp, 0, cp_lock_vnode_callback, (void *)(uintptr_t)state); - } -} - -/* - * Deny access to protected files if keys have been locked. - */ -static int -cp_check_access(struct cnode *cp, struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int vnop __unused) -{ - int error = 0; - - /* - * For now it's OK to examine the state variable here without - * holding the HFS lock. This is only a short-circuit; if the state - * transitions (or is in transition) after we examine this field, we'd - * have to handle that anyway. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_cp_lock_state == CP_UNLOCKED_STATE) { - return 0; - } - - if (!cp->c_cpentry) { - /* unprotected node */ - return 0; - } - - if (!S_ISREG(cp->c_mode)) { - return 0; - } - - /* Deny all access for class A files */ - switch (CP_CLASS(cp->c_cpentry->cp_pclass)) { - case PROTECTION_CLASS_A: { - error = EPERM; - break; - } - default: - error = 0; - break; - } - - return error; -} - -/* - * Respond to a lock or unlock event. - * On lock: clear out keys from memory, then flush file contents. - * On unlock: nothing (function not called). - */ -static int -cp_lock_vnode_callback(struct vnode *vp, void *arg) -{ - cnode_t *cp = NULL; - struct cprotect *entry = NULL; - int error = 0; - int locked = 1; - unsigned long action = 0; - int took_truncate_lock = 0; - - error = vnode_getwithref (vp); - if (error) { - return error; - } - - cp = VTOC(vp); - - /* - * When cleaning cnodes due to a lock event, we must - * take the truncate lock AND the cnode lock. By taking - * the truncate lock here, we force (nearly) all pending IOs - * to drain before we can acquire the truncate lock. All HFS cluster - * io calls except for swapfile IO need to acquire the truncate lock - * prior to calling into the cluster layer. - */ - hfs_lock_truncate (cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - took_truncate_lock = 1; - - hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - - entry = cp->c_cpentry; - if (!entry) { - /* unprotected vnode: not a regular file */ - goto out; - } - - action = (unsigned long) arg; - switch (action) { - case CP_LOCKED_STATE: { - vfs_context_t ctx; - if (CP_CLASS(entry->cp_pclass) != PROTECTION_CLASS_A || - vnode_isdir(vp)) { - /* - * There is no change at lock for other classes than A. - * B is kept in memory for writing, and class F (for VM) does - * not have a wrapped key, so there is no work needed for - * wrapping/unwrapping. - * - * Note that 'class F' is relevant here because if - * hfs_vnop_strategy does not take the cnode lock - * to protect the cp blob across IO operations, we rely - * implicitly on the truncate lock to be held when doing IO. - * The only case where the truncate lock is not held is during - * swapfile IO because HFS just funnels the VNOP_PAGEOUT - * directly to cluster_pageout. - */ - goto out; - } - - /* Before doing anything else, zero-fill sparse ranges as needed */ - ctx = vfs_context_current(); - (void) hfs_filedone (vp, ctx, 0); - - /* first, sync back dirty pages */ - hfs_unlock (cp); - ubc_msync (vp, 0, ubc_getsize(vp), NULL, UBC_PUSHALL | UBC_INVALIDATE | UBC_SYNC); - hfs_lock (cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - - /* flush keys: - * There was a concern here(9206856) about flushing keys before nand layer is done using them. - * But since we are using ubc_msync with UBC_SYNC, it blocks until all IO is completed. - * Once IOFS caches or is done with these keys, it calls the completion routine in IOSF. - * Which in turn calls buf_biodone() and eventually unblocks ubc_msync() - * Also verified that the cached data in IOFS is overwritten by other data, and there - * is no key leakage in that layer. - */ - - cp_flush_cached_keys(entry); - - /* some write may have arrived in the mean time. dump those pages */ - hfs_unlock(cp); - locked = 0; - - ubc_msync (vp, 0, ubc_getsize(vp), NULL, UBC_INVALIDATE | UBC_SYNC); - break; - } - case CP_UNLOCKED_STATE: { - /* no-op */ - break; - } - default: - panic("Content Protection: unknown lock action %lu\n", action); - } - -out: - if (locked) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - } - - if (took_truncate_lock) { - hfs_unlock_truncate (cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - } - - vnode_put (vp); - return error; -} - - -/* - * cp_rewrap: - * - * Generate a new wrapped key based on the existing cache key. - */ - -int -cp_rewrap(struct cnode *cp, __unused hfsmount_t *hfsmp, - cp_key_class_t *newclass, cp_key_pair_t *cpkp, const void *old_holder, - cp_new_alloc_fn alloc_fn, void **pholder) -{ - struct cprotect *entry = cp->c_cpentry; - - uint8_t new_persistent_key[CP_MAX_WRAPPEDKEYSIZE]; - unsigned keylen = CP_MAX_WRAPPEDKEYSIZE; - int error = 0; - const cp_key_class_t key_class = CP_CLASS(*newclass); - - /* Structures passed between HFS and AKS */ - struct aks_cred_s access_in; - struct aks_wrapped_key_s wrapped_key_in; - struct aks_wrapped_key_s wrapped_key_out; - - /* - * PROTECTION_CLASS_F is in-use by VM swapfile; it represents a transient - * key that is only good as long as the file is open. There is no - * wrapped key, so there isn't anything to wrap. - */ - if (key_class == PROTECTION_CLASS_F) { - return EINVAL; - } - - cp_init_access(&access_in, cp); - - bzero(&wrapped_key_in, sizeof(wrapped_key_in)); - wrapped_key_in.key = cpkp_pers_key(cpkp); - wrapped_key_in.key_len = cpkp_pers_key_len(cpkp); - /* Use the persistent class when talking to AKS */ - wrapped_key_in.dp_class = entry->cp_pclass; - - bzero(&wrapped_key_out, sizeof(wrapped_key_out)); - wrapped_key_out.key = new_persistent_key; - wrapped_key_out.key_len = keylen; - - /* - * inode is passed here to find the backup bag wrapped blob - * from userspace. This lookup will occur shortly after creation - * and only if the file still exists. Beyond this lookup the - * inode is not used. Technically there is a race, we practically - * don't lose. - */ - error = hfs_rewrap_key(&access_in, - key_class, /* new class */ - &wrapped_key_in, - &wrapped_key_out); - - keylen = wrapped_key_out.key_len; - - if (error == 0) { - /* - * Verify that AKS returned to us a wrapped key of the - * target class requested. - */ - /* Get the effective class here */ - cp_key_class_t effective = CP_CLASS(wrapped_key_out.dp_class); - if (effective != key_class) { - /* - * Fail the operation if defaults or some other enforcement - * dictated that the class be wrapped differently. - */ - - /* TODO: Invalidate the key when 12170074 unblocked */ - return EPERM; - } - - /* Allocate a new cpentry */ - cp_key_pair_t *new_cpkp; - *pholder = alloc_fn(old_holder, keylen, CP_MAX_CACHEBUFLEN, &new_cpkp); - - /* copy the new key into the entry */ - cpkp_set_pers_key_len(new_cpkp, keylen); - memcpy(cpkp_pers_key(new_cpkp), new_persistent_key, keylen); - - /* Actually record/store what AKS reported back, not the effective class stored in newclass */ - *newclass = wrapped_key_out.dp_class; - } - else { - error = EPERM; - } - - return error; -} - -static int cpkp_unwrap(cnode_t *cp, cp_key_class_t key_class, cp_key_pair_t *cpkp) -{ - int error = 0; - uint8_t iv_key[CP_IV_KEYSIZE]; - cpx_t cpx = cpkp_cpx(cpkp); - - /* Structures passed between HFS and AKS */ - struct aks_cred_s access_in; - struct aks_wrapped_key_s wrapped_key_in; - struct aks_raw_key_s key_out; - - cp_init_access(&access_in, cp); - - bzero(&wrapped_key_in, sizeof(wrapped_key_in)); - wrapped_key_in.key = cpkp_pers_key(cpkp); - wrapped_key_in.key_len = cpkp_max_pers_key_len(cpkp); - /* Use the persistent class when talking to AKS */ - wrapped_key_in.dp_class = key_class; - - bzero(&key_out, sizeof(key_out)); - key_out.iv_key = iv_key; - key_out.key = cpx_key(cpx); - /* - * The unwrapper should validate/set the key length for - * the IV key length and the cache key length, however we need - * to supply the correct buffer length so that AKS knows how - * many bytes it has to work with. - */ - key_out.iv_key_len = CP_IV_KEYSIZE; - key_out.key_len = cpx_max_key_len(cpx); - - error = hfs_unwrap_key(&access_in, &wrapped_key_in, &key_out); - if (!error) { - if (key_out.key_len == 0 || key_out.key_len > CP_MAX_CACHEBUFLEN) { - panic ("cp_unwrap: invalid key length! (%ul)\n", key_out.key_len); - } - - if (key_out.iv_key_len != CP_IV_KEYSIZE) - panic ("cp_unwrap: invalid iv key length! (%ul)\n", key_out.iv_key_len); - - cpx_set_key_len(cpx, key_out.key_len); - - cpx_set_aes_iv_key(cpx, iv_key); - cpx_set_is_sep_wrapped_key(cpx, ISSET(key_out.flags, AKS_RAW_KEY_WRAPPEDKEY)); - } else { - error = EPERM; - } - - return error; -} - -static int -cp_unwrap(__unused struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cprotect *entry, struct cnode *cp) -{ - /* - * PROTECTION_CLASS_F is in-use by VM swapfile; it represents a transient - * key that is only good as long as the file is open. There is no - * wrapped key, so there isn't anything to unwrap. - */ - if (CP_CLASS(entry->cp_pclass) == PROTECTION_CLASS_F) { - return EPERM; - } - - int error = cpkp_unwrap(cp, entry->cp_pclass, &entry->cp_keys); - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - if (!error && entry->cp_key_roll_ctx) { - error = cpkp_unwrap(cp, entry->cp_pclass, &entry->cp_key_roll_ctx->ckr_keys); - if (error) - cpx_flush(cpkp_cpx(&entry->cp_keys)); - } -#endif - - return error; -} - -/* - * cp_generate_keys - * - * Take a cnode that has already been initialized and establish persistent and - * cache keys for it at this time. Note that at the time this is called, the - * directory entry has already been created and we are holding the cnode lock - * on 'cp'. - * - */ -int cp_generate_keys (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *cp, cp_key_class_t targetclass, - uint32_t keyflags, struct cprotect **newentry) -{ - - int error = 0; - struct cprotect *newcp = NULL; - *newentry = NULL; - - /* Target class must be an effective class only */ - targetclass = CP_CLASS(targetclass); - - /* Validate that it has a cprotect already */ - if (cp->c_cpentry == NULL) { - /* We can't do anything if it shouldn't be protected. */ - return 0; - } - - /* Asserts for the underlying cprotect */ - if (cp->c_cpentry->cp_flags & CP_NO_XATTR) { - /* should already have an xattr by this point. */ - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - - if (S_ISREG(cp->c_mode)) { - if (!cp_needs_pers_key(cp->c_cpentry)) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - } - - cp_key_revision_t key_revision = cp_initial_key_revision(hfsmp); - - error = cp_new (&targetclass, hfsmp, cp, cp->c_mode, keyflags, key_revision, - (cp_new_alloc_fn)cp_entry_alloc, (void **)&newcp); - if (error) { - /* - * Key generation failed. This is not necessarily fatal - * since the device could have transitioned into the lock - * state before we called this. - */ - error = EPERM; - goto out; - } - - newcp->cp_pclass = targetclass; - newcp->cp_key_os_version = cp_os_version(); - newcp->cp_key_revision = key_revision; - - /* - * If we got here, then we have a new cprotect. - * Attempt to write the new one out. - */ - error = cp_setxattr (cp, newcp, hfsmp, cp->c_fileid, XATTR_REPLACE); - - if (error) { - /* Tear down the new cprotect; Tell MKB that it's invalid. Bail out */ - /* TODO: rdar://12170074 needs to be fixed before we can tell MKB */ - if (newcp) { - cp_entry_destroy(hfsmp, newcp); - } - goto out; - } - - /* - * If we get here then we can assert that: - * 1) generated wrapped/unwrapped keys. - * 2) wrote the new keys to disk. - * 3) cprotect is ready to go. - */ - - *newentry = newcp; - -out: - return error; - -} - -void cp_replace_entry (hfsmount_t *hfsmp, struct cnode *cp, struct cprotect *newentry) -{ - if (cp->c_cpentry) { -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - // Transfer the tentative reservation - if (cp->c_cpentry->cp_key_roll_ctx && newentry->cp_key_roll_ctx) { - newentry->cp_key_roll_ctx->ckr_tentative_reservation - = cp->c_cpentry->cp_key_roll_ctx->ckr_tentative_reservation; - - cp->c_cpentry->cp_key_roll_ctx->ckr_tentative_reservation = NULL; - } -#endif - - cp_entry_destroy (hfsmp, cp->c_cpentry); - } - cp->c_cpentry = newentry; - newentry->cp_backing_cnode = cp; - - return; -} - - -/* - * cp_new - * - * Given a double-pointer to a cprotect, generate keys (either in-kernel or from keystore), - * allocate a cprotect, and vend it back to the caller. - * - * Additionally, decide if keys are even needed -- directories get cprotect data structures - * but they do not have keys. - * - */ - -int -cp_new(cp_key_class_t *newclass_eff, __unused struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *cp, - mode_t cmode, int32_t keyflags, cp_key_revision_t key_revision, - cp_new_alloc_fn alloc_fn, void **pholder) -{ - int error = 0; - uint8_t new_key[CP_MAX_CACHEBUFLEN]; - unsigned new_key_len = CP_MAX_CACHEBUFLEN; /* AKS tell us the proper key length, how much of this is used */ - uint8_t new_persistent_key[CP_MAX_WRAPPEDKEYSIZE]; - unsigned new_persistent_len = CP_MAX_WRAPPEDKEYSIZE; - uint8_t iv_key[CP_IV_KEYSIZE]; - unsigned iv_key_len = CP_IV_KEYSIZE; - int iswrapped = 0; - cp_key_class_t key_class = CP_CLASS(*newclass_eff); - - /* Structures passed between HFS and AKS */ - struct aks_cred_s access_in; - struct aks_wrapped_key_s wrapped_key_out; - struct aks_raw_key_s key_out; - - /* Sanity check that it's a file or directory here */ - if (!(S_ISREG(cmode)) && !(S_ISDIR(cmode))) { - return EPERM; - } - - /* - * Step 1: Generate Keys if needed. - * - * For class F files, the kernel provides the key. - * PROTECTION_CLASS_F is in-use by VM swapfile; it represents a transient - * key that is only good as long as the file is open. There is no - * wrapped key, so there isn't anything to wrap. - * - * For class A->D files, the key store provides the key - * - * For Directories, we only give them a class ; no keys. - */ - if (S_ISDIR (cmode)) { - /* Directories */ - new_persistent_len = 0; - new_key_len = 0; - - error = 0; - } - else { - /* Must be a file */ - if (key_class == PROTECTION_CLASS_F) { - /* class F files are not wrapped; they can still use the max key size */ - new_key_len = CP_MAX_KEYSIZE; - read_random (&new_key[0], new_key_len); - new_persistent_len = 0; - - error = 0; - } - else { - /* - * The keystore is provided the file ID so that it can associate - * the wrapped backup blob with this key from userspace. This - * lookup occurs after successful file creation. Beyond this, the - * file ID is not used. Note that there is a potential race here if - * the file ID is re-used. - */ - cp_init_access(&access_in, cp); - - bzero(&key_out, sizeof(key_out)); - key_out.key = new_key; - key_out.iv_key = iv_key; - /* - * AKS will override our key length fields, but we need to supply - * the length of the buffer in those length fields so that - * AKS knows hoa many bytes it has to work with. - */ - key_out.key_len = new_key_len; - key_out.iv_key_len = iv_key_len; - - bzero(&wrapped_key_out, sizeof(wrapped_key_out)); - wrapped_key_out.key = new_persistent_key; - wrapped_key_out.key_len = new_persistent_len; - - access_in.key_revision = key_revision; - - error = hfs_new_key(&access_in, - key_class, - &key_out, - &wrapped_key_out); - - if (error) { - /* keybag returned failure */ - error = EPERM; - goto cpnew_fail; - } - - /* Now sanity-check the output from new_key */ - if (key_out.key_len == 0 || key_out.key_len > CP_MAX_CACHEBUFLEN) { - panic ("cp_new: invalid key length! (%ul) \n", key_out.key_len); - } - - if (key_out.iv_key_len != CP_IV_KEYSIZE) { - panic ("cp_new: invalid iv key length! (%ul) \n", key_out.iv_key_len); - } - - /* - * AKS is allowed to override our preferences and wrap with a - * different class key for policy reasons. If we were told that - * any class other than the one specified is unacceptable then error out - * if that occurred. Check that the effective class returned by - * AKS is the same as our effective new class - */ - if (CP_CLASS(wrapped_key_out.dp_class) != key_class) { - if (!ISSET(keyflags, CP_KEYWRAP_DIFFCLASS)) { - error = EPERM; - /* TODO: When 12170074 fixed, release/invalidate the key! */ - goto cpnew_fail; - } - } - - *newclass_eff = wrapped_key_out.dp_class; - new_key_len = key_out.key_len; - iv_key_len = key_out.iv_key_len; - new_persistent_len = wrapped_key_out.key_len; - - /* Is the key a SEP wrapped key? */ - if (key_out.flags & AKS_RAW_KEY_WRAPPEDKEY) { - iswrapped = 1; - } - } - } - - /* - * Step 2: allocate cprotect and initialize it. - */ - - cp_key_pair_t *cpkp; - *pholder = alloc_fn(NULL, new_persistent_len, new_key_len, &cpkp); - if (*pholder == NULL) { - return ENOMEM; - } - - /* Copy the cache key & IV keys into place if needed. */ - if (new_key_len > 0) { - cpx_t cpx = cpkp_cpx(cpkp); - - cpx_set_key_len(cpx, new_key_len); - memcpy(cpx_key(cpx), new_key, new_key_len); - - /* Initialize the IV key */ - if (key_class != PROTECTION_CLASS_F) - cpx_set_aes_iv_key(cpx, iv_key); - - cpx_set_is_sep_wrapped_key(cpx, iswrapped); - } - if (new_persistent_len > 0) { - cpkp_set_pers_key_len(cpkp, new_persistent_len); - memcpy(cpkp_pers_key(cpkp), new_persistent_key, new_persistent_len); - } - -cpnew_fail: - -#if HFS_TMPDBG -#if !SECURE_KERNEL - if ((hfsmp->hfs_cp_verbose) && (error == EPERM)) { - /* Only introspect the data fork */ - cp_log_eperm (cp->c_vp, *newclass_eff, true); - } -#endif -#endif - - return error; -} - - -/* Initialize the aks_cred_t structure passed to AKS */ -static void cp_init_access(aks_cred_t access, struct cnode *cp) -{ - vfs_context_t context = vfs_context_current(); - kauth_cred_t cred = vfs_context_ucred(context); - proc_t proc = vfs_context_proc(context); - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - struct vnode *vp; - uuid_t hfs_uuid; - - bzero(access, sizeof(*access)); - - vp = CTOV(cp, 0); - if (vp == NULL) { - /* is it a rsrc */ - vp = CTOV(cp,1); - if (vp == NULL) { - //leave the struct bzeroed. - return; - } - } - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - hfs_getvoluuid(hfsmp, hfs_uuid); - - /* Note: HFS uses 32-bit fileID, even though inode is a 64-bit value */ - access->inode = cp->c_fileid; - access->pid = proc_pid(proc); - access->uid = kauth_cred_getuid(cred); - uuid_copy (access->volume_uuid, hfs_uuid); - - if (cp->c_cpentry) - access->key_revision = cp->c_cpentry->cp_key_revision; - - return; -} - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - -errno_t cp_set_auto_roll(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, - const hfs_key_auto_roll_args_t *args) -{ - // 64 bytes should be OK on the stack - _Static_assert(sizeof(struct cp_root_xattr) < 64, "cp_root_xattr too big!"); - - struct cp_root_xattr xattr; - errno_t ret; - - ret = cp_getrootxattr(hfsmp, &xattr); - if (ret) - return ret; - - ret = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp); - if (ret) - return ret; - - xattr.auto_roll_min_version = args->min_key_os_version; - xattr.auto_roll_max_version = args->max_key_os_version; - - bool roll_old_class_gen = ISSET(args->flags, HFS_KEY_AUTO_ROLL_OLD_CLASS_GENERATION); - - if (roll_old_class_gen) - SET(xattr.flags, CP_ROOT_AUTO_ROLL_OLD_CLASS_GENERATION); - else - CLR(xattr.flags, CP_ROOT_AUTO_ROLL_OLD_CLASS_GENERATION); - - ret = cp_setrootxattr(hfsmp, &xattr); - - errno_t ret2 = hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - if (!ret) - ret = ret2; - - if (ret) - return ret; - - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - hfsmp->hfs_auto_roll_min_key_os_version = args->min_key_os_version; - hfsmp->hfs_auto_roll_max_key_os_version = args->max_key_os_version; - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - return ret; -} - -bool cp_should_auto_roll(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, cprotect_t cpr) -{ - if (cpr->cp_key_roll_ctx) { - // Already rolling - return false; - } - - // Only automatically roll class A, B & C - if (CP_CLASS(cpr->cp_pclass) < PROTECTION_CLASS_A - || CP_CLASS(cpr->cp_pclass) > PROTECTION_CLASS_C) { - return false; - } - - if (!cpkp_has_pers_key(&cpr->cp_keys)) - return false; - - /* - * Remember, the class generation stored in HFS+ is updated at the *end*, - * so it's old if it matches the generation we have stored. - */ - if (ISSET(hfsmp->cproot_flags, CP_ROOT_AUTO_ROLL_OLD_CLASS_GENERATION) - && cp_get_crypto_generation(cpr->cp_pclass) == hfsmp->cp_crypto_generation) { - return true; - } - - if (!hfsmp->hfs_auto_roll_min_key_os_version - && !hfsmp->hfs_auto_roll_max_key_os_version) { - // No minimum or maximum set - return false; - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_auto_roll_min_key_os_version - && cpr->cp_key_os_version < hfsmp->hfs_auto_roll_min_key_os_version) { - // Before minimum - return false; - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_auto_roll_max_key_os_version - && cpr->cp_key_os_version >= hfsmp->hfs_auto_roll_max_key_os_version) { - // Greater than maximum - return false; - } - - return true; -} - -#endif // HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - -errno_t cp_handle_strategy(buf_t bp) -{ - vnode_t vp = buf_vnode(bp); - cnode_t *cp = NULL; - - if (bufattr_rawencrypted(buf_attr(bp)) - || !(cp = cp_get_protected_cnode(vp)) - || !cp->c_cpentry) { - // Nothing to do - return 0; - } - - /* - * For filesystem resize, we may not have access to the underlying - * file's cache key for whatever reason (device may be locked). - * However, we do not need it since we are going to use the - * temporary HFS-wide resize key which is generated once we start - * relocating file content. If this file's I/O should be done - * using the resize key, it will have been supplied already, so do - * not attach the file's cp blob to the buffer. - */ - if (ISSET(cp->c_cpentry->cp_flags, CP_RELOCATION_INFLIGHT)) - return 0; - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - /* - * We don't require any locks here. Pages will be locked so no - * key rolling can take place until this I/O has completed. - */ - if (!cp->c_cpentry->cp_key_roll_ctx) -#endif - { - // Fast path - cpx_t cpx = cpkp_cpx(&cp->c_cpentry->cp_keys); - - if (cpx_has_key(cpx)) { - bufattr_setcpx(buf_attr(bp), cpx); - return 0; - } - } - - /* - * We rely mostly (see note below) upon the truncate lock to - * protect the CP cache key from getting tossed prior to our IO - * finishing here. Nearly all cluster io calls to manipulate file - * payload from HFS take the truncate lock before calling into the - * cluster layer to ensure the file size does not change, or that - * they have exclusive right to change the EOF of the file. That - * same guarantee protects us here since the code that deals with - * CP lock events must now take the truncate lock before doing - * anything. - * - * If you want to change content protection structures, then the - * truncate lock is not sufficient; you must take the truncate - * lock and then wait for outstanding writes to complete. This is - * necessary because asynchronous I/O only holds the truncate lock - * whilst I/O is being queued. - * - * One exception should be the VM swapfile IO, because HFS will - * funnel the VNOP_PAGEOUT directly into a cluster_pageout call - * for the swapfile code only without holding the truncate lock. - * This is because individual swapfiles are maintained at - * fixed-length sizes by the VM code. In non-swapfile IO we use - * PAGEOUT_V2 semantics which allow us to create our own UPL and - * thus take the truncate lock before calling into the cluster - * layer. In that case, however, we are not concerned with the CP - * blob being wiped out in the middle of the IO because there - * isn't anything to toss; the VM swapfile key stays in-core as - * long as the file is open. - */ - - off_rsrc_t off_rsrc = off_rsrc_make(buf_lblkno(bp) * GetLogicalBlockSize(vp), - VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)); - cp_io_params_t io_params; - - - /* - * We want to take the cnode lock here and because the vnode write - * count is a pseudo-lock, we need to do something to preserve - * lock ordering; the cnode lock comes before the write count. - * Ideally, the write count would be incremented after the - * strategy routine returns, but that becomes complicated if the - * strategy routine where to call buf_iodone before returning. - * For now, we drop the write count here and then pick it up again - * later. - */ - if (!ISSET(buf_flags(bp), B_READ) && !ISSET(buf_flags(bp), B_RAW)) - vnode_writedone(vp); - - hfs_lock_always(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - cp_io_params(VTOHFS(vp), cp->c_cpentry, off_rsrc, - ISSET(buf_flags(bp), B_READ) ? VNODE_READ : VNODE_WRITE, - &io_params); - hfs_unlock(cp); - - /* - * Last chance: If this data protected I/O does not have unwrapped - * keys present, then try to get them. We already know that it - * should, by this point. - */ - if (!cpx_has_key(io_params.cpx)) { - int io_op = ( (buf_flags(bp) & B_READ) ? CP_READ_ACCESS : CP_WRITE_ACCESS); - errno_t error = cp_handle_vnop(vp, io_op, 0); - if (error) { - /* - * We have to be careful here. By this point in the I/O - * path, VM or the cluster engine has prepared a buf_t - * with the proper file offsets and all the rest, so - * simply erroring out will result in us leaking this - * particular buf_t. We need to properly decorate the - * buf_t just as buf_strategy would so as to make it - * appear that the I/O errored out with the particular - * error code. - */ - if (!ISSET(buf_flags(bp), B_READ) && !ISSET(buf_flags(bp), B_RAW)) - vnode_startwrite(vp); - buf_seterror (bp, error); - buf_biodone(bp); - return error; - } - - hfs_lock_always(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - cp_io_params(VTOHFS(vp), cp->c_cpentry, off_rsrc, - ISSET(buf_flags(bp), B_READ) ? VNODE_READ : VNODE_WRITE, - &io_params); - hfs_unlock(cp); - } - - hfs_assert(buf_count(bp) <= io_params.max_len); - bufattr_setcpx(buf_attr(bp), io_params.cpx); - - if (!ISSET(buf_flags(bp), B_READ) && !ISSET(buf_flags(bp), B_RAW)) - vnode_startwrite(vp); - - return 0; -} - -#endif /* CONFIG_PROTECT */ diff --git a/core/hfs_cprotect.h b/core/hfs_cprotect.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1b409e8..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_cprotect.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,424 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2009-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#ifndef HFS_CPROTECT_H_ -#define HFS_CPROTECT_H_ - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - -#include - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_fsctl.h" - -__BEGIN_DECLS - -#define CP_IV_KEYSIZE 16 /* 16x8 = 128 */ -#define CP_MAX_KEYSIZE 32 /* 8x4 = 32, 32x8 = 256 */ -#define CP_MAX_CACHEBUFLEN 64 /* Maximum size of cp cache buffer/array */ - -#define CP_INITIAL_WRAPPEDKEYSIZE 40 -#define CP_V2_WRAPPEDKEYSIZE 40 /* Size of the wrapped key in a v2 EA */ -#define CP_V4_RESERVEDBYTES 16 /* Number of reserved bytes in EA still present */ - -#define CP_LOCKED_KEYCHAIN 0 -#define CP_UNLOCKED_KEYCHAIN 1 - -#define CONTENT_PROTECTION_XATTR_NAME "com.apple.system.cprotect" -#define CONTENT_PROTECTION_XATTR_NAME_CHARS \ - { 'c', 'o', 'm', '.', 'a', 'p', 'p', 'l', 'e', \ - '.', 's', 'y', 's', 't', 'e', 'm', \ - '.', 'c', 'p', 'r', 'o', 't', 'e', 'c', 't' } -#define CP_CURRENT_VERS CP_VERS_5 -#define CP_VERS_5 5 // iOS 8.1 -#define CP_VERS_4 4 // iOS 5 -#define CP_VERS_2 2 // iOS 4 -#define CP_MINOR_VERS 0 - -/* the class occupies the lowest 5 bits, so there are 32 values (0-31) */ -#define CP_EFFECTIVE_CLASSMASK 0x0000001f - -/* macros for quick access/typing to mask out the classmask */ -#define CP_CLASS(x) ((cp_key_class_t)(CP_EFFECTIVE_CLASSMASK & (x))) - -#define CP_CRYPTO_G1 0x00000020 - -typedef struct cp_xattr *cp_xattr_t; -typedef struct cnode * cnode_ptr_t; -//forward declare the struct. -struct hfsmount; - -/* - * Flags for Key Generation Behavior - * - * These are passed to cp_generate_keys() and cp_new() in the - * flags arguments - */ -#define CP_KEYWRAP_DIFFCLASS 0x00000001 /* wrapping with a different class bag is OK */ - -/* - * off_rsrc_t: this structure represents an offset and whether or not it's - * the resource fork. It's done this way so that we can easily do comparisons - * i.e. - * - * { 0, data-fork } < { 100, rsrc-fork } - */ - -enum { - OFF_RSRC_BIT = 0x4000000000000000, -}; - -typedef int64_t off_rsrc_t; - -static inline bool off_rsrc_is_rsrc(off_rsrc_t off_rsrc) -{ - return off_rsrc & OFF_RSRC_BIT; -} - -static inline off_t off_rsrc_get_off(off_rsrc_t off_rsrc) -{ - return off_rsrc & (OFF_RSRC_BIT - 1); -} - -static inline off_rsrc_t off_rsrc_make(off_t offset, bool is_rsrc) -{ - return offset | (is_rsrc ? OFF_RSRC_BIT : 0); -} - -// -- struct cp_key_pair -- - -/* - * This structure maintains the pair of keys; the persistent, wrapped key that - * is written to disk, and the unwrapped key (cpx_t) that we pass to lower - * layers. - */ - -typedef struct cp_key_pair { - uint16_t cpkp_max_pers_key_len; - uint16_t cpkp_pers_key_len; - uint8_t cpkp_cpx[]; - - // cpkp_cpx is variable length so the location of the persistent key varies - // uint8_t cpkp_persistent_key[]; -} cp_key_pair_t; - -// -- struct cprotect -- - -/* - * Runtime-only structure containing the content protection status for - * the given file. This is referenced by the cnode. It has the - * variable length key pair at the end. - */ - -typedef uint32_t cp_flags_t; -enum { - CP_NO_XATTR = 0x01, /* Key info has not been saved as EA to the FS */ - CP_RELOCATION_INFLIGHT = 0x02, /* File with offset IVs is in the process of being relocated. */ - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - // These flags are only set if you ask for basic info from read_xattr_v5 - CP_KEY_IS_ROLLING = 0x04, /* File is in the middle of key rolling */ -#endif - CP_HAS_A_KEY = 0x08, /* File has a non-zero length key */ -}; - -typedef struct cprotect { -#if DEBUG - uint32_t cp_magic1; -#endif - cp_flags_t cp_flags; - cp_key_class_t cp_pclass; /* persistent class stored on-disk */ - void* cp_backing_cnode; - cp_key_os_version_t cp_key_os_version; - cp_key_revision_t cp_key_revision; - uint16_t cp_raw_open_count; -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - struct hfs_cp_key_roll_ctx *cp_key_roll_ctx; -#endif - cp_key_pair_t cp_keys; // Variable length -} *cprotect_t; - -// -- On-Disk Structures -- - -typedef uint32_t cp_xattr_flags_t; -enum { - /* - * Be careful about using flags 0x02 to 0x20. Older code used to write - * flags that were used for in-memory purposes to disk and therefore - * they might be used in V4 structures. Here's what they were: - * - * CP_KEY_FLUSHED 0x02 Should never have made it to disk - * CP_NO_XATTR 0x04 Should never have made it to disk - * CP_OFF_IV_ENABLED 0x08 Probably made it to disk - * CP_RELOCATION_INFLIGHT 0x10 Should never have made it to disk - * CP_SEP_WRAPPEDKEY 0x20 Probably made it to disk - * - */ - - CP_XAF_NEEDS_KEYS = 0x0001, /* V4 only: file needs persistent keys */ - -}; - -/* - * V2 structure written as the per-file EA payload - * All on-disk multi-byte fields for the CP XATTR must be stored - * little-endian on-disk. This means they must be endian swapped to - * L.E on getxattr() and converted to LE on setxattr(). - * - * This structure is a fixed length and is tightly packed. - * 56 bytes total. - */ -struct cp_xattr_v2 { - u_int16_t xattr_major_version; - u_int16_t xattr_minor_version; - cp_xattr_flags_t flags; - u_int32_t persistent_class; - u_int32_t key_size; - uint8_t persistent_key[CP_V2_WRAPPEDKEYSIZE]; -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); - - -/* - * V4 Content Protection EA On-Disk Layout. - * - * This structure must be tightly packed, but the *size can vary* - * depending on the length of the key. At MOST, the key length will be - * CP_MAX_WRAPPEDKEYSIZE, but the length is defined by the key_size field. - * - * Either way, the packing must be applied to ensure that the key data is - * retrievable in the right location relative to the start of the struct. - * - * Fully packed, this structure can range from : - * MIN: 36 bytes (no key -- used with directories) - * MAX: 164 bytes (with 128 byte key) - * - * During runtime we always allocate with the full 128 byte key, but only - * use as much of the key buffer as needed. It must be tightly packed, though. - */ - -struct cp_xattr_v4 { - u_int16_t xattr_major_version; - u_int16_t xattr_minor_version; - cp_xattr_flags_t flags; - cp_key_class_t persistent_class; - u_int32_t key_size; - // This field will be zero on older systems - cp_key_os_version_t key_os_version; - /* CP V4 Reserved Bytes == 16 */ - u_int8_t reserved[CP_V4_RESERVEDBYTES]; - /* All above fields are fixed regardless of key length (36 bytes) */ - /* Max Wrapped Size == 128 */ - uint8_t persistent_key[CP_MAX_WRAPPEDKEYSIZE]; -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); - -// -- Version 5 -- - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL -struct cp_roll_info { - off_rsrc_t off_rsrc; - uint16_t key_len; - uint8_t key[CP_MAX_WRAPPEDKEYSIZE]; -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -#endif - -struct cp_xattr_v5 { - uint16_t xattr_major_version; - uint16_t xattr_minor_version; - cp_xattr_flags_t flags; - cp_key_class_t persistent_class; - cp_key_os_version_t key_os_version; - cp_key_revision_t key_revision; - uint16_t key_len; - - // 20 bytes to here - - // Variable length from here - uint8_t persistent_key[CP_MAX_WRAPPEDKEYSIZE]; - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - // NOTE: data not necessarily here because preceding is variable - uint8_t roll_key_[sizeof(struct cp_roll_info)]; -#endif - - // Wouldn't be necessary if xattr routines returned just what we ask for - uint8_t spare[512]; -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); - -enum { - CP_XATTR_MIN_LEN = 20, // Minimum length for all versions -}; - -/* - * The Root Directory's EA (fileid 1) is special; it defines information about - * what capabilities the filesystem is using. - * - * The data is still stored little endian. - */ -struct cp_root_xattr { - u_int16_t major_version; - u_int16_t minor_version; - u_int64_t flags; -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - cp_key_os_version_t auto_roll_min_version; - cp_key_os_version_t auto_roll_max_version; -#endif -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); - -enum { - CP_ROOT_XATTR_MIN_LEN = 12, -}; - - -// -- Function Prototypes -- - -int cp_entry_init(cnode_ptr_t, struct mount *); -int cpx_gentempkeys(cpx_t *pcpx, struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -void cp_entry_destroy(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cprotect *entry_ptr); -void cp_replace_entry (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *cp, struct cprotect *newentry); -cnode_ptr_t cp_get_protected_cnode(vnode_t); -int cp_fs_protected (mount_t); -int cp_getrootxattr (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cp_root_xattr *outxattr); -int cp_setrootxattr (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cp_root_xattr *newxattr); -int cp_generate_keys (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *cp, - cp_key_class_t targetclass, uint32_t flags, - struct cprotect **newentry); -int cp_setup_newentry (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *dcp, - cp_key_class_t suppliedclass, mode_t cmode, - struct cprotect **tmpentry); -int cp_is_valid_class (int isdir, int32_t protectionclass); -int cp_set_trimmed(struct hfsmount*); -int cp_set_rewrapped(struct hfsmount *); -int cp_flop_generation (struct hfsmount*); -bool cp_is_supported_version(uint16_t version); -int cp_vnode_getclass(struct vnode *vp, cp_key_class_t *class); -int cp_vnode_setclass(struct vnode *vp, cp_key_class_t newclass); -int cp_get_root_major_vers(vnode_t vp, uint32_t *level); -int cp_vnode_transcode(vnode_t vp, cp_key_t *k); -int cp_get_default_level (struct vnode *vp, uint32_t *level); -void cp_device_locked_callback(mount_t mp, cp_lock_state_t state); - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL -bool cp_should_auto_roll(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cprotect_t cpr); -errno_t cp_set_auto_roll(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - const hfs_key_auto_roll_args_t *args); -#endif - -typedef struct cp_io_params { - // The key to use - cpx_t cpx; - - /* - * The physical offset for this I/O or -1 if unknown (i.e. caller must - * do a regular look up). - */ - off_t phys_offset; - - // The maximum length allowed for this I/O - off_t max_len; -} cp_io_params_t; - -// Return the I/O parameters for this I/O -void cp_io_params(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cprotect_t cpr, off_rsrc_t off_rsrc, - int direction, cp_io_params_t *io_params); - -int cp_setxattr(struct cnode *cp, struct cprotect *entry, struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - uint32_t fileid, int xattr_opts); - -typedef void * (* cp_new_alloc_fn)(const void *old, uint16_t pers_key_len, - uint16_t cached_key_len, - cp_key_pair_t **pcpkp); - -int cp_new(cp_key_class_t *newclass_eff, struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - struct cnode *cp, mode_t cmode, int32_t keyflags, - cp_key_revision_t key_revision, - cp_new_alloc_fn alloc_fn, void **pholder); - -int cp_rewrap(struct cnode *cp, __unused struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - cp_key_class_t *newclass, cp_key_pair_t *cpkp, const void *old_holder, - cp_new_alloc_fn alloc_fn, void **pholder); - -cprotect_t cp_entry_alloc(cprotect_t old, uint16_t pers_keylen, - uint16_t cached_key_len, cp_key_pair_t **pcpkp); - -cp_key_os_version_t cp_os_version(void); - -cp_key_revision_t cp_next_key_revision(cp_key_revision_t rev); - -typedef uint32_t cp_getxattr_options_t; -enum { - // Return just basic information (not the key) - CP_GET_XATTR_BASIC_INFO = 1, -}; - -int cp_read_xattr_v5(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cp_xattr_v5 *xattr, - size_t xattr_len, cprotect_t *pcpr, cp_getxattr_options_t options); - - -errno_t cp_handle_strategy(buf_t bp); - -typedef enum { - CP_READ_ACCESS = 0x1, - CP_WRITE_ACCESS = 0x2 -} cp_mode_t; - -int cp_handle_open(struct vnode *vp, int mode); -int cp_handle_vnop(struct vnode *vp, int mode, int ioflag); - -// -- cp_key_pair_t functions -- - -size_t cpkp_size(uint16_t pers_key_len, uint16_t cached_key_len); -size_t cpkp_sizex(const cp_key_pair_t *cpkp); -void cpkp_init(cp_key_pair_t *cpkp, uint16_t max_pers_key_len, - uint16_t max_cached_key_len); -void cpkp_flush(cp_key_pair_t *cpkp); -void cpkp_copy(const cp_key_pair_t *src, cp_key_pair_t *dst); -uint16_t cpkp_max_pers_key_len(const cp_key_pair_t *cpkp); -uint16_t cpkp_pers_key_len(const cp_key_pair_t *cpkp); -bool cpkp_can_copy(const cp_key_pair_t *src, const cp_key_pair_t *dst); -cpx_t cpkp_cpx(const cp_key_pair_t *cpkp) __attribute__((pure)); - -// -- Helper Functions -- - -static inline int cp_get_crypto_generation (cp_key_class_t protclass) { - if (protclass & CP_CRYPTO_G1) { - return 1; - } - else return 0; -} - -__END_DECLS - -#endif // CONFIG_PROTECT - -#endif /* !HFS_CPROTECT_H_ */ diff --git a/core/hfs_dbg.h b/core/hfs_dbg.h deleted file mode 100644 index eada538..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_dbg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000, 2005 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#ifndef HFS_DBG_H_ -#define HFS_DBG_H_ - -#include - -__BEGIN_DECLS - -#include - -// So that the analyzer acknowledges assertions... -#if defined(__clang_analyzer__) || DEBUG -#define panic_on_assert true -#else -extern bool panic_on_assert; -#endif - -#if DEBUG -extern bool hfs_corruption_panics; -#else -#define hfs_corruption_panics false -#endif - -__attribute__((noreturn)) -void hfs_assert_fail(const char *file, unsigned line, const char *expr); - -#define hfs_assert(expr) \ - do { \ - if (__builtin_expect(panic_on_assert, false) \ - && __builtin_expect(!(expr), false)) { \ - hfs_assert_fail(__FILE__, __LINE__, #expr); \ - } \ - } while (0) - -// On production, will printf rather than assert -#define hfs_warn(format, ...) \ - do { \ - if (__builtin_expect(panic_on_assert, false)) { \ - panic(format, ## __VA_ARGS__); \ - __builtin_unreachable(); \ - } else \ - printf(format, ## __VA_ARGS__); \ - } while (0) - -// Quiet on production -#define hfs_debug(format, ...) \ - do { \ - if (__builtin_expect(panic_on_assert, false)) \ - printf(format, ## __VA_ARGS__); \ - } while (0) - -// Panic on debug unless boot-arg tells us not to -#define hfs_corruption_debug(format, ...) \ - do { \ - if (__builtin_expect(hfs_corruption_panics, false)) { \ - panic(format, ## __VA_ARGS__); \ - __builtin_unreachable(); \ - } \ - else \ - printf(format, ## __VA_ARGS__); \ - } while (0) - -__END_DECLS - -#endif // HFS_DBG_H_ diff --git a/core/hfs_endian.c b/core/hfs_endian.c deleted file mode 100644 index bdc9c7a..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_endian.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1227 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -/* - * hfs_endian.c - * - * This file implements endian swapping routines for the HFS/HFS Plus - * volume format. - */ - -#include "hfs_endian.h" -#include "hfs_dbg.h" -#include "BTreesPrivate.h" - -#undef ENDIAN_DEBUG - -/* - * Internal swapping routines - * - * These routines handle swapping the records of leaf and index nodes. The - * layout of the keys and records varies depending on the kind of B-tree - * (determined by fileID). - * - * The direction parameter must be kSwapBTNodeBigToHost or kSwapBTNodeHostToBig. - * The kSwapBTNodeHeaderRecordOnly "direction" is not valid for these routines. - */ -int hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode (BlockDescriptor *src, HFSCatalogNodeID fileID, enum HFSBTSwapDirection direction); -void hfs_swap_HFSPlusForkData (HFSPlusForkData *src); - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -int hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode (BlockDescriptor *src, HFSCatalogNodeID fileID, enum HFSBTSwapDirection direction); -#endif - -/* - * hfs_swap_HFSPlusForkData - */ -void -hfs_swap_HFSPlusForkData ( - HFSPlusForkData *src -) -{ - int i; - - src->logicalSize = SWAP_BE64 (src->logicalSize); - - src->clumpSize = SWAP_BE32 (src->clumpSize); - src->totalBlocks = SWAP_BE32 (src->totalBlocks); - - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - src->extents[i].startBlock = SWAP_BE32 (src->extents[i].startBlock); - src->extents[i].blockCount = SWAP_BE32 (src->extents[i].blockCount); - } -} - -/* - * hfs_swap_BTNode - * - * NOTE: This operation is not naturally symmetric. - * We have to determine which way we're swapping things. - */ -int -hfs_swap_BTNode ( - BlockDescriptor *src, - vnode_t vp, - enum HFSBTSwapDirection direction, - u_int8_t allow_empty_node -) -{ - BTNodeDescriptor *srcDesc = src->buffer; - u_int16_t *srcOffs = NULL; - BTreeControlBlockPtr btcb = (BTreeControlBlockPtr)VTOF(vp)->fcbBTCBPtr; - u_int16_t i; /* index to match srcDesc->numRecords */ - int error = 0; - -#ifdef ENDIAN_DEBUG - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeBigToHost) { - printf ("hfs: BE -> Native Swap\n"); - } else if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - printf ("hfs: Native -> BE Swap\n"); - } else if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHeaderRecordOnly) { - printf ("hfs: Not swapping descriptors\n"); - } else { - panic ("hfs_swap_BTNode: This is impossible"); - } -#endif - - /* - * If we are doing a swap from on-disk to in-memory, then swap the node - * descriptor and record offsets before we need to use them. - */ - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeBigToHost) { - srcDesc->fLink = SWAP_BE32 (srcDesc->fLink); - srcDesc->bLink = SWAP_BE32 (srcDesc->bLink); - - /* - * When first opening a BTree, we have to read the header node before the - * control block is initialized. In this case, totalNodes will be zero, - * so skip the bounds checking. Also, we should ignore the header node when - * checking for invalid forwards and backwards links, since the header node's - * links can point back to itself legitimately. - */ - if (btcb->totalNodes != 0) { - if (srcDesc->fLink >= btcb->totalNodes) { - hfs_corruption_debug("hfs_swap_BTNode: invalid forward link (0x%08x >= 0x%08x)\n", srcDesc->fLink, btcb->totalNodes); - error = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - goto fail; - } - if (srcDesc->bLink >= btcb->totalNodes) { - hfs_corruption_debug("hfs_swap_BTNode: invalid backward link (0x%08x >= 0x%08x)\n", srcDesc->bLink, btcb->totalNodes); - error = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - goto fail; - } - - if ((src->blockNum != 0) && (srcDesc->fLink == (u_int32_t) src->blockNum)) { - hfs_corruption_debug("hfs_swap_BTNode: invalid forward link (0x%08x == 0x%08x)\n", srcDesc->fLink, (u_int32_t) src->blockNum); - error = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - goto fail; - } - if ((src->blockNum != 0) && (srcDesc->bLink == (u_int32_t) src->blockNum)) { - hfs_corruption_debug("hfs_swap_BTNode: invalid backward link (0x%08x == 0x%08x)\n", srcDesc->bLink, (u_int32_t) src->blockNum); - error = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - goto fail; - } - - - } - - /* - * Check srcDesc->kind. Don't swap it because it's only one byte. - */ - if (srcDesc->kind < kBTLeafNode || srcDesc->kind > kBTMapNode) { - printf("hfs_swap_BTNode: invalid node kind (%d)\n", srcDesc->kind); - error = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - goto fail; - } - - /* - * Check srcDesc->height. Don't swap it because it's only one byte. - */ - if (srcDesc->height > kMaxTreeDepth) { - printf("hfs_swap_BTNode: invalid node height (%d)\n", srcDesc->height); - error = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - goto fail; - } - - /* Don't swap srcDesc->reserved */ - - srcDesc->numRecords = SWAP_BE16 (srcDesc->numRecords); - - /* - * Swap the node offsets (including the free space one!). - */ - srcOffs = (u_int16_t *)((char *)src->buffer + (src->blockSize - ((srcDesc->numRecords + 1) * sizeof (u_int16_t)))); - - /* - * Sanity check that the record offsets are within the node itself. - */ - if ((char *)srcOffs > ((char *)src->buffer + src->blockSize) || - (char *)srcOffs < ((char *)src->buffer + sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor))) { - printf("hfs_swap_BTNode: invalid record count (0x%04X)\n", srcDesc->numRecords); - error = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - goto fail; - } - - /* - * Swap and sanity check each of the record offsets. - */ - for (i = 0; i <= srcDesc->numRecords; i++) { - srcOffs[i] = SWAP_BE16 (srcOffs[i]); - - /* - * Sanity check: must be even, and within the node itself. - * - * We may be called to swap an unused node, which contains all zeroes. - * Unused nodes are expected only when allow_empty_node is true. - * If it is false and record offset is zero, return error. - */ - if ((srcOffs[i] & 1) || ( - (allow_empty_node == false) && (srcOffs[i] == 0)) || - (srcOffs[i] < sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor) && srcOffs[i] != 0) || - (srcOffs[i] > (src->blockSize - 2 * (srcDesc->numRecords + 1)))) { - printf("hfs_swap_BTNode: offset #%d invalid (0x%04X) (blockSize 0x%x numRecords %d)\n", - i, srcOffs[i], src->blockSize, srcDesc->numRecords); - error = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - goto fail; - } - - /* - * Make sure the offsets are strictly increasing. Note that we're looping over - * them backwards, hence the order in the comparison. - */ - if ((i != 0) && (srcOffs[i] >= srcOffs[i-1])) { - printf("hfs_swap_BTNode: offsets %d and %d out of order (0x%04X, 0x%04X)\n", - i, i-1, srcOffs[i], srcOffs[i-1]); - error = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - goto fail; - } - } - } - - /* - * Swap the records (ordered by frequency of access) - */ - if ((srcDesc->kind == kBTIndexNode) || - (srcDesc-> kind == kBTLeafNode)) { - - if (VTOVCB(vp)->vcbSigWord == kHFSPlusSigWord) { - error = hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode (src, VTOC(vp)->c_fileid, direction); - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - error = hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode (src, VTOC(vp)->c_fileid, direction); - } -#endif - - if (error) goto fail; - - } else if (srcDesc-> kind == kBTMapNode) { - /* Don't swap the bitmaps, they'll be done in the bitmap routines */ - - } else if (srcDesc-> kind == kBTHeaderNode) { - /* The header's offset is hard-wired because we cannot trust the offset pointers. */ - BTHeaderRec *srcHead = (BTHeaderRec *)((char *)src->buffer + sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor)); - - srcHead->treeDepth = SWAP_BE16 (srcHead->treeDepth); - - srcHead->rootNode = SWAP_BE32 (srcHead->rootNode); - srcHead->leafRecords = SWAP_BE32 (srcHead->leafRecords); - srcHead->firstLeafNode = SWAP_BE32 (srcHead->firstLeafNode); - srcHead->lastLeafNode = SWAP_BE32 (srcHead->lastLeafNode); - - srcHead->nodeSize = SWAP_BE16 (srcHead->nodeSize); - srcHead->maxKeyLength = SWAP_BE16 (srcHead->maxKeyLength); - - srcHead->totalNodes = SWAP_BE32 (srcHead->totalNodes); - srcHead->freeNodes = SWAP_BE32 (srcHead->freeNodes); - - srcHead->clumpSize = SWAP_BE32 (srcHead->clumpSize); - srcHead->attributes = SWAP_BE32 (srcHead->attributes); - - /* Don't swap srcHead->reserved1 */ - /* Don't swap srcHead->btreeType; it's only one byte */ - /* Don't swap srcHead->reserved2 */ - /* Don't swap srcHead->reserved3 */ - /* Don't swap bitmap */ - } - - /* - * If we are doing a swap from in-memory to on-disk, then swap the node - * descriptor and record offsets after we're done using them. - */ - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - /* - * Sanity check and swap the forward and backward links. - * Ignore the header node since its forward and backwards links can legitimately - * point to itself. - */ - if (srcDesc->fLink >= btcb->totalNodes) { - panic("hfs_UNswap_BTNode: invalid forward link (0x%08X)\n", srcDesc->fLink); - error = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - goto fail; - } - if ((src->blockNum != 0) && (srcDesc->fLink == (u_int32_t) src->blockNum)) { - panic ("hfs_UNswap_BTNode: invalid forward link (0x%08x == 0x%08x)\n", - srcDesc->fLink, (u_int32_t) src->blockNum); - error = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - goto fail; - } - - if (srcDesc->bLink >= btcb->totalNodes) { - panic("hfs_UNswap_BTNode: invalid backward link (0x%08X)\n", srcDesc->bLink); - error = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - goto fail; - } - if ((src->blockNum != 0) && (srcDesc->bLink == (u_int32_t) src->blockNum)) { - panic ("hfs_UNswap_BTNode: invalid backward link (0x%08x == 0x%08x)\n", - srcDesc->bLink, (u_int32_t) src->blockNum); - error = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - goto fail; - } - - - srcDesc->fLink = SWAP_BE32 (srcDesc->fLink); - srcDesc->bLink = SWAP_BE32 (srcDesc->bLink); - - /* - * Check srcDesc->kind. Don't swap it because it's only one byte. - */ - if (srcDesc->kind < kBTLeafNode || srcDesc->kind > kBTMapNode) { - panic("hfs_UNswap_BTNode: invalid node kind (%d)\n", srcDesc->kind); - error = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - goto fail; - } - - /* - * Check srcDesc->height. Don't swap it because it's only one byte. - */ - if (srcDesc->height > kMaxTreeDepth) { - panic("hfs_UNswap_BTNode: invalid node height (%d)\n", srcDesc->height); - error = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - goto fail; - } - - /* Don't swap srcDesc->reserved */ - - /* - * Swap the node offsets (including the free space one!). - */ - srcOffs = (u_int16_t *)((char *)src->buffer + (src->blockSize - ((srcDesc->numRecords + 1) * sizeof (u_int16_t)))); - - /* - * Sanity check that the record offsets are within the node itself. - */ - if ((char *)srcOffs > ((char *)src->buffer + src->blockSize) || - (char *)srcOffs < ((char *)src->buffer + sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor))) { - panic("hfs_UNswap_BTNode: invalid record count (0x%04X)\n", srcDesc->numRecords); - error = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - goto fail; - } - - /* - * Swap and sanity check each of the record offsets. - */ - for (i = 0; i <= srcDesc->numRecords; i++) { - /* - * Sanity check: must be even, and within the node itself. - * - * We may be called to swap an unused node, which contains all zeroes. - * This can happen when the last record from a node gets deleted. - * This is why we allow the record offset to be zero. - * Unused nodes are expected only when allow_empty_node is true - * (the caller should set it to true for kSwapBTNodeBigToHost). - */ - if ((srcOffs[i] & 1) || - ((allow_empty_node == false) && (srcOffs[i] == 0)) || - (srcOffs[i] < sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor) && srcOffs[i] != 0) || - (srcOffs[i] > (src->blockSize - 2 * (srcDesc->numRecords + 1)))) { - panic("hfs_UNswap_BTNode: offset #%d invalid (0x%04X) (blockSize 0x%x numRecords %d)\n", - i, srcOffs[i], src->blockSize, srcDesc->numRecords); - error = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - goto fail; - } - - /* - * Make sure the offsets are strictly increasing. Note that we're looping over - * them backwards, hence the order in the comparison. - */ - if ((i < srcDesc->numRecords) && (srcOffs[i+1] >= srcOffs[i])) { - panic("hfs_UNswap_BTNode: offsets %d and %d out of order (0x%04X, 0x%04X)\n", - i+1, i, srcOffs[i+1], srcOffs[i]); - error = fsBTInvalidHeaderErr; - goto fail; - } - - srcOffs[i] = SWAP_BE16 (srcOffs[i]); - } - - srcDesc->numRecords = SWAP_BE16 (srcDesc->numRecords); - } - -fail: - if (error) { - /* - * Log some useful information about where the corrupt node is. - */ - printf("hfs: node=%lld fileID=%u volume=%s device=%s\n", src->blockNum, VTOC(vp)->c_fileid, - VTOVCB(vp)->vcbVN, vfs_statfs(vnode_mount(vp))->f_mntfromname); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(VTOVCB(vp), HFS_INCONSISTENCY_DETECTED); - } - - return (error); -} - -int -hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode ( - BlockDescriptor *src, - HFSCatalogNodeID fileID, - enum HFSBTSwapDirection direction -) -{ - BTNodeDescriptor *srcDesc = src->buffer; - u_int16_t *srcOffs = (u_int16_t *)((char *)src->buffer + (src->blockSize - (srcDesc->numRecords * sizeof (u_int16_t)))); - char *nextRecord; /* Points to start of record following current one */ - - /* - * i is an int32 because it needs to be negative to index the offset to free space. - * srcDesc->numRecords is a u_int16_t and is unlikely to become 32-bit so this should be ok. - */ - - int32_t i; - u_int32_t j; - - if (fileID == kHFSExtentsFileID) { - HFSPlusExtentKey *srcKey; - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *srcRec; - size_t recordSize; /* Size of the data part of the record, or node number for index nodes */ - - if (srcDesc->kind == kBTIndexNode) - recordSize = sizeof(u_int32_t); - else - recordSize = sizeof(HFSPlusExtentDescriptor); - - for (i = 0; i < srcDesc->numRecords; i++) { - /* Point to the start of the record we're currently checking. */ - srcKey = (HFSPlusExtentKey *)((char *)src->buffer + srcOffs[i]); - - /* - * Point to start of next (larger offset) record. We'll use this - * to be sure the current record doesn't overflow into the next - * record. - */ - nextRecord = (char *)src->buffer + srcOffs[i-1]; - - /* - * Make sure the key and data are within the buffer. Since both key - * and data are fixed size, this is relatively easy. Note that this - * relies on the keyLength being a constant; we verify the keyLength - * below. - */ - if ((char *)srcKey + sizeof(HFSPlusExtentKey) + recordSize > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: extents key #%d offset too big (0x%04X)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcOffs[i]); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: extents key #%d offset too big (0x%04X)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcOffs[i]); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeBigToHost) - srcKey->keyLength = SWAP_BE16 (srcKey->keyLength); - if (srcKey->keyLength != sizeof(*srcKey) - sizeof(srcKey->keyLength)) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: extents key #%d invalid length (%d)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcKey->keyLength); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: extents key #%d invalid length (%d)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcKey->keyLength); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - srcRec = (HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *)((char *)srcKey + srcKey->keyLength + sizeof(srcKey->keyLength)); - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) - srcKey->keyLength = SWAP_BE16 (srcKey->keyLength); - - /* Don't swap srcKey->forkType; it's only one byte */ - /* Don't swap srcKey->pad */ - - srcKey->fileID = SWAP_BE32 (srcKey->fileID); - srcKey->startBlock = SWAP_BE32 (srcKey->startBlock); - - if (srcDesc->kind == kBTIndexNode) { - /* For index nodes, the record data is just a child node number. */ - *((u_int32_t *)srcRec) = SWAP_BE32 (*((u_int32_t *)srcRec)); - } else { - /* Swap the extent data */ - for (j = 0; j < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; j++) { - srcRec[j].startBlock = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec[j].startBlock); - srcRec[j].blockCount = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec[j].blockCount); - } - } - } - - } else if (fileID == kHFSCatalogFileID) { - HFSPlusCatalogKey *srcKey; - int16_t *srcPtr; - u_int16_t keyLength; - - for (i = 0; i < srcDesc->numRecords; i++) { - /* Point to the start of the record we're currently checking. */ - srcKey = (HFSPlusCatalogKey *)((char *)src->buffer + srcOffs[i]); - - /* - * Point to start of next (larger offset) record. We'll use this - * to be sure the current record doesn't overflow into the next - * record. - */ - nextRecord = (char *)src->buffer + (uintptr_t)(srcOffs[i-1]); - - /* - * Make sure we can safely dereference the keyLength and parentID fields. - */ - if ((char *)srcKey + offsetof(HFSPlusCatalogKey, nodeName.unicode[0]) > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: catalog key #%d offset too big (0x%04X)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcOffs[i]); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: catalog key #%d offset too big (0x%04X)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcOffs[i]); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - /* - * Swap and sanity check the key length - */ - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeBigToHost) - srcKey->keyLength = SWAP_BE16 (srcKey->keyLength); - keyLength = srcKey->keyLength; /* Put it in a local (native order) because we use it several times */ - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) - srcKey->keyLength = SWAP_BE16 (keyLength); - - /* Sanity check the key length */ - if (keyLength < kHFSPlusCatalogKeyMinimumLength || keyLength > kHFSPlusCatalogKeyMaximumLength) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: catalog key #%d invalid length (%d)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, keyLength); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: catalog key #%d invalid length (%d)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, keyLength); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - /* - * Make sure that we can safely dereference the record's type field or - * an index node's child node number. - */ - srcPtr = (int16_t *)((char *)srcKey + keyLength + sizeof(srcKey->keyLength)); - if ((char *)srcPtr + sizeof(u_int32_t) > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: catalog key #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: catalog key #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - srcKey->parentID = SWAP_BE32 (srcKey->parentID); - - /* - * Swap and sanity check the key's node name - */ - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeBigToHost) - srcKey->nodeName.length = SWAP_BE16 (srcKey->nodeName.length); - /* Make sure name length is consistent with key length */ - if (keyLength < sizeof(srcKey->parentID) + sizeof(srcKey->nodeName.length) + - srcKey->nodeName.length*sizeof(srcKey->nodeName.unicode[0])) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: catalog record #%d keyLength=%d expected=%lu\n", - srcDesc->numRecords-i, keyLength, sizeof(srcKey->parentID) + sizeof(srcKey->nodeName.length) + - srcKey->nodeName.length*sizeof(srcKey->nodeName.unicode[0])); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: catalog record #%d keyLength=%d expected=%lu\n", - srcDesc->numRecords-i, keyLength, sizeof(srcKey->parentID) + sizeof(srcKey->nodeName.length) + - srcKey->nodeName.length*sizeof(srcKey->nodeName.unicode[0])); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - for (j = 0; j < srcKey->nodeName.length; j++) { - srcKey->nodeName.unicode[j] = SWAP_BE16 (srcKey->nodeName.unicode[j]); - } - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) - srcKey->nodeName.length = SWAP_BE16 (srcKey->nodeName.length); - - /* - * For index nodes, the record data is just the child's node number. - * Skip over swapping the various types of catalog record. - */ - if (srcDesc->kind == kBTIndexNode) { - *((u_int32_t *)srcPtr) = SWAP_BE32 (*((u_int32_t *)srcPtr)); - continue; - } - - /* Make sure the recordType is in native order before using it. */ - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeBigToHost) - srcPtr[0] = SWAP_BE16 (srcPtr[0]); - - if (srcPtr[0] == kHFSPlusFolderRecord) { - HFSPlusCatalogFolder *srcRec = (HFSPlusCatalogFolder *)srcPtr; - if ((char *)srcRec + sizeof(*srcRec) > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: catalog folder record #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: catalog folder record #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - srcRec->flags = SWAP_BE16 (srcRec->flags); - srcRec->valence = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->valence); - srcRec->folderID = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->folderID); - srcRec->createDate = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->createDate); - srcRec->contentModDate = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->contentModDate); - srcRec->attributeModDate = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->attributeModDate); - srcRec->accessDate = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->accessDate); - srcRec->backupDate = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->backupDate); - - srcRec->bsdInfo.ownerID = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->bsdInfo.ownerID); - srcRec->bsdInfo.groupID = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->bsdInfo.groupID); - - /* Don't swap srcRec->bsdInfo.adminFlags; it's only one byte */ - /* Don't swap srcRec->bsdInfo.ownerFlags; it's only one byte */ - - srcRec->bsdInfo.fileMode = SWAP_BE16 (srcRec->bsdInfo.fileMode); - srcRec->bsdInfo.special.iNodeNum = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->bsdInfo.special.iNodeNum); - - srcRec->textEncoding = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->textEncoding); - - /* Don't swap srcRec->userInfo */ - /* Don't swap srcRec->finderInfo */ - srcRec->folderCount = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->folderCount); - - } else if (srcPtr[0] == kHFSPlusFileRecord) { - HFSPlusCatalogFile *srcRec = (HFSPlusCatalogFile *)srcPtr; - if ((char *)srcRec + sizeof(*srcRec) > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: catalog file record #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: catalog file record #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - srcRec->flags = SWAP_BE16 (srcRec->flags); - - srcRec->fileID = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->fileID); - - srcRec->createDate = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->createDate); - srcRec->contentModDate = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->contentModDate); - srcRec->attributeModDate = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->attributeModDate); - srcRec->accessDate = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->accessDate); - srcRec->backupDate = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->backupDate); - - srcRec->bsdInfo.ownerID = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->bsdInfo.ownerID); - srcRec->bsdInfo.groupID = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->bsdInfo.groupID); - - /* Don't swap srcRec->bsdInfo.adminFlags; it's only one byte */ - /* Don't swap srcRec->bsdInfo.ownerFlags; it's only one byte */ - - srcRec->bsdInfo.fileMode = SWAP_BE16 (srcRec->bsdInfo.fileMode); - srcRec->bsdInfo.special.iNodeNum = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->bsdInfo.special.iNodeNum); - - srcRec->textEncoding = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->textEncoding); - - /* If kHFSHasLinkChainBit is set, reserved1 is hl_FirstLinkID. - * In all other context, it is expected to be zero. - */ - srcRec->reserved1 = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->reserved1); - - /* Don't swap srcRec->userInfo */ - /* Don't swap srcRec->finderInfo */ - /* Don't swap srcRec->reserved2 */ - - hfs_swap_HFSPlusForkData (&srcRec->dataFork); - hfs_swap_HFSPlusForkData (&srcRec->resourceFork); - - } else if ((srcPtr[0] == kHFSPlusFolderThreadRecord) || - (srcPtr[0] == kHFSPlusFileThreadRecord)) { - - /* - * Make sure there is room for parentID and name length. - */ - HFSPlusCatalogThread *srcRec = (HFSPlusCatalogThread *)srcPtr; - if ((char *) &srcRec->nodeName.unicode[0] > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: catalog thread record #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: catalog thread record #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - /* Don't swap srcRec->reserved */ - - srcRec->parentID = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->parentID); - - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeBigToHost) - srcRec->nodeName.length = SWAP_BE16 (srcRec->nodeName.length); - - /* - * Make sure there is room for the name in the buffer. - * Then swap the characters of the name itself. - */ - if ((char *) &srcRec->nodeName.unicode[srcRec->nodeName.length] > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: catalog thread record #%d name too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: catalog thread record #%d name too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - for (j = 0; j < srcRec->nodeName.length; j++) { - srcRec->nodeName.unicode[j] = SWAP_BE16 (srcRec->nodeName.unicode[j]); - } - - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) - srcRec->nodeName.length = SWAP_BE16 (srcRec->nodeName.length); - - } else { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: unrecognized catalog record type (0x%04X; record #%d)\n", srcPtr[0], srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: unrecognized catalog record type (0x%04X; record #%d)\n", srcPtr[0], srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - /* We can swap the record type now that we're done using it. */ - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) - srcPtr[0] = SWAP_BE16 (srcPtr[0]); - } - - } else if (fileID == kHFSAttributesFileID) { - HFSPlusAttrKey *srcKey; - HFSPlusAttrRecord *srcRec; - u_int16_t keyLength; - u_int32_t attrSize = 0; - - for (i = 0; i < srcDesc->numRecords; i++) { - /* Point to the start of the record we're currently checking. */ - srcKey = (HFSPlusAttrKey *)((char *)src->buffer + srcOffs[i]); - - /* - * Point to start of next (larger offset) record. We'll use this - * to be sure the current record doesn't overflow into the next - * record. - */ - nextRecord = (char *)src->buffer + srcOffs[i-1]; - - /* Make sure there is room in the buffer for a minimal key */ - if ((char *) &srcKey->attrName[1] > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: attr key #%d offset too big (0x%04X)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcOffs[i]); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: attr key #%d offset too big (0x%04X)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcOffs[i]); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - /* Swap the key length field */ - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeBigToHost) - srcKey->keyLength = SWAP_BE16(srcKey->keyLength); - keyLength = srcKey->keyLength; /* Keep a copy in native order */ - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) - srcKey->keyLength = SWAP_BE16(srcKey->keyLength); - - /* - * Make sure that we can safely dereference the record's type field or - * an index node's child node number. - */ - srcRec = (HFSPlusAttrRecord *)((char *)srcKey + keyLength + sizeof(srcKey->keyLength)); - if ((char *)srcRec + sizeof(u_int32_t) > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: attr key #%d too big (%d)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, keyLength); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: attr key #%d too big (%d)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, keyLength); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - srcKey->fileID = SWAP_BE32(srcKey->fileID); - srcKey->startBlock = SWAP_BE32(srcKey->startBlock); - - /* - * Swap and check the attribute name - */ - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeBigToHost) - srcKey->attrNameLen = SWAP_BE16(srcKey->attrNameLen); - /* Sanity check the attribute name length */ - if (srcKey->attrNameLen > kHFSMaxAttrNameLen || keyLength < (kHFSPlusAttrKeyMinimumLength + sizeof(u_int16_t)*srcKey->attrNameLen)) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: attr key #%d keyLength=%d attrNameLen=%d\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, keyLength, srcKey->attrNameLen); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: attr key #%d keyLength=%d attrNameLen=%d\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, keyLength, srcKey->attrNameLen); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - for (j = 0; j < srcKey->attrNameLen; j++) - srcKey->attrName[j] = SWAP_BE16(srcKey->attrName[j]); - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) - srcKey->attrNameLen = SWAP_BE16(srcKey->attrNameLen); - - /* - * For index nodes, the record data is just the child's node number. - * Skip over swapping the various types of attribute record. - */ - if (srcDesc->kind == kBTIndexNode) { - *((u_int32_t *)srcRec) = SWAP_BE32 (*((u_int32_t *)srcRec)); - continue; - } - - /* Swap the record data */ - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeBigToHost) - srcRec->recordType = SWAP_BE32(srcRec->recordType); - switch (srcRec->recordType) { - case kHFSPlusAttrInlineData: - /* Is there room for the inline data header? */ - if ((char *) &srcRec->attrData.attrData[0] > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: attr inline #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: attr inline #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - /* We're not swapping the reserved fields */ - - /* Swap the attribute size */ - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) - attrSize = srcRec->attrData.attrSize; - srcRec->attrData.attrSize = SWAP_BE32(srcRec->attrData.attrSize); - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeBigToHost) - attrSize = srcRec->attrData.attrSize; - - /* Is there room for the inline attribute data? */ - if ((char *) &srcRec->attrData.attrData[attrSize] > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: attr inline #%d too big (attrSize=%u)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, attrSize); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: attr inline #%d too big (attrSize=%u)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, attrSize); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - /* Not swapping the attribute data itself */ - break; - - case kHFSPlusAttrForkData: - /* Is there room for the fork data record? */ - if ((char *)srcRec + sizeof(HFSPlusAttrForkData) > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: attr fork data #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: attr fork data #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - /* We're not swapping the reserved field */ - - hfs_swap_HFSPlusForkData(&srcRec->forkData.theFork); - break; - - case kHFSPlusAttrExtents: - /* Is there room for an extent record? */ - if ((char *)srcRec + sizeof(HFSPlusAttrExtents) > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: attr extents #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: attr extents #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - /* We're not swapping the reserved field */ - - for (j = 0; j < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; j++) { - srcRec->overflowExtents.extents[j].startBlock = - SWAP_BE32(srcRec->overflowExtents.extents[j].startBlock); - srcRec->overflowExtents.extents[j].blockCount = - SWAP_BE32(srcRec->overflowExtents.extents[j].blockCount); - } - break; - } - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) - srcRec->recordType = SWAP_BE32(srcRec->recordType); - } - } else if (fileID > kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID) { - /* The only B-tree with a non-system CNID that we use is the hotfile B-tree */ - HotFileKey *srcKey; - u_int32_t *srcRec; - - for (i = 0; i < srcDesc->numRecords; i++) { - /* Point to the start of the record we're currently checking. */ - srcKey = (HotFileKey *)((char *)src->buffer + srcOffs[i]); - - /* - * Point to start of next (larger offset) record. We'll use this - * to be sure the current record doesn't overflow into the next - * record. - */ - nextRecord = (char *)src->buffer + srcOffs[i-1]; - - /* Make sure there is room for the key (HotFileKey) and data (u_int32_t) */ - if ((char *)srcKey + sizeof(HotFileKey) + sizeof(u_int32_t) > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: hotfile #%d offset too big (0x%04X)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcOffs[i]); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: hotfile #%d offset too big (0x%04X)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcOffs[i]); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - /* Swap and sanity check the key length field */ - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeBigToHost) - srcKey->keyLength = SWAP_BE16 (srcKey->keyLength); - if (srcKey->keyLength != sizeof(*srcKey) - sizeof(srcKey->keyLength)) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: hotfile #%d incorrect keyLength %d\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcKey->keyLength); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: hotfile #%d incorrect keyLength %d\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcKey->keyLength); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - srcRec = (u_int32_t *)((char *)srcKey + srcKey->keyLength + sizeof(srcKey->keyLength)); - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) - srcKey->keyLength = SWAP_BE16 (srcKey->keyLength); - - /* Don't swap srcKey->forkType */ - /* Don't swap srcKey->pad */ - - srcKey->temperature = SWAP_BE32 (srcKey->temperature); - srcKey->fileID = SWAP_BE32 (srcKey->fileID); - - *((u_int32_t *)srcRec) = SWAP_BE32 (*((u_int32_t *)srcRec)); - } - } else { - panic ("hfs_swap_HFSPlusBTInternalNode: fileID %u is not a system B-tree\n", fileID); - } - - - return (0); -} - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -int -hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode ( - BlockDescriptor *src, - HFSCatalogNodeID fileID, - enum HFSBTSwapDirection direction -) -{ - BTNodeDescriptor *srcDesc = src->buffer; - u_int16_t *srcOffs = (u_int16_t *)((char *)src->buffer + (src->blockSize - (srcDesc->numRecords * sizeof (u_int16_t)))); - char *nextRecord; /* Points to start of record following current one */ - - /* - * i is an int32 because it needs to be negative to index the offset to free space. - * srcDesc->numRecords is a u_int16_t and is unlikely to become 32-bit so this should be ok. - */ - int32_t i; - u_int32_t j; - - if (fileID == kHFSExtentsFileID) { - HFSExtentKey *srcKey; - HFSExtentDescriptor *srcRec; - size_t recordSize; /* Size of the data part of the record, or node number for index nodes */ - - if (srcDesc->kind == kBTIndexNode) - recordSize = sizeof(u_int32_t); - else - recordSize = sizeof(HFSExtentDescriptor); - - for (i = 0; i < srcDesc->numRecords; i++) { - /* Point to the start of the record we're currently checking. */ - srcKey = (HFSExtentKey *)((char *)src->buffer + srcOffs[i]); - - /* - * Point to start of next (larger offset) record. We'll use this - * to be sure the current record doesn't overflow into the next - * record. - */ - nextRecord = (char *)src->buffer + srcOffs[i-1]; - - /* - * Make sure the key and data are within the buffer. Since both key - * and data are fixed size, this is relatively easy. Note that this - * relies on the keyLength being a constant; we verify the keyLength - * below. - */ - if ((char *)srcKey + sizeof(HFSExtentKey) + recordSize > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: extents key #%d offset too big (0x%04X)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcOffs[i]); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: extents key #%d offset too big (0x%04X)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcOffs[i]); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - /* Don't swap srcKey->keyLength (it's only one byte), but do sanity check it */ - if (srcKey->keyLength != sizeof(*srcKey) - sizeof(srcKey->keyLength)) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: extents key #%d invalid length (%d)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcKey->keyLength); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: extents key #%d invalid length (%d)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcKey->keyLength); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - /* Don't swap srcKey->forkType; it's only one byte */ - - srcKey->fileID = SWAP_BE32 (srcKey->fileID); - srcKey->startBlock = SWAP_BE16 (srcKey->startBlock); - - /* Point to record data (round up to even byte boundary) */ - srcRec = (HFSExtentDescriptor *)((char *)srcKey + ((srcKey->keyLength + 2) & ~1)); - - if (srcDesc->kind == kBTIndexNode) { - /* For index nodes, the record data is just a child node number. */ - *((u_int32_t *)srcRec) = SWAP_BE32 (*((u_int32_t *)srcRec)); - } else { - /* Swap the extent data */ - for (j = 0; j < kHFSExtentDensity; j++) { - srcRec[j].startBlock = SWAP_BE16 (srcRec[j].startBlock); - srcRec[j].blockCount = SWAP_BE16 (srcRec[j].blockCount); - } - } - } - - } else if (fileID == kHFSCatalogFileID) { - HFSCatalogKey *srcKey; - int16_t *srcPtr; - unsigned expectedKeyLength; - - for (i = 0; i < srcDesc->numRecords; i++) { - /* Point to the start of the record we're currently checking. */ - srcKey = (HFSCatalogKey *)((char *)src->buffer + srcOffs[i]); - - /* - * Point to start of next (larger offset) record. We'll use this - * to be sure the current record doesn't overflow into the next - * record. - */ - nextRecord = (char *)src->buffer + srcOffs[i-1]; - - /* - * Make sure we can safely dereference the keyLength and parentID fields. - * The value 8 below is 1 bytes for keyLength + 1 byte reserved + 4 bytes - * for parentID + 1 byte for nodeName's length + 1 byte to round up the - * record start to an even offset, which forms a minimal key. - */ - if ((char *)srcKey + 8 > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: catalog key #%d offset too big (0x%04X)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcOffs[i]); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: catalog key #%d offset too big (0x%04X)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcOffs[i]); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - /* Don't swap srcKey->keyLength (it's only one byte), but do sanity check it */ - if (srcKey->keyLength < kHFSCatalogKeyMinimumLength || srcKey->keyLength > kHFSCatalogKeyMaximumLength) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: catalog key #%d invalid length (%d)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcKey->keyLength); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: catalog key #%d invalid length (%d)\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1, srcKey->keyLength); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - /* Don't swap srcKey->reserved */ - - srcKey->parentID = SWAP_BE32 (srcKey->parentID); - - /* Don't swap srcKey->nodeName */ - - /* Make sure the keyLength is big enough for the key's content */ - if (srcDesc->kind == kBTIndexNode) - expectedKeyLength = sizeof(*srcKey) - sizeof(srcKey->keyLength); - else - expectedKeyLength = srcKey->nodeName[0] + kHFSCatalogKeyMinimumLength; - if (srcKey->keyLength < expectedKeyLength) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: catalog record #%d keyLength=%u expected=%u\n", - srcDesc->numRecords-i, srcKey->keyLength, expectedKeyLength); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: catalog record #%d keyLength=%u expected=%u\n", - srcDesc->numRecords-i, srcKey->keyLength, expectedKeyLength); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - /* Point to record data (round up to even byte boundary) */ - srcPtr = (int16_t *)((char *)srcKey + ((srcKey->keyLength + 2) & ~1)); - - /* - * Make sure that we can safely dereference the record's type field or - * and index node's child node number. - */ - if ((char *)srcPtr + sizeof(u_int32_t) > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: catalog key #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: catalog key #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - /* - * For index nodes, the record data is just the child's node number. - * Skip over swapping the various types of catalog record. - */ - if (srcDesc->kind == kBTIndexNode) { - *((u_int32_t *)srcPtr) = SWAP_BE32 (*((u_int32_t *)srcPtr)); - continue; - } - - /* Make sure the recordType is in native order before using it. */ - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeBigToHost) - srcPtr[0] = SWAP_BE16 (srcPtr[0]); - - if (srcPtr[0] == kHFSFolderRecord) { - HFSCatalogFolder *srcRec = (HFSCatalogFolder *)srcPtr; - if ((char *)srcRec + sizeof(*srcRec) > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: catalog folder record #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: catalog folder record #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - srcRec->flags = SWAP_BE16 (srcRec->flags); - srcRec->valence = SWAP_BE16 (srcRec->valence); - - srcRec->folderID = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->folderID); - srcRec->createDate = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->createDate); - srcRec->modifyDate = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->modifyDate); - srcRec->backupDate = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->backupDate); - - /* Don't swap srcRec->userInfo */ - /* Don't swap srcRec->finderInfo */ - /* Don't swap resserved array */ - - } else if (srcPtr[0] == kHFSFileRecord) { - HFSCatalogFile *srcRec = (HFSCatalogFile *)srcPtr; - if ((char *)srcRec + sizeof(*srcRec) > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: catalog file record #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: catalog file record #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - srcRec->flags = srcRec->flags; - srcRec->fileType = srcRec->fileType; - - /* Don't swap srcRec->userInfo */ - - srcRec->fileID = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->fileID); - - srcRec->dataStartBlock = SWAP_BE16 (srcRec->dataStartBlock); - srcRec->dataLogicalSize = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->dataLogicalSize); - srcRec->dataPhysicalSize = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->dataPhysicalSize); - - srcRec->rsrcStartBlock = SWAP_BE16 (srcRec->rsrcStartBlock); - srcRec->rsrcLogicalSize = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->rsrcLogicalSize); - srcRec->rsrcPhysicalSize = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->rsrcPhysicalSize); - - srcRec->createDate = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->createDate); - srcRec->modifyDate = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->modifyDate); - srcRec->backupDate = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->backupDate); - - /* Don't swap srcRec->finderInfo */ - - srcRec->clumpSize = SWAP_BE16 (srcRec->clumpSize); - - /* Swap the two sets of extents as an array of six (three each) u_int16_t */ - for (j = 0; j < kHFSExtentDensity * 2; j++) { - srcRec->dataExtents[j].startBlock = SWAP_BE16 (srcRec->dataExtents[j].startBlock); - srcRec->dataExtents[j].blockCount = SWAP_BE16 (srcRec->dataExtents[j].blockCount); - } - - /* Don't swap srcRec->reserved */ - - } else if ((srcPtr[0] == kHFSFolderThreadRecord) || - (srcPtr[0] == kHFSFileThreadRecord)) { - HFSCatalogThread *srcRec = (HFSCatalogThread *)srcPtr; - - /* Make sure there is room for parentID and name length */ - if ((char *) &srcRec->nodeName[1] > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: catalog thread record #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: catalog thread record #%d too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - /* Don't swap srcRec->reserved array */ - - srcRec->parentID = SWAP_BE32 (srcRec->parentID); - - /* Don't swap srcRec->nodeName */ - - /* Make sure there is room for the name in the buffer */ - if ((char *) &srcRec->nodeName[srcRec->nodeName[0]] > nextRecord) { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: catalog thread record #%d name too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: catalog thread record #%d name too big\n", srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - } else { - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) { - panic("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: unrecognized catalog record type (0x%04X; record #%d)\n", srcPtr[0], srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } else { - printf("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: unrecognized catalog record type (0x%04X; record #%d)\n", srcPtr[0], srcDesc->numRecords-i-1); - } - return fsBTInvalidNodeErr; - } - - /* We can swap the record type now that we're done using it */ - if (direction == kSwapBTNodeHostToBig) - srcPtr[0] = SWAP_BE16 (srcPtr[0]); - } - - } else { - panic ("hfs_swap_HFSBTInternalNode: fileID %u is not a system B-tree\n", fileID); - } - - return (0); -} -#endif - diff --git a/core/hfs_endian.h b/core/hfs_endian.h deleted file mode 100644 index a916319..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_endian.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000, 2002-2003, 2005-2008 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -#ifndef __HFS_ENDIAN_H__ -#define __HFS_ENDIAN_H__ - -#include - -#ifdef KERNEL -#ifdef __APPLE_API_PRIVATE -/* - * hfs_endian.h - * - * This file prototypes endian swapping routines for the HFS/HFS Plus - * volume format. - */ -#include "hfs.h" -#include "BTreesInternal.h" -#include - -/*********************/ -/* BIG ENDIAN Macros */ -/*********************/ -#define SWAP_BE16(__a) OSSwapBigToHostInt16 (__a) -#define SWAP_BE32(__a) OSSwapBigToHostInt32 (__a) -#define SWAP_BE64(__a) OSSwapBigToHostInt64 (__a) - -#if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN - - /* HFS is always big endian, no swapping needed */ - #define SWAP_HFS_PLUS_FORK_DATA(__a) - -/************************/ -/* LITTLE ENDIAN Macros */ -/************************/ -#elif BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN - - #define SWAP_HFS_PLUS_FORK_DATA(__a) hfs_swap_HFSPlusForkData ((__a)) - -#else -#warning Unknown byte order -#error -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* - * Constants for the "unswap" argument to hfs_swap_BTNode: - */ -enum HFSBTSwapDirection { - kSwapBTNodeBigToHost = 0, - kSwapBTNodeHostToBig = 1, - - /* - * kSwapBTNodeHeaderRecordOnly is used to swap just the header record - * of a header node from big endian (on disk) to host endian (in memory). - * It does not swap the node descriptor (forward/backward links, record - * count, etc.). It assumes the header record is at offset 0x000E. - * - * Since HFS Plus doesn't have fixed B-tree node sizes, we have to read - * the header record to determine the actual node size for that tree - * before we can set up the B-tree control block. We read it initially - * as 512 bytes, then re-read it once we know the correct node size. Since - * we may not have read the entire header node the first time, we can't - * swap the record offsets, other records, or do most sanity checks. - */ - kSwapBTNodeHeaderRecordOnly = 3 -}; - -int hfs_swap_BTNode (BlockDescriptor *src, vnode_t vp, enum HFSBTSwapDirection direction, - u_int8_t allow_empty_node); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_PRIVATE */ -#endif /* KERNEL */ -#endif /* __HFS_FORMAT__ */ diff --git a/core/hfs_extents.c b/core/hfs_extents.c deleted file mode 100644 index ce4154d..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_extents.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,771 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2014-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#if HFS_EXTENTS_TEST - -#include "../tests/hfs_extents_test.h" -#include "hfs_extents.h" - -#else - -#include "hfs_extents.h" - -// In this file, group refers to a set of 8 extents - -static uint32_t hfs_total_blocks(const HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *ext, int count); -static errno_t hfs_ext_iter_next_group(struct hfs_ext_iter *iter); -static errno_t hfs_ext_iter_update(struct hfs_ext_iter *iter, - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extents, - int count, - HFSPlusExtentRecord cat_extents); -static errno_t hfs_ext_iter_check_group(hfs_ext_iter_t *iter); - -#endif - -#define CHECK(x, var, goto_label) \ - do { \ - var = (x); \ - if (var) { \ - printf("%s:%u error: %d\n", __func__, __LINE__, var); \ - goto goto_label; \ - } \ - } while (0) - -#define min(a,b) \ - ({ typeof (a) _a = (a); typeof (b) _b = (b); _a < _b ? _a : _b; }) - -static __attribute__((pure)) -const HFSPlusExtentKey *hfs_ext_iter_key(const hfs_ext_iter_t *iter) -{ - return (const HFSPlusExtentKey *)&iter->bt_iter.key; -} - -static __attribute__((pure)) -HFSPlusExtentKey *hfs_ext_iter_key_mut(hfs_ext_iter_t *iter) -{ - return (HFSPlusExtentKey *)&iter->bt_iter.key; -} - -// Returns the total number of blocks for the @count extents provided -uint32_t hfs_total_blocks(const HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extents, int count) -{ - uint32_t block_count = 0; - for (int i = 0; i < count; ++i) - block_count += extents[i].blockCount; - return block_count; -} - -/* - * Checks a group of extents: makes sure that if it's the last group - * for a fork, that all the remaining extents are properly zeroed and - * if it's not then checks that all extents are set. This also sets - * @group_block_count and @last_in_fork. Returns ESTALE if - * inconsistent. - */ -errno_t hfs_ext_iter_check_group(hfs_ext_iter_t *iter) -{ - filefork_t *ff = VTOF(iter->vp); - const HFSPlusExtentKey *key = hfs_ext_iter_key(iter); - uint32_t count = 0; - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; ++i) { - if (!iter->group[i].blockCount) - break; - count += iter->group[i].blockCount; - } - - if (i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity) { - iter->last_in_fork = true; - if (key->startBlock + count != ff_allocblocks(ff)) - goto bad; - - // Check remainder of extents - for (++i; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; ++i) { - if (iter->group[i].blockCount) - goto bad; - } - } else { - if (key->startBlock + count > ff_allocblocks(ff)) - goto bad; - - iter->last_in_fork = (key->startBlock + count == ff_allocblocks(ff)); - } - - iter->group_block_count = count; - - return 0; - -bad: - -#if DEBUG - printf("hfs_ext_iter_check_group: bad group; start: %u, total blocks: %u\n", - key->startBlock, ff_allocblocks(ff)); - - for (int j = 0; j < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; ++j) { - printf("%s<%u, %u>", j ? ", " : "", - iter->group[j].startBlock, iter->group[j].blockCount); - } - - printf("\n"); -#endif - - return ESTALE; -} - -// NOTE: doesn't copy group data -static void hfs_ext_iter_copy(const hfs_ext_iter_t *src, hfs_ext_iter_t *dst) -{ - dst->vp = src->vp; - memcpy(&dst->bt_iter.key, &src->bt_iter.key, sizeof(HFSPlusExtentKey)); - - dst->file_block = src->file_block; - dst->ndx = src->ndx; - - dst->bt_iter.hint = src->bt_iter.hint; - dst->bt_iter.version = 0; - dst->bt_iter.reserved = 0; - dst->bt_iter.hitCount = 0; - dst->bt_iter.maxLeafRecs = 0; -} - -bool hfs_ext_iter_is_catalog_extents(hfs_ext_iter_t *iter) -{ - return hfs_ext_iter_key(iter)->startBlock == 0; -} - -#if !HFS_EXTENTS_TEST - -/* - * Finds the extent for offset. It might be in the catalog or the extents - * file. - */ -errno_t hfs_ext_find(vnode_t vp, off_t offset, hfs_ext_iter_t *iter) -{ - errno_t ret; - hfsmount_t *hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - - iter->vp = vp; - - uint32_t end_block, index; - HFSPlusExtentKey *key = hfs_ext_iter_key_mut(iter); - - filefork_t *ff = VTOF(vp); - - CHECK(SearchExtentFile(hfsmp, ff, offset, - key, iter->group, &index, - &iter->bt_iter.hint.nodeNum, &end_block), ret, exit); - - iter->ndx = index; - iter->file_block = end_block - iter->group[index].blockCount; - - if (!key->keyLength) { - // We're pointing at the catalog record extents so fix up the key - key->keyLength = kHFSPlusExtentKeyMaximumLength; - key->forkType = (VNODE_IS_RSRC(iter->vp) - ? kHFSResourceForkType : kHFSDataForkType); - key->pad = 0; - key->fileID = VTOC(iter->vp)->c_fileid; - key->startBlock = 0; - } - - CHECK(hfs_ext_iter_check_group(iter), ret, exit); - - ret = 0; - -exit: - - return MacToVFSError(ret); -} - -static uint32_t hfs_ext_iter_next_group_block(const hfs_ext_iter_t *iter) -{ - const HFSPlusExtentKey *key = hfs_ext_iter_key(iter); - - return key->startBlock + iter->group_block_count; -} - -/* - * Move the iterator to the next group. Don't call if there's a chance - * there is no entry; the caller should check last_in_fork instead. - */ -static errno_t hfs_ext_iter_next_group(hfs_ext_iter_t *iter) -{ - errno_t ret; - hfsmount_t *hfsmp = VTOHFS(iter->vp); - filefork_t * const tree = hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp->c_datafork; - HFSPlusExtentKey *key = hfs_ext_iter_key_mut(iter); - const bool catalog_extents = hfs_ext_iter_is_catalog_extents(iter); - const uint32_t next_block = hfs_ext_iter_next_group_block(iter); - - FSBufferDescriptor fbd = { - .bufferAddress = &iter->group, - .itemCount = 1, - .itemSize = sizeof(iter->group) - }; - - if (catalog_extents) { - key->startBlock = next_block; - - CHECK(BTSearchRecord(tree, &iter->bt_iter, &fbd, NULL, - &iter->bt_iter), ret, exit); - } else { - const uint32_t file_id = key->fileID; - const uint8_t fork_type = key->forkType; - - CHECK(BTIterateRecord(tree, kBTreeNextRecord, &iter->bt_iter, - &fbd, NULL), ret, exit); - - if (key->fileID != file_id - || key->forkType != fork_type - || key->startBlock != next_block) { - // This indicates an inconsistency - ret = ESTALE; - goto exit; - } - } - - iter->file_block = key->startBlock; - iter->ndx = 0; - - CHECK(hfs_ext_iter_check_group(iter), ret, exit); - - ret = 0; - -exit: - - return MacToVFSError(ret); -} - -/* - * Updates with the extents provided and sets the key up for the next group. - * It is assumed that any previous record that might collide has been deleted. - * NOTE: @extents must point to a buffer that can be zero padded to multiple - * of 8 extents. - */ -errno_t hfs_ext_iter_update(hfs_ext_iter_t *iter, - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extents, - int count, - HFSPlusExtentRecord cat_extents) -{ - errno_t ret; - hfsmount_t *hfsmp = VTOHFS(iter->vp); - cnode_t *cp = VTOC(iter->vp); - HFSPlusExtentKey *key = hfs_ext_iter_key_mut(iter); - int ndx = 0; - - if (!extents) - extents = iter->group; - - if (count % kHFSPlusExtentDensity) { - // Zero out last group - bzero(&extents[count], (kHFSPlusExtentDensity - - (count % 8)) * sizeof(*extents)); - } - - if (hfs_ext_iter_is_catalog_extents(iter)) { - // Caller is responsible for in-memory updates - - if (cat_extents) - hfs_ext_copy_rec(extents, cat_extents); - - struct cat_fork fork; - - hfs_fork_copy(&fork, &VTOF(iter->vp)->ff_data, extents); - hfs_prepare_fork_for_update(VTOF(iter->vp), &fork, &fork, hfsmp->blockSize); - - bool is_rsrc = VNODE_IS_RSRC(iter->vp); - CHECK(cat_update(hfsmp, &cp->c_desc, &cp->c_attr, - is_rsrc ? NULL : &fork, - is_rsrc ? &fork : NULL), ret, exit); - - // Set the key to the next group - key->startBlock = hfs_total_blocks(extents, kHFSPlusExtentDensity); - - ndx += 8; - } - - // Deal with the remainder which must be overflow extents - for (; ndx < count; ndx += 8) { - filefork_t * const tree = hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp->c_datafork; - - FSBufferDescriptor fbd = { - .bufferAddress = &extents[ndx], - .itemCount = 1, - .itemSize = sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord) - }; - - CHECK(BTInsertRecord(tree, &iter->bt_iter, &fbd, - sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)), ret, exit); - - // Set the key to the next group - key->startBlock += hfs_total_blocks(&extents[ndx], kHFSPlusExtentDensity); - } - - ret = 0; - -exit: - - return ret; -} - -#endif // !HFS_EXTENTS_TEST - -static void push_ext(HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extents, int *count, - const HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *ext) -{ - if (!ext->blockCount) - return; - - if (*count && hfs_ext_end(&extents[*count - 1]) == ext->startBlock) - extents[*count - 1].blockCount += ext->blockCount; - else - extents[(*count)++] = *ext; -} - -/* - * NOTE: Here we rely on the replacement extents not being too big as - * otherwise the number of BTree records that we have to delete could be - * too large. - */ -errno_t hfs_ext_replace(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, vnode_t vp, - uint32_t file_block, - const HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *repl, - int repl_count, - HFSPlusExtentRecord catalog_extents) -{ - errno_t ret; - filefork_t * const tree = hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp->c_datafork; - hfs_ext_iter_t *iter_in = NULL, *iter_out; - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extents = NULL; - int buffered_extents = 0; - const int max_roll_back_extents = 16384; // 128k - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *roll_back_extents = NULL; - int roll_back_count = 0; - const uint32_t end_file_block = file_block + hfs_total_blocks(repl, repl_count); - filefork_t *ff = VTOF(vp); - uint32_t start_group_block = 0, block = 0; - - // Indicate we haven't touched catalog extents - catalog_extents[0].blockCount = 0; - - if (end_file_block > ff_allocblocks(ff)) - return EINVAL; - - iter_in = hfs_malloc(sizeof(*iter_in) * 2); - iter_out = iter_in + 1; - HFSPlusExtentKey *key_in = hfs_ext_iter_key_mut(iter_in); - - // Get to where we want to start - off_t offset = hfs_blk_to_bytes(file_block, hfsmp->blockSize); - - /* - * If the replacement is at the start of a group, we want to pull in the - * group before so that we tidy up any padding that we might have done - * in a prior hfs_ext_replace call. - */ - if (offset > 0) - --offset; - - CHECK(hfs_ext_find(vp, offset, iter_in), ret, exit); - - start_group_block = key_in->startBlock; - - roll_back_extents = hfs_malloc(max_roll_back_extents - * sizeof(HFSPlusExtentDescriptor)); - - // Move to the first extent in this group - iter_in->ndx = 0; - - hfs_ext_iter_copy(iter_in, iter_out); - - // Create a buffer for our extents - buffered_extents = roundup(3 * kHFSPlusExtentDensity + repl_count, - kHFSPlusExtentDensity); - extents = hfs_malloc(sizeof(*extents) * buffered_extents); - int count = 0; - - /* - * Iterate through the extents that are affected by this replace operation. - * We cannot push more than 16 + repl_count extents here; 8 for the group - * containing the replacement start, repl_count for the replacements and 8 - * for the group containing the end. If we went back a group due to - * decrementing the offset above, it's still the same because we know in - * that case the replacement starts at the beginning of the next group. - */ - block = start_group_block; - for (;;) { - if (!iter_in->ndx) { - hfs_ext_copy_rec(iter_in->group, &roll_back_extents[roll_back_count]); - roll_back_count += kHFSPlusExtentDensity; - - if (!hfs_ext_iter_is_catalog_extents(iter_in)) { - // Delete this extent group; we're going to replace it - CHECK(BTDeleteRecord(tree, &iter_in->bt_iter), ret, exit); - } - } - - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *ext = &iter_in->group[iter_in->ndx]; - if (!ext->blockCount) { - /* - * We ran out of existing extents so we just write the - * extents and we're done. - */ - goto finish; - } - - // If the current extent does not overlap replacement... - if (block + ext->blockCount <= file_block || block >= end_file_block) { - // Keep the current extent exactly as it is - push_ext(extents, &count, ext); - } else { - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor dealloc_ext = *ext; - - if (block <= file_block) { - /* - * The middle or tail of the current extent overlaps - * the replacement extents. Keep the non-overlapping - * head of the current extent. - */ - uint32_t trimmed_len = file_block - block; - - if (trimmed_len) { - // Push (keep) non-overlapping head of current extent - push_ext(extents, &count, - &(HFSPlusExtentDescriptor){ ext->startBlock, - trimmed_len }); - - /* - * Deallocate the part of the current extent that - * overlaps the replacement extents. That starts - * at @file_block. For now, assume it goes - * through the end of the current extent. (If the - * current extent extends beyond the end of the - * replacement extents, we'll update the - * blockCount below.) - */ - dealloc_ext.startBlock += trimmed_len; - dealloc_ext.blockCount -= trimmed_len; - } - - // Insert the replacements - for (int i = 0; i < repl_count; ++i) - push_ext(extents, &count, &repl[i]); - } - - if (block + ext->blockCount > end_file_block) { - /* - * The head or middle of the current extent overlaps - * the replacement extents. Keep the non-overlapping - * tail of the current extent. - */ - uint32_t overlap = end_file_block - block; - - // Push (keep) non-overlapping tail of current extent - push_ext(extents, &count, - &(HFSPlusExtentDescriptor){ ext->startBlock + overlap, - ext->blockCount - overlap }); - - /* - * Deallocate the part of current extent that overlaps - * the replacements. - */ - dealloc_ext.blockCount = (ext->startBlock + overlap - - dealloc_ext.startBlock); - } - - CHECK(BlockDeallocate(hfsmp, dealloc_ext.startBlock, - dealloc_ext.blockCount, 0), ret, exit); - } - - // Move to next (existing) extent from iterator - block += ext->blockCount; - - if (++iter_in->ndx >= kHFSPlusExtentDensity) { - if (block >= end_file_block) { - if (iter_in->last_in_fork || !(count % kHFSPlusExtentDensity)) { - /* - * This is the easy case. We've hit the end or we have a - * multiple of 8, so we can just write out the extents we - * have and it should all fit within a transaction. - */ - - goto finish; - } - - if (count + kHFSPlusExtentDensity > buffered_extents - || (roll_back_count - + kHFSPlusExtentDensity > max_roll_back_extents)) { - /* - * We've run out of room for the next group, so drop out - * and take a different strategy. - */ - break; - } - } - - CHECK(hfs_ext_iter_next_group(iter_in), ret, exit); - } - } // for (;;) - - /* - * We're not at the end so we need to try and pad to a multiple of 8 - * so that we don't have to touch all the subsequent records. We pad - * by stealing single blocks. - */ - - int stop_at = 0; - - for (;;) { - // @in points to the record we're stealing from - int in = count - 1; - - count = roundup(count, kHFSPlusExtentDensity); - - // @out is where we put the stolen single blocks - int out = count - 1; - - do { - if (out <= in) { - // We suceeded in padding; we're done - goto finish; - } - - /* - * "Steal" a block, or move a one-block extent within the - * @extents array. - * - * If the extent we're "stealing" from (@in) is only one - * block long, we'll end up copying it to @out, setting - * @in's blockCount to zero, and decrementing @in. So, we - * either split a multi-block extent; or move it within - * the @extents array. - */ - extents[out].blockCount = 1; - extents[out].startBlock = (extents[in].startBlock - + extents[in].blockCount - 1); - --out; - } while (--extents[in].blockCount || --in >= stop_at); - - // We ran out of extents - if (roll_back_count + kHFSPlusExtentDensity > max_roll_back_extents) { - ret = ENOSPC; - goto exit; - } - - // Need to shift extents starting at out + 1 - ++out; - memmove(&extents[stop_at], &extents[out], - (count - out) * sizeof(*extents)); - count -= out - stop_at; - - // Pull in the next group - CHECK(hfs_ext_iter_next_group(iter_in), ret, exit); - - // Take a copy of these extents for roll back purposes - hfs_ext_copy_rec(iter_in->group, &roll_back_extents[roll_back_count]); - roll_back_count += kHFSPlusExtentDensity; - - // Delete this group; we're going to replace it - CHECK(BTDeleteRecord(tree, &iter_in->bt_iter), ret, exit); - - if (iter_in->last_in_fork) { - // Great! We've hit the end. Coalesce and write out. - int old_count = count; - count = 0; - - /* - * First coalesce the extents we already have. Takes - * advantage of push_ext coalescing the input extent with - * the last extent in @extents. If the extents are not - * contiguous, then this just copies the extents over - * themselves and sets @count back to @old_count. - */ - for (int i = 0; i < old_count; ++i) - push_ext(extents, &count, &extents[i]); - - // Make room if necessary - const int flush_count = buffered_extents - kHFSPlusExtentDensity; - if (count > flush_count) { - CHECK(hfs_ext_iter_update(iter_out, extents, - flush_count, catalog_extents), ret, exit); - - memmove(&extents[0], &extents[flush_count], - (count - flush_count) * sizeof(*extents)); - - count -= flush_count; - } - - // Add in the extents we just read in - for (int i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; ++i) { - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *ext = &iter_in->group[i]; - if (!ext->blockCount) - break; - push_ext(extents, &count, ext); - } - - goto finish; - } // if (iter_in->last_in_fork) - - /* - * Otherwise, we're not at the end, so we add these extents and then - * try and pad out again to a multiple of 8. We start by making room. - */ - if (count > buffered_extents - kHFSPlusExtentDensity) { - // Only write out one group here - CHECK(hfs_ext_iter_update(iter_out, extents, - kHFSPlusExtentDensity, - catalog_extents), ret, exit); - - memmove(&extents[0], &extents[kHFSPlusExtentDensity], - (count - kHFSPlusExtentDensity) * sizeof(*extents)); - - count -= kHFSPlusExtentDensity; - } - - // Record where to stop when padding above - stop_at = count; - - // Copy in the new extents - hfs_ext_copy_rec(iter_in->group, &extents[count]); - count += kHFSPlusExtentDensity; - } // for (;;) - -finish: - - // Write the remaining extents - CHECK(hfs_ext_iter_update(iter_out, extents, count, - catalog_extents), ret, exit); - - CHECK(BTFlushPath(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork), ret, exit); - CHECK(BTFlushPath(hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp->c_datafork), ret, exit); - -exit: - - if (ret && roll_back_count) { - -#define RB_FAILED \ - do { \ - printf("hfs_ext_replace:%u: roll back failed\n", __LINE__); \ - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_ROLLBACK_FAILED); \ - goto roll_back_failed; \ - } while (0) - - // First delete any groups we inserted - HFSPlusExtentKey *key_out = hfs_ext_iter_key_mut(iter_out); - - key_in->startBlock = start_group_block; - if (!key_in->startBlock && key_out->startBlock > key_in->startBlock) { - key_in->startBlock += hfs_total_blocks(catalog_extents, - kHFSPlusExtentDensity); - } - - if (key_out->startBlock > key_in->startBlock) { - FSBufferDescriptor fbd = { - .bufferAddress = &iter_in->group, - .itemCount = 1, - .itemSize = sizeof(iter_in->group) - }; - - if (BTSearchRecord(tree, &iter_in->bt_iter, &fbd, NULL, - &iter_in->bt_iter)) { - RB_FAILED; - } - - for (;;) { - if (BTDeleteRecord(tree, &iter_in->bt_iter)) - RB_FAILED; - - key_in->startBlock += hfs_total_blocks(iter_in->group, - kHFSPlusExtentDensity); - - if (key_in->startBlock >= key_out->startBlock) - break; - - if (BTSearchRecord(tree, &iter_in->bt_iter, &fbd, NULL, - &iter_in->bt_iter)) { - RB_FAILED; - } - } - } - - // Position iter_out - key_out->startBlock = start_group_block; - - // Roll back all the extents - if (hfs_ext_iter_update(iter_out, roll_back_extents, roll_back_count, - catalog_extents)) { - RB_FAILED; - } - - // And we need to reallocate the blocks we deallocated - const uint32_t end_block = min(block, end_file_block); - block = start_group_block; - for (int i = 0; i < roll_back_count && block < end_block; ++i) { - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *ext = &roll_back_extents[i]; - - if (block + ext->blockCount <= file_block) - continue; - - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor alloc_ext = *ext; - - if (block <= file_block) { - uint32_t trimmed_len = file_block - block; - - alloc_ext.startBlock += trimmed_len; - alloc_ext.blockCount -= trimmed_len; - } - - if (block + ext->blockCount > end_file_block) { - uint32_t overlap = end_file_block - block; - - alloc_ext.blockCount = (ext->startBlock + overlap - - alloc_ext.startBlock); - } - - if (hfs_block_alloc(hfsmp, &alloc_ext, HFS_ALLOC_ROLL_BACK, NULL)) - RB_FAILED; - - block += ext->blockCount; - } - - if (BTFlushPath(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork) - || BTFlushPath(hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp->c_datafork)) { - RB_FAILED; - } - } // if (ret && roll_back_count) - -roll_back_failed: - - hfs_free(iter_in, sizeof(*iter_in) * 2); - hfs_free(extents, sizeof(*extents) * buffered_extents); - hfs_free(roll_back_extents, (max_roll_back_extents - * sizeof(HFSPlusExtentDescriptor))); - - return MacToVFSError(ret); -} diff --git a/core/hfs_extents.h b/core/hfs_extents.h deleted file mode 100644 index fce2e49..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_extents.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2014-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#ifndef HFS_EXTENTS_H_ -#define HFS_EXTENTS_H_ - -#include -#include - -#include "hfs_format.h" - -#if !HFS_EXTENTS_TEST && !HFS_ALLOC_TEST -#include "hfs_cnode.h" -#include "hfs.h" -#include "BTreesInternal.h" -#endif - -typedef struct hfs_ext_iter { - struct vnode *vp; // If NULL, this is an xattr extent - BTreeIterator bt_iter; - uint8_t ndx; // Index in group - bool last_in_fork; - uint32_t file_block; - uint32_t group_block_count; - HFSPlusExtentRecord group; -} hfs_ext_iter_t; - -errno_t hfs_ext_find(vnode_t vp, off_t offset, hfs_ext_iter_t *iter); - -errno_t hfs_ext_replace(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, vnode_t vp, - uint32_t file_block, - const HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *repl, - int count, - HFSPlusExtentRecord catalog_extents); - -bool hfs_ext_iter_is_catalog_extents(hfs_ext_iter_t *iter); - -static inline void hfs_ext_copy_rec(const HFSPlusExtentRecord src, - HFSPlusExtentRecord dst) -{ - memcpy(dst, src, sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); -} - -static inline uint32_t hfs_ext_end(const HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *ext) -{ - return ext->startBlock + ext->blockCount; -} - -#endif // HFS_EXTENTS_H_ diff --git a/core/hfs_format.h b/core/hfs_format.h deleted file mode 100644 index 89df0dc..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_format.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,818 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -#ifndef __HFS_FORMAT__ -#define __HFS_FORMAT__ - -#include -#include -#include "hfs_unistr.h" - -/* - * hfs_format.h - * - * This file describes the on-disk format for HFS and HFS Plus volumes. - * - * Note: Starting 10.9, definition of struct HFSUniStr255 exists in hfs_unitstr.h - * - */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* some on-disk hfs structures have 68K alignment (misaligned) */ - -/* Signatures used to differentiate between HFS and HFS Plus volumes */ -enum { - kHFSSigWord = 0x4244, /* 'BD' in ASCII */ - kHFSPlusSigWord = 0x482B, /* 'H+' in ASCII */ - kHFSXSigWord = 0x4858, /* 'HX' in ASCII */ - - kHFSPlusVersion = 0x0004, /* 'H+' volumes are version 4 only */ - kHFSXVersion = 0x0005, /* 'HX' volumes start with version 5 */ - - kHFSPlusMountVersion = 0x31302E30, /* '10.0' for Mac OS X */ - kHFSJMountVersion = 0x4846534a, /* 'HFSJ' for journaled HFS+ on OS X */ - kFSKMountVersion = 0x46534b21 /* 'FSK!' for failed journal replay */ -}; - - -#ifdef __APPLE_API_PRIVATE -/* - * Mac OS X has two special directories on HFS+ volumes for hardlinked files - * and hardlinked directories as well as for open-unlinked files. - * - * These directories and their contents are not exported from the filesystem - * under Mac OS X. - */ -#define HFSPLUSMETADATAFOLDER "\xE2\x90\x80\xE2\x90\x80\xE2\x90\x80\xE2\x90\x80HFS+ Private Data" -#define HFSPLUS_DIR_METADATA_FOLDER ".HFS+ Private Directory Data\xd" - -/* - * Files in the "HFS+ Private Data" folder have one of the following prefixes - * followed by a decimal number (no leading zeros) for the file ID. - * - * Note: Earlier version of Mac OS X used a 32 bit random number for the link - * ref number instead of the file id. - * - * e.g. iNode7182000 and temp3296 - */ -#define HFS_INODE_PREFIX "iNode" -#define HFS_DELETE_PREFIX "temp" - -/* - * Files in the ".HFS+ Private Directory Data" folder have the following - * prefix followed by a decimal number (no leading zeros) for the file ID. - * - * e.g. dir_555 - */ -#define HFS_DIRINODE_PREFIX "dir_" - -/* - * Hardlink inodes save the head of the link chain in - * an extended attribute named FIRST_LINK_XATTR_NAME. - * The attribute data is the decimal value in ASCII - * of the cnid for the first link in the chain. - * - * This extended attribute is private (i.e. its not - * exported in the getxattr/listxattr POSIX APIs). - */ -#define FIRST_LINK_XATTR_NAME "com.apple.system.hfs.firstlink" -#define FIRST_LINK_XATTR_REC_SIZE (sizeof(HFSPlusAttrData) - 2 + 12) - -/* - * The name space ID for generating an HFS volume UUID - * - * B3E20F39-F292-11D6-97A4-00306543ECAC - */ -#define HFS_UUID_NAMESPACE_ID "\xB3\xE2\x0F\x39\xF2\x92\x11\xD6\x97\xA4\x00\x30\x65\x43\xEC\xAC" - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_PRIVATE */ - -/* - * Indirect link files (hard links) have the following type/creator. - */ -enum { - kHardLinkFileType = 0x686C6E6B, /* 'hlnk' */ - kHFSPlusCreator = 0x6866732B /* 'hfs+' */ -}; - - -/* - * File type and creator for symbolic links - */ -enum { - kSymLinkFileType = 0x736C6E6B, /* 'slnk' */ - kSymLinkCreator = 0x72686170 /* 'rhap' */ -}; - - -enum { - kHFSMaxVolumeNameChars = 27, - kHFSMaxFileNameChars = 31, - kHFSPlusMaxFileNameChars = 255 -}; - - -/* Extent overflow file data structures */ - -/* HFS Extent key */ -struct HFSExtentKey { - u_int8_t keyLength; /* length of key, excluding this field */ - u_int8_t forkType; /* 0 = data fork, FF = resource fork */ - u_int32_t fileID; /* file ID */ - u_int16_t startBlock; /* first file allocation block number in this extent */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSExtentKey HFSExtentKey; - -/* HFS Plus Extent key */ -struct HFSPlusExtentKey { - u_int16_t keyLength; /* length of key, excluding this field */ - u_int8_t forkType; /* 0 = data fork, FF = resource fork */ - u_int8_t pad; /* make the other fields align on 32-bit boundary */ - u_int32_t fileID; /* file ID */ - u_int32_t startBlock; /* first file allocation block number in this extent */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSPlusExtentKey HFSPlusExtentKey; - -/* Number of extent descriptors per extent record */ -enum { - kHFSExtentDensity = 3, - kHFSPlusExtentDensity = 8 -}; - -/* HFS extent descriptor */ -struct HFSExtentDescriptor { - u_int16_t startBlock; /* first allocation block */ - u_int16_t blockCount; /* number of allocation blocks */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSExtentDescriptor HFSExtentDescriptor; - -/* HFS Plus extent descriptor */ -struct HFSPlusExtentDescriptor { - u_int32_t startBlock; /* first allocation block */ - u_int32_t blockCount; /* number of allocation blocks */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSPlusExtentDescriptor HFSPlusExtentDescriptor; - -/* HFS extent record */ -typedef HFSExtentDescriptor HFSExtentRecord[3]; - -/* HFS Plus extent record */ -typedef HFSPlusExtentDescriptor HFSPlusExtentRecord[8]; - - -/* Finder information */ -struct FndrFileInfo { - u_int32_t fdType; /* file type */ - u_int32_t fdCreator; /* file creator */ - u_int16_t fdFlags; /* Finder flags */ - struct { - int16_t v; /* file's location */ - int16_t h; - } fdLocation; - int16_t opaque; -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct FndrFileInfo FndrFileInfo; - -struct FndrDirInfo { - struct { /* folder's window rectangle */ - int16_t top; - int16_t left; - int16_t bottom; - int16_t right; - } frRect; - unsigned short frFlags; /* Finder flags */ - struct { - u_int16_t v; /* folder's location */ - u_int16_t h; - } frLocation; - int16_t opaque; -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct FndrDirInfo FndrDirInfo; - -struct FndrOpaqueInfo { - int8_t opaque[16]; -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct FndrOpaqueInfo FndrOpaqueInfo; - -struct FndrExtendedDirInfo { - u_int32_t document_id; - u_int32_t date_added; - u_int16_t extended_flags; - u_int16_t reserved3; - u_int32_t write_gen_counter; -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); - -struct FndrExtendedFileInfo { - u_int32_t document_id; - u_int32_t date_added; - u_int16_t extended_flags; - u_int16_t reserved2; - u_int32_t write_gen_counter; -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); - -/* HFS Plus Fork data info - 80 bytes */ -struct HFSPlusForkData { - u_int64_t logicalSize; /* fork's logical size in bytes */ - u_int32_t clumpSize; /* fork's clump size in bytes */ - u_int32_t totalBlocks; /* total blocks used by this fork */ - HFSPlusExtentRecord extents; /* initial set of extents */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSPlusForkData HFSPlusForkData; - - -/* Mac OS X has 16 bytes worth of "BSD" info. - * - * Note: Mac OS 9 implementations and applications - * should preserve, but not change, this information. - */ -struct HFSPlusBSDInfo { - u_int32_t ownerID; /* user-id of owner or hard link chain previous link */ - u_int32_t groupID; /* group-id of owner or hard link chain next link */ - u_int8_t adminFlags; /* super-user changeable flags */ - u_int8_t ownerFlags; /* owner changeable flags */ - u_int16_t fileMode; /* file type and permission bits */ - union { - u_int32_t iNodeNum; /* indirect node number (hard links only) */ - u_int32_t linkCount; /* links that refer to this indirect node */ - u_int32_t rawDevice; /* special file device (FBLK and FCHR only) */ - } special; -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSPlusBSDInfo HFSPlusBSDInfo; - -/* - * Hardlink "links" resolve to an inode - * and the actual uid/gid comes from that - * inode. - * - * We repurpose the links's uid/gid fields - * for the hardlink link chain. The chain - * consists of a doubly linked list of file - * ids. - */ - -#define hl_firstLinkID reserved1 /* Valid only if HasLinkChain flag is set (indirect nodes only) */ - -#define hl_prevLinkID bsdInfo.ownerID /* Valid only if HasLinkChain flag is set */ -#define hl_nextLinkID bsdInfo.groupID /* Valid only if HasLinkChain flag is set */ - -#define hl_linkReference bsdInfo.special.iNodeNum -#define hl_linkCount bsdInfo.special.linkCount - - -/* Catalog file data structures */ - -enum { - kHFSRootParentID = 1, /* Parent ID of the root folder */ - kHFSRootFolderID = 2, /* Folder ID of the root folder */ - kHFSExtentsFileID = 3, /* File ID of the extents file */ - kHFSCatalogFileID = 4, /* File ID of the catalog file */ - kHFSBadBlockFileID = 5, /* File ID of the bad allocation block file */ - kHFSAllocationFileID = 6, /* File ID of the allocation file (HFS Plus only) */ - kHFSStartupFileID = 7, /* File ID of the startup file (HFS Plus only) */ - kHFSAttributesFileID = 8, /* File ID of the attribute file (HFS Plus only) */ - kHFSAttributeDataFileID = 13, /* Used in Mac OS X runtime for extent based attributes */ - /* kHFSAttributeDataFileID is never stored on disk. */ - kHFSRepairCatalogFileID = 14, /* Used when rebuilding Catalog B-tree */ - kHFSBogusExtentFileID = 15, /* Used for exchanging extents in extents file */ - kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID = 16 -}; - -/* HFS catalog key */ -struct HFSCatalogKey { - u_int8_t keyLength; /* key length (in bytes) */ - u_int8_t reserved; /* reserved (set to zero) */ - u_int32_t parentID; /* parent folder ID */ - u_int8_t nodeName[kHFSMaxFileNameChars + 1]; /* catalog node name */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSCatalogKey HFSCatalogKey; - -/* HFS Plus catalog key */ -struct HFSPlusCatalogKey { - u_int16_t keyLength; /* key length (in bytes) */ - u_int32_t parentID; /* parent folder ID */ - HFSUniStr255 nodeName; /* catalog node name */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSPlusCatalogKey HFSPlusCatalogKey; - -/* Catalog record types */ -enum { - /* HFS Catalog Records */ - kHFSFolderRecord = 0x0100, /* Folder record */ - kHFSFileRecord = 0x0200, /* File record */ - kHFSFolderThreadRecord = 0x0300, /* Folder thread record */ - kHFSFileThreadRecord = 0x0400, /* File thread record */ - - /* HFS Plus Catalog Records */ - kHFSPlusFolderRecord = 1, /* Folder record */ - kHFSPlusFileRecord = 2, /* File record */ - kHFSPlusFolderThreadRecord = 3, /* Folder thread record */ - kHFSPlusFileThreadRecord = 4 /* File thread record */ -}; - - -/* Catalog file record flags */ -enum { - kHFSFileLockedBit = 0x0000, /* file is locked and cannot be written to */ - kHFSFileLockedMask = 0x0001, - - kHFSThreadExistsBit = 0x0001, /* a file thread record exists for this file */ - kHFSThreadExistsMask = 0x0002, - - kHFSHasAttributesBit = 0x0002, /* object has extended attributes */ - kHFSHasAttributesMask = 0x0004, - - kHFSHasSecurityBit = 0x0003, /* object has security data (ACLs) */ - kHFSHasSecurityMask = 0x0008, - - kHFSHasFolderCountBit = 0x0004, /* only for HFSX, folder maintains a separate sub-folder count */ - kHFSHasFolderCountMask = 0x0010, /* (sum of folder records and directory hard links) */ - - kHFSHasLinkChainBit = 0x0005, /* has hardlink chain (inode or link) */ - kHFSHasLinkChainMask = 0x0020, - - kHFSHasChildLinkBit = 0x0006, /* folder has a child that's a dir link */ - kHFSHasChildLinkMask = 0x0040, - - kHFSHasDateAddedBit = 0x0007, /* File/Folder has the date-added stored in the finder info. */ - kHFSHasDateAddedMask = 0x0080, - - kHFSFastDevPinnedBit = 0x0008, /* this file has been pinned to the fast-device by the hot-file code on cooperative fusion */ - kHFSFastDevPinnedMask = 0x0100, - - kHFSDoNotFastDevPinBit = 0x0009, /* this file can not be pinned to the fast-device */ - kHFSDoNotFastDevPinMask = 0x0200, - - kHFSFastDevCandidateBit = 0x000a, /* this item is a potential candidate for fast-dev pinning (as are any of its descendents */ - kHFSFastDevCandidateMask = 0x0400, - - kHFSAutoCandidateBit = 0x000b, /* this item was automatically marked as a fast-dev candidate by the kernel */ - kHFSAutoCandidateMask = 0x0800 - - // There are only 4 flag bits remaining: 0x1000, 0x2000, 0x4000, 0x8000 - -}; - - -/* HFS catalog folder record - 70 bytes */ -struct HFSCatalogFolder { - int16_t recordType; /* == kHFSFolderRecord */ - u_int16_t flags; /* folder flags */ - u_int16_t valence; /* folder valence */ - u_int32_t folderID; /* folder ID */ - u_int32_t createDate; /* date and time of creation */ - u_int32_t modifyDate; /* date and time of last modification */ - u_int32_t backupDate; /* date and time of last backup */ - FndrDirInfo userInfo; /* Finder information */ - FndrOpaqueInfo finderInfo; /* additional Finder information */ - u_int32_t reserved[4]; /* reserved - initialized as zero */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSCatalogFolder HFSCatalogFolder; - -/* HFS Plus catalog folder record - 88 bytes */ -struct HFSPlusCatalogFolder { - int16_t recordType; /* == kHFSPlusFolderRecord */ - u_int16_t flags; /* file flags */ - u_int32_t valence; /* folder's item count */ - u_int32_t folderID; /* folder ID */ - u_int32_t createDate; /* date and time of creation */ - u_int32_t contentModDate; /* date and time of last content modification */ - u_int32_t attributeModDate; /* date and time of last attribute modification */ - u_int32_t accessDate; /* date and time of last access (MacOS X only) */ - u_int32_t backupDate; /* date and time of last backup */ - HFSPlusBSDInfo bsdInfo; /* permissions (for MacOS X) */ - FndrDirInfo userInfo; /* Finder information */ - FndrOpaqueInfo finderInfo; /* additional Finder information */ - u_int32_t textEncoding; /* hint for name conversions */ - u_int32_t folderCount; /* number of enclosed folders, active when HasFolderCount is set */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSPlusCatalogFolder HFSPlusCatalogFolder; - -/* HFS catalog file record - 102 bytes */ -struct HFSCatalogFile { - int16_t recordType; /* == kHFSFileRecord */ - u_int8_t flags; /* file flags */ - int8_t fileType; /* file type (unused ?) */ - FndrFileInfo userInfo; /* Finder information */ - u_int32_t fileID; /* file ID */ - u_int16_t dataStartBlock; /* not used - set to zero */ - int32_t dataLogicalSize; /* logical EOF of data fork */ - int32_t dataPhysicalSize; /* physical EOF of data fork */ - u_int16_t rsrcStartBlock; /* not used - set to zero */ - int32_t rsrcLogicalSize; /* logical EOF of resource fork */ - int32_t rsrcPhysicalSize; /* physical EOF of resource fork */ - u_int32_t createDate; /* date and time of creation */ - u_int32_t modifyDate; /* date and time of last modification */ - u_int32_t backupDate; /* date and time of last backup */ - FndrOpaqueInfo finderInfo; /* additional Finder information */ - u_int16_t clumpSize; /* file clump size (not used) */ - HFSExtentRecord dataExtents; /* first data fork extent record */ - HFSExtentRecord rsrcExtents; /* first resource fork extent record */ - u_int32_t reserved; /* reserved - initialized as zero */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSCatalogFile HFSCatalogFile; - -/* HFS Plus catalog file record - 248 bytes */ -struct HFSPlusCatalogFile { - int16_t recordType; /* == kHFSPlusFileRecord */ - u_int16_t flags; /* file flags */ - u_int32_t reserved1; /* reserved - initialized as zero */ - u_int32_t fileID; /* file ID */ - u_int32_t createDate; /* date and time of creation */ - u_int32_t contentModDate; /* date and time of last content modification */ - u_int32_t attributeModDate; /* date and time of last attribute modification */ - u_int32_t accessDate; /* date and time of last access (MacOS X only) */ - u_int32_t backupDate; /* date and time of last backup */ - HFSPlusBSDInfo bsdInfo; /* permissions (for MacOS X) */ - FndrFileInfo userInfo; /* Finder information */ - FndrOpaqueInfo finderInfo; /* additional Finder information */ - u_int32_t textEncoding; /* hint for name conversions */ - u_int32_t reserved2; /* reserved - initialized as zero */ - - /* Note: these start on double long (64 bit) boundary */ - HFSPlusForkData dataFork; /* size and block data for data fork */ - HFSPlusForkData resourceFork; /* size and block data for resource fork */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSPlusCatalogFile HFSPlusCatalogFile; - -/* HFS catalog thread record - 46 bytes */ -struct HFSCatalogThread { - int16_t recordType; /* == kHFSFolderThreadRecord or kHFSFileThreadRecord */ - int32_t reserved[2]; /* reserved - initialized as zero */ - u_int32_t parentID; /* parent ID for this catalog node */ - u_int8_t nodeName[kHFSMaxFileNameChars + 1]; /* name of this catalog node */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSCatalogThread HFSCatalogThread; - -/* HFS Plus catalog thread record -- 264 bytes */ -struct HFSPlusCatalogThread { - int16_t recordType; /* == kHFSPlusFolderThreadRecord or kHFSPlusFileThreadRecord */ - int16_t reserved; /* reserved - initialized as zero */ - u_int32_t parentID; /* parent ID for this catalog node */ - HFSUniStr255 nodeName; /* name of this catalog node (variable length) */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSPlusCatalogThread HFSPlusCatalogThread; - -#ifdef __APPLE_API_UNSTABLE -/* - * These are the types of records in the attribute B-tree. The values were - * chosen so that they wouldn't conflict with the catalog record types. - */ -enum { - kHFSPlusAttrInlineData = 0x10, /* attributes whose data fits in a b-tree node */ - kHFSPlusAttrForkData = 0x20, /* extent based attributes (data lives in extents) */ - kHFSPlusAttrExtents = 0x30 /* overflow extents for large attributes */ -}; - - -/* - * HFSPlusAttrForkData - * For larger attributes, whose value is stored in allocation blocks. - * If the attribute has more than 8 extents, there will be additional - * records (of type HFSPlusAttrExtents) for this attribute. - */ -struct HFSPlusAttrForkData { - u_int32_t recordType; /* == kHFSPlusAttrForkData*/ - u_int32_t reserved; - HFSPlusForkData theFork; /* size and first extents of value*/ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSPlusAttrForkData HFSPlusAttrForkData; - -/* - * HFSPlusAttrExtents - * This record contains information about overflow extents for large, - * fragmented attributes. - */ -struct HFSPlusAttrExtents { - u_int32_t recordType; /* == kHFSPlusAttrExtents*/ - u_int32_t reserved; - HFSPlusExtentRecord extents; /* additional extents*/ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSPlusAttrExtents HFSPlusAttrExtents; - -/* - * Atrributes B-tree Data Record - * - * For small attributes, whose entire value is stored - * within a single B-tree record. - */ -struct HFSPlusAttrData { - u_int32_t recordType; /* == kHFSPlusAttrInlineData */ - u_int32_t reserved[2]; - u_int32_t attrSize; /* size of attribute data in bytes */ - u_int8_t attrData[2]; /* variable length */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSPlusAttrData HFSPlusAttrData; - - -/* HFSPlusAttrInlineData is obsolete use HFSPlusAttrData instead */ -struct HFSPlusAttrInlineData { - u_int32_t recordType; - u_int32_t reserved; - u_int32_t logicalSize; - u_int8_t userData[2]; -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSPlusAttrInlineData HFSPlusAttrInlineData; - - -/* A generic Attribute Record */ -union HFSPlusAttrRecord { - u_int32_t recordType; - HFSPlusAttrInlineData inlineData; /* NOT USED */ - HFSPlusAttrData attrData; - HFSPlusAttrForkData forkData; - HFSPlusAttrExtents overflowExtents; -}; -typedef union HFSPlusAttrRecord HFSPlusAttrRecord; - -/* Attribute key */ -enum { kHFSMaxAttrNameLen = 127 }; -struct HFSPlusAttrKey { - u_int16_t keyLength; /* key length (in bytes) */ - u_int16_t pad; /* set to zero */ - u_int32_t fileID; /* file associated with attribute */ - u_int32_t startBlock; /* first allocation block number for extents */ - u_int16_t attrNameLen; /* number of unicode characters */ - u_int16_t attrName[kHFSMaxAttrNameLen]; /* attribute name (Unicode) */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSPlusAttrKey HFSPlusAttrKey; - -#define kHFSPlusAttrKeyMaximumLength (sizeof(HFSPlusAttrKey) - sizeof(u_int16_t)) -#define kHFSPlusAttrKeyMinimumLength (kHFSPlusAttrKeyMaximumLength - kHFSMaxAttrNameLen*sizeof(u_int16_t)) - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_UNSTABLE */ - - -/* Key and node lengths */ -enum { - kHFSPlusExtentKeyMaximumLength = sizeof(HFSPlusExtentKey) - sizeof(u_int16_t), - kHFSExtentKeyMaximumLength = sizeof(HFSExtentKey) - sizeof(u_int8_t), - kHFSPlusCatalogKeyMaximumLength = sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogKey) - sizeof(u_int16_t), - kHFSPlusCatalogKeyMinimumLength = kHFSPlusCatalogKeyMaximumLength - sizeof(HFSUniStr255) + sizeof(u_int16_t), - kHFSCatalogKeyMaximumLength = sizeof(HFSCatalogKey) - sizeof(u_int8_t), - kHFSCatalogKeyMinimumLength = kHFSCatalogKeyMaximumLength - (kHFSMaxFileNameChars + 1) + sizeof(u_int8_t), - kHFSPlusCatalogMinNodeSize = 4096, - kHFSPlusExtentMinNodeSize = 512, - kHFSPlusAttrMinNodeSize = 4096 -}; - -/* HFS and HFS Plus volume attribute bits */ -enum { - /* Bits 0-6 are reserved (always cleared by MountVol call) */ - kHFSVolumeHardwareLockBit = 7, /* volume is locked by hardware */ - kHFSVolumeUnmountedBit = 8, /* volume was successfully unmounted */ - kHFSVolumeSparedBlocksBit = 9, /* volume has bad blocks spared */ - kHFSVolumeNoCacheRequiredBit = 10, /* don't cache volume blocks (i.e. RAM or ROM disk) */ - kHFSBootVolumeInconsistentBit = 11, /* boot volume is inconsistent (System 7.6 and later) */ - kHFSCatalogNodeIDsReusedBit = 12, - kHFSVolumeJournaledBit = 13, /* this volume has a journal on it */ - kHFSVolumeInconsistentBit = 14, /* serious inconsistencies detected at runtime */ - kHFSVolumeSoftwareLockBit = 15, /* volume is locked by software */ - /* - * HFS only has 16 bits of attributes in the MDB, but HFS Plus has 32 bits. - * Therefore, bits 16-31 can only be used on HFS Plus. - */ - kHFSUnusedNodeFixBit = 31, /* Unused nodes in the Catalog B-tree have been zero-filled. See Radar #6947811. */ - kHFSContentProtectionBit = 30, /* Volume has per-file content protection */ - - /*** Keep these in sync with the bits above ! ****/ - kHFSVolumeHardwareLockMask = 0x00000080, - kHFSVolumeUnmountedMask = 0x00000100, - kHFSVolumeSparedBlocksMask = 0x00000200, - kHFSVolumeNoCacheRequiredMask = 0x00000400, - kHFSBootVolumeInconsistentMask = 0x00000800, - kHFSCatalogNodeIDsReusedMask = 0x00001000, - kHFSVolumeJournaledMask = 0x00002000, - kHFSVolumeInconsistentMask = 0x00004000, - kHFSVolumeSoftwareLockMask = 0x00008000, - - /* Bits 16-31 are allocated from high to low */ - - kHFSContentProtectionMask = 0x40000000, - kHFSUnusedNodeFixMask = 0x80000000, - - kHFSMDBAttributesMask = 0x8380 -}; - -enum { - kHFSUnusedNodesFixDate = 0xc5ef2480 /* March 25, 2009 */ -}; - -/* HFS Master Directory Block - 162 bytes */ -/* Stored at sector #2 (3rd sector) and second-to-last sector. */ -struct HFSMasterDirectoryBlock { - u_int16_t drSigWord; /* == kHFSSigWord */ - u_int32_t drCrDate; /* date and time of volume creation */ - u_int32_t drLsMod; /* date and time of last modification */ - u_int16_t drAtrb; /* volume attributes */ - u_int16_t drNmFls; /* number of files in root folder */ - u_int16_t drVBMSt; /* first block of volume bitmap */ - u_int16_t drAllocPtr; /* start of next allocation search */ - u_int16_t drNmAlBlks; /* number of allocation blocks in volume */ - u_int32_t drAlBlkSiz; /* size (in bytes) of allocation blocks */ - u_int32_t drClpSiz; /* default clump size */ - u_int16_t drAlBlSt; /* first allocation block in volume */ - u_int32_t drNxtCNID; /* next unused catalog node ID */ - u_int16_t drFreeBks; /* number of unused allocation blocks */ - u_int8_t drVN[kHFSMaxVolumeNameChars + 1]; /* volume name */ - u_int32_t drVolBkUp; /* date and time of last backup */ - u_int16_t drVSeqNum; /* volume backup sequence number */ - u_int32_t drWrCnt; /* volume write count */ - u_int32_t drXTClpSiz; /* clump size for extents overflow file */ - u_int32_t drCTClpSiz; /* clump size for catalog file */ - u_int16_t drNmRtDirs; /* number of directories in root folder */ - u_int32_t drFilCnt; /* number of files in volume */ - u_int32_t drDirCnt; /* number of directories in volume */ - u_int32_t drFndrInfo[8]; /* information used by the Finder */ - u_int16_t drEmbedSigWord; /* embedded volume signature (formerly drVCSize) */ - HFSExtentDescriptor drEmbedExtent; /* embedded volume location and size (formerly drVBMCSize and drCtlCSize) */ - u_int32_t drXTFlSize; /* size of extents overflow file */ - HFSExtentRecord drXTExtRec; /* extent record for extents overflow file */ - u_int32_t drCTFlSize; /* size of catalog file */ - HFSExtentRecord drCTExtRec; /* extent record for catalog file */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSMasterDirectoryBlock HFSMasterDirectoryBlock; - - -#ifdef __APPLE_API_UNSTABLE -#define SET_HFS_TEXT_ENCODING(hint) \ - (0x656e6300 | ((hint) & 0xff)) -#define GET_HFS_TEXT_ENCODING(hint) \ - (((hint) & 0xffffff00) == 0x656e6300 ? (hint) & 0x000000ff : 0xffffffffU) -#endif /* __APPLE_API_UNSTABLE */ - - -/* HFS Plus Volume Header - 512 bytes */ -/* Stored at sector #2 (3rd sector) and second-to-last sector. */ -struct HFSPlusVolumeHeader { - u_int16_t signature; /* == kHFSPlusSigWord */ - u_int16_t version; /* == kHFSPlusVersion */ - u_int32_t attributes; /* volume attributes */ - u_int32_t lastMountedVersion; /* implementation version which last mounted volume */ - u_int32_t journalInfoBlock; /* block addr of journal info (if volume is journaled, zero otherwise) */ - - u_int32_t createDate; /* date and time of volume creation */ - u_int32_t modifyDate; /* date and time of last modification */ - u_int32_t backupDate; /* date and time of last backup */ - u_int32_t checkedDate; /* date and time of last disk check */ - - u_int32_t fileCount; /* number of files in volume */ - u_int32_t folderCount; /* number of directories in volume */ - - u_int32_t blockSize; /* size (in bytes) of allocation blocks */ - u_int32_t totalBlocks; /* number of allocation blocks in volume (includes this header and VBM*/ - u_int32_t freeBlocks; /* number of unused allocation blocks */ - - u_int32_t nextAllocation; /* start of next allocation search */ - u_int32_t rsrcClumpSize; /* default resource fork clump size */ - u_int32_t dataClumpSize; /* default data fork clump size */ - u_int32_t nextCatalogID; /* next unused catalog node ID */ - - u_int32_t writeCount; /* volume write count */ - u_int64_t encodingsBitmap; /* which encodings have been use on this volume */ - - u_int8_t finderInfo[32]; /* information used by the Finder */ - - HFSPlusForkData allocationFile; /* allocation bitmap file */ - HFSPlusForkData extentsFile; /* extents B-tree file */ - HFSPlusForkData catalogFile; /* catalog B-tree file */ - HFSPlusForkData attributesFile; /* extended attributes B-tree file */ - HFSPlusForkData startupFile; /* boot file (secondary loader) */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSPlusVolumeHeader HFSPlusVolumeHeader; - - -/* B-tree structures */ - -enum BTreeKeyLimits{ - kMaxKeyLength = 520 -}; - -union BTreeKey{ - u_int8_t length8; - u_int16_t length16; - u_int8_t rawData [kMaxKeyLength+2]; -}; -typedef union BTreeKey BTreeKey; - -/* BTNodeDescriptor -- Every B-tree node starts with these fields. */ -struct BTNodeDescriptor { - u_int32_t fLink; /* next node at this level*/ - u_int32_t bLink; /* previous node at this level*/ - int8_t kind; /* kind of node (leaf, index, header, map)*/ - u_int8_t height; /* zero for header, map; child is one more than parent*/ - u_int16_t numRecords; /* number of records in this node*/ - u_int16_t reserved; /* reserved - initialized as zero */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct BTNodeDescriptor BTNodeDescriptor; - -/* Constants for BTNodeDescriptor kind */ -enum { - kBTLeafNode = -1, - kBTIndexNode = 0, - kBTHeaderNode = 1, - kBTMapNode = 2 -}; - -/* BTHeaderRec -- The first record of a B-tree header node */ -struct BTHeaderRec { - u_int16_t treeDepth; /* maximum height (usually leaf nodes) */ - u_int32_t rootNode; /* node number of root node */ - u_int32_t leafRecords; /* number of leaf records in all leaf nodes */ - u_int32_t firstLeafNode; /* node number of first leaf node */ - u_int32_t lastLeafNode; /* node number of last leaf node */ - u_int16_t nodeSize; /* size of a node, in bytes */ - u_int16_t maxKeyLength; /* reserved */ - u_int32_t totalNodes; /* total number of nodes in tree */ - u_int32_t freeNodes; /* number of unused (free) nodes in tree */ - u_int16_t reserved1; /* unused */ - u_int32_t clumpSize; /* reserved */ - u_int8_t btreeType; /* reserved */ - u_int8_t keyCompareType; /* Key string Comparison Type */ - u_int32_t attributes; /* persistent attributes about the tree */ - u_int32_t reserved3[16]; /* reserved */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct BTHeaderRec BTHeaderRec; - -/* Constants for BTHeaderRec attributes */ -enum { - kBTBadCloseMask = 0x00000001, /* reserved */ - kBTBigKeysMask = 0x00000002, /* key length field is 16 bits */ - kBTVariableIndexKeysMask = 0x00000004 /* keys in index nodes are variable length */ -}; - - -/* Catalog Key Name Comparison Type */ -enum { - kHFSCaseFolding = 0xCF, /* case folding (case-insensitive) */ - kHFSBinaryCompare = 0xBC /* binary compare (case-sensitive) */ -}; - -#include - -/* JournalInfoBlock - Structure that describes where our journal lives */ - -// the original size of the reserved field in the JournalInfoBlock was -// 32*sizeof(u_int32_t). To keep the total size of the structure the -// same we subtract the size of new fields (currently: ext_jnl_uuid and -// machine_uuid). If you add additional fields, place them before the -// reserved field and subtract their size in this macro. -// -#define JIB_RESERVED_SIZE ((32*sizeof(u_int32_t)) - sizeof(uuid_string_t) - 48) - -struct JournalInfoBlock { - u_int32_t flags; - u_int32_t device_signature[8]; // signature used to locate our device. - u_int64_t offset; // byte offset to the journal on the device - u_int64_t size; // size in bytes of the journal - uuid_string_t ext_jnl_uuid; - char machine_serial_num[48]; - char reserved[JIB_RESERVED_SIZE]; -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct JournalInfoBlock JournalInfoBlock; - -enum { - kJIJournalInFSMask = 0x00000001, - kJIJournalOnOtherDeviceMask = 0x00000002, - kJIJournalNeedInitMask = 0x00000004 -}; - -// -// This the content type uuid for "external journal" GPT -// partitions. Each instance of a partition also has a -// uuid that uniquely identifies that instance. -// -#define EXTJNL_CONTENT_TYPE_UUID "4A6F7572-6E61-11AA-AA11-00306543ECAC" - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __HFS_FORMAT__ */ diff --git a/core/hfs_fsctl.h b/core/hfs_fsctl.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6fa854c..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_fsctl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,382 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2004-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#ifndef _HFS_FSCTL_H_ -#define _HFS_FSCTL_H_ - -#include - -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#ifdef __APPLE_API_UNSTABLE - -struct hfs_backingstoreinfo { - int signature; /* == 3419115 */ - int version; /* version of this struct (1) */ - int backingfd; /* disk image file (on backing fs) */ - int bandsize; /* sparse disk image band size */ -}; - - -typedef char pathname_t[MAXPATHLEN]; - -struct hfs_journal_info { - off_t jstart; - off_t jsize; -}; - - -// Will be deprecated and replaced by hfs_fsinfo -struct hfsinfo_metadata { - uint32_t total; - uint32_t extents; - uint32_t catalog; - uint32_t allocation; - uint32_t attribute; - uint32_t journal; - uint32_t reserved[4]; -}; - -/* - * Flags for hfs_fsinfo_data structure - */ -#define HFS_FSINFO_CLASS_A 0x0001 /* Information for class A files requested */ -#define HFS_FSINFO_CLASS_B 0x0002 /* Information for class B files requested */ -#define HFS_FSINFO_CLASS_C 0x0004 /* Information for class C files requested */ -#define HFS_FSINFO_CLASS_D 0x0008 /* Information for class D files requested */ - -/* - * Maximum number of buckets to represent range from 0 to 1TB (2^40) in - * increments of power of 2, and one catch-all bucket for anything that - * is greater than 1TB - */ -#define HFS_FSINFO_DATA_MAX_BUCKETS 42 - -/* - * Maximum number of buckets to represents percentage range from 0 to 100 - * in increments of 10. - */ -#define HFS_FSINFO_PERCENT_MAX_BUCKETS 10 - -/* - * Maximum number of buckets to represent number of file/directory name characters - * (range 1 to 255) in increments of 5. - */ -#define HFS_FSINFO_NAME_MAX_BUCKETS 51 - -/* - * Version number to ensure that the caller and the kernel have same understanding - * of the hfs_fsinfo_data structure. This version needs to be bumped whenever the - * number of buckets is changed. - */ -#define HFS_FSINFO_VERSION 1 - -/* - * hfs_fsinfo_data is generic data structure to aggregate information like sizes - * or counts in buckets of power of 2. Each bucket represents a range of values - * that is determined based on its index in the array. Specifically, buckets[i] - * represents values that are greater than or equal to 2^(i-1) and less than 2^i, - * except the last bucket which represents range greater than or equal to 2^(i-1) - * - * The current maximum number of buckets is 41, so we can represent range from - * 0 up to 1TB in increments of power of 2, and then a catch-all bucket of - * anything that is greater than or equal to 1TB. - * - * For example, - * bucket[0] -> greater than or equal to 0 and less than 1 - * bucket[1] -> greater than or equal to 1 and less than 2 - * bucket[10] -> greater than or equal to 2^(10-1) = 512 and less than 2^10 = 1024 - * bucket[20] -> greater than or equal to 2^(20-1) = 512KB and less than 2^20 = 1MB - * bucket[41] -> greater than or equal to 2^(41-1) = 1TB - * - * Note that fsctls that populate this data structure can take long time to - * execute as this operation can be I/O intensive (traversing btrees) and compute - * intensive. - * - * WARNING: Any changes to this structure should also update version number to - * ensure that the clients and kernel are reading/writing correctly. - */ - -/* - * The header includes the user input fields. - */ -typedef struct hfs_fsinfo_header { - uint32_t request_type; - uint16_t version; - uint16_t flags; -} hfs_fsinfo_header_t; - -struct hfs_fsinfo_data { - hfs_fsinfo_header_t header; - uint32_t bucket[HFS_FSINFO_DATA_MAX_BUCKETS]; -}; - -/* - * Structure to represent information about metadata files - * - * WARNING: Any changes to this structure should also update version number to - * ensure that the clients and kernel are reading/writing correctly. - */ -struct hfs_fsinfo_metadata { - hfs_fsinfo_header_t header; - uint32_t extents; - uint32_t catalog; - uint32_t allocation; - uint32_t attribute; - uint32_t journal; -}; - -/* - * Structure to represent distribution of number of file name characters - * in increments of 5s. Each bucket represents a range of values that is - * determined based on its index in the array. So bucket[i] represents values - * that are greater than or equal to (i*5) and less than ((i+1)*10). - * - * Since this structure represents range of file name characters and the - * maximum number of unicode characters in HFS+ is 255, the maximum number - * of buckets will be 52 [0..51]. - * - * For example, - * bucket[4] -> greater than or equal to 20 and less than 25 characters - * bucket[51] -> equal to 255 characters - * - * WARNING: Any changes to this structure should also update version number to - * ensure that the clients and kernel are reading/writing correctly. - */ -struct hfs_fsinfo_name { - hfs_fsinfo_header_t header; - uint32_t bucket[HFS_FSINFO_NAME_MAX_BUCKETS]; -}; - -/* - * Structure to represent information about content protection classes - * - * WARNING: Any changes to this structure should also update version number to - * ensure that the clients and kernel are reading/writing correctly. - */ -struct hfs_fsinfo_cprotect { - hfs_fsinfo_header_t header; - uint32_t class_A; - uint32_t class_B; - uint32_t class_C; - uint32_t class_D; - uint32_t class_E; - uint32_t class_F; -}; - -/* - * Union of all the different values returned by HFSIOC_FSINFO fsctl - */ -union hfs_fsinfo { - hfs_fsinfo_header_t header; - struct hfs_fsinfo_data data; - struct hfs_fsinfo_metadata metadata; - struct hfs_fsinfo_name name; - struct hfs_fsinfo_cprotect cprotect; -}; -typedef union hfs_fsinfo hfs_fsinfo; - -/* - * Type of FSINFO requested, specified by the caller in request_type field - */ -enum { - /* Information about number of allocation blocks for each metadata file, returns struct hfs_fsinfo_metadata */ - HFS_FSINFO_METADATA_BLOCKS_INFO = 1, - - /* Information about number of extents for each metadata file, returns struct hfs_fsinfo_metadata */ - HFS_FSINFO_METADATA_EXTENTS = 2, - - /* Information about percentage of free nodes vs used nodes in metadata btrees, returns struct hfs_fsinfo_metadata */ - HFS_FSINFO_METADATA_PERCENTFREE = 3, - - /* Distribution of number of extents for data files (data fork, no rsrc fork, no xattr), returns struct hfs_fsinfo_data */ - HFS_FSINFO_FILE_EXTENT_COUNT = 4, - - /* Distribution of extent sizes for data files (data fork, no rsrc fork, no xattr), returns struct hfs_fsinfo_data */ - HFS_FSINFO_FILE_EXTENT_SIZE = 5, - - /* Distribution of file sizes for data files (data fork, no rsrc fork, no xattr), returns struct hfs_fsinfo_data */ - HFS_FSINFO_FILE_SIZE = 6, - - /* Distribution of valence for all directories, returns struct hfs_fsinfo_data */ - HFS_FSINFO_DIR_VALENCE = 7, - - /* Distribution of file/directory name size in unicode characters, returns struct hfs_fsinfo_name */ - HFS_FSINFO_NAME_SIZE = 8, - - /* Distribution of extended attribute sizes, returns hfs_fsinfo_data */ - HFS_FSINFO_XATTR_SIZE = 9, - - /* Distribution of free space for the entire file system, returns struct hfs_fsinfo_data */ - HFS_FSINFO_FREE_EXTENTS = 10, - - /* Information about number of files belonging to each class, returns hfs_fsinfo_cprotect */ - HFS_FSINFO_FILE_CPROTECT_COUNT = 11, - - /* - * Distribution of symbolic link sizes for data files (data fork, no rsrc fork, no xattr), - * returns struct hfs_fsinfo_data - */ - HFS_FSINFO_SYMLINK_SIZE = 12, -}; - - -/* HFS FS CONTROL COMMANDS */ - -#define HFSIOC_RESIZE_PROGRESS _IOR('h', 1, u_int32_t) - -#define HFSIOC_RESIZE_VOLUME _IOW('h', 2, u_int64_t) - -#define HFSIOC_CHANGE_NEXT_ALLOCATION _IOWR('h', 3, u_int32_t) -/* Magic value for next allocation to use with fcntl to set next allocation - * to zero and never update it again on new block allocation. - */ -#define HFS_NO_UPDATE_NEXT_ALLOCATION 0xffffFFFF - -#define HFSIOC_GETCREATETIME _IOR('h', 4, time_t) - -#define HFSIOC_SETBACKINGSTOREINFO _IOW('h', 7, struct hfs_backingstoreinfo) - -#define HFSIOC_CLRBACKINGSTOREINFO _IO('h', 8) - -// 'h', 9 used to be HFSIOC_BULKACCESS which is now deprecated - -/* Unsupported - Previously used to enable/disable ACLs */ -#define HFSIOC_UNSUPPORTED _IOW('h', 10, int32_t) - -#define HFSIOC_PREV_LINK _IOWR('h', 11, u_int32_t) - -#define HFSIOC_NEXT_LINK _IOWR('h', 12, u_int32_t) - -#define HFSIOC_GETPATH _IOWR('h', 13, pathname_t) -/* By default, the path returned by HFS_GETPATH is an absolute path, - * i.e. it also contains the mount point of the volume on which the - * fileID exists. If the following bit is set, the path returned is - * relative to the root of the volume. - */ -#define HFS_GETPATH_VOLUME_RELATIVE 0x1 - -/* Enable/disable extent-based extended attributes */ -#define HFSIOC_SET_XATTREXTENTS_STATE _IOW('h', 14, u_int32_t) - -#if defined(KERNEL) -#define HFSIOC_EXT_BULKACCESS32 _IOW('h', 15, struct user32_ext_access_t) -#define HFSIOC_EXT_BULKACCESS64 _IOW('h', 15, struct user64_ext_access_t) -#else -#define HFSIOC_EXT_BULKACCESS _IOW('h', 15, struct ext_access_t) -#endif /* KERNEL */ - -#define HFSIOC_MARK_BOOT_CORRUPT _IO('h', 16) - -#define HFSIOC_GET_JOURNAL_INFO _IOR('h', 17, struct hfs_journal_info) - -#define HFSIOC_SET_VERY_LOW_DISK _IOW('h', 20, u_int32_t) - -#define HFSIOC_SET_LOW_DISK _IOW('h', 21, u_int32_t) - -#define HFSIOC_SET_DESIRED_DISK _IOW('h', 22, u_int32_t) - -#define HFSIOC_SET_ALWAYS_ZEROFILL _IOW('h', 23, int32_t) - /* XXXJRT Keep until 31866920 is resolved. */ -#define HFS_SET_ALWAYS_ZEROFILL IOCBASECMD(HFSIOC_SET_ALWAYS_ZEROFILL) - -#define HFSIOC_VOLUME_STATUS _IOR('h', 24, u_int32_t) - -/* Disable metadata zone for given volume */ -#define HFSIOC_DISABLE_METAZONE _IO('h', 25) - -/* Change the next CNID value */ -#define HFSIOC_CHANGE_NEXTCNID _IOWR('h', 26, u_int32_t) - /* XXXJRT Keep until 31866920 is resolved. */ -#define HFS_CHANGE_NEXTCNID IOCBASECMD(HFSIOC_CHANGE_NEXTCNID) - -/* Get the low disk space values */ -#define HFSIOC_GET_VERY_LOW_DISK _IOR('h', 27, u_int32_t) - -#define HFSIOC_GET_LOW_DISK _IOR('h', 28, u_int32_t) - -#define HFSIOC_GET_DESIRED_DISK _IOR('h', 29, u_int32_t) - -/* 30 was HFSIOC_GET_WRITE_GEN_COUNTER and is now deprecated */ - -/* 31 was HFSIOC_GET_DOCUMENT_ID and is now deprecated */ - -/* revisiond only uses this when something transforms in a way the kernel can't track such as "foo.rtf" -> "foo.rtfd" */ -#define HFSIOC_TRANSFER_DOCUMENT_ID _IOW('h', 32, u_int32_t) - - -/* - * XXX: Will be deprecated and replaced by HFSIOC_GET_FSINFO - * - * Get information about number of file system allocation blocks used by metadata - * files on the volume, including individual btrees and journal file. The caller - * can determine the size of file system allocation block using value returned as - * f_bsize by statfs(2). - */ -#define HFSIOC_FSINFO_METADATA_BLOCKS _IOWR('h', 38, struct hfsinfo_metadata) - -/* Send TRIMs for all free blocks to the underlying device */ -#define HFSIOC_CS_FREESPACE_TRIM _IOWR('h', 39, u_int32_t) - - -/* Get file system information for the given volume */ -#define HFSIOC_GET_FSINFO _IOWR('h', 45, hfs_fsinfo) - -/* Re-pin hotfile data; argument controls what state gets repinned */ -#define HFSIOC_REPIN_HOTFILE_STATE _IOWR('h', 46, u_int32_t) - -#define HFS_REPIN_METADATA 0x0001 -#define HFS_REPIN_USERDATA 0x0002 - -/* Mark a directory or file as worth caching on any underlying "fast" device */ -#define HFSIOC_SET_HOTFILE_STATE _IOWR('h', 47, u_int32_t) - -/* flags to pass to SET_HOTFILE_STATE */ -#define HFS_MARK_FASTDEVCANDIDATE 0x0001 -#define HFS_UNMARK_FASTDEVCANDIDATE 0x0002 -#define HFS_NEVER_FASTDEVCANDIDATE 0x0004 - -#define HFSIOC_SET_MAX_DEFRAG_SIZE _IOWR('h', 48, u_int32_t) - -#define HFSIOC_FORCE_ENABLE_DEFRAG _IOWR('h', 49, u_int32_t) - -/* These fsctls are ported from apfs. */ -#ifndef APFSIOC_SET_NEAR_LOW_DISK -#define APFSIOC_SET_NEAR_LOW_DISK _IOW('J', 17, u_int32_t) -#endif /* APFSIOC_SET_NEAR_LOW_DISK */ - -#ifndef APFSIOC_GET_NEAR_LOW_DISK -#define APFSIOC_GET_NEAR_LOW_DISK _IOR('J', 18, u_int32_t) -#endif /* APFSIOC_GET_NEAR_LOW_DISK */ - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_UNSTABLE */ - -#endif /* ! _HFS_FSCTL_H_ */ diff --git a/core/hfs_fsinfo.c b/core/hfs_fsinfo.c deleted file mode 100644 index ef8f362..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_fsinfo.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,889 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2014-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_fsctl.h" -#include "hfs_endian.h" -#include "BTreesInternal.h" -#include "BTreesPrivate.h" -#include "FileMgrInternal.h" - -#include "hfs_cprotect.h" - - -union HFSPlusRecord { - HFSPlusCatalogFolder folder_record; - HFSPlusCatalogFile file_record; - HFSPlusCatalogThread thread_record; - HFSPlusExtentRecord extent_record; - HFSPlusAttrRecord attr_record; -}; -typedef union HFSPlusRecord HFSPlusRecord; - -union HFSPlusKey { - HFSPlusExtentKey extent_key; - HFSPlusAttrKey attr_key; -}; -typedef union HFSPlusKey HFSPlusKey; - -typedef enum traverse_btree_flag { - - //If set, extents btree will also be traversed along with catalog btree, so grab correct locks upfront - TRAVERSE_BTREE_EXTENTS = 1, - - // Getting content-protection attributes, allocate enough space to accomodate the records. - TRAVERSE_BTREE_XATTR_CPROTECT = 2, - -} traverse_btree_flag_t; - - - -static errno_t hfs_fsinfo_metadata_blocks(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct hfs_fsinfo_metadata *fsinfo); -static errno_t hfs_fsinfo_metadata_extents(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct hfs_fsinfo_metadata *fsinfo); -static errno_t hfs_fsinfo_metadata_percentfree(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct hfs_fsinfo_metadata *fsinfo); -static errno_t fsinfo_file_extent_count_callback(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusKey *key, HFSPlusRecord *record, void *data); -static errno_t fsinfo_file_extent_size_catalog_callback(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusKey *key, HFSPlusRecord *record, void *data); -static errno_t fsinfo_file_extent_size_overflow_callback(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusKey *key, HFSPlusRecord *record, void *data); -static errno_t fsinfo_file_size_callback(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusKey *key, HFSPlusRecord *record, void *data); -static errno_t fsinfo_dir_valence_callback(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusKey *key, HFSPlusRecord *record, void *data); -static errno_t fsinfo_name_size_callback(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusKey *key, HFSPlusRecord *record, void *data); -static errno_t fsinfo_xattr_size_callback(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusKey *key, HFSPlusRecord *record, void *data); -static errno_t traverse_btree(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t btree_fileID, int flags, void *fsinfo, - int (*callback)(struct hfsmount *, HFSPlusKey *, HFSPlusRecord *, void *)); -static errno_t hfs_fsinfo_free_extents(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct hfs_fsinfo_data *fsinfo); -static void fsinfo_free_extents_callback(void *data, off_t free_extent_size); -#if CONFIG_PROTECT -static errno_t fsinfo_cprotect_count_callback(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusKey *key, HFSPlusRecord *record, void *data); -#endif -static errno_t fsinfo_symlink_size_callback(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusKey *key, HFSPlusRecord *record, void *data); - -/* - * Entry function for all the fsinfo requests from hfs_vnop_ioctl() - * Depending on the type of request, this function will call the - * appropriate sub-function and return success or failure back to - * the caller. - */ -errno_t hfs_get_fsinfo(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, void *a_data) -{ - int error = 0; - hfs_fsinfo *fsinfo_union; - uint32_t request_type; - uint32_t header_len = sizeof(hfs_fsinfo_header_t); - - fsinfo_union = (hfs_fsinfo *)a_data; - request_type = fsinfo_union->header.request_type; - - // Zero out output fields to fsinfo_union, keep the user input fields intact. - bzero((char *)fsinfo_union + header_len, sizeof(hfs_fsinfo) - header_len); - - switch (request_type) { - case HFS_FSINFO_METADATA_BLOCKS_INFO: - error = hfs_fsinfo_metadata_blocks(hfsmp, &(fsinfo_union->metadata)); - break; - - case HFS_FSINFO_METADATA_EXTENTS: - error = hfs_fsinfo_metadata_extents(hfsmp, &(fsinfo_union->metadata)); - break; - - case HFS_FSINFO_METADATA_PERCENTFREE: - error = hfs_fsinfo_metadata_percentfree(hfsmp, &(fsinfo_union->metadata)); - break; - - case HFS_FSINFO_FILE_EXTENT_COUNT: - /* Traverse catalog btree and invoke callback for all records */ - error = traverse_btree(hfsmp, kHFSCatalogFileID, TRAVERSE_BTREE_EXTENTS, &(fsinfo_union->data), fsinfo_file_extent_count_callback); - break; - - case HFS_FSINFO_FILE_EXTENT_SIZE: - /* Traverse the catalog btree first */ - error = traverse_btree(hfsmp, kHFSCatalogFileID, 0, &(fsinfo_union->data), &fsinfo_file_extent_size_catalog_callback); - if (error) { - break; - } - /* Traverse the overflow extents btree now */ - error = traverse_btree(hfsmp, kHFSExtentsFileID, 0, &(fsinfo_union->data), &fsinfo_file_extent_size_overflow_callback); - break; - - case HFS_FSINFO_FILE_SIZE: - /* Traverse catalog btree and invoke callback for all records */ - error = traverse_btree(hfsmp, kHFSCatalogFileID, 0, &(fsinfo_union->data), &fsinfo_file_size_callback); - break; - - case HFS_FSINFO_DIR_VALENCE: - /* Traverse catalog btree and invoke callback for all records */ - error = traverse_btree(hfsmp, kHFSCatalogFileID, 0, &(fsinfo_union->data), &fsinfo_dir_valence_callback); - break; - - case HFS_FSINFO_NAME_SIZE: - /* Traverse catalog btree and invoke callback for all records */ - error = traverse_btree(hfsmp, kHFSCatalogFileID, 0, &(fsinfo_union->name), &fsinfo_name_size_callback); - break; - - case HFS_FSINFO_XATTR_SIZE: - /* Traverse attribute btree and invoke callback for all records */ - error = traverse_btree(hfsmp, kHFSAttributesFileID, 0, &(fsinfo_union->data), &fsinfo_xattr_size_callback); - break; - - case HFS_FSINFO_FREE_EXTENTS: - error = hfs_fsinfo_free_extents(hfsmp, &(fsinfo_union->data)); - break; - - case HFS_FSINFO_SYMLINK_SIZE: - /* Traverse catalog btree and invoke callback for all records */ - error = traverse_btree(hfsmp, kHFSCatalogFileID, 0, &(fsinfo_union->data), &fsinfo_symlink_size_callback); - break; - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - case HFS_FSINFO_FILE_CPROTECT_COUNT: - /* Traverse attribute btree and invoke callback for all records */ - error = traverse_btree(hfsmp, kHFSAttributesFileID, TRAVERSE_BTREE_XATTR_CPROTECT, &(fsinfo_union->cprotect), &fsinfo_cprotect_count_callback); - break; -#endif - - default: - return ENOTSUP; - }; - - return error; -} - -/* - * This function provides information about total number of allocation blocks - * for each individual metadata file. - */ -static errno_t -hfs_fsinfo_metadata_blocks(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct hfs_fsinfo_metadata *fsinfo) -{ - int lockflags = 0; - int ret_lockflags = 0; - - /* - * Getting number of allocation blocks for all metadata files - * should be a relatively quick operation, so we grab locks for all - * the btrees at the same time - */ - lockflags = SFL_CATALOG | SFL_EXTENTS | SFL_BITMAP | SFL_ATTRIBUTE; - ret_lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - /* Get information about all the btrees */ - fsinfo->extents = hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp->c_datafork->ff_blocks; - fsinfo->catalog = hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork->ff_blocks; - fsinfo->allocation = hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp->c_datafork->ff_blocks; - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp) - fsinfo->attribute = hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp->c_datafork->ff_blocks; - else - fsinfo->attribute = 0; - - /* Done with btrees, give up the locks */ - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, ret_lockflags); - - /* Get information about journal file */ - fsinfo->journal = howmany(hfsmp->jnl_size, hfsmp->blockSize); - - return 0; -} - -/* - * Helper function to count the number of valid extents in a file fork structure - */ -static uint32_t -hfs_count_extents_fp(struct filefork *ff) -{ - int i; - uint32_t count = 0; - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - if (ff->ff_data.cf_extents[i].blockCount == 0) { - break; - } - count++; - } - return count; -} - - -/* - * This is a helper function that counts the total number of valid - * extents in all the overflow extent records for given fileID - * in overflow extents btree - */ -static errno_t -hfs_count_overflow_extents(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t fileID, uint32_t *num_extents) -{ - int error; - FCB *fcb; - struct BTreeIterator *iterator = NULL; - FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - HFSPlusExtentKey *extentKey; - HFSPlusExtentRecord extentData; - uint32_t extent_count = 0; - int i; - - fcb = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp); - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct BTreeIterator)); - - extentKey = (HFSPlusExtentKey *) &iterator->key; - extentKey->keyLength = kHFSPlusExtentKeyMaximumLength; - extentKey->forkType = kHFSDataForkType; - extentKey->fileID = fileID; - extentKey->startBlock = 0; - - btdata.bufferAddress = &extentData; - btdata.itemSize = sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord); - btdata.itemCount = 1; - - /* Search for overflow extent record */ - error = BTSearchRecord(fcb, iterator, &btdata, NULL, iterator); - - /* - * We used startBlock of zero, so we will not find any records and errors - * are expected. It will also position the iterator just before the first - * overflow extent record for given fileID (if any). - */ - if (error && error != fsBTRecordNotFoundErr && error != fsBTEndOfIterationErr) - goto out; - error = 0; - - for (;;) { - - if (msleep(NULL, NULL, PINOD | PCATCH, - "hfs_fsinfo", NULL) == EINTR) { - error = EINTR; - break; - } - - error = BTIterateRecord(fcb, kBTreeNextRecord, iterator, &btdata, NULL); - if (error != 0) { - /* These are expected errors, so mask them */ - if (error == fsBTRecordNotFoundErr || error == fsBTEndOfIterationErr) { - error = 0; - } - break; - } - - /* If we encounter different fileID, stop the iteration */ - if (extentKey->fileID != fileID) { - break; - } - - if (extentKey->forkType != kHFSDataForkType) - break; - - /* This is our record of interest; only count the datafork extents. */ - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - if (extentData[i].blockCount == 0) { - break; - } - extent_count++; - } - } - -out: - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - - if (error == 0) { - *num_extents = extent_count; - } - return MacToVFSError(error); -} - -/* - * This function provides information about total number of extents (including - * extents from overflow extents btree, if any) for each individual metadata - * file. - */ -static errno_t -hfs_fsinfo_metadata_extents(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct hfs_fsinfo_metadata *fsinfo) -{ - int error = 0; - int lockflags = 0; - int ret_lockflags = 0; - uint32_t overflow_count; - - /* - * Counting the number of extents for all metadata files should - * be a relatively quick operation, so we grab locks for all the - * btrees at the same time - */ - lockflags = SFL_CATALOG | SFL_EXTENTS | SFL_BITMAP | SFL_ATTRIBUTE; - ret_lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - /* Get number of extents for extents overflow btree */ - fsinfo->extents = hfs_count_extents_fp(hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp->c_datafork); - - /* Get number of extents for catalog btree */ - fsinfo->catalog = hfs_count_extents_fp(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork); - if (fsinfo->catalog >= kHFSPlusExtentDensity) { - error = hfs_count_overflow_extents(hfsmp, kHFSCatalogFileID, &overflow_count); - if (error) { - goto out; - } - fsinfo->catalog += overflow_count; - } - - /* Get number of extents for allocation file */ - fsinfo->allocation = hfs_count_extents_fp(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp->c_datafork); - if (fsinfo->allocation >= kHFSPlusExtentDensity) { - error = hfs_count_overflow_extents(hfsmp, kHFSAllocationFileID, &overflow_count); - if (error) { - goto out; - } - fsinfo->allocation += overflow_count; - } - - /* - * Get number of extents for attribute btree. - * hfs_attribute_cp might be NULL. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp) { - fsinfo->attribute = hfs_count_extents_fp(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp->c_datafork); - if (fsinfo->attribute >= kHFSPlusExtentDensity) { - error = hfs_count_overflow_extents(hfsmp, kHFSAttributesFileID, &overflow_count); - if (error) { - goto out; - } - fsinfo->attribute += overflow_count; - } - } - /* Journal always has one extent */ - fsinfo->journal = 1; -out: - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, ret_lockflags); - return error; -} - -/* - * Helper function to calculate percentage i.e. X is what percent of Y? - */ -static inline uint32_t -hfs_percent(uint32_t X, uint32_t Y) -{ - return (X * 100ll) / Y; -} - -/* - * This function provides percentage of free nodes vs total nodes for each - * individual metadata btrees, i.e. for catalog, overflow extents and - * attributes btree. This information is not applicable for allocation - * file and journal file. - */ -static errno_t -hfs_fsinfo_metadata_percentfree(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct hfs_fsinfo_metadata *fsinfo) -{ - int lockflags = 0; - int ret_lockflags = 0; - BTreeControlBlockPtr btreePtr; - uint32_t free_nodes, total_nodes; - - /* - * Getting total and used nodes for all metadata btrees should - * be a relatively quick operation, so we grab locks for all the - * btrees at the same time - */ - lockflags = SFL_CATALOG | SFL_EXTENTS | SFL_BITMAP | SFL_ATTRIBUTE; - ret_lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - /* Overflow extents btree */ - btreePtr = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp)->fcbBTCBPtr; - total_nodes = btreePtr->totalNodes; - free_nodes = btreePtr->freeNodes; - fsinfo->extents = hfs_percent(free_nodes, total_nodes); - - /* Catalog btree */ - btreePtr = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp)->fcbBTCBPtr; - total_nodes = btreePtr->totalNodes; - free_nodes = btreePtr->freeNodes; - fsinfo->catalog = hfs_percent(free_nodes, total_nodes); - - /* Attributes btree */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp) { - btreePtr = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp)->fcbBTCBPtr; - total_nodes = btreePtr->totalNodes; - free_nodes = btreePtr->freeNodes; - fsinfo->attribute = hfs_percent(free_nodes, total_nodes); - } - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, ret_lockflags); - return 0; -} - -/* - * Helper function to calculate log base 2 for given number - */ -static inline int -hfs_log2(uint64_t entry) -{ - return (63 - __builtin_clzll(entry|1)); -} - -/* - * Helper function to account for input entry into the data - * array based on its log base 2 value - */ -void hfs_fsinfo_data_add(struct hfs_fsinfo_data *fsinfo, uint64_t entry) -{ - /* - * From hfs_fsctl.h - - * - * hfs_fsinfo_data is generic data structure to aggregate information like sizes - * or counts in buckets of power of 2. Each bucket represents a range of values - * that is determined based on its index in the array. Specifically, buckets[i] - * represents values that are greater than or equal to 2^(i-1) and less than 2^i, - * except the last bucket which represents range greater than or equal to 2^(i-1) - * - * The current maximum number of buckets is 41, so we can represent range from - * 0 up to 1TB in increments of power of 2, and then a catch-all bucket of - * anything that is greater than or equal to 1TB. - * - * For example, - * bucket[0] -> greater than or equal to 0 and less than 1 - * bucket[1] -> greater than or equal to 1 and less than 2 - * bucket[10] -> greater than or equal to 2^(10-1) = 512 and less than 2^10 = 1024 - * bucket[20] -> greater than or equal to 2^(20-1) = 512KB and less than 2^20 = 1MB - * bucket[41] -> greater than or equal to 2^(41-1) = 1TB - */ - uint32_t bucket; - - if (entry) { - /* - * Calculate log base 2 value for the entry. - * Account for this value in the appropriate bucket. - * The last bucket is a catch-all bucket of - * anything that is greater than or equal to 1TB - */ - bucket = MIN(hfs_log2(entry) + 1, HFS_FSINFO_DATA_MAX_BUCKETS-1); - ++fsinfo->bucket[bucket]; - } else { - /* Entry is zero, so account it in 0th offset */ - fsinfo->bucket[0]++; - } -} - -/* - * Function to traverse all the records of a btree and then call caller-provided - * callback function for every record found. The type of btree is chosen based - * on the fileID provided by the caller. This fuction grabs the correct locks - * depending on the type of btree it will be traversing and flags provided - * by the caller. - * - * Note: It might drop and reacquire the locks during execution. - */ -static errno_t -traverse_btree(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t btree_fileID, int flags, - void *fsinfo, int (*callback)(struct hfsmount *, HFSPlusKey *, HFSPlusRecord *, void *)) -{ - int error = 0; - int lockflags = 0; - int ret_lockflags = 0; - FCB *fcb; - struct BTreeIterator *iterator = NULL; - struct FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - int btree_operation; - HFSPlusRecord record; - HFSPlusKey *key; - uint64_t start, timeout_abs; - - switch(btree_fileID) { - case kHFSExtentsFileID: - fcb = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp); - lockflags = SFL_EXTENTS; - break; - case kHFSCatalogFileID: - fcb = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp); - lockflags = SFL_CATALOG; - break; - case kHFSAttributesFileID: - // Attributes file doesn’t exist, There are no records to iterate. - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp == NULL) - return error; - fcb = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp); - lockflags = SFL_ATTRIBUTE; - break; - - default: - return EINVAL; - } - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct BTreeIterator)); - - /* The key is initialized to zero because we are traversing entire btree */ - key = (HFSPlusKey *)&iterator->key; - - if (flags & TRAVERSE_BTREE_EXTENTS) { - lockflags |= SFL_EXTENTS; - } - - btdata.bufferAddress = &record; - btdata.itemSize = sizeof(HFSPlusRecord); - btdata.itemCount = 1; - - /* Lock btree for duration of traversal */ - ret_lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - btree_operation = kBTreeFirstRecord; - - nanoseconds_to_absolutetime(HFS_FSINFO_MAX_LOCKHELD_TIME, &timeout_abs); - start = mach_absolute_time(); - - while (1) { - - if (msleep(NULL, NULL, PINOD | PCATCH, - "hfs_fsinfo", NULL) == EINTR) { - error = EINTR; - break; - } - - error = BTIterateRecord(fcb, btree_operation, iterator, &btdata, NULL); - if (error != 0) { - if (error == fsBTRecordNotFoundErr || error == fsBTEndOfIterationErr) { - error = 0; - } - break; - } - /* Lookup next btree record on next call to BTIterateRecord() */ - btree_operation = kBTreeNextRecord; - - /* Call our callback function and stop iteration if there are any errors */ - error = callback(hfsmp, key, &record, fsinfo); - if (error) { - break; - } - - /* let someone else use the tree after we've processed over HFS_FSINFO_MAX_LOCKHELD_TIME */ - if ((mach_absolute_time() - start) >= timeout_abs) { - - /* release b-tree locks and let someone else get the lock */ - hfs_systemfile_unlock (hfsmp, ret_lockflags); - - /* add tsleep here to force context switch and fairness */ - tsleep((caddr_t)hfsmp, PRIBIO, "hfs_fsinfo", 1); - - /* - * re-acquire the locks in the same way that we wanted them originally. - * note: it is subtle but worth pointing out that in between the time that we - * released and now want to re-acquire these locks that the b-trees may have shifted - * slightly but significantly. For example, the catalog or other b-tree could have grown - * past 8 extents and now requires the extents lock to be held in order to be safely - * manipulated. We can't be sure of the state of the b-tree from where we last left off. - */ - - ret_lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock (hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - /* - * It's highly likely that the search key we stashed away before dropping lock - * no longer points to an existing item. Iterator's IterateRecord is able to - * re-position itself and process the next record correctly. With lock dropped, - * there might be records missed for statistic gathering, which is ok. The - * point is to get aggregate values. - */ - - start = mach_absolute_time(); - - /* loop back around and get another record */ - } - } - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, ret_lockflags); - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - return MacToVFSError(error); -} - -/* - * Callback function to get distribution of number of extents - * for all user files in given file system. Note that this only - * accounts for data fork, no resource fork. - */ -static errno_t -fsinfo_file_extent_count_callback(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - __unused HFSPlusKey *key, HFSPlusRecord *record, void *data) -{ - int i; - int error = 0; - uint32_t num_extents = 0; - uint32_t num_overflow = 0; - uint32_t blockCount; - - if (record->file_record.recordType == kHFSPlusFileRecord) { - /* Count total number of extents for this file */ - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - blockCount = record->file_record.dataFork.extents[i].blockCount; - if (blockCount == 0) { - break; - } - num_extents++; - } - /* This file has overflow extent records, so search overflow btree */ - if (num_extents >= kHFSPlusExtentDensity) { - /* The caller also hold extents overflow btree lock */ - error = hfs_count_overflow_extents(hfsmp, record->file_record.fileID, &num_overflow); - if (error) { - goto out; - } - num_extents += num_overflow; - } - hfs_fsinfo_data_add(data, num_extents); - } -out: - return error; -} - -/* - * Callback function to get distribution of individual extent sizes - * (in bytes) for all user files in given file system from catalog - * btree only. Note that this only accounts for data fork, no resource - * fork. - */ -static errno_t fsinfo_file_extent_size_catalog_callback(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - __unused HFSPlusKey *key, HFSPlusRecord *record, void *data) -{ - int i; - uint32_t blockCount; - uint64_t extent_size; - - if (record->file_record.recordType == kHFSPlusFileRecord) { - /* Traverse through all valid extents */ - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - blockCount = record->file_record.dataFork.extents[i].blockCount; - if (blockCount == 0) { - break; - } - extent_size = hfs_blk_to_bytes(blockCount, hfsmp->blockSize); - hfs_fsinfo_data_add(data, extent_size); - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* - * Callback function to get distribution of individual extent sizes - * (in bytes) for all user files in given file system from overflow - * extents btree only. Note that this only accounts for data fork, - * no resource fork. - */ -static errno_t fsinfo_file_extent_size_overflow_callback(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - HFSPlusKey *key, HFSPlusRecord *record, void *data) -{ - int i; - uint32_t blockCount; - uint64_t extent_size; - - if (key->extent_key.fileID >= kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID) { - // Only count the data fork extents. - if (key->extent_key.forkType == kHFSDataForkType) { - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - blockCount = record->extent_record[i].blockCount; - if (blockCount == 0) { - break; - } - extent_size = hfs_blk_to_bytes(blockCount, hfsmp->blockSize); - hfs_fsinfo_data_add(data, extent_size); - } - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* - * Callback function to get distribution of file sizes (in bytes) - * for all user files in given file system. Note that this only - * accounts for data fork, no resource fork. - */ -static errno_t fsinfo_file_size_callback(__unused struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - __unused HFSPlusKey *key, HFSPlusRecord *record, void *data) -{ - if (record->file_record.recordType == kHFSPlusFileRecord) { - /* Record of interest, account for the size in the bucket */ - hfs_fsinfo_data_add(data, record->file_record.dataFork.logicalSize); - } - return 0; -} - -/* - * Callback function to get distribution of directory valence - * for all directories in the given file system. - */ -static errno_t fsinfo_dir_valence_callback(__unused struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - __unused HFSPlusKey *key, HFSPlusRecord *record, void *data) -{ - if (record->folder_record.recordType == kHFSPlusFolderRecord) { - hfs_fsinfo_data_add(data, record->folder_record.valence); - } - return 0; -} - -/* - * Callback function to get distribution of number of unicode - * characters in name for all files and directories for a given - * file system. - */ -static errno_t fsinfo_name_size_callback(__unused struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - __unused HFSPlusKey *key, HFSPlusRecord *record, void *data) -{ - struct hfs_fsinfo_name *fsinfo = (struct hfs_fsinfo_name *)data; - uint32_t length; - - if ((record->folder_record.recordType == kHFSPlusFolderThreadRecord) || - (record->folder_record.recordType == kHFSPlusFileThreadRecord)) { - length = record->thread_record.nodeName.length; - /* Make sure that the nodeName is bounded, otherwise return error */ - if (length > kHFSPlusMaxFileNameChars) { - return EIO; - } - - // sanity check for a name length of zero, which isn't valid on disk. - if (length == 0) - return EIO; - - /* Round it down to nearest multiple of 5 to match our buckets granularity */ - length = (length - 1)/ 5; - /* Account this value into our bucket */ - fsinfo->bucket[length]++; - } - return 0; -} - -/* - * Callback function to get distribution of size of all extended - * attributes for a given file system. - */ -static errno_t fsinfo_xattr_size_callback(__unused struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - __unused HFSPlusKey *key, HFSPlusRecord *record, void *data) -{ - if (record->attr_record.recordType == kHFSPlusAttrInlineData) { - /* Inline attribute */ - hfs_fsinfo_data_add(data, record->attr_record.attrData.attrSize); - } else if (record->attr_record.recordType == kHFSPlusAttrForkData) { - /* Larger attributes with extents information */ - hfs_fsinfo_data_add(data, record->attr_record.forkData.theFork.logicalSize); - } - return 0; -} - - -/* - * Callback function to get distribution of free space extents for a given file system. - */ -static void fsinfo_free_extents_callback(void *data, off_t free_extent_size) -{ - // Assume a minimum of 4 KB block size - hfs_fsinfo_data_add(data, free_extent_size / 4096); -} - -/* - * Function to get distribution of free space extents for a given file system. - */ -static errno_t hfs_fsinfo_free_extents(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct hfs_fsinfo_data *fsinfo) -{ - return hfs_find_free_extents(hfsmp, &fsinfo_free_extents_callback, fsinfo); -} - -/* - * Callback function to get distribution of symblock link sizes (in bytes) - * for all user files in given file system. Note that this only - * accounts for data fork, no resource fork. - */ -static errno_t fsinfo_symlink_size_callback(__unused struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - __unused HFSPlusKey *key, HFSPlusRecord *record, void *data) -{ - if (record->file_record.recordType == kHFSPlusFileRecord) { - /* Record of interest, account for the size in the bucket */ - if (S_ISLNK(record->file_record.bsdInfo.fileMode)) - hfs_fsinfo_data_add((struct hfs_fsinfo_data *)data, record->file_record.dataFork.logicalSize); - } - return 0; -} - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT -/* - * Callback function to get total number of files/directories - * for each content protection class - */ -static int fsinfo_cprotect_count_callback(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusKey *key, - HFSPlusRecord *record, void *data) -{ - struct hfs_fsinfo_cprotect *fsinfo = (struct hfs_fsinfo_cprotect *)data; - static const uint16_t cp_xattrname_utf16[] = CONTENT_PROTECTION_XATTR_NAME_CHARS; - /* - * NOTE: cp_xattrname_utf16_len is the number of UTF-16 code units in - * the EA name string. - */ - static const size_t cp_xattrname_utf16_len = sizeof(cp_xattrname_utf16)/2; - struct cp_xattr_v5 *xattr; - size_t xattr_len = sizeof(struct cp_xattr_v5); - struct cprotect cp_entry; - struct cprotect *cp_entryp = &cp_entry; - int error = 0; - - /* Content protect xattrs are inline attributes only, so skip all others */ - if (record->attr_record.recordType != kHFSPlusAttrInlineData) - return 0; - - /* We only look at content protection xattrs */ - if ((key->attr_key.attrNameLen != cp_xattrname_utf16_len) || - (bcmp(key->attr_key.attrName, cp_xattrname_utf16, 2 * cp_xattrname_utf16_len))) { - return 0; - } - - xattr = (struct cp_xattr_v5 *)((void *)(record->attr_record.attrData.attrData)); - error = cp_read_xattr_v5(hfsmp, xattr, xattr_len, (cprotect_t *)&cp_entryp, - CP_GET_XATTR_BASIC_INFO); - if (error) - return 0; - - /* No key present, skip this record */ - if (!ISSET(cp_entry.cp_flags, CP_HAS_A_KEY)) - return 0; - - /* Now account for the persistent class */ - switch (CP_CLASS(cp_entry.cp_pclass)) { - case PROTECTION_CLASS_A: - fsinfo->class_A++; - break; - case PROTECTION_CLASS_B: - fsinfo->class_B++; - break; - case PROTECTION_CLASS_C: - fsinfo->class_C++; - break; - case PROTECTION_CLASS_D: - fsinfo->class_D++; - break; - case PROTECTION_CLASS_E: - fsinfo->class_E++; - break; - case PROTECTION_CLASS_F: - fsinfo->class_F++; - break; - }; - - return 0; -} -#endif diff --git a/core/hfs_hotfiles.c b/core/hfs_hotfiles.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0e936bb..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_hotfiles.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3916 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#include - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_endian.h" -#include "hfs_format.h" -#include "hfs_mount.h" -#include "hfs_hotfiles.h" - -#include "BTreeScanner.h" - - -#define HFC_DEBUG 0 -#define HFC_VERBOSE 0 - - -/* - * Minimum post Tiger base time. - * Thu Mar 31 17:00:00 2005 - */ -#define HFC_MIN_BASE_TIME 0x424c8f00L - -/* - * Hot File List (runtime). - */ -typedef struct hotfileinfo { - u_int32_t hf_fileid; - u_int32_t hf_temperature; - u_int32_t hf_blocks; -} hotfileinfo_t; - -typedef struct hotfilelist { - size_t hfl_size; - u_int32_t hfl_magic; - u_int32_t hfl_version; - time_t hfl_duration; /* duration of sample period */ - int hfl_count; /* count of hot files recorded */ - int hfl_next; /* next file to move */ - int hfl_totalblocks; /* total hot file blocks */ - int hfl_reclaimblks; /* blocks to reclaim in HFV */ - u_int32_t hfl_spare[2]; - hotfileinfo_t hfl_hotfile[1]; /* array of hot files */ -} hotfilelist_t; - - -/* - * Hot File Entry (runtime). - */ -typedef struct hotfile_entry { - struct hotfile_entry *left; - struct hotfile_entry *right; - u_int32_t fileid; - u_int32_t temperature; - u_int32_t blocks; -} hotfile_entry_t; - - -// -// We cap the max temperature for non-system files to "MAX_NORMAL_TEMP" -// so that they will always have a lower temperature than system (aka -// "auto-cached") files. System files have MAX_NORMAL_TEMP added to -// their temperature which produces two bands of files (all non-system -// files will have a temp less than MAX_NORMAL_TEMP and all system -// files will have a temp greatern than MAX_NORMAL_TEMP). -// -// This puts non-system files on the left side of the hotfile btree -// (and we start evicting from the left-side of the tree). The idea is -// that we will evict non-system files more aggressively since their -// working set changes much more dynamically than system files (which -// are for the most part, static). -// -// NOTE: these values have to fit into a 32-bit int. We use a -// value of 1-billion which gives a pretty broad range -// and yet should not run afoul of any sign issues. -// -#define MAX_NORMAL_TEMP 1000000000 -#define HF_TEMP_RANGE MAX_NORMAL_TEMP - - -// -// These used to be defines of the hard coded values. But if -// we're on an cooperative fusion (CF) system we need to change -// the values (which happens in hfs_recording_init() -// -uint32_t hfc_default_file_count = 1000; -uint32_t hfc_default_duration = (3600 * 60); -uint32_t hfc_max_file_count = 5000; -uint64_t hfc_max_file_size = (10 * 1024 * 1024); - - -/* - * Hot File Recording Data (runtime). - */ -typedef struct hotfile_data { - size_t size; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - long refcount; - u_int32_t activefiles; /* active number of hot files */ - u_int32_t threshold; - u_int32_t maxblocks; - hotfile_entry_t *rootentry; - hotfile_entry_t *freelist; - hotfile_entry_t *coldest; - hotfile_entry_t entries[]; -} hotfile_data_t; - -static int hfs_recording_start (struct hfsmount *); -static int hfs_recording_stop (struct hfsmount *); - -/* Hotfiles pinning routines */ -static int hfs_getvnode_and_pin (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t fileid, uint32_t *pinned); -static int hfs_pin_extent_record (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusExtentRecord extents, uint32_t *pinned); -static int hfs_pin_catalog_rec (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusCatalogFile *cfp, int rsrc); - -/* - * Hot File Data recording functions (in-memory binary tree). - */ -static int hf_insert (hotfile_data_t *, hotfile_entry_t *); -static void hf_delete (hotfile_data_t *, u_int32_t, u_int32_t); -static hotfile_entry_t * hf_coldest (hotfile_data_t *); -static hotfile_entry_t * hf_getnewentry (hotfile_data_t *); -static void hf_getsortedlist (hotfile_data_t *, hotfilelist_t *); - -#if HFC_DEBUG -static hotfile_entry_t * hf_lookup (hotfile_data_t *, u_int32_t, u_int32_t); -static void hf_maxdepth(hotfile_entry_t *, int, int *); -static void hf_printtree (hotfile_entry_t *); -#endif - -/* - * Hot File misc support functions. - */ -static int hotfiles_collect (struct hfsmount *); -static int hotfiles_age (struct hfsmount *); -static int hotfiles_adopt (struct hfsmount *); -static int hotfiles_evict (struct hfsmount *, vfs_context_t); -static int hotfiles_refine (struct hfsmount *); -static int hotextents(struct hfsmount *, HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *); -static int hfs_addhotfile_internal(struct vnode *); -static int hfs_hotfile_cur_freeblks(hfsmount_t *hfsmp); - - -/* - * Hot File Cluster B-tree (on disk) functions. - */ -static int hfc_btree_create (struct hfsmount *, unsigned int, unsigned int); -static int hfc_btree_open (struct hfsmount *, struct vnode **); -static int hfc_btree_open_ext(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode **vpp, int ignore_btree_errs); -static int hfc_btree_close (struct hfsmount *, struct vnode *); -static int hfc_btree_delete_record(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, BTreeIterator *iterator, HotFileKey *key); -static int hfc_btree_delete(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -static int hfc_comparekeys (HotFileKey *, HotFileKey *); - - -char hfc_tag[] = "CLUSTERED HOT FILES B-TREE "; - - -/* - *======================================================================== - * HOT FILE INTERFACE ROUTINES - *======================================================================== - */ - -/* - * Start recording the hottest files on a file system. - * - * Requires that the hfc_mutex be held. - */ -static int -hfs_recording_start(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - hotfile_data_t *hotdata; - struct timeval tv; - int maxentries; - size_t size; - int i; - int error; - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) || - (hfsmp->jnl == NULL) || - (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_METADATA_ZONE) == 0) { - return (EPERM); - } - if (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->freeBlocks < (2 * (u_int32_t)hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks)) { - return (ENOSPC); - } - if (hfsmp->hfc_stage != HFC_IDLE) { - return (EBUSY); - } - hfsmp->hfc_stage = HFC_BUSY; - - if (hfsmp->hfc_recdata) { - hfs_free(hfsmp->hfc_recdata, hfsmp->hfc_recdata->size); - hfsmp->hfc_recdata = NULL; - } - if (hfsmp->hfc_filelist) { - hfs_free(hfsmp->hfc_filelist, hfsmp->hfc_filelist->hfl_size); - hfsmp->hfc_filelist = NULL; - } - - microtime(&tv); /* Times are base on GMT time. */ - - /* - * On first startup check for suspended recording. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfc_timebase == 0 && - hfc_btree_open(hfsmp, &hfsmp->hfc_filevp) == 0) { - HotFilesInfo hotfileinfo; - - if ((BTGetUserData(VTOF(hfsmp->hfc_filevp), &hotfileinfo, - sizeof(hotfileinfo)) == 0) && - (SWAP_BE32 (hotfileinfo.magic) == HFC_MAGIC) && - (SWAP_BE32 (hotfileinfo.timeleft) > 0) && - (SWAP_BE32 (hotfileinfo.timebase) > 0)) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks == 0) { - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks = hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks - SWAP_BE32 (hotfileinfo.usedblocks); - } - hfsmp->hfc_maxfiles = 0x7fffffff; - printf("hfs: %s: %s: hotfile freeblocks: %d, max: %d\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, __FUNCTION__, - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks, hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks); - } else { - hfsmp->hfc_maxfiles = SWAP_BE32 (hotfileinfo.maxfilecnt); - } - hfsmp->hfc_timebase = SWAP_BE32 (hotfileinfo.timebase); - int timeleft = (int)SWAP_BE32(hotfileinfo.timeleft); - if (timeleft < 0 || timeleft > (int)(HFC_DEFAULT_DURATION*2)) { - // in case this field got botched, don't let it screw things up - // printf("hfs: hotfiles: bogus looking timeleft: %d\n", timeleft); - timeleft = HFC_DEFAULT_DURATION; - } - hfsmp->hfc_timeout = timeleft + tv.tv_sec ; - /* Fix up any bogus timebase values. */ - if (hfsmp->hfc_timebase < HFC_MIN_BASE_TIME) { - hfsmp->hfc_timebase = hfsmp->hfc_timeout - HFC_DEFAULT_DURATION; - } -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: Resume recording hot files on %s (%d secs left (%d); timeout %ld)\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN, SWAP_BE32 (hotfileinfo.timeleft), timeleft, hfsmp->hfc_timeout - tv.tv_sec); -#endif - } else { - hfsmp->hfc_maxfiles = HFC_DEFAULT_FILE_COUNT; - hfsmp->hfc_timebase = tv.tv_sec + 1; - hfsmp->hfc_timeout = hfsmp->hfc_timebase + HFC_DEFAULT_DURATION; - } - (void) hfc_btree_close(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - hfsmp->hfc_filevp = NULL; - } else { - struct cat_attr cattr; - u_int32_t cnid; - - /* - * Make sure a btree file exists. - */ - cnid = GetFileInfo(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp), kRootDirID, HFC_FILENAME, &cattr, NULL); - if ((cnid == 0) && - !S_ISREG(cattr.ca_mode) && - (error = hfc_btree_create(hfsmp, HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize, HFC_DEFAULT_FILE_COUNT))) { - hfsmp->hfc_stage = HFC_IDLE; - wakeup((caddr_t)&hfsmp->hfc_stage); - return (error); - } -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: begin recording hot files on %s (hotfile start/end block: %d - %d; max/free: %d/%d; maxfiles: %d)\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN, - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_start, hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_end, - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks, hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks, hfsmp->hfc_maxfiles); -#endif - hfsmp->hfc_maxfiles = HFC_DEFAULT_FILE_COUNT; - hfsmp->hfc_timeout = tv.tv_sec + HFC_DEFAULT_DURATION; - - /* Reset time base. */ - if (hfsmp->hfc_timebase == 0) { - hfsmp->hfc_timebase = tv.tv_sec + 1; - } else { - time_t cumulativebase; - - cumulativebase = hfsmp->hfc_timeout - (HFC_CUMULATIVE_CYCLES * HFC_DEFAULT_DURATION); - hfsmp->hfc_timebase = MAX(hfsmp->hfc_timebase, cumulativebase); - } - } - - if ((hfsmp->hfc_maxfiles == 0) || - (hfsmp->hfc_maxfiles > HFC_MAXIMUM_FILE_COUNT)) { - hfsmp->hfc_maxfiles = HFC_DEFAULT_FILE_COUNT; - } - maxentries = hfsmp->hfc_maxfiles; - - size = sizeof(hotfile_data_t) + maxentries * sizeof(hotfile_entry_t); - hotdata = hfs_mallocz(size); - hotdata->size = size; - - for (i = 1; i < maxentries ; i++) - hotdata->entries[i-1].right = &hotdata->entries[i]; - - hotdata->freelist = &hotdata->entries[0]; - /* - * Establish minimum temperature and maximum file size. - */ - hotdata->threshold = HFC_MINIMUM_TEMPERATURE; - hotdata->maxblocks = HFC_MAXIMUM_FILESIZE / HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize; - hotdata->hfsmp = hfsmp; - - hfsmp->hfc_recdata = hotdata; - hfsmp->hfc_stage = HFC_RECORDING; - wakeup((caddr_t)&hfsmp->hfc_stage); - return (0); -} - -/* - * Stop recording the hotest files on a file system. - * - * Requires that the hfc_mutex be held. - */ -static int -hfs_recording_stop(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - hotfile_data_t *hotdata; - hotfilelist_t *listp; - struct timeval tv; - size_t size; - enum hfc_stage newstage = HFC_IDLE; - int error; - - if (hfsmp->hfc_stage != HFC_RECORDING) - return (EPERM); - - hfsmp->hfc_stage = HFC_BUSY; - - hotfiles_collect(hfsmp); - - - /* - * Convert hot file data into a simple file id list.... - * - * then dump the sample data - */ -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: end of hot file recording on %s\n", hfsmp->vcbVN); -#endif - hotdata = hfsmp->hfc_recdata; - if (hotdata == NULL) - return (0); - hfsmp->hfc_recdata = NULL; - hfsmp->hfc_stage = HFC_EVALUATION; - wakeup((caddr_t)&hfsmp->hfc_stage); - -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: curentries: %d\n", hotdata->activefiles); -#endif - /* - * If no hot files recorded then we're done. - */ - if (hotdata->rootentry == NULL) { - error = 0; - goto out; - } - - /* Open the B-tree file for writing... */ - if (hfsmp->hfc_filevp) - panic("hfs_recording_stop: hfc_filevp exists (vp = %p)", hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - - error = hfc_btree_open(hfsmp, &hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - if (error) { - goto out; - } - - /* - * Age the previous set of clustered hot files. - */ - error = hotfiles_age(hfsmp); - if (error) { - (void) hfc_btree_close(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - hfsmp->hfc_filevp = NULL; - goto out; - } - - /* - * Create a sorted list of hotest files. - */ - size = sizeof(hotfilelist_t); - size += sizeof(hotfileinfo_t) * (hotdata->activefiles - 1); - listp = hfs_mallocz(size); - listp->hfl_size = size; - - hf_getsortedlist(hotdata, listp); /* NOTE: destroys hot file tree! */ - microtime(&tv); - listp->hfl_duration = tv.tv_sec - hfsmp->hfc_timebase; - hfs_assert(!hfsmp->hfc_filelist); - hfsmp->hfc_filelist = listp; - - /* - * Account for duplicates. - */ - error = hotfiles_refine(hfsmp); - if (error) { - (void) hfc_btree_close(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - hfsmp->hfc_filevp = NULL; - goto out; - } - - /* - * Compute the amount of space to reclaim... - */ - if (listp->hfl_totalblocks > hfs_hotfile_cur_freeblks(hfsmp)) { - listp->hfl_reclaimblks = - MIN(listp->hfl_totalblocks, hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks) - - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks; -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs_recording_stop: need to reclaim %d blocks\n", listp->hfl_reclaimblks); -#endif - if (listp->hfl_reclaimblks) - newstage = HFC_EVICTION; - else - newstage = HFC_ADOPTION; - } else { - newstage = HFC_ADOPTION; - } - - if (newstage == HFC_ADOPTION && listp->hfl_totalblocks == 0) { - (void) hfc_btree_close(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - hfsmp->hfc_filevp = NULL; - newstage = HFC_IDLE; - } -out: -#if HFC_VERBOSE - if (newstage == HFC_EVICTION) - printf("hfs: evicting coldest files\n"); - else if (newstage == HFC_ADOPTION) - printf("hfs: adopting hotest files\n"); -#endif - hfs_free(hotdata, hotdata->size); - - hfsmp->hfc_stage = newstage; - wakeup((caddr_t)&hfsmp->hfc_stage); - return (error); -} - -static void -save_btree_user_info(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - HotFilesInfo hotfileinfo; - struct timeval tv; - - microtime(&tv); - hotfileinfo.magic = SWAP_BE32 (HFC_MAGIC); - hotfileinfo.version = SWAP_BE32 (HFC_VERSION); - hotfileinfo.duration = SWAP_BE32 (HFC_DEFAULT_DURATION); - hotfileinfo.timebase = SWAP_BE32 (hfsmp->hfc_timebase); - hotfileinfo.timeleft = SWAP_BE32 (hfsmp->hfc_timeout - tv.tv_sec); - hotfileinfo.threshold = SWAP_BE32 (HFC_MINIMUM_TEMPERATURE); - hotfileinfo.maxfileblks = SWAP_BE32 (HFC_MAXIMUM_FILESIZE / HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize); - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) { - hotfileinfo.usedblocks = SWAP_BE32 (hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks - hfs_hotfile_cur_freeblks(hfsmp)); -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: %s: saving usedblocks = %d (timeleft: %d; timeout %ld)\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, (hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks), - SWAP_BE32(hotfileinfo.timeleft), hfsmp->hfc_timeout); -#endif - } else { - hotfileinfo.maxfilecnt = SWAP_BE32 (HFC_DEFAULT_FILE_COUNT); - } - strlcpy((char *)hotfileinfo.tag, hfc_tag, sizeof hotfileinfo.tag); - (void) BTSetUserData(VTOF(hfsmp->hfc_filevp), &hotfileinfo, sizeof(hotfileinfo)); -} - -/* - * Suspend recording the hotest files on a file system. - */ -int -hfs_recording_suspend(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - hotfile_data_t *hotdata = NULL; - int error; - - if (hfsmp->hfc_stage == HFC_DISABLED) - return (0); - - lck_mtx_lock(&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - - /* - * XXX NOTE - * A suspend can occur during eval/evict/adopt stage. - * In that case we would need to write out info and - * flush our HFBT vnode. Currently we just bail. - */ - - hotdata = hfsmp->hfc_recdata; - if (hotdata == NULL || hfsmp->hfc_stage != HFC_RECORDING) { - error = 0; - goto out; - } - hfsmp->hfc_stage = HFC_BUSY; - -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: suspend hot file recording on %s\n", hfsmp->vcbVN); -#endif - error = hfc_btree_open(hfsmp, &hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_recording_suspend: err %d opening btree\n", error); - goto out; - } - - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - goto out; - } - if (hfs_lock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfc_filevp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT) != 0) { - goto end_transaction; - } - - save_btree_user_info(hfsmp); - - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfc_filevp)); - -end_transaction: - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - -out: - if (hfsmp->hfc_filevp) { - (void) hfc_btree_close(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - hfsmp->hfc_filevp = NULL; - } - if (hotdata) { - hfs_free(hotdata, hotdata->size); - hfsmp->hfc_recdata = NULL; - } - hfsmp->hfc_stage = HFC_DISABLED; - wakeup((caddr_t)&hfsmp->hfc_stage); - - lck_mtx_unlock(&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - return (error); -} - - -static void -reset_file_ids(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t *fileid_table, int num_ids) -{ - int i, error; - - for(i=0; i < num_ids; i++) { - struct vnode *vp; - - error = hfs_vget(hfsmp, fileid_table[i], &vp, 0, 0); - if (error) { - if (error == ENOENT) { - error = 0; - continue; /* stale entry, go to next */ - } - continue; - } - - // hfs_vget returns a locked cnode so no need to lock here - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) && (VTOC(vp)->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSFastDevPinnedMask)) { - error = hfs_pin_vnode(hfsmp, vp, HFS_UNPIN_IT, NULL); - } - - /* - * The updates to the catalog must be journaled - */ - hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp); - - // - // turn off _all_ the hotfile related bits since we're resetting state - // - if (VTOC(vp)->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSFastDevCandidateMask) { - vnode_clearfastdevicecandidate(vp); - } - - VTOC(vp)->c_attr.ca_recflags &= ~(kHFSFastDevPinnedMask|kHFSDoNotFastDevPinMask|kHFSFastDevCandidateMask|kHFSAutoCandidateMask); - VTOC(vp)->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - - hfs_update(vp, 0); - - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - } -} - -static int -flag_hotfile(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, const char *filename) -{ - struct vnode *dvp = NULL, *fvp = NULL; - vfs_context_t ctx = vfs_context_kernel(); - int error=0; - size_t fname_len; - const char *orig_fname = filename; - - if (filename == NULL) { - return EINVAL; - } - - fname_len = strlen(filename); // do NOT include the trailing '\0' so that we break out of the loop below - - error = hfs_vfs_root(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp), &dvp, ctx); - if (error) { - return (error); - } - - /* At this point, 'dvp' must be considered iocounted */ - const char *ptr; - ptr = filename; - - while (ptr < (orig_fname + fname_len - 1)) { - for(; ptr < (orig_fname + fname_len) && *ptr && *ptr != '/'; ptr++) { - /* just keep advancing till we reach the end of the string or a slash */ - } - - struct componentname cname = { - .cn_nameiop = LOOKUP, - .cn_flags = ISLASTCN, - .cn_pnbuf = __DECONST(char *, orig_fname), - .cn_nameptr = __DECONST(char *, filename), - .cn_pnlen = fname_len, - .cn_namelen = ptr - filename - }; - - struct vnop_lookup_args ap = { - .a_dvp = dvp, - .a_vpp = &fvp, - .a_cnp = &cname, - .a_context = ctx - }; - - error = hfs_vnop_lookup(&ap); - if (error) { - /* - * If 'dvp' is non-NULL, then it has an iocount. Make sure to release it - * before bailing out. VNOP_LOOKUP could legitimately return ENOENT - * if the item didn't exist or if we raced with a delete. - */ - if (dvp) { - vnode_put(dvp); - dvp = NULL; - } - return error; - } - - if (ptr < orig_fname + fname_len - 1) { - // - // we've got a multi-part pathname so drop the ref on the dir, - // make dvp become what we just looked up, and advance over - // the slash character in the pathname to get to the next part - // of the component - // - vnode_put(dvp); - dvp = fvp; - fvp = NULL; - - filename = ++ptr; // skip the slash character - } - } - - if (fvp == NULL) { - error = ENOENT; - goto out; - } - - struct cnode *cp = VTOC(fvp); - if ((error = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT)) != 0) { - goto out; - } - - hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp); - - cp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= (kHFSFastDevCandidateMask|kHFSAutoCandidateMask); - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - - hfs_update(fvp, 0); - - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - hfs_unlock(cp); - //printf("hfs: flagged /%s with the fast-dev-candidate|auto-candidate flags\n", filename); - - -out: - if (fvp) { - vnode_put(fvp); - fvp = NULL; - } - - if (dvp) { - vnode_put(dvp); - dvp = NULL; - } - - return error; -} - - -static void -hfs_setup_default_cf_hotfiles(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - const char *system_default_hotfiles[] = { - "usr", - "System", - "Applications", - "private/var/db/dyld" - }; - int i; - - for(i=0; i < (int)(sizeof(system_default_hotfiles)/sizeof(char *)); i++) { - flag_hotfile(hfsmp, system_default_hotfiles[i]); - } -} - - -#define NUM_FILE_RESET_IDS 4096 // so we allocate 16k to hold file-ids - -static void -hfs_hotfile_reset(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - CatalogKey * keyp; - CatalogRecord * datap; - u_int32_t dataSize; - BTScanState scanstate; - BTreeIterator * iterator = NULL; - FSBufferDescriptor record; - u_int32_t data; - u_int32_t cnid; - int error = 0; - uint32_t *fileids=NULL; - int cur_id_index = 0; - - int cleared = 0; /* debug variables */ - int filecount = 0; - int dircount = 0; - -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: %s: %s\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, __FUNCTION__); -#endif - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - fileids = hfs_malloc(NUM_FILE_RESET_IDS * sizeof(uint32_t)); - - record.bufferAddress = &data; - record.itemSize = sizeof(u_int32_t); - record.itemCount = 1; - - /* - * Get ready to scan the Catalog file. - */ - error = BTScanInitialize(VTOF(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->catalogRefNum), 0, 0, 0, - kCatSearchBufferSize, &scanstate); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_hotfile_reset: err %d BTScanInit\n", error); - goto out; - } - - /* - * Visit all the catalog btree leaf records, clearing any that have the - * HotFileCached bit set. - */ - for (;;) { - error = BTScanNextRecord(&scanstate, 0, (void **)&keyp, (void **)&datap, &dataSize); - if (error) { - if (error == btNotFound) - error = 0; - else - printf("hfs_hotfile_reset: err %d BTScanNext\n", error); - break; - } - - if (datap->recordType == kHFSPlusFolderRecord && (dataSize == sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogFolder))) { - HFSPlusCatalogFolder *dirp = (HFSPlusCatalogFolder *)datap; - - dircount++; - - if ((dirp->flags & (kHFSFastDevPinnedMask|kHFSDoNotFastDevPinMask|kHFSFastDevCandidateMask|kHFSAutoCandidateMask)) == 0) { - continue; - } - - cnid = dirp->folderID; - } else if ((datap->recordType == kHFSPlusFileRecord) && (dataSize == sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogFile))) { - HFSPlusCatalogFile *filep = (HFSPlusCatalogFile *)datap; - - filecount++; - - /* - * If the file doesn't have any of the HotFileCached bits set, ignore it. - */ - if ((filep->flags & (kHFSFastDevPinnedMask|kHFSDoNotFastDevPinMask|kHFSFastDevCandidateMask|kHFSAutoCandidateMask)) == 0) { - continue; - } - - cnid = filep->fileID; - } else { - continue; - } - - /* Skip over journal files. */ - if (cnid == hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid || cnid == hfsmp->hfs_jnlinfoblkid) { - continue; - } - - // - // Just record the cnid of the file for now. We will modify it separately - // because we can't modify the catalog while we're scanning it. - // - fileids[cur_id_index++] = cnid; - if (cur_id_index >= NUM_FILE_RESET_IDS) { - // - // We're over the limit of file-ids so we have to terminate this - // scan, go modify all the catalog records, then restart the scan. - // This is required because it's not permissible to modify the - // catalog while scanning it. - // - (void) BTScanTerminate(&scanstate, &data, &data, &data); - - reset_file_ids(hfsmp, fileids, cur_id_index); - cleared += cur_id_index; - cur_id_index = 0; - - // restart the scan - error = BTScanInitialize(VTOF(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->catalogRefNum), 0, 0, 0, - kCatSearchBufferSize, &scanstate); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_hotfile_reset: err %d BTScanInit\n", error); - goto out; - } - continue; - } - } - - if (cur_id_index) { - reset_file_ids(hfsmp, fileids, cur_id_index); - cleared += cur_id_index; - cur_id_index = 0; - } - - printf("hfs: cleared HotFileCache related bits on %d files out of %d (dircount %d)\n", cleared, filecount, dircount); - - (void) BTScanTerminate(&scanstate, &data, &data, &data); - -out: - hfs_free(fileids, NUM_FILE_RESET_IDS * sizeof(uint32_t)); - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - - // - // If the hotfile btree exists, delete it. We need to open - // it to be able to delete it because we need the hfc_filevp - // for deletion. - // - error = hfc_btree_open_ext(hfsmp, &hfsmp->hfc_filevp, 1); - if (!error) { - printf("hfs: hotfile_reset: deleting existing hotfile btree\n"); - hfc_btree_delete(hfsmp); - } - - if (hfsmp->hfc_filevp) { - (void) hfc_btree_close(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - hfsmp->hfc_filevp = NULL; - } - - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_blk_adjust = 0; - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks = hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks; -} - - -// -// This should ONLY be called by hfs_recording_init() and the special fsctl. -// -// We assume that the hotfile btree is already opened. -// -static int -hfs_hotfile_repin_files(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - BTreeIterator * iterator = NULL; - HotFileKey * key; - filefork_t * filefork; - int error = 0; - int bt_op; - enum hfc_stage stage; - uint32_t pinned_blocks; - uint32_t num_files=0, nrsrc=0; - uint32_t total_pinned=0; - - if (!(hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) || !hfsmp->hfc_filevp) { - // - // this is only meaningful if we're pinning hotfiles - // (as opposed to the regular form of hotfiles that - // get relocated to the hotfile zone) - // - return 0; - } - -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: %s: %s\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, __FUNCTION__); -#endif - - if (hfs_lock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfc_filevp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT) != 0) { - return (EPERM); - } - - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - stage = hfsmp->hfc_stage; - hfsmp->hfc_stage = HFC_BUSY; - - bt_op = kBTreeFirstRecord; - - key = (HotFileKey*) &iterator->key; - - filefork = VTOF(hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - int lockflags; - - while (1) { - - lockflags = 0; - /* - * Obtain the first record (ie the coldest one). - */ - if (BTIterateRecord(filefork, bt_op, iterator, NULL, NULL) != 0) { - // no more records - error = 0; - break; - } - if (key->keyLength != HFC_KEYLENGTH) { - // printf("hfs: hotfiles_repin_files: invalid key length %d\n", key->keyLength); - error = EFTYPE; - break; - } - if (key->temperature == HFC_LOOKUPTAG) { - // ran into thread records in the hotfile btree - error = 0; - break; - } - - // - // Just lookup the records in the catalog and pin the direct - // mapped extents. Faster than instantiating full vnodes - // (and thereby thrashing the system vnode cache). - // - struct cat_desc fdesc; - struct cat_attr attr; - struct cat_fork fork; - uint8_t forktype = 0; - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, (SFL_CATALOG | SFL_EXTENTS), HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - /* - * Snoop the cnode hash to find out if the item we want is in-core already. - * - * We largely expect this function to fail (the items we want are probably not in the hash). - * we use the special variant which bails out as soon as it finds a vnode (even if it is - * marked as open-unlinked or actually removed on-disk. If we find a vnode, then we - * release the systemfile locks and go through the pin-vnode path instead. - */ - if (hfs_chash_snoop (hfsmp, key->fileID, 1, NULL, NULL) == 0) { - pinned_blocks = 0; - - /* unlock immediately and go through the in-core path */ - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - lockflags = 0; - - error = hfs_getvnode_and_pin (hfsmp, key->fileID, &pinned_blocks); - if (error) { - /* if ENOENT, then it was deleted in the catalog. Remove from our hotfiles tracking */ - if (error == ENOENT) { - hfc_btree_delete_record(hfsmp, iterator, key); - } - /* other errors, just ignore and move on with life */ - } - else { //!error - total_pinned += pinned_blocks; - num_files++; - } - - goto next; - } - - /* If we get here, we're still holding the systemfile locks */ - error = cat_idlookup(hfsmp, key->fileID, 1, 0, &fdesc, &attr, &fork); - if (error) { - // - // this file system could have been mounted while booted from a - // different partition and thus the hotfile btree would not have - // been maintained. thus a file that was hotfile cached could - // have been deleted while booted from a different partition which - // means we need to delete it from the hotfile btree. - // - // block accounting is taken care of at the end: we re-assign - // hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks based on how many blocks we actually - // pinned. - // - hfc_btree_delete_record(hfsmp, iterator, key); - - goto next; - } - - if (fork.cf_size == 0) { - // hmmm, the data is probably in the resource fork (aka a compressed file) - error = cat_idlookup(hfsmp, key->fileID, 1, 1, &fdesc, &attr, &fork); - if (error) { - hfc_btree_delete_record(hfsmp, iterator, key); - goto next; - } - forktype = 0xff; - nrsrc++; - } - - pinned_blocks = 0; - - /* Can't release the catalog /extents lock yet, we may need to go find the overflow blocks */ - error = hfs_pin_extent_record (hfsmp, fork.cf_extents, &pinned_blocks); - if (error) { - goto next; //skip to next - } - /* add in the blocks from the inline 8 */ - total_pinned += pinned_blocks; - pinned_blocks = 0; - - /* Could this file have overflow extents? */ - if (fork.cf_extents[kHFSPlusExtentDensity-1].startBlock) { - /* better pin them, too */ - error = hfs_pin_overflow_extents (hfsmp, key->fileID, forktype, &pinned_blocks); - if (error) { - /* If we fail to pin all of the overflow extents, then just skip to the next file */ - goto next; - } - } - - num_files++; - if (pinned_blocks) { - /* now add in any overflow also */ - total_pinned += pinned_blocks; - } - - next: - if (lockflags) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - lockflags = 0; - } - bt_op = kBTreeNextRecord; - - } /* end while */ - -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: hotfiles_repin_files: re-pinned %d files (nrsrc %d, total pinned %d blks; freeblock %d, maxblocks %d, calculated free: %d)\n", - num_files, nrsrc, total_pinned, hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks, hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks, - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks - total_pinned); -#endif - // - // make sure this is accurate based on how many blocks we actually pinned - // - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks = hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks - total_pinned; - - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfc_filevp)); - - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - hfsmp->hfc_stage = stage; - wakeup((caddr_t)&hfsmp->hfc_stage); - return (error); -} - -void -hfs_repin_hotfiles(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - int error, need_close; - - lck_mtx_lock(&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - - if (hfsmp->hfc_filevp == NULL) { - error = hfc_btree_open(hfsmp, &hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - if (!error) { - need_close = 1; - } else { - printf("hfs: failed to open the btree err=%d. Unable to re-pin hotfiles.\n", error); - lck_mtx_unlock(&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - return; - } - } else { - need_close = 0; - } - - hfs_pin_vnode(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfc_filevp, HFS_PIN_IT, NULL); - - hfs_hotfile_repin_files(hfsmp); - - if (need_close) { - (void) hfc_btree_close(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - hfsmp->hfc_filevp = NULL; - } - - lck_mtx_unlock(&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); -} - -/* - * For a given file ID, find and pin all of its overflow extents to the underlying CS - * device. Assumes that the extents overflow b-tree is locked for the duration of this call. - * - * Emit the number of blocks pinned in output argument 'pinned' - * - * Return success or failure (errno) in return value. - * - */ -int hfs_pin_overflow_extents (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t fileid, - uint8_t forktype, uint32_t *pinned) { - - struct BTreeIterator *ext_iter = NULL; - ExtentKey *ext_key_ptr = NULL; - ExtentRecord ext_data; - FSBufferDescriptor btRecord; - uint16_t btRecordSize; - int error = 0; - - uint32_t pinned_blocks = 0; - - - ext_iter = hfs_mallocz(sizeof (*ext_iter)); - - BTInvalidateHint (ext_iter); - ext_key_ptr = (ExtentKey*)&ext_iter->key; - btRecord.bufferAddress = &ext_data; - btRecord.itemCount = 1; - - /* - * This is like when you delete a file; we don't actually need most of the search machinery because - * we are going to need all of the extent records that belong to this file (for a given fork type), - * so we might as well use a straight-up iterator. - * - * Position the B-Tree iterator at the first record with this file ID - */ - btRecord.itemSize = sizeof (HFSPlusExtentRecord); - ext_key_ptr->hfsPlus.keyLength = kHFSPlusExtentKeyMaximumLength; - ext_key_ptr->hfsPlus.forkType = forktype; - ext_key_ptr->hfsPlus.pad = 0; - ext_key_ptr->hfsPlus.fileID = fileid; - ext_key_ptr->hfsPlus.startBlock = 0; - - error = BTSearchRecord (VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp), ext_iter, &btRecord, &btRecordSize, ext_iter); - if (error == btNotFound) { - /* empty b-tree, so that's ok. we'll fall out during error check below. */ - error = 0; - } - - while (1) { - uint32_t found_fileid; - uint32_t pblocks; - - error = BTIterateRecord (VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp), kBTreeNextRecord, ext_iter, &btRecord, &btRecordSize); - if (error) { - /* swallow it if it's btNotFound, otherwise just bail out */ - if (error == btNotFound) - error = 0; - break; - } - - found_fileid = ext_key_ptr->hfsPlus.fileID; - /* - * We only do one fork type at a time. So if either the fork-type doesn't - * match what we are looking for (resource or data), OR the file id doesn't match - * which indicates that there's nothing more with this file ID as the key, then bail out - */ - if ((found_fileid != fileid) || (ext_key_ptr->hfsPlus.forkType != forktype)) { - error = 0; - break; - } - - /* Otherwise, we now have an extent record. Process and pin all of the file extents. */ - pblocks = 0; - error = hfs_pin_extent_record (hfsmp, ext_data.hfsPlus, &pblocks); - - if (error) { - break; - } - pinned_blocks += pblocks; - - /* if 8th extent is empty, then bail out */ - if (ext_data.hfsPlus[kHFSPlusExtentDensity-1].startBlock == 0) { - error = 0; - break; - } - - } // end extent-getting loop - - /* dump the iterator */ - hfs_free(ext_iter, sizeof(*ext_iter)); - - if (error == 0) { - /* - * In the event that the file has no overflow extents, pinned_blocks - * will never be updated, so we'll properly export 0 pinned blocks to caller - */ - *pinned = pinned_blocks; - } - - return error; - -} - - -static int -hfs_getvnode_and_pin (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t fileid, uint32_t *pinned) { - struct vnode *vp; - int error = 0; - *pinned = 0; - uint32_t pblocks; - - /* - * Acquire the vnode for this file. This returns a locked cnode on success - */ - error = hfs_vget(hfsmp, fileid, &vp, 0, 0); - if (error) { - /* It's possible the file was open-unlinked. In this case, we'll get ENOENT back. */ - return error; - } - - /* - * Symlinks that may have been inserted into the hotfile zone during a previous OS are now stuck - * here. We do not want to move them. - */ - if (!vnode_isreg(vp)) { - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - return EPERM; - } - - if (!(VTOC(vp)->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSFastDevPinnedMask)) { - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - return EINVAL; - } - - error = hfs_pin_vnode(hfsmp, vp, HFS_PIN_IT, &pblocks); - if (error == 0) { - *pinned = pblocks; - } - - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - - return error; - -} - -/* - * Pins an HFS Extent record to the underlying CoreStorage. Assumes that Catalog & Extents overflow - * B-trees are held locked, as needed. - * - * Returns the number of blocks pinned in the output argument 'pinned' - * - * Returns error status (0 || errno) in return value. - */ -static int hfs_pin_extent_record (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusExtentRecord extents, uint32_t *pinned) { - uint32_t pb = 0; - int i; - int error = 0; - - if (pinned == NULL) { - return EINVAL; - } - *pinned = 0; - - - - /* iterate through the extents */ - for ( i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - if (extents[i].startBlock == 0) { - break; - } - - error = hfs_pin_block_range (hfsmp, HFS_PIN_IT, extents[i].startBlock, - extents[i].blockCount); - - if (error) { - break; - } - pb += extents[i].blockCount; - } - - *pinned = pb; - - return error; -} - -/* - * Consume an HFS Plus on-disk catalog record and pin its blocks - * to the underlying CS devnode. - * - * NOTE: This is an important distinction! - * This function takes in an HFSPlusCatalogFile* which is the actual - * 200-some-odd-byte on-disk representation in the Catalog B-Tree (not - * one of the run-time structs that we normally use. - * - * This assumes that the catalog and extents-overflow btrees - * are locked, at least in shared mode - */ -static int hfs_pin_catalog_rec (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusCatalogFile *cfp, int rsrc) { - uint32_t pinned_blocks = 0; - HFSPlusForkData *forkdata; - int error = 0; - uint8_t forktype = 0; - - if (rsrc) { - forkdata = &cfp->resourceFork; - forktype = 0xff; - } - else { - forkdata = &cfp->dataFork; - } - - uint32_t pblocks = 0; - - /* iterate through the inline extents */ - error = hfs_pin_extent_record (hfsmp, forkdata->extents, &pblocks); - if (error) { - return error; - } - - pinned_blocks += pblocks; - pblocks = 0; - - /* it may have overflow extents */ - if (forkdata->extents[kHFSPlusExtentDensity-1].startBlock != 0) { - error = hfs_pin_overflow_extents (hfsmp, cfp->fileID, forktype, &pblocks); - } - pinned_blocks += pblocks; - - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks -= pinned_blocks; - - return error; -} - - -/* - * - */ -int -hfs_recording_init(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - CatalogKey * keyp; - CatalogRecord * datap; - u_int32_t dataSize; - HFSPlusCatalogFile *filep; - BTScanState scanstate; - BTreeIterator * iterator = NULL; - FSBufferDescriptor record; - HotFileKey * key; - filefork_t * filefork; - u_int32_t data; - struct cat_attr cattr; - u_int32_t cnid; - int error = 0; - long starting_temp; - - int started_tr = 0; - int started_scan = 0; - - int inserted = 0; /* debug variables */ - int filecount = 0; - int uncacheable = 0; - - /* - * For now, only the boot volume is supported. - */ - if ((vfs_flags(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)) & MNT_ROOTFS) == 0) { - hfsmp->hfc_stage = HFC_DISABLED; - return (EPERM); - } - - /* We grab the HFC mutex even though we're not fully mounted yet, just for orderliness */ - lck_mtx_lock (&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - - /* - * Tracking of hot files requires up-to-date access times. - * So if access time updates are disabled, then we disable - * hot files, too. - */ - if (vfs_flags(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)) & MNT_NOATIME) { - hfsmp->hfc_stage = HFC_DISABLED; - lck_mtx_unlock (&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - return EPERM; - } - - // - // Check if we've been asked to suspend operation - // - cnid = GetFileInfo(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp), kRootDirID, ".hotfile-suspend", &cattr, NULL); - if (cnid != 0) { - printf("hfs: %s: %s: hotfiles explicitly disabled! remove /.hotfiles-suspend to re-enable\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, __FUNCTION__); - hfsmp->hfc_stage = HFC_DISABLED; - lck_mtx_unlock (&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - return EPERM; - } - - // - // Check if we've been asked to reset our state. - // - cnid = GetFileInfo(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp), kRootDirID, ".hotfile-reset", &cattr, NULL); - if (cnid != 0) { - hfs_hotfile_reset(hfsmp); - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) { - // - // Cooperative Fusion (CF) systems use different constants - // than traditional hotfile systems. These were picked after a bit of - // experimentation - we can cache many more files on the - // ssd in an CF system and we can do so more rapidly - // so bump the limits considerably (and turn down the - // duration so that it doesn't take weeks to adopt all - // the files). - // - hfc_default_file_count = 20000; - hfc_default_duration = 300; // 5min - hfc_max_file_count = 50000; - hfc_max_file_size = (512ULL * 1024ULL * 1024ULL); - } - - /* - * If the Hot File btree exists then metadata zone is ready. - */ - cnid = GetFileInfo(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp), kRootDirID, HFC_FILENAME, &cattr, NULL); - if (cnid != 0 && S_ISREG(cattr.ca_mode)) { - int recreate = 0; - - if (hfsmp->hfc_stage == HFC_DISABLED) - hfsmp->hfc_stage = HFC_IDLE; - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks = 0; - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) && cattr.ca_blocks > 0) { - // - // make sure the hotfile btree is pinned - // - error = hfc_btree_open(hfsmp, &hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - if (!error) { - /* XXX: must fix hfs_pin_vnode too */ - hfs_pin_vnode(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfc_filevp, HFS_PIN_IT, NULL); - - } else { - printf("hfs: failed to open the btree err=%d. Recreating hotfile btree.\n", error); - recreate = 1; - } - - hfs_hotfile_repin_files(hfsmp); - - if (hfsmp->hfc_filevp) { - (void) hfc_btree_close(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - hfsmp->hfc_filevp = NULL; - } - - } else if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) { - // hmmm, the hotfile btree is zero bytes long? how odd. let's recreate it. - printf("hfs: hotfile btree is zero bytes long?! recreating it.\n"); - recreate = 1; - } - - if (!recreate) { - /* don't forget to unlock the mutex */ - lck_mtx_unlock (&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - return (0); - } else { - // - // open the hotfile btree file ignoring errors because - // we need the vnode pointer for hfc_btree_delete() to - // be able to do its work - // - error = hfc_btree_open_ext(hfsmp, &hfsmp->hfc_filevp, 1); - if (!error) { - // and delete it! - error = hfc_btree_delete(hfsmp); - (void) hfc_btree_close(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - hfsmp->hfc_filevp = NULL; - } - } - } - - printf("hfs: %s: %s: creating the hotfile btree\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, __FUNCTION__); - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - lck_mtx_unlock (&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - return EINVAL; - } - - /* B-tree creation must be journaled */ - started_tr = 1; - - error = hfc_btree_create(hfsmp, HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize, HFC_DEFAULT_FILE_COUNT); - if (error) { -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: Error %d creating hot file b-tree on %s \n", error, hfsmp->vcbVN); -#endif - goto recording_init_out; - } - - hfs_end_transaction (hfsmp); - started_tr = 0; - /* - * Do a journal flush + flush track cache. We have to ensure that the async I/Os have been issued to the media - * before proceeding. - */ - hfs_flush (hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_FULL); - - /* now re-start a new transaction */ - if (hfs_start_transaction (hfsmp) != 0) { - lck_mtx_unlock (&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - return EINVAL; - } - started_tr = 1; - - /* - * Open the Hot File B-tree file for writing. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfc_filevp) - panic("hfs_recording_init: hfc_filevp exists (vp = %p)", hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - - error = hfc_btree_open(hfsmp, &hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - if (error) { -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: Error %d opening hot file b-tree on %s \n", error, hfsmp->vcbVN); -#endif - goto recording_init_out; - } - - /* - * This function performs work similar to namei; we must NOT hold the catalog lock while - * calling it. This will decorate catalog records as being pinning candidates. (no hotfiles work) - */ - hfs_setup_default_cf_hotfiles(hfsmp); - - /* - * now grab the hotfiles b-tree vnode/cnode lock first, as it is not classified as a systemfile. - */ - if (hfs_lock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfc_filevp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT) != 0) { - error = EPERM; - (void) hfc_btree_close(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - /* zero it out to avoid pinning later on */ - hfsmp->hfc_filevp = NULL; - goto recording_init_out; - } - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - key = (HotFileKey*) &iterator->key; - key->keyLength = HFC_KEYLENGTH; - - record.bufferAddress = &data; - record.itemSize = sizeof(u_int32_t); - record.itemCount = 1; - -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: Evaluating space for \"%s\" metadata zone... (freeblks %d)\n", HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbVN, - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks); -#endif - - /* - * Get ready to scan the Catalog file. We explicitly do NOT grab the catalog lock because - * we're fully single-threaded at the moment (by virtue of being called during mount()), - * and if we have to grow the hotfile btree, then we would need to grab the catalog lock - * and if we take a shared lock here, it would deadlock (see ) - * - * We already started a transaction so we should already be holding the journal lock at this point. - * Note that we have to hold the journal lock / start a txn BEFORE the systemfile locks. - */ - - error = BTScanInitialize(VTOF(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->catalogRefNum), 0, 0, 0, - kCatSearchBufferSize, &scanstate); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_recording_init: err %d BTScanInit\n", error); - - /* drop the systemfile locks */ - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfc_filevp)); - - (void) hfc_btree_close(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - - /* zero it out to avoid pinning */ - hfsmp->hfc_filevp = NULL; - goto recording_init_out; - } - - started_scan = 1; - - filefork = VTOF(hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - - starting_temp = random() % HF_TEMP_RANGE; - - /* - * Visit all the catalog btree leaf records. We have to hold the catalog lock to do this. - * - * NOTE: The B-Tree scanner reads from the media itself. Under normal circumstances it would be - * fine to simply use b-tree routines to read blocks that correspond to b-tree nodes, because the - * block cache is going to ensure you always get the cached copy of a block (even if a journal - * txn has modified one of those blocks). That is NOT true when - * using the scanner. In particular, it will always read whatever is on-disk. So we have to ensure - * that the journal has flushed and that the async I/Os to the metadata files have been issued. - */ - for (;;) { - error = BTScanNextRecord(&scanstate, 0, (void **)&keyp, (void **)&datap, &dataSize); - if (error) { - if (error == btNotFound) - error = 0; - else - printf("hfs_recording_init: err %d BTScanNext\n", error); - break; - } - if ((datap->recordType != kHFSPlusFileRecord) || - (dataSize != sizeof(HFSPlusCatalogFile))) { - continue; - } - filep = (HFSPlusCatalogFile *)datap; - filecount++; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) { - if (filep->flags & kHFSDoNotFastDevPinMask) { - uncacheable++; - } - - // - // If the file does not have the FastDevPinnedMask set, we - // can ignore it and just go to the next record. - // - if ((filep->flags & kHFSFastDevPinnedMask) == 0) { - continue; - } - } else if (filep->dataFork.totalBlocks == 0) { - continue; - } - - /* - * On a regular hdd, any file that has blocks inside - * the hot file space is recorded for later eviction. - * - * For now, resource forks are ignored. - * - * We don't do this on CF systems as there is no real - * hotfile area - we just pin/unpin blocks belonging to - * interesting files. - */ - if (!(hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) && !hotextents(hfsmp, &filep->dataFork.extents[0])) { - continue; - } - cnid = filep->fileID; - - /* Skip over journal files and the hotfiles B-Tree file. */ - if (cnid == hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid - || cnid == hfsmp->hfs_jnlinfoblkid - || cnid == VTOC(hfsmp->hfc_filevp)->c_fileid) { - continue; - } - /* - * XXX - need to skip quota files as well. - */ - - uint32_t temp; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) { - int rsrc = 0; - - temp = (uint32_t)starting_temp++; - if (filep->flags & kHFSAutoCandidateMask) { - temp += MAX_NORMAL_TEMP; - } - - /* use the data fork by default */ - if (filep->dataFork.totalBlocks == 0) { - /* - * but if empty, switch to rsrc as its likely - * a compressed file - */ - rsrc = 1; - } - - error = hfs_pin_catalog_rec (hfsmp, filep, rsrc); - if (error) - break; - - } else { - temp = HFC_MINIMUM_TEMPERATURE; - } - - /* Insert a hot file entry. */ - key->keyLength = HFC_KEYLENGTH; - key->temperature = temp; - key->fileID = cnid; - key->forkType = 0; - data = 0x3f3f3f3f; - error = BTInsertRecord(filefork, iterator, &record, record.itemSize); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_recording_init: BTInsertRecord failed %d (fileid %d)\n", error, key->fileID); - error = MacToVFSError(error); - break; - } - - /* Insert the corresponding thread record. */ - key->keyLength = HFC_KEYLENGTH; - key->temperature = HFC_LOOKUPTAG; - key->fileID = cnid; - key->forkType = 0; - data = temp; - error = BTInsertRecord(filefork, iterator, &record, record.itemSize); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_recording_init: BTInsertRecord failed %d (fileid %d)\n", error, key->fileID); - error = MacToVFSError(error); - break; - } - inserted++; - } // end catalog iteration loop - - save_btree_user_info(hfsmp); - (void) BTFlushPath(filefork); - -recording_init_out: - - /* Unlock first, then pin after releasing everything else */ - if (hfsmp->hfc_filevp) { - hfs_unlock (VTOC(hfsmp->hfc_filevp)); - } - - if (started_scan) { - (void) BTScanTerminate (&scanstate, &data, &data, &data); - } - - if (started_tr) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - } - -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: %d files identified out of %d (freeblocks is now: %d)\n", inserted, filecount, hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks); - if (uncacheable) { - printf("hfs: %d files were marked as uncacheable\n", uncacheable); - } -#endif - - if (iterator) - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - - if (hfsmp->hfc_filevp) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) { - hfs_pin_vnode(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfc_filevp, HFS_PIN_IT, NULL); - } - (void) hfc_btree_close(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - hfsmp->hfc_filevp = NULL; - } - - if (error == 0) - hfsmp->hfc_stage = HFC_IDLE; - - /* Finally, unlock the HFC mutex */ - lck_mtx_unlock (&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - - return (error); -} - -/* - * Use sync to perform ocassional background work. - */ -int -hfs_hotfilesync(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, vfs_context_t ctx) -{ - if (hfsmp->hfc_stage) { - struct timeval tv; - - lck_mtx_lock(&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - - switch (hfsmp->hfc_stage) { - case HFC_IDLE: - (void) hfs_recording_start(hfsmp); - break; - - case HFC_RECORDING: - microtime(&tv); - if (tv.tv_sec > hfsmp->hfc_timeout) - (void) hfs_recording_stop(hfsmp); - break; - - case HFC_EVICTION: - (void) hotfiles_evict(hfsmp, ctx); - break; - - case HFC_ADOPTION: - (void) hotfiles_adopt(hfsmp); - break; - default: - break; - } - - lck_mtx_unlock(&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - } - return (0); -} - -/* - * Add a hot file to the recording list. - * - * This can happen when a hot file gets reclaimed or at the - * end of the recording period for any active hot file. - * - * NOTE: Since both the data and resource fork can be hot, - * there can be two entries for the same file id. - * - * Note: the cnode is locked on entry. - */ -int -hfs_addhotfile(struct vnode *vp) -{ - hfsmount_t *hfsmp; - int error; - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - if (hfsmp->hfc_stage != HFC_RECORDING) - return (0); - - lck_mtx_lock(&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - error = hfs_addhotfile_internal(vp); - lck_mtx_unlock(&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - return (error); -} - -static int -hf_ignore_process(const char *pname, size_t maxlen) -{ - if ( strncmp(pname, "mds", maxlen) == 0 - || strncmp(pname, "mdworker", maxlen) == 0 - || strncmp(pname, "mds_stores", maxlen) == 0 - || strncmp(pname, "makewhatis", maxlen) == 0) { - return 1; - } - - return 0; - -} - -static int -hfs_addhotfile_internal(struct vnode *vp) -{ - hotfile_data_t *hotdata; - hotfile_entry_t *entry; - hfsmount_t *hfsmp; - cnode_t *cp; - filefork_t *ffp; - u_int32_t temperature; - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - if (hfsmp->hfc_stage != HFC_RECORDING) - return (0); - - /* - * Only regular files are eligible for hotfiles addition. - * - * Symlinks were previously added to the list and may exist in - * extant hotfiles regions, but no new ones will be added, and no - * symlinks will now be relocated/evicted from the hotfiles region. - */ - if (!vnode_isreg(vp) || vnode_issystem(vp)) { - return (0); - } - - /* Skip resource forks for now. */ - if (VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)) { - return (0); - } - if ((hotdata = hfsmp->hfc_recdata) == NULL) { - return (0); - } - ffp = VTOF(vp); - cp = VTOC(vp); - - if (cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & (kHFSFastDevPinnedMask|kHFSDoNotFastDevPinMask)) { - // it's already a hotfile or can't be a hotfile... - return 0; - } - - if (vnode_isdir(vp) || vnode_issystem(vp) || (cp->c_flag & (C_DELETED | C_NOEXISTS))) { - return 0; - } - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) && vnode_isfastdevicecandidate(vp)) { - // - // On cooperative fusion (CF) systems we have different criteria for whether something - // can be pinned to the ssd. - // - if (cp->c_flag & (C_DELETED|C_NOEXISTS)) { - // - // dead files are definitely not worth caching - // - return 0; - } else if (ffp->ff_blocks == 0 && !(cp->c_bsdflags & UF_COMPRESSED) && !(cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSFastDevCandidateMask)) { - // - // empty files aren't worth caching but compressed ones might be, as are - // newly created files that live in WorthCaching directories... - // - return 0; - } - - char pname[256]; - pname[0] = '\0'; - proc_selfname(pname, sizeof(pname)); - if (hf_ignore_process(pname, sizeof(pname))) { - // ignore i/o's from certain system daemons - return 0; - } - - temperature = cp->c_fileid; // in memory we just keep it sorted by file-id - } else { - // the normal hard drive based hotfile checks - if ((ffp->ff_bytesread == 0) || - (ffp->ff_blocks == 0) || - (ffp->ff_size == 0) || - (ffp->ff_blocks > hotdata->maxblocks) || - (cp->c_bsdflags & (UF_NODUMP | UF_COMPRESSED)) || - (cp->c_atime < hfsmp->hfc_timebase)) { - return (0); - } - - temperature = ffp->ff_bytesread / ffp->ff_size; - if (temperature < hotdata->threshold) { - return (0); - } - } - - /* - * If there is room or this file is hotter than - * the coldest one then add it to the list. - * - */ - if ((hotdata->activefiles < hfsmp->hfc_maxfiles) || - (hotdata->coldest == NULL) || - (temperature >= hotdata->coldest->temperature)) { - ++hotdata->refcount; - entry = hf_getnewentry(hotdata); - entry->temperature = temperature; - entry->fileid = cp->c_fileid; - // - // if ffp->ff_blocks is zero, it might be compressed so make sure we record - // that there's at least one block. - // - entry->blocks = ffp->ff_blocks ? ffp->ff_blocks : 1; - if (hf_insert(hotdata, entry) == EEXIST) { - // entry is already present, don't need to add it again - entry->right = hotdata->freelist; - hotdata->freelist = entry; - } - --hotdata->refcount; - } - - return (0); -} - -/* - * Remove a hot file from the recording list. - * - * This can happen when a hot file becomes - * an active vnode (active hot files are - * not kept in the recording list until the - * end of the recording period). - * - * Note: the cnode is locked on entry. - */ -int -hfs_removehotfile(struct vnode *vp) -{ - hotfile_data_t *hotdata; - hfsmount_t *hfsmp; - cnode_t *cp; - filefork_t *ffp; - u_int32_t temperature; - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - if (hfsmp->hfc_stage != HFC_RECORDING) - return (0); - - if ((!vnode_isreg(vp)) || vnode_issystem(vp)) { - return (0); - } - - ffp = VTOF(vp); - cp = VTOC(vp); - - if ((ffp->ff_bytesread == 0) || (ffp->ff_blocks == 0) || - (ffp->ff_size == 0) || (cp->c_atime < hfsmp->hfc_timebase)) { - return (0); - } - - lck_mtx_lock(&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - if (hfsmp->hfc_stage != HFC_RECORDING) - goto out; - if ((hotdata = hfsmp->hfc_recdata) == NULL) - goto out; - - temperature = ffp->ff_bytesread / ffp->ff_size; - if (temperature < hotdata->threshold) - goto out; - - if (hotdata->coldest && (temperature >= hotdata->coldest->temperature)) { - ++hotdata->refcount; - hf_delete(hotdata, VTOC(vp)->c_fileid, temperature); - --hotdata->refcount; - } -out: - lck_mtx_unlock(&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - return (0); -} - -int -hfs_hotfile_deleted(__unused struct vnode *vp) -{ -#if 1 - return 0; -#else - // - // XXXdbg - this code, while it would work, would introduce a huge inefficiency - // to deleting files as the way it's written would require us to open - // the hotfile btree on every open, delete two records in it and then - // close the hotfile btree (which involves more writes). - // - // We actually can be lazy about deleting hotfile records for files - // that get deleted. When it's time to evict things, if we encounter - // a record that references a dead file (i.e. a fileid which no - // longer exists), the eviction code will remove the records. Likewise - // the code that scans the HotFile B-Tree at boot time to re-pin files - // will remove dead records. - // - - hotfile_data_t *hotdata; - hfsmount_t *hfsmp; - cnode_t *cp; - filefork_t *filefork; - u_int32_t temperature; - BTreeIterator * iterator = NULL; - FSBufferDescriptor record; - HotFileKey *key; - u_int32_t data; - int error=0; - - cp = VTOC(vp); - if (cp == NULL || !(cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSFastDevPinnedMask)) { - return 0; - } - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - if (!(hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN)) { - return 0; - } - - if (hfc_btree_open(hfsmp, &hfsmp->hfc_filevp) != 0 || hfsmp->hfc_filevp == NULL) { - // either there is no hotfile info or it's damaged - return EINVAL; - } - - filefork = VTOF(hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - if (filefork == NULL) { - return 0; - } - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - key = (HotFileKey*) &iterator->key; - - record.bufferAddress = &data; - record.itemSize = sizeof(u_int32_t); - record.itemCount = 1; - - key->keyLength = HFC_KEYLENGTH; - key->temperature = HFC_LOOKUPTAG; - key->fileID = cp->c_fileid; - key->forkType = 0; - - lck_mtx_lock(&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - (void) BTInvalidateHint(iterator); - if (BTSearchRecord(filefork, iterator, &record, NULL, iterator) == 0) { - temperature = key->temperature; - hfc_btree_delete_record(hfsmp, iterator, key); - } else { - //printf("hfs: hotfile_deleted: did not find fileid %d\n", cp->c_fileid); - error = ENOENT; - } - - if ((hotdata = hfsmp->hfc_recdata) != NULL) { - // just in case, also make sure it's removed from the in-memory list as well - ++hotdata->refcount; - hf_delete(hotdata, cp->c_fileid, cp->c_fileid); - --hotdata->refcount; - } - - lck_mtx_unlock(&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - - hfc_btree_close(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - - return error; -#endif -} - -int -hfs_hotfile_adjust_blocks(struct vnode *vp, int64_t num_blocks) -{ - hfsmount_t *hfsmp; - - if (vp == NULL) { - return 0; - } - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - - if (!(hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) || num_blocks == 0 || vp == NULL) { - return 0; - } - - // - // if file is not HotFileCached or it has the CanNotHotFile cache - // bit set then there is nothing to do - // - if (!(VTOC(vp)->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSFastDevPinnedMask) || (VTOC(vp)->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSDoNotFastDevPinMask)) { - // it's not a hot file or can't be one so don't bother tracking - return 0; - } - - OSAddAtomic(num_blocks, &hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_blk_adjust); - - return (0); -} - -// -// Assumes hfsmp->hfc_mutex is LOCKED -// -static int -hfs_hotfile_cur_freeblks(hfsmount_t *hfsmp) -{ - if (hfsmp->hfc_stage < HFC_IDLE) { - return 0; - } - - int cur_blk_adjust = hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_blk_adjust; // snap a copy of this value - - if (cur_blk_adjust) { - OSAddAtomic(-cur_blk_adjust, &hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_blk_adjust); - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks += cur_blk_adjust; - } - - return hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks; -} - - -/* - *======================================================================== - * HOT FILE MAINTENANCE ROUTINES - *======================================================================== - */ - -static int -hotfiles_collect_callback(struct vnode *vp, __unused void *cargs) -{ - if ((vnode_isreg(vp)) && !vnode_issystem(vp)) - (void) hfs_addhotfile_internal(vp); - - return (VNODE_RETURNED); -} - -/* - * Add all active hot files to the recording list. - */ -static int -hotfiles_collect(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - struct mount *mp = HFSTOVFS(hfsmp); - - if (vfs_busy(mp, LK_NOWAIT)) - return (0); - - /* - * hotfiles_collect_callback will be called for each vnode - * hung off of this mount point - * the vnode will be - * properly referenced and unreferenced around the callback - */ - vnode_iterate(mp, 0, hotfiles_collect_callback, (void *)NULL); - - vfs_unbusy(mp); - - return (0); -} - - -/* - * Update the data of a btree record - * This is called from within BTUpdateRecord. - */ -static int -update_callback(const HotFileKey *key, u_int32_t *data, u_int32_t *state) -{ - if (key->temperature == HFC_LOOKUPTAG) - *data = *state; - return (0); -} - -/* - * Identify files already in hot area. - */ -static int -hotfiles_refine(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - BTreeIterator * iterator = NULL; - struct mount *mp; - filefork_t * filefork; - hotfilelist_t *listp; - FSBufferDescriptor record; - HotFileKey * key; - u_int32_t data; - int i; - int error = 0; - - if ((listp = hfsmp->hfc_filelist) == NULL) - return (0); - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) { - // on ssd's we don't refine the temperature since the - // replacement algorithm is simply random - return 0; - } - - mp = HFSTOVFS(hfsmp); - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - key = (HotFileKey*) &iterator->key; - - record.bufferAddress = &data; - record.itemSize = sizeof(u_int32_t); - record.itemCount = 1; - - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - if (hfs_lock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfc_filevp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT) != 0) { - error = EPERM; - goto out1; - } - filefork = VTOF(hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - - for (i = 0; i < listp->hfl_count; ++i) { - /* - * Check if entry (thread) is already in hot area. - */ - key->keyLength = HFC_KEYLENGTH; - key->temperature = HFC_LOOKUPTAG; - key->fileID = listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_fileid; - key->forkType = 0; - (void) BTInvalidateHint(iterator); - if (BTSearchRecord(filefork, iterator, &record, NULL, iterator) != 0) { - continue; /* not in hot area, so skip */ - } - - /* - * Update thread entry with latest temperature. - */ - error = BTUpdateRecord(filefork, iterator, - (IterateCallBackProcPtr)update_callback, - &listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_temperature); - if (error) { - printf("hfs: hotfiles_refine: BTUpdateRecord failed %d (file %d)\n", error, key->fileID); - error = MacToVFSError(error); - // break; - } - /* - * Re-key entry with latest temperature. - */ - key->keyLength = HFC_KEYLENGTH; - key->temperature = data; - key->fileID = listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_fileid; - key->forkType = 0; - /* Pick up record data. */ - (void) BTInvalidateHint(iterator); - (void) BTSearchRecord(filefork, iterator, &record, NULL, iterator); - error = BTDeleteRecord(filefork, iterator); - if (error) { - printf("hfs: hotfiles_refine: BTDeleteRecord failed %d (file %d)\n", error, key->fileID); - error = MacToVFSError(error); - break; - } - key->keyLength = HFC_KEYLENGTH; - key->temperature = listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_temperature; - key->fileID = listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_fileid; - key->forkType = 0; - error = BTInsertRecord(filefork, iterator, &record, record.itemSize); - if (error) { - printf("hfs: hotfiles_refine: BTInsertRecord failed %d (file %d)\n", error, key->fileID); - error = MacToVFSError(error); - break; - } - /* - * Invalidate this entry in the list. - */ - listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_temperature = 0; - listp->hfl_totalblocks -= listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_blocks; - - } /* end for */ - - (void) BTFlushPath(filefork); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfc_filevp)); - -out1: - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); -out: - if (iterator) - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - return (error); -} - -/* - * Move new hot files into hot area. - * - * Requires that the hfc_mutex be held. - */ -static int -hotfiles_adopt(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - BTreeIterator * iterator = NULL; - struct vnode *vp; - filefork_t * filefork; - hotfilelist_t *listp; - FSBufferDescriptor record; - HotFileKey * key; - u_int32_t data; - enum hfc_stage stage; - int fileblocks; - int blksmoved; - int i; - int last; - int error = 0; - int startedtrans = 0; - // - // all files in a given adoption phase have a temperature - // that starts at a random value and then increases linearly. - // the idea is that during eviction, files that were adopted - // together will be evicted together - // - long starting_temp = random() % HF_TEMP_RANGE; - long temp_adjust = 0; - - if ((listp = hfsmp->hfc_filelist) == NULL) - return (0); - - if (hfsmp->hfc_stage != HFC_ADOPTION) { - return (EBUSY); - } - if (hfs_lock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfc_filevp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT) != 0) { - return (EPERM); - } - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs:%s: hotfiles_adopt: (hfl_next: %d, hotfile start/end block: %d - %d; max/free: %d/%d; maxfiles: %d)\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN, - listp->hfl_next, - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_start, hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_end, - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks, hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks, hfsmp->hfc_maxfiles); -#endif - - stage = hfsmp->hfc_stage; - hfsmp->hfc_stage = HFC_BUSY; - - blksmoved = 0; - last = listp->hfl_next + HFC_FILESPERSYNC; - if (last > listp->hfl_count) - last = listp->hfl_count; - - key = (HotFileKey*) &iterator->key; - key->keyLength = HFC_KEYLENGTH; - - record.bufferAddress = &data; - record.itemSize = sizeof(u_int32_t); - record.itemCount = 1; - - filefork = VTOF(hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - - for (i = listp->hfl_next; (i < last) && (blksmoved < HFC_BLKSPERSYNC); ++i) { - /* - * Skip entries that aren't going to work. - */ - if (listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_temperature == 0) { - //printf("hfs: zero temp on file-id %d\n", listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_fileid); - listp->hfl_next++; - continue; - } - if (listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_fileid == VTOC(hfsmp->hfc_filevp)->c_fileid) { - //printf("hfs: cannot adopt the hotfile b-tree itself! (file-id %d)\n", listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_fileid); - listp->hfl_next++; - continue; - } - if (listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_fileid < kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID) { - //printf("hfs: cannot adopt system files (file-id %d)\n", listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_fileid); - listp->hfl_next++; - continue; - } - - /* - * Acquire a vnode for this file. - */ - error = hfs_vget(hfsmp, listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_fileid, &vp, 0, 0); - if (error) { - //printf("failed to get fileid %d (err %d)\n", listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_fileid, error); - if (error == ENOENT) { - error = 0; - listp->hfl_next++; - continue; /* stale entry, go to next */ - } - break; - } - - //printf("hfs: examining hotfile entry w/fileid %d, temp %d, blocks %d (HotFileCached: %s)\n", - // listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_fileid, listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_temperature, - // listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_blocks, - // (VTOC(vp)->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSFastDevPinnedMask) ? "YES" : "NO"); - - if (!vnode_isreg(vp)) { - /* Symlinks are ineligible for adoption into the hotfile zone. */ - //printf("hfs: hotfiles_adopt: huh, not a file %d (%d)\n", listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_fileid, VTOC(vp)->c_cnid); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_temperature = 0; - listp->hfl_next++; - continue; /* stale entry, go to next */ - } - if ( (VTOC(vp)->c_flag & (C_DELETED | C_NOEXISTS)) - || (!(hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) && hotextents(hfsmp, &VTOF(vp)->ff_extents[0])) - || (VTOC(vp)->c_attr.ca_recflags & (kHFSFastDevPinnedMask|kHFSDoNotFastDevPinMask))) { - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_temperature = 0; - listp->hfl_next++; - listp->hfl_totalblocks -= listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_blocks; - continue; /* stale entry, go to next */ - } - - fileblocks = VTOF(vp)->ff_blocks; - - // - // for CF, if the file is empty (and not compressed) or it is too large, - // do not try to pin it. (note: if fileblocks == 0 but the file is marked - // as compressed, we may still be able to cache it). - // - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) && - ((fileblocks == 0 && !(VTOC(vp)->c_bsdflags & UF_COMPRESSED)) || - (unsigned int)fileblocks > (HFC_MAXIMUM_FILESIZE / (uint64_t)HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize))) { - // don't try to cache something too large or that's zero-bytes - - vnode_clearfastdevicecandidate(vp); // turn off the fast-dev-candidate flag so we don't keep trying to cache it. - - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_temperature = 0; - listp->hfl_next++; - listp->hfl_totalblocks -= listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_blocks; - continue; /* entry is too big, just carry on with the next guy */ - } - - // - // If a file is not an autocandidate (i.e. it's a user-tagged file desirous of - // being hotfile cached) but it is already bigger than 4 megs, don't bother - // hotfile caching it. Note that if a user tagged file starts small, gets - // adopted and then grows over time we will allow it to grow bigger than 4 megs - // which is intentional for things like the Mail or Photos database files which - // grow slowly over time and benefit from being on the FastDevice. - // - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) && - !(VTOC(vp)->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSAutoCandidateMask) && - (VTOC(vp)->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSFastDevCandidateMask) && - (unsigned int)fileblocks > ((4*1024*1024) / (uint64_t)HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize)) { - - vnode_clearfastdevicecandidate(vp); // turn off the fast-dev-candidate flag so we don't keep trying to cache it. - - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_temperature = 0; - listp->hfl_next++; - listp->hfl_totalblocks -= listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_blocks; - continue; /* entry is too big, just carry on with the next guy */ - } - - if (fileblocks > hfs_hotfile_cur_freeblks(hfsmp)) { - // - // No room for this file. Although eviction should have made space - // it's best that we check here as well since writes to existing - // hotfiles may have eaten up space since we performed eviction - // - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - listp->hfl_next++; - listp->hfl_totalblocks -= fileblocks; - continue; /* entry too big, go to next */ - } - - if ((blksmoved > 0) && - (blksmoved + fileblocks) > HFC_BLKSPERSYNC) { - // - // we've done enough work, let's be nice to the system and - // stop until the next iteration - // - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - break; /* adopt this entry the next time around */ - } - if (VTOC(vp)->c_desc.cd_nameptr) - data = *(const u_int32_t *)(VTOC(vp)->c_desc.cd_nameptr); - else - data = 0x3f3f3f3f; - - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) { - // - // For CF we pin the blocks belonging to the file - // to the "fast" (aka ssd) media - // - uint32_t pinned_blocks; - - if (vnode_isautocandidate(vp)) { - VTOC(vp)->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSAutoCandidateMask; - } - if (VTOC(vp)->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSAutoCandidateMask) { - // - // this moves auto-cached files to the higher tier - // of "temperatures" which means they are less likely - // to get evicted (user selected hotfiles will get - // evicted first in the theory that they change more - // frequently compared to system files) - // - temp_adjust = MAX_NORMAL_TEMP; - } else { - temp_adjust = 0; - } - - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); // don't need an exclusive lock for this - hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - - error = hfs_pin_vnode(hfsmp, vp, HFS_PIN_IT, &pinned_blocks); - - fileblocks = pinned_blocks; - - // go back to an exclusive lock since we're going to modify the cnode again - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - } else { - // - // Old style hotfiles moves the data to the center (aka "hot") - // region of the disk - // - error = hfs_relocate(vp, hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_start, kauth_cred_get(), current_proc()); - } - - if (!error) { - VTOC(vp)->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSFastDevPinnedMask; - VTOC(vp)->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - } else if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) && error == EALREADY) { - // - // If hfs_pin_vnode() returned EALREADY then this file is not - // ever able to be hotfile cached the normal way. This can - // happen with compressed files which have their data stored - // in an extended attribute. We flag them so that we won't - // bother to try and hotfile cache them again the next time - // they're read. - // - VTOC(vp)->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSDoNotFastDevPinMask; - VTOC(vp)->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - } - - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - if (error) { -#if HFC_VERBOSE - if (error != EALREADY) { - printf("hfs: hotfiles_adopt: could not relocate file %d (err %d)\n", listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_fileid, error); - } -#endif - - if (last < listp->hfl_count) { - last++; - } - /* Move on to next item. */ - listp->hfl_next++; - continue; - } - /* Keep hot file free space current. */ - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks -= fileblocks; - listp->hfl_totalblocks -= fileblocks; - - /* Insert hot file entry */ - key->keyLength = HFC_KEYLENGTH; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) { - // - // The "temperature" for a CF hotfile is simply a random - // number that we sequentially increment for each file in - // the set of files we're currently adopting. This has the - // nice property that all of the files we pin to the ssd - // in the current phase will sort together in the hotfile - // btree. When eviction time comes we will evict them - // together as well. This gives the eviction phase temporal - // locality - things written together get evicted together - // which is what ssd's like. - // - listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_temperature = (uint32_t)temp_adjust + starting_temp++; - } - - key->temperature = listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_temperature; - key->fileID = listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_fileid; - key->forkType = 0; - - /* Start a new transaction before calling BTree code. */ - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - error = EINVAL; - break; - } - startedtrans = 1; - - error = BTInsertRecord(filefork, iterator, &record, record.itemSize); - if (error) { - int orig_error = error; - error = MacToVFSError(error); - printf("hfs: hotfiles_adopt:1: BTInsertRecord failed %d/%d (fileid %d)\n", error, orig_error, key->fileID); - stage = HFC_IDLE; - break; - } - - /* Insert thread record */ - key->keyLength = HFC_KEYLENGTH; - key->temperature = HFC_LOOKUPTAG; - key->fileID = listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_fileid; - key->forkType = 0; - data = listp->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_temperature; - error = BTInsertRecord(filefork, iterator, &record, record.itemSize); - if (error) { - int orig_error = error; - error = MacToVFSError(error); - printf("hfs: hotfiles_adopt:2: BTInsertRecord failed %d/%d (fileid %d)\n", error, orig_error, key->fileID); - stage = HFC_IDLE; - break; - } else { - (void) BTFlushPath(filefork); - blksmoved += fileblocks; - } - - listp->hfl_next++; - if (listp->hfl_next >= listp->hfl_count) { - break; - } - - /* Transaction complete. */ - if (startedtrans) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - startedtrans = 0; - } - - if (hfs_hotfile_cur_freeblks(hfsmp) <= 0) { -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: hotfiles_adopt: free space exhausted (%d)\n", hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks); -#endif - break; - } - } /* end for */ - -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: hotfiles_adopt: [%d] adopted %d blocks (%d files left)\n", listp->hfl_next, blksmoved, listp->hfl_count - i); -#endif - if (!startedtrans) { - // start a txn so we'll save the btree summary info - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) == 0) { - startedtrans = 1; - } - } - - /* Finish any outstanding transactions. */ - if (startedtrans) { - save_btree_user_info(hfsmp); - - (void) BTFlushPath(filefork); - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - startedtrans = 0; - } - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfc_filevp)); - - if ((listp->hfl_next >= listp->hfl_count) || (hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks <= 0)) { -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: hotfiles_adopt: all done relocating %d files\n", listp->hfl_count); - printf("hfs: hotfiles_adopt: %d blocks free in hot file band\n", hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks); -#endif - stage = HFC_IDLE; - } - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - - if (stage != HFC_ADOPTION && hfsmp->hfc_filevp) { - (void) hfc_btree_close(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - hfsmp->hfc_filevp = NULL; - } - hfsmp->hfc_stage = stage; - wakeup((caddr_t)&hfsmp->hfc_stage); - return (error); -} - -/* - * Reclaim space by evicting the coldest files. - * - * Requires that the hfc_mutex be held. - */ -static int -hotfiles_evict(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, vfs_context_t ctx) -{ - BTreeIterator * iterator = NULL; - struct vnode *vp; - HotFileKey * key; - filefork_t * filefork; - hotfilelist_t *listp; - enum hfc_stage stage; - u_int32_t savedtemp; - int blksmoved; - int filesmoved; - int fileblocks; - int error = 0; - int startedtrans = 0; - int bt_op; - - if (hfsmp->hfc_stage != HFC_EVICTION) { - return (EBUSY); - } - - if ((listp = hfsmp->hfc_filelist) == NULL) - return (0); - - if (hfs_lock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfc_filevp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT) != 0) { - return (EPERM); - } - -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs:%s: hotfiles_evict (hotfile start/end block: %d - %d; max/free: %d/%d; maxfiles: %d)\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN, - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_start, hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_end, - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks, hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks, hfsmp->hfc_maxfiles); -#endif - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - stage = hfsmp->hfc_stage; - hfsmp->hfc_stage = HFC_BUSY; - - filesmoved = blksmoved = 0; - bt_op = kBTreeFirstRecord; - - key = (HotFileKey*) &iterator->key; - - filefork = VTOF(hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: hotfiles_evict: reclaim blks %d\n", listp->hfl_reclaimblks); -#endif - - while (listp->hfl_reclaimblks > 0 && - blksmoved < HFC_BLKSPERSYNC && - filesmoved < HFC_FILESPERSYNC) { - - /* - * Obtain the first record (ie the coldest one). - */ - if (BTIterateRecord(filefork, bt_op, iterator, NULL, NULL) != 0) { -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: hotfiles_evict: no more records\n"); -#endif - error = 0; - stage = HFC_ADOPTION; - break; - } - if (key->keyLength != HFC_KEYLENGTH) { - printf("hfs: hotfiles_evict: invalid key length %d\n", key->keyLength); - error = EFTYPE; - break; - } - if (key->temperature == HFC_LOOKUPTAG) { -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: hotfiles_evict: ran into thread records\n"); -#endif - error = 0; - stage = HFC_ADOPTION; - break; - } - - // Jump straight to delete for some files... - if (key->fileID == VTOC(hfsmp->hfc_filevp)->c_fileid - || key->fileID == hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid - || key->fileID == hfsmp->hfs_jnlinfoblkid - || key->fileID < kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID) { - goto delete; - } - - /* - * Aquire the vnode for this file. - */ - error = hfs_vget(hfsmp, key->fileID, &vp, 0, 0); - if (error) { - if (error == ENOENT) { - goto delete; /* stale entry, go to next */ - } else { - printf("hfs: hotfiles_evict: err %d getting file %d\n", - error, key->fileID); - } - break; - } - - /* - * Symlinks that may have been inserted into the hotfile zone during a previous OS are now stuck - * here. We do not want to move them. - */ - if (!vnode_isreg(vp)) { - //printf("hfs: hotfiles_evict: huh, not a file %d\n", key->fileID); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - goto delete; /* invalid entry, go to next */ - } - - fileblocks = VTOF(vp)->ff_blocks; - if ((blksmoved > 0) && - (blksmoved + fileblocks) > HFC_BLKSPERSYNC) { - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - break; - } - /* - * Make sure file is in the hot area. - */ - if (!hotextents(hfsmp, &VTOF(vp)->ff_extents[0]) && !(VTOC(vp)->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSFastDevPinnedMask)) { -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: hotfiles_evict: file %d isn't hot!\n", key->fileID); -#endif - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - goto delete; /* stale entry, go to next */ - } - - /* - * Relocate file out of hot area. On cooperative fusion (CF) that just - * means un-pinning the data from the ssd. For traditional hotfiles that means moving - * the file data out of the hot region of the disk. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) { - uint32_t pinned_blocks; - - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); // don't need an exclusive lock for this - hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - - error = hfs_pin_vnode(hfsmp, vp, HFS_UNPIN_IT, &pinned_blocks); - fileblocks = pinned_blocks; - - if (!error) { - // go back to an exclusive lock since we're going to modify the cnode again - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - } - } else { - error = hfs_relocate(vp, HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->nextAllocation, vfs_context_ucred(ctx), vfs_context_proc(ctx)); - } - if (error) { -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: hotfiles_evict: err %d relocating file %d\n", error, key->fileID); -#endif - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - bt_op = kBTreeNextRecord; - goto next; /* go to next */ - } else { - VTOC(vp)->c_attr.ca_recflags &= ~kHFSFastDevPinnedMask; - VTOC(vp)->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - } - - // - // We do not believe that this call to hfs_fsync() is - // necessary and it causes a journal transaction - // deadlock so we are removing it. - // - // (void) hfs_fsync(vp, MNT_WAIT, 0, p); - - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks += fileblocks; - listp->hfl_reclaimblks -= fileblocks; - if (listp->hfl_reclaimblks < 0) - listp->hfl_reclaimblks = 0; - blksmoved += fileblocks; - filesmoved++; -delete: - /* Start a new transaction before calling BTree code. */ - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - error = EINVAL; - break; - } - startedtrans = 1; - - error = BTDeleteRecord(filefork, iterator); - if (error) { - error = MacToVFSError(error); - break; - } - savedtemp = key->temperature; - key->temperature = HFC_LOOKUPTAG; - error = BTDeleteRecord(filefork, iterator); - if (error) { - error = MacToVFSError(error); - break; - } - key->temperature = savedtemp; -next: - (void) BTFlushPath(filefork); - - /* Transaction complete. */ - if (startedtrans) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - startedtrans = 0; - } - - } /* end while */ - -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: hotfiles_evict: moved %d files (%d blks, %d to go)\n", filesmoved, blksmoved, listp->hfl_reclaimblks); -#endif - /* Finish any outstanding transactions. */ - if (startedtrans) { - save_btree_user_info(hfsmp); - - (void) BTFlushPath(filefork); - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - startedtrans = 0; - } - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfc_filevp)); - - /* - * Move to next stage when finished. - */ - if (listp->hfl_reclaimblks <= 0) { - stage = HFC_ADOPTION; -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: hotfiles_evict: %d blocks free in hot file band\n", hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks); -#endif - } - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - hfsmp->hfc_stage = stage; - wakeup((caddr_t)&hfsmp->hfc_stage); - return (error); -} - -/* - * Age the existing records in the hot files b-tree. - */ -static int -hotfiles_age(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - BTreeInfoRec btinfo; - BTreeIterator * iterator = NULL; - BTreeIterator * prev_iterator; - FSBufferDescriptor record; - FSBufferDescriptor prev_record; - HotFileKey * key; - HotFileKey * prev_key; - filefork_t * filefork; - u_int32_t data; - u_int32_t prev_data; - u_int32_t newtemp; - int error; - int i; - int numrecs; - int aged = 0; - u_int16_t reclen; - - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) { - // - // hotfiles don't age on CF - // - return 0; - } - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(2 * sizeof(*iterator)); - - key = (HotFileKey*) &iterator->key; - - prev_iterator = &iterator[1]; - prev_key = (HotFileKey*) &prev_iterator->key; - - record.bufferAddress = &data; - record.itemSize = sizeof(data); - record.itemCount = 1; - prev_record.bufferAddress = &prev_data; - prev_record.itemSize = sizeof(prev_data); - prev_record.itemCount = 1; - - /* - * Capture b-tree changes inside a transaction - */ - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out2; - } - if (hfs_lock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfc_filevp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT) != 0) { - error = EPERM; - goto out1; - } - filefork = VTOF(hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - - error = BTGetInformation(filefork, 0, &btinfo); - if (error) { - error = MacToVFSError(error); - goto out; - } - if (btinfo.numRecords < 2) { - error = 0; - goto out; - } - - /* Only want 1st half of leaf records */ - numrecs = (btinfo.numRecords /= 2) - 1; - - error = BTIterateRecord(filefork, kBTreeFirstRecord, iterator, &record, &reclen); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_agehotfiles: BTIterateRecord: %d\n", error); - error = MacToVFSError(error); - goto out; - } - bcopy(iterator, prev_iterator, sizeof(BTreeIterator)); - prev_data = data; - - for (i = 0; i < numrecs; ++i) { - error = BTIterateRecord(filefork, kBTreeNextRecord, iterator, &record, &reclen); - if (error == 0) { - if (key->temperature < prev_key->temperature) { - printf("hfs_agehotfiles: out of order keys!\n"); - error = EFTYPE; - break; - } - if (reclen != sizeof(data)) { - printf("hfs_agehotfiles: invalid record length %d\n", reclen); - error = EFTYPE; - break; - } - if (key->keyLength != HFC_KEYLENGTH) { - printf("hfs_agehotfiles: invalid key length %d\n", key->keyLength); - error = EFTYPE; - break; - } - } else if ((error == fsBTEndOfIterationErr || error == fsBTRecordNotFoundErr) && - (i == (numrecs - 1))) { - error = 0; - } else if (error) { - printf("hfs_agehotfiles: %d of %d BTIterateRecord: %d\n", i, numrecs, error); - error = MacToVFSError(error); - break; - } - if (prev_key->temperature == HFC_LOOKUPTAG) { -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs_agehotfiles: ran into thread record\n"); -#endif - error = 0; - break; - } - error = BTDeleteRecord(filefork, prev_iterator); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_agehotfiles: BTDeleteRecord failed %d (file %d)\n", error, prev_key->fileID); - error = MacToVFSError(error); - break; - } - - /* Age by halving the temperature (floor = 4) */ - newtemp = MAX(prev_key->temperature >> 1, 4); - prev_key->temperature = newtemp; - - error = BTInsertRecord(filefork, prev_iterator, &prev_record, prev_record.itemSize); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_agehotfiles: BTInsertRecord failed %d (file %d)\n", error, prev_key->fileID); - error = MacToVFSError(error); - break; - } - ++aged; - /* - * Update thread entry with latest temperature. - */ - prev_key->temperature = HFC_LOOKUPTAG; - error = BTUpdateRecord(filefork, prev_iterator, - (IterateCallBackProcPtr)update_callback, - &newtemp); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_agehotfiles: %d of %d BTUpdateRecord failed %d (file %d, %d)\n", - i, numrecs, error, prev_key->fileID, newtemp); - error = MacToVFSError(error); - // break; - } - - bcopy(iterator, prev_iterator, sizeof(BTreeIterator)); - prev_data = data; - - } /* end for */ - -#if HFC_VERBOSE - if (error == 0) - printf("hfs_agehotfiles: aged %d records out of %d\n", aged, btinfo.numRecords); -#endif - (void) BTFlushPath(filefork); -out: - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfc_filevp)); -out1: - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); -out2: - if (iterator) - hfs_free(iterator, 2 * sizeof(*iterator)); - return (error); -} - -/* - * Return true if any blocks (or all blocks if all is true) - * are contained in the hot file region. - */ -static int -hotextents(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusExtentDescriptor * extents) -{ - u_int32_t b1, b2; - int i; - int inside = 0; - - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; ++i) { - b1 = extents[i].startBlock; - if (b1 == 0) - break; - b2 = b1 + extents[i].blockCount - 1; - if ((b1 >= hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_start && - b2 <= hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_end) || - (b1 < hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_end && - b2 > hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_end)) { - inside = 1; - break; - } - } - return (inside); -} - - -/* - *======================================================================== - * HOT FILE B-TREE ROUTINES - *======================================================================== - */ - -/* - * Open the hot files b-tree for writing. - * - * On successful exit the vnode has a reference but not an iocount. - */ -static int -hfc_btree_open(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode **vpp) -{ - return hfc_btree_open_ext(hfsmp, vpp, 0); -} - -static int -hfc_btree_open_ext(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode **vpp, int ignore_btree_errs) -{ - proc_t p; - struct vnode *vp; - struct cat_desc cdesc; - struct cat_attr cattr; - struct cat_fork cfork; - static char filename[] = HFC_FILENAME; - int error; - int retry = 0; - int lockflags; - int newvnode_flags = 0; - - *vpp = NULL; - p = current_proc(); - - bzero(&cdesc, sizeof(cdesc)); - cdesc.cd_parentcnid = kRootDirID; - cdesc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)filename; - cdesc.cd_namelen = strlen(filename); - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - error = cat_lookup(hfsmp, &cdesc, 0, 0, &cdesc, &cattr, &cfork, NULL); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (error) { - printf("hfs: hfc_btree_open: cat_lookup error %d\n", error); - return (error); - } -again: - cdesc.cd_flags |= CD_ISMETA; - error = hfs_getnewvnode(hfsmp, NULL, NULL, &cdesc, 0, &cattr, - &cfork, &vp, &newvnode_flags); - if (error) { - printf("hfs: hfc_btree_open: hfs_getnewvnode error %d\n", error); - cat_releasedesc(&cdesc); - return (error); - } - if (!vnode_issystem(vp)) { -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: hfc_btree_open: file has UBC, try again\n"); -#endif - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_recycle(vp); - vnode_put(vp); - if (retry++ == 0) - goto again; - else - return (EBUSY); - } - - /* Open the B-tree file for writing... */ - error = BTOpenPath(VTOF(vp), (KeyCompareProcPtr) hfc_comparekeys); - if (error) { - if (!ignore_btree_errs) { - printf("hfs: hfc_btree_open: BTOpenPath error %d; filesize %lld\n", error, VTOF(vp)->ff_size); - error = MacToVFSError(error); - } else { - error = 0; - } - } - - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - if (error == 0) { - *vpp = vp; - vnode_ref(vp); /* keep a reference while its open */ - } - vnode_put(vp); - - if (!vnode_issystem(vp)) - panic("hfs: hfc_btree_open: not a system file (vp = %p)", vp); - - HotFilesInfo hotfileinfo; - - if (error == 0 && (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN)) { - if ((BTGetUserData(VTOF(vp), &hotfileinfo, sizeof(hotfileinfo)) == 0) && (SWAP_BE32 (hotfileinfo.magic) == HFC_MAGIC)) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks == 0) { - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks = hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks - SWAP_BE32 (hotfileinfo.usedblocks); - } - - hfs_hotfile_cur_freeblks(hfsmp); // factors in any adjustments that happened at run-time - } - } - - return (error); -} - -/* - * Close the hot files b-tree. - * - * On entry the vnode has a reference. - */ -static int -hfc_btree_close(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *vp) -{ - proc_t p = current_proc(); - int error = 0; - - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL); - } - - if (vnode_get(vp) == 0) { - error = hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (error == 0) { - (void) hfs_fsync(vp, MNT_WAIT, 0, p); - error = BTClosePath(VTOF(vp)); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - } - vnode_rele(vp); - vnode_recycle(vp); - vnode_put(vp); - } - - return (error); -} - -// -// Assumes that hfsmp->hfc_filevp points to the hotfile btree vnode -// (i.e. you called hfc_btree_open() ahead of time) -// -static int -hfc_btree_delete_record(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, BTreeIterator *iterator, HotFileKey *key) -{ - int error; - filefork_t *filefork=VTOF(hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - - /* Start a new transaction before calling BTree code. */ - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - return EINVAL; - } - - error = BTDeleteRecord(filefork, iterator); - if (error) { - error = MacToVFSError(error); - printf("hfs: failed to delete record for file-id %d : err %d\n", key->fileID, error); - goto out; - } - - int savedtemp; - savedtemp = key->temperature; - key->temperature = HFC_LOOKUPTAG; - error = BTDeleteRecord(filefork, iterator); - if (error) { - error = MacToVFSError(error); - printf("hfs:2: failed to delete record for file-id %d : err %d\n", key->fileID, error); - } - key->temperature = savedtemp; - - (void) BTFlushPath(filefork); - -out: - /* Transaction complete. */ - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - return error; -} - -// -// You have to have already opened the hotfile btree so -// that hfsmp->hfc_filevp is filled in. -// -static int -hfc_btree_delete(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - struct vnode *dvp = NULL; - vfs_context_t ctx = vfs_context_current(); - struct vnode_attr va; - static char filename[] = HFC_FILENAME; - int error; - - error = hfs_vfs_root(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp), &dvp, ctx); - if (error) { - return (error); - } - - struct componentname cname = { - .cn_nameiop = DELETE, - .cn_flags = ISLASTCN, - .cn_pnbuf = filename, - .cn_pnlen = sizeof(filename), - .cn_nameptr = filename, - .cn_namelen = strlen(filename), - }; - - VATTR_INIT(&va); - VATTR_SET(&va, va_type, VREG); - VATTR_SET(&va, va_mode, S_IFREG | S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR); - VATTR_SET(&va, va_uid, 0); - VATTR_SET(&va, va_gid, 0); - - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - - struct vnop_remove_args ap = { - .a_dvp = dvp, - .a_vp = hfsmp->hfc_filevp, - .a_cnp = &cname, - }; - - error = hfs_vnop_remove(&ap); - if (error) { - printf("hfs: error %d removing HFBT on %s\n", error, HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbVN); - } - - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - -out: - if (dvp) { - vnode_put(dvp); - dvp = NULL; - } - - return 0; -} - - - - -/* - * Create a hot files btree file. - * - */ -static int -hfc_btree_create(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, unsigned int nodesize, unsigned int entries) -{ - struct vnode *dvp = NULL; - struct vnode *vp = NULL; - struct cnode *cp = NULL; - vfs_context_t ctx = vfs_context_current(); - struct vnode_attr va; - static char filename[] = HFC_FILENAME; - int error; - - if (hfsmp->hfc_filevp) - panic("hfs: hfc_btree_create: hfc_filevp exists (vp = %p)", hfsmp->hfc_filevp); - - error = hfs_vfs_root(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp), &dvp, ctx); - if (error) { - return (error); - } - - struct componentname cname = { - .cn_nameiop = CREATE, - .cn_flags = ISLASTCN, - .cn_pnbuf = filename, - .cn_pnlen = sizeof(filename), - .cn_nameptr = filename, - .cn_namelen = strlen(filename) - }; - - VATTR_INIT(&va); - VATTR_SET(&va, va_type, VREG); - VATTR_SET(&va, va_mode, S_IFREG | S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR); - VATTR_SET(&va, va_uid, 0); - VATTR_SET(&va, va_gid, 0); - - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - vnode_put(dvp); - return EINVAL; - } - - /* call ourselves directly, ignore the higher-level VFS file creation code */ - - struct vnop_create_args ap = { - .a_dvp = dvp, - .a_vpp = &vp, - .a_cnp = &cname, - .a_vap = &va - }; - - error = hfs_vnop_create(&ap); - if (error) { - printf("hfs: error %d creating HFBT on %s\n", error, HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbVN); - goto out; - } - if (dvp) { - vnode_put(dvp); - dvp = NULL; - } - if ((error = hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - goto out; - } - cp = VTOC(vp); - - /* Don't use non-regular files or files with links. */ - if (!vnode_isreg(vp) || cp->c_linkcount != 1) { - error = EFTYPE; - goto out; - } - - printf("hfs: created HFBT on %s\n", HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbVN); - - if (VTOF(vp)->ff_size < nodesize) { - caddr_t buffer; - u_int16_t *index; - u_int16_t offset; - BTNodeDescriptor *ndp; - BTHeaderRec *bthp; - HotFilesInfo *hotfileinfo; - int nodecnt; - int filesize; - int entirespernode; - - /* - * Mark it invisible (truncate will pull these changes). - */ - ((FndrFileInfo *)&cp->c_finderinfo[0])->fdFlags |= - SWAP_BE16 (kIsInvisible + kNameLocked); - - buffer = hfs_mallocz(nodesize); - index = (u_int16_t *)buffer; - - entirespernode = (nodesize - sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor) - 2) / - (sizeof(HotFileKey) + 6); - nodecnt = 2 + howmany(entries * 2, entirespernode); - nodecnt = roundup(nodecnt, 8); - filesize = nodecnt * nodesize; - - /* FILL IN THE NODE DESCRIPTOR: */ - ndp = (BTNodeDescriptor *)buffer; - ndp->kind = kBTHeaderNode; - ndp->numRecords = SWAP_BE16 (3); - offset = sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor); - index[(nodesize / 2) - 1] = SWAP_BE16 (offset); - - /* FILL IN THE HEADER RECORD: */ - bthp = (BTHeaderRec *)((u_int8_t *)buffer + offset); - bthp->nodeSize = SWAP_BE16 (nodesize); - bthp->totalNodes = SWAP_BE32 (filesize / nodesize); - bthp->freeNodes = SWAP_BE32 (nodecnt - 1); - bthp->clumpSize = SWAP_BE32 (filesize); - bthp->btreeType = kUserBTreeType; /* non-metadata */ - bthp->attributes |= SWAP_BE32 (kBTBigKeysMask); - bthp->maxKeyLength = SWAP_BE16 (HFC_KEYLENGTH); - offset += sizeof(BTHeaderRec); - index[(nodesize / 2) - 2] = SWAP_BE16 (offset); - - /* FILL IN THE USER RECORD: */ - hotfileinfo = (HotFilesInfo *)((u_int8_t *)buffer + offset); - hotfileinfo->magic = SWAP_BE32 (HFC_MAGIC); - hotfileinfo->version = SWAP_BE32 (HFC_VERSION); - hotfileinfo->duration = SWAP_BE32 (HFC_DEFAULT_DURATION); - hotfileinfo->timebase = 0; - hotfileinfo->timeleft = 0; - hotfileinfo->threshold = SWAP_BE32 (HFC_MINIMUM_TEMPERATURE); - hotfileinfo->maxfileblks = SWAP_BE32 (HFC_MAXIMUM_FILESIZE / HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize); - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks == 0) { - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks = hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks; - } - hotfileinfo->usedblocks = SWAP_BE32 (hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks); - } else { - hotfileinfo->maxfilecnt = SWAP_BE32 (HFC_DEFAULT_FILE_COUNT); - } - strlcpy((char *)hotfileinfo->tag, hfc_tag, - sizeof hotfileinfo->tag); - offset += kBTreeHeaderUserBytes; - index[(nodesize / 2) - 3] = SWAP_BE16 (offset); - - /* FILL IN THE MAP RECORD (only one node in use). */ - *((u_int8_t *)buffer + offset) = 0x80; - offset += nodesize - sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor) - sizeof(BTHeaderRec) - - kBTreeHeaderUserBytes - (4 * sizeof(int16_t)); - index[(nodesize / 2) - 4] = SWAP_BE16 (offset); - - vnode_setnoflush(vp); - error = hfs_truncate(vp, (off_t)filesize, IO_NDELAY, 0, ctx); - if (error) { - printf("hfs: error %d growing HFBT on %s\n", error, HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbVN); - goto out; - } - cp->c_flag |= C_ZFWANTSYNC; - cp->c_zftimeout = 1; - - if (error == 0) { - struct vnop_write_args args; - uio_t auio; - - auio = uio_create(1, 0, UIO_SYSSPACE, UIO_WRITE); - uio_addiov(auio, (uintptr_t)buffer, nodesize); - - args.a_desc = &vnop_write_desc; - args.a_vp = vp; - args.a_uio = auio; - args.a_ioflag = 0; - args.a_context = ctx; - - hfs_unlock(cp); - cp = NULL; - - error = hfs_vnop_write(&args); - if (error) - printf("hfs: error %d writing HFBT on %s\n", error, HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbVN); - - uio_free(auio); - } - hfs_free(buffer, nodesize); - } -out: - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - if (dvp) { - vnode_put(dvp); - } - if (vp) { - if (cp) - hfs_unlock(cp); - vnode_recycle(vp); - vnode_put(vp); - } - return (error); -} - -/* - * Compare two hot file b-tree keys. - * - * Result: +n search key > trial key - * 0 search key = trial key - * -n search key < trial key - */ -static int -hfc_comparekeys(HotFileKey *searchKey, HotFileKey *trialKey) -{ - /* - * Compared temperatures first. - */ - if (searchKey->temperature == trialKey->temperature) { - /* - * Temperatures are equal so compare file ids. - */ - if (searchKey->fileID == trialKey->fileID) { - /* - * File ids are equal so compare fork types. - */ - if (searchKey->forkType == trialKey->forkType) { - return (0); - } else if (searchKey->forkType > trialKey->forkType) { - return (1); - } - } else if (searchKey->fileID > trialKey->fileID) { - return (1); - } - } else if (searchKey->temperature > trialKey->temperature) { - return (1); - } - - return (-1); -} - - -/* - *======================================================================== - * HOT FILE DATA COLLECTING ROUTINES - *======================================================================== - */ - -/* - * Lookup a hot file entry in the tree. - */ -#if HFC_DEBUG -static hotfile_entry_t * -hf_lookup(hotfile_data_t *hotdata, u_int32_t fileid, u_int32_t temperature) -{ - hotfile_entry_t *entry = hotdata->rootentry; - - while (entry && - entry->temperature != temperature && - entry->fileid != fileid) { - - if (temperature > entry->temperature) - entry = entry->right; - else if (temperature < entry->temperature) - entry = entry->left; - else if (fileid > entry->fileid) - entry = entry->right; - else - entry = entry->left; - } - return (entry); -} -#endif - -/* - * Insert a hot file entry into the tree. - */ -static int -hf_insert(hotfile_data_t *hotdata, hotfile_entry_t *newentry) -{ - hotfile_entry_t *entry = hotdata->rootentry; - u_int32_t fileid = newentry->fileid; - u_int32_t temperature = newentry->temperature; - - if (entry == NULL) { - hotdata->rootentry = newentry; - hotdata->coldest = newentry; - hotdata->activefiles++; - return 0; - } - - while (entry) { - if (temperature > entry->temperature) { - if (entry->right) { - entry = entry->right; - } else { - entry->right = newentry; - break; - } - } else if (temperature < entry->temperature) { - if (entry->left) { - entry = entry->left; - } else { - entry->left = newentry; - break; - } - } else if (fileid > entry->fileid) { - if (entry->right) { - entry = entry->right; - } else { - if (entry->fileid != fileid) - entry->right = newentry; - break; - } - } else { - if (entry->left) { - entry = entry->left; - } else { - if (entry->fileid != fileid) { - entry->left = newentry; - } else { - return EEXIST; - } - break; - } - } - } - - hotdata->activefiles++; - return 0; -} - -/* - * Find the coldest entry in the tree. - */ -static hotfile_entry_t * -hf_coldest(hotfile_data_t *hotdata) -{ - hotfile_entry_t *entry = hotdata->rootentry; - - if (entry) { - while (entry->left) - entry = entry->left; - } - return (entry); -} - -/* - * Find the hottest entry in the tree. - */ -static hotfile_entry_t * -hf_hottest(hotfile_data_t *hotdata) -{ - hotfile_entry_t *entry = hotdata->rootentry; - - if (entry) { - while (entry->right) - entry = entry->right; - } - return (entry); -} - -/* - * Delete a hot file entry from the tree. - */ -static void -hf_delete(hotfile_data_t *hotdata, u_int32_t fileid, u_int32_t temperature) -{ - hotfile_entry_t *entry, *parent, *next; - - parent = NULL; - entry = hotdata->rootentry; - - while (entry && - entry->temperature != temperature && - entry->fileid != fileid) { - - parent = entry; - if (temperature > entry->temperature) - entry = entry->right; - else if (temperature < entry->temperature) - entry = entry->left; - else if (fileid > entry->fileid) - entry = entry->right; - else - entry = entry->left; - } - - if (entry) { - /* - * Reorganize the sub-trees spanning from our entry. - */ - if ((next = entry->right)) { - hotfile_entry_t *pnextl, *psub; - /* - * Tree pruning: take the left branch of the - * current entry and place it at the lowest - * left branch of the current right branch - */ - psub = next; - - /* Walk the Right/Left sub tree from current entry */ - while ((pnextl = psub->left)) - psub = pnextl; - - /* Plug the old left tree to the new ->Right leftmost entry */ - psub->left = entry->left; - - } else /* only left sub-tree, simple case */ { - next = entry->left; - } - /* - * Now, plug the current entry sub tree to - * the good pointer of our parent entry. - */ - if (parent == NULL) - hotdata->rootentry = next; - else if (parent->left == entry) - parent->left = next; - else - parent->right = next; - - /* Place entry back on the free-list */ - entry->left = 0; - entry->fileid = 0; - entry->temperature = 0; - - entry->right = hotdata->freelist; - hotdata->freelist = entry; - hotdata->activefiles--; - - if (hotdata->coldest == entry || hotdata->coldest == NULL) { - hotdata->coldest = hf_coldest(hotdata); - } - - } -} - -/* - * Get a free hot file entry. - */ -static hotfile_entry_t * -hf_getnewentry(hotfile_data_t *hotdata) -{ - hotfile_entry_t * entry; - - /* - * When the free list is empty then steal the coldest one - */ - if (hotdata->freelist == NULL) { - entry = hf_coldest(hotdata); - hf_delete(hotdata, entry->fileid, entry->temperature); - } - entry = hotdata->freelist; - hotdata->freelist = entry->right; - entry->right = 0; - - return (entry); -} - - -/* - * Generate a sorted list of hot files (hottest to coldest). - * - * As a side effect, every node in the hot file tree will be - * deleted (moved to the free list). - */ -static void -hf_getsortedlist(hotfile_data_t * hotdata, hotfilelist_t *sortedlist) -{ - int i = 0; - hotfile_entry_t *entry; - - while ((entry = hf_hottest(hotdata)) != NULL) { - sortedlist->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_fileid = entry->fileid; - sortedlist->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_temperature = entry->temperature; - sortedlist->hfl_hotfile[i].hf_blocks = entry->blocks; - sortedlist->hfl_totalblocks += entry->blocks; - ++i; - - hf_delete(hotdata, entry->fileid, entry->temperature); - } - - sortedlist->hfl_count = i; - -#if HFC_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: hf_getsortedlist returning %d entries w/%d total blocks\n", i, sortedlist->hfl_totalblocks); -#endif -} - - -#if HFC_DEBUG -static void -hf_maxdepth(hotfile_entry_t * root, int depth, int *maxdepth) -{ - if (root) { - depth++; - if (depth > *maxdepth) - *maxdepth = depth; - hf_maxdepth(root->left, depth, maxdepth); - hf_maxdepth(root->right, depth, maxdepth); - } -} - -static void -hf_printtree(hotfile_entry_t * root) -{ - if (root) { - hf_printtree(root->left); - printf("hfs: temperature: % 8d, fileid %d\n", root->temperature, root->fileid); - hf_printtree(root->right); - } -} -#endif diff --git a/core/hfs_hotfiles.h b/core/hfs_hotfiles.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0ce32da..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_hotfiles.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -#ifndef __HFS_HOTFILES__ -#define __HFS_HOTFILES__ - -#include - -#ifdef KERNEL -#ifdef __APPLE_API_PRIVATE - - -#define HFC_FILENAME ".hotfiles.btree" - - -/* - * Temperature measurement constraints. - */ -#define HFC_DEFAULT_FILE_COUNT hfc_default_file_count -#define HFC_DEFAULT_DURATION hfc_default_duration -#define HFC_CUMULATIVE_CYCLES 3 -#define HFC_MAXIMUM_FILE_COUNT hfc_max_file_count -#define HFC_MAXIMUM_FILESIZE hfc_max_file_size -#define HFC_MINIMUM_TEMPERATURE 24 - - -/* - * Sync constraints. - */ -#define HFC_BLKSPERSYNC 300 -#define HFC_FILESPERSYNC 50 - - -/* - * Hot file clustering stages. - */ -enum hfc_stage { - HFC_DISABLED, - HFC_IDLE, - HFC_BUSY, - HFC_RECORDING, - HFC_EVALUATION, - HFC_EVICTION, - HFC_ADOPTION, -}; - - -/* - * B-tree file key format (on-disk). - */ -struct HotFileKey { - u_int16_t keyLength; /* length of key, excluding this field */ - u_int8_t forkType; /* 0 = data fork, FF = resource fork */ - u_int8_t pad; /* make the other fields align on 32-bit boundary */ - u_int32_t temperature; /* temperature recorded */ - u_int32_t fileID; /* file ID */ -}; -typedef struct HotFileKey HotFileKey; - -#define HFC_LOOKUPTAG 0xFFFFFFFF -#define HFC_KEYLENGTH (sizeof(HotFileKey) - sizeof(u_int16_t)) - -/* - * B-tree header node user info (on-disk). - */ -struct HotFilesInfo { - u_int32_t magic; - u_int32_t version; - u_int32_t duration; /* duration of sample period (secs) */ - u_int32_t timebase; /* start of recording period (GMT time in secs) */ - u_int32_t timeleft; /* time remaining in recording period (secs) */ - u_int32_t threshold; - u_int32_t maxfileblks; - union { - u_int32_t _maxfilecnt; // on hdd's we track the max # of files - u_int32_t _usedblocks; // on ssd's we track how many blocks are used - } _u; - u_int8_t tag[32]; -}; - -#define usedblocks _u._usedblocks -#define maxfilecnt _u._maxfilecnt - -typedef struct HotFilesInfo HotFilesInfo; - -#define HFC_MAGIC 0xFF28FF26 -#define HFC_VERSION 1 - - -struct hfsmount; -struct proc; -struct vnode; - -/* - * Hot File interface functions. - */ -int hfs_hotfilesync (struct hfsmount *, vfs_context_t ctx); - -int hfs_recording_init(struct hfsmount *); -int hfs_recording_suspend (struct hfsmount *); - -int hfs_addhotfile (struct vnode *); -int hfs_removehotfile (struct vnode *); -int hfs_hotfile_deleted(struct vnode *vp); // called when a file is deleted -void hfs_repin_hotfiles(struct hfsmount *); - -// call this to adjust the number of used hotfile blocks either up/down -int hfs_hotfile_adjust_blocks(struct vnode *vp, int64_t num_blocks); - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_PRIVATE */ -#endif /* KERNEL */ -#endif /* __HFS_HOTFILES__ */ diff --git a/core/hfs_iokit.cpp b/core/hfs_iokit.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 5908364..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_iokit.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,307 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "hfs_iokit.h" -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_dbg.h" - -#ifndef panic_on_assert -bool panic_on_assert; -#endif - -#if DEBUG -bool hfs_corruption_panics = true; -#endif - -class com_apple_filesystems_hfs : public IOService { - OSDeclareDefaultStructors(com_apple_filesystems_hfs) - -public: - - bool start(IOService *provider) override; - void stop(IOService *provider) override; - -protected: - vfstable_t vfs_handle; -}; - -#define super IOService -OSDefineMetaClassAndStructors(com_apple_filesystems_hfs, IOService) - -extern struct vnodeopv_desc hfs_vnodeop_opv_desc; -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -extern struct vnodeopv_desc hfs_std_vnodeop_opv_desc; -#endif -extern struct vnodeopv_desc hfs_specop_opv_desc; -extern struct vnodeopv_desc hfs_fifoop_opv_desc; -extern struct vfsops hfs_vfsops; - -bool com_apple_filesystems_hfs::start(IOService *provider) -{ - if (!super::start(provider)) - return false; - -#ifndef panic_on_assert - panic_on_assert = PE_i_can_has_kernel_configuration() & kPEICanHasAssertions; -#endif - -#if DEBUG - PE_parse_boot_argn("hfs_corruption_panics", &hfs_corruption_panics, sizeof(hfs_corruption_panics)); -#endif - - struct vnodeopv_desc *op_descs[] = { - &hfs_vnodeop_opv_desc, -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - &hfs_std_vnodeop_opv_desc, -#endif - &hfs_specop_opv_desc, -#if FIFO - &hfs_fifoop_opv_desc, -#endif - }; - -#define lengthof(x) (sizeof(x)/sizeof(*x)) - -#ifndef VFS_TBLVNOP_SECLUDE_RENAME -#define VFS_TBLVNOP_SECLUDE_RENAME 0 -#endif - - struct vfs_fsentry vfe = { - .vfe_vfsops = &hfs_vfsops, - .vfe_vopcnt = lengthof(op_descs), - .vfe_opvdescs = op_descs, - .vfe_fsname = "hfs", - .vfe_flags = (VFS_TBLNOTYPENUM | VFS_TBLLOCALVOL | VFS_TBLREADDIR_EXTENDED - | VFS_TBL64BITREADY | VFS_TBLVNOP_PAGEOUTV2 | VFS_TBLVNOP_PAGEINV2 - | VFS_TBLTHREADSAFE | VFS_TBLCANMOUNTROOT | VFS_TBLVNOP_SECLUDE_RENAME - | VFS_TBLNATIVEXATTR) - }; - - int ret = vfs_fsadd(&vfe, &vfs_handle); - - if (ret) { - printf("hfs: vfs_fsadd failed: %d!\n", ret); - vfs_handle = NULL; - return false; - } - - hfs_init_zones(); - - hfs_sysctl_register(); - - return true; -} - -void com_apple_filesystems_hfs::stop(IOService *provider) -{ - if (vfs_handle) { - vfs_fsremove(vfs_handle); - hfs_sysctl_unregister(); - vfs_handle = NULL; - } - - super::stop(provider); -} - -int hfs_is_ejectable(const char *cdev_name) -{ - int ret = 0; - OSDictionary *dictionary; - OSString *dev_name; - - if (strncmp(cdev_name, "/dev/", 5) == 0) { - cdev_name += 5; - } - - dictionary = IOService::serviceMatching("IOMedia"); - if( dictionary ) { - dev_name = OSString::withCString( cdev_name ); - if( dev_name ) { - IOService *service; - mach_timespec_t tv = { 5, 0 }; // wait up to "timeout" seconds for the device - - dictionary->setObject(kIOBSDNameKey, dev_name); - dictionary->retain(); - service = IOService::waitForService(dictionary, &tv); - if( service ) { - OSBoolean *ejectable = (OSBoolean *)service->getProperty("Ejectable"); - - if( ejectable ) { - ret = (int)ejectable->getValue(); - } - - } - dev_name->release(); - } - dictionary->release(); - } - - return ret; -} - -void hfs_iterate_media_with_content(const char *content_uuid_cstring, - int (*func)(const char *device, - const char *uuid_str, - void *arg), - void *arg) -{ - OSDictionary *dictionary; - OSString *content_uuid_string; - - dictionary = IOService::serviceMatching("IOMedia"); - if (dictionary) { - content_uuid_string = OSString::withCString(content_uuid_cstring); - if (content_uuid_string) { - IOService *service; - OSIterator *iter; - - dictionary->setObject("Content", content_uuid_string); - dictionary->retain(); - - iter = IOService::getMatchingServices(dictionary); - while (iter && (service = (IOService *)iter->getNextObject())) { - if (service) { - OSString *iostr = (OSString *) service->getProperty(kIOBSDNameKey); - OSString *uuidstr = (OSString *)service->getProperty("UUID"); - const char *uuid; - - if (iostr) { - if (uuidstr) { - uuid = uuidstr->getCStringNoCopy(); - } else { - uuid = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"; - } - - if (!func(iostr->getCStringNoCopy(), uuid, arg)) - break; - } - } - } - if (iter) - iter->release(); - - content_uuid_string->release(); - } - dictionary->release(); - } -} - -kern_return_t hfs_get_platform_serial_number(char *serial_number_str, - uint32_t len) -{ - OSDictionary * platform_dict; - IOService *platform; - OSString * string; - - if (len < 1) { - return 0; - } - serial_number_str[0] = '\0'; - - platform_dict = IOService::serviceMatching( "IOPlatformExpertDevice" ); - if (platform_dict == NULL) { - return KERN_NOT_SUPPORTED; - } - - platform = IOService::waitForService( platform_dict ); - if (platform) { - string = (OSString *)platform->getProperty(kIOPlatformSerialNumberKey); - if (string == 0) { - return KERN_NOT_SUPPORTED; - } else { - strlcpy( serial_number_str, string->getCStringNoCopy(), len); - } - } - - return KERN_SUCCESS; -} - -// Interface with AKS - -static aks_file_system_key_services_t * -key_services(void) -{ - static aks_file_system_key_services_t *g_key_services; - - if (!g_key_services) { - IOService *platform = IOService::getPlatform(); - if (platform) { - IOReturn ret = platform->callPlatformFunction - (kAKSFileSystemKeyServices, true, &g_key_services, NULL, NULL, NULL); - if (ret) - printf("hfs: unable to get " kAKSFileSystemKeyServices " (0x%x)\n", ret); - } - } - - return g_key_services; -} - -int hfs_unwrap_key(aks_cred_t access, const aks_wrapped_key_t wrapped_key_in, - aks_raw_key_t key_out) -{ - aks_file_system_key_services_t *ks = key_services(); - if (!ks || !ks->unwrap_key) - return ENXIO; - return ks->unwrap_key(access, wrapped_key_in, key_out); -} - -int hfs_rewrap_key(aks_cred_t access, cp_key_class_t dp_class, - const aks_wrapped_key_t wrapped_key_in, - aks_wrapped_key_t wrapped_key_out) -{ - aks_file_system_key_services_t *ks = key_services(); - if (!ks || !ks->rewrap_key) - return ENXIO; - return ks->rewrap_key(access, dp_class, wrapped_key_in, wrapped_key_out); -} - -int hfs_new_key(aks_cred_t access, cp_key_class_t dp_class, - aks_raw_key_t key_out, aks_wrapped_key_t wrapped_key_out) -{ - aks_file_system_key_services_t *ks = key_services(); - if (!ks || !ks->new_key) - return ENXIO; - return ks->new_key(access, dp_class, key_out, wrapped_key_out); -} - -int hfs_backup_key(aks_cred_t access, const aks_wrapped_key_t wrapped_key_in, - aks_wrapped_key_t wrapped_key_out) -{ - aks_file_system_key_services_t *ks = key_services(); - if (!ks || !ks->backup_key) - return ENXIO; - return ks->backup_key(access, wrapped_key_in, wrapped_key_out); -} diff --git a/core/hfs_iokit.h b/core/hfs_iokit.h deleted file mode 100644 index d31a062..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_iokit.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#ifndef hfs_iokit_h -#define hfs_iokit_h - -#include -#include - -__BEGIN_DECLS - -int hfs_is_ejectable(const char *cdev_name); -void hfs_iterate_media_with_content(const char *content_uuid_cstring, - int (*func)(const char *bsd_name, - const char *uuid_str, - void *arg), - void *arg); -kern_return_t hfs_get_platform_serial_number(char *serial_number_str, - uint32_t len); -int hfs_unwrap_key(aks_cred_t access, const aks_wrapped_key_t wrapped_key_in, - aks_raw_key_t key_out); -int hfs_rewrap_key(aks_cred_t access, cp_key_class_t dp_class, - const aks_wrapped_key_t wrapped_key_in, - aks_wrapped_key_t wrapped_key_out); -int hfs_new_key(aks_cred_t access, cp_key_class_t dp_class, - aks_raw_key_t key_out, aks_wrapped_key_t wrapped_key_out); -int hfs_backup_key(aks_cred_t access, const aks_wrapped_key_t wrapped_key_in, - aks_wrapped_key_t wrapped_key_out); - -__END_DECLS - -#endif /* hfs_iokit_h */ diff --git a/core/hfs_journal.c b/core/hfs_journal.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8556c1c..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_journal.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4892 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -// -// This file implements a simple write-ahead journaling layer. -// In theory any file system can make use of it by calling these -// functions when the fs wants to modify meta-data blocks. See -// hfs_journal.h for a more detailed description of the api and -// data structures. -// -// Dominic Giampaolo (dbg@apple.com) -// - -#ifdef KERNEL - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include /* OSAddAtomic */ - -#include "hfs.h" - -kern_return_t thread_terminate(thread_t); - -/* - * Set sysctl vfs.generic.jnl.kdebug.trim=1 to enable KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT - * logging of trim-related calls within the journal. (They're - * disabled by default because there can be a lot of these events, - * and we don't want to overwhelm the kernel debug buffer. If you - * want to watch these events in particular, just set the sysctl.) - */ -static int jnl_kdebug = 0; - -HFS_SYSCTL(NODE, _vfs_generic_hfs, OID_AUTO, jnl, CTLFLAG_RW|CTLFLAG_LOCKED, 0, "Journal") -HFS_SYSCTL(NODE, _vfs_generic_hfs_jnl, OID_AUTO, kdebug, CTLFLAG_RW|CTLFLAG_LOCKED, 0, "Journal kdebug") -HFS_SYSCTL(INT, _vfs_generic_hfs_jnl_kdebug, OID_AUTO, trim, CTLFLAG_RW|CTLFLAG_LOCKED, &jnl_kdebug, 0, "Enable kdebug logging for journal TRIM") - -#define DBG_JOURNAL_FLUSH FSDBG_CODE(DBG_JOURNAL, 1) -#define DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_ADD FSDBG_CODE(DBG_JOURNAL, 2) -#define DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_REMOVE FSDBG_CODE(DBG_JOURNAL, 3) -#define DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_REMOVE_PENDING FSDBG_CODE(DBG_JOURNAL, 4) -#define DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_REALLOC FSDBG_CODE(DBG_JOURNAL, 5) -#define DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_FLUSH FSDBG_CODE(DBG_JOURNAL, 6) -#define DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_UNMAP FSDBG_CODE(DBG_JOURNAL, 7) - -/* - * Cap the journal max size to 2GB. On HFS, it will attempt to occupy - * a full allocation block if the current size is smaller than the allocation - * block on which it resides. Once we hit the exabyte filesystem range, then - * it will use 2GB allocation blocks. As a result, make the cap 2GB. - */ -#define MAX_JOURNAL_SIZE 0x80000000U - -#include -#else - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include "compat.h" - -#endif /* KERNEL */ - -#include "hfs_journal.h" - -#include - -// -// By default, we grow the list of extents to trim by 4K at a time. -// We'll opt to flush a transaction if it contains at least -// JOURNAL_FLUSH_TRIM_EXTENTS extents to be trimmed (even if the number -// of modified blocks is small). -// -enum { - JOURNAL_DEFAULT_TRIM_BYTES = 4096, - JOURNAL_DEFAULT_TRIM_EXTENTS = JOURNAL_DEFAULT_TRIM_BYTES / sizeof(dk_extent_t), - JOURNAL_FLUSH_TRIM_EXTENTS = JOURNAL_DEFAULT_TRIM_EXTENTS * 15 / 16 -}; - -unsigned int jnl_trim_flush_limit = JOURNAL_FLUSH_TRIM_EXTENTS; - -HFS_SYSCTL(UINT, _vfs_generic_hfs_jnl, OID_AUTO, trim_flush, CTLFLAG_RW, &jnl_trim_flush_limit, 0, "number of trimmed extents to cause a journal flush") - -// number of bytes to checksum in a block_list_header -// NOTE: this should be enough to clear out the header -// fields as well as the first entry of binfo[] -#define BLHDR_CHECKSUM_SIZE 32 - -static void lock_condition(journal *jnl, boolean_t *condition, const char *condition_name); -static void wait_condition(journal *jnl, boolean_t *condition, const char *condition_name); -static void unlock_condition(journal *jnl, boolean_t *condition); -static void finish_end_thread(transaction *tr); -static void write_header_thread(journal *jnl); -static int finish_end_transaction(transaction *tr, errno_t (*callback)(void*), void *callback_arg); -static int end_transaction(transaction *tr, int force_it, errno_t (*callback)(void*), void *callback_arg, boolean_t drop_lock, boolean_t must_wait); -static void abort_transaction(journal *jnl, transaction *tr); -static void dump_journal(journal *jnl); - -static __inline__ void lock_oldstart(journal *jnl); -static __inline__ void unlock_oldstart(journal *jnl); -static __inline__ void lock_flush(journal *jnl); -static __inline__ void unlock_flush(journal *jnl); - - -// -// 3105942 - Coalesce writes to the same block on journal replay -// - -typedef struct bucket { - off_t block_num; - uint32_t jnl_offset; - uint32_t block_size; - int32_t cksum; -} bucket; - -#define STARTING_BUCKETS 256 - -static int add_block(journal *jnl, struct bucket **buf_ptr, off_t block_num, size_t size, size_t offset, int32_t cksum, int *num_buckets_ptr, int *num_full_ptr); -static int grow_table(struct bucket **buf_ptr, int num_buckets, int new_size); -static int lookup_bucket(struct bucket **buf_ptr, off_t block_num, int num_full); -static int do_overlap(journal *jnl, struct bucket **buf_ptr, int blk_index, off_t block_num, size_t size, size_t offset, int32_t cksum, int *num_buckets_ptr, int *num_full_ptr); -static int insert_block(journal *jnl, struct bucket **buf_ptr, int blk_index, off_t num, size_t size, size_t offset, int32_t cksum, int *num_buckets_ptr, int *num_full_ptr, int overwriting); - -#define CHECK_JOURNAL(jnl) \ - do { \ - if (jnl == NULL) { \ - panic("%s:%d: null journal ptr?\n", __FILE__, __LINE__); \ - } \ - if (jnl->jdev == NULL) { \ - panic("%s:%d: jdev is null!\n", __FILE__, __LINE__); \ - } \ - if (jnl->fsdev == NULL) { \ - panic("%s:%d: fsdev is null!\n", __FILE__, __LINE__); \ - } \ - if (jnl->jhdr->magic != JOURNAL_HEADER_MAGIC) { \ - panic("%s:%d: jhdr magic corrupted (0x%x != 0x%x)\n", \ - __FILE__, __LINE__, jnl->jhdr->magic, JOURNAL_HEADER_MAGIC); \ - } \ - if ( jnl->jhdr->start <= 0 \ - || jnl->jhdr->start > jnl->jhdr->size) { \ - panic("%s:%d: jhdr start looks bad (0x%llx max size 0x%llx)\n", \ - __FILE__, __LINE__, jnl->jhdr->start, jnl->jhdr->size); \ - } \ - if ( jnl->jhdr->end <= 0 \ - || jnl->jhdr->end > jnl->jhdr->size) { \ - panic("%s:%d: jhdr end looks bad (0x%llx max size 0x%llx)\n", \ - __FILE__, __LINE__, jnl->jhdr->end, jnl->jhdr->size); \ - } \ - } while(0) - -#define CHECK_TRANSACTION(tr) \ - do { \ - if (tr == NULL) { \ - panic("%s:%d: null transaction ptr?\n", __FILE__, __LINE__); \ - } \ - if (tr->jnl == NULL) { \ - panic("%s:%d: null tr->jnl ptr?\n", __FILE__, __LINE__); \ - } \ - if (tr->blhdr != (block_list_header *)tr->tbuffer) { \ - panic("%s:%d: blhdr (%p) != tbuffer (%p)\n", __FILE__, __LINE__, tr->blhdr, tr->tbuffer); \ - } \ - if (tr->total_bytes < 0) { \ - panic("%s:%d: tr total_bytes looks bad: %d\n", __FILE__, __LINE__, tr->total_bytes); \ - } \ - if (tr->journal_start < 0) { \ - panic("%s:%d: tr journal start looks bad: 0x%llx\n", __FILE__, __LINE__, tr->journal_start); \ - } \ - if (tr->journal_end < 0) { \ - panic("%s:%d: tr journal end looks bad: 0x%llx\n", __FILE__, __LINE__, tr->journal_end); \ - } \ - if (tr->blhdr && (tr->blhdr->max_blocks <= 0 || tr->blhdr->max_blocks > (tr->jnl->jhdr->size/tr->jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size))) { \ - panic("%s:%d: tr blhdr max_blocks looks bad: %d\n", __FILE__, __LINE__, tr->blhdr->max_blocks); \ - } \ - } while(0) - - - -// -// this isn't a great checksum routine but it will do for now. -// we use it to checksum the journal header and the block list -// headers that are at the start of each transaction. -// -static unsigned int -calc_checksum(const char *ptr, int len) -{ - int i; - unsigned int cksum=0; - - // this is a lame checksum but for now it'll do - for(i = 0; i < len; i++, ptr++) { - cksum = (cksum << 8) ^ (cksum + *(unsigned char *)ptr); - } - - return (~cksum); -} - -// -// Journal Locking -// -lck_grp_attr_t * jnl_group_attr; -lck_attr_t * jnl_lock_attr; -lck_grp_t * jnl_mutex_group; - -void -journal_init(void) -{ - jnl_lock_attr = lck_attr_alloc_init(); - jnl_group_attr = lck_grp_attr_alloc_init(); - jnl_mutex_group = lck_grp_alloc_init("jnl-mutex", jnl_group_attr); -} - -__inline__ void -journal_lock(journal *jnl) -{ - lck_mtx_lock(&jnl->jlock); - if (jnl->owner) { - panic ("jnl: owner is %p, expected NULL\n", jnl->owner); - } - jnl->owner = current_thread(); -} - -__inline__ void -journal_unlock(journal *jnl) -{ - jnl->owner = NULL; - lck_mtx_unlock(&jnl->jlock); -} - -static __inline__ void -lock_flush(journal *jnl) -{ - lck_mtx_lock(&jnl->flock); -} - -static __inline__ void -unlock_flush(journal *jnl) -{ - lck_mtx_unlock(&jnl->flock); -} - -static __inline__ void -lock_oldstart(journal *jnl) -{ - lck_mtx_lock(&jnl->old_start_lock); -} - -static __inline__ void -unlock_oldstart(journal *jnl) -{ - lck_mtx_unlock(&jnl->old_start_lock); -} - - - -#define JNL_WRITE 0x0001 -#define JNL_READ 0x0002 -#define JNL_HEADER 0x8000 - -// -// This function sets up a fake buf and passes it directly to the -// journal device strategy routine (so that it won't get cached in -// the block cache. -// -// It also handles range checking the i/o so that we don't write -// outside the journal boundaries and it will wrap the i/o back -// to the beginning if necessary (skipping over the journal header) -// -static size_t -do_journal_io(journal *jnl, off_t *offset, void *data, size_t len, int direction) -{ - int err; - off_t curlen = len; - size_t io_sz = 0; - buf_t bp; - off_t max_iosize; - bufattr_t bap; - boolean_t was_vm_privileged = FALSE; - boolean_t need_vm_privilege = FALSE; - - if (vfs_isswapmount(jnl->fsmount)) - need_vm_privilege = TRUE; - - if (*offset < 0 || *offset > jnl->jhdr->size) { - panic("jnl: do_jnl_io: bad offset 0x%llx (max 0x%llx)\n", *offset, jnl->jhdr->size); - } - - if (direction & JNL_WRITE) - max_iosize = jnl->max_write_size; - else if (direction & JNL_READ) - max_iosize = jnl->max_read_size; - else - max_iosize = 128 * 1024; - -again: - bp = buf_alloc(jnl->jdev); - - if (*offset + curlen > jnl->jhdr->size && *offset != 0 && jnl->jhdr->size != 0) { - if (*offset == jnl->jhdr->size) { - *offset = jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size; - } else { - curlen = jnl->jhdr->size - *offset; - } - } - - if (curlen > max_iosize) { - curlen = max_iosize; - } - - if (curlen <= 0) { - panic("jnl: do_jnl_io: curlen == %lld, offset 0x%llx len %zd\n", curlen, *offset, len); - } - - if (*offset == 0 && (direction & JNL_HEADER) == 0) { - panic("jnl: request for i/o to jnl-header without JNL_HEADER flag set! (len %lld, data %p)\n", curlen, data); - } - - /* - * As alluded to in the block comment at the top of the function, we use a "fake" iobuf - * here and issue directly to the disk device that the journal protects since we don't - * want this to enter the block cache. As a result, we lose the ability to mark it - * as a metadata buf_t for the layers below us that may care. If we were to - * simply attach the B_META flag into the b_flags this may confuse things further - * since this is an iobuf, not a metadata buffer. - * - * To address this, we use the extended bufattr struct embedded in the bp. - * Explicitly mark the buf here as a metadata buffer in its bufattr flags. - */ - bap = buf_attr(bp); - bufattr_markmeta(bap); - - if (direction & JNL_READ) - buf_setflags(bp, B_READ); - else { - /* - * don't have to set any flags - */ - vnode_startwrite(jnl->jdev); - } - buf_setsize(bp, curlen); - buf_setcount(bp, curlen); - buf_setdataptr(bp, (uintptr_t)data); - buf_setblkno(bp, (daddr64_t) ((jnl->jdev_offset + *offset) / (off_t)jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size)); - buf_setlblkno(bp, (daddr64_t) ((jnl->jdev_offset + *offset) / (off_t)jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size)); - - if ((direction & JNL_WRITE) && (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_DO_FUA_WRITES)) { - buf_markfua(bp); - } - - if (need_vm_privilege == TRUE) { - /* - * if we block waiting for memory, and there is enough pressure to - * cause us to try and create a new swap file, we may end up deadlocking - * due to waiting for the journal on the swap file creation path... - * by making ourselves vm_privileged, we give ourselves the best chance - * of not blocking - */ - was_vm_privileged = set_vm_privilege(TRUE); - } - DTRACE_IO1(journal__start, buf_t, bp); - err = VNOP_STRATEGY(bp); - if (!err) { - err = (int)buf_biowait(bp); - } - DTRACE_IO1(journal__done, buf_t, bp); - - if (need_vm_privilege == TRUE && was_vm_privileged == FALSE) - set_vm_privilege(FALSE); - - buf_free(bp); - - if (err) { - printf("jnl: %s: do_jnl_io: strategy err 0x%x\n", jnl->jdev_name, err); - return 0; - } - - *offset += curlen; - io_sz += curlen; - - if (io_sz != len) { - // handle wrap-around - data = (char *)data + curlen; - curlen = len - io_sz; - if (*offset >= jnl->jhdr->size) { - *offset = jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size; - } - goto again; - } - - return io_sz; -} - -static size_t -read_journal_data(journal *jnl, off_t *offset, void *data, size_t len) -{ - return do_journal_io(jnl, offset, data, len, JNL_READ); -} - -static size_t -write_journal_data(journal *jnl, off_t *offset, void *data, size_t len) -{ - return do_journal_io(jnl, offset, data, len, JNL_WRITE); -} - - -static size_t -read_journal_header(journal *jnl, void *data, size_t len) -{ - off_t hdr_offset = 0; - - return do_journal_io(jnl, &hdr_offset, data, len, JNL_READ|JNL_HEADER); -} - -static int -write_journal_header(journal *jnl, int updating_start, uint32_t sequence_num) -{ - static int num_err_prints = 0; - int ret=0; - off_t jhdr_offset = 0; - // - // Flush the track cache if we're not doing force-unit-access - // writes. - // - if (!updating_start && (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_DO_FUA_WRITES) == 0) { - - dk_synchronize_t sync_request = { - .options = DK_SYNCHRONIZE_OPTION_BARRIER, - }; - - /* - * If device doesn't support barrier-only flush, or - * the journal is on a different device, use full flush. - */ - if (!(jnl->flags & JOURNAL_FEATURE_BARRIER) || (jnl->jdev != jnl->fsdev)) { - sync_request.options = 0; - jnl->flush_counter++; - } - - ret = VNOP_IOCTL(jnl->jdev, DKIOCSYNCHRONIZE, (caddr_t)&sync_request, FWRITE, vfs_context_kernel()); - } - if (ret != 0) { - // - // Only print this error if it's a different error than the - // previous one, or if it's the first time for this device - // or if the total number of printfs is less than 25. We - // allow for up to 25 printfs to insure that some make it - // into the on-disk syslog. Otherwise if we only printed - // one, it's possible it would never make it to the syslog - // for the root volume and that makes debugging hard. - // - if ( ret != jnl->last_flush_err - || (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_FLUSHCACHE_ERR) == 0 - || num_err_prints++ < 25) { - - printf("jnl: %s: flushing fs disk buffer returned 0x%x\n", jnl->jdev_name, ret); - - jnl->flags |= JOURNAL_FLUSHCACHE_ERR; - jnl->last_flush_err = ret; - } - } - - jnl->jhdr->sequence_num = sequence_num; - jnl->jhdr->checksum = 0; - jnl->jhdr->checksum = calc_checksum((char *)jnl->jhdr, JOURNAL_HEADER_CKSUM_SIZE); - - if (do_journal_io(jnl, &jhdr_offset, jnl->header_buf, jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size, JNL_WRITE|JNL_HEADER) != (size_t)jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size) { - printf("jnl: %s: write_journal_header: error writing the journal header!\n", jnl->jdev_name); - jnl->flags |= JOURNAL_INVALID; - return -1; - } - - // If we're not doing force-unit-access writes, then we - // have to flush after writing the journal header so that - // a future transaction doesn't sneak out to disk before - // the header does and thus overwrite data that the old - // journal header refers to. Saw this exact case happen - // on an IDE bus analyzer with Larry Barras so while it - // may seem obscure, it's not. - // - if (updating_start && (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_DO_FUA_WRITES) == 0) { - - dk_synchronize_t sync_request = { - .options = DK_SYNCHRONIZE_OPTION_BARRIER, - }; - - /* - * If device doesn't support barrier-only flush, or - * the journal is on a different device, use full flush. - */ - if (!(jnl->flags & JOURNAL_FEATURE_BARRIER) || (jnl->jdev != jnl->fsdev)) { - sync_request.options = 0; - jnl->flush_counter++; - } - - VNOP_IOCTL(jnl->jdev, DKIOCSYNCHRONIZE, (caddr_t)&sync_request, FWRITE, vfs_context_kernel()); - } - - return 0; -} - - - -// -// this is a work function used to free up transactions that -// completed. they can't be free'd from buffer_flushed_callback -// because it is called from deep with the disk driver stack -// and thus can't do something that would potentially cause -// paging. it gets called by each of the journal api entry -// points so stuff shouldn't hang around for too long. -// -static void -free_old_stuff(journal *jnl) -{ - transaction *tr, *next; - block_list_header *blhdr=NULL, *next_blhdr=NULL; - - if (jnl->tr_freeme == NULL) - return; - - lock_oldstart(jnl); - tr = jnl->tr_freeme; - jnl->tr_freeme = NULL; - unlock_oldstart(jnl); - - for(; tr; tr=next) { - for (blhdr = tr->blhdr; blhdr; blhdr = next_blhdr) { - next_blhdr = (block_list_header *)((long)blhdr->binfo[0].bnum); - blhdr->binfo[0].bnum = 0xdeadc0de; - - hfs_free(blhdr, tr->tbuffer_size); - - KERNEL_DEBUG(0xbbbbc01c, jnl, tr, tr->tbuffer_size, 0, 0); - } - next = tr->next; - hfs_free(tr, sizeof(*tr)); - } -} - - - -// -// This is our callback that lets us know when a buffer has been -// flushed to disk. It's called from deep within the driver stack -// and thus is quite limited in what it can do. Notably, it can -// not initiate any new i/o's or allocate/free memory. -// -static void -buffer_flushed_callback(struct buf *bp, void *arg) -{ - transaction *tr; - journal *jnl; - transaction *ctr, *prev=NULL, *next; - size_t i; - int bufsize, amt_flushed, total_bytes; - - - //printf("jnl: buf flush: bp @ 0x%x l/blkno %qd/%qd vp 0x%x tr @ 0x%x\n", - // bp, buf_lblkno(bp), buf_blkno(bp), buf_vnode(bp), arg); - - // snarf out the bits we want - bufsize = buf_size(bp); - tr = (transaction *)arg; - - // then we've already seen it - if (tr == NULL) { - return; - } - - CHECK_TRANSACTION(tr); - - jnl = tr->jnl; - - CHECK_JOURNAL(jnl); - - amt_flushed = tr->num_killed; - total_bytes = tr->total_bytes; - - // update the number of blocks that have been flushed. - // this buf may represent more than one block so take - // that into account. - // - // OSAddAtomic() returns the value of tr->num_flushed before the add - // - amt_flushed += OSAddAtomic(bufsize, &tr->num_flushed); - - - // if this transaction isn't done yet, just return as - // there is nothing to do. - // - // NOTE: we are careful to not reference anything through - // the tr pointer after doing the OSAddAtomic(). if - // this if statement fails then we are the last one - // and then it's ok to dereference "tr". - // - if ((amt_flushed + bufsize) < total_bytes) { - return; - } - - // this will single thread checking the transaction - lock_oldstart(jnl); - - if (tr->total_bytes == (int)0xfbadc0de) { - // then someone beat us to it... - unlock_oldstart(jnl); - return; - } - - // mark this so that we're the owner of dealing with the - // cleanup for this transaction - tr->total_bytes = 0xfbadc0de; - - if (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_INVALID) - goto transaction_done; - - //printf("jnl: tr 0x%x (0x%llx 0x%llx) in jnl 0x%x completed.\n", - // tr, tr->journal_start, tr->journal_end, jnl); - - // find this entry in the old_start[] index and mark it completed - for(i = 0; i < sizeof(jnl->old_start)/sizeof(jnl->old_start[0]); i++) { - - if ((off_t)(jnl->old_start[i] & ~(0x8000000000000000ULL)) == tr->journal_start) { - jnl->old_start[i] &= ~(0x8000000000000000ULL); - break; - } - } - - if (i >= sizeof(jnl->old_start)/sizeof(jnl->old_start[0])) { - panic("jnl: buffer_flushed: did not find tr w/start @ %lld (tr %p, jnl %p)\n", - tr->journal_start, tr, jnl); - } - - - // if we are here then we need to update the journal header - // to reflect that this transaction is complete - if (tr->journal_start == jnl->active_start) { - jnl->active_start = tr->journal_end; - tr->journal_start = tr->journal_end = (off_t)0; - } - - // go through the completed_trs list and try to coalesce - // entries, restarting back at the beginning if we have to. - for (ctr = jnl->completed_trs; ctr; prev=ctr, ctr=next) { - if (ctr->journal_start == jnl->active_start) { - jnl->active_start = ctr->journal_end; - if (prev) { - prev->next = ctr->next; - } - if (ctr == jnl->completed_trs) { - jnl->completed_trs = ctr->next; - } - - next = jnl->completed_trs; // this starts us over again - ctr->next = jnl->tr_freeme; - jnl->tr_freeme = ctr; - ctr = NULL; - } else if (tr->journal_end == ctr->journal_start) { - ctr->journal_start = tr->journal_start; - next = jnl->completed_trs; // this starts us over again - ctr = NULL; - tr->journal_start = tr->journal_end = (off_t)0; - } else if (tr->journal_start == ctr->journal_end) { - ctr->journal_end = tr->journal_end; - next = ctr->next; - tr->journal_start = tr->journal_end = (off_t)0; - } else if (ctr->next && ctr->journal_end == ctr->next->journal_start) { - // coalesce the next entry with this one and link the next - // entry in at the head of the tr_freeme list - next = ctr->next; // temporarily use the "next" variable - ctr->journal_end = next->journal_end; - ctr->next = next->next; - next->next = jnl->tr_freeme; // link in the next guy at the head of the tr_freeme list - jnl->tr_freeme = next; - - next = jnl->completed_trs; // this starts us over again - ctr = NULL; - } else { - next = ctr->next; - } - } - - // if this is true then we didn't merge with anyone - // so link ourselves in at the head of the completed - // transaction list. - if (tr->journal_start != 0) { - // put this entry into the correct sorted place - // in the list instead of just at the head. - // - - prev = NULL; - for (ctr = jnl->completed_trs; ctr && tr->journal_start > ctr->journal_start; prev=ctr, ctr=ctr->next) { - // just keep looping - } - - if (ctr == NULL && prev == NULL) { - jnl->completed_trs = tr; - tr->next = NULL; - } else if (ctr == jnl->completed_trs) { - tr->next = jnl->completed_trs; - jnl->completed_trs = tr; - } else { - tr->next = prev->next; - prev->next = tr; - } - } else { - // if we're here this tr got merged with someone else so - // put it on the list to be free'd - tr->next = jnl->tr_freeme; - jnl->tr_freeme = tr; - } -transaction_done: - unlock_oldstart(jnl); - - unlock_condition(jnl, &jnl->asyncIO); -} - - -#include - -#define SWAP16(x) OSSwapInt16(x) -#define SWAP32(x) OSSwapInt32(x) -#define SWAP64(x) OSSwapInt64(x) - - -static void -swap_journal_header(journal *jnl) -{ - jnl->jhdr->magic = SWAP32(jnl->jhdr->magic); - jnl->jhdr->endian = SWAP32(jnl->jhdr->endian); - jnl->jhdr->start = SWAP64(jnl->jhdr->start); - jnl->jhdr->end = SWAP64(jnl->jhdr->end); - jnl->jhdr->size = SWAP64(jnl->jhdr->size); - jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size = SWAP32(jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size); - jnl->jhdr->checksum = SWAP32(jnl->jhdr->checksum); - jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size = SWAP32(jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size); - jnl->jhdr->sequence_num = SWAP32(jnl->jhdr->sequence_num); -} - -static void -swap_block_list_header(journal *jnl, block_list_header *blhdr) -{ - int i; - - blhdr->max_blocks = SWAP16(blhdr->max_blocks); - blhdr->num_blocks = SWAP16(blhdr->num_blocks); - blhdr->bytes_used = SWAP32(blhdr->bytes_used); - blhdr->checksum = SWAP32(blhdr->checksum); - blhdr->flags = SWAP32(blhdr->flags); - - if (blhdr->num_blocks >= ((jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size / sizeof(block_info)) - 1)) { - printf("jnl: %s: blhdr num blocks looks suspicious (%d / blhdr size %d). not swapping.\n", jnl->jdev_name, blhdr->num_blocks, jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size); - return; - } - - for(i = 0; i < blhdr->num_blocks; i++) { - blhdr->binfo[i].bnum = SWAP64(blhdr->binfo[i].bnum); - blhdr->binfo[i].u.bi.bsize = SWAP32(blhdr->binfo[i].u.bi.bsize); - blhdr->binfo[i].u.bi.b.cksum = SWAP32(blhdr->binfo[i].u.bi.b.cksum); - } -} - - -static int -update_fs_block(journal *jnl, void *block_ptr, off_t fs_block, size_t bsize) -{ - int ret; - struct buf *oblock_bp=NULL; - boolean_t was_vm_privileged = FALSE; - - - // first read the block we want. - ret = buf_meta_bread(jnl->fsdev, (daddr64_t)fs_block, bsize, NOCRED, &oblock_bp); - if (ret != 0) { - printf("jnl: %s: update_fs_block: error reading fs block # %lld! (ret %d)\n", jnl->jdev_name, fs_block, ret); - - if (oblock_bp) { - buf_brelse(oblock_bp); - oblock_bp = NULL; - } - - // let's try to be aggressive here and just re-write the block - oblock_bp = buf_getblk(jnl->fsdev, (daddr64_t)fs_block, bsize, 0, 0, BLK_META); - if (oblock_bp == NULL) { - printf("jnl: %s: update_fs_block: buf_getblk() for %lld failed! failing update.\n", jnl->jdev_name, fs_block); - return -1; - } - } - - // make sure it's the correct size. - if (buf_size(oblock_bp) != bsize) { - buf_brelse(oblock_bp); - return -1; - } - - // copy the journal data over top of it - memcpy((char *)buf_dataptr(oblock_bp), block_ptr, bsize); - - if (vfs_isswapmount(jnl->fsmount)) { - /* - * if we block waiting for memory, and there is enough pressure to - * cause us to try and create a new swap file, we may end up deadlocking - * due to waiting for the journal on the swap file creation path... - * by making ourselves vm_privileged, we give ourselves the best chance - * of not blocking - */ - was_vm_privileged = set_vm_privilege(TRUE); - } - ret = VNOP_BWRITE(oblock_bp); - - if (vfs_isswapmount(jnl->fsmount) && (was_vm_privileged == FALSE)) - set_vm_privilege(FALSE); - - if (ret != 0) { - printf("jnl: %s: update_fs_block: failed to update block %lld (ret %d)\n", jnl->jdev_name, fs_block,ret); - return ret; - } - // and now invalidate it so that if someone else wants to read - // it in a different size they'll be able to do it. - ret = buf_meta_bread(jnl->fsdev, (daddr64_t)fs_block, bsize, NOCRED, &oblock_bp); - if (oblock_bp) { - buf_markinvalid(oblock_bp); - buf_brelse(oblock_bp); - } - - return 0; -} - -static int -grow_table(struct bucket **buf_ptr, int num_buckets, int new_size) -{ - struct bucket *newBuf; - int current_size = num_buckets, i; - - // return if newsize is less than the current size - if (new_size < num_buckets) { - return current_size; - } - - newBuf = hfs_malloc(new_size*sizeof(struct bucket)); - - // printf("jnl: lookup_bucket: expanded co_buf to %d elems\n", new_size); - - // copy existing elements - bcopy(*buf_ptr, newBuf, num_buckets*sizeof(struct bucket)); - - // initialize the new ones - for(i = num_buckets; i < new_size; i++) { - newBuf[i].block_num = (off_t)-1; - } - - // free the old container - hfs_free(*buf_ptr, num_buckets * sizeof(struct bucket)); - - // reset the buf_ptr - *buf_ptr = newBuf; - - return new_size; -} - -static int -lookup_bucket(struct bucket **buf_ptr, off_t block_num, int num_full) -{ - int lo, hi, index, matches, i; - - if (num_full == 0) { - return 0; // table is empty, so insert at index=0 - } - - lo = 0; - hi = num_full - 1; - index = -1; - - // perform binary search for block_num - do { - int mid = (hi - lo)/2 + lo; - off_t this_num = (*buf_ptr)[mid].block_num; - - if (block_num == this_num) { - index = mid; - break; - } - - if (block_num < this_num) { - hi = mid; - continue; - } - - if (block_num > this_num) { - lo = mid + 1; - continue; - } - } while (lo < hi); - - // check if lo and hi converged on the match - if (block_num == (*buf_ptr)[hi].block_num) { - index = hi; - } - - // if no existing entry found, find index for new one - if (index == -1) { - index = (block_num < (*buf_ptr)[hi].block_num) ? hi : hi + 1; - } else { - // make sure that we return the right-most index in the case of multiple matches - matches = 0; - i = index + 1; - while (i < num_full && block_num == (*buf_ptr)[i].block_num) { - matches++; - i++; - } - - index += matches; - } - - return index; -} - -static int -insert_block(journal *jnl, struct bucket **buf_ptr, int blk_index, off_t num, size_t size, size_t offset, int32_t cksum, int *num_buckets_ptr, int *num_full_ptr, int overwriting) -{ - if (!overwriting) { - // grow the table if we're out of space - we may index the table - // with *num_full_ptr (lookup_bucket() can return a maximum value == - // *num_full_ptr), so we need to grow when we hit (*num_buckets_ptr - 1) - // to prevent out-of-bounds indexing - if (*num_full_ptr >= (*num_buckets_ptr - 1)) { - int new_size = *num_buckets_ptr * 2; - int grow_size = grow_table(buf_ptr, *num_buckets_ptr, new_size); - - if (grow_size < new_size) { - printf("jnl: %s: add_block: grow_table returned an error!\n", jnl->jdev_name); - return -1; - } - - *num_buckets_ptr = grow_size; //update num_buckets to reflect the new size - } - - // if we're not inserting at the end, we need to bcopy - if (blk_index != *num_full_ptr) { - bcopy( (*buf_ptr)+(blk_index), (*buf_ptr)+(blk_index+1), (*num_full_ptr-blk_index)*sizeof(struct bucket) ); - } - - (*num_full_ptr)++; // increment only if we're not overwriting - } - - // sanity check the values we're about to add - if ((off_t)offset >= jnl->jhdr->size) { - offset = jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size + (offset - jnl->jhdr->size); - } - if (size <= 0) { - panic("jnl: insert_block: bad size in insert_block (%zd)\n", size); - } - - (*buf_ptr)[blk_index].block_num = num; - (*buf_ptr)[blk_index].block_size = (uint32_t)size; - (*buf_ptr)[blk_index].jnl_offset = (uint32_t)offset; - (*buf_ptr)[blk_index].cksum = cksum; - - return blk_index; -} - -static int -do_overlap(journal *jnl, struct bucket **buf_ptr, int blk_index, off_t block_num, size_t size, __unused size_t offset, int32_t cksum, int *num_buckets_ptr, int *num_full_ptr) -{ - int num_to_remove, index, i, overwrite, err; - size_t jhdr_size = jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size, new_offset; - off_t overlap, block_start, block_end; - - block_start = block_num*jhdr_size; - block_end = block_start + size; - overwrite = (block_num == (*buf_ptr)[blk_index].block_num && size >= (*buf_ptr)[blk_index].block_size); - - // first, eliminate any overlap with the previous entry - if (blk_index != 0 && !overwrite) { - off_t prev_block_start = (*buf_ptr)[blk_index-1].block_num*jhdr_size; - off_t prev_block_end = prev_block_start + (*buf_ptr)[blk_index-1].block_size; - overlap = prev_block_end - block_start; - if (overlap > 0) { - if (overlap % jhdr_size != 0) { - panic("jnl: do_overlap: overlap with previous entry not a multiple of %zd\n", jhdr_size); - } - - // if the previous entry completely overlaps this one, we need to break it into two pieces. - if (prev_block_end > block_end) { - off_t new_num = block_end / jhdr_size; - size_t new_size = prev_block_end - block_end; - - new_offset = (*buf_ptr)[blk_index-1].jnl_offset + (block_end - prev_block_start); - - err = insert_block(jnl, buf_ptr, blk_index, new_num, new_size, new_offset, cksum, num_buckets_ptr, num_full_ptr, 0); - if (err < 0) { - panic("jnl: do_overlap: error inserting during pre-overlap\n"); - } - } - - // Regardless, we need to truncate the previous entry to the beginning of the overlap - (*buf_ptr)[blk_index-1].block_size = (uint32_t)(block_start - prev_block_start); - (*buf_ptr)[blk_index-1].cksum = 0; // have to blow it away because there's no way to check it - } - } - - // then, bail out fast if there's no overlap with the entries that follow - if (!overwrite && block_end <= (off_t)((*buf_ptr)[blk_index].block_num*jhdr_size)) { - return 0; // no overlap, no overwrite - } else if (overwrite && (blk_index + 1 >= *num_full_ptr || block_end <= (off_t)((*buf_ptr)[blk_index+1].block_num*jhdr_size))) { - - (*buf_ptr)[blk_index].cksum = cksum; // update this - return 1; // simple overwrite - } - - // Otherwise, find all cases of total and partial overlap. We use the special - // block_num of -2 to designate entries that are completely overlapped and must - // be eliminated. The block_num, size, and jnl_offset of partially overlapped - // entries must be adjusted to keep the array consistent. - index = blk_index; - num_to_remove = 0; - while (index < *num_full_ptr && block_end > (off_t)((*buf_ptr)[index].block_num*jhdr_size)) { - if (block_end >= (off_t)(((*buf_ptr)[index].block_num*jhdr_size + (*buf_ptr)[index].block_size))) { - (*buf_ptr)[index].block_num = -2; // mark this for deletion - num_to_remove++; - } else { - overlap = block_end - (*buf_ptr)[index].block_num*jhdr_size; - if (overlap > 0) { - if (overlap % jhdr_size != 0) { - panic("jnl: do_overlap: overlap of %lld is not multiple of %zd\n", overlap, jhdr_size); - } - - // if we partially overlap this entry, adjust its block number, jnl offset, and size - (*buf_ptr)[index].block_num += (overlap / jhdr_size); // make sure overlap is multiple of jhdr_size, or round up - (*buf_ptr)[index].cksum = 0; - - new_offset = (*buf_ptr)[index].jnl_offset + overlap; // check for wrap-around - if ((off_t)new_offset >= jnl->jhdr->size) { - new_offset = jhdr_size + (new_offset - jnl->jhdr->size); - } - (*buf_ptr)[index].jnl_offset = (uint32_t)new_offset; - - (*buf_ptr)[index].block_size -= overlap; // sanity check for negative value - if ((*buf_ptr)[index].block_size <= 0) { - panic("jnl: do_overlap: after overlap, new block size is invalid (%u)\n", (*buf_ptr)[index].block_size); - // return -1; // if above panic is removed, return -1 for error - } - } - - } - - index++; - } - - // bcopy over any completely overlapped entries, starting at the right (where the above loop broke out) - index--; // start with the last index used within the above loop - while (index >= blk_index) { - if ((*buf_ptr)[index].block_num == -2) { - if (index == *num_full_ptr-1) { - (*buf_ptr)[index].block_num = -1; // it's the last item in the table... just mark as free - } else { - bcopy( (*buf_ptr)+(index+1), (*buf_ptr)+(index), (*num_full_ptr - (index + 1)) * sizeof(struct bucket) ); - } - (*num_full_ptr)--; - } - index--; - } - - // eliminate any stale entries at the end of the table - for(i = *num_full_ptr; i < (*num_full_ptr + num_to_remove); i++) { - (*buf_ptr)[i].block_num = -1; - } - - return 0; // if we got this far, we need to insert the entry into the table (rather than overwrite) -} - -// PR-3105942: Coalesce writes to the same block in journal replay -// We coalesce writes by maintaining a dynamic sorted array of physical disk blocks -// to be replayed and the corresponding location in the journal which contains -// the most recent data for those blocks. The array is "played" once the all the -// blocks in the journal have been coalesced. The code for the case of conflicting/ -// overlapping writes to a single block is the most dense. Because coalescing can -// disrupt the existing time-ordering of blocks in the journal playback, care -// is taken to catch any overlaps and keep the array consistent. -static int -add_block(journal *jnl, struct bucket **buf_ptr, off_t block_num, size_t size, size_t offset, int32_t cksum, int *num_buckets_ptr, int *num_full_ptr) -{ - int blk_index, overwriting; - - // on return from lookup_bucket(), blk_index is the index into the table where block_num should be - // inserted (or the index of the elem to overwrite). - blk_index = lookup_bucket( buf_ptr, block_num, *num_full_ptr); - - // check if the index is within bounds (if we're adding this block to the end of - // the table, blk_index will be equal to num_full) - if (blk_index < 0 || blk_index > *num_full_ptr) { - //printf("jnl: add_block: trouble adding block to co_buf\n"); - return -1; - } // else printf("jnl: add_block: adding block 0x%llx at i=%d\n", block_num, blk_index); - - // Determine whether we're overwriting an existing entry by checking for overlap - overwriting = do_overlap(jnl, buf_ptr, blk_index, block_num, size, offset, cksum, num_buckets_ptr, num_full_ptr); - if (overwriting < 0) { - return -1; // if we got an error, pass it along - } - - // returns the index, or -1 on error - blk_index = insert_block(jnl, buf_ptr, blk_index, block_num, size, offset, cksum, num_buckets_ptr, num_full_ptr, overwriting); - - return blk_index; -} - -static int -replay_journal(journal *jnl) -{ - int i, bad_blocks=0; - unsigned int orig_checksum, checksum, check_block_checksums = 0; - size_t ret; - size_t max_bsize = 0; /* protected by block_ptr */ - block_list_header *blhdr; - off_t offset, txn_start_offset=0, blhdr_offset, orig_jnl_start; - char *buff, *block_ptr=NULL; - struct bucket *co_buf; - int num_buckets = STARTING_BUCKETS, num_full, check_past_jnl_end = 1, in_uncharted_territory=0; - uint32_t last_sequence_num = 0; - int replay_retry_count = 0; - - // wrap the start ptr if it points to the very end of the journal - if (jnl->jhdr->start == jnl->jhdr->size) { - jnl->jhdr->start = jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size; - } - if (jnl->jhdr->end == jnl->jhdr->size) { - jnl->jhdr->end = jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size; - } - - if (jnl->jhdr->start == jnl->jhdr->end) { - return 0; - } - - orig_jnl_start = jnl->jhdr->start; - - // allocate memory for the header_block. we'll read each blhdr into this - buff = hfs_malloc(jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size); - - // allocate memory for the coalesce buffer - co_buf = hfs_malloc(num_buckets*sizeof(struct bucket)); - -restart_replay: - - // initialize entries - for(i = 0; i < num_buckets; i++) { - co_buf[i].block_num = -1; - } - num_full = 0; // empty at first - - - printf("jnl: %s: replay_journal: from: %lld to: %lld (joffset 0x%llx)\n", - jnl->jdev_name, jnl->jhdr->start, jnl->jhdr->end, jnl->jdev_offset); - - while (check_past_jnl_end || jnl->jhdr->start != jnl->jhdr->end) { - offset = blhdr_offset = jnl->jhdr->start; - ret = read_journal_data(jnl, &offset, buff, jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size); - if (ret != (size_t)jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size) { - printf("jnl: %s: replay_journal: Could not read block list header block @ 0x%llx!\n", jnl->jdev_name, offset); - bad_blocks = 1; - goto bad_txn_handling; - } - - blhdr = (block_list_header *)buff; - - orig_checksum = blhdr->checksum; - blhdr->checksum = 0; - if (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_NEED_SWAP) { - // calculate the checksum based on the unswapped data - // because it is done byte-at-a-time. - orig_checksum = (unsigned int)SWAP32(orig_checksum); - checksum = calc_checksum((char *)blhdr, BLHDR_CHECKSUM_SIZE); - swap_block_list_header(jnl, blhdr); - } else { - checksum = calc_checksum((char *)blhdr, BLHDR_CHECKSUM_SIZE); - } - - - // - // XXXdbg - if these checks fail, we should replay as much - // we can in the hopes that it will still leave the - // drive in a better state than if we didn't replay - // anything - // - if (checksum != orig_checksum) { - if (check_past_jnl_end && in_uncharted_territory) { - - if (blhdr_offset != jnl->jhdr->end) { - printf("jnl: %s: Extra txn replay stopped @ %lld / 0x%llx\n", jnl->jdev_name, blhdr_offset, blhdr_offset); - } - - check_past_jnl_end = 0; - jnl->jhdr->end = blhdr_offset; - continue; - } - - printf("jnl: %s: replay_journal: bad block list header @ 0x%llx (checksum 0x%x != 0x%x)\n", - jnl->jdev_name, blhdr_offset, orig_checksum, checksum); - - if (blhdr_offset == orig_jnl_start) { - // if there's nothing in the journal at all, just bail out altogether. - goto bad_replay; - } - - bad_blocks = 1; - goto bad_txn_handling; - } - - if ( (last_sequence_num != 0) - && (blhdr->binfo[0].u.bi.b.sequence_num != 0) - && (blhdr->binfo[0].u.bi.b.sequence_num != last_sequence_num) - && (blhdr->binfo[0].u.bi.b.sequence_num != last_sequence_num+1)) { - - txn_start_offset = jnl->jhdr->end = blhdr_offset; - - if (check_past_jnl_end) { - check_past_jnl_end = 0; - printf("jnl: %s: 2: extra replay stopped @ %lld / 0x%llx (seq %d < %d)\n", - jnl->jdev_name, blhdr_offset, blhdr_offset, blhdr->binfo[0].u.bi.b.sequence_num, last_sequence_num); - continue; - } - - printf("jnl: %s: txn sequence numbers out of order in txn @ %lld / %llx! (%d < %d)\n", - jnl->jdev_name, blhdr_offset, blhdr_offset, blhdr->binfo[0].u.bi.b.sequence_num, last_sequence_num); - bad_blocks = 1; - goto bad_txn_handling; - } - last_sequence_num = blhdr->binfo[0].u.bi.b.sequence_num; - - if (blhdr_offset >= jnl->jhdr->end && jnl->jhdr->start <= jnl->jhdr->end) { - if (last_sequence_num == 0) { - check_past_jnl_end = 0; - printf("jnl: %s: pre-sequence-num-enabled txn's - can not go further than end (%lld %lld).\n", - jnl->jdev_name, jnl->jhdr->start, jnl->jhdr->end); - if (jnl->jhdr->start != jnl->jhdr->end) { - jnl->jhdr->start = jnl->jhdr->end; - } - continue; - } - printf("jnl: %s: examining extra transactions starting @ %lld / 0x%llx\n", jnl->jdev_name, blhdr_offset, blhdr_offset); - } - - if ( blhdr->max_blocks <= 0 || blhdr->max_blocks > (jnl->jhdr->size/jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size) - || blhdr->num_blocks <= 0 || blhdr->num_blocks > blhdr->max_blocks) { - printf("jnl: %s: replay_journal: bad looking journal entry: max: %d num: %d\n", - jnl->jdev_name, blhdr->max_blocks, blhdr->num_blocks); - bad_blocks = 1; - goto bad_txn_handling; - } - - max_bsize = 0; - for (i = 1; i < blhdr->num_blocks; i++) { - if (blhdr->binfo[i].bnum < 0 && blhdr->binfo[i].bnum != (off_t)-1) { - printf("jnl: %s: replay_journal: bogus block number 0x%llx\n", jnl->jdev_name, blhdr->binfo[i].bnum); - bad_blocks = 1; - goto bad_txn_handling; - } - - if ((size_t)blhdr->binfo[i].u.bi.bsize > max_bsize) { - max_bsize = blhdr->binfo[i].u.bi.bsize; - } - } - - if (blhdr->flags & BLHDR_CHECK_CHECKSUMS) { - check_block_checksums = 1; - block_ptr = hfs_malloc(max_bsize); - } else { - block_ptr = NULL; - } - - if (blhdr->flags & BLHDR_FIRST_HEADER) { - txn_start_offset = blhdr_offset; - } - - //printf("jnl: replay_journal: adding %d blocks in journal entry @ 0x%llx to co_buf\n", - // blhdr->num_blocks-1, jnl->jhdr->start); - bad_blocks = 0; - for (i = 1; i < blhdr->num_blocks; i++) { - int size, ret_val; - off_t number; - - size = blhdr->binfo[i].u.bi.bsize; - number = blhdr->binfo[i].bnum; - - // don't add "killed" blocks - if (number == (off_t)-1) { - //printf("jnl: replay_journal: skipping killed fs block (index %d)\n", i); - } else { - - if (check_block_checksums) { - int32_t disk_cksum; - off_t block_offset; - - block_offset = offset; - - // read the block so we can check the checksum - ret = read_journal_data(jnl, &block_offset, block_ptr, size); - if (ret != (size_t)size) { - printf("jnl: %s: replay_journal: Could not read journal entry data @ offset 0x%llx!\n", jnl->jdev_name, offset); - bad_blocks = 1; - goto bad_txn_handling; - } - - disk_cksum = calc_checksum(block_ptr, size); - - // there is no need to swap the checksum from disk because - // it got swapped when the blhdr was read in. - if (blhdr->binfo[i].u.bi.b.cksum != 0 && disk_cksum != blhdr->binfo[i].u.bi.b.cksum) { - printf("jnl: %s: txn starting at %lld (%lld) @ index %3d bnum %lld (%d) with disk cksum != blhdr cksum (0x%.8x 0x%.8x)\n", - jnl->jdev_name, txn_start_offset, blhdr_offset, i, number, size, disk_cksum, blhdr->binfo[i].u.bi.b.cksum); - printf("jnl: 0x%.8x 0x%.8x 0x%.8x 0x%.8x 0x%.8x 0x%.8x 0x%.8x 0x%.8x\n", - *(int *)&block_ptr[0*sizeof(int)], *(int *)&block_ptr[1*sizeof(int)], *(int *)&block_ptr[2*sizeof(int)], *(int *)&block_ptr[3*sizeof(int)], - *(int *)&block_ptr[4*sizeof(int)], *(int *)&block_ptr[5*sizeof(int)], *(int *)&block_ptr[6*sizeof(int)], *(int *)&block_ptr[7*sizeof(int)]); - - bad_blocks = 1; - goto bad_txn_handling; - } - } - - - // add this bucket to co_buf, coalescing where possible - // printf("jnl: replay_journal: adding block 0x%llx\n", number); - ret_val = add_block(jnl, &co_buf, number, size, (size_t) offset, blhdr->binfo[i].u.bi.b.cksum, &num_buckets, &num_full); - - if (ret_val == -1) { - printf("jnl: %s: replay_journal: trouble adding block to co_buf\n", jnl->jdev_name); - goto bad_replay; - } // else printf("jnl: replay_journal: added block 0x%llx at i=%d\n", number); - } - - // increment offset - offset += size; - - // check if the last block added puts us off the end of the jnl. - // if so, we need to wrap to the beginning and take any remainder - // into account - // - if (offset >= jnl->jhdr->size) { - offset = jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size + (offset - jnl->jhdr->size); - } - } - - if (block_ptr) { - hfs_free(block_ptr, max_bsize); - block_ptr = NULL; - } - - if (bad_blocks) { - bad_txn_handling: - /* Journal replay got error before it found any valid - * transations, abort replay */ - if (txn_start_offset == 0) { - printf("jnl: %s: no known good txn start offset! aborting journal replay.\n", jnl->jdev_name); - goto bad_replay; - } - - /* Repeated error during journal replay, abort replay */ - if (replay_retry_count == 3) { - printf("jnl: %s: repeated errors replaying journal! aborting journal replay.\n", jnl->jdev_name); - goto bad_replay; - } - replay_retry_count++; - - /* There was an error replaying the journal (possibly - * EIO/ENXIO from the device). So retry replaying all - * the good transactions that we found before getting - * the error. - */ - jnl->jhdr->start = orig_jnl_start; - jnl->jhdr->end = txn_start_offset; - check_past_jnl_end = 0; - last_sequence_num = 0; - printf("jnl: %s: restarting journal replay (%lld - %lld)!\n", jnl->jdev_name, jnl->jhdr->start, jnl->jhdr->end); - goto restart_replay; - } - - jnl->jhdr->start += blhdr->bytes_used; - if (jnl->jhdr->start >= jnl->jhdr->size) { - // wrap around and skip the journal header block - jnl->jhdr->start = (jnl->jhdr->start % jnl->jhdr->size) + jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size; - } - - if (jnl->jhdr->start == jnl->jhdr->end) { - in_uncharted_territory = 1; - } - } - - if (jnl->jhdr->start != jnl->jhdr->end) { - printf("jnl: %s: start %lld != end %lld. resetting end.\n", jnl->jdev_name, jnl->jhdr->start, jnl->jhdr->end); - jnl->jhdr->end = jnl->jhdr->start; - } - - //printf("jnl: replay_journal: replaying %d blocks\n", num_full); - - /* - * make sure it's at least one page in size, so - * start max_bsize at PAGE_SIZE - */ - for (i = 0, max_bsize = PAGE_SIZE; i < num_full; i++) { - - if (co_buf[i].block_num == (off_t)-1) - continue; - - if (co_buf[i].block_size > max_bsize) - max_bsize = co_buf[i].block_size; - } - /* - * round max_bsize up to the nearest PAGE_SIZE multiple - */ - if (max_bsize & (PAGE_SIZE - 1)) { - max_bsize = (max_bsize + PAGE_SIZE) & ~(PAGE_SIZE - 1); - } - - block_ptr = hfs_malloc(max_bsize); - - // Replay the coalesced entries in the co-buf - for(i = 0; i < num_full; i++) { - size_t size = co_buf[i].block_size; - off_t jnl_offset = (off_t) co_buf[i].jnl_offset; - off_t number = co_buf[i].block_num; - - - // printf("replaying co_buf[%d]: block 0x%llx, size 0x%x, jnl_offset 0x%llx\n", i, co_buf[i].block_num, - // co_buf[i].block_size, co_buf[i].jnl_offset); - - if (number == (off_t)-1) { - // printf("jnl: replay_journal: skipping killed fs block\n"); - } else { - - // do journal read, and set the phys. block - ret = read_journal_data(jnl, &jnl_offset, block_ptr, size); - if (ret != size) { - printf("jnl: %s: replay_journal: Could not read journal entry data @ offset 0x%llx!\n", jnl->jdev_name, jnl_offset); - goto bad_replay; - } - - if (update_fs_block(jnl, block_ptr, number, size) != 0) { - goto bad_replay; - } - } - } - - - // done replaying; update jnl header - if (write_journal_header(jnl, 1, jnl->jhdr->sequence_num) != 0) { - goto bad_replay; - } - - printf("jnl: %s: journal replay done.\n", jnl->jdev_name); - - // free block_ptr - if (block_ptr) { - hfs_free(block_ptr, max_bsize); - block_ptr = NULL; - } - - // free the coalesce buffer - hfs_free(co_buf, num_buckets*sizeof(struct bucket)); - co_buf = NULL; - - hfs_free(buff, jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size); - return 0; - -bad_replay: - hfs_free(block_ptr, max_bsize); - hfs_free(co_buf, num_buckets*sizeof(struct bucket)); - hfs_free(buff, jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size); - - return -1; -} - - -#define DEFAULT_TRANSACTION_BUFFER_SIZE (128*1024) -#define MAX_TRANSACTION_BUFFER_SIZE (3072*1024) - -// XXXdbg - so I can change it in the debugger -int def_tbuffer_size = 0; - - -// -// This function sets the size of the tbuffer and the -// size of the blhdr. It assumes that jnl->jhdr->size -// and jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size are already valid. -// -static void -size_up_tbuffer(journal *jnl, int tbuffer_size, int phys_blksz) -{ - // - // one-time initialization based on how much memory - // there is in the machine. - // - if (def_tbuffer_size == 0) { - uint64_t memsize = 0; - size_t l = sizeof(memsize); - sysctlbyname("hw.memsize", &memsize, &l, NULL, 0); - - if (memsize < (256*1024*1024)) { - def_tbuffer_size = DEFAULT_TRANSACTION_BUFFER_SIZE; - } else if (memsize < (512*1024*1024)) { - def_tbuffer_size = DEFAULT_TRANSACTION_BUFFER_SIZE * 2; - } else if (memsize < (1024*1024*1024)) { - def_tbuffer_size = DEFAULT_TRANSACTION_BUFFER_SIZE * 3; - } else { - def_tbuffer_size = DEFAULT_TRANSACTION_BUFFER_SIZE * (memsize / (256*1024*1024)); - } - } - - // For analyzer - hfs_assert(jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size > 0); - - // size up the transaction buffer... can't be larger than the number - // of blocks that can fit in a block_list_header block. - if (tbuffer_size == 0) { - jnl->tbuffer_size = def_tbuffer_size; - } else { - // make sure that the specified tbuffer_size isn't too small - if (tbuffer_size < jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size * 2) { - tbuffer_size = jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size * 2; - } - // and make sure it's an even multiple of the block size - if ((tbuffer_size % jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size) != 0) { - tbuffer_size -= (tbuffer_size % jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size); - } - - jnl->tbuffer_size = tbuffer_size; - } - - if (jnl->tbuffer_size > (jnl->jhdr->size / 2)) { - jnl->tbuffer_size = (jnl->jhdr->size / 2); - } - - if (jnl->tbuffer_size > MAX_TRANSACTION_BUFFER_SIZE) { - jnl->tbuffer_size = MAX_TRANSACTION_BUFFER_SIZE; - } - - jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size = (jnl->tbuffer_size / jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size) * sizeof(block_info); - if (jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size < phys_blksz) { - jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size = phys_blksz; - } else if ((jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size % phys_blksz) != 0) { - // have to round up so we're an even multiple of the physical block size - jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size = (jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size + (phys_blksz - 1)) & ~(phys_blksz - 1); - } -} - -static void -get_io_info(struct vnode *devvp, size_t phys_blksz, journal *jnl, struct vfs_context *context) -{ - off_t readblockcnt; - off_t writeblockcnt; - off_t readmaxcnt=0, tmp_readmaxcnt; - off_t writemaxcnt=0, tmp_writemaxcnt; - off_t readsegcnt, writesegcnt; - int32_t features; - - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCGETFEATURES, (caddr_t)&features, 0, context) == 0) { - if (features & DK_FEATURE_FORCE_UNIT_ACCESS) { - const char *name = vnode_getname_printable(devvp); - jnl->flags |= JOURNAL_DO_FUA_WRITES; - printf("jnl: %s: enabling FUA writes (features 0x%x)\n", name, features); - vnode_putname_printable(name); - } - if (features & DK_FEATURE_UNMAP) { - jnl->flags |= JOURNAL_USE_UNMAP; - } - - if (features & DK_FEATURE_BARRIER) { - jnl->flags |= JOURNAL_FEATURE_BARRIER; - } - } - - // - // First check the max read size via several different mechanisms... - // - VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCGETMAXBYTECOUNTREAD, (caddr_t)&readmaxcnt, 0, context); - - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCGETMAXBLOCKCOUNTREAD, (caddr_t)&readblockcnt, 0, context) == 0) { - tmp_readmaxcnt = readblockcnt * phys_blksz; - if (readmaxcnt == 0 || (readblockcnt > 0 && tmp_readmaxcnt < readmaxcnt)) { - readmaxcnt = tmp_readmaxcnt; - } - } - - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCGETMAXSEGMENTCOUNTREAD, (caddr_t)&readsegcnt, 0, context)) { - readsegcnt = 0; - } - - if (readsegcnt > 0 && (readsegcnt * PAGE_SIZE) < readmaxcnt) { - readmaxcnt = readsegcnt * PAGE_SIZE; - } - - if (readmaxcnt == 0) { - readmaxcnt = 128 * 1024; - } else if (readmaxcnt > UINT32_MAX) { - readmaxcnt = UINT32_MAX; - } - - - // - // Now check the max writes size via several different mechanisms... - // - VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCGETMAXBYTECOUNTWRITE, (caddr_t)&writemaxcnt, 0, context); - - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCGETMAXBLOCKCOUNTWRITE, (caddr_t)&writeblockcnt, 0, context) == 0) { - tmp_writemaxcnt = writeblockcnt * phys_blksz; - if (writemaxcnt == 0 || (writeblockcnt > 0 && tmp_writemaxcnt < writemaxcnt)) { - writemaxcnt = tmp_writemaxcnt; - } - } - - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCGETMAXSEGMENTCOUNTWRITE, (caddr_t)&writesegcnt, 0, context)) { - writesegcnt = 0; - } - - if (writesegcnt > 0 && (writesegcnt * PAGE_SIZE) < writemaxcnt) { - writemaxcnt = writesegcnt * PAGE_SIZE; - } - - if (writemaxcnt == 0) { - writemaxcnt = 128 * 1024; - } else if (writemaxcnt > UINT32_MAX) { - writemaxcnt = UINT32_MAX; - } - - jnl->max_read_size = readmaxcnt; - jnl->max_write_size = writemaxcnt; - // printf("jnl: %s: max read/write: %lld k / %lld k\n", - // jnl->jdev_name ? jnl->jdev_name : "unknown", - // jnl->max_read_size/1024, jnl->max_write_size/1024); -} - - -journal * -journal_create(struct vnode *jvp, - off_t offset, - off_t journal_size, - struct vnode *fsvp, - size_t min_fs_blksz, - int32_t flags, - int32_t tbuffer_size, - void (*flush)(void *arg), - void *arg, - struct mount *fsmount) -{ - journal *jnl; - uint32_t phys_blksz, new_txn_base; - u_int32_t min_size; - const char *jdev_name; - /* - * Cap the journal max size to 2GB. On HFS, it will attempt to occupy - * a full allocation block if the current size is smaller than the allocation - * block on which it resides. Once we hit the exabyte filesystem range, then - * it will use 2GB allocation blocks. As a result, make the cap 2GB. - */ - - jdev_name = vnode_getname_printable(jvp); - - /* Get the real physical block size. */ - if (VNOP_IOCTL(jvp, DKIOCGETBLOCKSIZE, (caddr_t)&phys_blksz, 0, vfs_context_kernel())) { - goto cleanup_jdev_name; - } - - if (journal_size < (256*1024) || journal_size > (MAX_JOURNAL_SIZE)) { - printf("jnl: %s: create: journal size %lld looks bogus.\n", jdev_name, journal_size); - goto cleanup_jdev_name; - } - - min_size = phys_blksz * (phys_blksz / sizeof(block_info)); - /* Reject journals that are too small given the sector size of the device */ - if (journal_size < min_size) { - printf("jnl: %s: create: journal size (%lld) too small given sector size of (%u)\n", - jdev_name, journal_size, phys_blksz); - goto cleanup_jdev_name; - } - - if (phys_blksz > min_fs_blksz) { - printf("jnl: %s: create: error: phys blksize %u bigger than min fs blksize %zd\n", - jdev_name, phys_blksz, min_fs_blksz); - goto cleanup_jdev_name; - } - - if ((journal_size % phys_blksz) != 0) { - printf("jnl: %s: create: journal size 0x%llx is not an even multiple of block size 0x%ux\n", - jdev_name, journal_size, phys_blksz); - goto cleanup_jdev_name; - } - - - jnl = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct journal)); - - jnl->jdev = jvp; - jnl->jdev_offset = offset; - jnl->fsdev = fsvp; - jnl->flush = flush; - jnl->flush_arg = arg; - jnl->flags = (flags & JOURNAL_OPTION_FLAGS_MASK); - jnl->jdev_name = jdev_name; - lck_mtx_init(&jnl->old_start_lock, jnl_mutex_group, jnl_lock_attr); - - // Keep a point to the mount around for use in IO throttling. - jnl->fsmount = fsmount; - - get_io_info(jvp, phys_blksz, jnl, vfs_context_kernel()); - - jnl->header_buf = hfs_malloc(phys_blksz); - jnl->header_buf_size = phys_blksz; - - jnl->jhdr = (journal_header *)jnl->header_buf; - memset(jnl->jhdr, 0, sizeof(journal_header)); - - // we have to set this up here so that do_journal_io() will work - jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size = phys_blksz; - - // - // We try and read the journal header to see if there is already one - // out there. If there is, it's possible that it has transactions - // in it that we might replay if we happen to pick a sequence number - // that is a little less than the old one, there is a crash and the - // last txn written ends right at the start of a txn from the previous - // incarnation of this file system. If all that happens we would - // replay the transactions from the old file system and that would - // destroy your disk. Although it is extremely unlikely for all those - // conditions to happen, the probability is non-zero and the result is - // severe - you lose your file system. Therefore if we find a valid - // journal header and the sequence number is non-zero we write junk - // over the entire journal so that there is no way we will encounter - // any old transactions. This is slow but should be a rare event - // since most tools erase the journal. - // - if ( read_journal_header(jnl, jnl->jhdr, phys_blksz) == phys_blksz - && jnl->jhdr->magic == JOURNAL_HEADER_MAGIC - && jnl->jhdr->sequence_num != 0) { - - new_txn_base = (jnl->jhdr->sequence_num + (journal_size / phys_blksz) + (random() % 16384)) & 0x00ffffff; - printf("jnl: %s: create: avoiding old sequence number 0x%x (0x%x)\n", jdev_name, jnl->jhdr->sequence_num, new_txn_base); - -#if 0 - int i; - off_t pos=0; - - for(i = 1; i < journal_size / phys_blksz; i++) { - pos = i*phys_blksz; - - // we don't really care what data we write just so long - // as it's not a valid transaction header. since we have - // the header_buf sitting around we'll use that. - write_journal_data(jnl, &pos, jnl->header_buf, phys_blksz); - } - printf("jnl: create: done clearing journal (i=%d)\n", i); -#endif - } else { - new_txn_base = random() & 0x00ffffff; - } - - memset(jnl->header_buf, 0, phys_blksz); - - jnl->jhdr->magic = JOURNAL_HEADER_MAGIC; - jnl->jhdr->endian = ENDIAN_MAGIC; - jnl->jhdr->start = phys_blksz; // start at block #1, block #0 is for the jhdr itself - jnl->jhdr->end = phys_blksz; - jnl->jhdr->size = journal_size; - jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size = phys_blksz; - size_up_tbuffer(jnl, tbuffer_size, phys_blksz); - - jnl->active_start = jnl->jhdr->start; - - // XXXdbg - for testing you can force the journal to wrap around - // jnl->jhdr->start = jnl->jhdr->size - (phys_blksz*3); - // jnl->jhdr->end = jnl->jhdr->size - (phys_blksz*3); - - jnl->jhdr->sequence_num = new_txn_base; - - lck_mtx_init(&jnl->jlock, jnl_mutex_group, jnl_lock_attr); - lck_mtx_init(&jnl->flock, jnl_mutex_group, jnl_lock_attr); - lck_rw_init(&jnl->trim_lock, jnl_mutex_group, jnl_lock_attr); - - - jnl->flushing = FALSE; - jnl->asyncIO = FALSE; - jnl->flush_aborted = FALSE; - jnl->writing_header = FALSE; - jnl->async_trim = NULL; - jnl->sequence_num = jnl->jhdr->sequence_num; - - if (write_journal_header(jnl, 1, jnl->jhdr->sequence_num) != 0) { - printf("jnl: %s: journal_create: failed to write journal header.\n", jdev_name); - goto bad_write; - } - - goto journal_create_complete; - - -bad_write: - hfs_free(jnl->header_buf, phys_blksz); - jnl->jhdr = NULL; - hfs_free(jnl, sizeof(*jnl)); -cleanup_jdev_name: - vnode_putname_printable(jdev_name); - jnl = NULL; -journal_create_complete: - return jnl; -} - - -journal * -journal_open(struct vnode *jvp, - off_t offset, - off_t journal_size, - struct vnode *fsvp, - size_t min_fs_blksz, - int32_t flags, - int32_t tbuffer_size, - void (*flush)(void *arg), - void *arg, - struct mount *fsmount) -{ - journal *jnl; - uint32_t orig_blksz=0; - uint32_t phys_blksz; - u_int32_t min_size = 0; - int orig_checksum, checksum; - const char *jdev_name = vnode_getname_printable(jvp); - - /* Get the real physical block size. */ - if (VNOP_IOCTL(jvp, DKIOCGETBLOCKSIZE, (caddr_t)&phys_blksz, 0, vfs_context_kernel())) { - goto cleanup_jdev_name; - } - - if (phys_blksz > min_fs_blksz) { - printf("jnl: %s: open: error: phys blksize %u bigger than min fs blksize %zd\n", - jdev_name, phys_blksz, min_fs_blksz); - goto cleanup_jdev_name; - } - - if (journal_size < (256*1024) || journal_size > (1024*1024*1024)) { - printf("jnl: %s: open: journal size %lld looks bogus.\n", jdev_name, journal_size); - goto cleanup_jdev_name; - } - - min_size = phys_blksz * (phys_blksz / sizeof(block_info)); - /* Reject journals that are too small given the sector size of the device */ - if (journal_size < min_size) { - printf("jnl: %s: open: journal size (%lld) too small given sector size of (%u)\n", - jdev_name, journal_size, phys_blksz); - goto cleanup_jdev_name; - } - - if ((journal_size % phys_blksz) != 0) { - printf("jnl: %s: open: journal size 0x%llx is not an even multiple of block size 0x%x\n", - jdev_name, journal_size, phys_blksz); - goto cleanup_jdev_name; - } - - jnl = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct journal)); - - jnl->jdev = jvp; - jnl->jdev_offset = offset; - jnl->fsdev = fsvp; - jnl->flush = flush; - jnl->flush_arg = arg; - jnl->flags = (flags & JOURNAL_OPTION_FLAGS_MASK); - jnl->jdev_name = jdev_name; - lck_mtx_init(&jnl->old_start_lock, jnl_mutex_group, jnl_lock_attr); - - /* We hold the mount to later pass to the throttling code for IO - * accounting. - */ - jnl->fsmount = fsmount; - - get_io_info(jvp, phys_blksz, jnl, vfs_context_kernel()); - - jnl->header_buf = hfs_malloc(phys_blksz); - jnl->header_buf_size = phys_blksz; - - jnl->jhdr = (journal_header *)jnl->header_buf; - memset(jnl->jhdr, 0, sizeof(journal_header)); - - // we have to set this up here so that do_journal_io() will work - jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size = phys_blksz; - - if (read_journal_header(jnl, jnl->jhdr, phys_blksz) != phys_blksz) { - printf("jnl: %s: open: could not read %u bytes for the journal header.\n", - jdev_name, phys_blksz); - goto bad_journal; - } - - /* - * Check for a bad jhdr size after reading in the journal header. - * The journal header length cannot be zero - */ - if (jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size == 0) { - printf("jnl: %s: open: bad jhdr size (%d) \n", jdev_name, jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size); - goto bad_journal; - } - - orig_checksum = jnl->jhdr->checksum; - jnl->jhdr->checksum = 0; - - if (jnl->jhdr->magic == SWAP32(JOURNAL_HEADER_MAGIC)) { - // do this before the swap since it's done byte-at-a-time - orig_checksum = SWAP32(orig_checksum); - checksum = calc_checksum((char *)jnl->jhdr, JOURNAL_HEADER_CKSUM_SIZE); - swap_journal_header(jnl); - jnl->flags |= JOURNAL_NEED_SWAP; - } else { - checksum = calc_checksum((char *)jnl->jhdr, JOURNAL_HEADER_CKSUM_SIZE); - } - - if (jnl->jhdr->magic != JOURNAL_HEADER_MAGIC && jnl->jhdr->magic != OLD_JOURNAL_HEADER_MAGIC) { - printf("jnl: %s: open: journal magic is bad (0x%x != 0x%x)\n", - jnl->jdev_name, jnl->jhdr->magic, JOURNAL_HEADER_MAGIC); - goto bad_journal; - } - - // only check if we're the current journal header magic value - if (jnl->jhdr->magic == JOURNAL_HEADER_MAGIC) { - - if (orig_checksum != checksum) { - printf("jnl: %s: open: journal checksum is bad (0x%x != 0x%x)\n", - jdev_name, orig_checksum, checksum); - - //goto bad_journal; - } - } - - // XXXdbg - convert old style magic numbers to the new one - if (jnl->jhdr->magic == OLD_JOURNAL_HEADER_MAGIC) { - jnl->jhdr->magic = JOURNAL_HEADER_MAGIC; - } - - if (phys_blksz != (size_t)jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size && jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size != 0) { - /* - * The volume has probably been resized (such that we had to adjust the - * logical sector size), or copied to media with a different logical - * sector size. - * - * Temporarily change the device's logical block size to match the - * journal's header size. This will allow us to replay the journal - * safely. If the replay succeeds, we will update the journal's header - * size (later in this function). - */ - orig_blksz = phys_blksz; - phys_blksz = jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size; - VNOP_IOCTL(jvp, DKIOCSETBLOCKSIZE, (caddr_t)&phys_blksz, FWRITE, vfs_context_kernel()); - printf("jnl: %s: open: temporarily switched block size from %u to %u\n", - jdev_name, orig_blksz, phys_blksz); - } - - if ( jnl->jhdr->start <= 0 - || jnl->jhdr->start > jnl->jhdr->size - || jnl->jhdr->start > 1024*1024*1024) { - printf("jnl: %s: open: jhdr start looks bad (0x%llx max size 0x%llx)\n", - jdev_name, jnl->jhdr->start, jnl->jhdr->size); - goto bad_journal; - } - - if ( jnl->jhdr->end <= 0 - || jnl->jhdr->end > jnl->jhdr->size - || jnl->jhdr->end > 1024*1024*1024) { - printf("jnl: %s: open: jhdr end looks bad (0x%llx max size 0x%llx)\n", - jdev_name, jnl->jhdr->end, jnl->jhdr->size); - goto bad_journal; - } - - if (jnl->jhdr->size < (256*1024) || jnl->jhdr->size > 1024*1024*1024) { - printf("jnl: %s: open: jhdr size looks bad (0x%llx)\n", jdev_name, jnl->jhdr->size); - goto bad_journal; - } - -// XXXdbg - can't do these checks because hfs writes all kinds of -// non-uniform sized blocks even on devices that have a block size -// that is larger than 512 bytes (i.e. optical media w/2k blocks). -// therefore these checks will fail and so we just have to punt and -// do more relaxed checking... -// XXXdbg if ((jnl->jhdr->start % jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size) != 0) { - if ((jnl->jhdr->start % 512) != 0) { - printf("jnl: %s: open: journal start (0x%llx) not a multiple of 512?\n", - jdev_name, jnl->jhdr->start); - goto bad_journal; - } - -//XXXdbg if ((jnl->jhdr->end % jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size) != 0) { - if ((jnl->jhdr->end % 512) != 0) { - printf("jnl: %s: open: journal end (0x%llx) not a multiple of block size (0x%x)?\n", - jdev_name, jnl->jhdr->end, jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size); - goto bad_journal; - } - - if (jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size < 0) { - //throw out invalid sizes - printf("jnl %s: open: blhdr size looks bogus! (%d) \n", - jdev_name, jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size); - goto bad_journal; - } - - // take care of replaying the journal if necessary - if (flags & JOURNAL_RESET) { - printf("jnl: %s: journal start/end pointers reset! (s 0x%llx e 0x%llx)\n", - jdev_name, jnl->jhdr->start, jnl->jhdr->end); - jnl->jhdr->start = jnl->jhdr->end; - } else if (replay_journal(jnl) != 0) { - printf("jnl: %s: journal_open: Error replaying the journal!\n", jdev_name); - goto bad_journal; - } - - /* - * When we get here, we know that the journal is empty (jnl->jhdr->start == - * jnl->jhdr->end). If the device's logical block size was different from - * the journal's header size, then we can now restore the device's logical - * block size and update the journal's header size to match. - * - * Note that we also adjust the journal's start and end so that they will - * be aligned on the new block size. We pick a new sequence number to - * avoid any problems if a replay found previous transactions using the old - * journal header size. (See the comments in journal_create(), above.) - */ - - if (orig_blksz != 0) { - VNOP_IOCTL(jvp, DKIOCSETBLOCKSIZE, (caddr_t)&orig_blksz, FWRITE, vfs_context_kernel()); - phys_blksz = orig_blksz; - - orig_blksz = 0; - - jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size = phys_blksz; - jnl->jhdr->start = phys_blksz; - jnl->jhdr->end = phys_blksz; - jnl->jhdr->sequence_num = (jnl->jhdr->sequence_num + - (journal_size / phys_blksz) + - (random() % 16384)) & 0x00ffffff; - - if (write_journal_header(jnl, 1, jnl->jhdr->sequence_num)) { - printf("jnl: %s: open: failed to update journal header size\n", jdev_name); - goto bad_journal; - } - } - - // make sure this is in sync! - jnl->active_start = jnl->jhdr->start; - jnl->sequence_num = jnl->jhdr->sequence_num; - - // set this now, after we've replayed the journal - size_up_tbuffer(jnl, tbuffer_size, phys_blksz); - - // TODO: Does this need to change if the device's logical block size changed? - if ((off_t)(jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size/sizeof(block_info)-1) > (jnl->jhdr->size/jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size)) { - printf("jnl: %s: open: jhdr size and blhdr size are not compatible (0x%llx, %d, %d)\n", jdev_name, jnl->jhdr->size, - jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size, jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size); - goto bad_journal; - } - - lck_mtx_init(&jnl->jlock, jnl_mutex_group, jnl_lock_attr); - lck_mtx_init(&jnl->flock, jnl_mutex_group, jnl_lock_attr); - lck_rw_init(&jnl->trim_lock, jnl_mutex_group, jnl_lock_attr); - - goto journal_open_complete; - -bad_journal: - if (orig_blksz != 0) { - phys_blksz = orig_blksz; - VNOP_IOCTL(jvp, DKIOCSETBLOCKSIZE, (caddr_t)&orig_blksz, FWRITE, vfs_context_kernel()); - printf("jnl: %s: open: restored block size after error\n", jdev_name); - } - hfs_free(jnl->header_buf, jnl->header_buf_size); - hfs_free(jnl, sizeof(*jnl)); -cleanup_jdev_name: - vnode_putname_printable(jdev_name); - jnl = NULL; -journal_open_complete: - return jnl; -} - - -int -journal_is_clean(struct vnode *jvp, - off_t offset, - off_t journal_size, - struct vnode *fsvp, - size_t min_fs_block_size) -{ - journal jnl; - uint32_t phys_blksz; - int ret; - int orig_checksum, checksum; - const char *jdev_name = vnode_getname_printable(jvp); - - /* Get the real physical block size. */ - if (VNOP_IOCTL(jvp, DKIOCGETBLOCKSIZE, (caddr_t)&phys_blksz, 0, vfs_context_kernel())) { - printf("jnl: %s: is_clean: failed to get device block size.\n", jdev_name); - ret = EINVAL; - goto cleanup_jdev_name; - } - - if (phys_blksz > (uint32_t)min_fs_block_size) { - printf("jnl: %s: is_clean: error: phys blksize %d bigger than min fs blksize %zd\n", - jdev_name, phys_blksz, min_fs_block_size); - ret = EINVAL; - goto cleanup_jdev_name; - } - - if (journal_size < (256*1024) || journal_size > (MAX_JOURNAL_SIZE)) { - printf("jnl: %s: is_clean: journal size %lld looks bogus.\n", jdev_name, journal_size); - ret = EINVAL; - goto cleanup_jdev_name; - } - - if ((journal_size % phys_blksz) != 0) { - printf("jnl: %s: is_clean: journal size 0x%llx is not an even multiple of block size 0x%x\n", - jdev_name, journal_size, phys_blksz); - ret = EINVAL; - goto cleanup_jdev_name; - } - - memset(&jnl, 0, sizeof(jnl)); - - jnl.header_buf = hfs_malloc(phys_blksz); - jnl.header_buf_size = phys_blksz; - - get_io_info(jvp, phys_blksz, &jnl, vfs_context_kernel()); - - jnl.jhdr = (journal_header *)jnl.header_buf; - memset(jnl.jhdr, 0, sizeof(journal_header)); - - jnl.jdev = jvp; - jnl.jdev_offset = offset; - jnl.fsdev = fsvp; - - // we have to set this up here so that do_journal_io() will work - jnl.jhdr->jhdr_size = phys_blksz; - - if (read_journal_header(&jnl, jnl.jhdr, phys_blksz) != (unsigned)phys_blksz) { - printf("jnl: %s: is_clean: could not read %d bytes for the journal header.\n", - jdev_name, phys_blksz); - ret = EINVAL; - goto get_out; - } - - orig_checksum = jnl.jhdr->checksum; - jnl.jhdr->checksum = 0; - - if (jnl.jhdr->magic == SWAP32(JOURNAL_HEADER_MAGIC)) { - // do this before the swap since it's done byte-at-a-time - orig_checksum = SWAP32(orig_checksum); - checksum = calc_checksum((char *)jnl.jhdr, JOURNAL_HEADER_CKSUM_SIZE); - swap_journal_header(&jnl); - jnl.flags |= JOURNAL_NEED_SWAP; - } else { - checksum = calc_checksum((char *)jnl.jhdr, JOURNAL_HEADER_CKSUM_SIZE); - } - - if (jnl.jhdr->magic != JOURNAL_HEADER_MAGIC && jnl.jhdr->magic != OLD_JOURNAL_HEADER_MAGIC) { - printf("jnl: %s: is_clean: journal magic is bad (0x%x != 0x%x)\n", - jdev_name, jnl.jhdr->magic, JOURNAL_HEADER_MAGIC); - ret = EINVAL; - goto get_out; - } - - if (orig_checksum != checksum) { - printf("jnl: %s: is_clean: journal checksum is bad (0x%x != 0x%x)\n", jdev_name, orig_checksum, checksum); - ret = EINVAL; - goto get_out; - } - - // - // if the start and end are equal then the journal is clean. - // otherwise it's not clean and therefore an error. - // - if (jnl.jhdr->start == jnl.jhdr->end) { - ret = 0; - } else { - ret = EBUSY; // so the caller can differentiate an invalid journal from a "busy" one - } - -get_out: - hfs_free(jnl.header_buf, jnl.header_buf_size); -cleanup_jdev_name: - vnode_putname_printable(jdev_name); - return ret; -} - - -void -journal_close(journal *jnl) -{ - volatile off_t *start, *end; - int counter=0; - - CHECK_JOURNAL(jnl); - - // set this before doing anything that would block so that - // we start tearing things down properly. - // - jnl->flags |= JOURNAL_CLOSE_PENDING; - - if (jnl->owner != current_thread()) { - journal_lock(jnl); - } - - wait_condition(jnl, &jnl->flushing, "journal_close"); - - // - // only write stuff to disk if the journal is still valid - // - if ((jnl->flags & JOURNAL_INVALID) == 0) { - - if (jnl->active_tr) { - /* - * "journal_end_transaction" will fire the flush asynchronously - */ - journal_end_transaction(jnl); - } - - // flush any buffered transactions - if (jnl->cur_tr) { - transaction *tr = jnl->cur_tr; - - jnl->cur_tr = NULL; - /* - * "end_transaction" will wait for any in-progress flush to complete - * before flushing "cur_tr" synchronously("must_wait" == TRUE) - */ - end_transaction(tr, 1, NULL, NULL, FALSE, TRUE); - } - /* - * if there was an "active_tr", make sure we wait for - * it to flush if there was no "cur_tr" to process - */ - wait_condition(jnl, &jnl->flushing, "journal_close"); - - //start = &jnl->jhdr->start; - start = &jnl->active_start; - end = &jnl->jhdr->end; - - while (*start != *end && counter++ < 5000) { - //printf("jnl: close: flushing the buffer cache (start 0x%llx end 0x%llx)\n", *start, *end); - if (jnl->flush) { - jnl->flush(jnl->flush_arg); - } - tsleep((caddr_t)jnl, PRIBIO, "jnl_close", 2); - } - - if (*start != *end) { - printf("jnl: %s: close: buffer flushing didn't seem to flush out all the transactions! (0x%llx - 0x%llx)\n", - jnl->jdev_name, *start, *end); - } - - // make sure this is in sync when we close the journal - jnl->jhdr->start = jnl->active_start; - - // if this fails there's not much we can do at this point... - write_journal_header(jnl, 1, jnl->sequence_num); - } else { - // if we're here the journal isn't valid any more. - // so make sure we don't leave any locked blocks lying around - printf("jnl: %s: close: journal is invalid. aborting outstanding transactions\n", jnl->jdev_name); - if (jnl->active_tr || jnl->cur_tr) { - transaction *tr; - - if (jnl->active_tr) { - tr = jnl->active_tr; - jnl->active_tr = NULL; - } else { - tr = jnl->cur_tr; - jnl->cur_tr = NULL; - } - abort_transaction(jnl, tr); - - if (jnl->active_tr || jnl->cur_tr) { - panic("jnl: %s: close: jnl @ %p had both an active and cur tr\n", jnl->jdev_name, jnl); - } - } - } - wait_condition(jnl, &jnl->asyncIO, "journal_close"); - - free_old_stuff(jnl); - - hfs_free(jnl->header_buf, jnl->header_buf_size); - jnl->jhdr = (void *)0xbeefbabe; - - vnode_putname_printable(jnl->jdev_name); - - journal_unlock(jnl); - lck_mtx_destroy(&jnl->old_start_lock, jnl_mutex_group); - lck_mtx_destroy(&jnl->jlock, jnl_mutex_group); - lck_mtx_destroy(&jnl->flock, jnl_mutex_group); - hfs_free(jnl, sizeof(*jnl)); -} - -static void -dump_journal(journal *jnl) -{ - transaction *ctr; - - printf("journal for dev %s:", jnl->jdev_name); - printf(" jdev_offset %.8llx\n", jnl->jdev_offset); - printf(" magic: 0x%.8x\n", jnl->jhdr->magic); - printf(" start: 0x%.8llx\n", jnl->jhdr->start); - printf(" end: 0x%.8llx\n", jnl->jhdr->end); - printf(" size: 0x%.8llx\n", jnl->jhdr->size); - printf(" blhdr size: %d\n", jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size); - printf(" jhdr size: %d\n", jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size); - printf(" chksum: 0x%.8x\n", jnl->jhdr->checksum); - - printf(" completed transactions:\n"); - for (ctr = jnl->completed_trs; ctr; ctr = ctr->next) { - printf(" 0x%.8llx - 0x%.8llx\n", ctr->journal_start, ctr->journal_end); - } -} - - - -static off_t -free_space(journal *jnl) -{ - off_t free_space_offset; - - if (jnl->jhdr->start < jnl->jhdr->end) { - free_space_offset = jnl->jhdr->size - (jnl->jhdr->end - jnl->jhdr->start) - jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size; - } else if (jnl->jhdr->start > jnl->jhdr->end) { - free_space_offset = jnl->jhdr->start - jnl->jhdr->end; - } else { - // journal is completely empty - free_space_offset = jnl->jhdr->size - jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size; - } - - return free_space_offset; -} - - -// -// The journal must be locked on entry to this function. -// The "desired_size" is in bytes. -// -static int -check_free_space(journal *jnl, int desired_size, boolean_t *delayed_header_write, uint32_t sequence_num) -{ - size_t i; - int counter=0; - - //printf("jnl: check free space (desired 0x%x, avail 0x%Lx)\n", - // desired_size, free_space(jnl)); - - if (delayed_header_write) - *delayed_header_write = FALSE; - - while (1) { - int old_start_empty; - - // make sure there's space in the journal to hold this transaction - if (free_space(jnl) > desired_size && jnl->old_start[0] == 0) { - break; - } - if (counter++ == 5000) { - dump_journal(jnl); - panic("jnl: check_free_space: buffer flushing isn't working " - "(jnl @ %p s %lld e %lld f %lld [active start %lld]).\n", jnl, - jnl->jhdr->start, jnl->jhdr->end, free_space(jnl), jnl->active_start); - } - if (counter > 7500) { - printf("jnl: %s: check_free_space: giving up waiting for free space.\n", jnl->jdev_name); - return ENOSPC; - } - - // - // here's where we lazily bump up jnl->jhdr->start. we'll consume - // entries until there is enough space for the next transaction. - // - old_start_empty = 1; - lock_oldstart(jnl); - - for (i = 0; i < sizeof(jnl->old_start)/sizeof(jnl->old_start[0]); i++) { - int lcl_counter; - - lcl_counter = 0; - while (jnl->old_start[i] & 0x8000000000000000LL) { - if (lcl_counter++ > 10000) { - panic("jnl: check_free_space: tr starting @ 0x%llx not flushing (jnl %p).\n", - jnl->old_start[i], jnl); - } - - unlock_oldstart(jnl); - if (jnl->flush) { - jnl->flush(jnl->flush_arg); - } - tsleep((caddr_t)jnl, PRIBIO, "check_free_space1", 1); - lock_oldstart(jnl); - } - - if (jnl->old_start[i] == 0) { - continue; - } - - old_start_empty = 0; - jnl->jhdr->start = jnl->old_start[i]; - jnl->old_start[i] = 0; - - if (free_space(jnl) > desired_size) { - - if (delayed_header_write) - *delayed_header_write = TRUE; - else { - unlock_oldstart(jnl); - write_journal_header(jnl, 1, sequence_num); - lock_oldstart(jnl); - } - break; - } - } - unlock_oldstart(jnl); - - // if we bumped the start, loop and try again - if (i < sizeof(jnl->old_start)/sizeof(jnl->old_start[0])) { - continue; - } else if (old_start_empty) { - // - // if there is nothing in old_start anymore then we can - // bump the jhdr->start to be the same as active_start - // since it is possible there was only one very large - // transaction in the old_start array. if we didn't do - // this then jhdr->start would never get updated and we - // would wind up looping until we hit the panic at the - // start of the loop. - // - jnl->jhdr->start = jnl->active_start; - - if (delayed_header_write) - *delayed_header_write = TRUE; - else - write_journal_header(jnl, 1, sequence_num); - continue; - } - - - // if the file system gave us a flush function, call it to so that - // it can flush some blocks which hopefully will cause some transactions - // to complete and thus free up space in the journal. - if (jnl->flush) { - jnl->flush(jnl->flush_arg); - } - - // wait for a while to avoid being cpu-bound (this will - // put us to sleep for 10 milliseconds) - tsleep((caddr_t)jnl, PRIBIO, "check_free_space2", 1); - } - - return 0; -} - -/* - * Allocate a new active transaction. - */ -static errno_t -journal_allocate_transaction(journal *jnl) -{ - transaction *tr; - boolean_t was_vm_privileged = FALSE; - - if (vfs_isswapmount(jnl->fsmount)) { - /* - * the disk driver can allocate memory on this path... - * if we block waiting for memory, and there is enough pressure to - * cause us to try and create a new swap file, we may end up deadlocking - * due to waiting for the journal on the swap file creation path... - * by making ourselves vm_privileged, we give ourselves the best chance - * of not blocking - */ - was_vm_privileged = set_vm_privilege(TRUE); - } - tr = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(transaction)); - - tr->tbuffer_size = jnl->tbuffer_size; - - tr->tbuffer = hfs_malloc(tr->tbuffer_size); - - if (vfs_isswapmount(jnl->fsmount) && (was_vm_privileged == FALSE)) - set_vm_privilege(FALSE); - - // journal replay code checksum check depends on this. - memset(tr->tbuffer, 0, BLHDR_CHECKSUM_SIZE); - // Fill up the rest of the block with unimportant bytes (0x5a 'Z' chosen for visibility) - memset(tr->tbuffer + BLHDR_CHECKSUM_SIZE, 0x5a, jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size - BLHDR_CHECKSUM_SIZE); - - tr->blhdr = (block_list_header *)tr->tbuffer; - tr->blhdr->max_blocks = (jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size / sizeof(block_info)) - 1; - tr->blhdr->num_blocks = 1; // accounts for this header block - tr->blhdr->bytes_used = jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size; - tr->blhdr->flags = BLHDR_CHECK_CHECKSUMS | BLHDR_FIRST_HEADER; - - tr->sequence_num = ++jnl->sequence_num; - tr->num_blhdrs = 1; - tr->total_bytes = jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size; - tr->jnl = jnl; - - jnl->active_tr = tr; - - return 0; -} - -int -journal_start_transaction(journal *jnl) -{ - int ret; - - CHECK_JOURNAL(jnl); - - free_old_stuff(jnl); - - if (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_INVALID) { - return EINVAL; - } - if (jnl->owner == current_thread()) { - if (jnl->active_tr == NULL) { - panic("jnl: start_tr: active_tr is NULL (jnl @ %p, owner %p, current_thread %p\n", - jnl, jnl->owner, current_thread()); - } - jnl->nested_count++; - return 0; - } - - journal_lock(jnl); - - if (jnl->nested_count != 0 || jnl->active_tr != NULL) { - panic("jnl: start_tr: owner %p, nested count %d, active_tr %p jnl @ %p\n", - jnl->owner, jnl->nested_count, jnl->active_tr, jnl); - } - - jnl->nested_count = 1; - -#if JOE - // make sure there's room in the journal - if (free_space(jnl) < jnl->tbuffer_size) { - - KERNEL_DEBUG(0xbbbbc030 | DBG_FUNC_START, jnl, 0, 0, 0, 0); - - // this is the call that really waits for space to free up - // as well as updating jnl->jhdr->start - if (check_free_space(jnl, jnl->tbuffer_size, NULL, jnl->sequence_num) != 0) { - printf("jnl: %s: start transaction failed: no space\n", jnl->jdev_name); - ret = ENOSPC; - goto bad_start; - } - KERNEL_DEBUG(0xbbbbc030 | DBG_FUNC_END, jnl, 0, 0, 0, 0); - } -#endif - - // if there's a buffered transaction, use it. - if (jnl->cur_tr) { - jnl->active_tr = jnl->cur_tr; - jnl->cur_tr = NULL; - - return 0; - } - - ret = journal_allocate_transaction(jnl); - if (ret) { - goto bad_start; - } - - // printf("jnl: start_tr: owner 0x%x new tr @ 0x%x\n", jnl->owner, jnl->active_tr); - - return 0; - -bad_start: - jnl->nested_count = 0; - journal_unlock(jnl); - - return ret; -} - - -int -journal_modify_block_start(journal *jnl, struct buf *bp) -{ - transaction *tr; - boolean_t was_vm_privileged = FALSE; - - CHECK_JOURNAL(jnl); - - - free_old_stuff(jnl); - - if (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_INVALID) { - return EINVAL; - } - - if (vfs_isswapmount(jnl->fsmount)) { - /* - * if we block waiting for memory, and there is enough pressure to - * cause us to try and create a new swap file, we may end up deadlocking - * due to waiting for the journal on the swap file creation path... - * by making ourselves vm_privileged, we give ourselves the best chance - * of not blocking - */ - was_vm_privileged = set_vm_privilege(TRUE); - } - - // XXXdbg - for debugging I want this to be true. later it may - // not be necessary. - if ((buf_flags(bp) & B_META) == 0) { - panic("jnl: modify_block_start: bp @ %p is not a meta-data block! (jnl %p)\n", bp, jnl); - } - - tr = jnl->active_tr; - CHECK_TRANSACTION(tr); - - if (jnl->owner != current_thread()) { - panic("jnl: modify_block_start: called w/out a transaction! jnl %p, owner %p, curact %p\n", - jnl, jnl->owner, current_thread()); - } - - //printf("jnl: mod block start (bp 0x%x vp 0x%x l/blkno %qd/%qd bsz %d; total bytes %d)\n", - // bp, buf_vnode(bp), buf_lblkno(bp), buf_blkno(bp), buf_size(bp), tr->total_bytes); - - // can't allow blocks that aren't an even multiple of the - // underlying block size. - if ((buf_size(bp) % jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size) != 0) { - uint32_t phys_blksz, bad=0; - - if (VNOP_IOCTL(jnl->jdev, DKIOCGETBLOCKSIZE, (caddr_t)&phys_blksz, 0, vfs_context_kernel())) { - bad = 1; - } else if (phys_blksz != (uint32_t)jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size) { - if (phys_blksz < 512) { - panic("jnl: mod block start: phys blksz %d is too small (%d, %d)\n", - phys_blksz, buf_size(bp), jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size); - } - - if ((buf_size(bp) % phys_blksz) != 0) { - bad = 1; - } else if (phys_blksz < (uint32_t)jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size) { - jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size = phys_blksz; - } else { - // the phys_blksz is now larger... need to realloc the jhdr - char *new_header_buf; - - printf("jnl: %s: phys blksz got bigger (was: %d/%d now %d)\n", - jnl->jdev_name, jnl->header_buf_size, jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size, phys_blksz); - new_header_buf = hfs_malloc(phys_blksz); - memcpy(new_header_buf, jnl->header_buf, jnl->header_buf_size); - memset(&new_header_buf[jnl->header_buf_size], 0x18, (phys_blksz - jnl->header_buf_size)); - hfs_free(jnl->header_buf, jnl->header_buf_size); - jnl->header_buf = new_header_buf; - jnl->header_buf_size = phys_blksz; - - jnl->jhdr = (journal_header *)jnl->header_buf; - jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size = phys_blksz; - } - } else { - bad = 1; - } - - if (bad) { - panic("jnl: mod block start: bufsize %d not a multiple of block size %d\n", - buf_size(bp), jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size); - - if (vfs_isswapmount(jnl->fsmount) && (was_vm_privileged == FALSE)) - set_vm_privilege(FALSE); - return -1; - } - } - - // make sure that this transaction isn't bigger than the whole journal - if (tr->total_bytes+buf_size(bp) >= (jnl->jhdr->size - jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size)) { - panic("jnl: transaction too big (%d >= %lld bytes, bufsize %d, tr %p bp %p)\n", - tr->total_bytes, (tr->jnl->jhdr->size - jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size), buf_size(bp), tr, bp); - - if (vfs_isswapmount(jnl->fsmount) && (was_vm_privileged == FALSE)) - set_vm_privilege(FALSE); - return -1; - } - -#if DEBUG - const int f = buf_flags(bp); - hfs_assert(!ISSET(f, B_DELWRI) || ISSET(f, B_LOCKED)); -#endif - - buf_setflags(bp, B_LOCKED); - - if (vfs_isswapmount(jnl->fsmount) && (was_vm_privileged == FALSE)) - set_vm_privilege(FALSE); - - return 0; -} - -int -journal_modify_block_abort(journal *jnl, struct buf *bp) -{ - transaction *tr; - block_list_header *blhdr; - int i; - - CHECK_JOURNAL(jnl); - - free_old_stuff(jnl); - - tr = jnl->active_tr; - - // - // if there's no active transaction then we just want to - // call buf_brelse() and return since this is just a block - // that happened to be modified as part of another tr. - // - if (tr == NULL) { - buf_brelse(bp); - return 0; - } - - if (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_INVALID) { - /* Still need to buf_brelse(). Callers assume we consume the bp. */ - buf_brelse(bp); - return EINVAL; - } - - CHECK_TRANSACTION(tr); - - if (jnl->owner != current_thread()) { - panic("jnl: modify_block_abort: called w/out a transaction! jnl %p, owner %p, curact %p\n", - jnl, jnl->owner, current_thread()); - } - - // printf("jnl: modify_block_abort: tr 0x%x bp 0x%x\n", jnl->active_tr, bp); - - // first check if it's already part of this transaction - for (blhdr = tr->blhdr; blhdr; blhdr = (block_list_header *)((long)blhdr->binfo[0].bnum)) { - for (i = 1; i < blhdr->num_blocks; i++) { - if (bp == blhdr->binfo[i].u.bp) { - break; - } - } - - if (i < blhdr->num_blocks) { - break; - } - } - - // - // if blhdr is null, then this block has only had modify_block_start - // called on it as part of the current transaction. that means that - // it is ok to clear the LOCKED bit since it hasn't actually been - // modified. if blhdr is non-null then modify_block_end was called - // on it and so we need to keep it locked in memory. - // - if (blhdr == NULL) { - buf_clearflags(bp, B_LOCKED); - } - - buf_brelse(bp); - return 0; -} - - -int -journal_modify_block_end(journal *jnl, struct buf *bp, void (*func)(buf_t bp, void *arg), void *arg) -{ - int i = 1; - int tbuffer_offset=0; - block_list_header *blhdr, *prev=NULL; - transaction *tr; - - CHECK_JOURNAL(jnl); - - free_old_stuff(jnl); - - if (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_INVALID) { - /* Still need to buf_brelse(). Callers assume we consume the bp. */ - buf_brelse(bp); - return EINVAL; - } - - tr = jnl->active_tr; - CHECK_TRANSACTION(tr); - - if (jnl->owner != current_thread()) { - panic("jnl: modify_block_end: called w/out a transaction! jnl %p, owner %p, curact %p\n", - jnl, jnl->owner, current_thread()); - } - - //printf("jnl: mod block end: (bp 0x%x vp 0x%x l/blkno %qd/%qd bsz %d, total bytes %d)\n", - // bp, buf_vnode(bp), buf_lblkno(bp), buf_blkno(bp), buf_size(bp), tr->total_bytes); - - if ((buf_flags(bp) & B_LOCKED) == 0) { - panic("jnl: modify_block_end: bp %p not locked! jnl @ %p\n", bp, jnl); - } - - // first check if it's already part of this transaction - for (blhdr = tr->blhdr; blhdr; prev = blhdr, blhdr = (block_list_header *)((long)blhdr->binfo[0].bnum)) { - tbuffer_offset = jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size; - - for (i = 1; i < blhdr->num_blocks; i++) { - if (bp == blhdr->binfo[i].u.bp) { - break; - } - if (blhdr->binfo[i].bnum != (off_t)-1) { - tbuffer_offset += buf_size(blhdr->binfo[i].u.bp); - } else { - tbuffer_offset += blhdr->binfo[i].u.bi.bsize; - } - } - - if (i < blhdr->num_blocks) { - break; - } - } - - if (blhdr == NULL - && prev - && (prev->num_blocks+1) <= prev->max_blocks - && (prev->bytes_used+buf_size(bp)) <= (uint32_t)tr->tbuffer_size) { - blhdr = prev; - - } else if (blhdr == NULL) { - block_list_header *nblhdr; - if (prev == NULL) { - panic("jnl: modify block end: no way man, prev == NULL?!?, jnl %p, bp %p\n", jnl, bp); - } - - // we got to the end of the list, didn't find the block and there's - // no room in the block_list_header pointed to by prev - - // we allocate another tbuffer and link it in at the end of the list - // through prev->binfo[0].bnum. that's a skanky way to do things but - // avoids having yet another linked list of small data structures to manage. - - nblhdr = hfs_malloc(tr->tbuffer_size); - - // journal replay code checksum check depends on this. - memset(nblhdr, 0, BLHDR_CHECKSUM_SIZE); - // Fill up the rest of the block with unimportant bytes - memset(nblhdr + BLHDR_CHECKSUM_SIZE, 0x5a, jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size - BLHDR_CHECKSUM_SIZE); - - // initialize the new guy - nblhdr->max_blocks = (jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size / sizeof(block_info)) - 1; - nblhdr->num_blocks = 1; // accounts for this header block - nblhdr->bytes_used = jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size; - nblhdr->flags = BLHDR_CHECK_CHECKSUMS; - - tr->num_blhdrs++; - tr->total_bytes += jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size; - - // then link him in at the end - prev->binfo[0].bnum = (off_t)((long)nblhdr); - - // and finally switch to using the new guy - blhdr = nblhdr; - tbuffer_offset = jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size; - i = 1; - } - - - if ((i+1) > blhdr->max_blocks) { - panic("jnl: modify_block_end: i = %d, max_blocks %d\n", i, blhdr->max_blocks); - } - - // if this is true then this is a new block we haven't seen - if (i >= blhdr->num_blocks) { - int bsize; - vnode_t vp; - - vp = buf_vnode(bp); - if (vnode_ref(vp)) { - // Nobody checks the return values, so... - jnl->flags |= JOURNAL_INVALID; - - buf_brelse(bp); - - // We're probably here due to a force unmount, so EIO is appropriate - return EIO; - } - - bsize = buf_size(bp); - - blhdr->binfo[i].bnum = (off_t)(buf_blkno(bp)); - blhdr->binfo[i].u.bp = bp; - - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(0x3018004, kdebug_vnode(vp), blhdr->binfo[i].bnum, bsize, 0, 0); - /* - * Update the per-task logical counter for metadata write. - * We use (2 * bsize) to account for the write to the journal and the - * corresponding write to the btree. - */ - task_update_logical_writes(current_task(), (2 * bsize), TASK_WRITE_METADATA, vp); - - if (func) { - void (*old_func)(buf_t, void *)=NULL, *old_arg=NULL; - - buf_setfilter(bp, func, arg, &old_func, &old_arg); - if (old_func != NULL && old_func != func) { - panic("jnl: modify_block_end: old func %p / arg %p (func %p)", old_func, old_arg, func); - } - } - - blhdr->bytes_used += bsize; - tr->total_bytes += bsize; - - blhdr->num_blocks++; - } - buf_bdwrite(bp); - - return 0; -} - -int -journal_kill_block(journal *jnl, struct buf *bp) -{ - int i; - int bflags; - block_list_header *blhdr; - transaction *tr; - - CHECK_JOURNAL(jnl); - - free_old_stuff(jnl); - - if (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_INVALID) { - buf_brelse(bp); - return 0; - } - - tr = jnl->active_tr; - CHECK_TRANSACTION(tr); - - if (jnl->owner != current_thread()) { - panic("jnl: modify_block_end: called w/out a transaction! jnl %p, owner %p, curact %p\n", - jnl, jnl->owner, current_thread()); - } - - bflags = buf_flags(bp); - - if ( !(bflags & B_LOCKED)) - panic("jnl: modify_block_end: called with bp not B_LOCKED"); - - /* - * bp must be BL_BUSY and B_LOCKED - * first check if it's already part of this transaction - */ - for (blhdr = tr->blhdr; blhdr; blhdr = (block_list_header *)((long)blhdr->binfo[0].bnum)) { - - for (i = 1; i < blhdr->num_blocks; i++) { - if (bp == blhdr->binfo[i].u.bp) { - vnode_t vp; - - buf_clearflags(bp, B_LOCKED); - - // this undoes the vnode_ref() in journal_modify_block_end() - vp = buf_vnode(bp); - vnode_rele_ext(vp, 0, 1); - - // if the block has the DELWRI and FILTER bits sets, then - // things are seriously weird. if it was part of another - // transaction then journal_modify_block_start() should - // have force it to be written. - // - //if ((bflags & B_DELWRI) && (bflags & B_FILTER)) { - // panic("jnl: kill block: this defies all logic! bp 0x%x\n", bp); - //} else { - tr->num_killed += buf_size(bp); - //} - blhdr->binfo[i].bnum = (off_t)-1; - blhdr->binfo[i].u.bp = NULL; - blhdr->binfo[i].u.bi.bsize = buf_size(bp); - - buf_markinvalid(bp); - buf_brelse(bp); - - return 0; - } - } - } - - /* - * We did not find the block in any transaction buffer but we still - * need to release it or else it will be left locked forever. - */ - buf_brelse(bp); - - return 0; -} - -/* -;________________________________________________________________________________ -; -; Routine: journal_trim_set_callback -; -; Function: Provide the journal with a routine to be called back when a -; TRIM has (or would have) been issued to the device. That -; is, the transaction has been flushed to the device, and the -; blocks freed by the transaction are now safe for reuse. -; -; CAUTION: If the journal becomes invalid (eg., due to an I/O -; error when trying to write to the journal), this callback -; will stop getting called, even if extents got freed before -; the journal became invalid! -; -; Input Arguments: -; jnl - The journal structure for the filesystem. -; callback - The function to call when the TRIM is complete. -; arg - An argument to be passed to callback. -;________________________________________________________________________________ -*/ -void -journal_trim_set_callback(journal *jnl, jnl_trim_callback_t callback, void *arg) -{ - jnl->trim_callback = callback; - jnl->trim_callback_arg = arg; -} - - -/* -;________________________________________________________________________________ -; -; Routine: journal_trim_realloc -; -; Function: Increase the amount of memory allocated for the list of extents -; to be unmapped (trimmed). This routine will be called when -; adding an extent to the list, and the list already occupies -; all of the space allocated to it. This routine returns ENOMEM -; if unable to allocate more space, or 0 if the extent list was -; grown successfully. -; -; Input Arguments: -; trim - The trim list to be resized. -; -; Output: -; (result) - ENOMEM or 0. -; -; Side effects: -; The allocated_count and extents fields of tr->trim are updated -; if the function returned 0. -;________________________________________________________________________________ -*/ -static int -trim_realloc(journal *jnl, struct jnl_trim_list *trim) -{ - void *new_extents; - uint32_t new_allocated_count; - boolean_t was_vm_privileged = FALSE; - - if (jnl_kdebug) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_REALLOC | DBG_FUNC_START, obfuscate_addr(trim), 0, trim->allocated_count, trim->extent_count, 0); - - new_allocated_count = trim->allocated_count + JOURNAL_DEFAULT_TRIM_EXTENTS; - - if (vfs_isswapmount(jnl->fsmount)) { - /* - * if we block waiting for memory, and there is enough pressure to - * cause us to try and create a new swap file, we may end up deadlocking - * due to waiting for the journal on the swap file creation path... - * by making ourselves vm_privileged, we give ourselves the best chance - * of not blocking - */ - was_vm_privileged = set_vm_privilege(TRUE); - } - new_extents = hfs_malloc(new_allocated_count * sizeof(dk_extent_t)); - if (vfs_isswapmount(jnl->fsmount) && (was_vm_privileged == FALSE)) - set_vm_privilege(FALSE); - - if (new_extents == NULL) { - printf("jnl: trim_realloc: unable to grow extent list!\n"); - /* - * Since we could be called when allocating space previously marked - * to be trimmed, we need to empty out the list to be safe. - */ - trim->extent_count = 0; - if (jnl_kdebug) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_REALLOC | DBG_FUNC_END, ENOMEM, 0, trim->allocated_count, 0, 0); - return ENOMEM; - } - - /* Copy the old extent list to the newly allocated list. */ - if (trim->extents != NULL) { - memmove(new_extents, - trim->extents, - trim->allocated_count * sizeof(dk_extent_t)); - hfs_free(trim->extents, trim->allocated_count * sizeof(dk_extent_t)); - } - - trim->allocated_count = new_allocated_count; - trim->extents = new_extents; - - if (jnl_kdebug) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_REALLOC | DBG_FUNC_END, 0, 0, new_allocated_count, trim->extent_count, 0); - - return 0; -} - -/* - ;________________________________________________________________________________ - ; - ; Routine: trim_search_extent - ; - ; Function: Search the given extent list to see if any of its extents - ; overlap the given extent. - ; - ; Input Arguments: - ; trim - The trim list to be searched. - ; offset - The first byte of the range to be searched for. - ; length - The number of bytes of the extent being searched for. - ; overlap_start - start of the overlapping extent - ; overlap_len - length of the overlapping extent - ; - ; Output: - ; (result) - TRUE if one or more extents overlap, FALSE otherwise. - ;________________________________________________________________________________ - */ -static int -trim_search_extent(struct jnl_trim_list *trim, uint64_t offset, - uint64_t length, uint64_t *overlap_start, uint64_t *overlap_len) -{ - uint64_t end = offset + length; - uint32_t lower = 0; /* Lowest index to search */ - uint32_t upper = trim->extent_count; /* Highest index to search + 1 */ - uint32_t middle; - - /* A binary search over the extent list. */ - while (lower < upper) { - middle = (lower + upper) / 2; - - if (trim->extents[middle].offset >= end) - upper = middle; - else if (trim->extents[middle].offset + trim->extents[middle].length <= offset) - lower = middle + 1; - else { - if (overlap_start) { - *overlap_start = trim->extents[middle].offset; - } - if (overlap_len) { - *overlap_len = trim->extents[middle].length; - } - return TRUE; - } - } - - return FALSE; -} - - -/* -;________________________________________________________________________________ -; -; Routine: journal_trim_add_extent -; -; Function: Keep track of extents that have been freed as part of this -; transaction. If the underlying device supports TRIM (UNMAP), -; then those extents will be trimmed/unmapped once the -; transaction has been written to the journal. (For example, -; SSDs can support trim/unmap and avoid having to recopy those -; blocks when doing wear leveling, and may reuse the same -; phsyical blocks for different logical blocks.) -; -; HFS also uses this, in combination with journal_trim_set_callback, -; to add recently freed extents to its free extent cache, but -; only after the transaction that freed them is committed to -; disk. (This reduces the chance of overwriting live data in -; a way that causes data loss if a transaction never gets -; written to the journal.) -; -; Input Arguments: -; jnl - The journal for the volume containing the byte range. -; offset - The first byte of the range to be trimmed. -; length - The number of bytes of the extent being trimmed. -;________________________________________________________________________________ -*/ -int -journal_trim_add_extent(journal *jnl, uint64_t offset, uint64_t length) -{ - uint64_t end; - transaction *tr; - dk_extent_t *extent; - uint32_t insert_index; - uint32_t replace_count; - - CHECK_JOURNAL(jnl); - - /* TODO: Is it OK to manipulate the trim list even if JOURNAL_INVALID is set? I think so... */ - if (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_INVALID) { - return EINVAL; - } - - tr = jnl->active_tr; - CHECK_TRANSACTION(tr); - - if (jnl_kdebug) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_ADD | DBG_FUNC_START, obfuscate_addr(jnl), offset, length, tr->trim.extent_count, 0); - - if (jnl->owner != current_thread()) { - panic("jnl: trim_add_extent: called w/out a transaction! jnl %p, owner %p, curact %p\n", - jnl, jnl->owner, current_thread()); - } - - free_old_stuff(jnl); - - end = offset + length; - - /* - * Find the range of existing extents that can be combined with the - * input extent. We start by counting the number of extents that end - * strictly before the input extent, then count the number of extents - * that overlap or are contiguous with the input extent. - */ - extent = tr->trim.extents; - insert_index = 0; - while (insert_index < tr->trim.extent_count && extent->offset + extent->length < offset) { - ++insert_index; - ++extent; - } - replace_count = 0; - while (insert_index + replace_count < tr->trim.extent_count && extent->offset <= end) { - ++replace_count; - ++extent; - } - - /* - * If none of the existing extents can be combined with the input extent, - * then just insert it in the list (before item number insert_index). - */ - if (replace_count == 0) { - /* If the list was already full, we need to grow it. */ - if (tr->trim.extent_count == tr->trim.allocated_count) { - if (trim_realloc(jnl, &tr->trim) != 0) { - printf("jnl: trim_add_extent: out of memory!"); - if (jnl_kdebug) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_ADD | DBG_FUNC_END, ENOMEM, 0, 0, tr->trim.extent_count, 0); - return ENOMEM; - } - } - - /* Shift any existing extents with larger offsets. */ - if (insert_index < tr->trim.extent_count) { - memmove(&tr->trim.extents[insert_index+1], - &tr->trim.extents[insert_index], - (tr->trim.extent_count - insert_index) * sizeof(dk_extent_t)); - } - tr->trim.extent_count++; - - /* Store the new extent in the list. */ - tr->trim.extents[insert_index].offset = offset; - tr->trim.extents[insert_index].length = length; - - /* We're done. */ - if (jnl_kdebug) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_ADD | DBG_FUNC_END, 0, 0, 0, tr->trim.extent_count, 0); - return 0; - } - - /* - * Update extent number insert_index to be the union of the input extent - * and all of the replaced extents. - */ - if (tr->trim.extents[insert_index].offset < offset) - offset = tr->trim.extents[insert_index].offset; - extent = &tr->trim.extents[insert_index + replace_count - 1]; - if (extent->offset + extent->length > end) - end = extent->offset + extent->length; - tr->trim.extents[insert_index].offset = offset; - tr->trim.extents[insert_index].length = end - offset; - - /* - * If we were replacing more than one existing extent, then shift any - * extents with larger offsets, and update the count of extents. - * - * We're going to leave extent #insert_index alone since it was just updated, above. - * We need to move extents from index (insert_index + replace_count) through the end of - * the list by (replace_count - 1) positions so that they overwrite extent #(insert_index + 1). - */ - if (replace_count > 1 && (insert_index + replace_count) < tr->trim.extent_count) { - memmove(&tr->trim.extents[insert_index + 1], - &tr->trim.extents[insert_index + replace_count], - (tr->trim.extent_count - insert_index - replace_count) * sizeof(dk_extent_t)); - } - tr->trim.extent_count -= replace_count - 1; - - if (jnl_kdebug) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_ADD | DBG_FUNC_END, 0, 0, 0, tr->trim.extent_count, 0); - return 0; -} - -/* - * journal_trim_extent_overlap - * - * Return 1 if there are any pending TRIMs that overlap with the given offset and length - * Return 0 otherwise. - */ - -int journal_trim_extent_overlap (journal *jnl, uint64_t offset, uint64_t length, uint64_t *end) { - transaction *tr = NULL; - int overlap = 0; - - uint64_t overlap_start; - uint64_t overlap_len; - tr = jnl->active_tr; - CHECK_TRANSACTION(tr); - - /* - * There are two lists that need to be examined for potential overlaps: - * - * The first is the current transaction. Since this function requires that - * a transaction be active when this is called, this is the "active_tr" - * pointer in the journal struct. This has a trimlist pointer which needs - * to be searched. - */ - overlap = trim_search_extent (&tr->trim, offset, length, &overlap_start, &overlap_len); - if (overlap == 0) { - /* - * The second is the async trim list, which is only done if the current - * transaction group (active transaction) did not overlap with our target - * extent. This async trim list is the set of all previously - * committed transaction groups whose I/Os are now in-flight. We need to hold the - * trim lock in order to search this list. If we grab the list before the - * TRIM has completed, then we will compare it. If it is grabbed AFTER the - * TRIM has completed, then the pointer will be zeroed out and we won't have - * to check anything. - */ - lck_rw_lock_shared (&jnl->trim_lock); - if (jnl->async_trim != NULL) { - overlap = trim_search_extent(jnl->async_trim, offset, length, &overlap_start, &overlap_len); - } - lck_rw_unlock_shared (&jnl->trim_lock); - } - - if (overlap) { - /* compute the end (min) of the overlapping range */ - if ( (overlap_start + overlap_len) < (offset + length)) { - *end = (overlap_start + overlap_len); - } - else { - *end = (offset + length); - } - } - - - return overlap; -} - -/* - * journal_request_immediate_flush - * - * FS requests that the journal flush immediately upon the - * active transaction's completion. - * - * Returns 0 if operation succeeds - * Returns EPERM if we failed to leave hint - */ -int -journal_request_immediate_flush (journal *jnl) { - - transaction *tr = NULL; - /* - * Is a transaction still in process? You must do - * this while there are txns open - */ - tr = jnl->active_tr; - if (tr != NULL) { - CHECK_TRANSACTION(tr); - tr->flush_on_completion = TRUE; - } - else { - return EPERM; - } - return 0; -} - - - -/* -;________________________________________________________________________________ -; -; Routine: trim_remove_extent -; -; Function: Indicate that a range of bytes, some of which may have previously -; been passed to journal_trim_add_extent, is now allocated. -; Any overlapping ranges currently in the journal's trim list will -; be removed. If the underlying device supports TRIM (UNMAP), then -; these extents will not be trimmed/unmapped when the transaction -; is written to the journal. -; -; HFS also uses this to prevent newly allocated space from being -; added to its free extent cache (if some portion of the newly -; allocated space was recently freed). -; -; Input Arguments: -; trim - The trim list to update. -; offset - The first byte of the range to be trimmed. -; length - The number of bytes of the extent being trimmed. -;________________________________________________________________________________ -*/ -static int -trim_remove_extent(journal *jnl, struct jnl_trim_list *trim, uint64_t offset, uint64_t length) -{ - u_int64_t end; - dk_extent_t *extent; - u_int32_t keep_before; - u_int32_t keep_after; - - end = offset + length; - - /* - * Find any existing extents that start before or end after the input - * extent. These extents will be modified if they overlap the input - * extent. Other extents between them will be deleted. - */ - extent = trim->extents; - keep_before = 0; - while (keep_before < trim->extent_count && extent->offset < offset) { - ++keep_before; - ++extent; - } - keep_after = keep_before; - if (keep_after > 0) { - /* See if previous extent extends beyond both ends of input extent. */ - --keep_after; - --extent; - } - while (keep_after < trim->extent_count && (extent->offset + extent->length) <= end) { - ++keep_after; - ++extent; - } - - /* - * When we get here, the first keep_before extents (0 .. keep_before-1) - * start before the input extent, and extents (keep_after .. extent_count-1) - * end after the input extent. We'll need to keep, all of those extents, - * but possibly modify #(keep_before-1) and #keep_after to remove the portion - * that overlaps with the input extent. - */ - - /* - * Does the input extent start after and end before the same existing - * extent? If so, we have to "punch a hole" in that extent and convert - * it to two separate extents. - */ - if (keep_before > keep_after) { - /* If the list was already full, we need to grow it. */ - if (trim->extent_count == trim->allocated_count) { - if (trim_realloc(jnl, trim) != 0) { - printf("jnl: trim_remove_extent: out of memory!"); - return ENOMEM; - } - } - - /* - * Make room for a new extent by shifting extents #keep_after and later - * down by one extent. When we're done, extents #keep_before and - * #keep_after will be identical, and we can fall through to removing - * the portion that overlaps the input extent. - */ - memmove(&trim->extents[keep_before], - &trim->extents[keep_after], - (trim->extent_count - keep_after) * sizeof(dk_extent_t)); - ++trim->extent_count; - ++keep_after; - - /* - * Fall through. We now have the case where the length of extent - * #(keep_before - 1) needs to be updated, and the start of extent - * #(keep_after) needs to be updated. - */ - } - - /* - * May need to truncate the end of extent #(keep_before - 1) if it overlaps - * the input extent. - */ - if (keep_before > 0) { - extent = &trim->extents[keep_before - 1]; - if (extent->offset + extent->length > offset) { - extent->length = offset - extent->offset; - } - } - - /* - * May need to update the start of extent #(keep_after) if it overlaps the - * input extent. - */ - if (keep_after < trim->extent_count) { - extent = &trim->extents[keep_after]; - if (extent->offset < end) { - extent->length = extent->offset + extent->length - end; - extent->offset = end; - } - } - - /* - * If there were whole extents that overlapped the input extent, get rid - * of them by shifting any following extents, and updating the count. - */ - if (keep_after > keep_before && keep_after < trim->extent_count) { - memmove(&trim->extents[keep_before], - &trim->extents[keep_after], - (trim->extent_count - keep_after) * sizeof(dk_extent_t)); - } - trim->extent_count -= keep_after - keep_before; - - return 0; -} - -/* - ;________________________________________________________________________________ - ; - ; Routine: journal_trim_remove_extent - ; - ; Function: Make note of a range of bytes, some of which may have previously - ; been passed to journal_trim_add_extent, is now in use on the - ; volume. The given bytes will be not be trimmed as part of - ; this transaction, or a pending trim of a transaction being - ; asynchronously flushed. - ; - ; Input Arguments: - ; jnl - The journal for the volume containing the byte range. - ; offset - The first byte of the range to be trimmed. - ; length - The number of bytes of the extent being trimmed. - ;________________________________________________________________________________ - */ -int -journal_trim_remove_extent(journal *jnl, uint64_t offset, uint64_t length) -{ - int error = 0; - transaction *tr; - - CHECK_JOURNAL(jnl); - - /* TODO: Is it OK to manipulate the trim list even if JOURNAL_INVALID is set? I think so... */ - if (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_INVALID) { - return EINVAL; - } - - tr = jnl->active_tr; - CHECK_TRANSACTION(tr); - - if (jnl_kdebug) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_REMOVE | DBG_FUNC_START, obfuscate_addr(jnl), offset, length, tr->trim.extent_count, 0); - - if (jnl->owner != current_thread()) { - panic("jnl: trim_remove_extent: called w/out a transaction! jnl %p, owner %p, curact %p\n", - jnl, jnl->owner, current_thread()); - } - - free_old_stuff(jnl); - - error = trim_remove_extent(jnl, &tr->trim, offset, length); - if (error == 0) { - int found = FALSE; - - /* - * See if a pending trim has any extents that overlap with the - * one we were given. - */ - lck_rw_lock_shared(&jnl->trim_lock); - if (jnl->async_trim != NULL) - found = trim_search_extent(jnl->async_trim, offset, length, NULL, NULL); - lck_rw_unlock_shared(&jnl->trim_lock); - - if (found) { - /* - * There was an overlap, so avoid trimming the extent we - * just allocated. (Otherwise, it might get trimmed after - * we've written to it, which will cause that data to be - * corrupted.) - */ - uint32_t async_extent_count = 0; - - if (jnl_kdebug) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_REMOVE_PENDING | DBG_FUNC_START, obfuscate_addr(jnl), offset, length, 0, 0); - lck_rw_lock_exclusive(&jnl->trim_lock); - if (jnl->async_trim != NULL) { - error = trim_remove_extent(jnl, jnl->async_trim, offset, length); - async_extent_count = jnl->async_trim->extent_count; - } - lck_rw_unlock_exclusive(&jnl->trim_lock); - if (jnl_kdebug) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_REMOVE_PENDING | DBG_FUNC_END, error, 0, 0, async_extent_count, 0); - } - } - - if (jnl_kdebug) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_REMOVE | DBG_FUNC_END, error, 0, 0, tr->trim.extent_count, 0); - return error; -} - - -static int -journal_trim_flush(journal *jnl, transaction *tr) -{ - int errno = 0; - boolean_t was_vm_privileged = FALSE; - - if (jnl_kdebug) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_FLUSH | DBG_FUNC_START, obfuscate_addr(jnl), tr, 0, tr->trim.extent_count, 0); - - if (vfs_isswapmount(jnl->fsmount)) { - /* - * the disk driver can allocate memory on this path... - * if we block waiting for memory, and there is enough pressure to - * cause us to try and create a new swap file, we may end up deadlocking - * due to waiting for the journal on the swap file creation path... - * by making ourselves vm_privileged, we give ourselves the best chance - * of not blocking - */ - was_vm_privileged = set_vm_privilege(TRUE); - } - lck_rw_lock_shared(&jnl->trim_lock); - if (tr->trim.extent_count > 0) { - dk_unmap_t unmap; - - bzero(&unmap, sizeof(unmap)); - if (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_USE_UNMAP) { - unmap.extents = tr->trim.extents; - unmap.extentsCount = tr->trim.extent_count; - if (jnl_kdebug) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_UNMAP | DBG_FUNC_START, obfuscate_addr(jnl), tr, 0, tr->trim.extent_count, 0); - errno = VNOP_IOCTL(jnl->fsdev, DKIOCUNMAP, (caddr_t)&unmap, FWRITE, vfs_context_kernel()); - if (jnl_kdebug) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_UNMAP | DBG_FUNC_END, errno, 0, 0, 0, 0); - } - - /* - * Call back into the file system to tell them that we have - * trimmed some extents and that they can now be reused. - * - * CAUTION: If the journal becomes invalid (eg., due to an I/O - * error when trying to write to the journal), this callback - * will stop getting called, even if extents got freed before - * the journal became invalid! - */ - if (jnl->trim_callback) - jnl->trim_callback(jnl->trim_callback_arg, tr->trim.extent_count, tr->trim.extents); - } - lck_rw_unlock_shared(&jnl->trim_lock); - - if (vfs_isswapmount(jnl->fsmount) && (was_vm_privileged == FALSE)) - set_vm_privilege(FALSE); - /* - * If the transaction we're flushing was the async transaction, then - * tell the current transaction that there is no pending trim - * any more. - * - * NOTE: Since we released the lock, another thread could have - * removed one or more extents from our list. That's not a - * problem since any writes to the re-allocated blocks - * would get sent to the device after the DKIOCUNMAP. - */ - lck_rw_lock_exclusive(&jnl->trim_lock); - if (jnl->async_trim == &tr->trim) - jnl->async_trim = NULL; - lck_rw_unlock_exclusive(&jnl->trim_lock); - - /* - * By the time we get here, no other thread can discover the address - * of "tr", so it is safe for us to manipulate tr->trim without - * holding any locks. - */ - if (tr->trim.extents) { - hfs_free(tr->trim.extents, tr->trim.allocated_count * sizeof(dk_extent_t)); - tr->trim.allocated_count = 0; - tr->trim.extent_count = 0; - tr->trim.extents = NULL; - } - - if (jnl_kdebug) - KERNEL_DEBUG_CONSTANT(DBG_JOURNAL_TRIM_FLUSH | DBG_FUNC_END, errno, 0, 0, 0, 0); - - return errno; -} - -static int -journal_binfo_cmp(const void *a, const void *b) -{ - const block_info *bi_a = (const struct block_info *)a; - const block_info *bi_b = (const struct block_info *)b; - daddr64_t res; - - if (bi_a->bnum == (off_t)-1) { - return 1; - } - if (bi_b->bnum == (off_t)-1) { - return -1; - } - - // don't have to worry about negative block - // numbers so this is ok to do. - // - res = (buf_blkno(bi_a->u.bp) - buf_blkno(bi_b->u.bp)); - - return (int)res; -} - - -/* - * End a transaction. If the transaction is small enough, and we're not forcing - * a write to disk, the "active" transaction becomes the "current" transaction, - * and will be reused for the next transaction that is started (group commit). - * - * If the transaction gets written to disk (because force_it is true, or no - * group commit, or the transaction is sufficiently full), the blocks get - * written into the journal first, then the are written asynchronously. When - * those async writes complete, the transaction can be freed and removed from - * the journal. - * - * An optional callback can be supplied. If given, it is called after the - * the blocks have been written to the journal, but before the async writes - * of those blocks to their normal on-disk locations. This is used by - * journal_relocate so that the location of the journal can be changed and - * flushed to disk before the blocks get written to their normal locations. - * Note that the callback is only called if the transaction gets written to - * the journal during this end_transaction call; you probably want to set the - * force_it flag. - * - * Inputs: - * tr Transaction to add to the journal - * force_it If true, force this transaction to the on-disk journal immediately. - * callback See description above. Pass NULL for no callback. - * callback_arg Argument passed to callback routine. - * - * Result - * 0 No errors - * -1 An error occurred. The journal is marked invalid. - */ -static int -end_transaction(transaction *tr, int force_it, errno_t (*callback)(void*), void *callback_arg, boolean_t drop_lock, boolean_t must_wait) -{ - block_list_header *blhdr=NULL, *next=NULL; - int i, ret_val = 0; - errno_t errno; - journal *jnl = tr->jnl; - struct buf *bp; - size_t tbuffer_offset; - boolean_t drop_lock_early; - - if (jnl->cur_tr) { - panic("jnl: jnl @ %p already has cur_tr %p, new tr: %p\n", - jnl, jnl->cur_tr, tr); - } - - // if there weren't any modified blocks in the transaction - // just save off the transaction pointer and return. - if (tr->total_bytes == jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size) { - jnl->cur_tr = tr; - goto done; - } - - // if our transaction buffer isn't very full, just hang - // on to it and don't actually flush anything. this is - // what is known as "group commit". we will flush the - // transaction buffer if it's full or if we have more than - // one of them so we don't start hogging too much memory. - // - // We also check the device supports UNMAP/TRIM, and if so, - // the number of extents waiting to be trimmed. If it is - // small enough, then keep accumulating more (so we can - // reduce the overhead of trimming). If there was a prior - // trim error, then we stop issuing trims for this - // volume, so we can also coalesce transactions. - // - if ( force_it == 0 - && (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_NO_GROUP_COMMIT) == 0 - && tr->num_blhdrs < 3 - && (tr->total_bytes <= ((tr->tbuffer_size*tr->num_blhdrs) - tr->tbuffer_size/8)) - && (!(jnl->flags & JOURNAL_USE_UNMAP) || (tr->trim.extent_count < jnl_trim_flush_limit))) { - - jnl->cur_tr = tr; - goto done; - } - - KERNEL_DEBUG(0xbbbbc018|DBG_FUNC_START, jnl, tr, drop_lock, must_wait, 0); - - lock_condition(jnl, &jnl->flushing, "end_transaction"); - - /* - * if the previous 'finish_end_transaction' was being run - * asynchronously, it could have encountered a condition - * that caused it to mark the journal invalid... if that - * occurred while we were waiting for it to finish, we - * need to notice and abort the current transaction - */ - if ((jnl->flags & JOURNAL_INVALID) || jnl->flush_aborted == TRUE) { - unlock_condition(jnl, &jnl->flushing); - - abort_transaction(jnl, tr); - ret_val = -1; - KERNEL_DEBUG(0xbbbbc018|DBG_FUNC_END, jnl, tr, ret_val, 0, 0); - goto done; - } - - /* - * Store a pointer to this transaction's trim list so that - * future transactions can find it. - * - * Note: if there are no extents in the trim list, then don't - * bother saving the pointer since nothing can add new extents - * to the list (and other threads/transactions only care if - * there is a trim pending). - */ - lck_rw_lock_exclusive(&jnl->trim_lock); - if (jnl->async_trim != NULL) - panic("jnl: end_transaction: async_trim already non-NULL!"); - if (tr->trim.extent_count > 0) - jnl->async_trim = &tr->trim; - lck_rw_unlock_exclusive(&jnl->trim_lock); - - /* - * snapshot the transaction sequence number while we are still behind - * the journal lock since it will be bumped upon the start of the - * next transaction group which may overlap the current journal flush... - * we pass the snapshot into write_journal_header during the journal - * flush so that it can write the correct version in the header... - * because we hold the 'flushing' condition variable for the duration - * of the journal flush, 'saved_sequence_num' remains stable - */ - jnl->saved_sequence_num = jnl->sequence_num; - - /* - * if we're here we're going to flush the transaction buffer to disk. - * 'check_free_space' will not return untl there is enough free - * space for this transaction in the journal and jnl->old_start[0] - * is avaiable for use - */ - KERNEL_DEBUG(0xbbbbc030 | DBG_FUNC_START, jnl, 0, 0, 0, 0); - - check_free_space(jnl, tr->total_bytes, &tr->delayed_header_write, jnl->saved_sequence_num); - - KERNEL_DEBUG(0xbbbbc030 | DBG_FUNC_END, jnl, tr->delayed_header_write, 0, 0, 0); - - // range check the end index - if (jnl->jhdr->end <= 0 || jnl->jhdr->end > jnl->jhdr->size) { - panic("jnl: end_transaction: end is bogus 0x%llx (sz 0x%llx)\n", - jnl->jhdr->end, jnl->jhdr->size); - } - if (tr->delayed_header_write == TRUE) { - thread_t thread = THREAD_NULL; - - lock_condition(jnl, &jnl->writing_header, "end_transaction"); - /* - * fire up a thread to write the journal header - * asynchronously... when it finishes, it will call - * unlock_condition... we can overlap the preparation of - * the log and buffers during this time - */ - kernel_thread_start((thread_continue_t)write_header_thread, jnl, &thread); - } else - jnl->write_header_failed = FALSE; - - - // this transaction starts where the current journal ends - tr->journal_start = jnl->jhdr->end; - - lock_oldstart(jnl); - /* - * Because old_start is locked above, we can cast away the volatile qualifier before passing it to memcpy. - * slide everyone else down and put our latest guy in the last - * entry in the old_start array - */ - memcpy(__CAST_AWAY_QUALIFIER(&jnl->old_start[0], volatile, void *), __CAST_AWAY_QUALIFIER(&jnl->old_start[1], volatile, void *), sizeof(jnl->old_start)-sizeof(jnl->old_start[0])); - jnl->old_start[sizeof(jnl->old_start)/sizeof(jnl->old_start[0]) - 1] = tr->journal_start | 0x8000000000000000LL; - - unlock_oldstart(jnl); - - - for (blhdr = tr->blhdr; blhdr; blhdr = next) { - char *blkptr; - buf_t sbp; - int32_t bsize; - - tbuffer_offset = jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size; - - for (i = 1; i < blhdr->num_blocks; i++) { - - if (blhdr->binfo[i].bnum != (off_t)-1) { - void (*func)(buf_t, void *); - void *arg; - - bp = blhdr->binfo[i].u.bp; - - if (bp == NULL) { - panic("jnl: inconsistent binfo (NULL bp w/bnum %lld; jnl @ %p, tr %p)\n", - blhdr->binfo[i].bnum, jnl, tr); - } - /* - * acquire the bp here so that we can safely - * mess around with its data. buf_acquire() - * will return EAGAIN if the buffer was busy, - * so loop trying again. - */ - do { - errno = buf_acquire(bp, BAC_REMOVE, 0, 0); - } while (errno == EAGAIN); - - if (errno) - panic("could not acquire bp %p (err %d)\n", bp, errno); - - if ((buf_flags(bp) & (B_LOCKED|B_DELWRI)) != (B_LOCKED|B_DELWRI)) { - if (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_CLOSE_PENDING) { - buf_clearflags(bp, B_LOCKED); - buf_brelse(bp); - - /* - * this is an odd case that appears to happen occasionally - * make sure we mark this block as no longer valid - * so that we don't process it in "finish_end_transaction" since - * the bp that is recorded in our array no longer belongs - * to us (normally we substitute a shadow bp to be processed - * issuing a 'buf_bawrite' on a stale buf_t pointer leads - * to all kinds of problems. - */ - blhdr->binfo[i].bnum = (off_t)-1; - continue; - } else { - panic("jnl: end_tr: !!!DANGER!!! bp %p flags (0x%x) not LOCKED & DELWRI\n", bp, buf_flags(bp)); - } - } - bsize = buf_size(bp); - - buf_setfilter(bp, NULL, NULL, &func, &arg); - - blkptr = (char *)&((char *)blhdr)[tbuffer_offset]; - - sbp = buf_create_shadow_priv(bp, FALSE, (uintptr_t)blkptr, 0, 0); - - if (sbp == NULL) - panic("jnl: buf_create_shadow returned NULL"); - - /* - * copy the data into the transaction buffer... - */ - memcpy(blkptr, (char *)buf_dataptr(bp), bsize); - - buf_clearflags(bp, B_LOCKED); - buf_markclean(bp); - buf_drop(bp); - - /* - * adopt the shadow buffer for this block - */ - if (func) { - /* - * transfer FS hook function to the - * shadow buffer... it will get called - * in finish_end_transaction - */ - buf_setfilter(sbp, func, arg, NULL, NULL); - } - blhdr->binfo[i].u.bp = sbp; - - } else { - // bnum == -1, only true if a block was "killed" - bsize = blhdr->binfo[i].u.bi.bsize; - } - tbuffer_offset += bsize; - } - next = (block_list_header *)((long)blhdr->binfo[0].bnum); - } - /* - * if callback != NULL, we don't want to drop the journal - * lock, or complete end_transaction asynchronously, since - * the caller is expecting the callback to run in the calling - * context - * - * if drop_lock == FALSE, we can't complete end_transaction - * asynchronously - */ - if (callback) - drop_lock_early = FALSE; - else - drop_lock_early = drop_lock; - - if (drop_lock_early == FALSE) - must_wait = TRUE; - - if (drop_lock_early == TRUE) { - journal_unlock(jnl); - drop_lock = FALSE; - } - if (must_wait == TRUE) - ret_val = finish_end_transaction(tr, callback, callback_arg); - else { - thread_t thread = THREAD_NULL; - - /* - * fire up a thread to complete processing this transaction - * asynchronously... when it finishes, it will call - * unlock_condition - */ - kernel_thread_start((thread_continue_t)finish_end_thread, tr, &thread); - } - KERNEL_DEBUG(0xbbbbc018|DBG_FUNC_END, jnl, tr, ret_val, 0, 0); -done: - if (drop_lock == TRUE) { - journal_unlock(jnl); - } - return (ret_val); -} - - -static void -finish_end_thread(transaction *tr) -{ - throttle_set_thread_io_policy(IOPOL_PASSIVE); - - finish_end_transaction(tr, NULL, NULL); - - thread_deallocate(current_thread()); - thread_terminate(current_thread()); -} - -static void -write_header_thread(journal *jnl) -{ - throttle_set_thread_io_policy(IOPOL_PASSIVE); - - if (write_journal_header(jnl, 1, jnl->saved_sequence_num)) - jnl->write_header_failed = TRUE; - else - jnl->write_header_failed = FALSE; - unlock_condition(jnl, &jnl->writing_header); - - thread_deallocate(current_thread()); - thread_terminate(current_thread()); -} - -static int -finish_end_transaction(transaction *tr, errno_t (*callback)(void*), void *callback_arg) -{ - int i, amt; - int ret = 0; - off_t end; - journal *jnl = tr->jnl; - buf_t bp, *bparray; - vnode_t vp; - block_list_header *blhdr=NULL, *next=NULL; - size_t tbuffer_offset; - int bufs_written = 0; - int ret_val = 0; - boolean_t was_vm_privileged = FALSE; - - KERNEL_DEBUG(0xbbbbc028|DBG_FUNC_START, jnl, tr, 0, 0, 0); - - if (vfs_isswapmount(jnl->fsmount)) { - /* - * if we block waiting for memory, and there is enough pressure to - * cause us to try and create a new swap file, we may end up deadlocking - * due to waiting for the journal on the swap file creation path... - * by making ourselves vm_privileged, we give ourselves the best chance - * of not blocking - */ - was_vm_privileged = set_vm_privilege(TRUE); - } - end = jnl->jhdr->end; - - for (blhdr = tr->blhdr; blhdr; blhdr = (block_list_header *)((long)blhdr->binfo[0].bnum)) { - - amt = blhdr->bytes_used; - - blhdr->binfo[0].u.bi.b.sequence_num = tr->sequence_num; - - blhdr->checksum = 0; - blhdr->checksum = calc_checksum((char *)blhdr, BLHDR_CHECKSUM_SIZE); - - bparray = hfs_malloc(blhdr->num_blocks * sizeof(buf_t)); - tbuffer_offset = jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size; - - for (i = 1; i < blhdr->num_blocks; i++) { - void (*func)(buf_t, void *); - void *arg; - int32_t bsize; - - /* - * finish preparing the shadow buf_t before - * calculating the individual block checksums - */ - if (blhdr->binfo[i].bnum != (off_t)-1) { - daddr64_t blkno; - daddr64_t lblkno; - - bp = blhdr->binfo[i].u.bp; - - vp = buf_vnode(bp); - blkno = buf_blkno(bp); - lblkno = buf_lblkno(bp); - - if (vp == NULL && lblkno == blkno) { - printf("jnl: %s: end_tr: bad news! buffer w/null vp and l/blkno = %qd/%qd. aborting the transaction.\n", - jnl->jdev_name, lblkno, blkno); - ret_val = -1; - goto bad_journal; - } - - // if the lblkno is the same as blkno and this bp isn't - // associated with the underlying file system device then - // we need to call bmap() to get the actual physical block. - // - if ((lblkno == blkno) && (vp != jnl->fsdev)) { - off_t f_offset; - size_t contig_bytes; - - if (hfs_vnop_blktooff(&(struct vnop_blktooff_args){ - .a_vp = vp, - .a_lblkno = lblkno, - .a_offset = &f_offset - })) { - printf("jnl: %s: end_tr: vnop_blktooff failed\n", jnl->jdev_name); - ret_val = -1; - goto bad_journal; - } - - if (hfs_vnop_blockmap(&(struct vnop_blockmap_args) { - .a_vp = vp, - .a_foffset = f_offset, - .a_size = buf_count(bp), - .a_bpn = &blkno, - .a_run = &contig_bytes - })) { - printf("jnl: %s: end_tr: can't blockmap the buffer\n", jnl->jdev_name); - ret_val = -1; - goto bad_journal; - } - - if ((uint32_t)contig_bytes < buf_count(bp)) { - printf("jnl: %s: end_tr: blk not physically contiguous on disk\n", jnl->jdev_name); - ret_val = -1; - goto bad_journal; - } - buf_setblkno(bp, blkno); - } - // update this so we write out the correct physical block number! - blhdr->binfo[i].bnum = (off_t)(blkno); - - /* - * pick up the FS hook function (if any) and prepare - * to fire this buffer off in the next pass - */ - buf_setfilter(bp, buffer_flushed_callback, tr, &func, &arg); - - if (func) { - /* - * call the hook function supplied by the filesystem... - * this needs to happen BEFORE cacl_checksum in case - * the FS morphs the data in the buffer - */ - func(bp, arg); - } - bparray[i] = bp; - bsize = buf_size(bp); - blhdr->binfo[i].u.bi.bsize = bsize; - blhdr->binfo[i].u.bi.b.cksum = calc_checksum(&((char *)blhdr)[tbuffer_offset], bsize); - } else { - bparray[i] = NULL; - bsize = blhdr->binfo[i].u.bi.bsize; - blhdr->binfo[i].u.bi.b.cksum = 0; - } - tbuffer_offset += bsize; - } - /* - * if we fired off the journal_write_header asynchronously in - * 'end_transaction', we need to wait for its completion - * before writing the actual journal data - */ - wait_condition(jnl, &jnl->writing_header, "finish_end_transaction"); - - if (jnl->write_header_failed == FALSE) - ret = write_journal_data(jnl, &end, blhdr, amt); - else - ret_val = -1; - /* - * put the bp pointers back so that we can - * make the final pass on them - */ - for (i = 1; i < blhdr->num_blocks; i++) - blhdr->binfo[i].u.bp = bparray[i]; - - hfs_free(bparray, blhdr->num_blocks * sizeof(buf_t)); - - if (ret_val == -1) - goto bad_journal; - - if (ret != amt) { - printf("jnl: %s: end_transaction: only wrote %d of %d bytes to the journal!\n", - jnl->jdev_name, ret, amt); - - ret_val = -1; - goto bad_journal; - } - } - jnl->jhdr->end = end; // update where the journal now ends - tr->journal_end = end; // the transaction ends here too - - if (tr->journal_start == 0 || tr->journal_end == 0) { - panic("jnl: end_transaction: bad tr journal start/end: 0x%llx 0x%llx\n", - tr->journal_start, tr->journal_end); - } - - if (write_journal_header(jnl, 0, jnl->saved_sequence_num) != 0) { - ret_val = -1; - goto bad_journal; - } - /* - * If the caller supplied a callback, call it now that the blocks have been - * written to the journal. This is used by journal_relocate so, for example, - * the file system can change its pointer to the new journal. - */ - if (callback != NULL && callback(callback_arg) != 0) { - ret_val = -1; - goto bad_journal; - } - - // - // Send a DKIOCUNMAP for the extents trimmed by this transaction, and - // free up the extent list. - // - journal_trim_flush(jnl, tr); - - // the buffer_flushed_callback will only be called for the - // real blocks that get flushed so we have to account for - // the block_list_headers here. - // - tr->num_flushed = tr->num_blhdrs * jnl->jhdr->blhdr_size; - - lock_condition(jnl, &jnl->asyncIO, "finish_end_transaction"); - - // - // setup for looping through all the blhdr's. - // - for (blhdr = tr->blhdr; blhdr; blhdr = next) { - uint16_t num_blocks; - - /* - * grab this info ahead of issuing the buf_bawrites... - * once the last one goes out, its possible for blhdr - * to be freed (especially if we get preempted) before - * we do the last check of num_blocks or - * grab the next blhdr pointer... - */ - next = (block_list_header *)((long)blhdr->binfo[0].bnum); - num_blocks = blhdr->num_blocks; - - /* - * we can re-order the buf ptrs because everything is written out already - */ - kx_qsort(&blhdr->binfo[1], num_blocks-1, sizeof(block_info), journal_binfo_cmp); - - /* - * need to make sure that the loop issuing the buf_bawrite's - * does not touch blhdr once the last buf_bawrite has been - * issued... at that point, we no longer have a legitmate - * reference on the associated storage since it will be - * released upon the completion of that last buf_bawrite - */ - for (i = num_blocks-1; i >= 1; i--) { - if (blhdr->binfo[i].bnum != (off_t)-1) - break; - num_blocks--; - } - for (i = 1; i < num_blocks; i++) { - - if ((bp = blhdr->binfo[i].u.bp)) { - vp = buf_vnode(bp); - - buf_bawrite(bp); - - // this undoes the vnode_ref() in journal_modify_block_end() - vnode_rele_ext(vp, 0, 1); - - bufs_written++; - } - } - } - if (bufs_written == 0) { - /* - * since we didn't issue any buf_bawrite's, there is no - * async trigger to cause the memory associated with this - * transaction to be freed... so, move it to the garbage - * list now - */ - lock_oldstart(jnl); - - tr->next = jnl->tr_freeme; - jnl->tr_freeme = tr; - - unlock_oldstart(jnl); - - unlock_condition(jnl, &jnl->asyncIO); - } - - //printf("jnl: end_tr: tr @ 0x%x, jnl-blocks: 0x%llx - 0x%llx. exit!\n", - // tr, tr->journal_start, tr->journal_end); - -bad_journal: - if (ret_val == -1) { - abort_transaction(jnl, tr); // cleans up list of extents to be trimmed - - /* - * 'flush_aborted' is protected by the flushing condition... we need to - * set it before dropping the condition so that it will be - * noticed in 'end_transaction'... we add this additional - * aborted condition so that we can drop the 'flushing' condition - * before grabbing the journal lock... this avoids a deadlock - * in 'end_transaction' which is holding the journal lock while - * waiting for the 'flushing' condition to clear... - * everyone else will notice the JOURNAL_INVALID flag - */ - jnl->flush_aborted = TRUE; - - unlock_condition(jnl, &jnl->flushing); - journal_lock(jnl); - - jnl->flags |= JOURNAL_INVALID; - jnl->old_start[sizeof(jnl->old_start)/sizeof(jnl->old_start[0]) - 1] &= ~0x8000000000000000LL; - - journal_unlock(jnl); - } else - unlock_condition(jnl, &jnl->flushing); - - if (vfs_isswapmount(jnl->fsmount) && (was_vm_privileged == FALSE)) - set_vm_privilege(FALSE); - - KERNEL_DEBUG(0xbbbbc028|DBG_FUNC_END, jnl, tr, bufs_written, ret_val, 0); - - return (ret_val); -} - - -static void -lock_condition(journal *jnl, boolean_t *condition, const char *condition_name) -{ - - KERNEL_DEBUG(0xbbbbc020|DBG_FUNC_START, jnl, condition, 0, 0, 0); - - lock_flush(jnl); - - while (*condition == TRUE) - msleep(condition, &jnl->flock, PRIBIO, condition_name, NULL); - - *condition = TRUE; - unlock_flush(jnl); - - KERNEL_DEBUG(0xbbbbc020|DBG_FUNC_END, jnl, condition, 0, 0, 0); -} - -static void -wait_condition(journal *jnl, boolean_t *condition, const char *condition_name) -{ - - if (*condition == FALSE) - return; - - KERNEL_DEBUG(0xbbbbc02c|DBG_FUNC_START, jnl, condition, 0, 0, 0); - - lock_flush(jnl); - - while (*condition == TRUE) - msleep(condition, &jnl->flock, PRIBIO, condition_name, NULL); - - unlock_flush(jnl); - - KERNEL_DEBUG(0xbbbbc02c|DBG_FUNC_END, jnl, condition, 0, 0, 0); -} - -static void -unlock_condition(journal *jnl, boolean_t *condition) -{ - lock_flush(jnl); - - *condition = FALSE; - wakeup(condition); - - unlock_flush(jnl); -} - -static void -abort_transaction(journal *jnl, transaction *tr) -{ - block_list_header *blhdr, *next; - - // for each block list header, iterate over the blocks then - // free up the memory associated with the block list. - // - // find each of the primary blocks (i.e. the list could - // contain a mix of shadowed and real buf_t's depending - // on when the abort condition was detected) and mark them - // clean and locked in the cache... this at least allows - // the FS a consistent view between it's incore data structures - // and the meta-data held in the cache - // - KERNEL_DEBUG(0xbbbbc034|DBG_FUNC_START, jnl, tr, 0, 0, 0); - - for (blhdr = tr->blhdr; blhdr; blhdr = next) { - int i; - - for (i = 1; i < blhdr->num_blocks; i++) { - buf_t bp, tbp, sbp; - vnode_t bp_vp; - errno_t errno; - - if (blhdr->binfo[i].bnum == (off_t)-1) - continue; - - tbp = blhdr->binfo[i].u.bp; - - bp_vp = buf_vnode(tbp); - - if (buf_shadow(tbp)) { - sbp = tbp; - buf_setfilter(tbp, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); - } else { - hfs_assert(ISSET(buf_flags(tbp), B_LOCKED)); - - sbp = NULL; - - do { - errno = buf_acquire(tbp, BAC_REMOVE, 0, 0); - } while (errno == EAGAIN); - - if (!errno) { - buf_setfilter(tbp, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); - buf_brelse(tbp); - } - } - - if (bp_vp) { - errno = buf_meta_bread(bp_vp, - buf_lblkno(tbp), - buf_size(tbp), - NOCRED, - &bp); - if (errno == 0) { - if (sbp == NULL && bp != tbp && (buf_flags(tbp) & B_LOCKED)) { - panic("jnl: abort_tr: got back a different bp! (bp %p should be %p, jnl %p\n", - bp, tbp, jnl); - } - /* - * once the journal has been marked INVALID and aborted, - * NO meta data can be written back to the disk, so - * mark the buf_t clean and make sure it's locked in the cache - * note: if we found a shadow, the real buf_t needs to be relocked - */ - buf_setflags(bp, B_LOCKED); - buf_markclean(bp); - buf_brelse(bp); - - KERNEL_DEBUG(0xbbbbc034|DBG_FUNC_NONE, jnl, tr, bp, 0, 0); - - /* - * this undoes the vnode_ref() in journal_modify_block_end() - */ - vnode_rele_ext(bp_vp, 0, 1); - } else { - printf("jnl: %s: abort_tr: could not find block %lld for vnode!\n", - jnl->jdev_name, blhdr->binfo[i].bnum); - if (bp) { - buf_brelse(bp); - } - } - } - if (sbp) - buf_brelse(sbp); - } - next = (block_list_header *)((long)blhdr->binfo[0].bnum); - - // we can free blhdr here since we won't need it any more - blhdr->binfo[0].bnum = 0xdeadc0de; - hfs_free(blhdr, tr->tbuffer_size); - } - - /* - * If the transaction we're aborting was the async transaction, then - * tell the current transaction that there is no pending trim - * any more. - */ - lck_rw_lock_exclusive(&jnl->trim_lock); - if (jnl->async_trim == &tr->trim) - jnl->async_trim = NULL; - lck_rw_unlock_exclusive(&jnl->trim_lock); - - - if (tr->trim.extents) { - hfs_free(tr->trim.extents, tr->trim.allocated_count * sizeof(dk_extent_t)); - } - tr->trim.allocated_count = 0; - tr->trim.extent_count = 0; - tr->trim.extents = NULL; - tr->tbuffer = NULL; - tr->blhdr = NULL; - tr->total_bytes = 0xdbadc0de; - hfs_free(tr, sizeof(*tr)); - - KERNEL_DEBUG(0xbbbbc034|DBG_FUNC_END, jnl, tr, 0, 0, 0); -} - - -int -journal_end_transaction(journal *jnl) -{ - int ret; - transaction *tr; - - CHECK_JOURNAL(jnl); - - free_old_stuff(jnl); - - if ((jnl->flags & JOURNAL_INVALID) && jnl->owner == NULL) { - return 0; - } - - if (jnl->owner != current_thread()) { - panic("jnl: end_tr: I'm not the owner! jnl %p, owner %p, curact %p\n", - jnl, jnl->owner, current_thread()); - } - jnl->nested_count--; - - if (jnl->nested_count > 0) { - return 0; - } else if (jnl->nested_count < 0) { - panic("jnl: jnl @ %p has negative nested count (%d). bad boy.\n", jnl, jnl->nested_count); - } - - if (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_INVALID) { - if (jnl->active_tr) { - if (jnl->cur_tr != NULL) { - panic("jnl: journal @ %p has active tr (%p) and cur tr (%p)\n", - jnl, jnl->active_tr, jnl->cur_tr); - } - tr = jnl->active_tr; - jnl->active_tr = NULL; - - abort_transaction(jnl, tr); - } - journal_unlock(jnl); - - return EINVAL; - } - - tr = jnl->active_tr; - CHECK_TRANSACTION(tr); - - // clear this out here so that when check_free_space() calls - // the FS flush function, we don't panic in journal_flush() - // if the FS were to call that. note: check_free_space() is - // called from end_transaction(). - // - jnl->active_tr = NULL; - - /* Examine the force-journal-flush state in the active txn */ - if (tr->flush_on_completion == TRUE) { - /* - * If the FS requested it, disallow group commit and force the - * transaction out to disk immediately. - */ - ret = end_transaction(tr, 1, NULL, NULL, TRUE, TRUE); - } - else { - /* in the common path we can simply use the double-buffered journal */ - ret = end_transaction(tr, 0, NULL, NULL, TRUE, FALSE); - } - - return ret; -} - - -/* - * Flush the contents of the journal to the disk. - * - * Input: - * wait_for_IO - - * If TRUE, wait to write in-memory journal to the disk - * consistently, and also wait to write all asynchronous - * metadata blocks to its corresponding locations - * consistently on the disk. This means that the journal - * is empty at this point and does not contain any - * transactions. This is overkill in normal scenarios - * but is useful whenever the metadata blocks are required - * to be consistent on-disk instead of just the journal - * being consistent; like before live verification - * and live volume resizing. - * - * If FALSE, only wait to write in-memory journal to the - * disk consistently. This means that the journal still - * contains uncommitted transactions and the file system - * metadata blocks in the journal transactions might be - * written asynchronously to the disk. But there is no - * guarantee that they are written to the disk before - * returning to the caller. Note that this option is - * sufficient for file system data integrity as it - * guarantees consistent journal content on the disk. - */ -int -journal_flush(journal *jnl, journal_flush_options_t options) -{ - boolean_t drop_lock = FALSE; - errno_t error = 0; - uint32_t flush_count = 0; - - CHECK_JOURNAL(jnl); - - free_old_stuff(jnl); - - if (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_INVALID) { - return -1; - } - - KDBG(DBG_JOURNAL_FLUSH | DBG_FUNC_START, jnl); - - if (jnl->owner != current_thread()) { - journal_lock(jnl); - drop_lock = TRUE; - } - - if (ISSET(options, JOURNAL_FLUSH_FULL)) - flush_count = jnl->flush_counter; - - // if we're not active, flush any buffered transactions - if (jnl->active_tr == NULL && jnl->cur_tr) { - transaction *tr = jnl->cur_tr; - - jnl->cur_tr = NULL; - - if (ISSET(options, JOURNAL_WAIT_FOR_IO)) { - wait_condition(jnl, &jnl->flushing, "journal_flush"); - wait_condition(jnl, &jnl->asyncIO, "journal_flush"); - } - /* - * "end_transction" will wait for any current async flush - * to complete, before flushing "cur_tr"... because we've - * specified the 'must_wait' arg as TRUE, it will then - * synchronously flush the "cur_tr" - */ - end_transaction(tr, 1, NULL, NULL, drop_lock, TRUE); // force it to get flushed - - } else { - if (drop_lock == TRUE) { - journal_unlock(jnl); - } - - /* Because of pipelined journal, the journal transactions - * might be in process of being flushed on another thread. - * If there is nothing to flush currently, we should - * synchronize ourselves with the pipelined journal thread - * to ensure that all inflight transactions, if any, are - * flushed before we return success to caller. - */ - wait_condition(jnl, &jnl->flushing, "journal_flush"); - } - if (ISSET(options, JOURNAL_WAIT_FOR_IO)) { - wait_condition(jnl, &jnl->asyncIO, "journal_flush"); - } - - if (ISSET(options, JOURNAL_FLUSH_FULL)) { - - dk_synchronize_t sync_request = { - .options = 0, - }; - - // We need a full cache flush. If it has not been done, do it here. - if (flush_count == jnl->flush_counter) - error = VNOP_IOCTL(jnl->jdev, DKIOCSYNCHRONIZE, (caddr_t)&sync_request, FWRITE, vfs_context_kernel()); - - // If external journal partition is enabled, flush filesystem data partition. - if (jnl->jdev != jnl->fsdev) - error = VNOP_IOCTL(jnl->fsdev, DKIOCSYNCHRONIZE, (caddr_t)&sync_request, FWRITE, vfs_context_kernel()); - - } - - KDBG(DBG_JOURNAL_FLUSH | DBG_FUNC_END, jnl); - - return 0; -} - -int -journal_active(journal *jnl) -{ - if (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_INVALID) { - return -1; - } - - return (jnl->active_tr == NULL) ? 0 : 1; -} - -void * -journal_owner(journal *jnl) -{ - return jnl->owner; -} - -int journal_uses_fua(journal *jnl) -{ - if (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_DO_FUA_WRITES) - return 1; - return 0; -} - -/* - * Relocate the journal. - * - * You provide the new starting offset and size for the journal. You may - * optionally provide a new tbuffer_size; passing zero defaults to not - * changing the tbuffer size except as needed to fit within the new journal - * size. - * - * You must have already started a transaction. The transaction may contain - * modified blocks (such as those needed to deallocate the old journal, - * allocate the new journal, and update the location and size of the journal - * in filesystem-private structures). Any transactions prior to the active - * transaction will be flushed to the old journal. The new journal will be - * initialized, and the blocks from the active transaction will be written to - * the new journal. - * - * The caller will need to update the structures that identify the location - * and size of the journal. These updates should be made in the supplied - * callback routine. These updates must NOT go into a transaction. You should - * force these updates to the media before returning from the callback. In the - * even of a crash, either the old journal will be found, with an empty journal, - * or the new journal will be found with the contents of the active transaction. - * - * Upon return from the callback, the blocks from the active transaction are - * written to their normal locations on disk. - * - * (Remember that we have to ensure that blocks get committed to the journal - * before being committed to their normal locations. But the blocks don't count - * as committed until the new journal is pointed at.) - * - * Upon return, there is still an active transaction: newly allocated, and - * with no modified blocks. Call journal_end_transaction as normal. You may - * modifiy additional blocks before calling journal_end_transaction, and those - * blocks will (eventually) go to the relocated journal. - * - * Inputs: - * jnl The (opened) journal to relocate. - * offset The new journal byte offset (from start of the journal device). - * journal_size The size, in bytes, of the new journal. - * tbuffer_size The new desired transaction buffer size. Pass zero to keep - * the same size as the current journal. The size will be - * modified as needed to fit the new journal. - * callback Routine called after the new journal has been initialized, - * and the active transaction written to the new journal, but - * before the blocks are written to their normal locations. - * Pass NULL for no callback. - * callback_arg An argument passed to the callback routine. - * - * Result: - * 0 No errors - * EINVAL The offset is not block aligned - * EINVAL The journal_size is not a multiple of the block size - * EINVAL The journal is invalid - * (any) An error returned by journal_flush. - * - */ -int journal_relocate(journal *jnl, off_t offset, off_t journal_size, int32_t tbuffer_size, - errno_t (*callback)(void *), void *callback_arg) -{ - int ret; - transaction *tr; - size_t i = 0; - - /* - * Sanity check inputs, and adjust the size of the transaction buffer. - */ - if (jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size == 0) { - printf("jnl: %s: relocate: bad jhdr size (%d)\n", jnl->jdev_name, jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size); - return EINVAL; - } - - if ((offset % jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size) != 0) { - printf("jnl: %s: relocate: offset 0x%llx is not an even multiple of block size 0x%x\n", - jnl->jdev_name, offset, jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size); - return EINVAL; - } - if ((journal_size % jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size) != 0) { - printf("jnl: %s: relocate: journal size 0x%llx is not an even multiple of block size 0x%x\n", - jnl->jdev_name, journal_size, jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size); - return EINVAL; - } - - CHECK_JOURNAL(jnl); - - /* Guarantee we own the active transaction. */ - if (jnl->flags & JOURNAL_INVALID) { - return EINVAL; - } - if (jnl->owner != current_thread()) { - panic("jnl: relocate: Not the owner! jnl %p, owner %p, curact %p\n", - jnl, jnl->owner, current_thread()); - } - - if (tbuffer_size == 0) - tbuffer_size = jnl->tbuffer_size; - size_up_tbuffer(jnl, tbuffer_size, jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size); - - /* - * Flush any non-active transactions. We have to temporarily hide the - * active transaction to make journal_flush flush out non-active but - * current (unwritten) transactions. - */ - tr = jnl->active_tr; - CHECK_TRANSACTION(tr); - jnl->active_tr = NULL; - ret = journal_flush(jnl, JOURNAL_WAIT_FOR_IO); - jnl->active_tr = tr; - - if (ret) { - return ret; - } - wait_condition(jnl, &jnl->flushing, "end_transaction"); - - /* - * At this point, we have completely flushed the contents of the current - * journal to disk (and have asynchronously written all of the txns to - * their actual desired locations). As a result, we can (and must) clear - * out the old_start array. If we do not, then if the last written transaction - * started at the beginning of the journal (starting 1 block into the - * journal file) it could confuse the buffer_flushed callback. This is - * because we're about to reset the start/end pointers of the journal header - * below. - */ - lock_oldstart(jnl); - for (i = 0; i < sizeof (jnl->old_start) / sizeof(jnl->old_start[0]); i++) { - jnl->old_start[i] = 0; - } - unlock_oldstart(jnl); - - /* Update the journal's offset and size in memory. */ - jnl->jdev_offset = offset; - jnl->jhdr->start = jnl->jhdr->end = jnl->jhdr->jhdr_size; - jnl->jhdr->size = journal_size; - jnl->active_start = jnl->jhdr->start; - - /* - * Force the active transaction to be written to the new journal. Call the - * supplied callback after the blocks have been written to the journal, but - * before they get written to their normal on-disk locations. - */ - jnl->active_tr = NULL; - ret = end_transaction(tr, 1, callback, callback_arg, FALSE, TRUE); - if (ret) { - printf("jnl: %s: relocate: end_transaction failed (%d)\n", jnl->jdev_name, ret); - goto bad_journal; - } - - /* - * Create a new, empty transaction to be the active transaction. This way - * our caller can use journal_end_transaction as usual. - */ - ret = journal_allocate_transaction(jnl); - if (ret) { - printf("jnl: %s: relocate: could not allocate new transaction (%d)\n", jnl->jdev_name, ret); - goto bad_journal; - } - - return 0; - -bad_journal: - jnl->flags |= JOURNAL_INVALID; - abort_transaction(jnl, tr); - return ret; -} - -uint32_t journal_current_txn(journal *jnl) -{ - return jnl->sequence_num + (jnl->active_tr || jnl->cur_tr ? 0 : 1); -} diff --git a/core/hfs_journal.h b/core/hfs_journal.h deleted file mode 100644 index ff8b851..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_journal.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,378 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - * This header contains the structures and function prototypes - * for the vfs journaling code. The data types are not meant - * to be modified by user code. Just use the functions and do - * not mess around with the structs. - */ -#ifndef HFS_JOURNAL_H_ -#define HFS_JOURNAL_H_ - -#include -#include - -#ifdef __APPLE_API_UNSTABLE - -#include -#include -#include - - -typedef struct _blk_info { - int32_t bsize; - union { - int32_t cksum; - uint32_t sequence_num; - } b; -} _blk_info; - -typedef struct block_info { - off_t bnum; // block # on the file system device - union { - _blk_info bi; - struct buf *bp; - } u; -} __attribute__((__packed__)) block_info; - -typedef struct block_list_header { - u_int16_t max_blocks; // max number of blocks in this chunk - u_int16_t num_blocks; // number of valid block numbers in block_nums - int32_t bytes_used; // how many bytes of this tbuffer are used - uint32_t checksum; // on-disk: checksum of this header and binfo[0] - int32_t flags; // check-checksums, initial blhdr, etc - block_info binfo[1]; // so we can reference them by name -} block_list_header; - -#define BLHDR_CHECK_CHECKSUMS 0x0001 -#define BLHDR_FIRST_HEADER 0x0002 - - -struct journal; - -struct jnl_trim_list { - uint32_t allocated_count; - uint32_t extent_count; - dk_extent_t *extents; -}; - -typedef void (*jnl_trim_callback_t)(void *arg, uint32_t extent_count, const dk_extent_t *extents); - -typedef struct transaction { - int tbuffer_size; // in bytes - char *tbuffer; // memory copy of the transaction - block_list_header *blhdr; // points to the first byte of tbuffer - int num_blhdrs; // how many buffers we've allocated - int total_bytes; // total # of bytes in transaction - int num_flushed; // how many bytes have been flushed - int num_killed; // how many bytes were "killed" - off_t journal_start; // where in the journal this transaction starts - off_t journal_end; // where in the journal this transaction ends - struct journal *jnl; // ptr back to the journal structure - struct transaction *next; // list of tr's (either completed or to be free'd) - uint32_t sequence_num; - struct jnl_trim_list trim; - boolean_t delayed_header_write; - boolean_t flush_on_completion; //flush transaction immediately upon txn end. -} transaction; - - -/* - * This is written to block zero of the journal and it - * maintains overall state about the journal. - */ -typedef struct journal_header { - int32_t magic; - int32_t endian; - volatile off_t start; // zero-based byte offset of the start of the first transaction - volatile off_t end; // zero-based byte offset of where free space begins - off_t size; // size in bytes of the entire journal - int32_t blhdr_size; // size in bytes of each block_list_header in the journal - uint32_t checksum; - int32_t jhdr_size; // block size (in bytes) of the journal header - uint32_t sequence_num; // NEW FIELD: a monotonically increasing value assigned to all txn's -} journal_header; - -#define JOURNAL_HEADER_MAGIC 0x4a4e4c78 // 'JNLx' -#define ENDIAN_MAGIC 0x12345678 - -// -// we only checksum the original size of the journal_header to remain -// backwards compatible. the size of the original journal_heade is -// everything up to the the sequence_num field, hence we use the -// offsetof macro to calculate the size. -// -#define JOURNAL_HEADER_CKSUM_SIZE (offsetof(struct journal_header, sequence_num)) - -#define OLD_JOURNAL_HEADER_MAGIC 0x4a484452 // 'JHDR' - - -/* - * In memory structure about the journal. - */ -typedef struct journal { - lck_mtx_t jlock; // protects the struct journal data - lck_mtx_t flock; // serializes flushing of journal - lck_rw_t trim_lock; // protects the async_trim field, below - - - struct vnode *jdev; // vnode of the device where the journal lives - off_t jdev_offset; // byte offset to the start of the journal - const char *jdev_name; - - struct vnode *fsdev; // vnode of the file system device - struct mount *fsmount; // mount of the file system - - void (*flush)(void *arg); // fs callback to flush meta data blocks - void *flush_arg; // arg that's passed to flush() - - int32_t flags; - int32_t tbuffer_size; // default transaction buffer size - boolean_t flush_aborted; - boolean_t flushing; - boolean_t asyncIO; - boolean_t writing_header; - boolean_t write_header_failed; - - struct jnl_trim_list *async_trim; // extents to be trimmed by transaction being asynchronously flushed - jnl_trim_callback_t trim_callback; - void *trim_callback_arg; - - char *header_buf; // in-memory copy of the journal header - int32_t header_buf_size; - journal_header *jhdr; // points to the first byte of header_buf - - uint32_t saved_sequence_num; - uint32_t sequence_num; - - off_t max_read_size; - off_t max_write_size; - - transaction *cur_tr; // for group-commit - transaction *completed_trs; // out-of-order transactions that completed - transaction *active_tr; // for nested transactions - int32_t nested_count; // for nested transactions - void *owner; // a ptr that's unique to the calling process - - transaction *tr_freeme; // transaction structs that need to be free'd - - volatile off_t active_start; // the active start that we only keep in memory - lck_mtx_t old_start_lock; // protects the old_start - volatile off_t old_start[16]; // this is how we do lazy start update - - int last_flush_err; // last error from flushing the cache - uint32_t flush_counter; // a monotonically increasing value assigned on track cache flush -} journal; - -/* internal-only journal flags (top 16 bits) */ -#define JOURNAL_CLOSE_PENDING 0x00010000 -#define JOURNAL_INVALID 0x00020000 -#define JOURNAL_FLUSHCACHE_ERR 0x00040000 // means we already printed this err -#define JOURNAL_NEED_SWAP 0x00080000 // swap any data read from disk -#define JOURNAL_DO_FUA_WRITES 0x00100000 // do force-unit-access writes -#define JOURNAL_USE_UNMAP 0x00200000 // device supports UNMAP (TRIM) -#define JOURNAL_FEATURE_BARRIER 0x00400000 // device supports barrier-only flush - - -/* journal_open/create options are always in the low-16 bits */ -#define JOURNAL_OPTION_FLAGS_MASK 0x0000ffff - -__BEGIN_DECLS -/* - * Prototypes. - */ - -/* - * Call journal_init() to initialize the journaling code (sets up lock attributes) - */ -void journal_init(void); - -/* - * Call journal_create() to create a new journal. You only - * call this once, typically at file system creation time. - * - * The "jvp" argument is the vnode where the journal is written. - * The journal starts at "offset" and is "journal_size" bytes long. - * - * The "fsvp" argument is the vnode of your file system. It may be - * the same as "jvp". - * - * The "min_fs_block_size" argument is the minimum block size - * (in bytes) that the file system will ever write. Typically - * this is the block size of the file system (1k, 4k, etc) but - * on HFS+ it is the minimum block size of the underlying device. - * - * The flags argument lets you disable group commit if you - * want tighter guarantees on transactions (in exchange for - * lower performance). - * - * The tbuffer_size is the size of the transaction buffer - * used by the journal. If you specify zero, the journal code - * will use a reasonable defaults. The tbuffer_size should - * be an integer multiple of the min_fs_block_size. - * - * Returns a valid journal pointer or NULL if one could not - * be created. - */ -journal *journal_create(struct vnode *jvp, - off_t offset, - off_t journal_size, - struct vnode *fsvp, - size_t min_fs_block_size, - int32_t flags, - int32_t tbuffer_size, - void (*flush)(void *arg), - void *arg, - struct mount *fsmount); - -/* - * Call journal_open() when mounting an existing file system - * that has a previously created journal. It will take care - * of validating the journal and replaying it if necessary. - * - * See journal_create() for a description of the arguments. - * - * Returns a valid journal pointer of NULL if it runs into - * trouble reading/playing back the journal. - */ -journal *journal_open(struct vnode *jvp, - off_t offset, - off_t journal_size, - struct vnode *fsvp, - size_t min_fs_block_size, - int32_t flags, - int32_t tbuffer_size, - void (*flush)(void *arg), - void *arg, - struct mount *fsmount); - -/* - * Test whether the journal is clean or not. This is intended - * to be used when you're mounting read-only. If the journal - * is not clean for some reason then you should not mount the - * volume as your data structures may be in an unknown state. - */ -int journal_is_clean(struct vnode *jvp, - off_t offset, - off_t journal_size, - struct vnode *fsvp, - size_t min_fs_block_size); - - -/* - * Call journal_close() just before your file system is unmounted. - * It flushes any outstanding transactions and makes sure the - * journal is in a consistent state. - */ -void journal_close(journal *journalp); - -/* - * flags for journal_create/open. only can use - * the low 16 bits for flags because internal - * bits go in the high 16. - */ -#define JOURNAL_NO_GROUP_COMMIT 0x00000001 -#define JOURNAL_RESET 0x00000002 - -/* - * Transaction related functions. - * - * Before you start modifying file system meta data, you - * should call journal_start_transaction(). Then before - * you modify each block, call journal_modify_block_start() - * and when you're done, journal_modify_block_end(). When - * you've modified the last block as part of a transaction, - * call journal_end_transaction() to commit the changes. - * - * If you decide to abort the modifications to a block you - * should call journal_modify_block_abort(). - * - * If as part of a transaction you need want to throw out - * any previous copies of a block (because it got deleted) - * then call journal_kill_block(). This will mark it so - * that the journal does not play it back (effectively - * dropping it). - * - * journal_trim_add_extent() marks a range of bytes on the device which should - * be trimmed (invalidated, unmapped). journal_trim_remove_extent() marks a - * range of bytes which should no longer be trimmed. Accumulated extents - * will be trimmed when the transaction is flushed to the on-disk journal. - */ -int journal_start_transaction(journal *jnl); -int journal_modify_block_start(journal *jnl, struct buf *bp); -int journal_modify_block_abort(journal *jnl, struct buf *bp); -int journal_modify_block_end(journal *jnl, struct buf *bp, void (*func)(struct buf *bp, void *arg), void *arg); -int journal_kill_block(journal *jnl, struct buf *bp); -int journal_trim_add_extent(journal *jnl, uint64_t offset, uint64_t length); -int journal_trim_remove_extent(journal *jnl, uint64_t offset, uint64_t length); -void journal_trim_set_callback(journal *jnl, jnl_trim_callback_t callback, void *arg); -int journal_trim_extent_overlap (journal *jnl, uint64_t offset, uint64_t length, uint64_t *end); -/* Mark state in the journal that requests an immediate journal flush upon txn completion */ -int journal_request_immediate_flush (journal *jnl); -int journal_end_transaction(journal *jnl); - -int journal_active(journal *jnl); - -typedef enum journal_flush_options { - JOURNAL_WAIT_FOR_IO = 0x01, // Flush journal and metadata blocks, wait for async IO to complete. - JOURNAL_FLUSH_FULL = 0x02, // Flush track cache to media -} journal_flush_options_t; - -int journal_flush(journal *jnl, journal_flush_options_t options); -void *journal_owner(journal *jnl); // compare against current_thread() -int journal_uses_fua(journal *jnl); -void journal_lock(journal *jnl); -void journal_unlock(journal *jnl); - - -/* - * Relocate the journal. - * - * You provide the new starting offset and size for the journal. You may - * optionally provide a new tbuffer_size; passing zero defaults to not - * changing the tbuffer size except as needed to fit within the new journal - * size. - * - * You must have already started a transaction. The transaction may contain - * modified blocks (such as those needed to deallocate the old journal, - * allocate the new journal, and update the location and size of the journal - * in filesystem-private structures). Any transactions prior to the active - * transaction will be flushed to the old journal. The new journal will be - * initialized, and the blocks from the active transaction will be written to - * the new journal. The caller will need to update the structures that - * identify the location and size of the journal from the callback routine. - */ -int journal_relocate(journal *jnl, off_t offset, off_t journal_size, int32_t tbuffer_size, - errno_t (*callback)(void *), void *callback_arg); - -uint32_t journal_current_txn(journal *jnl); - -__END_DECLS - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_UNSTABLE */ -#endif /* !HFS_JOURNAL_H_ */ diff --git a/core/hfs_kdebug.h b/core/hfs_kdebug.h deleted file mode 100644 index 827fc4f..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_kdebug.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2014 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -#ifndef HFS_KDEBUG_H_ -#define HFS_KDEBUG_H_ - -#include - -/* - * KERNEL_DEBUG related definitions for HFS. - * - * NOTE: The Class DBG_FSYSTEM = 3, and Subclass DBG_HFS = 8, so these - * debug codes are of the form 0x0308nnnn. - */ -#define HFSDBG_CODE(code) FSDBG_CODE(DBG_HFS, code) - -enum { - HFSDBG_WRITE = FSDBG_CODE(DBG_FSRW, 0), /* 0x3010000 */ - HFSDBG_TRUNCATE = FSDBG_CODE(DBG_FSRW, 7), /* 0x301001C */ - HFSDBG_READ = FSDBG_CODE(DBG_FSRW, 12), /* 0x3010030 */ - HFSDBG_GETNEWVNODE = FSDBG_CODE(DBG_FSRW, 37), /* 0x3010094 */ - HFSDBG_UPDATE = FSDBG_CODE(DBG_FSRW, 8192), /* 0x3018000 */ - HFSDBG_UNMAP_FREE = HFSDBG_CODE(0), /* 0x03080000 */ - HFSDBG_UNMAP_ALLOC = HFSDBG_CODE(1), /* 0x03080004 */ - HFSDBG_UNMAP_CALLBACK = HFSDBG_CODE(2), /* 0x03080008 */ - /* 0x0308000C is unused */ - HFSDBG_BLOCK_ALLOCATE = HFSDBG_CODE(4), /* 0x03080010 */ - HFSDBG_BLOCK_DEALLOCATE = HFSDBG_CODE(5), /* 0x03080014 */ - HFSDBG_READ_BITMAP_BLOCK = HFSDBG_CODE(6), /* 0x03080018 */ - HFSDBG_RELEASE_BITMAP_BLOCK = HFSDBG_CODE(7), /* 0x0308001C */ - HFSDBG_FIND_CONTIG_BITMAP = HFSDBG_CODE(8), /* 0x03080020 */ - HFSDBG_ALLOC_ANY_BITMAP = HFSDBG_CODE(9), /* 0x03080024 */ - HFSDBG_ALLOC_FIND_KNOWN = HFSDBG_CODE(10), /* 0x03080028 */ - HFSDBG_MARK_ALLOC_BITMAP = HFSDBG_CODE(11), /* 0x0308002C */ - HFSDBG_MARK_FREE_BITMAP = HFSDBG_CODE(12), /* 0x03080030 */ - HFSDBG_BLOCK_FIND_CONTIG = HFSDBG_CODE(13), /* 0x03080034 */ - HFSDBG_IS_ALLOCATED = HFSDBG_CODE(14), /* 0x03080038 */ - /* 0x0308003C is unused */ - HFSDBG_RESET_EXTENT_CACHE = HFSDBG_CODE(16), /* 0x03080040 */ - HFSDBG_REMOVE_EXTENT_CACHE = HFSDBG_CODE(17), /* 0x03080044 */ - HFSDBG_ADD_EXTENT_CACHE = HFSDBG_CODE(18), /* 0x03080048 */ - HFSDBG_READ_BITMAP_RANGE = HFSDBG_CODE(19), /* 0x0308004C */ - HFSDBG_RELEASE_SCAN_BITMAP = HFSDBG_CODE(20), /* 0x03080050 */ - HFSDBG_SYNCER = HFSDBG_CODE(21), /* 0x03080054 */ - HFSDBG_SYNCER_TIMED = HFSDBG_CODE(22), /* 0x03080058 */ - HFSDBG_UNMAP_SCAN = HFSDBG_CODE(23), /* 0x0308005C */ - HFSDBG_UNMAP_SCAN_TRIM = HFSDBG_CODE(24), /* 0x03080060 */ -}; - -/* - Parameters logged by the above tracepoints: ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - CODE EVENT NAME DBG_FUNC_START arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5 ... DBG_FUNC_END arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5 - DBG_FUNC_NONE arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -0x3010000 HFSDBG_WRITE offset, uio_resid, ff_size, filebytes, 0 ... uio_offset, uio_resid, ff_size, filebytes, 0 - offset, uio_resid, ff_size, filebytes, 0 -0x301001C HFSDBG_TRUNCATE length, ff_size, filebytes, 0, 0 ... length, ff_size, filebytes, retval, 0 - length, ff_size, filebytes, 0, 0 -0x3010030 HFSDBG_READ uio_offset, uio_resid, filesize, filebytes, 0 ... uio_offset, uio_resid, filesize, filebytes, 0 -0x3010094 HFSDBG_GETNEWVNODE c_vp, c_rsrc_vp, 0, 0, 0 -0x3018000 HFSDBG_UPDATE vp, tstate, 0, 0, 0 ... vp, tstate, error, 0/-1, 0 - 0 HFSDBG_UNMAP_FREE startBlock, blockCount, 0, 0, 0 ... err, 0, 0, 0, 0 - 1 HFSDBG_UNMAP_ALLOC startBlock, blockCount, 0, 0, 0 ... err, 0, 0, 0, 0 - 2 HFSDBG_UNMAP_CALLBACK 0, extentCount, 0, 0, 0 ... 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 - 3 unused - 4 HFSDBG_BLOCK_ALLOCATE startBlock, minBlocks, maxBlocks, flags, 0 ... err, actualStartBlock, actualBlockCount, 0, 0 - 5 HFSDBG_BLOCK_DEALLOCATE startBlock, blockCount, flags, 0, 0 ... err, 0, 0, 0, 0 - 6 HFSDBG_READ_BITMAP_BLOCK startBlock, 0, 0, 0, 0 ... err, 0, 0, 0, 0 - 7 HFSDBG_RELEASE_BITMAP_BLOCK dirty, 0, 0, 0, 0 ... 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 - 8 HFSDBG_FIND_CONTIG_BITMAP startBlock, minBlocks, maxBlocks, useMeta, 0 ... err, actualStartBlock, actualBlockCount, 0, 0 - 9 HFSDBG_ALLOC_ANY_BITMAP startBlock, endBlock, maxBlocks, useMeta, 0 ... err, actualStartBlock, actualBlockCount, 0, 0 - 10 HFSDBG_ALLOC_FIND_KNOWN 0, 0, maxBlocks, 0, 0 ... err, actualStartBlock, actualBlockCount, 0, 0 - 11 HFSDBG_MARK_ALLOC_BITMAP startBlock, blockCount, flags, 0, 0 ... err, 0, 0, 0, 0 - 12 HFSDBG_MARK_FREE_BITMAP startBlock, blockCount, valid, 0, 0 ... err, 0, 0, 0, 0 - 13 HFSDBG_BLOCK_FIND_CONTIG startBlock, endBlock, minBlocks, maxBlocks, 0 ... err, actualStartBlock, actualBlockCount, 0, 0 - 14 HFSDBG_IS_ALLOCATED startBlock, blockCount, stop, 0, 0 ... err, 0, actualBlockCount, 0, 0 - 15 unused - 16 HFSDBG_RESET_EXTENT_CACHE 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 ... 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 - 17 HFSDBG_REMOVE_EXTENT_CACHE startBlock, blockCount, vcbFreeExtCnt, 0, 0 ... 0, 0, vcbFreeExtCnt, extentsRemoved, 0 - 18 HFSDBG_ADD_EXTENT_CACHE startBlock, blockCount, vcbFreeExtCnt, 0, 0 ... 0, 0, vcbFreeExtCnt, retval, 0 - 19 HFSDBG_READ_BITMAP_RANGE startBlock, iosize, 0, 0, 0 ... err, 0, 0, 0, 0 - 20 HFSDBG_RELEASE_SCAN_BITMAP 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 ... 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 - 21 HFSDBG_SYNCER hfsmp, now, mnt_last_write_completed_timestamp, mnt_pending_write_size, 0 ... err, deadline, 0, 0, 0 - 22 HFSDBG_SYNCER_TIMED now, last_write_completed, hfs_mp->mnt_last_write_issued_timestamp, mnt_pending_write_size, 0 ... now, mnt_last_write_completed_timestamp, mnt_last_write_issued_timestamp, hfs_mp->mnt_pending_write_size, 0 - 23 HFSDBG_UNMAP_SCAN hfs_raw_dev, 0, 0, 0, 0 ... hfs_raw_dev, error, 0, 0, 0 - 24 HFSDBG_UNMAP_TRIM hfs_raw_dev, 0, 0, 0, 0 ... hfs_raw_dev, error, 0, 0, 0 -*/ - -#endif // HFS_KDEBUG_H_ diff --git a/core/hfs_key_roll.c b/core/hfs_key_roll.c deleted file mode 100644 index d2859fb..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_key_roll.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1277 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2014-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - -#include "hfs_key_roll.h" - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_extents.h" -#include "hfs_kdebug.h" - -#define PTR_ADD(type, base, offset) (type)((uintptr_t)(base) + (offset)) - -#define HFS_KEY_ROLL_MAX_CHUNK_BYTES 2 * 1024 * 1024 - -static inline void log_error(const char *func, unsigned line, errno_t err) -{ - printf("%s:%u error: %d\n", func, line, err); -} - -#define LOG_ERROR(err) log_error(__func__, __LINE__, err) - -#define CHECK(x, var, goto_label) \ - do { \ - var = (x); \ - if (var) { \ - if (var != ENOSPC) \ - LOG_ERROR(var); \ - goto goto_label; \ - } \ - } while (0) - -#define min(a, b) \ - ({ typeof (a) _a = (a); typeof (b) _b = (b); _a < _b ? _a : _b; }) - -// -- Some locking helpers -- - -/* - * These helpers exist to help clean up at the end of a function. A - * lock context structure is stored on the stack and is cleaned up - * when we it goes out of scope and will automatically unlock the lock - * if it happens to be locked. It is also safe to call the unlock - * functions when no lock has been taken and this is cleaner than - * having to declare a separate variable like have_lock and having to - * test for it before unlocking. - */ - -typedef struct { - void *object; - int flags; -} hfs_lock_ctx_t; - -#define DECL_HFS_LOCK_CTX(var, unlocker) \ - hfs_lock_ctx_t var __attribute__((cleanup(unlocker))) = {} - -static inline bool hfs_is_locked(hfs_lock_ctx_t *lock_ctx) -{ - return lock_ctx->object != NULL; -} - -static inline int hfs_lock_flags(hfs_lock_ctx_t *lock_ctx) -{ - return lock_ctx->flags; -} - -static inline void hfs_lock_cp(cnode_t *cp, - enum hfs_locktype lock_type, - hfs_lock_ctx_t *lock_ctx) -{ - hfs_lock_always(cp, lock_type); - lock_ctx->object = cp; -} - -static inline void hfs_unlock_cp(hfs_lock_ctx_t *lock_ctx) -{ - if (lock_ctx->object) { - hfs_unlock(lock_ctx->object); - lock_ctx->object = NULL; - } -} - -static inline void hfs_lock_trunc(cnode_t *cp, - enum hfs_locktype lock_type, - hfs_lock_ctx_t *lock_ctx) -{ - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, lock_type, 0); - lock_ctx->object = cp; -} - -static inline void hfs_unlock_trunc(hfs_lock_ctx_t *lock_ctx) -{ - if (lock_ctx->object) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(lock_ctx->object, 0); - lock_ctx->object = NULL; - } -} - -static inline void hfs_lock_sys(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int flags, - enum hfs_locktype lock_type, - hfs_lock_ctx_t *lock_ctx) -{ - lock_ctx->flags |= hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, flags, lock_type); - lock_ctx->object = hfsmp; -} - -static inline void hfs_unlock_sys(hfs_lock_ctx_t *lock_ctx) -{ - if (lock_ctx->object) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(lock_ctx->object, lock_ctx->flags); - lock_ctx->object = NULL; - lock_ctx->flags = 0; - } -} - -// -- - -#if DEBUG -static const uint32_t ckr_magic1 = 0x7b726b63; -static const uint32_t ckr_magic2 = 0x726b637d; -#endif - -hfs_cp_key_roll_ctx_t *hfs_key_roll_ctx_alloc(const hfs_cp_key_roll_ctx_t *old, - uint16_t pers_key_len, - uint16_t cached_key_len, - cp_key_pair_t **pcpkp) -{ - hfs_cp_key_roll_ctx_t *ckr; - - size_t size = (sizeof(*ckr) - sizeof(cp_key_pair_t) - + cpkp_size(pers_key_len, cached_key_len)); - -#if DEBUG - size += 4; -#endif - - ckr = hfs_mallocz(size); - -#if DEBUG - ckr->ckr_magic1 = ckr_magic1; - *PTR_ADD(uint32_t *, ckr, size - 4) = ckr_magic2; -#endif - - cpkp_init(&ckr->ckr_keys, pers_key_len, cached_key_len); - - if (old) { - if (old->ckr_busy) - panic("hfs_key_roll_ctx_alloc: old context busy!"); - ckr->ckr_off_rsrc = old->ckr_off_rsrc; - ckr->ckr_preferred_next_block = old->ckr_preferred_next_block; - - cpx_copy(cpkp_cpx(&old->ckr_keys), cpkp_cpx(&ckr->ckr_keys)); - } - - *pcpkp = &ckr->ckr_keys; - - return ckr; -} - -static void hfs_key_roll_ctx_free(hfs_cp_key_roll_ctx_t *ckr) -{ - size_t size = (sizeof(*ckr) - sizeof(cp_key_pair_t) - + cpkp_sizex(&ckr->ckr_keys)); - -#if DEBUG - size += 4; -#endif - - hfs_free(ckr, size); -} - -void hfs_release_key_roll_ctx(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, cprotect_t cpr) -{ - hfs_cp_key_roll_ctx_t *ckr = cpr->cp_key_roll_ctx; - - if (!ckr) - return; - - cpkp_flush(&ckr->ckr_keys); - - if (ckr->ckr_tentative_reservation) { - int lockf = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - hfs_free_tentative(hfsmp, &ckr->ckr_tentative_reservation); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockf); - } - - cpr->cp_key_roll_ctx = NULL; - - cnode_t *cp = cpr->cp_backing_cnode; - if (cp) - wakeup(&cp->c_cpentry); - -#if DEBUG - hfs_assert(ckr->ckr_magic1 == ckr_magic1); - hfs_assert(*PTR_ADD(uint32_t *, ckr, sizeof(*ckr) - sizeof(cp_key_pair_t) - + cpkp_sizex(&ckr->ckr_keys) == ckr_magic2)); -#endif - - hfs_key_roll_ctx_free(ckr); -} - -// Records current status into @args -static void hfs_key_roll_status(cnode_t *cp, hfs_key_roll_args_t *args) -{ - hfsmount_t *hfsmp = VTOHFS(cp->c_vp); - cprotect_t const cpr = cp->c_cpentry; - filefork_t *dfork = cp->c_datafork; - - if (!cpr || !dfork) { - args->key_class_generation = 0; - args->key_revision = 0; - args->key_os_version = 0; - args->done = -1; - args->total = 0; - return; - } - - uint32_t total_blocks = cp->c_blocks - dfork->ff_unallocblocks; - if (cp->c_rsrcfork) - total_blocks -= cp->c_rsrcfork->ff_unallocblocks; - args->total = hfs_blk_to_bytes(total_blocks, hfsmp->blockSize); - - args->key_class_generation = cp_get_crypto_generation(cpr->cp_pclass); - args->key_revision = cpr->cp_key_revision; - args->key_os_version = cpr->cp_key_os_version; - - hfs_cp_key_roll_ctx_t *ckr = cpr->cp_key_roll_ctx; - - if (!ckr) - args->done = -1; - else { - args->done = off_rsrc_get_off(ckr->ckr_off_rsrc); - - if (off_rsrc_is_rsrc(ckr->ckr_off_rsrc)) { - args->done += hfs_blk_to_bytes(ff_allocblocks(dfork), - hfsmp->blockSize); - } - } -} - -// The fsctl calls this -errno_t hfs_key_roll_op(vfs_context_t vfs_ctx, vnode_t vp, - hfs_key_roll_args_t *args) -{ - errno_t ret; - cnode_t * const cp = VTOC(vp); - cprotect_t const cpr = cp->c_cpentry; - hfs_cp_key_roll_ctx_t *ckr = NULL; - - DECL_HFS_LOCK_CTX(cp_lock, hfs_unlock_cp); - DECL_HFS_LOCK_CTX(trunc_lock, hfs_unlock_trunc); - - KDBG(HFSDBG_KEY_ROLL | DBG_FUNC_START, kdebug_vnode(vp), args->operation); - - if (args->api_version != HFS_KR_API_VERSION_1) { - ret = ENOTSUP; - goto exit; - } - - if (args->operation != HFS_KR_OP_STATUS) { - ret = cp_handle_vnop(vp, CP_WRITE_ACCESS, 0); - if (ret) - goto exit; - } - - switch (args->operation) { - case HFS_KR_OP_START: - if (!cpr) { - ret = ENOTSUP; - goto exit; - } - - /* - * We must hold the truncate lock exclusively in case we have to - * rewrap. - */ - hfs_lock_trunc(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, &trunc_lock); - hfs_lock_cp(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, &cp_lock); - - ckr = cpr->cp_key_roll_ctx; - if (ckr) - break; - - // Only start rolling if criteria match - if (ISSET(args->flags, HFS_KR_MATCH_KEY_CLASS_GENERATION) - && (args->key_class_generation - != cp_get_crypto_generation(cpr->cp_pclass))) { - break; - } - - if (ISSET(args->flags, HFS_KR_MATCH_KEY_REVISION) - && args->key_revision != cpr->cp_key_revision) { - break; - } - - if (ISSET(args->flags, HFS_KR_MATCH_KEY_OS_VERSION) - && args->key_os_version != cpr->cp_key_os_version) { - break; - } - - if (cp->c_cpentry->cp_raw_open_count > 0) { - // Cannot start key rolling if file is opened for raw access - ret = EBUSY; - goto exit; - } - - ret = hfs_key_roll_start(cp); - if (ret) - goto exit; - break; - - case HFS_KR_OP_STATUS: - break; - - case HFS_KR_OP_STEP: - CHECK(hfs_key_roll_step(vfs_ctx, vp, INT64_MAX), ret, exit); - break; - - case HFS_KR_OP_SET_INFO: - if (!ISSET(PE_i_can_has_kernel_configuration(), kPEICanHasDiagnosticAPI)) { - ret = EPERM; - goto exit; - } - - if (!cpr) { - ret = ENOTSUP; - goto exit; - } - - hfs_lock_cp(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, &cp_lock); - cpr->cp_key_revision = args->key_revision; - cpr->cp_key_os_version = args->key_os_version; - ret = cp_setxattr(cp, cpr, VTOHFS(vp), 0, 0); - if (ret) - goto exit; - break; - - default: - ret = EINVAL; - goto exit; - } - - if (!hfs_is_locked(&cp_lock)) - hfs_lock_cp(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, &cp_lock); - - hfs_key_roll_status(cp, args); - - ret = 0; - -exit: - - hfs_unlock_cp(&cp_lock); - hfs_unlock_trunc(&trunc_lock); - - KDBG(HFSDBG_KEY_ROLL | DBG_FUNC_END, ret, ret ? 0 : args->done); - - return ret; -} - -/* - * Initiates key rolling. cnode and truncate locks *must* be held - * exclusively. - */ -errno_t hfs_key_roll_start(cnode_t *cp) -{ - errno_t ret; - - hfs_assert(!cp->c_cpentry->cp_key_roll_ctx); - - if (CP_CLASS(cp->c_cpentry->cp_pclass) == PROTECTION_CLASS_F) - return ENOTSUP; - - hfsmount_t *hfsmp = VTOHFS(cp->c_vp); - - if (ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_READ_ONLY)) - return EROFS; - - if (!hfsmp->jnl || !S_ISREG(cp->c_mode)) - return ENOTSUP; - - cprotect_t cpr = cp->c_cpentry; - - cp_key_class_t key_class = cpr->cp_pclass; - - hfs_unlock(cp); - - hfs_cp_key_roll_ctx_t *ckr; - - int attempts = 0; - cp_key_revision_t rev = cp_next_key_revision(cp->c_cpentry->cp_key_revision); - - for (;;) { - ret = cp_new(&key_class, hfsmp, cp, cp->c_mode, CP_KEYWRAP_DIFFCLASS, rev, - (cp_new_alloc_fn)hfs_key_roll_ctx_alloc, (void **)&ckr); - if (ret) { - hfs_lock_always(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - goto exit; - } - - if (key_class == cpr->cp_pclass) { - // The usual and easy case: the classes match - hfs_lock_always(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - break; - } - - // AKS has given us a different class, so we need to rewrap - - // The truncate lock is not sufficient - vnode_waitforwrites(cp->c_vp, 0, 0, 0, "hfs_key_roll_start"); - - // And the resource fork - if (cp->c_rsrc_vp) - vnode_waitforwrites(cp->c_rsrc_vp, 0, 0, 0, "hfs_key_roll_start"); - - hfs_lock_always(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - cp_key_class_t key_class2 = key_class; - cprotect_t new_entry; - - ret = cp_rewrap(cp, hfsmp, &key_class2, &cpr->cp_keys, cpr, - (cp_new_alloc_fn)cp_entry_alloc, (void **)&new_entry); - - if (ret) { - hfs_key_roll_ctx_free(ckr); - goto exit; - } - - if (key_class2 == key_class) { - // Great, fix things up and we're done - cp_replace_entry(hfsmp, cp, new_entry); - cpr = new_entry; - cpr->cp_pclass = key_class; - break; - } - - /* - * Oh dear, key classes don't match. Unlikely, but perhaps class - * generation was rolled again. - */ - - hfs_key_roll_ctx_free(ckr); - cp_entry_destroy(hfsmp, new_entry); - - if (++attempts > 3) { - ret = EPERM; - goto exit; - } - } // for (;;) - - cpr->cp_key_roll_ctx = ckr; - cpr->cp_key_revision = rev; - cpr->cp_key_os_version = cp_os_version(); - - return 0; - -exit: - - wakeup(&cp->c_cpentry); - return ret; -} - -// Rolls up to @up_to -errno_t hfs_key_roll_up_to(vfs_context_t vfs_ctx, vnode_t vp, off_rsrc_t up_to) -{ - cnode_t * const cp = VTOC(vp); - - for (;;) { - hfs_lock_always(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - cprotect_t cpr = cp->c_cpentry; - if (!cpr) - break; - - hfs_cp_key_roll_ctx_t *ckr = cpr->cp_key_roll_ctx; - if (!ckr || ckr->ckr_off_rsrc >= up_to) - break; - - hfs_unlock(cp); - errno_t ret = hfs_key_roll_step(vfs_ctx, vp, up_to); - if (ret) - return ret; - } - - hfs_unlock(cp); - - return 0; -} - -/* - * This function checks the size of the file and the key roll offset - * and updates the xattr accordingly if necessary. This is called - * when a file is truncated and also just before and after key - * rolling. cnode must be locked exclusively and might be dropped. - * truncate lock must be held shared or exclusive (arg indicates - * which). If the truncate lock is held shared, then caller must have - * set ckr->busy. - */ -errno_t hfs_key_roll_check(cnode_t *cp, bool have_excl_trunc_lock) -{ - hfs_assert(cp->c_lockowner == current_thread()); - - errno_t ret; - cprotect_t cpr; - hfs_cp_key_roll_ctx_t *ckr = NULL; - hfsmount_t *hfsmp = VTOHFS(cp->c_vp); - bool downgrade_trunc_lock = false; - off_rsrc_t orig_off_rsrc; - -again: - - cpr = cp->c_cpentry; - if (!cpr) { - ret = 0; - goto exit; - } - - ckr = cpr->cp_key_roll_ctx; - if (!ckr) { - ret = 0; - goto exit; - } - - hfs_assert(have_excl_trunc_lock || ckr->ckr_busy); - - if (!cp->c_datafork) { - ret = 0; - goto exit; - } - - orig_off_rsrc = ckr->ckr_off_rsrc; - off_rsrc_t new_off_rsrc = orig_off_rsrc; - - if (orig_off_rsrc == INT64_MAX) { - /* - * If orig_off_rsrc == INT64_MAX it means we rolled to the end and we - * updated the xattr, but we haven't fixed up the in memory part of it - * because we didn't have the truncate lock exclusively. - */ - } else if (off_rsrc_is_rsrc(orig_off_rsrc)) { - off_t size; - - if (!cp->c_rsrcfork) { - size = hfs_blk_to_bytes(cp->c_blocks - cp->c_datafork->ff_blocks, - hfsmp->blockSize); - } else { - size = min(cp->c_rsrcfork->ff_size, - hfs_blk_to_bytes(ff_allocblocks(cp->c_rsrcfork), - hfsmp->blockSize)); - } - - if (off_rsrc_get_off(orig_off_rsrc) >= size) - new_off_rsrc = INT64_MAX; - } else { - off_t size = min(cp->c_datafork->ff_size, - hfs_blk_to_bytes(ff_allocblocks(cp->c_datafork), - hfsmp->blockSize)); - - if (off_rsrc_get_off(orig_off_rsrc) >= size) { - new_off_rsrc = hfs_has_rsrc(cp) ? off_rsrc_make(0, true) : INT64_MAX; - } - } - - // Should we delete roll information? - if (new_off_rsrc == INT64_MAX) { - /* - * If we're deleting the roll information, we need the truncate lock - * exclusively to flush out readers and sync writers and - * vnode_waitforwrites to flush out async writers. - */ - if (!have_excl_trunc_lock) { - ckr->ckr_busy = false; - hfs_unlock(cp); - - if (!hfs_truncate_lock_upgrade(cp)) - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, 0); - have_excl_trunc_lock = true; - downgrade_trunc_lock = true; - hfs_lock_always(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - // Things may have changed, go around again - goto again; - } - - // We hold the truncate lock exclusively so vnodes cannot be recycled here - vnode_waitforwrites(cp->c_vp, 0, 0, 0, "hfs_key_roll_check_size"); - if (cp->c_rsrc_vp) { - vnode_waitforwrites(cp->c_rsrc_vp, 0, 0, - 0, "hfs_key_roll_check_size"); - } - - // It's now safe to copy the keys and free the context - if (!cpkp_can_copy(&ckr->ckr_keys, &cpr->cp_keys)) { - cprotect_t new_cpr = cp_entry_alloc(cpr, - ckr->ckr_keys.cpkp_max_pers_key_len, - CP_MAX_CACHEBUFLEN, NULL); - cpkp_copy(&ckr->ckr_keys, &new_cpr->cp_keys); - cp_replace_entry(hfsmp, cp, new_cpr); - cpr = new_cpr; - } else { - cpkp_copy(&ckr->ckr_keys, &cpr->cp_keys); - hfs_release_key_roll_ctx(hfsmp, cpr); - } - ckr = NULL; - } - - if (new_off_rsrc != orig_off_rsrc) { - // Update the xattr - - if (ckr) - ckr->ckr_off_rsrc = new_off_rsrc; - ret = cp_setxattr(cp, cpr, hfsmp, 0, XATTR_REPLACE); - if (ret) { - if (ckr) - ckr->ckr_off_rsrc = orig_off_rsrc; - goto exit; - } - } - - ret = 0; - -exit: - - if (downgrade_trunc_lock) { - if (ckr) - ckr->ckr_busy = true; - hfs_truncate_lock_downgrade(cp); - } - - return ret; -} - -/* - * We need to wrap the UPL routines because we will be dealing with - * allocation blocks and the UPL routines need to be page aligned. - */ - -static errno_t kr_upl_create(vnode_t vp, off_t offset, int len, - upl_offset_t *start_upl_offset, - upl_t *upl, upl_page_info_t **pl) -{ - // Round parameters to page size - const int rounding = offset & PAGE_MASK; - - *start_upl_offset = rounding; - - offset -= rounding; - len += rounding; - - // Don't go beyond end of file - off_t max = VTOF(vp)->ff_size - offset; - if (len > max) - len = max; - - len = round_page_32(len); - - return mach_to_bsd_errno(ubc_create_upl(vp, offset, len, upl, pl, - UPL_CLEAN_IN_PLACE | UPL_SET_LITE)); -} - -static errno_t kr_page_out(vnode_t vp, upl_t upl, upl_offset_t upl_offset, - off_t fork_offset, int len) -{ - const int rounding = upl_offset & PAGE_MASK; - - upl_offset -= rounding; - fork_offset -= rounding; - len += rounding; - - const off_t fork_size = VTOF(vp)->ff_size; - if (fork_offset + len > fork_size) - len = fork_size - fork_offset; - - len = round_page_32(len); - - return cluster_pageout(vp, upl, upl_offset, fork_offset, len, - fork_size, UPL_IOSYNC | UPL_NOCOMMIT); -} - -static void kr_upl_commit(upl_t upl, upl_offset_t upl_offset, int len, bool last) -{ - if (!upl) - return; - - const int rounding = upl_offset & PAGE_MASK; - - upl_offset -= rounding; - len += rounding; - - /* - * If not last we cannot commit the partial page yet so we round - * down. - */ - if (last) - len = upl_get_size(upl) - upl_offset; - else - len = trunc_page_32(len); - - /* - * This should send pages that were absent onto the speculative - * queue and because we passed in UPL_CLEAN_IN_PLACE when we - * created the UPL, dirty pages will end up clean. - */ - __unused errno_t err - = ubc_upl_commit_range(upl, upl_offset, len, - UPL_COMMIT_FREE_ON_EMPTY - | UPL_COMMIT_SPECULATE); - - hfs_assert(!err); - -} - -// Rolls 1 chunk if before @limit -errno_t hfs_key_roll_step(__unused vfs_context_t vfs_ctx, vnode_t vp, off_rsrc_t limit) -{ - int ret = EIO; - cnode_t * const cp = VTOC(vp); - cprotect_t cpr = NULL; - hfsmount_t * const hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - upl_t upl = NULL; - bool transaction_open = false; - bool need_put = false; - bool marked_busy = false; - hfs_cp_key_roll_ctx_t *ckr = NULL; - filefork_t *pfork = NULL; - off_rsrc_t roll_back_off_rsrc = 0; - int ext_count = 0; - const int max_extents = 8; // Change mask below if this changes - enum { - ROLL_BACK_EXTENTS_MASK = 0x00ff, - ROLL_BACK_XATTR = 0x0100, - ROLL_BACK_OFFSET = 0x0200, - }; - int roll_back = 0; - -#if 0 - printf ("{ hfs_key_roll_step\n"); -#endif - - if (ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_READ_ONLY)) - return EROFS; - - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor extents[max_extents]; - struct rl_entry *reservations[max_extents]; - - DECL_HFS_LOCK_CTX(trunc_lock, hfs_unlock_trunc); - DECL_HFS_LOCK_CTX(cp_lock, hfs_unlock_cp); - DECL_HFS_LOCK_CTX(sys_lock, hfs_unlock_sys); - - for (;;) { - hfs_lock_trunc(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, &trunc_lock); - hfs_lock_cp(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, &cp_lock); - - cpr = cp->c_cpentry; - if (!cpr) { - // File is not protected - ret = 0; - goto exit; - } - - ckr = cpr->cp_key_roll_ctx; - if (!ckr) { - // Rolling was finished by something else - ret = 0; - goto exit; - } - - if (!ckr->ckr_busy) - break; - - // Something else is rolling, wait until they've finished - assert_wait(&cp->c_cpentry, THREAD_ABORTSAFE); - hfs_unlock_cp(&cp_lock); - hfs_unlock_trunc(&trunc_lock); - - if (msleep(NULL, NULL, PINOD | PCATCH, - "hfs_key_roll", NULL) == EINTR) { - ret = EINTR; - goto exit; - } - } - - ckr->ckr_busy = true; - marked_busy = true; - - CHECK(hfs_key_roll_check(cp, false), ret, exit); - - // hfs_key_roll_check can change things - cpr = cp->c_cpentry; - ckr = cpr->cp_key_roll_ctx; - - if (!ckr) { - ret = 0; - goto exit; - } - - if (ckr->ckr_off_rsrc >= limit) { - ret = 0; - goto exit; - } - - // Early check for no space. We don't dip into the reserve pool. - if (!hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, true)) { - ret = ENOSPC; - goto exit; - } - - if (off_rsrc_is_rsrc(ckr->ckr_off_rsrc)) { - if (!VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)) { - /* - * We've called hfs_key_roll_check so there's no way we should get - * ENOENT here. - */ - vnode_t rvp; - CHECK(hfs_vgetrsrc(hfsmp, vp, &rvp), ret, exit); - need_put = true; - vp = rvp; - } - pfork = cp->c_rsrcfork; - } else { - if (VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)) { - CHECK(vnode_get(cp->c_vp), ret, exit); - vp = cp->c_vp; - need_put = true; - } - pfork = cp->c_datafork; - } - - hfs_unlock_cp(&cp_lock); - - // Get total blocks in fork - const uint32_t fork_blocks = min(howmany(pfork->ff_size, - hfsmp->blockSize), - ff_allocblocks(pfork)); - - off_t off = off_rsrc_get_off(ckr->ckr_off_rsrc); - hfs_assert(!(off % hfsmp->blockSize)); - - uint32_t block = off / hfsmp->blockSize; - - // Figure out remaining fork blocks - uint32_t rem_fork_blocks; - if (fork_blocks < block) - rem_fork_blocks = 0; - else - rem_fork_blocks = fork_blocks - block; - - uint32_t chunk_blocks = min(rem_fork_blocks, - HFS_KEY_ROLL_MAX_CHUNK_BYTES / hfsmp->blockSize); - - off_t chunk_bytes = chunk_blocks * hfsmp->blockSize; - upl_offset_t upl_offset = 0; - - if (chunk_bytes) { - if (!ckr->ckr_preferred_next_block && off) { - /* - * Here we fix up ckr_preferred_next_block. This can - * happen when we rolled part of a file, then rebooted. - * We want to try and allocate from where we left off. - */ - hfs_ext_iter_t *iter; - - iter = hfs_malloc(sizeof(*iter)); - - hfs_lock_sys(hfsmp, SFL_EXTENTS, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, &sys_lock); - - // Errors are not fatal here - if (!hfs_ext_find(vp, off - 1, iter)) { - ckr->ckr_preferred_next_block = (iter->group[iter->ndx].startBlock - + off / hfsmp->blockSize - - iter->file_block); - } - - hfs_unlock_sys(&sys_lock); - - hfs_free(iter, sizeof(*iter)); - } - - // We need to wait for outstanding direct reads to be issued - cl_direct_read_lock_t *lck = cluster_lock_direct_read(vp, LCK_RW_TYPE_EXCLUSIVE); - - upl_page_info_t *pl; - ret = kr_upl_create(vp, off, chunk_bytes, &upl_offset, &upl, &pl); - - // We have the pages locked now so it's safe to... - cluster_unlock_direct_read(lck); - - if (ret) { - LOG_ERROR(ret); - goto exit; - } - - int page_count = upl_get_size(upl) >> PAGE_SHIFT; - int page_ndx = 0; - - // Page everything in - for (;;) { - while (page_ndx < page_count && upl_valid_page(pl, page_ndx)) - ++page_ndx; - - if (page_ndx >= page_count) - break; - - const int page_group_start = page_ndx; - - do { - ++page_ndx; - } while (page_ndx < page_count && !upl_valid_page(pl, page_ndx)); - - const upl_offset_t start = page_group_start << PAGE_SHIFT; - - CHECK(cluster_pagein(vp, upl, start, - off - upl_offset + start, - (page_ndx - page_group_start) << PAGE_SHIFT, - pfork->ff_size, - UPL_IOSYNC | UPL_NOCOMMIT), ret, exit); - } - } - - bool tried_hard = false; - - /* - * For each iteration of this loop, we roll up to @max_extents - * extents and update the metadata for those extents (one - * transaction per iteration.) - */ - for (;;) { - /* - * This is the number of bytes rolled for the current - * iteration of the containing loop. - */ - off_t bytes_rolled = 0; - - roll_back_off_rsrc = ckr->ckr_off_rsrc; - ext_count = 0; - - // Allocate and write out up to @max_extents extents - while (chunk_bytes && ext_count < max_extents) { - /* - * We're not making any on disk changes here but - * hfs_block_alloc needs to ask the journal about pending - * trims and for that it needs the journal lock and the - * journal lock must be taken before any system file lock. - * We could fix the journal code so that it can deal with - * this when there is no active transaction but the - * overhead from opening a transaction and then closing it - * without making any changes is actually quite small so - * we take that much simpler approach here. - */ - CHECK(hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp), ret, exit); - transaction_open = true; - - hfs_lock_sys(hfsmp, SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, &sys_lock); - - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *ext = &extents[ext_count]; - - if (!tried_hard - && (!ckr->ckr_tentative_reservation - || !rl_len(ckr->ckr_tentative_reservation))) { - hfs_free_tentative(hfsmp, &ckr->ckr_tentative_reservation); - - tried_hard = true; - - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor extent = { - .startBlock = ckr->ckr_preferred_next_block, - .blockCount = 1, // This is the minimum - }; - - hfs_alloc_extra_args_t args = { - .max_blocks = rem_fork_blocks, - .reservation_out = &ckr->ckr_tentative_reservation, - .alignment = PAGE_SIZE / hfsmp->blockSize, - .alignment_offset = (off + bytes_rolled) / hfsmp->blockSize, - }; - - ret = hfs_block_alloc(hfsmp, &extent, - HFS_ALLOC_TENTATIVE | HFS_ALLOC_TRY_HARD, - &args); - - if (ret == ENOSPC && ext_count) { - ext->blockCount = 0; - goto roll_what_we_have; - } else if (ret) { - if (ret != ENOSPC) - LOG_ERROR(ret); - goto exit; - } - } - - ext->startBlock = ckr->ckr_preferred_next_block; - ext->blockCount = 1; - - hfs_alloc_extra_args_t args = { - .max_blocks = chunk_blocks, - .reservation_in = &ckr->ckr_tentative_reservation, - .reservation_out = &reservations[ext_count], - .alignment = PAGE_SIZE / hfsmp->blockSize, - .alignment_offset = (off + bytes_rolled) / hfsmp->blockSize, - }; - - // Lock the reservation - ret = hfs_block_alloc(hfsmp, ext, - (HFS_ALLOC_USE_TENTATIVE - | HFS_ALLOC_LOCKED), &args); - - if (ret == ENOSPC && ext_count) { - // We've got something we can do - ext->blockCount = 0; - } else if (ret) { - if (ret != ENOSPC) - LOG_ERROR(ret); - goto exit; - } - - roll_what_we_have: - - hfs_unlock_sys(&sys_lock); - - transaction_open = false; - CHECK(hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp), ret, exit); - - if (!ext->blockCount) - break; - - const off_t ext_bytes = hfs_blk_to_bytes(ext->blockCount, - hfsmp->blockSize); - - /* - * We set things up here so that cp_io_params can do the - * right thing for this extent. Note that we have a UPL with the - * pages locked so we are the only thing that can do reads and - * writes in the region that we're rolling. We set ckr_off_rsrc - * to point to the *end* of the extent. - */ - hfs_lock_cp(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, &cp_lock); - ckr->ckr_off_rsrc += ext_bytes; - roll_back |= ROLL_BACK_OFFSET; - ckr->ckr_roll_extent = *ext; - hfs_unlock_cp(&cp_lock); - - // Write the data out - CHECK(kr_page_out(vp, upl, upl_offset + bytes_rolled, - off + bytes_rolled, - ext_bytes), ret, exit); - - chunk_bytes -= ext_bytes; - chunk_blocks -= ext->blockCount; - rem_fork_blocks -= ext->blockCount; - ckr->ckr_preferred_next_block += ext->blockCount; - bytes_rolled += ext_bytes; - ++ext_count; - } // while (chunk_bytes && ext_count < max_extents) - - /* - * We must make sure the above data hits the device before we update - * metadata to point to it. - */ - if (bytes_rolled) - CHECK(hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_BARRIER), ret, exit); - - // Update the metadata to point at the data we just wrote - - // We'll be changing in-memory structures so we need this lock - hfs_lock_cp(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, &cp_lock); - - CHECK(hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp), ret, exit); - transaction_open = true; - - hfs_lock_sys(hfsmp, SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, &sys_lock); - - // Commit the allocations - hfs_alloc_extra_args_t args = {}; - - for (int i = 0; i < ext_count; ++i) { - args.reservation_in = &reservations[i]; - - CHECK(hfs_block_alloc(hfsmp, &extents[i], - HFS_ALLOC_COMMIT, &args), ret, exit); - - roll_back |= 1 << i; - } - - hfs_unlock_sys(&sys_lock); - - // Keep the changes to the catalog extents here - HFSPlusExtentRecord cat_extents; - - // If at the end of this chunk, fix up ckr_off_rsrc - if (!chunk_bytes) { - /* - * Are we at the end of the fork? It's possible that - * blocks that were unallocated when we started rolling - * this chunk have now been allocated. - */ - off_t fork_end = min(pfork->ff_size, - hfs_blk_to_bytes(ff_allocblocks(pfork), hfsmp->blockSize)); - - if (off + bytes_rolled >= fork_end) { - if (!off_rsrc_is_rsrc(ckr->ckr_off_rsrc) - && hfs_has_rsrc(cp)) { - ckr->ckr_off_rsrc = off_rsrc_make(0, true); - } else { - /* - * In this case, we will deal with the xattr here, - * but we save the freeing up of the context until - * hfs_key_roll_check where it can take the - * truncate lock exclusively. - */ - ckr->ckr_off_rsrc = INT64_MAX; - } - } - } - - roll_back |= ROLL_BACK_XATTR; - - CHECK(cp_setxattr(cp, cpr, hfsmp, 0, XATTR_REPLACE), ret, exit); - - /* - * Replace the extents. This must be last because we cannot easily - * roll back if anything fails after this. - */ - hfs_lock_sys(hfsmp, SFL_EXTENTS | SFL_CATALOG, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, &sys_lock); - CHECK(hfs_ext_replace(hfsmp, vp, off / hfsmp->blockSize, - extents, ext_count, cat_extents), ret, exit); - hfs_unlock_sys(&sys_lock); - - transaction_open = false; - roll_back = 0; - - CHECK(hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp), ret, exit); - - // ** N.B. We *must* not fail after here ** - - // Copy the catalog extents if we changed them - if (cat_extents[0].blockCount) - memcpy(pfork->ff_data.cf_extents, cat_extents, sizeof(cat_extents)); - - ckr->ckr_roll_extent = (HFSPlusExtentDescriptor){ 0, 0 }; - - hfs_unlock_cp(&cp_lock); - - kr_upl_commit(upl, upl_offset, bytes_rolled, /* last: */ !chunk_bytes); - - if (!chunk_bytes) { - // We're done - break; - } - - upl_offset += bytes_rolled; - off += bytes_rolled; - } // for (;;) - - // UPL will have been freed - upl = NULL; - - hfs_lock_cp(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, &cp_lock); - - // Ignore errors here; they shouldn't be fatal - hfs_key_roll_check(cp, false); - - ret = 0; - -exit: - - // hfs_key_roll_check can change things so update here - cpr = cp->c_cpentry; - ckr = cpr->cp_key_roll_ctx; - - if (roll_back & ROLL_BACK_EXTENTS_MASK) { - if (!ISSET(hfs_lock_flags(&sys_lock), SFL_BITMAP)) { - hfs_lock_sys(hfsmp, SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, - &sys_lock); - } - - for (int i = 0; i < ext_count; ++i) { - if (!ISSET(roll_back, 1 << i)) - continue; - - if (BlockDeallocate(hfsmp, extents[i].startBlock, - extents[i].blockCount, 0)) { - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_ROLLBACK_FAILED); - } - } - } - - hfs_unlock_sys(&sys_lock); - - if (roll_back & ROLL_BACK_XATTR) { - hfs_assert(hfs_is_locked(&cp_lock)); - - if (cp_setxattr(cp, cpr, hfsmp, 0, XATTR_REPLACE)) - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_ROLLBACK_FAILED); - } - - if (transaction_open) - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - if (roll_back & ROLL_BACK_OFFSET) { - if (!hfs_is_locked(&cp_lock)) - hfs_lock_cp(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, &cp_lock); - ckr->ckr_off_rsrc = roll_back_off_rsrc; - ckr->ckr_roll_extent = (HFSPlusExtentDescriptor){ 0, 0 }; - } - - if (marked_busy && ckr) { - if (!hfs_is_locked(&cp_lock)) - hfs_lock_cp(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, &cp_lock); - ckr->ckr_busy = false; - wakeup(&cp->c_cpentry); - } - - hfs_unlock_cp(&cp_lock); - hfs_unlock_trunc(&trunc_lock); - - if (upl) - ubc_upl_abort(upl, UPL_ABORT_FREE_ON_EMPTY); - - if (ext_count && reservations[ext_count - 1]) { - hfs_lock_sys(hfsmp, SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, &sys_lock); - for (int i = 0; i < ext_count; ++i) - hfs_free_locked(hfsmp, &reservations[i]); - hfs_unlock_sys(&sys_lock); - } - - if (need_put) - vnode_put(vp); - - if (ret == ESTALE) { - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_INCONSISTENCY_DETECTED); - ret = HFS_EINCONSISTENT; - } - -#if 0 - printf ("hfs_key_roll_step }\n"); -#endif - - return ret; -} - -// cnode must be locked (shared at least) -bool hfs_is_key_rolling(cnode_t *cp) -{ - return (cp->c_cpentry && cp->c_cpentry->cp_key_roll_ctx - && cp->c_cpentry->cp_key_roll_ctx->ckr_off_rsrc != INT64_MAX); -} - -#endif // CONFIG_PROTECT diff --git a/core/hfs_key_roll.h b/core/hfs_key_roll.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7524a53..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_key_roll.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2014 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#ifndef HFS_KEY_ROLL_H_ -#define HFS_KEY_ROLL_H_ - -#include - -#include "hfs_format.h" -#include "hfs_fsctl.h" -#include "hfs_cprotect.h" - -/* - * This structure contains the in-memory information required for key - * rolling. It is referenced via a pointer in the cprotect structure. - */ -typedef struct hfs_cp_key_roll_ctx { -#if DEBUG - uint32_t ckr_magic1; -#endif - // This indicates where we are with key rolling - off_rsrc_t ckr_off_rsrc; - - // When set, indicates we are currently rolling a chunk - bool ckr_busy : 1; - - /* - * This represents the tentative reservation---blocks that we have set - * aside for key rolling but can be claimed back by the allocation code - * if necessary. - */ - struct rl_entry *ckr_tentative_reservation; - - // This usually indicates the end of the last block we rolled - uint32_t ckr_preferred_next_block; - - // The current extent that we're rolling to - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor ckr_roll_extent; - - // The new keys -- variable length - cp_key_pair_t ckr_keys; -} hfs_cp_key_roll_ctx_t; - -errno_t hfs_key_roll_check(struct cnode *cp, bool have_excl_trunc_lock); -errno_t hfs_key_roll_op(vfs_context_t ctx, vnode_t vp, hfs_key_roll_args_t *args); -errno_t hfs_key_roll_start(struct cnode *cp); -errno_t hfs_key_roll_up_to(vfs_context_t vfs_ctx, vnode_t vp, off_rsrc_t up_to); -errno_t hfs_key_roll_step(vfs_context_t vfs_ctx, vnode_t vp, off_rsrc_t up_to); -hfs_cp_key_roll_ctx_t *hfs_key_roll_ctx_alloc(const hfs_cp_key_roll_ctx_t *old, - uint16_t pers_key_len, - uint16_t cached_key_len, - cp_key_pair_t **pcpkp); -void hfs_release_key_roll_ctx(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cprotect_t cpr); -bool hfs_is_key_rolling(cnode_t *cp); - -#endif // HFS_KEY_ROLL_H_ diff --git a/core/hfs_link.c b/core/hfs_link.c deleted file mode 100644 index 478f519..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_link.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1419 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 1999-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_catalog.h" -#include "hfs_format.h" -#include "hfs_endian.h" - - -static int cur_link_id = 0; - -/* - * Private directories where hardlink inodes reside. - */ -const char *hfs_private_names[] = { - HFSPLUSMETADATAFOLDER, /* FILE HARDLINKS */ - HFSPLUS_DIR_METADATA_FOLDER /* DIRECTORY HARDLINKS */ -}; - - -/* - * Hardlink inodes save the head of their link chain in a - * private extended attribute. The following calls are - * used to access this attribute. - */ -static int setfirstlink(struct hfsmount * hfsmp, cnid_t fileid, cnid_t firstlink); -static int getfirstlink(struct hfsmount * hfsmp, cnid_t fileid, cnid_t *firstlink); - -/* - * Create a new catalog link record - * - * An indirect link is a reference to an inode (the real - * file or directory record). - * - * All the indirect links for a given inode are chained - * together in a doubly linked list. - * - * Pre-Leopard file hard links do not have kHFSHasLinkChainBit - * set and do not have first/prev/next link IDs i.e. the values - * are zero. If a new link is being added to an existing - * pre-Leopard file hard link chain, do not set kHFSHasLinkChainBit. - */ -static int -createindirectlink(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t linknum, struct cat_desc *descp, - cnid_t nextcnid, cnid_t *linkcnid, int is_inode_linkchain_set) -{ - struct FndrFileInfo *fip; - struct cat_attr attr; - - if (linknum == 0) { - printf("hfs: createindirectlink: linknum is zero!\n"); - return (EINVAL); - } - - /* Setup the default attributes */ - bzero(&attr, sizeof(attr)); - - /* Links are matched to inodes by link ID and to volumes by create date */ - attr.ca_linkref = linknum; - attr.ca_itime = hfsmp->hfs_metadata_createdate; - attr.ca_mode = S_IFREG | S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH; - attr.ca_recflags = kHFSHasLinkChainMask | kHFSThreadExistsMask; - attr.ca_flags = UF_IMMUTABLE; - fip = (struct FndrFileInfo *)&attr.ca_finderinfo; - - if (descp->cd_flags & CD_ISDIR) { - fip->fdType = SWAP_BE32 (kHFSAliasType); - fip->fdCreator = SWAP_BE32 (kHFSAliasCreator); - fip->fdFlags = SWAP_BE16 (kIsAlias); - } else /* file */ { - fip->fdType = SWAP_BE32 (kHardLinkFileType); - fip->fdCreator = SWAP_BE32 (kHFSPlusCreator); - fip->fdFlags = SWAP_BE16 (kHasBeenInited); - /* If the file inode does not have kHFSHasLinkChainBit set - * and the next link chain ID is zero, assume that this - * is pre-Leopard file inode. Therefore clear the bit. - */ - if ((is_inode_linkchain_set == 0) && (nextcnid == 0)) { - attr.ca_recflags &= ~kHFSHasLinkChainMask; - } - } - /* Create the indirect link directly in the catalog */ - return cat_createlink(hfsmp, descp, &attr, nextcnid, linkcnid); -} - - -/* - * Make a link to the cnode cp in the directory dp - * using the name in cnp. src_vp is the vnode that - * corresponds to 'cp' which was part of the arguments to - * hfs_vnop_link. - * - * The cnodes cp and dcp must be locked. - */ -static int -hfs_makelink(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *src_vp, struct cnode *cp, - struct cnode *dcp, struct componentname *cnp, vfs_context_t ctx) -{ - struct proc *p = vfs_context_proc(ctx); - u_int32_t indnodeno = 0; - char inodename[32]; - struct cat_desc to_desc; - struct cat_desc link_desc; - int newlink = 0; - int lockflags; - int retval = 0; - cat_cookie_t cookie; - cnid_t orig_cnid; - cnid_t linkcnid = 0; - cnid_t orig_firstlink; - enum privdirtype type; - - type = S_ISDIR(cp->c_mode) ? DIR_HARDLINKS : FILE_HARDLINKS; - - if (cur_link_id == 0) { - cur_link_id = ((random() & 0x3fffffff) + 100); - } - - /* We don't allow link nodes in our private system directories. */ - if (dcp->c_fileid == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid || - dcp->c_fileid == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) { - return (EPERM); - } - - bzero(&cookie, sizeof(cat_cookie_t)); - /* Reserve some space in the Catalog file. */ - if ((retval = cat_preflight(hfsmp, (2 * CAT_CREATE)+ CAT_RENAME, &cookie, p))) { - return (retval); - } - - lockflags = SFL_CATALOG | SFL_ATTRIBUTE; - /* Directory hard links allocate space for a symlink. */ - if (type == DIR_HARDLINKS) { - lockflags |= SFL_BITMAP; - } - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* Save the current cnid value so we restore it if an error occurs. */ - orig_cnid = cp->c_desc.cd_cnid; - - /* - * If this is a new hardlink then we need to create the inode - * and replace the original file/dir object with a link node. - */ - if ((cp->c_linkcount == 2) && !(cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK)) { - newlink = 1; - bzero(&to_desc, sizeof(to_desc)); - to_desc.cd_parentcnid = hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[type].cd_cnid; - to_desc.cd_cnid = cp->c_fileid; - to_desc.cd_flags = (type == DIR_HARDLINKS) ? CD_ISDIR : 0; - - do { - if (type == DIR_HARDLINKS) { - /* Directory hardlinks always use the cnid. */ - indnodeno = cp->c_fileid; - MAKE_DIRINODE_NAME(inodename, sizeof(inodename), - indnodeno); - } else { - /* Get a unique indirect node number */ - if (retval == 0) { - indnodeno = cp->c_fileid; - } else { - indnodeno = cur_link_id++; - } - MAKE_INODE_NAME(inodename, sizeof(inodename), - indnodeno); - } - /* Move original file/dir to data node directory */ - to_desc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)inodename; - to_desc.cd_namelen = strlen(inodename); - - retval = cat_rename(hfsmp, &cp->c_desc, &hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[type], - &to_desc, NULL); - - if (retval != 0 && retval != EEXIST) { - printf("hfs_makelink: cat_rename to %s failed (%d) fileid=%d, vol=%s\n", - inodename, retval, cp->c_fileid, hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - } while ((retval == EEXIST) && (type == FILE_HARDLINKS)); - if (retval) - goto out; - - /* - * Replace original file/dir with a link record. - */ - - bzero(&link_desc, sizeof(link_desc)); - link_desc.cd_nameptr = cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr; - link_desc.cd_namelen = cp->c_desc.cd_namelen; - link_desc.cd_parentcnid = cp->c_parentcnid; - link_desc.cd_flags = S_ISDIR(cp->c_mode) ? CD_ISDIR : 0; - - retval = createindirectlink(hfsmp, indnodeno, &link_desc, 0, &linkcnid, true); - if (retval) { - int err; - - /* Restore the cnode's cnid. */ - cp->c_desc.cd_cnid = orig_cnid; - - /* Put the original file back. */ - err = cat_rename(hfsmp, &to_desc, &dcp->c_desc, &cp->c_desc, NULL); - if (err) { - if (err != EIO && err != ENXIO) - printf("hfs_makelink: error %d from cat_rename backout 1", err); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_ROLLBACK_FAILED); - } - if (retval != EIO && retval != ENXIO) { - printf("hfs_makelink: createindirectlink (1) failed: %d\n", retval); - retval = EIO; - } - goto out; - } - cp->c_attr.ca_linkref = indnodeno; - cp->c_desc.cd_cnid = linkcnid; - /* Directory hard links store the first link in an attribute. */ - if (type == DIR_HARDLINKS) { - if (setfirstlink(hfsmp, cp->c_fileid, linkcnid) == 0) - cp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSHasAttributesMask; - } else /* FILE_HARDLINKS */ { - cp->c_attr.ca_firstlink = linkcnid; - } - cp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSHasLinkChainMask; - } else { - indnodeno = cp->c_attr.ca_linkref; - } - - /* - * Create a catalog entry for the new link (parentID + name). - */ - - bzero(&link_desc, sizeof(link_desc)); - link_desc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)cnp->cn_nameptr; - link_desc.cd_namelen = strlen(cnp->cn_nameptr); - link_desc.cd_parentcnid = dcp->c_fileid; - link_desc.cd_flags = S_ISDIR(cp->c_mode) ? CD_ISDIR : 0; - - /* Directory hard links store the first link in an attribute. */ - if (type == DIR_HARDLINKS) { - retval = getfirstlink(hfsmp, cp->c_fileid, &orig_firstlink); - } else /* FILE_HARDLINKS */ { - orig_firstlink = cp->c_attr.ca_firstlink; - } - if (retval == 0) - retval = createindirectlink(hfsmp, indnodeno, &link_desc, - orig_firstlink, &linkcnid, - (cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask)); - if (retval && newlink) { - int err; - - /* Get rid of new link */ - (void) cat_delete(hfsmp, &cp->c_desc, &cp->c_attr); - - /* Restore the cnode's cnid. */ - cp->c_desc.cd_cnid = orig_cnid; - - /* Put the original file back. */ - err = cat_rename(hfsmp, &to_desc, &dcp->c_desc, &cp->c_desc, NULL); - if (err) { - if (err != EIO && err != ENXIO) - printf("hfs_makelink: error %d from cat_rename backout 2", err); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_ROLLBACK_FAILED); - } - - cp->c_attr.ca_linkref = 0; - - if (retval != EIO && retval != ENXIO) { - printf("hfs_makelink: createindirectlink (2) failed: %d\n", retval); - retval = EIO; - } - goto out; - } else if (retval == 0) { - - /* Update the original first link to point back to the new first link. */ - if (cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask) { - (void) cat_update_siblinglinks(hfsmp, orig_firstlink, linkcnid, HFS_IGNORABLE_LINK); - - /* Update the inode's first link value. */ - if (type == DIR_HARDLINKS) { - if (setfirstlink(hfsmp, cp->c_fileid, linkcnid) == 0) - cp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSHasAttributesMask; - } else { - cp->c_attr.ca_firstlink = linkcnid; - } - } - /* - * Finally, if this is a new hardlink then: - * - update the private system directory - * - mark the cnode as a hard link - */ - if (newlink) { - vnode_t vp; - - hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[type].ca_entries++; - /* From application perspective, directory hard link is a - * normal directory. Therefore count the new directory - * hard link for folder count calculation. - */ - if (type == DIR_HARDLINKS) { - INC_FOLDERCOUNT(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[type]); - } - retval = cat_update(hfsmp, &hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[type], - &hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[type], NULL, NULL); - if (retval) { - if (retval != EIO && retval != ENXIO) { - printf("hfs_makelink: cat_update of privdir failed! (%d)\n", retval); - retval = EIO; - } - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_OP_INCOMPLETE); - } - cp->c_flag |= C_HARDLINK; - - /* - * Now we need to mark the vnodes as being hardlinks via the vnode_setmultipath call. - * Note that we're calling vnode_get here, which should simply add an iocount if possible, without - * doing much checking. It's safe to call this because we are protected by the cnode lock, which - * ensures that anyone trying to reclaim it will block until we release it. vnode_get will usually - * give us an extra iocount, unless the vnode is about to be reclaimed (and has no iocounts). - * In that case, we'd error out, but we'd also not care if we added the VISHARDLINK bit to the vnode. - * - * As for the iocount we're about to add, we can't necessarily always call vnode_put here. - * If the one we add is the only iocount on the vnode, and there was - * sufficient vnode pressure, it could go through VNOP_INACTIVE immediately, which would - * require the cnode lock and cause us to double-lock panic. We can only call vnode_put if we know - * that the vnode we're operating on is the one with which we came into hfs_vnop_link, because - * that means VFS took an iocount on it for us. If it's *not* the one that we came into the call - * with, then mark it as NEED_VNODE_PUT to have hfs_unlock drop it for us. hfs_vnop_link will - * unlock the cnode when it is finished. - */ - if ((vp = cp->c_vp) != NULLVP) { - if (vnode_get(vp) == 0) { - vnode_setmultipath(vp); - if (vp == src_vp) { - /* we have an iocount on data fork vnode already. */ - vnode_put(vp); - } - else { - cp->c_flag |= C_NEED_DVNODE_PUT; - } - } - } - if ((vp = cp->c_rsrc_vp) != NULLVP) { - if (vnode_get(vp) == 0) { - vnode_setmultipath(vp); - if (vp == src_vp) { - vnode_put(vp); - } - else { - cp->c_flag |= C_NEED_RVNODE_PUT; - } - } - } - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - } - } -out: - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - cat_postflight(hfsmp, &cookie, p); - - if (retval == 0 && newlink) { - hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, VOL_MKFILE, 0); - } - return (retval); -} - - -/* - * link vnode operation - * - * IN vnode_t a_vp; - * IN vnode_t a_tdvp; - * IN struct componentname *a_cnp; - * IN vfs_context_t a_context; - */ -int -hfs_vnop_link(struct vnop_link_args *ap) -{ - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - struct vnode *tdvp = ap->a_tdvp; - struct vnode *fdvp = NULLVP; - struct componentname *cnp = ap->a_cnp; - struct cnode *cp; - struct cnode *tdcp; - struct cnode *fdcp = NULL; - struct cat_desc todesc; - cnid_t parentcnid; - int lockflags = 0; - int intrans = 0; - enum vtype v_type; - int error, ret; - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - v_type = vnode_vtype(vp); - - /* No hard links in HFS standard file systems. */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) { - return (ENOTSUP); - } - /* Linking to a special file is not permitted. */ - if (v_type == VBLK || v_type == VCHR) { - return (EPERM); - } - - /* - * For now, return ENOTSUP for a symlink target. This can happen - * for linkat(2) when called without AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW. - */ - if (v_type == VLNK) - return (ENOTSUP); - - cp = VTOC(vp); - - if (v_type == VDIR) { -#if CONFIG_HFS_DIRLINK - /* Make sure our private directory exists. */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid == 0) { - return (EPERM); - } - /* - * Directory hardlinks (ADLs) have only been qualified on - * journaled HFS+. If/when they are tested on non-journaled - * file systems then this test can be removed. - */ - if (hfsmp->jnl == NULL) { - return (EPERM); - } - - /* Directory hardlinks also need the parent of the original directory. */ - if ((error = hfs_vget(hfsmp, hfs_currentparent(cp, /* have_lock: */ false), - &fdvp, 1, 0))) { - return (error); - } -#else - /* some platforms don't support directory hardlinks. */ - return EPERM; -#endif - } else { - /* Make sure our private directory exists. */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid == 0) { - return (ENOTSUP); - } - } - if (hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 0) == 0) { - if (fdvp) { - vnode_put(fdvp); - } - return (ENOSPC); - } - - nspace_snapshot_event(vp, VTOC(vp)->c_ctime, NAMESPACE_HANDLER_LINK_CREATE, NULL); - - /* Lock the cnodes. */ - if (fdvp) { - if ((error = hfs_lockfour(VTOC(tdvp), VTOC(vp), VTOC(fdvp), NULL, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, NULL))) { - if (fdvp) { - vnode_put(fdvp); - } - return (error); - } - fdcp = VTOC(fdvp); - } else { - if ((error = hfs_lockpair(VTOC(tdvp), VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK))) { - return (error); - } - } - tdcp = VTOC(tdvp); - /* grab the parent CNID from originlist after grabbing cnode locks */ - parentcnid = hfs_currentparent(cp, /* have_lock: */ true); - - /* - * Make sure we didn't race the src or dst parent directories with rmdir. - * Note that we should only have a src parent directory cnode lock - * if we're dealing with a directory hardlink here. - */ - if (fdcp) { - if (fdcp->c_flag & (C_NOEXISTS | C_DELETED)) { - error = ENOENT; - goto out; - } - } - - if (tdcp->c_flag & (C_NOEXISTS | C_DELETED)) { - error = ENOENT; - goto out; - } - - /* Check the source for errors: - * too many links, immutable, race with unlink - */ - if (cp->c_linkcount >= HFS_LINK_MAX) { - error = EMLINK; - goto out; - } - if (cp->c_bsdflags & (IMMUTABLE | APPEND)) { - error = EPERM; - goto out; - } - if (cp->c_flag & (C_NOEXISTS | C_DELETED)) { - error = ENOENT; - goto out; - } - - tdcp->c_flag |= C_DIR_MODIFICATION; - - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - intrans = 1; - - todesc.cd_flags = (v_type == VDIR) ? CD_ISDIR : 0; - todesc.cd_encoding = 0; - todesc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)cnp->cn_nameptr; - todesc.cd_namelen = cnp->cn_namelen; - todesc.cd_parentcnid = tdcp->c_fileid; - todesc.cd_hint = 0; - todesc.cd_cnid = 0; - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - /* If destination exists then we lost a race with create. */ - if (cat_lookup(hfsmp, &todesc, 0, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL) == 0) { - error = EEXIST; - goto out; - } - if (cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK) { - struct cat_attr cattr; - - /* If inode is missing then we lost a race with unlink. */ - if ((cat_idlookup(hfsmp, cp->c_fileid, 0, 0, NULL, &cattr, NULL) != 0) || - (cattr.ca_fileid != cp->c_fileid)) { - error = ENOENT; - goto out; - } - } else { - cnid_t fileid; - - /* If source is missing then we lost a race with unlink. */ - if ((cat_lookup(hfsmp, &cp->c_desc, 0, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, &fileid) != 0) || - (fileid != cp->c_fileid)) { - error = ENOENT; - goto out; - } - } - /* - * All directory links must reside in an non-ARCHIVED hierarchy. - */ - if (v_type == VDIR) { - /* - * - Source parent and destination parent cannot match - * - A link is not permitted in the root directory - * - Parent of 'pointed at' directory is not the root directory - * - The 'pointed at' directory (source) is not an ancestor - * of the new directory hard link (destination). - * - No ancestor of the new directory hard link (destination) - * is a directory hard link. - */ - if ((parentcnid == tdcp->c_fileid) || - (tdcp->c_fileid == kHFSRootFolderID) || - (parentcnid == kHFSRootFolderID) || - cat_check_link_ancestry(hfsmp, tdcp->c_fileid, cp->c_fileid)) { - error = EPERM; /* abide by the rules, you did not */ - goto out; - } - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - lockflags = 0; - - cp->c_linkcount++; - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - error = hfs_makelink(hfsmp, vp, cp, tdcp, cnp, ap->a_context); - if (error) { - cp->c_linkcount--; - hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, VOL_UPDATE, 0); - } else { - /* Invalidate negative cache entries in the destination directory */ - if (tdcp->c_flag & C_NEG_ENTRIES) { - cache_purge_negatives(tdvp); - tdcp->c_flag &= ~C_NEG_ENTRIES; - } - - /* Update the target directory and volume stats */ - tdcp->c_entries++; - if (v_type == VDIR) { - INC_FOLDERCOUNT(hfsmp, tdcp->c_attr); - tdcp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSHasChildLinkMask; - - /* Set kHFSHasChildLinkBit in the destination hierarchy */ - error = cat_set_childlinkbit(hfsmp, tdcp->c_parentcnid); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_vnop_link: error updating destination parent chain for id=%u, vol=%s\n", tdcp->c_cnid, hfsmp->vcbVN); - error = 0; - } - } - tdcp->c_dirchangecnt++; - tdcp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - hfs_incr_gencount(tdcp); - tdcp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - tdcp->c_touch_modtime = TRUE; - - error = hfs_update(tdvp, 0); - if (error) { - if (error != EIO && error != ENXIO) { - printf("hfs_vnop_link: error %d updating tdvp %p\n", error, tdvp); - error = EIO; - } - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_OP_INCOMPLETE); - } - - if ((v_type == VDIR) && - (fdcp != NULL) && - ((fdcp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasChildLinkMask) == 0)) { - - fdcp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSHasChildLinkMask; - fdcp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - fdcp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - error = hfs_update(fdvp, 0); - if (error) { - if (error != EIO && error != ENXIO) { - printf("hfs_vnop_link: error %d updating fdvp %p\n", error, fdvp); - // No point changing error as it's set immediate below - } - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_OP_INCOMPLETE); - } - - /* Set kHFSHasChildLinkBit in the source hierarchy */ - error = cat_set_childlinkbit(hfsmp, fdcp->c_parentcnid); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_vnop_link: error updating source parent chain for id=%u, vol=%s\n", fdcp->c_cnid, hfsmp->vcbVN); - error = 0; - } - } - hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, VOL_MKFILE, - (tdcp->c_cnid == kHFSRootFolderID)); - } - - if (error == 0 && (ret = hfs_update(vp, 0)) != 0) { - if (ret != EIO && ret != ENXIO) - printf("hfs_vnop_link: error %d updating vp @ %p\n", ret, vp); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_OP_INCOMPLETE); - } - -out: - if (lockflags) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - } - if (intrans) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - } - - tdcp->c_flag &= ~C_DIR_MODIFICATION; - wakeup((caddr_t)&tdcp->c_flag); - - if (fdcp) { - hfs_unlockfour(tdcp, cp, fdcp, NULL); - } else { - hfs_unlockpair(tdcp, cp); - } - if (fdvp) { - vnode_put(fdvp); - } - return (error); -} - - -/* - * Remove a link to a hardlink file/dir. - * - * Note: dvp and vp cnodes are already locked. - */ -int -hfs_unlink(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *dvp, struct vnode *vp, struct componentname *cnp, int skip_reserve) -{ - struct cnode *cp; - struct cnode *dcp; - struct cat_desc cndesc; - struct timeval tv; - char inodename[32]; - cnid_t prevlinkid; - cnid_t nextlinkid; - int lockflags = 0; - int started_tr; - int error; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) { - return (EPERM); - } - cp = VTOC(vp); - dcp = VTOC(dvp); - - dcp->c_flag |= C_DIR_MODIFICATION; - - /* Remove the entry from the namei cache: */ - cache_purge(vp); - - if ((error = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp)) != 0) { - started_tr = 0; - goto out; - } - started_tr = 1; - - /* - * Protect against a race with rename by using the component - * name passed in and parent id from dvp (instead of using - * the cp->c_desc which may have changed). - * - * Re-lookup the component name so we get the correct cnid - * for the name (as opposed to the c_cnid in the cnode which - * could have changed before the cnode was locked). - */ - cndesc.cd_flags = vnode_isdir(vp) ? CD_ISDIR : 0; - cndesc.cd_encoding = cp->c_desc.cd_encoding; - cndesc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)cnp->cn_nameptr; - cndesc.cd_namelen = cnp->cn_namelen; - cndesc.cd_parentcnid = dcp->c_fileid; - cndesc.cd_hint = dcp->c_childhint; - - lockflags = SFL_CATALOG | SFL_ATTRIBUTE; - if (cndesc.cd_flags & CD_ISDIR) { - /* We'll be removing the alias resource allocation blocks. */ - lockflags |= SFL_BITMAP; - } - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - if ((error = cat_lookuplink(hfsmp, &cndesc, &cndesc.cd_cnid, &prevlinkid, &nextlinkid))) { - goto out; - } - - /* Reserve some space in the catalog file. */ - if (!skip_reserve && (error = cat_preflight(hfsmp, 2 * CAT_DELETE, NULL, 0))) { - goto out; - } - - /* Purge any cached origin entries for a directory or file hard link. */ - hfs_relorigin(cp, dcp->c_fileid); - if (dcp->c_fileid != dcp->c_cnid) { - hfs_relorigin(cp, dcp->c_cnid); - } - - /* Delete the link record. */ - if ((error = cat_deletelink(hfsmp, &cndesc))) { - goto out; - } - - /* Update the parent directory. */ - if (dcp->c_entries > 0) { - dcp->c_entries--; - } - if (cndesc.cd_flags & CD_ISDIR) { - DEC_FOLDERCOUNT(hfsmp, dcp->c_attr); - } - dcp->c_dirchangecnt++; - hfs_incr_gencount(dcp); - microtime(&tv); - dcp->c_touch_chgtime = dcp->c_touch_modtime = true; - dcp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - hfs_update(dcp->c_vp, 0); - - /* - * If this is the last link then we need to process the inode. - * Otherwise we need to fix up the link chain. - */ - --cp->c_linkcount; - if (cp->c_linkcount < 1) { - char delname[32]; - struct cat_desc to_desc; - struct cat_desc from_desc; - - /* - * If a file inode or directory inode is being deleted, rename - * it to an open deleted file. This ensures that deletion - * of inode and its corresponding extended attributes does - * not overflow the journal. This inode will be deleted - * either in hfs_vnop_inactive() or in hfs_remove_orphans(). - * Note: a rename failure here is not fatal. - */ - bzero(&from_desc, sizeof(from_desc)); - bzero(&to_desc, sizeof(to_desc)); - if (vnode_isdir(vp)) { - if (cp->c_entries != 0) { - panic("hfs_unlink: dir not empty (id %d, %d entries)", cp->c_fileid, cp->c_entries); - } - MAKE_DIRINODE_NAME(inodename, sizeof(inodename), - cp->c_attr.ca_linkref); - from_desc.cd_parentcnid = hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid; - from_desc.cd_flags = CD_ISDIR; - to_desc.cd_flags = CD_ISDIR; - } else { - MAKE_INODE_NAME(inodename, sizeof(inodename), - cp->c_attr.ca_linkref); - from_desc.cd_parentcnid = hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid; - from_desc.cd_flags = 0; - to_desc.cd_flags = 0; - } - from_desc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)inodename; - from_desc.cd_namelen = strlen(inodename); - from_desc.cd_cnid = cp->c_fileid; - - MAKE_DELETED_NAME(delname, sizeof(delname), cp->c_fileid); - to_desc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)delname; - to_desc.cd_namelen = strlen(delname); - to_desc.cd_parentcnid = hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid; - to_desc.cd_cnid = cp->c_fileid; - - error = cat_rename(hfsmp, &from_desc, &hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS], - &to_desc, (struct cat_desc *)NULL); - if (error == 0) { - cp->c_flag |= C_DELETED; - cp->c_attr.ca_recflags &= ~kHFSHasLinkChainMask; - cp->c_attr.ca_firstlink = 0; - if (vnode_isdir(vp)) { - hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[DIR_HARDLINKS].ca_entries--; - DEC_FOLDERCOUNT(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[DIR_HARDLINKS]); - - hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[FILE_HARDLINKS].ca_entries++; - INC_FOLDERCOUNT(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[FILE_HARDLINKS]); - - (void)cat_update(hfsmp, &hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS], - &hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[DIR_HARDLINKS], NULL, NULL); - (void)cat_update(hfsmp, &hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS], - &hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[FILE_HARDLINKS], NULL, NULL); - } - } else { - error = 0; /* rename failure here is not fatal */ - } - } else /* Still some links left */ { - cnid_t firstlink; - - /* - * Update the start of the link chain. - * Note: Directory hard links store the first link in an attribute. - */ - if (vnode_isdir(vp) && - getfirstlink(hfsmp, cp->c_fileid, &firstlink) == 0 && - firstlink == cndesc.cd_cnid) { - if (setfirstlink(hfsmp, cp->c_fileid, nextlinkid) == 0) - cp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSHasAttributesMask; - } else if (cp->c_attr.ca_firstlink == cndesc.cd_cnid) { - cp->c_attr.ca_firstlink = nextlinkid; - } - /* Update previous link. */ - if (prevlinkid) { - (void) cat_update_siblinglinks(hfsmp, prevlinkid, HFS_IGNORABLE_LINK, nextlinkid); - } - /* Update next link. */ - if (nextlinkid) { - (void) cat_update_siblinglinks(hfsmp, nextlinkid, prevlinkid, HFS_IGNORABLE_LINK); - } - } - - /* - * The call to cat_releasedesc below will only release the name - * buffer; it does not zero out the rest of the fields in the - * 'cat_desc' data structure. - * - * As a result, since there are still other links at this point, - * we need to make the current cnode descriptor point to the raw - * inode. If a path-based system call comes along first, it will - * replace the descriptor with a valid link ID. If a userland - * process already has a file descriptor open, then they will - * bypass that lookup, though. Replacing the descriptor CNID with - * the raw inode will force it to generate a new full path. - */ - cp->c_cnid = cp->c_fileid; - - /* Push new link count to disk. */ - cp->c_ctime = tv.tv_sec; - (void) cat_update(hfsmp, &cp->c_desc, &cp->c_attr, NULL, NULL); - - /* All done with the system files. */ - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - lockflags = 0; - - /* Update file system stats. */ - hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, VOL_RMFILE, (dcp->c_cnid == kHFSRootFolderID)); - - /* - * All done with this cnode's descriptor... - * - * Note: all future catalog calls for this cnode may be - * by fileid only. This is OK for HFS (which doesn't have - * file thread records) since HFS doesn't support hard links. - */ - cat_releasedesc(&cp->c_desc); - -out: - if (lockflags) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - } - if (started_tr) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - } - - dcp->c_flag &= ~C_DIR_MODIFICATION; - wakeup((caddr_t)&dcp->c_flag); - - return (error); -} - - -/* - * Initialize the HFS+ private system directories. - * - * These directories are used to hold the inodes - * for file and directory hardlinks as well as - * open-unlinked files. - * - * If they don't yet exist they will get created. - * - * This call is assumed to be made during mount. - */ -void -hfs_privatedir_init(struct hfsmount * hfsmp, enum privdirtype type) -{ - struct vnode * dvp = NULLVP; - struct cnode * dcp = NULL; - struct cat_desc *priv_descp; - struct cat_attr *priv_attrp; - struct FndrDirInfo * fndrinfo; - struct timeval tv; - int lockflags; - int trans = 0; - int error; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) { - return; - } - - priv_descp = &hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[type]; - priv_attrp = &hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[type]; - - /* Check if directory already exists. */ - if (priv_descp->cd_cnid != 0) { - return; - } - - priv_descp->cd_parentcnid = kRootDirID; - priv_descp->cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)hfs_private_names[type]; - priv_descp->cd_namelen = strlen((const char *)priv_descp->cd_nameptr); - priv_descp->cd_flags = CD_ISDIR | CD_DECOMPOSED; - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - error = cat_lookup(hfsmp, priv_descp, 0, 0, NULL, priv_attrp, NULL, NULL); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (error == 0) { - if (type == FILE_HARDLINKS) { - hfsmp->hfs_metadata_createdate = priv_attrp->ca_itime; - } - priv_descp->cd_cnid = priv_attrp->ca_fileid; - goto exit; - } - - /* Directory is missing, if this is read-only then we're done. */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - goto exit; - } - - /* Grab the root directory so we can update it later. */ - if (hfs_vget(hfsmp, kRootDirID, &dvp, 0, 0) != 0) { - goto exit; - } - dcp = VTOC(dvp); - - /* Setup the default attributes */ - bzero(priv_attrp, sizeof(struct cat_attr)); - priv_attrp->ca_flags = UF_IMMUTABLE | UF_HIDDEN; - priv_attrp->ca_mode = S_IFDIR; - if (type == DIR_HARDLINKS) { - priv_attrp->ca_mode |= S_ISVTX | S_IRUSR | S_IXUSR | S_IRGRP | - S_IXGRP | S_IROTH | S_IXOTH; - } - priv_attrp->ca_linkcount = 1; - priv_attrp->ca_itime = hfsmp->hfs_itime; - priv_attrp->ca_recflags = kHFSHasFolderCountMask; - - fndrinfo = (struct FndrDirInfo *)&priv_attrp->ca_finderinfo; - fndrinfo->frLocation.v = SWAP_BE16(16384); - fndrinfo->frLocation.h = SWAP_BE16(16384); - fndrinfo->frFlags = SWAP_BE16(kIsInvisible + kNameLocked); - - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - goto exit; - } - trans = 1; - - /* Need the catalog and EA b-trees for CNID acquisition */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG | SFL_ATTRIBUTE, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* Make sure there's space in the Catalog file. */ - if (cat_preflight(hfsmp, CAT_CREATE, NULL, 0) != 0) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - goto exit; - } - - /* Get the CNID for use */ - cnid_t new_id; - if ((error = cat_acquire_cnid(hfsmp, &new_id))) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock (hfsmp, lockflags); - goto exit; - } - - /* Create the private directory on disk. */ - error = cat_create(hfsmp, new_id, priv_descp, priv_attrp, NULL); - if (error == 0) { - priv_descp->cd_cnid = priv_attrp->ca_fileid; - - /* Update the parent directory */ - dcp->c_entries++; - INC_FOLDERCOUNT(hfsmp, dcp->c_attr); - dcp->c_dirchangecnt++; - hfs_incr_gencount(dcp); - microtime(&tv); - dcp->c_ctime = tv.tv_sec; - dcp->c_mtime = tv.tv_sec; - (void) cat_update(hfsmp, &dcp->c_desc, &dcp->c_attr, NULL, NULL); - } - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (error) { - goto exit; - } - if (type == FILE_HARDLINKS) { - hfsmp->hfs_metadata_createdate = priv_attrp->ca_itime; - } - hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, VOL_MKDIR, 1); -exit: - if (trans) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - } - if (dvp) { - hfs_unlock(dcp); - vnode_put(dvp); - } - if ((error == 0) && (type == DIR_HARDLINKS)) { - hfs_xattr_init(hfsmp); - } -} - - -/* - * Lookup a hardlink link (from chain) - */ -int -hfs_lookup_siblinglinks(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t linkfileid, cnid_t *prevlinkid, cnid_t *nextlinkid) -{ - int lockflags; - int error; - - *prevlinkid = 0; - *nextlinkid = 0; - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - error = cat_lookup_siblinglinks(hfsmp, linkfileid, prevlinkid, nextlinkid); - if (error == ENOLINK) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_ATTRIBUTE, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - error = getfirstlink(hfsmp, linkfileid, nextlinkid); - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - return (error); -} - - -/* Find the oldest / last hardlink in the link chain */ -int -hfs_lookup_lastlink (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t linkfileid, - cnid_t *lastid, struct cat_desc *cdesc) { - int lockflags; - int error; - - *lastid = 0; - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - error = cat_lookup_lastlink(hfsmp, linkfileid, lastid, cdesc); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - /* - * cat_lookup_lastlink will zero out the lastid/cdesc arguments as needed - * upon error cases. - */ - return error; -} - - -/* - * Cache the origin of a directory or file hard link - * - * cnode must be lock on entry - */ -void -hfs_savelinkorigin(cnode_t *cp, cnid_t parentcnid) -{ - linkorigin_t *origin = NULL; - thread_t thread = current_thread(); - int count = 0; - int maxorigins = (S_ISDIR(cp->c_mode)) ? MAX_CACHED_ORIGINS : MAX_CACHED_FILE_ORIGINS; - /* - * Look for an existing origin first. If not found, create/steal one. - */ - TAILQ_FOREACH(origin, &cp->c_originlist, lo_link) { - ++count; - if (origin->lo_thread == thread) { - TAILQ_REMOVE(&cp->c_originlist, origin, lo_link); - break; - } - } - if (origin == NULL) { - /* Recycle the last (i.e., the oldest) if we have too many. */ - if (count > maxorigins) { - origin = TAILQ_LAST(&cp->c_originlist, hfs_originhead); - TAILQ_REMOVE(&cp->c_originlist, origin, lo_link); - } else { - origin = hfs_malloc(sizeof(linkorigin_t)); - } - origin->lo_thread = thread; - } - origin->lo_cnid = cp->c_cnid; - origin->lo_parentcnid = parentcnid; - TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&cp->c_originlist, origin, lo_link); -} - -/* - * Release any cached origins for a directory or file hard link - * - * cnode must be lock on entry - */ -void -hfs_relorigins(struct cnode *cp) -{ - linkorigin_t *origin, *prev; - - TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(origin, &cp->c_originlist, lo_link, prev) { - hfs_free(origin, sizeof(*origin)); - } - TAILQ_INIT(&cp->c_originlist); -} - -/* - * Release a specific origin for a directory or file hard link - * - * cnode must be lock on entry - */ -void -hfs_relorigin(struct cnode *cp, cnid_t parentcnid) -{ - linkorigin_t *origin, *prev; - thread_t thread = current_thread(); - - TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(origin, &cp->c_originlist, lo_link, prev) { - if (origin->lo_thread == thread) { - TAILQ_REMOVE(&cp->c_originlist, origin, lo_link); - hfs_free(origin, sizeof(*origin)); - break; - } else if (origin->lo_parentcnid == parentcnid) { - /* - * If the threads don't match, then we don't want to - * delete the entry because that might cause other threads - * to fall back and use whatever happens to be in - * c_parentcnid or the wrong link ID. By setting the - * values to zero here, it should serve as an indication - * that the path is no longer valid and that's better than - * using a random parent ID or link ID. - */ - origin->lo_parentcnid = 0; - origin->lo_cnid = 0; - } - } -} - -/* - * Test if a directory or file hard link has a cached origin - * - * cnode must be lock on entry - */ -int -hfs_haslinkorigin(cnode_t *cp) -{ - if (cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK) { - linkorigin_t *origin; - thread_t thread = current_thread(); - - TAILQ_FOREACH(origin, &cp->c_originlist, lo_link) { - if (origin->lo_thread == thread) { - return origin->lo_cnid != 0; - } - } - } - return (0); -} - -/* - * Obtain the current parent cnid of a directory or file hard link - * - * cnode must be lock on entry - */ -cnid_t -hfs_currentparent(cnode_t *cp, bool have_lock) -{ - if (cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK) { - if (!have_lock) - hfs_lock_always(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - linkorigin_t *origin; - thread_t thread = current_thread(); - - TAILQ_FOREACH(origin, &cp->c_originlist, lo_link) { - if (origin->lo_thread == thread) { - if (!have_lock) - hfs_unlock(cp); - return (origin->lo_parentcnid); - } - } - - if (!have_lock) - hfs_unlock(cp); - } - return (cp->c_parentcnid); -} - -/* - * Obtain the current cnid of a directory or file hard link - * - * cnode must be lock on entry - */ -cnid_t -hfs_currentcnid(cnode_t *cp) -{ - if (cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK) { - linkorigin_t *origin; - thread_t thread = current_thread(); - - TAILQ_FOREACH(origin, &cp->c_originlist, lo_link) { - if (origin->lo_thread == thread) { - return (origin->lo_cnid); - } - } - } - return (cp->c_cnid); -} - - -/* - * Set the first link attribute for a given file id. - * - * The attributes b-tree must already be locked. - * If journaling is enabled, a transaction must already be started. - */ -static int -setfirstlink(struct hfsmount * hfsmp, cnid_t fileid, cnid_t firstlink) -{ - FCB * btfile; - BTreeIterator * iterator; - FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - u_int8_t attrdata[FIRST_LINK_XATTR_REC_SIZE]; - HFSPlusAttrData *dataptr; - int result; - u_int16_t datasize; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp == NULL) { - return (EPERM); - } - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - result = hfs_buildattrkey(fileid, FIRST_LINK_XATTR_NAME, (HFSPlusAttrKey *)&iterator->key); - if (result) { - goto out; - } - dataptr = (HFSPlusAttrData *)&attrdata[0]; - dataptr->recordType = kHFSPlusAttrInlineData; - dataptr->reserved[0] = 0; - dataptr->reserved[1] = 0; - - /* - * Since attrData is variable length, we calculate the size of - * attrData by subtracting the size of all other members of - * structure HFSPlusAttData from the size of attrdata. - */ - (void)snprintf((char *)&dataptr->attrData[0], - sizeof(dataptr) - (4 * sizeof(uint32_t)), - "%lu", (unsigned long)firstlink); - dataptr->attrSize = 1 + strlen((char *)&dataptr->attrData[0]); - - /* Calculate size of record rounded up to multiple of 2 bytes. */ - datasize = sizeof(HFSPlusAttrData) - 2 + dataptr->attrSize + ((dataptr->attrSize & 1) ? 1 : 0); - - btdata.bufferAddress = dataptr; - btdata.itemSize = datasize; - btdata.itemCount = 1; - - btfile = hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp->c_datafork; - - /* Insert the attribute. */ - result = BTInsertRecord(btfile, iterator, &btdata, datasize); - if (result == btExists) { - result = BTReplaceRecord(btfile, iterator, &btdata, datasize); - } - (void) BTFlushPath(btfile); -out: - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - -/* - * Get the first link attribute for a given file id. - * - * The attributes b-tree must already be locked. - */ -static int -getfirstlink(struct hfsmount * hfsmp, cnid_t fileid, cnid_t *firstlink) -{ - FCB * btfile; - BTreeIterator * iterator; - FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - u_int8_t attrdata[FIRST_LINK_XATTR_REC_SIZE]; - HFSPlusAttrData *dataptr; - int result; - u_int16_t datasize; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp == NULL) { - return (EPERM); - } - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - result = hfs_buildattrkey(fileid, FIRST_LINK_XATTR_NAME, (HFSPlusAttrKey *)&iterator->key); - if (result) - goto out; - - dataptr = (HFSPlusAttrData *)&attrdata[0]; - datasize = sizeof(attrdata); - - btdata.bufferAddress = dataptr; - btdata.itemSize = sizeof(attrdata); - btdata.itemCount = 1; - - btfile = hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp->c_datafork; - - result = BTSearchRecord(btfile, iterator, &btdata, NULL, NULL); - if (result) - goto out; - - if (dataptr->attrSize < 3) { - result = ENOENT; - goto out; - } - *firstlink = strtoul((char*)&dataptr->attrData[0], NULL, 10); -out: - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - -errno_t hfs_first_link(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, cnode_t *cp, cnid_t *link_id) -{ - errno_t error = 0; - - if (S_ISDIR(cp->c_mode)) { - int lockf = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_ATTRIBUTE, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - error = getfirstlink(hfsmp, cp->c_fileid, link_id); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockf); - } else { - if (cp->c_attr.ca_firstlink) - *link_id = cp->c_attr.ca_firstlink; - else { - // This can happen if the cnode has been deleted - error = ENOENT; - } - } - - return error; -} diff --git a/core/hfs_lookup.c b/core/hfs_lookup.c deleted file mode 100644 index 943d194..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_lookup.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,680 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 1999-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 - * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. - * (c) UNIX System Laboratories, Inc. - * All or some portions of this file are derived from material licensed - * to the University of California by American Telephone and Telegraph - * Co. or Unix System Laboratories, Inc. and are reproduced herein with - * the permission of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by the University of - * California, Berkeley and its contributors. - * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * @(#)hfs_lookup.c 1.0 - * derived from @(#)ufs_lookup.c 8.15 (Berkeley) 6/16/95 - * - * (c) 1998-1999 Apple Inc. All Rights Reserved - * (c) 1990, 1992 NeXT Computer, Inc. All Rights Reserved - * - * - * hfs_lookup.c -- code to handle directory traversal on HFS/HFS+ volume - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_catalog.h" -#include "hfs_cnode.h" - - -/* - * FROM FREEBSD 3.1 - * Convert a component of a pathname into a pointer to a locked cnode. - * This is a very central and rather complicated routine. - * If the file system is not maintained in a strict tree hierarchy, - * this can result in a deadlock situation (see comments in code below). - * - * The cnp->cn_nameiop argument is LOOKUP, CREATE, RENAME, or DELETE depending - * on whether the name is to be looked up, created, renamed, or deleted. - * When CREATE, RENAME, or DELETE is specified, information usable in - * creating, renaming, or deleting a directory entry may be calculated. - * Notice that these are the only operations that can affect the directory of the target. - * - * LOCKPARENT and WANTPARENT actually refer to the parent of the last item, - * so if ISLASTCN is not set, they should be ignored. Also they are mutually exclusive, or - * WANTPARENT really implies DONTLOCKPARENT. Either of them set means that the calling - * routine wants to access the parent of the target, locked or unlocked. - * - * Keeping the parent locked as long as possible protects from other processes - * looking up the same item, so it has to be locked until the cnode is totally finished - * - * hfs_cache_lookup() performs the following for us: - * check that it is a directory - * check accessibility of directory - * check for modification attempts on read-only mounts - * if name found in cache - * if at end of path and deleting or creating - * drop it - * else - * return name. - * return hfs_lookup() - * - * Overall outline of hfs_lookup: - * - * handle simple cases of . and .. - * search for name in directory, to found or notfound - * notfound: - * if creating, return locked directory, leaving info on available slots - * else return error - * found: - * if at end of path and deleting, return information to allow delete - * if at end of path and rewriting (RENAME and LOCKPARENT), lock target - * cnode and return info to allow rewrite - * if not at end, add name to cache; if at end and neither creating - * nor deleting, add name to cache - */ - - -/* - * Lookup *cnp in directory *dvp, return it in *vpp. - * **vpp is held on exit. - * We create a cnode for the file, but we do NOT open the file here. - -#% lookup dvp L ? ? -#% lookup vpp - L - - - IN struct vnode *dvp - Parent node of file; - INOUT struct vnode **vpp - node of target file, its a new node if - the target vnode did not exist; - IN struct componentname *cnp - Name of file; - - * When should we lock parent_hp in here ?? - */ -static int -hfs_lookup(struct vnode *dvp, struct vnode **vpp, struct componentname *cnp, int *cnode_locked, int force_casesensitive_lookup) -{ - struct cnode *dcp; /* cnode for directory being searched */ - struct vnode *tvp; /* target vnode */ - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - int flags; - int nameiop; - int retval = 0; - int isDot; - struct cat_desc desc; - struct cat_desc cndesc; - struct cat_attr attr; - struct cat_fork fork; - int lockflags; - int newvnode_flags; - - retry: - newvnode_flags = 0; - dcp = NULL; - hfsmp = VTOHFS(dvp); - *vpp = NULL; - *cnode_locked = 0; - isDot = FALSE; - tvp = NULL; - nameiop = cnp->cn_nameiop; - flags = cnp->cn_flags; - bzero(&desc, sizeof(desc)); - - /* - * First check to see if it is a . or .., else look it up. - */ - if (flags & ISDOTDOT) { /* Wanting the parent */ - cnp->cn_flags &= ~MAKEENTRY; - goto found; /* .. is always defined */ - } else if ((cnp->cn_nameptr[0] == '.') && (cnp->cn_namelen == 1)) { - isDot = TRUE; - cnp->cn_flags &= ~MAKEENTRY; - goto found; /* We always know who we are */ - } else { - if (hfs_lock(VTOC(dvp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT) != 0) { - retval = ENOENT; /* The parent no longer exists ? */ - goto exit; - } - dcp = VTOC(dvp); - - if (dcp->c_flag & C_DIR_MODIFICATION) { - // This needs to be changed to sleep on c_flag using assert_wait. - // msleep((caddr_t)&dcp->c_flag, &dcp->c_rwlock, PINOD, "hfs_vnop_lookup", 0); - hfs_unlock(dcp); - tsleep((caddr_t)dvp, PRIBIO, "hfs_lookup", 1); - - goto retry; - } - - - /* - * We shouldn't need to go to the catalog if there are no children. - * However, in the face of a minor disk corruption where the valence of - * the directory is off, we could infinite loop here if we return ENOENT - * even though there are actually items in the directory. (create will - * see the ENOENT, try to create something, which will return with - * EEXIST over and over again). As a result, always check the catalog. - */ - - bzero(&cndesc, sizeof(cndesc)); - cndesc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)cnp->cn_nameptr; - cndesc.cd_namelen = cnp->cn_namelen; - cndesc.cd_parentcnid = dcp->c_fileid; - cndesc.cd_hint = dcp->c_childhint; - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - retval = cat_lookup(hfsmp, &cndesc, 0, force_casesensitive_lookup, &desc, &attr, &fork, NULL); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (retval == 0) { - dcp->c_childhint = desc.cd_hint; - /* - * Note: We must drop the parent lock here before calling - * hfs_getnewvnode (which takes the child lock). - */ - hfs_unlock(dcp); - dcp = NULL; - - /* Verify that the item just looked up isn't one of the hidden directories. */ - if (desc.cd_cnid == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid || - desc.cd_cnid == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) { - retval = ENOENT; - goto exit; - } - - goto found; - } - - if (retval == HFS_ERESERVEDNAME) { - /* - * We found the name in the catalog, but it is unavailable - * to us. The exact error to return to our caller depends - * on the operation, and whether we've already reached the - * last path component. In all cases, avoid a negative - * cache entry, since someone else may be able to access - * the name if their lookup is configured differently. - */ - - cnp->cn_flags &= ~MAKEENTRY; - - if (((flags & ISLASTCN) == 0) || ((nameiop == LOOKUP) || (nameiop == DELETE))) { - /* A reserved name for a pure lookup is the same as the path not being present */ - retval = ENOENT; - } else { - /* A reserved name with intent to create must be rejected as impossible */ - retval = EEXIST; - } - } - if (retval != ENOENT) - goto exit; - /* - * This is a non-existing entry - * - * If creating, and at end of pathname and current - * directory has not been removed, then can consider - * allowing file to be created. - */ - if ((nameiop == CREATE || nameiop == RENAME) && - (flags & ISLASTCN) && - !(ISSET(dcp->c_flag, C_DELETED | C_NOEXISTS))) { - retval = EJUSTRETURN; - goto exit; - } - /* - * Insert name into the name cache (as non-existent). - */ -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) == 0) -#endif - { - if ((cnp->cn_flags & MAKEENTRY) && - (nameiop != CREATE)) { - cache_enter(dvp, NULL, cnp); - dcp->c_flag |= C_NEG_ENTRIES; - } - } - goto exit; - } - -found: - if (flags & ISLASTCN) { - switch(nameiop) { - case DELETE: - cnp->cn_flags &= ~MAKEENTRY; - break; - - case RENAME: - cnp->cn_flags &= ~MAKEENTRY; - if (isDot) { - retval = EISDIR; - goto exit; - } - break; - } - } - - if (isDot) { - if ((retval = vnode_get(dvp))) - goto exit; - *vpp = dvp; - } else if (flags & ISDOTDOT) { - /* - * Directory hard links can have multiple parents so - * find the appropriate parent for the current thread. - */ - if ((retval = hfs_vget(hfsmp, hfs_currentparent(VTOC(dvp), - /* have_lock: */ false), &tvp, 0, 0))) { - goto exit; - } - *cnode_locked = 1; - *vpp = tvp; - } else { - int type = (attr.ca_mode & S_IFMT); - - if (!(flags & ISLASTCN) && (type != S_IFDIR) && (type != S_IFLNK)) { - retval = ENOTDIR; - goto exit; - } - /* Don't cache directory hardlink names. */ - if (attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask) { - cnp->cn_flags &= ~MAKEENTRY; - } - /* Names with composed chars are not cached. */ - if (cnp->cn_namelen != desc.cd_namelen) - cnp->cn_flags &= ~MAKEENTRY; - - retval = hfs_getnewvnode(hfsmp, dvp, cnp, &desc, 0, &attr, &fork, &tvp, &newvnode_flags); - - if (retval) { - /* - * If this was a create/rename operation lookup, then by this point - * we expected to see the item returned from hfs_getnewvnode above. - * In the create case, it would probably eventually bubble out an EEXIST - * because the item existed when we were trying to create it. In the - * rename case, it would let us know that we need to go ahead and - * delete it as part of the rename. However, if we hit the condition below - * then it means that we found the element during cat_lookup above, but - * it is now no longer there. We simply behave as though we never found - * the element at all and return EJUSTRETURN. - */ - if ((retval == ENOENT) && - ((cnp->cn_nameiop == CREATE) || (cnp->cn_nameiop == RENAME)) && - (flags & ISLASTCN)) { - retval = EJUSTRETURN; - } - - /* - * If this was a straight lookup operation, we may need to redrive the entire - * lookup starting from cat_lookup if the element was deleted as the result of - * a rename operation. Since rename is supposed to guarantee atomicity, then - * lookups cannot fail because the underlying element is deleted as a result of - * the rename call -- either they returned the looked up element prior to rename - * or return the newer element. If we are in this region, then all we can do is add - * workarounds to guarantee the latter case. The element has already been deleted, so - * we just re-try the lookup to ensure the caller gets the most recent element. - */ - if ((retval == ENOENT) && (cnp->cn_nameiop == LOOKUP) && - (newvnode_flags & (GNV_CHASH_RENAMED | GNV_CAT_DELETED))) { - if (dcp) { - hfs_unlock (dcp); - } - /* get rid of any name buffers that may have lingered from the cat_lookup call */ - cat_releasedesc (&desc); - goto retry; - } - - /* Also, re-drive the lookup if the item we looked up was a hardlink, and the number - * or name of hardlinks has changed in the interim between the cat_lookup above, and - * our call to hfs_getnewvnode. hfs_getnewvnode will validate the cattr we passed it - * against what is actually in the catalog after the cnode is created. If there were - * any issues, it will bubble out ERECYCLE, which we need to swallow and use as the - * key to redrive as well. We need to special case this below because in this case, - * it needs to occur regardless of the type of lookup we're doing here. - */ - if ((retval == ERECYCLE) && (newvnode_flags & GNV_CAT_ATTRCHANGED)) { - if (dcp) { - hfs_unlock (dcp); - } - /* get rid of any name buffers that may have lingered from the cat_lookup call */ - cat_releasedesc (&desc); - retval = 0; - goto retry; - } - - /* skip to the error-handling code if we can't retry */ - goto exit; - } - - /* - * Save the origin info for file and directory hardlinks. Directory hardlinks - * need the origin for '..' lookups, and file hardlinks need it to ensure that - * competing lookups do not cause us to vend different hardlinks than the ones requested. - */ - if (ISSET(VTOC(tvp)->c_flag, C_HARDLINK)) - hfs_savelinkorigin(VTOC(tvp), VTOC(dvp)->c_fileid); - *cnode_locked = 1; - *vpp = tvp; - } -exit: - if (dcp) { - hfs_unlock(dcp); - } - cat_releasedesc(&desc); - return (retval); -} - - - -/* - * Name caching works as follows: - * - * Names found by directory scans are retained in a cache - * for future reference. It is managed LRU, so frequently - * used names will hang around. Cache is indexed by hash value - * obtained from (vp, name) where vp refers to the directory - * containing name. - * - * If it is a "negative" entry, (i.e. for a name that is known NOT to - * exist) the vnode pointer will be NULL. - * - * Upon reaching the last segment of a path, if the reference - * is for DELETE, or NOCACHE is set (rewrite), and the - * name is located in the cache, it will be dropped. - * - */ - -int -hfs_vnop_lookup(struct vnop_lookup_args *ap) -{ - struct vnode *dvp = ap->a_dvp; - struct vnode *vp; - struct cnode *cp; - struct cnode *dcp; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - int error; - struct vnode **vpp = ap->a_vpp; - struct componentname *cnp = ap->a_cnp; - int flags = cnp->cn_flags; - struct proc *p = vfs_context_proc(ap->a_context); - int force_casesensitive_lookup = proc_is_forcing_hfs_case_sensitivity(p); - int cnode_locked; - int fastdev_candidate = 0; - int auto_candidate = 0; - - *vpp = NULL; - dcp = VTOC(dvp); - hfsmp = VTOHFS(dvp); - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) && (vnode_isfastdevicecandidate(dvp) || (dcp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSFastDevCandidateMask)) ){ - fastdev_candidate = 1; - auto_candidate = (vnode_isautocandidate(dvp) || (dcp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSAutoCandidateMask)); - } - - - /* - * Lookup an entry in the cache - * - * If the lookup succeeds, the vnode is returned in *vpp, - * and a status of -1 is returned. - * - * If the lookup determines that the name does not exist - * (negative cacheing), a status of ENOENT is returned. - * - * If the lookup fails, a status of zero is returned. - */ - error = cache_lookup(dvp, vpp, cnp); - if (error != -1) { - if ((error == ENOENT) && (cnp->cn_nameiop != CREATE)) - goto exit; /* found a negative cache entry */ - goto lookup; /* did not find it in the cache */ - } - /* - * We have a name that matched - * cache_lookup returns the vp with an iocount reference already taken - */ - error = 0; - vp = *vpp; - cp = VTOC(vp); - - /* We aren't allowed to vend out vp's via lookup to the hidden directory */ - if (cp->c_cnid == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid || - cp->c_cnid == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) { - /* Drop the iocount from cache_lookup */ - vnode_put (vp); - error = ENOENT; - goto exit; - } - - if (cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSDoNotFastDevPinMask) { - fastdev_candidate = 0; - } - - /* - * If this is a hard-link vnode then we need to update - * the name (of the link), the parent ID, the cnid, the - * text encoding and the catalog hint. This enables - * getattrlist calls to return the correct link info. - */ - - /* - * Alternatively, if we are forcing a case-sensitive lookup - * on a case-insensitive volume, the namecache entry - * may have been for an incorrect case. Since we cannot - * determine case vs. normalization, redrive the catalog - * lookup based on any byte mismatch. - */ - if (((flags & ISLASTCN) && (cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK)) - || (force_casesensitive_lookup && !(hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CASE_SENSITIVE))) { - int stale_link = 0; - - hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - if ((cp->c_parentcnid != dcp->c_cnid) || - (cnp->cn_namelen != cp->c_desc.cd_namelen) || - (bcmp(cnp->cn_nameptr, cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr, cp->c_desc.cd_namelen) != 0)) { - struct cat_desc desc; - struct cat_attr lookup_attr; - int lockflags; - - if (force_casesensitive_lookup && !(hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CASE_SENSITIVE)) { - /* - * Since the name in the cnode doesn't match our lookup - * string exactly, do a full lookup. - */ - hfs_unlock (cp); - - vnode_put(vp); - goto lookup; - } - - /* - * Get an updated descriptor - */ - desc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)cnp->cn_nameptr; - desc.cd_namelen = cnp->cn_namelen; - desc.cd_parentcnid = dcp->c_fileid; - desc.cd_hint = dcp->c_childhint; - desc.cd_encoding = 0; - desc.cd_cnid = 0; - desc.cd_flags = S_ISDIR(cp->c_mode) ? CD_ISDIR : 0; - - /* - * Because lookups call replace_desc to put a new descriptor in - * the cnode we are modifying it is possible that this cnode's - * descriptor is out of date for the parent ID / name that - * we are trying to look up. (It may point to a different hardlink). - * - * We need to be cautious that when re-supplying the - * descriptor below that the results of the catalog lookup - * still point to the same raw inode for the hardlink. This would - * not be the case if we found something in the cache above but - * the vnode it returned no longer has a valid hardlink for the - * parent ID/filename combo we are requesting. (This is because - * hfs_unlink does not directly trigger namecache removal). - * - * As a result, before vending out the vnode (and replacing - * its descriptor) verify that the fileID is the same by comparing - * the in-cnode attributes vs. the one returned from the lookup call - * below. If they do not match, treat this lookup as if we never hit - * in the cache at all. - */ - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(VTOHFS(dvp), SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - error = cat_lookup(VTOHFS(vp), &desc, 0, 0, &desc, &lookup_attr, NULL, NULL); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(VTOHFS(dvp), lockflags); - - /* - * Note that cat_lookup may fail to find something with the name provided in the - * stack-based descriptor above. In that case, an ENOENT is a legitimate errno - * to be placed in error, which will get returned in the fastpath below. - */ - if (error == 0) { - if (lookup_attr.ca_fileid == cp->c_attr.ca_fileid) { - /* It still points to the right raw inode. Replacing the descriptor is fine */ - replace_desc (cp, &desc); - - /* - * Save the origin info for file and directory hardlinks. Directory hardlinks - * need the origin for '..' lookups, and file hardlinks need it to ensure that - * competing lookups do not cause us to vend different hardlinks than the ones requested. - */ - hfs_savelinkorigin(cp, dcp->c_fileid); - } - else { - /* If the fileID does not match then do NOT replace the descriptor! */ - stale_link = 1; - } - } - } - hfs_unlock (cp); - - if (stale_link) { - /* - * If we had a stale_link, then we need to pretend as though - * we never found this vnode and force a lookup through the - * traditional path. Drop the iocount acquired through - * cache_lookup above and force a cat lookup / getnewvnode - */ - vnode_put(vp); - goto lookup; - } - - if (error) { - /* - * If the cat_lookup failed then the caller will not expect - * a vnode with an iocount on it. - */ - vnode_put(vp); - } - - } - goto exit; - -lookup: - /* - * The vnode was not in the name cache or it was stale. - * - * So we need to do a real lookup. - */ - cnode_locked = 0; - - error = hfs_lookup(dvp, vpp, cnp, &cnode_locked, force_casesensitive_lookup); - - if (*vpp && (VTOC(*vpp)->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSDoNotFastDevPinMask)) { - fastdev_candidate = 0; - } - - if (*vpp && (VTOC(*vpp)->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSAutoCandidateMask)) { - //printf("vp %s / %d is an auto-candidate\n", (*vpp)->v_name ? (*vpp)->v_name : "no-name", VTOC(*vpp)->c_fileid); - auto_candidate = 1; - } - - if (cnode_locked) - hfs_unlock(VTOC(*vpp)); -exit: - if (*vpp && fastdev_candidate && !vnode_isfastdevicecandidate(*vpp)) { - vnode_setfastdevicecandidate(*vpp); - if (auto_candidate) { - vnode_setautocandidate(*vpp); - } - } - - /* - * check to see if we issued any I/O while completing this lookup and - * this thread/task is throttleable... if so, throttle now - * - * this allows us to throttle in between multiple meta data reads that - * might result due to looking up a long pathname (since we'll have to - * re-enter hfs_vnop_lookup for each component of the pathnam not in - * the VFS cache), instead of waiting until the entire path lookup has - * completed and throttling at the systemcall return - */ - if (__builtin_expect(throttle_lowpri_window(), 0)) - throttle_lowpri_io(1); - - return (error); -} - - diff --git a/core/hfs_macos_defs.h b/core/hfs_macos_defs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 029262d..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_macos_defs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,299 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#ifndef __HFS_MACOS_TYPES__ -#define __HFS_MACOS_TYPES__ - -#include - -#ifdef KERNEL -#ifdef __APPLE_API_PRIVATE - -#include - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - - -#define TARGET_OS_WIN32 0 -#define TARGET_OS_UNIX 0 - -#define PRAGMA_IMPORT 0 -#define PRAGMA_STRUCT_ALIGN 1 -#define PRAGMA_ONCE 0 -#define PRAGMA_STRUCT_PACK 0 -#define PRAGMA_STRUCT_PACKPUSH 0 - -#if __GNUC__ >= 2 - #define TYPE_LONGLONG 1 -#else - #define TYPE_LONGLONG 0 -#endif -#ifdef __cplusplus - #define TYPE_BOOL 1 -#else - #define TYPE_BOOL 0 -#endif - -#define EXTERN_API(_type) extern _type -#define EXTERN_API_C(_type) extern _type - -#define CALLBACK_API_C(_type, _name) _type ( * _name) - -#define TARGET_API_MACOS_X 1 -#define TARGET_API_MAC_OS8 0 -#define TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON 0 - - - -/****** START OF MACOSTYPES *********/ - - -/* - 4.4BSD's sys/types.h defines size_t without defining __size_t__: - Things are a lot clearer from here on if we define __size_t__ now. - */ -#define __size_t__ - -/******************************************************************************** - - Special values in C - - NULL The C standard for an impossible pointer value - nil A carry over from pascal, NULL is prefered for C - -*********************************************************************************/ -#ifndef NULL - #define NULL 0 -#endif - -#ifndef nil - #define nil NULL -#endif - -typedef char * Ptr; -typedef long Size; - -typedef int16_t OSErr; -typedef u_int32_t ItemCount; -typedef u_int32_t ByteCount; -typedef u_int8_t * BytePtr; -typedef u_int32_t ByteOffset; - -typedef u_int16_t UniChar; -typedef unsigned char Str255[256]; -typedef unsigned char Str31[32]; -typedef unsigned char * StringPtr; -typedef const unsigned char * ConstStr255Param; -typedef const unsigned char * ConstStr31Param; -typedef const unsigned char * ConstUTF8Param; - -typedef u_int8_t Byte; - -typedef u_int32_t TextEncoding; -typedef UniChar * UniCharArrayPtr; -typedef const UniChar * ConstUniCharArrayPtr; - - -/******************************************************************************** - - Boolean types and values - - Boolean A one byte value, holds "false" (0) or "true" (1) - false The Boolean value of zero (0) - true The Boolean value of one (1) - -*********************************************************************************/ -/* - The identifiers "true" and "false" are becoming keywords in C++ - and work with the new built-in type "bool" - "Boolean" will remain an unsigned char for compatibility with source - code written before "bool" existed. -*/ -#if !TYPE_BOOL && !__bool_true_false_are_defined - -enum { - false = 0, - true = 1 -}; - -#endif /* !TYPE_BOOL */ - - -EXTERN_API( void ) DebugStr(const char * debuggerMsg); - -/********************************************************************************* - - Added types for HFSPlus MacOS X functionality. Needs to be incorporated to - other places - -*********************************************************************************/ - -typedef struct vnode* FileReference; - - -/***** START OF MACOSSTUBS ********/ - - -/* - SizeTDef.h -- Common definitions - - size_t - this type is defined by several ANSI headers. -*/ -#if ! defined (__size_t__) - #define __size_t__ - #if defined (__xlc) || defined (__xlC) || defined (__xlC__) || defined (__MWERKS__) - typedef unsigned long size_t; - #else /* __xlC */ - typedef unsigned int size_t; - #endif /* __xlC */ -#endif /* __size_t__ */ - - -/* - File: Errors.h - -*/ -enum { - noErr = 0, - dskFulErr = -34, /*disk full*/ - bdNamErr = -37, /*there may be no bad names in the final system!*/ - paramErr = -50, /*error in user parameter list*/ - memFullErr = -108, /*Not enough room in heap zone*/ - fileBoundsErr = -1309, /*file's EOF, offset, mark or size is too big*/ - kTECUsedFallbacksStatus = -8783, - -}; - - -enum { - /* Finder Flags */ - kHasBeenInited = 0x0100, - kHasCustomIcon = 0x0400, - kIsStationery = 0x0800, - kNameLocked = 0x1000, - kHasBundle = 0x2000, - kIsInvisible = 0x4000, - kIsAlias = 0x8000 -}; - -enum { - fsRtParID = 1, - fsRtDirID = 2 -}; - - -enum { - /* Mac OS encodings*/ - kTextEncodingMacRoman = 0L, - kTextEncodingMacJapanese = 1, - kTextEncodingMacChineseTrad = 2, - kTextEncodingMacKorean = 3, - kTextEncodingMacArabic = 4, - kTextEncodingMacHebrew = 5, - kTextEncodingMacGreek = 6, - kTextEncodingMacCyrillic = 7, - kTextEncodingMacDevanagari = 9, - kTextEncodingMacGurmukhi = 10, - kTextEncodingMacGujarati = 11, - kTextEncodingMacOriya = 12, - kTextEncodingMacBengali = 13, - kTextEncodingMacTamil = 14, - kTextEncodingMacTelugu = 15, - kTextEncodingMacKannada = 16, - kTextEncodingMacMalayalam = 17, - kTextEncodingMacSinhalese = 18, - kTextEncodingMacBurmese = 19, - kTextEncodingMacKhmer = 20, - kTextEncodingMacThai = 21, - kTextEncodingMacLaotian = 22, - kTextEncodingMacGeorgian = 23, - kTextEncodingMacArmenian = 24, - kTextEncodingMacChineseSimp = 25, - kTextEncodingMacTibetan = 26, - kTextEncodingMacMongolian = 27, - kTextEncodingMacEthiopic = 28, - kTextEncodingMacCentralEurRoman = 29, - kTextEncodingMacVietnamese = 30, - kTextEncodingMacExtArabic = 31, /* The following use script code 0, smRoman*/ - kTextEncodingMacSymbol = 33, - kTextEncodingMacDingbats = 34, - kTextEncodingMacTurkish = 35, - kTextEncodingMacCroatian = 36, - kTextEncodingMacIcelandic = 37, - kTextEncodingMacRomanian = 38, - kTextEncodingMacUnicode = 0x7E, - - kTextEncodingMacFarsi = 0x8C, /* Like MacArabic but uses Farsi digits */ /* The following use script code 7, smCyrillic */ - kTextEncodingMacUkrainian = 0x98, /* The following use script code 32, smUnimplemented */ -}; - - -/* PROTOTYPES */ - -#if DEBUG - extern void RequireFileLock(FileReference vp, int shareable); - #define REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(vp,s) RequireFileLock((vp),(s)) -#else - #define REQUIRE_FILE_LOCK(vp,s) -#endif - - -EXTERN_API( void ) -BlockMoveData(const void * srcPtr, void * destPtr, Size byteCount); - -#define BlockMoveData(src, dest, len) bcopy((src), (dest), (len)) - -EXTERN_API_C( void ) -ClearMemory(void * start, u_int32_t length); - -#define ClearMemory(start, length) bzero((start), (size_t)(length)); - -/* - * The maximum number UTF-16 code units required to represent a HFS - * standard file name. The derivation for this number is not - * documented; it has been this value for some time. Mark, our - * resident Unicode expert, says "I'm not entirely certain, but I - * think it is the worst case for Korean Hangul conjoining jamos. The - * '15' is because a Str31 can contain at most 15 two-byte characters - * (in MacKorean encoding). Worst case, each one of those characters - * gets normalized to up to 5 UTF-16 code points. Each character is - * composed of up to three jamos; up to two of those jamos might not - * be in Unicode plane 0, which means they can take two UTF-16 code - * points (each) to represent. So your '5' is '2 + 2 + 1'." Sounds - * plausible! Safe to ship it, I say! - */ -#define MAX_HFS_UNICODE_CHARS (15*5) - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_PRIVATE */ -#endif /* KERNEL */ -#endif /* __HFS_MACOS_TYPES__ */ diff --git a/core/hfs_mount.h b/core/hfs_mount.h deleted file mode 100644 index abbe61a..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_mount.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - * Copyright (c) 1997-2002 Apple Inc. All Rights Reserved - * - */ - -#ifndef _HFS_MOUNT_H_ -#define _HFS_MOUNT_H_ - -#include - -#include -#include - -/* - * Arguments to mount HFS-based filesystems - */ - -#define OVERRIDE_UNKNOWN_PERMISSIONS 0 - -#define UNKNOWNUID ((uid_t)99) -#define UNKNOWNGID ((gid_t)99) -#define UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS (S_IRWXU | S_IROTH | S_IXOTH) /* 705 */ - -#ifdef __APPLE_API_UNSTABLE -struct hfs_mount_args { -#ifndef KERNEL - char *fspec; /* block special device to mount */ -#endif - uid_t hfs_uid; /* uid that owns hfs files (standard HFS only) */ - gid_t hfs_gid; /* gid that owns hfs files (standard HFS only) */ - mode_t hfs_mask; /* mask to be applied for hfs perms (standard HFS only) */ - u_int32_t hfs_encoding; /* encoding for this volume (standard HFS only) */ - struct timezone hfs_timezone; /* user time zone info (standard HFS only) */ - int flags; /* mounting flags, see below */ - int journal_tbuffer_size; /* size in bytes of the journal transaction buffer */ - int journal_flags; /* flags to pass to journal_open/create */ - int journal_disable; /* don't use journaling (potentially dangerous) */ -}; - -#define HFSFSMNT_NOXONFILES 0x1 /* disable execute permissions for files */ -#define HFSFSMNT_WRAPPER 0x2 /* mount HFS wrapper (if it exists) */ -#define HFSFSMNT_EXTENDED_ARGS 0x4 /* indicates new fields after "flags" are valid */ - -/* - * Sysctl values for HFS - */ -#define HFS_ENCODINGBIAS 1 /* encoding matching CJK bias */ -#define HFS_EXTEND_FS 2 -#define HFS_ENABLE_JOURNALING 0x082969 -#define HFS_DISABLE_JOURNALING 0x031272 -#define HFS_REPLAY_JOURNAL 0x6a6e6c72 -#define HFS_ENABLE_RESIZE_DEBUG 4 /* enable debug code for volume resizing */ - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_UNSTABLE */ - -#endif /* ! _HFS_MOUNT_H_ */ diff --git a/core/hfs_notification.c b/core/hfs_notification.c deleted file mode 100644 index 614c32d..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_notification.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_catalog.h" -#include "hfs_cnode.h" -#include "hfs_dbg.h" -#include "hfs_mount.h" -#include "hfs_quota.h" -#include "hfs_endian.h" - -#include "BTreesInternal.h" -#include "FileMgrInternal.h" - - - -void hfs_generate_volume_notifications(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - fsid_t fsid; - u_int32_t freeblks, state=999; - - /* Do not generate low disk notifications for read-only volumes */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return; - } - - fsid.val[0] = hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev; - fsid.val[1] = vfs_typenum(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)); - - freeblks = hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 1); - - /* - * Find the theshold the number of free blocks fits into. - * We fire upon reaching a level below desired only once, - * except for when we reach the low disk or near low disk levels - * from below, in which case we do not fire unless we have also - * reached the desired disk level (hysteresis). - * This is illustrated in the following diagram: - * - * fire ^ - * --------- desired level - * | - * - * - * | - * --------- near low disk level - * fire v - * - * - * | - * --------- low disk level - * fire v - * - * - * | ^ fire - * --------- very low disk level - * fire v | - * - */ - if (freeblks < hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_dangerlimit) { - state = 4; - } else if (freeblks < hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_warninglimit) { - state = 3; - } else if (freeblks < hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_nearwarninglimit) { - state = 2; - } else if (freeblks < hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_desiredlevel) { - /* We are between the near low disk and desired levels */ - state = 1; - } else if (freeblks >= hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_desiredlevel) { - state = 0; - } - - /* Free blocks are less than dangerlimit for the first time */ - if (state == 4 && !(hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions & VQ_VERYLOWDISK)) { - /* Dump some logging to track down intermittent issues */ - printf("hfs: set VeryLowDisk: vol:%s, freeblks:%d, dangerlimit:%d\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, freeblks, hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_dangerlimit); - -#if HFS_SPARSE_DEV - // If we're a sparse device, dump some info about the backing store.. - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - vnode_t backing_vp = hfsmp->hfs_backingvp; - if (backing_vp && vnode_get(backing_vp) != 0) - backing_vp = NULL; - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - if (backing_vp) { - struct vfsstatfs *sfs = vfs_statfs(vnode_mount(backing_vp)); - printf("hfs: set VeryLowDisk: vol:%s, backingstore b_avail:%lld, tag:%d\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN, sfs->f_bavail, vnode_tag(backing_vp)); - vnode_put(backing_vp); - } -#endif - - hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions |= (VQ_VERYLOWDISK|VQ_LOWDISK|VQ_NEARLOWDISK); - vfs_event_signal(&fsid, hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions, (intptr_t)NULL); - } else if (state == 3) { - /* Free blocks are less than warning limit for the first time */ - if (!(hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions & VQ_LOWDISK)) { - printf("hfs: set LowDisk: vol:%s, freeblks:%d, warninglimit:%d\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, freeblks, hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_warninglimit); - hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions |= (VQ_LOWDISK|VQ_NEARLOWDISK); - vfs_event_signal(&fsid, hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions, (intptr_t)NULL); - } else if (hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions & VQ_VERYLOWDISK) { - /* Free blocks count has increased from danger limit to warning limit, so just clear VERYLOWDISK warning */ - printf("hfs: clear VeryLowDisk: vol:%s, freeblks:%d, dangerlimit:%d\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, freeblks, hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_dangerlimit); - hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions &= ~VQ_VERYLOWDISK; - vfs_event_signal(&fsid, hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions, (intptr_t)NULL); - } - } else if (state == 2) { - /* Free blocks are less than the near warning limit for the first time */ - if (!(hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions & VQ_NEARLOWDISK)) { - printf("hfs: set NearLowDisk: vol:%s, freeblks:%d, nearwarninglimit:%d\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, freeblks, - hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_nearwarninglimit); - - hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions |= VQ_NEARLOWDISK; - vfs_event_signal(&fsid, hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions, (intptr_t)NULL); - } else { - /* Free blocks count has increased from warning/danger limit to near warning limit, - * so clear VERYLOWDISK / LOWDISK warnings, and signal if we clear VERYLOWDISK */ - hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions &= ~VQ_LOWDISK; - if (hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions & VQ_VERYLOWDISK) { - printf("hfs: clear VeryLowDisk: vol:%s, freeblks:%d, dangerlimit:%d\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, freeblks, - hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_dangerlimit); - - hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions &= ~VQ_VERYLOWDISK; - vfs_event_signal(&fsid, hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions, (intptr_t)NULL); - } - } - } else if (state == 1) { - /* Free blocks are less than the desireable level, but more than the near warning level - * In this case, we may have to notify if we were previously underneath the danger limit */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions & VQ_VERYLOWDISK) { - printf("hfs: clear VeryLowDisk: vol:%s, freeblks:%d, dangerlimit:%d\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, freeblks, - hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_dangerlimit); - - hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions &= ~VQ_VERYLOWDISK; - vfs_event_signal(&fsid, hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions, (intptr_t)NULL); - } - } else if (state == 0) { - /* Free blocks count has increased to desirable level, so clear all conditions */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions & (VQ_NEARLOWDISK|VQ_LOWDISK|VQ_VERYLOWDISK)) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions & VQ_NEARLOWDISK) { - printf("hfs: clear NearLowDisk: vol:%s, freeblks:%d, nearwarninglimit:%d, desiredlevel:%d\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, - freeblks, hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_nearwarninglimit, hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_desiredlevel); - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions & VQ_LOWDISK) { - printf("hfs: clear LowDisk: vol:%s, freeblks:%d, warninglimit:%d, desiredlevel:%d\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, freeblks, - hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_warninglimit, hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_desiredlevel); - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions & VQ_VERYLOWDISK) { - printf("hfs: clear VeryLowDisk: vol:%s, freeblks:%d, dangerlimit:%d\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, freeblks, hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_warninglimit); - } - hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions &= ~(VQ_VERYLOWDISK|VQ_LOWDISK|VQ_NEARLOWDISK); - if (hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions == 0) { - vfs_event_signal(&fsid, VQ_UPDATE|VQ_DESIRED_DISK, (intptr_t)NULL); - } else { - vfs_event_signal(&fsid, hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions, (intptr_t)NULL); - } - } - } -} diff --git a/core/hfs_quota.c b/core/hfs_quota.c deleted file mode 100644 index da47b9c..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_quota.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1014 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1990, 1993, 1995 - * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. - * - * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by - * Robert Elz at The University of Melbourne. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by the University of - * California, Berkeley and its contributors. - * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * @(#)hfs_quota.c - * derived from @(#)ufs_quota.c 8.5 (Berkeley) 5/20/95 - */ - -#if QUOTA - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_cnode.h" -#include "hfs_quota.h" -#include "hfs_mount.h" - - -/* - * Quota name to error message mapping. - */ -#if 0 -static char *quotatypes[] = INITQFNAMES; -#endif - -/* - * Set up the quotas for a cnode. - * - * This routine completely defines the semantics of quotas. - * If other criterion want to be used to establish quotas, the - * MAXQUOTAS value in quotas.h should be increased, and the - * additional dquots set up here. - */ -int -hfs_getinoquota(cp) - register struct cnode *cp; -{ - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - struct vnode *vp; - int error; - int drop_usrquota = false; - - vp = cp->c_vp ? cp->c_vp : cp->c_rsrc_vp; - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - /* - * Set up the user quota based on file uid. - * EINVAL means that quotas are not enabled. - */ - if (cp->c_dquot[USRQUOTA] == NODQUOT) { - error = dqget(cp->c_uid, &hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[USRQUOTA], USRQUOTA, &cp->c_dquot[USRQUOTA]); - if ((error != 0) && (error != EINVAL)) { - return error; - } else if (error == 0) { - drop_usrquota = true; - } - } - - /* - * Set up the group quota based on file gid. - * EINVAL means that quotas are not enabled. - */ - if (cp->c_dquot[GRPQUOTA] == NODQUOT) { - error = dqget(cp->c_gid, &hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[GRPQUOTA], GRPQUOTA, &cp->c_dquot[GRPQUOTA]); - if ((error != 0) && (error != EINVAL)) { - if (drop_usrquota == true) { - dqrele(cp->c_dquot[USRQUOTA]); - cp->c_dquot[USRQUOTA] = NODQUOT; - } - return error; - } - } - - return (0); -} - -/* - * Update disk usage, and take corrective action. - */ -int -hfs_chkdq(cp, change, cred, flags) - register struct cnode *cp; - int64_t change; - kauth_cred_t cred; - int flags; -{ - register struct dquot *dq; - register int i; - int64_t ncurbytes; - int error=0; - struct proc *p; - -#if DIAGNOSTIC - if ((flags & CHOWN) == 0) - hfs_chkdquot(cp); -#endif - if (change == 0) - return (0); - if (change < 0) { - for (i = 0; i < MAXQUOTAS; i++) { - if ((dq = cp->c_dquot[i]) == NODQUOT) - continue; - dqlock(dq); - - ncurbytes = dq->dq_curbytes + change; - if (ncurbytes >= 0) - dq->dq_curbytes = ncurbytes; - else - dq->dq_curbytes = 0; - dq->dq_flags &= ~DQ_BLKS; - dq->dq_flags |= DQ_MOD; - - dqunlock(dq); - } - return (0); - } - p = current_proc(); - /* - * This use of proc_ucred() is safe because kernproc credential never - * changes. - */ - if (!IS_VALID_CRED(cred)) - cred = proc_ucred(kernproc); - if (suser(cred, NULL) || proc_forcequota(p)) { - for (i = 0; i < MAXQUOTAS; i++) { - if ((dq = cp->c_dquot[i]) == NODQUOT) - continue; - error = hfs_chkdqchg(cp, change, cred, i); - if (error) { - break; - } - } - } - if ((flags & FORCE) || error == 0) { - for (i = 0; i < MAXQUOTAS; i++) { - if ((dq = cp->c_dquot[i]) == NODQUOT) - continue; - dqlock(dq); - - dq->dq_curbytes += change; - dq->dq_flags |= DQ_MOD; - - dqunlock(dq); - } - } - return (error); -} - -/* - * Check for a valid change to a users allocation. - * Issue an error message and vfs event if appropriate. - */ -int -hfs_chkdqchg(cp, change, cred, type) - struct cnode *cp; - int64_t change; - kauth_cred_t cred; - int type; -{ - register struct dquot *dq = cp->c_dquot[type]; - u_int64_t ncurbytes; - struct vnode *vp = cp->c_vp ? cp->c_vp : cp->c_rsrc_vp; - - fsid_t fsid; - fsid.val[0] = VTOHFS(vp)->hfs_raw_dev; - fsid.val[1] = vfs_typenum(VTOVFS(vp)); - - dqlock(dq); - - ncurbytes = dq->dq_curbytes + change; - /* - * If user would exceed their hard limit, disallow space allocation. - */ - if (ncurbytes >= dq->dq_bhardlimit && dq->dq_bhardlimit) { - if ((dq->dq_flags & DQ_BLKS) == 0 && - cp->c_uid == kauth_cred_getuid(cred)) { -#if 0 - printf("\nhfs: write failed, %s disk limit reached\n", - quotatypes[type]); -#endif - dq->dq_flags |= DQ_BLKS; - vfs_event_signal(&fsid, VQ_QUOTA, (intptr_t)NULL); - } - dqunlock(dq); - - return (EDQUOT); - } - /* - * If user is over their soft limit for too long, disallow space - * allocation. Reset time limit as they cross their soft limit. - */ - if (ncurbytes >= dq->dq_bsoftlimit && dq->dq_bsoftlimit) { - struct timeval tv; - - microuptime(&tv); - if (dq->dq_curbytes < dq->dq_bsoftlimit) { - dq->dq_btime = tv.tv_sec + - VTOHFS(vp)->hfs_qfiles[type].qf_btime; -#if 0 - if (cp->c_uid == kauth_cred_getuid(cred)) - printf("\nhfs: warning, %s %s\n", - quotatypes[type], "disk quota exceeded"); -#endif - vfs_event_signal(&fsid, VQ_QUOTA, (intptr_t)NULL); - dqunlock(dq); - - return (0); - } - if (tv.tv_sec > (time_t)dq->dq_btime) { - if ((dq->dq_flags & DQ_BLKS) == 0 && - cp->c_uid == kauth_cred_getuid(cred)) { -#if 0 - printf("\nhfs: write failed, %s %s\n", - quotatypes[type], - "disk quota exceeded for too long"); -#endif - dq->dq_flags |= DQ_BLKS; - vfs_event_signal(&fsid, VQ_QUOTA, (intptr_t)NULL); - } - dqunlock(dq); - - return (EDQUOT); - } - } - dqunlock(dq); - - return (0); -} - -/* - * Check the inode limit, applying corrective action. - */ -int -hfs_chkiq(cp, change, cred, flags) - register struct cnode *cp; - int32_t change; - kauth_cred_t cred; - int flags; -{ - register struct dquot *dq; - register int i; - int ncurinodes, error=0; - struct proc *p; - -#if DIAGNOSTIC - if ((flags & CHOWN) == 0) - hfs_chkdquot(cp); -#endif - if (change == 0) - return (0); - if (change < 0) { - for (i = 0; i < MAXQUOTAS; i++) { - if ((dq = cp->c_dquot[i]) == NODQUOT) - continue; - dqlock(dq); - - ncurinodes = dq->dq_curinodes + change; - if (ncurinodes >= 0) - dq->dq_curinodes = ncurinodes; - else - dq->dq_curinodes = 0; - dq->dq_flags &= ~DQ_INODS; - dq->dq_flags |= DQ_MOD; - - dqunlock(dq); - } - return (0); - } - p = current_proc(); - /* - * This use of proc_ucred() is safe because kernproc credential never - * changes. - */ - if (!IS_VALID_CRED(cred)) - cred = proc_ucred(kernproc); - if (suser(cred, NULL) || proc_forcequota(p)) { - for (i = 0; i < MAXQUOTAS; i++) { - if ((dq = cp->c_dquot[i]) == NODQUOT) - continue; - error = hfs_chkiqchg(cp, change, cred, i); - if (error) { - break; - } - } - } - if ((flags & FORCE) || error == 0) { - for (i = 0; i < MAXQUOTAS; i++) { - if ((dq = cp->c_dquot[i]) == NODQUOT) - continue; - dqlock(dq); - - dq->dq_curinodes += change; - dq->dq_flags |= DQ_MOD; - - dqunlock(dq); - } - } - return (error); -} - - -/* - * Check to see if a change to a user's allocation should be permitted or not. - * Issue an error message if it should not be permitted. Return 0 if - * it should be allowed. - */ -int hfs_isiqchg_allowed(dq, hfsmp, change, cred, type, uid) - struct dquot* dq; - struct hfsmount* hfsmp; - int32_t change; - kauth_cred_t cred; - int type; - uid_t uid; -{ - u_int32_t ncurinodes; - - fsid_t fsid; - fsid.val[0] = hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev; - fsid.val[1] = vfs_typenum(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)); - - dqlock(dq); - - ncurinodes = dq->dq_curinodes + change; - /* - * If user would exceed their hard limit, disallow cnode allocation. - */ - if (ncurinodes >= dq->dq_ihardlimit && dq->dq_ihardlimit) { - if ((dq->dq_flags & DQ_INODS) == 0 && - uid == kauth_cred_getuid(cred)) { - dq->dq_flags |= DQ_INODS; - vfs_event_signal(&fsid, VQ_QUOTA, (intptr_t)NULL); - } - dqunlock(dq); - - return (EDQUOT); - } - /* - * If user is over their soft limit for too long, disallow cnode - * allocation. Reset time limit as they cross their soft limit. - */ - if (ncurinodes >= dq->dq_isoftlimit && dq->dq_isoftlimit) { - struct timeval tv; - - microuptime(&tv); - if (dq->dq_curinodes < dq->dq_isoftlimit) { - dq->dq_itime = tv.tv_sec + hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[type].qf_itime; - vfs_event_signal(&fsid, VQ_QUOTA, (intptr_t)NULL); - dqunlock(dq); - return (0); - } - if (tv.tv_sec > (time_t)dq->dq_itime) { - if (((dq->dq_flags & DQ_INODS) == 0) && - (uid == kauth_cred_getuid(cred))) { - dq->dq_flags |= DQ_INODS; - vfs_event_signal(&fsid, VQ_QUOTA, (intptr_t)NULL); - } - dqunlock(dq); - - return (EDQUOT); - } - } - dqunlock(dq); - - return (0); -} - - -/* - * Check for a valid change to a users allocation. - * Issue an error message if appropriate. - */ -int -hfs_chkiqchg(cp, change, cred, type) - struct cnode *cp; - int32_t change; - kauth_cred_t cred; - int type; -{ - register struct dquot *dq = cp->c_dquot[type]; - u_int32_t ncurinodes; - struct vnode *vp = cp->c_vp ? cp->c_vp : cp->c_rsrc_vp; - - dqlock(dq); - - ncurinodes = dq->dq_curinodes + change; - /* - * If user would exceed their hard limit, disallow cnode allocation. - */ - if (ncurinodes >= dq->dq_ihardlimit && dq->dq_ihardlimit) { - if ((dq->dq_flags & DQ_INODS) == 0 && - cp->c_uid == kauth_cred_getuid(cred)) { -#if 0 - printf("\nhfs: write failed, %s cnode limit reached\n", - quotatypes[type]); -#endif - dq->dq_flags |= DQ_INODS; - } - dqunlock(dq); - - return (EDQUOT); - } - /* - * If user is over their soft limit for too long, disallow cnode - * allocation. Reset time limit as they cross their soft limit. - */ - if (ncurinodes >= dq->dq_isoftlimit && dq->dq_isoftlimit) { - struct timeval tv; - - microuptime(&tv); - if (dq->dq_curinodes < dq->dq_isoftlimit) { - dq->dq_itime = tv.tv_sec + - VTOHFS(vp)->hfs_qfiles[type].qf_itime; -#if 0 - if (cp->c_uid == kauth_cred_getuid(cred)) - printf("\nhfs: warning, %s %s\n", - quotatypes[type], "cnode quota exceeded"); -#endif - dqunlock(dq); - - return (0); - } - if (tv.tv_sec > (time_t)dq->dq_itime) { - if ((dq->dq_flags & DQ_INODS) == 0 && - cp->c_uid == kauth_cred_getuid(cred)) { -#if 0 - printf("\nhfs: write failed, %s %s\n", - quotatypes[type], - "cnode quota exceeded for too long"); -#endif - dq->dq_flags |= DQ_INODS; - } - dqunlock(dq); - - return (EDQUOT); - } - } - dqunlock(dq); - - return (0); -} - -#if DIAGNOSTIC -/* - * On filesystems with quotas enabled, it is an error for a file to change - * size and not to have a dquot structure associated with it. - */ -void -hfs_chkdquot(cp) - register struct cnode *cp; -{ - struct vnode *vp = cp->c_vp ? cp->c_vp : cp->c_rsrc_vp; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - register int i; - - for (i = 0; i < MAXQUOTAS; i++) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[i].qf_vp == NULLVP) - continue; - if (cp->c_dquot[i] == NODQUOT) { - vprint("chkdquot: missing dquot", vp); - panic("missing dquot"); - } - } -} -#endif - -/* - * Code to process quotactl commands. - */ - -/* - * Q_QUOTAON - set up a quota file for a particular file system. - */ -struct hfs_quotaon_cargs { - int error; -}; - -static int -hfs_quotaon_callback(struct vnode *vp, void *cargs) -{ - struct hfs_quotaon_cargs *args; - - args = (struct hfs_quotaon_cargs *)cargs; - - args->error = hfs_getinoquota(VTOC(vp)); - if (args->error) - return (VNODE_RETURNED_DONE); - - return (VNODE_RETURNED); -} - -int -hfs_quotaon(p, mp, type, fnamep) - struct proc *p; - struct mount *mp; - register int type; - caddr_t fnamep; -{ - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - struct quotafile *qfp; - struct vnode *vp; - int error = 0; - struct hfs_quotaon_cargs args; - - /* Finish setting up quota structures. */ - dqhashinit(); - - qfp = &hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[type]; - - if ( (qf_get(qfp, QTF_OPENING)) ) - return (0); - - error = vnode_open(fnamep, FREAD|FWRITE, 0, 0, &vp, NULL); - if (error) { - goto out; - } - if (!vnode_isreg(vp)) { - (void) vnode_close(vp, FREAD|FWRITE, NULL); - error = EACCES; - goto out; - } - vfs_setflags(mp, (u_int64_t)((unsigned int)MNT_QUOTA)); - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_QUOTAS; - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - vnode_setnoflush(vp); - /* - * Save the credential of the process that turned on quotas. - */ - qfp->qf_cred = kauth_cred_proc_ref(p); - qfp->qf_vp = vp; - /* - * Finish initializing the quota file - */ - error = dqfileopen(qfp, type); - if (error) { - (void) vnode_close(vp, FREAD|FWRITE, NULL); - - if (IS_VALID_CRED(qfp->qf_cred)) - kauth_cred_unref(&qfp->qf_cred); - qfp->qf_vp = NULLVP; - goto out; - } - qf_put(qfp, QTF_OPENING); - - /* - * Search vnodes associated with this mount point, - * adding references to quota file being opened. - * NB: only need to add dquot's for cnodes being modified. - * - * hfs_quota_callback will be called for each vnode open for - * 'write' (VNODE_WRITEABLE) hung off of this mount point - * the vnode will be in an 'unbusy' state (VNODE_WAIT) and - * properly referenced and unreferenced around the callback - */ - args.error = 0; - - vnode_iterate(mp, VNODE_WRITEABLE | VNODE_WAIT, hfs_quotaon_callback, (void *)&args); - - error = args.error; - - if (error) { - hfs_quotaoff(p, mp, type); - } - return (error); - -out: - qf_put(qfp, QTF_OPENING); - - return (error); -} - - -/* - * Q_QUOTAOFF - turn off disk quotas for a filesystem. - */ -struct hfs_quotaoff_cargs { - int type; -}; - -static int -hfs_quotaoff_callback(struct vnode *vp, void *cargs) -{ - struct hfs_quotaoff_cargs *args; - struct cnode *cp; - struct dquot *dq; - - args = (struct hfs_quotaoff_cargs *)cargs; - - cp = VTOC(vp); - - dq = cp->c_dquot[args->type]; - cp->c_dquot[args->type] = NODQUOT; - - dqrele(dq); - - return (VNODE_RETURNED); -} - -int -hfs_quotaoff(__unused struct proc *p, struct mount *mp, register int type) -{ - struct vnode *qvp; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - struct quotafile *qfp; - int error; - struct hfs_quotaoff_cargs args; - - /* - * If quotas haven't been initialized, there's no work to be done. - */ - if (!dqisinitialized()) - return (0); - - qfp = &hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[type]; - - if ( (qf_get(qfp, QTF_CLOSING)) ) - return (0); - qvp = qfp->qf_vp; - - /* - * Sync out any orpaned dirty dquot entries. - */ - dqsync_orphans(qfp); - - /* - * Search vnodes associated with this mount point, - * deleting any references to quota file being closed. - * - * hfs_quotaoff_callback will be called for each vnode - * hung off of this mount point - * the vnode will be in an 'unbusy' state (VNODE_WAIT) and - * properly referenced and unreferenced around the callback - */ - args.type = type; - - vnode_iterate(mp, VNODE_WAIT, hfs_quotaoff_callback, (void *)&args); - - dqflush(qvp); - /* Finish tearing down the quota file */ - dqfileclose(qfp, type); - - vnode_clearnoflush(qvp); - error = vnode_close(qvp, FREAD|FWRITE, NULL); - - qfp->qf_vp = NULLVP; - - if (IS_VALID_CRED(qfp->qf_cred)) - kauth_cred_unref(&qfp->qf_cred); - for (type = 0; type < MAXQUOTAS; type++) - if (hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[type].qf_vp != NULLVP) - break; - if (type == MAXQUOTAS) { - vfs_clearflags(mp, (u_int64_t)((unsigned int)MNT_QUOTA)); - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_QUOTAS; - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - } - - qf_put(qfp, QTF_CLOSING); - - return (error); -} - -/* - * hfs_quotacheck - checks quotas mountwide for a hypothetical situation. It probes - * the quota data structures to see if adding an inode would be allowed or not. If it - * will be allowed, the change is made. Otherwise, it reports an error back out so the - * caller will know not to proceed with inode allocation in the HFS Catalog. - * - * Note that this function ONLY tests for addition of inodes, not subtraction. - */ -int hfs_quotacheck(hfsmp, change, uid, gid, cred) - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - int change; - uid_t uid; - gid_t gid; - kauth_cred_t cred; -{ - struct dquot *dq = NULL; - struct proc *p; - int error = 0; - int i; - id_t id = uid; - - p = current_proc(); - if (!IS_VALID_CRED(cred)) { - /* This use of proc_ucred() is safe because kernproc credential never changes */ - cred = proc_ucred(kernproc); - } - - if (suser(cred, NULL) || proc_forcequota(p)) { - for (i = 0; i < MAXQUOTAS; i++) { - /* Select if user or group id should be used */ - if (i == USRQUOTA) - id = uid; - else if (i == GRPQUOTA) - id = gid; - - error = dqget(id, &hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[i], i, &dq); - if (error && (error != EINVAL)) - break; - - error = 0; - if (dq == NODQUOT) - continue; - - /* Check quota information */ - error = hfs_isiqchg_allowed(dq, hfsmp, change, cred, i, id); - if (error) { - dqrele(dq); - break; - } - - dqlock(dq); - /* Update quota information */ - dq->dq_curinodes += change; - dqunlock(dq); - dqrele(dq); - } - } - - return error; -} - - -/* - * Q_GETQUOTA - return current values in a dqblk structure. - */ -int -hfs_getquota(mp, id, type, datap) - struct mount *mp; - u_int32_t id; - int type; - caddr_t datap; -{ - struct dquot *dq; - int error; - - error = dqget(id, &VFSTOHFS(mp)->hfs_qfiles[type], type, &dq); - if (error) - return (error); - dqlock(dq); - - bcopy(&dq->dq_dqb, datap, sizeof(dq->dq_dqb)); - - dqunlock(dq); - dqrele(dq); - - return (error); -} - -/* - * Q_SETQUOTA - assign an entire dqblk structure. - */ -int -hfs_setquota(mp, id, type, datap) - struct mount *mp; - u_int32_t id; - int type; - caddr_t datap; -{ - struct dquot *dq; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - struct dqblk * newlimp = (struct dqblk *) datap; - struct timeval tv; - int error; - - error = dqget(id, &hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[type], type, &dq); - if (error) - return (error); - dqlock(dq); - - /* - * Copy all but the current values. - * Reset time limit if previously had no soft limit or were - * under it, but now have a soft limit and are over it. - */ - newlimp->dqb_curbytes = dq->dq_curbytes; - newlimp->dqb_curinodes = dq->dq_curinodes; - if (dq->dq_id != 0) { - newlimp->dqb_btime = dq->dq_btime; - newlimp->dqb_itime = dq->dq_itime; - } - if (newlimp->dqb_bsoftlimit && - dq->dq_curbytes >= newlimp->dqb_bsoftlimit && - (dq->dq_bsoftlimit == 0 || dq->dq_curbytes < dq->dq_bsoftlimit)) { - microuptime(&tv); - newlimp->dqb_btime = tv.tv_sec + hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[type].qf_btime; - } - if (newlimp->dqb_isoftlimit && - dq->dq_curinodes >= newlimp->dqb_isoftlimit && - (dq->dq_isoftlimit == 0 || dq->dq_curinodes < dq->dq_isoftlimit)) { - microuptime(&tv); - newlimp->dqb_itime = tv.tv_sec + hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[type].qf_itime; - } - bcopy(newlimp, &dq->dq_dqb, sizeof(dq->dq_dqb)); - if (dq->dq_curbytes < dq->dq_bsoftlimit) - dq->dq_flags &= ~DQ_BLKS; - if (dq->dq_curinodes < dq->dq_isoftlimit) - dq->dq_flags &= ~DQ_INODS; - if (dq->dq_isoftlimit == 0 && dq->dq_bsoftlimit == 0 && - dq->dq_ihardlimit == 0 && dq->dq_bhardlimit == 0) - dq->dq_flags |= DQ_FAKE; - else - dq->dq_flags &= ~DQ_FAKE; - dq->dq_flags |= DQ_MOD; - - dqunlock(dq); - dqrele(dq); - - return (0); -} - -/* - * Q_SETUSE - set current cnode and byte usage. - */ -int -hfs_setuse(mp, id, type, datap) - struct mount *mp; - u_int32_t id; - int type; - caddr_t datap; -{ - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - struct dquot *dq; - struct timeval tv; - int error; - struct dqblk *quotablkp = (struct dqblk *) datap; - - error = dqget(id, &hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[type], type, &dq); - if (error) - return (error); - dqlock(dq); - - /* - * Reset time limit if have a soft limit and were - * previously under it, but are now over it. - */ - if (dq->dq_bsoftlimit && dq->dq_curbytes < dq->dq_bsoftlimit && - quotablkp->dqb_curbytes >= dq->dq_bsoftlimit) { - microuptime(&tv); - dq->dq_btime = tv.tv_sec + hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[type].qf_btime; - } - if (dq->dq_isoftlimit && dq->dq_curinodes < dq->dq_isoftlimit && - quotablkp->dqb_curinodes >= dq->dq_isoftlimit) { - microuptime(&tv); - dq->dq_itime = tv.tv_sec + hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[type].qf_itime; - } - dq->dq_curbytes = quotablkp->dqb_curbytes; - dq->dq_curinodes = quotablkp->dqb_curinodes; - if (dq->dq_curbytes < dq->dq_bsoftlimit) - dq->dq_flags &= ~DQ_BLKS; - if (dq->dq_curinodes < dq->dq_isoftlimit) - dq->dq_flags &= ~DQ_INODS; - dq->dq_flags |= DQ_MOD; - - dqunlock(dq); - dqrele(dq); - - return (0); -} - - -/* - * Q_SYNC - sync quota files to disk. - */ -static int -hfs_qsync_callback(struct vnode *vp, __unused void *cargs) -{ - struct cnode *cp; - struct dquot *dq; - int i; - - cp = VTOC(vp); - - for (i = 0; i < MAXQUOTAS; i++) { - dq = cp->c_dquot[i]; - if (dq != NODQUOT && (dq->dq_flags & DQ_MOD)) - dqsync(dq); - } - return (VNODE_RETURNED); -} - -int -hfs_qsync(mp) - struct mount *mp; -{ - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - int i; - - if (!dqisinitialized()) - return (0); - - /* - * Check if the mount point has any quotas. - * If not, simply return. - */ - for (i = 0; i < MAXQUOTAS; i++) - if (hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[i].qf_vp != NULLVP) - break; - if (i == MAXQUOTAS) - return (0); - - /* - * Sync out any orpaned dirty dquot entries. - */ - for (i = 0; i < MAXQUOTAS; i++) - if (hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[i].qf_vp != NULLVP) - dqsync_orphans(&hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[i]); - - /* - * Search vnodes associated with this mount point, - * synchronizing any modified dquot structures. - * - * hfs_qsync_callback will be called for each vnode - * hung off of this mount point - * the vnode will be - * properly referenced and unreferenced around the callback - */ - vnode_iterate(mp, 0, hfs_qsync_callback, (void *)NULL); - - return (0); -} - -/* - * Q_QUOTASTAT - get quota on/off status - */ -int -hfs_quotastat(mp, type, datap) - struct mount *mp; - register int type; - caddr_t datap; -{ - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - int error = 0; - int qstat; - - if ((((unsigned int)vfs_flags(mp)) & MNT_QUOTA) && (hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[type].qf_vp != NULLVP)) - qstat = 1; /* quotas are on for this type */ - else - qstat = 0; /* quotas are off for this type */ - - *((int *)datap) = qstat; - return (error); -} - -#endif // QUOTA diff --git a/core/hfs_quota.h b/core/hfs_quota.h deleted file mode 100644 index 27ee6a5..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_quota.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2002 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1993 - * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. - * - * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by - * Robert Elz at The University of Melbourne. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by the University of - * California, Berkeley and its contributors. - * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * @(#)hfs_quota.h - * derived from @(#)quota.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 8/19/94 - */ - -#ifndef _HFS_QUOTA_H_ -#define _HFS_QUOTA_H_ - -#include - -#ifdef KERNEL -#ifdef __APPLE_API_PRIVATE -#include - -#include - -struct cnode; -struct mount; -struct proc; -#ifndef _KAUTH_CRED_T -#define _KAUTH_CRED_T -struct ucred; -typedef struct ucred *kauth_cred_t; -#endif /* !_KAUTH_CRED_T */ -__BEGIN_DECLS -int hfs_chkdq(struct cnode *, int64_t, kauth_cred_t, int); -int hfs_chkdqchg(struct cnode *, int64_t, kauth_cred_t, int); -int hfs_chkiq(struct cnode *, int32_t, kauth_cred_t, int); -int hfs_chkiqchg(struct cnode *, int32_t, kauth_cred_t, int); -int hfs_getinoquota(struct cnode *); -int hfs_getquota(struct mount *, u_int32_t, int, caddr_t); -int hfs_qsync(struct mount *mp); -int hfs_quotaoff(struct proc *, struct mount *, int); -int hfs_quotaon(struct proc *, struct mount *, int, caddr_t); -int hfs_quotastat(struct mount *, int, caddr_t); -int hfs_setquota(struct mount *, u_int32_t, int, caddr_t); -int hfs_setuse(struct mount *, u_int32_t, int, caddr_t); -int hfs_isiqchg_allowed(struct dquot *, struct hfsmount *, int32_t, kauth_cred_t, int, uid_t); -int hfs_quotacheck (struct hfsmount *, int , uid_t, gid_t, kauth_cred_t); -__END_DECLS - -#if DIAGNOSTIC -__BEGIN_DECLS -void hfs_chkdquot(struct cnode *); -__END_DECLS -#endif -#endif /* __APPLE_API_PRIVATE */ -#endif /* KERNEL */ - -#endif /* ! _HFS_QUOTA_H_ */ diff --git a/core/hfs_readwrite.c b/core/hfs_readwrite.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9b3f586..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_readwrite.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5761 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* @(#)hfs_readwrite.c 1.0 - * - * (c) 1998-2001 Apple Inc. All Rights Reserved - * - * hfs_readwrite.c -- vnode operations to deal with reading and writing files. - * - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include - -#include - -#include - -#include -#include - -#include - -#include - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_attrlist.h" -#include "hfs_endian.h" -#include "hfs_fsctl.h" -#include "hfs_quota.h" -#include "FileMgrInternal.h" -#include "BTreesInternal.h" -#include "hfs_cnode.h" -#include "hfs_dbg.h" - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL -#include "hfs_key_roll.h" -#endif - -#define can_cluster(size) ((((size & (4096-1))) == 0) && (size <= (MAXPHYSIO/2))) - -enum { - MAXHFSFILESIZE = 0x7FFFFFFF /* this needs to go in the mount structure */ -}; - -/* from bsd/hfs/hfs_vfsops.c */ -extern int hfs_vfs_vget (struct mount *mp, ino64_t ino, struct vnode **vpp, vfs_context_t context); - -/* from hfs_hotfiles.c */ -extern int hfs_pin_overflow_extents (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t fileid, - uint8_t forktype, uint32_t *pinned); - -static int hfs_clonefile(struct vnode *, int, int, int); -static int hfs_clonesysfile(struct vnode *, int, int, int, kauth_cred_t, struct proc *); -static int do_hfs_truncate(struct vnode *vp, off_t length, int flags, int skip, vfs_context_t context); - - -/* - * Read data from a file. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_read(struct vnop_read_args *ap) -{ - /* - struct vnop_read_args { - struct vnodeop_desc *a_desc; - vnode_t a_vp; - struct uio *a_uio; - int a_ioflag; - vfs_context_t a_context; - }; - */ - - uio_t uio = ap->a_uio; - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - struct cnode *cp; - struct filefork *fp; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - off_t filesize; - off_t filebytes; - off_t start_resid = uio_resid(uio); - off_t offset = uio_offset(uio); - int retval = 0; - int took_truncate_lock = 0; - int io_throttle = 0; - int throttled_count = 0; - - /* Preflight checks */ - if (!vnode_isreg(vp)) { - /* can only read regular files */ - if (vnode_isdir(vp)) - return (EISDIR); - else - return (EPERM); - } - if (start_resid == 0) - return (0); /* Nothing left to do */ - if (offset < 0) - return (EINVAL); /* cant read from a negative offset */ - -#if SECURE_KERNEL - if ((ap->a_ioflag & (IO_SKIP_ENCRYPTION|IO_SYSCALL_DISPATCH)) == - (IO_SKIP_ENCRYPTION|IO_SYSCALL_DISPATCH)) { - /* Don't allow unencrypted io request from user space */ - return EPERM; - } -#endif - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)) { - if (hfs_hides_rsrc(ap->a_context, VTOC(vp), 1)) { /* 1 == don't take the cnode lock */ - return 0; - } - /* otherwise read the resource fork normally */ - } else { - int compressed = hfs_file_is_compressed(VTOC(vp), 1); /* 1 == don't take the cnode lock */ - if (compressed) { - retval = decmpfs_read_compressed(ap, &compressed, VTOCMP(vp)); - if (retval == 0 && !(ap->a_ioflag & IO_EVTONLY) && vnode_isfastdevicecandidate(vp)) { - (void) hfs_addhotfile(vp); - } - if (compressed) { - if (retval == 0) { - /* successful read, update the access time */ - VTOC(vp)->c_touch_acctime = TRUE; - - // - // compressed files are not traditional hot file candidates - // but they may be for CF (which ignores the ff_bytesread - // field) - // - if (VTOHFS(vp)->hfc_stage == HFC_RECORDING) { - VTOF(vp)->ff_bytesread = 0; - } - } - return retval; - } - /* otherwise the file was converted back to a regular file while we were reading it */ - retval = 0; - } else if ((VTOC(vp)->c_bsdflags & UF_COMPRESSED)) { - int error; - - error = check_for_dataless_file(vp, NAMESPACE_HANDLER_READ_OP); - if (error) { - return error; - } - - } - } -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - - cp = VTOC(vp); - fp = VTOF(vp); - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - if ((retval = cp_handle_vnop (vp, CP_READ_ACCESS, ap->a_ioflag)) != 0) { - goto exit; - } - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - if (ISSET(ap->a_ioflag, IO_ENCRYPTED)) { - off_rsrc_t off_rsrc = off_rsrc_make(offset + start_resid, - VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)); - - retval = hfs_key_roll_up_to(ap->a_context, vp, off_rsrc); - if (retval) - goto exit; - } -#endif // HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL -#endif // CONFIG_PROTECT - - /* - * If this read request originated from a syscall (as opposed to - * an in-kernel page fault or something), then set it up for - * throttle checks - */ - if (ap->a_ioflag & IO_SYSCALL_DISPATCH) { - io_throttle = IO_RETURN_ON_THROTTLE; - } - -read_again: - - /* Protect against a size change. */ - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - took_truncate_lock = 1; - - filesize = fp->ff_size; - filebytes = (off_t)fp->ff_blocks * (off_t)hfsmp->blockSize; - - /* - * Check the file size. Note that per POSIX spec, we return 0 at - * file EOF, so attempting a read at an offset that is too big - * should just return 0 on HFS+. Since the return value was initialized - * to 0 above, we just jump to exit. HFS Standard has its own behavior. - */ - if (offset > filesize) { -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) && - (offset > (off_t)MAXHFSFILESIZE)) { - retval = EFBIG; - } -#endif - goto exit; - } - - KERNEL_DEBUG(HFSDBG_READ | DBG_FUNC_START, - (int)uio_offset(uio), uio_resid(uio), (int)filesize, (int)filebytes, 0); - - retval = cluster_read(vp, uio, filesize, ap->a_ioflag |io_throttle); - - cp->c_touch_acctime = TRUE; - - KERNEL_DEBUG(HFSDBG_READ | DBG_FUNC_END, - (int)uio_offset(uio), uio_resid(uio), (int)filesize, (int)filebytes, 0); - - /* - * Keep track blocks read - */ - if (hfsmp->hfc_stage == HFC_RECORDING && retval == 0) { - int took_cnode_lock = 0; - off_t bytesread; - - bytesread = start_resid - uio_resid(uio); - - /* When ff_bytesread exceeds 32-bits, update it behind the cnode lock. */ - if ((fp->ff_bytesread + bytesread) > 0x00000000ffffffff) { - hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - took_cnode_lock = 1; - } - /* - * If this file hasn't been seen since the start of - * the current sampling period then start over. - */ - if (cp->c_atime < hfsmp->hfc_timebase) { - struct timeval tv; - - fp->ff_bytesread = bytesread; - microtime(&tv); - cp->c_atime = tv.tv_sec; - } else { - fp->ff_bytesread += bytesread; - } - - if (!(ap->a_ioflag & IO_EVTONLY) && vnode_isfastdevicecandidate(vp)) { - // - // We don't add hotfiles for processes doing IO_EVTONLY I/O - // on the assumption that they're system processes such as - // mdworker which scan everything in the system (and thus - // do not represent user-initiated access to files) - // - (void) hfs_addhotfile(vp); - } - if (took_cnode_lock) - hfs_unlock(cp); - } -exit: - if (took_truncate_lock) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - } - if (retval == EAGAIN) { - throttle_lowpri_io(1); - throttled_count++; - - retval = 0; - goto read_again; - } - if (throttled_count) - throttle_info_reset_window(NULL); - return (retval); -} - -/* - * Ideally, this wouldn't be necessary; the cluster code should be - * able to handle this on the read-side. See . - */ -static errno_t hfs_zero_eof_page(vnode_t vp, off_t zero_up_to) -{ - hfs_assert(VTOC(vp)->c_lockowner != current_thread()); - hfs_assert(VTOC(vp)->c_truncatelockowner == current_thread()); - - struct filefork *fp = VTOF(vp); - - if (!(fp->ff_size & PAGE_MASK_64) || zero_up_to <= fp->ff_size) { - // Nothing to do - return 0; - } - - zero_up_to = MIN(zero_up_to, (off_t)round_page_64(fp->ff_size)); - - /* N.B. At present, @zero_up_to is not important because the cluster - code will always zero up to the end of the page anyway. */ - return cluster_write(vp, NULL, fp->ff_size, zero_up_to, - fp->ff_size, 0, IO_HEADZEROFILL); -} - -/* - * Write data to a file. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_write(struct vnop_write_args *ap) -{ - uio_t uio = ap->a_uio; - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - struct cnode *cp; - struct filefork *fp; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - kauth_cred_t cred = NULL; - off_t origFileSize; - off_t writelimit; - off_t bytesToAdd = 0; - off_t actualBytesAdded; - off_t filebytes; - off_t offset; - ssize_t resid; - int eflags; - int ioflag = ap->a_ioflag; - int retval = 0; - int lockflags; - int cnode_locked = 0; - int partialwrite = 0; - int do_snapshot = 1; - time_t orig_ctime=VTOC(vp)->c_ctime; - int took_truncate_lock = 0; - int io_return_on_throttle = 0; - int throttled_count = 0; - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if ( hfs_file_is_compressed(VTOC(vp), 1) ) { /* 1 == don't take the cnode lock */ - int state = decmpfs_cnode_get_vnode_state(VTOCMP(vp)); - switch(state) { - case FILE_IS_COMPRESSED: - return EACCES; - case FILE_IS_CONVERTING: - /* if FILE_IS_CONVERTING, we allow writes but do not - bother with snapshots or else we will deadlock. - */ - do_snapshot = 0; - break; - default: - printf("invalid state %d for compressed file\n", state); - /* fall through */ - } - } else if ((VTOC(vp)->c_bsdflags & UF_COMPRESSED)) { - int error; - - error = check_for_dataless_file(vp, NAMESPACE_HANDLER_WRITE_OP); - if (error != 0) { - return error; - } - } - - if (do_snapshot) { - nspace_snapshot_event(vp, orig_ctime, NAMESPACE_HANDLER_WRITE_OP, uio); - } - -#endif - -#if SECURE_KERNEL - if ((ioflag & (IO_SKIP_ENCRYPTION|IO_SYSCALL_DISPATCH)) == - (IO_SKIP_ENCRYPTION|IO_SYSCALL_DISPATCH)) { - /* Don't allow unencrypted io request from user space */ - return EPERM; - } -#endif - - resid = uio_resid(uio); - offset = uio_offset(uio); - - if (offset < 0) - return (EINVAL); - if (resid == 0) - return (E_NONE); - if (!vnode_isreg(vp)) - return (EPERM); /* Can only write regular files */ - - cp = VTOC(vp); - fp = VTOF(vp); - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - if ((retval = cp_handle_vnop (vp, CP_WRITE_ACCESS, 0)) != 0) { - goto exit; - } -#endif - - eflags = kEFDeferMask; /* defer file block allocations */ -#if HFS_SPARSE_DEV - /* - * When the underlying device is sparse and space - * is low (< 8MB), stop doing delayed allocations - * and begin doing synchronous I/O. - */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_HAS_SPARSE_DEVICE) && - (hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 0) < 2048)) { - eflags &= ~kEFDeferMask; - ioflag |= IO_SYNC; - } -#endif /* HFS_SPARSE_DEV */ - - if ((ioflag & (IO_SINGLE_WRITER | IO_SYSCALL_DISPATCH)) == - (IO_SINGLE_WRITER | IO_SYSCALL_DISPATCH)) { - io_return_on_throttle = IO_RETURN_ON_THROTTLE; - } - -again: - /* - * Protect against a size change. - * - * Note: If took_truncate_lock is true, then we previously got the lock shared - * but needed to upgrade to exclusive. So try getting it exclusive from the - * start. - */ - if (ioflag & IO_APPEND || took_truncate_lock) { - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - } - else { - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - } - took_truncate_lock = 1; - - /* Update UIO */ - if (ioflag & IO_APPEND) { - uio_setoffset(uio, fp->ff_size); - offset = fp->ff_size; - } - if ((cp->c_bsdflags & APPEND) && offset != fp->ff_size) { - retval = EPERM; - goto exit; - } - - cred = vfs_context_ucred(ap->a_context); - if (cred && suser(cred, NULL) != 0) - eflags |= kEFReserveMask; - - origFileSize = fp->ff_size; - writelimit = offset + resid; - - /* - * We may need an exclusive truncate lock for several reasons, all - * of which are because we may be writing to a (portion of a) block - * for the first time, and we need to make sure no readers see the - * prior, uninitialized contents of the block. The cases are: - * - * 1. We have unallocated (delayed allocation) blocks. We may be - * allocating new blocks to the file and writing to them. - * (A more precise check would be whether the range we're writing - * to contains delayed allocation blocks.) - * 2. We need to extend the file. The bytes between the old EOF - * and the new EOF are not yet initialized. This is important - * even if we're not allocating new blocks to the file. If the - * old EOF and new EOF are in the same block, we still need to - * protect that range of bytes until they are written for the - * first time. - * - * If we had a shared lock with the above cases, we need to try to upgrade - * to an exclusive lock. If the upgrade fails, we will lose the shared - * lock, and will need to take the truncate lock again; the took_truncate_lock - * flag will still be set, causing us to try for an exclusive lock next time. - */ - if ((cp->c_truncatelockowner == HFS_SHARED_OWNER) && - ((fp->ff_unallocblocks != 0) || - (writelimit > origFileSize))) { - if (lck_rw_lock_shared_to_exclusive(&cp->c_truncatelock) == FALSE) { - /* - * Lock upgrade failed and we lost our shared lock, try again. - * Note: we do not set took_truncate_lock=0 here. Leaving it - * set to 1 will cause us to try to get the lock exclusive. - */ - goto again; - } - else { - /* Store the owner in the c_truncatelockowner field if we successfully upgrade */ - cp->c_truncatelockowner = current_thread(); - } - } - - if ( (retval = hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - goto exit; - } - cnode_locked = 1; - - filebytes = hfs_blk_to_bytes(fp->ff_blocks, hfsmp->blockSize); - - if (offset > filebytes - && (hfs_blk_to_bytes(hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, ISSET(eflags, kEFReserveMask)), - hfsmp->blockSize) < offset - filebytes)) { - retval = ENOSPC; - goto exit; - } - - KERNEL_DEBUG(HFSDBG_WRITE | DBG_FUNC_START, - (int)offset, uio_resid(uio), (int)fp->ff_size, - (int)filebytes, 0); - - /* Check if we do not need to extend the file */ - if (writelimit <= filebytes) { - goto sizeok; - } - - bytesToAdd = writelimit - filebytes; - -#if QUOTA - retval = hfs_chkdq(cp, (int64_t)(roundup(bytesToAdd, hfsmp->blockSize)), - cred, 0); - if (retval) - goto exit; -#endif /* QUOTA */ - - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - retval = EINVAL; - goto exit; - } - - while (writelimit > filebytes) { - bytesToAdd = writelimit - filebytes; - - /* Protect extents b-tree and allocation bitmap */ - lockflags = SFL_BITMAP; - if (overflow_extents(fp)) - lockflags |= SFL_EXTENTS; - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* Files that are changing size are not hot file candidates. */ - if (hfsmp->hfc_stage == HFC_RECORDING) { - fp->ff_bytesread = 0; - } - retval = MacToVFSError(ExtendFileC (hfsmp, (FCB*)fp, bytesToAdd, - 0, eflags, &actualBytesAdded)); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if ((actualBytesAdded == 0) && (retval == E_NONE)) - retval = ENOSPC; - if (retval != E_NONE) - break; - filebytes = (off_t)fp->ff_blocks * (off_t)hfsmp->blockSize; - KERNEL_DEBUG(HFSDBG_WRITE | DBG_FUNC_NONE, - (int)offset, uio_resid(uio), (int)fp->ff_size, (int)filebytes, 0); - } - (void) hfs_update(vp, 0); - (void) hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, VOL_UPDATE, 0); - (void) hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - /* - * If we didn't grow the file enough try a partial write. - * POSIX expects this behavior. - */ - if ((retval == ENOSPC) && (filebytes > offset)) { - retval = 0; - partialwrite = 1; - uio_setresid(uio, (uio_resid(uio) - bytesToAdd)); - resid -= bytesToAdd; - writelimit = filebytes; - } -sizeok: - if (retval == E_NONE) { - off_t filesize; - off_t head_off; - int lflag; - - if (writelimit > fp->ff_size) { - filesize = writelimit; - struct timeval tv; - rl_add(fp->ff_size, writelimit - 1 , &fp->ff_invalidranges); - microuptime(&tv); - cp->c_zftimeout = tv.tv_sec + ZFTIMELIMIT; - } else - filesize = fp->ff_size; - - lflag = ioflag & ~(IO_TAILZEROFILL | IO_HEADZEROFILL | IO_NOZEROVALID | IO_NOZERODIRTY); - - /* - * We no longer use IO_HEADZEROFILL or IO_TAILZEROFILL (except - * for one case below). For the regions that lie before the - * beginning and after the end of this write that are in the - * same page, we let the cluster code handle zeroing that out - * if necessary. If those areas are not cached, the cluster - * code will try and read those areas in, and in the case - * where those regions have never been written to, - * hfs_vnop_blockmap will consult the invalid ranges and then - * indicate that. The cluster code will zero out those areas. - */ - - head_off = trunc_page_64(offset); - - if (head_off < offset && head_off >= fp->ff_size) { - /* - * The first page is beyond current EOF, so as an - * optimisation, we can pass IO_HEADZEROFILL. - */ - lflag |= IO_HEADZEROFILL; - } - - hfs_unlock(cp); - cnode_locked = 0; - - /* - * We need to tell UBC the fork's new size BEFORE calling - * cluster_write, in case any of the new pages need to be - * paged out before cluster_write completes (which does happen - * in embedded systems due to extreme memory pressure). - * Similarly, we need to tell hfs_vnop_pageout what the new EOF - * will be, so that it can pass that on to cluster_pageout, and - * allow those pageouts. - * - * We don't update ff_size yet since we don't want pageins to - * be able to see uninitialized data between the old and new - * EOF, until cluster_write has completed and initialized that - * part of the file. - * - * The vnode pager relies on the file size last given to UBC via - * ubc_setsize. hfs_vnop_pageout relies on fp->ff_new_size or - * ff_size (whichever is larger). NOTE: ff_new_size is always - * zero, unless we are extending the file via write. - */ - if (filesize > fp->ff_size) { - retval = hfs_zero_eof_page(vp, offset); - if (retval) - goto exit; - fp->ff_new_size = filesize; - ubc_setsize(vp, filesize); - } - retval = cluster_write(vp, uio, fp->ff_size, filesize, head_off, - 0, lflag | IO_NOZERODIRTY | io_return_on_throttle); - if (retval) { - fp->ff_new_size = 0; /* no longer extending; use ff_size */ - - if (retval == EAGAIN) { - /* - * EAGAIN indicates that we still have I/O to do, but - * that we now need to be throttled - */ - if (resid != uio_resid(uio)) { - /* - * did manage to do some I/O before returning EAGAIN - */ - resid = uio_resid(uio); - offset = uio_offset(uio); - - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - cp->c_touch_modtime = TRUE; - hfs_incr_gencount(cp); - } - if (filesize > fp->ff_size) { - /* - * we called ubc_setsize before the call to - * cluster_write... since we only partially - * completed the I/O, we need to - * re-adjust our idea of the filesize based - * on our interim EOF - */ - ubc_setsize(vp, offset); - - fp->ff_size = offset; - } - goto exit; - } - if (filesize > origFileSize) { - ubc_setsize(vp, origFileSize); - } - goto ioerr_exit; - } - - if (filesize > origFileSize) { - fp->ff_size = filesize; - - /* Files that are changing size are not hot file candidates. */ - if (hfsmp->hfc_stage == HFC_RECORDING) { - fp->ff_bytesread = 0; - } - } - fp->ff_new_size = 0; /* ff_size now has the correct size */ - } - if (partialwrite) { - uio_setresid(uio, (uio_resid(uio) + bytesToAdd)); - resid += bytesToAdd; - } - - if (vnode_should_flush_after_write(vp, ioflag)) - hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_CACHE); - -ioerr_exit: - if (!cnode_locked) { - hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - cnode_locked = 1; - } - - if (resid > uio_resid(uio)) { - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - cp->c_touch_modtime = TRUE; - hfs_incr_gencount(cp); - - /* - * If we successfully wrote any data, and we are not the superuser - * we clear the setuid and setgid bits as a precaution against - * tampering. - */ - if (cp->c_mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID)) { - cred = vfs_context_ucred(ap->a_context); - if (cred && suser(cred, NULL)) { - cp->c_mode &= ~(S_ISUID | S_ISGID); - } - } - } - if (retval) { - if (ioflag & IO_UNIT) { - (void)hfs_truncate(vp, origFileSize, ioflag & IO_SYNC, - 0, ap->a_context); - uio_setoffset(uio, (uio_offset(uio) - (resid - uio_resid(uio)))); - uio_setresid(uio, resid); - filebytes = (off_t)fp->ff_blocks * (off_t)hfsmp->blockSize; - } - } else if ((ioflag & IO_SYNC) && (resid > uio_resid(uio))) - retval = hfs_update(vp, 0); - - /* Updating vcbWrCnt doesn't need to be atomic. */ - hfsmp->vcbWrCnt++; - - KERNEL_DEBUG(HFSDBG_WRITE | DBG_FUNC_END, - (int)uio_offset(uio), uio_resid(uio), (int)fp->ff_size, (int)filebytes, 0); -exit: - if (retval && took_truncate_lock - && cp->c_truncatelockowner == current_thread()) { - fp->ff_new_size = 0; - rl_remove(fp->ff_size, RL_INFINITY, &fp->ff_invalidranges); - } - - if (cnode_locked) - hfs_unlock(cp); - - if (took_truncate_lock) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - } - if (retval == EAGAIN) { - throttle_lowpri_io(1); - throttled_count++; - - retval = 0; - goto again; - } - if (throttled_count) - throttle_info_reset_window(NULL); - return (retval); -} - -/* support for the "bulk-access" fcntl */ - -#define CACHE_LEVELS 16 -#define NUM_CACHE_ENTRIES (64*16) -#define PARENT_IDS_FLAG 0x100 - -struct access_cache { - int numcached; - int cachehits; /* these two for statistics gathering */ - int lookups; - unsigned int *acache; - unsigned char *haveaccess; -}; - -struct access_t { - uid_t uid; /* IN: effective user id */ - short flags; /* IN: access requested (i.e. R_OK) */ - short num_groups; /* IN: number of groups user belongs to */ - int num_files; /* IN: number of files to process */ - int *file_ids; /* IN: array of file ids */ - gid_t *groups; /* IN: array of groups */ - short *access; /* OUT: access info for each file (0 for 'has access') */ -} __attribute__((unavailable)); // this structure is for reference purposes only - -struct user32_access_t { - uid_t uid; /* IN: effective user id */ - short flags; /* IN: access requested (i.e. R_OK) */ - short num_groups; /* IN: number of groups user belongs to */ - int num_files; /* IN: number of files to process */ - user32_addr_t file_ids; /* IN: array of file ids */ - user32_addr_t groups; /* IN: array of groups */ - user32_addr_t access; /* OUT: access info for each file (0 for 'has access') */ -}; - -struct user64_access_t { - uid_t uid; /* IN: effective user id */ - short flags; /* IN: access requested (i.e. R_OK) */ - short num_groups; /* IN: number of groups user belongs to */ - int num_files; /* IN: number of files to process */ - user64_addr_t file_ids; /* IN: array of file ids */ - user64_addr_t groups; /* IN: array of groups */ - user64_addr_t access; /* OUT: access info for each file (0 for 'has access') */ -}; - - -// these are the "extended" versions of the above structures -// note that it is crucial that they be different sized than -// the regular version -struct ext_access_t { - uint32_t flags; /* IN: access requested (i.e. R_OK) */ - uint32_t num_files; /* IN: number of files to process */ - uint32_t map_size; /* IN: size of the bit map */ - uint32_t *file_ids; /* IN: Array of file ids */ - char *bitmap; /* OUT: hash-bitmap of interesting directory ids */ - short *access; /* OUT: access info for each file (0 for 'has access') */ - uint32_t num_parents; /* future use */ - cnid_t *parents; /* future use */ -} __attribute__((unavailable)); // this structure is for reference purposes only - -struct user32_ext_access_t { - uint32_t flags; /* IN: access requested (i.e. R_OK) */ - uint32_t num_files; /* IN: number of files to process */ - uint32_t map_size; /* IN: size of the bit map */ - user32_addr_t file_ids; /* IN: Array of file ids */ - user32_addr_t bitmap; /* OUT: hash-bitmap of interesting directory ids */ - user32_addr_t access; /* OUT: access info for each file (0 for 'has access') */ - uint32_t num_parents; /* future use */ - user32_addr_t parents; /* future use */ -}; - -struct user64_ext_access_t { - uint32_t flags; /* IN: access requested (i.e. R_OK) */ - uint32_t num_files; /* IN: number of files to process */ - uint32_t map_size; /* IN: size of the bit map */ - user64_addr_t file_ids; /* IN: array of file ids */ - user64_addr_t bitmap; /* IN: array of groups */ - user64_addr_t access; /* OUT: access info for each file (0 for 'has access') */ - uint32_t num_parents;/* future use */ - user64_addr_t parents;/* future use */ -}; - - -/* - * Perform a binary search for the given parent_id. Return value is - * the index if there is a match. If no_match_indexp is non-NULL it - * will be assigned with the index to insert the item (even if it was - * not found). - */ -static int cache_binSearch(cnid_t *array, unsigned int hi, cnid_t parent_id, int *no_match_indexp) -{ - int index=-1; - unsigned int lo=0; - - do { - unsigned int mid = ((hi - lo)/2) + lo; - unsigned int this_id = array[mid]; - - if (parent_id == this_id) { - hi = mid; - break; - } - - if (parent_id < this_id) { - hi = mid; - continue; - } - - if (parent_id > this_id) { - lo = mid + 1; - continue; - } - } while(lo < hi); - - /* check if lo and hi converged on the match */ - if (parent_id == array[hi]) { - index = hi; - } - - if (no_match_indexp) { - *no_match_indexp = hi; - } - - return index; -} - - -static int -lookup_bucket(struct access_cache *cache, int *indexp, cnid_t parent_id) -{ - unsigned int hi; - int matches = 0; - int index, no_match_index; - - if (cache->numcached == 0) { - *indexp = 0; - return 0; // table is empty, so insert at index=0 and report no match - } - - if (cache->numcached > NUM_CACHE_ENTRIES) { - cache->numcached = NUM_CACHE_ENTRIES; - } - - hi = cache->numcached - 1; - - index = cache_binSearch(cache->acache, hi, parent_id, &no_match_index); - - /* if no existing entry found, find index for new one */ - if (index == -1) { - index = no_match_index; - matches = 0; - } else { - matches = 1; - } - - *indexp = index; - return matches; -} - -/* - * Add a node to the access_cache at the given index (or do a lookup first - * to find the index if -1 is passed in). We currently do a replace rather - * than an insert if the cache is full. - */ -static void -add_node(struct access_cache *cache, int index, cnid_t nodeID, int access) -{ - int lookup_index = -1; - - /* need to do a lookup first if -1 passed for index */ - if (index == -1) { - if (lookup_bucket(cache, &lookup_index, nodeID)) { - if (cache->haveaccess[lookup_index] != access && cache->haveaccess[lookup_index] == ESRCH) { - // only update an entry if the previous access was ESRCH (i.e. a scope checking error) - cache->haveaccess[lookup_index] = access; - } - - /* mission accomplished */ - return; - } else { - index = lookup_index; - } - - } - - /* if the cache is full, do a replace rather than an insert */ - if (cache->numcached >= NUM_CACHE_ENTRIES) { - cache->numcached = NUM_CACHE_ENTRIES-1; - - if (index > cache->numcached) { - index = cache->numcached; - } - } - - if (index < cache->numcached && index < NUM_CACHE_ENTRIES && nodeID > cache->acache[index]) { - index++; - } - - if (index >= 0 && index < cache->numcached) { - /* only do bcopy if we're inserting */ - bcopy( cache->acache+index, cache->acache+(index+1), (cache->numcached - index)*sizeof(int) ); - bcopy( cache->haveaccess+index, cache->haveaccess+(index+1), (cache->numcached - index)*sizeof(unsigned char) ); - } - - cache->acache[index] = nodeID; - cache->haveaccess[index] = access; - cache->numcached++; -} - - -struct cinfo { - uid_t uid; - gid_t gid; - mode_t mode; - cnid_t parentcnid; - u_int16_t recflags; -}; - -static int -snoop_callback(const cnode_t *cp, void *arg) -{ - struct cinfo *cip = arg; - - cip->uid = cp->c_uid; - cip->gid = cp->c_gid; - cip->mode = cp->c_mode; - cip->parentcnid = cp->c_parentcnid; - cip->recflags = cp->c_attr.ca_recflags; - - return (0); -} - -/* - * Lookup the cnid's attr info (uid, gid, and mode) as well as its parent id. If the item - * isn't incore, then go to the catalog. - */ -static int -do_attr_lookup(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct access_cache *cache, cnid_t cnid, - struct cnode *skip_cp, CatalogKey *keyp, struct cat_attr *cnattrp) -{ - int error = 0; - - /* if this id matches the one the fsctl was called with, skip the lookup */ - if (cnid == skip_cp->c_cnid) { - cnattrp->ca_uid = skip_cp->c_uid; - cnattrp->ca_gid = skip_cp->c_gid; - cnattrp->ca_mode = skip_cp->c_mode; - cnattrp->ca_recflags = skip_cp->c_attr.ca_recflags; - keyp->hfsPlus.parentID = skip_cp->c_parentcnid; - } else { - struct cinfo c_info; - - /* otherwise, check the cnode hash incase the file/dir is incore */ - error = hfs_chash_snoop(hfsmp, cnid, 0, snoop_callback, &c_info); - - if (error == EACCES) { - // File is deleted - return ENOENT; - } else if (!error) { - cnattrp->ca_uid = c_info.uid; - cnattrp->ca_gid = c_info.gid; - cnattrp->ca_mode = c_info.mode; - cnattrp->ca_recflags = c_info.recflags; - keyp->hfsPlus.parentID = c_info.parentcnid; - } else { - int lockflags; - - if (throttle_io_will_be_throttled(-1, HFSTOVFS(hfsmp))) - throttle_lowpri_io(1); - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - /* lookup this cnid in the catalog */ - error = cat_getkeyplusattr(hfsmp, cnid, keyp, cnattrp); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - cache->lookups++; - } - } - - return (error); -} - - -/* - * Compute whether we have access to the given directory (nodeID) and all its parents. Cache - * up to CACHE_LEVELS as we progress towards the root. - */ -static int -do_access_check(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int *err, struct access_cache *cache, HFSCatalogNodeID nodeID, - struct cnode *skip_cp, struct proc *theProcPtr, kauth_cred_t myp_ucred, - struct vfs_context *my_context, - char *bitmap, - uint32_t map_size, - cnid_t* parents, - uint32_t num_parents) -{ - int myErr = 0; - int myResult; - HFSCatalogNodeID thisNodeID; - unsigned int myPerms; - struct cat_attr cnattr; - int cache_index = -1, scope_index = -1, scope_idx_start = -1; - CatalogKey catkey; - - int i = 0, ids_to_cache = 0; - int parent_ids[CACHE_LEVELS]; - - thisNodeID = nodeID; - while (thisNodeID >= kRootDirID) { - myResult = 0; /* default to "no access" */ - - /* check the cache before resorting to hitting the catalog */ - - /* ASSUMPTION: access info of cached entries is "final"... i.e. no need - * to look any further after hitting cached dir */ - - if (lookup_bucket(cache, &cache_index, thisNodeID)) { - cache->cachehits++; - myErr = cache->haveaccess[cache_index]; - if (scope_index != -1) { - if (myErr == ESRCH) { - myErr = 0; - } - } else { - scope_index = 0; // so we'll just use the cache result - scope_idx_start = ids_to_cache; - } - myResult = (myErr == 0) ? 1 : 0; - goto ExitThisRoutine; - } - - - if (parents) { - int tmp; - tmp = cache_binSearch(parents, num_parents-1, thisNodeID, NULL); - if (scope_index == -1) - scope_index = tmp; - if (tmp != -1 && scope_idx_start == -1 && ids_to_cache < CACHE_LEVELS) { - scope_idx_start = ids_to_cache; - } - } - - /* remember which parents we want to cache */ - if (ids_to_cache < CACHE_LEVELS) { - parent_ids[ids_to_cache] = thisNodeID; - ids_to_cache++; - } - // Inefficient (using modulo) and we might want to use a hash function, not rely on the node id to be "nice"... - if (bitmap && map_size) { - bitmap[(thisNodeID/8)%(map_size)]|=(1<<(thisNodeID&7)); - } - - - /* do the lookup (checks the cnode hash, then the catalog) */ - myErr = do_attr_lookup(hfsmp, cache, thisNodeID, skip_cp, &catkey, &cnattr); - if (myErr) { - goto ExitThisRoutine; /* no access */ - } - - /* Root always gets access. */ - if (suser(myp_ucred, NULL) == 0) { - thisNodeID = catkey.hfsPlus.parentID; - myResult = 1; - continue; - } - - // if the thing has acl's, do the full permission check - if ((cnattr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasSecurityMask) != 0) { - struct vnode *vp; - - /* get the vnode for this cnid */ - myErr = hfs_vget(hfsmp, thisNodeID, &vp, 0, 0); - if ( myErr ) { - myResult = 0; - goto ExitThisRoutine; - } - - thisNodeID = VTOC(vp)->c_parentcnid; - - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - - if (vnode_vtype(vp) == VDIR) { - myErr = vnode_authorize(vp, NULL, (KAUTH_VNODE_SEARCH | KAUTH_VNODE_LIST_DIRECTORY), my_context); - } else { - myErr = vnode_authorize(vp, NULL, KAUTH_VNODE_READ_DATA, my_context); - } - - vnode_put(vp); - if (myErr) { - myResult = 0; - goto ExitThisRoutine; - } - } else { - unsigned int flags; - int mode = cnattr.ca_mode & S_IFMT; - myPerms = DerivePermissionSummary(cnattr.ca_uid, cnattr.ca_gid, cnattr.ca_mode, hfsmp->hfs_mp,myp_ucred, theProcPtr); - - if (mode == S_IFDIR) { - flags = R_OK | X_OK; - } else { - flags = R_OK; - } - if ( (myPerms & flags) != flags) { - myResult = 0; - myErr = EACCES; - goto ExitThisRoutine; /* no access */ - } - - /* up the hierarchy we go */ - thisNodeID = catkey.hfsPlus.parentID; - } - } - - /* if here, we have access to this node */ - myResult = 1; - - ExitThisRoutine: - if (parents && myErr == 0 && scope_index == -1) { - myErr = ESRCH; - } - - if (myErr) { - myResult = 0; - } - *err = myErr; - - /* cache the parent directory(ies) */ - for (i = 0; i < ids_to_cache; i++) { - if (myErr == 0 && parents && (scope_idx_start == -1 || i > scope_idx_start)) { - add_node(cache, -1, parent_ids[i], ESRCH); - } else { - add_node(cache, -1, parent_ids[i], myErr); - } - } - - return (myResult); -} - -static int -do_bulk_access_check(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *vp, - struct vnop_ioctl_args *ap, int arg_size, vfs_context_t context) -{ - boolean_t is64bit; - - /* - * NOTE: on entry, the vnode has an io_ref. In case this vnode - * happens to be in our list of file_ids, we'll note it - * avoid calling hfs_chashget_nowait() on that id as that - * will cause a "locking against myself" panic. - */ - Boolean check_leaf = true; - - struct user64_ext_access_t *user_access_structp; - struct user64_ext_access_t tmp_user_access; - struct access_cache cache; - - int error = 0, prev_parent_check_ok=1; - unsigned int i; - - short flags; - unsigned int num_files = 0; - int map_size = 0; - int num_parents = 0; - int *file_ids=NULL; - short *access=NULL; - char *bitmap=NULL; - cnid_t *parents=NULL; - int leaf_index; - - cnid_t cnid; - cnid_t prevParent_cnid = 0; - unsigned int myPerms; - short myaccess = 0; - struct cat_attr cnattr; - CatalogKey catkey; - struct cnode *skip_cp = VTOC(vp); - kauth_cred_t cred = vfs_context_ucred(context); - proc_t p = vfs_context_proc(context); - - is64bit = proc_is64bit(p); - - /* initialize the local cache and buffers */ - cache.numcached = 0; - cache.cachehits = 0; - cache.lookups = 0; - cache.acache = NULL; - cache.haveaccess = NULL; - - /* struct copyin done during dispatch... need to copy file_id array separately */ - if (ap->a_data == NULL) { - error = EINVAL; - goto err_exit_bulk_access; - } - - if (is64bit) { - if (arg_size != sizeof(struct user64_ext_access_t)) { - error = EINVAL; - goto err_exit_bulk_access; - } - - user_access_structp = (struct user64_ext_access_t *)ap->a_data; - - } else if (arg_size == sizeof(struct user32_access_t)) { - struct user32_access_t *accessp = (struct user32_access_t *)ap->a_data; - - // convert an old style bulk-access struct to the new style - tmp_user_access.flags = accessp->flags; - tmp_user_access.num_files = accessp->num_files; - tmp_user_access.map_size = 0; - tmp_user_access.file_ids = CAST_USER_ADDR_T(accessp->file_ids); - tmp_user_access.bitmap = USER_ADDR_NULL; - tmp_user_access.access = CAST_USER_ADDR_T(accessp->access); - tmp_user_access.num_parents = 0; - user_access_structp = &tmp_user_access; - - } else if (arg_size == sizeof(struct user32_ext_access_t)) { - struct user32_ext_access_t *accessp = (struct user32_ext_access_t *)ap->a_data; - - // up-cast from a 32-bit version of the struct - tmp_user_access.flags = accessp->flags; - tmp_user_access.num_files = accessp->num_files; - tmp_user_access.map_size = accessp->map_size; - tmp_user_access.num_parents = accessp->num_parents; - - tmp_user_access.file_ids = CAST_USER_ADDR_T(accessp->file_ids); - tmp_user_access.bitmap = CAST_USER_ADDR_T(accessp->bitmap); - tmp_user_access.access = CAST_USER_ADDR_T(accessp->access); - tmp_user_access.parents = CAST_USER_ADDR_T(accessp->parents); - - user_access_structp = &tmp_user_access; - } else { - error = EINVAL; - goto err_exit_bulk_access; - } - - map_size = user_access_structp->map_size; - - num_files = user_access_structp->num_files; - - num_parents= user_access_structp->num_parents; - - if (num_files < 1) { - goto err_exit_bulk_access; - } - if (num_files > 1024) { - error = EINVAL; - goto err_exit_bulk_access; - } - - if (num_parents > 1024) { - error = EINVAL; - goto err_exit_bulk_access; - } - - file_ids = hfs_malloc(sizeof(int) * num_files); - access = hfs_malloc(sizeof(short) * num_files); - if (map_size) { - bitmap = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(char) * map_size); - } - - if (num_parents) { - parents = hfs_malloc(sizeof(cnid_t) * num_parents); - } - - cache.acache = hfs_malloc(sizeof(int) * NUM_CACHE_ENTRIES); - cache.haveaccess = hfs_malloc(sizeof(unsigned char) * NUM_CACHE_ENTRIES); - - if ((error = copyin(user_access_structp->file_ids, (caddr_t)file_ids, - num_files * sizeof(int)))) { - goto err_exit_bulk_access; - } - - if (num_parents) { - if ((error = copyin(user_access_structp->parents, (caddr_t)parents, - num_parents * sizeof(cnid_t)))) { - goto err_exit_bulk_access; - } - } - - flags = user_access_structp->flags; - if ((flags & (F_OK | R_OK | W_OK | X_OK)) == 0) { - flags = R_OK; - } - - /* check if we've been passed leaf node ids or parent ids */ - if (flags & PARENT_IDS_FLAG) { - check_leaf = false; - } - - /* Check access to each file_id passed in */ - for (i = 0; i < num_files; i++) { - leaf_index=-1; - cnid = (cnid_t) file_ids[i]; - - /* root always has access */ - if ((!parents) && (!suser(cred, NULL))) { - access[i] = 0; - continue; - } - - if (check_leaf) { - /* do the lookup (checks the cnode hash, then the catalog) */ - error = do_attr_lookup(hfsmp, &cache, cnid, skip_cp, &catkey, &cnattr); - if (error) { - access[i] = (short) error; - continue; - } - - if (parents) { - // Check if the leaf matches one of the parent scopes - leaf_index = cache_binSearch(parents, num_parents-1, cnid, NULL); - if (leaf_index >= 0 && parents[leaf_index] == cnid) - prev_parent_check_ok = 0; - else if (leaf_index >= 0) - prev_parent_check_ok = 1; - } - - // if the thing has acl's, do the full permission check - if ((cnattr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasSecurityMask) != 0) { - struct vnode *cvp; - int myErr = 0; - /* get the vnode for this cnid */ - myErr = hfs_vget(hfsmp, cnid, &cvp, 0, 0); - if ( myErr ) { - access[i] = myErr; - continue; - } - - hfs_unlock(VTOC(cvp)); - - if (vnode_vtype(cvp) == VDIR) { - myErr = vnode_authorize(cvp, NULL, (KAUTH_VNODE_SEARCH | KAUTH_VNODE_LIST_DIRECTORY), context); - } else { - myErr = vnode_authorize(cvp, NULL, KAUTH_VNODE_READ_DATA, context); - } - - vnode_put(cvp); - if (myErr) { - access[i] = myErr; - continue; - } - } else { - /* before calling CheckAccess(), check the target file for read access */ - myPerms = DerivePermissionSummary(cnattr.ca_uid, cnattr.ca_gid, - cnattr.ca_mode, hfsmp->hfs_mp, cred, p); - - /* fail fast if no access */ - if ((myPerms & flags) == 0) { - access[i] = EACCES; - continue; - } - } - } else { - /* we were passed an array of parent ids */ - catkey.hfsPlus.parentID = cnid; - } - - /* if the last guy had the same parent and had access, we're done */ - if (i > 0 && catkey.hfsPlus.parentID == prevParent_cnid && access[i-1] == 0 && prev_parent_check_ok) { - cache.cachehits++; - access[i] = 0; - continue; - } - - myaccess = do_access_check(hfsmp, &error, &cache, catkey.hfsPlus.parentID, - skip_cp, p, cred, context,bitmap, map_size, parents, num_parents); - - if (myaccess || (error == ESRCH && leaf_index != -1)) { - access[i] = 0; // have access.. no errors to report - } else { - access[i] = (error != 0 ? (short) error : EACCES); - } - - prevParent_cnid = catkey.hfsPlus.parentID; - } - - /* copyout the access array */ - if ((error = copyout((caddr_t)access, user_access_structp->access, - num_files * sizeof (short)))) { - goto err_exit_bulk_access; - } - if (map_size && bitmap) { - if ((error = copyout((caddr_t)bitmap, user_access_structp->bitmap, - map_size * sizeof (char)))) { - goto err_exit_bulk_access; - } - } - - - err_exit_bulk_access: - - hfs_free(file_ids, sizeof(int) * num_files); - hfs_free(parents, sizeof(cnid_t) * num_parents); - hfs_free(bitmap, sizeof(char) * map_size); - hfs_free(access, sizeof(short) * num_files); - hfs_free(cache.acache, sizeof(int) * NUM_CACHE_ENTRIES); - hfs_free(cache.haveaccess, sizeof(unsigned char) * NUM_CACHE_ENTRIES); - - return (error); -} - - -/* end "bulk-access" support */ - - -/* - * Control filesystem operating characteristics. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_ioctl( struct vnop_ioctl_args /* { - vnode_t a_vp; - long a_command; - caddr_t a_data; - int a_fflag; - vfs_context_t a_context; - } */ *ap) -{ - struct vnode * vp = ap->a_vp; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - vfs_context_t context = ap->a_context; - kauth_cred_t cred = vfs_context_ucred(context); - proc_t p = vfs_context_proc(context); - struct vfsstatfs *vfsp; - boolean_t is64bit; - off_t jnl_start, jnl_size; - struct hfs_journal_info *jip; -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - int compressed = 0; - off_t uncompressed_size = -1; - int decmpfs_error = 0; - - if (ap->a_command == F_RDADVISE) { - /* we need to inspect the decmpfs state of the file as early as possible */ - compressed = hfs_file_is_compressed(VTOC(vp), 0); - if (compressed) { - if (VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)) { - /* if this is the resource fork, treat it as if it were empty */ - uncompressed_size = 0; - } else { - decmpfs_error = hfs_uncompressed_size_of_compressed_file(NULL, vp, 0, &uncompressed_size, 0); - if (decmpfs_error != 0) { - /* failed to get the uncompressed size, we'll check for this later */ - uncompressed_size = -1; - } - } - } - } -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - - is64bit = proc_is64bit(p); - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - // The HFSIOC_KEY_ROLL fsctl does its own access checks - if (ap->a_command != HFSIOC_KEY_ROLL) -#endif - { - int error = 0; - if ((error = cp_handle_vnop(vp, CP_WRITE_ACCESS, 0)) != 0) { - return error; - } - } -#endif /* CONFIG_PROTECT */ - - switch (ap->a_command) { - - case HFSIOC_GETPATH: - { - struct vnode *file_vp; - cnid_t cnid; - int outlen; - char *bufptr; - int error; - int flags = 0; - - /* Caller must be owner of file system. */ - vfsp = vfs_statfs(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)); - if (suser(cred, NULL) && - kauth_cred_getuid(cred) != vfsp->f_owner) { - return (EACCES); - } - /* Target vnode must be file system's root. */ - if (!vnode_isvroot(vp)) { - return (EINVAL); - } - bufptr = (char *)ap->a_data; - cnid = strtoul(bufptr, NULL, 10); - if (ap->a_fflag & HFS_GETPATH_VOLUME_RELATIVE) { - flags |= BUILDPATH_VOLUME_RELATIVE; - } - - /* We need to call hfs_vfs_vget to leverage the code that will - * fix the origin list for us if needed, as opposed to calling - * hfs_vget, since we will need the parent for build_path call. - */ - - if ((error = hfs_vfs_vget(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp), cnid, &file_vp, context))) { - return (error); - } - - error = build_path(file_vp, bufptr, sizeof(pathname_t), &outlen, flags, context); - vnode_put(file_vp); - - return (error); - } - - case HFSIOC_SET_MAX_DEFRAG_SIZE: - { - int error = 0; /* Assume success */ - u_int32_t maxsize = 0; - - if (vnode_vfsisrdonly(vp)) { - return (EROFS); - } - vfsp = vfs_statfs(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)); - if (!kauth_cred_issuser(cred)) { - return (EACCES); /* must be root */ - } - - maxsize = *(u_int32_t *)ap->a_data; - - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - if (maxsize > HFS_MAX_DEFRAG_SIZE) { - error = EINVAL; - } - else { - hfsmp->hfs_defrag_max = maxsize; - } - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - return (error); - } - - case HFSIOC_FORCE_ENABLE_DEFRAG: - { - int error = 0; /* Assume success */ - u_int32_t do_enable = 0; - - if (vnode_vfsisrdonly(vp)) { - return (EROFS); - } - vfsp = vfs_statfs(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)); - if (!kauth_cred_issuser(cred)) { - return (EACCES); /* must be root */ - } - - do_enable = *(u_int32_t *)ap->a_data; - - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - if (do_enable != 0) { - hfsmp->hfs_defrag_nowait = 1; - } - else { - error = EINVAL; - } - - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - return (error); - } - - - case HFSIOC_TRANSFER_DOCUMENT_ID: - { - struct cnode *cp = NULL; - int error; - u_int32_t to_fd = *(u_int32_t *)ap->a_data; - struct fileproc *to_fp; - struct vnode *to_vp; - struct cnode *to_cp; - - cp = VTOC(vp); - - if ((error = fp_getfvp(p, to_fd, &to_fp, &to_vp)) != 0) { - //printf("could not get the vnode for fd %d (err %d)\n", to_fd, error); - return error; - } - if ( (error = vnode_getwithref(to_vp)) ) { - file_drop(to_fd); - return error; - } - - if (VTOHFS(to_vp) != hfsmp) { - error = EXDEV; - goto transfer_cleanup; - } - - int need_unlock = 1; - to_cp = VTOC(to_vp); - error = hfs_lockpair(cp, to_cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - if (error != 0) { - //printf("could not lock the pair of cnodes (error %d)\n", error); - goto transfer_cleanup; - } - - if (!(cp->c_bsdflags & UF_TRACKED)) { - error = EINVAL; - } else if (to_cp->c_bsdflags & UF_TRACKED) { - // - // if the destination is already tracked, return an error - // as otherwise it's a silent deletion of the target's - // document-id - // - error = EEXIST; - } else if (S_ISDIR(cp->c_attr.ca_mode) || S_ISREG(cp->c_attr.ca_mode) || S_ISLNK(cp->c_attr.ca_mode)) { - // - // we can use the FndrExtendedFileInfo because the doc-id is the first - // thing in both it and the ExtendedDirInfo struct which is fixed in - // format and can not change layout - // - struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *f_extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)((u_int8_t*)cp->c_finderinfo + 16); - struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *to_extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)((u_int8_t*)to_cp->c_finderinfo + 16); - - if (f_extinfo->document_id == 0) { - uint32_t new_id; - - hfs_unlockpair(cp, to_cp); // have to unlock to be able to get a new-id - - if ((error = hfs_generate_document_id(hfsmp, &new_id)) == 0) { - // - // re-lock the pair now that we have the document-id - // - hfs_lockpair(cp, to_cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - f_extinfo->document_id = new_id; - } else { - goto transfer_cleanup; - } - } - - to_extinfo->document_id = f_extinfo->document_id; - f_extinfo->document_id = 0; - //printf("TRANSFERRING: doc-id %d from ino %d to ino %d\n", to_extinfo->document_id, cp->c_fileid, to_cp->c_fileid); - - // make sure the destination is also UF_TRACKED - to_cp->c_bsdflags |= UF_TRACKED; - cp->c_bsdflags &= ~UF_TRACKED; - - // mark the cnodes dirty - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - to_cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - - int lockflags; - if ((error = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp)) == 0) { - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - (void) cat_update(hfsmp, &cp->c_desc, &cp->c_attr, NULL, NULL); - (void) cat_update(hfsmp, &to_cp->c_desc, &to_cp->c_attr, NULL, NULL); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock (hfsmp, lockflags); - (void) hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - } - - add_fsevent(FSE_DOCID_CHANGED, context, - FSE_ARG_DEV, hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev, - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)cp->c_fileid, // src inode # - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)to_cp->c_fileid, // dst inode # - FSE_ARG_INT32, to_extinfo->document_id, - FSE_ARG_DONE); - - hfs_unlockpair(cp, to_cp); // unlock this so we can send the fsevents - need_unlock = 0; - - if (need_fsevent(FSE_STAT_CHANGED, vp)) { - add_fsevent(FSE_STAT_CHANGED, context, FSE_ARG_VNODE, vp, FSE_ARG_DONE); - } - if (need_fsevent(FSE_STAT_CHANGED, to_vp)) { - add_fsevent(FSE_STAT_CHANGED, context, FSE_ARG_VNODE, to_vp, FSE_ARG_DONE); - } - } - - if (need_unlock) { - hfs_unlockpair(cp, to_cp); - } - - transfer_cleanup: - vnode_put(to_vp); - file_drop(to_fd); - - return error; - } - - - - case HFSIOC_PREV_LINK: - case HFSIOC_NEXT_LINK: - { - cnid_t linkfileid; - cnid_t nextlinkid; - cnid_t prevlinkid; - int error; - - /* Caller must be owner of file system. */ - vfsp = vfs_statfs(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)); - if (suser(cred, NULL) && - kauth_cred_getuid(cred) != vfsp->f_owner) { - return (EACCES); - } - /* Target vnode must be file system's root. */ - if (!vnode_isvroot(vp)) { - return (EINVAL); - } - linkfileid = *(cnid_t *)ap->a_data; - if (linkfileid < kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID) { - return (EINVAL); - } - if ((error = hfs_lookup_siblinglinks(hfsmp, linkfileid, &prevlinkid, &nextlinkid))) { - return (error); - } - if (ap->a_command == HFSIOC_NEXT_LINK) { - *(cnid_t *)ap->a_data = nextlinkid; - } else { - *(cnid_t *)ap->a_data = prevlinkid; - } - return (0); - } - - case HFSIOC_RESIZE_PROGRESS: { - - vfsp = vfs_statfs(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)); - if (suser(cred, NULL) && - kauth_cred_getuid(cred) != vfsp->f_owner) { - return (EACCES); /* must be owner of file system */ - } - if (!vnode_isvroot(vp)) { - return (EINVAL); - } - /* file system must not be mounted read-only */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return (EROFS); - } - - return hfs_resize_progress(hfsmp, (u_int32_t *)ap->a_data); - } - - case HFSIOC_RESIZE_VOLUME: { - u_int64_t newsize; - u_int64_t cursize; - int ret; - - vfsp = vfs_statfs(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)); - if (suser(cred, NULL) && - kauth_cred_getuid(cred) != vfsp->f_owner) { - return (EACCES); /* must be owner of file system */ - } - if (!vnode_isvroot(vp)) { - return (EINVAL); - } - - /* filesystem must not be mounted read only */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return (EROFS); - } - newsize = *(u_int64_t *)ap->a_data; - cursize = (u_int64_t)hfsmp->totalBlocks * (u_int64_t)hfsmp->blockSize; - - if (newsize == cursize) { - return (0); - } - IOBSDMountChange(hfsmp->hfs_mp, kIOMountChangeWillResize); - if (newsize > cursize) { - ret = hfs_extendfs(hfsmp, *(u_int64_t *)ap->a_data, context); - } else { - ret = hfs_truncatefs(hfsmp, *(u_int64_t *)ap->a_data, context); - } - IOBSDMountChange(hfsmp->hfs_mp, kIOMountChangeDidResize); - return (ret); - } - case HFSIOC_CHANGE_NEXT_ALLOCATION: { - int error = 0; /* Assume success */ - u_int32_t location; - - if (vnode_vfsisrdonly(vp)) { - return (EROFS); - } - vfsp = vfs_statfs(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)); - if (suser(cred, NULL) && - kauth_cred_getuid(cred) != vfsp->f_owner) { - return (EACCES); /* must be owner of file system */ - } - if (!vnode_isvroot(vp)) { - return (EINVAL); - } - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - location = *(u_int32_t *)ap->a_data; - if ((location >= hfsmp->allocLimit) && - (location != HFS_NO_UPDATE_NEXT_ALLOCATION)) { - error = EINVAL; - goto fail_change_next_allocation; - } - /* Return previous value. */ - *(u_int32_t *)ap->a_data = hfsmp->nextAllocation; - if (location == HFS_NO_UPDATE_NEXT_ALLOCATION) { - /* On magic value for location, set nextAllocation to next block - * after metadata zone and set flag in mount structure to indicate - * that nextAllocation should not be updated again. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_metazone_end != 0) { - HFS_UPDATE_NEXT_ALLOCATION(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_metazone_end + 1); - } - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_SKIP_UPDATE_NEXT_ALLOCATION; - } else { - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_SKIP_UPDATE_NEXT_ALLOCATION; - HFS_UPDATE_NEXT_ALLOCATION(hfsmp, location); - } - MarkVCBDirty(hfsmp); -fail_change_next_allocation: - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - return (error); - } - -#if HFS_SPARSE_DEV - case HFSIOC_SETBACKINGSTOREINFO: { - struct vnode * di_vp; - struct hfs_backingstoreinfo *bsdata; - int error = 0; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return (EROFS); - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_HAS_SPARSE_DEVICE) { - return (EALREADY); - } - vfsp = vfs_statfs(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)); - if (suser(cred, NULL) && - kauth_cred_getuid(cred) != vfsp->f_owner) { - return (EACCES); /* must be owner of file system */ - } - bsdata = (struct hfs_backingstoreinfo *)ap->a_data; - if (bsdata == NULL) { - return (EINVAL); - } - if ((error = file_vnode(bsdata->backingfd, &di_vp))) { - return (error); - } - if ((error = vnode_getwithref(di_vp))) { - file_drop(bsdata->backingfd); - return(error); - } - - if (vnode_mount(vp) == vnode_mount(di_vp)) { - (void)vnode_put(di_vp); - file_drop(bsdata->backingfd); - return (EINVAL); - } - - // Dropped in unmount - vnode_ref(di_vp); - - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - hfsmp->hfs_backingvp = di_vp; - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_HAS_SPARSE_DEVICE; - hfsmp->hfs_sparsebandblks = bsdata->bandsize / hfsmp->blockSize * 4; - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - /* We check the MNTK_VIRTUALDEV bit instead of marking the dependent process */ - - /* - * If the sparse image is on a sparse image file (as opposed to a sparse - * bundle), then we may need to limit the free space to the maximum size - * of a file on that volume. So we query (using pathconf), and if we get - * a meaningful result, we cache the number of blocks for later use in - * hfs_freeblks(). - */ - hfsmp->hfs_backingfs_maxblocks = 0; - if (vnode_vtype(di_vp) == VREG) { - int terr; - int hostbits; - terr = vn_pathconf(di_vp, _PC_FILESIZEBITS, &hostbits, context); - if (terr == 0 && hostbits != 0 && hostbits < 64) { - u_int64_t hostfilesizemax = ((u_int64_t)1) << hostbits; - - hfsmp->hfs_backingfs_maxblocks = hostfilesizemax / hfsmp->blockSize; - } - } - - /* The free extent cache is managed differently for sparse devices. - * There is a window between which the volume is mounted and the - * device is marked as sparse, so the free extent cache for this - * volume is currently initialized as normal volume (sorted by block - * count). Reset the cache so that it will be rebuilt again - * for sparse device (sorted by start block). - */ - ResetVCBFreeExtCache(hfsmp); - - (void)vnode_put(di_vp); - file_drop(bsdata->backingfd); - return (0); - } - - case HFSIOC_CLRBACKINGSTOREINFO: { - struct vnode * tmpvp; - - vfsp = vfs_statfs(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)); - if (suser(cred, NULL) && - kauth_cred_getuid(cred) != vfsp->f_owner) { - return (EACCES); /* must be owner of file system */ - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return (EROFS); - } - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_HAS_SPARSE_DEVICE) && - hfsmp->hfs_backingvp) { - - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_HAS_SPARSE_DEVICE; - tmpvp = hfsmp->hfs_backingvp; - hfsmp->hfs_backingvp = NULLVP; - hfsmp->hfs_sparsebandblks = 0; - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - vnode_rele(tmpvp); - } - return (0); - } -#endif /* HFS_SPARSE_DEV */ - - /* Change the next CNID stored in the VH */ - case HFSIOC_CHANGE_NEXTCNID: { - int error = 0; /* Assume success */ - u_int32_t fileid; - int wraparound = 0; - int lockflags = 0; - - if (vnode_vfsisrdonly(vp)) { - return (EROFS); - } - vfsp = vfs_statfs(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)); - if (suser(cred, NULL) && - kauth_cred_getuid(cred) != vfsp->f_owner) { - return (EACCES); /* must be owner of file system */ - } - - fileid = *(u_int32_t *)ap->a_data; - - /* Must have catalog lock excl. to advance the CNID pointer */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock (hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG , HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - - /* If it is less than the current next CNID, force the wraparound bit to be set */ - if (fileid < hfsmp->vcbNxtCNID) { - wraparound=1; - } - - /* Return previous value. */ - *(u_int32_t *)ap->a_data = hfsmp->vcbNxtCNID; - - hfsmp->vcbNxtCNID = fileid; - - if (wraparound) { - hfsmp->vcbAtrb |= kHFSCatalogNodeIDsReusedMask; - } - - MarkVCBDirty(hfsmp); - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - hfs_systemfile_unlock (hfsmp, lockflags); - - return (error); - } - - case F_FREEZE_FS: { - struct mount *mp; - - mp = vnode_mount(vp); - hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - - if (!(hfsmp->jnl)) - return (ENOTSUP); - - vfsp = vfs_statfs(mp); - - if (kauth_cred_getuid(cred) != vfsp->f_owner && - !kauth_cred_issuser(cred)) - return (EACCES); - - return hfs_freeze(hfsmp); - } - - case F_THAW_FS: { - vfsp = vfs_statfs(vnode_mount(vp)); - if (kauth_cred_getuid(cred) != vfsp->f_owner && - !kauth_cred_issuser(cred)) - return (EACCES); - - return hfs_thaw(hfsmp, current_proc()); - } - - case HFSIOC_EXT_BULKACCESS32: - case HFSIOC_EXT_BULKACCESS64: { - int size; -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) { - return EINVAL; - } -#endif - - if (is64bit) { - size = sizeof(struct user64_ext_access_t); - } else { - size = sizeof(struct user32_ext_access_t); - } - - return do_bulk_access_check(hfsmp, vp, ap, size, context); - } - - case HFSIOC_SET_XATTREXTENTS_STATE: { - int state; - - if (ap->a_data == NULL) { - return (EINVAL); - } - - state = *(int *)ap->a_data; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return (EROFS); - } - - /* Super-user can enable or disable extent-based extended - * attribute support on a volume - * Note: Starting Mac OS X 10.7, extent-based extended attributes - * are enabled by default, so any change will be transient only - * till the volume is remounted. - */ - if (!kauth_cred_issuser(kauth_cred_get())) { - return (EPERM); - } - if (state == 0 || state == 1) - return hfs_set_volxattr(hfsmp, HFSIOC_SET_XATTREXTENTS_STATE, state); - else - return (EINVAL); - } - - case F_SETSTATICCONTENT: { - int error; - int enable_static = 0; - struct cnode *cp = NULL; - /* - * lock the cnode, decorate the cnode flag, and bail out. - * VFS should have already authenticated the caller for us. - */ - - if (ap->a_data) { - /* - * Note that even though ap->a_data is of type caddr_t, - * the fcntl layer at the syscall handler will pass in NULL - * or 1 depending on what the argument supplied to the fcntl - * was. So it is in fact correct to check the ap->a_data - * argument for zero or non-zero value when deciding whether or not - * to enable the static bit in the cnode. - */ - enable_static = 1; - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return EROFS; - } - cp = VTOC(vp); - - error = hfs_lock (cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (error == 0) { - if (enable_static) { - cp->c_flag |= C_SSD_STATIC; - } - else { - cp->c_flag &= ~C_SSD_STATIC; - } - hfs_unlock (cp); - } - return error; - } - - case F_SET_GREEDY_MODE: { - int error; - int enable_greedy_mode = 0; - struct cnode *cp = NULL; - /* - * lock the cnode, decorate the cnode flag, and bail out. - * VFS should have already authenticated the caller for us. - */ - - if (ap->a_data) { - /* - * Note that even though ap->a_data is of type caddr_t, - * the fcntl layer at the syscall handler will pass in NULL - * or 1 depending on what the argument supplied to the fcntl - * was. So it is in fact correct to check the ap->a_data - * argument for zero or non-zero value when deciding whether or not - * to enable the greedy mode bit in the cnode. - */ - enable_greedy_mode = 1; - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return EROFS; - } - cp = VTOC(vp); - - error = hfs_lock (cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (error == 0) { - if (enable_greedy_mode) { - cp->c_flag |= C_SSD_GREEDY_MODE; - } - else { - cp->c_flag &= ~C_SSD_GREEDY_MODE; - } - hfs_unlock (cp); - } - return error; - } - - case F_SETIOTYPE: { - int error; - uint32_t iotypeflag = 0; - - struct cnode *cp = NULL; - /* - * lock the cnode, decorate the cnode flag, and bail out. - * VFS should have already authenticated the caller for us. - */ - - if (ap->a_data == NULL) { - return EINVAL; - } - - /* - * Note that even though ap->a_data is of type caddr_t, we - * can only use 32 bits of flag values. - */ - iotypeflag = (uint32_t) ap->a_data; - switch (iotypeflag) { - case F_IOTYPE_ISOCHRONOUS: - break; - default: - return EINVAL; - } - - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return EROFS; - } - cp = VTOC(vp); - - error = hfs_lock (cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (error == 0) { - switch (iotypeflag) { - case F_IOTYPE_ISOCHRONOUS: - cp->c_flag |= C_IO_ISOCHRONOUS; - break; - default: - break; - } - hfs_unlock (cp); - } - return error; - } - - case F_MAKECOMPRESSED: { - int error = 0; - uint32_t gen_counter; - struct cnode *cp = NULL; - int reset_decmp = 0; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return EROFS; - } - - /* - * acquire & lock the cnode. - * VFS should have already authenticated the caller for us. - */ - - if (ap->a_data) { - /* - * Cast the pointer into a uint32_t so we can extract the - * supplied generation counter. - */ - gen_counter = *((uint32_t*)ap->a_data); - } - else { - return EINVAL; - } - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - cp = VTOC(vp); - /* Grab truncate lock first; we may truncate the file */ - hfs_lock_truncate (cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - - error = hfs_lock (cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (error) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - return error; - } - - /* Are there any other usecounts/FDs? */ - if (vnode_isinuse(vp, 1)) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - return EBUSY; - } - - /* now we have the cnode locked down; Validate arguments */ - if (cp->c_attr.ca_flags & (UF_IMMUTABLE | UF_COMPRESSED)) { - /* EINVAL if you are trying to manipulate an IMMUTABLE file */ - hfs_unlock(cp); - hfs_unlock_truncate (cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - return EINVAL; - } - - if ((hfs_get_gencount (cp)) == gen_counter) { - /* - * OK, the gen_counter matched. Go for it: - * Toggle state bits, truncate file, and suppress mtime update - */ - reset_decmp = 1; - cp->c_bsdflags |= UF_COMPRESSED; - - error = hfs_truncate(vp, 0, IO_NDELAY, HFS_TRUNCATE_SKIPTIMES, - ap->a_context); - } - else { - error = ESTALE; - } - - /* Unlock cnode before executing decmpfs ; they may need to get an EA */ - hfs_unlock(cp); - - /* - * Reset the decmp state while still holding the truncate lock. We need to - * serialize here against a listxattr on this node which may occur at any - * time. - * - * Even if '0/skiplock' is passed in 2nd argument to hfs_file_is_compressed, - * that will still potentially require getting the com.apple.decmpfs EA. If the - * EA is required, then we can't hold the cnode lock, because the getxattr call is - * generic(through VFS), and can't pass along any info telling it that we're already - * holding it (the lock). If we don't serialize, then we risk listxattr stopping - * and trying to fill in the hfs_file_is_compressed info during the callback - * operation, which will result in deadlock against the b-tree node. - * - * So, to serialize against listxattr (which will grab buf_t meta references on - * the b-tree blocks), we hold the truncate lock as we're manipulating the - * decmpfs payload. - */ - if ((reset_decmp) && (error == 0)) { - decmpfs_cnode *dp = VTOCMP (vp); - if (dp != NULL) { - decmpfs_cnode_set_vnode_state(dp, FILE_TYPE_UNKNOWN, 0); - } - - /* Initialize the decmpfs node as needed */ - (void) hfs_file_is_compressed (cp, 0); /* ok to take lock */ - } - - hfs_unlock_truncate (cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - -#endif - return error; - } - - case F_SETBACKINGSTORE: { - - int error = 0; - - /* - * See comment in F_SETSTATICCONTENT re: using - * a null check for a_data - */ - if (ap->a_data) { - error = hfs_set_backingstore (vp, 1); - } - else { - error = hfs_set_backingstore (vp, 0); - } - - return error; - } - - case F_GETPATH_MTMINFO: { - int error = 0; - - int *data = (int*) ap->a_data; - - /* Ask if this is a backingstore vnode */ - error = hfs_is_backingstore (vp, data); - - return error; - } - - case F_FULLFSYNC: { - int error; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return (EROFS); - } - error = hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (error == 0) { - error = hfs_fsync(vp, MNT_WAIT, HFS_FSYNC_FULL, p); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - } - - return error; - } - - case F_BARRIERFSYNC: { - int error; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return (EROFS); - } - error = hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (error == 0) { - error = hfs_fsync(vp, MNT_WAIT, HFS_FSYNC_BARRIER, p); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - } - - return error; - } - - case F_CHKCLEAN: { - register struct cnode *cp; - int error; - - if (!vnode_isreg(vp)) - return EINVAL; - - error = hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (error == 0) { - cp = VTOC(vp); - /* - * used by regression test to determine if - * all the dirty pages (via write) have been cleaned - * after a call to 'fsysnc'. - */ - error = is_file_clean(vp, VTOF(vp)->ff_size); - hfs_unlock(cp); - } - return (error); - } - - case F_RDADVISE: { - register struct radvisory *ra; - struct filefork *fp; - int error; - - if (!vnode_isreg(vp)) - return EINVAL; - - ra = (struct radvisory *)(ap->a_data); - fp = VTOF(vp); - - /* Protect against a size change. */ - hfs_lock_truncate(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (compressed) { - if (uncompressed_size == -1) { - /* fetching the uncompressed size failed above, so return the error */ - error = decmpfs_error; - } else if (ra->ra_offset >= uncompressed_size) { - error = EFBIG; - } else { - error = advisory_read(vp, uncompressed_size, ra->ra_offset, ra->ra_count); - } - } else -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - if (ra->ra_offset >= fp->ff_size) { - error = EFBIG; - } else { - error = advisory_read(vp, fp->ff_size, ra->ra_offset, ra->ra_count); - } - - hfs_unlock_truncate(VTOC(vp), HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - return (error); - } - - case _IOC(IOC_OUT,'h', 4, 0): /* Create date in local time */ - { - if (is64bit) { - *(user_time_t *)(ap->a_data) = (user_time_t) (to_bsd_time(VTOVCB(vp)->localCreateDate)); - } - else { - *(user32_time_t *)(ap->a_data) = (user32_time_t) (to_bsd_time(VTOVCB(vp)->localCreateDate)); - } - return 0; - } - - case SPOTLIGHT_IOC_GET_MOUNT_TIME: - *(uint32_t *)ap->a_data = hfsmp->hfs_mount_time; - break; - - case SPOTLIGHT_IOC_GET_LAST_MTIME: - *(uint32_t *)ap->a_data = hfsmp->hfs_last_mounted_mtime; - break; - - case HFSIOC_GET_VERY_LOW_DISK: - *(uint32_t*)ap->a_data = hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_dangerlimit; - break; - - case HFSIOC_SET_VERY_LOW_DISK: - if (*(uint32_t *)ap->a_data >= hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_warninglimit) { - return EINVAL; - } - - hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_dangerlimit = *(uint32_t *)ap->a_data; - break; - - case HFSIOC_GET_LOW_DISK: - *(uint32_t*)ap->a_data = hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_warninglimit; - break; - - case HFSIOC_SET_LOW_DISK: - if ( *(uint32_t *)ap->a_data >= hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_desiredlevel - || *(uint32_t *)ap->a_data <= hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_dangerlimit) { - - return EINVAL; - } - - hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_warninglimit = *(uint32_t *)ap->a_data; - break; - - /* The following two fsctls were ported from apfs. */ - case APFSIOC_GET_NEAR_LOW_DISK: - *(uint32_t*)ap->a_data = hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_nearwarninglimit; - break; - - case APFSIOC_SET_NEAR_LOW_DISK: - if ( *(uint32_t *)ap->a_data >= hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_desiredlevel - || *(uint32_t *)ap->a_data <= hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_warninglimit) { - return EINVAL; - } - - hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_nearwarninglimit = *(uint32_t *)ap->a_data; - break; - - case HFSIOC_GET_DESIRED_DISK: - *(uint32_t*)ap->a_data = hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_desiredlevel; - break; - - case HFSIOC_SET_DESIRED_DISK: - if (*(uint32_t *)ap->a_data <= hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_warninglimit) { - return EINVAL; - } - - hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_desiredlevel = *(uint32_t *)ap->a_data; - break; - - case HFSIOC_VOLUME_STATUS: - *(uint32_t *)ap->a_data = hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions; - break; - - case HFS_SET_BOOT_INFO: - if (!vnode_isvroot(vp)) - return(EINVAL); - if (!kauth_cred_issuser(cred) && (kauth_cred_getuid(cred) != vfs_statfs(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp))->f_owner)) - return(EACCES); /* must be superuser or owner of filesystem */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return (EROFS); - } - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - bcopy(ap->a_data, &hfsmp->vcbFndrInfo, sizeof(hfsmp->vcbFndrInfo)); - /* Null out the cached UUID, to be safe */ - uuid_clear (hfsmp->hfs_full_uuid); - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - (void) hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, HFS_FVH_WAIT); - break; - - case HFS_GET_BOOT_INFO: - if (!vnode_isvroot(vp)) - return(EINVAL); - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - bcopy(&hfsmp->vcbFndrInfo, ap->a_data, sizeof(hfsmp->vcbFndrInfo)); - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - break; - - /* case HFS_MARK_BOOT_CORRUPT: _IO are the same */ - case HFSIOC_MARK_BOOT_CORRUPT: - /* Mark the boot volume corrupt by setting - * kHFSVolumeInconsistentBit in the volume header. This will - * force fsck_hfs on next mount. - */ - if (!kauth_cred_issuser(kauth_cred_get())) { - return EACCES; - } - - /* Allowed only on the root vnode of the boot volume */ - if (!(vfs_flags(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)) & MNT_ROOTFS) || - !vnode_isvroot(vp)) { - return EINVAL; - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return (EROFS); - } - printf ("hfs_vnop_ioctl: Marking the boot volume corrupt.\n"); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_FSCK_FORCED); - break; - - case HFSIOC_GET_JOURNAL_INFO: - jip = (struct hfs_journal_info*)ap->a_data; - - if (vp == NULLVP) - return EINVAL; - - if (hfsmp->jnl == NULL) { - jnl_start = 0; - jnl_size = 0; - } else { - jnl_start = hfs_blk_to_bytes(hfsmp->jnl_start, hfsmp->blockSize) + hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset; - jnl_size = hfsmp->jnl_size; - } - - jip->jstart = jnl_start; - jip->jsize = jnl_size; - break; - - case HFSIOC_SET_ALWAYS_ZEROFILL: { - struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - - if (*(int *)ap->a_data) { - cp->c_flag |= C_ALWAYS_ZEROFILL; - } else { - cp->c_flag &= ~C_ALWAYS_ZEROFILL; - } - break; - } - - /* case HFS_DISABLE_METAZONE: _IO are the same */ - case HFSIOC_DISABLE_METAZONE: { - /* Only root can disable metadata zone */ - if (!kauth_cred_issuser(kauth_cred_get())) { - return EACCES; - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return (EROFS); - } - - /* Disable metadata zone now */ - (void) hfs_metadatazone_init(hfsmp, true); - printf ("hfs: Disabling metadata zone on %s\n", hfsmp->vcbVN); - break; - } - - - case HFSIOC_FSINFO_METADATA_BLOCKS: { - int error; - struct hfsinfo_metadata *hinfo; - - hinfo = (struct hfsinfo_metadata *)ap->a_data; - - /* Get information about number of metadata blocks */ - error = hfs_getinfo_metadata_blocks(hfsmp, hinfo); - if (error) { - return error; - } - - break; - } - - case HFSIOC_GET_FSINFO: { - hfs_fsinfo *fsinfo = (hfs_fsinfo *)ap->a_data; - - /* Only root is allowed to get fsinfo */ - if (!kauth_cred_issuser(kauth_cred_get())) { - return EACCES; - } - - /* - * Make sure that the caller's version number matches with - * the kernel's version number. This will make sure that - * if the structures being read/written into are changed - * by the kernel, the caller will not read incorrect data. - * - * The first three fields --- request_type, version and - * flags are same for all the hfs_fsinfo structures, so - * we can access the version number by assuming any - * structure for now. - */ - if (fsinfo->header.version != HFS_FSINFO_VERSION) { - return ENOTSUP; - } - - /* Make sure that the current file system is not marked inconsistent */ - if (hfsmp->vcbAtrb & kHFSVolumeInconsistentMask) { - return EIO; - } - - return hfs_get_fsinfo(hfsmp, ap->a_data); - } - - case HFSIOC_CS_FREESPACE_TRIM: { - int error = 0; - int lockflags = 0; - - /* Only root allowed */ - if (!kauth_cred_issuser(kauth_cred_get())) { - return EACCES; - } - - /* - * This core functionality is similar to hfs_scan_blocks(). - * The main difference is that hfs_scan_blocks() is called - * as part of mount where we are assured that the journal is - * empty to start with. This fcntl() can be called on a - * mounted volume, therefore it has to flush the content of - * the journal as well as ensure the state of summary table. - * - * This fcntl scans over the entire allocation bitmap, - * creates list of all the free blocks, and issues TRIM - * down to the underlying device. This can take long time - * as it can generate up to 512MB of read I/O. - */ - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE) == 0) { - error = hfs_init_summary(hfsmp); - if (error) { - printf("hfs: fsctl() could not initialize summary table for %s\n", hfsmp->vcbVN); - return error; - } - } - - /* - * The journal maintains list of recently deallocated blocks to - * issue DKIOCUNMAPs when the corresponding journal transaction is - * flushed to the disk. To avoid any race conditions, we only - * want one active trim list and only one thread issuing DKIOCUNMAPs. - * Therefore we make sure that the journal trim list is sync'ed, - * empty, and not modifiable for the duration of our scan. - * - * Take the journal lock before flushing the journal to the disk. - * We will keep on holding the journal lock till we don't get the - * bitmap lock to make sure that no new journal transactions can - * start. This will make sure that the journal trim list is not - * modified after the journal flush and before getting bitmap lock. - * We can release the journal lock after we acquire the bitmap - * lock as it will prevent any further block deallocations. - */ - hfs_journal_lock(hfsmp); - - /* Flush the journal and wait for all I/Os to finish up */ - error = hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL_META); - if (error) { - hfs_journal_unlock(hfsmp); - return error; - } - - /* Take bitmap lock to ensure it is not being modified */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* Release the journal lock */ - hfs_journal_unlock(hfsmp); - - /* - * ScanUnmapBlocks reads the bitmap in large block size - * (up to 1MB) unlike the runtime which reads the bitmap - * in the 4K block size. This can cause buf_t collisions - * and potential data corruption. To avoid this, we - * invalidate all the existing buffers associated with - * the bitmap vnode before scanning it. - * - * Note: ScanUnmapBlock() cleans up all the buffers - * after itself, so there won't be any large buffers left - * for us to clean up after it returns. - */ - error = buf_invalidateblks(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp, 0, 0, 0); - if (error) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - return error; - } - - /* Traverse bitmap and issue DKIOCUNMAPs */ - error = ScanUnmapBlocks(hfsmp); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - if (error) { - return error; - } - - break; - } - - case HFSIOC_SET_HOTFILE_STATE: { - int error; - struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - uint32_t hf_state = *((uint32_t*)ap->a_data); - uint32_t num_unpinned = 0; - - error = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (error) { - return error; - } - - // printf("hfs: setting hotfile state %d on %s\n", hf_state, vp->v_name); - if (hf_state == HFS_MARK_FASTDEVCANDIDATE) { - vnode_setfastdevicecandidate(vp); - - cp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSFastDevCandidateMask; - cp->c_attr.ca_recflags &= ~kHFSDoNotFastDevPinMask; - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - } else if (hf_state == HFS_UNMARK_FASTDEVCANDIDATE || hf_state == HFS_NEVER_FASTDEVCANDIDATE) { - vnode_clearfastdevicecandidate(vp); - hfs_removehotfile(vp); - - if (cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSFastDevPinnedMask) { - hfs_pin_vnode(hfsmp, vp, HFS_UNPIN_IT, &num_unpinned); - } - - if (hf_state == HFS_NEVER_FASTDEVCANDIDATE) { - cp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSDoNotFastDevPinMask; - } - cp->c_attr.ca_recflags &= ~(kHFSFastDevCandidateMask|kHFSFastDevPinnedMask); - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - - } else { - error = EINVAL; - } - - if (num_unpinned != 0) { - lck_mtx_lock(&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks += num_unpinned; - lck_mtx_unlock(&hfsmp->hfc_mutex); - } - - hfs_unlock(cp); - return error; - } - - case HFSIOC_REPIN_HOTFILE_STATE: { - int error=0; - uint32_t repin_what = *((uint32_t*)ap->a_data); - - /* Only root allowed */ - if (!kauth_cred_issuser(kauth_cred_get())) { - return EACCES; - } - - if (!(hfsmp->hfs_flags & (HFS_CS_METADATA_PIN | HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN))) { - // this system is neither regular Fusion or Cooperative Fusion - // so this fsctl makes no sense. - return EINVAL; - } - - // - // After a converting a CoreStorage volume to be encrypted, the - // extents could have moved around underneath us. This call - // allows corestoraged to re-pin everything that should be - // pinned (it would happen on the next reboot too but that could - // be a long time away). - // - if ((repin_what & HFS_REPIN_METADATA) && (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_METADATA_PIN)) { - hfs_pin_fs_metadata(hfsmp); - } - if ((repin_what & HFS_REPIN_USERDATA) && (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN)) { - hfs_repin_hotfiles(hfsmp); - } - if ((repin_what & HFS_REPIN_USERDATA) && (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_SWAPFILE_PIN)) { - //XXX Swapfiles (marked SWAP_PINNED) may have moved too. - //XXX Do we care? They have a more transient/dynamic nature/lifetime. - } - - return error; - } - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - - case HFSIOC_KEY_ROLL: { - if (!kauth_cred_issuser(kauth_cred_get())) - return EACCES; - - hfs_key_roll_args_t *args = (hfs_key_roll_args_t *)ap->a_data; - - return hfs_key_roll_op(ap->a_context, ap->a_vp, args); - } - - case HFSIOC_GET_KEY_AUTO_ROLL: { - if (!kauth_cred_issuser(kauth_cred_get())) - return EACCES; - - hfs_key_auto_roll_args_t *args = (hfs_key_auto_roll_args_t *)ap->a_data; - if (args->api_version != HFS_KEY_AUTO_ROLL_API_VERSION_1) - return ENOTSUP; - args->flags = (ISSET(hfsmp->cproot_flags, CP_ROOT_AUTO_ROLL_OLD_CLASS_GENERATION) - ? HFS_KEY_AUTO_ROLL_OLD_CLASS_GENERATION : 0); - args->min_key_os_version = hfsmp->hfs_auto_roll_min_key_os_version; - args->max_key_os_version = hfsmp->hfs_auto_roll_max_key_os_version; - break; - } - - case HFSIOC_SET_KEY_AUTO_ROLL: { - if (!kauth_cred_issuser(kauth_cred_get())) - return EACCES; - - hfs_key_auto_roll_args_t *args = (hfs_key_auto_roll_args_t *)ap->a_data; - if (args->api_version != HFS_KEY_AUTO_ROLL_API_VERSION_1) - return ENOTSUP; - return cp_set_auto_roll(hfsmp, args); - } - -#endif // HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - case F_TRANSCODEKEY: - /* - * This API is only supported when called via kernel so - * a_fflag must be set to 1 (it's not possible to get here - * with it set to 1 via fsctl). - */ - if (ap->a_fflag != 1) - return ENOTTY; - return cp_vnode_transcode(vp, (cp_key_t *)ap->a_data); - - case F_GETPROTECTIONLEVEL: - return cp_get_root_major_vers (vp, (uint32_t *)ap->a_data); - - case F_GETDEFAULTPROTLEVEL: - return cp_get_default_level(vp, (uint32_t *)ap->a_data); -#endif // CONFIG_PROTECT - - case FIOPINSWAP: - return hfs_pin_vnode(hfsmp, vp, HFS_PIN_IT | HFS_DATALESS_PIN, - NULL); - - default: - return (ENOTTY); - } - - return 0; -} - -/* - * select - */ -int -hfs_vnop_select(__unused struct vnop_select_args *ap) -/* - struct vnop_select_args { - vnode_t a_vp; - int a_which; - int a_fflags; - void *a_wql; - vfs_context_t a_context; - }; -*/ -{ - /* - * We should really check to see if I/O is possible. - */ - return (1); -} - -/* - * Converts a logical block number to a physical block, and optionally returns - * the amount of remaining blocks in a run. The logical block is based on hfsNode.logBlockSize. - * The physical block number is based on the device block size, currently its 512. - * The block run is returned in logical blocks, and is the REMAINING amount of blocks - */ -int -hfs_bmap(struct vnode *vp, daddr_t bn, struct vnode **vpp, daddr64_t *bnp, unsigned int *runp) -{ - struct filefork *fp = VTOF(vp); - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - int retval = E_NONE; - u_int32_t logBlockSize; - size_t bytesContAvail = 0; - off_t blockposition; - int lockExtBtree; - int lockflags = 0; - - /* - * Check for underlying vnode requests and ensure that logical - * to physical mapping is requested. - */ - if (vpp != NULL) - *vpp = hfsmp->hfs_devvp; - if (bnp == NULL) - return (0); - - logBlockSize = GetLogicalBlockSize(vp); - blockposition = (off_t)bn * logBlockSize; - - lockExtBtree = overflow_extents(fp); - - if (lockExtBtree) - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_EXTENTS, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - retval = MacToVFSError( - MapFileBlockC (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp), - (FCB*)fp, - MAXPHYSIO, - blockposition, - bnp, - &bytesContAvail)); - - if (lockExtBtree) - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (retval == E_NONE) { - /* Figure out how many read ahead blocks there are */ - if (runp != NULL) { - if (can_cluster(logBlockSize)) { - /* Make sure this result never goes negative: */ - *runp = (bytesContAvail < logBlockSize) ? 0 : (bytesContAvail / logBlockSize) - 1; - } else { - *runp = 0; - } - } - } - return (retval); -} - -/* - * Convert logical block number to file offset. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_blktooff(struct vnop_blktooff_args *ap) -/* - struct vnop_blktooff_args { - vnode_t a_vp; - daddr64_t a_lblkno; - off_t *a_offset; - }; -*/ -{ - if (ap->a_vp == NULL) - return (EINVAL); - *ap->a_offset = (off_t)ap->a_lblkno * (off_t)GetLogicalBlockSize(ap->a_vp); - - return(0); -} - -/* - * Convert file offset to logical block number. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_offtoblk(struct vnop_offtoblk_args *ap) -/* - struct vnop_offtoblk_args { - vnode_t a_vp; - off_t a_offset; - daddr64_t *a_lblkno; - }; -*/ -{ - if (ap->a_vp == NULL) - return (EINVAL); - *ap->a_lblkno = (daddr64_t)(ap->a_offset / (off_t)GetLogicalBlockSize(ap->a_vp)); - - return(0); -} - -/* - * Map file offset to physical block number. - * - * If this function is called for write operation, and if the file - * had virtual blocks allocated (delayed allocation), real blocks - * are allocated by calling ExtendFileC(). - * - * If this function is called for read operation, and if the file - * had virtual blocks allocated (delayed allocation), no change - * to the size of file is done, and if required, rangelist is - * searched for mapping. - * - * System file cnodes are expected to be locked (shared or exclusive). - * - * -- INVALID RANGES -- - * - * Invalid ranges are used to keep track of where we have extended a - * file, but have not yet written that data to disk. In the past we - * would clear up the invalid ranges as we wrote to those areas, but - * before data was actually flushed to disk. The problem with that - * approach is that the data can be left in the cache and is therefore - * still not valid on disk. So now we clear up the ranges here, when - * the flags field has VNODE_WRITE set, indicating a write is about to - * occur. This isn't ideal (ideally we want to clear them up when - * know the data has been successfully written), but it's the best we - * can do. - * - * For reads, we use the invalid ranges here in block map to indicate - * to the caller that the data should be zeroed (a_bpn == -1). We - * have to be careful about what ranges we return to the cluster code. - * Currently the cluster code can only handle non-rounded values for - * the EOF; it cannot handle funny sized ranges in the middle of the - * file (the main problem is that it sends down odd sized I/Os to the - * disk). Our code currently works because whilst the very first - * offset and the last offset in the invalid ranges are not aligned, - * gaps in the invalid ranges between the first and last, have to be - * aligned (because we always write page sized blocks). For example, - * consider this arrangement: - * - * +-------------+-----+-------+------+ - * | |XXXXX| |XXXXXX| - * +-------------+-----+-------+------+ - * a b c d - * - * This shows two invalid ranges and . Whilst a and d - * are not necessarily aligned, b and c *must* be. - * - * Zero-filling occurs in a number of ways: - * - * 1. When a read occurs and we return with a_bpn == -1. - * - * 2. When hfs_fsync or hfs_filedone calls hfs_flush_invalid_ranges - * which will cause us to iterate over the ranges bringing in - * pages that are not present in the cache and zeroing them. Any - * pages that are already in the cache are left untouched. Note - * that hfs_fsync does not always flush invalid ranges. - * - * 3. When we extend a file we zero out from the old EOF to the end - * of the page. It would be nice if we didn't have to do this if - * the page wasn't present (and could defer it), but because of - * the problem described above, we have to. - * - * The invalid ranges are also used to restrict the size that we write - * out on disk: see hfs_prepare_fork_for_update. - * - * Note that invalid ranges are ignored when neither the VNODE_READ or - * the VNODE_WRITE flag is specified. This is useful for the - * F_LOG2PHYS* fcntls which are not interested in invalid ranges: they - * just want to know whether blocks are physically allocated or not. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_blockmap(struct vnop_blockmap_args *ap) -/* - struct vnop_blockmap_args { - vnode_t a_vp; - off_t a_foffset; - size_t a_size; - daddr64_t *a_bpn; - size_t *a_run; - void *a_poff; - int a_flags; - vfs_context_t a_context; - }; -*/ -{ - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - struct cnode *cp; - struct filefork *fp; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - size_t bytesContAvail = ap->a_size; - int retval = E_NONE; - int syslocks = 0; - int lockflags = 0; - struct rl_entry *invalid_range; - enum rl_overlaptype overlaptype; - int started_tr = 0; - int tooklock = 0; - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)) { - /* allow blockmaps to the resource fork */ - } else { - if ( hfs_file_is_compressed(VTOC(vp), 1) ) { /* 1 == don't take the cnode lock */ - int state = decmpfs_cnode_get_vnode_state(VTOCMP(vp)); - switch(state) { - case FILE_IS_COMPRESSED: - return ENOTSUP; - case FILE_IS_CONVERTING: - /* if FILE_IS_CONVERTING, we allow blockmap */ - break; - default: - printf("invalid state %d for compressed file\n", state); - /* fall through */ - } - } - } -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - - /* Do not allow blockmap operation on a directory */ - if (vnode_isdir(vp)) { - return (ENOTSUP); - } - - /* - * Check for underlying vnode requests and ensure that logical - * to physical mapping is requested. - */ - if (ap->a_bpn == NULL) - return (0); - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - cp = VTOC(vp); - fp = VTOF(vp); - - if ( !vnode_issystem(vp) && !vnode_islnk(vp) && !vnode_isswap(vp)) { - if (cp->c_lockowner != current_thread()) { - hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - tooklock = 1; - } - - // For reads, check the invalid ranges - if (ISSET(ap->a_flags, VNODE_READ)) { - if (ap->a_foffset >= fp->ff_size) { - retval = ERANGE; - goto exit; - } - - overlaptype = rl_scan(&fp->ff_invalidranges, ap->a_foffset, - ap->a_foffset + (off_t)bytesContAvail - 1, - &invalid_range); - switch(overlaptype) { - case RL_MATCHINGOVERLAP: - case RL_OVERLAPCONTAINSRANGE: - case RL_OVERLAPSTARTSBEFORE: - /* There's no valid block for this byte offset */ - *ap->a_bpn = (daddr64_t)-1; - /* There's no point limiting the amount to be returned - * if the invalid range that was hit extends all the way - * to the EOF (i.e. there's no valid bytes between the - * end of this range and the file's EOF): - */ - if (((off_t)fp->ff_size > (invalid_range->rl_end + 1)) && - ((size_t)(invalid_range->rl_end + 1 - ap->a_foffset) < bytesContAvail)) { - bytesContAvail = invalid_range->rl_end + 1 - ap->a_foffset; - } - - retval = 0; - goto exit; - - case RL_OVERLAPISCONTAINED: - case RL_OVERLAPENDSAFTER: - /* The range of interest hits an invalid block before the end: */ - if (invalid_range->rl_start == ap->a_foffset) { - /* There's actually no valid information to be had starting here: */ - *ap->a_bpn = (daddr64_t)-1; - if (((off_t)fp->ff_size > (invalid_range->rl_end + 1)) && - ((size_t)(invalid_range->rl_end + 1 - ap->a_foffset) < bytesContAvail)) { - bytesContAvail = invalid_range->rl_end + 1 - ap->a_foffset; - } - - retval = 0; - goto exit; - } else { - /* - * Sadly, the lower layers don't like us to - * return unaligned ranges, so we skip over - * any invalid ranges here that are less than - * a page: zeroing of those bits is not our - * responsibility (it's dealt with elsewhere). - */ - do { - off_t rounded_start = round_page_64(invalid_range->rl_start); - if ((off_t)bytesContAvail < rounded_start - ap->a_foffset) - break; - if (rounded_start < invalid_range->rl_end + 1) { - bytesContAvail = rounded_start - ap->a_foffset; - break; - } - } while ((invalid_range = TAILQ_NEXT(invalid_range, - rl_link))); - } - break; - - case RL_NOOVERLAP: - break; - } // switch - } - } - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - if (cp->c_cpentry) { - const int direction = (ISSET(ap->a_flags, VNODE_WRITE) - ? VNODE_WRITE : VNODE_READ); - - cp_io_params_t io_params; - cp_io_params(hfsmp, cp->c_cpentry, - off_rsrc_make(ap->a_foffset, VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)), - direction, &io_params); - - if (io_params.max_len < (off_t)bytesContAvail) - bytesContAvail = io_params.max_len; - - if (io_params.phys_offset != -1) { - *ap->a_bpn = ((io_params.phys_offset + hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset) - / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size); - - retval = 0; - goto exit; - } - } -#endif - -retry: - - /* Check virtual blocks only when performing write operation */ - if ((ap->a_flags & VNODE_WRITE) && (fp->ff_unallocblocks != 0)) { - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - retval = EINVAL; - goto exit; - } else { - started_tr = 1; - } - syslocks = SFL_EXTENTS | SFL_BITMAP; - - } else if (overflow_extents(fp)) { - syslocks = SFL_EXTENTS; - } - - if (syslocks) - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, syslocks, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* - * Check for any delayed allocations. - */ - if ((ap->a_flags & VNODE_WRITE) && (fp->ff_unallocblocks != 0)) { - int64_t actbytes; - u_int32_t loanedBlocks; - - // - // Make sure we have a transaction. It's possible - // that we came in and fp->ff_unallocblocks was zero - // but during the time we blocked acquiring the extents - // btree, ff_unallocblocks became non-zero and so we - // will need to start a transaction. - // - if (started_tr == 0) { - if (syslocks) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - syslocks = 0; - } - goto retry; - } - - /* - * Note: ExtendFileC will Release any blocks on loan and - * aquire real blocks. So we ask to extend by zero bytes - * since ExtendFileC will account for the virtual blocks. - */ - - loanedBlocks = fp->ff_unallocblocks; - retval = ExtendFileC(hfsmp, (FCB*)fp, 0, 0, - kEFAllMask | kEFNoClumpMask, &actbytes); - - if (retval) { - fp->ff_unallocblocks = loanedBlocks; - cp->c_blocks += loanedBlocks; - fp->ff_blocks += loanedBlocks; - - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - hfsmp->loanedBlocks += loanedBlocks; - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - if (started_tr) { - (void) hfs_update(vp, 0); - (void) hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, VOL_UPDATE, 0); - - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - started_tr = 0; - } - goto exit; - } - } - - retval = MapFileBlockC(hfsmp, (FCB *)fp, bytesContAvail, ap->a_foffset, - ap->a_bpn, &bytesContAvail); - if (syslocks) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - syslocks = 0; - } - - if (retval) { - /* On write, always return error because virtual blocks, if any, - * should have been allocated in ExtendFileC(). We do not - * allocate virtual blocks on read, therefore return error - * only if no virtual blocks are allocated. Otherwise we search - * rangelist for zero-fills - */ - if ((MacToVFSError(retval) != ERANGE) || - (ap->a_flags & VNODE_WRITE) || - ((ap->a_flags & VNODE_READ) && (fp->ff_unallocblocks == 0))) { - goto exit; - } - - /* Validate if the start offset is within logical file size */ - if (ap->a_foffset >= fp->ff_size) { - goto exit; - } - - /* - * At this point, we have encountered a failure during - * MapFileBlockC that resulted in ERANGE, and we are not - * servicing a write, and there are borrowed blocks. - * - * However, the cluster layer will not call blockmap for - * blocks that are borrowed and in-cache. We have to assume - * that because we observed ERANGE being emitted from - * MapFileBlockC, this extent range is not valid on-disk. So - * we treat this as a mapping that needs to be zero-filled - * prior to reading. - */ - - if (fp->ff_size - ap->a_foffset < (off_t)bytesContAvail) - bytesContAvail = fp->ff_size - ap->a_foffset; - - *ap->a_bpn = (daddr64_t) -1; - retval = 0; - - goto exit; - } - -exit: - if (retval == 0) { - if (ISSET(ap->a_flags, VNODE_WRITE)) { - struct rl_entry *r = TAILQ_FIRST(&fp->ff_invalidranges); - - // See if we might be overlapping invalid ranges... - if (r && (ap->a_foffset + (off_t)bytesContAvail) > r->rl_start) { - /* - * Mark the file as needing an update if we think the - * on-disk EOF has changed. - */ - if (ap->a_foffset <= r->rl_start) - SET(cp->c_flag, C_MODIFIED); - - /* - * This isn't the ideal place to put this. Ideally, we - * should do something *after* we have successfully - * written to the range, but that's difficult to do - * because we cannot take locks in the callback. At - * present, the cluster code will call us with VNODE_WRITE - * set just before it's about to write the data so we know - * that data is about to be written. If we get an I/O - * error at this point then chances are the metadata - * update to follow will also have an I/O error so the - * risk here is small. - */ - rl_remove(ap->a_foffset, ap->a_foffset + bytesContAvail - 1, - &fp->ff_invalidranges); - - if (!TAILQ_FIRST(&fp->ff_invalidranges)) { - cp->c_flag &= ~C_ZFWANTSYNC; - cp->c_zftimeout = 0; - } - } - } - - if (ap->a_run) - *ap->a_run = bytesContAvail; - - if (ap->a_poff) - *(int *)ap->a_poff = 0; - } - - if (started_tr) { - hfs_update(vp, TRUE); - hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, VOL_UPDATE, 0); - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - started_tr = 0; - } - - if (tooklock) - hfs_unlock(cp); - - return (MacToVFSError(retval)); -} - -/* - * prepare and issue the I/O - * buf_strategy knows how to deal - * with requests that require - * fragmented I/Os - */ -int -hfs_vnop_strategy(struct vnop_strategy_args *ap) -{ - buf_t bp = ap->a_bp; - vnode_t vp = buf_vnode(bp); - int error = 0; - - /* Mark buffer as containing static data if cnode flag set */ - if (VTOC(vp)->c_flag & C_SSD_STATIC) { - buf_markstatic(bp); - } - - /* Mark buffer as containing static data if cnode flag set */ - if (VTOC(vp)->c_flag & C_SSD_GREEDY_MODE) { - bufattr_markgreedymode(buf_attr(bp)); - } - - /* mark buffer as containing burst mode data if cnode flag set */ - if (VTOC(vp)->c_flag & C_IO_ISOCHRONOUS) { - bufattr_markisochronous(buf_attr(bp)); - } - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - error = cp_handle_strategy(bp); - - if (error) - return error; -#endif - - error = buf_strategy(VTOHFS(vp)->hfs_devvp, ap); - - return error; -} - -int -do_hfs_truncate(struct vnode *vp, off_t length, int flags, int truncateflags, vfs_context_t context) -{ - register struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - struct filefork *fp = VTOF(vp); - kauth_cred_t cred = vfs_context_ucred(context); - int retval; - off_t bytesToAdd; - off_t actualBytesAdded; - off_t filebytes; - u_int32_t fileblocks; - int blksize; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - int lockflags; - int suppress_times = (truncateflags & HFS_TRUNCATE_SKIPTIMES); - - blksize = VTOVCB(vp)->blockSize; - fileblocks = fp->ff_blocks; - filebytes = (off_t)fileblocks * (off_t)blksize; - - KERNEL_DEBUG(HFSDBG_TRUNCATE | DBG_FUNC_START, - (int)length, (int)fp->ff_size, (int)filebytes, 0, 0); - - if (length < 0) - return (EINVAL); - - /* This should only happen with a corrupt filesystem */ - if ((off_t)fp->ff_size < 0) - return (EINVAL); - - if ((!ISHFSPLUS(VTOVCB(vp))) && (length > (off_t)MAXHFSFILESIZE)) - return (EFBIG); - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - - retval = E_NONE; - - /* Files that are changing size are not hot file candidates. */ - if (hfsmp->hfc_stage == HFC_RECORDING) { - fp->ff_bytesread = 0; - } - - /* - * We cannot just check if fp->ff_size == length (as an optimization) - * since there may be extra physical blocks that also need truncation. - */ -#if QUOTA - if ((retval = hfs_getinoquota(cp))) - return(retval); -#endif /* QUOTA */ - - /* - * Lengthen the size of the file. We must ensure that the - * last byte of the file is allocated. Since the smallest - * value of ff_size is 0, length will be at least 1. - */ - if (length > (off_t)fp->ff_size) { -#if QUOTA - retval = hfs_chkdq(cp, (int64_t)(roundup(length - filebytes, blksize)), - cred, 0); - if (retval) - goto Err_Exit; -#endif /* QUOTA */ - /* - * If we don't have enough physical space then - * we need to extend the physical size. - */ - if (length > filebytes) { - int eflags; - u_int32_t blockHint = 0; - - /* All or nothing and don't round up to clumpsize. */ - eflags = kEFAllMask | kEFNoClumpMask; - - if (cred && (suser(cred, NULL) != 0)) { - eflags |= kEFReserveMask; /* keep a reserve */ - } - - /* - * Allocate Journal and Quota files in metadata zone. - */ - if (filebytes == 0 && - hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_METADATA_ZONE && - hfs_virtualmetafile(cp)) { - eflags |= kEFMetadataMask; - blockHint = hfsmp->hfs_metazone_start; - } - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - retval = EINVAL; - goto Err_Exit; - } - - /* Protect extents b-tree and allocation bitmap */ - lockflags = SFL_BITMAP; - if (overflow_extents(fp)) - lockflags |= SFL_EXTENTS; - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* - * Keep growing the file as long as the current EOF is - * less than the desired value. - */ - while ((length > filebytes) && (retval == E_NONE)) { - bytesToAdd = length - filebytes; - retval = MacToVFSError(ExtendFileC(VTOVCB(vp), - (FCB*)fp, - bytesToAdd, - blockHint, - eflags, - &actualBytesAdded)); - - filebytes = (off_t)fp->ff_blocks * (off_t)blksize; - if (actualBytesAdded == 0 && retval == E_NONE) { - if (length > filebytes) - length = filebytes; - break; - } - } /* endwhile */ - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - hfs_update(vp, 0); - hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, VOL_UPDATE, 0); - } - - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - if (retval) - goto Err_Exit; - - KERNEL_DEBUG(HFSDBG_TRUNCATE | DBG_FUNC_NONE, - (int)length, (int)fp->ff_size, (int)filebytes, 0, 0); - } - - if (ISSET(flags, IO_NOZEROFILL)) { - // An optimisation for the hibernation file - if (vnode_isswap(vp)) - rl_remove_all(&fp->ff_invalidranges); - } else { - if (!vnode_issystem(vp) && retval == E_NONE) { - if (length > (off_t)fp->ff_size) { - struct timeval tv; - - /* Extending the file: time to fill out the current last page w. zeroes? */ - if (fp->ff_size & PAGE_MASK_64) { - /* There might be some valid data at the start of the (current) last page - of the file, so zero out the remainder of that page to ensure the - entire page contains valid data. */ - hfs_unlock(cp); - retval = hfs_zero_eof_page(vp, length); - hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - if (retval) goto Err_Exit; - } - microuptime(&tv); - rl_add(fp->ff_size, length - 1, &fp->ff_invalidranges); - cp->c_zftimeout = tv.tv_sec + ZFTIMELIMIT; - } - } else { - panic("hfs_truncate: invoked on non-UBC object?!"); - }; - } - if (suppress_times == 0) { - cp->c_touch_modtime = TRUE; - } - fp->ff_size = length; - - } else { /* Shorten the size of the file */ - - // An optimisation for the hibernation file - if (ISSET(flags, IO_NOZEROFILL) && vnode_isswap(vp)) { - rl_remove_all(&fp->ff_invalidranges); - } else if ((off_t)fp->ff_size > length) { - /* Any space previously marked as invalid is now irrelevant: */ - rl_remove(length, fp->ff_size - 1, &fp->ff_invalidranges); - } - - /* - * Account for any unmapped blocks. Note that the new - * file length can still end up with unmapped blocks. - */ - if (fp->ff_unallocblocks > 0) { - u_int32_t finalblks; - u_int32_t loanedBlocks; - - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - loanedBlocks = fp->ff_unallocblocks; - cp->c_blocks -= loanedBlocks; - fp->ff_blocks -= loanedBlocks; - fp->ff_unallocblocks = 0; - - hfsmp->loanedBlocks -= loanedBlocks; - - finalblks = (length + blksize - 1) / blksize; - if (finalblks > fp->ff_blocks) { - /* calculate required unmapped blocks */ - loanedBlocks = finalblks - fp->ff_blocks; - hfsmp->loanedBlocks += loanedBlocks; - - fp->ff_unallocblocks = loanedBlocks; - cp->c_blocks += loanedBlocks; - fp->ff_blocks += loanedBlocks; - } - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - } - - off_t savedbytes = ((off_t)fp->ff_blocks * (off_t)blksize); - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - retval = EINVAL; - goto Err_Exit; - } - - if (fp->ff_unallocblocks == 0) { - /* Protect extents b-tree and allocation bitmap */ - lockflags = SFL_BITMAP; - if (overflow_extents(fp)) - lockflags |= SFL_EXTENTS; - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - retval = MacToVFSError(TruncateFileC(VTOVCB(vp), (FCB*)fp, length, 0, - FORK_IS_RSRC (fp), FTOC(fp)->c_fileid, false)); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - } - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - if (retval == 0) { - fp->ff_size = length; - } - hfs_update(vp, 0); - hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, VOL_UPDATE, 0); - } - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - filebytes = (off_t)fp->ff_blocks * (off_t)blksize; - if (retval) - goto Err_Exit; -#if QUOTA - /* These are bytesreleased */ - (void) hfs_chkdq(cp, (int64_t)-(savedbytes - filebytes), NOCRED, 0); -#endif /* QUOTA */ - - // - // Unlike when growing a file, we adjust the hotfile block count here - // instead of deeper down in the block allocation code because we do - // not necessarily have a vnode or "fcb" at the time we're deleting - // the file and so we wouldn't know if it was hotfile cached or not - // - hfs_hotfile_adjust_blocks(vp, (int64_t)((savedbytes - filebytes) / blksize)); - - - /* - * Only set update flag if the logical length changes & we aren't - * suppressing modtime updates. - */ - if (((off_t)fp->ff_size != length) && (suppress_times == 0)) { - cp->c_touch_modtime = TRUE; - } - fp->ff_size = length; - } - if (cp->c_mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID)) { - if (!vfs_context_issuser(context)) - cp->c_mode &= ~(S_ISUID | S_ISGID); - } - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; /* status changed */ - if (suppress_times == 0) { - cp->c_touch_modtime = TRUE; /* file data was modified */ - - /* - * If we are not suppressing the modtime update, then - * update the gen count as well. - */ - if (S_ISREG(cp->c_attr.ca_mode) || S_ISLNK (cp->c_attr.ca_mode)) { - hfs_incr_gencount(cp); - } - } - - retval = hfs_update(vp, 0); - if (retval) { - KERNEL_DEBUG(HFSDBG_TRUNCATE | DBG_FUNC_NONE, - -1, -1, -1, retval, 0); - } - -Err_Exit: - - KERNEL_DEBUG(HFSDBG_TRUNCATE | DBG_FUNC_END, - (int)length, (int)fp->ff_size, (int)filebytes, retval, 0); - - return (retval); -} - -/* - * Preparation which must be done prior to deleting the catalog record - * of a file or directory. In order to make the on-disk as safe as possible, - * we remove the catalog entry before releasing the bitmap blocks and the - * overflow extent records. However, some work must be done prior to deleting - * the catalog record. - * - * When calling this function, the cnode must exist both in memory and on-disk. - * If there are both resource fork and data fork vnodes, this function should - * be called on both. - */ - -int -hfs_prepare_release_storage (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *vp) { - - struct filefork *fp = VTOF(vp); - struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); -#if QUOTA - int retval = 0; -#endif /* QUOTA */ - - /* Cannot truncate an HFS directory! */ - if (vnode_isdir(vp)) { - return (EISDIR); - } - - /* - * See the comment below in hfs_truncate for why we need to call - * setsize here. Essentially we want to avoid pending IO if we - * already know that the blocks are going to be released here. - * This function is only called when totally removing all storage for a file, so - * we can take a shortcut and immediately setsize (0); - */ - ubc_setsize(vp, 0); - - /* This should only happen with a corrupt filesystem */ - if ((off_t)fp->ff_size < 0) - return (EINVAL); - - /* - * We cannot just check if fp->ff_size == length (as an optimization) - * since there may be extra physical blocks that also need truncation. - */ -#if QUOTA - if ((retval = hfs_getinoquota(cp))) { - return(retval); - } -#endif /* QUOTA */ - - /* Wipe out any invalid ranges which have yet to be backed by disk */ - rl_remove(0, fp->ff_size - 1, &fp->ff_invalidranges); - - /* - * Account for any unmapped blocks. Since we're deleting the - * entire file, we don't have to worry about just shrinking - * to a smaller number of borrowed blocks. - */ - if (fp->ff_unallocblocks > 0) { - u_int32_t loanedBlocks; - - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - loanedBlocks = fp->ff_unallocblocks; - cp->c_blocks -= loanedBlocks; - fp->ff_blocks -= loanedBlocks; - fp->ff_unallocblocks = 0; - - hfsmp->loanedBlocks -= loanedBlocks; - - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - } - - return 0; -} - - -/* - * Special wrapper around calling TruncateFileC. This function is useable - * even when the catalog record does not exist any longer, making it ideal - * for use when deleting a file. The simplification here is that we know - * that we are releasing all blocks. - * - * Note that this function may be called when there is no vnode backing - * the file fork in question. We may call this from hfs_vnop_inactive - * to clear out resource fork data (and may not want to clear out the data - * fork yet). As a result, we pointer-check both sets of inputs before - * doing anything with them. - * - * The caller is responsible for saving off a copy of the filefork(s) - * embedded within the cnode prior to calling this function. The pointers - * supplied as arguments must be valid even if the cnode is no longer valid. - */ - -int -hfs_release_storage (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct filefork *datafork, - struct filefork *rsrcfork, u_int32_t fileid) { - - off_t filebytes; - u_int32_t fileblocks; - int blksize = 0; - int error = 0; - int lockflags; - - blksize = hfsmp->blockSize; - - /* Data Fork */ - if (datafork) { - off_t prev_filebytes; - - datafork->ff_size = 0; - - fileblocks = datafork->ff_blocks; - filebytes = (off_t)fileblocks * (off_t)blksize; - prev_filebytes = filebytes; - - /* We killed invalid ranges and loaned blocks before we removed the catalog entry */ - - while (filebytes > 0) { - if (filebytes > HFS_BIGFILE_SIZE) { - filebytes -= HFS_BIGFILE_SIZE; - } else { - filebytes = 0; - } - - /* Start a transaction, and wipe out as many blocks as we can in this iteration */ - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - error = EINVAL; - break; - } - - if (datafork->ff_unallocblocks == 0) { - /* Protect extents b-tree and allocation bitmap */ - lockflags = SFL_BITMAP; - if (overflow_extents(datafork)) - lockflags |= SFL_EXTENTS; - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - error = MacToVFSError(TruncateFileC(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp), datafork, filebytes, 1, 0, fileid, false)); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - } - (void) hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, VOL_UPDATE, 0); - - struct cnode *cp = datafork ? FTOC(datafork) : NULL; - struct vnode *vp; - vp = cp ? CTOV(cp, 0) : NULL; - hfs_hotfile_adjust_blocks(vp, (int64_t)((prev_filebytes - filebytes) / blksize)); - prev_filebytes = filebytes; - - /* Finish the transaction and start over if necessary */ - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - if (error) { - break; - } - } - } - - /* Resource fork */ - if (error == 0 && rsrcfork) { - rsrcfork->ff_size = 0; - - fileblocks = rsrcfork->ff_blocks; - filebytes = (off_t)fileblocks * (off_t)blksize; - - /* We killed invalid ranges and loaned blocks before we removed the catalog entry */ - - while (filebytes > 0) { - if (filebytes > HFS_BIGFILE_SIZE) { - filebytes -= HFS_BIGFILE_SIZE; - } else { - filebytes = 0; - } - - /* Start a transaction, and wipe out as many blocks as we can in this iteration */ - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - error = EINVAL; - break; - } - - if (rsrcfork->ff_unallocblocks == 0) { - /* Protect extents b-tree and allocation bitmap */ - lockflags = SFL_BITMAP; - if (overflow_extents(rsrcfork)) - lockflags |= SFL_EXTENTS; - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - error = MacToVFSError(TruncateFileC(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp), rsrcfork, filebytes, 1, 1, fileid, false)); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - } - (void) hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, VOL_UPDATE, 0); - - /* Finish the transaction and start over if necessary */ - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - if (error) { - break; - } - } - } - - return error; -} - -errno_t hfs_ubc_setsize(vnode_t vp, off_t len, bool have_cnode_lock) -{ - errno_t error; - - /* - * Call ubc_setsize to give the VM subsystem a chance to do - * whatever it needs to with existing pages before we delete - * blocks. Note that symlinks don't use the UBC so we'll - * get back ENOENT in that case. - */ - if (have_cnode_lock) { - error = ubc_setsize_ex(vp, len, UBC_SETSIZE_NO_FS_REENTRY); - if (error == EAGAIN) { - cnode_t *cp = VTOC(vp); - - if (cp->c_truncatelockowner != current_thread()) - hfs_warn("hfs: hfs_ubc_setsize called without exclusive truncate lock!"); - - hfs_unlock(cp); - error = ubc_setsize_ex(vp, len, 0); - hfs_lock_always(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - } - } else - error = ubc_setsize_ex(vp, len, 0); - - return error == ENOENT ? 0 : error; -} - -/* - * Truncate a cnode to at most length size, freeing (or adding) the - * disk blocks. - */ -int -hfs_truncate(struct vnode *vp, off_t length, int flags, - int truncateflags, vfs_context_t context) -{ - struct filefork *fp = VTOF(vp); - off_t filebytes; - u_int32_t fileblocks; - int blksize; - errno_t error = 0; - struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - hfsmount_t *hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - - /* Cannot truncate an HFS directory! */ - if (vnode_isdir(vp)) { - return (EISDIR); - } - /* A swap file cannot change size. */ - if (vnode_isswap(vp) && length && !ISSET(flags, IO_NOAUTH)) { - return (EPERM); - } - - blksize = hfsmp->blockSize; - fileblocks = fp->ff_blocks; - filebytes = (off_t)fileblocks * (off_t)blksize; - - bool caller_has_cnode_lock = (cp->c_lockowner == current_thread()); - - error = hfs_ubc_setsize(vp, length, caller_has_cnode_lock); - if (error) - return error; - - if (!caller_has_cnode_lock) { - error = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (error) - return error; - } - - if (vnode_islnk(vp) && cp->c_datafork->ff_symlinkptr) { - hfs_free(cp->c_datafork->ff_symlinkptr, cp->c_datafork->ff_size); - cp->c_datafork->ff_symlinkptr = NULL; - } - - // have to loop truncating or growing files that are - // really big because otherwise transactions can get - // enormous and consume too many kernel resources. - - if (length < filebytes) { - while (filebytes > length) { - if ((filebytes - length) > HFS_BIGFILE_SIZE) { - filebytes -= HFS_BIGFILE_SIZE; - } else { - filebytes = length; - } - error = do_hfs_truncate(vp, filebytes, flags, truncateflags, context); - if (error) - break; - } - } else if (length > filebytes) { - kauth_cred_t cred = vfs_context_ucred(context); - const bool keep_reserve = cred && suser(cred, NULL) != 0; - - if (hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, keep_reserve) - < howmany(length - filebytes, blksize)) { - error = ENOSPC; - } else { - while (filebytes < length) { - if ((length - filebytes) > HFS_BIGFILE_SIZE) { - filebytes += HFS_BIGFILE_SIZE; - } else { - filebytes = length; - } - error = do_hfs_truncate(vp, filebytes, flags, truncateflags, context); - if (error) - break; - } - } - } else /* Same logical size */ { - - error = do_hfs_truncate(vp, length, flags, truncateflags, context); - } - /* Files that are changing size are not hot file candidates. */ - if (VTOHFS(vp)->hfc_stage == HFC_RECORDING) { - fp->ff_bytesread = 0; - } - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - if (!error && cp->c_truncatelockowner == current_thread()) { - hfs_key_roll_check(cp, true); - } -#endif - - if (!caller_has_cnode_lock) - hfs_unlock(cp); - - // Make sure UBC's size matches up (in case we didn't completely succeed) - errno_t err2 = hfs_ubc_setsize(vp, fp->ff_size, caller_has_cnode_lock); - if (!error) - error = err2; - - return error; -} - - -/* - * Preallocate file storage space. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_allocate(struct vnop_allocate_args /* { - vnode_t a_vp; - off_t a_length; - u_int32_t a_flags; - off_t *a_bytesallocated; - off_t a_offset; - vfs_context_t a_context; - } */ *ap) -{ - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - struct cnode *cp; - struct filefork *fp; - ExtendedVCB *vcb; - off_t length = ap->a_length; - off_t startingPEOF; - off_t moreBytesRequested; - off_t actualBytesAdded; - off_t filebytes; - u_int32_t fileblocks; - int retval, retval2; - u_int32_t blockHint; - u_int32_t extendFlags; /* For call to ExtendFileC */ - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - kauth_cred_t cred = vfs_context_ucred(ap->a_context); - int lockflags; - time_t orig_ctime; - - *(ap->a_bytesallocated) = 0; - - if (!vnode_isreg(vp)) - return (EISDIR); - if (length < (off_t)0) - return (EINVAL); - - cp = VTOC(vp); - - orig_ctime = VTOC(vp)->c_ctime; - - nspace_snapshot_event(vp, orig_ctime, ap->a_length == 0 ? NAMESPACE_HANDLER_TRUNCATE_OP|NAMESPACE_HANDLER_DELETE_OP : NAMESPACE_HANDLER_TRUNCATE_OP, NULL); - - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - - if ((retval = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - goto Err_Exit; - } - - fp = VTOF(vp); - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - vcb = VTOVCB(vp); - - fileblocks = fp->ff_blocks; - filebytes = (off_t)fileblocks * (off_t)vcb->blockSize; - - if ((ap->a_flags & ALLOCATEFROMVOL) && (length < filebytes)) { - retval = EINVAL; - goto Err_Exit; - } - - /* Fill in the flags word for the call to Extend the file */ - - extendFlags = kEFNoClumpMask; - if (ap->a_flags & ALLOCATECONTIG) - extendFlags |= kEFContigMask; - if (ap->a_flags & ALLOCATEALL) - extendFlags |= kEFAllMask; - if (cred && suser(cred, NULL) != 0) - extendFlags |= kEFReserveMask; - if (hfs_virtualmetafile(cp)) - extendFlags |= kEFMetadataMask; - - retval = E_NONE; - blockHint = 0; - startingPEOF = filebytes; - - if (ap->a_flags & ALLOCATEFROMPEOF) - length += filebytes; - else if (ap->a_flags & ALLOCATEFROMVOL) - blockHint = ap->a_offset / VTOVCB(vp)->blockSize; - - /* If no changes are necesary, then we're done */ - if (filebytes == length) - goto Std_Exit; - - /* - * Lengthen the size of the file. We must ensure that the - * last byte of the file is allocated. Since the smallest - * value of filebytes is 0, length will be at least 1. - */ - if (length > filebytes) { - if (ISSET(extendFlags, kEFAllMask) - && (hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, ISSET(extendFlags, kEFReserveMask)) - < howmany(length - filebytes, hfsmp->blockSize))) { - retval = ENOSPC; - goto Err_Exit; - } - - off_t total_bytes_added = 0, orig_request_size; - - orig_request_size = moreBytesRequested = length - filebytes; - -#if QUOTA - retval = hfs_chkdq(cp, - (int64_t)(roundup(moreBytesRequested, vcb->blockSize)), - cred, 0); - if (retval) - goto Err_Exit; - -#endif /* QUOTA */ - /* - * Metadata zone checks. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_METADATA_ZONE) { - /* - * Allocate Journal and Quota files in metadata zone. - */ - if (hfs_virtualmetafile(cp)) { - blockHint = hfsmp->hfs_metazone_start; - } else if ((blockHint >= hfsmp->hfs_metazone_start) && - (blockHint <= hfsmp->hfs_metazone_end)) { - /* - * Move blockHint outside metadata zone. - */ - blockHint = hfsmp->hfs_metazone_end + 1; - } - } - - - while ((length > filebytes) && (retval == E_NONE)) { - off_t bytesRequested; - - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - retval = EINVAL; - goto Err_Exit; - } - - /* Protect extents b-tree and allocation bitmap */ - lockflags = SFL_BITMAP; - if (overflow_extents(fp)) - lockflags |= SFL_EXTENTS; - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - if (moreBytesRequested >= HFS_BIGFILE_SIZE) { - bytesRequested = HFS_BIGFILE_SIZE; - } else { - bytesRequested = moreBytesRequested; - } - - if (extendFlags & kEFContigMask) { - // if we're on a sparse device, this will force it to do a - // full scan to find the space needed. - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_DID_CONTIG_SCAN; - } - - retval = MacToVFSError(ExtendFileC(vcb, - (FCB*)fp, - bytesRequested, - blockHint, - extendFlags, - &actualBytesAdded)); - - if (retval == E_NONE) { - *(ap->a_bytesallocated) += actualBytesAdded; - total_bytes_added += actualBytesAdded; - moreBytesRequested -= actualBytesAdded; - if (blockHint != 0) { - blockHint += actualBytesAdded / vcb->blockSize; - } - } - filebytes = (off_t)fp->ff_blocks * (off_t)vcb->blockSize; - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - (void) hfs_update(vp, 0); - (void) hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, VOL_UPDATE, 0); - } - - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - } - - - /* - * if we get an error and no changes were made then exit - * otherwise we must do the hfs_update to reflect the changes - */ - if (retval && (startingPEOF == filebytes)) - goto Err_Exit; - - /* - * Adjust actualBytesAdded to be allocation block aligned, not - * clump size aligned. - * NOTE: So what we are reporting does not affect reality - * until the file is closed, when we truncate the file to allocation - * block size. - */ - if (total_bytes_added != 0 && orig_request_size < total_bytes_added) - *(ap->a_bytesallocated) = - roundup(orig_request_size, (off_t)vcb->blockSize); - - } else { /* Shorten the size of the file */ - - /* - * N.B. At present, this code is never called. If and when we - * do start using it, it looks like there might be slightly - * strange semantics with the file size: it's possible for the - * file size to *increase* e.g. if current file size is 5, - * length is 1024 and filebytes is 4096, the file size will - * end up being 1024 bytes. This isn't necessarily a problem - * but it's not consistent with the code above which doesn't - * change the file size. - */ - - retval = hfs_truncate(vp, length, 0, 0, ap->a_context); - filebytes = (off_t)fp->ff_blocks * (off_t)vcb->blockSize; - - /* - * if we get an error and no changes were made then exit - * otherwise we must do the hfs_update to reflect the changes - */ - if (retval && (startingPEOF == filebytes)) goto Err_Exit; -#if QUOTA - /* These are bytesreleased */ - (void) hfs_chkdq(cp, (int64_t)-((startingPEOF - filebytes)), NOCRED,0); -#endif /* QUOTA */ - - if (fp->ff_size > filebytes) { - fp->ff_size = filebytes; - - hfs_ubc_setsize(vp, fp->ff_size, true); - } - } - -Std_Exit: - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - cp->c_touch_modtime = TRUE; - retval2 = hfs_update(vp, 0); - - if (retval == 0) - retval = retval2; -Err_Exit: - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - hfs_unlock(cp); - return (retval); -} - - -/* - * Pagein for HFS filesystem - */ -int -hfs_vnop_pagein(struct vnop_pagein_args *ap) -/* - struct vnop_pagein_args { - vnode_t a_vp, - upl_t a_pl, - vm_offset_t a_pl_offset, - off_t a_f_offset, - size_t a_size, - int a_flags - vfs_context_t a_context; - }; -*/ -{ - vnode_t vp; - struct cnode *cp; - struct filefork *fp; - int error = 0; - upl_t upl; - upl_page_info_t *pl; - off_t f_offset; - off_t page_needed_f_offset; - int offset; - int isize; - int upl_size; - int pg_index; - boolean_t truncate_lock_held = FALSE; - boolean_t file_converted = FALSE; - kern_return_t kret; - - vp = ap->a_vp; - cp = VTOC(vp); - fp = VTOF(vp); - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - if ((error = cp_handle_vnop(vp, CP_READ_ACCESS | CP_WRITE_ACCESS, 0)) != 0) { - /* - * If we errored here, then this means that one of two things occurred: - * 1. there was a problem with the decryption of the key. - * 2. the device is locked and we are not allowed to access this particular file. - * - * Either way, this means that we need to shut down this upl now. As long as - * the pl pointer is NULL (meaning that we're supposed to create the UPL ourselves) - * then we create a upl and immediately abort it. - */ - if (ap->a_pl == NULL) { - /* create the upl */ - ubc_create_upl (vp, ap->a_f_offset, ap->a_size, &upl, &pl, - UPL_UBC_PAGEIN | UPL_RET_ONLY_ABSENT); - /* mark the range as needed so it doesn't immediately get discarded upon abort */ - ubc_upl_range_needed (upl, ap->a_pl_offset / PAGE_SIZE, 1); - - /* Abort the range */ - ubc_upl_abort_range (upl, 0, ap->a_size, UPL_ABORT_FREE_ON_EMPTY | UPL_ABORT_ERROR); - } - - - return error; - } -#endif /* CONFIG_PROTECT */ - - if (ap->a_pl != NULL) { - /* - * this can only happen for swap files now that - * we're asking for V2 paging behavior... - * so don't need to worry about decompression, or - * keeping track of blocks read or taking the truncate lock - */ - error = cluster_pagein(vp, ap->a_pl, ap->a_pl_offset, ap->a_f_offset, - ap->a_size, (off_t)fp->ff_size, ap->a_flags); - goto pagein_done; - } - - page_needed_f_offset = ap->a_f_offset + ap->a_pl_offset; - -retry_pagein: - /* - * take truncate lock (shared/recursive) to guard against - * zero-fill thru fsync interfering, but only for v2 - * - * the HFS_RECURSE_TRUNCLOCK arg indicates that we want the - * lock shared and we are allowed to recurse 1 level if this thread already - * owns the lock exclusively... this can legally occur - * if we are doing a shrinking ftruncate against a file - * that is mapped private, and the pages being truncated - * do not currently exist in the cache... in that case - * we will have to page-in the missing pages in order - * to provide them to the private mapping... we must - * also call hfs_unlock_truncate with a postive been_recursed - * arg to indicate that if we have recursed, there is no need to drop - * the lock. Allowing this simple recursion is necessary - * in order to avoid a certain deadlock... since the ftruncate - * already holds the truncate lock exclusively, if we try - * to acquire it shared to protect the pagein path, we will - * hang this thread - * - * NOTE: The if () block below is a workaround in order to prevent a - * VM deadlock. See rdar://7853471. - * - * If we are in a forced unmount, then launchd will still have the - * dyld_shared_cache file mapped as it is trying to reboot. If we - * take the truncate lock here to service a page fault, then our - * thread could deadlock with the forced-unmount. The forced unmount - * thread will try to reclaim the dyld_shared_cache vnode, but since it's - * marked C_DELETED, it will call ubc_setsize(0). As a result, the unmount - * thread will think it needs to copy all of the data out of the file - * and into a VM copy object. If we hold the cnode lock here, then that - * VM operation will not be able to proceed, because we'll set a busy page - * before attempting to grab the lock. Note that this isn't as simple as "don't - * call ubc_setsize" because doing that would just shift the problem to the - * ubc_msync done before the vnode is reclaimed. - * - * So, if a forced unmount on this volume is in flight AND the cnode is - * marked C_DELETED, then just go ahead and do the page in without taking - * the lock (thus suspending pagein_v2 semantics temporarily). Since it's on a file - * that is not going to be available on the next mount, this seems like a - * OK solution from a correctness point of view, even though it is hacky. - */ - if (vfs_isforce(vnode_mount(vp))) { - if (cp->c_flag & C_DELETED) { - /* If we don't get it, then just go ahead and operate without the lock */ - truncate_lock_held = hfs_try_trunclock(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_SKIP_IF_EXCLUSIVE); - } - } - else { - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_SKIP_IF_EXCLUSIVE); - truncate_lock_held = TRUE; - } - - kret = ubc_create_upl(vp, ap->a_f_offset, ap->a_size, &upl, &pl, UPL_UBC_PAGEIN | UPL_RET_ONLY_ABSENT); - - if ((kret != KERN_SUCCESS) || (upl == (upl_t) NULL)) { - error = EINVAL; - goto pagein_done; - } - ubc_upl_range_needed(upl, ap->a_pl_offset / PAGE_SIZE, 1); - - upl_size = isize = ap->a_size; - - /* - * Scan from the back to find the last page in the UPL, so that we - * aren't looking at a UPL that may have already been freed by the - * preceding aborts/completions. - */ - for (pg_index = ((isize) / PAGE_SIZE); pg_index > 0;) { - if (upl_page_present(pl, --pg_index)) - break; - if (pg_index == 0) { - /* - * no absent pages were found in the range specified - * just abort the UPL to get rid of it and then we're done - */ - ubc_upl_abort_range(upl, 0, isize, UPL_ABORT_FREE_ON_EMPTY); - goto pagein_done; - } - } - /* - * initialize the offset variables before we touch the UPL. - * f_offset is the position into the file, in bytes - * offset is the position into the UPL, in bytes - * pg_index is the pg# of the UPL we're operating on - * isize is the offset into the UPL of the last page that is present. - */ - isize = ((pg_index + 1) * PAGE_SIZE); - pg_index = 0; - offset = 0; - f_offset = ap->a_f_offset; - - while (isize) { - int xsize; - int num_of_pages; - - if ( !upl_page_present(pl, pg_index)) { - /* - * we asked for RET_ONLY_ABSENT, so it's possible - * to get back empty slots in the UPL. - * just skip over them - */ - f_offset += PAGE_SIZE; - offset += PAGE_SIZE; - isize -= PAGE_SIZE; - pg_index++; - - continue; - } - /* - * We know that we have at least one absent page. - * Now checking to see how many in a row we have - */ - num_of_pages = 1; - xsize = isize - PAGE_SIZE; - - while (xsize) { - if ( !upl_page_present(pl, pg_index + num_of_pages)) - break; - num_of_pages++; - xsize -= PAGE_SIZE; - } - xsize = num_of_pages * PAGE_SIZE; - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)) { - /* allow pageins of the resource fork */ - } else { - int compressed = hfs_file_is_compressed(VTOC(vp), 1); /* 1 == don't take the cnode lock */ - - if (compressed) { - - if (truncate_lock_held) { - /* - * can't hold the truncate lock when calling into the decmpfs layer - * since it calls back into this layer... even though we're only - * holding the lock in shared mode, and the re-entrant path only - * takes the lock shared, we can deadlock if some other thread - * tries to grab the lock exclusively in between. - */ - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_SKIP_IF_EXCLUSIVE); - truncate_lock_held = FALSE; - } - ap->a_pl = upl; - ap->a_pl_offset = offset; - ap->a_f_offset = f_offset; - ap->a_size = xsize; - - error = decmpfs_pagein_compressed(ap, &compressed, VTOCMP(vp)); - /* - * note that decpfs_pagein_compressed can change the state of - * 'compressed'... it will set it to 0 if the file is no longer - * compressed once the compression lock is successfully taken - * i.e. we would block on that lock while the file is being inflated - */ - if (error == 0 && vnode_isfastdevicecandidate(vp)) { - (void) hfs_addhotfile(vp); - } - if (compressed) { - if (error == 0) { - /* successful page-in, update the access time */ - VTOC(vp)->c_touch_acctime = TRUE; - - // - // compressed files are not traditional hot file candidates - // but they may be for CF (which ignores the ff_bytesread - // field) - // - if (VTOHFS(vp)->hfc_stage == HFC_RECORDING) { - fp->ff_bytesread = 0; - } - } else if (error == EAGAIN) { - /* - * EAGAIN indicates someone else already holds the compression lock... - * to avoid deadlocking, we'll abort this range of pages with an - * indication that the pagein needs to be redriven - */ - ubc_upl_abort_range(upl, (upl_offset_t) offset, xsize, UPL_ABORT_FREE_ON_EMPTY | UPL_ABORT_RESTART); - } else if (error == ENOSPC) { - - if (upl_size == PAGE_SIZE) - panic("decmpfs_pagein_compressed: couldn't ubc_upl_map a single page\n"); - - ubc_upl_abort_range(upl, (upl_offset_t) offset, isize, UPL_ABORT_FREE_ON_EMPTY); - - ap->a_size = PAGE_SIZE; - ap->a_pl = NULL; - ap->a_pl_offset = 0; - ap->a_f_offset = page_needed_f_offset; - - goto retry_pagein; - } else { - ubc_upl_abort(upl, UPL_ABORT_FREE_ON_EMPTY | UPL_ABORT_ERROR); - goto pagein_done; - } - goto pagein_next_range; - } - else { - /* - * Set file_converted only if the file became decompressed while we were - * paging in. If it were still compressed, we would re-start the loop using the goto - * in the above block. This avoid us overloading truncate_lock_held as our retry_pagein - * condition below, since we could have avoided taking the truncate lock to prevent - * a deadlock in the force unmount case. - */ - file_converted = TRUE; - } - } - if (file_converted == TRUE) { - /* - * the file was converted back to a regular file after we first saw it as compressed - * we need to abort the upl, retake the truncate lock, recreate the UPL and start over - * reset a_size so that we consider what remains of the original request - * and null out a_upl and a_pl_offset. - * - * We should only be able to get into this block if the decmpfs_pagein_compressed - * successfully decompressed the range in question for this file. - */ - ubc_upl_abort_range(upl, (upl_offset_t) offset, isize, UPL_ABORT_FREE_ON_EMPTY); - - ap->a_size = isize; - ap->a_pl = NULL; - ap->a_pl_offset = 0; - - /* Reset file_converted back to false so that we don't infinite-loop. */ - file_converted = FALSE; - goto retry_pagein; - } - } -#endif - error = cluster_pagein(vp, upl, offset, f_offset, xsize, (off_t)fp->ff_size, ap->a_flags); - - /* - * Keep track of blocks read. - */ - if ( !vnode_isswap(vp) && VTOHFS(vp)->hfc_stage == HFC_RECORDING && error == 0) { - int bytesread; - int took_cnode_lock = 0; - - if (ap->a_f_offset == 0 && fp->ff_size < PAGE_SIZE) - bytesread = fp->ff_size; - else - bytesread = xsize; - - /* When ff_bytesread exceeds 32-bits, update it behind the cnode lock. */ - if ((fp->ff_bytesread + bytesread) > 0x00000000ffffffff && cp->c_lockowner != current_thread()) { - hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - took_cnode_lock = 1; - } - /* - * If this file hasn't been seen since the start of - * the current sampling period then start over. - */ - if (cp->c_atime < VTOHFS(vp)->hfc_timebase) { - struct timeval tv; - - fp->ff_bytesread = bytesread; - microtime(&tv); - cp->c_atime = tv.tv_sec; - } else { - fp->ff_bytesread += bytesread; - } - cp->c_touch_acctime = TRUE; - - if (vnode_isfastdevicecandidate(vp)) { - (void) hfs_addhotfile(vp); - } - if (took_cnode_lock) - hfs_unlock(cp); - } -pagein_next_range: - f_offset += xsize; - offset += xsize; - isize -= xsize; - pg_index += num_of_pages; - - error = 0; - } - -pagein_done: - if (truncate_lock_held == TRUE) { - /* Note 1 is passed to hfs_unlock_truncate in been_recursed argument */ - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_SKIP_IF_EXCLUSIVE); - } - - return (error); -} - -/* - * Pageout for HFS filesystem. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_pageout(struct vnop_pageout_args *ap) -/* - struct vnop_pageout_args { - vnode_t a_vp, - upl_t a_pl, - vm_offset_t a_pl_offset, - off_t a_f_offset, - size_t a_size, - int a_flags - vfs_context_t a_context; - }; -*/ -{ - vnode_t vp = ap->a_vp; - struct cnode *cp; - struct filefork *fp; - int retval = 0; - off_t filesize; - upl_t upl; - upl_page_info_t* pl = NULL; - vm_offset_t a_pl_offset; - int a_flags; - int is_pageoutv2 = 0; - kern_return_t kret; - - cp = VTOC(vp); - fp = VTOF(vp); - - a_flags = ap->a_flags; - a_pl_offset = ap->a_pl_offset; - - /* - * we can tell if we're getting the new or old behavior from the UPL - */ - if ((upl = ap->a_pl) == NULL) { - int request_flags; - - is_pageoutv2 = 1; - /* - * we're in control of any UPL we commit - * make sure someone hasn't accidentally passed in UPL_NOCOMMIT - */ - a_flags &= ~UPL_NOCOMMIT; - a_pl_offset = 0; - - /* - * For V2 semantics, we want to take the cnode truncate lock - * shared to guard against the file size changing via zero-filling. - * - * However, we have to be careful because we may be invoked - * via the ubc_msync path to write out dirty mmap'd pages - * in response to a lock event on a content-protected - * filesystem (e.g. to write out class A files). - * As a result, we want to take the truncate lock 'SHARED' with - * the mini-recursion locktype so that we don't deadlock/panic - * because we may be already holding the truncate lock exclusive to force any other - * IOs to have blocked behind us. - */ - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_SKIP_IF_EXCLUSIVE); - - if (a_flags & UPL_MSYNC) { - request_flags = UPL_UBC_MSYNC | UPL_RET_ONLY_DIRTY; - } - else { - request_flags = UPL_UBC_PAGEOUT | UPL_RET_ONLY_DIRTY; - } - - kret = ubc_create_upl(vp, ap->a_f_offset, ap->a_size, &upl, &pl, request_flags); - - if ((kret != KERN_SUCCESS) || (upl == (upl_t) NULL)) { - retval = EINVAL; - goto pageout_done; - } - } - /* - * from this point forward upl points at the UPL we're working with - * it was either passed in or we succesfully created it - */ - - /* - * Figure out where the file ends, for pageout purposes. If - * ff_new_size > ff_size, then we're in the middle of extending the - * file via a write, so it is safe (and necessary) that we be able - * to pageout up to that point. - */ - filesize = fp->ff_size; - if (fp->ff_new_size > filesize) - filesize = fp->ff_new_size; - - /* - * Now that HFS is opting into VFC_VFSVNOP_PAGEOUTV2, we may need to operate on our own - * UPL instead of relying on the UPL passed into us. We go ahead and do that here, - * scanning for dirty ranges. We'll issue our own N cluster_pageout calls, for - * N dirty ranges in the UPL. Note that this is almost a direct copy of the - * logic in vnode_pageout except that we need to do it after grabbing the truncate - * lock in HFS so that we don't lock invert ourselves. - * - * Note that we can still get into this function on behalf of the default pager with - * non-V2 behavior (swapfiles). However in that case, we did not grab locks above - * since fsync and other writing threads will grab the locks, then mark the - * relevant pages as busy. But the pageout codepath marks the pages as busy, - * and THEN would attempt to grab the truncate lock, which would result in deadlock. So - * we do not try to grab anything for the pre-V2 case, which should only be accessed - * by the paging/VM system. - */ - - if (is_pageoutv2) { - off_t f_offset; - int offset; - int isize; - int pg_index; - int error; - int error_ret = 0; - - isize = ap->a_size; - f_offset = ap->a_f_offset; - - /* - * Scan from the back to find the last page in the UPL, so that we - * aren't looking at a UPL that may have already been freed by the - * preceding aborts/completions. - */ - for (pg_index = ((isize) / PAGE_SIZE); pg_index > 0;) { - if (upl_page_present(pl, --pg_index)) - break; - if (pg_index == 0) { - ubc_upl_abort_range(upl, 0, isize, UPL_ABORT_FREE_ON_EMPTY); - goto pageout_done; - } - } - - /* - * initialize the offset variables before we touch the UPL. - * a_f_offset is the position into the file, in bytes - * offset is the position into the UPL, in bytes - * pg_index is the pg# of the UPL we're operating on. - * isize is the offset into the UPL of the last non-clean page. - */ - isize = ((pg_index + 1) * PAGE_SIZE); - - offset = 0; - pg_index = 0; - - while (isize) { - int xsize; - int num_of_pages; - - if ( !upl_page_present(pl, pg_index)) { - /* - * we asked for RET_ONLY_DIRTY, so it's possible - * to get back empty slots in the UPL. - * just skip over them - */ - f_offset += PAGE_SIZE; - offset += PAGE_SIZE; - isize -= PAGE_SIZE; - pg_index++; - - continue; - } - if ( !upl_dirty_page(pl, pg_index)) { - panic ("hfs_vnop_pageout: unforeseen clean page @ index %d for UPL %p\n", pg_index, upl); - } - - /* - * We know that we have at least one dirty page. - * Now checking to see how many in a row we have - */ - num_of_pages = 1; - xsize = isize - PAGE_SIZE; - - while (xsize) { - if ( !upl_dirty_page(pl, pg_index + num_of_pages)) - break; - num_of_pages++; - xsize -= PAGE_SIZE; - } - xsize = num_of_pages * PAGE_SIZE; - - if ((error = cluster_pageout(vp, upl, offset, f_offset, - xsize, filesize, a_flags))) { - if (error_ret == 0) - error_ret = error; - } - f_offset += xsize; - offset += xsize; - isize -= xsize; - pg_index += num_of_pages; - } - /* capture errnos bubbled out of cluster_pageout if they occurred */ - if (error_ret != 0) { - retval = error_ret; - } - } /* end block for v2 pageout behavior */ - else { - /* - * just call cluster_pageout for old pre-v2 behavior - */ - retval = cluster_pageout(vp, upl, a_pl_offset, ap->a_f_offset, - ap->a_size, filesize, a_flags); - } - - /* - * If data was written, update the modification time of the file - * but only if it's mapped writable; we will have touched the - * modifcation time for direct writes. - */ - if (retval == 0 && (ubc_is_mapped_writable(vp) - || ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_MIGHT_BE_DIRTY_FROM_MAPPING))) { - hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - - // Check again with lock - bool mapped_writable = ubc_is_mapped_writable(vp); - if (mapped_writable - || ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_MIGHT_BE_DIRTY_FROM_MAPPING)) { - cp->c_touch_modtime = TRUE; - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - - /* - * We only need to increment the generation counter if - * it's currently mapped writable because we incremented - * the counter in hfs_vnop_mnomap. - */ - if (mapped_writable) - hfs_incr_gencount(VTOC(vp)); - - /* - * If setuid or setgid bits are set and this process is - * not the superuser then clear the setuid and setgid bits - * as a precaution against tampering. - */ - if ((cp->c_mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID)) && - (vfs_context_suser(ap->a_context) != 0)) { - cp->c_mode &= ~(S_ISUID | S_ISGID); - } - } - - hfs_unlock(cp); - } - -pageout_done: - if (is_pageoutv2) { - /* - * Release the truncate lock. Note that because - * we may have taken the lock recursively by - * being invoked via ubc_msync due to lockdown, - * we should release it recursively, too. - */ - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_SKIP_IF_EXCLUSIVE); - } - return (retval); -} - -/* - * Intercept B-Tree node writes to unswap them if necessary. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_bwrite(struct vnop_bwrite_args *ap) -{ - int retval = 0; - register struct buf *bp = ap->a_bp; - register struct vnode *vp = buf_vnode(bp); - BlockDescriptor block; - - /* Trap B-Tree writes */ - if ((VTOC(vp)->c_fileid == kHFSExtentsFileID) || - (VTOC(vp)->c_fileid == kHFSCatalogFileID) || - (VTOC(vp)->c_fileid == kHFSAttributesFileID) || - (vp == VTOHFS(vp)->hfc_filevp)) { - - /* - * Swap and validate the node if it is in native byte order. - * This is always be true on big endian, so we always validate - * before writing here. On little endian, the node typically has - * been swapped and validated when it was written to the journal, - * so we won't do anything here. - */ - if (((u_int16_t *)((char *)buf_dataptr(bp) + buf_count(bp) - 2))[0] == 0x000e) { - /* Prepare the block pointer */ - block.blockHeader = bp; - block.buffer = (char *)buf_dataptr(bp); - block.blockNum = buf_lblkno(bp); - /* not found in cache ==> came from disk */ - block.blockReadFromDisk = (buf_fromcache(bp) == 0); - block.blockSize = buf_count(bp); - - /* Endian un-swap B-Tree node */ - retval = hfs_swap_BTNode (&block, vp, kSwapBTNodeHostToBig, false); - if (retval) - panic("hfs_vnop_bwrite: about to write corrupt node!\n"); - } - } - - /* This buffer shouldn't be locked anymore but if it is clear it */ - if ((buf_flags(bp) & B_LOCKED)) { - // XXXdbg - if (VTOHFS(vp)->jnl) { - panic("hfs: CLEARING the lock bit on bp %p\n", bp); - } - buf_clearflags(bp, B_LOCKED); - } - retval = vn_bwrite (ap); - - return (retval); -} - - -int -hfs_pin_block_range(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int pin_state, uint32_t start_block, uint32_t nblocks) -{ - _dk_cs_pin_t pin; - unsigned ioc; - int err; - - memset(&pin, 0, sizeof(pin)); - pin.cp_extent.offset = ((uint64_t)start_block) * HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize; - pin.cp_extent.length = ((uint64_t)nblocks) * HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize; - switch (pin_state) { - case HFS_PIN_IT: - ioc = _DKIOCCSPINEXTENT; - pin.cp_flags = _DKIOCCSPINTOFASTMEDIA; - break; - case HFS_PIN_IT | HFS_TEMP_PIN: - ioc = _DKIOCCSPINEXTENT; - pin.cp_flags = _DKIOCCSPINTOFASTMEDIA | _DKIOCCSTEMPORARYPIN; - break; - case HFS_PIN_IT | HFS_DATALESS_PIN: - ioc = _DKIOCCSPINEXTENT; - pin.cp_flags = _DKIOCCSPINTOFASTMEDIA | _DKIOCCSPINFORSWAPFILE; - break; - case HFS_UNPIN_IT: - ioc = _DKIOCCSUNPINEXTENT; - pin.cp_flags = 0; - break; - case HFS_UNPIN_IT | HFS_EVICT_PIN: - ioc = _DKIOCCSPINEXTENT; - pin.cp_flags = _DKIOCCSPINTOSLOWMEDIA; - break; - default: - return EINVAL; - } - err = VNOP_IOCTL(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, ioc, (caddr_t)&pin, 0, vfs_context_kernel()); - return err; -} - -// -// The cnode lock should already be held on entry to this function -// -int -hfs_pin_vnode(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *vp, int pin_state, uint32_t *num_blocks_pinned) -{ - struct filefork *fp = VTOF(vp); - int i, err=0, need_put=0; - struct vnode *rsrc_vp=NULL; - uint32_t npinned = 0; - off_t offset; - - if (num_blocks_pinned) { - *num_blocks_pinned = 0; - } - - if (vnode_vtype(vp) != VREG) { - /* Not allowed to pin directories or symlinks */ - printf("hfs: can't pin vnode of type %d\n", vnode_vtype(vp)); - return (EPERM); - } - - if (fp->ff_unallocblocks) { - printf("hfs: can't pin a vnode w/unalloced blocks (%d)\n", fp->ff_unallocblocks); - return (EINVAL); - } - - /* - * It is possible that if the caller unlocked/re-locked the cnode after checking - * for C_NOEXISTS|C_DELETED that the file could have been deleted while the - * cnode was unlocked. So check the condition again and return ENOENT so that - * the caller knows why we failed to pin the vnode. - */ - if (VTOC(vp)->c_flag & (C_NOEXISTS|C_DELETED)) { - // makes no sense to pin something that's pending deletion - return ENOENT; - } - - if (fp->ff_blocks == 0 && (VTOC(vp)->c_bsdflags & UF_COMPRESSED)) { - if (!VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp) && hfs_vgetrsrc(hfsmp, vp, &rsrc_vp) == 0) { - //printf("hfs: fileid %d resource fork nblocks: %d / size: %lld\n", VTOC(vp)->c_fileid, - // VTOC(rsrc_vp)->c_rsrcfork->ff_blocks,VTOC(rsrc_vp)->c_rsrcfork->ff_size); - - fp = VTOC(rsrc_vp)->c_rsrcfork; - need_put = 1; - } - } - if (fp->ff_blocks == 0) { - if (need_put) { - // - // use a distinct error code for a compressed file that has no resource fork; - // we return EALREADY to indicate that the data is already probably hot file - // cached because it's in an EA and the attributes btree is on the ssd - // - err = EALREADY; - } else { - err = EINVAL; - } - goto out; - } - - offset = 0; - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - if (fp->ff_extents[i].startBlock == 0) { - break; - } - - err = hfs_pin_block_range(hfsmp, pin_state, fp->ff_extents[i].startBlock, fp->ff_extents[i].blockCount); - if (err) { - break; - } else { - npinned += fp->ff_extents[i].blockCount; - } - } - - if (err || npinned == 0) { - goto out; - } - - if (fp->ff_extents[kHFSPlusExtentDensity-1].startBlock) { - uint32_t pblocks; - uint8_t forktype = 0; - - if (fp == VTOC(vp)->c_rsrcfork) { - forktype = 0xff; - } - /* - * The file could have overflow extents, better pin them. - * - * We assume that since we are holding the cnode lock for this cnode, - * the files extents cannot be manipulated, but the tree could, so we - * need to ensure that it doesn't change behind our back as we iterate it. - */ - int lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock (hfsmp, SFL_EXTENTS, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - err = hfs_pin_overflow_extents(hfsmp, VTOC(vp)->c_fileid, forktype, &pblocks); - hfs_systemfile_unlock (hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (err) { - goto out; - } - npinned += pblocks; - } - -out: - if (num_blocks_pinned) { - *num_blocks_pinned = npinned; - } - - if (need_put && rsrc_vp) { - // - // have to unlock the cnode since it's shared between the - // resource fork vnode and the data fork vnode (and the - // vnode_put() may need to re-acquire the cnode lock to - // reclaim the resource fork vnode) - // - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(rsrc_vp); - hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - } - return err; -} - - -/* - * Relocate a file to a new location on disk - * cnode must be locked on entry - * - * Relocation occurs by cloning the file's data from its - * current set of blocks to a new set of blocks. During - * the relocation all of the blocks (old and new) are - * owned by the file. - * - * ----------------- - * |///////////////| - * ----------------- - * 0 N (file offset) - * - * ----------------- ----------------- - * |///////////////| | | STEP 1 (acquire new blocks) - * ----------------- ----------------- - * 0 N N+1 2N - * - * ----------------- ----------------- - * |///////////////| |///////////////| STEP 2 (clone data) - * ----------------- ----------------- - * 0 N N+1 2N - * - * ----------------- - * |///////////////| STEP 3 (head truncate blocks) - * ----------------- - * 0 N - * - * During steps 2 and 3 page-outs to file offsets less - * than or equal to N are suspended. - * - * During step 3 page-ins to the file get suspended. - */ -int -hfs_relocate(struct vnode *vp, u_int32_t blockHint, kauth_cred_t cred, - struct proc *p) -{ - struct cnode *cp; - struct filefork *fp; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - u_int32_t headblks; - u_int32_t datablks; - u_int32_t blksize; - u_int32_t growsize; - u_int32_t nextallocsave; - daddr64_t sector_a, sector_b; - int eflags; - off_t newbytes; - int retval; - int lockflags = 0; - int took_trunc_lock = 0; - int started_tr = 0; - enum vtype vnodetype; - - vnodetype = vnode_vtype(vp); - if (vnodetype != VREG) { - /* Not allowed to move symlinks. */ - return (EPERM); - } - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_FRAGMENTED_FREESPACE) { - return (ENOSPC); - } - - cp = VTOC(vp); - fp = VTOF(vp); - if (fp->ff_unallocblocks) - return (EINVAL); - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - /* - * - * Disable HFS file relocation on content-protected filesystems - */ - if (cp_fs_protected (hfsmp->hfs_mp)) { - return EINVAL; - } -#endif - /* If it's an SSD, also disable HFS relocation */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SSD) { - return EINVAL; - } - - - blksize = hfsmp->blockSize; - if (blockHint == 0) - blockHint = hfsmp->nextAllocation; - - if (fp->ff_size > 0x7fffffff) { - return (EFBIG); - } - - if (!vnode_issystem(vp) && (vnodetype != VLNK)) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - /* Force lock since callers expects lock to be held. */ - if ((retval = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS))) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - return (retval); - } - /* No need to continue if file was removed. */ - if (cp->c_flag & C_NOEXISTS) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - return (ENOENT); - } - took_trunc_lock = 1; - } - headblks = fp->ff_blocks; - datablks = howmany(fp->ff_size, blksize); - growsize = datablks * blksize; - eflags = kEFContigMask | kEFAllMask | kEFNoClumpMask; - if (blockHint >= hfsmp->hfs_metazone_start && - blockHint <= hfsmp->hfs_metazone_end) - eflags |= kEFMetadataMask; - - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - if (took_trunc_lock) - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - return (EINVAL); - } - started_tr = 1; - /* - * Protect the extents b-tree and the allocation bitmap - * during MapFileBlockC and ExtendFileC operations. - */ - lockflags = SFL_BITMAP; - if (overflow_extents(fp)) - lockflags |= SFL_EXTENTS; - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - retval = MapFileBlockC(hfsmp, (FCB *)fp, 1, growsize - 1, §or_a, NULL); - if (retval) { - retval = MacToVFSError(retval); - goto out; - } - - /* - * STEP 1 - acquire new allocation blocks. - */ - nextallocsave = hfsmp->nextAllocation; - retval = ExtendFileC(hfsmp, (FCB*)fp, growsize, blockHint, eflags, &newbytes); - if (eflags & kEFMetadataMask) { - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - HFS_UPDATE_NEXT_ALLOCATION(hfsmp, nextallocsave); - MarkVCBDirty(hfsmp); - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - } - - retval = MacToVFSError(retval); - if (retval == 0) { - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - if (newbytes < growsize) { - retval = ENOSPC; - goto restore; - } else if (fp->ff_blocks < (headblks + datablks)) { - printf("hfs_relocate: allocation failed id=%u, vol=%s\n", cp->c_cnid, hfsmp->vcbVN); - retval = ENOSPC; - goto restore; - } - - retval = MapFileBlockC(hfsmp, (FCB *)fp, 1, growsize, §or_b, NULL); - if (retval) { - retval = MacToVFSError(retval); - } else if ((sector_a + 1) == sector_b) { - retval = ENOSPC; - goto restore; - } else if ((eflags & kEFMetadataMask) && - ((((u_int64_t)sector_b * hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size) / blksize) > - hfsmp->hfs_metazone_end)) { -#if 0 - const char * filestr; - char emptystr = '\0'; - - if (cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr != NULL) { - filestr = (const char *)&cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr[0]; - } else if (vnode_name(vp) != NULL) { - filestr = vnode_name(vp); - } else { - filestr = &emptystr; - } -#endif - retval = ENOSPC; - goto restore; - } - } - /* Done with system locks and journal for now. */ - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - lockflags = 0; - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - started_tr = 0; - - if (retval) { - /* - * Check to see if failure is due to excessive fragmentation. - */ - if ((retval == ENOSPC) && - (hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 0) > (datablks * 2))) { - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_FRAGMENTED_FREESPACE; - } - goto out; - } - /* - * STEP 2 - clone file data into the new allocation blocks. - */ - - if (vnodetype == VLNK) - retval = EPERM; - else if (vnode_issystem(vp)) - retval = hfs_clonesysfile(vp, headblks, datablks, blksize, cred, p); - else - retval = hfs_clonefile(vp, headblks, datablks, blksize); - - /* Start transaction for step 3 or for a restore. */ - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - retval = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - started_tr = 1; - if (retval) - goto restore; - - /* - * STEP 3 - switch to cloned data and remove old blocks. - */ - lockflags = SFL_BITMAP; - if (overflow_extents(fp)) - lockflags |= SFL_EXTENTS; - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - retval = HeadTruncateFile(hfsmp, (FCB*)fp, headblks); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - lockflags = 0; - if (retval) - goto restore; -out: - if (took_trunc_lock) - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - - if (lockflags) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - lockflags = 0; - } - - /* Push cnode's new extent data to disk. */ - if (retval == 0) { - hfs_update(vp, 0); - } - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - if (cp->c_cnid < kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID) - (void) hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, HFS_FVH_WAIT | HFS_FVH_WRITE_ALT); - else - (void) hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, 0); - } -exit: - if (started_tr) - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - return (retval); - -restore: - if (fp->ff_blocks == headblks) { - if (took_trunc_lock) - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - goto exit; - } - /* - * Give back any newly allocated space. - */ - if (lockflags == 0) { - lockflags = SFL_BITMAP; - if (overflow_extents(fp)) - lockflags |= SFL_EXTENTS; - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - } - - (void) TruncateFileC(hfsmp, (FCB*)fp, fp->ff_size, 0, FORK_IS_RSRC(fp), - FTOC(fp)->c_fileid, false); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - lockflags = 0; - - if (took_trunc_lock) - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - goto exit; -} - - -/* - * Clone a file's data within the file. - * - */ -static int -hfs_clonefile(struct vnode *vp, int blkstart, int blkcnt, int blksize) -{ - caddr_t bufp; - size_t bufsize; - size_t copysize; - size_t iosize; - size_t offset; - off_t writebase; - uio_t auio; - int error = 0; - - writebase = blkstart * blksize; - copysize = blkcnt * blksize; - iosize = bufsize = MIN(copysize, 128 * 1024); - offset = 0; - - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - if ((error = cp_handle_vnop(vp, CP_WRITE_ACCESS, 0)) != 0) { - hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - return (error); - } -#endif /* CONFIG_PROTECT */ - - bufp = hfs_malloc(bufsize); - - auio = uio_create(1, 0, UIO_SYSSPACE, UIO_READ); - - while (offset < copysize) { - iosize = MIN(copysize - offset, iosize); - - uio_reset(auio, offset, UIO_SYSSPACE, UIO_READ); - uio_addiov(auio, (uintptr_t)bufp, iosize); - - error = cluster_read(vp, auio, copysize, IO_NOCACHE); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_clonefile: cluster_read failed - %d\n", error); - break; - } - if (uio_resid(auio) != 0) { - printf("hfs_clonefile: cluster_read: uio_resid = %lld\n", (int64_t)uio_resid(auio)); - error = EIO; - break; - } - - uio_reset(auio, writebase + offset, UIO_SYSSPACE, UIO_WRITE); - uio_addiov(auio, (uintptr_t)bufp, iosize); - - error = cluster_write(vp, auio, writebase + offset, - writebase + offset + iosize, - uio_offset(auio), 0, IO_NOCACHE | IO_SYNC); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_clonefile: cluster_write failed - %d\n", error); - break; - } - if (uio_resid(auio) != 0) { - printf("hfs_clonefile: cluster_write failed - uio_resid not zero\n"); - error = EIO; - break; - } - offset += iosize; - } - uio_free(auio); - - if ((blksize & PAGE_MASK)) { - /* - * since the copy may not have started on a PAGE - * boundary (or may not have ended on one), we - * may have pages left in the cache since NOCACHE - * will let partially written pages linger... - * lets just flush the entire range to make sure - * we don't have any pages left that are beyond - * (or intersect) the real LEOF of this file - */ - ubc_msync(vp, writebase, writebase + offset, NULL, UBC_INVALIDATE | UBC_PUSHDIRTY); - } else { - /* - * No need to call ubc_msync or hfs_invalbuf - * since the file was copied using IO_NOCACHE and - * the copy was done starting and ending on a page - * boundary in the file. - */ - } - hfs_free(bufp, bufsize); - - hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - return (error); -} - -/* - * Clone a system (metadata) file. - * - */ -static int -hfs_clonesysfile(struct vnode *vp, int blkstart, int blkcnt, int blksize, - kauth_cred_t cred, struct proc *p) -{ - caddr_t bufp; - char * offset; - size_t bufsize; - size_t iosize; - struct buf *bp = NULL; - daddr64_t blkno; - daddr64_t blk; - daddr64_t start_blk; - daddr64_t last_blk; - int breadcnt; - int i; - int error = 0; - - - iosize = GetLogicalBlockSize(vp); - bufsize = MIN(blkcnt * blksize, 1024 * 1024) & ~(iosize - 1); - breadcnt = bufsize / iosize; - - bufp = hfs_malloc(bufsize); - - start_blk = ((daddr64_t)blkstart * blksize) / iosize; - last_blk = ((daddr64_t)blkcnt * blksize) / iosize; - blkno = 0; - - while (blkno < last_blk) { - /* - * Read up to a megabyte - */ - offset = bufp; - for (i = 0, blk = blkno; (i < breadcnt) && (blk < last_blk); ++i, ++blk) { - error = (int)buf_meta_bread(vp, blk, iosize, cred, &bp); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_clonesysfile: meta_bread error %d\n", error); - goto out; - } - if (buf_count(bp) != iosize) { - printf("hfs_clonesysfile: b_bcount is only %d\n", buf_count(bp)); - goto out; - } - bcopy((char *)buf_dataptr(bp), offset, iosize); - - buf_markinvalid(bp); - buf_brelse(bp); - bp = NULL; - - offset += iosize; - } - - /* - * Write up to a megabyte - */ - offset = bufp; - for (i = 0; (i < breadcnt) && (blkno < last_blk); ++i, ++blkno) { - bp = buf_getblk(vp, start_blk + blkno, iosize, 0, 0, BLK_META); - if (bp == NULL) { - printf("hfs_clonesysfile: getblk failed on blk %qd\n", start_blk + blkno); - error = EIO; - goto out; - } - bcopy(offset, (char *)buf_dataptr(bp), iosize); - error = (int)buf_bwrite(bp); - bp = NULL; - if (error) - goto out; - offset += iosize; - } - } -out: - if (bp) { - buf_brelse(bp); - } - - hfs_free(bufp, bufsize); - - error = hfs_fsync(vp, MNT_WAIT, 0, p); - - return (error); -} - -errno_t hfs_flush_invalid_ranges(vnode_t vp) -{ - cnode_t *cp = VTOC(vp); - - hfs_assert(cp->c_lockowner == current_thread()); - hfs_assert(cp->c_truncatelockowner == current_thread()); - - if (!ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_ZFWANTSYNC) && !cp->c_zftimeout) - return 0; - - filefork_t *fp = VTOF(vp); - - /* - * We can't hold the cnode lock whilst we call cluster_write so we - * need to copy the extents into a local buffer. - */ - int max_exts = 16; - struct ext { - off_t start, end; - } exts_buf[max_exts]; // 256 bytes - struct ext *exts = exts_buf; - int ext_count = 0; - errno_t ret; - - struct rl_entry *r = TAILQ_FIRST(&fp->ff_invalidranges); - - while (r) { - /* If we have more than can fit in our stack buffer, switch - to a heap buffer. */ - if (exts == exts_buf && ext_count == max_exts) { - max_exts = 256; - exts = hfs_malloc(sizeof(struct ext) * max_exts); - memcpy(exts, exts_buf, ext_count * sizeof(struct ext)); - } - - struct rl_entry *next = TAILQ_NEXT(r, rl_link); - - exts[ext_count++] = (struct ext){ r->rl_start, r->rl_end }; - - if (!next || (ext_count == max_exts && exts != exts_buf)) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - for (int i = 0; i < ext_count; ++i) { - ret = cluster_write(vp, NULL, fp->ff_size, exts[i].end + 1, - exts[i].start, 0, - IO_HEADZEROFILL | IO_NOZERODIRTY | IO_NOCACHE); - if (ret) { - hfs_lock_always(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - goto exit; - } - } - - if (!next) { - hfs_lock_always(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - break; - } - - /* Push any existing clusters which should clean up our invalid - ranges as they go through hfs_vnop_blockmap. */ - cluster_push(vp, 0); - - hfs_lock_always(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* - * Get back to where we were (given we dropped the lock). - * This shouldn't be many because we pushed above. - */ - TAILQ_FOREACH(r, &fp->ff_invalidranges, rl_link) { - if (r->rl_end > exts[ext_count - 1].end) - break; - } - - ext_count = 0; - } else - r = next; - } - - ret = 0; - -exit: - - if (exts != exts_buf) - hfs_free(exts, sizeof(struct ext) * max_exts); - - return ret; -} diff --git a/core/hfs_resize.c b/core/hfs_resize.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8686705..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_resize.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3432 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2013-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -#include -#include -#include - -#include "hfs_journal.h" -#include - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_catalog.h" -#include "hfs_cnode.h" -#include "hfs_endian.h" -#include "hfs_btreeio.h" -#include "hfs_cprotect.h" - -/* Enable/disable debugging code for live volume resizing */ -int hfs_resize_debug = 0; - -static errno_t hfs_file_extent_overlaps(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t allocLimit, - struct HFSPlusCatalogFile *filerec, bool *overlaps); -static int hfs_reclaimspace(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t allocLimit, u_int32_t reclaimblks, vfs_context_t context); -static int hfs_extend_journal(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t sector_size, u_int64_t sector_count, vfs_context_t context); - -/* - * Extend a file system. - */ -int -hfs_extendfs(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int64_t newsize, vfs_context_t context) -{ - struct proc *p = vfs_context_proc(context); - kauth_cred_t cred = vfs_context_ucred(context); - struct vnode *vp = NULL; - struct vnode *devvp; - struct buf *bp; - struct filefork *fp = NULL; - ExtendedVCB *vcb; - struct cat_fork forkdata; - u_int64_t oldsize; - uint32_t newblkcnt; - u_int64_t prev_phys_block_count; - u_int32_t addblks; - u_int64_t sector_count; - u_int32_t sector_size; - u_int32_t phys_sector_size; - u_int32_t overage_blocks; - daddr64_t prev_fs_alt_sector; - daddr_t bitmapblks; - int lockflags = 0; - int error; - int64_t oldBitmapSize; - - Boolean usedExtendFileC = false; - int transaction_begun = 0; - - devvp = hfsmp->hfs_devvp; - vcb = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp); - - /* - * - HFS Plus file systems only. - * - Journaling must be enabled. - * - No embedded volumes. - */ - if ((vcb->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord) || - (hfsmp->jnl == NULL) || - (vcb->hfsPlusIOPosOffset != 0)) { - return (EPERM); - } - /* - * If extending file system by non-root, then verify - * ownership and check permissions. - */ - if (suser(cred, NULL)) { - error = hfs_vget(hfsmp, kHFSRootFolderID, &vp, 0, 0); - - if (error) - return (error); - error = hfs_owner_rights(hfsmp, VTOC(vp)->c_uid, cred, p, 0); - if (error == 0) { - error = hfs_write_access(vp, cred, p, false); - } - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - if (error) - return (error); - - error = vnode_authorize(devvp, NULL, KAUTH_VNODE_READ_DATA | KAUTH_VNODE_WRITE_DATA, context); - if (error) - return (error); - } - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCGETBLOCKSIZE, (caddr_t)§or_size, 0, context)) { - return (ENXIO); - } - if (sector_size != hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size) { - return (ENXIO); - } - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCGETBLOCKCOUNT, (caddr_t)§or_count, 0, context)) { - return (ENXIO); - } - /* Check if partition size is correct for new file system size */ - if ((sector_size * sector_count) < newsize) { - printf("hfs_extendfs: not enough space on device (vol=%s)\n", hfsmp->vcbVN); - return (ENOSPC); - } - error = VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCGETPHYSICALBLOCKSIZE, (caddr_t)&phys_sector_size, 0, context); - if (error) { - if ((error != ENOTSUP) && (error != ENOTTY)) { - return (ENXIO); - } - /* If ioctl is not supported, force physical and logical sector size to be same */ - phys_sector_size = sector_size; - } - oldsize = (u_int64_t)hfsmp->totalBlocks * (u_int64_t)hfsmp->blockSize; - - /* - * Validate new size. - */ - if ((newsize <= oldsize) || (newsize % sector_size) || (newsize % phys_sector_size)) { - printf("hfs_extendfs: invalid size (newsize=%qu, oldsize=%qu)\n", newsize, oldsize); - return (EINVAL); - } - uint64_t cnt = newsize / vcb->blockSize; - if (cnt > 0xFFFFFFFF) { - printf ("hfs_extendfs: current blockSize=%u too small for newsize=%qu\n", hfsmp->blockSize, newsize); - return (EOVERFLOW); - } - - newblkcnt = (uint32_t)cnt; - - addblks = newblkcnt - vcb->totalBlocks; - - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_extendfs: old: size=%qu, blkcnt=%u\n", oldsize, hfsmp->totalBlocks); - printf ("hfs_extendfs: new: size=%qu, blkcnt=%u, addblks=%u\n", newsize, newblkcnt, addblks); - } - printf("hfs_extendfs: will extend \"%s\" by %d blocks\n", vcb->vcbVN, addblks); - - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_RESIZE_IN_PROGRESS) { - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - error = EALREADY; - goto out; - } - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_RESIZE_IN_PROGRESS; - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - - /* Start with a clean journal. */ - hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL_META); - - /* - * Enclose changes inside a transaction. - */ - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - transaction_begun = 1; - - - /* Update the hfsmp fields for the physical information about the device */ - prev_phys_block_count = hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count; - prev_fs_alt_sector = hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector; - - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count = sector_count; - hfsmp->hfs_logical_bytes = (uint64_t) sector_count * (uint64_t) sector_size; - - /* - * It is possible that the new file system is smaller than the partition size. - * Therefore, update offsets for AVH accordingly. - */ - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_extendfs: old: partition_avh_sector=%qu, fs_avh_sector=%qu\n", - hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector, hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector); - } - hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector = (hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset / sector_size) + - HFS_ALT_SECTOR(sector_size, hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count); - - hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector = (hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset / sector_size) + - HFS_ALT_SECTOR(sector_size, (newsize/hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size)); - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_extendfs: new: partition_avh_sector=%qu, fs_avh_sector=%qu\n", - hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector, hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector); - } - - /* - * Note: we take the attributes lock in case we have an attribute data vnode - * which needs to change size. - */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_ATTRIBUTE | SFL_EXTENTS | SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - vp = vcb->allocationsRefNum; - fp = VTOF(vp); - bcopy(&fp->ff_data, &forkdata, sizeof(forkdata)); - - /* - * Calculate additional space required (if any) by allocation bitmap. - */ - oldBitmapSize = fp->ff_size; - bitmapblks = roundup((newblkcnt+7) / 8, vcb->vcbVBMIOSize) / vcb->blockSize; - if (bitmapblks > (daddr_t)fp->ff_blocks) - bitmapblks -= fp->ff_blocks; - else - bitmapblks = 0; - - /* - * The allocation bitmap can contain unused bits that are beyond end of - * current volume's allocation blocks. Usually they are supposed to be - * zero'ed out but there can be cases where they might be marked as used. - * After extending the file system, those bits can represent valid - * allocation blocks, so we mark all the bits from the end of current - * volume to end of allocation bitmap as "free". - * - * Figure out the number of overage blocks before proceeding though, - * so we don't add more bytes to our I/O than necessary. - * First figure out the total number of blocks representable by the - * end of the bitmap file vs. the total number of blocks in the new FS. - * Then subtract away the number of blocks in the current FS. This is how much - * we can mark as free right now without having to grow the bitmap file. - */ - overage_blocks = fp->ff_blocks * vcb->blockSize * 8; - overage_blocks = MIN (overage_blocks, newblkcnt); - overage_blocks -= vcb->totalBlocks; - - BlockMarkFreeUnused(vcb, vcb->totalBlocks, overage_blocks); - - if (bitmapblks > 0) { - daddr64_t blkno; - daddr_t blkcnt; - off_t bytesAdded; - - /* - * Get the bitmap's current size (in allocation blocks) so we know - * where to start zero filling once the new space is added. We've - * got to do this before the bitmap is grown. - */ - blkno = (daddr64_t)fp->ff_blocks; - - /* - * Try to grow the allocation file in the normal way, using allocation - * blocks already existing in the file system. This way, we might be - * able to grow the bitmap contiguously, or at least in the metadata - * zone. - */ - error = ExtendFileC(vcb, fp, bitmapblks * vcb->blockSize, 0, - kEFAllMask | kEFNoClumpMask | kEFReserveMask - | kEFMetadataMask | kEFContigMask, &bytesAdded); - - if (error == 0) { - usedExtendFileC = true; - } else { - /* - * If the above allocation failed, fall back to allocating the new - * extent of the bitmap from the space we're going to add. Since those - * blocks don't yet belong to the file system, we have to update the - * extent list directly, and manually adjust the file size. - */ - bytesAdded = 0; - error = AddFileExtent(vcb, fp, vcb->totalBlocks, bitmapblks); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_extendfs: error %d adding extents\n", error); - goto out; - } - fp->ff_blocks += bitmapblks; - VTOC(vp)->c_blocks = fp->ff_blocks; - VTOC(vp)->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - } - - /* - * Update the allocation file's size to include the newly allocated - * blocks. Note that ExtendFileC doesn't do this, which is why this - * statement is outside the above "if" statement. - */ - fp->ff_size += (u_int64_t)bitmapblks * (u_int64_t)vcb->blockSize; - - /* - * Zero out the new bitmap blocks. - */ - { - - bp = NULL; - blkcnt = bitmapblks; - while (blkcnt > 0) { - error = (int)buf_meta_bread(vp, blkno, vcb->blockSize, NOCRED, &bp); - if (error) { - if (bp) { - buf_brelse(bp); - } - break; - } - bzero((char *)buf_dataptr(bp), vcb->blockSize); - buf_markaged(bp); - error = (int)buf_bwrite(bp); - if (error) - break; - --blkcnt; - ++blkno; - } - } - if (error) { - printf("hfs_extendfs: error %d clearing blocks\n", error); - goto out; - } - /* - * Mark the new bitmap space as allocated. - * - * Note that ExtendFileC will have marked any blocks it allocated, so - * this is only needed if we used AddFileExtent. Also note that this - * has to come *after* the zero filling of new blocks in the case where - * we used AddFileExtent (since the part of the bitmap we're touching - * is in those newly allocated blocks). - */ - if (!usedExtendFileC) { - error = BlockMarkAllocated(vcb, vcb->totalBlocks, bitmapblks); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_extendfs: error %d setting bitmap\n", error); - goto out; - } - vcb->freeBlocks -= bitmapblks; - } - } - - /* - * Mark the new alternate VH as allocated. - */ - if (vcb->blockSize == 512) - error = BlockMarkAllocated(vcb, vcb->totalBlocks + addblks - 2, 2); - else - error = BlockMarkAllocated(vcb, vcb->totalBlocks + addblks - 1, 1); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_extendfs: error %d setting bitmap (VH)\n", error); - goto out; - } - - /* - * Mark the old alternate VH as free. - */ - if (vcb->blockSize == 512) - (void) BlockMarkFree(vcb, vcb->totalBlocks - 2, 2); - else - (void) BlockMarkFree(vcb, vcb->totalBlocks - 1, 1); - - /* - * Adjust file system variables for new space. - */ - vcb->totalBlocks += addblks; - vcb->freeBlocks += addblks; - MarkVCBDirty(vcb); - error = hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, HFS_FVH_WAIT | HFS_FVH_WRITE_ALT); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_extendfs: couldn't flush volume headers (%d)", error); - /* - * Restore to old state. - */ - if (usedExtendFileC) { - (void) TruncateFileC(vcb, fp, oldBitmapSize, 0, FORK_IS_RSRC(fp), - FTOC(fp)->c_fileid, false); - } else { - fp->ff_blocks -= bitmapblks; - fp->ff_size -= (u_int64_t)bitmapblks * (u_int64_t)vcb->blockSize; - /* - * No need to mark the excess blocks free since those bitmap blocks - * are no longer part of the bitmap. But we do need to undo the - * effect of the "vcb->freeBlocks -= bitmapblks" above. - */ - vcb->freeBlocks += bitmapblks; - } - vcb->totalBlocks -= addblks; - vcb->freeBlocks -= addblks; - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count = prev_phys_block_count; - hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector = prev_fs_alt_sector; - /* Do not revert hfs_partition_avh_sector because the - * partition size is larger than file system size - */ - MarkVCBDirty(vcb); - if (vcb->blockSize == 512) { - if (BlockMarkAllocated(vcb, vcb->totalBlocks - 2, 2)) { - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_ROLLBACK_FAILED); - } - } else { - if (BlockMarkAllocated(vcb, vcb->totalBlocks - 1, 1)) { - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_ROLLBACK_FAILED); - } - } - goto out; - } - /* - * Invalidate the old alternate volume header. We are growing the filesystem so - * this sector must be returned to the FS as free space. - */ - bp = NULL; - if (prev_fs_alt_sector) { - if (buf_meta_bread(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, - HFS_PHYSBLK_ROUNDDOWN(prev_fs_alt_sector, hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys), - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size, NOCRED, &bp) == 0) { - journal_modify_block_start(hfsmp->jnl, bp); - - bzero((char *)buf_dataptr(bp) + HFS_ALT_OFFSET(hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size), kMDBSize); - - journal_modify_block_end(hfsmp->jnl, bp, NULL, NULL); - } else if (bp) { - buf_brelse(bp); - } - } - - /* - * Update the metadata zone size based on current volume size - */ - hfs_metadatazone_init(hfsmp, false); - - /* - * Adjust the size of hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp) { - struct cnode *attr_cp; - struct filefork *attr_fp; - - if (vnode_get(hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp) == 0) { - attr_cp = VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp); - attr_fp = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp); - - attr_cp->c_blocks = newblkcnt; - attr_fp->ff_blocks = newblkcnt; - attr_fp->ff_extents[0].blockCount = newblkcnt; - attr_fp->ff_size = (off_t) newblkcnt * hfsmp->blockSize; - ubc_setsize(hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp, attr_fp->ff_size); - vnode_put(hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp); - } - } - - /* - * We only update hfsmp->allocLimit if totalBlocks actually increased. - */ - if (error == 0) { - UpdateAllocLimit(hfsmp, hfsmp->totalBlocks); - } - - /* Release all locks and sync up journal content before - * checking and extending, if required, the journal - */ - if (lockflags) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - lockflags = 0; - } - if (transaction_begun) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL_META); - transaction_begun = 0; - } - - /* Increase the journal size, if required. */ - error = hfs_extend_journal(hfsmp, sector_size, sector_count, context); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_extendfs: Could not extend journal size\n"); - goto out_noalloc; - } - - /* Log successful extending */ - printf("hfs_extendfs: extended \"%s\" to %d blocks (was %d blocks)\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN, hfsmp->totalBlocks, (u_int32_t)(oldsize/hfsmp->blockSize)); - -out: - if (error && fp) { - /* Restore allocation fork. */ - bcopy(&forkdata, &fp->ff_data, sizeof(forkdata)); - VTOC(vp)->c_blocks = fp->ff_blocks; - - } - -out_noalloc: - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_RESIZE_IN_PROGRESS; - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - if (lockflags) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - } - if (transaction_begun) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - /* Just to be sure, sync all data to the disk */ - int flush_error = hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_FULL); - if (flush_error && !error) - error = flush_error; - } - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_extentfs: failed error=%d on vol=%s\n", MacToVFSError(error), hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - - return MacToVFSError(error); -} - -#define HFS_MIN_SIZE (32LL * 1024LL * 1024LL) - -/* - * Truncate a file system (while still mounted). - */ -int -hfs_truncatefs(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int64_t newsize, vfs_context_t context) -{ - u_int64_t oldsize; - u_int32_t newblkcnt; - u_int32_t reclaimblks = 0; - int lockflags = 0; - int transaction_begun = 0; - Boolean updateFreeBlocks = false; - Boolean disable_sparse = false; - int error = 0; - - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_RESIZE_IN_PROGRESS) { - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - return (EALREADY); - } - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_RESIZE_IN_PROGRESS; - hfsmp->hfs_resize_blocksmoved = 0; - hfsmp->hfs_resize_totalblocks = 0; - hfsmp->hfs_resize_progress = 0; - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - - /* - * - Journaled HFS Plus volumes only. - * - No embedded volumes. - */ - if ((hfsmp->jnl == NULL) || - (hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset != 0)) { - error = EPERM; - goto out; - } - oldsize = (u_int64_t)hfsmp->totalBlocks * (u_int64_t)hfsmp->blockSize; - newblkcnt = newsize / hfsmp->blockSize; - reclaimblks = hfsmp->totalBlocks - newblkcnt; - - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_truncatefs: old: size=%qu, blkcnt=%u, freeblks=%u\n", oldsize, hfsmp->totalBlocks, hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 1)); - printf ("hfs_truncatefs: new: size=%qu, blkcnt=%u, reclaimblks=%u\n", newsize, newblkcnt, reclaimblks); - } - - /* Make sure new size is valid. */ - if ((newsize < HFS_MIN_SIZE) || - (newsize >= oldsize) || - (newsize % hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size) || - (newsize % hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size)) { - printf ("hfs_truncatefs: invalid size (newsize=%qu, oldsize=%qu)\n", newsize, oldsize); - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - - /* - * Make sure that the file system has enough free blocks reclaim. - * - * Before resize, the disk is divided into four zones - - * A. Allocated_Stationary - These are allocated blocks that exist - * before the new end of disk. These blocks will not be - * relocated or modified during resize. - * B. Free_Stationary - These are free blocks that exist before the - * new end of disk. These blocks can be used for any new - * allocations during resize, including allocation for relocating - * data from the area of disk being reclaimed. - * C. Allocated_To-Reclaim - These are allocated blocks that exist - * beyond the new end of disk. These blocks need to be reclaimed - * during resize by allocating equal number of blocks in Free - * Stationary zone and copying the data. - * D. Free_To-Reclaim - These are free blocks that exist beyond the - * new end of disk. Nothing special needs to be done to reclaim - * them. - * - * Total number of blocks on the disk before resize: - * ------------------------------------------------ - * Total Blocks = Allocated_Stationary + Free_Stationary + - * Allocated_To-Reclaim + Free_To-Reclaim - * - * Total number of blocks that need to be reclaimed: - * ------------------------------------------------ - * Blocks to Reclaim = Allocated_To-Reclaim + Free_To-Reclaim - * - * Note that the check below also makes sure that we have enough space - * to relocate data from Allocated_To-Reclaim to Free_Stationary. - * Therefore we do not need to check total number of blocks to relocate - * later in the code. - * - * The condition below gets converted to: - * - * Allocated To-Reclaim + Free To-Reclaim >= Free Stationary + Free To-Reclaim - * - * which is equivalent to: - * - * Allocated To-Reclaim >= Free Stationary - */ - if (reclaimblks >= hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 1)) { - printf("hfs_truncatefs: insufficient space (need %u blocks; have %u free blocks)\n", reclaimblks, hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 1)); - error = ENOSPC; - goto out; - } - - /* Start with a clean journal. */ - hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL_META); - - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - transaction_begun = 1; - - /* Take the bitmap lock to update the alloc limit field */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* - * Prevent new allocations from using the part we're trying to truncate. - * - * NOTE: allocLimit is set to the allocation block number where the new - * alternate volume header will be. That way there will be no files to - * interfere with allocating the new alternate volume header, and no files - * in the allocation blocks beyond (i.e. the blocks we're trying to - * truncate away. - */ - if (hfsmp->blockSize == 512) { - error = UpdateAllocLimit (hfsmp, newblkcnt - 2); - } - else { - error = UpdateAllocLimit (hfsmp, newblkcnt - 1); - } - - /* Sparse devices use first fit allocation which is not ideal - * for volume resize which requires best fit allocation. If a - * sparse device is being truncated, disable the sparse device - * property temporarily for the duration of resize. Also reset - * the free extent cache so that it is rebuilt as sorted by - * totalBlocks instead of startBlock. - * - * Note that this will affect all allocations on the volume and - * ideal fix would be just to modify resize-related allocations, - * but it will result in complexity like handling of two free - * extent caches sorted differently, etc. So we stick to this - * solution for now. - */ - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_HAS_SPARSE_DEVICE) { - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_HAS_SPARSE_DEVICE; - ResetVCBFreeExtCache(hfsmp); - disable_sparse = true; - } - - /* - * Update the volume free block count to reflect the total number - * of free blocks that will exist after a successful resize. - * Relocation of extents will result in no net change in the total - * free space on the disk. Therefore the code that allocates - * space for new extent and deallocates the old extent explicitly - * prevents updating the volume free block count. It will also - * prevent false disk full error when the number of blocks in - * an extent being relocated is more than the free blocks that - * will exist after the volume is resized. - */ - hfsmp->reclaimBlocks = reclaimblks; - hfsmp->freeBlocks -= reclaimblks; - updateFreeBlocks = true; - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - if (lockflags) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - lockflags = 0; - } - - /* - * Update the metadata zone size to match the new volume size, - * and if it too less, metadata zone might be disabled. - */ - hfs_metadatazone_init(hfsmp, false); - - /* - * If some files have blocks at or beyond the location of the - * new alternate volume header, recalculate free blocks and - * reclaim blocks. Otherwise just update free blocks count. - * - * The current allocLimit is set to the location of new alternate - * volume header, and reclaimblks are the total number of blocks - * that need to be reclaimed. So the check below is really - * ignoring the blocks allocated for old alternate volume header. - */ - if (hfs_isallocated(hfsmp, hfsmp->allocLimit, reclaimblks)) { - /* - * hfs_reclaimspace will use separate transactions when - * relocating files (so we don't overwhelm the journal). - */ - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - transaction_begun = 0; - - /* Attempt to reclaim some space. */ - error = hfs_reclaimspace(hfsmp, hfsmp->allocLimit, reclaimblks, context); - if (error != 0) { - printf("hfs_truncatefs: couldn't reclaim space on %s (error=%d)\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, error); - error = ENOSPC; - goto out; - } - - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - transaction_begun = 1; - - /* Check if we're clear now. */ - error = hfs_isallocated(hfsmp, hfsmp->allocLimit, reclaimblks); - if (error != 0) { - printf("hfs_truncatefs: didn't reclaim enough space on %s (error=%d)\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, error); - error = EAGAIN; /* tell client to try again */ - goto out; - } - } - - /* - * Note: we take the attributes lock in case we have an attribute data vnode - * which needs to change size. - */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_ATTRIBUTE | SFL_EXTENTS | SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* - * Allocate last 1KB for alternate volume header. - */ - error = BlockMarkAllocated(hfsmp, hfsmp->allocLimit, (hfsmp->blockSize == 512) ? 2 : 1); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_truncatefs: Error %d allocating new alternate volume header\n", error); - goto out; - } - - /* - * Mark the old alternate volume header as free. - * We don't bother shrinking allocation bitmap file. - */ - if (hfsmp->blockSize == 512) - (void) BlockMarkFree(hfsmp, hfsmp->totalBlocks - 2, 2); - else - (void) BlockMarkFree(hfsmp, hfsmp->totalBlocks - 1, 1); - - /* Don't invalidate the old AltVH yet. It is still valid until the partition size is updated ! */ - - /* Log successful shrinking. */ - printf("hfs_truncatefs: shrank \"%s\" to %d blocks (was %d blocks)\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN, newblkcnt, hfsmp->totalBlocks); - - /* - * Adjust file system variables and flush them to disk. - * - * Note that although the logical block size is updated here, it is only - * done for the benefit/convenience of the partition management software. The - * logical block count change has not yet actually been propagated to - * the disk device yet (and we won't get any notification when it does). - */ - hfsmp->totalBlocks = newblkcnt; - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count = newsize / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size; - hfsmp->hfs_logical_bytes = (uint64_t) hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count * (uint64_t) hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size; - hfsmp->reclaimBlocks = 0; - - /* - * At this point, a smaller HFS file system exists in a larger volume. - * As per volume format, the alternate volume header is located 1024 bytes - * before end of the partition. So, until the partition is also resized, - * a valid alternate volume header will need to be updated at 1024 bytes - * before end of the volume. Under normal circumstances, a file system - * resize is always followed by a volume resize, so we also need to - * write a copy of the new alternate volume header at 1024 bytes before - * end of the new file system. - */ - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_truncatefs: old: partition_avh_sector=%qu, fs_avh_sector=%qu\n", - hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector, hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector); - } - hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector = HFS_ALT_SECTOR(hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size, hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count); - /* Note hfs_partition_avh_sector stays unchanged! partition size has not yet been modified */ - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_truncatefs: new: partition_avh_sector=%qu, fs_avh_sector=%qu\n", - hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector, hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector); - } - - MarkVCBDirty(hfsmp); - error = hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, HFS_FVH_WAIT | HFS_FVH_WRITE_ALT); - if (error) { - panic("hfs_truncatefs: unexpected error flushing volume header (%d)\n", error); - } - - /* - * Adjust the size of hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp) { - struct cnode *cp; - struct filefork *fp; - - if (vnode_get(hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp) == 0) { - cp = VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp); - fp = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp); - - cp->c_blocks = newblkcnt; - fp->ff_blocks = newblkcnt; - fp->ff_extents[0].blockCount = newblkcnt; - fp->ff_size = (off_t) newblkcnt * hfsmp->blockSize; - ubc_setsize(hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp, fp->ff_size); - vnode_put(hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp); - } - } - -out: - /* - * Update the allocLimit to acknowledge the last one or two blocks now. - * Add it to the tree as well if necessary. - */ - UpdateAllocLimit (hfsmp, hfsmp->totalBlocks); - - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - if (disable_sparse == true) { - /* Now that resize is completed, set the volume to be sparse - * device again so that all further allocations will be first - * fit instead of best fit. Reset free extent cache so that - * it is rebuilt. - */ - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_HAS_SPARSE_DEVICE; - ResetVCBFreeExtCache(hfsmp); - } - - if (error && (updateFreeBlocks == true)) { - hfsmp->freeBlocks += reclaimblks; - } - hfsmp->reclaimBlocks = 0; - - if (hfsmp->nextAllocation >= hfsmp->allocLimit) { - hfsmp->nextAllocation = hfsmp->hfs_metazone_end + 1; - } - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_RESIZE_IN_PROGRESS; - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - - /* On error, reset the metadata zone for original volume size */ - if (error && (updateFreeBlocks == true)) { - hfs_metadatazone_init(hfsmp, false); - } - - if (lockflags) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - } - if (transaction_begun) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - /* Just to be sure, sync all data to the disk */ - int flush_error = hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_FULL); - if (flush_error && !error) - error = flush_error; - } - - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_truncatefs: failed error=%d on vol=%s\n", MacToVFSError(error), hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - - return MacToVFSError(error); -} - - -/* - * Invalidate the physical block numbers associated with buffer cache blocks - * in the given extent of the given vnode. - */ -struct hfs_inval_blk_no { - daddr64_t sectorStart; - daddr64_t sectorCount; -}; -static int -hfs_invalidate_block_numbers_callback(buf_t bp, void *args_in) -{ - daddr64_t blkno; - struct hfs_inval_blk_no *args; - - blkno = buf_blkno(bp); - args = args_in; - - if (blkno >= args->sectorStart && blkno < args->sectorStart+args->sectorCount) - buf_setblkno(bp, buf_lblkno(bp)); - - return BUF_RETURNED; -} -static void -hfs_invalidate_sectors(struct vnode *vp, daddr64_t sectorStart, daddr64_t sectorCount) -{ - struct hfs_inval_blk_no args; - args.sectorStart = sectorStart; - args.sectorCount = sectorCount; - - buf_iterate(vp, hfs_invalidate_block_numbers_callback, BUF_SCAN_DIRTY|BUF_SCAN_CLEAN, &args); -} - - -/* - * Copy the contents of an extent to a new location. Also invalidates the - * physical block number of any buffer cache block in the copied extent - * (so that if the block is written, it will go through VNOP_BLOCKMAP to - * determine the new physical block number). - * - * At this point, for regular files, we hold the truncate lock exclusive - * and the cnode lock exclusive. - */ -static int -hfs_copy_extent( - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - struct vnode *vp, /* The file whose extent is being copied. */ - u_int32_t oldStart, /* The start of the source extent. */ - u_int32_t newStart, /* The start of the destination extent. */ - u_int32_t blockCount, /* The number of allocation blocks to copy. */ - __unused vfs_context_t context) -{ - int err = 0; - size_t bufferSize; - void *buffer = NULL; - struct vfsioattr ioattr; - buf_t bp = NULL; - off_t resid; - size_t ioSize; - u_int32_t ioSizeSectors; /* Device sectors in this I/O */ - daddr64_t srcSector, destSector; - u_int32_t sectorsPerBlock = hfsmp->blockSize / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size; -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - int cpenabled = 0; -#endif - - /* - * Sanity check that we have locked the vnode of the file we're copying. - * - * But since hfs_systemfile_lock() doesn't actually take the lock on - * the allocation file if a journal is active, ignore the check if the - * file being copied is the allocation file. - */ - struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - if (cp != hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp && cp->c_lockowner != current_thread()) - panic("hfs_copy_extent: vp=%p (cp=%p) not owned?\n", vp, cp); - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - /* - * Prepare the CP blob and get it ready for use, if necessary. - * - * Note that we specifically *exclude* system vnodes (catalog, bitmap, extents, EAs), - * because they are implicitly protected via the media key on iOS. As such, they - * must not be relocated except with the media key. So it is OK to not pass down - * a special cpentry to the IOMedia/LwVM code for handling. - */ - if (!vnode_issystem (vp) && vnode_isreg(vp) && cp_fs_protected (hfsmp->hfs_mp)) { - cpenabled = 1; - } -#endif - - /* - * Determine the I/O size to use - * - * NOTE: Many external drives will result in an ioSize of 128KB. - * TODO: Should we use a larger buffer, doing several consecutive - * reads, then several consecutive writes? - */ - vfs_ioattr(hfsmp->hfs_mp, &ioattr); - bufferSize = MIN(ioattr.io_maxreadcnt, ioattr.io_maxwritecnt); - buffer = hfs_malloc(bufferSize); - - /* Get a buffer for doing the I/O */ - bp = buf_alloc(hfsmp->hfs_devvp); - buf_setdataptr(bp, (uintptr_t)buffer); - - resid = (off_t) blockCount * (off_t) hfsmp->blockSize; - srcSector = (daddr64_t) oldStart * hfsmp->blockSize / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size; - destSector = (daddr64_t) newStart * hfsmp->blockSize / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size; - while (resid > 0) { - ioSize = MIN(bufferSize, (size_t) resid); - ioSizeSectors = ioSize / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size; - - /* Prepare the buffer for reading */ - buf_reset(bp, B_READ); - buf_setsize(bp, ioSize); - buf_setcount(bp, ioSize); - buf_setblkno(bp, srcSector); - buf_setlblkno(bp, srcSector); - - /* - * Note that because this is an I/O to the device vp - * it is correct to have lblkno and blkno both point to the - * start sector being read from. If it were being issued against the - * underlying file then that would be different. - */ - - /* Attach the new CP blob to the buffer if needed */ -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - if (cpenabled) { - /* attach the RELOCATION_INFLIGHT flag for the underlying call to VNOP_STRATEGY */ - cp->c_cpentry->cp_flags |= CP_RELOCATION_INFLIGHT; - bufattr_setcpx(buf_attr(bp), hfsmp->hfs_resize_cpx); - - /* Initialize the content protection file offset to start at 0 */ - bufattr_setcpoff(buf_attr(bp), 0); - } -#endif - - /* Do the read */ - err = VNOP_STRATEGY(bp); - if (!err) - err = buf_biowait(bp); - if (err) { -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - /* Turn the flag off in error cases. */ - if (cpenabled) { - cp->c_cpentry->cp_flags &= ~CP_RELOCATION_INFLIGHT; - } -#endif - printf("hfs_copy_extent: Error %d from VNOP_STRATEGY (read)\n", err); - break; - } - - /* Prepare the buffer for writing */ - buf_reset(bp, B_WRITE); - buf_setsize(bp, ioSize); - buf_setcount(bp, ioSize); - buf_setblkno(bp, destSector); - buf_setlblkno(bp, destSector); - if (vnode_issystem(vp) && journal_uses_fua(hfsmp->jnl)) - buf_markfua(bp); - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - /* Attach the CP to the buffer if needed */ - if (cpenabled) { - bufattr_setcpx(buf_attr(bp), hfsmp->hfs_resize_cpx); - /* - * The last STRATEGY call may have updated the cp file offset behind our - * back, so we cannot trust it. Re-initialize the content protection - * file offset back to 0 before initiating the write portion of this I/O. - */ - bufattr_setcpoff(buf_attr(bp), 0); - } -#endif - - /* Do the write */ - vnode_startwrite(hfsmp->hfs_devvp); - err = VNOP_STRATEGY(bp); - if (!err) { - err = buf_biowait(bp); - } -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - /* Turn the flag off regardless once the strategy call finishes. */ - if (cpenabled) { - cp->c_cpentry->cp_flags &= ~CP_RELOCATION_INFLIGHT; - } -#endif - if (err) { - printf("hfs_copy_extent: Error %d from VNOP_STRATEGY (write)\n", err); - break; - } - - resid -= ioSize; - srcSector += ioSizeSectors; - destSector += ioSizeSectors; - } - if (bp) - buf_free(bp); - hfs_free(buffer, bufferSize); - - /* Make sure all writes have been flushed to disk. */ - if (vnode_issystem(vp) && !journal_uses_fua(hfsmp->jnl)) { - - err = hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_CACHE); - if (err) { - printf("hfs_copy_extent: hfs_flush failed (%d)\n", err); - err = 0; /* Don't fail the copy. */ - } - } - - if (!err) - hfs_invalidate_sectors(vp, (daddr64_t)oldStart*sectorsPerBlock, (daddr64_t)blockCount*sectorsPerBlock); - - return err; -} - - -/* Structure to store state of reclaiming extents from a - * given file. hfs_reclaim_file()/hfs_reclaim_xattr() - * initializes the values in this structure which are then - * used by code that reclaims and splits the extents. - */ -struct hfs_reclaim_extent_info { - struct vnode *vp; - u_int32_t fileID; - u_int8_t forkType; - u_int8_t is_dirlink; /* Extent belongs to directory hard link */ - u_int8_t is_sysfile; /* Extent belongs to system file */ - u_int8_t is_xattr; /* Extent belongs to extent-based xattr */ - u_int8_t extent_index; - int lockflags; /* Locks that reclaim and split code should grab before modifying the extent record */ - u_int32_t blocks_relocated; /* Total blocks relocated for this file till now */ - u_int32_t recStartBlock; /* File allocation block number (FABN) for current extent record */ - u_int32_t cur_blockCount; /* Number of allocation blocks that have been checked for reclaim */ - struct filefork *catalog_fp; /* If non-NULL, extent is from catalog record */ - union record { - HFSPlusExtentRecord overflow;/* Extent record from overflow extents btree */ - HFSPlusAttrRecord xattr; /* Attribute record for large EAs */ - } record; - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extents; /* Pointer to current extent record being processed. - * For catalog extent record, points to the correct - * extent information in filefork. For overflow extent - * record, or xattr record, points to extent record - * in the structure above - */ - struct cat_desc *dirlink_desc; - struct cat_attr *dirlink_attr; - struct filefork *dirlink_fork; /* For directory hard links, fp points actually to this */ - struct BTreeIterator *iterator; /* Shared read/write iterator, hfs_reclaim_file/xattr() - * use it for reading and hfs_reclaim_extent()/hfs_split_extent() - * use it for writing updated extent record - */ - struct FSBufferDescriptor btdata; /* Shared btdata for reading/writing extent record, same as iterator above */ - u_int16_t recordlen; - int overflow_count; /* For debugging, counter for overflow extent record */ - FCB *fcb; /* Pointer to the current btree being traversed */ -}; - -/* - * Split the current extent into two extents, with first extent - * to contain given number of allocation blocks. Splitting of - * extent creates one new extent entry which can result in - * shifting of many entries through all the extent records of a - * file, and/or creating a new extent record in the overflow - * extent btree. - * - * Example: - * The diagram below represents two consecutive extent records, - * for simplicity, lets call them record X and X+1 respectively. - * Interesting extent entries have been denoted by letters. - * If the letter is unchanged before and after split, it means - * that the extent entry was not modified during the split. - * A '.' means that the entry remains unchanged after the split - * and is not relevant for our example. A '0' means that the - * extent entry is empty. - * - * If there isn't sufficient contiguous free space to relocate - * an extent (extent "C" below), we will have to break the one - * extent into multiple smaller extents, and relocate each of - * the smaller extents individually. The way we do this is by - * finding the largest contiguous free space that is currently - * available (N allocation blocks), and then convert extent "C" - * into two extents, C1 and C2, that occupy exactly the same - * allocation blocks as extent C. Extent C1 is the first - * N allocation blocks of extent C, and extent C2 is the remainder - * of extent C. Then we can relocate extent C1 since we know - * we have enough contiguous free space to relocate it in its - * entirety. We then repeat the process starting with extent C2. - * - * In record X, only the entries following entry C are shifted, and - * the original entry C is replaced with two entries C1 and C2 which - * are actually two extent entries for contiguous allocation blocks. - * - * Note that the entry E from record X is shifted into record X+1 as - * the new first entry. Since the first entry of record X+1 is updated, - * the FABN will also get updated with the blockCount of entry E. - * This also results in shifting of all extent entries in record X+1. - * Note that the number of empty entries after the split has been - * changed from 3 to 2. - * - * Before: - * record X record X+1 - * ---------------------===--------- --------------------------------- - * | A | . | . | . | B | C | D | E | | F | . | . | . | G | 0 | 0 | 0 | - * ---------------------===--------- --------------------------------- - * - * After: - * ---------------------=======----- --------------------------------- - * | A | . | . | . | B | C1| C2| D | | E | F | . | . | . | G | 0 | 0 | - * ---------------------=======----- --------------------------------- - * - * C1.startBlock = C.startBlock - * C1.blockCount = N - * - * C2.startBlock = C.startBlock + N - * C2.blockCount = C.blockCount - N - * - * FABN = old FABN - E.blockCount - * - * Inputs: - * extent_info - This is the structure that contains state about - * the current file, extent, and extent record that - * is being relocated. This structure is shared - * among code that traverses through all the extents - * of the file, code that relocates extents, and - * code that splits the extent. - * newBlockCount - The blockCount of the extent to be split after - * successfully split operation. - * Output: - * Zero on success, non-zero on failure. - */ -static int -hfs_split_extent(struct hfs_reclaim_extent_info *extent_info, uint32_t newBlockCount) -{ - int error = 0; - int index = extent_info->extent_index; - int i; - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor shift_extent; /* Extent entry that should be shifted into next extent record */ - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor last_extent; - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extents; /* Pointer to current extent record being manipulated */ - HFSPlusExtentRecord *extents_rec = NULL; - HFSPlusExtentKey *extents_key = NULL; - HFSPlusAttrRecord *xattr_rec = NULL; - HFSPlusAttrKey *xattr_key = NULL; - struct BTreeIterator iterator; - struct FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - uint16_t reclen; - uint32_t read_recStartBlock; /* Starting allocation block number to read old extent record */ - uint32_t write_recStartBlock; /* Starting allocation block number to insert newly updated extent record */ - Boolean create_record = false; - Boolean is_xattr; - struct cnode *cp; - - is_xattr = extent_info->is_xattr; - extents = extent_info->extents; - cp = VTOC(extent_info->vp); - - if (newBlockCount == 0) { - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_split_extent: No splitting required for newBlockCount=0\n"); - } - return error; - } - - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_split_extent: Split record:%u recStartBlock=%u %u:(%u,%u) for %u blocks\n", extent_info->overflow_count, extent_info->recStartBlock, index, extents[index].startBlock, extents[index].blockCount, newBlockCount); - } - - /* Extents overflow btree can not have more than 8 extents. - * No split allowed if the 8th extent is already used. - */ - if ((extent_info->fileID == kHFSExtentsFileID) && (extents[kHFSPlusExtentDensity - 1].blockCount != 0)) { - printf ("hfs_split_extent: Maximum 8 extents allowed for extents overflow btree, cannot split further.\n"); - error = ENOSPC; - goto out; - } - - /* Determine the starting allocation block number for the following - * overflow extent record, if any, before the current record - * gets modified. - */ - read_recStartBlock = extent_info->recStartBlock; - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - if (extents[i].blockCount == 0) { - break; - } - read_recStartBlock += extents[i].blockCount; - } - - /* Shift and split */ - if (index == kHFSPlusExtentDensity-1) { - /* The new extent created after split will go into following overflow extent record */ - shift_extent.startBlock = extents[index].startBlock + newBlockCount; - shift_extent.blockCount = extents[index].blockCount - newBlockCount; - - /* Last extent in the record will be split, so nothing to shift */ - } else { - /* Splitting of extents can result in at most of one - * extent entry to be shifted into following overflow extent - * record. So, store the last extent entry for later. - */ - shift_extent = extents[kHFSPlusExtentDensity-1]; - if ((hfs_resize_debug) && (shift_extent.blockCount != 0)) { - printf ("hfs_split_extent: Save 7:(%u,%u) to shift into overflow record\n", shift_extent.startBlock, shift_extent.blockCount); - } - - /* Start shifting extent information from the end of the extent - * record to the index where we want to insert the new extent. - * Note that kHFSPlusExtentDensity-1 is already saved above, and - * does not need to be shifted. The extent entry that is being - * split does not get shifted. - */ - for (i = kHFSPlusExtentDensity-2; i > index; i--) { - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - if (extents[i].blockCount) { - printf ("hfs_split_extent: Shift %u:(%u,%u) to %u:(%u,%u)\n", i, extents[i].startBlock, extents[i].blockCount, i+1, extents[i].startBlock, extents[i].blockCount); - } - } - extents[i+1] = extents[i]; - } - } - - if (index == kHFSPlusExtentDensity-1) { - /* The second half of the extent being split will be the overflow - * entry that will go into following overflow extent record. The - * value has been stored in 'shift_extent' above, so there is - * nothing to be done here. - */ - } else { - /* Update the values in the second half of the extent being split - * before updating the first half of the split. Note that the - * extent to split or first half of the split is at index 'index' - * and a new extent or second half of the split will be inserted at - * 'index+1' or into following overflow extent record. - */ - extents[index+1].startBlock = extents[index].startBlock + newBlockCount; - extents[index+1].blockCount = extents[index].blockCount - newBlockCount; - } - /* Update the extent being split, only the block count will change */ - extents[index].blockCount = newBlockCount; - - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_split_extent: Split %u:(%u,%u) and ", index, extents[index].startBlock, extents[index].blockCount); - if (index != kHFSPlusExtentDensity-1) { - printf ("%u:(%u,%u)\n", index+1, extents[index+1].startBlock, extents[index+1].blockCount); - } else { - printf ("overflow:(%u,%u)\n", shift_extent.startBlock, shift_extent.blockCount); - } - } - - /* Write out information about the newly split extent to the disk */ - if (extent_info->catalog_fp) { - /* (extent_info->catalog_fp != NULL) means the newly split - * extent exists in the catalog record. This means that - * the cnode was updated. Therefore, to write out the changes, - * mark the cnode as modified. We cannot call hfs_update() - * in this function because the caller hfs_reclaim_extent() - * is holding the catalog lock currently. - */ - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - } else { - /* The newly split extent is for large EAs or is in overflow - * extent record, so update it directly in the btree using the - * iterator information from the shared extent_info structure - */ - error = BTReplaceRecord(extent_info->fcb, extent_info->iterator, - &(extent_info->btdata), extent_info->recordlen); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_split_extent: fileID=%u BTReplaceRecord returned error=%d\n", extent_info->fileID, error); - goto out; - } - } - - /* No extent entry to be shifted into another extent overflow record */ - if (shift_extent.blockCount == 0) { - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_split_extent: No extent entry to be shifted into overflow records\n"); - } - error = 0; - goto out; - } - - /* The overflow extent entry has to be shifted into an extent - * overflow record. This means that we might have to shift - * extent entries from all subsequent overflow records by one. - * We start iteration from the first record to the last record, - * and shift the extent entry from one record to another. - * We might have to create a new extent record for the last - * extent entry for the file. - */ - - /* Initialize iterator to search the next record */ - bzero(&iterator, sizeof(iterator)); - if (is_xattr) { - /* Copy the key from the iterator that was used to update the modified attribute record. */ - xattr_key = (HFSPlusAttrKey *)&(iterator.key); - bcopy((HFSPlusAttrKey *)&(extent_info->iterator->key), xattr_key, sizeof(HFSPlusAttrKey)); - /* Note: xattr_key->startBlock will be initialized later in the iteration loop */ - - xattr_rec = hfs_malloc(sizeof(*xattr_rec)); - - btdata.bufferAddress = xattr_rec; - btdata.itemSize = sizeof(HFSPlusAttrRecord); - btdata.itemCount = 1; - extents = xattr_rec->overflowExtents.extents; - } else { - /* Initialize the extent key for the current file */ - extents_key = (HFSPlusExtentKey *) &(iterator.key); - extents_key->keyLength = kHFSPlusExtentKeyMaximumLength; - extents_key->forkType = extent_info->forkType; - extents_key->fileID = extent_info->fileID; - /* Note: extents_key->startBlock will be initialized later in the iteration loop */ - - extents_rec = hfs_malloc(sizeof(*extents_rec)); - - btdata.bufferAddress = extents_rec; - btdata.itemSize = sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord); - btdata.itemCount = 1; - extents = extents_rec[0]; - } - - /* The overflow extent entry has to be shifted into an extent - * overflow record. This means that we might have to shift - * extent entries from all subsequent overflow records by one. - * We start iteration from the first record to the last record, - * examine one extent record in each iteration and shift one - * extent entry from one record to another. We might have to - * create a new extent record for the last extent entry for the - * file. - * - * If shift_extent.blockCount is non-zero, it means that there is - * an extent entry that needs to be shifted into the next - * overflow extent record. We keep on going till there are no such - * entries left to be shifted. This will also change the starting - * allocation block number of the extent record which is part of - * the key for the extent record in each iteration. Note that - * because the extent record key is changing while we are searching, - * the record can not be updated directly, instead it has to be - * deleted and inserted again. - */ - while (shift_extent.blockCount) { - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_split_extent: Will shift (%u,%u) into overflow record with startBlock=%u\n", shift_extent.startBlock, shift_extent.blockCount, read_recStartBlock); - } - - /* Search if there is any existing overflow extent record - * that matches the current file and the logical start block - * number. - * - * For this, the logical start block number in the key is - * the value calculated based on the logical start block - * number of the current extent record and the total number - * of blocks existing in the current extent record. - */ - if (is_xattr) { - xattr_key->startBlock = read_recStartBlock; - } else { - extents_key->startBlock = read_recStartBlock; - } - error = BTSearchRecord(extent_info->fcb, &iterator, &btdata, &reclen, &iterator); - if (error) { - if (error != btNotFound) { - printf ("hfs_split_extent: fileID=%u startBlock=%u BTSearchRecord error=%d\n", extent_info->fileID, read_recStartBlock, error); - goto out; - } - /* No matching record was found, so create a new extent record. - * Note: Since no record was found, we can't rely on the - * btree key in the iterator any longer. This will be initialized - * later before we insert the record. - */ - create_record = true; - } - - /* The extra extent entry from the previous record is being inserted - * as the first entry in the current extent record. This will change - * the file allocation block number (FABN) of the current extent - * record, which is the startBlock value from the extent record key. - * Since one extra entry is being inserted in the record, the new - * FABN for the record will less than old FABN by the number of blocks - * in the new extent entry being inserted at the start. We have to - * do this before we update read_recStartBlock to point at the - * startBlock of the following record. - */ - write_recStartBlock = read_recStartBlock - shift_extent.blockCount; - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - if (create_record) { - printf ("hfs_split_extent: No records found for startBlock=%u, will create new with startBlock=%u\n", read_recStartBlock, write_recStartBlock); - } - } - - /* Now update the read_recStartBlock to account for total number - * of blocks in this extent record. It will now point to the - * starting allocation block number for the next extent record. - */ - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - if (extents[i].blockCount == 0) { - break; - } - read_recStartBlock += extents[i].blockCount; - } - - if (create_record == true) { - /* Initialize new record content with only one extent entry */ - bzero(extents, sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); - /* The new record will contain only one extent entry */ - extents[0] = shift_extent; - /* There are no more overflow extents to be shifted */ - shift_extent.startBlock = shift_extent.blockCount = 0; - - if (is_xattr) { - /* BTSearchRecord above returned btNotFound, - * but since the attribute btree is never empty - * if we are trying to insert new overflow - * record for the xattrs, the extents_key will - * contain correct data. So we don't need to - * re-initialize it again like below. - */ - - /* Initialize the new xattr record */ - xattr_rec->recordType = kHFSPlusAttrExtents; - xattr_rec->overflowExtents.reserved = 0; - reclen = sizeof(HFSPlusAttrExtents); - } else { - /* BTSearchRecord above returned btNotFound, - * which means that extents_key content might - * not correspond to the record that we are - * trying to create, especially when the extents - * overflow btree is empty. So we reinitialize - * the extents_key again always. - */ - extents_key->keyLength = kHFSPlusExtentKeyMaximumLength; - extents_key->forkType = extent_info->forkType; - extents_key->fileID = extent_info->fileID; - - /* Initialize the new extent record */ - reclen = sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord); - } - } else { - /* The overflow extent entry from previous record will be - * the first entry in this extent record. If the last - * extent entry in this record is valid, it will be shifted - * into the following extent record as its first entry. So - * save the last entry before shifting entries in current - * record. - */ - last_extent = extents[kHFSPlusExtentDensity-1]; - - /* Shift all entries by one index towards the end */ - for (i = kHFSPlusExtentDensity-2; i >= 0; i--) { - extents[i+1] = extents[i]; - } - - /* Overflow extent entry saved from previous record - * is now the first entry in the current record. - */ - extents[0] = shift_extent; - - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_split_extent: Shift overflow=(%u,%u) to record with updated startBlock=%u\n", shift_extent.startBlock, shift_extent.blockCount, write_recStartBlock); - } - - /* The last entry from current record will be the - * overflow entry which will be the first entry for - * the following extent record. - */ - shift_extent = last_extent; - - /* Since the key->startBlock is being changed for this record, - * it should be deleted and inserted with the new key. - */ - error = BTDeleteRecord(extent_info->fcb, &iterator); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_split_extent: fileID=%u startBlock=%u BTDeleteRecord error=%d\n", extent_info->fileID, read_recStartBlock, error); - goto out; - } - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_split_extent: Deleted extent record with startBlock=%u\n", (is_xattr ? xattr_key->startBlock : extents_key->startBlock)); - } - } - - /* Insert the newly created or modified extent record */ - bzero(&iterator.hint, sizeof(iterator.hint)); - if (is_xattr) { - xattr_key->startBlock = write_recStartBlock; - } else { - extents_key->startBlock = write_recStartBlock; - } - error = BTInsertRecord(extent_info->fcb, &iterator, &btdata, reclen); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_split_extent: fileID=%u, startBlock=%u BTInsertRecord error=%d\n", extent_info->fileID, write_recStartBlock, error); - goto out; - } - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_split_extent: Inserted extent record with startBlock=%u\n", write_recStartBlock); - } - } - -out: - /* - * Extents overflow btree or attributes btree headers might have - * been modified during the split/shift operation, so flush the - * changes to the disk while we are inside journal transaction. - * We should only be able to generate I/O that modifies the B-Tree - * header nodes while we're in the middle of a journal transaction. - * Otherwise it might result in panic during unmount. - */ - BTFlushPath(extent_info->fcb); - - hfs_free(extents_rec, sizeof(*extents_rec)); - hfs_free(xattr_rec, sizeof(*xattr_rec)); - return error; -} - - -/* - * Relocate an extent if it lies beyond the expected end of volume. - * - * This function is called for every extent of the file being relocated. - * It allocates space for relocation, copies the data, deallocates - * the old extent, and update corresponding on-disk extent. If the function - * does not find contiguous space to relocate an extent, it splits the - * extent in smaller size to be able to relocate it out of the area of - * disk being reclaimed. As an optimization, if an extent lies partially - * in the area of the disk being reclaimed, it is split so that we only - * have to relocate the area that was overlapping with the area of disk - * being reclaimed. - * - * Note that every extent is relocated in its own transaction so that - * they do not overwhelm the journal. This function handles the extent - * record that exists in the catalog record, extent record from overflow - * extents btree, and extents for large EAs. - * - * Inputs: - * extent_info - This is the structure that contains state about - * the current file, extent, and extent record that - * is being relocated. This structure is shared - * among code that traverses through all the extents - * of the file, code that relocates extents, and - * code that splits the extent. - */ -static int -hfs_reclaim_extent(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, const u_long allocLimit, struct hfs_reclaim_extent_info *extent_info, vfs_context_t context) -{ - int error = 0; - int index; - struct cnode *cp; - u_int32_t oldStartBlock; - u_int32_t oldBlockCount; - u_int32_t newStartBlock = 0; - u_int32_t newBlockCount; - u_int32_t roundedBlockCount; - uint16_t node_size; - uint32_t remainder_blocks; - u_int32_t alloc_flags; - int blocks_allocated = false; - - index = extent_info->extent_index; - cp = VTOC(extent_info->vp); - - oldStartBlock = extent_info->extents[index].startBlock; - oldBlockCount = extent_info->extents[index].blockCount; - - if (0 && hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_extent: Examine record:%u recStartBlock=%u, %u:(%u,%u)\n", extent_info->overflow_count, extent_info->recStartBlock, index, oldStartBlock, oldBlockCount); - } - - /* If the current extent lies completely within allocLimit, - * it does not require any relocation. - */ - if ((oldStartBlock + oldBlockCount) <= allocLimit) { - extent_info->cur_blockCount += oldBlockCount; - return error; - } - - /* Every extent should be relocated in its own transaction - * to make sure that we don't overflow the journal buffer. - */ - error = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp); - if (error) { - return error; - } - extent_info->lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, extent_info->lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* Check if the extent lies partially in the area to reclaim, - * i.e. it starts before allocLimit and ends beyond allocLimit. - * We have already skipped extents that lie completely within - * allocLimit in the check above, so we only check for the - * startBlock. If it lies partially, split it so that we - * only relocate part of the extent. - */ - if (oldStartBlock < allocLimit) { - newBlockCount = allocLimit - oldStartBlock; - - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - int idx = extent_info->extent_index; - printf ("hfs_reclaim_extent: Split straddling extent %u:(%u,%u) for %u blocks\n", idx, extent_info->extents[idx].startBlock, extent_info->extents[idx].blockCount, newBlockCount); - } - - /* If the extent belongs to a btree, check and trim - * it to be multiple of the node size. - */ - if (extent_info->is_sysfile) { - node_size = get_btree_nodesize(extent_info->vp); - /* If the btree node size is less than the block size, - * splitting this extent will not split a node across - * different extents. So we only check and trim if - * node size is more than the allocation block size. - */ - if (node_size > hfsmp->blockSize) { - remainder_blocks = newBlockCount % (node_size / hfsmp->blockSize); - if (remainder_blocks) { - newBlockCount -= remainder_blocks; - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_extent: Round-down newBlockCount to be multiple of nodeSize, node_allocblks=%u, old=%u, new=%u\n", node_size/hfsmp->blockSize, newBlockCount + remainder_blocks, newBlockCount); - } - } - } - /* The newBlockCount is zero because of rounding-down so that - * btree nodes are not split across extents. Therefore this - * straddling extent across resize-boundary does not require - * splitting. Skip over to relocating of complete extent. - */ - if (newBlockCount == 0) { - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_extent: After round-down newBlockCount=0, skip split, relocate full extent\n"); - } - goto relocate_full_extent; - } - } - - /* Split the extents into two parts --- the first extent lies - * completely within allocLimit and therefore does not require - * relocation. The second extent will require relocation which - * will be handled when the caller calls this function again - * for the next extent. - */ - error = hfs_split_extent(extent_info, newBlockCount); - if (error == 0) { - /* Split success, no relocation required */ - goto out; - } - /* Split failed, so try to relocate entire extent */ - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - int idx = extent_info->extent_index; - printf ("hfs_reclaim_extent: Split straddling extent %u:(%u,%u) for %u blocks failed, relocate full extent\n", idx, extent_info->extents[idx].startBlock, extent_info->extents[idx].blockCount, newBlockCount); - } - } - -relocate_full_extent: - /* At this point, the current extent requires relocation. - * We will try to allocate space equal to the size of the extent - * being relocated first to try to relocate it without splitting. - * If the allocation fails, we will try to allocate contiguous - * blocks out of metadata zone. If that allocation also fails, - * then we will take a whatever contiguous block run is returned - * by the allocation, split the extent into two parts, and then - * relocate the first splitted extent. - */ - alloc_flags = HFS_ALLOC_FORCECONTIG | HFS_ALLOC_SKIPFREEBLKS; - if (extent_info->is_sysfile) { - alloc_flags |= HFS_ALLOC_METAZONE; - } - - error = BlockAllocate(hfsmp, 1, oldBlockCount, oldBlockCount, alloc_flags, - &newStartBlock, &newBlockCount); - if ((extent_info->is_sysfile == false) && - ((error == dskFulErr) || (error == ENOSPC))) { - /* For non-system files, try reallocating space in metadata zone */ - alloc_flags |= HFS_ALLOC_METAZONE; - error = BlockAllocate(hfsmp, 1, oldBlockCount, oldBlockCount, - alloc_flags, &newStartBlock, &newBlockCount); - } - if ((error == dskFulErr) || (error == ENOSPC)) { - /* - * We did not find desired contiguous space for this - * extent, when we asked for it, including the metazone allocations. - * At this point we are not worrying about getting contiguity anymore. - * - * HOWEVER, if we now allow blocks to be used which were recently - * de-allocated, we may find a contiguous range (though this seems - * unlikely). As a result, assume that we will have to split the - * current extent into two pieces, but if we are able to satisfy - * the request with a single extent, detect that as well. - */ - alloc_flags &= ~HFS_ALLOC_FORCECONTIG; - alloc_flags |= HFS_ALLOC_FLUSHTXN; - - error = BlockAllocate(hfsmp, 1, oldBlockCount, oldBlockCount, - alloc_flags, &newStartBlock, &newBlockCount); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_extent: fileID=%u start=%u, %u:(%u,%u) BlockAllocate error=%d\n", extent_info->fileID, extent_info->recStartBlock, index, oldStartBlock, oldBlockCount, error); - goto out; - } - - /* - * Allowing recently deleted extents may now allow us to find - * a single contiguous extent in the amount & size desired. If so, - * do NOT split this extent into two pieces. This is technically a - * check for "< oldBlockCount", but we use != to highlight the point - * that the special case is when they're equal. The allocator should - * never vend back more blocks than were requested. - */ - if (newBlockCount != oldBlockCount) { - blocks_allocated = true; - - /* The number of blocks allocated is less than the requested - * number of blocks. For btree extents, check and trim the - * extent to be multiple of the node size. - */ - if (extent_info->is_sysfile) { - node_size = get_btree_nodesize(extent_info->vp); - if (node_size > hfsmp->blockSize) { - remainder_blocks = newBlockCount % (node_size / hfsmp->blockSize); - if (remainder_blocks) { - roundedBlockCount = newBlockCount - remainder_blocks; - /* Free tail-end blocks of the newly allocated extent */ - BlockDeallocate(hfsmp, newStartBlock + roundedBlockCount, - newBlockCount - roundedBlockCount, - HFS_ALLOC_SKIPFREEBLKS); - newBlockCount = roundedBlockCount; - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_extent: Fixing extent block count, node_blks=%u, old=%u, new=%u\n", node_size/hfsmp->blockSize, newBlockCount + remainder_blocks, newBlockCount); - } - if (newBlockCount == 0) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_extent: Not enough contiguous blocks available to relocate fileID=%d\n", extent_info->fileID); - error = ENOSPC; - goto out; - } - } - } - } - - /* The number of blocks allocated is less than the number of - * blocks requested, so split this extent --- the first extent - * will be relocated as part of this function call and the caller - * will handle relocating the second extent by calling this - * function again for the second extent. - */ - error = hfs_split_extent(extent_info, newBlockCount); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_extent: fileID=%u start=%u, %u:(%u,%u) split error=%d\n", extent_info->fileID, extent_info->recStartBlock, index, oldStartBlock, oldBlockCount, error); - goto out; - } - oldBlockCount = newBlockCount; - } /* end oldBlockCount != newBlockCount */ - } /* end allocation request for any available free space */ - - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_extent: fileID=%u start=%u, %u:(%u,%u) contig BlockAllocate error=%d\n", extent_info->fileID, extent_info->recStartBlock, index, oldStartBlock, oldBlockCount, error); - goto out; - } - blocks_allocated = true; - - /* Copy data from old location to new location */ - error = hfs_copy_extent(hfsmp, extent_info->vp, oldStartBlock, - newStartBlock, newBlockCount, context); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_extent: fileID=%u start=%u, %u:(%u,%u)=>(%u,%u) hfs_copy_extent error=%d\n", extent_info->fileID, extent_info->recStartBlock, index, oldStartBlock, oldBlockCount, newStartBlock, newBlockCount, error); - goto out; - } - - /* Update the extent record with the new start block information */ - extent_info->extents[index].startBlock = newStartBlock; - - /* Sync the content back to the disk */ - if (extent_info->catalog_fp) { - /* Update the extents in catalog record */ - if (extent_info->is_dirlink) { - error = cat_update_dirlink(hfsmp, extent_info->forkType, - extent_info->dirlink_desc, extent_info->dirlink_attr, - &(extent_info->dirlink_fork->ff_data)); - } else { - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - /* If this is a system file, sync volume headers on disk */ - if (extent_info->is_sysfile) { - error = hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, HFS_FVH_WAIT | HFS_FVH_WRITE_ALT); - } - } - } else { - /* Replace record for extents overflow or extents-based xattrs */ - error = BTReplaceRecord(extent_info->fcb, extent_info->iterator, - &(extent_info->btdata), extent_info->recordlen); - } - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_extent: fileID=%u, update record error=%u\n", extent_info->fileID, error); - goto out; - } - - /* Deallocate the old extent */ - error = BlockDeallocate(hfsmp, oldStartBlock, oldBlockCount, HFS_ALLOC_SKIPFREEBLKS); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_extent: fileID=%u start=%u, %u:(%u,%u) BlockDeallocate error=%d\n", extent_info->fileID, extent_info->recStartBlock, index, oldStartBlock, oldBlockCount, error); - goto out; - } - extent_info->blocks_relocated += newBlockCount; - - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_extent: Relocated record:%u %u:(%u,%u) to (%u,%u)\n", extent_info->overflow_count, index, oldStartBlock, oldBlockCount, newStartBlock, newBlockCount); - } - -out: - if (error != 0) { - if (blocks_allocated == true) { - BlockDeallocate(hfsmp, newStartBlock, newBlockCount, HFS_ALLOC_SKIPFREEBLKS); - } - } else { - /* On success, increment the total allocation blocks processed */ - extent_info->cur_blockCount += newBlockCount; - } - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, extent_info->lockflags); - - /* For a non-system file, if an extent entry from catalog record - * was modified, sync the in-memory changes to the catalog record - * on disk before ending the transaction. - */ - if ((extent_info->catalog_fp) && - (extent_info->is_sysfile == false)) { - hfs_update(extent_info->vp, 0); - } - - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - return error; -} - -/* Report intermediate progress during volume resize */ -static void -hfs_truncatefs_progress(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - u_int32_t cur_progress = 0; - - hfs_resize_progress(hfsmp, &cur_progress); - if (cur_progress > (hfsmp->hfs_resize_progress + 9)) { - printf("hfs_truncatefs: %d%% done...\n", cur_progress); - hfsmp->hfs_resize_progress = cur_progress; - } - return; -} - -/* - * Reclaim space at the end of a volume for given file and forktype. - * - * This routine attempts to move any extent which contains allocation blocks - * at or after "allocLimit." A separate transaction is used for every extent - * that needs to be moved. If there is not contiguous space available for - * moving an extent, it can be split into smaller extents. The contents of - * any moved extents are read and written via the volume's device vnode -- - * NOT via "vp." During the move, moved blocks which are part of a transaction - * have their physical block numbers invalidated so they will eventually be - * written to their new locations. - * - * This function is also called for directory hard links. Directory hard links - * are regular files with no data fork and resource fork that contains alias - * information for backward compatibility with pre-Leopard systems. However - * non-Mac OS X implementation can add/modify data fork or resource fork - * information to directory hard links, so we check, and if required, relocate - * both data fork and resource fork. - * - * Inputs: - * hfsmp The volume being resized. - * vp The vnode for the system file. - * fileID ID of the catalog record that needs to be relocated - * forktype The type of fork that needs relocated, - * kHFSResourceForkType for resource fork, - * kHFSDataForkType for data fork - * allocLimit Allocation limit for the new volume size, - * do not use this block or beyond. All extents - * that use this block or any blocks beyond this limit - * will be relocated. - * - * Side Effects: - * hfsmp->hfs_resize_blocksmoved is incremented by the number of allocation - * blocks that were relocated. - */ -static int -hfs_reclaim_file(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *vp, u_int32_t fileID, - u_int8_t forktype, u_long allocLimit, vfs_context_t context) -{ - int error = 0; - struct hfs_reclaim_extent_info *extent_info; - int i; - int lockflags = 0; - struct cnode *cp; - struct filefork *fp; - int took_truncate_lock = false; - int release_desc = false; - HFSPlusExtentKey *key; - - /* If there is no vnode for this file, then there's nothing to do. */ - if (vp == NULL) { - return 0; - } - - cp = VTOC(vp); - - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - const char *filename = (const char *) cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr; - int namelen = cp->c_desc.cd_namelen; - - if (filename == NULL) { - filename = ""; - namelen = 0; - } - printf("hfs_reclaim_file: reclaiming '%.*s'\n", namelen, filename); - } - - extent_info = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct hfs_reclaim_extent_info)); - - extent_info->vp = vp; - extent_info->fileID = fileID; - extent_info->forkType = forktype; - extent_info->is_sysfile = vnode_issystem(vp); - if (vnode_isdir(vp) && (cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK)) { - extent_info->is_dirlink = true; - } - /* We always need allocation bitmap and extent btree lock */ - lockflags = SFL_BITMAP | SFL_EXTENTS; - if ((fileID == kHFSCatalogFileID) || (extent_info->is_dirlink == true)) { - lockflags |= SFL_CATALOG; - } else if (fileID == kHFSAttributesFileID) { - lockflags |= SFL_ATTRIBUTE; - } else if (fileID == kHFSStartupFileID) { - lockflags |= SFL_STARTUP; - } - extent_info->lockflags = lockflags; - extent_info->fcb = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp); - - /* Flush data associated with current file on disk. - * - * If the current vnode is directory hard link, no flushing of - * journal or vnode is required. The current kernel does not - * modify data/resource fork of directory hard links, so nothing - * will be in the cache. If a directory hard link is newly created, - * the resource fork data is written directly using devvp and - * the code that actually relocates data (hfs_copy_extent()) also - * uses devvp for its I/O --- so they will see a consistent copy. - */ - if (extent_info->is_sysfile) { - /* If the current vnode is system vnode, flush journal - * to make sure that all data is written to the disk. - */ - error = hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL_META); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_file: journal_flush returned %d\n", error); - goto out; - } - } else if (extent_info->is_dirlink == false) { - /* Flush all blocks associated with this regular file vnode. - * Normally there should not be buffer cache blocks for regular - * files, but for objects like symlinks, we can have buffer cache - * blocks associated with the vnode. Therefore we call - * buf_flushdirtyblks() also. - */ - buf_flushdirtyblks(vp, 0, BUF_SKIP_LOCKED, "hfs_reclaim_file"); - - hfs_unlock(cp); - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - took_truncate_lock = true; - (void) cluster_push(vp, 0); - error = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - if (error) { - goto out; - } - - /* If the file no longer exists, nothing left to do */ - if (cp->c_flag & C_NOEXISTS) { - error = 0; - goto out; - } - - /* Wait for any in-progress writes to this vnode to complete, so that we'll - * be copying consistent bits. (Otherwise, it's possible that an async - * write will complete to the old extent after we read from it. That - * could lead to corruption.) - */ - error = vnode_waitforwrites(vp, 0, 0, 0, "hfs_reclaim_file"); - if (error) { - goto out; - } - } - - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_file: === Start reclaiming %sfork for %sid=%u ===\n", (forktype ? "rsrc" : "data"), (extent_info->is_dirlink ? "dirlink" : "file"), fileID); - } - - if (extent_info->is_dirlink) { - extent_info->dirlink_desc = hfs_malloc(sizeof(struct cat_desc)); - extent_info->dirlink_attr = hfs_malloc(sizeof(struct cat_attr)); - extent_info->dirlink_fork = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct filefork)); - - /* Lookup catalog record for directory hard link and - * create a fake filefork for the value looked up from - * the disk. - */ - fp = extent_info->dirlink_fork; - extent_info->dirlink_fork->ff_cp = cp; - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - error = cat_lookup_dirlink(hfsmp, fileID, forktype, - extent_info->dirlink_desc, extent_info->dirlink_attr, - &(extent_info->dirlink_fork->ff_data)); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_file: cat_lookup_dirlink for fileID=%u returned error=%u\n", fileID, error); - goto out; - } - release_desc = true; - } else { - fp = VTOF(vp); - } - - extent_info->catalog_fp = fp; - extent_info->recStartBlock = 0; - extent_info->extents = extent_info->catalog_fp->ff_extents; - /* Relocate extents from the catalog record */ - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; ++i) { - if (fp->ff_extents[i].blockCount == 0) { - break; - } - extent_info->extent_index = i; - error = hfs_reclaim_extent(hfsmp, allocLimit, extent_info, context); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_file: fileID=%u #%d %u:(%u,%u) hfs_reclaim_extent error=%d\n", fileID, extent_info->overflow_count, i, fp->ff_extents[i].startBlock, fp->ff_extents[i].blockCount, error); - goto out; - } - } - - /* If the number of allocation blocks processed for reclaiming - * are less than total number of blocks for the file, continuing - * working on overflow extents record. - */ - if (fp->ff_blocks <= extent_info->cur_blockCount) { - if (0 && hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_file: Nothing more to relocate, offset=%d, ff_blocks=%u, cur_blockCount=%u\n", i, fp->ff_blocks, extent_info->cur_blockCount); - } - goto out; - } - - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_file: Will check overflow records, offset=%d, ff_blocks=%u, cur_blockCount=%u\n", i, fp->ff_blocks, extent_info->cur_blockCount); - } - - extent_info->iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct BTreeIterator)); - key = (HFSPlusExtentKey *) &(extent_info->iterator->key); - key->keyLength = kHFSPlusExtentKeyMaximumLength; - key->forkType = forktype; - key->fileID = fileID; - key->startBlock = extent_info->cur_blockCount; - - extent_info->btdata.bufferAddress = extent_info->record.overflow; - extent_info->btdata.itemSize = sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord); - extent_info->btdata.itemCount = 1; - - extent_info->catalog_fp = NULL; - - /* Search the first overflow extent with expected startBlock as 'cur_blockCount' */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - error = BTSearchRecord(extent_info->fcb, extent_info->iterator, - &(extent_info->btdata), &(extent_info->recordlen), - extent_info->iterator); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - while (error == 0) { - extent_info->overflow_count++; - extent_info->recStartBlock = key->startBlock; - extent_info->extents = extent_info->record.overflow; - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - if (extent_info->record.overflow[i].blockCount == 0) { - goto out; - } - extent_info->extent_index = i; - error = hfs_reclaim_extent(hfsmp, allocLimit, extent_info, context); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_file: fileID=%u #%d %u:(%u,%u) hfs_reclaim_extent error=%d\n", fileID, extent_info->overflow_count, i, extent_info->record.overflow[i].startBlock, extent_info->record.overflow[i].blockCount, error); - goto out; - } - } - - /* Look for more overflow records */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - error = BTIterateRecord(extent_info->fcb, kBTreeNextRecord, - extent_info->iterator, &(extent_info->btdata), - &(extent_info->recordlen)); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - if (error) { - break; - } - /* Stop when we encounter a different file or fork. */ - if ((key->fileID != fileID) || (key->forkType != forktype)) { - break; - } - } - if (error == fsBTRecordNotFoundErr || error == fsBTEndOfIterationErr) { - error = 0; - } - -out: - /* If any blocks were relocated, account them and report progress */ - if (extent_info->blocks_relocated) { - hfsmp->hfs_resize_blocksmoved += extent_info->blocks_relocated; - hfs_truncatefs_progress(hfsmp); - if (fileID < kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_file: Relocated %u blocks from fileID=%u on \"%s\"\n", - extent_info->blocks_relocated, fileID, hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - } - if (extent_info->iterator) { - hfs_free(extent_info->iterator, sizeof(*extent_info->iterator)); - } - if (release_desc == true) { - cat_releasedesc(extent_info->dirlink_desc); - } - if (extent_info->dirlink_desc) { - hfs_free(extent_info->dirlink_desc, sizeof(*extent_info->dirlink_desc)); - } - if (extent_info->dirlink_attr) { - hfs_free(extent_info->dirlink_attr, sizeof(*extent_info->dirlink_attr)); - } - if (extent_info->dirlink_fork) { - hfs_free(extent_info->dirlink_fork, sizeof(*extent_info->dirlink_fork)); - } - if ((extent_info->blocks_relocated != 0) && (extent_info->is_sysfile == false)) { - hfs_update(vp, 0); - } - if (took_truncate_lock) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - } - if (extent_info) { - hfs_free(extent_info, sizeof(*extent_info)); - } - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_file: === Finished relocating %sfork for fileid=%u (error=%d) ===\n", (forktype ? "rsrc" : "data"), fileID, error); - } - - return error; -} - - -/* - * This journal_relocate callback updates the journal info block to point - * at the new journal location. This write must NOT be done using the - * transaction. We must write the block immediately. We must also force - * it to get to the media so that the new journal location will be seen by - * the replay code before we can safely let journaled blocks be written - * to their normal locations. - * - * The tests for journal_uses_fua below are mildly hacky. Since the journal - * and the file system are both on the same device, I'm leveraging what - * the journal has decided about FUA. - */ -struct hfs_journal_relocate_args { - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - vfs_context_t context; - u_int32_t newStartBlock; - u_int32_t newBlockCount; -}; - -static errno_t -hfs_journal_relocate_callback(void *_args) -{ - int error; - struct hfs_journal_relocate_args *args = _args; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = args->hfsmp; - buf_t bp; - JournalInfoBlock *jibp; - - error = buf_meta_bread(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, - (uint64_t)hfsmp->vcbJinfoBlock * (hfsmp->blockSize/hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size), - hfsmp->blockSize, vfs_context_ucred(args->context), &bp); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_journal_relocate_callback: failed to read JIB (%d)\n", error); - if (bp) { - buf_brelse(bp); - } - return error; - } - jibp = (JournalInfoBlock*) buf_dataptr(bp); - jibp->offset = SWAP_BE64((u_int64_t)args->newStartBlock * hfsmp->blockSize); - jibp->size = SWAP_BE64((u_int64_t)args->newBlockCount * hfsmp->blockSize); - if (journal_uses_fua(hfsmp->jnl)) - buf_markfua(bp); - error = buf_bwrite(bp); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_journal_relocate_callback: failed to write JIB (%d)\n", error); - return error; - } - if (!journal_uses_fua(hfsmp->jnl)) { - error = hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_CACHE); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_journal_relocate_callback: hfs_flush failed (%d)\n", error); - error = 0; /* Don't fail the operation. */ - } - } - - return error; -} - - -/* Type of resize operation in progress */ -#define HFS_RESIZE_TRUNCATE 1 -#define HFS_RESIZE_EXTEND 2 - -/* - * Core function to relocate the journal file. This function takes the - * journal size of the newly relocated journal --- the caller can - * provide a new journal size if they want to change the size of - * the journal. The function takes care of updating the journal info - * block and all other data structures correctly. - * - * Note: This function starts a transaction and grabs the btree locks. - */ -static int -hfs_relocate_journal_file(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t jnl_size, int resize_type, vfs_context_t context) -{ - int error; - int journal_err; - int lockflags; - u_int32_t oldStartBlock; - u_int32_t newStartBlock; - u_int32_t oldBlockCount; - u_int32_t newBlockCount; - u_int32_t jnlBlockCount; - u_int32_t alloc_skipfreeblks; - struct cat_desc journal_desc; - struct cat_attr journal_attr; - struct cat_fork journal_fork; - struct hfs_journal_relocate_args callback_args; - - /* Calculate the number of allocation blocks required for the journal */ - jnlBlockCount = howmany(jnl_size, hfsmp->blockSize); - - /* - * During truncatefs(), the volume free block count is updated - * before relocating data and reflects the total number of free - * blocks that will exist on volume after the resize is successful. - * This means that the allocation blocks required for relocation - * have already been reserved and accounted for in the free block - * count. Therefore, block allocation and deallocation routines - * can skip the free block check by passing HFS_ALLOC_SKIPFREEBLKS - * flag. - * - * This special handling is not required when the file system - * is being extended as we want all the allocated and deallocated - * blocks to be accounted for correctly. - */ - if (resize_type == HFS_RESIZE_TRUNCATE) { - alloc_skipfreeblks = HFS_ALLOC_SKIPFREEBLKS; - } else { - alloc_skipfreeblks = 0; - } - - error = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_relocate_journal_file: hfs_start_transaction returned %d\n", error); - return error; - } - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG | SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - error = BlockAllocate(hfsmp, 1, jnlBlockCount, jnlBlockCount, - HFS_ALLOC_METAZONE | HFS_ALLOC_FORCECONTIG | HFS_ALLOC_FLUSHTXN | alloc_skipfreeblks, - &newStartBlock, &newBlockCount); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_relocate_journal_file: BlockAllocate returned %d\n", error); - goto fail; - } - if (newBlockCount != jnlBlockCount) { - printf("hfs_relocate_journal_file: newBlockCount != jnlBlockCount (%u, %u)\n", newBlockCount, jnlBlockCount); - goto free_fail; - } - - error = cat_idlookup(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid, 1, 0, &journal_desc, &journal_attr, &journal_fork); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_relocate_journal_file: cat_idlookup returned %d\n", error); - goto free_fail; - } - - oldStartBlock = journal_fork.cf_extents[0].startBlock; - oldBlockCount = journal_fork.cf_extents[0].blockCount; - error = BlockDeallocate(hfsmp, oldStartBlock, oldBlockCount, alloc_skipfreeblks); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_relocate_journal_file: BlockDeallocate returned %d\n", error); - goto free_fail; - } - - /* Update the catalog record for .journal */ - journal_fork.cf_size = hfs_blk_to_bytes(newBlockCount, hfsmp->blockSize); - journal_fork.cf_extents[0].startBlock = newStartBlock; - journal_fork.cf_extents[0].blockCount = newBlockCount; - journal_fork.cf_blocks = newBlockCount; - error = cat_update(hfsmp, &journal_desc, &journal_attr, &journal_fork, NULL); - cat_releasedesc(&journal_desc); /* all done with cat descriptor */ - if (error) { - printf("hfs_relocate_journal_file: cat_update returned %d\n", error); - goto free_fail; - } - - /* - * If the journal is part of the file system, then tell the journal - * code about the new location. If the journal is on an external - * device, then just keep using it as-is. - */ - if (hfsmp->jvp == hfsmp->hfs_devvp) { - callback_args.hfsmp = hfsmp; - callback_args.context = context; - callback_args.newStartBlock = newStartBlock; - callback_args.newBlockCount = newBlockCount; - - error = journal_relocate(hfsmp->jnl, (off_t)newStartBlock*hfsmp->blockSize, - (off_t)newBlockCount*hfsmp->blockSize, 0, - hfs_journal_relocate_callback, &callback_args); - if (error) { - /* NOTE: journal_relocate will mark the journal invalid. */ - printf("hfs_relocate_journal_file: journal_relocate returned %d\n", error); - goto fail; - } - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_relocate_journal_file: Successfully relocated journal from (%u,%u) to (%u,%u)\n", oldStartBlock, oldBlockCount, newStartBlock, newBlockCount); - } - hfsmp->jnl_start = newStartBlock; - hfsmp->jnl_size = (off_t)newBlockCount * hfsmp->blockSize; - } - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - error = hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_relocate_journal_file: hfs_end_transaction returned %d\n", error); - } - - return error; - -free_fail: - journal_err = BlockDeallocate(hfsmp, newStartBlock, newBlockCount, HFS_ALLOC_SKIPFREEBLKS); - if (journal_err) { - printf("hfs_relocate_journal_file: BlockDeallocate returned %d\n", error); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_ROLLBACK_FAILED); - } -fail: - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - (void) hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_relocate_journal_file: Error relocating journal file (error=%d)\n", error); - } - return error; -} - - -/* - * Relocate the journal file when the file system is being truncated. - * We do not down-size the journal when the file system size is - * reduced, so we always provide the current journal size to the - * relocate code. - */ -static int -hfs_reclaim_journal_file(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t allocLimit, vfs_context_t context) -{ - int error = 0; - u_int32_t startBlock; - u_int32_t blockCount = hfsmp->jnl_size / hfsmp->blockSize; - - /* - * Figure out the location of the .journal file. When the journal - * is on an external device, we need to look up the .journal file. - */ - if (hfsmp->jvp == hfsmp->hfs_devvp) { - startBlock = hfsmp->jnl_start; - blockCount = hfsmp->jnl_size / hfsmp->blockSize; - } else { - u_int32_t fileid; - u_int32_t old_jnlfileid; - struct cat_attr attr; - struct cat_fork fork; - - /* - * The cat_lookup inside GetFileInfo will fail because hfs_jnlfileid - * is set, and it is trying to hide the .journal file. So temporarily - * unset the field while calling GetFileInfo. - */ - old_jnlfileid = hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid; - hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid = 0; - fileid = GetFileInfo(hfsmp, kHFSRootFolderID, ".journal", &attr, &fork); - hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid = old_jnlfileid; - if (fileid != old_jnlfileid) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_journal_file: cannot find .journal file!\n"); - return EIO; - } - - startBlock = fork.cf_extents[0].startBlock; - blockCount = fork.cf_extents[0].blockCount; - } - - if (startBlock + blockCount <= allocLimit) { - /* The journal file does not require relocation */ - return 0; - } - - error = hfs_relocate_journal_file(hfsmp, hfs_blk_to_bytes(blockCount, hfsmp->blockSize), - HFS_RESIZE_TRUNCATE, context); - if (error == 0) { - hfsmp->hfs_resize_blocksmoved += blockCount; - hfs_truncatefs_progress(hfsmp); - printf ("hfs_reclaim_journal_file: Relocated %u blocks from journal on \"%s\"\n", - blockCount, hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - - return error; -} - - -/* - * Move the journal info block to a new location. We have to make sure the - * new copy of the journal info block gets to the media first, then change - * the field in the volume header and the catalog record. - */ -static int -hfs_reclaim_journal_info_block(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t allocLimit, vfs_context_t context) -{ - int error; - int journal_err; - int lockflags; - u_int32_t oldBlock; - u_int32_t newBlock; - u_int32_t blockCount; - struct cat_desc jib_desc; - struct cat_attr jib_attr; - struct cat_fork jib_fork; - buf_t old_bp, new_bp; - - if (hfsmp->vcbJinfoBlock <= allocLimit) { - /* The journal info block does not require relocation */ - return 0; - } - - error = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_journal_info_block: hfs_start_transaction returned %d\n", error); - return error; - } - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG | SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - error = BlockAllocate(hfsmp, 1, 1, 1, - HFS_ALLOC_METAZONE | HFS_ALLOC_FORCECONTIG | HFS_ALLOC_SKIPFREEBLKS | HFS_ALLOC_FLUSHTXN, - &newBlock, &blockCount); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_journal_info_block: BlockAllocate returned %d\n", error); - goto fail; - } - if (blockCount != 1) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_journal_info_block: blockCount != 1 (%u)\n", blockCount); - goto free_fail; - } - - /* Copy the old journal info block content to the new location */ - error = buf_meta_bread(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, - (uint64_t)hfsmp->vcbJinfoBlock * (hfsmp->blockSize/hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size), - hfsmp->blockSize, vfs_context_ucred(context), &old_bp); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_journal_info_block: failed to read JIB (%d)\n", error); - if (old_bp) { - buf_brelse(old_bp); - } - goto free_fail; - } - new_bp = buf_getblk(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, - (uint64_t)newBlock * (hfsmp->blockSize/hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size), - hfsmp->blockSize, 0, 0, BLK_META); - bcopy((char*)buf_dataptr(old_bp), (char*)buf_dataptr(new_bp), hfsmp->blockSize); - buf_brelse(old_bp); - if (journal_uses_fua(hfsmp->jnl)) - buf_markfua(new_bp); - error = buf_bwrite(new_bp); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_journal_info_block: failed to write new JIB (%d)\n", error); - goto free_fail; - } - if (!journal_uses_fua(hfsmp->jnl)) { - error = hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_CACHE); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_journal_info_block: hfs_flush failed (%d)\n", error); - /* Don't fail the operation. */ - } - } - - /* Deallocate the old block once the new one has the new valid content */ - error = BlockDeallocate(hfsmp, hfsmp->vcbJinfoBlock, 1, HFS_ALLOC_SKIPFREEBLKS); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_journal_info_block: BlockDeallocate returned %d\n", error); - goto free_fail; - } - - - /* Update the catalog record for .journal_info_block */ - error = cat_idlookup(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_jnlinfoblkid, 1, 0, &jib_desc, &jib_attr, &jib_fork); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_journal_info_block: cat_idlookup returned %d\n", error); - goto fail; - } - oldBlock = jib_fork.cf_extents[0].startBlock; - jib_fork.cf_size = hfsmp->blockSize; - jib_fork.cf_extents[0].startBlock = newBlock; - jib_fork.cf_extents[0].blockCount = 1; - jib_fork.cf_blocks = 1; - error = cat_update(hfsmp, &jib_desc, &jib_attr, &jib_fork, NULL); - cat_releasedesc(&jib_desc); /* all done with cat descriptor */ - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_journal_info_block: cat_update returned %d\n", error); - goto fail; - } - - /* Update the pointer to the journal info block in the volume header. */ - hfsmp->vcbJinfoBlock = newBlock; - error = hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, HFS_FVH_WAIT | HFS_FVH_WRITE_ALT); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_journal_info_block: hfs_flushvolumeheader returned %d\n", error); - goto fail; - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - error = hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_journal_info_block: hfs_end_transaction returned %d\n", error); - } - error = hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_journal_info_block: journal_flush returned %d\n", error); - } - - /* Account for the block relocated and print progress */ - hfsmp->hfs_resize_blocksmoved += 1; - hfs_truncatefs_progress(hfsmp); - if (!error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_journal_info: Relocated 1 block from journal info on \"%s\"\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN); - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_journal_info_block: Successfully relocated journal info block from (%u,%u) to (%u,%u)\n", oldBlock, blockCount, newBlock, blockCount); - } - } - return error; - -free_fail: - journal_err = BlockDeallocate(hfsmp, newBlock, blockCount, HFS_ALLOC_SKIPFREEBLKS); - if (journal_err) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_journal_info_block: BlockDeallocate returned %d\n", error); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_ROLLBACK_FAILED); - } - -fail: - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - (void) hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_journal_info_block: Error relocating journal info block (error=%d)\n", error); - } - return error; -} - - -static u_int64_t -calculate_journal_size(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t sector_size, u_int64_t sector_count) -{ - u_int64_t journal_size; - u_int32_t journal_scale; - -#define DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE (8*1024*1024) -#define MAX_JOURNAL_SIZE (512*1024*1024) - - /* Calculate the journal size for this volume. We want - * at least 8 MB of journal for each 100 GB of disk space. - * We cap the size at 512 MB, unless the allocation block - * size is larger, in which case, we use one allocation - * block. - */ - journal_scale = (sector_size * sector_count) / ((u_int64_t)100 * 1024 * 1024 * 1024); - journal_size = DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE * (journal_scale + 1); - if (journal_size > MAX_JOURNAL_SIZE) { - journal_size = MAX_JOURNAL_SIZE; - } - if (journal_size < hfsmp->blockSize) { - journal_size = hfsmp->blockSize; - } - return journal_size; -} - - -/* - * Calculate the expected journal size based on current partition size. - * If the size of the current journal is less than the calculated size, - * force journal relocation with the new journal size. - */ -static int -hfs_extend_journal(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t sector_size, u_int64_t sector_count, vfs_context_t context) -{ - int error = 0; - u_int64_t calc_journal_size; - - if (hfsmp->jvp != hfsmp->hfs_devvp) { - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf("hfs_extend_journal: not resizing the journal because it is on an external device.\n"); - } - return 0; - } - - calc_journal_size = calculate_journal_size(hfsmp, sector_size, sector_count); - if (calc_journal_size <= hfsmp->jnl_size) { - /* The journal size requires no modification */ - goto out; - } - - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_extend_journal: journal old=%u, new=%qd\n", hfsmp->jnl_size, calc_journal_size); - } - - /* Extend the journal to the new calculated size */ - error = hfs_relocate_journal_file(hfsmp, calc_journal_size, HFS_RESIZE_EXTEND, context); - if (error == 0) { - printf ("hfs_extend_journal: Extended journal size to %u bytes on \"%s\"\n", - hfsmp->jnl_size, hfsmp->vcbVN); - } -out: - return error; -} - - -/* - * This function traverses through all extended attribute records for a given - * fileID, and calls function that reclaims data blocks that exist in the - * area of the disk being reclaimed which in turn is responsible for allocating - * new space, copying extent data, deallocating new space, and if required, - * splitting the extent. - * - * Note: The caller has already acquired the cnode lock on the file. Therefore - * we are assured that no other thread would be creating/deleting/modifying - * extended attributes for this file. - * - * Side Effects: - * hfsmp->hfs_resize_blocksmoved is incremented by the number of allocation - * blocks that were relocated. - * - * Returns: - * 0 on success, non-zero on failure. - */ -static int -hfs_reclaim_xattr(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *vp, u_int32_t fileID, u_int32_t allocLimit, vfs_context_t context) -{ - int error = 0; - struct hfs_reclaim_extent_info *extent_info; - int i; - HFSPlusAttrKey *key; - int *lockflags; - - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_xattr: === Start reclaiming xattr for id=%u ===\n", fileID); - } - - extent_info = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct hfs_reclaim_extent_info)); - extent_info->vp = vp; - extent_info->fileID = fileID; - extent_info->is_xattr = true; - extent_info->is_sysfile = vnode_issystem(vp); - extent_info->fcb = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp); - lockflags = &(extent_info->lockflags); - *lockflags = SFL_ATTRIBUTE | SFL_BITMAP; - - /* Initialize iterator from the extent_info structure */ - extent_info->iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct BTreeIterator)); - - /* Build attribute key */ - key = (HFSPlusAttrKey *)&(extent_info->iterator->key); - error = hfs_buildattrkey(fileID, NULL, key); - if (error) { - goto out; - } - - /* Initialize btdata from extent_info structure. Note that the - * buffer pointer actually points to the xattr record from the - * extent_info structure itself. - */ - extent_info->btdata.bufferAddress = &(extent_info->record.xattr); - extent_info->btdata.itemSize = sizeof(HFSPlusAttrRecord); - extent_info->btdata.itemCount = 1; - - /* - * Sync all extent-based attribute data to the disk. - * - * All extent-based attribute data I/O is performed via cluster - * I/O using a virtual file that spans across entire file system - * space. - */ - hfs_lock_truncate(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - (void)cluster_push(hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp, 0); - error = vnode_waitforwrites(hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp, 0, 0, 0, "hfs_reclaim_xattr"); - hfs_unlock_truncate(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp), HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (error) { - goto out; - } - - /* Search for extended attribute for current file. This - * will place the iterator before the first matching record. - */ - *lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, *lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - error = BTSearchRecord(extent_info->fcb, extent_info->iterator, - &(extent_info->btdata), &(extent_info->recordlen), - extent_info->iterator); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, *lockflags); - if (error) { - if (error != btNotFound) { - goto out; - } - /* btNotFound is expected here, so just mask it */ - error = 0; - } - - while (1) { - /* Iterate to the next record */ - *lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, *lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - error = BTIterateRecord(extent_info->fcb, kBTreeNextRecord, - extent_info->iterator, &(extent_info->btdata), - &(extent_info->recordlen)); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, *lockflags); - - /* Stop the iteration if we encounter end of btree or xattr with different fileID */ - if (error || key->fileID != fileID) { - if (error == fsBTRecordNotFoundErr || error == fsBTEndOfIterationErr) { - error = 0; - } - break; - } - - /* We only care about extent-based EAs */ - if ((extent_info->record.xattr.recordType != kHFSPlusAttrForkData) && - (extent_info->record.xattr.recordType != kHFSPlusAttrExtents)) { - continue; - } - - if (extent_info->record.xattr.recordType == kHFSPlusAttrForkData) { - extent_info->overflow_count = 0; - extent_info->extents = extent_info->record.xattr.forkData.theFork.extents; - } else if (extent_info->record.xattr.recordType == kHFSPlusAttrExtents) { - extent_info->overflow_count++; - extent_info->extents = extent_info->record.xattr.overflowExtents.extents; - } - - extent_info->recStartBlock = key->startBlock; - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - if (extent_info->extents[i].blockCount == 0) { - break; - } - extent_info->extent_index = i; - error = hfs_reclaim_extent(hfsmp, allocLimit, extent_info, context); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_xattr: fileID=%u hfs_reclaim_extent error=%d\n", fileID, error); - goto out; - } - } - } - -out: - /* If any blocks were relocated, account them and report progress */ - if (extent_info->blocks_relocated) { - hfsmp->hfs_resize_blocksmoved += extent_info->blocks_relocated; - hfs_truncatefs_progress(hfsmp); - } - if (extent_info->iterator) { - hfs_free(extent_info->iterator, sizeof(*extent_info->iterator)); - } - if (extent_info) { - hfs_free(extent_info, sizeof(*extent_info)); - } - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_xattr: === Finished relocating xattr for fileid=%u (error=%d) ===\n", fileID, error); - } - return error; -} - -/* - * Reclaim any extent-based extended attributes allocation blocks from - * the area of the disk that is being truncated. - * - * The function traverses the attribute btree to find out the fileIDs - * of the extended attributes that need to be relocated. For every - * file whose large EA requires relocation, it looks up the cnode and - * calls hfs_reclaim_xattr() to do all the work for allocating - * new space, copying data, deallocating old space, and if required, - * splitting the extents. - * - * Inputs: - * allocLimit - starting block of the area being reclaimed - * - * Returns: - * returns 0 on success, non-zero on failure. - */ -static int -hfs_reclaim_xattrspace(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t allocLimit, vfs_context_t context) -{ - int error = 0; - FCB *fcb; - struct BTreeIterator *iterator = NULL; - struct FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - HFSPlusAttrKey *key; - HFSPlusAttrRecord rec; - int lockflags = 0; - cnid_t prev_fileid = 0; - struct vnode *vp; - int need_relocate; - int btree_operation; - u_int32_t files_moved = 0; - u_int32_t prev_blocksmoved; - int i; - - fcb = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp); - /* Store the value to print total blocks moved by this function in end */ - prev_blocksmoved = hfsmp->hfs_resize_blocksmoved; - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - key = (HFSPlusAttrKey *)&iterator->key; - btdata.bufferAddress = &rec; - btdata.itemSize = sizeof(rec); - btdata.itemCount = 1; - - need_relocate = false; - btree_operation = kBTreeFirstRecord; - /* Traverse the attribute btree to find extent-based EAs to reclaim */ - while (1) { - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_ATTRIBUTE, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - error = BTIterateRecord(fcb, btree_operation, iterator, &btdata, NULL); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - if (error) { - if (error == fsBTRecordNotFoundErr || error == fsBTEndOfIterationErr) { - error = 0; - } - break; - } - btree_operation = kBTreeNextRecord; - - /* If the extents of current fileID were already relocated, skip it */ - if (prev_fileid == key->fileID) { - continue; - } - - /* Check if any of the extents in the current record need to be relocated */ - need_relocate = false; - switch(rec.recordType) { - case kHFSPlusAttrForkData: - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - if (rec.forkData.theFork.extents[i].blockCount == 0) { - break; - } - if ((rec.forkData.theFork.extents[i].startBlock + - rec.forkData.theFork.extents[i].blockCount) > allocLimit) { - need_relocate = true; - break; - } - } - break; - - case kHFSPlusAttrExtents: - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - if (rec.overflowExtents.extents[i].blockCount == 0) { - break; - } - if ((rec.overflowExtents.extents[i].startBlock + - rec.overflowExtents.extents[i].blockCount) > allocLimit) { - need_relocate = true; - break; - } - } - break; - }; - - /* Continue iterating to next attribute record */ - if (need_relocate == false) { - continue; - } - - /* Look up the vnode for corresponding file. The cnode - * will be locked which will ensure that no one modifies - * the xattrs when we are relocating them. - * - * We want to allow open-unlinked files to be moved, - * so provide allow_deleted == 1 for hfs_vget(). - */ - if (hfs_vget(hfsmp, key->fileID, &vp, 0, 1) != 0) { - continue; - } - - error = hfs_reclaim_xattr(hfsmp, vp, key->fileID, allocLimit, context); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaim_xattrspace: Error relocating xattrs for fileid=%u (error=%d)\n", key->fileID, error); - break; - } - prev_fileid = key->fileID; - files_moved++; - } - - if (files_moved) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_xattrspace: Relocated %u xattr blocks from %u files on \"%s\"\n", - (hfsmp->hfs_resize_blocksmoved - prev_blocksmoved), - files_moved, hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - return error; -} - -/* - * Reclaim blocks from regular files. - * - * This function iterates over all the record in catalog btree looking - * for files with extents that overlap into the space we're trying to - * free up. If a file extent requires relocation, it looks up the vnode - * and calls function to relocate the data. - * - * Returns: - * Zero on success, non-zero on failure. - */ -static int -hfs_reclaim_filespace(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t allocLimit, vfs_context_t context) -{ - int error; - FCB *fcb; - struct BTreeIterator *iterator = NULL; - struct FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - int btree_operation; - int lockflags; - struct HFSPlusCatalogFile filerec; - struct vnode *vp; - struct vnode *rvp; - struct filefork *datafork; - u_int32_t files_moved = 0; - u_int32_t prev_blocksmoved; - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - int keys_generated = 0; -#endif - - fcb = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp); - /* Store the value to print total blocks moved by this function at the end */ - prev_blocksmoved = hfsmp->hfs_resize_blocksmoved; - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - /* - * For content-protected filesystems, we may need to relocate files that - * are encrypted. If they use the new-style offset-based IVs, then - * we can move them regardless of the lock state. We create a temporary - * key here that we use to read/write the data, then we discard it at the - * end of the function. - */ - if (cp_fs_protected (hfsmp->hfs_mp)) { - error = cpx_gentempkeys(&hfsmp->hfs_resize_cpx, hfsmp); - if (error == 0) { - keys_generated = 1; - } - - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaimspace: Error generating temporary keys for resize (%d)\n", error); - goto reclaim_filespace_done; - } - } - -#endif - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - btdata.bufferAddress = &filerec; - btdata.itemSize = sizeof(filerec); - btdata.itemCount = 1; - - btree_operation = kBTreeFirstRecord; - while (1) { - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - error = BTIterateRecord(fcb, btree_operation, iterator, &btdata, NULL); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - if (error) { - if (error == fsBTRecordNotFoundErr || error == fsBTEndOfIterationErr) { - error = 0; - } - break; - } - btree_operation = kBTreeNextRecord; - - if (filerec.recordType != kHFSPlusFileRecord) { - continue; - } - - /* Check if any of the extents require relocation */ - bool overlaps; - error = hfs_file_extent_overlaps(hfsmp, allocLimit, &filerec, &overlaps); - if (error) - break; - - if (!overlaps) - continue; - - /* We want to allow open-unlinked files to be moved, so allow_deleted == 1 */ - if (hfs_vget(hfsmp, filerec.fileID, &vp, 0, 1) != 0) { - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_filespace: hfs_vget(%u) failed.\n", filerec.fileID); - } - continue; - } - - /* If data fork exists or item is a directory hard link, relocate blocks */ - datafork = VTOF(vp); - if ((datafork && datafork->ff_blocks > 0) || vnode_isdir(vp)) { - error = hfs_reclaim_file(hfsmp, vp, filerec.fileID, - kHFSDataForkType, allocLimit, context); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaimspace: Error reclaiming datafork blocks of fileid=%u (error=%d)\n", filerec.fileID, error); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - break; - } - } - - /* If resource fork exists or item is a directory hard link, relocate blocks */ - if (((VTOC(vp)->c_blocks - (datafork ? datafork->ff_blocks : 0)) > 0) || vnode_isdir(vp)) { - if (vnode_isdir(vp)) { - /* Resource fork vnode lookup is invalid for directory hard link. - * So we fake data fork vnode as resource fork vnode. - */ - rvp = vp; - } else { - error = hfs_vgetrsrc(hfsmp, vp, &rvp); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaimspace: Error looking up rvp for fileid=%u (error=%d)\n", filerec.fileID, error); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - break; - } - VTOC(rvp)->c_flag |= C_NEED_RVNODE_PUT; - } - - error = hfs_reclaim_file(hfsmp, rvp, filerec.fileID, - kHFSResourceForkType, allocLimit, context); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaimspace: Error reclaiming rsrcfork blocks of fileid=%u (error=%d)\n", filerec.fileID, error); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - break; - } - } - - /* The file forks were relocated successfully, now drop the - * cnode lock and vnode reference, and continue iterating to - * next catalog record. - */ - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - files_moved++; - } - - if (files_moved) { - printf("hfs_reclaim_filespace: Relocated %u blocks from %u files on \"%s\"\n", - (hfsmp->hfs_resize_blocksmoved - prev_blocksmoved), - files_moved, hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT -reclaim_filespace_done: - - if (keys_generated) { - cpx_free(hfsmp->hfs_resize_cpx); - hfsmp->hfs_resize_cpx = NULL; - } -#endif - - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - - return error; -} - -/* - * Reclaim space at the end of a file system. - * - * Inputs - - * allocLimit - start block of the space being reclaimed - * reclaimblks - number of allocation blocks to reclaim - */ -static int -hfs_reclaimspace(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t allocLimit, u_int32_t reclaimblks, vfs_context_t context) -{ - int error = 0; - - /* - * Preflight the bitmap to find out total number of blocks that need - * relocation. - * - * Note: Since allocLimit is set to the location of new alternate volume - * header, the check below does not account for blocks allocated for old - * alternate volume header. - */ - error = hfs_count_allocated(hfsmp, allocLimit, reclaimblks, &(hfsmp->hfs_resize_totalblocks)); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaimspace: Unable to determine total blocks to reclaim error=%d\n", error); - return error; - } - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_reclaimspace: Total number of blocks to reclaim = %u\n", hfsmp->hfs_resize_totalblocks); - } - - /* Just to be safe, sync the content of the journal to the disk before we proceed */ - hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL_META); - - /* First, relocate journal file blocks if they're in the way. - * Doing this first will make sure that journal relocate code - * gets access to contiguous blocks on disk first. The journal - * file has to be contiguous on the disk, otherwise resize will - * fail. - */ - error = hfs_reclaim_journal_file(hfsmp, allocLimit, context); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaimspace: hfs_reclaim_journal_file failed (%d)\n", error); - return error; - } - - /* Relocate journal info block blocks if they're in the way. */ - error = hfs_reclaim_journal_info_block(hfsmp, allocLimit, context); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaimspace: hfs_reclaim_journal_info_block failed (%d)\n", error); - return error; - } - - /* Relocate extents of the Extents B-tree if they're in the way. - * Relocating extents btree before other btrees is important as - * this will provide access to largest contiguous block range on - * the disk for relocating extents btree. Note that extents btree - * can only have maximum of 8 extents. - */ - error = hfs_reclaim_file(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp, kHFSExtentsFileID, - kHFSDataForkType, allocLimit, context); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaimspace: reclaim extents b-tree returned %d\n", error); - return error; - } - - /* Relocate extents of the Allocation file if they're in the way. */ - error = hfs_reclaim_file(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp, kHFSAllocationFileID, - kHFSDataForkType, allocLimit, context); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaimspace: reclaim allocation file returned %d\n", error); - return error; - } - - /* Relocate extents of the Catalog B-tree if they're in the way. */ - error = hfs_reclaim_file(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp, kHFSCatalogFileID, - kHFSDataForkType, allocLimit, context); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaimspace: reclaim catalog b-tree returned %d\n", error); - return error; - } - - /* Relocate extents of the Attributes B-tree if they're in the way. */ - error = hfs_reclaim_file(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp, kHFSAttributesFileID, - kHFSDataForkType, allocLimit, context); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaimspace: reclaim attribute b-tree returned %d\n", error); - return error; - } - - /* Relocate extents of the Startup File if there is one and they're in the way. */ - error = hfs_reclaim_file(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_startup_vp, kHFSStartupFileID, - kHFSDataForkType, allocLimit, context); - if (error) { - printf("hfs_reclaimspace: reclaim startup file returned %d\n", error); - return error; - } - - /* - * We need to make sure the alternate volume header gets flushed if we moved - * any extents in the volume header. But we need to do that before - * shrinking the size of the volume, or else the journal code will panic - * with an invalid (too large) block number. - * - * Note that blks_moved will be set if ANY extent was moved, even - * if it was just an overflow extent. In this case, the journal_flush isn't - * strictly required, but shouldn't hurt. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_resize_blocksmoved) { - hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL_META); - } - - /* Reclaim extents from catalog file records */ - error = hfs_reclaim_filespace(hfsmp, allocLimit, context); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaimspace: hfs_reclaim_filespace returned error=%d\n", error); - return error; - } - - /* Reclaim extents from extent-based extended attributes, if any */ - error = hfs_reclaim_xattrspace(hfsmp, allocLimit, context); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_reclaimspace: hfs_reclaim_xattrspace returned error=%d\n", error); - return error; - } - - /* - * Make sure reserved ranges in the region we're to allocate don't - * overlap. - */ - struct rl_entry *range; -again:; - int lockf = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_BITMAP, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - TAILQ_FOREACH(range, &hfsmp->hfs_reserved_ranges[HFS_LOCKED_BLOCKS], rl_link) { - if (rl_overlap(range, hfsmp->allocLimit, RL_INFINITY) != RL_NOOVERLAP) { - // Wait 100ms - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockf); - msleep(hfs_reclaimspace, NULL, PINOD, "waiting on reserved blocks", - &(struct timespec){ 0, 100 * 1000000 }); - goto again; - } - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockf); - - return error; -} - - -/* - * Check if there are any extents (including overflow extents) that overlap - * into the disk space that is being reclaimed. - * - * Output - - * true - One of the extents need to be relocated - * false - No overflow extents need to be relocated, or there was an error - */ -static errno_t -hfs_file_extent_overlaps(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t allocLimit, - struct HFSPlusCatalogFile *filerec, bool *overlaps) -{ - struct BTreeIterator * iterator = NULL; - struct FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - HFSPlusExtentRecord extrec; - HFSPlusExtentKey *extkeyptr; - FCB *fcb; - int i, j; - int error; - int lockflags = 0; - u_int32_t endblock; - errno_t ret = 0; - - /* Check if data fork overlaps the target space */ - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; ++i) { - if (filerec->dataFork.extents[i].blockCount == 0) { - break; - } - endblock = filerec->dataFork.extents[i].startBlock + - filerec->dataFork.extents[i].blockCount; - if (endblock > allocLimit) { - *overlaps = true; - goto out; - } - } - - /* Check if resource fork overlaps the target space */ - for (j = 0; j < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; ++j) { - if (filerec->resourceFork.extents[j].blockCount == 0) { - break; - } - endblock = filerec->resourceFork.extents[j].startBlock + - filerec->resourceFork.extents[j].blockCount; - if (endblock > allocLimit) { - *overlaps = true; - goto out; - } - } - - /* Return back if there are no overflow extents for this file */ - if ((i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity) && (j < kHFSPlusExtentDensity)) { - *overlaps = false; - goto out; - } - - iterator = hfs_malloc(sizeof(*iterator)); - - bzero(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - extkeyptr = (HFSPlusExtentKey *)&iterator->key; - extkeyptr->keyLength = kHFSPlusExtentKeyMaximumLength; - extkeyptr->forkType = 0; - extkeyptr->fileID = filerec->fileID; - extkeyptr->startBlock = 0; - - btdata.bufferAddress = &extrec; - btdata.itemSize = sizeof(extrec); - btdata.itemCount = 1; - - fcb = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp); - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_EXTENTS, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - /* This will position the iterator just before the first overflow - * extent record for given fileID. It will always return btNotFound, - * so we special case the error code. - */ - error = BTSearchRecord(fcb, iterator, &btdata, NULL, iterator); - if (error && (error != btNotFound)) { - ret = MacToVFSError(error); - goto out; - } - - /* BTIterateRecord() might return error if the btree is empty, and - * therefore we return that the extent does not overflow to the caller - */ - error = BTIterateRecord(fcb, kBTreeNextRecord, iterator, &btdata, NULL); - while (error == 0) { - /* Stop when we encounter a different file. */ - if (extkeyptr->fileID != filerec->fileID) { - break; - } - /* Check if any of the forks exist in the target space. */ - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; ++i) { - if (extrec[i].blockCount == 0) { - break; - } - endblock = extrec[i].startBlock + extrec[i].blockCount; - if (endblock > allocLimit) { - *overlaps = true; - goto out; - } - } - /* Look for more records. */ - error = BTIterateRecord(fcb, kBTreeNextRecord, iterator, &btdata, NULL); - } - - if (error && error != btNotFound) { - ret = MacToVFSError(error); - goto out; - } - - *overlaps = false; - -out: - if (lockflags) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - } - - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - - return ret; -} - - -/* - * Calculate the progress of a file system resize operation. - */ -int -hfs_resize_progress(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t *progress) -{ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_RESIZE_IN_PROGRESS) == 0) { - return (ENXIO); - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_resize_totalblocks > 0) { - *progress = (u_int32_t)((hfsmp->hfs_resize_blocksmoved * 100ULL) / hfsmp->hfs_resize_totalblocks); - } else { - *progress = 0; - } - - return (0); -} diff --git a/core/hfs_search.c b/core/hfs_search.c deleted file mode 100644 index 45aee7b..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_search.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1395 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 1997-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - * - * @(#)hfs_search.c - */ -/* - * NOTICE: This file was modified by SPARTA, Inc. in 2005 to introduce - * support for mandatory and extensible security protections. This notice - * is included in support of clause 2.2 (b) of the Apple Public License, - * Version 2.0. - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#if CONFIG_MACF -#include -#endif - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_dbg.h" -#include "hfs_catalog.h" -#include "hfs_attrlist.h" -#include "hfs_endian.h" - -#include "FileMgrInternal.h" -#include "HFSUnicodeWrappers.h" -#include "BTreesPrivate.h" -#include "BTreeScanner.h" -#include "CatalogPrivate.h" - -#if CONFIG_SEARCHFS - -/* Search criterea. */ -struct directoryInfoSpec -{ - u_int32_t numFiles; -}; - -struct fileInfoSpec -{ - off_t dataLogicalLength; - off_t dataPhysicalLength; - off_t resourceLogicalLength; - off_t resourcePhysicalLength; -}; - -struct searchinfospec -{ - u_char name[kHFSPlusMaxFileNameBytes]; - u_int32_t nameLength; - char attributes; // see IM:Files 2-100 - u_int32_t nodeID; - u_int32_t parentDirID; - struct timespec creationDate; - struct timespec modificationDate; - struct timespec changeDate; - struct timespec accessDate; - struct timespec lastBackupDate; - u_int8_t finderInfo[32]; - uid_t uid; - gid_t gid; - mode_t mask; - struct fileInfoSpec f; - struct directoryInfoSpec d; -}; -typedef struct searchinfospec searchinfospec_t; - -static void ResolveHardlink(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusCatalogFile *recp); - - -static int UnpackSearchAttributeBlock(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct attrlist *alist, - searchinfospec_t *searchInfo, void *attributeBuffer, int firstblock); - -static int CheckCriteria( ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_long searchBits, - struct attrlist *attrList, - CatalogRecord *rec, - CatalogKey *key, - searchinfospec_t *searchInfo1, - searchinfospec_t *searchInfo2, - struct vfs_context *ctx); - -static int CheckAccess(ExtendedVCB *vcb, u_long searchBits, CatalogKey *key, struct vfs_context *ctx); - -static int InsertMatch(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uio_t a_uio, CatalogRecord *rec, - CatalogKey *key, struct attrlist *returnAttrList, - void *attributesBuffer, void *variableBuffer, - uint32_t * nummatches ); - -static Boolean CompareRange(u_long val, u_long low, u_long high); -static Boolean CompareWideRange(u_int64_t val, u_int64_t low, u_int64_t high); - -static Boolean CompareRange( u_long val, u_long low, u_long high ) -{ - return( (val >= low) && (val <= high) ); -} - -static Boolean CompareWideRange( u_int64_t val, u_int64_t low, u_int64_t high ) -{ - return( (val >= low) && (val <= high) ); -} -//#define CompareRange(val, low, high) ((val >= low) && (val <= high)) - - -/************************************************************************/ -/* Entry for searchfs() */ -/************************************************************************/ - -#define errSearchBufferFull 101 /* Internal search errors */ -/* -# -#% searchfs vp L L L -# -vnop_searchfs { - IN struct vnode *vp; - IN off_t length; - IN int flags; - IN kauth_cred_t cred; - IN struct proc *p; -}; -*/ - -int -hfs_vnop_search(ap) - struct vnop_searchfs_args *ap; /* - struct vnodeop_desc *a_desc; - struct vnode *a_vp; - void *a_searchparams1; - void *a_searchparams2; - struct attrlist *a_searchattrs; - u_long a_maxmatches; - struct timeval *a_timelimit; - struct attrlist *a_returnattrs; - u_long *a_nummatches; - u_long a_scriptcode; - u_long a_options; - struct uio *a_uio; - struct searchstate *a_searchstate; - vfs_context_t a_context; - */ -{ - ExtendedVCB *vcb = VTOVCB(ap->a_vp); - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - FCB * catalogFCB; - searchinfospec_t searchInfo1; - searchinfospec_t searchInfo2; - void *attributesBuffer = NULL; - void *variableBuffer; - u_int32_t fixedBlockSize; - u_int32_t eachReturnBufferSize; - struct proc *p = current_proc(); - int err = E_NONE; - int isHFSPlus; - CatalogKey * myCurrentKeyPtr; - CatalogRecord * myCurrentDataPtr; - CatPosition * myCatPositionPtr; - BTScanState myBTScanState; - user_addr_t user_start = 0; - user_size_t user_len = 0; - int32_t searchTime; - int lockflags; - boolean_t timerExpired = FALSE; - - /* XXX Parameter check a_searchattrs? */ - - *(ap->a_nummatches) = 0; - - if (ap->a_options & ~SRCHFS_VALIDOPTIONSMASK) { - return (EINVAL); - } - - /* - * Fail requests for attributes that HFS does not support for the - * items that match the search criteria. Note that these checks - * are for the OUTBOUND attributes to be returned (not search criteria). - */ - if ((ap->a_returnattrs->commonattr & ~HFS_ATTR_CMN_VALID) || - (ap->a_returnattrs->volattr != 0) || - (ap->a_returnattrs->dirattr & ~HFS_ATTR_DIR_VALID) || - (ap->a_returnattrs->fileattr & ~HFS_ATTR_FILE_VALID) || - (ap->a_returnattrs->forkattr != 0)) { - - return (EINVAL); - } - - /* SRCHFS_SKIPLINKS requires root access. - * This option cannot be used with either - * the ATTR_CMN_NAME or ATTR_CMN_PAROBJID - * attributes. - */ - if (ap->a_options & SRCHFS_SKIPLINKS) { - attrgroup_t attrs; - - attrs = ap->a_searchattrs->commonattr | ap->a_returnattrs->commonattr; - if (attrs & (ATTR_CMN_NAME | ATTR_CMN_PAROBJID)) { - return (EINVAL); - } - - if ((err = vfs_context_suser(ap->a_context))) { - return (err); - } - } - - // If both 32-bit and 64-bit parent ids or file ids are given - // then return an error. - - attrgroup_t test_attrs=ap->a_searchattrs->commonattr; - - if (((test_attrs & ATTR_CMN_OBJID) && (test_attrs & ATTR_CMN_FILEID)) || - ((test_attrs & ATTR_CMN_PARENTID) && (test_attrs & ATTR_CMN_PAROBJID))) { - return (EINVAL); - } - - if (uio_resid(ap->a_uio) <= 0) { - return (EINVAL); - } - - isHFSPlus = (vcb->vcbSigWord == kHFSPlusSigWord); - hfsmp = VTOHFS(ap->a_vp); - - searchTime = kMaxMicroSecsInKernel; - if (ap->a_timelimit->tv_sec == 0 && - ap->a_timelimit->tv_usec > 0 && - ap->a_timelimit->tv_usec < kMaxMicroSecsInKernel) { - searchTime = ap->a_timelimit->tv_usec; - } - - /* UnPack the search boundries, searchInfo1, searchInfo2 */ - err = UnpackSearchAttributeBlock(hfsmp, ap->a_searchattrs, - &searchInfo1, ap->a_searchparams1, 1); - if (err) { - return err; - } - err = UnpackSearchAttributeBlock(hfsmp, ap->a_searchattrs, - &searchInfo2, ap->a_searchparams2, 0); - if (err) { - return err; - } - //shadow search bits if 64-bit file/parent ids are used - if (ap->a_searchattrs->commonattr & ATTR_CMN_FILEID) - ap->a_searchattrs->commonattr |= ATTR_CMN_OBJID; - if (ap->a_searchattrs->commonattr & ATTR_CMN_PARENTID) - ap->a_searchattrs->commonattr |= ATTR_CMN_PAROBJID; - - fixedBlockSize = sizeof(u_int32_t) + hfs_attrblksize(ap->a_returnattrs); /* u_int32_t for length word */ - - eachReturnBufferSize = fixedBlockSize; - - if ( ap->a_returnattrs->commonattr & ATTR_CMN_NAME ) /* XXX should be more robust! */ - eachReturnBufferSize += kHFSPlusMaxFileNameBytes + 1; - - attributesBuffer = hfs_mallocz(eachReturnBufferSize); - variableBuffer = (void*)((char*) attributesBuffer + fixedBlockSize); - - // XXXdbg - have to lock the user's buffer so we don't fault - // while holding the shared catalog file lock. see the comment - // in hfs_readdir() for more details. - // - if (hfsmp->jnl && uio_isuserspace(ap->a_uio)) { - user_start = uio_curriovbase(ap->a_uio); - user_len = uio_curriovlen(ap->a_uio); - - if ((err = vslock(user_start, user_len)) != 0) { - user_start = 0; - goto ExitThisRoutine; - } - } - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - catalogFCB = GetFileControlBlock(vcb->catalogRefNum); - myCurrentKeyPtr = NULL; - myCurrentDataPtr = NULL; - myCatPositionPtr = (CatPosition *)ap->a_searchstate; - - if (ap->a_options & SRCHFS_START) { - /* Starting a new search. */ - /* Make sure the on-disk Catalog file is current */ - (void) hfs_fsync(vcb->catalogRefNum, MNT_WAIT, 0, p); - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL); - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - } - - ap->a_options &= ~SRCHFS_START; - bzero((caddr_t)myCatPositionPtr, sizeof(*myCatPositionPtr)); - err = BTScanInitialize(catalogFCB, 0, 0, 0, kCatSearchBufferSize, &myBTScanState); - if (err) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - goto ExitThisRoutine; - } - } else { - /* Resuming a search. */ - err = BTScanInitialize(catalogFCB, myCatPositionPtr->nextNode, - myCatPositionPtr->nextRecord, - myCatPositionPtr->recordsFound, - kCatSearchBufferSize, - &myBTScanState); - /* Make sure Catalog hasn't changed. */ - if (err == 0 - && myCatPositionPtr->writeCount != myBTScanState.btcb->writeCount) { - myCatPositionPtr->writeCount = myBTScanState.btcb->writeCount; - err = EBUSY; /* catChangedErr */ - } - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (err) - goto ExitThisRoutine; - - /* - * Check all the catalog btree records... - * return the attributes for matching items - */ - for (;;) { - struct timeval myCurrentTime; - struct timeval myElapsedTime; - - err = BTScanNextRecord(&myBTScanState, timerExpired, - (void **)&myCurrentKeyPtr, (void **)&myCurrentDataPtr, - NULL); - if (err) - break; - - /* Resolve any hardlinks */ - if (isHFSPlus && (ap->a_options & SRCHFS_SKIPLINKS) == 0) { - ResolveHardlink(vcb, (HFSPlusCatalogFile *)myCurrentDataPtr); - } - if (CheckCriteria( vcb, ap->a_options, ap->a_searchattrs, myCurrentDataPtr, - myCurrentKeyPtr, &searchInfo1, &searchInfo2, ap->a_context ) - && CheckAccess(vcb, ap->a_options, myCurrentKeyPtr, ap->a_context)) { - err = InsertMatch(hfsmp, ap->a_uio, myCurrentDataPtr, - myCurrentKeyPtr, ap->a_returnattrs, - attributesBuffer, variableBuffer, ap->a_nummatches); - if (err) { - /* - * The last match didn't fit so come back - * to this record on the next trip. - */ - --myBTScanState.recordsFound; - --myBTScanState.recordNum; - break; - } - - if (*(ap->a_nummatches) >= ap->a_maxmatches) - break; - } - if (timerExpired == FALSE) { - /* - * Check our elapsed time and bail if we've hit the max. - * The idea here is to throttle the amount of time we - * spend in the kernel. - */ - microuptime(&myCurrentTime); - timersub(&myCurrentTime, &myBTScanState.startTime, &myElapsedTime); - /* - * Note: assumes kMaxMicroSecsInKernel is less than 1,000,000 - */ - if (myElapsedTime.tv_sec > 0 - || myElapsedTime.tv_usec >= searchTime) { - timerExpired = TRUE; - } else if (throttle_io_will_be_throttled(-1, HFSTOVFS(hfsmp))) - timerExpired = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Update catalog position */ - myCatPositionPtr->writeCount = myBTScanState.btcb->writeCount; - - BTScanTerminate(&myBTScanState, &myCatPositionPtr->nextNode, - &myCatPositionPtr->nextRecord, - &myCatPositionPtr->recordsFound); - - if ( err == E_NONE ) { - err = EAGAIN; /* signal to the user to call searchfs again */ - } else if ( err == errSearchBufferFull ) { - if ( *(ap->a_nummatches) > 0 ) - err = EAGAIN; - else - err = ENOBUFS; - } else if ( err == btNotFound ) { - err = E_NONE; /* the entire disk has been searched */ - } else if ( err == fsBTTimeOutErr ) { - err = EAGAIN; - } - -ExitThisRoutine: - if (attributesBuffer) - hfs_free(attributesBuffer, eachReturnBufferSize); - - if (user_start) { - vsunlock(user_start, user_len, TRUE); - } - - return (MacToVFSError(err)); -} - - -static void -ResolveHardlink(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusCatalogFile *recp) -{ - u_int32_t type, creator; - int isdirlink = 0; - int isfilelink = 0; - time_t filecreatedate; - - if (recp->recordType != kHFSPlusFileRecord) { - return; - } - type = SWAP_BE32(recp->userInfo.fdType); - creator = SWAP_BE32(recp->userInfo.fdCreator); - filecreatedate = to_bsd_time(recp->createDate); - - if ((type == kHardLinkFileType && creator == kHFSPlusCreator) && - (filecreatedate == (time_t)hfsmp->hfs_itime || - filecreatedate == (time_t)hfsmp->hfs_metadata_createdate)) { - isfilelink = 1; - } else if ((type == kHFSAliasType && creator == kHFSAliasCreator) && - (recp->flags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask) && - (filecreatedate == (time_t)hfsmp->hfs_itime || - filecreatedate == (time_t)hfsmp->hfs_metadata_createdate)) { - isdirlink = 1; - } - - if (isfilelink || isdirlink) { - cnid_t saved_cnid; - int lockflags; - - /* Export link's cnid (a unique value) instead of inode's cnid */ - saved_cnid = recp->fileID; - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - (void) cat_resolvelink(hfsmp, recp->hl_linkReference, isdirlink, recp); - - recp->fileID = saved_cnid; - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - } -} - - -static Boolean -CompareMasked(const u_int32_t *thisValue, const u_int32_t *compareData, - const u_int32_t *compareMask, u_int32_t count) -{ - Boolean matched; - u_int32_t i; - - matched = true; /* Assume it will all match */ - - for (i=0; i= f_len) { - *tsp = f_len; - - if (FastRelString(tsp++, find) == 0) - return TRUE; - } - - return FALSE; -} -#endif - - -/* - * Check to see if caller has access rights to this item - */ - -static int -CheckAccess(ExtendedVCB *theVCBPtr, u_long searchBits, CatalogKey *theKeyPtr, struct vfs_context *ctx) -{ - Boolean isHFSPlus; - int myErr; - int myResult; - HFSCatalogNodeID myNodeID; - hfsmount_t * hfsmp; - struct FndrDirInfo *finfop; - struct vnode * vp = NULL; - - myResult = 0; /* default to "no access" */ - - if (!vfs_context_suser(ctx)) { - myResult = 1; /* allow access */ - goto ExitThisRoutine; /* root always has access */ - } - - hfsmp = VCBTOHFS( theVCBPtr ); - isHFSPlus = ( theVCBPtr->vcbSigWord == kHFSPlusSigWord ); - if ( isHFSPlus ) - myNodeID = theKeyPtr->hfsPlus.parentID; -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else - myNodeID = theKeyPtr->hfs.parentID; -#endif - - while ( myNodeID >= kRootDirID ) { - cnode_t * cp; - - /* now go get catalog data for this directory */ - myErr = hfs_vget(hfsmp, myNodeID, &vp, 0, 0); - if ( myErr ) { - goto ExitThisRoutine; /* no access */ - } - - cp = VTOC(vp); - finfop = (struct FndrDirInfo *)&cp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo[0]; - - if ( searchBits & SRCHFS_SKIPPACKAGES ) { - if ( (SWAP_BE16(finfop->frFlags) & kHasBundle) - || (cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr != NULL - && is_package_name((const char *)cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr, cp->c_desc.cd_namelen)) ) { - myResult = 0; - goto ExitThisRoutine; - } - } - - if ( searchBits & SRCHFS_SKIPINAPPROPRIATE ) { - if ( cp->c_parentcnid == kRootDirID && cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr != NULL && - vn_searchfs_inappropriate_name((const char *)cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr, cp->c_desc.cd_namelen) ) { - myResult = 0; - goto ExitThisRoutine; - } - } - - if ( (searchBits & SRCHFS_SKIPINVISIBLE) && - (SWAP_BE16(finfop->frFlags) & kIsInvisible) ) { - myResult = 0; - goto ExitThisRoutine; - } - - myNodeID = cp->c_parentcnid; /* move up the hierarchy */ - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - -#if CONFIG_MACF - if (vp->v_type == VDIR) { - myErr = mac_vnode_check_readdir(ctx, vp); - } else { - myErr = mac_vnode_check_stat(ctx, NOCRED, vp); - } - if (myErr) { - vnode_put(vp); - vp = NULL; - goto ExitThisRoutine; - } -#endif /* MAC */ - - if (vnode_vtype(vp) == VDIR) { - myErr = vnode_authorize(vp, NULL, (KAUTH_VNODE_SEARCH | KAUTH_VNODE_LIST_DIRECTORY), ctx); - } else { - myErr = vnode_authorize(vp, NULL, (KAUTH_VNODE_SEARCH), ctx); - } - vnode_put(vp); - vp = NULL; - if ( myErr ) { - goto ExitThisRoutine; /* no access */ - } - } - myResult = 1; /* allow access */ - -ExitThisRoutine: - if ( vp != NULL ) { - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - vnode_put(vp); - } - return ( myResult ); - -} - -static int -CheckCriteria( ExtendedVCB *vcb, - u_long searchBits, - struct attrlist *attrList, - CatalogRecord *rec, - CatalogKey *key, - searchinfospec_t *searchInfo1, - searchinfospec_t *searchInfo2, - struct vfs_context *ctx) -{ - Boolean matched, atleastone; - Boolean isHFSPlus; - attrgroup_t searchAttributes; - struct cat_attr c_attr; - struct cat_fork datafork; - struct cat_fork rsrcfork; - int force_case_sensitivity = proc_is_forcing_hfs_case_sensitivity(vfs_context_proc(ctx)); - - bzero(&c_attr, sizeof(c_attr)); - isHFSPlus = (vcb->vcbSigWord == kHFSPlusSigWord); - - switch (rec->recordType) { - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - case kHFSFolderRecord: - if ( (searchBits & SRCHFS_MATCHDIRS) == 0 ) { /* If we are NOT searching folders */ - matched = false; - goto TestDone; - } - break; - - case kHFSFileRecord: - if ( (searchBits & SRCHFS_MATCHFILES) == 0 ) { /* If we are NOT searching files */ - matched = false; - goto TestDone; - } - break; -#endif - - case kHFSPlusFolderRecord: - if ( (searchBits & SRCHFS_MATCHDIRS) == 0 ) { /* If we are NOT searching folders */ - matched = false; - goto TestDone; - } - break; - - case kHFSPlusFileRecord: - /* Check if hardlink links should be skipped. */ - if (searchBits & SRCHFS_SKIPLINKS) { - cnid_t parid = key->hfsPlus.parentID; - HFSPlusCatalogFile *filep = (HFSPlusCatalogFile *)rec; - - if ((SWAP_BE32(filep->userInfo.fdType) == kHardLinkFileType) && - (SWAP_BE32(filep->userInfo.fdCreator) == kHFSPlusCreator)) { - return (false); /* skip over file link records */ - } else if ((parid == vcb->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) && - (filep->bsdInfo.special.linkCount == 0)) { - return (false); /* skip over unlinked files */ - } else if ((SWAP_BE32(filep->userInfo.fdType) == kHFSAliasType) && - (SWAP_BE32(filep->userInfo.fdCreator) == kHFSAliasCreator) && - (filep->flags & kHFSHasLinkChainMask)) { - return (false); /* skip over dir link records */ - } - } else if (key->hfsPlus.parentID == vcb->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) { - return (false); /* skip over private files */ - } else if (key->hfsPlus.parentID == vcb->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) { - return (false); /* skip over private files */ - } - - if ( (searchBits & SRCHFS_MATCHFILES) == 0 ) { /* If we are NOT searching files */ - matched = false; - goto TestDone; - } - break; - - default: /* Never match a thread record or any other type. */ - return( false ); /* Not a file or folder record, so can't search it */ - } - - matched = true; /* Assume we got a match */ - atleastone = false; /* Dont insert unless we match at least one criteria */ - - /* First, attempt to match the name -- either partial or complete */ - if ( attrList->commonattr & ATTR_CMN_NAME ) { - if (isHFSPlus) { - int case_sensitive = 0; - - /* - * Longstanding default behavior here is to use a non-case-sensitive - * search, even on case-sensitive filesystems. - * - * We only force case sensitivity if the controlling process has explicitly - * asked for it in the proc flags, and only if they are not doing - * a partial name match. Consider that if you are doing a partial - * name match ("all files that begin with 'image'"), the likelihood is - * high that you would want to see all matches, even those that do not - * explicitly match the case. - */ - if (force_case_sensitivity) { - case_sensitive = 1; - } - - /* Check for partial/full HFS Plus name match */ - - if ( searchBits & SRCHFS_MATCHPARTIALNAMES ) { - /* always use a case-INSENSITIVE search here */ - matched = ComparePartialUnicodeName(key->hfsPlus.nodeName.unicode, - key->hfsPlus.nodeName.length, - (UniChar*)searchInfo1->name, - searchInfo1->nameLength, 0); - } - else { - /* Full name match. Are we HFSX (case sensitive) or HFS+ ? */ - if (case_sensitive) { - matched = (UnicodeBinaryCompare(key->hfsPlus.nodeName.unicode, - key->hfsPlus.nodeName.length, - (UniChar*)searchInfo1->name, - searchInfo1->nameLength ) == 0); - } - else { - matched = (FastUnicodeCompare(key->hfsPlus.nodeName.unicode, - key->hfsPlus.nodeName.length, - (UniChar*)searchInfo1->name, - searchInfo1->nameLength ) == 0); - } - } - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - /* Check for partial/full HFS name match */ - - if ( searchBits & SRCHFS_MATCHPARTIALNAMES ) - matched = ComparePartialPascalName(key->hfs.nodeName, (u_char*)searchInfo1->name); - else /* full HFS name match */ - matched = (FastRelString(key->hfs.nodeName, (u_char*)searchInfo1->name) == 0); - } -#endif - - if ( matched == false || (searchBits & ~SRCHFS_MATCHPARTIALNAMES) == 0 ) - goto TestDone; /* no match, or nothing more to compare */ - - atleastone = true; - } - - /* Convert catalog record into cat_attr format. */ - cat_convertattr(VCBTOHFS(vcb), rec, &c_attr, &datafork, &rsrcfork); - - if (searchBits & SRCHFS_SKIPINVISIBLE) { - int flags; - - switch (rec->recordType) { -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - case kHFSFolderRecord: - { - struct FndrDirInfo *finder_info; - - finder_info = (struct FndrDirInfo *)&c_attr.ca_finderinfo[0]; - flags = SWAP_BE16(finder_info->frFlags); - break; - } - - case kHFSFileRecord: - { - struct FndrFileInfo *finder_info; - - finder_info = (struct FndrFileInfo *)&c_attr.ca_finderinfo[0]; - flags = SWAP_BE16(finder_info->fdFlags); - break; - } -#endif - - case kHFSPlusFolderRecord: - { - struct FndrDirInfo *finder_info; - - finder_info = (struct FndrDirInfo *)&c_attr.ca_finderinfo[0]; - flags = SWAP_BE16(finder_info->frFlags); - break; - } - - case kHFSPlusFileRecord: - { - struct FndrFileInfo *finder_info; - - finder_info = (struct FndrFileInfo *)&c_attr.ca_finderinfo[0]; - flags = SWAP_BE16(finder_info->fdFlags); - break; - } - - default: - { - flags = kIsInvisible; - break; - } - } - - if (flags & kIsInvisible) { - matched = false; - goto TestDone; - } - } - - - - /* Now that we have a record worth searching, see if it matches the search attributes */ -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (rec->recordType == kHFSFileRecord || - rec->recordType == kHFSPlusFileRecord) { -#else - if (rec->recordType == kHFSPlusFileRecord) { -#endif - - if ((attrList->fileattr & ~ATTR_FILE_VALIDMASK) != 0) { /* attr we do know about */ - matched = false; - goto TestDone; - } - else if ((attrList->fileattr & ATTR_FILE_VALIDMASK) != 0) { - searchAttributes = attrList->fileattr; - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if ( c_attr.ca_flags & UF_COMPRESSED ) { - /* for compressed files, set the data length to the uncompressed data size */ - if (( searchAttributes & ATTR_FILE_DATALENGTH ) || - ( searchAttributes & ATTR_FILE_DATAALLOCSIZE ) ) { - if ( 0 == hfs_uncompressed_size_of_compressed_file(vcb, NULL, c_attr.ca_fileid, &datafork.cf_size, 1) ) { /* 1 == don't take the cnode lock */ - datafork.cf_blocks = rsrcfork.cf_blocks; - } - } - /* treat compressed files as if their resource fork is empty */ - if (( searchAttributes & ATTR_FILE_RSRCLENGTH ) || - ( searchAttributes & ATTR_FILE_RSRCALLOCSIZE ) ) { - rsrcfork.cf_size = 0; - rsrcfork.cf_blocks = 0; - } - } -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - - /* File logical length (data fork) */ - if ( searchAttributes & ATTR_FILE_DATALENGTH ) { - matched = CompareWideRange( - datafork.cf_size, - searchInfo1->f.dataLogicalLength, - searchInfo2->f.dataLogicalLength); - if (matched == false) goto TestDone; - atleastone = true; - } - - /* File physical length (data fork) */ - if ( searchAttributes & ATTR_FILE_DATAALLOCSIZE ) { - matched = CompareWideRange( - (u_int64_t)datafork.cf_blocks * (u_int64_t)vcb->blockSize, - searchInfo1->f.dataPhysicalLength, - searchInfo2->f.dataPhysicalLength); - if (matched == false) goto TestDone; - atleastone = true; - } - - /* File logical length (resource fork) */ - if ( searchAttributes & ATTR_FILE_RSRCLENGTH ) { - matched = CompareWideRange( - rsrcfork.cf_size, - searchInfo1->f.resourceLogicalLength, - searchInfo2->f.resourceLogicalLength); - if (matched == false) goto TestDone; - atleastone = true; - } - - /* File physical length (resource fork) */ - if ( searchAttributes & ATTR_FILE_RSRCALLOCSIZE ) { - matched = CompareWideRange( - (u_int64_t)rsrcfork.cf_blocks * (u_int64_t)vcb->blockSize, - searchInfo1->f.resourcePhysicalLength, - searchInfo2->f.resourcePhysicalLength); - if (matched == false) goto TestDone; - atleastone = true; - } - } - else { - atleastone = true; /* to match SRCHFS_MATCHFILES */ - } - } - /* - * Check the directory attributes - */ -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else if (rec->recordType == kHFSFolderRecord || - rec->recordType == kHFSPlusFolderRecord) { -#else - else if (rec->recordType == kHFSPlusFolderRecord) { -#endif - if ((attrList->dirattr & ~ATTR_DIR_VALIDMASK) != 0) { /* attr we do know about */ - matched = false; - goto TestDone; - } - else if ((attrList->dirattr & ATTR_DIR_VALIDMASK) != 0) { - searchAttributes = attrList->dirattr; - - /* Directory valence */ - if ( searchAttributes & ATTR_DIR_ENTRYCOUNT ) { - matched = CompareRange(c_attr.ca_entries, - searchInfo1->d.numFiles, - searchInfo2->d.numFiles ); - if (matched == false) goto TestDone; - atleastone = true; - } - } - else { - atleastone = true; /* to match SRCHFS_MATCHDIRS */ - } - } - - /* - * Check the common attributes - */ - searchAttributes = attrList->commonattr; - if ( (searchAttributes & ATTR_CMN_VALIDMASK) != 0 ) { - /* node ID */ - if ( searchAttributes & ATTR_CMN_OBJID ) { - matched = CompareRange(c_attr.ca_fileid, - searchInfo1->nodeID, - searchInfo2->nodeID ); - if (matched == false) goto TestDone; - atleastone = true; - } - - /* Parent ID */ - if ( searchAttributes & ATTR_CMN_PAROBJID ) { - HFSCatalogNodeID parentID; - - if (isHFSPlus) - parentID = key->hfsPlus.parentID; -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else - parentID = key->hfs.parentID; -#endif - - matched = CompareRange(parentID, searchInfo1->parentDirID, - searchInfo2->parentDirID ); - if (matched == false) goto TestDone; - atleastone = true; - } - - /* Finder Info & Extended Finder Info where extFinderInfo is last 32 bytes */ - if ( searchAttributes & ATTR_CMN_FNDRINFO ) { - u_int32_t *thisValue; - thisValue = (u_int32_t *) &c_attr.ca_finderinfo; - - /* - * Note: ioFlFndrInfo and ioDrUsrWds have the same offset in search info, so - * no need to test the object type here. - */ - matched = CompareMasked(thisValue, - (u_int32_t *)&searchInfo1->finderInfo, - (u_int32_t *) &searchInfo2->finderInfo, 8); - if (matched == false) goto TestDone; - atleastone = true; - } - - /* Create date */ - if ( searchAttributes & ATTR_CMN_CRTIME ) { - matched = CompareRange(c_attr.ca_itime, - searchInfo1->creationDate.tv_sec, - searchInfo2->creationDate.tv_sec); - if (matched == false) goto TestDone; - atleastone = true; - } - - /* Mod date */ - if ( searchAttributes & ATTR_CMN_MODTIME ) { - matched = CompareRange(c_attr.ca_mtime, - searchInfo1->modificationDate.tv_sec, - searchInfo2->modificationDate.tv_sec); - if (matched == false) goto TestDone; - atleastone = true; - } - - /* Change Time */ - if ( searchAttributes & ATTR_CMN_CHGTIME ) { - matched = CompareRange(c_attr.ca_ctime, - searchInfo1->changeDate.tv_sec, - searchInfo2->changeDate.tv_sec); - if (matched == false) goto TestDone; - atleastone = true; - } - - /* Access date */ - if ( searchAttributes & ATTR_CMN_ACCTIME ) { - matched = CompareRange(c_attr.ca_atime, - searchInfo1->accessDate.tv_sec, - searchInfo2->accessDate.tv_sec); - if (matched == false) goto TestDone; - atleastone = true; - } - - /* Backup date */ - if ( searchAttributes & ATTR_CMN_BKUPTIME ) { - matched = CompareRange(c_attr.ca_btime, - searchInfo1->lastBackupDate.tv_sec, - searchInfo2->lastBackupDate.tv_sec); - if (matched == false) goto TestDone; - atleastone = true; - } - - /* User ID */ - if ( searchAttributes & ATTR_CMN_OWNERID ) { - matched = CompareRange(c_attr.ca_uid, - searchInfo1->uid, searchInfo2->uid); - if (matched == false) goto TestDone; - atleastone = true; - } - - /* Group ID */ - if ( searchAttributes & ATTR_CMN_GRPID ) { - matched = CompareRange(c_attr.ca_gid, - searchInfo1->gid, searchInfo2->gid); - if (matched == false) goto TestDone; - atleastone = true; - } - - /* mode */ - if ( searchAttributes & ATTR_CMN_ACCESSMASK ) { - matched = CompareRange((u_int32_t)c_attr.ca_mode, - (u_int32_t)searchInfo1->mask, - (u_int32_t)searchInfo2->mask); - if (matched == false) goto TestDone; - atleastone = true; - } - } - - /* If we got here w/o matching any, then set to false */ - if (! atleastone) - matched = false; - -TestDone: - /* - * Finally, determine whether we need to negate the sense of the match - * (i.e. find all objects that DON'T match). - */ - if ( searchBits & SRCHFS_NEGATEPARAMS ) - matched = !matched; - - return( matched ); -} - - -/* - * Adds another record to the packed array for output - */ -static int -InsertMatch(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uio_t a_uio, CatalogRecord *rec, - CatalogKey *key, struct attrlist *returnAttrList, - void *attributesBuffer, void *variableBuffer, uint32_t * nummatches) -{ - int err; - void *rovingAttributesBuffer; - void *rovingVariableBuffer; - long packedBufferSize; - struct attrblock attrblk; - struct cat_desc c_desc; - struct cat_attr c_attr; - struct cat_fork datafork; - struct cat_fork rsrcfork; - - bzero(&c_desc, sizeof(c_desc)); - bzero(&c_attr, sizeof(c_attr)); - rovingAttributesBuffer = (char*)attributesBuffer + sizeof(u_int32_t); /* Reserve space for length field */ - rovingVariableBuffer = variableBuffer; - - /* Convert catalog record into cat_attr format. */ - cat_convertattr(hfsmp, rec, &c_attr, &datafork, &rsrcfork); - - /* Hide our private meta data directories */ - if (c_attr.ca_fileid == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid || - c_attr.ca_fileid == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) { - err = 0; - goto exit; - } - - /* Hide the private journal files */ - if (hfsmp->jnl && - ((c_attr.ca_fileid == hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid) || - (c_attr.ca_fileid == hfsmp->hfs_jnlinfoblkid))) { - err = 0; - goto exit; - } - - if (returnAttrList->commonattr & ATTR_CMN_NAME) { - err = cat_convertkey(hfsmp, key, rec, &c_desc); - if (err) { - /* This means that we probably had a CNID error */ - goto exit; - } - } else { - c_desc.cd_cnid = c_attr.ca_fileid; - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) == 0) - c_desc.cd_parentcnid = key->hfsPlus.parentID; -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else - c_desc.cd_parentcnid = key->hfs.parentID; -#endif - - } - - attrblk.ab_attrlist = returnAttrList; - attrblk.ab_attrbufpp = &rovingAttributesBuffer; - attrblk.ab_varbufpp = &rovingVariableBuffer; - attrblk.ab_flags = 0; - attrblk.ab_blocksize = 0; - attrblk.ab_context = vfs_context_current(); - - hfs_packattrblk(&attrblk, hfsmp, NULL, &c_desc, &c_attr, &datafork, &rsrcfork, vfs_context_current()); - - packedBufferSize = (char*)rovingVariableBuffer - (char*)attributesBuffer; - - if ( packedBufferSize > uio_resid(a_uio) ) - return( errSearchBufferFull ); - - (* nummatches)++; - - *((u_int32_t *)attributesBuffer) = packedBufferSize; /* Store length of fixed + var block */ - - err = uiomove( (caddr_t)attributesBuffer, packedBufferSize, a_uio ); -exit: - cat_releasedesc(&c_desc); - - return( err ); -} - - -static int -UnpackSearchAttributeBlock( struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct attrlist *alist, - searchinfospec_t *searchInfo, void *attributeBuffer, int firstblock) -{ - attrgroup_t a; - u_int32_t bufferSize; - boolean_t is_64_bit; - - hfs_assert(searchInfo != NULL); - - is_64_bit = proc_is64bit(current_proc()); - - bufferSize = *((u_int32_t *)attributeBuffer); - if (bufferSize == 0) - return (EINVAL); /* XXX -DJB is a buffer size of zero ever valid for searchfs? */ - - attributeBuffer = (u_int32_t *)attributeBuffer + 1; /* advance past the size */ - - /* - * UnPack common attributes - */ - a = alist->commonattr; - if ( a != 0 ) { - if ( a & ATTR_CMN_NAME ) { - if (firstblock) { - /* Only use the attrreference_t for the first searchparams */ - char *s; - u_int32_t len; - - s = (char*) attributeBuffer + ((attrreference_t *) attributeBuffer)->attr_dataoffset; - len = ((attrreference_t *) attributeBuffer)->attr_length; - - if (len > sizeof(searchInfo->name)) - return (EINVAL); - - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) == 0) { - size_t ucslen; - /* Convert name to Unicode to match HFS Plus B-Tree names */ - - if (len > 0) { - if (utf8_decodestr((u_int8_t *)s, len-1, (UniChar*)searchInfo->name, &ucslen, - sizeof(searchInfo->name), ':', UTF_DECOMPOSED | UTF_ESCAPE_ILLEGAL)) - return (EINVAL); - - searchInfo->nameLength = ucslen / sizeof(UniChar); - } else { - searchInfo->nameLength = 0; - } - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - /* Convert name to pascal string to match HFS (Standard) B-Tree names */ - - if (len > 0) { - if (utf8_to_hfs(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp), len-1, (u_char *)s, (u_char*)searchInfo->name) != 0) - return (EINVAL); - - searchInfo->nameLength = searchInfo->name[0]; - } else { - searchInfo->name[0] = searchInfo->nameLength = 0; - } - } -#endif - } - attributeBuffer = (attrreference_t*) attributeBuffer +1; - } - if ( a & ATTR_CMN_OBJID ) { - searchInfo->nodeID = ((fsobj_id_t *) attributeBuffer)->fid_objno; /* ignore fid_generation */ - attributeBuffer = (fsobj_id_t *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - if ( a & ATTR_CMN_PAROBJID ) { - searchInfo->parentDirID = ((fsobj_id_t *) attributeBuffer)->fid_objno; /* ignore fid_generation */ - attributeBuffer = (fsobj_id_t *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - - if ( a & ATTR_CMN_CRTIME ) { - if (is_64_bit) { - struct user64_timespec tmp; - tmp = *((struct user64_timespec *)attributeBuffer); - searchInfo->creationDate.tv_sec = (time_t)tmp.tv_sec; - searchInfo->creationDate.tv_nsec = tmp.tv_nsec; - attributeBuffer = (struct user64_timespec *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - else { - struct user32_timespec tmp; - tmp = *((struct user32_timespec *)attributeBuffer); - searchInfo->creationDate.tv_sec = (time_t)tmp.tv_sec; - searchInfo->creationDate.tv_nsec = tmp.tv_nsec; - attributeBuffer = (struct user32_timespec *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - } - if ( a & ATTR_CMN_MODTIME ) { - if (is_64_bit) { - struct user64_timespec tmp; - tmp = *((struct user64_timespec *)attributeBuffer); - searchInfo->modificationDate.tv_sec = (time_t)tmp.tv_sec; - searchInfo->modificationDate.tv_nsec = tmp.tv_nsec; - attributeBuffer = (struct user64_timespec *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - else { - struct user32_timespec tmp; - tmp = *((struct user32_timespec *)attributeBuffer); - searchInfo->modificationDate.tv_sec = (time_t)tmp.tv_sec; - searchInfo->modificationDate.tv_nsec = tmp.tv_nsec; - attributeBuffer = (struct user32_timespec *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - } - if ( a & ATTR_CMN_CHGTIME ) { - if (is_64_bit) { - struct user64_timespec tmp; - tmp = *((struct user64_timespec *)attributeBuffer); - searchInfo->changeDate.tv_sec = (time_t)tmp.tv_sec; - searchInfo->changeDate.tv_nsec = tmp.tv_nsec; - attributeBuffer = (struct user64_timespec *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - else { - struct user32_timespec tmp; - tmp = *((struct user32_timespec *)attributeBuffer); - searchInfo->changeDate.tv_sec = (time_t)tmp.tv_sec; - searchInfo->changeDate.tv_nsec = tmp.tv_nsec; - attributeBuffer = (struct user32_timespec *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - } - if ( a & ATTR_CMN_ACCTIME ) { - if (is_64_bit) { - struct user64_timespec tmp; - tmp = *((struct user64_timespec *)attributeBuffer); - searchInfo->accessDate.tv_sec = (time_t)tmp.tv_sec; - searchInfo->accessDate.tv_nsec = tmp.tv_nsec; - attributeBuffer = (struct user64_timespec *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - else { - struct user32_timespec tmp; - tmp = *((struct user32_timespec *)attributeBuffer); - searchInfo->accessDate.tv_sec = (time_t)tmp.tv_sec; - searchInfo->accessDate.tv_nsec = tmp.tv_nsec; - attributeBuffer = (struct user32_timespec *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - } - if ( a & ATTR_CMN_BKUPTIME ) { - if (is_64_bit) { - struct user64_timespec tmp; - tmp = *((struct user64_timespec *)attributeBuffer); - searchInfo->lastBackupDate.tv_sec = (time_t)tmp.tv_sec; - searchInfo->lastBackupDate.tv_nsec = tmp.tv_nsec; - attributeBuffer = (struct user64_timespec *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - else { - struct user32_timespec tmp; - tmp = *((struct user32_timespec *)attributeBuffer); - searchInfo->lastBackupDate.tv_sec = (time_t)tmp.tv_sec; - searchInfo->lastBackupDate.tv_nsec = tmp.tv_nsec; - attributeBuffer = (struct user32_timespec *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - } - if ( a & ATTR_CMN_FNDRINFO ) { - bcopy( attributeBuffer, searchInfo->finderInfo, sizeof(searchInfo->finderInfo) ); - attributeBuffer = (u_int8_t *)attributeBuffer + 32; - } - if ( a & ATTR_CMN_OWNERID ) { - searchInfo->uid = *((uid_t *)attributeBuffer); - attributeBuffer = (uid_t *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - if ( a & ATTR_CMN_GRPID ) { - searchInfo->gid = *((gid_t *)attributeBuffer); - attributeBuffer = (gid_t *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - if ( a & ATTR_CMN_ACCESSMASK ) { - searchInfo->mask = *((mode_t *)attributeBuffer); - attributeBuffer = (mode_t *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - if ( a & ATTR_CMN_FILEID ) { - searchInfo->nodeID = (u_int32_t)*((u_int64_t *) attributeBuffer); - attributeBuffer = (u_int64_t *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - if ( a & ATTR_CMN_PARENTID ) { - searchInfo->parentDirID = (u_int32_t)*((u_int64_t *) attributeBuffer); - attributeBuffer = (u_int64_t *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - } - - a = alist->dirattr; - if ( a != 0 ) { - if ( a & ATTR_DIR_ENTRYCOUNT ) { - searchInfo->d.numFiles = *((u_int32_t *)attributeBuffer); - attributeBuffer = (u_int32_t *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - } - - a = alist->fileattr; - if ( a != 0 ) { - if ( a & ATTR_FILE_DATALENGTH ) { - searchInfo->f.dataLogicalLength = *((off_t *)attributeBuffer); - attributeBuffer = (off_t *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - if ( a & ATTR_FILE_DATAALLOCSIZE ) { - searchInfo->f.dataPhysicalLength = *((off_t *)attributeBuffer); - attributeBuffer = (off_t *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - if ( a & ATTR_FILE_RSRCLENGTH ) { - searchInfo->f.resourceLogicalLength = *((off_t *)attributeBuffer); - attributeBuffer = (off_t *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - if ( a & ATTR_FILE_RSRCALLOCSIZE ) { - searchInfo->f.resourcePhysicalLength = *((off_t *)attributeBuffer); - attributeBuffer = (off_t *)attributeBuffer + 1; - } - } - - return (0); -} -#endif /* CONFIG_SEARCHFS */ diff --git a/core/hfs_unistr.h b/core/hfs_unistr.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5b300a2..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_unistr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2013 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#ifndef __HFS_UNISTR__ -#define __HFS_UNISTR__ - -#include - -/* - * hfs_unitstr.h - * - * This file contains definition of the unicode string used for HFS Plus - * files and folder names, as described by the on-disk format. - * - */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - -#ifndef _HFSUNISTR255_DEFINED_ -#define _HFSUNISTR255_DEFINED_ -/* Unicode strings are used for HFS Plus file and folder names */ -struct HFSUniStr255 { - u_int16_t length; /* number of unicode characters */ - u_int16_t unicode[255]; /* unicode characters */ -} __attribute__((aligned(2), packed)); -typedef struct HFSUniStr255 HFSUniStr255; -typedef const HFSUniStr255 *ConstHFSUniStr255Param; -#endif /* _HFSUNISTR255_DEFINED_ */ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - - -#endif /* __HFS_UNISTR__ */ diff --git a/core/hfs_vfsops.c b/core/hfs_vfsops.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6d07488..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_vfsops.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4742 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 1999-2017 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* - * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994 - * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. - * (c) UNIX System Laboratories, Inc. - * All or some portions of this file are derived from material licensed - * to the University of California by American Telephone and Telegraph - * Co. or Unix System Laboratories, Inc. and are reproduced herein with - * the permission of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by the University of - * California, Berkeley and its contributors. - * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * hfs_vfsops.c - * derived from @(#)ufs_vfsops.c 8.8 (Berkeley) 5/20/95 - * - * (c) Copyright 1997-2002 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * hfs_vfsops.c -- VFS layer for loadable HFS file system. - * - */ -#include -#include -#include - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -/* for parsing boot-args */ -#include - - -#include - -#include "hfs_journal.h" - -#include -#include "hfs_mount.h" - -#include -#include - -#include "hfs_iokit.h" -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_catalog.h" -#include "hfs_cnode.h" -#include "hfs_dbg.h" -#include "hfs_endian.h" -#include "hfs_hotfiles.h" -#include "hfs_quota.h" -#include "hfs_btreeio.h" -#include "hfs_kdebug.h" -#include "hfs_cprotect.h" - -#include "FileMgrInternal.h" -#include "BTreesInternal.h" - -#define HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG 1 - -/* Enable/disable debugging code for live volume resizing, defined in hfs_resize.c */ -extern int hfs_resize_debug; - -lck_grp_attr_t * hfs_group_attr; -lck_attr_t * hfs_lock_attr; -lck_grp_t * hfs_mutex_group; -lck_grp_t * hfs_rwlock_group; -lck_grp_t * hfs_spinlock_group; - -extern struct vnodeopv_desc hfs_vnodeop_opv_desc; - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -extern struct vnodeopv_desc hfs_std_vnodeop_opv_desc; -static int hfs_flushMDB(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int waitfor, int altflush); -#endif - -/* not static so we can re-use in hfs_readwrite.c for build_path calls */ -int hfs_vfs_vget(struct mount *mp, ino64_t ino, struct vnode **vpp, vfs_context_t context); - -static int hfs_changefs(struct mount *mp, struct hfs_mount_args *args); -static int hfs_fhtovp(struct mount *mp, int fhlen, unsigned char *fhp, struct vnode **vpp, vfs_context_t context); -static int hfs_flushfiles(struct mount *, int, struct proc *); -static int hfs_init(struct vfsconf *vfsp); -static void hfs_locks_destroy(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -static int hfs_quotactl(struct mount *, int, uid_t, caddr_t, vfs_context_t context); -static int hfs_start(struct mount *mp, int flags, vfs_context_t context); -static int hfs_vptofh(struct vnode *vp, int *fhlenp, unsigned char *fhp, vfs_context_t context); -static void hfs_syncer_free(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); - -void hfs_initialize_allocator (struct hfsmount *hfsmp); -int hfs_teardown_allocator (struct hfsmount *hfsmp); - -int hfs_mount(struct mount *mp, vnode_t devvp, user_addr_t data, vfs_context_t context); -int hfs_mountfs(struct vnode *devvp, struct mount *mp, struct hfs_mount_args *args, int journal_replay_only, vfs_context_t context); -int hfs_reload(struct mount *mp); -int hfs_statfs(struct mount *mp, register struct vfsstatfs *sbp, vfs_context_t context); -int hfs_sync(struct mount *mp, int waitfor, vfs_context_t context); -int hfs_sysctl(int *name, u_int namelen, user_addr_t oldp, size_t *oldlenp, - user_addr_t newp, size_t newlen, vfs_context_t context); -int hfs_unmount(struct mount *mp, int mntflags, vfs_context_t context); - -static int hfs_journal_replay(vnode_t devvp, vfs_context_t context); - -#if HFS_LEAK_DEBUG - -#include -#include - -int hfs_active_mounts; - -#endif - -/* - * VFS Operations. - * - * mount system call - */ - -int -hfs_mount(struct mount *mp, vnode_t devvp, user_addr_t data, vfs_context_t context) -{ - -#if HFS_LEAK_DEBUG - -#warning HFS_LEAK_DEBUG is on - - hfs_alloc_trace_enable(); - -#endif - - struct proc *p = vfs_context_proc(context); - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = NULL; - struct hfs_mount_args args; - int retval = E_NONE; - u_int32_t cmdflags; - - if (data && (retval = copyin(data, (caddr_t)&args, sizeof(args)))) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mount: copyin returned %d for fs\n", retval); - } - return (retval); - } - cmdflags = (u_int32_t)vfs_flags(mp) & MNT_CMDFLAGS; - if (cmdflags & MNT_UPDATE) { - hfs_assert(data); - - hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - - /* Reload incore data after an fsck. */ - if (cmdflags & MNT_RELOAD) { - if (vfs_isrdonly(mp)) { - int error = hfs_reload(mp); - if (error && HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mount: hfs_reload returned %d on %s \n", error, hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - return error; - } - else { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mount: MNT_RELOAD not supported on rdwr filesystem %s\n", hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - return (EINVAL); - } - } - - /* Change to a read-only file system. */ - if (((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) == 0) && - vfs_isrdonly(mp)) { - int flags; - - /* Set flag to indicate that a downgrade to read-only - * is in progress and therefore block any further - * modifications to the file system. - */ - hfs_lock_global (hfsmp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_RDONLY_DOWNGRADE; - hfsmp->hfs_downgrading_thread = current_thread(); - hfs_unlock_global (hfsmp); - hfs_syncer_free(hfsmp); - - /* use hfs_sync to push out System (btree) files */ - retval = hfs_sync(mp, MNT_WAIT, context); - if (retval && ((cmdflags & MNT_FORCE) == 0)) { - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_RDONLY_DOWNGRADE; - hfsmp->hfs_downgrading_thread = NULL; - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mount: VFS_SYNC returned %d during b-tree sync of %s \n", retval, hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - goto out; - } - - flags = WRITECLOSE; - if (cmdflags & MNT_FORCE) - flags |= FORCECLOSE; - - if ((retval = hfs_flushfiles(mp, flags, p))) { - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_RDONLY_DOWNGRADE; - hfsmp->hfs_downgrading_thread = NULL; - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mount: hfs_flushfiles returned %d on %s \n", retval, hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - goto out; - } - - /* mark the volume cleanly unmounted */ - hfsmp->vcbAtrb |= kHFSVolumeUnmountedMask; - retval = hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, HFS_FVH_WAIT); - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_READ_ONLY; - - /* - * Close down the journal. - * - * NOTE: It is critically important to close down the journal - * and have it issue all pending I/O prior to calling VNOP_FSYNC below. - * In a journaled environment it is expected that the journal be - * the only actor permitted to issue I/O for metadata blocks in HFS. - * If we were to call VNOP_FSYNC prior to closing down the journal, - * we would inadvertantly issue (and wait for) the I/O we just - * initiated above as part of the flushvolumeheader call. - * - * To avoid this, we follow the same order of operations as in - * unmount and issue the journal_close prior to calling VNOP_FSYNC. - */ - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - hfs_lock_global (hfsmp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - journal_close(hfsmp->jnl); - hfsmp->jnl = NULL; - - // Note: we explicitly don't want to shutdown - // access to the jvp because we may need - // it later if we go back to being read-write. - - hfs_unlock_global (hfsmp); - - vfs_clearflags(hfsmp->hfs_mp, MNT_JOURNALED); - } - - /* - * Write out any pending I/O still outstanding against the device node - * now that the journal has been closed. - */ - if (retval == 0) { - vnode_get(hfsmp->hfs_devvp); - retval = VNOP_FSYNC(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, MNT_WAIT, context); - vnode_put(hfsmp->hfs_devvp); - } - - if (retval) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mount: FSYNC on devvp returned %d for fs %s\n", retval, hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_RDONLY_DOWNGRADE; - hfsmp->hfs_downgrading_thread = NULL; - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_READ_ONLY; - goto out; - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_summary_table) { - int err = 0; - /* - * Take the bitmap lock to serialize against a concurrent bitmap scan still in progress - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp) { - err = hfs_lock (VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - } - hfs_free(hfsmp->hfs_summary_table, hfsmp->hfs_summary_bytes); - hfsmp->hfs_summary_table = NULL; - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE; - if (err == 0 && hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp){ - hfs_unlock (VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp)); - } - } - } - - hfsmp->hfs_downgrading_thread = NULL; - } - - /* Change to a writable file system. */ - if (vfs_iswriteupgrade(mp)) { - /* - * On inconsistent disks, do not allow read-write mount - * unless it is the boot volume being mounted. - */ - if (!(vfs_flags(mp) & MNT_ROOTFS) && - (hfsmp->vcbAtrb & kHFSVolumeInconsistentMask)) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mount: attempting to mount inconsistent non-root volume %s\n", (hfsmp->vcbVN)); - } - retval = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - - // If the journal was shut-down previously because we were - // asked to be read-only, let's start it back up again now - - if ( (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbAtrb & kHFSVolumeJournaledMask) - && hfsmp->jnl == NULL - && hfsmp->jvp != NULL) { - int jflags; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_NEED_JNL_RESET) { - jflags = JOURNAL_RESET; - } else { - jflags = 0; - } - - hfs_lock_global (hfsmp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* We provide the mount point twice here: The first is used as - * an opaque argument to be passed back when hfs_sync_metadata - * is called. The second is provided to the throttling code to - * indicate which mount's device should be used when accounting - * for metadata writes. - */ - hfsmp->jnl = journal_open(hfsmp->jvp, - hfs_blk_to_bytes(hfsmp->jnl_start, HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize) + (off_t)HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->hfsPlusIOPosOffset, - hfsmp->jnl_size, - hfsmp->hfs_devvp, - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size, - jflags, - 0, - hfs_sync_metadata, hfsmp->hfs_mp, - hfsmp->hfs_mp); - - /* - * Set up the trim callback function so that we can add - * recently freed extents to the free extent cache once - * the transaction that freed them is written to the - * journal on disk. - */ - if (hfsmp->jnl) - journal_trim_set_callback(hfsmp->jnl, hfs_trim_callback, hfsmp); - - hfs_unlock_global (hfsmp); - - if (hfsmp->jnl == NULL) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mount: journal_open == NULL; couldn't be opened on %s \n", (hfsmp->vcbVN)); - } - retval = EINVAL; - goto out; - } else { - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_NEED_JNL_RESET; - vfs_setflags(hfsmp->hfs_mp, MNT_JOURNALED); - } - } - - /* See if we need to erase unused Catalog nodes due to . */ - retval = hfs_erase_unused_nodes(hfsmp); - if (retval != E_NONE) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mount: hfs_erase_unused_nodes returned %d for fs %s\n", retval, hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - goto out; - } - - /* If this mount point was downgraded from read-write - * to read-only, clear that information as we are now - * moving back to read-write. - */ - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_RDONLY_DOWNGRADE; - hfsmp->hfs_downgrading_thread = NULL; - - /* mark the volume dirty (clear clean unmount bit) */ - hfsmp->vcbAtrb &= ~kHFSVolumeUnmountedMask; - - retval = hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, HFS_FVH_WAIT); - if (retval != E_NONE) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mount: hfs_flushvolumeheader returned %d for fs %s\n", retval, hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - goto out; - } - - /* Only clear HFS_READ_ONLY after a successful write */ - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_READ_ONLY; - - - if (!(hfsmp->hfs_flags & (HFS_READ_ONLY | HFS_STANDARD))) { - /* Setup private/hidden directories for hardlinks. */ - hfs_privatedir_init(hfsmp, FILE_HARDLINKS); - hfs_privatedir_init(hfsmp, DIR_HARDLINKS); - - hfs_remove_orphans(hfsmp); - - /* - * Since we're upgrading to a read-write mount, allow - * hot file clustering if conditions allow. - * - * Note: this normally only would happen if you booted - * single-user and upgraded the mount to read-write - * - * Note: at this point we are not allowed to fail the - * mount operation because the HotFile init code - * in hfs_recording_init() will lookup vnodes with - * VNOP_LOOKUP() which hangs vnodes off the mount - * (and if we were to fail, VFS is not prepared to - * clean that up at this point. Since HotFiles are - * optional, this is not a big deal. - */ - if (ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_METADATA_ZONE) - && (!ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_SSD) - || ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN))) { - hfs_recording_init(hfsmp); - } - /* Force ACLs on HFS+ file systems. */ - if (vfs_extendedsecurity(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)) == 0) { - vfs_setextendedsecurity(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)); - } - } - } - - /* Update file system parameters. */ - retval = hfs_changefs(mp, &args); - if (retval && HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mount: hfs_changefs returned %d for %s\n", retval, hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - - } else /* not an update request */ { - if (devvp == NULL) { - retval = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - /* Set the mount flag to indicate that we support volfs */ - vfs_setflags(mp, (u_int64_t)((unsigned int)MNT_DOVOLFS)); - - retval = hfs_mountfs(devvp, mp, data ? &args : NULL, 0, context); - if (retval) { - const char *name = vnode_getname(devvp); - printf("hfs_mount: hfs_mountfs returned error=%d for device %s\n", retval, (name ? name : "unknown-dev")); - if (name) { - vnode_putname(name); - } - goto out; - } - - /* After hfs_mountfs succeeds, we should have valid hfsmp */ - hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - - /* Set up the maximum defrag file size */ - hfsmp->hfs_defrag_max = HFS_INITIAL_DEFRAG_SIZE; - - - if (!data) { - // Root mount - - hfsmp->hfs_uid = UNKNOWNUID; - hfsmp->hfs_gid = UNKNOWNGID; - hfsmp->hfs_dir_mask = (S_IRWXU | S_IRGRP|S_IXGRP | S_IROTH|S_IXOTH); /* 0755 */ - hfsmp->hfs_file_mask = (S_IRWXU | S_IRGRP|S_IXGRP | S_IROTH|S_IXOTH); /* 0755 */ - - /* Establish the free block reserve. */ - hfsmp->reserveBlocks = ((u_int64_t)hfsmp->totalBlocks * HFS_MINFREE) / 100; - hfsmp->reserveBlocks = MIN(hfsmp->reserveBlocks, HFS_MAXRESERVE / hfsmp->blockSize); - } - -#if HFS_LEAK_DEBUG - OSIncrementAtomic(&hfs_active_mounts); -#endif - } - -out: - if (retval == 0) { - (void)hfs_statfs(mp, vfs_statfs(mp), context); - } - return (retval); -} - - -struct hfs_changefs_cargs { - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - int namefix; - int permfix; - int permswitch; -}; - -static int -hfs_changefs_callback(struct vnode *vp, void *cargs) -{ - ExtendedVCB *vcb; - struct cnode *cp; - struct cat_desc cndesc; - struct cat_attr cnattr; - struct hfs_changefs_cargs *args; - int lockflags; - int error; - - args = (struct hfs_changefs_cargs *)cargs; - - cp = VTOC(vp); - vcb = HFSTOVCB(args->hfsmp); - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(args->hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - error = cat_lookup(args->hfsmp, &cp->c_desc, 0, 0, &cndesc, &cnattr, NULL, NULL); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(args->hfsmp, lockflags); - if (error) { - /* - * If we couldn't find this guy skip to the next one - */ - if (args->namefix) - cache_purge(vp); - - return (VNODE_RETURNED); - } - /* - * Get the real uid/gid and perm mask from disk. - */ - if (args->permswitch || args->permfix) { - cp->c_uid = cnattr.ca_uid; - cp->c_gid = cnattr.ca_gid; - cp->c_mode = cnattr.ca_mode; - } - /* - * If we're switching name converters then... - * Remove the existing entry from the namei cache. - * Update name to one based on new encoder. - */ - if (args->namefix) { - cache_purge(vp); - replace_desc(cp, &cndesc); - - if (cndesc.cd_cnid == kHFSRootFolderID) { - strlcpy((char *)vcb->vcbVN, (const char *)cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr, NAME_MAX+1); - cp->c_desc.cd_encoding = args->hfsmp->hfs_encoding; - } - } else { - cat_releasedesc(&cndesc); - } - return (VNODE_RETURNED); -} - -/* Change fs mount parameters */ -static int -hfs_changefs(struct mount *mp, struct hfs_mount_args *args) -{ - int retval = 0; - int namefix, permfix, permswitch; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - ExtendedVCB *vcb; - struct hfs_changefs_cargs cargs; - u_int32_t mount_flags; - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - u_int32_t old_encoding = 0; - hfs_to_unicode_func_t get_unicode_func; - unicode_to_hfs_func_t get_hfsname_func = NULL; -#endif - - hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - vcb = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp); - mount_flags = (unsigned int)vfs_flags(mp); - - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_IN_CHANGEFS; - - permswitch = (((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_UNKNOWN_PERMS) && - ((mount_flags & MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS) == 0)) || - (((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_UNKNOWN_PERMS) == 0) && - (mount_flags & MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS))); - - /* The root filesystem must operate with actual permissions: */ - if (permswitch && (mount_flags & MNT_ROOTFS) && (mount_flags & MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS)) { - vfs_clearflags(mp, (u_int64_t)((unsigned int)MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS)); /* Just say "No". */ - retval = EINVAL; - goto exit; - } - if (mount_flags & MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS) - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_UNKNOWN_PERMS; - else - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_UNKNOWN_PERMS; - - namefix = permfix = 0; - - /* - * Tracking of hot files requires up-to-date access times. So if - * access time updates are disabled, we must also disable hot files. - */ - if (mount_flags & MNT_NOATIME) { - (void) hfs_recording_suspend(hfsmp); - } - - /* Change the timezone (Note: this affects all hfs volumes and hfs+ volume create dates) */ - if (args->hfs_timezone.tz_minuteswest != VNOVAL) { - gTimeZone = args->hfs_timezone; - } - - /* Change the default uid, gid and/or mask */ - if ((args->hfs_uid != (uid_t)VNOVAL) && (hfsmp->hfs_uid != args->hfs_uid)) { - hfsmp->hfs_uid = args->hfs_uid; - if (vcb->vcbSigWord == kHFSPlusSigWord) - ++permfix; - } - if ((args->hfs_gid != (gid_t)VNOVAL) && (hfsmp->hfs_gid != args->hfs_gid)) { - hfsmp->hfs_gid = args->hfs_gid; - if (vcb->vcbSigWord == kHFSPlusSigWord) - ++permfix; - } - if (args->hfs_mask != (mode_t)VNOVAL) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_dir_mask != (args->hfs_mask & ALLPERMS)) { - hfsmp->hfs_dir_mask = args->hfs_mask & ALLPERMS; - hfsmp->hfs_file_mask = args->hfs_mask & ALLPERMS; - if ((args->flags != VNOVAL) && (args->flags & HFSFSMNT_NOXONFILES)) - hfsmp->hfs_file_mask = (args->hfs_mask & DEFFILEMODE); - if (vcb->vcbSigWord == kHFSPlusSigWord) - ++permfix; - } - } - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - /* Change the hfs encoding value (hfs only) */ - if ((vcb->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord) && - (args->hfs_encoding != (u_int32_t)VNOVAL) && - (hfsmp->hfs_encoding != args->hfs_encoding)) { - - retval = hfs_getconverter(args->hfs_encoding, &get_unicode_func, &get_hfsname_func); - if (retval) - goto exit; - - /* - * Connect the new hfs_get_unicode converter but leave - * the old hfs_get_hfsname converter in place so that - * we can lookup existing vnodes to get their correctly - * encoded names. - * - * When we're all finished, we can then connect the new - * hfs_get_hfsname converter and release our interest - * in the old converters. - */ - hfsmp->hfs_get_unicode = get_unicode_func; - old_encoding = hfsmp->hfs_encoding; - hfsmp->hfs_encoding = args->hfs_encoding; - ++namefix; - } -#endif - - if (!(namefix || permfix || permswitch)) - goto exit; - - /* XXX 3762912 hack to support HFS filesystem 'owner' */ - if (permfix) { - vfs_setowner(mp, - hfsmp->hfs_uid == UNKNOWNUID ? KAUTH_UID_NONE : hfsmp->hfs_uid, - hfsmp->hfs_gid == UNKNOWNGID ? KAUTH_GID_NONE : hfsmp->hfs_gid); - } - - /* - * For each active vnode fix things that changed - * - * Note that we can visit a vnode more than once - * and we can race with fsync. - * - * hfs_changefs_callback will be called for each vnode - * hung off of this mount point - * - * The vnode will be properly referenced and unreferenced - * around the callback - */ - cargs.hfsmp = hfsmp; - cargs.namefix = namefix; - cargs.permfix = permfix; - cargs.permswitch = permswitch; - - vnode_iterate(mp, 0, hfs_changefs_callback, (void *)&cargs); - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - /* - * If we're switching name converters we can now - * connect the new hfs_get_hfsname converter and - * release our interest in the old converters. - */ - if (namefix) { - /* HFS standard only */ - hfsmp->hfs_get_hfsname = get_hfsname_func; - vcb->volumeNameEncodingHint = args->hfs_encoding; - (void) hfs_relconverter(old_encoding); - } -#endif - -exit: - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_IN_CHANGEFS; - return (retval); -} - - -struct hfs_reload_cargs { - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - int error; -}; - -static int -hfs_reload_callback(struct vnode *vp, void *cargs) -{ - struct cnode *cp; - struct hfs_reload_cargs *args; - int lockflags; - - args = (struct hfs_reload_cargs *)cargs; - /* - * flush all the buffers associated with this node - */ - (void) buf_invalidateblks(vp, 0, 0, 0); - - cp = VTOC(vp); - /* - * Remove any directory hints - */ - if (vnode_isdir(vp)) - hfs_reldirhints(cp, 0); - - /* - * Re-read cnode data for all active vnodes (non-metadata files). - */ - if (!vnode_issystem(vp) && !VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp) && (cp->c_fileid >= kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID)) { - struct cat_fork *datafork; - struct cat_desc desc; - - datafork = cp->c_datafork ? &cp->c_datafork->ff_data : NULL; - - /* lookup by fileID since name could have changed */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(args->hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - args->error = cat_idlookup(args->hfsmp, cp->c_fileid, 0, 0, &desc, &cp->c_attr, datafork); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(args->hfsmp, lockflags); - if (args->error) { - return (VNODE_RETURNED_DONE); - } - - /* update cnode's catalog descriptor */ - (void) replace_desc(cp, &desc); - } - return (VNODE_RETURNED); -} - -/* - * Reload all incore data for a filesystem (used after running fsck on - * the root filesystem and finding things to fix). The filesystem must - * be mounted read-only. - * - * Things to do to update the mount: - * invalidate all cached meta-data. - * invalidate all inactive vnodes. - * invalidate all cached file data. - * re-read volume header from disk. - * re-load meta-file info (extents, file size). - * re-load B-tree header data. - * re-read cnode data for all active vnodes. - */ -int -hfs_reload(struct mount *mountp) -{ - register struct vnode *devvp; - struct buf *bp; - int error, i; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - struct HFSPlusVolumeHeader *vhp; - ExtendedVCB *vcb; - struct filefork *forkp; - struct cat_desc cndesc; - struct hfs_reload_cargs args; - daddr64_t priIDSector; - - hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mountp); - vcb = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp); - - if (vcb->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord) - return (EINVAL); /* rooting from HFS is not supported! */ - - /* - * Invalidate all cached meta-data. - */ - devvp = hfsmp->hfs_devvp; - if (buf_invalidateblks(devvp, 0, 0, 0)) - panic("hfs_reload: dirty1"); - - args.hfsmp = hfsmp; - args.error = 0; - /* - * hfs_reload_callback will be called for each vnode - * hung off of this mount point that can't be recycled... - * vnode_iterate will recycle those that it can (the VNODE_RELOAD option) - * the vnode will be in an 'unbusy' state (VNODE_WAIT) and - * properly referenced and unreferenced around the callback - */ - vnode_iterate(mountp, VNODE_RELOAD | VNODE_WAIT, hfs_reload_callback, (void *)&args); - - if (args.error) - return (args.error); - - /* - * Re-read VolumeHeader from disk. - */ - priIDSector = (daddr64_t)((vcb->hfsPlusIOPosOffset / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size) + - HFS_PRI_SECTOR(hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size)); - - error = (int)buf_meta_bread(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, - HFS_PHYSBLK_ROUNDDOWN(priIDSector, hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys), - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size, NOCRED, &bp); - if (error) { - if (bp != NULL) - buf_brelse(bp); - return (error); - } - - vhp = (HFSPlusVolumeHeader *) (buf_dataptr(bp) + HFS_PRI_OFFSET(hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size)); - - /* Do a quick sanity check */ - if ((SWAP_BE16(vhp->signature) != kHFSPlusSigWord && - SWAP_BE16(vhp->signature) != kHFSXSigWord) || - (SWAP_BE16(vhp->version) != kHFSPlusVersion && - SWAP_BE16(vhp->version) != kHFSXVersion) || - SWAP_BE32(vhp->blockSize) != vcb->blockSize) { - buf_brelse(bp); - return (EIO); - } - - vcb->vcbLsMod = to_bsd_time(SWAP_BE32(vhp->modifyDate)); - vcb->vcbAtrb = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->attributes); - vcb->vcbJinfoBlock = SWAP_BE32(vhp->journalInfoBlock); - vcb->vcbClpSiz = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->rsrcClumpSize); - vcb->vcbNxtCNID = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->nextCatalogID); - vcb->vcbVolBkUp = to_bsd_time(SWAP_BE32(vhp->backupDate)); - vcb->vcbWrCnt = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->writeCount); - vcb->vcbFilCnt = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->fileCount); - vcb->vcbDirCnt = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->folderCount); - HFS_UPDATE_NEXT_ALLOCATION(vcb, SWAP_BE32 (vhp->nextAllocation)); - vcb->totalBlocks = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->totalBlocks); - vcb->freeBlocks = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->freeBlocks); - vcb->encodingsBitmap = SWAP_BE64 (vhp->encodingsBitmap); - bcopy(vhp->finderInfo, vcb->vcbFndrInfo, sizeof(vhp->finderInfo)); - vcb->localCreateDate = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->createDate); /* hfs+ create date is in local time */ - - /* - * Re-load meta-file vnode data (extent info, file size, etc). - */ - forkp = VTOF((struct vnode *)vcb->extentsRefNum); - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - forkp->ff_extents[i].startBlock = - SWAP_BE32 (vhp->extentsFile.extents[i].startBlock); - forkp->ff_extents[i].blockCount = - SWAP_BE32 (vhp->extentsFile.extents[i].blockCount); - } - forkp->ff_size = SWAP_BE64 (vhp->extentsFile.logicalSize); - forkp->ff_blocks = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->extentsFile.totalBlocks); - forkp->ff_clumpsize = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->extentsFile.clumpSize); - - - forkp = VTOF((struct vnode *)vcb->catalogRefNum); - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - forkp->ff_extents[i].startBlock = - SWAP_BE32 (vhp->catalogFile.extents[i].startBlock); - forkp->ff_extents[i].blockCount = - SWAP_BE32 (vhp->catalogFile.extents[i].blockCount); - } - forkp->ff_size = SWAP_BE64 (vhp->catalogFile.logicalSize); - forkp->ff_blocks = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->catalogFile.totalBlocks); - forkp->ff_clumpsize = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->catalogFile.clumpSize); - - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp) { - forkp = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp); - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - forkp->ff_extents[i].startBlock = - SWAP_BE32 (vhp->attributesFile.extents[i].startBlock); - forkp->ff_extents[i].blockCount = - SWAP_BE32 (vhp->attributesFile.extents[i].blockCount); - } - forkp->ff_size = SWAP_BE64 (vhp->attributesFile.logicalSize); - forkp->ff_blocks = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->attributesFile.totalBlocks); - forkp->ff_clumpsize = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->attributesFile.clumpSize); - } - - forkp = VTOF((struct vnode *)vcb->allocationsRefNum); - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - forkp->ff_extents[i].startBlock = - SWAP_BE32 (vhp->allocationFile.extents[i].startBlock); - forkp->ff_extents[i].blockCount = - SWAP_BE32 (vhp->allocationFile.extents[i].blockCount); - } - forkp->ff_size = SWAP_BE64 (vhp->allocationFile.logicalSize); - forkp->ff_blocks = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->allocationFile.totalBlocks); - forkp->ff_clumpsize = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->allocationFile.clumpSize); - - buf_brelse(bp); - vhp = NULL; - - /* - * Re-load B-tree header data - */ - forkp = VTOF((struct vnode *)vcb->extentsRefNum); - if ( (error = MacToVFSError( BTReloadData((FCB*)forkp) )) ) - return (error); - - forkp = VTOF((struct vnode *)vcb->catalogRefNum); - if ( (error = MacToVFSError( BTReloadData((FCB*)forkp) )) ) - return (error); - - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp) { - forkp = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp); - if ( (error = MacToVFSError( BTReloadData((FCB*)forkp) )) ) - return (error); - } - - /* Reload the volume name */ - if ((error = cat_idlookup(hfsmp, kHFSRootFolderID, 0, 0, &cndesc, NULL, NULL))) - return (error); - vcb->volumeNameEncodingHint = cndesc.cd_encoding; - bcopy(cndesc.cd_nameptr, vcb->vcbVN, min(255, cndesc.cd_namelen)); - cat_releasedesc(&cndesc); - - /* Re-establish private/hidden directories. */ - hfs_privatedir_init(hfsmp, FILE_HARDLINKS); - hfs_privatedir_init(hfsmp, DIR_HARDLINKS); - - /* In case any volume information changed to trigger a notification */ - hfs_generate_volume_notifications(hfsmp); - - return (0); -} - -__unused -static uint64_t tv_to_usecs(struct timeval *tv) -{ - return tv->tv_sec * 1000000ULL + tv->tv_usec; -} - -// Returns TRUE if b - a >= usecs -static bool hfs_has_elapsed (const struct timeval *a, - const struct timeval *b, - uint64_t usecs) -{ - struct timeval diff; - timersub(b, a, &diff); - return diff.tv_sec * 1000000ULL + diff.tv_usec >= usecs; -} - -void hfs_syncer(void *arg, __unused wait_result_t wr) -{ - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = arg; - struct timeval now; - - KDBG(HFSDBG_SYNCER | DBG_FUNC_START, obfuscate_addr(hfsmp)); - - hfs_syncer_lock(hfsmp); - - while (ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_RUN_SYNCER) - && timerisset(&hfsmp->hfs_sync_req_oldest)) { - - hfs_syncer_wait(hfsmp, &HFS_META_DELAY_TS); - - if (!ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_RUN_SYNCER) - || !timerisset(&hfsmp->hfs_sync_req_oldest)) { - break; - } - - /* Check to see whether we should flush now: either the oldest - is > HFS_MAX_META_DELAY or HFS_META_DELAY has elapsed since - the request and there are no pending writes. */ - - microuptime(&now); - uint64_t idle_time = vfs_idle_time(hfsmp->hfs_mp); - - if (!hfs_has_elapsed(&hfsmp->hfs_sync_req_oldest, &now, - HFS_MAX_META_DELAY) - && idle_time < HFS_META_DELAY) { - continue; - } - - timerclear(&hfsmp->hfs_sync_req_oldest); - - hfs_syncer_unlock(hfsmp); - - KDBG(HFSDBG_SYNCER_TIMED | DBG_FUNC_START, obfuscate_addr(hfsmp)); - - /* - * We intentionally do a synchronous flush (of the journal or entire volume) here. - * For journaled volumes, this means we wait until the metadata blocks are written - * to both the journal and their final locations (in the B-trees, etc.). - * - * This tends to avoid interleaving the metadata writes with other writes (for - * example, user data, or to the journal when a later transaction notices that - * an earlier transaction has finished its async writes, and then updates the - * journal start in the journal header). Avoiding interleaving of writes is - * very good for performance on simple flash devices like SD cards, thumb drives; - * and on devices like floppies. Since removable devices tend to be this kind of - * simple device, doing a synchronous flush actually improves performance in - * practice. - * - * NOTE: For non-journaled volumes, the call to hfs_sync will also cause dirty - * user data to be written. - */ - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL_META); - } else { - hfs_sync(hfsmp->hfs_mp, MNT_WAIT, vfs_context_current()); - } - - KDBG(HFSDBG_SYNCER_TIMED | DBG_FUNC_END); - - hfs_syncer_lock(hfsmp); - } // while (...) - - hfsmp->hfs_syncer_thread = NULL; - hfs_syncer_unlock(hfsmp); - hfs_syncer_wakeup(hfsmp); - - /* BE CAREFUL WHAT YOU ADD HERE: at this point hfs_unmount is free - to continue and therefore hfsmp might be invalid. */ - - KDBG(HFSDBG_SYNCER | DBG_FUNC_END); -} - -/* - * Call into the allocator code and perform a full scan of the bitmap file. - * - * This allows us to TRIM unallocated ranges if needed, and also to build up - * an in-memory summary table of the state of the allocated blocks. - */ -void hfs_scan_blocks (struct hfsmount *hfsmp) { - /* - * Take the allocation file lock. Journal transactions will block until - * we're done here. - */ - - int flags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* - * We serialize here with the HFS mount lock as we're mounting. - * - * The mount can only proceed once this thread has acquired the bitmap - * lock, since we absolutely do not want someone else racing in and - * getting the bitmap lock, doing a read/write of the bitmap file, - * then us getting the bitmap lock. - * - * To prevent this, the mount thread takes the HFS mount mutex, starts us - * up, then immediately msleeps on the scan_var variable in the mount - * point as a condition variable. This serialization is safe since - * if we race in and try to proceed while they're still holding the lock, - * we'll block trying to acquire the global lock. Since the mount thread - * acquires the HFS mutex before starting this function in a new thread, - * any lock acquisition on our part must be linearizably AFTER the mount thread's. - * - * Note that the HFS mount mutex is always taken last, and always for only - * a short time. In this case, we just take it long enough to mark the - * scan-in-flight bit. - */ - (void) hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - hfsmp->scan_var |= HFS_ALLOCATOR_SCAN_INFLIGHT; - wakeup((caddr_t) &hfsmp->scan_var); - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - - /* Initialize the summary table */ - if (hfs_init_summary (hfsmp)) { - printf("hfs: could not initialize summary table for %s\n", hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - - /* - * ScanUnmapBlocks assumes that the bitmap lock is held when you - * call the function. We don't care if there were any errors issuing unmaps. - * - * It will also attempt to build up the summary table for subsequent - * allocator use, as configured. - */ - (void) ScanUnmapBlocks(hfsmp); - - (void) hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - hfsmp->scan_var &= ~HFS_ALLOCATOR_SCAN_INFLIGHT; - hfsmp->scan_var |= HFS_ALLOCATOR_SCAN_COMPLETED; - wakeup((caddr_t) &hfsmp->scan_var); - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - - buf_invalidateblks(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp, 0, 0, 0); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, flags); - -} - -/* - * Common code for mount and mountroot - */ -int -hfs_mountfs(struct vnode *devvp, struct mount *mp, struct hfs_mount_args *args, - int journal_replay_only, vfs_context_t context) -{ - struct proc *p = vfs_context_proc(context); - int retval = E_NONE; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = NULL; - struct buf *bp; - dev_t dev; - HFSMasterDirectoryBlock *mdbp = NULL; - int ronly; -#if QUOTA - int i; -#endif - int mntwrapper; - kauth_cred_t cred; - u_int64_t disksize; - daddr64_t log_blkcnt; - u_int32_t log_blksize; - u_int32_t phys_blksize; - u_int32_t minblksize; - u_int32_t iswritable; - daddr64_t mdb_offset; - int isvirtual = 0; - int isroot = !journal_replay_only && args == NULL; - u_int32_t device_features = 0; - int isssd; - - ronly = mp && vfs_isrdonly(mp); - dev = vnode_specrdev(devvp); - cred = p ? vfs_context_ucred(context) : NOCRED; - mntwrapper = 0; - - bp = NULL; - hfsmp = NULL; - mdbp = NULL; - minblksize = kHFSBlockSize; - - /* Advisory locking should be handled at the VFS layer */ - if (mp) - vfs_setlocklocal(mp); - - /* Get the logical block size (treated as physical block size everywhere) */ - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCGETBLOCKSIZE, (caddr_t)&log_blksize, 0, context)) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: DKIOCGETBLOCKSIZE failed\n"); - } - retval = ENXIO; - goto error_exit; - } - if (log_blksize == 0 || log_blksize > 1024*1024*1024) { - printf("hfs: logical block size 0x%x looks bad. Not mounting.\n", log_blksize); - retval = ENXIO; - goto error_exit; - } - - /* Get the physical block size. */ - retval = VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCGETPHYSICALBLOCKSIZE, (caddr_t)&phys_blksize, 0, context); - if (retval) { - if ((retval != ENOTSUP) && (retval != ENOTTY)) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: DKIOCGETPHYSICALBLOCKSIZE failed\n"); - } - retval = ENXIO; - goto error_exit; - } - /* If device does not support this ioctl, assume that physical - * block size is same as logical block size - */ - phys_blksize = log_blksize; - } - if (phys_blksize == 0 || phys_blksize > MAXBSIZE) { - printf("hfs: physical block size 0x%x looks bad. Not mounting.\n", phys_blksize); - retval = ENXIO; - goto error_exit; - } - - /* Switch to 512 byte sectors (temporarily) */ - if (log_blksize > 512) { - u_int32_t size512 = 512; - - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCSETBLOCKSIZE, (caddr_t)&size512, FWRITE, context)) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: DKIOCSETBLOCKSIZE failed \n"); - } - retval = ENXIO; - goto error_exit; - } - } - /* Get the number of 512 byte physical blocks. */ - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCGETBLOCKCOUNT, (caddr_t)&log_blkcnt, 0, context)) { - /* resetting block size may fail if getting block count did */ - (void)VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCSETBLOCKSIZE, (caddr_t)&log_blksize, FWRITE, context); - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: DKIOCGETBLOCKCOUNT failed\n"); - } - retval = ENXIO; - goto error_exit; - } - /* Compute an accurate disk size (i.e. within 512 bytes) */ - disksize = (u_int64_t)log_blkcnt * (u_int64_t)512; - - /* - * On Tiger it is not necessary to switch the device - * block size to be 4k if there are more than 31-bits - * worth of blocks but to insure compatibility with - * pre-Tiger systems we have to do it. - * - * If the device size is not a multiple of 4K (8 * 512), then - * switching the logical block size isn't going to help because - * we will be unable to write the alternate volume header. - * In this case, just leave the logical block size unchanged. - */ - if (log_blkcnt > 0x000000007fffffff && (log_blkcnt & 7) == 0) { - minblksize = log_blksize = 4096; - if (phys_blksize < log_blksize) - phys_blksize = log_blksize; - } - - /* - * The cluster layer is not currently prepared to deal with a logical - * block size larger than the system's page size. (It can handle - * blocks per page, but not multiple pages per block.) So limit the - * logical block size to the page size. - */ - if (log_blksize > PAGE_SIZE) { - log_blksize = PAGE_SIZE; - } - - /* Now switch to our preferred physical block size. */ - if (log_blksize > 512) { - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCSETBLOCKSIZE, (caddr_t)&log_blksize, FWRITE, context)) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: DKIOCSETBLOCKSIZE (2) failed\n"); - } - retval = ENXIO; - goto error_exit; - } - /* Get the count of physical blocks. */ - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCGETBLOCKCOUNT, (caddr_t)&log_blkcnt, 0, context)) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: DKIOCGETBLOCKCOUNT (2) failed\n"); - } - retval = ENXIO; - goto error_exit; - } - } - /* - * At this point: - * minblksize is the minimum physical block size - * log_blksize has our preferred physical block size - * log_blkcnt has the total number of physical blocks - */ - - mdb_offset = (daddr64_t)HFS_PRI_SECTOR(log_blksize); - if ((retval = (int)buf_meta_bread(devvp, - HFS_PHYSBLK_ROUNDDOWN(mdb_offset, (phys_blksize/log_blksize)), - phys_blksize, cred, &bp))) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: buf_meta_bread failed with %d\n", retval); - } - goto error_exit; - } - mdbp = hfs_malloc(kMDBSize); - bcopy((char *)buf_dataptr(bp) + HFS_PRI_OFFSET(phys_blksize), mdbp, kMDBSize); - buf_brelse(bp); - bp = NULL; - - hfsmp = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(struct hfsmount)); - - hfs_chashinit_finish(hfsmp); - - /* Init the ID lookup hashtable */ - hfs_idhash_init (hfsmp); - - /* - * See if the disk supports unmap (trim). - * - * NOTE: vfs_init_io_attributes has not been called yet, so we can't use the io_flags field - * returned by vfs_ioattr. We need to call VNOP_IOCTL ourselves. - */ - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCGETFEATURES, (caddr_t)&device_features, 0, context) == 0) { - if (device_features & DK_FEATURE_UNMAP) { - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_UNMAP; - } - - if(device_features & DK_FEATURE_BARRIER) - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_FEATURE_BARRIER; - } - - /* - * See if the disk is a solid state device, too. We need this to decide what to do about - * hotfiles. - */ - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCISSOLIDSTATE, (caddr_t)&isssd, 0, context) == 0) { - if (isssd) { - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_SSD; - } - } - - /* See if the underlying device is Core Storage or not */ - dk_corestorage_info_t cs_info; - memset(&cs_info, 0, sizeof(dk_corestorage_info_t)); - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCCORESTORAGE, (caddr_t)&cs_info, 0, context) == 0) { - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_CS; - if (isroot && (cs_info.flags & DK_CORESTORAGE_PIN_YOUR_METADATA)) { - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_CS_METADATA_PIN; - } - if (isroot && (cs_info.flags & DK_CORESTORAGE_ENABLE_HOTFILES)) { - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN; - hfsmp->hfs_cs_hotfile_size = cs_info.hotfile_size; - } - if ((cs_info.flags & DK_CORESTORAGE_PIN_YOUR_SWAPFILE)) { - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_CS_SWAPFILE_PIN; - - struct vfsioattr ioattr; - vfs_ioattr(mp, &ioattr); - ioattr.io_flags |= VFS_IOATTR_FLAGS_SWAPPIN_SUPPORTED; - ioattr.io_max_swappin_available = cs_info.swapfile_pinning; - vfs_setioattr(mp, &ioattr); - } - } - - /* - * Init the volume information structure - */ - - lck_mtx_init(&hfsmp->hfs_mutex, hfs_mutex_group, hfs_lock_attr); - lck_mtx_init(&hfsmp->hfc_mutex, hfs_mutex_group, hfs_lock_attr); - lck_rw_init(&hfsmp->hfs_global_lock, hfs_rwlock_group, hfs_lock_attr); - lck_spin_init(&hfsmp->vcbFreeExtLock, hfs_spinlock_group, hfs_lock_attr); - - if (mp) - vfs_setfsprivate(mp, hfsmp); - hfsmp->hfs_mp = mp; /* Make VFSTOHFS work */ - hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev = vnode_specrdev(devvp); - hfsmp->hfs_devvp = devvp; - vnode_ref(devvp); /* Hold a ref on the device, dropped when hfsmp is freed. */ - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size = log_blksize; - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count = log_blkcnt; - hfsmp->hfs_logical_bytes = (uint64_t) log_blksize * (uint64_t) log_blkcnt; - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size = phys_blksize; - hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys = (phys_blksize / log_blksize); - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_WRITEABLE_MEDIA; - if (ronly) - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_READ_ONLY; - if (mp && ((unsigned int)vfs_flags(mp)) & MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS) - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_UNKNOWN_PERMS; - -#if QUOTA - for (i = 0; i < MAXQUOTAS; i++) - dqfileinit(&hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[i]); -#endif - - if (args) { - hfsmp->hfs_uid = (args->hfs_uid == (uid_t)VNOVAL) ? UNKNOWNUID : args->hfs_uid; - if (hfsmp->hfs_uid == 0xfffffffd) hfsmp->hfs_uid = UNKNOWNUID; - hfsmp->hfs_gid = (args->hfs_gid == (gid_t)VNOVAL) ? UNKNOWNGID : args->hfs_gid; - if (hfsmp->hfs_gid == 0xfffffffd) hfsmp->hfs_gid = UNKNOWNGID; - vfs_setowner(mp, hfsmp->hfs_uid, hfsmp->hfs_gid); /* tell the VFS */ - if (args->hfs_mask != (mode_t)VNOVAL) { - hfsmp->hfs_dir_mask = args->hfs_mask & ALLPERMS; - if (args->flags & HFSFSMNT_NOXONFILES) { - hfsmp->hfs_file_mask = (args->hfs_mask & DEFFILEMODE); - } else { - hfsmp->hfs_file_mask = args->hfs_mask & ALLPERMS; - } - } else { - hfsmp->hfs_dir_mask = UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS & ALLPERMS; /* 0777: rwx---rwx */ - hfsmp->hfs_file_mask = UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS & DEFFILEMODE; /* 0666: no --x by default? */ - } - if ((args->flags != (int)VNOVAL) && (args->flags & HFSFSMNT_WRAPPER)) - mntwrapper = 1; - } else { - /* Even w/o explicit mount arguments, MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS requires setting up uid, gid, and mask: */ - if (mp && ((unsigned int)vfs_flags(mp)) & MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS) { - hfsmp->hfs_uid = UNKNOWNUID; - hfsmp->hfs_gid = UNKNOWNGID; - vfs_setowner(mp, hfsmp->hfs_uid, hfsmp->hfs_gid); /* tell the VFS */ - hfsmp->hfs_dir_mask = UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS & ALLPERMS; /* 0777: rwx---rwx */ - hfsmp->hfs_file_mask = UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS & DEFFILEMODE; /* 0666: no --x by default? */ - } - } - - /* Find out if disk media is writable. */ - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCISWRITABLE, (caddr_t)&iswritable, 0, context) == 0) { - if (iswritable) - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_WRITEABLE_MEDIA; - else - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_WRITEABLE_MEDIA; - } - - // Reservations - rl_init(&hfsmp->hfs_reserved_ranges[0]); - rl_init(&hfsmp->hfs_reserved_ranges[1]); - - // record the current time at which we're mounting this volume - struct timeval tv; - microtime(&tv); - hfsmp->hfs_mount_time = tv.tv_sec; - - /* Mount a standard HFS disk */ - if ((SWAP_BE16(mdbp->drSigWord) == kHFSSigWord) && - (mntwrapper || (SWAP_BE16(mdbp->drEmbedSigWord) != kHFSPlusSigWord))) { -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - /* If only journal replay is requested, exit immediately */ - if (journal_replay_only) { - retval = 0; - goto error_exit; - } - - /* On 10.6 and beyond, non read-only mounts for HFS standard vols get rejected */ - if (vfs_isrdwr(mp)) { - retval = EROFS; - goto error_exit; - } - - printf("hfs_mountfs: Mounting HFS Standard volumes was deprecated in Mac OS 10.7 \n"); - - /* Treat it as if it's read-only and not writeable */ - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_READ_ONLY; - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_WRITEABLE_MEDIA; - - if ((vfs_flags(mp) & MNT_ROOTFS)) { - retval = EINVAL; /* Cannot root from HFS standard disks */ - goto error_exit; - } - /* HFS disks can only use 512 byte physical blocks */ - if (log_blksize > kHFSBlockSize) { - log_blksize = kHFSBlockSize; - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCSETBLOCKSIZE, (caddr_t)&log_blksize, FWRITE, context)) { - retval = ENXIO; - goto error_exit; - } - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCGETBLOCKCOUNT, (caddr_t)&log_blkcnt, 0, context)) { - retval = ENXIO; - goto error_exit; - } - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size = log_blksize; - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count = log_blkcnt; - hfsmp->hfs_logical_bytes = (uint64_t) log_blksize * (uint64_t) log_blkcnt; - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size = log_blksize; - hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys = 1; - } - if (args) { - hfsmp->hfs_encoding = args->hfs_encoding; - HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->volumeNameEncodingHint = args->hfs_encoding; - - /* establish the timezone */ - gTimeZone = args->hfs_timezone; - } - - retval = hfs_getconverter(hfsmp->hfs_encoding, &hfsmp->hfs_get_unicode, - &hfsmp->hfs_get_hfsname); - if (retval) - goto error_exit; - - retval = hfs_MountHFSVolume(hfsmp, mdbp, p); - if (retval) - (void) hfs_relconverter(hfsmp->hfs_encoding); -#else - /* On platforms where HFS Standard is not supported, deny the mount altogether */ - retval = EINVAL; - goto error_exit; -#endif - - } - else { /* Mount an HFS Plus disk */ - HFSPlusVolumeHeader *vhp; - off_t embeddedOffset; - int jnl_disable = 0; - - /* Get the embedded Volume Header */ - if (SWAP_BE16(mdbp->drEmbedSigWord) == kHFSPlusSigWord) { - embeddedOffset = SWAP_BE16(mdbp->drAlBlSt) * kHFSBlockSize; - embeddedOffset += (u_int64_t)SWAP_BE16(mdbp->drEmbedExtent.startBlock) * - (u_int64_t)SWAP_BE32(mdbp->drAlBlkSiz); - - /* - * Cooperative Fusion is not allowed on embedded HFS+ - * filesystems (HFS+ inside HFS standard wrapper) - */ - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_CS_METADATA_PIN; - - /* - * If the embedded volume doesn't start on a block - * boundary, then switch the device to a 512-byte - * block size so everything will line up on a block - * boundary. - */ - if ((embeddedOffset % log_blksize) != 0) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: embedded volume offset not" - " a multiple of physical block size (%d);" - " switching to 512\n", log_blksize); - log_blksize = 512; - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCSETBLOCKSIZE, - (caddr_t)&log_blksize, FWRITE, context)) { - - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: DKIOCSETBLOCKSIZE (3) failed\n"); - } - retval = ENXIO; - goto error_exit; - } - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCGETBLOCKCOUNT, - (caddr_t)&log_blkcnt, 0, context)) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: DKIOCGETBLOCKCOUNT (3) failed\n"); - } - retval = ENXIO; - goto error_exit; - } - /* Note: relative block count adjustment */ - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count *= - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size / log_blksize; - - /* Update logical /physical block size */ - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size = log_blksize; - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size = log_blksize; - - phys_blksize = log_blksize; - hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys = 1; - } - - disksize = (u_int64_t)SWAP_BE16(mdbp->drEmbedExtent.blockCount) * - (u_int64_t)SWAP_BE32(mdbp->drAlBlkSiz); - - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count = disksize / log_blksize; - - hfsmp->hfs_logical_bytes = (uint64_t) hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count * (uint64_t) hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size; - - mdb_offset = (daddr64_t)((embeddedOffset / log_blksize) + HFS_PRI_SECTOR(log_blksize)); - - if (bp) { - buf_markinvalid(bp); - buf_brelse(bp); - bp = NULL; - } - retval = (int)buf_meta_bread(devvp, HFS_PHYSBLK_ROUNDDOWN(mdb_offset, hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys), - phys_blksize, cred, &bp); - if (retval) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: buf_meta_bread (2) failed with %d\n", retval); - } - goto error_exit; - } - bcopy((char *)buf_dataptr(bp) + HFS_PRI_OFFSET(phys_blksize), mdbp, 512); - buf_brelse(bp); - bp = NULL; - vhp = (HFSPlusVolumeHeader*) mdbp; - - } - else { /* pure HFS+ */ - embeddedOffset = 0; - vhp = (HFSPlusVolumeHeader*) mdbp; - } - - retval = hfs_ValidateHFSPlusVolumeHeader(hfsmp, vhp); - if (retval) - goto error_exit; - - /* - * If allocation block size is less than the physical block size, - * invalidate the buffer read in using native physical block size - * to ensure data consistency. - * - * HFS Plus reserves one allocation block for the Volume Header. - * If the physical size is larger, then when we read the volume header, - * we will also end up reading in the next allocation block(s). - * If those other allocation block(s) is/are modified, and then the volume - * header is modified, the write of the volume header's buffer will write - * out the old contents of the other allocation blocks. - * - * We assume that the physical block size is same as logical block size. - * The physical block size value is used to round down the offsets for - * reading and writing the primary and alternate volume headers. - * - * The same logic is also in hfs_MountHFSPlusVolume to ensure that - * hfs_mountfs, hfs_MountHFSPlusVolume and later are doing the I/Os - * using same block size. - */ - if (SWAP_BE32(vhp->blockSize) < hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size) { - phys_blksize = hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size; - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size = hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size; - hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys = 1; - // There should be one bp associated with devvp in buffer cache. - retval = buf_invalidateblks(devvp, 0, 0, 0); - if (retval) - goto error_exit; - } - - if (isroot && ((SWAP_BE32(vhp->attributes) & kHFSVolumeUnmountedMask) != 0)) { - vfs_set_root_unmounted_cleanly(); - } - - /* - * On inconsistent disks, do not allow read-write mount - * unless it is the boot volume being mounted. We also - * always want to replay the journal if the journal_replay_only - * flag is set because that will (most likely) get the - * disk into a consistent state before fsck_hfs starts - * looking at it. - */ - if (!journal_replay_only - && !(vfs_flags(mp) & MNT_ROOTFS) - && (SWAP_BE32(vhp->attributes) & kHFSVolumeInconsistentMask) - && !(hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY)) { - - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: failed to mount non-root inconsistent disk\n"); - } - retval = EINVAL; - goto error_exit; - } - - - // XXXdbg - // - hfsmp->jnl = NULL; - hfsmp->jvp = NULL; - if (args != NULL && (args->flags & HFSFSMNT_EXTENDED_ARGS) && - args->journal_disable) { - jnl_disable = 1; - } - - // - // We only initialize the journal here if the last person - // to mount this volume was journaling aware. Otherwise - // we delay journal initialization until later at the end - // of hfs_MountHFSPlusVolume() because the last person who - // mounted it could have messed things up behind our back - // (so we need to go find the .journal file, make sure it's - // the right size, re-sync up if it was moved, etc). - // - if ( (SWAP_BE32(vhp->lastMountedVersion) == kHFSJMountVersion) - && (SWAP_BE32(vhp->attributes) & kHFSVolumeJournaledMask) - && !jnl_disable) { - - // if we're able to init the journal, mark the mount - // point as journaled. - // - if ((retval = hfs_early_journal_init(hfsmp, vhp, args, embeddedOffset, mdb_offset, mdbp, cred)) == 0) { - if (mp) - vfs_setflags(mp, (u_int64_t)((unsigned int)MNT_JOURNALED)); - } else { - if (retval == EROFS) { - // EROFS is a special error code that means the volume has an external - // journal which we couldn't find. in that case we do not want to - // rewrite the volume header - we'll just refuse to mount the volume. - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: hfs_early_journal_init indicated external jnl \n"); - } - retval = EINVAL; - goto error_exit; - } - - // if the journal failed to open, then set the lastMountedVersion - // to be "FSK!" which fsck_hfs will see and force the fsck instead - // of just bailing out because the volume is journaled. - if (!ronly) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: hfs_early_journal_init failed, setting to FSK \n"); - } - - HFSPlusVolumeHeader *jvhp; - - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_NEED_JNL_RESET; - - if (mdb_offset == 0) { - mdb_offset = (daddr64_t)((embeddedOffset / log_blksize) + HFS_PRI_SECTOR(log_blksize)); - } - - bp = NULL; - retval = (int)buf_meta_bread(devvp, - HFS_PHYSBLK_ROUNDDOWN(mdb_offset, hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys), - phys_blksize, cred, &bp); - if (retval == 0) { - jvhp = (HFSPlusVolumeHeader *)(buf_dataptr(bp) + HFS_PRI_OFFSET(phys_blksize)); - - if (SWAP_BE16(jvhp->signature) == kHFSPlusSigWord || SWAP_BE16(jvhp->signature) == kHFSXSigWord) { - printf ("hfs(1): Journal replay fail. Writing lastMountVersion as FSK!\n"); - jvhp->lastMountedVersion = SWAP_BE32(kFSKMountVersion); - buf_bwrite(bp); - } else { - buf_brelse(bp); - } - bp = NULL; - } else if (bp) { - buf_brelse(bp); - // clear this so the error exit path won't try to use it - bp = NULL; - } - } - - // if this isn't the root device just bail out. - // If it is the root device we just continue on - // in the hopes that fsck_hfs will be able to - // fix any damage that exists on the volume. - if (mp && !(vfs_flags(mp) & MNT_ROOTFS)) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: hfs_early_journal_init failed, erroring out \n"); - } - retval = EINVAL; - goto error_exit; - } - } - } - - /* Either the journal is replayed successfully, or there - * was nothing to replay, or no journal exists. In any case, - * return success. - */ - if (journal_replay_only) { - retval = 0; - goto error_exit; - } - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - (void) hfs_getconverter(0, &hfsmp->hfs_get_unicode, &hfsmp->hfs_get_hfsname); -#endif - - retval = hfs_MountHFSPlusVolume(hfsmp, vhp, embeddedOffset, disksize, p, args, cred); - /* - * If the backend didn't like our physical blocksize - * then retry with physical blocksize of 512. - */ - if ((retval == ENXIO) && (log_blksize > 512) && (log_blksize != minblksize)) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: could not use physical block size " - "(%d) switching to 512\n", log_blksize); - log_blksize = 512; - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCSETBLOCKSIZE, (caddr_t)&log_blksize, FWRITE, context)) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: DKIOCSETBLOCKSIZE (4) failed \n"); - } - retval = ENXIO; - goto error_exit; - } - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCGETBLOCKCOUNT, (caddr_t)&log_blkcnt, 0, context)) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: DKIOCGETBLOCKCOUNT (4) failed \n"); - } - retval = ENXIO; - goto error_exit; - } - set_fsblocksize(devvp); - /* Note: relative block count adjustment (in case this is an embedded volume). */ - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count *= hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size / log_blksize; - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size = log_blksize; - hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys = hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size / log_blksize; - - hfsmp->hfs_logical_bytes = (uint64_t) hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count * (uint64_t) hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size; - - if (hfsmp->jnl && hfsmp->jvp == devvp) { - // close and re-open this with the new block size - journal_close(hfsmp->jnl); - hfsmp->jnl = NULL; - if (hfs_early_journal_init(hfsmp, vhp, args, embeddedOffset, mdb_offset, mdbp, cred) == 0) { - vfs_setflags(mp, (u_int64_t)((unsigned int)MNT_JOURNALED)); - } else { - // if the journal failed to open, then set the lastMountedVersion - // to be "FSK!" which fsck_hfs will see and force the fsck instead - // of just bailing out because the volume is journaled. - if (!ronly) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: hfs_early_journal_init (2) resetting.. \n"); - } - HFSPlusVolumeHeader *jvhp; - - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_NEED_JNL_RESET; - - if (mdb_offset == 0) { - mdb_offset = (daddr64_t)((embeddedOffset / log_blksize) + HFS_PRI_SECTOR(log_blksize)); - } - - bp = NULL; - retval = (int)buf_meta_bread(devvp, HFS_PHYSBLK_ROUNDDOWN(mdb_offset, hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys), - phys_blksize, cred, &bp); - if (retval == 0) { - jvhp = (HFSPlusVolumeHeader *)(buf_dataptr(bp) + HFS_PRI_OFFSET(phys_blksize)); - - if (SWAP_BE16(jvhp->signature) == kHFSPlusSigWord || SWAP_BE16(jvhp->signature) == kHFSXSigWord) { - printf ("hfs(2): Journal replay fail. Writing lastMountVersion as FSK!\n"); - jvhp->lastMountedVersion = SWAP_BE32(kFSKMountVersion); - buf_bwrite(bp); - } else { - buf_brelse(bp); - } - bp = NULL; - } else if (bp) { - buf_brelse(bp); - // clear this so the error exit path won't try to use it - bp = NULL; - } - } - - // if this isn't the root device just bail out. - // If it is the root device we just continue on - // in the hopes that fsck_hfs will be able to - // fix any damage that exists on the volume. - if ( !(vfs_flags(mp) & MNT_ROOTFS)) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: hfs_early_journal_init (2) failed \n"); - } - retval = EINVAL; - goto error_exit; - } - } - } - - /* Try again with a smaller block size... */ - retval = hfs_MountHFSPlusVolume(hfsmp, vhp, embeddedOffset, disksize, p, args, cred); - if (retval && HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_MountHFSPlusVolume (late) returned %d\n",retval); - } - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (retval) - (void) hfs_relconverter(0); -#endif - } - - // save off a snapshot of the mtime from the previous mount - // (for matador). - hfsmp->hfs_last_mounted_mtime = hfsmp->hfs_mtime; - - if ( retval ) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mountfs: encountered failure %d \n", retval); - } - goto error_exit; - } - - struct vfsstatfs *vsfs = vfs_statfs(mp); - vsfs->f_fsid.val[0] = dev; - vsfs->f_fsid.val[1] = vfs_typenum(mp); - - vfs_setmaxsymlen(mp, 0); - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_STANDARD)) { - /* HFS standard doesn't support extended readdir! */ - mount_set_noreaddirext (mp); - } -#endif - - if (args) { - /* - * Set the free space warning levels for a non-root volume: - * - * Set the "danger" limit to 1% of the volume size or 150MB, whichever is less. - * Set the "warning" limit to 2% of the volume size or 500MB, whichever is less. - * Set the "near warning" limit to 10% of the volume size or 1GB, whichever is less. - * And last, set the "desired" freespace level to to 12% of the volume size or 1.2GB, - * whichever is less. - */ - hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_dangerlimit = - MIN(HFS_VERYLOWDISKTRIGGERLEVEL / HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize, - (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->totalBlocks / 100) * HFS_VERYLOWDISKTRIGGERFRACTION); - hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_warninglimit = - MIN(HFS_LOWDISKTRIGGERLEVEL / HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize, - (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->totalBlocks / 100) * HFS_LOWDISKTRIGGERFRACTION); - hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_nearwarninglimit = - MIN(HFS_NEARLOWDISKTRIGGERLEVEL / HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize, - (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->totalBlocks / 100) * HFS_NEARLOWDISKTRIGGERFRACTION); - hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_desiredlevel = - MIN(HFS_LOWDISKSHUTOFFLEVEL / HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize, - (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->totalBlocks / 100) * HFS_LOWDISKSHUTOFFFRACTION); - } else { - /* - * Set the free space warning levels for the root volume: - * - * Set the "danger" limit to 5% of the volume size or 512MB, whichever is less. - * Set the "warning" limit to 10% of the volume size or 1GB, whichever is less. - * Set the "near warning" limit to 10.5% of the volume size or 1.1GB, whichever is less. - * And last, set the "desired" freespace level to to 11% of the volume size or 1.25GB, - * whichever is less. - * - * NOTE: While those are the default limits, KernelEventAgent (as of 3/2016) - * will unilaterally override these to the following on OSX only: - * Danger: 3GB - * Warning: Min (2% of root volume, 10GB), with a floor of 10GB - * Desired: Warning Threshold + 1.5GB - */ - hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_dangerlimit = - MIN(HFS_ROOTVERYLOWDISKTRIGGERLEVEL / HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize, - (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->totalBlocks / 100) * HFS_ROOTVERYLOWDISKTRIGGERFRACTION); - hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_warninglimit = - MIN(HFS_ROOTLOWDISKTRIGGERLEVEL / HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize, - (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->totalBlocks / 100) * HFS_ROOTLOWDISKTRIGGERFRACTION); - hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_nearwarninglimit = - MIN(HFS_ROOTNEARLOWDISKTRIGGERLEVEL / HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize, - (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->totalBlocks / 100) * HFS_ROOTNEARLOWDISKTRIGGERFRACTION); - hfsmp->hfs_freespace_notify_desiredlevel = - MIN(HFS_ROOTLOWDISKSHUTOFFLEVEL / HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize, - (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->totalBlocks / 100) * HFS_ROOTLOWDISKSHUTOFFFRACTION); - }; - - /* Check if the file system exists on virtual device, like disk image */ - if (VNOP_IOCTL(devvp, DKIOCISVIRTUAL, (caddr_t)&isvirtual, 0, context) == 0) { - if (isvirtual) { - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_VIRTUAL_DEVICE; - } - } - - if (!isroot - && !ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_VIRTUAL_DEVICE) - && hfs_is_ejectable(vfs_statfs(mp)->f_mntfromname)) { - SET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_RUN_SYNCER); - } - - const char *dev_name = (hfsmp->hfs_devvp - ? vnode_getname_printable(hfsmp->hfs_devvp) : NULL); - - printf("hfs: mounted %s on device %s\n", - (hfsmp->vcbVN[0] ? (const char*) hfsmp->vcbVN : "unknown"), - dev_name ?: "unknown device"); - - if (dev_name) - vnode_putname_printable(dev_name); - - /* - * Start looking for free space to drop below this level and generate a - * warning immediately if needed: - */ - hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions = 0; - hfs_generate_volume_notifications(hfsmp); - - if (ronly == 0) { - (void) hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, HFS_FVH_WAIT); - } - hfs_free(mdbp, kMDBSize); - return (0); - -error_exit: - if (bp) - buf_brelse(bp); - - hfs_free(mdbp, kMDBSize); - - hfs_close_jvp(hfsmp); - - if (hfsmp) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_devvp) { - vnode_rele(hfsmp->hfs_devvp); - } - hfs_locks_destroy(hfsmp); - hfs_delete_chash(hfsmp); - hfs_idhash_destroy (hfsmp); - - hfs_free(hfsmp, sizeof(*hfsmp)); - if (mp) - vfs_setfsprivate(mp, NULL); - } - return (retval); -} - - -/* - * Make a filesystem operational. - * Nothing to do at the moment. - */ -/* ARGSUSED */ -static int -hfs_start(__unused struct mount *mp, __unused int flags, __unused vfs_context_t context) -{ - return (0); -} - - -/* - * unmount system call - */ -int -hfs_unmount(struct mount *mp, int mntflags, vfs_context_t context) -{ - struct proc *p = vfs_context_proc(context); - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - int retval = E_NONE; - int flags; - int force; - int started_tr = 0; - - flags = 0; - force = 0; - if (mntflags & MNT_FORCE) { - flags |= FORCECLOSE; - force = 1; - } - - const char *dev_name = (hfsmp->hfs_devvp - ? vnode_getname_printable(hfsmp->hfs_devvp) : NULL); - - printf("hfs: unmount initiated on %s on device %s\n", - (hfsmp->vcbVN[0] ? (const char*) hfsmp->vcbVN : "unknown"), - dev_name ?: "unknown device"); - - if (dev_name) - vnode_putname_printable(dev_name); - - if ((retval = hfs_flushfiles(mp, flags, p)) && !force) - return (retval); - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_METADATA_ZONE) - (void) hfs_recording_suspend(hfsmp); - - hfs_syncer_free(hfsmp); - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_summary_table) { - int err = 0; - /* - * Take the bitmap lock to serialize against a concurrent bitmap scan still in progress - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp) { - err = hfs_lock (VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - } - hfs_free(hfsmp->hfs_summary_table, hfsmp->hfs_summary_bytes); - hfsmp->hfs_summary_table = NULL; - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_SUMMARY_TABLE; - - if (err == 0 && hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp){ - hfs_unlock (VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp)); - } - - } - } - - /* - * Flush out the b-trees, volume bitmap and Volume Header - */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) == 0) { - retval = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp); - if (retval == 0) { - started_tr = 1; - } else if (!force) { - goto err_exit; - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_startup_vp) { - (void) hfs_lock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_startup_vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - retval = hfs_fsync(hfsmp->hfs_startup_vp, MNT_WAIT, 0, p); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_startup_vp)); - if (retval && !force) - goto err_exit; - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp) { - (void) hfs_lock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - retval = hfs_fsync(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp, MNT_WAIT, 0, p); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp)); - if (retval && !force) - goto err_exit; - } - - (void) hfs_lock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - retval = hfs_fsync(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp, MNT_WAIT, 0, p); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp)); - if (retval && !force) - goto err_exit; - - (void) hfs_lock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - retval = hfs_fsync(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp, MNT_WAIT, 0, p); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp)); - if (retval && !force) - goto err_exit; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp) { - (void) hfs_lock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - retval = hfs_fsync(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp, MNT_WAIT, 0, p); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp)); - if (retval && !force) - goto err_exit; - } - - if (hfsmp->hfc_filevp && vnode_issystem(hfsmp->hfc_filevp)) { - retval = hfs_fsync(hfsmp->hfc_filevp, MNT_WAIT, 0, p); - if (retval && !force) - goto err_exit; - } - - /* If runtime corruption was detected, indicate that the volume - * was not unmounted cleanly. - */ - if (hfsmp->vcbAtrb & kHFSVolumeInconsistentMask) { - HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbAtrb &= ~kHFSVolumeUnmountedMask; - } else { - HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbAtrb |= kHFSVolumeUnmountedMask; - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_HAS_SPARSE_DEVICE) { - int i; - u_int32_t min_start = hfsmp->totalBlocks; - - // set the nextAllocation pointer to the smallest free block number - // we've seen so on the next mount we won't rescan unnecessarily - lck_spin_lock(&hfsmp->vcbFreeExtLock); - for(i=0; i < (int)hfsmp->vcbFreeExtCnt; i++) { - if (hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].startBlock < min_start) { - min_start = hfsmp->vcbFreeExt[i].startBlock; - } - } - lck_spin_unlock(&hfsmp->vcbFreeExtLock); - if (min_start < hfsmp->nextAllocation) { - hfsmp->nextAllocation = min_start; - } - } - - retval = hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, HFS_FVH_WAIT); - if (retval) { - HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbAtrb &= ~kHFSVolumeUnmountedMask; - if (!force) - goto err_exit; /* could not flush everything */ - } - - if (started_tr) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - started_tr = 0; - } - } - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_FULL); - } - - /* - * Invalidate our caches and release metadata vnodes - */ - (void) hfsUnmount(hfsmp, p); - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord) { - (void) hfs_relconverter(hfsmp->hfs_encoding); - } -#endif - - // XXXdbg - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_close(hfsmp->jnl); - hfsmp->jnl = NULL; - } - - VNOP_FSYNC(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, MNT_WAIT, context); - - hfs_close_jvp(hfsmp); - - /* - * Last chance to dump unreferenced system files. - */ - (void) vflush(mp, NULLVP, FORCECLOSE); - -#if HFS_SPARSE_DEV - /* Drop our reference on the backing fs (if any). */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_HAS_SPARSE_DEVICE) && hfsmp->hfs_backingvp) { - struct vnode * tmpvp; - - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_HAS_SPARSE_DEVICE; - tmpvp = hfsmp->hfs_backingvp; - hfsmp->hfs_backingvp = NULLVP; - vnode_rele(tmpvp); - } -#endif /* HFS_SPARSE_DEV */ - - vnode_rele(hfsmp->hfs_devvp); - - hfs_locks_destroy(hfsmp); - hfs_delete_chash(hfsmp); - hfs_idhash_destroy(hfsmp); - - hfs_assert(TAILQ_EMPTY(&hfsmp->hfs_reserved_ranges[HFS_TENTATIVE_BLOCKS]) - && TAILQ_EMPTY(&hfsmp->hfs_reserved_ranges[HFS_LOCKED_BLOCKS])); - hfs_assert(!hfsmp->lockedBlocks); - - hfs_free(hfsmp, sizeof(*hfsmp)); - -#if HFS_LEAK_DEBUG - if (OSDecrementAtomic(&hfs_active_mounts) == 1) { - if (hfs_dump_allocations()) - Debugger(NULL); - else { - printf("hfs: last unmount and nothing was leaked!\n"); - msleep(hfs_unmount, NULL, PINOD, "hfs_unmount", - &(struct timespec){ 5, 0 }); - } - } -#endif - - return (0); - - err_exit: - if (started_tr) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - } - return retval; -} - - -/* - * Return the root of a filesystem. - */ -int hfs_vfs_root(struct mount *mp, struct vnode **vpp, __unused vfs_context_t context) -{ - return hfs_vget(VFSTOHFS(mp), (cnid_t)kHFSRootFolderID, vpp, 1, 0); -} - - -/* - * Do operations associated with quotas - */ -#if !QUOTA -static int -hfs_quotactl(__unused struct mount *mp, __unused int cmds, __unused uid_t uid, __unused caddr_t datap, __unused vfs_context_t context) -{ - return (ENOTSUP); -} -#else -static int -hfs_quotactl(struct mount *mp, int cmds, uid_t uid, caddr_t datap, vfs_context_t context) -{ - struct proc *p = vfs_context_proc(context); - int cmd, type, error; - - if (uid == ~0U) - uid = kauth_cred_getuid(vfs_context_ucred(context)); - cmd = cmds >> SUBCMDSHIFT; - - switch (cmd) { - case Q_SYNC: - case Q_QUOTASTAT: - break; - case Q_GETQUOTA: - if (uid == kauth_cred_getuid(vfs_context_ucred(context))) - break; - /* fall through */ - default: - if ( (error = vfs_context_suser(context)) ) - return (error); - } - - type = cmds & SUBCMDMASK; - if ((u_int)type >= MAXQUOTAS) - return (EINVAL); - if (vfs_busy(mp, LK_NOWAIT)) - return (0); - - switch (cmd) { - - case Q_QUOTAON: - error = hfs_quotaon(p, mp, type, datap); - break; - - case Q_QUOTAOFF: - error = hfs_quotaoff(p, mp, type); - break; - - case Q_SETQUOTA: - error = hfs_setquota(mp, uid, type, datap); - break; - - case Q_SETUSE: - error = hfs_setuse(mp, uid, type, datap); - break; - - case Q_GETQUOTA: - error = hfs_getquota(mp, uid, type, datap); - break; - - case Q_SYNC: - error = hfs_qsync(mp); - break; - - case Q_QUOTASTAT: - error = hfs_quotastat(mp, type, datap); - break; - - default: - error = EINVAL; - break; - } - vfs_unbusy(mp); - - return (error); -} -#endif /* QUOTA */ - -/* Subtype is composite of bits */ -#define HFS_SUBTYPE_JOURNALED 0x01 -#define HFS_SUBTYPE_CASESENSITIVE 0x02 -/* bits 2 - 6 reserved */ -#define HFS_SUBTYPE_STANDARDHFS 0x80 - -/* - * Get file system statistics. - */ -int -hfs_statfs(struct mount *mp, register struct vfsstatfs *sbp, __unused vfs_context_t context) -{ - ExtendedVCB *vcb = VFSTOVCB(mp); - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - u_int16_t subtype = 0; - - sbp->f_bsize = (u_int32_t)vcb->blockSize; - sbp->f_iosize = (size_t)cluster_max_io_size(mp, 0); - sbp->f_blocks = (u_int64_t)((u_int32_t)vcb->totalBlocks); - sbp->f_bfree = (u_int64_t)((u_int32_t )hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 0)); - sbp->f_bavail = (u_int64_t)((u_int32_t )hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 1)); - sbp->f_files = (u_int64_t)HFS_MAX_FILES; - sbp->f_ffree = (u_int64_t)hfs_free_cnids(hfsmp); - - /* - * Subtypes (flavors) for HFS - * 0: Mac OS Extended - * 1: Mac OS Extended (Journaled) - * 2: Mac OS Extended (Case Sensitive) - * 3: Mac OS Extended (Case Sensitive, Journaled) - * 4 - 127: Reserved - * 128: Mac OS Standard - * - */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) == 0) { - /* HFS+ & variants */ - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - subtype |= HFS_SUBTYPE_JOURNALED; - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CASE_SENSITIVE) { - subtype |= HFS_SUBTYPE_CASESENSITIVE; - } - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - /* HFS standard */ - subtype = HFS_SUBTYPE_STANDARDHFS; - } -#endif - sbp->f_fssubtype = subtype; - - return (0); -} - - -// -// XXXdbg -- this is a callback to be used by the journal to -// get meta data blocks flushed out to disk. -// -// XXXdbg -- be smarter and don't flush *every* block on each -// call. try to only flush some so we don't wind up -// being too synchronous. -// -void -hfs_sync_metadata(void *arg) -{ - struct mount *mp = (struct mount *)arg; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - ExtendedVCB *vcb; - buf_t bp; - int retval; - daddr64_t priIDSector; - hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - vcb = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp); - - // now make sure the super block is flushed - priIDSector = (daddr64_t)((vcb->hfsPlusIOPosOffset / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size) + - HFS_PRI_SECTOR(hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size)); - - retval = (int)buf_meta_bread(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, - HFS_PHYSBLK_ROUNDDOWN(priIDSector, hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys), - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size, NOCRED, &bp); - if ((retval != 0 ) && (retval != ENXIO)) { - printf("hfs_sync_metadata: can't read volume header at %d! (retval 0x%x)\n", - (int)priIDSector, retval); - } - - if (retval == 0 && ((buf_flags(bp) & (B_DELWRI | B_LOCKED)) == B_DELWRI)) { - buf_bwrite(bp); - } else if (bp) { - buf_brelse(bp); - } - - /* Note that these I/Os bypass the journal (no calls to journal_start_modify_block) */ - - // the alternate super block... - // XXXdbg - we probably don't need to do this each and every time. - // hfs_btreeio.c:FlushAlternate() should flag when it was - // written... - if (hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector) { - retval = (int)buf_meta_bread(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, - HFS_PHYSBLK_ROUNDDOWN(hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector, hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys), - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size, NOCRED, &bp); - if (retval == 0 && ((buf_flags(bp) & (B_DELWRI | B_LOCKED)) == B_DELWRI)) { - /* - * note this I/O can fail if the partition shrank behind our backs! - * So failure should be OK here. - */ - buf_bwrite(bp); - } else if (bp) { - buf_brelse(bp); - } - } - - /* Is the FS's idea of the AVH different than the partition ? */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector) && (hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector != hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector)) { - retval = (int)buf_meta_bread(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, - HFS_PHYSBLK_ROUNDDOWN(hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector, hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys), - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size, NOCRED, &bp); - if (retval == 0 && ((buf_flags(bp) & (B_DELWRI | B_LOCKED)) == B_DELWRI)) { - buf_bwrite(bp); - } else if (bp) { - buf_brelse(bp); - } - } - -} - - -struct hfs_sync_cargs { - kauth_cred_t cred; - struct proc *p; - int waitfor; - int error; - int atime_only_syncs; - time_t sync_start_time; -}; - - -static int -hfs_sync_callback(struct vnode *vp, void *cargs) -{ - struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - struct hfs_sync_cargs *args; - int error; - - args = (struct hfs_sync_cargs *)cargs; - - if (hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT) != 0) { - return (VNODE_RETURNED); - } - - hfs_dirty_t dirty_state = hfs_is_dirty(cp); - - bool sync = dirty_state == HFS_DIRTY || vnode_hasdirtyblks(vp); - - if (!sync && dirty_state == HFS_DIRTY_ATIME - && args->atime_only_syncs < 256) { - // We only update if the atime changed more than 60s ago - if (args->sync_start_time - cp->c_attr.ca_atime > 60) { - sync = true; - ++args->atime_only_syncs; - } - } - - if (sync) { - error = hfs_fsync(vp, args->waitfor, 0, args->p); - - if (error) - args->error = error; - } else if (cp->c_touch_acctime) - hfs_touchtimes(VTOHFS(vp), cp); - - hfs_unlock(cp); - return (VNODE_RETURNED); -} - - - -/* - * Go through the disk queues to initiate sandbagged IO; - * go through the inodes to write those that have been modified; - * initiate the writing of the super block if it has been modified. - * - * Note: we are always called with the filesystem marked `MPBUSY'. - */ -int -hfs_sync(struct mount *mp, int waitfor, vfs_context_t context) -{ - struct proc *p = vfs_context_proc(context); - struct cnode *cp; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - ExtendedVCB *vcb; - struct vnode *meta_vp[4]; - int i; - int error, allerror = 0; - struct hfs_sync_cargs args; - - hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - - // Back off if hfs_changefs or a freeze is underway - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_IN_CHANGEFS) - || hfsmp->hfs_freeze_state != HFS_THAWED) { - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - return 0; - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - return (EROFS); - } - - ++hfsmp->hfs_syncers; - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - args.cred = kauth_cred_get(); - args.waitfor = waitfor; - args.p = p; - args.error = 0; - args.atime_only_syncs = 0; - - struct timeval tv; - microtime(&tv); - - args.sync_start_time = tv.tv_sec; - - /* - * hfs_sync_callback will be called for each vnode - * hung off of this mount point... the vnode will be - * properly referenced and unreferenced around the callback - */ - vnode_iterate(mp, 0, hfs_sync_callback, (void *)&args); - - if (args.error) - allerror = args.error; - - vcb = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp); - - meta_vp[0] = vcb->extentsRefNum; - meta_vp[1] = vcb->catalogRefNum; - meta_vp[2] = vcb->allocationsRefNum; /* This is NULL for standard HFS */ - meta_vp[3] = hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp; /* Optional file */ - - /* Now sync our three metadata files */ - for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { - struct vnode *btvp; - - btvp = meta_vp[i];; - if ((btvp==0) || (vnode_mount(btvp) != mp)) - continue; - - /* XXX use hfs_systemfile_lock instead ? */ - (void) hfs_lock(VTOC(btvp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - cp = VTOC(btvp); - - if (!hfs_is_dirty(cp) && !vnode_hasdirtyblks(btvp)) { - hfs_unlock(VTOC(btvp)); - continue; - } - error = vnode_get(btvp); - if (error) { - hfs_unlock(VTOC(btvp)); - continue; - } - if ((error = hfs_fsync(btvp, waitfor, 0, p))) - allerror = error; - - hfs_unlock(cp); - vnode_put(btvp); - }; - - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - /* - * Force stale file system control information to be flushed. - */ - if (vcb->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord) { - if ((error = VNOP_FSYNC(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, waitfor, context))) { - allerror = error; - } - } -#endif - -#if QUOTA - hfs_qsync(mp); -#endif /* QUOTA */ - - hfs_hotfilesync(hfsmp, vfs_context_kernel()); - - /* - * Write back modified superblock. - */ - if (IsVCBDirty(vcb)) { - error = hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, waitfor == MNT_WAIT ? HFS_FVH_WAIT : 0); - if (error) - allerror = error; - } - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL); - } - - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - boolean_t wake = (!--hfsmp->hfs_syncers - && hfsmp->hfs_freeze_state == HFS_WANT_TO_FREEZE); - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - if (wake) - wakeup(&hfsmp->hfs_freeze_state); - - return (allerror); -} - - -/* - * File handle to vnode - * - * Have to be really careful about stale file handles: - * - check that the cnode id is valid - * - call hfs_vget() to get the locked cnode - * - check for an unallocated cnode (i_mode == 0) - * - check that the given client host has export rights and return - * those rights via. exflagsp and credanonp - */ -static int -hfs_fhtovp(struct mount *mp, int fhlen, unsigned char *fhp, struct vnode **vpp, __unused vfs_context_t context) -{ - struct hfsfid *hfsfhp; - struct vnode *nvp; - int result; - - *vpp = NULL; - hfsfhp = (struct hfsfid *)fhp; - - if (fhlen < (int)sizeof(struct hfsfid)) - return (EINVAL); - - result = hfs_vget(VFSTOHFS(mp), ntohl(hfsfhp->hfsfid_cnid), &nvp, 0, 0); - if (result) { - if (result == ENOENT) - result = ESTALE; - return result; - } - - /* - * We used to use the create time as the gen id of the file handle, - * but it is not static enough because it can change at any point - * via system calls. We still don't have another volume ID or other - * unique identifier to use for a generation ID across reboots that - * persists until the file is removed. Using only the CNID exposes - * us to the potential wrap-around case, but as of 2/2008, it would take - * over 2 months to wrap around if the machine did nothing but allocate - * CNIDs. Using some kind of wrap counter would only be effective if - * each file had the wrap counter associated with it. For now, - * we use only the CNID to identify the file as it's good enough. - */ - - *vpp = nvp; - - hfs_unlock(VTOC(nvp)); - return (0); -} - - -/* - * Vnode pointer to File handle - */ -/* ARGSUSED */ -static int -hfs_vptofh(struct vnode *vp, int *fhlenp, unsigned char *fhp, __unused vfs_context_t context) -{ - struct cnode *cp; - struct hfsfid *hfsfhp; - - if (ISHFS(VTOVCB(vp))) - return (ENOTSUP); /* hfs standard is not exportable */ - - if (*fhlenp < (int)sizeof(struct hfsfid)) - return (EOVERFLOW); - - cp = VTOC(vp); - hfsfhp = (struct hfsfid *)fhp; - /* only the CNID is used to identify the file now */ - hfsfhp->hfsfid_cnid = htonl(cp->c_fileid); - hfsfhp->hfsfid_gen = htonl(cp->c_fileid); - *fhlenp = sizeof(struct hfsfid); - - return (0); -} - - -/* - * Initialize HFS filesystems, done only once per boot. - * - * HFS is not a kext-based file system. This makes it difficult to find - * out when the last HFS file system was unmounted and call hfs_uninit() - * to deallocate data structures allocated in hfs_init(). Therefore we - * never deallocate memory allocated by lock attribute and group initializations - * in this function. - */ -static int -hfs_init(__unused struct vfsconf *vfsp) -{ - static int done = 0; - - if (done) - return (0); - done = 1; - hfs_chashinit(); - - BTReserveSetup(); - - hfs_lock_attr = lck_attr_alloc_init(); - hfs_group_attr = lck_grp_attr_alloc_init(); - hfs_mutex_group = lck_grp_alloc_init("hfs-mutex", hfs_group_attr); - hfs_rwlock_group = lck_grp_alloc_init("hfs-rwlock", hfs_group_attr); - hfs_spinlock_group = lck_grp_alloc_init("hfs-spinlock", hfs_group_attr); - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - decmpfs_init(); -#endif - - journal_init(); - - return (0); -} - - -/* - * Destroy all locks, mutexes and spinlocks in hfsmp on unmount or failed mount - */ -static void -hfs_locks_destroy(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - - lck_mtx_destroy(&hfsmp->hfs_mutex, hfs_mutex_group); - lck_mtx_destroy(&hfsmp->hfc_mutex, hfs_mutex_group); - lck_rw_destroy(&hfsmp->hfs_global_lock, hfs_rwlock_group); - lck_spin_destroy(&hfsmp->vcbFreeExtLock, hfs_spinlock_group); - - return; -} - - -static int -hfs_getmountpoint(struct vnode *vp, struct hfsmount **hfsmpp) -{ - struct hfsmount * hfsmp; - char fstypename[MFSNAMELEN]; - - if (vp == NULL) - return (EINVAL); - - if (!vnode_isvroot(vp)) - return (EINVAL); - - vnode_vfsname(vp, fstypename); - if (strncmp(fstypename, "hfs", sizeof(fstypename)) != 0) - return (EINVAL); - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - - if (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord) - return (EINVAL); - - *hfsmpp = hfsmp; - - return (0); -} - -// Replace user-space value -static errno_t ureplace(user_addr_t oldp, size_t *oldlenp, - user_addr_t newp, size_t newlen, - void *data, size_t len) -{ - errno_t error; - if (!oldlenp) - return EFAULT; - if (oldp && *oldlenp < len) - return ENOMEM; - if (newp && newlen != len) - return EINVAL; - *oldlenp = len; - if (oldp) { - error = copyout(data, oldp, len); - if (error) - return error; - } - return newp ? copyin(newp, data, len) : 0; -} - -#define UREPLACE(oldp, oldlenp, newp, newlenp, v) \ - ureplace(oldp, oldlenp, newp, newlenp, &v, sizeof(v)) - -static hfsmount_t *hfs_mount_from_cwd(vfs_context_t ctx) -{ - vnode_t vp = vfs_context_cwd(ctx); - - if (!vp) - return NULL; - - /* - * We could use vnode_tag, but it is probably more future proof to - * compare fstypename. - */ - char fstypename[MFSNAMELEN]; - vnode_vfsname(vp, fstypename); - - if (strcmp(fstypename, "hfs")) - return NULL; - - return VTOHFS(vp); -} - -/* - * HFS filesystem related variables. - */ -int -hfs_sysctl(int *name, u_int namelen, user_addr_t oldp, size_t *oldlenp, - user_addr_t newp, size_t newlen, vfs_context_t context) -{ -#if !TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED - struct proc *p = vfs_context_proc(context); -#endif - int error; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - - /* all sysctl names at this level are terminal */ - -#if !TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED - if (name[0] == HFS_ENCODINGBIAS) { - int bias; - - bias = hfs_getencodingbias(); - - error = UREPLACE(oldp, oldlenp, newp, newlen, bias); - if (error || !newp) - return error; - - hfs_setencodingbias(bias); - - return 0; - } else -#endif - if (name[0] == HFS_EXTEND_FS) { - u_int64_t newsize = 0; - vnode_t vp = vfs_context_cwd(context); - - if (newp == USER_ADDR_NULL || vp == NULLVP - || newlen != sizeof(quad_t) || !oldlenp) - return EINVAL; - if ((error = hfs_getmountpoint(vp, &hfsmp))) - return (error); - - /* Start with the 'size' set to the current number of bytes in the filesystem */ - newsize = ((uint64_t)hfsmp->totalBlocks) * ((uint64_t)hfsmp->blockSize); - - error = UREPLACE(oldp, oldlenp, newp, newlen, newsize); - if (error) - return error; - - return hfs_extendfs(hfsmp, newsize, context); - } else if (name[0] == HFS_ENABLE_JOURNALING) { - // make the file system journaled... - vnode_t jvp; - ExtendedVCB *vcb; - struct cat_attr jnl_attr; - struct cat_attr jinfo_attr; - struct cat_fork jnl_fork; - struct cat_fork jinfo_fork; - buf_t jib_buf; - uint64_t jib_blkno; - uint32_t tmpblkno; - uint64_t journal_byte_offset; - uint64_t journal_size; - vnode_t jib_vp = NULLVP; - struct JournalInfoBlock local_jib; - int err = 0; - void *jnl = NULL; - int lockflags; - - /* Only root can enable journaling */ - if (!kauth_cred_issuser(kauth_cred_get())) { - return (EPERM); - } - if (namelen != 4) - return EINVAL; - hfsmp = hfs_mount_from_cwd(context); - if (!hfsmp) - return EINVAL; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return EROFS; - } - if (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord) { - printf("hfs: can't make a plain hfs volume journaled.\n"); - return EINVAL; - } - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - printf("hfs: volume %s is already journaled!\n", hfsmp->vcbVN); - return EAGAIN; - } - vcb = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp); - - /* Set up local copies of the initialization info */ - tmpblkno = (uint32_t) name[1]; - jib_blkno = (uint64_t) tmpblkno; - journal_byte_offset = (uint64_t) name[2]; - journal_byte_offset *= hfsmp->blockSize; - journal_byte_offset += hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset; - journal_size = (uint64_t)((unsigned)name[3]); - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG | SFL_EXTENTS, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - if (BTHasContiguousNodes(VTOF(vcb->catalogRefNum)) == 0 || - BTHasContiguousNodes(VTOF(vcb->extentsRefNum)) == 0) { - - printf("hfs: volume has a btree w/non-contiguous nodes. can not enable journaling.\n"); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - return EINVAL; - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - // make sure these both exist! - if ( GetFileInfo(vcb, kHFSRootFolderID, ".journal_info_block", &jinfo_attr, &jinfo_fork) == 0 - || GetFileInfo(vcb, kHFSRootFolderID, ".journal", &jnl_attr, &jnl_fork) == 0) { - - return EINVAL; - } - - /* - * At this point, we have a copy of the metadata that lives in the catalog for the - * journal info block. Compare that the journal info block's single extent matches - * that which was passed into this sysctl. - * - * If it is different, deny the journal enable call. - */ - if (jinfo_fork.cf_blocks > 1) { - /* too many blocks */ - return EINVAL; - } - - if (jinfo_fork.cf_extents[0].startBlock != jib_blkno) { - /* Wrong block */ - return EINVAL; - } - - /* - * We want to immediately purge the vnode for the JIB. - * - * Because it was written to from userland, there's probably - * a vnode somewhere in the vnode cache (possibly with UBC backed blocks). - * So we bring the vnode into core, then immediately do whatever - * we can to flush/vclean it out. This is because those blocks will be - * interpreted as user data, which may be treated separately on some platforms - * than metadata. If the vnode is gone, then there cannot be backing blocks - * in the UBC. - */ - if (hfs_vget (hfsmp, jinfo_attr.ca_fileid, &jib_vp, 1, 0)) { - return EINVAL; - } - /* - * Now we have a vnode for the JIB. recycle it. Because we hold an iocount - * on the vnode, we'll just mark it for termination when the last iocount - * (hopefully ours), is dropped. - */ - vnode_recycle (jib_vp); - err = vnode_put (jib_vp); - if (err) { - return EINVAL; - } - - /* Initialize the local copy of the JIB (just like hfs.util) */ - memset (&local_jib, 'Z', sizeof(struct JournalInfoBlock)); - local_jib.flags = SWAP_BE32(kJIJournalInFSMask); - /* Note that the JIB's offset is in bytes */ - local_jib.offset = SWAP_BE64(journal_byte_offset); - local_jib.size = SWAP_BE64(journal_size); - - /* - * Now write out the local JIB. This essentially overwrites the userland - * copy of the JIB. Read it as BLK_META to treat it as a metadata read/write. - */ - jib_buf = buf_getblk (hfsmp->hfs_devvp, - jib_blkno * (hfsmp->blockSize / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size), - hfsmp->blockSize, 0, 0, BLK_META); - char* buf_ptr = (char*) buf_dataptr (jib_buf); - - /* Zero out the portion of the block that won't contain JIB data */ - memset (buf_ptr, 0, hfsmp->blockSize); - - bcopy(&local_jib, buf_ptr, sizeof(local_jib)); - if (buf_bwrite (jib_buf)) { - return EIO; - } - - /* Force a flush track cache */ - hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_CACHE); - - /* Now proceed with full volume sync */ - hfs_sync(hfsmp->hfs_mp, MNT_WAIT, context); - - printf("hfs: Initializing the journal (joffset 0x%llx sz 0x%llx)...\n", - (off_t)name[2], (off_t)name[3]); - - // - // XXXdbg - note that currently (Sept, 08) hfs_util does not support - // enabling the journal on a separate device so it is safe - // to just copy hfs_devvp here. If hfs_util gets the ability - // to dynamically enable the journal on a separate device then - // we will have to do the same thing as hfs_early_journal_init() - // to locate and open the journal device. - // - jvp = hfsmp->hfs_devvp; - jnl = journal_create(jvp, journal_byte_offset, journal_size, - hfsmp->hfs_devvp, - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size, - 0, - 0, - hfs_sync_metadata, hfsmp->hfs_mp, - hfsmp->hfs_mp); - - /* - * Set up the trim callback function so that we can add - * recently freed extents to the free extent cache once - * the transaction that freed them is written to the - * journal on disk. - */ - if (jnl) - journal_trim_set_callback(jnl, hfs_trim_callback, hfsmp); - - if (jnl == NULL) { - printf("hfs: FAILED to create the journal!\n"); - return EIO; - } - - hfs_lock_global (hfsmp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* - * Flush all dirty metadata buffers. - */ - buf_flushdirtyblks(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, TRUE, 0, "hfs_sysctl"); - buf_flushdirtyblks(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp, TRUE, 0, "hfs_sysctl"); - buf_flushdirtyblks(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp, TRUE, 0, "hfs_sysctl"); - buf_flushdirtyblks(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp, TRUE, 0, "hfs_sysctl"); - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp) - buf_flushdirtyblks(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp, TRUE, 0, "hfs_sysctl"); - - HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbJinfoBlock = name[1]; - HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbAtrb |= kHFSVolumeJournaledMask; - hfsmp->jvp = jvp; - hfsmp->jnl = jnl; - - // save this off for the hack-y check in hfs_remove() - hfsmp->jnl_start = (u_int32_t)name[2]; - hfsmp->jnl_size = (off_t)((unsigned)name[3]); - hfsmp->hfs_jnlinfoblkid = jinfo_attr.ca_fileid; - hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid = jnl_attr.ca_fileid; - - vfs_setflags(hfsmp->hfs_mp, (u_int64_t)((unsigned int)MNT_JOURNALED)); - - hfs_unlock_global (hfsmp); - hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, HFS_FVH_WAIT | HFS_FVH_WRITE_ALT); - - { - fsid_t fsid; - - fsid.val[0] = (int32_t)hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev; - fsid.val[1] = (int32_t)vfs_typenum(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)); - vfs_event_signal(&fsid, VQ_UPDATE, (intptr_t)NULL); - } - return 0; - } else if (name[0] == HFS_DISABLE_JOURNALING) { - // clear the journaling bit - - /* Only root can disable journaling */ - if (!kauth_cred_issuser(kauth_cred_get())) { - return (EPERM); - } - - hfsmp = hfs_mount_from_cwd(context); - if (!hfsmp) - return EINVAL; - - /* - * Disabling journaling is disallowed on volumes with directory hard links - * because we have not tested the relevant code path. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[DIR_HARDLINKS].ca_entries != 0){ - printf("hfs: cannot disable journaling on volumes with directory hardlinks\n"); - return EPERM; - } - - printf("hfs: disabling journaling for %s\n", hfsmp->vcbVN); - - hfs_lock_global (hfsmp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - // Lights out for you buddy! - journal_close(hfsmp->jnl); - hfsmp->jnl = NULL; - - hfs_close_jvp(hfsmp); - vfs_clearflags(hfsmp->hfs_mp, (u_int64_t)((unsigned int)MNT_JOURNALED)); - hfsmp->jnl_start = 0; - hfsmp->hfs_jnlinfoblkid = 0; - hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid = 0; - - HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->vcbAtrb &= ~kHFSVolumeJournaledMask; - - hfs_unlock_global (hfsmp); - - hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, HFS_FVH_WAIT | HFS_FVH_WRITE_ALT); - - { - fsid_t fsid; - - fsid.val[0] = (int32_t)hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev; - fsid.val[1] = (int32_t)vfs_typenum(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)); - vfs_event_signal(&fsid, VQ_UPDATE, (intptr_t)NULL); - } - return 0; - } else if (name[0] == VFS_CTL_QUERY) { -#if TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED - return EPERM; -#else - struct sysctl_req *req; - union union_vfsidctl vc; - struct mount *mp; - struct vfsquery vq; - - req = CAST_DOWN(struct sysctl_req *, oldp); /* we're new style vfs sysctl. */ - if (req == NULL) { - return EFAULT; - } - - error = SYSCTL_IN(req, &vc, proc_is64bit(p)? sizeof(vc.vc64):sizeof(vc.vc32)); - if (error) return (error); - - mp = vfs_getvfs(&vc.vc32.vc_fsid); /* works for 32 and 64 */ - if (mp == NULL) return (ENOENT); - - hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - bzero(&vq, sizeof(vq)); - vq.vq_flags = hfsmp->hfs_notification_conditions; - return SYSCTL_OUT(req, &vq, sizeof(vq));; -#endif - } else if (name[0] == HFS_REPLAY_JOURNAL) { - vnode_t devvp = NULL; - int device_fd; - if (namelen != 2) { - return (EINVAL); - } - device_fd = name[1]; - error = file_vnode(device_fd, &devvp); - if (error) { - return error; - } - error = vnode_getwithref(devvp); - if (error) { - file_drop(device_fd); - return error; - } - error = hfs_journal_replay(devvp, context); - file_drop(device_fd); - vnode_put(devvp); - return error; - } -#if DEBUG || !TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED - else if (name[0] == HFS_ENABLE_RESIZE_DEBUG) { - if (!kauth_cred_issuser(kauth_cred_get())) { - return (EPERM); - } - - int old = hfs_resize_debug; - - int res = UREPLACE(oldp, oldlenp, newp, newlen, hfs_resize_debug); - - if (old != hfs_resize_debug) { - printf("hfs: %s resize debug\n", - hfs_resize_debug ? "enabled" : "disabled"); - } - - return res; - } -#endif - - return (ENOTSUP); -} - -/* - * hfs_vfs_vget is not static since it is used in hfs_readwrite.c to support - * the build_path ioctl. We use it to leverage the code below that updates - * the origin list cache if necessary - */ - -int -hfs_vfs_vget(struct mount *mp, ino64_t ino, struct vnode **vpp, __unused vfs_context_t context) -{ - int error; - int lockflags; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - - hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - - error = hfs_vget(hfsmp, (cnid_t)ino, vpp, 1, 0); - if (error) - return error; - - /* - * If the look-up was via the object ID (rather than the link ID), - * then we make sure there's a parent here. We can't leave this - * until hfs_vnop_getattr because if there's a problem getting the - * parent at that point, all the caller will do is call - * hfs_vfs_vget again and we'll end up in an infinite loop. - */ - - cnode_t *cp = VTOC(*vpp); - - if (ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_HARDLINK) && ino == cp->c_fileid) { - hfs_lock_always(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - if (!hfs_haslinkorigin(cp)) { - if (!hfs_lock_upgrade(cp)) - hfs_lock_always(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - if (cp->c_cnid == cp->c_fileid) { - /* - * Descriptor is stale, so we need to refresh it. We - * pick the first link. - */ - cnid_t link_id; - - error = hfs_first_link(hfsmp, cp, &link_id); - - if (!error) { - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - error = cat_findname(hfsmp, link_id, &cp->c_desc); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - } - } else { - // We'll use whatever link the descriptor happens to have - error = 0; - } - if (!error) - hfs_savelinkorigin(cp, cp->c_parentcnid); - } - - hfs_unlock(cp); - - if (error) { - vnode_put(*vpp); - *vpp = NULL; - } - } - - return error; -} - - -/* - * Look up an HFS object by ID. - * - * The object is returned with an iocount reference and the cnode locked. - * - * If the object is a file then it will represent the data fork. - */ -int -hfs_vget(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, cnid_t cnid, struct vnode **vpp, int skiplock, int allow_deleted) -{ - struct vnode *vp = NULLVP; - struct cat_desc cndesc; - struct cat_attr cnattr; - struct cat_fork cnfork; - u_int32_t linkref = 0; - int error; - - /* Check for cnids that should't be exported. */ - if ((cnid < kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID) && - (cnid != kHFSRootFolderID && cnid != kHFSRootParentID)) { - return (ENOENT); - } - /* Don't export our private directories. */ - if (cnid == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid || - cnid == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) { - return (ENOENT); - } - /* - * Check the hash first - */ - vp = hfs_chash_getvnode(hfsmp, cnid, 0, skiplock, allow_deleted); - if (vp) { - *vpp = vp; - return(0); - } - - bzero(&cndesc, sizeof(cndesc)); - bzero(&cnattr, sizeof(cnattr)); - bzero(&cnfork, sizeof(cnfork)); - - /* - * Not in hash, lookup in catalog - */ - if (cnid == kHFSRootParentID) { - static char hfs_rootname[] = "/"; - - cndesc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)&hfs_rootname[0]; - cndesc.cd_namelen = 1; - cndesc.cd_parentcnid = kHFSRootParentID; - cndesc.cd_cnid = kHFSRootFolderID; - cndesc.cd_flags = CD_ISDIR; - - cnattr.ca_fileid = kHFSRootFolderID; - cnattr.ca_linkcount = 1; - cnattr.ca_entries = 1; - cnattr.ca_dircount = 1; - cnattr.ca_mode = (S_IFDIR | S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO); - } else { - int lockflags; - cnid_t pid; - const char *nameptr; - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - error = cat_idlookup(hfsmp, cnid, 0, 0, &cndesc, &cnattr, &cnfork); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (error) { - *vpp = NULL; - return (error); - } - - /* - * Check for a raw hardlink inode and save its linkref. - */ - pid = cndesc.cd_parentcnid; - nameptr = (const char *)cndesc.cd_nameptr; - - if ((pid == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) && - cndesc.cd_namelen > HFS_INODE_PREFIX_LEN && - (bcmp(nameptr, HFS_INODE_PREFIX, HFS_INODE_PREFIX_LEN) == 0)) { - linkref = strtoul(&nameptr[HFS_INODE_PREFIX_LEN], NULL, 10); - - } else if ((pid == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) && - cndesc.cd_namelen > HFS_DIRINODE_PREFIX_LEN && - (bcmp(nameptr, HFS_DIRINODE_PREFIX, HFS_DIRINODE_PREFIX_LEN) == 0)) { - linkref = strtoul(&nameptr[HFS_DIRINODE_PREFIX_LEN], NULL, 10); - - } else if ((pid == hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) && - cndesc.cd_namelen > HFS_DELETE_PREFIX_LEN && - (bcmp(nameptr, HFS_DELETE_PREFIX, HFS_DELETE_PREFIX_LEN) == 0)) { - *vpp = NULL; - cat_releasedesc(&cndesc); - return (ENOENT); /* open unlinked file */ - } - } - - /* - * Finish initializing cnode descriptor for hardlinks. - * - * We need a valid name and parent for reverse lookups. - */ - if (linkref) { - cnid_t lastid; - struct cat_desc linkdesc; - int linkerr = 0; - - cnattr.ca_linkref = linkref; - bzero (&linkdesc, sizeof (linkdesc)); - - /* - * If the caller supplied the raw inode value, then we don't know exactly - * which hardlink they wanted. It's likely that they acquired the raw inode - * value BEFORE the item became a hardlink, in which case, they probably - * want the oldest link. So request the oldest link from the catalog. - * - * Unfortunately, this requires that we iterate through all N hardlinks. On the plus - * side, since we know that we want the last linkID, we can also have this one - * call give us back the name of the last ID, since it's going to have it in-hand... - */ - linkerr = hfs_lookup_lastlink (hfsmp, linkref, &lastid, &linkdesc); - if ((linkerr == 0) && (lastid != 0)) { - /* - * Release any lingering buffers attached to our local descriptor. - * Then copy the name and other business into the cndesc - */ - cat_releasedesc (&cndesc); - bcopy (&linkdesc, &cndesc, sizeof(linkdesc)); - } - /* If it failed, the linkref code will just use whatever it had in-hand below. */ - } - - if (linkref) { - int newvnode_flags = 0; - - error = hfs_getnewvnode(hfsmp, NULL, NULL, &cndesc, 0, &cnattr, - &cnfork, &vp, &newvnode_flags); - if (error == 0) { - VTOC(vp)->c_flag |= C_HARDLINK; - vnode_setmultipath(vp); - } - } else { - int newvnode_flags = 0; - - void *buf = hfs_malloc(MAXPATHLEN); - - /* Supply hfs_getnewvnode with a component name. */ - struct componentname cn = { - .cn_nameiop = LOOKUP, - .cn_flags = ISLASTCN, - .cn_pnlen = MAXPATHLEN, - .cn_namelen = cndesc.cd_namelen, - .cn_pnbuf = buf, - .cn_nameptr = buf - }; - - bcopy(cndesc.cd_nameptr, cn.cn_nameptr, cndesc.cd_namelen + 1); - - error = hfs_getnewvnode(hfsmp, NULLVP, &cn, &cndesc, 0, &cnattr, - &cnfork, &vp, &newvnode_flags); - - if (error == 0 && (VTOC(vp)->c_flag & C_HARDLINK)) { - hfs_savelinkorigin(VTOC(vp), cndesc.cd_parentcnid); - } - - hfs_free(buf, MAXPATHLEN); - } - cat_releasedesc(&cndesc); - - *vpp = vp; - if (vp && skiplock) { - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - } - return (error); -} - - -/* - * Flush out all the files in a filesystem. - */ -static int -#if QUOTA -hfs_flushfiles(struct mount *mp, int flags, struct proc *p) -#else -hfs_flushfiles(struct mount *mp, int flags, __unused struct proc *p) -#endif /* QUOTA */ -{ - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - struct vnode *skipvp = NULLVP; - int error; - int accounted_root_usecounts; -#if QUOTA - int i; -#endif - - hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - - accounted_root_usecounts = 0; -#if QUOTA - /* - * The open quota files have an indirect reference on - * the root directory vnode. We must account for this - * extra reference when doing the intial vflush. - */ - if (((unsigned int)vfs_flags(mp)) & MNT_QUOTA) { - /* Find out how many quota files we have open. */ - for (i = 0; i < MAXQUOTAS; i++) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[i].qf_vp != NULLVP) - ++accounted_root_usecounts; - } - } -#endif /* QUOTA */ - - if (accounted_root_usecounts > 0) { - /* Obtain the root vnode so we can skip over it. */ - skipvp = hfs_chash_getvnode(hfsmp, kHFSRootFolderID, 0, 0, 0); - } - - error = vflush(mp, skipvp, SKIPSYSTEM | SKIPSWAP | flags); - if (error != 0) - return(error); - - error = vflush(mp, skipvp, SKIPSYSTEM | flags); - - if (skipvp) { - /* - * See if there are additional references on the - * root vp besides the ones obtained from the open - * quota files and CoreStorage. - */ - if ((error == 0) && - (vnode_isinuse(skipvp, accounted_root_usecounts))) { - error = EBUSY; /* root directory is still open */ - } - hfs_unlock(VTOC(skipvp)); - /* release the iocount from the hfs_chash_getvnode call above. */ - vnode_put(skipvp); - } - if (error && (flags & FORCECLOSE) == 0) - return (error); - -#if QUOTA - if (((unsigned int)vfs_flags(mp)) & MNT_QUOTA) { - for (i = 0; i < MAXQUOTAS; i++) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_qfiles[i].qf_vp == NULLVP) - continue; - hfs_quotaoff(p, mp, i); - } - } -#endif /* QUOTA */ - - if (skipvp) { - error = vflush(mp, NULLVP, SKIPSYSTEM | flags); - } - - return (error); -} - -/* - * Update volume encoding bitmap (HFS Plus only) - * - * Mark a legacy text encoding as in-use (as needed) - * in the volume header of this HFS+ filesystem. - */ -void -hfs_setencodingbits(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t encoding) -{ -#define kIndexMacUkrainian 48 /* MacUkrainian encoding is 152 */ -#define kIndexMacFarsi 49 /* MacFarsi encoding is 140 */ - - u_int32_t index; - - switch (encoding) { - case kTextEncodingMacUkrainian: - index = kIndexMacUkrainian; - break; - case kTextEncodingMacFarsi: - index = kIndexMacFarsi; - break; - default: - index = encoding; - break; - } - - /* Only mark the encoding as in-use if it wasn't already set */ - if (index < 64 && (hfsmp->encodingsBitmap & (u_int64_t)(1ULL << index)) == 0) { - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - hfsmp->encodingsBitmap |= (u_int64_t)(1ULL << index); - MarkVCBDirty(hfsmp); - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - } -} - -/* - * Update volume stats - * - * On journal volumes this will cause a volume header flush - */ -int -hfs_volupdate(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, enum volop op, int inroot) -{ - struct timeval tv; - - microtime(&tv); - - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - - MarkVCBDirty(hfsmp); - hfsmp->hfs_mtime = tv.tv_sec; - - switch (op) { - case VOL_UPDATE: - break; - case VOL_MKDIR: - if (hfsmp->hfs_dircount != 0xFFFFFFFF) - ++hfsmp->hfs_dircount; - if (inroot && hfsmp->vcbNmRtDirs != 0xFFFF) - ++hfsmp->vcbNmRtDirs; - break; - case VOL_RMDIR: - if (hfsmp->hfs_dircount != 0) - --hfsmp->hfs_dircount; - if (inroot && hfsmp->vcbNmRtDirs != 0xFFFF) - --hfsmp->vcbNmRtDirs; - break; - case VOL_MKFILE: - if (hfsmp->hfs_filecount != 0xFFFFFFFF) - ++hfsmp->hfs_filecount; - if (inroot && hfsmp->vcbNmFls != 0xFFFF) - ++hfsmp->vcbNmFls; - break; - case VOL_RMFILE: - if (hfsmp->hfs_filecount != 0) - --hfsmp->hfs_filecount; - if (inroot && hfsmp->vcbNmFls != 0xFFFF) - --hfsmp->vcbNmFls; - break; - } - - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, 0); - } - - return (0); -} - - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -/* HFS Standard MDB flush */ -static int -hfs_flushMDB(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int waitfor, int altflush) -{ - ExtendedVCB *vcb = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp); - struct filefork *fp; - HFSMasterDirectoryBlock *mdb; - struct buf *bp = NULL; - int retval; - int sector_size; - ByteCount namelen; - - sector_size = hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size; - retval = (int)buf_bread(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, (daddr64_t)HFS_PRI_SECTOR(sector_size), sector_size, NOCRED, &bp); - if (retval) { - if (bp) - buf_brelse(bp); - return retval; - } - - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - - mdb = (HFSMasterDirectoryBlock *)(buf_dataptr(bp) + HFS_PRI_OFFSET(sector_size)); - - mdb->drCrDate = SWAP_BE32 (UTCToLocal(to_hfs_time(vcb->hfs_itime))); - mdb->drLsMod = SWAP_BE32 (UTCToLocal(to_hfs_time(vcb->vcbLsMod))); - mdb->drAtrb = SWAP_BE16 (vcb->vcbAtrb); - mdb->drNmFls = SWAP_BE16 (vcb->vcbNmFls); - mdb->drAllocPtr = SWAP_BE16 (vcb->nextAllocation); - mdb->drClpSiz = SWAP_BE32 (vcb->vcbClpSiz); - mdb->drNxtCNID = SWAP_BE32 (vcb->vcbNxtCNID); - mdb->drFreeBks = SWAP_BE16 (vcb->freeBlocks); - - namelen = strlen((char *)vcb->vcbVN); - retval = utf8_to_hfs(vcb, namelen, vcb->vcbVN, mdb->drVN); - /* Retry with MacRoman in case that's how it was exported. */ - if (retval) - retval = utf8_to_mac_roman(namelen, vcb->vcbVN, mdb->drVN); - - mdb->drVolBkUp = SWAP_BE32 (UTCToLocal(to_hfs_time(vcb->vcbVolBkUp))); - mdb->drWrCnt = SWAP_BE32 (vcb->vcbWrCnt); - mdb->drNmRtDirs = SWAP_BE16 (vcb->vcbNmRtDirs); - mdb->drFilCnt = SWAP_BE32 (vcb->vcbFilCnt); - mdb->drDirCnt = SWAP_BE32 (vcb->vcbDirCnt); - - bcopy(vcb->vcbFndrInfo, mdb->drFndrInfo, sizeof(mdb->drFndrInfo)); - - fp = VTOF(vcb->extentsRefNum); - mdb->drXTExtRec[0].startBlock = SWAP_BE16 (fp->ff_extents[0].startBlock); - mdb->drXTExtRec[0].blockCount = SWAP_BE16 (fp->ff_extents[0].blockCount); - mdb->drXTExtRec[1].startBlock = SWAP_BE16 (fp->ff_extents[1].startBlock); - mdb->drXTExtRec[1].blockCount = SWAP_BE16 (fp->ff_extents[1].blockCount); - mdb->drXTExtRec[2].startBlock = SWAP_BE16 (fp->ff_extents[2].startBlock); - mdb->drXTExtRec[2].blockCount = SWAP_BE16 (fp->ff_extents[2].blockCount); - mdb->drXTFlSize = SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_blocks * vcb->blockSize); - mdb->drXTClpSiz = SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_clumpsize); - FTOC(fp)->c_flag &= ~C_MODIFIED; - - fp = VTOF(vcb->catalogRefNum); - mdb->drCTExtRec[0].startBlock = SWAP_BE16 (fp->ff_extents[0].startBlock); - mdb->drCTExtRec[0].blockCount = SWAP_BE16 (fp->ff_extents[0].blockCount); - mdb->drCTExtRec[1].startBlock = SWAP_BE16 (fp->ff_extents[1].startBlock); - mdb->drCTExtRec[1].blockCount = SWAP_BE16 (fp->ff_extents[1].blockCount); - mdb->drCTExtRec[2].startBlock = SWAP_BE16 (fp->ff_extents[2].startBlock); - mdb->drCTExtRec[2].blockCount = SWAP_BE16 (fp->ff_extents[2].blockCount); - mdb->drCTFlSize = SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_blocks * vcb->blockSize); - mdb->drCTClpSiz = SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_clumpsize); - FTOC(fp)->c_flag &= ~C_MODIFIED; - - MarkVCBClean( vcb ); - - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - - /* If requested, flush out the alternate MDB */ - if (altflush) { - struct buf *alt_bp = NULL; - - if (buf_meta_bread(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector, sector_size, NOCRED, &alt_bp) == 0) { - bcopy(mdb, (char *)buf_dataptr(alt_bp) + HFS_ALT_OFFSET(sector_size), kMDBSize); - - (void) VNOP_BWRITE(alt_bp); - } else if (alt_bp) - buf_brelse(alt_bp); - } - - if (waitfor != MNT_WAIT) - buf_bawrite(bp); - else - retval = VNOP_BWRITE(bp); - - return (retval); -} -#endif - -/* - * Flush any dirty in-memory mount data to the on-disk - * volume header. - * - * Note: the on-disk volume signature is intentionally - * not flushed since the on-disk "H+" and "HX" signatures - * are always stored in-memory as "H+". - */ -int -hfs_flushvolumeheader(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - hfs_flush_volume_header_options_t options) -{ - ExtendedVCB *vcb = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp); - struct filefork *fp; - HFSPlusVolumeHeader *volumeHeader, *altVH; - int retval; - struct buf *bp, *alt_bp; - int i; - daddr64_t priIDSector; - bool critical = false; - u_int16_t signature; - u_int16_t hfsversion; - daddr64_t avh_sector; - bool altflush = ISSET(options, HFS_FVH_WRITE_ALT); - - if (ISSET(options, HFS_FVH_FLUSH_IF_DIRTY) - && !hfs_header_needs_flushing(hfsmp)) { - return 0; - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return(0); - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) { - return hfs_flushMDB(hfsmp, ISSET(options, HFS_FVH_WAIT) ? MNT_WAIT : 0, altflush); - } -#endif - priIDSector = (daddr64_t)((vcb->hfsPlusIOPosOffset / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size) + - HFS_PRI_SECTOR(hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size)); - - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - return EINVAL; - } - - bp = NULL; - alt_bp = NULL; - - retval = (int)buf_meta_bread(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, - HFS_PHYSBLK_ROUNDDOWN(priIDSector, hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys), - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size, NOCRED, &bp); - if (retval) { - printf("hfs: err %d reading VH blk (vol=%s)\n", retval, vcb->vcbVN); - goto err_exit; - } - - volumeHeader = (HFSPlusVolumeHeader *)((char *)buf_dataptr(bp) + - HFS_PRI_OFFSET(hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size)); - - /* - * Sanity check what we just read. If it's bad, try the alternate - * instead. - */ - signature = SWAP_BE16 (volumeHeader->signature); - hfsversion = SWAP_BE16 (volumeHeader->version); - if ((signature != kHFSPlusSigWord && signature != kHFSXSigWord) || - (hfsversion < kHFSPlusVersion) || (hfsversion > 100) || - (SWAP_BE32 (volumeHeader->blockSize) != vcb->blockSize)) { - printf("hfs: corrupt VH on %s, sig 0x%04x, ver %d, blksize %d\n", - vcb->vcbVN, signature, hfsversion, - SWAP_BE32 (volumeHeader->blockSize)); - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_INCONSISTENCY_DETECTED); - - /* Almost always we read AVH relative to the partition size */ - avh_sector = hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector != hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector) { - /* - * The two altVH offsets do not match --- which means that a smaller file - * system exists in a larger partition. Verify that we have the correct - * alternate volume header sector as per the current parititon size. - * The GPT device that we are mounted on top could have changed sizes - * without us knowing. - * - * We're in a transaction, so it's safe to modify the partition_avh_sector - * field if necessary. - */ - - uint64_t sector_count; - - /* Get underlying device block count */ - if ((retval = VNOP_IOCTL(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, DKIOCGETBLOCKCOUNT, - (caddr_t)§or_count, 0, vfs_context_current()))) { - printf("hfs_flushVH: err %d getting block count (%s) \n", retval, vcb->vcbVN); - retval = ENXIO; - goto err_exit; - } - - /* Partition size was changed without our knowledge */ - if (sector_count != (uint64_t)hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count) { - hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector = (hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size) + - HFS_ALT_SECTOR(hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size, sector_count); - /* Note: hfs_fs_avh_sector will remain unchanged */ - printf ("hfs_flushVH: partition size changed, partition_avh_sector=%qu, fs_avh_sector=%qu\n", - hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector, hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector); - - /* - * We just updated the offset for AVH relative to - * the partition size, so the content of that AVH - * will be invalid. But since we are also maintaining - * a valid AVH relative to the file system size, we - * can read it since primary VH and partition AVH - * are not valid. - */ - avh_sector = hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector; - } - } - - printf ("hfs: trying alternate (for %s) avh_sector=%qu\n", - (avh_sector == hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector) ? "file system" : "partition", avh_sector); - - if (avh_sector) { - retval = buf_meta_bread(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, - HFS_PHYSBLK_ROUNDDOWN(avh_sector, hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys), - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size, NOCRED, &alt_bp); - if (retval) { - printf("hfs: err %d reading alternate VH (%s)\n", retval, vcb->vcbVN); - goto err_exit; - } - - altVH = (HFSPlusVolumeHeader *)((char *)buf_dataptr(alt_bp) + - HFS_ALT_OFFSET(hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size)); - signature = SWAP_BE16(altVH->signature); - hfsversion = SWAP_BE16(altVH->version); - - if ((signature != kHFSPlusSigWord && signature != kHFSXSigWord) || - (hfsversion < kHFSPlusVersion) || (kHFSPlusVersion > 100) || - (SWAP_BE32(altVH->blockSize) != vcb->blockSize)) { - printf("hfs: corrupt alternate VH on %s, sig 0x%04x, ver %d, blksize %d\n", - vcb->vcbVN, signature, hfsversion, - SWAP_BE32(altVH->blockSize)); - retval = EIO; - goto err_exit; - } - - /* The alternate is plausible, so use it. */ - bcopy(altVH, volumeHeader, kMDBSize); - buf_brelse(alt_bp); - alt_bp = NULL; - } else { - /* No alternate VH, nothing more we can do. */ - retval = EIO; - goto err_exit; - } - } - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_modify_block_start(hfsmp->jnl, bp); - } - - /* - * For embedded HFS+ volumes, update create date if it changed - * (ie from a setattrlist call) - */ - if ((vcb->hfsPlusIOPosOffset != 0) && - (SWAP_BE32 (volumeHeader->createDate) != vcb->localCreateDate)) { - struct buf *bp2; - HFSMasterDirectoryBlock *mdb; - - retval = (int)buf_meta_bread(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, - HFS_PHYSBLK_ROUNDDOWN(HFS_PRI_SECTOR(hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size), hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys), - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size, NOCRED, &bp2); - if (retval) { - if (bp2) - buf_brelse(bp2); - retval = 0; - } else { - mdb = (HFSMasterDirectoryBlock *)(buf_dataptr(bp2) + - HFS_PRI_OFFSET(hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size)); - - if ( SWAP_BE32 (mdb->drCrDate) != vcb->localCreateDate ) - { - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_modify_block_start(hfsmp->jnl, bp2); - } - - mdb->drCrDate = SWAP_BE32 (vcb->localCreateDate); /* pick up the new create date */ - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_modify_block_end(hfsmp->jnl, bp2, NULL, NULL); - } else { - (void) VNOP_BWRITE(bp2); /* write out the changes */ - } - } - else - { - buf_brelse(bp2); /* just release it */ - } - } - } - - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - - /* Note: only update the lower 16 bits worth of attributes */ - volumeHeader->attributes = SWAP_BE32 (vcb->vcbAtrb); - volumeHeader->journalInfoBlock = SWAP_BE32 (vcb->vcbJinfoBlock); - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - volumeHeader->lastMountedVersion = SWAP_BE32 (kHFSJMountVersion); - } else { - volumeHeader->lastMountedVersion = SWAP_BE32 (kHFSPlusMountVersion); - } - volumeHeader->createDate = SWAP_BE32 (vcb->localCreateDate); /* volume create date is in local time */ - volumeHeader->modifyDate = SWAP_BE32 (to_hfs_time(vcb->vcbLsMod)); - volumeHeader->backupDate = SWAP_BE32 (to_hfs_time(vcb->vcbVolBkUp)); - volumeHeader->fileCount = SWAP_BE32 (vcb->vcbFilCnt); - volumeHeader->folderCount = SWAP_BE32 (vcb->vcbDirCnt); - volumeHeader->totalBlocks = SWAP_BE32 (vcb->totalBlocks); - volumeHeader->freeBlocks = SWAP_BE32 (vcb->freeBlocks + vcb->reclaimBlocks); - volumeHeader->nextAllocation = SWAP_BE32 (vcb->nextAllocation); - volumeHeader->rsrcClumpSize = SWAP_BE32 (vcb->vcbClpSiz); - volumeHeader->dataClumpSize = SWAP_BE32 (vcb->vcbClpSiz); - volumeHeader->nextCatalogID = SWAP_BE32 (vcb->vcbNxtCNID); - volumeHeader->writeCount = SWAP_BE32 (vcb->vcbWrCnt); - volumeHeader->encodingsBitmap = SWAP_BE64 (vcb->encodingsBitmap); - - if (bcmp(vcb->vcbFndrInfo, volumeHeader->finderInfo, sizeof(volumeHeader->finderInfo)) != 0) { - bcopy(vcb->vcbFndrInfo, volumeHeader->finderInfo, sizeof(volumeHeader->finderInfo)); - critical = true; - } - - if (!altflush && !ISSET(options, HFS_FVH_FLUSH_IF_DIRTY)) { - goto done; - } - - /* Sync Extents over-flow file meta data */ - fp = VTOF(vcb->extentsRefNum); - if (FTOC(fp)->c_flag & C_MODIFIED) { - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - volumeHeader->extentsFile.extents[i].startBlock = - SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_extents[i].startBlock); - volumeHeader->extentsFile.extents[i].blockCount = - SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_extents[i].blockCount); - } - volumeHeader->extentsFile.logicalSize = SWAP_BE64 (fp->ff_size); - volumeHeader->extentsFile.totalBlocks = SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_blocks); - volumeHeader->extentsFile.clumpSize = SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_clumpsize); - FTOC(fp)->c_flag &= ~C_MODIFIED; - altflush = true; - } - - /* Sync Catalog file meta data */ - fp = VTOF(vcb->catalogRefNum); - if (FTOC(fp)->c_flag & C_MODIFIED) { - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - volumeHeader->catalogFile.extents[i].startBlock = - SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_extents[i].startBlock); - volumeHeader->catalogFile.extents[i].blockCount = - SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_extents[i].blockCount); - } - volumeHeader->catalogFile.logicalSize = SWAP_BE64 (fp->ff_size); - volumeHeader->catalogFile.totalBlocks = SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_blocks); - volumeHeader->catalogFile.clumpSize = SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_clumpsize); - FTOC(fp)->c_flag &= ~C_MODIFIED; - altflush = true; - } - - /* Sync Allocation file meta data */ - fp = VTOF(vcb->allocationsRefNum); - if (FTOC(fp)->c_flag & C_MODIFIED) { - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - volumeHeader->allocationFile.extents[i].startBlock = - SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_extents[i].startBlock); - volumeHeader->allocationFile.extents[i].blockCount = - SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_extents[i].blockCount); - } - volumeHeader->allocationFile.logicalSize = SWAP_BE64 (fp->ff_size); - volumeHeader->allocationFile.totalBlocks = SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_blocks); - volumeHeader->allocationFile.clumpSize = SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_clumpsize); - FTOC(fp)->c_flag &= ~C_MODIFIED; - altflush = true; - } - - /* Sync Attribute file meta data */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp) { - fp = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp); - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - volumeHeader->attributesFile.extents[i].startBlock = - SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_extents[i].startBlock); - volumeHeader->attributesFile.extents[i].blockCount = - SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_extents[i].blockCount); - } - if (ISSET(FTOC(fp)->c_flag, C_MODIFIED)) { - FTOC(fp)->c_flag &= ~C_MODIFIED; - altflush = true; - } - volumeHeader->attributesFile.logicalSize = SWAP_BE64 (fp->ff_size); - volumeHeader->attributesFile.totalBlocks = SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_blocks); - volumeHeader->attributesFile.clumpSize = SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_clumpsize); - } - - /* Sync Startup file meta data */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_startup_vp) { - fp = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_startup_vp); - if (FTOC(fp)->c_flag & C_MODIFIED) { - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - volumeHeader->startupFile.extents[i].startBlock = - SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_extents[i].startBlock); - volumeHeader->startupFile.extents[i].blockCount = - SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_extents[i].blockCount); - } - volumeHeader->startupFile.logicalSize = SWAP_BE64 (fp->ff_size); - volumeHeader->startupFile.totalBlocks = SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_blocks); - volumeHeader->startupFile.clumpSize = SWAP_BE32 (fp->ff_clumpsize); - FTOC(fp)->c_flag &= ~C_MODIFIED; - altflush = true; - } - } - - if (altflush) - critical = true; - -done: - MarkVCBClean(hfsmp); - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - - /* If requested, flush out the alternate volume header */ - if (altflush) { - /* - * The two altVH offsets do not match --- which means that a smaller file - * system exists in a larger partition. Verify that we have the correct - * alternate volume header sector as per the current parititon size. - * The GPT device that we are mounted on top could have changed sizes - * without us knowning. - * - * We're in a transaction, so it's safe to modify the partition_avh_sector - * field if necessary. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector != hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector) { - uint64_t sector_count; - - /* Get underlying device block count */ - if ((retval = VNOP_IOCTL(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, DKIOCGETBLOCKCOUNT, - (caddr_t)§or_count, 0, vfs_context_current()))) { - printf("hfs_flushVH: err %d getting block count (%s) \n", retval, vcb->vcbVN); - retval = ENXIO; - goto err_exit; - } - - /* Partition size was changed without our knowledge */ - if (sector_count != (uint64_t)hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count) { - hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector = (hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size) + - HFS_ALT_SECTOR(hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size, sector_count); - /* Note: hfs_fs_avh_sector will remain unchanged */ - printf ("hfs_flushVH: altflush: partition size changed, partition_avh_sector=%qu, fs_avh_sector=%qu\n", - hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector, hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector); - } - } - - /* - * First see if we need to write I/O to the "secondary" AVH - * located at FS Size - 1024 bytes, because this one will - * always go into the journal. We put this AVH into the journal - * because even if the filesystem size has shrunk, this LBA should be - * reachable after the partition-size modification has occurred. - * The one where we need to be careful is partitionsize-1024, since the - * partition size should hopefully shrink. - * - * Most of the time this block will not execute. - */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector) && - (hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector != hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector)) { - if (buf_meta_bread(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, - HFS_PHYSBLK_ROUNDDOWN(hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector, hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys), - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size, NOCRED, &alt_bp) == 0) { - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_modify_block_start(hfsmp->jnl, alt_bp); - } - - bcopy(volumeHeader, (char *)buf_dataptr(alt_bp) + - HFS_ALT_OFFSET(hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size), - kMDBSize); - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_modify_block_end(hfsmp->jnl, alt_bp, NULL, NULL); - } else { - (void) VNOP_BWRITE(alt_bp); - } - } else if (alt_bp) { - buf_brelse(alt_bp); - } - } - - /* - * Flush out alternate volume header located at 1024 bytes before - * end of the partition as part of journal transaction. In - * most cases, this will be the only alternate volume header - * that we need to worry about because the file system size is - * same as the partition size, therefore hfs_fs_avh_sector is - * same as hfs_partition_avh_sector. This is the "priority" AVH. - * - * However, do not always put this I/O into the journal. If we skipped the - * FS-Size AVH write above, then we will put this I/O into the journal as - * that indicates the two were in sync. However, if the FS size is - * not the same as the partition size, we are tracking two. We don't - * put it in the journal in that case, since if the partition - * size changes between uptimes, and we need to replay the journal, - * this I/O could generate an EIO if during replay it is now trying - * to access blocks beyond the device EOF. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector) { - if (buf_meta_bread(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, - HFS_PHYSBLK_ROUNDDOWN(hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector, hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys), - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size, NOCRED, &alt_bp) == 0) { - - /* only one AVH, put this I/O in the journal. */ - if ((hfsmp->jnl) && (hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector == hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector)) { - journal_modify_block_start(hfsmp->jnl, alt_bp); - } - - bcopy(volumeHeader, (char *)buf_dataptr(alt_bp) + - HFS_ALT_OFFSET(hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size), - kMDBSize); - - /* If journaled and we only have one AVH to track */ - if ((hfsmp->jnl) && (hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector == hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector)) { - journal_modify_block_end (hfsmp->jnl, alt_bp, NULL, NULL); - } else { - /* - * If we don't have a journal or there are two AVH's at the - * moment, then this one doesn't go in the journal. Note that - * this one may generate I/O errors, since the partition - * can be resized behind our backs at any moment and this I/O - * may now appear to be beyond the device EOF. - */ - (void) VNOP_BWRITE(alt_bp); - hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_CACHE); - } - } else if (alt_bp) { - buf_brelse(alt_bp); - } - } - } - - /* Finish modifying the block for the primary VH */ - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_modify_block_end(hfsmp->jnl, bp, NULL, NULL); - } else { - if (!ISSET(options, HFS_FVH_WAIT)) { - buf_bawrite(bp); - } else { - retval = VNOP_BWRITE(bp); - /* When critical data changes, flush the device cache */ - if (critical && (retval == 0)) { - hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_CACHE); - } - } - } - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - return (retval); - -err_exit: - if (alt_bp) - buf_brelse(alt_bp); - if (bp) - buf_brelse(bp); - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - return retval; -} - - -/* - * Creates a UUID from a unique "name" in the HFS UUID Name space. - * See version 3 UUID. - */ -void -hfs_getvoluuid(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uuid_t result_uuid) -{ - - if (uuid_is_null(hfsmp->hfs_full_uuid)) { - uuid_t result; - - MD5_CTX md5c; - uint8_t rawUUID[8]; - - ((uint32_t *)rawUUID)[0] = hfsmp->vcbFndrInfo[6]; - ((uint32_t *)rawUUID)[1] = hfsmp->vcbFndrInfo[7]; - - MD5Init( &md5c ); - MD5Update( &md5c, HFS_UUID_NAMESPACE_ID, sizeof( uuid_t ) ); - MD5Update( &md5c, rawUUID, sizeof (rawUUID) ); - MD5Final( result, &md5c ); - - result[6] = 0x30 | ( result[6] & 0x0F ); - result[8] = 0x80 | ( result[8] & 0x3F ); - - uuid_copy(hfsmp->hfs_full_uuid, result); - } - uuid_copy (result_uuid, hfsmp->hfs_full_uuid); - -} - -/* - * Get file system attributes. - */ -static int -hfs_vfs_getattr(struct mount *mp, struct vfs_attr *fsap, __unused vfs_context_t context) -{ -#define HFS_ATTR_FILE_VALIDMASK (ATTR_FILE_VALIDMASK & ~(ATTR_FILE_FILETYPE | ATTR_FILE_FORKCOUNT | ATTR_FILE_FORKLIST | ATTR_FILE_CLUMPSIZE)) -#define HFS_ATTR_CMN_VOL_VALIDMASK (ATTR_CMN_VALIDMASK & ~(ATTR_CMN_DATA_PROTECT_FLAGS)) - - ExtendedVCB *vcb = VFSTOVCB(mp); - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VFSTOHFS(mp); - - int searchfs_on = 0; - int exchangedata_on = 1; - -#if CONFIG_SEARCHFS - searchfs_on = 1; -#endif - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - if (cp_fs_protected(mp)) { - exchangedata_on = 0; - } -#endif - - VFSATTR_RETURN(fsap, f_objcount, (u_int64_t)hfsmp->vcbFilCnt + (u_int64_t)hfsmp->vcbDirCnt); - VFSATTR_RETURN(fsap, f_filecount, (u_int64_t)hfsmp->vcbFilCnt); - VFSATTR_RETURN(fsap, f_dircount, (u_int64_t)hfsmp->vcbDirCnt); - VFSATTR_RETURN(fsap, f_maxobjcount, (u_int64_t)0xFFFFFFFF); - VFSATTR_RETURN(fsap, f_iosize, (size_t)cluster_max_io_size(mp, 0)); - VFSATTR_RETURN(fsap, f_blocks, (u_int64_t)hfsmp->totalBlocks); - VFSATTR_RETURN(fsap, f_bfree, (u_int64_t)hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 0)); - VFSATTR_RETURN(fsap, f_bavail, (u_int64_t)hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 1)); - VFSATTR_RETURN(fsap, f_bsize, (u_int32_t)vcb->blockSize); - /* XXX needs clarification */ - VFSATTR_RETURN(fsap, f_bused, hfsmp->totalBlocks - hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 1)); - VFSATTR_RETURN(fsap, f_files, (u_int64_t)HFS_MAX_FILES); - VFSATTR_RETURN(fsap, f_ffree, (u_int64_t)hfs_free_cnids(hfsmp)); - - fsap->f_fsid.val[0] = hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev; - fsap->f_fsid.val[1] = vfs_typenum(mp); - VFSATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(fsap, f_fsid); - - VFSATTR_RETURN(fsap, f_signature, vcb->vcbSigWord); - VFSATTR_RETURN(fsap, f_carbon_fsid, 0); - - if (VFSATTR_IS_ACTIVE(fsap, f_capabilities)) { - vol_capabilities_attr_t *cap; - - cap = &fsap->f_capabilities; - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) == 0) { - /* HFS+ & variants */ - cap->capabilities[VOL_CAPABILITIES_FORMAT] = - VOL_CAP_FMT_PERSISTENTOBJECTIDS | - VOL_CAP_FMT_SYMBOLICLINKS | - VOL_CAP_FMT_HARDLINKS | - VOL_CAP_FMT_JOURNAL | - VOL_CAP_FMT_ZERO_RUNS | - (hfsmp->jnl ? VOL_CAP_FMT_JOURNAL_ACTIVE : 0) | - (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CASE_SENSITIVE ? VOL_CAP_FMT_CASE_SENSITIVE : 0) | - VOL_CAP_FMT_CASE_PRESERVING | - VOL_CAP_FMT_FAST_STATFS | - VOL_CAP_FMT_2TB_FILESIZE | - VOL_CAP_FMT_HIDDEN_FILES | -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - VOL_CAP_FMT_DECMPFS_COMPRESSION | -#endif -#if CONFIG_HFS_DIRLINK - VOL_CAP_FMT_DIR_HARDLINKS | -#endif -#ifdef VOL_CAP_FMT_DOCUMENT_ID - VOL_CAP_FMT_DOCUMENT_ID | -#endif /* VOL_CAP_FMT_DOCUMENT_ID */ -#ifdef VOL_CAP_FMT_WRITE_GENERATION_COUNT - VOL_CAP_FMT_WRITE_GENERATION_COUNT | -#endif /* VOL_CAP_FMT_WRITE_GENERATION_COUNT */ - VOL_CAP_FMT_PATH_FROM_ID; - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - /* HFS standard */ - cap->capabilities[VOL_CAPABILITIES_FORMAT] = - VOL_CAP_FMT_PERSISTENTOBJECTIDS | - VOL_CAP_FMT_CASE_PRESERVING | - VOL_CAP_FMT_FAST_STATFS | - VOL_CAP_FMT_HIDDEN_FILES | - VOL_CAP_FMT_PATH_FROM_ID; - } -#endif - - /* - * The capabilities word in 'cap' tell you whether or not - * this particular filesystem instance has feature X enabled. - */ - - cap->capabilities[VOL_CAPABILITIES_INTERFACES] = - VOL_CAP_INT_ATTRLIST | - VOL_CAP_INT_NFSEXPORT | - VOL_CAP_INT_READDIRATTR | - VOL_CAP_INT_ALLOCATE | - VOL_CAP_INT_VOL_RENAME | - VOL_CAP_INT_ADVLOCK | - VOL_CAP_INT_FLOCK | -#if VOL_CAP_INT_RENAME_EXCL - VOL_CAP_INT_RENAME_EXCL | -#endif -#if NAMEDSTREAMS - VOL_CAP_INT_EXTENDED_ATTR | - VOL_CAP_INT_NAMEDSTREAMS; -#else - VOL_CAP_INT_EXTENDED_ATTR; -#endif - - /* HFS may conditionally support searchfs and exchangedata depending on the runtime */ - - if (searchfs_on) { - cap->capabilities[VOL_CAPABILITIES_INTERFACES] |= VOL_CAP_INT_SEARCHFS; - } - if (exchangedata_on) { - cap->capabilities[VOL_CAPABILITIES_INTERFACES] |= VOL_CAP_INT_EXCHANGEDATA; - } - - cap->capabilities[VOL_CAPABILITIES_RESERVED1] = 0; - cap->capabilities[VOL_CAPABILITIES_RESERVED2] = 0; - - cap->valid[VOL_CAPABILITIES_FORMAT] = - VOL_CAP_FMT_PERSISTENTOBJECTIDS | - VOL_CAP_FMT_SYMBOLICLINKS | - VOL_CAP_FMT_HARDLINKS | - VOL_CAP_FMT_JOURNAL | - VOL_CAP_FMT_JOURNAL_ACTIVE | - VOL_CAP_FMT_NO_ROOT_TIMES | - VOL_CAP_FMT_SPARSE_FILES | - VOL_CAP_FMT_ZERO_RUNS | - VOL_CAP_FMT_CASE_SENSITIVE | - VOL_CAP_FMT_CASE_PRESERVING | - VOL_CAP_FMT_FAST_STATFS | - VOL_CAP_FMT_2TB_FILESIZE | - VOL_CAP_FMT_OPENDENYMODES | - VOL_CAP_FMT_HIDDEN_FILES | - VOL_CAP_FMT_PATH_FROM_ID | - VOL_CAP_FMT_DECMPFS_COMPRESSION | -#ifdef VOL_CAP_FMT_DOCUMENT_ID - VOL_CAP_FMT_DOCUMENT_ID | -#endif /* VOL_CAP_FMT_DOCUMENT_ID */ -#ifdef VOL_CAP_FMT_WRITE_GENERATION_COUNT - VOL_CAP_FMT_WRITE_GENERATION_COUNT | -#endif /* VOL_CAP_FMT_WRITE_GENERATION_COUNT */ - VOL_CAP_FMT_DIR_HARDLINKS; - - /* - * Bits in the "valid" field tell you whether or not the on-disk - * format supports feature X. - */ - - cap->valid[VOL_CAPABILITIES_INTERFACES] = - VOL_CAP_INT_ATTRLIST | - VOL_CAP_INT_NFSEXPORT | - VOL_CAP_INT_READDIRATTR | - VOL_CAP_INT_COPYFILE | - VOL_CAP_INT_ALLOCATE | - VOL_CAP_INT_VOL_RENAME | - VOL_CAP_INT_ADVLOCK | - VOL_CAP_INT_FLOCK | - VOL_CAP_INT_MANLOCK | -#if VOL_CAP_INT_RENAME_EXCL - VOL_CAP_INT_RENAME_EXCL | -#endif - -#if NAMEDSTREAMS - VOL_CAP_INT_EXTENDED_ATTR | - VOL_CAP_INT_NAMEDSTREAMS; -#else - VOL_CAP_INT_EXTENDED_ATTR; -#endif - - /* HFS always supports exchangedata and searchfs in the on-disk format natively */ - cap->valid[VOL_CAPABILITIES_INTERFACES] |= (VOL_CAP_INT_SEARCHFS | VOL_CAP_INT_EXCHANGEDATA); - - - cap->valid[VOL_CAPABILITIES_RESERVED1] = 0; - cap->valid[VOL_CAPABILITIES_RESERVED2] = 0; - VFSATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(fsap, f_capabilities); - } - if (VFSATTR_IS_ACTIVE(fsap, f_attributes)) { - vol_attributes_attr_t *attrp = &fsap->f_attributes; - - attrp->validattr.commonattr = HFS_ATTR_CMN_VOL_VALIDMASK; -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - attrp->validattr.commonattr |= ATTR_CMN_DATA_PROTECT_FLAGS; -#endif // CONFIG_PROTECT - - attrp->validattr.volattr = ATTR_VOL_VALIDMASK & ~ATTR_VOL_INFO; - attrp->validattr.dirattr = ATTR_DIR_VALIDMASK; - attrp->validattr.fileattr = HFS_ATTR_FILE_VALIDMASK; - attrp->validattr.forkattr = 0; - - attrp->nativeattr.commonattr = HFS_ATTR_CMN_VOL_VALIDMASK; -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - attrp->nativeattr.commonattr |= ATTR_CMN_DATA_PROTECT_FLAGS; -#endif // CONFIG_PROTECT - - attrp->nativeattr.volattr = ATTR_VOL_VALIDMASK & ~ATTR_VOL_INFO; - attrp->nativeattr.dirattr = ATTR_DIR_VALIDMASK; - attrp->nativeattr.fileattr = HFS_ATTR_FILE_VALIDMASK; - attrp->nativeattr.forkattr = 0; - VFSATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(fsap, f_attributes); - } - fsap->f_create_time.tv_sec = hfsmp->hfs_itime; - fsap->f_create_time.tv_nsec = 0; - VFSATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(fsap, f_create_time); - fsap->f_modify_time.tv_sec = hfsmp->vcbLsMod; - fsap->f_modify_time.tv_nsec = 0; - VFSATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(fsap, f_modify_time); - // We really don't have volume access time, they should check the root node, fake it up - if (VFSATTR_IS_ACTIVE(fsap, f_access_time)) { - struct timeval tv; - - microtime(&tv); - fsap->f_access_time.tv_sec = tv.tv_sec; - fsap->f_access_time.tv_nsec = 0; - VFSATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(fsap, f_access_time); - } - - fsap->f_backup_time.tv_sec = hfsmp->vcbVolBkUp; - fsap->f_backup_time.tv_nsec = 0; - VFSATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(fsap, f_backup_time); - - if (VFSATTR_IS_ACTIVE(fsap, f_fssubtype)) { - u_int16_t subtype = 0; - - /* - * Subtypes (flavors) for HFS - * 0: Mac OS Extended - * 1: Mac OS Extended (Journaled) - * 2: Mac OS Extended (Case Sensitive) - * 3: Mac OS Extended (Case Sensitive, Journaled) - * 4 - 127: Reserved - * 128: Mac OS Standard - * - */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) == 0) { - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - subtype |= HFS_SUBTYPE_JOURNALED; - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CASE_SENSITIVE) { - subtype |= HFS_SUBTYPE_CASESENSITIVE; - } - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - else { - subtype = HFS_SUBTYPE_STANDARDHFS; - } -#endif - fsap->f_fssubtype = subtype; - VFSATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(fsap, f_fssubtype); - } - - if (VFSATTR_IS_ACTIVE(fsap, f_vol_name)) { - strlcpy(fsap->f_vol_name, (char *) hfsmp->vcbVN, MAXPATHLEN); - VFSATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(fsap, f_vol_name); - } - if (VFSATTR_IS_ACTIVE(fsap, f_uuid)) { - hfs_getvoluuid(hfsmp, fsap->f_uuid); - VFSATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(fsap, f_uuid); - } - return (0); -} - -/* - * Perform a volume rename. Requires the FS' root vp. - */ -static int -hfs_rename_volume(struct vnode *vp, const char *name, proc_t p) -{ - ExtendedVCB *vcb = VTOVCB(vp); - struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - struct cat_desc to_desc; - struct cat_desc todir_desc; - struct cat_desc new_desc; - cat_cookie_t cookie; - int lockflags; - int error = 0; - char converted_volname[256]; - size_t volname_length = 0; - size_t conv_volname_length = 0; - - - /* - * Ignore attempts to rename a volume to a zero-length name. - */ - if (name[0] == 0) - return(0); - - bzero(&to_desc, sizeof(to_desc)); - bzero(&todir_desc, sizeof(todir_desc)); - bzero(&new_desc, sizeof(new_desc)); - bzero(&cookie, sizeof(cookie)); - - todir_desc.cd_parentcnid = kHFSRootParentID; - todir_desc.cd_cnid = kHFSRootFolderID; - todir_desc.cd_flags = CD_ISDIR; - - to_desc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)name; - to_desc.cd_namelen = strlen(name); - to_desc.cd_parentcnid = kHFSRootParentID; - to_desc.cd_cnid = cp->c_cnid; - to_desc.cd_flags = CD_ISDIR; - - if ((error = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT)) == 0) { - if ((error = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp)) == 0) { - if ((error = cat_preflight(hfsmp, CAT_RENAME, &cookie, p)) == 0) { - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - error = cat_rename(hfsmp, &cp->c_desc, &todir_desc, &to_desc, &new_desc); - - /* - * If successful, update the name in the VCB, ensure it's terminated. - */ - if (error == 0) { - strlcpy((char *)vcb->vcbVN, name, sizeof(vcb->vcbVN)); - - volname_length = strlen ((const char*)vcb->vcbVN); - /* Send the volume name down to CoreStorage if necessary */ - error = utf8_normalizestr(vcb->vcbVN, volname_length, (u_int8_t*)converted_volname, &conv_volname_length, 256, UTF_PRECOMPOSED); - if (error == 0) { - (void) VNOP_IOCTL (hfsmp->hfs_devvp, _DKIOCCSSETLVNAME, converted_volname, 0, vfs_context_current()); - } - error = 0; - } - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - cat_postflight(hfsmp, &cookie, p); - - if (error) - MarkVCBDirty(vcb); - (void) hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, HFS_FVH_WAIT); - } - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - } - if (!error) { - /* Release old allocated name buffer */ - if (cp->c_desc.cd_flags & CD_HASBUF) { - const char *tmp_name = (const char *)cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr; - - cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr = 0; - cp->c_desc.cd_namelen = 0; - cp->c_desc.cd_flags &= ~CD_HASBUF; - vfs_removename(tmp_name); - } - /* Update cnode's catalog descriptor */ - replace_desc(cp, &new_desc); - vcb->volumeNameEncodingHint = new_desc.cd_encoding; - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - } - - hfs_unlock(cp); - } - - return(error); -} - -/* - * Get file system attributes. - */ -static int -hfs_vfs_setattr(struct mount *mp, struct vfs_attr *fsap, vfs_context_t context) -{ - kauth_cred_t cred = vfs_context_ucred(context); - int error = 0; - - /* - * Must be superuser or owner of filesystem to change volume attributes - */ - if (!kauth_cred_issuser(cred) && (kauth_cred_getuid(cred) != vfs_statfs(mp)->f_owner)) - return(EACCES); - - if (VFSATTR_IS_ACTIVE(fsap, f_vol_name)) { - vnode_t root_vp; - - error = hfs_vfs_root(mp, &root_vp, context); - if (error) - goto out; - - error = hfs_rename_volume(root_vp, fsap->f_vol_name, vfs_context_proc(context)); - (void) vnode_put(root_vp); - if (error) - goto out; - - VFSATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(fsap, f_vol_name); - } - -out: - return error; -} - -/* If a runtime corruption is detected, set the volume inconsistent - * bit in the volume attributes. The volume inconsistent bit is a persistent - * bit which represents that the volume is corrupt and needs repair. - * The volume inconsistent bit can be set from the kernel when it detects - * runtime corruption or from file system repair utilities like fsck_hfs when - * a repair operation fails. The bit should be cleared only from file system - * verify/repair utility like fsck_hfs when a verify/repair succeeds. - */ -void hfs_mark_inconsistent(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - hfs_inconsistency_reason_t reason) -{ - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - if ((hfsmp->vcbAtrb & kHFSVolumeInconsistentMask) == 0) { - hfsmp->vcbAtrb |= kHFSVolumeInconsistentMask; - MarkVCBDirty(hfsmp); - } - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY)==0) { - switch (reason) { - case HFS_INCONSISTENCY_DETECTED: - printf("hfs_mark_inconsistent: Runtime corruption detected on %s, fsck will be forced on next mount.\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN); - break; - case HFS_ROLLBACK_FAILED: - printf("hfs_mark_inconsistent: Failed to roll back; volume `%s' might be inconsistent; fsck will be forced on next mount.\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN); - break; - case HFS_OP_INCOMPLETE: - printf("hfs_mark_inconsistent: Failed to complete operation; volume `%s' might be inconsistent; fsck will be forced on next mount.\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN); - break; - case HFS_FSCK_FORCED: - printf("hfs_mark_inconsistent: fsck requested for `%s'; fsck will be forced on next mount.\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN); - break; - } - } - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); -} - -/* Replay the journal on the device node provided. Returns zero if - * journal replay succeeded or no journal was supposed to be replayed. - */ -static int hfs_journal_replay(vnode_t devvp, vfs_context_t context) -{ - int retval = 0; - int error = 0; - - /* Replay allowed only on raw devices */ - if (!vnode_ischr(devvp) && !vnode_isblk(devvp)) - return EINVAL; - - retval = hfs_mountfs(devvp, NULL, NULL, /* journal_replay_only: */ 1, context); - buf_flushdirtyblks(devvp, TRUE, 0, "hfs_journal_replay"); - - /* FSYNC the devnode to be sure all data has been flushed */ - error = VNOP_FSYNC(devvp, MNT_WAIT, context); - if (error) { - retval = error; - } - - return retval; -} - - -/* - * Cancel the syncer - */ -static void -hfs_syncer_free(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - if (hfsmp && ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_RUN_SYNCER)) { - hfs_syncer_lock(hfsmp); - CLR(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_RUN_SYNCER); - hfs_syncer_unlock(hfsmp); - - // Wait for the syncer thread to finish - if (hfsmp->hfs_syncer_thread) { - hfs_syncer_wakeup(hfsmp); - hfs_syncer_lock(hfsmp); - while (hfsmp->hfs_syncer_thread) - hfs_syncer_wait(hfsmp, NULL); - hfs_syncer_unlock(hfsmp); - } - } -} - -static int hfs_vfs_ioctl(struct mount *mp, u_long command, caddr_t data, - __unused int flags, __unused vfs_context_t context) -{ - switch (command) { -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - case FIODEVICELOCKED: - cp_device_locked_callback(mp, (cp_lock_state_t)data); - return 0; -#endif - } - return ENOTTY; -} - -/* - * hfs vfs operations. - */ -struct vfsops hfs_vfsops = { - .vfs_mount = hfs_mount, - .vfs_start = hfs_start, - .vfs_unmount = hfs_unmount, - .vfs_root = hfs_vfs_root, - .vfs_quotactl = hfs_quotactl, - .vfs_getattr = hfs_vfs_getattr, - .vfs_sync = hfs_sync, - .vfs_vget = hfs_vfs_vget, - .vfs_fhtovp = hfs_fhtovp, - .vfs_vptofh = hfs_vptofh, - .vfs_init = hfs_init, - .vfs_sysctl = hfs_sysctl, - .vfs_setattr = hfs_vfs_setattr, - .vfs_ioctl = hfs_vfs_ioctl, -}; diff --git a/core/hfs_vfsutils.c b/core/hfs_vfsutils.c deleted file mode 100644 index e841c41..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_vfsutils.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4388 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -/* @(#)hfs_vfsutils.c 4.0 -* -* (c) 1997-2002 Apple Inc. All Rights Reserved -* -* hfs_vfsutils.c -- Routines that go between the HFS layer and the VFS. -* -*/ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -/* for parsing boot-args */ -#include -#include -#include - -#include "hfs_iokit.h" -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_catalog.h" -#include "hfs_dbg.h" -#include "hfs_mount.h" -#include "hfs_endian.h" -#include "hfs_cnode.h" -#include "hfs_fsctl.h" -#include "hfs_cprotect.h" - -#include "FileMgrInternal.h" -#include "BTreesInternal.h" -#include "HFSUnicodeWrappers.h" - -/* Enable/disable debugging code for live volume resizing, defined in hfs_resize.c */ -extern int hfs_resize_debug; - -static void ReleaseMetaFileVNode(struct vnode *vp); -static int hfs_late_journal_init(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusVolumeHeader *vhp, void *_args); - -static u_int32_t hfs_hotfile_freeblocks(struct hfsmount *); -static void hfs_thaw_locked(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); - -#define HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG 1 - - -//******************************************************************************* -// Note: Finder information in the HFS/HFS+ metadata are considered opaque and -// hence are not in the right byte order on little endian machines. It is -// the responsibility of the finder and other clients to swap the data. -//******************************************************************************* - -//******************************************************************************* -// Routine: hfs_MountHFSVolume -// -// -//******************************************************************************* -unsigned char hfs_catname[] = "Catalog B-tree"; -unsigned char hfs_extname[] = "Extents B-tree"; -unsigned char hfs_vbmname[] = "Volume Bitmap"; -unsigned char hfs_attrname[] = "Attribute B-tree"; -unsigned char hfs_startupname[] = "Startup File"; - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -OSErr hfs_MountHFSVolume(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSMasterDirectoryBlock *mdb, - __unused struct proc *p) -{ - ExtendedVCB *vcb = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp); - int error; - ByteCount utf8chars; - struct cat_desc cndesc; - struct cat_attr cnattr; - struct cat_fork fork; - int newvnode_flags = 0; - - /* Block size must be a multiple of 512 */ - if (SWAP_BE32(mdb->drAlBlkSiz) == 0 || - (SWAP_BE32(mdb->drAlBlkSiz) & 0x01FF) != 0) - return (EINVAL); - - /* don't mount a writeable volume if its dirty, it must be cleaned by fsck_hfs */ - if (((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) == 0) && - ((SWAP_BE16(mdb->drAtrb) & kHFSVolumeUnmountedMask) == 0)) { - return (EINVAL); - } - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_STANDARD; - /* - * The MDB seems OK: transfer info from it into VCB - * Note - the VCB starts out clear (all zeros) - * - */ - vcb->vcbSigWord = SWAP_BE16 (mdb->drSigWord); - vcb->hfs_itime = to_bsd_time(LocalToUTC(SWAP_BE32(mdb->drCrDate))); - vcb->localCreateDate = SWAP_BE32 (mdb->drCrDate); - vcb->vcbLsMod = to_bsd_time(LocalToUTC(SWAP_BE32(mdb->drLsMod))); - vcb->vcbAtrb = SWAP_BE16 (mdb->drAtrb); - vcb->vcbNmFls = SWAP_BE16 (mdb->drNmFls); - vcb->vcbVBMSt = SWAP_BE16 (mdb->drVBMSt); - vcb->nextAllocation = SWAP_BE16 (mdb->drAllocPtr); - vcb->totalBlocks = SWAP_BE16 (mdb->drNmAlBlks); - vcb->allocLimit = vcb->totalBlocks; - vcb->blockSize = SWAP_BE32 (mdb->drAlBlkSiz); - vcb->vcbClpSiz = SWAP_BE32 (mdb->drClpSiz); - vcb->vcbAlBlSt = SWAP_BE16 (mdb->drAlBlSt); - vcb->vcbNxtCNID = SWAP_BE32 (mdb->drNxtCNID); - vcb->freeBlocks = SWAP_BE16 (mdb->drFreeBks); - vcb->vcbVolBkUp = to_bsd_time(LocalToUTC(SWAP_BE32(mdb->drVolBkUp))); - vcb->vcbWrCnt = SWAP_BE32 (mdb->drWrCnt); - vcb->vcbNmRtDirs = SWAP_BE16 (mdb->drNmRtDirs); - vcb->vcbFilCnt = SWAP_BE32 (mdb->drFilCnt); - vcb->vcbDirCnt = SWAP_BE32 (mdb->drDirCnt); - bcopy(mdb->drFndrInfo, vcb->vcbFndrInfo, sizeof(vcb->vcbFndrInfo)); - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) == 0) - vcb->vcbWrCnt++; /* Compensate for write of MDB on last flush */ - - /* convert hfs encoded name into UTF-8 string */ - error = hfs_to_utf8(vcb, mdb->drVN, NAME_MAX, &utf8chars, vcb->vcbVN); - /* - * When an HFS name cannot be encoded with the current - * volume encoding we use MacRoman as a fallback. - */ - if (error || (utf8chars == 0)) { - error = mac_roman_to_utf8(mdb->drVN, NAME_MAX, &utf8chars, vcb->vcbVN); - /* If we fail to encode to UTF8 from Mac Roman, the name is bad. Deny the mount */ - if (error) { - goto MtVolErr; - } - } - - hfsmp->hfs_logBlockSize = BestBlockSizeFit(vcb->blockSize, MAXBSIZE, hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size); - vcb->vcbVBMIOSize = kHFSBlockSize; - - /* Generate the partition-based AVH location */ - hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector = HFS_ALT_SECTOR(hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size, - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count); - - /* HFS standard is read-only, so just stuff the FS location in here, too */ - hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector = hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector; - - bzero(&cndesc, sizeof(cndesc)); - cndesc.cd_parentcnid = kHFSRootParentID; - cndesc.cd_flags |= CD_ISMETA; - bzero(&cnattr, sizeof(cnattr)); - cnattr.ca_linkcount = 1; - cnattr.ca_mode = S_IFREG; - bzero(&fork, sizeof(fork)); - - /* - * Set up Extents B-tree vnode - */ - cndesc.cd_nameptr = hfs_extname; - cndesc.cd_namelen = strlen((char *)hfs_extname); - cndesc.cd_cnid = cnattr.ca_fileid = kHFSExtentsFileID; - fork.cf_size = SWAP_BE32(mdb->drXTFlSize); - fork.cf_blocks = fork.cf_size / vcb->blockSize; - fork.cf_clump = SWAP_BE32(mdb->drXTClpSiz); - fork.cf_vblocks = 0; - fork.cf_extents[0].startBlock = SWAP_BE16(mdb->drXTExtRec[0].startBlock); - fork.cf_extents[0].blockCount = SWAP_BE16(mdb->drXTExtRec[0].blockCount); - fork.cf_extents[1].startBlock = SWAP_BE16(mdb->drXTExtRec[1].startBlock); - fork.cf_extents[1].blockCount = SWAP_BE16(mdb->drXTExtRec[1].blockCount); - fork.cf_extents[2].startBlock = SWAP_BE16(mdb->drXTExtRec[2].startBlock); - fork.cf_extents[2].blockCount = SWAP_BE16(mdb->drXTExtRec[2].blockCount); - cnattr.ca_blocks = fork.cf_blocks; - - error = hfs_getnewvnode(hfsmp, NULL, NULL, &cndesc, 0, &cnattr, &fork, - &hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp, &newvnode_flags); - if (error) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfs (std): error creating Ext Vnode (%d) \n", error); - } - goto MtVolErr; - } - error = MacToVFSError(BTOpenPath(VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp), - (KeyCompareProcPtr)CompareExtentKeys)); - if (error) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfs (std): error opening Ext Vnode (%d) \n", error); - } - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp)); - goto MtVolErr; - } - hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp = VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp); - - /* - * Set up Catalog B-tree vnode... - */ - cndesc.cd_nameptr = hfs_catname; - cndesc.cd_namelen = strlen((char *)hfs_catname); - cndesc.cd_cnid = cnattr.ca_fileid = kHFSCatalogFileID; - fork.cf_size = SWAP_BE32(mdb->drCTFlSize); - fork.cf_blocks = fork.cf_size / vcb->blockSize; - fork.cf_clump = SWAP_BE32(mdb->drCTClpSiz); - fork.cf_vblocks = 0; - fork.cf_extents[0].startBlock = SWAP_BE16(mdb->drCTExtRec[0].startBlock); - fork.cf_extents[0].blockCount = SWAP_BE16(mdb->drCTExtRec[0].blockCount); - fork.cf_extents[1].startBlock = SWAP_BE16(mdb->drCTExtRec[1].startBlock); - fork.cf_extents[1].blockCount = SWAP_BE16(mdb->drCTExtRec[1].blockCount); - fork.cf_extents[2].startBlock = SWAP_BE16(mdb->drCTExtRec[2].startBlock); - fork.cf_extents[2].blockCount = SWAP_BE16(mdb->drCTExtRec[2].blockCount); - cnattr.ca_blocks = fork.cf_blocks; - - error = hfs_getnewvnode(hfsmp, NULL, NULL, &cndesc, 0, &cnattr, &fork, - &hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp, &newvnode_flags); - if (error) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfs (std): error creating catalog Vnode (%d) \n", error); - } - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp)); - goto MtVolErr; - } - error = MacToVFSError(BTOpenPath(VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp), - (KeyCompareProcPtr)CompareCatalogKeys)); - if (error) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfs (std): error opening catalog Vnode (%d) \n", error); - } - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp)); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp)); - goto MtVolErr; - } - hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp = VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp); - - /* - * Set up dummy Allocation file vnode (used only for locking bitmap) - */ - cndesc.cd_nameptr = hfs_vbmname; - cndesc.cd_namelen = strlen((char *)hfs_vbmname); - cndesc.cd_cnid = cnattr.ca_fileid = kHFSAllocationFileID; - bzero(&fork, sizeof(fork)); - cnattr.ca_blocks = 0; - - error = hfs_getnewvnode(hfsmp, NULL, NULL, &cndesc, 0, &cnattr, &fork, - &hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp, &newvnode_flags); - if (error) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfs (std): error creating bitmap Vnode (%d) \n", error); - } - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp)); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp)); - goto MtVolErr; - } - hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp = VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp); - - /* mark the volume dirty (clear clean unmount bit) */ - vcb->vcbAtrb &= ~kHFSVolumeUnmountedMask; - - if (error == noErr) { - error = cat_idlookup(hfsmp, kHFSRootFolderID, 0, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL); - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfs (std): error looking up root folder (%d) \n", error); - } - } - - if (error == noErr) { - /* If the disk isn't write protected.. */ - if ( !(vcb->vcbAtrb & kHFSVolumeHardwareLockMask)) { - MarkVCBDirty (vcb); // mark VCB dirty so it will be written - } - } - - /* - * all done with system files so we can unlock now... - */ - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp)); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp)); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp)); - - if (error == noErr) { - /* If successful, then we can just return once we've unlocked the cnodes */ - return error; - } - - //-- Release any resources allocated so far before exiting with an error: -MtVolErr: - hfsUnmount(hfsmp, NULL); - - return (error); -} - -#endif - -//******************************************************************************* -// -// Sanity check Volume Header Block: -// Input argument *vhp is a pointer to a HFSPlusVolumeHeader block that has -// not been endian-swapped and represents the on-disk contents of this sector. -// This routine will not change the endianness of vhp block. -// -//******************************************************************************* -OSErr hfs_ValidateHFSPlusVolumeHeader(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusVolumeHeader *vhp) -{ - u_int16_t signature; - u_int16_t hfs_version; - u_int32_t blockSize; - - signature = SWAP_BE16(vhp->signature); - hfs_version = SWAP_BE16(vhp->version); - - if (signature == kHFSPlusSigWord) { - if (hfs_version != kHFSPlusVersion) { - printf("hfs_ValidateHFSPlusVolumeHeader: invalid HFS+ version: %x\n", hfs_version); - return (EINVAL); - } - } else if (signature == kHFSXSigWord) { - if (hfs_version != kHFSXVersion) { - printf("hfs_ValidateHFSPlusVolumeHeader: invalid HFSX version: %x\n", hfs_version); - return (EINVAL); - } - } else { - /* Removed printf for invalid HFS+ signature because it gives - * false error for UFS root volume - */ - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_ValidateHFSPlusVolumeHeader: unknown Volume Signature : %x\n", signature); - } - return (EINVAL); - } - - /* Block size must be at least 512 and a power of 2 */ - blockSize = SWAP_BE32(vhp->blockSize); - if (blockSize < 512 || !powerof2(blockSize)) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_ValidateHFSPlusVolumeHeader: invalid blocksize (%d) \n", blockSize); - } - return (EINVAL); - } - - if (blockSize < hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_ValidateHFSPlusVolumeHeader: invalid physical blocksize (%d), hfs_logical_blocksize (%d) \n", - blockSize, hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size); - } - return (EINVAL); - } - return 0; -} - -//******************************************************************************* -// Routine: hfs_MountHFSPlusVolume -// -// -//******************************************************************************* - -OSErr hfs_MountHFSPlusVolume(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusVolumeHeader *vhp, - off_t embeddedOffset, u_int64_t disksize, __unused struct proc *p, void *args, kauth_cred_t cred) -{ - register ExtendedVCB *vcb; - struct cat_desc cndesc; - struct cat_attr cnattr; - struct cat_fork cfork; - u_int32_t blockSize; - daddr64_t spare_sectors; - struct BTreeInfoRec btinfo; - u_int16_t signature; - u_int16_t hfs_version; - int newvnode_flags = 0; - int i; - OSErr retval; - char converted_volname[256]; - size_t volname_length = 0; - size_t conv_volname_length = 0; - - signature = SWAP_BE16(vhp->signature); - hfs_version = SWAP_BE16(vhp->version); - - retval = hfs_ValidateHFSPlusVolumeHeader(hfsmp, vhp); - if (retval) - return retval; - - if (signature == kHFSXSigWord) { - /* The in-memory signature is always 'H+'. */ - signature = kHFSPlusSigWord; - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_X; - } - - blockSize = SWAP_BE32(vhp->blockSize); - /* don't mount a writable volume if its dirty, it must be cleaned by fsck_hfs */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) == 0 && hfsmp->jnl == NULL && - (SWAP_BE32(vhp->attributes) & kHFSVolumeUnmountedMask) == 0) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfsplus: cannot mount dirty non-journaled volumes\n"); - } - return (EINVAL); - } - - /* Make sure we can live with the physical block size. */ - if ((disksize & (hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size - 1)) || - (embeddedOffset & (hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size - 1))) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfsplus: hfs_logical_blocksize (%d) \n", - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size); - } - return (ENXIO); - } - - /* - * If allocation block size is less than the physical block size, - * same data could be cached in two places and leads to corruption. - * - * HFS Plus reserves one allocation block for the Volume Header. - * If the physical size is larger, then when we read the volume header, - * we will also end up reading in the next allocation block(s). - * If those other allocation block(s) is/are modified, and then the volume - * header is modified, the write of the volume header's buffer will write - * out the old contents of the other allocation blocks. - * - * We assume that the physical block size is same as logical block size. - * The physical block size value is used to round down the offsets for - * reading and writing the primary and alternate volume headers. - * - * The same logic to ensure good hfs_physical_block_size is also in - * hfs_mountfs so that hfs_mountfs, hfs_MountHFSPlusVolume and - * later are doing the I/Os using same block size. - */ - if (blockSize < hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size) { - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size = hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size; - hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys = 1; - } - - /* - * The VolumeHeader seems OK: transfer info from it into VCB - * Note - the VCB starts out clear (all zeros) - */ - vcb = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp); - - vcb->vcbSigWord = signature; - vcb->vcbJinfoBlock = SWAP_BE32(vhp->journalInfoBlock); - vcb->vcbLsMod = to_bsd_time(SWAP_BE32(vhp->modifyDate)); - vcb->vcbAtrb = SWAP_BE32(vhp->attributes); - vcb->vcbClpSiz = SWAP_BE32(vhp->rsrcClumpSize); - vcb->vcbNxtCNID = SWAP_BE32(vhp->nextCatalogID); - vcb->vcbVolBkUp = to_bsd_time(SWAP_BE32(vhp->backupDate)); - vcb->vcbWrCnt = SWAP_BE32(vhp->writeCount); - vcb->vcbFilCnt = SWAP_BE32(vhp->fileCount); - vcb->vcbDirCnt = SWAP_BE32(vhp->folderCount); - - /* copy 32 bytes of Finder info */ - bcopy(vhp->finderInfo, vcb->vcbFndrInfo, sizeof(vhp->finderInfo)); - - vcb->vcbAlBlSt = 0; /* hfs+ allocation blocks start at first block of volume */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) == 0) - vcb->vcbWrCnt++; /* compensate for write of Volume Header on last flush */ - - /* Now fill in the Extended VCB info */ - vcb->nextAllocation = SWAP_BE32(vhp->nextAllocation); - vcb->totalBlocks = SWAP_BE32(vhp->totalBlocks); - vcb->allocLimit = vcb->totalBlocks; - vcb->freeBlocks = SWAP_BE32(vhp->freeBlocks); - vcb->blockSize = blockSize; - vcb->encodingsBitmap = SWAP_BE64(vhp->encodingsBitmap); - vcb->localCreateDate = SWAP_BE32(vhp->createDate); - - vcb->hfsPlusIOPosOffset = embeddedOffset; - - /* Default to no free block reserve */ - vcb->reserveBlocks = 0; - - /* - * Update the logical block size in the mount struct - * (currently set up from the wrapper MDB) using the - * new blocksize value: - */ - hfsmp->hfs_logBlockSize = BestBlockSizeFit(vcb->blockSize, MAXBSIZE, hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size); - vcb->vcbVBMIOSize = min(vcb->blockSize, MAXPHYSIO); - - /* - * Validate and initialize the location of the alternate volume header. - * - * Note that there may be spare sectors beyond the end of the filesystem that still - * belong to our partition. - */ - - spare_sectors = hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count - - (((daddr64_t)vcb->totalBlocks * blockSize) / - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size); - - /* - * Differentiate between "innocuous" spare sectors and the more unusual - * degenerate case: - * - * *** Innocuous spare sectors exist if: - * - * A) the number of bytes assigned to the partition (by multiplying logical - * block size * logical block count) is greater than the filesystem size - * (by multiplying allocation block count and allocation block size) - * - * and - * - * B) the remainder is less than the size of a full allocation block's worth of bytes. - * - * This handles the normal case where there may be a few extra sectors, but the two - * are fundamentally in sync. - * - * *** Degenerate spare sectors exist if: - * A) The number of bytes assigned to the partition (by multiplying logical - * block size * logical block count) is greater than the filesystem size - * (by multiplying allocation block count and block size). - * - * and - * - * B) the remainder is greater than a full allocation's block worth of bytes. - * In this case, a smaller file system exists in a larger partition. - * This can happen in various ways, including when volume is resized but the - * partition is yet to be resized. Under this condition, we have to assume that - * a partition management software may resize the partition to match - * the file system size in the future. Therefore we should update - * alternate volume header at two locations on the disk, - * a. 1024 bytes before end of the partition - * b. 1024 bytes before end of the file system - */ - - if (spare_sectors > (daddr64_t)(blockSize / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size)) { - /* - * Handle the degenerate case above. FS < partition size. - * AVH located at 1024 bytes from the end of the partition - */ - hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector = (hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size) + - HFS_ALT_SECTOR(hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size, hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count); - - /* AVH located at 1024 bytes from the end of the filesystem */ - hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector = (hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size) + - HFS_ALT_SECTOR(hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size, - (((daddr64_t)vcb->totalBlocks * blockSize) / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size)); - } - else { - /* Innocuous spare sectors; Partition & FS notion are in sync */ - hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector = (hfsmp->hfsPlusIOPosOffset / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size) + - HFS_ALT_SECTOR(hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size, hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_count); - - hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector = hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector; - } - if (hfs_resize_debug) { - printf ("hfs_MountHFSPlusVolume: partition_avh_sector=%qu, fs_avh_sector=%qu\n", - hfsmp->hfs_partition_avh_sector, hfsmp->hfs_fs_avh_sector); - } - - bzero(&cndesc, sizeof(cndesc)); - cndesc.cd_parentcnid = kHFSRootParentID; - cndesc.cd_flags |= CD_ISMETA; - bzero(&cnattr, sizeof(cnattr)); - cnattr.ca_linkcount = 1; - cnattr.ca_mode = S_IFREG; - - /* - * Set up Extents B-tree vnode - */ - cndesc.cd_nameptr = hfs_extname; - cndesc.cd_namelen = strlen((char *)hfs_extname); - cndesc.cd_cnid = cnattr.ca_fileid = kHFSExtentsFileID; - - cfork.cf_size = SWAP_BE64 (vhp->extentsFile.logicalSize); - cfork.cf_new_size= 0; - cfork.cf_clump = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->extentsFile.clumpSize); - cfork.cf_blocks = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->extentsFile.totalBlocks); - cfork.cf_vblocks = 0; - cnattr.ca_blocks = cfork.cf_blocks; - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - cfork.cf_extents[i].startBlock = - SWAP_BE32 (vhp->extentsFile.extents[i].startBlock); - cfork.cf_extents[i].blockCount = - SWAP_BE32 (vhp->extentsFile.extents[i].blockCount); - } - retval = hfs_getnewvnode(hfsmp, NULL, NULL, &cndesc, 0, &cnattr, &cfork, - &hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp, &newvnode_flags); - if (retval) - { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfsplus: hfs_getnewvnode returned (%d) getting extentoverflow BT\n", retval); - } - goto ErrorExit; - } - - hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp = VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp); - - retval = MacToVFSError(BTOpenPath(VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp), - (KeyCompareProcPtr) CompareExtentKeysPlus)); - - hfs_unlock(hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp); - - if (retval) - { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfsplus: BTOpenPath returned (%d) getting extentoverflow BT\n", retval); - } - goto ErrorExit; - } - /* - * Set up Catalog B-tree vnode - */ - cndesc.cd_nameptr = hfs_catname; - cndesc.cd_namelen = strlen((char *)hfs_catname); - cndesc.cd_cnid = cnattr.ca_fileid = kHFSCatalogFileID; - - cfork.cf_size = SWAP_BE64 (vhp->catalogFile.logicalSize); - cfork.cf_clump = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->catalogFile.clumpSize); - cfork.cf_blocks = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->catalogFile.totalBlocks); - cfork.cf_vblocks = 0; - cnattr.ca_blocks = cfork.cf_blocks; - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - cfork.cf_extents[i].startBlock = - SWAP_BE32 (vhp->catalogFile.extents[i].startBlock); - cfork.cf_extents[i].blockCount = - SWAP_BE32 (vhp->catalogFile.extents[i].blockCount); - } - retval = hfs_getnewvnode(hfsmp, NULL, NULL, &cndesc, 0, &cnattr, &cfork, - &hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp, &newvnode_flags); - if (retval) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfsplus: hfs_getnewvnode returned (%d) getting catalog BT\n", retval); - } - goto ErrorExit; - } - hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp = VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp); - - retval = MacToVFSError(BTOpenPath(VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp), - (KeyCompareProcPtr) CompareExtendedCatalogKeys)); - - if (retval) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfsplus: BTOpenPath returned (%d) getting catalog BT\n", retval); - } - hfs_unlock(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp); - goto ErrorExit; - } - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_X) && - BTGetInformation(VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp), 0, &btinfo) == 0) { - if (btinfo.keyCompareType == kHFSBinaryCompare) { - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_CASE_SENSITIVE; - /* Install a case-sensitive key compare */ - (void) BTOpenPath(VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp), - (KeyCompareProcPtr)cat_binarykeycompare); - } - } - - hfs_unlock(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp); - - /* - * Set up Allocation file vnode - */ - cndesc.cd_nameptr = hfs_vbmname; - cndesc.cd_namelen = strlen((char *)hfs_vbmname); - cndesc.cd_cnid = cnattr.ca_fileid = kHFSAllocationFileID; - - cfork.cf_size = SWAP_BE64 (vhp->allocationFile.logicalSize); - cfork.cf_clump = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->allocationFile.clumpSize); - cfork.cf_blocks = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->allocationFile.totalBlocks); - cfork.cf_vblocks = 0; - cnattr.ca_blocks = cfork.cf_blocks; - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - cfork.cf_extents[i].startBlock = - SWAP_BE32 (vhp->allocationFile.extents[i].startBlock); - cfork.cf_extents[i].blockCount = - SWAP_BE32 (vhp->allocationFile.extents[i].blockCount); - } - retval = hfs_getnewvnode(hfsmp, NULL, NULL, &cndesc, 0, &cnattr, &cfork, - &hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp, &newvnode_flags); - if (retval) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfsplus: hfs_getnewvnode returned (%d) getting bitmap\n", retval); - } - goto ErrorExit; - } - hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp = VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp); - hfs_unlock(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp); - - /* - * Set up Attribute B-tree vnode - */ - if (vhp->attributesFile.totalBlocks != 0) { - cndesc.cd_nameptr = hfs_attrname; - cndesc.cd_namelen = strlen((char *)hfs_attrname); - cndesc.cd_cnid = cnattr.ca_fileid = kHFSAttributesFileID; - - cfork.cf_size = SWAP_BE64 (vhp->attributesFile.logicalSize); - cfork.cf_clump = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->attributesFile.clumpSize); - cfork.cf_blocks = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->attributesFile.totalBlocks); - cfork.cf_vblocks = 0; - cnattr.ca_blocks = cfork.cf_blocks; - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - cfork.cf_extents[i].startBlock = - SWAP_BE32 (vhp->attributesFile.extents[i].startBlock); - cfork.cf_extents[i].blockCount = - SWAP_BE32 (vhp->attributesFile.extents[i].blockCount); - } - retval = hfs_getnewvnode(hfsmp, NULL, NULL, &cndesc, 0, &cnattr, &cfork, - &hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp, &newvnode_flags); - if (retval) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfsplus: hfs_getnewvnode returned (%d) getting EA BT\n", retval); - } - goto ErrorExit; - } - hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp = VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp); - retval = MacToVFSError(BTOpenPath(VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp), - (KeyCompareProcPtr) hfs_attrkeycompare)); - hfs_unlock(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp); - if (retval) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfsplus: BTOpenPath returned (%d) getting EA BT\n", retval); - } - goto ErrorExit; - } - - /* Initialize vnode for virtual attribute data file that spans the - * entire file system space for performing I/O to attribute btree - * We hold iocount on the attrdata vnode for the entire duration - * of mount (similar to btree vnodes) - */ - retval = init_attrdata_vnode(hfsmp); - if (retval) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfsplus: init_attrdata_vnode returned (%d) for virtual EA file\n", retval); - } - goto ErrorExit; - } - } - - /* - * Set up Startup file vnode - */ - if (vhp->startupFile.totalBlocks != 0) { - cndesc.cd_nameptr = hfs_startupname; - cndesc.cd_namelen = strlen((char *)hfs_startupname); - cndesc.cd_cnid = cnattr.ca_fileid = kHFSStartupFileID; - - cfork.cf_size = SWAP_BE64 (vhp->startupFile.logicalSize); - cfork.cf_clump = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->startupFile.clumpSize); - cfork.cf_blocks = SWAP_BE32 (vhp->startupFile.totalBlocks); - cfork.cf_vblocks = 0; - cnattr.ca_blocks = cfork.cf_blocks; - for (i = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; i++) { - cfork.cf_extents[i].startBlock = - SWAP_BE32 (vhp->startupFile.extents[i].startBlock); - cfork.cf_extents[i].blockCount = - SWAP_BE32 (vhp->startupFile.extents[i].blockCount); - } - retval = hfs_getnewvnode(hfsmp, NULL, NULL, &cndesc, 0, &cnattr, &cfork, - &hfsmp->hfs_startup_vp, &newvnode_flags); - if (retval) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfsplus: hfs_getnewvnode returned (%d) getting startup file\n", retval); - } - goto ErrorExit; - } - hfsmp->hfs_startup_cp = VTOC(hfsmp->hfs_startup_vp); - hfs_unlock(hfsmp->hfs_startup_cp); - } - - /* - * Pick up volume name and create date - * - * Acquiring the volume name should not manipulate the bitmap, only the catalog - * btree and possibly the extents overflow b-tree. - */ - retval = cat_idlookup(hfsmp, kHFSRootFolderID, 0, 0, &cndesc, &cnattr, NULL); - if (retval) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfsplus: cat_idlookup returned (%d) getting rootfolder \n", retval); - } - goto ErrorExit; - } - vcb->hfs_itime = cnattr.ca_itime; - vcb->volumeNameEncodingHint = cndesc.cd_encoding; - bcopy(cndesc.cd_nameptr, vcb->vcbVN, min(255, cndesc.cd_namelen)); - volname_length = strlen ((const char*)vcb->vcbVN); - cat_releasedesc(&cndesc); - - /* Send the volume name down to CoreStorage if necessary */ - retval = utf8_normalizestr(vcb->vcbVN, volname_length, (u_int8_t*)converted_volname, &conv_volname_length, 256, UTF_PRECOMPOSED); - if (retval == 0) { - (void) VNOP_IOCTL (hfsmp->hfs_devvp, _DKIOCCSSETLVNAME, converted_volname, 0, vfs_context_current()); - } - - /* reset retval == 0. we don't care about errors in volname conversion */ - retval = 0; - - /* - * pull in the volume UUID while we are still single-threaded. - * This brings the volume UUID into the cached one dangling off of the HFSMP - * Otherwise it would have to be computed on first access. - */ - uuid_t throwaway; - hfs_getvoluuid (hfsmp, throwaway); - - /* - * We now always initiate a full bitmap scan even if the volume is read-only because this is - * our only shot to do I/Os of dramaticallly different sizes than what the buffer cache ordinarily - * expects. TRIMs will not be delivered to the underlying media if the volume is not - * read-write though. - */ - thread_t allocator_scanner; - hfsmp->scan_var = 0; - - /* Take the HFS mount mutex and wait on scan_var */ - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - - kernel_thread_start ((thread_continue_t) hfs_scan_blocks, hfsmp, &allocator_scanner); - - /* Wait until it registers that it's got the appropriate locks (or that it is finished) */ - while ((hfsmp->scan_var & (HFS_ALLOCATOR_SCAN_INFLIGHT|HFS_ALLOCATOR_SCAN_COMPLETED)) == 0) { - msleep (&hfsmp->scan_var, &hfsmp->hfs_mutex, PINOD, "hfs_scan_blocks", 0); - } - - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - thread_deallocate (allocator_scanner); - - /* mark the volume dirty (clear clean unmount bit) */ - vcb->vcbAtrb &= ~kHFSVolumeUnmountedMask; - if (hfsmp->jnl && (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) == 0) { - hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, HFS_FVH_WAIT); - } - - /* kHFSHasFolderCount is only supported/updated on HFSX volumes */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_X) != 0) { - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_FOLDERCOUNT; - } - - // - // Check if we need to do late journal initialization. This only - // happens if a previous version of MacOS X (or 9) touched the disk. - // In that case hfs_late_journal_init() will go re-locate the journal - // and journal_info_block files and validate that they're still kosher. - // - if ( (vcb->vcbAtrb & kHFSVolumeJournaledMask) - && (SWAP_BE32(vhp->lastMountedVersion) != kHFSJMountVersion) - && (hfsmp->jnl == NULL)) { - - retval = hfs_late_journal_init(hfsmp, vhp, args); - if (retval != 0) { - if (retval == EROFS) { - // EROFS is a special error code that means the volume has an external - // journal which we couldn't find. in that case we do not want to - // rewrite the volume header - we'll just refuse to mount the volume. - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfsplus: hfs_late_journal_init returned (%d), maybe an external jnl?\n", retval); - } - retval = EINVAL; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - hfsmp->jnl = NULL; - - // if the journal failed to open, then set the lastMountedVersion - // to be "FSK!" which fsck_hfs will see and force the fsck instead - // of just bailing out because the volume is journaled. - if (!(hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY)) { - HFSPlusVolumeHeader *jvhp; - daddr64_t mdb_offset; - struct buf *bp = NULL; - - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_NEED_JNL_RESET; - - mdb_offset = (daddr64_t)((embeddedOffset / blockSize) + HFS_PRI_SECTOR(blockSize)); - - bp = NULL; - retval = (int)buf_meta_bread(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, - HFS_PHYSBLK_ROUNDDOWN(mdb_offset, hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys), - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size, cred, &bp); - if (retval == 0) { - jvhp = (HFSPlusVolumeHeader *)(buf_dataptr(bp) + HFS_PRI_OFFSET(hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size)); - - if (SWAP_BE16(jvhp->signature) == kHFSPlusSigWord || SWAP_BE16(jvhp->signature) == kHFSXSigWord) { - printf ("hfs(3): Journal replay fail. Writing lastMountVersion as FSK!\n"); - jvhp->lastMountedVersion = SWAP_BE32(kFSKMountVersion); - buf_bwrite(bp); - } else { - buf_brelse(bp); - } - bp = NULL; - } else if (bp) { - buf_brelse(bp); - // clear this so the error exit path won't try to use it - bp = NULL; - } - } - - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfsplus: hfs_late_journal_init returned (%d)\n", retval); - } - retval = EINVAL; - goto ErrorExit; - } else if (hfsmp->jnl) { - vfs_setflags(hfsmp->hfs_mp, (u_int64_t)((unsigned int)MNT_JOURNALED)); - } - } else if (hfsmp->jnl || ((vcb->vcbAtrb & kHFSVolumeJournaledMask) && (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY))) { - struct cat_attr jinfo_attr, jnl_attr; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - vcb->vcbAtrb &= ~kHFSVolumeJournaledMask; - } - - // if we're here we need to fill in the fileid's for the - // journal and journal_info_block. - hfsmp->hfs_jnlinfoblkid = GetFileInfo(vcb, kRootDirID, ".journal_info_block", &jinfo_attr, NULL); - hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid = GetFileInfo(vcb, kRootDirID, ".journal", &jnl_attr, NULL); - if (hfsmp->hfs_jnlinfoblkid == 0 || hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid == 0) { - printf("hfs: danger! couldn't find the file-id's for the journal or journal_info_block\n"); - printf("hfs: jnlfileid %d, jnlinfoblkid %d\n", hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid, hfsmp->hfs_jnlinfoblkid); - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - vcb->vcbAtrb |= kHFSVolumeJournaledMask; - } - - if (hfsmp->jnl == NULL) { - vfs_clearflags(hfsmp->hfs_mp, (u_int64_t)((unsigned int)MNT_JOURNALED)); - } - } - - if ( !(vcb->vcbAtrb & kHFSVolumeHardwareLockMask) ) // if the disk is not write protected - { - MarkVCBDirty( vcb ); // mark VCB dirty so it will be written - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_METADATA_PIN) { - hfs_pin_fs_metadata(hfsmp); - } - /* - * Distinguish 3 potential cases involving content protection: - * 1. mount point bit set; vcbAtrb does not support it. Fail. - * 2. mount point bit set; vcbattrb supports it. we're good. - * 3. mount point bit not set; vcbatrb supports it, turn bit on, then good. - */ - if (vfs_flags(hfsmp->hfs_mp) & MNT_CPROTECT) { - /* Does the mount point support it ? */ - if ((vcb->vcbAtrb & kHFSContentProtectionMask) == 0) { - /* Case 1 above */ - retval = EINVAL; - goto ErrorExit; - } - } - else { - /* not requested in the mount point. Is it in FS? */ - if (vcb->vcbAtrb & kHFSContentProtectionMask) { - /* Case 3 above */ - vfs_setflags (hfsmp->hfs_mp, MNT_CPROTECT); - } - } - - /* At this point, if the mount point flag is set, we can enable it. */ - if (vfs_flags(hfsmp->hfs_mp) & MNT_CPROTECT) { - /* Cases 2+3 above */ -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - /* Get the EAs as needed. */ - int cperr = 0; - struct cp_root_xattr *xattr = NULL; - xattr = hfs_malloc(sizeof(*xattr)); - - /* go get the EA to get the version information */ - cperr = cp_getrootxattr (hfsmp, xattr); - /* - * If there was no EA there, then write one out. - * Assuming EA is not present on the root means - * this is an erase install or a very old FS - */ - - if (cperr == 0) { - /* Have to run a valid CP version. */ - if (!cp_is_supported_version(xattr->major_version)) { - cperr = EINVAL; - } - } - else if (cperr == ENOATTR) { - printf("No root EA set, creating new EA with new version: %d\n", CP_CURRENT_VERS); - bzero(xattr, sizeof(struct cp_root_xattr)); - xattr->major_version = CP_CURRENT_VERS; - xattr->minor_version = CP_MINOR_VERS; - cperr = cp_setrootxattr (hfsmp, xattr); - } - - if (cperr) { - hfs_free(xattr, sizeof(*xattr)); - retval = EPERM; - goto ErrorExit; - } - - /* If we got here, then the CP version is valid. Set it in the mount point */ - hfsmp->hfs_running_cp_major_vers = xattr->major_version; - printf("Running with CP root xattr: %d.%d\n", xattr->major_version, xattr->minor_version); - hfsmp->cproot_flags = xattr->flags; - hfsmp->cp_crypto_generation = ISSET(xattr->flags, CP_ROOT_CRYPTOG1) ? 1 : 0; -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - hfsmp->hfs_auto_roll_min_key_os_version = xattr->auto_roll_min_version; - hfsmp->hfs_auto_roll_max_key_os_version = xattr->auto_roll_max_version; -#endif - - hfs_free(xattr, sizeof(*xattr)); - - /* - * Acquire the boot-arg for the AKS default key; if invalid, obtain from the device tree. - * Ensure that the boot-arg's value is valid for FILES (not directories), - * since only files are actually protected for now. - */ - - PE_parse_boot_argn("aks_default_class", &hfsmp->default_cp_class, sizeof(hfsmp->default_cp_class)); - - if (cp_is_valid_class(0, hfsmp->default_cp_class) == 0) { - PE_get_default("kern.default_cp_class", &hfsmp->default_cp_class, sizeof(hfsmp->default_cp_class)); - } - -#if HFS_TMPDBG -#if !SECURE_KERNEL - PE_parse_boot_argn("aks_verbose", &hfsmp->hfs_cp_verbose, sizeof(hfsmp->hfs_cp_verbose)); -#endif -#endif - - if (cp_is_valid_class(0, hfsmp->default_cp_class) == 0) { - hfsmp->default_cp_class = PROTECTION_CLASS_C; - } - -#else - /* If CONFIG_PROTECT not built, ignore CP */ - vfs_clearflags(hfsmp->hfs_mp, MNT_CPROTECT); -#endif - } - - /* - * Establish a metadata allocation zone. - */ - hfs_metadatazone_init(hfsmp, false); - - /* - * Make any metadata zone adjustments. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_METADATA_ZONE) { - /* Keep the roving allocator out of the metadata zone. */ - if (vcb->nextAllocation >= hfsmp->hfs_metazone_start && - vcb->nextAllocation <= hfsmp->hfs_metazone_end) { - HFS_UPDATE_NEXT_ALLOCATION(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_metazone_end + 1); - } - } else { - if (vcb->nextAllocation <= 1) { - vcb->nextAllocation = hfsmp->hfs_min_alloc_start; - } - } - vcb->sparseAllocation = hfsmp->hfs_min_alloc_start; - - /* Setup private/hidden directories for hardlinks. */ - hfs_privatedir_init(hfsmp, FILE_HARDLINKS); - hfs_privatedir_init(hfsmp, DIR_HARDLINKS); - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) == 0) - hfs_remove_orphans(hfsmp); - - /* See if we need to erase unused Catalog nodes due to . */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) == 0) - { - retval = hfs_erase_unused_nodes(hfsmp); - if (retval) { - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfsplus: hfs_erase_unused_nodes returned (%d) for %s \n", retval, hfsmp->vcbVN); - } - - goto ErrorExit; - } - } - - /* - * Allow hot file clustering if conditions allow. - */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_METADATA_ZONE) && !(hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) && - ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_SSD) == 0 || (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN))) { - // - // Wait until the bitmap scan completes before we initializes the - // hotfile area so that we do not run into any issues with the - // bitmap being read while hotfiles is initializing itself. On - // some older/slower machines, without this interlock, the bitmap - // would sometimes get corrupted at boot time. - // - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - while(!(hfsmp->scan_var & HFS_ALLOCATOR_SCAN_COMPLETED)) { - (void) msleep (&hfsmp->scan_var, &hfsmp->hfs_mutex, PINOD, "hfs_hotfile_bitmap_interlock", 0); - } - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - /* - * Note: at this point we are not allowed to fail the - * mount operation because the HotFile init code - * in hfs_recording_init() will lookup vnodes with - * VNOP_LOOKUP() which hangs vnodes off the mount - * (and if we were to fail, VFS is not prepared to - * clean that up at this point. Since HotFiles are - * optional, this is not a big deal. - */ - (void) hfs_recording_init(hfsmp); - } - - /* Force ACLs on HFS+ file systems. */ - vfs_setextendedsecurity(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)); - - /* Enable extent-based extended attributes by default */ - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_XATTR_EXTENTS; - - return (0); - -ErrorExit: - /* - * A fatal error occurred and the volume cannot be mounted, so - * release any resources that we acquired... - */ - hfsUnmount(hfsmp, NULL); - - if (HFS_MOUNT_DEBUG) { - printf("hfs_mounthfsplus: encountered error (%d)\n", retval); - } - return (retval); -} - -static int -_pin_metafile(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, vnode_t vp) -{ - int err; - - err = hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (err == 0) { - err = hfs_pin_vnode(hfsmp, vp, HFS_PIN_IT, NULL); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - } - - return err; -} - -void -hfs_pin_fs_metadata(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - ExtendedVCB *vcb; - int err; - - vcb = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp); - - err = _pin_metafile(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp); - if (err != 0) { - printf("hfs: failed to pin extents overflow file %d\n", err); - } - err = _pin_metafile(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp); - if (err != 0) { - printf("hfs: failed to pin catalog file %d\n", err); - } - err = _pin_metafile(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp); - if (err != 0) { - printf("hfs: failed to pin bitmap file %d\n", err); - } - err = _pin_metafile(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp); - if (err != 0) { - printf("hfs: failed to pin extended attr file %d\n", err); - } - - hfs_pin_block_range(hfsmp, HFS_PIN_IT, 0, 1); - hfs_pin_block_range(hfsmp, HFS_PIN_IT, vcb->totalBlocks-1, 1); - - if (vfs_flags(hfsmp->hfs_mp) & MNT_JOURNALED) { - // and hey, if we've got a journal, let's pin that too! - hfs_pin_block_range(hfsmp, HFS_PIN_IT, hfsmp->jnl_start, howmany(hfsmp->jnl_size, vcb->blockSize)); - } -} - -/* - * ReleaseMetaFileVNode - * - * vp L - - - */ -static void ReleaseMetaFileVNode(struct vnode *vp) -{ - struct filefork *fp; - - if (vp && (fp = VTOF(vp))) { - if (fp->fcbBTCBPtr != NULL) { - (void)hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - (void) BTClosePath(fp); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - } - - /* release the node even if BTClosePath fails */ - vnode_recycle(vp); - vnode_put(vp); - } -} - - -/************************************************************* -* -* Unmounts a hfs volume. -* At this point vflush() has been called (to dump all non-metadata files) -* -*************************************************************/ - -int -hfsUnmount( register struct hfsmount *hfsmp, __unused struct proc *p) -{ - /* Get rid of our attribute data vnode (if any). This is done - * after the vflush() during mount, so we don't need to worry - * about any locks. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp) { - ReleaseMetaFileVNode(hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp); - hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp = NULLVP; - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_startup_vp) { - ReleaseMetaFileVNode(hfsmp->hfs_startup_vp); - hfsmp->hfs_startup_cp = NULL; - hfsmp->hfs_startup_vp = NULL; - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp) { - ReleaseMetaFileVNode(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp); - hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp = NULL; - hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp = NULL; - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp) { - ReleaseMetaFileVNode(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp); - hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp = NULL; - hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp = NULL; - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp) { - ReleaseMetaFileVNode(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp); - hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp = NULL; - hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp = NULL; - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp) { - ReleaseMetaFileVNode(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp); - hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp = NULL; - hfsmp->hfs_allocation_vp = NULL; - } - - return (0); -} - - -/* - * Test if fork has overflow extents. - * - * Returns: - * non-zero - overflow extents exist - * zero - overflow extents do not exist - */ -bool overflow_extents(struct filefork *fp) -{ - u_int32_t blocks; - - // - // If the vnode pointer is NULL then we're being called - // from hfs_remove_orphans() with a faked-up filefork - // and therefore it has to be an HFS+ volume. Otherwise - // we check through the volume header to see what type - // of volume we're on. - // - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (FTOV(fp) && VTOVCB(FTOV(fp))->vcbSigWord == kHFSSigWord) { - if (fp->ff_extents[2].blockCount == 0) - return false; - - blocks = fp->ff_extents[0].blockCount + - fp->ff_extents[1].blockCount + - fp->ff_extents[2].blockCount; - - return fp->ff_blocks > blocks; - } -#endif - - if (fp->ff_extents[7].blockCount == 0) - return false; - - blocks = fp->ff_extents[0].blockCount + - fp->ff_extents[1].blockCount + - fp->ff_extents[2].blockCount + - fp->ff_extents[3].blockCount + - fp->ff_extents[4].blockCount + - fp->ff_extents[5].blockCount + - fp->ff_extents[6].blockCount + - fp->ff_extents[7].blockCount; - - return fp->ff_blocks > blocks; -} - -static __attribute__((pure)) -boolean_t hfs_is_frozen(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - return (hfsmp->hfs_freeze_state == HFS_FROZEN - || (hfsmp->hfs_freeze_state == HFS_FREEZING - && current_thread() != hfsmp->hfs_freezing_thread)); -} - -/* - * Lock the HFS global journal lock - */ -int -hfs_lock_global (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, enum hfs_locktype locktype) -{ - thread_t thread = current_thread(); - - if (hfsmp->hfs_global_lockowner == thread) { - panic ("hfs_lock_global: locking against myself!"); - } - - /* - * This check isn't really necessary but this stops us taking - * the mount lock in most cases. The essential check is below. - */ - if (hfs_is_frozen(hfsmp)) { - /* - * Unfortunately, there is no easy way of getting a notification - * for when a process is exiting and it's possible for the exiting - * process to get blocked somewhere else. To catch this, we - * periodically monitor the frozen process here and thaw if - * we spot that it's exiting. - */ -frozen: - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - - struct timespec ts = { 0, 500 * NSEC_PER_MSEC }; - - while (hfs_is_frozen(hfsmp)) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_freeze_state == HFS_FROZEN - && proc_exiting(hfsmp->hfs_freezing_proc)) { - hfs_thaw_locked(hfsmp); - break; - } - - msleep(&hfsmp->hfs_freeze_state, &hfsmp->hfs_mutex, - PWAIT, "hfs_lock_global (frozen)", &ts); - } - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - } - - /* HFS_SHARED_LOCK */ - if (locktype == HFS_SHARED_LOCK) { - lck_rw_lock_shared (&hfsmp->hfs_global_lock); - hfsmp->hfs_global_lockowner = HFS_SHARED_OWNER; - } - /* HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */ - else { - lck_rw_lock_exclusive (&hfsmp->hfs_global_lock); - hfsmp->hfs_global_lockowner = thread; - } - - /* - * We have to check if we're frozen again because of the time - * between when we checked and when we took the global lock. - */ - if (hfs_is_frozen(hfsmp)) { - hfs_unlock_global(hfsmp); - goto frozen; - } - - return 0; -} - - -/* - * Unlock the HFS global journal lock - */ -void -hfs_unlock_global (struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - thread_t thread = current_thread(); - - /* HFS_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_global_lockowner == thread) { - hfsmp->hfs_global_lockowner = NULL; - lck_rw_unlock_exclusive (&hfsmp->hfs_global_lock); - } - /* HFS_LOCK_SHARED */ - else { - lck_rw_unlock_shared (&hfsmp->hfs_global_lock); - } -} - -/* - * Lock the HFS mount lock - * - * Note: this is a mutex, not a rw lock! - */ -inline -void hfs_lock_mount (struct hfsmount *hfsmp) { - lck_mtx_lock (&(hfsmp->hfs_mutex)); -} - -/* - * Unlock the HFS mount lock - * - * Note: this is a mutex, not a rw lock! - */ -inline -void hfs_unlock_mount (struct hfsmount *hfsmp) { - lck_mtx_unlock (&(hfsmp->hfs_mutex)); -} - -/* - * Lock HFS system file(s). - * - * This function accepts a @flags parameter which indicates which - * system file locks are required. The value it returns should be - * used in a subsequent call to hfs_systemfile_unlock. The caller - * should treat this value as opaque; it may or may not have a - * relation to the @flags field that is passed in. The *only* - * guarantee that we make is that a value of zero means that no locks - * were taken and that there is no need to call hfs_systemfile_unlock - * (although it is harmless to do so). Recursion is supported but - * care must still be taken to ensure correct lock ordering. Note - * that requests for certain locks may cause other locks to also be - * taken, including locks that are not possible to ask for via the - * @flags parameter. - */ -int -hfs_systemfile_lock(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int flags, enum hfs_locktype locktype) -{ - /* - * Locking order is Catalog file, Attributes file, Startup file, Bitmap file, Extents file - */ - if (flags & SFL_CATALOG) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp - && hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_lockowner != current_thread()) { -#ifdef HFS_CHECK_LOCK_ORDER - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp && hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp->c_lockowner == current_thread()) { - panic("hfs_systemfile_lock: bad lock order (Attributes before Catalog)"); - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_startup_cp && hfsmp->hfs_startup_cp->c_lockowner == current_thread()) { - panic("hfs_systemfile_lock: bad lock order (Startup before Catalog)"); - } - if (hfsmp-> hfs_extents_cp && hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp->c_lockowner == current_thread()) { - panic("hfs_systemfile_lock: bad lock order (Extents before Catalog)"); - } -#endif /* HFS_CHECK_LOCK_ORDER */ - - (void) hfs_lock(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp, locktype, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - /* - * When the catalog file has overflow extents then - * also acquire the extents b-tree lock if its not - * already requested. - */ - if (((flags & SFL_EXTENTS) == 0) && - (hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp != NULL) && - (overflow_extents(VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp)))) { - flags |= SFL_EXTENTS; - } - } else { - flags &= ~SFL_CATALOG; - } - } - - if (flags & SFL_ATTRIBUTE) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp - && hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp->c_lockowner != current_thread()) { -#ifdef HFS_CHECK_LOCK_ORDER - if (hfsmp->hfs_startup_cp && hfsmp->hfs_startup_cp->c_lockowner == current_thread()) { - panic("hfs_systemfile_lock: bad lock order (Startup before Attributes)"); - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp && hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp->c_lockowner == current_thread()) { - panic("hfs_systemfile_lock: bad lock order (Extents before Attributes)"); - } -#endif /* HFS_CHECK_LOCK_ORDER */ - - (void) hfs_lock(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp, locktype, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - /* - * When the attribute file has overflow extents then - * also acquire the extents b-tree lock if its not - * already requested. - */ - if (((flags & SFL_EXTENTS) == 0) && - (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp != NULL) && - (overflow_extents(VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp)))) { - flags |= SFL_EXTENTS; - } - } else { - flags &= ~SFL_ATTRIBUTE; - } - } - - if (flags & SFL_STARTUP) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_startup_cp - && hfsmp->hfs_startup_cp->c_lockowner != current_thread()) { -#ifdef HFS_CHECK_LOCK_ORDER - if (hfsmp-> hfs_extents_cp && hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp->c_lockowner == current_thread()) { - panic("hfs_systemfile_lock: bad lock order (Extents before Startup)"); - } -#endif /* HFS_CHECK_LOCK_ORDER */ - - (void) hfs_lock(hfsmp->hfs_startup_cp, locktype, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - /* - * When the startup file has overflow extents then - * also acquire the extents b-tree lock if its not - * already requested. - */ - if (((flags & SFL_EXTENTS) == 0) && - (hfsmp->hfs_startup_vp != NULL) && - (overflow_extents(VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_startup_vp)))) { - flags |= SFL_EXTENTS; - } - } else { - flags &= ~SFL_STARTUP; - } - } - - /* - * To prevent locks being taken in the wrong order, the extent lock - * gets a bitmap lock as well. - */ - if (flags & (SFL_BITMAP | SFL_EXTENTS)) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp) { - (void) hfs_lock(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - /* - * The bitmap lock is also grabbed when only extent lock - * was requested. Set the bitmap lock bit in the lock - * flags which callers will use during unlock. - */ - flags |= SFL_BITMAP; - } else { - flags &= ~SFL_BITMAP; - } - } - - if (flags & SFL_EXTENTS) { - /* - * Since the extents btree lock is recursive we always - * need exclusive access. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp) { - (void) hfs_lock(hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - - if (vfs_isswapmount(hfsmp->hfs_mp)) { - /* - * because we may need this lock on the pageout path (if a swapfile allocation - * spills into the extents overflow tree), we will grant the holder of this - * lock the privilege of dipping into the reserve free pool in order to prevent - * a deadlock from occurring if we need those pageouts to complete before we - * will make any new pages available on the free list... the deadlock can occur - * if this thread needs to allocate memory while this lock is held - */ - if (set_vm_privilege(TRUE) == FALSE) { - /* - * indicate that we need to drop vm_privilege - * when we unlock - */ - flags |= SFL_VM_PRIV; - } - } - } else { - flags &= ~SFL_EXTENTS; - } - } - - return (flags); -} - -/* - * unlock HFS system file(s). - */ -void -hfs_systemfile_unlock(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int flags) -{ - if (!flags) - return; - - struct timeval tv; - u_int32_t lastfsync; - int numOfLockedBuffs; - - if (hfsmp->jnl == NULL) { - microuptime(&tv); - lastfsync = tv.tv_sec; - } - if (flags & SFL_STARTUP && hfsmp->hfs_startup_cp) { - hfs_unlock(hfsmp->hfs_startup_cp); - } - if (flags & SFL_ATTRIBUTE && hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp) { - if (hfsmp->jnl == NULL) { - BTGetLastSync((FCB*)VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp), &lastfsync); - numOfLockedBuffs = count_lock_queue(); - if ((numOfLockedBuffs > kMaxLockedMetaBuffers) || - ((numOfLockedBuffs > 1) && ((tv.tv_sec - lastfsync) > - kMaxSecsForFsync))) { - hfs_btsync(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp, HFS_SYNCTRANS); - } - } - hfs_unlock(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp); - } - if (flags & SFL_CATALOG && hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp) { - if (hfsmp->jnl == NULL) { - BTGetLastSync((FCB*)VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp), &lastfsync); - numOfLockedBuffs = count_lock_queue(); - if ((numOfLockedBuffs > kMaxLockedMetaBuffers) || - ((numOfLockedBuffs > 1) && ((tv.tv_sec - lastfsync) > - kMaxSecsForFsync))) { - hfs_btsync(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp, HFS_SYNCTRANS); - } - } - hfs_unlock(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp); - } - if (flags & SFL_BITMAP && hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp) { - hfs_unlock(hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp); - } - if (flags & SFL_EXTENTS && hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp) { - if (hfsmp->jnl == NULL) { - BTGetLastSync((FCB*)VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp), &lastfsync); - numOfLockedBuffs = count_lock_queue(); - if ((numOfLockedBuffs > kMaxLockedMetaBuffers) || - ((numOfLockedBuffs > 1) && ((tv.tv_sec - lastfsync) > - kMaxSecsForFsync))) { - hfs_btsync(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp, HFS_SYNCTRANS); - } - } - hfs_unlock(hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp); - - if (flags & SFL_VM_PRIV) { - /* - * revoke the vm_privilege we granted this thread - * now that we have unlocked the overflow extents - */ - set_vm_privilege(FALSE); - } - } -} - - -/* - * RequireFileLock - * - * Check to see if a vnode is locked in the current context - * This is to be used for debugging purposes only!! - */ -#if DEBUG -void RequireFileLock(FileReference vp, int shareable) -{ - int locked; - - /* The extents btree and allocation bitmap are always exclusive. */ - if (VTOC(vp)->c_fileid == kHFSExtentsFileID || - VTOC(vp)->c_fileid == kHFSAllocationFileID) { - shareable = 0; - } - - locked = VTOC(vp)->c_lockowner == current_thread(); - - if (!locked && !shareable) { - switch (VTOC(vp)->c_fileid) { - case kHFSExtentsFileID: - panic("hfs: extents btree not locked! v: 0x%08X\n #\n", (u_int)vp); - break; - case kHFSCatalogFileID: - panic("hfs: catalog btree not locked! v: 0x%08X\n #\n", (u_int)vp); - break; - case kHFSAllocationFileID: - /* The allocation file can hide behind the jornal lock. */ - if (VTOHFS(vp)->jnl == NULL) - panic("hfs: allocation file not locked! v: 0x%08X\n #\n", (u_int)vp); - break; - case kHFSStartupFileID: - panic("hfs: startup file not locked! v: 0x%08X\n #\n", (u_int)vp); - case kHFSAttributesFileID: - panic("hfs: attributes btree not locked! v: 0x%08X\n #\n", (u_int)vp); - break; - } - } -} -#endif // DEBUG - - -/* - * There are three ways to qualify for ownership rights on an object: - * - * 1. (a) Your UID matches the cnode's UID. - * (b) The object in question is owned by "unknown" - * 2. (a) Permissions on the filesystem are being ignored and - * your UID matches the replacement UID. - * (b) Permissions on the filesystem are being ignored and - * the replacement UID is "unknown". - * 3. You are root. - * - */ -int -hfs_owner_rights(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uid_t cnode_uid, kauth_cred_t cred, - __unused struct proc *p, int invokesuperuserstatus) -{ - if ((kauth_cred_getuid(cred) == cnode_uid) || /* [1a] */ - (cnode_uid == UNKNOWNUID) || /* [1b] */ - ((((unsigned int)vfs_flags(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp))) & MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS) && /* [2] */ - ((kauth_cred_getuid(cred) == hfsmp->hfs_uid) || /* [2a] */ - (hfsmp->hfs_uid == UNKNOWNUID))) || /* [2b] */ - (invokesuperuserstatus && (suser(cred, 0) == 0))) { /* [3] */ - return (0); - } else { - return (EPERM); - } -} - - -u_int32_t BestBlockSizeFit(u_int32_t allocationBlockSize, - u_int32_t blockSizeLimit, - u_int32_t baseMultiple) { - /* - Compute the optimal (largest) block size (no larger than allocationBlockSize) that is less than the - specified limit but still an even multiple of the baseMultiple. - */ - int baseBlockCount, blockCount; - u_int32_t trialBlockSize; - - if (allocationBlockSize % baseMultiple != 0) { - /* - Whoops: the allocation blocks aren't even multiples of the specified base: - no amount of dividing them into even parts will be a multiple, either then! - */ - return 512; /* Hope for the best */ - }; - - /* Try the obvious winner first, to prevent 12K allocation blocks, for instance, - from being handled as two 6K logical blocks instead of 3 4K logical blocks. - Even though the former (the result of the loop below) is the larger allocation - block size, the latter is more efficient: */ - if (allocationBlockSize % PAGE_SIZE == 0) return PAGE_SIZE; - - /* No clear winner exists: pick the largest even fraction <= MAXBSIZE: */ - baseBlockCount = allocationBlockSize / baseMultiple; /* Now guaranteed to be an even multiple */ - - for (blockCount = baseBlockCount; blockCount > 0; --blockCount) { - trialBlockSize = blockCount * baseMultiple; - if (allocationBlockSize % trialBlockSize == 0) { /* An even multiple? */ - if ((trialBlockSize <= blockSizeLimit) && - (trialBlockSize % baseMultiple == 0)) { - return trialBlockSize; - }; - }; - }; - - /* Note: we should never get here, since blockCount = 1 should always work, - but this is nice and safe and makes the compiler happy, too ... */ - return 512; -} - - -u_int32_t -GetFileInfo(ExtendedVCB *vcb, __unused u_int32_t dirid, const char *name, - struct cat_attr *fattr, struct cat_fork *forkinfo) -{ - struct hfsmount * hfsmp; - struct cat_desc jdesc; - int lockflags; - int error; - - if (vcb->vcbSigWord != kHFSPlusSigWord) - return (0); - - hfsmp = VCBTOHFS(vcb); - - memset(&jdesc, 0, sizeof(struct cat_desc)); - jdesc.cd_parentcnid = kRootDirID; - jdesc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)name; - jdesc.cd_namelen = strlen(name); - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - error = cat_lookup(hfsmp, &jdesc, 0, 0, NULL, fattr, forkinfo, NULL); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (error == 0) { - return (fattr->ca_fileid); - } else if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return (0); - } - - return (0); /* XXX what callers expect on an error */ -} - - -/* - * On HFS Plus Volumes, there can be orphaned files or directories - * These are files or directories that were unlinked while busy. - * If the volume was not cleanly unmounted then some of these may - * have persisted and need to be removed. - */ -void -hfs_remove_orphans(struct hfsmount * hfsmp) -{ - struct BTreeIterator * iterator = NULL; - struct FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - struct HFSPlusCatalogFile filerec; - struct HFSPlusCatalogKey * keyp; - struct proc *p = current_proc(); - FCB *fcb; - ExtendedVCB *vcb; - char filename[32]; - char tempname[32]; - size_t namelen; - cat_cookie_t cookie; - int catlock = 0; - int catreserve = 0; - bool started_tr = false; - int lockflags; - int result; - int orphaned_files = 0; - int orphaned_dirs = 0; - - bzero(&cookie, sizeof(cookie)); - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CLEANED_ORPHANS) - return; - - vcb = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp); - fcb = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp); - - btdata.bufferAddress = &filerec; - btdata.itemSize = sizeof(filerec); - btdata.itemCount = 1; - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - /* Build a key to "temp" */ - keyp = (HFSPlusCatalogKey*)&iterator->key; - keyp->parentID = hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid; - keyp->nodeName.length = 4; /* "temp" */ - keyp->keyLength = kHFSPlusCatalogKeyMinimumLength + keyp->nodeName.length * 2; - keyp->nodeName.unicode[0] = 't'; - keyp->nodeName.unicode[1] = 'e'; - keyp->nodeName.unicode[2] = 'm'; - keyp->nodeName.unicode[3] = 'p'; - - /* - * Position the iterator just before the first real temp file/dir. - */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - (void) BTSearchRecord(fcb, iterator, NULL, NULL, iterator); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - /* Visit all the temp files/dirs in the HFS+ private directory. */ - for (;;) { - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - result = BTIterateRecord(fcb, kBTreeNextRecord, iterator, &btdata, NULL); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - if (result) - break; - if (keyp->parentID != hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) - break; - - (void) utf8_encodestr(keyp->nodeName.unicode, keyp->nodeName.length * 2, - (u_int8_t *)filename, &namelen, sizeof(filename), 0, 0); - - (void) snprintf(tempname, sizeof(tempname), "%s%d", - HFS_DELETE_PREFIX, filerec.fileID); - - /* - * Delete all files (and directories) named "tempxxx", - * where xxx is the file's cnid in decimal. - * - */ - if (bcmp(tempname, filename, namelen + 1) != 0) - continue; - - struct filefork dfork; - struct filefork rfork; - struct cnode cnode; - int mode = 0; - - bzero(&dfork, sizeof(dfork)); - bzero(&rfork, sizeof(rfork)); - bzero(&cnode, sizeof(cnode)); - - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - printf("hfs_remove_orphans: failed to start transaction\n"); - goto exit; - } - started_tr = true; - - /* - * Reserve some space in the Catalog file. - */ - if (cat_preflight(hfsmp, CAT_DELETE, &cookie, p) != 0) { - printf("hfs_remove_orphans: cat_preflight failed\n"); - goto exit; - } - catreserve = 1; - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG | SFL_ATTRIBUTE | SFL_EXTENTS | SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - catlock = 1; - - /* Build a fake cnode */ - cat_convertattr(hfsmp, (CatalogRecord *)&filerec, &cnode.c_attr, - &dfork.ff_data, &rfork.ff_data); - cnode.c_desc.cd_parentcnid = hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid; - cnode.c_desc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)filename; - cnode.c_desc.cd_namelen = namelen; - cnode.c_desc.cd_cnid = cnode.c_attr.ca_fileid; - cnode.c_blocks = dfork.ff_blocks + rfork.ff_blocks; - - /* Position iterator at previous entry */ - if (BTIterateRecord(fcb, kBTreePrevRecord, iterator, - NULL, NULL) != 0) { - break; - } - - /* Truncate the file to zero (both forks) */ - if (dfork.ff_blocks > 0) { - u_int64_t fsize; - - dfork.ff_cp = &cnode; - cnode.c_datafork = &dfork; - cnode.c_rsrcfork = NULL; - fsize = (u_int64_t)dfork.ff_blocks * (u_int64_t)HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize; - while (fsize > 0) { - if (fsize > HFS_BIGFILE_SIZE) { - fsize -= HFS_BIGFILE_SIZE; - } else { - fsize = 0; - } - - if (TruncateFileC(vcb, (FCB*)&dfork, fsize, 1, 0, - cnode.c_attr.ca_fileid, false) != 0) { - printf("hfs: error truncating data fork!\n"); - break; - } - - // - // if we're iteratively truncating this file down, - // then end the transaction and start a new one so - // that no one transaction gets too big. - // - if (fsize > 0) { - /* Drop system file locks before starting - * another transaction to preserve lock order. - */ - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - catlock = 0; - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - started_tr = false; - goto exit; - } - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG | SFL_ATTRIBUTE | SFL_EXTENTS | SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - catlock = 1; - } - } - } - - if (rfork.ff_blocks > 0) { - rfork.ff_cp = &cnode; - cnode.c_datafork = NULL; - cnode.c_rsrcfork = &rfork; - if (TruncateFileC(vcb, (FCB*)&rfork, 0, 1, 1, cnode.c_attr.ca_fileid, false) != 0) { - printf("hfs: error truncating rsrc fork!\n"); - break; - } - } - - // Deal with extended attributes - if (ISSET(cnode.c_attr.ca_recflags, kHFSHasAttributesMask)) { - // hfs_removeallattr uses its own transactions - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - catlock = false; - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - hfs_removeallattr(hfsmp, cnode.c_attr.ca_fileid, &started_tr); - - if (!started_tr) { - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - printf("hfs_remove_orphans: failed to start transaction\n"); - goto exit; - } - started_tr = true; - } - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG | SFL_ATTRIBUTE | SFL_EXTENTS | SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - catlock = 1; - } - - /* Remove the file or folder record from the Catalog */ - if (cat_delete(hfsmp, &cnode.c_desc, &cnode.c_attr) != 0) { - printf("hfs_remove_orphans: error deleting cat rec for id %d!\n", cnode.c_desc.cd_cnid); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - catlock = 0; - hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, VOL_UPDATE, 0); - break; - } - - mode = cnode.c_attr.ca_mode & S_IFMT; - - if (mode == S_IFDIR) { - orphaned_dirs++; - } - else { - orphaned_files++; - } - - /* Update parent and volume counts */ - hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[FILE_HARDLINKS].ca_entries--; - if (mode == S_IFDIR) { - DEC_FOLDERCOUNT(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[FILE_HARDLINKS]); - } - - (void)cat_update(hfsmp, &hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS], - &hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[FILE_HARDLINKS], NULL, NULL); - - /* Drop locks and end the transaction */ - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - cat_postflight(hfsmp, &cookie, p); - catlock = catreserve = 0; - - /* - Now that Catalog is unlocked, update the volume info, making - sure to differentiate between files and directories - */ - if (mode == S_IFDIR) { - hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, VOL_RMDIR, 0); - } - else{ - hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, VOL_RMFILE, 0); - } - - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - started_tr = false; - } /* end for */ - -exit: - - if (orphaned_files > 0 || orphaned_dirs > 0) - printf("hfs: Removed %d orphaned / unlinked files and %d directories \n", orphaned_files, orphaned_dirs); - if (catlock) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - } - if (catreserve) { - cat_postflight(hfsmp, &cookie, p); - } - if (started_tr) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - } - - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_CLEANED_ORPHANS; -} - - -/* - * This will return the correct logical block size for a given vnode. - * For most files, it is the allocation block size, for meta data like - * BTrees, this is kept as part of the BTree private nodeSize - */ -u_int32_t -GetLogicalBlockSize(struct vnode *vp) -{ -u_int32_t logBlockSize; - - hfs_assert(vp != NULL); - - /* start with default */ - logBlockSize = VTOHFS(vp)->hfs_logBlockSize; - - if (vnode_issystem(vp)) { - if (VTOF(vp)->fcbBTCBPtr != NULL) { - BTreeInfoRec bTreeInfo; - - /* - * We do not lock the BTrees, because if we are getting block..then the tree - * should be locked in the first place. - * We just want the nodeSize wich will NEVER change..so even if the world - * is changing..the nodeSize should remain the same. Which argues why lock - * it in the first place?? - */ - - (void) BTGetInformation (VTOF(vp), kBTreeInfoVersion, &bTreeInfo); - - logBlockSize = bTreeInfo.nodeSize; - - } else if (VTOC(vp)->c_fileid == kHFSAllocationFileID) { - logBlockSize = VTOVCB(vp)->vcbVBMIOSize; - } - } - - hfs_assert(logBlockSize > 0); - - return logBlockSize; -} - -#if HFS_SPARSE_DEV -static bool hfs_get_backing_free_blks(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, uint64_t *pfree_blks) -{ - struct vfsstatfs *vfsp; /* 272 bytes */ - uint64_t vfreeblks; - struct timeval now; - - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - - vnode_t backing_vp = hfsmp->hfs_backingvp; - if (!backing_vp) { - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - return false; - } - - // usecount is not enough; we need iocount - if (vnode_get(backing_vp)) { - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - *pfree_blks = 0; - return true; - } - - uint32_t loanedblks = hfsmp->loanedBlocks + hfsmp->lockedBlocks; - uint32_t bandblks = hfsmp->hfs_sparsebandblks; - uint64_t maxblks = hfsmp->hfs_backingfs_maxblocks; - - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - mount_t backingfs_mp = vnode_mount(backing_vp); - - microtime(&now); - if ((now.tv_sec - hfsmp->hfs_last_backingstatfs) >= 1) { - vfs_update_vfsstat(backingfs_mp, vfs_context_kernel(), VFS_KERNEL_EVENT); - hfsmp->hfs_last_backingstatfs = now.tv_sec; - } - - if (!(vfsp = vfs_statfs(backingfs_mp))) { - vnode_put(backing_vp); - return false; - } - - vfreeblks = vfsp->f_bavail; - /* Normalize block count if needed. */ - if (vfsp->f_bsize != hfsmp->blockSize) - vfreeblks = vfreeblks * vfsp->f_bsize / hfsmp->blockSize; - if (vfreeblks > bandblks) - vfreeblks -= bandblks; - else - vfreeblks = 0; - - /* - * Take into account any delayed allocations. It is not - * certain what the original reason for the "2 *" is. Most - * likely it is to allow for additional requirements in the - * host file system and metadata required by disk images. The - * number of loaned blocks is likely to be small and we will - * stop using them as we get close to the limit. - */ - loanedblks = 2 * loanedblks; - if (vfreeblks > loanedblks) - vfreeblks -= loanedblks; - else - vfreeblks = 0; - - if (maxblks) - vfreeblks = MIN(vfreeblks, maxblks); - - vnode_put(backing_vp); - - *pfree_blks = vfreeblks; - - return true; -} -#endif - -u_int32_t -hfs_free_cnids(struct hfsmount * hfsmp) -{ - return HFS_MAX_FILES - hfsmp->hfs_filecount - hfsmp->hfs_dircount; -} - -u_int32_t -hfs_freeblks(struct hfsmount * hfsmp, int wantreserve) -{ - u_int32_t freeblks; - u_int32_t rsrvblks; - u_int32_t loanblks; - - /* - * We don't bother taking the mount lock - * to look at these values since the values - * themselves are each updated atomically - * on aligned addresses. - */ - freeblks = hfsmp->freeBlocks; - rsrvblks = hfsmp->reserveBlocks; - loanblks = hfsmp->loanedBlocks + hfsmp->lockedBlocks; - if (wantreserve) { - if (freeblks > rsrvblks) - freeblks -= rsrvblks; - else - freeblks = 0; - } - if (freeblks > loanblks) - freeblks -= loanblks; - else - freeblks = 0; - -#if HFS_SPARSE_DEV - /* - * When the underlying device is sparse, check the - * available space on the backing store volume. - */ - uint64_t vfreeblks; - if (hfs_get_backing_free_blks(hfsmp, &vfreeblks)) - freeblks = MIN(freeblks, vfreeblks); -#endif /* HFS_SPARSE_DEV */ - - return (freeblks); -} - -/* - * Map HFS Common errors (negative) to BSD error codes (positive). - * Positive errors (ie BSD errors) are passed through unchanged. - */ -short MacToVFSError(OSErr err) -{ - if (err >= 0) - return err; - - /* BSD/VFS internal errnos */ - switch (err) { - case HFS_ERESERVEDNAME: /* -8 */ - return err; - } - - switch (err) { - case dskFulErr: /* -34 */ - case btNoSpaceAvail: /* -32733 */ - return ENOSPC; - case fxOvFlErr: /* -32750 */ - return EOVERFLOW; - - case btBadNode: /* -32731 */ - return EIO; - - case memFullErr: /* -108 */ - return ENOMEM; /* +12 */ - - case cmExists: /* -32718 */ - case btExists: /* -32734 */ - return EEXIST; /* +17 */ - - case cmNotFound: /* -32719 */ - case btNotFound: /* -32735 */ - return ENOENT; /* 28 */ - - case cmNotEmpty: /* -32717 */ - return ENOTEMPTY; /* 66 */ - - case cmFThdDirErr: /* -32714 */ - return EISDIR; /* 21 */ - - case fxRangeErr: /* -32751 */ - return ERANGE; - - case bdNamErr: /* -37 */ - return ENAMETOOLONG; /* 63 */ - - case paramErr: /* -50 */ - case fileBoundsErr: /* -1309 */ - return EINVAL; /* +22 */ - - case fsBTBadNodeSize: - return ENXIO; - - default: - return EIO; /* +5 */ - } -} - - -/* - * Find the current thread's directory hint for a given index. - * - * Requires an exclusive lock on directory cnode. - * - * Use detach if the cnode lock must be dropped while the hint is still active. - */ -directoryhint_t * -hfs_getdirhint(struct cnode *dcp, int index, int detach) -{ - struct timeval tv; - directoryhint_t *hint; - boolean_t need_remove, need_init; - const u_int8_t * name; - - microuptime(&tv); - - /* - * Look for an existing hint first. If not found, create a new one (when - * the list is not full) or recycle the oldest hint. Since new hints are - * always added to the head of the list, the last hint is always the - * oldest. - */ - TAILQ_FOREACH(hint, &dcp->c_hintlist, dh_link) { - if (hint->dh_index == index) - break; - } - if (hint != NULL) { /* found an existing hint */ - need_init = false; - need_remove = true; - } else { /* cannot find an existing hint */ - need_init = true; - if (dcp->c_dirhintcnt < HFS_MAXDIRHINTS) { /* we don't need recycling */ - /* Create a default directory hint */ - hint = hfs_zalloc(HFS_DIRHINT_ZONE); - ++dcp->c_dirhintcnt; - need_remove = false; - } else { /* recycle the last (i.e., the oldest) hint */ - hint = TAILQ_LAST(&dcp->c_hintlist, hfs_hinthead); - if ((hint->dh_desc.cd_flags & CD_HASBUF) && - (name = hint->dh_desc.cd_nameptr)) { - hint->dh_desc.cd_nameptr = NULL; - hint->dh_desc.cd_namelen = 0; - hint->dh_desc.cd_flags &= ~CD_HASBUF; - vfs_removename((const char *)name); - } - need_remove = true; - } - } - - if (need_remove) - TAILQ_REMOVE(&dcp->c_hintlist, hint, dh_link); - - if (detach) - --dcp->c_dirhintcnt; - else - TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&dcp->c_hintlist, hint, dh_link); - - if (need_init) { - hint->dh_index = index; - hint->dh_desc.cd_flags = 0; - hint->dh_desc.cd_encoding = 0; - hint->dh_desc.cd_namelen = 0; - hint->dh_desc.cd_nameptr = NULL; - hint->dh_desc.cd_parentcnid = dcp->c_fileid; - hint->dh_desc.cd_hint = dcp->c_childhint; - hint->dh_desc.cd_cnid = 0; - } - hint->dh_time = tv.tv_sec; - return (hint); -} - -/* - * Release a single directory hint. - * - * Requires an exclusive lock on directory cnode. - */ -void -hfs_reldirhint(struct cnode *dcp, directoryhint_t * relhint) -{ - const u_int8_t * name; - directoryhint_t *hint; - - /* Check if item is on list (could be detached) */ - TAILQ_FOREACH(hint, &dcp->c_hintlist, dh_link) { - if (hint == relhint) { - TAILQ_REMOVE(&dcp->c_hintlist, relhint, dh_link); - --dcp->c_dirhintcnt; - break; - } - } - name = relhint->dh_desc.cd_nameptr; - if ((relhint->dh_desc.cd_flags & CD_HASBUF) && (name != NULL)) { - relhint->dh_desc.cd_nameptr = NULL; - relhint->dh_desc.cd_namelen = 0; - relhint->dh_desc.cd_flags &= ~CD_HASBUF; - vfs_removename((const char *)name); - } - hfs_zfree(relhint, HFS_DIRHINT_ZONE); -} - -/* - * Release directory hints for given directory - * - * Requires an exclusive lock on directory cnode. - */ -void -hfs_reldirhints(struct cnode *dcp, int stale_hints_only) -{ - struct timeval tv; - directoryhint_t *hint, *prev; - const u_int8_t * name; - - if (stale_hints_only) - microuptime(&tv); - - /* searching from the oldest to the newest, so we can stop early when releasing stale hints only */ - for (hint = TAILQ_LAST(&dcp->c_hintlist, hfs_hinthead); hint != NULL; hint = prev) { - if (stale_hints_only && (tv.tv_sec - hint->dh_time) < HFS_DIRHINT_TTL) - break; /* stop here if this entry is too new */ - name = hint->dh_desc.cd_nameptr; - if ((hint->dh_desc.cd_flags & CD_HASBUF) && (name != NULL)) { - hint->dh_desc.cd_nameptr = NULL; - hint->dh_desc.cd_namelen = 0; - hint->dh_desc.cd_flags &= ~CD_HASBUF; - vfs_removename((const char *)name); - } - prev = TAILQ_PREV(hint, hfs_hinthead, dh_link); /* must save this pointer before calling FREE_ZONE on this node */ - TAILQ_REMOVE(&dcp->c_hintlist, hint, dh_link); - hfs_zfree(hint, HFS_DIRHINT_ZONE); - --dcp->c_dirhintcnt; - } -} - -/* - * Insert a detached directory hint back into the list of dirhints. - * - * Requires an exclusive lock on directory cnode. - */ -void -hfs_insertdirhint(struct cnode *dcp, directoryhint_t * hint) -{ - directoryhint_t *test; - - TAILQ_FOREACH(test, &dcp->c_hintlist, dh_link) { - if (test == hint) - panic("hfs_insertdirhint: hint %p already on list!", hint); - } - - TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&dcp->c_hintlist, hint, dh_link); - ++dcp->c_dirhintcnt; -} - -/* - * Perform a case-insensitive compare of two UTF-8 filenames. - * - * Returns 0 if the strings match. - */ -int -hfs_namecmp(const u_int8_t *str1, size_t len1, const u_int8_t *str2, size_t len2) -{ - u_int16_t *ustr1, *ustr2; - size_t ulen1, ulen2; - size_t maxbytes; - int cmp = -1; - - if (len1 != len2) - return (cmp); - - maxbytes = kHFSPlusMaxFileNameChars << 1; - ustr1 = hfs_malloc(maxbytes << 1); - ustr2 = ustr1 + (maxbytes >> 1); - - if (utf8_decodestr(str1, len1, ustr1, &ulen1, maxbytes, ':', 0) != 0) - goto out; - if (utf8_decodestr(str2, len2, ustr2, &ulen2, maxbytes, ':', 0) != 0) - goto out; - - cmp = FastUnicodeCompare(ustr1, ulen1>>1, ustr2, ulen2>>1); -out: - hfs_free(ustr1, maxbytes << 1); - return (cmp); -} - -typedef struct jopen_cb_info { - mount_t mp; - off_t jsize; - char *desired_uuid; - struct vnode *jvp; - size_t blksize; - int need_clean; - int need_init; -} jopen_cb_info; - -static int -journal_open_cb(const char *bsd_dev_name, const char *uuid_str, void *arg) -{ - jopen_cb_info *ji = (jopen_cb_info *)arg; - char bsd_name[256]; - int error; - - strlcpy(&bsd_name[0], "/dev/", sizeof(bsd_name)); - strlcpy(&bsd_name[5], bsd_dev_name, sizeof(bsd_name)-5); - - if ((error = vnode_lookup(bsd_name, VNODE_LOOKUP_NOFOLLOW, &ji->jvp, - vfs_context_kernel()))) { - printf("hfs: journal open cb: error %d looking up device %s (dev uuid %s)\n", error, bsd_name, uuid_str); - return 1; // keep iterating - } - - struct vnop_open_args oargs = { - .a_vp = ji->jvp, - .a_mode = FREAD | FWRITE, - .a_context = vfs_context_kernel(), - }; - - if (spec_open(&oargs)) { - vnode_put(ji->jvp); - ji->jvp = NULL; - return 1; - } - - // if the journal is dirty and we didn't specify a desired - // journal device uuid, then do not use the journal. but - // if the journal is just invalid (e.g. it hasn't been - // initialized) then just set the need_init flag. - if (ji->need_clean && ji->desired_uuid && ji->desired_uuid[0] == '\0') { - error = journal_is_clean(ji->jvp, 0, ji->jsize, - (void *)1, ji->blksize); - if (error == EBUSY) { - struct vnop_close_args cargs = { - .a_vp = ji->jvp, - .a_fflag = FREAD | FWRITE, - .a_context = vfs_context_kernel() - }; - spec_close(&cargs); - vnode_put(ji->jvp); - ji->jvp = NULL; - return 1; // keep iterating - } else if (error == EINVAL) { - ji->need_init = 1; - } - } - - if (ji->desired_uuid && ji->desired_uuid[0] == '\0') { - strlcpy(ji->desired_uuid, uuid_str, 128); - } - vnode_setmountedon(ji->jvp); - return 0; // stop iterating -} - -static vnode_t -open_journal_dev(mount_t mp, - const char *vol_device, - int need_clean, - char *uuid_str, - char *machine_serial_num, - off_t jsize, - size_t blksize, - int *need_init) -{ - int retry_counter=0; - jopen_cb_info ji; - - ji.mp = mp; - ji.jsize = jsize; - ji.desired_uuid = uuid_str; - ji.jvp = NULL; - ji.blksize = blksize; - ji.need_clean = need_clean; - ji.need_init = 0; - -// if (uuid_str[0] == '\0') { -// printf("hfs: open journal dev: %s: locating any available non-dirty external journal partition\n", vol_device); -// } else { -// printf("hfs: open journal dev: %s: trying to find the external journal partition w/uuid %s\n", vol_device, uuid_str); -// } - while (ji.jvp == NULL && retry_counter++ < 4) { - if (retry_counter > 1) { - if (uuid_str[0]) { - printf("hfs: open_journal_dev: uuid %s not found. waiting 10sec.\n", uuid_str); - } else { - printf("hfs: open_journal_dev: no available external journal partition found. waiting 10sec.\n"); - } - delay_for_interval(10* 1000000, NSEC_PER_USEC); // wait for ten seconds and then try again - } - - hfs_iterate_media_with_content(EXTJNL_CONTENT_TYPE_UUID, - journal_open_cb, &ji); - } - - if (ji.jvp == NULL) { - printf("hfs: volume: %s: did not find jnl device uuid: %s from machine serial number: %s\n", - vol_device, uuid_str, machine_serial_num); - } - - *need_init = ji.need_init; - - return ji.jvp; -} - -void hfs_close_jvp(hfsmount_t *hfsmp) -{ - if (!hfsmp || !hfsmp->jvp || hfsmp->jvp == hfsmp->hfs_devvp) - return; - - vnode_clearmountedon(hfsmp->jvp); - struct vnop_close_args cargs = { - .a_vp = hfsmp->jvp, - .a_fflag = FREAD | FWRITE, - .a_context = vfs_context_kernel() - }; - spec_close(&cargs); - vnode_put(hfsmp->jvp); - hfsmp->jvp = NULL; -} - -int -hfs_early_journal_init(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusVolumeHeader *vhp, - void *_args, off_t embeddedOffset, daddr64_t mdb_offset, - HFSMasterDirectoryBlock *mdbp, kauth_cred_t cred) -{ - JournalInfoBlock *jibp; - struct buf *jinfo_bp, *bp; - int sectors_per_fsblock, arg_flags=0, arg_tbufsz=0; - int retval, write_jibp = 0; - uint32_t blksize = hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size; - struct vnode *devvp; - struct hfs_mount_args *args = _args; - u_int32_t jib_flags; - u_int64_t jib_offset; - u_int64_t jib_size; - const char *dev_name; - - devvp = hfsmp->hfs_devvp; - dev_name = vnode_getname_printable(devvp); - - if (args != NULL && (args->flags & HFSFSMNT_EXTENDED_ARGS)) { - arg_flags = args->journal_flags; - arg_tbufsz = args->journal_tbuffer_size; - } - - sectors_per_fsblock = SWAP_BE32(vhp->blockSize) / blksize; - - jinfo_bp = NULL; - retval = (int)buf_meta_bread(devvp, - (daddr64_t)((embeddedOffset/blksize) + - ((u_int64_t)SWAP_BE32(vhp->journalInfoBlock)*sectors_per_fsblock)), - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size, cred, &jinfo_bp); - if (retval) { - if (jinfo_bp) { - buf_brelse(jinfo_bp); - } - goto cleanup_dev_name; - } - - jibp = (JournalInfoBlock *)buf_dataptr(jinfo_bp); - jib_flags = SWAP_BE32(jibp->flags); - jib_size = SWAP_BE64(jibp->size); - - if (jib_flags & kJIJournalInFSMask) { - hfsmp->jvp = hfsmp->hfs_devvp; - jib_offset = SWAP_BE64(jibp->offset); - } else { - int need_init=0; - - // if the volume was unmounted cleanly then we'll pick any - // available external journal partition - // - if (SWAP_BE32(vhp->attributes) & kHFSVolumeUnmountedMask) { - *((char *)&jibp->ext_jnl_uuid[0]) = '\0'; - } - - hfsmp->jvp = open_journal_dev(hfsmp->hfs_mp, - dev_name, - !(jib_flags & kJIJournalNeedInitMask), - (char *)&jibp->ext_jnl_uuid[0], - (char *)&jibp->machine_serial_num[0], - jib_size, - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size, - &need_init); - if (hfsmp->jvp == NULL) { - buf_brelse(jinfo_bp); - retval = EROFS; - goto cleanup_dev_name; - } else { - if (hfs_get_platform_serial_number(&jibp->machine_serial_num[0], sizeof(jibp->machine_serial_num)) != KERN_SUCCESS) { - strlcpy(&jibp->machine_serial_num[0], "unknown-machine-uuid", sizeof(jibp->machine_serial_num)); - } - } - - jib_offset = 0; - write_jibp = 1; - if (need_init) { - jib_flags |= kJIJournalNeedInitMask; - } - } - - // save this off for the hack-y check in hfs_remove() - hfsmp->jnl_start = jib_offset / SWAP_BE32(vhp->blockSize); - hfsmp->jnl_size = jib_size; - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) && (vfs_flags(hfsmp->hfs_mp) & MNT_ROOTFS) == 0) { - // if the file system is read-only, check if the journal is empty. - // if it is, then we can allow the mount. otherwise we have to - // return failure. - retval = journal_is_clean(hfsmp->jvp, - jib_offset + embeddedOffset, - jib_size, - devvp, - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size); - - hfsmp->jnl = NULL; - - buf_brelse(jinfo_bp); - - if (retval) { - const char *name = vnode_getname_printable(devvp); - printf("hfs: early journal init: volume on %s is read-only and journal is dirty. Can not mount volume.\n", - name); - vnode_putname_printable(name); - } - - goto cleanup_dev_name; - } - - if (jib_flags & kJIJournalNeedInitMask) { - printf("hfs: Initializing the journal (joffset 0x%llx sz 0x%llx)...\n", - jib_offset + embeddedOffset, jib_size); - hfsmp->jnl = journal_create(hfsmp->jvp, - jib_offset + embeddedOffset, - jib_size, - devvp, - blksize, - arg_flags, - arg_tbufsz, - hfs_sync_metadata, hfsmp->hfs_mp, - hfsmp->hfs_mp); - if (hfsmp->jnl) - journal_trim_set_callback(hfsmp->jnl, hfs_trim_callback, hfsmp); - - // no need to start a transaction here... if this were to fail - // we'd just re-init it on the next mount. - jib_flags &= ~kJIJournalNeedInitMask; - jibp->flags = SWAP_BE32(jib_flags); - buf_bwrite(jinfo_bp); - jinfo_bp = NULL; - jibp = NULL; - } else { - //printf("hfs: Opening the journal (joffset 0x%llx sz 0x%llx vhp_blksize %d)...\n", - // jib_offset + embeddedOffset, - // jib_size, SWAP_BE32(vhp->blockSize)); - - hfsmp->jnl = journal_open(hfsmp->jvp, - jib_offset + embeddedOffset, - jib_size, - devvp, - blksize, - arg_flags, - arg_tbufsz, - hfs_sync_metadata, hfsmp->hfs_mp, - hfsmp->hfs_mp); - if (hfsmp->jnl) - journal_trim_set_callback(hfsmp->jnl, hfs_trim_callback, hfsmp); - - if (write_jibp) { - buf_bwrite(jinfo_bp); - } else { - buf_brelse(jinfo_bp); - } - jinfo_bp = NULL; - jibp = NULL; - - if (hfsmp->jnl && mdbp) { - // reload the mdb because it could have changed - // if the journal had to be replayed. - if (mdb_offset == 0) { - mdb_offset = (daddr64_t)((embeddedOffset / blksize) + HFS_PRI_SECTOR(blksize)); - } - bp = NULL; - retval = (int)buf_meta_bread(devvp, - HFS_PHYSBLK_ROUNDDOWN(mdb_offset, hfsmp->hfs_log_per_phys), - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size, cred, &bp); - if (retval) { - if (bp) { - buf_brelse(bp); - } - printf("hfs: failed to reload the mdb after opening the journal (retval %d)!\n", - retval); - goto cleanup_dev_name; - } - bcopy((char *)buf_dataptr(bp) + HFS_PRI_OFFSET(hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size), mdbp, 512); - buf_brelse(bp); - bp = NULL; - } - } - - // if we expected the journal to be there and we couldn't - // create it or open it then we have to bail out. - if (hfsmp->jnl == NULL) { - printf("hfs: early jnl init: failed to open/create the journal (retval %d).\n", retval); - retval = EINVAL; - goto cleanup_dev_name; - } - - retval = 0; - -cleanup_dev_name: - vnode_putname_printable(dev_name); - return retval; -} - - -// -// This function will go and re-locate the .journal_info_block and -// the .journal files in case they moved (which can happen if you -// run Norton SpeedDisk). If we fail to find either file we just -// disable journaling for this volume and return. We turn off the -// journaling bit in the vcb and assume it will get written to disk -// later (if it doesn't on the next mount we'd do the same thing -// again which is harmless). If we disable journaling we don't -// return an error so that the volume is still mountable. -// -// If the info we find for the .journal_info_block and .journal files -// isn't what we had stored, we re-set our cached info and proceed -// with opening the journal normally. -// -static int -hfs_late_journal_init(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, HFSPlusVolumeHeader *vhp, void *_args) -{ - JournalInfoBlock *jibp; - struct buf *jinfo_bp; - int sectors_per_fsblock, arg_flags=0, arg_tbufsz=0; - int retval, write_jibp = 0, recreate_journal = 0; - struct vnode *devvp; - struct cat_attr jib_attr, jattr; - struct cat_fork jib_fork, jfork; - ExtendedVCB *vcb; - u_int32_t fid; - struct hfs_mount_args *args = _args; - u_int32_t jib_flags; - u_int64_t jib_offset; - u_int64_t jib_size; - - devvp = hfsmp->hfs_devvp; - vcb = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp); - - if (args != NULL && (args->flags & HFSFSMNT_EXTENDED_ARGS)) { - if (args->journal_disable) { - return 0; - } - - arg_flags = args->journal_flags; - arg_tbufsz = args->journal_tbuffer_size; - } - - fid = GetFileInfo(vcb, kRootDirID, ".journal_info_block", &jib_attr, &jib_fork); - if (fid == 0 || jib_fork.cf_extents[0].startBlock == 0 || jib_fork.cf_size == 0) { - printf("hfs: can't find the .journal_info_block! disabling journaling (start: %d).\n", - fid ? jib_fork.cf_extents[0].startBlock : 0); - vcb->vcbAtrb &= ~kHFSVolumeJournaledMask; - return 0; - } - hfsmp->hfs_jnlinfoblkid = fid; - - // make sure the journal_info_block begins where we think it should. - if (SWAP_BE32(vhp->journalInfoBlock) != jib_fork.cf_extents[0].startBlock) { - printf("hfs: The journal_info_block moved (was: %d; is: %d). Fixing up\n", - SWAP_BE32(vhp->journalInfoBlock), jib_fork.cf_extents[0].startBlock); - - vcb->vcbJinfoBlock = jib_fork.cf_extents[0].startBlock; - vhp->journalInfoBlock = SWAP_BE32(jib_fork.cf_extents[0].startBlock); - recreate_journal = 1; - } - - - sectors_per_fsblock = SWAP_BE32(vhp->blockSize) / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size; - jinfo_bp = NULL; - retval = (int)buf_meta_bread(devvp, - (vcb->hfsPlusIOPosOffset / hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size + - ((u_int64_t)SWAP_BE32(vhp->journalInfoBlock)*sectors_per_fsblock)), - hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size, NOCRED, &jinfo_bp); - if (retval) { - if (jinfo_bp) { - buf_brelse(jinfo_bp); - } - printf("hfs: can't read journal info block. disabling journaling.\n"); - vcb->vcbAtrb &= ~kHFSVolumeJournaledMask; - return 0; - } - - jibp = (JournalInfoBlock *)buf_dataptr(jinfo_bp); - jib_flags = SWAP_BE32(jibp->flags); - jib_offset = SWAP_BE64(jibp->offset); - jib_size = SWAP_BE64(jibp->size); - - fid = GetFileInfo(vcb, kRootDirID, ".journal", &jattr, &jfork); - if (fid == 0 || jfork.cf_extents[0].startBlock == 0 || jfork.cf_size == 0) { - printf("hfs: can't find the journal file! disabling journaling (start: %d)\n", - fid ? jfork.cf_extents[0].startBlock : 0); - buf_brelse(jinfo_bp); - vcb->vcbAtrb &= ~kHFSVolumeJournaledMask; - return 0; - } - hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid = fid; - - // make sure the journal file begins where we think it should. - if ((jib_flags & kJIJournalInFSMask) && (jib_offset / (u_int64_t)vcb->blockSize) != jfork.cf_extents[0].startBlock) { - printf("hfs: The journal file moved (was: %lld; is: %d). Fixing up\n", - (jib_offset / (u_int64_t)vcb->blockSize), jfork.cf_extents[0].startBlock); - - jib_offset = (u_int64_t)jfork.cf_extents[0].startBlock * (u_int64_t)vcb->blockSize; - write_jibp = 1; - recreate_journal = 1; - } - - // check the size of the journal file. - if (jib_size != (u_int64_t)jfork.cf_extents[0].blockCount*vcb->blockSize) { - printf("hfs: The journal file changed size! (was %lld; is %lld). Fixing up.\n", - jib_size, (u_int64_t)jfork.cf_extents[0].blockCount*vcb->blockSize); - - jib_size = (u_int64_t)jfork.cf_extents[0].blockCount * vcb->blockSize; - write_jibp = 1; - recreate_journal = 1; - } - - if (jib_flags & kJIJournalInFSMask) { - hfsmp->jvp = hfsmp->hfs_devvp; - jib_offset += (off_t)vcb->hfsPlusIOPosOffset; - } else { - const char *dev_name; - int need_init = 0; - - dev_name = vnode_getname_printable(devvp); - - // since the journal is empty, just use any available external journal - *((char *)&jibp->ext_jnl_uuid[0]) = '\0'; - - // this fills in the uuid of the device we actually get - hfsmp->jvp = open_journal_dev(hfsmp->hfs_mp, - dev_name, - !(jib_flags & kJIJournalNeedInitMask), - (char *)&jibp->ext_jnl_uuid[0], - (char *)&jibp->machine_serial_num[0], - jib_size, - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size, - &need_init); - if (hfsmp->jvp == NULL) { - buf_brelse(jinfo_bp); - vnode_putname_printable(dev_name); - return EROFS; - } else { - if (hfs_get_platform_serial_number(&jibp->machine_serial_num[0], sizeof(jibp->machine_serial_num)) != KERN_SUCCESS) { - strlcpy(&jibp->machine_serial_num[0], "unknown-machine-serial-num", sizeof(jibp->machine_serial_num)); - } - } - jib_offset = 0; - recreate_journal = 1; - write_jibp = 1; - if (need_init) { - jib_flags |= kJIJournalNeedInitMask; - } - vnode_putname_printable(dev_name); - } - - // save this off for the hack-y check in hfs_remove() - hfsmp->jnl_start = jib_offset / SWAP_BE32(vhp->blockSize); - hfsmp->jnl_size = jib_size; - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) && (vfs_flags(hfsmp->hfs_mp) & MNT_ROOTFS) == 0) { - // if the file system is read-only, check if the journal is empty. - // if it is, then we can allow the mount. otherwise we have to - // return failure. - retval = journal_is_clean(hfsmp->jvp, - jib_offset, - jib_size, - devvp, - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size); - - hfsmp->jnl = NULL; - - buf_brelse(jinfo_bp); - - if (retval) { - const char *name = vnode_getname_printable(devvp); - printf("hfs: late journal init: volume on %s is read-only and journal is dirty. Can not mount volume.\n", - name); - vnode_putname_printable(name); - } - - return retval; - } - - if ((jib_flags & kJIJournalNeedInitMask) || recreate_journal) { - printf("hfs: Initializing the journal (joffset 0x%llx sz 0x%llx)...\n", - jib_offset, jib_size); - hfsmp->jnl = journal_create(hfsmp->jvp, - jib_offset, - jib_size, - devvp, - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size, - arg_flags, - arg_tbufsz, - hfs_sync_metadata, hfsmp->hfs_mp, - hfsmp->hfs_mp); - if (hfsmp->jnl) - journal_trim_set_callback(hfsmp->jnl, hfs_trim_callback, hfsmp); - - // no need to start a transaction here... if this were to fail - // we'd just re-init it on the next mount. - jib_flags &= ~kJIJournalNeedInitMask; - write_jibp = 1; - - } else { - // - // if we weren't the last person to mount this volume - // then we need to throw away the journal because it - // is likely that someone else mucked with the disk. - // if the journal is empty this is no big deal. if the - // disk is dirty this prevents us from replaying the - // journal over top of changes that someone else made. - // - arg_flags |= JOURNAL_RESET; - - //printf("hfs: Opening the journal (joffset 0x%llx sz 0x%llx vhp_blksize %d)...\n", - // jib_offset, - // jib_size, SWAP_BE32(vhp->blockSize)); - - hfsmp->jnl = journal_open(hfsmp->jvp, - jib_offset, - jib_size, - devvp, - hfsmp->hfs_logical_block_size, - arg_flags, - arg_tbufsz, - hfs_sync_metadata, hfsmp->hfs_mp, - hfsmp->hfs_mp); - if (hfsmp->jnl) - journal_trim_set_callback(hfsmp->jnl, hfs_trim_callback, hfsmp); - } - - - if (write_jibp) { - jibp->flags = SWAP_BE32(jib_flags); - jibp->offset = SWAP_BE64(jib_offset); - jibp->size = SWAP_BE64(jib_size); - - buf_bwrite(jinfo_bp); - } else { - buf_brelse(jinfo_bp); - } - jinfo_bp = NULL; - jibp = NULL; - - // if we expected the journal to be there and we couldn't - // create it or open it then we have to bail out. - if (hfsmp->jnl == NULL) { - printf("hfs: late jnl init: failed to open/create the journal (retval %d).\n", retval); - return EINVAL; - } - - return 0; -} - -/* - * Calculate the allocation zone for metadata. - * - * This zone includes the following: - * Allocation Bitmap file - * Overflow Extents file - * Journal file - * Quota files - * Clustered Hot files - * Catalog file - * - * METADATA ALLOCATION ZONE - * ____________________________________________________________________________ - * | | | | | | | - * | BM | JF | OEF | CATALOG |---> | HOT FILES | - * |____|____|_____|_______________|______________________________|___________| - * - * <------------------------------- N * 128 MB -------------------------------> - * - */ -#define GIGABYTE (u_int64_t)(1024*1024*1024) - -#define HOTBAND_MINIMUM_SIZE (10*1024*1024) -#define HOTBAND_MAXIMUM_SIZE (512*1024*1024) - -/* Initialize the metadata zone. - * - * If the size of the volume is less than the minimum size for - * metadata zone, metadata zone is disabled. - * - * If disable is true, disable metadata zone unconditionally. - */ -void -hfs_metadatazone_init(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int disable) -{ - ExtendedVCB *vcb; - u_int64_t fs_size; - u_int64_t zonesize; - u_int64_t temp; - u_int64_t filesize; - u_int32_t blk; - int items, really_do_it=1; - - vcb = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp); - fs_size = (u_int64_t)vcb->blockSize * (u_int64_t)vcb->allocLimit; - - /* - * For volumes less than 10 GB, don't bother. - */ - if (fs_size < ((u_int64_t)10 * GIGABYTE)) { - really_do_it = 0; - } - - /* - * Skip non-journaled volumes as well. - */ - if (hfsmp->jnl == NULL) { - really_do_it = 0; - } - - /* If caller wants to disable metadata zone, do it */ - if (disable == true) { - really_do_it = 0; - } - - /* - * Start with space for the boot blocks and Volume Header. - * 1536 = byte offset from start of volume to end of volume header: - * 1024 bytes is the offset from the start of the volume to the - * start of the volume header (defined by the volume format) - * + 512 bytes (the size of the volume header). - */ - zonesize = roundup(1536, hfsmp->blockSize); - - /* - * Add the on-disk size of allocation bitmap. - */ - zonesize += hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp->c_datafork->ff_blocks * hfsmp->blockSize; - - /* - * Add space for the Journal Info Block and Journal (if they're in - * this file system). - */ - if (hfsmp->jnl && hfsmp->jvp == hfsmp->hfs_devvp) { - zonesize += hfsmp->blockSize + hfsmp->jnl_size; - } - - /* - * Add the existing size of the Extents Overflow B-tree. - * (It rarely grows, so don't bother reserving additional room for it.) - */ - zonesize += hfs_blk_to_bytes(hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp->c_datafork->ff_blocks, hfsmp->blockSize); - - /* - * If there is an Attributes B-tree, leave room for 11 clumps worth. - * newfs_hfs allocates one clump, and leaves a gap of 10 clumps. - * When installing a full OS install onto a 20GB volume, we use - * 7 to 8 clumps worth of space (depending on packages), so that leaves - * us with another 3 or 4 clumps worth before we need another extent. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp) { - zonesize += 11 * hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp->c_datafork->ff_clumpsize; - } - - /* - * Leave room for 11 clumps of the Catalog B-tree. - * Again, newfs_hfs allocates one clump plus a gap of 10 clumps. - * When installing a full OS install onto a 20GB volume, we use - * 7 to 8 clumps worth of space (depending on packages), so that leaves - * us with another 3 or 4 clumps worth before we need another extent. - */ - zonesize += 11 * hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork->ff_clumpsize; - - /* - * Add space for hot file region. - * - * ...for now, use 5 MB per 1 GB (0.5 %) - */ - filesize = (fs_size / 1024) * 5; - if (filesize > HOTBAND_MAXIMUM_SIZE) - filesize = HOTBAND_MAXIMUM_SIZE; - else if (filesize < HOTBAND_MINIMUM_SIZE) - filesize = HOTBAND_MINIMUM_SIZE; - /* - * Calculate user quota file requirements. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_QUOTAS) { - items = QF_USERS_PER_GB * (fs_size / GIGABYTE); - if (items < QF_MIN_USERS) - items = QF_MIN_USERS; - else if (items > QF_MAX_USERS) - items = QF_MAX_USERS; - if (!powerof2(items)) { - int x = items; - items = 4; - while (x>>1 != 1) { - x = x >> 1; - items = items << 1; - } - } - filesize += (items + 1) * sizeof(struct dqblk); - /* - * Calculate group quota file requirements. - * - */ - items = QF_GROUPS_PER_GB * (fs_size / GIGABYTE); - if (items < QF_MIN_GROUPS) - items = QF_MIN_GROUPS; - else if (items > QF_MAX_GROUPS) - items = QF_MAX_GROUPS; - if (!powerof2(items)) { - int x = items; - items = 4; - while (x>>1 != 1) { - x = x >> 1; - items = items << 1; - } - } - filesize += (items + 1) * sizeof(struct dqblk); - } - zonesize += filesize; - - /* - * Round up entire zone to a bitmap block's worth. - * The extra space goes to the catalog file and hot file area. - */ - temp = zonesize; - zonesize = roundup(zonesize, (u_int64_t)vcb->vcbVBMIOSize * 8 * vcb->blockSize); - hfsmp->hfs_min_alloc_start = zonesize / vcb->blockSize; - /* - * If doing the round up for hfs_min_alloc_start would push us past - * allocLimit, then just reset it back to 0. Though using a value - * bigger than allocLimit would not cause damage in the block allocator - * code, this value could get stored in the volume header and make it out - * to disk, making the volume header technically corrupt. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_min_alloc_start >= hfsmp->allocLimit) { - hfsmp->hfs_min_alloc_start = 0; - } - - if (really_do_it == 0) { - /* If metadata zone needs to be disabled because the - * volume was truncated, clear the bit and zero out - * the values that are no longer needed. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_METADATA_ZONE) { - /* Disable metadata zone */ - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_METADATA_ZONE; - - /* Zero out mount point values that are not required */ - hfsmp->hfs_catalog_maxblks = 0; - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks = 0; - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_start = 0; - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_end = 0; - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks = 0; - hfsmp->hfs_metazone_start = 0; - hfsmp->hfs_metazone_end = 0; - } - - return; - } - - temp = zonesize - temp; /* temp has extra space */ - filesize += temp / 3; - hfsmp->hfs_catalog_maxblks += (temp - (temp / 3)) / vcb->blockSize; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) { - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks = (uint32_t) (hfsmp->hfs_cs_hotfile_size / HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->blockSize); - } else { - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks = filesize / vcb->blockSize; - } - - /* Convert to allocation blocks. */ - blk = zonesize / vcb->blockSize; - - /* The default metadata zone location is at the start of volume. */ - hfsmp->hfs_metazone_start = 1; - hfsmp->hfs_metazone_end = blk - 1; - - /* The default hotfile area is at the end of the zone. */ - if (vfs_flags(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp)) & MNT_ROOTFS) { - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_start = blk - (filesize / vcb->blockSize); - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_end = hfsmp->hfs_metazone_end; - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks = hfs_hotfile_freeblocks(hfsmp); - } - else { - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_start = 0; - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_end = 0; - hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks = 0; - } -#if DEBUG - printf("hfs:%s: metadata zone is %d to %d\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, hfsmp->hfs_metazone_start, hfsmp->hfs_metazone_end); - printf("hfs:%s: hot file band is %d to %d\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_start, hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_end); - printf("hfs:%s: hot file band free blocks = %d\n", hfsmp->vcbVN, hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_freeblks); -#endif - - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_METADATA_ZONE; -} - - -static u_int32_t -hfs_hotfile_freeblocks(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - ExtendedVCB *vcb = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp); - int lockflags; - int freeblocks; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) { - // - // This is only used at initialization time and on an ssd - // we'll get the real info from the hotfile btree user - // info - // - return 0; - } - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - freeblocks = MetaZoneFreeBlocks(vcb); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - /* Minus Extents overflow file reserve. */ - if ((uint32_t)hfsmp->hfs_overflow_maxblks >= VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp)->ff_blocks) { - freeblocks -= hfsmp->hfs_overflow_maxblks - VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp)->ff_blocks; - } - - /* Minus catalog file reserve. */ - if ((uint32_t)hfsmp->hfs_catalog_maxblks >= VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp)->ff_blocks) { - freeblocks -= hfsmp->hfs_catalog_maxblks - VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp)->ff_blocks; - } - - if (freeblocks < 0) - freeblocks = 0; - - // printf("hfs: hotfile_freeblocks: MIN(%d, %d) = %d\n", freeblocks, hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks, MIN(freeblocks, hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks)); - return MIN(freeblocks, hfsmp->hfs_hotfile_maxblks); -} - -/* - * Determine if a file is a "virtual" metadata file. - * This includes journal and quota files. - */ -int -hfs_virtualmetafile(struct cnode *cp) -{ - const char * filename; - - - if (cp->c_parentcnid != kHFSRootFolderID) - return (0); - - filename = (const char *)cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr; - if (filename == NULL) - return (0); - - if ((strncmp(filename, ".journal", sizeof(".journal")) == 0) || - (strncmp(filename, ".journal_info_block", sizeof(".journal_info_block")) == 0) || - (strncmp(filename, ".quota.user", sizeof(".quota.user")) == 0) || - (strncmp(filename, ".quota.group", sizeof(".quota.group")) == 0) || - (strncmp(filename, ".hotfiles.btree", sizeof(".hotfiles.btree")) == 0)) - return (1); - - return (0); -} - -void hfs_syncer_lock(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); -} - -void hfs_syncer_unlock(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); -} - -void hfs_syncer_wait(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct timespec *ts) -{ - msleep(&hfsmp->hfs_syncer_thread, &hfsmp->hfs_mutex, PWAIT, - "hfs_syncer_wait", ts); -} - -void hfs_syncer_wakeup(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - wakeup(&hfsmp->hfs_syncer_thread); -} - -uint64_t hfs_usecs_to_deadline(uint64_t usecs) -{ - uint64_t deadline; - clock_interval_to_deadline(usecs, NSEC_PER_USEC, &deadline); - return deadline; -} - -// -// Fire off a timed callback to sync the disk if the -// volume is on ejectable media. -// -void hfs_sync_ejectable(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - // If we don't have a syncer or we get called by the syncer, just return - if (!ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_RUN_SYNCER) - || current_thread() == hfsmp->hfs_syncer_thread) { - return; - } - - hfs_syncer_lock(hfsmp); - - if (!timerisset(&hfsmp->hfs_sync_req_oldest)) - microuptime(&hfsmp->hfs_sync_req_oldest); - - /* If hfs_unmount is running, it will clear the HFS_RUN_SYNCER - flag. Also, we don't want to queue again if there is a sync - outstanding. */ - if (!ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_RUN_SYNCER) - || hfsmp->hfs_syncer_thread) { - hfs_syncer_unlock(hfsmp); - return; - } - - hfsmp->hfs_syncer_thread = (void *)1; - - hfs_syncer_unlock(hfsmp); - - kernel_thread_start(hfs_syncer, hfsmp, &hfsmp->hfs_syncer_thread); - thread_deallocate(hfsmp->hfs_syncer_thread); -} - -int -hfs_start_transaction(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - int ret = 0, unlock_on_err = 0; - thread_t thread = current_thread(); - -#ifdef HFS_CHECK_LOCK_ORDER - /* - * You cannot start a transaction while holding a system - * file lock. (unless the transaction is nested.) - */ - if (hfsmp->jnl && journal_owner(hfsmp->jnl) != thread) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp && hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_lockowner == thread) { - panic("hfs_start_transaction: bad lock order (cat before jnl)\n"); - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp && hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp->c_lockowner == thread) { - panic("hfs_start_transaction: bad lock order (attr before jnl)\n"); - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp && hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp->c_lockowner == thread) { - panic("hfs_start_transaction: bad lock order (ext before jnl)\n"); - } - } -#endif /* HFS_CHECK_LOCK_ORDER */ - -again: - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - if (journal_owner(hfsmp->jnl) != thread) { - /* - * The global lock should be held shared if journal is - * active to prevent disabling. If we're not the owner - * of the journal lock, verify that we're not already - * holding the global lock exclusive before moving on. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_global_lockowner == thread) { - ret = EBUSY; - goto out; - } - - hfs_lock_global (hfsmp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - // Things could have changed - if (!hfsmp->jnl) { - hfs_unlock_global(hfsmp); - goto again; - } - - OSAddAtomic(1, (SInt32 *)&hfsmp->hfs_active_threads); - unlock_on_err = 1; - } - } else { - // No journal - if (hfsmp->hfs_global_lockowner != thread) { - hfs_lock_global(hfsmp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - // Things could have changed - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - hfs_unlock_global(hfsmp); - goto again; - } - - OSAddAtomic(1, (SInt32 *)&hfsmp->hfs_active_threads); - unlock_on_err = 1; - } - } - - /* If a downgrade to read-only mount is in progress, no other - * thread than the downgrade thread is allowed to modify - * the file system. - */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_RDONLY_DOWNGRADE) && - hfsmp->hfs_downgrading_thread != thread) { - ret = EROFS; - goto out; - } - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - ret = journal_start_transaction(hfsmp->jnl); - } else { - ret = 0; - } - - if (ret == 0) - ++hfsmp->hfs_transaction_nesting; - -out: - if (ret != 0 && unlock_on_err) { - hfs_unlock_global (hfsmp); - OSAddAtomic(-1, (SInt32 *)&hfsmp->hfs_active_threads); - } - - return ret; -} - -int -hfs_end_transaction(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - int ret; - - hfs_assert(!hfsmp->jnl || journal_owner(hfsmp->jnl) == current_thread()); - hfs_assert(hfsmp->hfs_transaction_nesting > 0); - - if (hfsmp->jnl && hfsmp->hfs_transaction_nesting == 1) - hfs_flushvolumeheader(hfsmp, HFS_FVH_FLUSH_IF_DIRTY); - - bool need_unlock = !--hfsmp->hfs_transaction_nesting; - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - ret = journal_end_transaction(hfsmp->jnl); - } else { - ret = 0; - } - - if (need_unlock) { - OSAddAtomic(-1, (SInt32 *)&hfsmp->hfs_active_threads); - hfs_unlock_global (hfsmp); - hfs_sync_ejectable(hfsmp); - } - - return ret; -} - - -void -hfs_journal_lock(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - /* Only peek at hfsmp->jnl while holding the global lock */ - hfs_lock_global (hfsmp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_lock(hfsmp->jnl); - } - hfs_unlock_global (hfsmp); -} - -void -hfs_journal_unlock(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - /* Only peek at hfsmp->jnl while holding the global lock */ - hfs_lock_global (hfsmp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_unlock(hfsmp->jnl); - } - hfs_unlock_global (hfsmp); -} - -/* - * Flush the contents of the journal to the disk. - * - * - HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL - * Wait to write in-memory journal to the disk consistently. - * This means that the journal still contains uncommitted - * transactions and the file system metadata blocks in - * the journal transactions might be written asynchronously - * to the disk. But there is no guarantee that they are - * written to the disk before returning to the caller. - * Note that this option is sufficient for file system - * data integrity as it guarantees consistent journal - * content on the disk. - * - * - HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL_META - * Wait to write in-memory journal to the disk - * consistently, and also wait to write all asynchronous - * metadata blocks to its corresponding locations - * consistently on the disk. This is overkill in normal - * scenarios but is useful whenever the metadata blocks - * are required to be consistent on-disk instead of - * just the journalbeing consistent; like before live - * verification and live volume resizing. The update of the - * metadata doesn't include a barrier of track cache flush. - * - * - HFS_FLUSH_FULL - * HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL + force a track cache flush to media - * - * - HFS_FLUSH_CACHE - * Force a track cache flush to media. - * - * - HFS_FLUSH_BARRIER - * Barrier-only flush to ensure write order - * - */ -errno_t hfs_flush(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, hfs_flush_mode_t mode) -{ - errno_t error = 0; - int options = 0; - dk_synchronize_t sync_req = { .options = DK_SYNCHRONIZE_OPTION_BARRIER }; - - switch (mode) { - case HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL_META: - // wait for journal, metadata blocks and previous async flush to finish - SET(options, JOURNAL_WAIT_FOR_IO); - - // no break - - case HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL: - case HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL_BARRIER: - case HFS_FLUSH_FULL: - - if (mode == HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL_BARRIER && - !(hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_FEATURE_BARRIER)) - mode = HFS_FLUSH_FULL; - - if (mode == HFS_FLUSH_FULL) - SET(options, JOURNAL_FLUSH_FULL); - - /* Only peek at hfsmp->jnl while holding the global lock */ - hfs_lock_global (hfsmp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - if (hfsmp->jnl) - error = journal_flush(hfsmp->jnl, options); - - hfs_unlock_global (hfsmp); - - /* - * This may result in a double barrier as - * journal_flush may have issued a barrier itself - */ - if (mode == HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL_BARRIER) - error = VNOP_IOCTL(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, - DKIOCSYNCHRONIZE, (caddr_t)&sync_req, - FWRITE, NULL); - - break; - - case HFS_FLUSH_CACHE: - // Do a full sync - sync_req.options = 0; - - // no break - - case HFS_FLUSH_BARRIER: - // If barrier only flush doesn't support, fall back to use full flush. - if (!(hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_FEATURE_BARRIER)) - sync_req.options = 0; - - error = VNOP_IOCTL(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, DKIOCSYNCHRONIZE, (caddr_t)&sync_req, - FWRITE, NULL); - break; - - default: - error = EINVAL; - } - - return error; -} - -/* - * hfs_erase_unused_nodes - * - * Check wheter a volume may suffer from unused Catalog B-tree nodes that - * are not zeroed (due to ). If so, just write - * zeroes to the unused nodes. - * - * How do we detect when a volume needs this repair? We can't always be - * certain. If a volume was created after a certain date, then it may have - * been created with the faulty newfs_hfs. Since newfs_hfs only created one - * clump, we can assume that if a Catalog B-tree is larger than its clump size, - * that means that the entire first clump must have been written to, which means - * there shouldn't be unused and unwritten nodes in that first clump, and this - * repair is not needed. - * - * We have defined a bit in the Volume Header's attributes to indicate when the - * unused nodes have been repaired. A newer newfs_hfs will set this bit. - * As will fsck_hfs when it repairs the unused nodes. - */ -int hfs_erase_unused_nodes(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - int result; - struct filefork *catalog; - int lockflags; - - if (hfsmp->vcbAtrb & kHFSUnusedNodeFixMask) - { - /* This volume has already been checked and repaired. */ - return 0; - } - - if ((hfsmp->localCreateDate < kHFSUnusedNodesFixDate)) - { - /* This volume is too old to have had the problem. */ - hfsmp->vcbAtrb |= kHFSUnusedNodeFixMask; - return 0; - } - - catalog = hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork; - if (catalog->ff_size > catalog->ff_clumpsize) - { - /* The entire first clump must have been in use at some point. */ - hfsmp->vcbAtrb |= kHFSUnusedNodeFixMask; - return 0; - } - - /* - * If we get here, we need to zero out those unused nodes. - * - * We start a transaction and lock the catalog since we're going to be - * making on-disk changes. But note that BTZeroUnusedNodes doens't actually - * do its writing via the journal, because that would be too much I/O - * to fit in a transaction, and it's a pain to break it up into multiple - * transactions. (It behaves more like growing a B-tree would.) - */ - printf("hfs_erase_unused_nodes: updating volume %s.\n", hfsmp->vcbVN); - result = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp); - if (result) - goto done; - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - result = BTZeroUnusedNodes(catalog); - vnode_waitforwrites(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp, 0, 0, 0, "hfs_erase_unused_nodes"); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - if (result == 0) - hfsmp->vcbAtrb |= kHFSUnusedNodeFixMask; - printf("hfs_erase_unused_nodes: done updating volume %s.\n", hfsmp->vcbVN); - -done: - return result; -} - - -int -check_for_dataless_file(struct vnode *vp, uint64_t op_type) -{ - int error; - - if (vp == NULL || (VTOC(vp)->c_bsdflags & UF_COMPRESSED) == 0 || VTOCMP(vp) == NULL || decmpfs_cnode_cmp_type(VTOCMP(vp)) != DATALESS_CMPFS_TYPE) { - // there's nothing to do, it's not dataless - return 0; - } - - /* Swap files are special; ignore them */ - if (vnode_isswap(vp)) { - return 0; - } - - // printf("hfs: dataless: encountered a file with the dataless bit set! (vp %p)\n", vp); - error = resolve_nspace_item(vp, op_type | NAMESPACE_HANDLER_NSPACE_EVENT); - if (error == EDEADLK && op_type == NAMESPACE_HANDLER_WRITE_OP) { - error = 0; - } else if (error) { - if (error == EAGAIN) { - printf("hfs: dataless: timed out waiting for namespace handler...\n"); - // XXXdbg - return the fabled ENOTPRESENT (i.e. EJUKEBOX)? - return 0; - } else if (error == EINTR) { - // printf("hfs: dataless: got a signal while waiting for namespace handler...\n"); - return EINTR; - } - } else if (VTOC(vp)->c_bsdflags & UF_COMPRESSED) { - // - // if we're here, the dataless bit is still set on the file - // which means it didn't get handled. we return an error - // but it's presently ignored by all callers of this function. - // - // XXXdbg - EDATANOTPRESENT is what we really need... - // - return EBADF; - } - - return error; -} - - -// -// NOTE: this function takes care of starting a transaction and -// acquiring the systemfile lock so that it can call -// cat_update(). -// -// NOTE: do NOT hold and cnode locks while calling this function -// to avoid deadlocks (because we take a lock on the root -// cnode) -// -int -hfs_generate_document_id(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t *docid) -{ - struct vnode *rvp; - struct cnode *cp; - int error; - - error = hfs_vfs_root(HFSTOVFS(hfsmp), &rvp, vfs_context_kernel()); - if (error) { - return error; - } - - cp = VTOC(rvp); - if ((error = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT)) != 0) { - return error; - } - struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)((void *)((char *)&cp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16)); - - int lockflags; - if ((error = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp)) != 0) { - return error; - } - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - if (extinfo->document_id == 0) { - // initialize this to start at 3 (one greater than the root-dir id) - extinfo->document_id = 3; - } - - *docid = extinfo->document_id++; - - // mark the root cnode dirty - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - hfs_update(cp->c_vp, 0); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock (hfsmp, lockflags); - (void) hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - (void) hfs_unlock(cp); - - vnode_put(rvp); - rvp = NULL; - - return 0; -} - - -/* - * Return information about number of file system allocation blocks - * taken by metadata on a volume. - * - * This function populates struct hfsinfo_metadata with allocation blocks - * used by extents overflow btree, catalog btree, bitmap, attribute btree, - * journal file, and sum of all of the above. - */ -int -hfs_getinfo_metadata_blocks(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct hfsinfo_metadata *hinfo) -{ - int lockflags = 0; - int ret_lockflags = 0; - - /* Zero out the output buffer */ - bzero(hinfo, sizeof(struct hfsinfo_metadata)); - - /* - * Getting number of allocation blocks for all btrees - * should be a quick operation, so we grab locks for - * all of them at the same time - */ - lockflags = SFL_CATALOG | SFL_EXTENTS | SFL_BITMAP | SFL_ATTRIBUTE; - ret_lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, lockflags, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - /* - * Make sure that we were able to acquire all locks requested - * to protect us against conditions like unmount in progress. - */ - if ((lockflags & ret_lockflags) != lockflags) { - /* Release any locks that were acquired */ - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, ret_lockflags); - return EPERM; - } - - /* Get information about all the btrees */ - hinfo->extents = hfsmp->hfs_extents_cp->c_datafork->ff_blocks; - hinfo->catalog = hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork->ff_blocks; - hinfo->allocation = hfsmp->hfs_allocation_cp->c_datafork->ff_blocks; - hinfo->attribute = hfsmp->hfs_attribute_cp->c_datafork->ff_blocks; - - /* Done with btrees, give up the locks */ - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, ret_lockflags); - - /* Get information about journal file */ - hinfo->journal = howmany(hfsmp->jnl_size, hfsmp->blockSize); - - /* Calculate total number of metadata blocks */ - hinfo->total = hinfo->extents + hinfo->catalog + - hinfo->allocation + hinfo->attribute + - hinfo->journal; - - return 0; -} - -static int -hfs_freezewrite_callback(struct vnode *vp, __unused void *cargs) -{ - vnode_waitforwrites(vp, 0, 0, 0, "hfs freeze 8"); - - return 0; -} - -int hfs_freeze(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - // First make sure some other process isn't freezing - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - while (hfsmp->hfs_freeze_state != HFS_THAWED) { - if (msleep(&hfsmp->hfs_freeze_state, &hfsmp->hfs_mutex, - PWAIT | PCATCH, "hfs freeze 1", NULL) == EINTR) { - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - return EINTR; - } - } - - // Stop new syncers from starting - hfsmp->hfs_freeze_state = HFS_WANT_TO_FREEZE; - - // Now wait for all syncers to finish - while (hfsmp->hfs_syncers) { - if (msleep(&hfsmp->hfs_freeze_state, &hfsmp->hfs_mutex, - PWAIT | PCATCH, "hfs freeze 2", NULL) == EINTR) { - hfs_thaw_locked(hfsmp); - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - return EINTR; - } - } - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - // flush things before we get started to try and prevent - // dirty data from being paged out while we're frozen. - // note: we can't do this once we're in the freezing state because - // other threads will need to take the global lock - vnode_iterate(hfsmp->hfs_mp, 0, hfs_freezewrite_callback, NULL); - - // Block everything in hfs_lock_global now - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - hfsmp->hfs_freeze_state = HFS_FREEZING; - hfsmp->hfs_freezing_thread = current_thread(); - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - /* Take the exclusive lock to flush out anything else that - might have the global lock at the moment and also so we - can flush the journal. */ - hfs_lock_global(hfsmp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - journal_flush(hfsmp->jnl, JOURNAL_WAIT_FOR_IO); - hfs_unlock_global(hfsmp); - - // don't need to iterate on all vnodes, we just need to - // wait for writes to the system files and the device vnode - // - // Now that journal flush waits for all metadata blocks to - // be written out, waiting for btree writes is probably no - // longer required. - if (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->extentsRefNum) - vnode_waitforwrites(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->extentsRefNum, 0, 0, 0, "hfs freeze 3"); - if (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->catalogRefNum) - vnode_waitforwrites(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->catalogRefNum, 0, 0, 0, "hfs freeze 4"); - if (HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->allocationsRefNum) - vnode_waitforwrites(HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->allocationsRefNum, 0, 0, 0, "hfs freeze 5"); - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp) - vnode_waitforwrites(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp, 0, 0, 0, "hfs freeze 6"); - vnode_waitforwrites(hfsmp->hfs_devvp, 0, 0, 0, "hfs freeze 7"); - - // We're done, mark frozen - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - hfsmp->hfs_freeze_state = HFS_FROZEN; - hfsmp->hfs_freezing_proc = current_proc(); - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - return 0; -} - -int hfs_thaw(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, const struct proc *process) -{ - hfs_lock_mount(hfsmp); - - if (hfsmp->hfs_freeze_state != HFS_FROZEN) { - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - return EINVAL; - } - if (process && hfsmp->hfs_freezing_proc != process) { - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - return EPERM; - } - - hfs_thaw_locked(hfsmp); - - hfs_unlock_mount(hfsmp); - - return 0; -} - -static void hfs_thaw_locked(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - hfsmp->hfs_freezing_proc = NULL; - hfsmp->hfs_freeze_state = HFS_THAWED; - - wakeup(&hfsmp->hfs_freeze_state); -} - -uintptr_t obfuscate_addr(void *addr) -{ - vm_offset_t new_addr; - vm_kernel_addrperm_external((vm_offset_t)addr, &new_addr); - return new_addr; -} - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -/* - * Convert HFS encoded string into UTF-8 - * - * Unicode output is fully decomposed - * '/' chars are converted to ':' - */ -int -hfs_to_utf8(ExtendedVCB *vcb, const Str31 hfs_str, ByteCount maxDstLen, ByteCount *actualDstLen, unsigned char* dstStr) -{ - int error; - UniChar uniStr[MAX_HFS_UNICODE_CHARS]; - ItemCount uniCount; - size_t utf8len; - hfs_to_unicode_func_t hfs_get_unicode = VCBTOHFS(vcb)->hfs_get_unicode; - u_int8_t pascal_length = 0; - - /* - * Validate the length of the Pascal-style string before passing it - * down to the decoding engine. - */ - pascal_length = *((const u_int8_t*)(hfs_str)); - if (pascal_length > 31) { - /* invalid string; longer than 31 bytes */ - error = EINVAL; - return error; - } - - error = hfs_get_unicode(hfs_str, uniStr, MAX_HFS_UNICODE_CHARS, &uniCount); - - if (uniCount == 0) - error = EINVAL; - - if (error == 0) { - error = utf8_encodestr(uniStr, uniCount * sizeof(UniChar), dstStr, &utf8len, maxDstLen , ':', 0); - if (error == ENAMETOOLONG) - *actualDstLen = utf8_encodelen(uniStr, uniCount * sizeof(UniChar), ':', 0); - else - *actualDstLen = utf8len; - } - - return error; -} - -/* - * Convert UTF-8 string into HFS encoding - * - * ':' chars are converted to '/' - * Assumes input represents fully decomposed Unicode - */ -int -utf8_to_hfs(ExtendedVCB *vcb, ByteCount srcLen, const unsigned char* srcStr, Str31 dstStr/*, int retry*/) -{ - int error; - UniChar uniStr[MAX_HFS_UNICODE_CHARS]; - size_t ucslen; - - error = utf8_decodestr(srcStr, srcLen, uniStr, &ucslen, sizeof(uniStr), ':', 0); - if (error == 0) - error = unicode_to_hfs(vcb, ucslen, uniStr, dstStr, 1); - - return error; -} - -/* - * Convert Unicode string into HFS encoding - * - * ':' chars are converted to '/' - * Assumes input represents fully decomposed Unicode - */ -int -unicode_to_hfs(ExtendedVCB *vcb, ByteCount srcLen, u_int16_t* srcStr, Str31 dstStr, int retry) -{ - int error; - unicode_to_hfs_func_t hfs_get_hfsname = VCBTOHFS(vcb)->hfs_get_hfsname; - - error = hfs_get_hfsname(srcStr, srcLen/sizeof(UniChar), dstStr); - if (error && retry) { - error = unicode_to_mac_roman(srcStr, srcLen/sizeof(UniChar), dstStr); - } - return error; -} - -#endif // CONFIG_HFS_STD - -static uint64_t hfs_allocated __attribute__((aligned(8))); - -#if HFS_MALLOC_DEBUG - -#warning HFS_MALLOC_DEBUG is on - -#include -#include "hfs_alloc_trace.h" - -struct alloc_debug_header { - uint32_t magic; - uint32_t size; - uint64_t sequence; - LIST_ENTRY(alloc_debug_header) chain; - void *backtrace[HFS_ALLOC_BACKTRACE_LEN]; -}; - -enum { - HFS_ALLOC_MAGIC = 0x68667361, // "hfsa" - HFS_ALLOC_DEAD = 0x68667364, // "hfsd" -}; - -static LIST_HEAD(, alloc_debug_header) hfs_alloc_list; -static lck_mtx_t *hfs_alloc_mtx; -static int hfs_alloc_tracing; -static uint64_t hfs_alloc_sequence; - -void hfs_alloc_trace_enable(void) -{ - if (hfs_alloc_tracing) - return; - - // Not thread-safe, but this is debug so who cares - extern lck_grp_t *hfs_mutex_group; - extern lck_attr_t *hfs_lock_attr; - - if (!hfs_alloc_mtx) { - hfs_alloc_mtx = lck_mtx_alloc_init(hfs_mutex_group, hfs_lock_attr); - LIST_INIT(&hfs_alloc_list); - } - - // Using OSCompareAndSwap in lieu of a barrier - OSCompareAndSwap(hfs_alloc_tracing, true, &hfs_alloc_tracing); -} - -void hfs_alloc_trace_disable(void) -{ - if (!hfs_alloc_tracing) - return; - - hfs_alloc_tracing = false; - - lck_mtx_lock_spin(hfs_alloc_mtx); - - struct alloc_debug_header *hdr; - LIST_FOREACH(hdr, &hfs_alloc_list, chain) { - hdr->chain.le_prev = NULL; - } - LIST_INIT(&hfs_alloc_list); - - lck_mtx_unlock(hfs_alloc_mtx); -} - -static int hfs_handle_alloc_tracing SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS -{ - int v = hfs_alloc_tracing; - - int err = sysctl_handle_int(oidp, &v, 0, req); - if (err || req->newptr == USER_ADDR_NULL || v == hfs_alloc_tracing) - return err; - - if (v) - hfs_alloc_trace_enable(); - else - hfs_alloc_trace_disable(); - - return 0; -} - -HFS_SYSCTL(PROC, _vfs_generic_hfs, OID_AUTO, alloc_tracing, - CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW | CTLFLAG_LOCKED, NULL, 0, - hfs_handle_alloc_tracing, "I", "Allocation tracing") - -static int hfs_handle_alloc_trace_info SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS -{ - if (!hfs_alloc_tracing) { - struct hfs_alloc_trace_info info = {}; - return sysctl_handle_opaque(oidp, &info, sizeof(info), req); - } - - const int size = 128 * 1024; - struct hfs_alloc_trace_info *info = kalloc(size); - - const int max_entries = ((size - sizeof(*info)) - / sizeof(struct hfs_alloc_info_entry)); - - info->entry_count = 0; - info->more = false; - - lck_mtx_lock_spin(hfs_alloc_mtx); - - struct alloc_debug_header *hdr; - LIST_FOREACH(hdr, &hfs_alloc_list, chain) { - if (info->entry_count == max_entries) { - info->more = true; - break; - } - vm_offset_t o; - vm_kernel_addrperm_external((vm_offset_t)hdr, &o); - info->entries[info->entry_count].ptr = o; - info->entries[info->entry_count].size = hdr->size; - info->entries[info->entry_count].sequence = hdr->sequence; - for (int i = 0; i < HFS_ALLOC_BACKTRACE_LEN; ++i) { - vm_kernel_unslide_or_perm_external((vm_offset_t)hdr->backtrace[i], &o); - info->entries[info->entry_count].backtrace[i] = o; - } - ++info->entry_count; - } - - lck_mtx_unlock(hfs_alloc_mtx); - - int err = sysctl_handle_opaque(oidp, info, - sizeof(*info) + info->entry_count - * sizeof(struct hfs_alloc_info_entry), - req); - - kfree(info, size); - - return err; -} - -HFS_SYSCTL(PROC, _vfs_generic_hfs, OID_AUTO, alloc_trace_info, - CTLTYPE_OPAQUE | CTLFLAG_RD | CTLFLAG_LOCKED, NULL, 0, - hfs_handle_alloc_trace_info, "-", "Allocation trace info") - -bool hfs_dump_allocations(void) -{ - if (!hfs_allocated) - return false; - - lck_mtx_lock(hfs_alloc_mtx); - - struct alloc_debug_header *hdr; - LIST_FOREACH(hdr, &hfs_alloc_list, chain) { - vm_offset_t o; - vm_kernel_addrperm_external((vm_offset_t)hdr, &o); - printf(" -- 0x%lx:%llu <%u> --\n", o, hdr->sequence, hdr->size); - for (int j = 0; j < HFS_ALLOC_BACKTRACE_LEN && hdr->backtrace[j]; ++j) { - vm_kernel_unslide_or_perm_external((vm_offset_t)hdr->backtrace[j], &o); - printf("0x%lx\n", o); - } - } - - lck_mtx_unlock(hfs_alloc_mtx); - - return true; -} - -#endif - -HFS_SYSCTL(QUAD, _vfs_generic_hfs, OID_AUTO, allocated, - CTLFLAG_RD | CTLFLAG_LOCKED, &hfs_allocated, "Memory allocated") - -void *hfs_malloc(size_t size) -{ -#if HFS_MALLOC_DEBUG - hfs_assert(size <= 0xffffffff); - - struct alloc_debug_header *hdr; - - void *ptr; - ptr = kalloc(size + sizeof(*hdr)); - - hdr = ptr + size; - - hdr->magic = HFS_ALLOC_MAGIC; - hdr->size = size; - - if (hfs_alloc_tracing) { - OSBacktrace(hdr->backtrace, HFS_ALLOC_BACKTRACE_LEN); - lck_mtx_lock_spin(hfs_alloc_mtx); - LIST_INSERT_HEAD(&hfs_alloc_list, hdr, chain); - hdr->sequence = ++hfs_alloc_sequence; - lck_mtx_unlock(hfs_alloc_mtx); - } else - hdr->chain.le_prev = NULL; -#else - void *ptr; - ptr = kalloc(size); -#endif - - OSAddAtomic64(size, &hfs_allocated); - - return ptr; -} - -void hfs_free(void *ptr, size_t size) -{ - if (!ptr) - return; - - OSAddAtomic64(-(int64_t)size, &hfs_allocated); - -#if HFS_MALLOC_DEBUG - struct alloc_debug_header *hdr = ptr + size; - - hfs_assert(hdr->magic == HFS_ALLOC_MAGIC); - hfs_assert(hdr->size == size); - - hdr->magic = HFS_ALLOC_DEAD; - - if (hdr->chain.le_prev) { - lck_mtx_lock_spin(hfs_alloc_mtx); - LIST_REMOVE(hdr, chain); - lck_mtx_unlock(hfs_alloc_mtx); - } - - kfree(ptr, size + sizeof(*hdr)); -#else - kfree(ptr, size); -#endif -} - -void *hfs_mallocz(size_t size) -{ - void *ptr = hfs_malloc(size); - bzero(ptr, size); - return ptr; -} - -// -- Zone allocator-related structures and routines -- - -hfs_zone_entry_t hfs_zone_entries[HFS_NUM_ZONES] = { - { HFS_CNODE_ZONE, sizeof(struct cnode), "HFS node", true }, - { HFS_FILEFORK_ZONE, sizeof(struct filefork), "HFS fork", true }, - { HFS_DIRHINT_ZONE, sizeof(struct directoryhint), "HFS dirhint", true } -}; - -hfs_zone_t hfs_zones[HFS_NUM_ZONES]; - -void hfs_init_zones(void) { - for (int i = 0; i < HFS_NUM_ZONES; i++) { - hfs_zones[i].hz_zone = zinit(hfs_zone_entries[i].hze_elem_size, 1024 * 1024, PAGE_SIZE, hfs_zone_entries[i].hze_name); - hfs_zones[i].hz_elem_size = hfs_zone_entries[i].hze_elem_size; - - zone_change(hfs_zones[i].hz_zone, Z_CALLERACCT, false); - if (hfs_zone_entries[i].hze_noencrypt) - zone_change(hfs_zones[i].hz_zone, Z_NOENCRYPT, true); - } -} - -void *hfs_zalloc(hfs_zone_kind_t zone) -{ - OSAddAtomic64(hfs_zones[zone].hz_elem_size, &hfs_allocated); - - return zalloc(hfs_zones[zone].hz_zone); -} - -void hfs_zfree(void *ptr, hfs_zone_kind_t zone) -{ - OSAddAtomic64(-(int64_t)hfs_zones[zone].hz_elem_size, &hfs_allocated); - - zfree(hfs_zones[zone].hz_zone, ptr); -} - -struct hfs_sysctl_chain *sysctl_list; - -void hfs_sysctl_register(void) -{ - struct hfs_sysctl_chain *e = sysctl_list; - while (e) { - sysctl_register_oid(e->oid); - e = e->next; - } -} - -void hfs_sysctl_unregister(void) -{ - struct hfs_sysctl_chain *e = sysctl_list; - while (e) { - sysctl_unregister_oid(e->oid); - e = e->next; - } -} - -void hfs_assert_fail(const char *file, unsigned line, const char *expr) -{ - Assert(file, line, expr); - __builtin_unreachable(); -} diff --git a/core/hfs_vnops.c b/core/hfs_vnops.c deleted file mode 100644 index 16d1d1d..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_vnops.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7608 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2017 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include -#include -#include - -#include -#include -#include - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_catalog.h" -#include "hfs_cnode.h" -#include "hfs_dbg.h" -#include "hfs_mount.h" -#include "hfs_quota.h" -#include "hfs_endian.h" -#include "hfs_kdebug.h" -#include "hfs_cprotect.h" - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL -#include "hfs_key_roll.h" -#endif - -#include "BTreesInternal.h" -#include "FileMgrInternal.h" - -/* Global vfs data structures for hfs */ - -/* - * Always F_FULLFSYNC? 1=yes,0=no (default due to "various" reasons is - * 'no'). At some point this might need to move into VFS and we might - * need to provide an API to get at it, but for now, this is only used - * by HFS+. - */ -int always_do_fullfsync = 0; -SYSCTL_DECL(_vfs_generic); -HFS_SYSCTL(INT, _vfs_generic, OID_AUTO, always_do_fullfsync, CTLFLAG_RW | CTLFLAG_LOCKED, &always_do_fullfsync, 0, "always F_FULLFSYNC when fsync is called") - -int hfs_makenode(struct vnode *dvp, struct vnode **vpp, - struct componentname *cnp, struct vnode_attr *vap, - vfs_context_t ctx); -int hfs_metasync(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, daddr64_t node, __unused struct proc *p); -int hfs_metasync_all(struct hfsmount *hfsmp); - -int hfs_removedir(struct vnode *, struct vnode *, struct componentname *, - int, int); -int hfs_removefile(struct vnode *, struct vnode *, struct componentname *, - int, int, int, struct vnode *, int); - -/* Used here and in cnode teardown -- for symlinks */ -int hfs_removefile_callback(struct buf *bp, void *hfsmp); - -enum { - HFS_MOVE_DATA_INCLUDE_RSRC = 1, -}; -typedef uint32_t hfs_move_data_options_t; - -static int hfs_move_data(cnode_t *from_cp, cnode_t *to_cp, - hfs_move_data_options_t options); -static int hfs_move_fork(filefork_t *srcfork, cnode_t *src, - filefork_t *dstfork, cnode_t *dst); - - -static int hfs_exchangedata_getxattr (struct vnode *vp, uint32_t name_selector, void **buffer, size_t *xattr_size); -static int hfs_exchangedata_setxattr (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t fileid, - uint32_t name_selector, void *buffer, size_t xattr_size); - -enum XATTR_NAME_ENTRIES { - quarantine = 0, - MAX_NUM_XATTR_NAMES //must be last -}; - - -/* These are special EAs that follow the content in exchangedata(2). */ -const char *XATTR_NAMES [MAX_NUM_XATTR_NAMES] = { "com.apple.quarantine" }; - -#define MAX_EXCHANGE_EA_SIZE 4096 - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION -static int hfs_move_compressed(cnode_t *from_vp, cnode_t *to_vp); -#endif - -decmpfs_cnode* hfs_lazy_init_decmpfs_cnode (struct cnode *cp); - -#if FIFO -static int hfsfifo_read(struct vnop_read_args *); -static int hfsfifo_write(struct vnop_write_args *); -static int hfsfifo_close(struct vnop_close_args *); - -extern int (**fifo_vnodeop_p)(void *); -#endif /* FIFO */ - -int hfs_vnop_close(struct vnop_close_args*); -int hfs_vnop_exchange(struct vnop_exchange_args*); -int hfs_vnop_fsync(struct vnop_fsync_args*); -int hfs_vnop_mkdir(struct vnop_mkdir_args*); -int hfs_vnop_mknod(struct vnop_mknod_args*); -int hfs_vnop_getattr(struct vnop_getattr_args*); -int hfs_vnop_open(struct vnop_open_args*); -int hfs_vnop_readdir(struct vnop_readdir_args*); -int hfs_vnop_rename(struct vnop_rename_args*); -int hfs_vnop_renamex(struct vnop_renamex_args*); -int hfs_vnop_rmdir(struct vnop_rmdir_args*); -int hfs_vnop_symlink(struct vnop_symlink_args*); -int hfs_vnop_setattr(struct vnop_setattr_args*); -int hfs_vnop_readlink(struct vnop_readlink_args *); -int hfs_vnop_pathconf(struct vnop_pathconf_args *); -int hfs_vnop_mmap(struct vnop_mmap_args *ap); -int hfsspec_read(struct vnop_read_args *); -int hfsspec_write(struct vnop_write_args *); -int hfsspec_close(struct vnop_close_args *); - -/* Options for hfs_removedir and hfs_removefile */ -#define HFSRM_SKIP_RESERVE 0x01 - - - -/***************************************************************************** -* -* Common Operations on vnodes -* -*****************************************************************************/ - -/* - * Is the given cnode either the .journal or .journal_info_block file on - * a volume with an active journal? Many VNOPs use this to deny access - * to those files. - * - * Note: the .journal file on a volume with an external journal still - * returns true here, even though it does not actually hold the contents - * of the volume's journal. - */ -static _Bool -hfs_is_journal_file(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct cnode *cp) -{ - if (hfsmp->jnl != NULL && - (cp->c_fileid == hfsmp->hfs_jnlinfoblkid || - cp->c_fileid == hfsmp->hfs_jnlfileid)) { - return true; - } else { - return false; - } -} - -/* - * Create a regular file. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_create(struct vnop_create_args *ap) -{ - /* - * We leave handling of certain race conditions here to the caller - * which will have a better understanding of the semantics it - * requires. For example, if it turns out that the file exists, - * it would be wrong of us to return a reference to the existing - * file because the caller might not want that and it would be - * misleading to suggest the file had been created when it hadn't - * been. Note that our NFS server code does not set the - * VA_EXCLUSIVE flag so you cannot assume that callers don't want - * EEXIST errors if it's not set. The common case, where users - * are calling open with the O_CREAT mode, is handled in VFS; when - * we return EEXIST, it will loop and do the look-up again. - */ - return hfs_makenode(ap->a_dvp, ap->a_vpp, ap->a_cnp, ap->a_vap, ap->a_context); -} - -/* - * Make device special file. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_mknod(struct vnop_mknod_args *ap) -{ - struct vnode_attr *vap = ap->a_vap; - struct vnode *dvp = ap->a_dvp; - struct vnode **vpp = ap->a_vpp; - struct cnode *cp; - int error; - - if (VTOVCB(dvp)->vcbSigWord != kHFSPlusSigWord) { - return (ENOTSUP); - } - - /* Create the vnode */ - error = hfs_makenode(dvp, vpp, ap->a_cnp, vap, ap->a_context); - if (error) - return (error); - - cp = VTOC(*vpp); - cp->c_touch_acctime = TRUE; - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - cp->c_touch_modtime = TRUE; - - if ((vap->va_rdev != VNOVAL) && - (vap->va_type == VBLK || vap->va_type == VCHR)) - cp->c_rdev = vap->va_rdev; - - return (0); -} - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION -/* - * hfs_ref_data_vp(): returns the data fork vnode for a given cnode. - * In the (hopefully rare) case where the data fork vnode is not - * present, it will use hfs_vget() to create a new vnode for the - * data fork. - * - * NOTE: If successful and a vnode is returned, the caller is responsible - * for releasing the returned vnode with vnode_rele(). - */ -static int -hfs_ref_data_vp(struct cnode *cp, struct vnode **data_vp, int skiplock) -{ - int vref = 0; - - if (!data_vp || !cp) /* sanity check incoming parameters */ - return EINVAL; - - /* maybe we should take the hfs cnode lock here, and if so, use the skiplock parameter to tell us not to */ - - if (!skiplock) hfs_lock(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - struct vnode *c_vp = cp->c_vp; - if (c_vp) { - /* we already have a data vnode */ - *data_vp = c_vp; - vref = vnode_ref(*data_vp); - if (!skiplock) hfs_unlock(cp); - if (vref == 0) { - return 0; - } - return EINVAL; - } - /* no data fork vnode in the cnode, so ask hfs for one. */ - - if (!cp->c_rsrc_vp) { - /* if we don't have either a c_vp or c_rsrc_vp, we can't really do anything useful */ - *data_vp = NULL; - if (!skiplock) hfs_unlock(cp); - return EINVAL; - } - - if (0 == hfs_vget(VTOHFS(cp->c_rsrc_vp), cp->c_cnid, data_vp, 1, 0) && - 0 != data_vp) { - vref = vnode_ref(*data_vp); - vnode_put(*data_vp); - if (!skiplock) hfs_unlock(cp); - if (vref == 0) { - return 0; - } - return EINVAL; - } - /* there was an error getting the vnode */ - *data_vp = NULL; - if (!skiplock) hfs_unlock(cp); - return EINVAL; -} - -/* - * hfs_lazy_init_decmpfs_cnode(): returns the decmpfs_cnode for a cnode, - * allocating it if necessary; returns NULL if there was an allocation error. - * function is non-static so that it can be used from the FCNTL handler. - */ -decmpfs_cnode * -hfs_lazy_init_decmpfs_cnode(struct cnode *cp) -{ - if (!cp->c_decmp) { - decmpfs_cnode *dp = decmpfs_cnode_alloc(); - decmpfs_cnode_init(dp); - if (!OSCompareAndSwapPtr(NULL, dp, (void * volatile *)&cp->c_decmp)) { - /* another thread got here first, so free the decmpfs_cnode we allocated */ - decmpfs_cnode_destroy(dp); - decmpfs_cnode_free(dp); - } - } - - return cp->c_decmp; -} - -/* - * hfs_file_is_compressed(): returns 1 if the file is compressed, and 0 (zero) if not. - * if the file's compressed flag is set, makes sure that the decmpfs_cnode field - * is allocated by calling hfs_lazy_init_decmpfs_cnode(), then makes sure it is populated, - * or else fills it in via the decmpfs_file_is_compressed() function. - */ -int -hfs_file_is_compressed(struct cnode *cp, int skiplock) -{ - int ret = 0; - - /* fast check to see if file is compressed. If flag is clear, just answer no */ - if (!(cp->c_bsdflags & UF_COMPRESSED)) { - return 0; - } - - decmpfs_cnode *dp = hfs_lazy_init_decmpfs_cnode(cp); - if (!dp) { - /* error allocating a decmpfs cnode, treat the file as uncompressed */ - return 0; - } - - /* flag was set, see if the decmpfs_cnode state is valid (zero == invalid) */ - uint32_t decmpfs_state = decmpfs_cnode_get_vnode_state(dp); - switch(decmpfs_state) { - case FILE_IS_COMPRESSED: - case FILE_IS_CONVERTING: /* treat decompressing files as if they are compressed */ - return 1; - case FILE_IS_NOT_COMPRESSED: - return 0; - /* otherwise the state is not cached yet */ - } - - /* decmpfs hasn't seen this file yet, so call decmpfs_file_is_compressed() to init the decmpfs_cnode struct */ - struct vnode *data_vp = NULL; - if (0 == hfs_ref_data_vp(cp, &data_vp, skiplock)) { - if (data_vp) { - ret = decmpfs_file_is_compressed(data_vp, VTOCMP(data_vp)); // fill in decmpfs_cnode - vnode_rele(data_vp); - } - } - return ret; -} - -/* hfs_uncompressed_size_of_compressed_file() - get the uncompressed size of the file. - * if the caller has passed a valid vnode (has a ref count > 0), then hfsmp and fid are not required. - * if the caller doesn't have a vnode, pass NULL in vp, and pass valid hfsmp and fid. - * files size is returned in size (required) - * if the indicated file is a directory (or something that doesn't have a data fork), then this call - * will return an error and the caller should fall back to treating the item as an uncompressed file - */ -int -hfs_uncompressed_size_of_compressed_file(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *vp, cnid_t fid, off_t *size, int skiplock) -{ - int ret = 0; - int putaway = 0; /* flag to remember if we used hfs_vget() */ - - if (!size) { - return EINVAL; /* no place to put the file size */ - } - - if (NULL == vp) { - if (!hfsmp || !fid) { /* make sure we have the required parameters */ - return EINVAL; - } - if (0 != hfs_vget(hfsmp, fid, &vp, skiplock, 0)) { /* vnode is null, use hfs_vget() to get it */ - vp = NULL; - } else { - putaway = 1; /* note that hfs_vget() was used to aquire the vnode */ - } - } - /* this double check for compression (hfs_file_is_compressed) - * ensures the cached size is present in case decmpfs hasn't - * encountered this node yet. - */ - if (vp) { - if (hfs_file_is_compressed(VTOC(vp), skiplock) ) { - *size = decmpfs_cnode_get_vnode_cached_size(VTOCMP(vp)); /* file info will be cached now, so get size */ - } else if (VTOCMP(vp)) { - uint32_t cmp_type = decmpfs_cnode_cmp_type(VTOCMP(vp)); - - if (cmp_type == DATALESS_CMPFS_TYPE) { - *size = decmpfs_cnode_get_vnode_cached_size(VTOCMP(vp)); /* file info will be cached now, so get size */ - ret = 0; - } else if (cmp_type >= CMP_MAX && VTOC(vp)->c_datafork) { - // if we don't recognize this type, just use the real data fork size - *size = VTOC(vp)->c_datafork->ff_size; - ret = 0; - } else - ret = EINVAL; - } else - ret = EINVAL; - } - - if (putaway) { /* did we use hfs_vget() to get this vnode? */ - vnode_put(vp); /* if so, release it and set it to null */ - vp = NULL; - } - return ret; -} - -int -hfs_hides_rsrc(vfs_context_t ctx, struct cnode *cp, int skiplock) -{ - if (ctx == decmpfs_ctx) - return 0; - if (!hfs_file_is_compressed(cp, skiplock)) - return 0; - return decmpfs_hides_rsrc(ctx, cp->c_decmp); -} - -int -hfs_hides_xattr(vfs_context_t ctx, struct cnode *cp, const char *name, int skiplock) -{ - if (ctx == decmpfs_ctx) - return 0; - if (!hfs_file_is_compressed(cp, skiplock)) - return 0; - return decmpfs_hides_xattr(ctx, cp->c_decmp, name); -} -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - -/* - * Open a file/directory. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_open(struct vnop_open_args *ap) -{ - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - struct filefork *fp; - struct timeval tv; - int error; - static int past_bootup = 0; - struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - error = cp_handle_open(vp, ap->a_mode); - if (error) - return error; -#endif - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (ap->a_mode & FWRITE) { - /* open for write */ - if ( hfs_file_is_compressed(cp, 1) ) { /* 1 == don't take the cnode lock */ - /* opening a compressed file for write, so convert it to decompressed */ - struct vnode *data_vp = NULL; - error = hfs_ref_data_vp(cp, &data_vp, 1); /* 1 == don't take the cnode lock */ - if (0 == error) { - if (data_vp) { - error = decmpfs_decompress_file(data_vp, VTOCMP(data_vp), -1, 1, 0); - vnode_rele(data_vp); - } else { - error = EINVAL; - } - } - if (error != 0) - return error; - } - } else { - /* open for read */ - if (hfs_file_is_compressed(cp, 1) ) { /* 1 == don't take the cnode lock */ - if (VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)) { - /* opening the resource fork of a compressed file, so nothing to do */ - } else { - /* opening a compressed file for read, make sure it validates */ - error = decmpfs_validate_compressed_file(vp, VTOCMP(vp)); - if (error != 0) - return error; - } - } - } -#endif - - /* - * Files marked append-only must be opened for appending. - */ - if ((cp->c_bsdflags & APPEND) && !vnode_isdir(vp) && - (ap->a_mode & (FWRITE | O_APPEND)) == FWRITE) - return (EPERM); - - if (vnode_issystem(vp)) - return (EBUSY); /* file is in use by the kernel */ - - /* Don't allow journal to be opened externally. */ - if (hfs_is_journal_file(hfsmp, cp)) - return (EPERM); - - bool have_lock = false; - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - if (ISSET(ap->a_mode, FENCRYPTED) && cp->c_cpentry && vnode_isreg(vp)) { - bool have_trunc_lock = false; - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - again: -#endif - - if ((error = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - if (have_trunc_lock) - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, 0); - return error; - } - - have_lock = true; - - if (cp->c_cpentry->cp_raw_open_count + 1 - < cp->c_cpentry->cp_raw_open_count) { - // Overflow; too many raw opens on this file - hfs_unlock(cp); - if (have_trunc_lock) - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, 0); - return ENFILE; - } - -#if HFS_CONFIG_KEY_ROLL - if (cp_should_auto_roll(hfsmp, cp->c_cpentry)) { - if (!have_trunc_lock) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, 0); - have_trunc_lock = true; - goto again; - } - - error = hfs_key_roll_start(cp); - if (error) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, 0); - return error; - } - } -#endif - - if (have_trunc_lock) - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, 0); - - ++cp->c_cpentry->cp_raw_open_count; - } -#endif - - if (ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_READ_ONLY) - || !vnode_isreg(vp) -#if NAMEDSTREAMS - || vnode_isnamedstream(vp) -#endif - || !hfsmp->jnl || vnode_isinuse(vp, 0)) { - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - if (have_lock) - hfs_unlock(cp); -#endif - - return (0); - } - - if (!have_lock && (error = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) - return (error); - -#if QUOTA - /* If we're going to write to the file, initialize quotas. */ - if ((ap->a_mode & FWRITE) && (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_QUOTAS)) - (void)hfs_getinoquota(cp); -#endif /* QUOTA */ - - /* - * On the first (non-busy) open of a fragmented - * file attempt to de-frag it, if it's less than hfs_defrag_max bytes. - * That field is initially set to 20MB. - */ - fp = VTOF(vp); - if (fp->ff_blocks && - fp->ff_extents[7].blockCount != 0 && - fp->ff_size <= hfsmp->hfs_defrag_max) { - - int no_mods = 0; - struct timeval now; - /* - * Wait until system bootup is done (3 min). - * And don't relocate a file that's been modified - * within the past minute -- this can lead to - * system thrashing. - */ - - if (hfsmp->hfs_defrag_nowait) { - /* If this is toggled, then issue the defrag if appropriate */ - past_bootup = 1; - no_mods = 1; - } - - if (!past_bootup) { - microuptime(&tv); - if (tv.tv_sec > (60*3)) { - past_bootup = 1; - } - } - - microtime(&now); - if ((now.tv_sec - cp->c_mtime) > 60) { - no_mods = 1; - } - - if (past_bootup && no_mods) { - (void) hfs_relocate(vp, hfsmp->nextAllocation + 4096, - vfs_context_ucred(ap->a_context), - vfs_context_proc(ap->a_context)); - } - } - - hfs_unlock(cp); - - return (0); -} - - -/* - * Close a file/directory. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_close(struct vnop_close_args *ap) -{ - register struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - register struct cnode *cp; - struct proc *p = vfs_context_proc(ap->a_context); - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - int busy; - int tooktrunclock = 0; - int knownrefs = 0; - - if ( hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT) != 0) - return (0); - cp = VTOC(vp); - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - if (cp->c_cpentry && ISSET(ap->a_fflag, FENCRYPTED) && vnode_isreg(vp)) { - hfs_assert(cp->c_cpentry->cp_raw_open_count > 0); - --cp->c_cpentry->cp_raw_open_count; - } -#endif - - /* - * If the rsrc fork is a named stream, it can cause the data fork to - * stay around, preventing de-allocation of these blocks. - * Do checks for truncation on close. Purge extra extents if they exist. - * Make sure the vp is not a directory, and that it has a resource fork, - * and that resource fork is also a named stream. - */ - - if ((vnode_vtype(vp) == VREG) && (cp->c_rsrc_vp) - && (vnode_isnamedstream(cp->c_rsrc_vp))) { - uint32_t blks; - - blks = howmany(VTOF(vp)->ff_size, VTOVCB(vp)->blockSize); - /* - * If there are extra blocks and there are only 2 refs on - * this vp (ourselves + rsrc fork holding ref on us), go ahead - * and try to truncate. - */ - if ((blks < VTOF(vp)->ff_blocks) && (!vnode_isinuse(vp, 2))) { - // release cnode lock; must acquire truncate lock BEFORE cnode lock - hfs_unlock(cp); - - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - tooktrunclock = 1; - - if (hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT) != 0) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - // bail out if we can't re-acquire cnode lock - return 0; - } - // now re-test to make sure it's still valid - if (cp->c_rsrc_vp) { - knownrefs = 1 + vnode_isnamedstream(cp->c_rsrc_vp); - if (!vnode_isinuse(vp, knownrefs)){ - // now we can truncate the file, if necessary - blks = howmany(VTOF(vp)->ff_size, VTOVCB(vp)->blockSize); - if (blks < VTOF(vp)->ff_blocks){ - (void) hfs_truncate(vp, VTOF(vp)->ff_size, IO_NDELAY, - 0, ap->a_context); - } - } - } - } - } - - - // if we froze the fs and we're exiting, then "thaw" the fs - if (hfsmp->hfs_freeze_state == HFS_FROZEN - && hfsmp->hfs_freezing_proc == p && proc_exiting(p)) { - hfs_thaw(hfsmp, p); - } - - busy = vnode_isinuse(vp, 1); - - if (busy) { - hfs_touchtimes(VTOHFS(vp), cp); - } - if (vnode_isdir(vp)) { - hfs_reldirhints(cp, busy); - } else if (vnode_issystem(vp) && !busy) { - vnode_recycle(vp); - } - - if (tooktrunclock){ - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - } - hfs_unlock(cp); - - if (ap->a_fflag & FWASWRITTEN) { - hfs_sync_ejectable(hfsmp); - } - - return (0); -} - -static bool hfs_should_generate_document_id(hfsmount_t *hfsmp, cnode_t *cp) -{ - return (!ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_READ_ONLY) - && ISSET(cp->c_bsdflags, UF_TRACKED) - && cp->c_desc.cd_cnid != kHFSRootFolderID - && (S_ISDIR(cp->c_mode) || S_ISREG(cp->c_mode) || S_ISLNK(cp->c_mode))); -} - -/* - * Get basic attributes. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_getattr(struct vnop_getattr_args *ap) -{ -#define VNODE_ATTR_TIMES \ - (VNODE_ATTR_va_access_time|VNODE_ATTR_va_change_time|VNODE_ATTR_va_modify_time) -#define VNODE_ATTR_AUTH \ - (VNODE_ATTR_va_mode | VNODE_ATTR_va_uid | VNODE_ATTR_va_gid | \ - VNODE_ATTR_va_flags | VNODE_ATTR_va_acl) - - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - struct vnode_attr *vap = ap->a_vap; - struct vnode *rvp = NULLVP; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - struct cnode *cp; - uint64_t data_size; - enum vtype v_type; - int error = 0; - cp = VTOC(vp); - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - /* we need to inspect the decmpfs state of the file before we take the hfs cnode lock */ - int compressed = 0; - int hide_size = 0; - off_t uncompressed_size = -1; - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_data_size) || VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_total_alloc) || VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_data_alloc) || VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_total_size)) { - /* we only care about whether the file is compressed if asked for the uncompressed size */ - if (VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)) { - /* if it's a resource fork, decmpfs may want us to hide the size */ - hide_size = hfs_hides_rsrc(ap->a_context, cp, 0); - } else { - /* if it's a data fork, we need to know if it was compressed so we can report the uncompressed size */ - compressed = hfs_file_is_compressed(cp, 0); - } - if ((VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_data_size) || VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_total_size))) { - // if it's compressed - if (compressed || (!VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp) && cp->c_decmp && decmpfs_cnode_cmp_type(cp->c_decmp) >= CMP_MAX)) { - if (0 != hfs_uncompressed_size_of_compressed_file(NULL, vp, 0, &uncompressed_size, 0)) { - /* failed to get the uncompressed size, we'll check for this later */ - uncompressed_size = -1; - } else { - // fake that it's compressed - compressed = 1; - } - } - } - } -#endif - - /* - * Shortcut for vnode_authorize path. Each of the attributes - * in this set is updated atomically so we don't need to take - * the cnode lock to access them. - */ - if ((vap->va_active & ~VNODE_ATTR_AUTH) == 0) { - /* Make sure file still exists. */ - if (cp->c_flag & C_NOEXISTS) - return (ENOENT); - - vap->va_uid = cp->c_uid; - vap->va_gid = cp->c_gid; - vap->va_mode = cp->c_mode; - vap->va_flags = cp->c_bsdflags; - vap->va_supported |= VNODE_ATTR_AUTH & ~VNODE_ATTR_va_acl; - - if ((cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasSecurityMask) == 0) { - vap->va_acl = (kauth_acl_t) KAUTH_FILESEC_NONE; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_acl); - } - - return (0); - } - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - v_type = vnode_vtype(vp); - - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_document_id)) { - uint32_t document_id; - - if (cp->c_desc.cd_cnid == kHFSRootFolderID) - document_id = kHFSRootFolderID; - else { - /* - * This is safe without a lock because we're just reading - * a 32 bit aligned integer which should be atomic on all - * platforms we support. - */ - document_id = hfs_get_document_id(cp); - - if (!document_id && hfs_should_generate_document_id(hfsmp, cp)) { - uint32_t new_document_id; - - error = hfs_generate_document_id(hfsmp, &new_document_id); - if (error) - return error; - - error = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (error) - return error; - - bool want_docid_fsevent = false; - - // Need to check again now that we have the lock - document_id = hfs_get_document_id(cp); - if (!document_id && hfs_should_generate_document_id(hfsmp, cp)) { - cp->c_attr.ca_finderextendeddirinfo.document_id = document_id = new_document_id; - want_docid_fsevent = true; - SET(cp->c_flag, C_MODIFIED); - } - - hfs_unlock(cp); - - if (want_docid_fsevent) { - add_fsevent(FSE_DOCID_CHANGED, ap->a_context, - FSE_ARG_DEV, hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev, - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)0, // src inode # - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)cp->c_fileid, // dst inode # - FSE_ARG_INT32, document_id, - FSE_ARG_DONE); - - if (need_fsevent(FSE_STAT_CHANGED, vp)) { - add_fsevent(FSE_STAT_CHANGED, ap->a_context, - FSE_ARG_VNODE, vp, FSE_ARG_DONE); - } - } - } - } - - vap->va_document_id = document_id; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_document_id); - } - - /* - * If time attributes are requested and we have cnode times - * that require updating, then acquire an exclusive lock on - * the cnode before updating the times. Otherwise we can - * just acquire a shared lock. - */ - if ((vap->va_active & VNODE_ATTR_TIMES) && - (cp->c_touch_acctime || cp->c_touch_chgtime || cp->c_touch_modtime)) { - if ((error = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) - return (error); - hfs_touchtimes(hfsmp, cp); - - // downgrade to a shared lock since that's all we need from here on out - cp->c_lockowner = HFS_SHARED_OWNER; - lck_rw_lock_exclusive_to_shared(&cp->c_rwlock); - - } else if ((error = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - return (error); - } - - if (v_type == VDIR) { - data_size = (cp->c_entries + 2) * AVERAGE_HFSDIRENTRY_SIZE; - - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_nlink)) { - int nlink; - - /* - * For directories, the va_nlink is esentially a count - * of the ".." references to a directory plus the "." - * reference and the directory itself. So for HFS+ this - * becomes the sub-directory count plus two. - * - * In the absence of a sub-directory count we use the - * directory's item count. This will be too high in - * most cases since it also includes files. - */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_FOLDERCOUNT) && - (cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasFolderCountMask)) - nlink = cp->c_attr.ca_dircount; /* implied ".." entries */ - else - nlink = cp->c_entries; - - /* Account for ourself and our "." entry */ - nlink += 2; - /* Hide our private directories. */ - if (cp->c_cnid == kHFSRootFolderID) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid != 0) { - --nlink; - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid != 0) { - --nlink; - } - } - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_nlink, (u_int64_t)nlink); - } - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_nchildren)) { - int entries; - - entries = cp->c_entries; - /* Hide our private files and directories. */ - if (cp->c_cnid == kHFSRootFolderID) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid != 0) - --entries; - if (hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[DIR_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid != 0) - --entries; - if (hfsmp->jnl || ((hfsmp->vcbAtrb & kHFSVolumeJournaledMask) && (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY))) - entries -= 2; /* hide the journal files */ - } - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_nchildren, entries); - } - /* - * The va_dirlinkcount is the count of real directory hard links. - * (i.e. its not the sum of the implied "." and ".." references) - */ - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_dirlinkcount)) { - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_dirlinkcount, (uint32_t)cp->c_linkcount); - } - } else /* !VDIR */ { - data_size = VCTOF(vp, cp)->ff_size; - - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_nlink, (u_int64_t)cp->c_linkcount); - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_data_alloc)) { - u_int64_t blocks; - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (hide_size) { - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_data_alloc, 0); - } else if (compressed) { - /* for compressed files, we report all allocated blocks as belonging to the data fork */ - blocks = cp->c_blocks; - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_data_alloc, blocks * (u_int64_t)hfsmp->blockSize); - } - else -#endif - { - blocks = VCTOF(vp, cp)->ff_blocks; - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_data_alloc, blocks * (u_int64_t)hfsmp->blockSize); - } - } - } - - /* conditional because 64-bit arithmetic can be expensive */ - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_total_size)) { - if (v_type == VDIR) { - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_total_size, (cp->c_entries + 2) * AVERAGE_HFSDIRENTRY_SIZE); - } else { - u_int64_t total_size = ~0ULL; - struct cnode *rcp; -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (hide_size) { - /* we're hiding the size of this file, so just return 0 */ - total_size = 0; - } else if (compressed) { - if (uncompressed_size == -1) { - /* - * We failed to get the uncompressed size above, - * so we'll fall back to the standard path below - * since total_size is still -1 - */ - } else { - /* use the uncompressed size we fetched above */ - total_size = uncompressed_size; - } - } -#endif - if (total_size == ~0ULL) { - if (cp->c_datafork) { - total_size = cp->c_datafork->ff_size; - } - - if (cp->c_blocks - VTOF(vp)->ff_blocks) { - /* We deal with rsrc fork vnode iocount at the end of the function */ - error = hfs_vgetrsrc(hfsmp, vp, &rvp); - if (error) { - /* - * Note that we call hfs_vgetrsrc with error_on_unlinked - * set to FALSE. This is because we may be invoked via - * fstat() on an open-unlinked file descriptor and we must - * continue to support access to the rsrc fork until it disappears. - * The code at the end of this function will be - * responsible for releasing the iocount generated by - * hfs_vgetrsrc. This is because we can't drop the iocount - * without unlocking the cnode first. - */ - goto out; - } - - rcp = VTOC(rvp); - if (rcp && rcp->c_rsrcfork) { - total_size += rcp->c_rsrcfork->ff_size; - } - } - } - - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_total_size, total_size); - } - } - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_total_alloc)) { - if (v_type == VDIR) { - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_total_alloc, 0); - } else { - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_total_alloc, (u_int64_t)cp->c_blocks * (u_int64_t)hfsmp->blockSize); - } - } - - /* - * If the VFS wants extended security data, and we know that we - * don't have any (because it never told us it was setting any) - * then we can return the supported bit and no data. If we do - * have extended security, we can just leave the bit alone and - * the VFS will use the fallback path to fetch it. - */ - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_acl)) { - if ((cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasSecurityMask) == 0) { - vap->va_acl = (kauth_acl_t) KAUTH_FILESEC_NONE; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_acl); - } - } - - vap->va_access_time.tv_sec = cp->c_atime; - vap->va_access_time.tv_nsec = 0; - vap->va_create_time.tv_sec = cp->c_itime; - vap->va_create_time.tv_nsec = 0; - vap->va_modify_time.tv_sec = cp->c_mtime; - vap->va_modify_time.tv_nsec = 0; - vap->va_change_time.tv_sec = cp->c_ctime; - vap->va_change_time.tv_nsec = 0; - vap->va_backup_time.tv_sec = cp->c_btime; - vap->va_backup_time.tv_nsec = 0; - - /* See if we need to emit the date added field to the user */ - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_addedtime)) { - u_int32_t dateadded = hfs_get_dateadded (cp); - if (dateadded) { - vap->va_addedtime.tv_sec = dateadded; - vap->va_addedtime.tv_nsec = 0; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED (vap, va_addedtime); - } - } - - /* XXX is this really a good 'optimal I/O size'? */ - vap->va_iosize = hfsmp->hfs_logBlockSize; - vap->va_uid = cp->c_uid; - vap->va_gid = cp->c_gid; - vap->va_mode = cp->c_mode; - vap->va_flags = cp->c_bsdflags; - - /* - * Exporting file IDs from HFS Plus: - * - * For "normal" files the c_fileid is the same value as the - * c_cnid. But for hard link files, they are different - the - * c_cnid belongs to the active directory entry (ie the link) - * and the c_fileid is for the actual inode (ie the data file). - * - * The stat call (getattr) uses va_fileid and the Carbon APIs, - * which are hardlink-ignorant, will ask for va_linkid. - */ - vap->va_fileid = (u_int64_t)cp->c_fileid; - /* - * We need to use the origin cache for both hardlinked files - * and directories. Hardlinked directories have multiple cnids - * and parents (one per link). Hardlinked files also have their - * own parents and link IDs separate from the indirect inode number. - * If we don't use the cache, we could end up vending the wrong ID - * because the cnode will only reflect the link that was looked up most recently. - */ - if (cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK) { - vap->va_linkid = (u_int64_t)hfs_currentcnid(cp); - vap->va_parentid = (u_int64_t)hfs_currentparent(cp, /* have_lock: */ true); - } else { - vap->va_linkid = (u_int64_t)cp->c_cnid; - vap->va_parentid = (u_int64_t)cp->c_parentcnid; - } - - vap->va_fsid = hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev; - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_devid)) { - VATTR_RETURN(vap, va_devid, hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev); - } - vap->va_filerev = 0; - vap->va_encoding = cp->c_encoding; - vap->va_rdev = (v_type == VBLK || v_type == VCHR) ? cp->c_rdev : 0; -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_data_size)) { - if (hide_size) - vap->va_data_size = 0; - else if (compressed) { - if (uncompressed_size == -1) { - /* failed to get the uncompressed size above, so just return data_size */ - vap->va_data_size = data_size; - } else { - /* use the uncompressed size we fetched above */ - vap->va_data_size = uncompressed_size; - } - } else - vap->va_data_size = data_size; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_data_size); - } -#else - vap->va_data_size = data_size; - vap->va_supported |= VNODE_ATTR_va_data_size; -#endif - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_dataprotect_class)) { - vap->va_dataprotect_class = cp->c_cpentry ? CP_CLASS(cp->c_cpentry->cp_pclass) : 0; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_dataprotect_class); - } -#endif - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_write_gencount)) { - if (ubc_is_mapped_writable(vp)) { - /* - * Return 0 to the caller to indicate the file may be - * changing. There is no need for us to increment the - * generation counter here because it gets done as part of - * page-out and also when the file is unmapped (to account - * for changes we might not have seen). - */ - vap->va_write_gencount = 0; - } else { - vap->va_write_gencount = hfs_get_gencount(cp); - } - - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_write_gencount); - } - - /* Mark them all at once instead of individual VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED calls. */ - vap->va_supported |= VNODE_ATTR_va_access_time | - VNODE_ATTR_va_create_time | VNODE_ATTR_va_modify_time | - VNODE_ATTR_va_change_time| VNODE_ATTR_va_backup_time | - VNODE_ATTR_va_iosize | VNODE_ATTR_va_uid | - VNODE_ATTR_va_gid | VNODE_ATTR_va_mode | - VNODE_ATTR_va_flags |VNODE_ATTR_va_fileid | - VNODE_ATTR_va_linkid | VNODE_ATTR_va_parentid | - VNODE_ATTR_va_fsid | VNODE_ATTR_va_filerev | - VNODE_ATTR_va_encoding | VNODE_ATTR_va_rdev; - - /* If this is the root, let VFS to find out the mount name, which - * may be different from the real name. Otherwise, we need to take care - * for hardlinked files, which need to be looked up, if necessary - */ - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_name) && (cp->c_cnid != kHFSRootFolderID)) { - struct cat_desc linkdesc; - int lockflags; - int uselinkdesc = 0; - cnid_t nextlinkid = 0; - cnid_t prevlinkid = 0; - - /* Get the name for ATTR_CMN_NAME. We need to take special care for hardlinks - * here because the info. for the link ID requested by getattrlist may be - * different than what's currently in the cnode. This is because the cnode - * will be filled in with the information for the most recent link ID that went - * through namei/lookup(). If there are competing lookups for hardlinks that point - * to the same inode, one (or more) getattrlists could be vended incorrect name information. - * Also, we need to beware of open-unlinked files which could have a namelen of 0. - */ - - if ((cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK) && - ((cp->c_desc.cd_namelen == 0) || (vap->va_linkid != cp->c_cnid))) { - /* - * If we have no name and our link ID is the raw inode number, then we may - * have an open-unlinked file. Go to the next link in this case. - */ - if ((cp->c_desc.cd_namelen == 0) && (vap->va_linkid == cp->c_fileid)) { - if ((error = hfs_lookup_siblinglinks(hfsmp, vap->va_linkid, &prevlinkid, &nextlinkid))){ - goto out; - } - } - else { - /* just use link obtained from vap above */ - nextlinkid = vap->va_linkid; - } - - /* We need to probe the catalog for the descriptor corresponding to the link ID - * stored in nextlinkid. Note that we don't know if we have the exclusive lock - * for the cnode here, so we can't just update the descriptor. Instead, - * we should just store the descriptor's value locally and then use it to pass - * out the name value as needed below. - */ - if (nextlinkid){ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - error = cat_findname(hfsmp, nextlinkid, &linkdesc); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - if (error == 0) { - uselinkdesc = 1; - } - } - } - - /* By this point, we've either patched up the name above and the c_desc - * points to the correct data, or it already did, in which case we just proceed - * by copying the name into the vap. Note that we will never set va_name to - * supported if nextlinkid is never initialized. This could happen in the degenerate - * case above involving the raw inode number, where it has no nextlinkid. In this case - * we will simply not mark the name bit as supported. - */ - if (uselinkdesc) { - strlcpy(vap->va_name, (const char*) linkdesc.cd_nameptr, MAXPATHLEN); - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_name); - cat_releasedesc(&linkdesc); - } - else if (cp->c_desc.cd_namelen) { - strlcpy(vap->va_name, (const char*) cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr, MAXPATHLEN); - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_name); - } - } - -out: - hfs_unlock(cp); - /* - * We need to vnode_put the rsrc fork vnode only *after* we've released - * the cnode lock, since vnode_put can trigger an inactive call, which - * will go back into HFS and try to acquire a cnode lock. - */ - if (rvp) { - vnode_put (rvp); - } - - return (error); -} - -int -hfs_vnop_setattr(struct vnop_setattr_args *ap) -{ - struct vnode_attr *vap = ap->a_vap; - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - struct cnode *cp = NULL; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - kauth_cred_t cred = vfs_context_ucred(ap->a_context); - struct proc *p = vfs_context_proc(ap->a_context); - int error = 0; - uid_t nuid; - gid_t ngid; - time_t orig_ctime; - - orig_ctime = VTOC(vp)->c_ctime; - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - int decmpfs_reset_state = 0; - /* - we call decmpfs_update_attributes even if the file is not compressed - because we want to update the incoming flags if the xattrs are invalid - */ - error = decmpfs_update_attributes(vp, vap); - if (error) - return error; -#endif - // - // if this is not a size-changing setattr and it is not just - // an atime update, then check for a snapshot. - // - if (!VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_data_size) && !(vap->va_active == VNODE_ATTR_va_access_time)) { - nspace_snapshot_event(vp, orig_ctime, NAMESPACE_HANDLER_METADATA_MOD, NSPACE_REARM_NO_ARG); - } - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - /* - * All metadata changes should be allowed except a size-changing setattr, which - * has effects on file content and requires calling into cp_handle_vnop - * to have content protection check. - */ - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_data_size)) { - if ((error = cp_handle_vnop(vp, CP_WRITE_ACCESS, 0)) != 0) { - return (error); - } - } -#endif /* CONFIG_PROTECT */ - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - - /* Don't allow modification of the journal. */ - if (hfs_is_journal_file(hfsmp, VTOC(vp))) { - return (EPERM); - } - - // - // Check if we'll need a document_id and if so, get it before we lock the - // the cnode to avoid any possible deadlock with the root vnode which has - // to get locked to get the document id - // - u_int32_t document_id=0; - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_flags) && (vap->va_flags & UF_TRACKED) && !(VTOC(vp)->c_bsdflags & UF_TRACKED)) { - struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *fip = (struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)((char *)&(VTOC(vp)->c_attr.ca_finderinfo) + 16); - // - // If the document_id is not set, get a new one. It will be set - // on the file down below once we hold the cnode lock. - // - if (fip->document_id == 0) { - if (hfs_generate_document_id(hfsmp, &document_id) != 0) { - document_id = 0; - } - } - } - - - /* - * File size change request. - * We are guaranteed that this is not a directory, and that - * the filesystem object is writeable. - * - * NOTE: HFS COMPRESSION depends on the data_size being set *before* the bsd flags are updated - */ - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_data_size); - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_data_size)) { - if (!vnode_isreg(vp)) { - if (vnode_isdir(vp)) { - return EISDIR; - } - //otherwise return EINVAL - return EINVAL; - } - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - /* keep the compressed state locked until we're done truncating the file */ - decmpfs_cnode *dp = VTOCMP(vp); - if (!dp) { - /* - * call hfs_lazy_init_decmpfs_cnode() to make sure that the decmpfs_cnode - * is filled in; we need a decmpfs_cnode to lock out decmpfs state changes - * on this file while it's truncating - */ - dp = hfs_lazy_init_decmpfs_cnode(VTOC(vp)); - if (!dp) { - /* failed to allocate a decmpfs_cnode */ - return ENOMEM; /* what should this be? */ - } - } - - nspace_snapshot_event(vp, orig_ctime, vap->va_data_size == 0 ? NAMESPACE_HANDLER_TRUNCATE_OP|NAMESPACE_HANDLER_DELETE_OP : NAMESPACE_HANDLER_TRUNCATE_OP, NULL); - - decmpfs_lock_compressed_data(dp, 1); - if (hfs_file_is_compressed(VTOC(vp), 1)) { - error = decmpfs_decompress_file(vp, dp, -1/*vap->va_data_size*/, 0, 1); - if (error != 0) { - decmpfs_unlock_compressed_data(dp, 1); - return error; - } - } -#endif - - // Take truncate lock - hfs_lock_truncate(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - - // hfs_truncate will deal with the cnode lock - error = hfs_truncate(vp, vap->va_data_size, vap->va_vaflags & 0xffff, - 0, ap->a_context); - - hfs_unlock_truncate(VTOC(vp), HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - decmpfs_unlock_compressed_data(dp, 1); -#endif - if (error) - return error; - } - if (cp == NULL) { - if ((error = hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) - return (error); - cp = VTOC(vp); - } - - /* - * If it is just an access time update request by itself - * we know the request is from kernel level code, and we - * can delay it without being as worried about consistency. - * This change speeds up mmaps, in the rare case that they - * get caught behind a sync. - */ - - if (vap->va_active == VNODE_ATTR_va_access_time) { - cp->c_touch_acctime=TRUE; - goto out; - } - - - - /* - * Owner/group change request. - * We are guaranteed that the new owner/group is valid and legal. - */ - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_uid); - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_gid); - nuid = VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_uid) ? vap->va_uid : (uid_t)VNOVAL; - ngid = VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_gid) ? vap->va_gid : (gid_t)VNOVAL; - if (((nuid != (uid_t)VNOVAL) || (ngid != (gid_t)VNOVAL)) && - ((error = hfs_chown(vp, nuid, ngid, cred, p)) != 0)) - goto out; - - /* - * Mode change request. - * We are guaranteed that the mode value is valid and that in - * conjunction with the owner and group, this change is legal. - */ - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_mode); - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_mode) && - ((error = hfs_chmod(vp, (int)vap->va_mode, cred, p)) != 0)) - goto out; - - /* - * File flags change. - * We are guaranteed that only flags allowed to change given the - * current securelevel are being changed. - */ - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_flags); - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_flags)) { - u_int16_t *fdFlags; - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if ((cp->c_bsdflags ^ vap->va_flags) & UF_COMPRESSED) { - /* - * the UF_COMPRESSED was toggled, so reset our cached compressed state - * but we don't want to actually do the update until we've released the cnode lock down below - * NOTE: turning the flag off doesn't actually decompress the file, so that we can - * turn off the flag and look at the "raw" file for debugging purposes - */ - decmpfs_reset_state = 1; - } -#endif - if ((vap->va_flags & UF_TRACKED) && !(cp->c_bsdflags & UF_TRACKED)) { - struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *fip = (struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)((char *)&cp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16); - - // - // we're marking this item UF_TRACKED. if the document_id is - // not set, get a new one and put it on the file. - // - if (fip->document_id == 0) { - if (document_id != 0) { - // printf("SETATTR: assigning doc-id %d to %s (ino %d)\n", document_id, vp->v_name, cp->c_desc.cd_cnid); - fip->document_id = (uint32_t)document_id; - add_fsevent(FSE_DOCID_CHANGED, ap->a_context, - FSE_ARG_DEV, hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev, - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)0, // src inode # - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)cp->c_fileid, // dst inode # - FSE_ARG_INT32, document_id, - FSE_ARG_DONE); - } else { - // printf("hfs: could not acquire a new document_id for %s (ino %d)\n", vp->v_name, cp->c_desc.cd_cnid); - } - } - - } else if (!(vap->va_flags & UF_TRACKED) && (cp->c_bsdflags & UF_TRACKED)) { - // - // UF_TRACKED is being cleared so clear the document_id - // - struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *fip = (struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)((char *)&cp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16); - if (fip->document_id) { - // printf("SETATTR: clearing doc-id %d from %s (ino %d)\n", fip->document_id, vp->v_name, cp->c_desc.cd_cnid); - add_fsevent(FSE_DOCID_CHANGED, ap->a_context, - FSE_ARG_DEV, hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev, - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)cp->c_fileid, // src inode # - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)0, // dst inode # - FSE_ARG_INT32, fip->document_id, // document id - FSE_ARG_DONE); - fip->document_id = 0; - cp->c_bsdflags &= ~UF_TRACKED; - } - } - - cp->c_bsdflags = vap->va_flags; - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - - - /* - * Mirror the UF_HIDDEN flag to the invisible bit of the Finder Info. - * - * The fdFlags for files and frFlags for folders are both 8 bytes - * into the userInfo (the first 16 bytes of the Finder Info). They - * are both 16-bit fields. - */ - fdFlags = (u_int16_t *) &cp->c_finderinfo[8]; - if (vap->va_flags & UF_HIDDEN) - *fdFlags |= OSSwapHostToBigConstInt16(kFinderInvisibleMask); - else - *fdFlags &= ~OSSwapHostToBigConstInt16(kFinderInvisibleMask); - } - - /* - * Timestamp updates. - */ - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_create_time); - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_access_time); - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_modify_time); - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_backup_time); - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_change_time); - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_create_time) || - VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_access_time) || - VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_modify_time) || - VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_backup_time)) { - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_create_time)) - cp->c_itime = vap->va_create_time.tv_sec; - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_access_time)) { - cp->c_atime = vap->va_access_time.tv_sec; - cp->c_touch_acctime = FALSE; - } - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_modify_time)) { - cp->c_mtime = vap->va_modify_time.tv_sec; - cp->c_touch_modtime = FALSE; - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - - hfs_clear_might_be_dirty_flag(cp); - - /* - * The utimes system call can reset the modification - * time but it doesn't know about HFS create times. - * So we need to ensure that the creation time is - * always at least as old as the modification time. - */ - if ((VTOVCB(vp)->vcbSigWord == kHFSPlusSigWord) && - (cp->c_cnid != kHFSRootFolderID) && - !VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_create_time) && - (cp->c_mtime < cp->c_itime)) { - cp->c_itime = cp->c_mtime; - } - } - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_backup_time)) - cp->c_btime = vap->va_backup_time.tv_sec; - cp->c_flag |= C_MINOR_MOD; - } - - // Set the date added time - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_addedtime); - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_addedtime)) { - hfs_write_dateadded(&cp->c_attr, vap->va_addedtime.tv_sec); - cp->c_flag &= ~C_NEEDS_DATEADDED; - cp->c_touch_chgtime = true; - } - - /* - * Set name encoding. - */ - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_encoding); - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_encoding)) { - cp->c_encoding = vap->va_encoding; - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - hfs_setencodingbits(hfsmp, cp->c_encoding); - } - - if ((error = hfs_update(vp, 0)) != 0) - goto out; - -out: - if (cp) { - /* Purge origin cache for cnode, since caller now has correct link ID for it - * We purge it here since it was acquired for us during lookup, and we no longer need it. - */ - if ((cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK) && (vnode_vtype(vp) != VDIR)){ - hfs_relorigin(cp, 0); - } - - hfs_unlock(cp); -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (decmpfs_reset_state) { - /* - * we've changed the UF_COMPRESSED flag, so reset the decmpfs state for this cnode - * but don't do it while holding the hfs cnode lock - */ - decmpfs_cnode *dp = VTOCMP(vp); - if (!dp) { - /* - * call hfs_lazy_init_decmpfs_cnode() to make sure that the decmpfs_cnode - * is filled in; we need a decmpfs_cnode to prevent decmpfs state changes - * on this file if it's locked - */ - dp = hfs_lazy_init_decmpfs_cnode(VTOC(vp)); - if (!dp) { - /* failed to allocate a decmpfs_cnode */ - return ENOMEM; /* what should this be? */ - } - } - decmpfs_cnode_set_vnode_state(dp, FILE_TYPE_UNKNOWN, 0); - } -#endif - } - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_dataprotect_class); - if (!error && VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_dataprotect_class)) - error = cp_vnode_setclass(vp, vap->va_dataprotect_class); -#endif - - return (error); -} - - -/* - * Change the mode on a file. - * cnode must be locked before calling. - */ -int -hfs_chmod(struct vnode *vp, int mode, __unused kauth_cred_t cred, __unused struct proc *p) -{ - register struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - - if (VTOVCB(vp)->vcbSigWord != kHFSPlusSigWord) - return (0); - - // Don't allow modification of the journal or journal_info_block - if (hfs_is_journal_file(VTOHFS(vp), cp)) { - return EPERM; - } - -#if OVERRIDE_UNKNOWN_PERMISSIONS - if (((unsigned int)vfs_flags(VTOVFS(vp))) & MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS) { - return (0); - }; -#endif - - mode_t new_mode = (cp->c_mode & ~ALLPERMS) | (mode & ALLPERMS); - if (new_mode != cp->c_mode) { - cp->c_mode = new_mode; - cp->c_flag |= C_MINOR_MOD; - } - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - return (0); -} - - -int -hfs_write_access(struct vnode *vp, kauth_cred_t cred, struct proc *p, Boolean considerFlags) -{ - struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - int retval = 0; - int is_member; - - /* - * Disallow write attempts on read-only file systems; - * unless the file is a socket, fifo, or a block or - * character device resident on the file system. - */ - switch (vnode_vtype(vp)) { - case VDIR: - case VLNK: - case VREG: - if (VTOHFS(vp)->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) - return (EROFS); - break; - default: - break; - } - - /* If immutable bit set, nobody gets to write it. */ - if (considerFlags && (cp->c_bsdflags & IMMUTABLE)) - return (EPERM); - - /* Otherwise, user id 0 always gets access. */ - if (!suser(cred, NULL)) - return (0); - - /* Otherwise, check the owner. */ - if ((retval = hfs_owner_rights(VTOHFS(vp), cp->c_uid, cred, p, false)) == 0) - return ((cp->c_mode & S_IWUSR) == S_IWUSR ? 0 : EACCES); - - /* Otherwise, check the groups. */ - if (kauth_cred_ismember_gid(cred, cp->c_gid, &is_member) == 0 && is_member) { - return ((cp->c_mode & S_IWGRP) == S_IWGRP ? 0 : EACCES); - } - - /* Otherwise, check everyone else. */ - return ((cp->c_mode & S_IWOTH) == S_IWOTH ? 0 : EACCES); -} - - -/* - * Perform chown operation on cnode cp; - * code must be locked prior to call. - */ -int -#if !QUOTA -hfs_chown(struct vnode *vp, uid_t uid, gid_t gid, __unused kauth_cred_t cred, - __unused struct proc *p) -#else -hfs_chown(struct vnode *vp, uid_t uid, gid_t gid, kauth_cred_t cred, - __unused struct proc *p) -#endif -{ - register struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - uid_t ouid; - gid_t ogid; -#if QUOTA - int error = 0; - register int i; - int64_t change; -#endif /* QUOTA */ - - if (VTOVCB(vp)->vcbSigWord != kHFSPlusSigWord) - return (ENOTSUP); - - if (((unsigned int)vfs_flags(VTOVFS(vp))) & MNT_UNKNOWNPERMISSIONS) - return (0); - - if (uid == (uid_t)VNOVAL) - uid = cp->c_uid; - if (gid == (gid_t)VNOVAL) - gid = cp->c_gid; - -#if 0 /* we are guaranteed that this is already the case */ - /* - * If we don't own the file, are trying to change the owner - * of the file, or are not a member of the target group, - * the caller must be superuser or the call fails. - */ - if ((kauth_cred_getuid(cred) != cp->c_uid || uid != cp->c_uid || - (gid != cp->c_gid && - (kauth_cred_ismember_gid(cred, gid, &is_member) || !is_member))) && - (error = suser(cred, 0))) - return (error); -#endif - - ogid = cp->c_gid; - ouid = cp->c_uid; - - if (ouid == uid && ogid == gid) { - // No change, just set change time - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - return 0; - } - -#if QUOTA - if ((error = hfs_getinoquota(cp))) - return (error); - if (ouid == uid) { - dqrele(cp->c_dquot[USRQUOTA]); - cp->c_dquot[USRQUOTA] = NODQUOT; - } - if (ogid == gid) { - dqrele(cp->c_dquot[GRPQUOTA]); - cp->c_dquot[GRPQUOTA] = NODQUOT; - } - - /* - * Eventually need to account for (fake) a block per directory - * if (vnode_isdir(vp)) - * change = VTOHFS(vp)->blockSize; - * else - */ - - change = (int64_t)(cp->c_blocks) * (int64_t)VTOVCB(vp)->blockSize; - (void) hfs_chkdq(cp, -change, cred, CHOWN); - (void) hfs_chkiq(cp, -1, cred, CHOWN); - for (i = 0; i < MAXQUOTAS; i++) { - dqrele(cp->c_dquot[i]); - cp->c_dquot[i] = NODQUOT; - } -#endif /* QUOTA */ - cp->c_gid = gid; - cp->c_uid = uid; -#if QUOTA - if ((error = hfs_getinoquota(cp)) == 0) { - if (ouid == uid) { - dqrele(cp->c_dquot[USRQUOTA]); - cp->c_dquot[USRQUOTA] = NODQUOT; - } - if (ogid == gid) { - dqrele(cp->c_dquot[GRPQUOTA]); - cp->c_dquot[GRPQUOTA] = NODQUOT; - } - if ((error = hfs_chkdq(cp, change, cred, CHOWN)) == 0) { - if ((error = hfs_chkiq(cp, 1, cred, CHOWN)) == 0) - goto good; - else - (void) hfs_chkdq(cp, -change, cred, CHOWN|FORCE); - } - for (i = 0; i < MAXQUOTAS; i++) { - dqrele(cp->c_dquot[i]); - cp->c_dquot[i] = NODQUOT; - } - } - cp->c_gid = ogid; - cp->c_uid = ouid; - if (hfs_getinoquota(cp) == 0) { - if (ouid == uid) { - dqrele(cp->c_dquot[USRQUOTA]); - cp->c_dquot[USRQUOTA] = NODQUOT; - } - if (ogid == gid) { - dqrele(cp->c_dquot[GRPQUOTA]); - cp->c_dquot[GRPQUOTA] = NODQUOT; - } - (void) hfs_chkdq(cp, change, cred, FORCE|CHOWN); - (void) hfs_chkiq(cp, 1, cred, FORCE|CHOWN); - (void) hfs_getinoquota(cp); - } - return (error); -good: - if (hfs_getinoquota(cp)) - panic("hfs_chown: lost quota"); -#endif /* QUOTA */ - - /* - * Without quotas, we could probably make this a minor - * modification. - */ - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - - /* - According to the SUSv3 Standard, chown() shall mark - for update the st_ctime field of the file. - (No exceptions mentioned) - */ - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - return (0); -} - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION -/* - * Flush the resource fork if it exists. vp is the data fork and has - * an iocount. - */ -static int hfs_flush_rsrc(vnode_t vp, vfs_context_t ctx) -{ - cnode_t *cp = VTOC(vp); - - hfs_lock(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, 0); - - vnode_t rvp = cp->c_rsrc_vp; - - if (!rvp) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - return 0; - } - - int vid = vnode_vid(rvp); - - hfs_unlock(cp); - - int error = vnode_getwithvid(rvp, vid); - - if (error) - return error == ENOENT ? 0 : error; - - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, 0); - hfs_lock_always(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - hfs_filedone(rvp, ctx, HFS_FILE_DONE_NO_SYNC); - hfs_unlock(cp); - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, 0); - - error = ubc_msync(rvp, 0, ubc_getsize(rvp), NULL, - UBC_PUSHALL | UBC_SYNC); - - vnode_put(rvp); - - return error; -} -#endif // HFS_COMPRESSION - - -/* Helper Functions for exchangedata(2) */ - -/* - * hfs_exchangedata_getxattr - * arguments: - * vp: vnode to extract the EA for - * name_selector: the index into the array of EA name entries. - * buffer: address for output buffer to store the output EA - * NOTE: This function will allocate the buffer, it is the caller's responsibility to free it. - * xattr_size: output argument; will return the size of the EA, to correspond with the buffer. - * - * Return: 0 on success. - * errno on error. If we return any error, the buffer is guaranteed to be NULL. - * - * Assumes CNODE lock held on cnode for 'vp' - */ -static -int hfs_exchangedata_getxattr (struct vnode *vp, uint32_t name_selector, void **buffer, size_t *xattr_size) { - void *xattr_rawdata = NULL; - void *extracted_xattr = NULL; - uio_t uio; - size_t memsize = MAX_EXCHANGE_EA_SIZE; - size_t attrsize; - int error = 0; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = NULL; - - /* Sanity check inputs */ - if (name_selector > MAX_NUM_XATTR_NAMES) { - return EINVAL; - } - - if (buffer == NULL || xattr_size == NULL) { - return EINVAL; - } - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - - //allocate 4k memory to hold the EA. We don't use this for "large" EAs, and the default - //EA B-tree size should produce inline attributes of size < 4K - xattr_rawdata = hfs_malloc (MAX_EXCHANGE_EA_SIZE); - if (!xattr_rawdata) { - return ENOMEM; - } - - //now create the UIO - uio = uio_create (1, 0, UIO_SYSSPACE, UIO_READ); - if (!uio) { - hfs_free (xattr_rawdata, memsize); - return ENOMEM; - } - uio_addiov(uio, CAST_USER_ADDR_T(xattr_rawdata), memsize); - attrsize = memsize; - - struct vnop_getxattr_args vga = { - .a_uio = uio, - .a_name = XATTR_NAMES[name_selector], - .a_size = &attrsize - }; - - // this takes care of grabbing the systemfile locks for us. - error = hfs_getxattr_internal (VTOC(vp), &vga, hfsmp, 0); - - if (error) { - /* - * We could have gotten a variety of errors back from the XATTR tree: - * is it too big? (bigger than 4k?) == ERANGE - * was the EA not found? == ENOATTR - */ - uio_free(uio); - hfs_free (xattr_rawdata, memsize); - return error; - } - - //free the UIO - uio_free(uio); - - //upon success, a_size/attrsize now contains the actua/exported EA size - extracted_xattr = hfs_malloc (attrsize); - memcpy (extracted_xattr, xattr_rawdata, attrsize); - hfs_free (xattr_rawdata, memsize); - - *xattr_size = attrsize; - *buffer = extracted_xattr; - - return error; -} - - -/* - * hfs_exchangedata_setxattr - * - * Note: This function takes fileIDs in as inputs, because exchangedata does - * swizzly things with the two cnodes (See big block comment in hfs_vnop_exchange) - * so we operate with FileIDs more or less directly on the XATTR b-tree. - * - * arguments: - * hfsmp: the mount we're working on - * fileid: the fileID of the EA to store into the tree. - * name_selector: selector into the EA name array. - * buffer: pointer to the memory of the EA to write. - * xattr_size: size of the EA to write. - * - * Returns 0 on success - * errno on failure - * - * Assumes that a transaction has already begun when this is called - */ - -static -int hfs_exchangedata_setxattr (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t fileid, - uint32_t name_selector, void *buffer, size_t xattr_size) { - - int error = 0; - - - /* Sanity check arguments */ - if (name_selector > MAX_NUM_XATTR_NAMES) { - return EINVAL; - } - - if (buffer == NULL || xattr_size == 0 || fileid < kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID ) { - return EINVAL; - } - - // is the size too big? - if (xattr_size > hfsmp->hfs_max_inline_attrsize) { - return EINVAL; - } - - /* setup the arguments to setxattr*/ - struct vnop_setxattr_args vsa = { - .a_desc = NULL, - .a_vp = NULL, - .a_name = XATTR_NAMES[name_selector], - .a_uio = NULL, // we use the data_ptr argument to setxattr_internal instead - .a_options = 0, - .a_context = NULL // no context needed, only done from within exchangedata - }; - - /* - * Since we must be in a transaction to guard the exchangedata operation, this will start - * a nested transaction within the exchangedata one. - */ - error = hfs_setxattr_internal (NULL, (caddr_t) buffer, xattr_size, &vsa, hfsmp, fileid); - - return error; - -} - -/* - * hfs_vnop_exchange: - * - * Inputs: - * 'from' vnode/cnode - * 'to' vnode/cnode - * options flag bits - * vfs_context - * - * Discussion: - * hfs_vnop_exchange is used to service the exchangedata(2) system call. - * Per the requirements of that system call, this function "swaps" some - * of the information that lives in one catalog record for some that - * lives in another. Note that not everything is swapped; in particular, - * the extent information stored in each cnode is kept local to that - * cnode. This allows existing file descriptor references to continue - * to operate on the same content, regardless of the location in the - * namespace that the file may have moved to. See inline comments - * in the function for more information. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_exchange(struct vnop_exchange_args *ap) -{ - struct vnode *from_vp = ap->a_fvp; - struct vnode *to_vp = ap->a_tvp; - struct cnode *from_cp; - struct cnode *to_cp; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - struct cat_desc tempdesc; - struct cat_attr tempattr; - const unsigned char *from_nameptr; - const unsigned char *to_nameptr; - char from_iname[32]; - char to_iname[32]; - uint32_t to_flag_special; - uint32_t from_flag_special; - - uint16_t to_recflags_special; - uint16_t from_recflags_special; - - cnid_t from_parid; - cnid_t to_parid; - int lockflags; - int error = 0, started_tr = 0, got_cookie = 0; - cat_cookie_t cookie; - time_t orig_from_ctime, orig_to_ctime; - bool have_cnode_locks = false, have_from_trunc_lock = false, have_to_trunc_lock = false; - - /* For the quarantine EA */ - void *from_xattr = NULL; - void *to_xattr = NULL; - size_t from_attrsize = 0; - size_t to_attrsize = 0; - - - /* - * VFS does the following checks: - * 1. Validate that both are files. - * 2. Validate that both are on the same mount. - * 3. Validate that they're not the same vnode. - */ - - from_cp = VTOC(from_vp); - to_cp = VTOC(to_vp); - hfsmp = VTOHFS(from_vp); - - orig_from_ctime = from_cp->c_ctime; - orig_to_ctime = to_cp->c_ctime; - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - /* - * Do not allow exchangedata/F_MOVEDATAEXTENTS on data-protected filesystems - * because the EAs will not be swapped. As a result, the persistent keys would not - * match and the files will be garbage. - */ - if (cp_fs_protected (vnode_mount(from_vp))) { - return EINVAL; - } -#endif - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (!ISSET(ap->a_options, FSOPT_EXCHANGE_DATA_ONLY)) { - if ( hfs_file_is_compressed(from_cp, 0) ) { - if ( 0 != ( error = decmpfs_decompress_file(from_vp, VTOCMP(from_vp), -1, 0, 1) ) ) { - return error; - } - } - - if ( hfs_file_is_compressed(to_cp, 0) ) { - if ( 0 != ( error = decmpfs_decompress_file(to_vp, VTOCMP(to_vp), -1, 0, 1) ) ) { - return error; - } - } - } -#endif // HFS_COMPRESSION - - // Resource forks cannot be exchanged. - if (VNODE_IS_RSRC(from_vp) || VNODE_IS_RSRC(to_vp)) - return EINVAL; - - /* - * Normally, we want to notify the user handlers about the event, - * except if it's a handler driving the event. - */ - if ((ap->a_options & FSOPT_EXCHANGE_DATA_ONLY) == 0) { - nspace_snapshot_event(from_vp, orig_from_ctime, NAMESPACE_HANDLER_WRITE_OP, NULL); - nspace_snapshot_event(to_vp, orig_to_ctime, NAMESPACE_HANDLER_WRITE_OP, NULL); - } else { - /* - * This is currently used by mtmd so we should tidy up the - * file now because the data won't be used again in the - * destination file. - */ - hfs_lock_truncate(from_cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, 0); - hfs_lock_always(from_cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - hfs_filedone(from_vp, ap->a_context, HFS_FILE_DONE_NO_SYNC); - hfs_unlock(from_cp); - hfs_unlock_truncate(from_cp, 0); - - // Flush all the data from the source file - error = ubc_msync(from_vp, 0, ubc_getsize(from_vp), NULL, - UBC_PUSHALL | UBC_SYNC); - if (error) - goto exit; - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - /* - * If this is a compressed file, we need to do the same for - * the resource fork. - */ - if (ISSET(from_cp->c_bsdflags, UF_COMPRESSED)) { - error = hfs_flush_rsrc(from_vp, ap->a_context); - if (error) - goto exit; - } -#endif - - /* - * We're doing a data-swap so we need to take the truncate - * lock exclusively. We need an exclusive lock because we - * will be completely truncating the source file and we must - * make sure nobody else sneaks in and trys to issue I/O - * whilst we don't have the cnode lock. - * - * After taking the truncate lock we do a quick check to - * verify there are no other references (including mmap - * references), but we must remember that this does not stop - * anybody coming in later and taking a reference. We will - * have the truncate lock exclusively so that will prevent - * them from issuing any I/O. - */ - - if (to_cp < from_cp) { - hfs_lock_truncate(to_cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - have_to_trunc_lock = true; - } - - hfs_lock_truncate(from_cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - have_from_trunc_lock = true; - - /* - * Do an early check to verify the source is not in use by - * anyone. We should be called from an FD opened as F_EVTONLY - * so that doesn't count as a reference. - */ - if (vnode_isinuse(from_vp, 0)) { - error = EBUSY; - goto exit; - } - - if (to_cp >= from_cp) { - hfs_lock_truncate(to_cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - have_to_trunc_lock = true; - } - } - - if ((error = hfs_lockpair(from_cp, to_cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK))) - goto exit; - have_cnode_locks = true; - - // Don't allow modification of the journal or journal_info_block - if (hfs_is_journal_file(hfsmp, from_cp) || - hfs_is_journal_file(hfsmp, to_cp)) { - error = EPERM; - goto exit; - } - - /* - * If doing a data move, then call the underlying function. - */ - if (ISSET(ap->a_options, FSOPT_EXCHANGE_DATA_ONLY)) { -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (ISSET(from_cp->c_bsdflags, UF_COMPRESSED)) { - error = hfs_move_compressed(from_cp, to_cp); - goto exit; - } -#endif - - error = hfs_move_data(from_cp, to_cp, 0); - goto exit; - } - - /* - * If we're doing a normal exchangedata, then get the source/dst quarantine - * EAs as needed. We do it here before we start the transaction. - */ - - //get the EA for the 'from' vnode if it exists. - error = hfs_exchangedata_getxattr (from_vp, quarantine, &from_xattr, &from_attrsize); - if (error) { - if (error == ENOATTR) { - //it's OK for the quarantine EA to not exist - error = 0; - } - else { - goto exit; - } - } - - - //get the EA from the 'to' vnode if it exists - error = hfs_exchangedata_getxattr (to_vp, quarantine, &to_xattr, &to_attrsize); - if (error) { - if (error == ENOATTR) { - //it's OK for the quarantine EA to not exist - error = 0; - } - else { - goto exit; - } - } - - - /* Start a transaction; we have to do all of this atomically */ - if ((error = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp)) != 0) { - goto exit; - } - started_tr = 1; - - /* - * Reserve some space in the Catalog file. - */ - if ((error = cat_preflight(hfsmp, CAT_EXCHANGE, &cookie, vfs_context_proc(ap->a_context)))) { - goto exit; - } - got_cookie = 1; - - /* The backend code always tries to delete the virtual - * extent id for exchanging files so we need to lock - * the extents b-tree. - */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG | SFL_EXTENTS | SFL_ATTRIBUTE, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* Account for the location of the catalog objects. */ - if (from_cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK) { - MAKE_INODE_NAME(from_iname, sizeof(from_iname), - from_cp->c_attr.ca_linkref); - from_nameptr = (unsigned char *)from_iname; - from_parid = hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid; - from_cp->c_hint = 0; - } else { - from_nameptr = from_cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr; - from_parid = from_cp->c_parentcnid; - } - if (to_cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK) { - MAKE_INODE_NAME(to_iname, sizeof(to_iname), - to_cp->c_attr.ca_linkref); - to_nameptr = (unsigned char *)to_iname; - to_parid = hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid; - to_cp->c_hint = 0; - } else { - to_nameptr = to_cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr; - to_parid = to_cp->c_parentcnid; - } - - /* - * ExchangeFileIDs swaps the on-disk, or in-BTree extent information - * attached to two different file IDs. It also swaps the extent - * information that may live in the extents-overflow B-Tree. - * - * We do this in a transaction as this may require a lot of B-Tree nodes - * to do completely, particularly if one of the files in question - * has a lot of extents. - * - * For example, assume "file1" has fileID 50, and "file2" has fileID 52. - * For the on-disk records, which are assumed to be synced, we will - * first swap the resident inline-8 extents as part of the catalog records. - * Then we will swap any extents overflow records for each file. - * - * When ExchangeFileIDs returns successfully, "file1" will have fileID 52, - * and "file2" will have fileID 50. However, note that this is only - * approximately half of the work that exchangedata(2) will need to - * accomplish. In other words, we swap "too much" of the information - * because if we only called ExchangeFileIDs, both the fileID and extent - * information would be the invariants of this operation. We don't - * actually want that; we want to conclude with "file1" having - * file ID 50, and "file2" having fileID 52. - * - * The remainder of hfs_vnop_exchange will swap the file ID and other cnode - * data back to the proper ownership, while still allowing the cnode to remain - * pointing at the same set of extents that it did originally. - */ - error = ExchangeFileIDs(hfsmp, from_nameptr, to_nameptr, from_parid, - to_parid, from_cp->c_hint, to_cp->c_hint); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (error != E_NONE) { - error = MacToVFSError(error); - goto exit; - } - - /* - * Now, we have to swap the quarantine EA. - * - * Ordinarily, we would not have to swap/exchange any extended attributes, - * since they are keyed by the file ID, and this function is supposed - * to manipulate the main data stream/fork only. - * - * However, we want the quarantine EA to follow the file content. - */ - - int from_xattr_status = 0; - if (from_xattr) { - /* - * Caution! - * We've crossed a point of no return here, because if we - * have successfully swapped the file content above, we need to continue here - * to swap the rest of the cnode content, which is not subject to failure. - * Failing the whole function because the xattr swap will result in perceived - * data loss to the caller, so we swallow the error case here. - */ - from_xattr_status = hfs_removexattr_by_id (hfsmp, from_cp->c_fileid, XATTR_NAMES[quarantine]); - if (from_xattr_status == 0) { - int xattr_lockflags; - int remaining_eas; - /* - * Check to see if we need to remove the xattr bit from the catalog record flags while - * 'from_cp' still tracks with its original file ID. Once the cnodes' contents are swapped - * and they are ready to be re-hashed, we will OR in the bit if we know that we moved the - * EA to the counterpart. - */ - xattr_lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock (hfsmp, SFL_ATTRIBUTE, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - remaining_eas = file_attribute_exist (hfsmp, from_cp->c_fileid); - if (remaining_eas == 0) { - from_cp->c_attr.ca_recflags &= ~kHFSHasAttributesMask; - //the cnode will be pushed out to disk LATER on. - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock (hfsmp, xattr_lockflags); - - } - } - - //and the same for to_xattr - if (to_xattr) { - int xattr_status = hfs_removexattr_by_id (hfsmp, to_cp->c_fileid, XATTR_NAMES[quarantine]); - - if (xattr_status == 0) { - int xattr_lockflags; - int remaining_eas; - /* - * Check to see if we need to remove the xattr bit from the catalog record flags while - * 'to_cp' still tracks with its original file ID. Once the cnodes' contents are swapped - * and they are ready to be re-hashed, we will OR in the bit if we know that we moved the - * EA to the counterpart. - */ - xattr_lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock (hfsmp, SFL_ATTRIBUTE, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - remaining_eas = file_attribute_exist (hfsmp, from_cp->c_fileid); - if (remaining_eas == 0) { - to_cp->c_attr.ca_recflags &= ~kHFSHasAttributesMask; - //the cnode will be pushed out to disk LATER on. - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock (hfsmp, xattr_lockflags); - - /* Now move the EA to the counterparty fileID. We piggyback on the larger transaction here */ - hfs_exchangedata_setxattr (hfsmp, from_cp->c_fileid, quarantine, to_xattr, to_attrsize); - } - } - - if (from_xattr && from_xattr_status == 0) { - /* - * if the from EA got removed properly, then attach it to the 'to' file. We do it at this point - * to ensure that it got removed properly above before re-setting it again. - */ - hfs_exchangedata_setxattr (hfsmp, to_cp->c_fileid, quarantine, from_xattr, from_attrsize); - } - - - /* Purge the vnodes from the name cache */ - if (from_vp) - cache_purge(from_vp); - if (to_vp) - cache_purge(to_vp); - - /* Bump both source and destination write counts before any swaps. */ - { - hfs_incr_gencount (from_cp); - hfs_incr_gencount (to_cp); - } - - /* Save a copy of "from" attributes before swapping. */ - bcopy(&from_cp->c_desc, &tempdesc, sizeof(struct cat_desc)); - bcopy(&from_cp->c_attr, &tempattr, sizeof(struct cat_attr)); - - /* Save whether or not each cnode is a hardlink or has EAs */ - from_flag_special = from_cp->c_flag & (C_HARDLINK | C_HASXATTRS); - from_recflags_special = (from_cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasAttributesMask); - - to_flag_special = to_cp->c_flag & (C_HARDLINK | C_HASXATTRS); - to_recflags_special = (to_cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasAttributesMask); - - /* Drop the special bits from each cnode */ - from_cp->c_flag &= ~(C_HARDLINK | C_HASXATTRS); - to_cp->c_flag &= ~(C_HARDLINK | C_HASXATTRS); - from_cp->c_attr.ca_recflags &= ~(kHFSHasAttributesMask); - to_cp->c_attr.ca_recflags &= ~(kHFSHasAttributesMask); - - /* - * Now complete the in-memory portion of the copy. - * - * ExchangeFileIDs swaps the on-disk records involved. We complete the - * operation by swapping the in-memory contents of the two files here. - * We swap the cnode descriptors, which contain name, BSD attributes, - * timestamps, etc, about the file. - * - * NOTE: We do *NOT* swap the fileforks of the two cnodes. We have - * already swapped the on-disk extent information. As long as we swap the - * IDs, the in-line resident 8 extents that live in the filefork data - * structure will point to the right data for the new file ID if we leave - * them alone. - * - * As a result, any file descriptor that points to a particular - * vnode (even though it should change names), will continue - * to point to the same content. - */ - - /* Copy the "to" -> "from" cnode */ - bcopy(&to_cp->c_desc, &from_cp->c_desc, sizeof(struct cat_desc)); - - from_cp->c_hint = 0; - /* - * If 'to' was a hardlink, then we copied over its link ID/CNID/(namespace ID) - * when we bcopy'd the descriptor above. However, the cnode attributes - * are not bcopied. As a result, make sure to swap the file IDs of each item. - * - * Further, other hardlink attributes must be moved along in this swap: - * the linkcount, the linkref, and the firstlink all need to move - * along with the file IDs. See note below regarding the flags and - * what moves vs. what does not. - * - * For Reference: - * linkcount == total # of hardlinks. - * linkref == the indirect inode pointer. - * firstlink == the first hardlink in the chain (written to the raw inode). - * These three are tied to the fileID and must move along with the rest of the data. - */ - from_cp->c_fileid = to_cp->c_attr.ca_fileid; - - from_cp->c_itime = to_cp->c_itime; - from_cp->c_btime = to_cp->c_btime; - from_cp->c_atime = to_cp->c_atime; - from_cp->c_ctime = to_cp->c_ctime; - from_cp->c_gid = to_cp->c_gid; - from_cp->c_uid = to_cp->c_uid; - from_cp->c_bsdflags = to_cp->c_bsdflags; - from_cp->c_mode = to_cp->c_mode; - from_cp->c_linkcount = to_cp->c_linkcount; - from_cp->c_attr.ca_linkref = to_cp->c_attr.ca_linkref; - from_cp->c_attr.ca_firstlink = to_cp->c_attr.ca_firstlink; - - /* - * The cnode flags need to stay with the cnode and not get transferred - * over along with everything else because they describe the content; they are - * not attributes that reflect changes specific to the file ID. In general, - * fields that are tied to the file ID are the ones that will move. - * - * This reflects the fact that the file may have borrowed blocks, dirty metadata, - * or other extents, which may not yet have been written to the catalog. If - * they were, they would have been transferred above in the ExchangeFileIDs call above... - * - * The flags that are special are: - * C_HARDLINK, C_HASXATTRS - * - * and the c_attr recflag: - * kHFSHasAttributesMask - * - * These flags move with the item and file ID in the namespace since their - * state is tied to that of the file ID. - * - * So to transfer the flags, we have to take the following steps - * 1) Store in a localvar whether or not the special bits are set. - * 2) Drop the special bits from the current flags - * 3) swap the special flag bits to their destination - */ - from_cp->c_flag |= to_flag_special | C_MODIFIED; - from_cp->c_attr.ca_recflags = to_cp->c_attr.ca_recflags; - from_cp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= to_recflags_special; - if (from_xattr) { - /* - * NOTE: - * This is counter-intuitive and part of the complexity of exchangedata. - * if 'from_cp' originally had a quarantine EA, then ensure that the cnode - * pointed to by 'from_cp' CONTINUES to keep the "has EAs" bit. This is because - * the cnode is about to be re-hashed with a new ID, but the file CONTENT - * (i.e. the file fork) stayed put. And we want the quarantine EA to follow - * the content. The check above is correct. - */ - from_cp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSHasAttributesMask; - } - - bcopy(to_cp->c_finderinfo, from_cp->c_finderinfo, 32); - - - /* Copy the "from" -> "to" cnode */ - bcopy(&tempdesc, &to_cp->c_desc, sizeof(struct cat_desc)); - to_cp->c_hint = 0; - /* - * Pull the file ID from the tempattr we copied above. We can't assume - * it is the same as the CNID. - */ - to_cp->c_fileid = tempattr.ca_fileid; - to_cp->c_itime = tempattr.ca_itime; - to_cp->c_btime = tempattr.ca_btime; - to_cp->c_atime = tempattr.ca_atime; - to_cp->c_ctime = tempattr.ca_ctime; - to_cp->c_gid = tempattr.ca_gid; - to_cp->c_uid = tempattr.ca_uid; - to_cp->c_bsdflags = tempattr.ca_flags; - to_cp->c_mode = tempattr.ca_mode; - to_cp->c_linkcount = tempattr.ca_linkcount; - to_cp->c_attr.ca_linkref = tempattr.ca_linkref; - to_cp->c_attr.ca_firstlink = tempattr.ca_firstlink; - - /* - * Only OR in the "from" flags into our cnode flags below. - * Leave the rest of the flags alone. - */ - to_cp->c_flag |= from_flag_special | C_MODIFIED; - to_cp->c_attr.ca_recflags = tempattr.ca_recflags; - to_cp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= from_recflags_special; - - if (to_xattr) { - /* - * NOTE: - * This is counter-intuitive and part of the complexity of exchangedata. - * if 'to_cp' originally had a quarantine EA, then ensure that the cnode - * pointed to by 'to_cp' CONTINUES to keep the "has EAs" bit. This is because - * the cnode is about to be re-hashed with a new ID, but the file CONTENT - * (i.e. the file fork) stayed put. And we want the quarantine EA to follow - * the content. The check above is correct. - */ - to_cp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSHasAttributesMask; - } - - bcopy(tempattr.ca_finderinfo, to_cp->c_finderinfo, 32); - - - /* Rehash the cnodes using their new file IDs */ - hfs_chash_rehash(hfsmp, from_cp, to_cp); - - /* - * When a file moves out of "Cleanup At Startup" - * we can drop its NODUMP status. - */ - if ((from_cp->c_bsdflags & UF_NODUMP) && - (from_cp->c_parentcnid != to_cp->c_parentcnid)) { - from_cp->c_bsdflags &= ~UF_NODUMP; - from_cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - } - if ((to_cp->c_bsdflags & UF_NODUMP) && - (to_cp->c_parentcnid != from_cp->c_parentcnid)) { - to_cp->c_bsdflags &= ~UF_NODUMP; - to_cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - } - -exit: - if (got_cookie) { - cat_postflight(hfsmp, &cookie, vfs_context_proc(ap->a_context)); - } - if (started_tr) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - } - - if (have_cnode_locks) - hfs_unlockpair(from_cp, to_cp); - - if (have_from_trunc_lock) - hfs_unlock_truncate(from_cp, 0); - - if (have_to_trunc_lock) - hfs_unlock_truncate(to_cp, 0); - - /* Free the memory used by the EAs */ - if (from_xattr) { - hfs_free (from_xattr, from_attrsize); - from_xattr = NULL; - } - - if (to_xattr) { - hfs_free (to_xattr, to_attrsize); - to_xattr = NULL; - } - - return (error); -} - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION -/* - * This function is used specifically for the case when a namespace - * handler is trying to steal data before it's deleted. Note that we - * don't bother deleting the xattr from the source because it will get - * deleted a short time later anyway. - * - * cnodes must be locked - */ -static int hfs_move_compressed(cnode_t *from_cp, cnode_t *to_cp) -{ - int ret; - void *data = NULL; - - CLR(from_cp->c_bsdflags, UF_COMPRESSED); - SET(from_cp->c_flag, C_MODIFIED); - - ret = hfs_move_data(from_cp, to_cp, HFS_MOVE_DATA_INCLUDE_RSRC); - if (ret) - goto exit; - - /* - * Transfer the xattr that decmpfs uses. Ideally, this code - * should be with the other decmpfs code but it's file system - * agnostic and this path is currently, and likely to remain, HFS+ - * specific. It's easier and more performant if we implement it - * here. - */ - - size_t size; - data = hfs_malloc(size = MAX_DECMPFS_XATTR_SIZE); - - ret = hfs_xattr_read(from_cp->c_vp, DECMPFS_XATTR_NAME, data, &size); - if (ret) - goto exit; - - ret = hfs_xattr_write(to_cp->c_vp, DECMPFS_XATTR_NAME, data, size); - if (ret) - goto exit; - - SET(to_cp->c_bsdflags, UF_COMPRESSED); - SET(to_cp->c_flag, C_MODIFIED); - -exit: - hfs_free(data, MAX_DECMPFS_XATTR_SIZE); - - return ret; -} -#endif // HFS_COMPRESSION - -int -hfs_vnop_mmap(struct vnop_mmap_args *ap) -{ - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - cnode_t *cp = VTOC(vp); - int error; - - if (VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)) { - /* allow pageins of the resource fork */ - } else { - int compressed = hfs_file_is_compressed(cp, 1); /* 1 == don't take the cnode lock */ - time_t orig_ctime = cp->c_ctime; - - if (!compressed && (cp->c_bsdflags & UF_COMPRESSED)) { - error = check_for_dataless_file(vp, NAMESPACE_HANDLER_READ_OP); - if (error != 0) { - return error; - } - } - - if (ap->a_fflags & PROT_WRITE) { - nspace_snapshot_event(vp, orig_ctime, NAMESPACE_HANDLER_WRITE_OP, NULL); - } - } - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - error = cp_handle_vnop(vp, (ap->a_fflags & PROT_WRITE - ? CP_WRITE_ACCESS : 0) | CP_READ_ACCESS, 0); - if (error) - return error; -#endif - - // - // NOTE: we return ENOTSUP because we want the cluster layer - // to actually do all the real work. - // - return (ENOTSUP); -} - -static errno_t hfs_vnop_mnomap(struct vnop_mnomap_args *ap) -{ - vnode_t vp = ap->a_vp; - - /* - * Whilst the file was mapped, there may not have been any - * page-outs so we need to increment the generation counter now. - * Unfortunately this may lead to a change in the generation - * counter when no actual change has been made, but there is - * little we can do about that with our current architecture. - */ - if (ubc_is_mapped_writable(vp)) { - cnode_t *cp = VTOC(vp); - hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - hfs_incr_gencount(cp); - - /* - * We don't want to set the modification time here since a - * change to that is not acceptable if no changes were made. - * Instead we set a flag so that if we get any page-outs we - * know to update the modification time. It's possible that - * they weren't actually because of changes made whilst the - * file was mapped but that's not easy to fix now. - */ - SET(cp->c_flag, C_MIGHT_BE_DIRTY_FROM_MAPPING); - - hfs_unlock(cp); - } - - return 0; -} - -/* - * Mark the resource fork as needing a ubc_setsize when we drop the - * cnode lock later. - */ -static void hfs_rsrc_setsize(cnode_t *cp) -{ - /* - * We need to take an iocount if we don't have one. vnode_get - * will return ENOENT if the vnode is terminating which is what we - * want as it's not safe to call ubc_setsize in that case. - */ - if (cp->c_rsrc_vp && !vnode_get(cp->c_rsrc_vp)) { - // Shouldn't happen, but better safe... - if (ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_NEED_RVNODE_PUT)) - vnode_put(cp->c_rsrc_vp); - SET(cp->c_flag, C_NEED_RVNODE_PUT | C_NEED_RSRC_SETSIZE); - } -} - -/* - * hfs_move_data - * - * This is a non-symmetric variant of exchangedata. In this function, - * the contents of the data fork (and optionally the resource fork) - * are moved from from_cp to to_cp. - * - * The cnodes must be locked. - * - * The cnode pointed to by 'to_cp' *must* be empty prior to invoking - * this function. We impose this restriction because we may not be - * able to fully delete the entire file's contents in a single - * transaction, particularly if it has a lot of extents. In the - * normal file deletion codepath, the file is screened for two - * conditions: 1) bigger than 400MB, and 2) more than 8 extents. If - * so, the file is relocated to the hidden directory and the deletion - * is broken up into multiple truncates. We can't do that here - * because both files need to exist in the namespace. The main reason - * this is imposed is that we may have to touch a whole lot of bitmap - * blocks if there are many extents. - * - * Any data written to 'from_cp' after this call completes is not - * guaranteed to be moved. - * - * Arguments: - * cnode_t *from_cp : source file - * cnode_t *to_cp : destination file; must be empty - * - * Returns: - * - * EBUSY - File has been deleted or is in use - * EFBIG - Destination file was not empty - * EIO - An I/O error - * 0 - success - * other - Other errors that can be returned from called functions - */ -int hfs_move_data(cnode_t *from_cp, cnode_t *to_cp, - hfs_move_data_options_t options) -{ - hfsmount_t *hfsmp = VTOHFS(from_cp->c_vp); - int error = 0; - int lockflags = 0; - bool return_EIO_on_error = false; - const bool include_rsrc = ISSET(options, HFS_MOVE_DATA_INCLUDE_RSRC); - - /* Verify that neither source/dest file is open-unlinked */ - if (ISSET(from_cp->c_flag, C_DELETED | C_NOEXISTS) - || ISSET(to_cp->c_flag, C_DELETED | C_NOEXISTS)) { - return EBUSY; - } - - /* - * Verify the source file is not in use by anyone besides us. - * - * This function is typically invoked by a namespace handler - * process responding to a temporarily stalled system call. - * The FD that it is working off of is opened O_EVTONLY, so - * it really has no active usecounts (the kusecount from O_EVTONLY - * is subtracted from the total usecounts). - * - * As a result, we shouldn't have any active usecounts against - * this vnode when we go to check it below. - */ - if (vnode_isinuse(from_cp->c_vp, 0)) - return EBUSY; - - if (include_rsrc && from_cp->c_rsrc_vp) { - if (vnode_isinuse(from_cp->c_rsrc_vp, 0)) - return EBUSY; - - /* - * In the code below, if the destination file doesn't have a - * c_rsrcfork then we don't create it which means we we cannot - * transfer the ff_invalidranges and cf_vblocks fields. These - * shouldn't be set because we flush the resource fork before - * calling this function but there is a tiny window when we - * did not have any locks... - */ - if (!to_cp->c_rsrcfork - && (!TAILQ_EMPTY(&from_cp->c_rsrcfork->ff_invalidranges) - || from_cp->c_rsrcfork->ff_unallocblocks)) { - /* - * The file isn't really busy now but something did slip - * in and tinker with the file while we didn't have any - * locks, so this is the most meaningful return code for - * the caller. - */ - return EBUSY; - } - } - - // Check the destination file is empty - if (to_cp->c_datafork->ff_blocks - || to_cp->c_datafork->ff_size - || (include_rsrc - && (to_cp->c_blocks - || (to_cp->c_rsrcfork && to_cp->c_rsrcfork->ff_size)))) { - return EFBIG; - } - - if ((error = hfs_start_transaction (hfsmp))) - return error; - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG | SFL_EXTENTS | SFL_ATTRIBUTE, - HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - // filefork_t is 128 bytes which should be OK - filefork_t rfork_buf, *from_rfork = NULL; - - if (include_rsrc) { - from_rfork = from_cp->c_rsrcfork; - - /* - * Creating resource fork vnodes is expensive, so just get get - * the fork data if we need it. - */ - if (!from_rfork && hfs_has_rsrc(from_cp)) { - from_rfork = &rfork_buf; - - from_rfork->ff_cp = from_cp; - TAILQ_INIT(&from_rfork->ff_invalidranges); - - error = cat_idlookup(hfsmp, from_cp->c_fileid, 0, 1, NULL, NULL, - &from_rfork->ff_data); - - if (error) - goto exit; - } - } - - /* - * From here on, any failures mean that we might be leaving things - * in a weird or inconsistent state. Ideally, we should back out - * all the changes, but to do that properly we need to fix - * MoveData. We'll save fixing that for another time. For now, - * just return EIO in all cases to the caller so that they know. - */ - return_EIO_on_error = true; - - bool data_overflow_extents = overflow_extents(from_cp->c_datafork); - - // Move the data fork - if ((error = hfs_move_fork (from_cp->c_datafork, from_cp, - to_cp->c_datafork, to_cp))) { - goto exit; - } - - SET(from_cp->c_flag, C_NEED_DATA_SETSIZE); - SET(to_cp->c_flag, C_NEED_DATA_SETSIZE); - - // We move the resource fork later - - /* - * Note that because all we're doing is moving the extents around, - * we can probably do this in a single transaction: Each extent - * record (group of 8) is 64 bytes. A extent overflow B-Tree node - * is typically 4k. This means each node can hold roughly ~60 - * extent records == (480 extents). - * - * If a file was massively fragmented and had 20k extents, this - * means we'd roughly touch 20k/480 == 41 to 42 nodes, plus the - * index nodes, for half of the operation. (inserting or - * deleting). So if we're manipulating 80-100 nodes, this is - * basically 320k of data to write to the journal in a bad case. - */ - if (data_overflow_extents) { - if ((error = MoveData(hfsmp, from_cp->c_cnid, to_cp->c_cnid, 0))) - goto exit; - } - - if (from_rfork && overflow_extents(from_rfork)) { - if ((error = MoveData(hfsmp, from_cp->c_cnid, to_cp->c_cnid, 1))) - goto exit; - } - - // Touch times - from_cp->c_touch_acctime = TRUE; - from_cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - from_cp->c_touch_modtime = TRUE; - hfs_touchtimes(hfsmp, from_cp); - - to_cp->c_touch_acctime = TRUE; - to_cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - to_cp->c_touch_modtime = TRUE; - hfs_touchtimes(hfsmp, to_cp); - - struct cat_fork dfork_buf; - const struct cat_fork *dfork, *rfork; - - dfork = hfs_prepare_fork_for_update(to_cp->c_datafork, NULL, - &dfork_buf, hfsmp->blockSize); - rfork = hfs_prepare_fork_for_update(from_rfork, NULL, - &rfork_buf.ff_data, hfsmp->blockSize); - - // Update the catalog nodes, to_cp first - if ((error = cat_update(hfsmp, &to_cp->c_desc, &to_cp->c_attr, - dfork, rfork))) { - goto exit; - } - - CLR(to_cp->c_flag, C_MODIFIED | C_MINOR_MOD); - - // Update in-memory resource fork data here - if (from_rfork) { - // Update c_blocks - uint32_t moving = from_rfork->ff_blocks + from_rfork->ff_unallocblocks; - - from_cp->c_blocks -= moving; - to_cp->c_blocks += moving; - - // Update to_cp's resource data if it has it - filefork_t *to_rfork = to_cp->c_rsrcfork; - if (to_rfork) { - TAILQ_SWAP(&to_rfork->ff_invalidranges, - &from_rfork->ff_invalidranges, rl_entry, rl_link); - to_rfork->ff_data = from_rfork->ff_data; - - // Deal with ubc_setsize - hfs_rsrc_setsize(to_cp); - } - - // Wipe out the resource fork in from_cp - rl_init(&from_rfork->ff_invalidranges); - bzero(&from_rfork->ff_data, sizeof(from_rfork->ff_data)); - - // Deal with ubc_setsize - hfs_rsrc_setsize(from_cp); - } - - // Currently unnecessary, but might be useful in future... - dfork = hfs_prepare_fork_for_update(from_cp->c_datafork, NULL, &dfork_buf, - hfsmp->blockSize); - rfork = hfs_prepare_fork_for_update(from_rfork, NULL, &rfork_buf.ff_data, - hfsmp->blockSize); - - // Update from_cp - if ((error = cat_update(hfsmp, &from_cp->c_desc, &from_cp->c_attr, - dfork, rfork))) { - goto exit; - } - - CLR(from_cp->c_flag, C_MODIFIED | C_MINOR_MOD); - -exit: - if (lockflags) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - } - - if (error && error != EIO && return_EIO_on_error) { - printf("hfs_move_data: encountered error %d\n", error); - error = EIO; - } - - return error; -} - -/* - * Move all of the catalog and runtime data in srcfork to dstfork. - * - * This allows us to maintain the invalid ranges across the move data - * operation so we don't need to force all of the pending IO right - * now. In addition, we move all non overflow-extent extents into the - * destination here. - * - * The destination fork must be empty and should have been checked - * prior to calling this. - */ -static int hfs_move_fork(filefork_t *srcfork, cnode_t *src_cp, - filefork_t *dstfork, cnode_t *dst_cp) -{ - // Move the invalid ranges - TAILQ_SWAP(&dstfork->ff_invalidranges, &srcfork->ff_invalidranges, - rl_entry, rl_link); - rl_remove_all(&srcfork->ff_invalidranges); - - // Move the fork data (copy whole structure) - dstfork->ff_data = srcfork->ff_data; - bzero(&srcfork->ff_data, sizeof(srcfork->ff_data)); - - // Update c_blocks - src_cp->c_blocks -= dstfork->ff_blocks + dstfork->ff_unallocblocks; - dst_cp->c_blocks += dstfork->ff_blocks + dstfork->ff_unallocblocks; - - return 0; -} - -/* - * cnode must be locked - */ -int -hfs_fsync(struct vnode *vp, int waitfor, hfs_fsync_mode_t fsyncmode, struct proc *p) -{ - struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - struct filefork *fp = NULL; - int retval = 0; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - struct timeval tv; - int waitdata; /* attributes necessary for data retrieval */ - int wait; /* all other attributes (e.g. atime, etc.) */ - int took_trunc_lock = 0; - int fsync_default = 1; - - /* - * Applications which only care about data integrity rather than full - * file integrity may opt out of (delay) expensive metadata update - * operations as a performance optimization. - */ - wait = (waitfor == MNT_WAIT); - waitdata = (waitfor == MNT_DWAIT) | wait; - - if (always_do_fullfsync) - fsyncmode = HFS_FSYNC_FULL; - if (fsyncmode != HFS_FSYNC) - fsync_default = 0; - - /* HFS directories don't have any data blocks. */ - if (vnode_isdir(vp)) - goto metasync; - fp = VTOF(vp); - - /* - * For system files flush the B-tree header and - * for regular files write out any clusters - */ - if (vnode_issystem(vp)) { - if (VTOF(vp)->fcbBTCBPtr != NULL) { - // XXXdbg - if (hfsmp->jnl == NULL) { - BTFlushPath(VTOF(vp)); - } - } - } else { - hfs_unlock(cp); - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - took_trunc_lock = 1; - - if (fp->ff_unallocblocks != 0) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - } - - /* Don't hold cnode lock when calling into cluster layer. */ - (void) cluster_push(vp, waitdata ? IO_SYNC : 0); - - hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - } - /* - * When MNT_WAIT is requested and the zero fill timeout - * has expired then we must explicitly zero out any areas - * that are currently marked invalid (holes). - * - * Files with NODUMP can bypass zero filling here. - */ - if (fp && (((cp->c_flag & C_ALWAYS_ZEROFILL) && !TAILQ_EMPTY(&fp->ff_invalidranges)) || - ((wait || (cp->c_flag & C_ZFWANTSYNC)) && - ((cp->c_bsdflags & UF_NODUMP) == 0) && - (vnode_issystem(vp) ==0) && - cp->c_zftimeout != 0))) { - - microuptime(&tv); - if ((cp->c_flag & C_ALWAYS_ZEROFILL) == 0 && fsync_default && tv.tv_sec < (long)cp->c_zftimeout) { - /* Remember that a force sync was requested. */ - cp->c_flag |= C_ZFWANTSYNC; - goto datasync; - } - if (!TAILQ_EMPTY(&fp->ff_invalidranges)) { - if (!took_trunc_lock || (cp->c_truncatelockowner == HFS_SHARED_OWNER)) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - if (took_trunc_lock) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - } - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - took_trunc_lock = 1; - } - hfs_flush_invalid_ranges(vp); - hfs_unlock(cp); - (void) cluster_push(vp, waitdata ? IO_SYNC : 0); - hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - } - } -datasync: - if (took_trunc_lock) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - took_trunc_lock = 0; - } - - if (!hfsmp->jnl) - buf_flushdirtyblks(vp, waitdata, 0, "hfs_fsync"); - else if (fsync_default && vnode_islnk(vp) - && vnode_hasdirtyblks(vp) && vnode_isrecycled(vp)) { - /* - * If it's a symlink that's dirty and is about to be recycled, - * we need to flush the journal. - */ - fsync_default = 0; - } - -metasync: - if (vnode_isreg(vp) && vnode_issystem(vp)) { - if (VTOF(vp)->fcbBTCBPtr != NULL) { - microuptime(&tv); - BTSetLastSync(VTOF(vp), tv.tv_sec); - } - cp->c_touch_acctime = FALSE; - cp->c_touch_chgtime = FALSE; - cp->c_touch_modtime = FALSE; - } else if (!vnode_isswap(vp)) { - retval = hfs_update(vp, HFS_UPDATE_FORCE); - - /* - * When MNT_WAIT is requested push out the catalog record for - * this file. If they asked for a full fsync, we can skip this - * because the journal_flush or hfs_metasync_all will push out - * all of the metadata changes. - */ - if ((retval == 0) && wait && fsync_default && cp->c_hint && - !ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_DELETED | C_NOEXISTS)) { - hfs_metasync(VTOHFS(vp), (daddr64_t)cp->c_hint, p); - } - - /* - * If this was a full fsync, make sure all metadata - * changes get to stable storage. - */ - if (!fsync_default) { - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - if (fsyncmode == HFS_FSYNC_FULL) - hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_FULL); - else - hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_JOURNAL_BARRIER); - } else { - retval = hfs_metasync_all(hfsmp); - /* XXX need to pass context! */ - hfs_flush(hfsmp, HFS_FLUSH_CACHE); - } - } - } - - if (!hfs_is_dirty(cp) && !ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_DELETED)) - vnode_cleardirty(vp); - - return (retval); -} - - -/* Sync an hfs catalog b-tree node */ -int -hfs_metasync(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, daddr64_t node, __unused struct proc *p) -{ - vnode_t vp; - buf_t bp; - int lockflags; - - vp = HFSTOVCB(hfsmp)->catalogRefNum; - - // XXXdbg - don't need to do this on a journaled volume - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - return 0; - } - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - /* - * Look for a matching node that has been delayed - * but is not part of a set (B_LOCKED). - * - * BLK_ONLYVALID causes buf_getblk to return a - * buf_t for the daddr64_t specified only if it's - * currently resident in the cache... the size - * parameter to buf_getblk is ignored when this flag - * is set - */ - bp = buf_getblk(vp, node, 0, 0, 0, BLK_META | BLK_ONLYVALID); - - if (bp) { - if ((buf_flags(bp) & (B_LOCKED | B_DELWRI)) == B_DELWRI) - (void) VNOP_BWRITE(bp); - else - buf_brelse(bp); - } - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - return (0); -} - - -/* - * Sync all hfs B-trees. Use this instead of journal_flush for a volume - * without a journal. Note that the volume bitmap does not get written; - * we rely on fsck_hfs to fix that up (which it can do without any loss - * of data). - */ -int -hfs_metasync_all(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - int lockflags; - - /* Lock all of the B-trees so we get a mutually consistent state */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, - SFL_CATALOG|SFL_EXTENTS|SFL_ATTRIBUTE, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* Sync each of the B-trees */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp) - hfs_btsync(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp, 0); - if (hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp) - hfs_btsync(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp, 0); - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp) - hfs_btsync(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp, 0); - - /* Wait for all of the writes to complete */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp) - vnode_waitforwrites(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp, 0, 0, 0, "hfs_metasync_all"); - if (hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp) - vnode_waitforwrites(hfsmp->hfs_extents_vp, 0, 0, 0, "hfs_metasync_all"); - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp) - vnode_waitforwrites(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp, 0, 0, 0, "hfs_metasync_all"); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - return 0; -} - - -/*ARGSUSED 1*/ -static int -hfs_btsync_callback(struct buf *bp, __unused void *dummy) -{ - buf_clearflags(bp, B_LOCKED); - (void) buf_bawrite(bp); - - return(BUF_CLAIMED); -} - - -int -hfs_btsync(struct vnode *vp, int sync_transaction) -{ - struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - struct timeval tv; - int flags = 0; - - if (sync_transaction) - flags |= BUF_SKIP_NONLOCKED; - /* - * Flush all dirty buffers associated with b-tree. - */ - buf_iterate(vp, hfs_btsync_callback, flags, 0); - - microuptime(&tv); - if (vnode_issystem(vp) && (VTOF(vp)->fcbBTCBPtr != NULL)) - (void) BTSetLastSync(VTOF(vp), tv.tv_sec); - cp->c_touch_acctime = FALSE; - cp->c_touch_chgtime = FALSE; - cp->c_touch_modtime = FALSE; - - return 0; -} - -/* - * Remove a directory. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_rmdir(struct vnop_rmdir_args *ap) -{ - struct vnode *dvp = ap->a_dvp; - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - struct cnode *dcp = VTOC(dvp); - struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - int error; - time_t orig_ctime; - - orig_ctime = VTOC(vp)->c_ctime; - - if (!S_ISDIR(cp->c_mode)) { - return (ENOTDIR); - } - if (dvp == vp) { - return (EINVAL); - } - - nspace_snapshot_event(vp, orig_ctime, NAMESPACE_HANDLER_DELETE_OP, NULL); - cp = VTOC(vp); - - if ((error = hfs_lockpair(dcp, cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK))) { - return (error); - } - - /* Check for a race with rmdir on the parent directory */ - if (dcp->c_flag & (C_DELETED | C_NOEXISTS)) { - hfs_unlockpair (dcp, cp); - return ENOENT; - } - - // - // if the item is tracked but doesn't have a document_id, assign one and generate an fsevent for it - // - if ((cp->c_bsdflags & UF_TRACKED) && ((struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)((char *)&cp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16))->document_id == 0) { - uint32_t newid; - - hfs_unlockpair(dcp, cp); - - if (hfs_generate_document_id(VTOHFS(vp), &newid) == 0) { - hfs_lockpair(dcp, cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - ((struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)((char *)&cp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16))->document_id = newid; - add_fsevent(FSE_DOCID_CHANGED, vfs_context_current(), - FSE_ARG_DEV, VTOHFS(vp)->hfs_raw_dev, - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)0, // src inode # - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)cp->c_fileid, // dst inode # - FSE_ARG_INT32, newid, - FSE_ARG_DONE); - } else { - // XXXdbg - couldn't get a new docid... what to do? can't really fail the rm... - hfs_lockpair(dcp, cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - } - } - - error = hfs_removedir(dvp, vp, ap->a_cnp, 0, 0); - - hfs_unlockpair(dcp, cp); - - return (error); -} - -/* - * Remove a directory - * - * Both dvp and vp cnodes are locked - */ -int -hfs_removedir(struct vnode *dvp, struct vnode *vp, struct componentname *cnp, - int skip_reserve, int only_unlink) -{ - struct cnode *cp; - struct cnode *dcp; - struct hfsmount * hfsmp; - struct cat_desc desc; - int lockflags; - int error = 0, started_tr = 0; - - cp = VTOC(vp); - dcp = VTOC(dvp); - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - - if (dcp == cp) { - return (EINVAL); /* cannot remove "." */ - } - if (cp->c_flag & (C_NOEXISTS | C_DELETED)) { - return (0); - } - if (cp->c_entries != 0) { - return (ENOTEMPTY); - } - - /* - * If the directory is open or in use (e.g. opendir() or current working - * directory for some process); wait for inactive/reclaim to actually - * remove cnode from the catalog. Both inactive and reclaim codepaths are capable - * of removing open-unlinked directories from the catalog, as well as getting rid - * of EAs still on the element. So change only_unlink to true, so that it will get - * cleaned up below. - * - * Otherwise, we can get into a weird old mess where the directory has C_DELETED, - * but it really means C_NOEXISTS because the item was actually removed from the - * catalog. Then when we try to remove the entry from the catalog later on, it won't - * really be there anymore. - */ - if (vnode_isinuse(vp, 0)) { - only_unlink = 1; - } - - /* Deal with directory hardlinks */ - if (cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK) { - /* - * Note that if we have a directory which was a hardlink at any point, - * its actual directory data is stored in the directory inode in the hidden - * directory rather than the leaf element(s) present in the namespace. - * - * If there are still other hardlinks to this directory, - * then we'll just eliminate this particular link and the vnode will still exist. - * If this is the last link to an empty directory, then we'll open-unlink the - * directory and it will be only tagged with C_DELETED (as opposed to C_NOEXISTS). - * - * We could also return EBUSY here. - */ - - return hfs_unlink(hfsmp, dvp, vp, cnp, skip_reserve); - } - - /* - * In a few cases, we may want to allow the directory to persist in an - * open-unlinked state. If the directory is being open-unlinked (still has usecount - * references), or if it has EAs, or if it was being deleted as part of a rename, - * then we go ahead and move it to the hidden directory. - * - * If the directory is being open-unlinked, then we want to keep the catalog entry - * alive so that future EA calls and fchmod/fstat etc. do not cause issues later. - * - * If the directory had EAs, then we want to use the open-unlink trick so that the - * EA removal is not done in one giant transaction. Otherwise, it could cause a panic - * due to overflowing the journal. - * - * Finally, if it was deleted as part of a rename, we move it to the hidden directory - * in order to maintain rename atomicity. - * - * Note that the allow_dirs argument to hfs_removefile specifies that it is - * supposed to handle directories for this case. - */ - - if (((hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp != NULL) && - ((cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasAttributesMask) != 0)) || - (only_unlink != 0)) { - - int ret = hfs_removefile(dvp, vp, cnp, 0, 0, 1, NULL, only_unlink); - /* - * Even though hfs_vnop_rename calls vnode_recycle for us on tvp we call - * it here just in case we were invoked by rmdir() on a directory that had - * EAs. To ensure that we start reclaiming the space as soon as possible, - * we call vnode_recycle on the directory. - */ - vnode_recycle(vp); - - return ret; - - } - - dcp->c_flag |= C_DIR_MODIFICATION; - -#if QUOTA - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_QUOTAS) - (void)hfs_getinoquota(cp); -#endif - if ((error = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp)) != 0) { - goto out; - } - started_tr = 1; - - /* - * Verify the directory is empty (and valid). - * (Rmdir ".." won't be valid since - * ".." will contain a reference to - * the current directory and thus be - * non-empty.) - */ - if ((dcp->c_bsdflags & APPEND) || (cp->c_bsdflags & (IMMUTABLE | APPEND))) { - error = EPERM; - goto out; - } - - /* Remove the entry from the namei cache: */ - cache_purge(vp); - - /* - * Protect against a race with rename by using the component - * name passed in and parent id from dvp (instead of using - * the cp->c_desc which may have changed). - */ - desc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)cnp->cn_nameptr; - desc.cd_namelen = cnp->cn_namelen; - desc.cd_parentcnid = dcp->c_fileid; - desc.cd_cnid = cp->c_cnid; - desc.cd_flags = CD_ISDIR; - desc.cd_encoding = cp->c_encoding; - desc.cd_hint = 0; - - if (!hfs_valid_cnode(hfsmp, dvp, cnp, cp->c_fileid, NULL, &error)) { - error = 0; - goto out; - } - - /* Remove entry from catalog */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG | SFL_ATTRIBUTE | SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - if (!skip_reserve) { - /* - * Reserve some space in the Catalog file. - */ - if ((error = cat_preflight(hfsmp, CAT_DELETE, NULL, 0))) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - goto out; - } - } - - error = cat_delete(hfsmp, &desc, &cp->c_attr); - - if (!error) { - // - // if skip_reserve == 1 then we're being called from hfs_vnop_rename() and thus - // we don't need to touch the document_id as it's handled by the rename code. - // otherwise it's a normal remove and we need to save the document id in the - // per thread struct and clear it from the cnode. - // - struct doc_tombstone *ut; - ut = doc_tombstone_get(); - if (!skip_reserve && (cp->c_bsdflags & UF_TRACKED) - && doc_tombstone_should_save(ut, vp, cnp)) { - - uint32_t doc_id = hfs_get_document_id(cp); - - // this event is more of a "pending-delete" - if (ut->t_lastop_document_id) { - add_fsevent(FSE_DOCID_CHANGED, vfs_context_current(), - FSE_ARG_DEV, hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev, - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)cp->c_fileid, // src inode # - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)0, // dst inode # - FSE_ARG_INT32, doc_id, - FSE_ARG_DONE); - } - - doc_tombstone_save(dvp, vp, cnp, doc_id, cp->c_fileid); - - struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *fip = (struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)((char *)&cp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16); - - // clear this so it's never returned again - fip->document_id = 0; - cp->c_bsdflags &= ~UF_TRACKED; - } - - /* The parent lost a child */ - if (dcp->c_entries > 0) - dcp->c_entries--; - DEC_FOLDERCOUNT(hfsmp, dcp->c_attr); - dcp->c_dirchangecnt++; - hfs_incr_gencount(dcp); - - dcp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - dcp->c_touch_modtime = TRUE; - dcp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - - hfs_update(dcp->c_vp, 0); - } - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (error) - goto out; - -#if QUOTA - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_QUOTAS) - (void)hfs_chkiq(cp, -1, NOCRED, 0); -#endif /* QUOTA */ - - hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, VOL_RMDIR, (dcp->c_cnid == kHFSRootFolderID)); - - /* Mark C_NOEXISTS since the catalog entry is now gone */ - cp->c_flag |= C_NOEXISTS; - -out: - dcp->c_flag &= ~C_DIR_MODIFICATION; - wakeup((caddr_t)&dcp->c_flag); - - if (started_tr) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - } - - return (error); -} - - -/* - * Remove a file or link. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_remove(struct vnop_remove_args *ap) -{ - struct vnode *dvp = ap->a_dvp; - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - struct cnode *dcp = VTOC(dvp); - struct cnode *cp; - struct vnode *rvp = NULL; - int error=0, recycle_rsrc=0; - int recycle_vnode = 0; - uint32_t rsrc_vid = 0; - time_t orig_ctime; - - if (dvp == vp) { - return (EINVAL); - } - - orig_ctime = VTOC(vp)->c_ctime; - if (!vnode_isnamedstream(vp) && ((ap->a_flags & VNODE_REMOVE_SKIP_NAMESPACE_EVENT) == 0)) { - error = nspace_snapshot_event(vp, orig_ctime, NAMESPACE_HANDLER_DELETE_OP, NULL); - if (error) { - // XXXdbg - decide on a policy for handling namespace handler failures! - // for now we just let them proceed. - } - } - error = 0; - - cp = VTOC(vp); - -relock: - - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - - if ((error = hfs_lockpair(dcp, cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK))) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (rvp) { - vnode_put (rvp); - } - return (error); - } - // - // if the item is tracked but doesn't have a document_id, assign one and generate an fsevent for it - // - if ((cp->c_bsdflags & UF_TRACKED) && ((struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)((char *)&cp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16))->document_id == 0) { - uint32_t newid; - - hfs_unlockpair(dcp, cp); - - if (hfs_generate_document_id(VTOHFS(vp), &newid) == 0) { - hfs_lockpair(dcp, cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - ((struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)((char *)&cp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16))->document_id = newid; - add_fsevent(FSE_DOCID_CHANGED, vfs_context_current(), - FSE_ARG_DEV, VTOHFS(vp)->hfs_raw_dev, - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)0, // src inode # - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)cp->c_fileid, // dst inode # - FSE_ARG_INT32, newid, - FSE_ARG_DONE); - } else { - // XXXdbg - couldn't get a new docid... what to do? can't really fail the rm... - hfs_lockpair(dcp, cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - } - } - - /* - * Lazily respond to determining if there is a valid resource fork - * vnode attached to 'cp' if it is a regular file or symlink. - * If the vnode does not exist, then we may proceed without having to - * create it. - * - * If, however, it does exist, then we need to acquire an iocount on the - * vnode after acquiring its vid. This ensures that if we have to do I/O - * against it, it can't get recycled from underneath us in the middle - * of this call. - * - * Note: this function may be invoked for directory hardlinks, so just skip these - * steps if 'vp' is a directory. - */ - - enum vtype vtype = vnode_vtype(vp); - if ((vtype == VLNK) || (vtype == VREG)) { - if ((cp->c_rsrc_vp) && (rvp == NULL)) { - /* We need to acquire the rsrc vnode */ - rvp = cp->c_rsrc_vp; - rsrc_vid = vnode_vid (rvp); - - /* Unlock everything to acquire iocount on the rsrc vnode */ - hfs_unlock_truncate (cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - hfs_unlockpair (dcp, cp); - /* Use the vid to maintain identity on rvp */ - if (vnode_getwithvid(rvp, rsrc_vid)) { - /* - * If this fails, then it was recycled or - * reclaimed in the interim. Reset fields and - * start over. - */ - rvp = NULL; - rsrc_vid = 0; - } - goto relock; - } - } - - /* - * Check to see if we raced rmdir for the parent directory - * hfs_removefile already checks for a race on vp/cp - */ - if (dcp->c_flag & (C_DELETED | C_NOEXISTS)) { - error = ENOENT; - goto rm_done; - } - - error = hfs_removefile(dvp, vp, ap->a_cnp, ap->a_flags, 0, 0, NULL, 0); - - /* - * If the remove succeeded in deleting the file, then we may need to mark - * the resource fork for recycle so that it is reclaimed as quickly - * as possible. If it were not recycled quickly, then this resource fork - * vnode could keep a v_parent reference on the data fork, which prevents it - * from going through reclaim (by giving it extra usecounts), except in the force- - * unmount case. - * - * However, a caveat: we need to continue to supply resource fork - * access to open-unlinked files even if the resource fork is not open. This is - * a requirement for the compressed files work. Luckily, hfs_vgetrsrc will handle - * this already if the data fork has been re-parented to the hidden directory. - * - * As a result, all we really need to do here is mark the resource fork vnode - * for recycle. If it goes out of core, it can be brought in again if needed. - * If the cnode was instead marked C_NOEXISTS, then there wouldn't be any - * more work. - */ - if (error == 0) { - hfs_hotfile_deleted(vp); - - if (rvp) { - recycle_rsrc = 1; - } - /* - * If the target was actually removed from the catalog schedule it for - * full reclamation/inactivation. We hold an iocount on it so it should just - * get marked with MARKTERM - */ - if (cp->c_flag & C_NOEXISTS) { - recycle_vnode = 1; - } - } - - - /* - * Drop the truncate lock before unlocking the cnode - * (which can potentially perform a vnode_put and - * recycle the vnode which in turn might require the - * truncate lock) - */ -rm_done: - hfs_unlockpair(dcp, cp); - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - - if (recycle_rsrc) { - /* inactive or reclaim on rvp will clean up the blocks from the rsrc fork */ - vnode_recycle(rvp); - } - if (recycle_vnode) { - vnode_recycle (vp); - } - - if (rvp) { - /* drop iocount on rsrc fork, was obtained at beginning of fxn */ - vnode_put(rvp); - } - - return (error); -} - - -int -hfs_removefile_callback(struct buf *bp, void *hfsmp) { - - if ( !(buf_flags(bp) & B_META)) - panic("hfs: symlink bp @ %p is not marked meta-data!\n", bp); - /* - * it's part of the current transaction, kill it. - */ - journal_kill_block(((struct hfsmount *)hfsmp)->jnl, bp); - - return (BUF_CLAIMED); -} - -/* - * hfs_removefile - * - * Similar to hfs_vnop_remove except there are additional options. - * This function may be used to remove directories if they have - * lots of EA's -- note the 'allow_dirs' argument. - * - * This function is able to delete blocks & fork data for the resource - * fork even if it does not exist in core (and have a backing vnode). - * It should infer the correct behavior based on the number of blocks - * in the cnode and whether or not the resource fork pointer exists or - * not. As a result, one only need pass in the 'vp' corresponding to the - * data fork of this file (or main vnode in the case of a directory). - * Passing in a resource fork will result in an error. - * - * Because we do not create any vnodes in this function, we are not at - * risk of deadlocking against ourselves by double-locking. - * - * Requires cnode and truncate locks to be held. - */ -int -hfs_removefile(struct vnode *dvp, struct vnode *vp, struct componentname *cnp, - int flags, int skip_reserve, int allow_dirs, - __unused struct vnode *rvp, int only_unlink) -{ - struct cnode *cp; - struct cnode *dcp; - struct vnode *rsrc_vp = NULL; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - struct cat_desc desc; - struct timeval tv; - int dataforkbusy = 0; - int rsrcforkbusy = 0; - int lockflags; - int error = 0; - int started_tr = 0; - int isbigfile = 0, defer_remove=0, isdir=0; - int update_vh = 0; - - cp = VTOC(vp); - dcp = VTOC(dvp); - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - - /* Check if we lost a race post lookup. */ - if (cp->c_flag & (C_NOEXISTS | C_DELETED)) { - return (0); - } - - if (!hfs_valid_cnode(hfsmp, dvp, cnp, cp->c_fileid, NULL, &error)) { - return 0; - } - - /* Make sure a remove is permitted */ - if (VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)) { - return (EPERM); - } - else { - /* - * We know it's a data fork. - * Probe the cnode to see if we have a valid resource fork - * in hand or not. - */ - rsrc_vp = cp->c_rsrc_vp; - } - - /* Don't allow deleting the journal or journal_info_block. */ - if (hfs_is_journal_file(hfsmp, cp)) { - return (EPERM); - } - - /* - * Hard links require special handling. - */ - if (cp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK) { - if ((flags & VNODE_REMOVE_NODELETEBUSY) && vnode_isinuse(vp, 0)) { - return (EBUSY); - } else { - /* A directory hard link with a link count of one is - * treated as a regular directory. Therefore it should - * only be removed using rmdir(). - */ - if ((vnode_isdir(vp) == 1) && (cp->c_linkcount == 1) && - (allow_dirs == 0)) { - return (EPERM); - } - return hfs_unlink(hfsmp, dvp, vp, cnp, skip_reserve); - } - } - - /* Directories should call hfs_rmdir! (unless they have a lot of attributes) */ - if (vnode_isdir(vp)) { - if (allow_dirs == 0) - return (EPERM); /* POSIX */ - isdir = 1; - } - /* Sanity check the parent ids. */ - if ((cp->c_parentcnid != hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid) && - (cp->c_parentcnid != dcp->c_fileid)) { - return (EINVAL); - } - - dcp->c_flag |= C_DIR_MODIFICATION; - - // this guy is going away so mark him as such - cp->c_flag |= C_DELETED; - - - /* Remove our entry from the namei cache. */ - cache_purge(vp); - - /* - * If the caller was operating on a file (as opposed to a - * directory with EAs), then we need to figure out - * whether or not it has a valid resource fork vnode. - * - * If there was a valid resource fork vnode, then we need - * to use hfs_truncate to eliminate its data. If there is - * no vnode, then we hold the cnode lock which would - * prevent it from being created. As a result, - * we can use the data deletion functions which do not - * require that a cnode/vnode pair exist. - */ - - /* Check if this file is being used. */ - if (isdir == 0) { - dataforkbusy = vnode_isinuse(vp, 0); - /* - * At this point, we know that 'vp' points to the - * a data fork because we checked it up front. And if - * there is no rsrc fork, rsrc_vp will be NULL. - */ - if (rsrc_vp && (cp->c_blocks - VTOF(vp)->ff_blocks)) { - rsrcforkbusy = vnode_isinuse(rsrc_vp, 0); - } - } - - /* Check if we have to break the deletion into multiple pieces. */ - if (isdir == 0) - isbigfile = cp->c_datafork->ff_size >= HFS_BIGFILE_SIZE; - - /* Check if the file has xattrs. If it does we'll have to delete them in - individual transactions in case there are too many */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp != NULL) && - (cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasAttributesMask) != 0) { - defer_remove = 1; - } - - /* If we are explicitly told to only unlink item and move to hidden dir, then do it */ - if (only_unlink) { - defer_remove = 1; - } - - /* - * Carbon semantics prohibit deleting busy files. - * (enforced when VNODE_REMOVE_NODELETEBUSY is requested) - */ - if (dataforkbusy || rsrcforkbusy) { - if ((flags & VNODE_REMOVE_NODELETEBUSY) || - (hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid == 0)) { - error = EBUSY; - goto out; - } - } - -#if QUOTA - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_QUOTAS) - (void)hfs_getinoquota(cp); -#endif /* QUOTA */ - - /* - * Do a ubc_setsize to indicate we need to wipe contents if: - * 1) item is a regular file. - * 2) Neither fork is busy AND we are not told to unlink this. - * - * We need to check for the defer_remove since it can be set without - * having a busy data or rsrc fork - */ - if (isdir == 0 && (!dataforkbusy || !rsrcforkbusy) && (defer_remove == 0)) { - /* - * A ubc_setsize can cause a pagein so defer it - * until after the cnode lock is dropped. The - * cnode lock cannot be dropped/reacquired here - * since we might already hold the journal lock. - */ - if (!dataforkbusy && cp->c_datafork->ff_blocks && !isbigfile) { - cp->c_flag |= C_NEED_DATA_SETSIZE; - } - if (!rsrcforkbusy && rsrc_vp) { - cp->c_flag |= C_NEED_RSRC_SETSIZE; - } - } - - if ((error = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp)) != 0) { - goto out; - } - started_tr = 1; - - // XXXdbg - if we're journaled, kill any dirty symlink buffers - if (hfsmp->jnl && vnode_islnk(vp) && (defer_remove == 0)) { - buf_iterate(vp, hfs_removefile_callback, BUF_SKIP_NONLOCKED, (void *)hfsmp); - } - - /* - * Prepare to truncate any non-busy forks. Busy forks will - * get truncated when their vnode goes inactive. - * Note that we will only enter this region if we - * can avoid creating an open-unlinked file. If - * either region is busy, we will have to create an open - * unlinked file. - * - * Since we are deleting the file, we need to stagger the runtime - * modifications to do things in such a way that a crash won't - * result in us getting overlapped extents or any other - * bad inconsistencies. As such, we call prepare_release_storage - * which updates the UBC, updates quota information, and releases - * any loaned blocks that belong to this file. No actual - * truncation or bitmap manipulation is done until *AFTER* - * the catalog record is removed. - */ - if (isdir == 0 && (!dataforkbusy && !rsrcforkbusy) && (only_unlink == 0)) { - - if (!dataforkbusy && !isbigfile && cp->c_datafork->ff_blocks != 0) { - - error = hfs_prepare_release_storage (hfsmp, vp); - if (error) { - goto out; - } - update_vh = 1; - } - - /* - * If the resource fork vnode does not exist, we can skip this step. - */ - if (!rsrcforkbusy && rsrc_vp) { - error = hfs_prepare_release_storage (hfsmp, rsrc_vp); - if (error) { - goto out; - } - update_vh = 1; - } - } - - /* - * Protect against a race with rename by using the component - * name passed in and parent id from dvp (instead of using - * the cp->c_desc which may have changed). Also, be aware that - * because we allow directories to be passed in, we need to special case - * this temporary descriptor in case we were handed a directory. - */ - if (isdir) { - desc.cd_flags = CD_ISDIR; - } - else { - desc.cd_flags = 0; - } - desc.cd_encoding = cp->c_desc.cd_encoding; - desc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)cnp->cn_nameptr; - desc.cd_namelen = cnp->cn_namelen; - desc.cd_parentcnid = dcp->c_fileid; - desc.cd_hint = cp->c_desc.cd_hint; - desc.cd_cnid = cp->c_cnid; - microtime(&tv); - - /* - * There are two cases to consider: - * 1. File/Dir is busy/big/defer_remove ==> move/rename the file/dir - * 2. File is not in use ==> remove the file - * - * We can get a directory in case 1 because it may have had lots of attributes, - * which need to get removed here. - */ - if (dataforkbusy || rsrcforkbusy || isbigfile || defer_remove) { - char delname[32]; - struct cat_desc to_desc; - struct cat_desc todir_desc; - - /* - * Orphan this file or directory (move to hidden directory). - * Again, we need to take care that we treat directories as directories, - * and files as files. Because directories with attributes can be passed in - * check to make sure that we have a directory or a file before filling in the - * temporary descriptor's flags. We keep orphaned directories AND files in - * the FILE_HARDLINKS private directory since we're generalizing over all - * orphaned filesystem objects. - */ - bzero(&todir_desc, sizeof(todir_desc)); - todir_desc.cd_parentcnid = 2; - - MAKE_DELETED_NAME(delname, sizeof(delname), cp->c_fileid); - bzero(&to_desc, sizeof(to_desc)); - to_desc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)delname; - to_desc.cd_namelen = strlen(delname); - to_desc.cd_parentcnid = hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid; - if (isdir) { - to_desc.cd_flags = CD_ISDIR; - } - else { - to_desc.cd_flags = 0; - } - to_desc.cd_cnid = cp->c_cnid; - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - if (!skip_reserve) { - if ((error = cat_preflight(hfsmp, CAT_RENAME, NULL, 0))) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - goto out; - } - } - - error = cat_rename(hfsmp, &desc, &todir_desc, - &to_desc, (struct cat_desc *)NULL); - - if (error == 0) { - hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[FILE_HARDLINKS].ca_entries++; - if (isdir == 1) { - INC_FOLDERCOUNT(hfsmp, hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[FILE_HARDLINKS]); - } - (void) cat_update(hfsmp, &hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS], - &hfsmp->hfs_private_attr[FILE_HARDLINKS], NULL, NULL); - - /* Update the parent directory */ - if (dcp->c_entries > 0) - dcp->c_entries--; - if (isdir == 1) { - DEC_FOLDERCOUNT(hfsmp, dcp->c_attr); - } - dcp->c_dirchangecnt++; - hfs_incr_gencount(dcp); - - dcp->c_ctime = tv.tv_sec; - dcp->c_mtime = tv.tv_sec; - (void) cat_update(hfsmp, &dcp->c_desc, &dcp->c_attr, NULL, NULL); - - /* Update the file or directory's state */ - cp->c_flag |= C_DELETED; - cp->c_ctime = tv.tv_sec; - --cp->c_linkcount; - (void) cat_update(hfsmp, &to_desc, &cp->c_attr, NULL, NULL); - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - if (error) - goto out; - - } - else { - /* - * Nobody is using this item; we can safely remove everything. - */ - struct filefork *temp_rsrc_fork = NULL; -#if QUOTA - off_t savedbytes; - int blksize = hfsmp->blockSize; -#endif - u_int32_t fileid = cp->c_fileid; - - /* - * Figure out if we need to read the resource fork data into - * core before wiping out the catalog record. - * - * 1) Must not be a directory - * 2) cnode's c_rsrcfork ptr must be NULL. - * 3) rsrc fork must have actual blocks - */ - if ((isdir == 0) && (cp->c_rsrcfork == NULL) && - (cp->c_blocks - VTOF(vp)->ff_blocks)) { - /* - * The resource fork vnode & filefork did not exist. - * Create a temporary one for use in this function only. - */ - temp_rsrc_fork = hfs_zalloc(HFS_FILEFORK_ZONE); - bzero(temp_rsrc_fork, sizeof(struct filefork)); - temp_rsrc_fork->ff_cp = cp; - rl_init(&temp_rsrc_fork->ff_invalidranges); - } - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG | SFL_ATTRIBUTE | SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* Look up the resource fork first, if necessary */ - if (temp_rsrc_fork) { - error = cat_lookup (hfsmp, &desc, 1, 0, (struct cat_desc*) NULL, - (struct cat_attr*) NULL, &temp_rsrc_fork->ff_data, NULL); - if (error) { - hfs_zfree(temp_rsrc_fork, HFS_FILEFORK_ZONE); - hfs_systemfile_unlock (hfsmp, lockflags); - goto out; - } - } - - if (!skip_reserve) { - if ((error = cat_preflight(hfsmp, CAT_DELETE, NULL, 0))) { - if (temp_rsrc_fork) { - hfs_zfree(temp_rsrc_fork, HFS_FILEFORK_ZONE); - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - goto out; - } - } - - error = cat_delete(hfsmp, &desc, &cp->c_attr); - - if (error && error != ENXIO && error != ENOENT) { - printf("hfs_removefile: deleting file %s (id=%d) vol=%s err=%d\n", - cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr, cp->c_attr.ca_fileid, hfsmp->vcbVN, error); - } - - if (error == 0) { - /* Update the parent directory */ - if (dcp->c_entries > 0) - dcp->c_entries--; - dcp->c_dirchangecnt++; - hfs_incr_gencount(dcp); - - dcp->c_ctime = tv.tv_sec; - dcp->c_mtime = tv.tv_sec; - (void) cat_update(hfsmp, &dcp->c_desc, &dcp->c_attr, NULL, NULL); - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (error) { - if (temp_rsrc_fork) { - hfs_zfree(temp_rsrc_fork, HFS_FILEFORK_ZONE); - } - goto out; - } - - /* - * Now that we've wiped out the catalog record, the file effectively doesn't - * exist anymore. So update the quota records to reflect the loss of the - * data fork and the resource fork. - */ -#if QUOTA - if (cp->c_datafork->ff_blocks > 0) { - savedbytes = ((off_t)cp->c_datafork->ff_blocks * (off_t)blksize); - (void) hfs_chkdq(cp, (int64_t)-(savedbytes), NOCRED, 0); - } - - /* - * We may have just deleted the catalog record for a resource fork even - * though it did not exist in core as a vnode. However, just because there - * was a resource fork pointer in the cnode does not mean that it had any blocks. - */ - if (temp_rsrc_fork || cp->c_rsrcfork) { - if (cp->c_rsrcfork) { - if (cp->c_rsrcfork->ff_blocks > 0) { - savedbytes = ((off_t)cp->c_rsrcfork->ff_blocks * (off_t)blksize); - (void) hfs_chkdq(cp, (int64_t)-(savedbytes), NOCRED, 0); - } - } - else { - /* we must have used a temporary fork */ - savedbytes = ((off_t)temp_rsrc_fork->ff_blocks * (off_t)blksize); - (void) hfs_chkdq(cp, (int64_t)-(savedbytes), NOCRED, 0); - } - } - - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_QUOTAS) { - (void)hfs_chkiq(cp, -1, NOCRED, 0); - } -#endif - - if (vnode_islnk(vp) && cp->c_datafork->ff_symlinkptr) { - hfs_free(cp->c_datafork->ff_symlinkptr, cp->c_datafork->ff_size); - cp->c_datafork->ff_symlinkptr = NULL; - } - - /* - * If we didn't get any errors deleting the catalog entry, then go ahead - * and release the backing store now. The filefork pointers are still valid. - */ - if (temp_rsrc_fork) { - error = hfs_release_storage (hfsmp, cp->c_datafork, temp_rsrc_fork, fileid); - } - else { - /* if cp->c_rsrcfork == NULL, hfs_release_storage will skip over it. */ - error = hfs_release_storage (hfsmp, cp->c_datafork, cp->c_rsrcfork, fileid); - } - if (error) { - /* - * If we encountered an error updating the extents and bitmap, - * mark the volume inconsistent. At this point, the catalog record has - * already been deleted, so we can't recover it at this point. We need - * to proceed and update the volume header and mark the cnode C_NOEXISTS. - * The subsequent fsck should be able to recover the free space for us. - */ - hfs_mark_inconsistent(hfsmp, HFS_OP_INCOMPLETE); - } - else { - /* reset update_vh to 0, since hfs_release_storage should have done it for us */ - update_vh = 0; - } - - /* Get rid of the temporary rsrc fork */ - if (temp_rsrc_fork) { - hfs_zfree(temp_rsrc_fork, HFS_FILEFORK_ZONE); - } - - cp->c_flag |= C_NOEXISTS; - cp->c_flag &= ~C_DELETED; - - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - --cp->c_linkcount; - - /* - * We must never get a directory if we're in this else block. We could - * accidentally drop the number of files in the volume header if we did. - */ - hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, VOL_RMFILE, (dcp->c_cnid == kHFSRootFolderID)); - - } - - // - // if skip_reserve == 1 then we're being called from hfs_vnop_rename() and thus - // we don't need to touch the document_id as it's handled by the rename code. - // otherwise it's a normal remove and we need to save the document id in the - // per thread struct and clear it from the cnode. - // - if (!error && !skip_reserve && (cp->c_bsdflags & UF_TRACKED) - && cp->c_linkcount <= 1) { - struct doc_tombstone *ut; - ut = doc_tombstone_get(); - if (doc_tombstone_should_save(ut, vp, cnp)) { - add_fsevent(FSE_DOCID_CHANGED, vfs_context_current(), - FSE_ARG_DEV, hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev, - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)cp->c_fileid, // src inode # - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)0, // dst inode # - FSE_ARG_INT32, hfs_get_document_id(cp), // document id - FSE_ARG_DONE); - - doc_tombstone_save(dvp, vp, cnp, hfs_get_document_id(cp), - cp->c_fileid); - - struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *fip = (struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)((char *)&cp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16); - - fip->document_id = 0; - cp->c_bsdflags &= ~UF_TRACKED; - } - } - - /* - * All done with this cnode's descriptor... - * - * Note: all future catalog calls for this cnode must be by - * fileid only. This is OK for HFS (which doesn't have file - * thread records) since HFS doesn't support the removal of - * busy files. - */ - cat_releasedesc(&cp->c_desc); - -out: - if (error) { - cp->c_flag &= ~C_DELETED; - } - - if (update_vh) { - /* - * If we bailed out earlier, we may need to update the volume header - * to deal with the borrowed blocks accounting. - */ - hfs_volupdate (hfsmp, VOL_UPDATE, 0); - } - - if (started_tr) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - } - - dcp->c_flag &= ~C_DIR_MODIFICATION; - wakeup((caddr_t)&dcp->c_flag); - - return (error); -} - - -void -replace_desc(struct cnode *cp, struct cat_desc *cdp) -{ - // fixes 4348457 and 4463138 - if (&cp->c_desc == cdp) { - return; - } - - /* First release allocated name buffer */ - if (cp->c_desc.cd_flags & CD_HASBUF && cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr != 0) { - const u_int8_t *name = cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr; - - cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr = 0; - cp->c_desc.cd_namelen = 0; - cp->c_desc.cd_flags &= ~CD_HASBUF; - vfs_removename((const char *)name); - } - bcopy(cdp, &cp->c_desc, sizeof(cp->c_desc)); - - /* Cnode now owns the name buffer */ - cdp->cd_nameptr = 0; - cdp->cd_namelen = 0; - cdp->cd_flags &= ~CD_HASBUF; -} - -/* - * hfs_vnop_rename - * - * Just forwards the arguments from VNOP_RENAME into those of - * VNOP_RENAMEX but zeros out the flags word. - */ -int hfs_vnop_rename (struct vnop_rename_args *args) { - struct vnop_renamex_args vrx; - - vrx.a_desc = args->a_desc; // we aren't using it to switch into the vnop array, so fine as is. - vrx.a_fdvp = args->a_fdvp; - vrx.a_fvp = args->a_fvp; - vrx.a_fcnp = args->a_fcnp; - vrx.a_tdvp = args->a_tdvp; - vrx.a_tvp = args->a_tvp; - vrx.a_tcnp = args->a_tcnp; - vrx.a_vap = NULL; // not used - vrx.a_flags = 0; //zero out the flags. - vrx.a_context = args->a_context; - - return hfs_vnop_renamex (&vrx); -} - - - -/* - * Rename a cnode. - * - * The VFS layer guarantees that: - * - source and destination will either both be directories, or - * both not be directories. - * - all the vnodes are from the same file system - * - * When the target is a directory, HFS must ensure that its empty. - * - * Note that this function requires up to 6 vnodes in order to work properly - * if it is operating on files (and not on directories). This is because only - * files can have resource forks, and we now require iocounts to be held on the - * vnodes corresponding to the resource forks (if applicable) as well as - * the files or directories undergoing rename. The problem with not holding - * iocounts on the resource fork vnodes is that it can lead to a deadlock - * situation: The rsrc fork of the source file may be recycled and reclaimed - * in order to provide a vnode for the destination file's rsrc fork. Since - * data and rsrc forks share the same cnode, we'd eventually try to lock the - * source file's cnode in order to sync its rsrc fork to disk, but it's already - * been locked. By taking the rsrc fork vnodes up front we ensure that they - * cannot be recycled, and that the situation mentioned above cannot happen. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_renamex(struct vnop_renamex_args *ap) -{ - struct vnode *tvp = ap->a_tvp; - struct vnode *tdvp = ap->a_tdvp; - struct vnode *fvp = ap->a_fvp; - struct vnode *fdvp = ap->a_fdvp; - /* - * Note that we only need locals for the target/destination's - * resource fork vnode (and only if necessary). We don't care if the - * source has a resource fork vnode or not. - */ - struct vnode *tvp_rsrc = NULLVP; - uint32_t tvp_rsrc_vid = 0; - struct componentname *tcnp = ap->a_tcnp; - struct componentname *fcnp = ap->a_fcnp; - struct proc *p = vfs_context_proc(ap->a_context); - struct cnode *fcp; - struct cnode *fdcp; - struct cnode *tdcp; - struct cnode *tcp; - struct cnode *error_cnode; - struct cat_desc from_desc; - struct cat_desc to_desc; - struct cat_desc out_desc; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - cat_cookie_t cookie; - int tvp_deleted = 0; - int started_tr = 0, got_cookie = 0; - int took_trunc_lock = 0; - int lockflags; - int error; - time_t orig_from_ctime, orig_to_ctime; - int emit_rename = 1; - int emit_delete = 1; - int is_tracked = 0; - int unlocked; - vnode_t old_doc_vp = NULL; - int rename_exclusive = 0; - - orig_from_ctime = VTOC(fvp)->c_ctime; - if (tvp && VTOC(tvp)) { - orig_to_ctime = VTOC(tvp)->c_ctime; - } else { - orig_to_ctime = ~0; - } - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(tdvp); - - /* Check the flags first, so we can avoid grabbing locks if necessary */ - if (ap->a_flags) { - /* These are the only flags we support for now */ - if ((ap->a_flags & (VFS_RENAME_EXCL)) == 0) { - return ENOTSUP; - } - - /* The rename flags are mutually exclusive for HFS+ */ - switch (ap->a_flags & VFS_RENAME_FLAGS_MASK) { - case VFS_RENAME_EXCL: - rename_exclusive = true; - break; - default: - return ENOTSUP; - } - } - - /* - * Do special case checks here. If fvp == tvp then we need to check the - * cnode with locks held. - */ - if (fvp == tvp) { - int is_hardlink = 0; - /* - * In this case, we do *NOT* ever emit a DELETE event. - * We may not necessarily emit a RENAME event - */ - emit_delete = 0; - if ((error = hfs_lock(VTOC(fvp), HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - return error; - } - /* Check to see if the item is a hardlink or not */ - is_hardlink = (VTOC(fvp)->c_flag & C_HARDLINK); - hfs_unlock (VTOC(fvp)); - - /* - * If the item is not a hardlink, then case sensitivity must be off, otherwise - * two names should not resolve to the same cnode unless they were case variants. - */ - if (is_hardlink) { - emit_rename = 0; - /* - * Hardlinks are a little trickier. We only want to emit a rename event - * if the item is a hardlink, the parent directories are the same, case sensitivity - * is off, and the case folded names are the same. See the fvp == tvp case below for more - * info. - */ - - if ((fdvp == tdvp) && ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CASE_SENSITIVE) == 0)) { - if (hfs_namecmp((const u_int8_t *)fcnp->cn_nameptr, fcnp->cn_namelen, - (const u_int8_t *)tcnp->cn_nameptr, tcnp->cn_namelen) == 0) { - /* Then in this case only it is ok to emit a rename */ - emit_rename = 1; - } - } - } - } - if (emit_rename) { - /* c_bsdflags should only be assessed while holding the cnode lock. - * This is not done consistently throughout the code and can result - * in race. This will be fixed via rdar://12181064 - */ - if (VTOC(fvp)->c_bsdflags & UF_TRACKED) { - is_tracked = 1; - } - nspace_snapshot_event(fvp, orig_from_ctime, NAMESPACE_HANDLER_RENAME_OP, NULL); - } - - if (tvp && VTOC(tvp)) { - if (emit_delete) { - nspace_snapshot_event(tvp, orig_to_ctime, NAMESPACE_HANDLER_DELETE_OP, NULL); - } - } - -retry: - /* When tvp exists, take the truncate lock for hfs_removefile(). */ - if (tvp && (vnode_isreg(tvp) || vnode_islnk(tvp))) { - hfs_lock_truncate(VTOC(tvp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - took_trunc_lock = 1; - } - -relock: - error = hfs_lockfour(VTOC(fdvp), VTOC(fvp), VTOC(tdvp), tvp ? VTOC(tvp) : NULL, - HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, &error_cnode); - if (error) { - if (took_trunc_lock) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(VTOC(tvp), HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - took_trunc_lock = 0; - } - - /* - * We hit an error path. If we were trying to re-acquire the locks - * after coming through here once, we might have already obtained - * an iocount on tvp's resource fork vnode. Drop that before dealing - * with the failure. Note this is safe -- since we are in an - * error handling path, we can't be holding the cnode locks. - */ - if (tvp_rsrc) { - vnode_put (tvp_rsrc); - tvp_rsrc_vid = 0; - tvp_rsrc = NULL; - } - - /* - * tvp might no longer exist. If the cause of the lock failure - * was tvp, then we can try again with tvp/tcp set to NULL. - * This is ok because the vfs syscall will vnode_put the vnodes - * after we return from hfs_vnop_rename. - */ - if ((error == ENOENT) && (tvp != NULL) && (error_cnode == VTOC(tvp))) { - tcp = NULL; - tvp = NULL; - goto retry; - } - - /* If we want to reintroduce notifications for failed renames, this - is the place to do it. */ - - return (error); - } - - fdcp = VTOC(fdvp); - fcp = VTOC(fvp); - tdcp = VTOC(tdvp); - tcp = tvp ? VTOC(tvp) : NULL; - - - /* - * If caller requested an exclusive rename (VFS_RENAME_EXCL) and 'tcp' exists - * then we must fail the operation. - */ - if (tcp && rename_exclusive) { - error = EEXIST; - goto out; - } - - // - // if the item is tracked but doesn't have a document_id, assign one and generate an fsevent for it - // - unlocked = 0; - if ((fcp->c_bsdflags & UF_TRACKED) && ((struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)((char *)&fcp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16))->document_id == 0) { - uint32_t newid; - - hfs_unlockfour(VTOC(fdvp), VTOC(fvp), VTOC(tdvp), tvp ? VTOC(tvp) : NULL); - unlocked = 1; - - if (hfs_generate_document_id(hfsmp, &newid) == 0) { - hfs_lock(fcp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - ((struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)((char *)&fcp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16))->document_id = newid; - add_fsevent(FSE_DOCID_CHANGED, vfs_context_current(), - FSE_ARG_DEV, hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev, - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)0, // src inode # - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)fcp->c_fileid, // dst inode # - FSE_ARG_INT32, newid, - FSE_ARG_DONE); - hfs_unlock(fcp); - } else { - // XXXdbg - couldn't get a new docid... what to do? can't really fail the rename... - } - - // - // check if we're going to need to fix tcp as well. if we aren't, go back relock - // everything. otherwise continue on and fix up tcp as well before relocking. - // - if (tcp == NULL || !(tcp->c_bsdflags & UF_TRACKED) || ((struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)((char *)&tcp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16))->document_id != 0) { - goto relock; - } - } - - // - // same thing for tcp if it's set - // - if (tcp && (tcp->c_bsdflags & UF_TRACKED) && ((struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)((char *)&tcp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16))->document_id == 0) { - uint32_t newid; - - if (!unlocked) { - hfs_unlockfour(VTOC(fdvp), VTOC(fvp), VTOC(tdvp), tvp ? VTOC(tvp) : NULL); - unlocked = 1; - } - - if (hfs_generate_document_id(hfsmp, &newid) == 0) { - hfs_lock(tcp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - ((struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)((char *)&tcp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16))->document_id = newid; - add_fsevent(FSE_DOCID_CHANGED, vfs_context_current(), - FSE_ARG_DEV, hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev, - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)0, // src inode # - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)tcp->c_fileid, // dst inode # - FSE_ARG_INT32, newid, - FSE_ARG_DONE); - hfs_unlock(tcp); - } else { - // XXXdbg - couldn't get a new docid... what to do? can't really fail the rename... - } - - // go back up and relock everything. next time through the if statement won't be true - // and we'll skip over this block of code. - goto relock; - } - - - - /* - * Acquire iocounts on the destination's resource fork vnode - * if necessary. If dst/src are files and the dst has a resource - * fork vnode, then we need to try and acquire an iocount on the rsrc vnode. - * If it does not exist, then we don't care and can skip it. - */ - if ((vnode_isreg(fvp)) || (vnode_islnk(fvp))) { - if ((tvp) && (tcp->c_rsrc_vp) && (tvp_rsrc == NULL)) { - tvp_rsrc = tcp->c_rsrc_vp; - /* - * We can look at the vid here because we're holding the - * cnode lock on the underlying cnode for this rsrc vnode. - */ - tvp_rsrc_vid = vnode_vid (tvp_rsrc); - - /* Unlock everything to acquire iocount on this rsrc vnode */ - if (took_trunc_lock) { - hfs_unlock_truncate (VTOC(tvp), HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - took_trunc_lock = 0; - } - hfs_unlockfour(fdcp, fcp, tdcp, tcp); - - if (vnode_getwithvid (tvp_rsrc, tvp_rsrc_vid)) { - /* iocount acquisition failed. Reset fields and start over.. */ - tvp_rsrc_vid = 0; - tvp_rsrc = NULL; - } - goto retry; - } - } - - - - /* Ensure we didn't race src or dst parent directories with rmdir. */ - if (fdcp->c_flag & (C_NOEXISTS | C_DELETED)) { - error = ENOENT; - goto out; - } - - if (tdcp->c_flag & (C_NOEXISTS | C_DELETED)) { - error = ENOENT; - goto out; - } - - - /* Check for a race against unlink. The hfs_valid_cnode checks validate - * the parent/child relationship with fdcp and tdcp, as well as the - * component name of the target cnodes. - */ - if ((fcp->c_flag & (C_NOEXISTS | C_DELETED)) || !hfs_valid_cnode(hfsmp, fdvp, fcnp, fcp->c_fileid, NULL, &error)) { - error = ENOENT; - goto out; - } - - if (tcp && ((tcp->c_flag & (C_NOEXISTS | C_DELETED)) || !hfs_valid_cnode(hfsmp, tdvp, tcnp, tcp->c_fileid, NULL, &error))) { - // - // hmm, the destination vnode isn't valid any more. - // in this case we can just drop him and pretend he - // never existed in the first place. - // - if (took_trunc_lock) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(VTOC(tvp), HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - took_trunc_lock = 0; - } - error = 0; - - hfs_unlockfour(fdcp, fcp, tdcp, tcp); - - tcp = NULL; - tvp = NULL; - - // retry the locking with tvp null'ed out - goto retry; - } - - fdcp->c_flag |= C_DIR_MODIFICATION; - if (fdvp != tdvp) { - tdcp->c_flag |= C_DIR_MODIFICATION; - } - - /* - * Disallow renaming of a directory hard link if the source and - * destination parent directories are different, or a directory whose - * descendant is a directory hard link and the one of the ancestors - * of the destination directory is a directory hard link. - */ - if (vnode_isdir(fvp) && (fdvp != tdvp)) { - if (fcp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK) { - error = EPERM; - goto out; - } - if (fcp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasChildLinkMask) { - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - if (cat_check_link_ancestry(hfsmp, tdcp->c_fileid, 0)) { - error = EPERM; - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - goto out; - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - } - } - - /* - * The following edge case is caught here: - * (to cannot be a descendent of from) - * - * o fdvp - * / - * / - * o fvp - * \ - * \ - * o tdvp - * / - * / - * o tvp - */ - if (tdcp->c_parentcnid == fcp->c_fileid) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - - /* - * The following two edge cases are caught here: - * (note tvp is not empty) - * - * o tdvp o tdvp - * / / - * / / - * o tvp tvp o fdvp - * \ \ - * \ \ - * o fdvp o fvp - * / - * / - * o fvp - */ - if (tvp && vnode_isdir(tvp) && (tcp->c_entries != 0) && fvp != tvp) { - error = ENOTEMPTY; - goto out; - } - - /* - * The following edge case is caught here: - * (the from child and parent are the same) - * - * o tdvp - * / - * / - * fdvp o fvp - */ - if (fdvp == fvp) { - error = EINVAL; - goto out; - } - - /* - * Make sure "from" vnode and its parent are changeable. - */ - if ((fcp->c_bsdflags & (IMMUTABLE | APPEND)) || (fdcp->c_bsdflags & APPEND)) { - error = EPERM; - goto out; - } - - /* - * If the destination parent directory is "sticky", then the - * user must own the parent directory, or the destination of - * the rename, otherwise the destination may not be changed - * (except by root). This implements append-only directories. - * - * Note that checks for immutable and write access are done - * by the call to hfs_removefile. - */ - if (tvp && (tdcp->c_mode & S_ISTXT) && - (suser(vfs_context_ucred(ap->a_context), NULL)) && - (kauth_cred_getuid(vfs_context_ucred(ap->a_context)) != tdcp->c_uid) && - (hfs_owner_rights(hfsmp, tcp->c_uid, vfs_context_ucred(ap->a_context), p, false)) ) { - error = EPERM; - goto out; - } - - /* Don't allow modification of the journal or journal_info_block */ - if (hfs_is_journal_file(hfsmp, fcp) || - (tcp && hfs_is_journal_file(hfsmp, tcp))) { - error = EPERM; - goto out; - } - -#if QUOTA - if (tvp) - (void)hfs_getinoquota(tcp); -#endif - /* Preflighting done, take fvp out of the name space. */ - cache_purge(fvp); - -#if CONFIG_SECLUDED_RENAME - /* - * Check for "secure" rename that imposes additional restrictions on the - * source vnode. We wait until here to check in order to prevent a race - * with other threads that manage to look up fvp, but their open or link - * is blocked by our locks. At this point, with fvp out of the name cache, - * and holding the lock on fdvp, no other thread can find fvp. - * - * TODO: Do we need to limit these checks to regular files only? - */ - if (fcnp->cn_flags & CN_SECLUDE_RENAME) { - if (vnode_isdir(fvp)) { - error = EISDIR; - goto out; - } - - /* - * Neither fork of source may be open or memory mapped. - * We also don't want it in use by any other system call. - * The file must not have hard links. - * - * We can't simply use vnode_isinuse() because that does not - * count opens with O_EVTONLY. We don't want a malicious - * process using O_EVTONLY to subvert a secluded rename. - */ - if (fcp->c_linkcount != 1) { - error = EMLINK; - goto out; - } - - if (fcp->c_rsrc_vp && (vnode_usecount(fcp->c_rsrc_vp) > 0 || - vnode_iocount(fcp->c_rsrc_vp) > 0)) { - /* Resource fork is in use (including O_EVTONLY) */ - error = EBUSY; - goto out; - } - if (fcp->c_vp && (vnode_usecount(fcp->c_vp) > (fcp->c_rsrc_vp ? 1 : 0) || - vnode_iocount(fcp->c_vp) > 1)) { - /* - * Data fork is in use, including O_EVTONLY, but not - * including a reference from the resource fork. - */ - error = EBUSY; - goto out; - } - } -#endif - - bzero(&from_desc, sizeof(from_desc)); - from_desc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)fcnp->cn_nameptr; - from_desc.cd_namelen = fcnp->cn_namelen; - from_desc.cd_parentcnid = fdcp->c_fileid; - from_desc.cd_flags = fcp->c_desc.cd_flags & ~(CD_HASBUF | CD_DECOMPOSED); - from_desc.cd_cnid = fcp->c_cnid; - - bzero(&to_desc, sizeof(to_desc)); - to_desc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)tcnp->cn_nameptr; - to_desc.cd_namelen = tcnp->cn_namelen; - to_desc.cd_parentcnid = tdcp->c_fileid; - to_desc.cd_flags = fcp->c_desc.cd_flags & ~(CD_HASBUF | CD_DECOMPOSED); - to_desc.cd_cnid = fcp->c_cnid; - - if ((error = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp)) != 0) { - goto out; - } - started_tr = 1; - - /* hfs_vnop_link() and hfs_vnop_rename() set kHFSHasChildLinkMask - * inside a journal transaction and without holding a cnode lock. - * As setting of this bit depends on being in journal transaction for - * concurrency, check this bit again after we start journal transaction for rename - * to ensure that this directory does not have any descendant that - * is a directory hard link. - */ - if (vnode_isdir(fvp) && (fdvp != tdvp)) { - if (fcp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasChildLinkMask) { - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - if (cat_check_link_ancestry(hfsmp, tdcp->c_fileid, 0)) { - error = EPERM; - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - goto out; - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - } - } - - // if it's a hardlink then re-lookup the name so - // that we get the correct cnid in from_desc (see - // the comment in hfs_removefile for more details) - // - if (fcp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK) { - struct cat_desc tmpdesc; - cnid_t real_cnid; - - tmpdesc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)fcnp->cn_nameptr; - tmpdesc.cd_namelen = fcnp->cn_namelen; - tmpdesc.cd_parentcnid = fdcp->c_fileid; - tmpdesc.cd_hint = fdcp->c_childhint; - tmpdesc.cd_flags = fcp->c_desc.cd_flags & CD_ISDIR; - tmpdesc.cd_encoding = 0; - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - if (cat_lookup(hfsmp, &tmpdesc, 0, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, &real_cnid) != 0) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - goto out; - } - - // use the real cnid instead of whatever happened to be there - from_desc.cd_cnid = real_cnid; - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - } - - /* - * Reserve some space in the Catalog file. - */ - if ((error = cat_preflight(hfsmp, CAT_RENAME + CAT_DELETE, &cookie, p))) { - goto out; - } - got_cookie = 1; - - /* - * If the destination exists then it may need to be removed. - * - * Due to HFS's locking system, we should always move the - * existing 'tvp' element to the hidden directory in hfs_vnop_rename. - * Because the VNOP_LOOKUP call enters and exits the filesystem independently - * of the actual vnop that it was trying to do (stat, link, readlink), - * we must release the cnode lock of that element during the interim to - * do MAC checking, vnode authorization, and other calls. In that time, - * the item can be deleted (or renamed over). However, only in the rename - * case is it inappropriate to return ENOENT from any of those calls. Either - * the call should return information about the old element (stale), or get - * information about the newer element that we are about to write in its place. - * - * HFS lookup has been modified to detect a rename and re-drive its - * lookup internally. For other calls that have already succeeded in - * their lookup call and are waiting to acquire the cnode lock in order - * to proceed, that cnode lock will not fail due to the cnode being marked - * C_NOEXISTS, because it won't have been marked as such. It will only - * have C_DELETED. Thus, they will simply act on the stale open-unlinked - * element. All future callers will get the new element. - * - * To implement this behavior, we pass the "only_unlink" argument to - * hfs_removefile and hfs_removedir. This will result in the vnode acting - * as though it is open-unlinked. Additionally, when we are done moving the - * element to the hidden directory, we vnode_recycle the target so that it is - * reclaimed as soon as possible. Reclaim and inactive are both - * capable of clearing out unused blocks for an open-unlinked file or dir. - */ - if (tvp) { - // - // if the destination has a document id, we need to preserve it - // - if (fvp != tvp) { - uint32_t document_id; - struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *ffip = (struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)((char *)&fcp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16); - struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *tfip = (struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)((char *)&tcp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16); - - if (ffip->document_id && tfip->document_id) { - // both documents are tracked. only save a tombstone from tcp and do nothing else. - doc_tombstone_save(tdvp, tvp, tcnp, hfs_get_document_id(tcp), - tcp->c_fileid); - } else { - struct doc_tombstone *ut; - ut = doc_tombstone_get(); - - document_id = tfip->document_id; - tfip->document_id = 0; - - if (document_id != 0) { - // clear UF_TRACKED as well since tcp is now no longer tracked - tcp->c_bsdflags &= ~UF_TRACKED; - (void) cat_update(hfsmp, &tcp->c_desc, &tcp->c_attr, NULL, NULL); - } - - if (ffip->document_id == 0 && document_id != 0) { - // printf("RENAME: preserving doc-id %d onto %s (from ino %d, to ino %d)\n", document_id, tcp->c_desc.cd_nameptr, tcp->c_desc.cd_cnid, fcp->c_desc.cd_cnid); - fcp->c_bsdflags |= UF_TRACKED; - ffip->document_id = document_id; - - (void) cat_update(hfsmp, &fcp->c_desc, &fcp->c_attr, NULL, NULL); - add_fsevent(FSE_DOCID_CHANGED, vfs_context_current(), - FSE_ARG_DEV, hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev, - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)tcp->c_fileid, // src inode # - FSE_ARG_INO, (ino64_t)fcp->c_fileid, // dst inode # - FSE_ARG_INT32, (uint32_t)ffip->document_id, - FSE_ARG_DONE); - } - else if ((fcp->c_bsdflags & UF_TRACKED) && doc_tombstone_should_save(ut, fvp, fcnp)) { - - if (ut->t_lastop_document_id) { - doc_tombstone_clear(ut, NULL); - } - doc_tombstone_save(fdvp, fvp, fcnp, - hfs_get_document_id(fcp), fcp->c_fileid); - - //printf("RENAME: (dest-exists): saving tombstone doc-id %lld @ %s (ino %d)\n", - // ut->t_lastop_document_id, ut->t_lastop_filename, fcp->c_desc.cd_cnid); - } - } - } - - /* - * When fvp matches tvp they could be case variants - * or matching hard links. - */ - if (fvp == tvp) { - if (!(fcp->c_flag & C_HARDLINK)) { - /* - * If they're not hardlinks, then fvp == tvp must mean we - * are using case-insensitive HFS because case-sensitive would - * not use the same vnode for both. In this case we just update - * the catalog for: a -> A - */ - goto skip_rm; /* simple case variant */ - - } - /* For all cases below, we must be using hardlinks */ - else if ((fdvp != tdvp) || - (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CASE_SENSITIVE)) { - /* - * If the parent directories are not the same, AND the two items - * are hardlinks, posix says to do nothing: - * dir1/fred <-> dir2/bob and the op was mv dir1/fred -> dir2/bob - * We just return 0 in this case. - * - * If case sensitivity is on, and we are using hardlinks - * then renaming is supposed to do nothing. - * dir1/fred <-> dir2/FRED, and op == mv dir1/fred -> dir2/FRED - */ - goto out; /* matching hardlinks, nothing to do */ - - } else if (hfs_namecmp((const u_int8_t *)fcnp->cn_nameptr, fcnp->cn_namelen, - (const u_int8_t *)tcnp->cn_nameptr, tcnp->cn_namelen) == 0) { - /* - * If we get here, then the following must be true: - * a) We are running case-insensitive HFS+. - * b) Both paths 'fvp' and 'tvp' are in the same parent directory. - * c) the two names are case-variants of each other. - * - * In this case, we are really only dealing with a single catalog record - * whose name is being updated. - * - * op is dir1/fred -> dir1/FRED - * - * We need to special case the name matching, because if - * dir1/fred <-> dir1/bob were the two links, and the - * op was dir1/fred -> dir1/bob - * That would fail/do nothing. - */ - goto skip_rm; /* case-variant hardlink in the same dir */ - } else { - goto out; /* matching hardlink, nothing to do */ - } - } - - - if (vnode_isdir(tvp)) { - /* - * hfs_removedir will eventually call hfs_removefile on the directory - * we're working on, because only hfs_removefile does the renaming of the - * item to the hidden directory. The directory will stay around in the - * hidden directory with C_DELETED until it gets an inactive or a reclaim. - * That way, we can destroy all of the EAs as needed and allow new ones to be - * written. - */ - error = hfs_removedir(tdvp, tvp, tcnp, HFSRM_SKIP_RESERVE, 1); - } - else { - error = hfs_removefile(tdvp, tvp, tcnp, 0, HFSRM_SKIP_RESERVE, 0, NULL, 1); - - /* - * If the destination file had a resource fork vnode, then we need to get rid of - * its blocks when there are no more references to it. Because the call to - * hfs_removefile above always open-unlinks things, we need to force an inactive/reclaim - * on the resource fork vnode, in order to prevent block leaks. Otherwise, - * the resource fork vnode could prevent the data fork vnode from going out of scope - * because it holds a v_parent reference on it. So we mark it for termination - * with a call to vnode_recycle. hfs_vnop_reclaim has been modified so that it - * can clean up the blocks of open-unlinked files and resource forks. - * - * We can safely call vnode_recycle on the resource fork because we took an iocount - * reference on it at the beginning of the function. - */ - - if ((error == 0) && (tcp->c_flag & C_DELETED) && (tvp_rsrc)) { - vnode_recycle(tvp_rsrc); - } - } - - if (error) { - goto out; - } - - tvp_deleted = 1; - - /* Mark 'tcp' as being deleted due to a rename */ - tcp->c_flag |= C_RENAMED; - - /* - * Aggressively mark tvp/tcp for termination to ensure that we recover all blocks - * as quickly as possible. - */ - vnode_recycle(tvp); - } else { - struct doc_tombstone *ut; - ut = doc_tombstone_get(); - - // - // There is nothing at the destination. If the file being renamed is - // tracked, save a "tombstone" of the document_id. If the file is - // not a tracked file, then see if it needs to inherit a tombstone. - // - // NOTE: we do not save a tombstone if the file being renamed begins - // with "atmp" which is done to work-around AutoCad's bizarre - // 5-step un-safe save behavior - // - if (fcp->c_bsdflags & UF_TRACKED) { - if (doc_tombstone_should_save(ut, fvp, fcnp)) { - doc_tombstone_save(fdvp, fvp, fcnp, hfs_get_document_id(fcp), - fcp->c_fileid); - - //printf("RENAME: (no dest): saving tombstone doc-id %lld @ %s (ino %d)\n", - // ut->t_lastop_document_id, ut->t_lastop_filename, fcp->c_desc.cd_cnid); - } else { - // intentionally do nothing - } - } else if ( ut->t_lastop_document_id != 0 - && tdvp == ut->t_lastop_parent - && vnode_vid(tdvp) == ut->t_lastop_parent_vid - && strcmp((char *)ut->t_lastop_filename, (char *)tcnp->cn_nameptr) == 0) { - - //printf("RENAME: %s (ino %d) inheriting doc-id %lld\n", tcnp->cn_nameptr, fcp->c_desc.cd_cnid, ut->t_lastop_document_id); - struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *fip = (struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)((char *)&fcp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16); - fcp->c_bsdflags |= UF_TRACKED; - fip->document_id = ut->t_lastop_document_id; - cat_update(hfsmp, &fcp->c_desc, &fcp->c_attr, NULL, NULL); - - doc_tombstone_clear(ut, &old_doc_vp); - } else if (ut->t_lastop_document_id && doc_tombstone_should_save(ut, fvp, fcnp) && doc_tombstone_should_save(ut, tvp, tcnp)) { - // no match, clear the tombstone - //printf("RENAME: clearing the tombstone %lld @ %s\n", ut->t_lastop_document_id, ut->t_lastop_filename); - doc_tombstone_clear(ut, NULL); - } - - } -skip_rm: - /* - * All done with tvp and fvp. - * - * We also jump to this point if there was no destination observed during lookup and namei. - * However, because only iocounts are held at the VFS layer, there is nothing preventing a - * competing thread from racing us and creating a file or dir at the destination of this rename - * operation. If this occurs, it may cause us to get a spurious EEXIST out of the cat_rename - * call below. To preserve rename's atomicity, we need to signal VFS to re-drive the - * namei/lookup and restart the rename operation. EEXIST is an allowable errno to be bubbled - * out of the rename syscall, but not for this reason, since it is a synonym errno for ENOTEMPTY. - * To signal VFS, we return ERECYCLE (which is also used for lookup restarts). This errno - * will be swallowed and it will restart the operation. - */ - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - error = cat_rename(hfsmp, &from_desc, &tdcp->c_desc, &to_desc, &out_desc); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (error) { - if (error == EEXIST) { - error = ERECYCLE; - } - goto out; - } - - /* Invalidate negative cache entries in the destination directory */ - if (tdcp->c_flag & C_NEG_ENTRIES) { - cache_purge_negatives(tdvp); - tdcp->c_flag &= ~C_NEG_ENTRIES; - } - - /* Update cnode's catalog descriptor */ - replace_desc(fcp, &out_desc); - fcp->c_parentcnid = tdcp->c_fileid; - fcp->c_hint = 0; - - /* - * Now indicate this cnode needs to have date-added written to the - * finderinfo, but only if moving to a different directory, or if - * it doesn't already have it. - */ - if (fdvp != tdvp || !ISSET(fcp->c_attr.ca_recflags, kHFSHasDateAddedMask)) - fcp->c_flag |= C_NEEDS_DATEADDED; - - (void) hfs_update (fvp, 0); - - hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, vnode_isdir(fvp) ? VOL_RMDIR : VOL_RMFILE, - (fdcp->c_cnid == kHFSRootFolderID)); - hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, vnode_isdir(fvp) ? VOL_MKDIR : VOL_MKFILE, - (tdcp->c_cnid == kHFSRootFolderID)); - - /* Update both parent directories. */ - if (fdvp != tdvp) { - if (vnode_isdir(fvp)) { - /* If the source directory has directory hard link - * descendants, set the kHFSHasChildLinkBit in the - * destination parent hierarchy - */ - if ((fcp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasChildLinkMask) && - !(tdcp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasChildLinkMask)) { - - tdcp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSHasChildLinkMask; - - error = cat_set_childlinkbit(hfsmp, tdcp->c_parentcnid); - if (error) { - printf ("hfs_vnop_rename: error updating parent chain for %u\n", tdcp->c_cnid); - error = 0; - } - } - INC_FOLDERCOUNT(hfsmp, tdcp->c_attr); - DEC_FOLDERCOUNT(hfsmp, fdcp->c_attr); - } - tdcp->c_entries++; - tdcp->c_dirchangecnt++; - tdcp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - hfs_incr_gencount(tdcp); - - if (fdcp->c_entries > 0) - fdcp->c_entries--; - fdcp->c_dirchangecnt++; - fdcp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - fdcp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - fdcp->c_touch_modtime = TRUE; - - if (ISSET(fcp->c_flag, C_HARDLINK)) { - hfs_relorigin(fcp, fdcp->c_fileid); - if (fdcp->c_fileid != fdcp->c_cnid) - hfs_relorigin(fcp, fdcp->c_cnid); - } - - (void) hfs_update(fdvp, 0); - } - hfs_incr_gencount(fdcp); - - tdcp->c_childhint = out_desc.cd_hint; /* Cache directory's location */ - tdcp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - tdcp->c_touch_modtime = TRUE; - - (void) hfs_update(tdvp, 0); - - /* Update the vnode's name now that the rename has completed. */ - vnode_update_identity(fvp, tdvp, tcnp->cn_nameptr, tcnp->cn_namelen, - tcnp->cn_hash, (VNODE_UPDATE_PARENT | VNODE_UPDATE_NAME)); - - /* - * At this point, we may have a resource fork vnode attached to the - * 'from' vnode. If it exists, we will want to update its name, because - * it contains the old name + _PATH_RSRCFORKSPEC. ("/..namedfork/rsrc"). - * - * Note that the only thing we need to update here is the name attached to - * the vnode, since a resource fork vnode does not have a separate resource - * cnode -- it's still 'fcp'. - */ - if (fcp->c_rsrc_vp) { - char* rsrc_path = NULL; - int len; - - /* Create a new temporary buffer that's going to hold the new name */ - rsrc_path = hfs_malloc(MAXPATHLEN); - len = snprintf (rsrc_path, MAXPATHLEN, "%s%s", tcnp->cn_nameptr, _PATH_RSRCFORKSPEC); - len = MIN(len, MAXPATHLEN); - - /* - * vnode_update_identity will do the following for us: - * 1) release reference on the existing rsrc vnode's name. - * 2) copy/insert new name into the name cache - * 3) attach the new name to the resource vnode - * 4) update the vnode's vid - */ - vnode_update_identity (fcp->c_rsrc_vp, fvp, rsrc_path, len, 0, (VNODE_UPDATE_NAME | VNODE_UPDATE_CACHE)); - - /* Free the memory associated with the resource fork's name */ - hfs_free(rsrc_path, MAXPATHLEN); - } -out: - if (got_cookie) { - cat_postflight(hfsmp, &cookie, p); - } - if (started_tr) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - } - - fdcp->c_flag &= ~C_DIR_MODIFICATION; - wakeup((caddr_t)&fdcp->c_flag); - if (fdvp != tdvp) { - tdcp->c_flag &= ~C_DIR_MODIFICATION; - wakeup((caddr_t)&tdcp->c_flag); - } - - const ino64_t file_id = fcp->c_fileid; - - hfs_unlockfour(fdcp, fcp, tdcp, tcp); - - if (took_trunc_lock) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(VTOC(tvp), HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - } - - /* Now vnode_put the resource forks vnodes if necessary */ - if (tvp_rsrc) { - vnode_put(tvp_rsrc); - tvp_rsrc = NULL; - } - - /* After tvp is removed the only acceptable error is EIO */ - if (error && tvp_deleted) - error = EIO; - - /* If we want to reintroduce notifications for renames, this is the - place to do it. */ - - if (old_doc_vp) { - cnode_t *ocp = VTOC(old_doc_vp); - hfs_lock_always(ocp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *ofip = (struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)((char *)&ocp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16); - - const uint32_t doc_id = ofip->document_id; - const ino64_t old_file_id = ocp->c_fileid; - - // printf("clearing doc-id from ino %d\n", ocp->c_desc.cd_cnid); - ofip->document_id = 0; - ocp->c_bsdflags &= ~UF_TRACKED; - ocp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - - hfs_unlock(ocp); - vnode_put(old_doc_vp); - - add_fsevent(FSE_DOCID_CHANGED, vfs_context_current(), - FSE_ARG_DEV, hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev, - FSE_ARG_INO, old_file_id, // src inode # - FSE_ARG_INO, file_id, // dst inode # - FSE_ARG_INT32, doc_id, - FSE_ARG_DONE); - } - - return (error); -} - - -/* - * Make a directory. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_mkdir(struct vnop_mkdir_args *ap) -{ - /***** HACK ALERT ********/ - ap->a_cnp->cn_flags |= MAKEENTRY; - return hfs_makenode(ap->a_dvp, ap->a_vpp, ap->a_cnp, ap->a_vap, ap->a_context); -} - - -/* - * Create a symbolic link. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_symlink(struct vnop_symlink_args *ap) -{ - struct vnode **vpp = ap->a_vpp; - struct vnode *dvp = ap->a_dvp; - struct vnode *vp = NULL; - struct cnode *cp = NULL; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - struct filefork *fp; - struct buf *bp = NULL; - char *datap; - int started_tr = 0; - u_int32_t len; - int error; - - /* HFS standard disks don't support symbolic links */ - if (VTOVCB(dvp)->vcbSigWord != kHFSPlusSigWord) - return (ENOTSUP); - - /* Check for empty target name */ - if (ap->a_target[0] == 0) - return (EINVAL); - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(dvp); - - len = strlen(ap->a_target); - if (len > MAXPATHLEN) - return (ENAMETOOLONG); - - /* Check for free space */ - if (((u_int64_t)hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 0) * (u_int64_t)hfsmp->blockSize) < len) { - return (ENOSPC); - } - - /* Create the vnode */ - ap->a_vap->va_mode |= S_IFLNK; - if ((error = hfs_makenode(dvp, vpp, ap->a_cnp, ap->a_vap, ap->a_context))) { - goto out; - } - vp = *vpp; - if ((error = hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - goto out; - } - cp = VTOC(vp); - fp = VTOF(vp); - - if (cp->c_flag & (C_NOEXISTS | C_DELETED)) { - goto out; - } - -#if QUOTA - (void)hfs_getinoquota(cp); -#endif /* QUOTA */ - - if ((error = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp)) != 0) { - goto out; - } - started_tr = 1; - - /* - * Allocate space for the link. - * - * Since we're already inside a transaction, - * - * Don't need truncate lock since a symlink is treated as a system file. - */ - error = hfs_truncate(vp, len, IO_NOZEROFILL, 0, ap->a_context); - - /* On errors, remove the symlink file */ - if (error) { - /* - * End the transaction so we don't re-take the cnode lock - * below while inside a transaction (lock order violation). - */ - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - /* hfs_removefile() requires holding the truncate lock */ - hfs_unlock(cp); - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_ALLOW_NOEXISTS); - - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - started_tr = 0; - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - goto out; - } - - (void) hfs_removefile(dvp, vp, ap->a_cnp, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0); - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - goto out; - } - - /* Write the link to disk */ - bp = buf_getblk(vp, (daddr64_t)0, roundup((int)fp->ff_size, hfsmp->hfs_physical_block_size), - 0, 0, BLK_META); - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_modify_block_start(hfsmp->jnl, bp); - } - datap = (char *)buf_dataptr(bp); - bzero(datap, buf_size(bp)); - bcopy(ap->a_target, datap, len); - - if (hfsmp->jnl) { - journal_modify_block_end(hfsmp->jnl, bp, NULL, NULL); - } else { - buf_bawrite(bp); - } -out: - if (started_tr) - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - if ((cp != NULL) && (vp != NULL)) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - } - if (error) { - if (vp) { - vnode_put(vp); - } - *vpp = NULL; - } - return (error); -} - - -/* structures to hold a "." or ".." directory entry */ -struct hfs_stddotentry { - u_int32_t d_fileno; /* unique file number */ - u_int16_t d_reclen; /* length of this structure */ - u_int8_t d_type; /* dirent file type */ - u_int8_t d_namlen; /* len of filename */ - char d_name[4]; /* "." or ".." */ -}; - -struct hfs_extdotentry { - u_int64_t d_fileno; /* unique file number */ - u_int64_t d_seekoff; /* seek offset (optional, used by servers) */ - u_int16_t d_reclen; /* length of this structure */ - u_int16_t d_namlen; /* len of filename */ - u_int8_t d_type; /* dirent file type */ - u_char d_name[3]; /* "." or ".." */ -}; - -typedef union { - struct hfs_stddotentry std; - struct hfs_extdotentry ext; -} hfs_dotentry_t; - -/* - * hfs_vnop_readdir reads directory entries into the buffer pointed - * to by uio, in a filesystem independent format. Up to uio_resid - * bytes of data can be transferred. The data in the buffer is a - * series of packed dirent structures where each one contains the - * following entries: - * - * u_int32_t d_fileno; // file number of entry - * u_int16_t d_reclen; // length of this record - * u_int8_t d_type; // file type - * u_int8_t d_namlen; // length of string in d_name - * char d_name[MAXNAMELEN+1]; // null terminated file name - * - * The current position (uio_offset) refers to the next block of - * entries. The offset can only be set to a value previously - * returned by hfs_vnop_readdir or zero. This offset does not have - * to match the number of bytes returned (in uio_resid). - * - * In fact, the offset used by HFS is essentially an index (26 bits) - * with a tag (6 bits). The tag is for associating the next request - * with the current request. This enables us to have multiple threads - * reading the directory while the directory is also being modified. - * - * Each tag/index pair is tied to a unique directory hint. The hint - * contains information (filename) needed to build the catalog b-tree - * key for finding the next set of entries. - * - * If the directory is marked as deleted-but-in-use (cp->c_flag & C_DELETED), - * do NOT synthesize entries for "." and "..". - */ -int -hfs_vnop_readdir(struct vnop_readdir_args *ap) -{ - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - uio_t uio = ap->a_uio; - struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - struct hfsmount *hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - directoryhint_t *dirhint = NULL; - directoryhint_t localhint; - off_t offset; - off_t startoffset; - int error = 0; - int eofflag = 0; - user_addr_t user_start = 0; - user_size_t user_len = 0; - user_size_t user_original_resid = 0; - int index; - unsigned int tag; - int items; - int lockflags; - int extended; - int nfs_cookies; - cnid_t cnid_hint = 0; - int bump_valence = 0; - - items = 0; - startoffset = offset = uio_offset(uio); - extended = (ap->a_flags & VNODE_READDIR_EXTENDED); - nfs_cookies = extended && (ap->a_flags & VNODE_READDIR_REQSEEKOFF); - - /* Sanity check the uio data. */ - if (uio_iovcnt(uio) > 1) - return (EINVAL); - - if (VTOC(vp)->c_bsdflags & UF_COMPRESSED) { - int compressed = hfs_file_is_compressed(VTOC(vp), 0); /* 0 == take the cnode lock */ - if (VTOCMP(vp) != NULL && !compressed) { - error = check_for_dataless_file(vp, NAMESPACE_HANDLER_READ_OP); - if (error) { - return error; - } - } - } - - // - // We have to lock the user's buffer here so that we won't - // fault on it after we've acquired a shared lock on the - // catalog file. The issue is that you can get a 3-way - // deadlock if someone else starts a transaction and then - // tries to lock the catalog file but can't because we're - // here and we can't service our page fault because VM is - // blocked trying to start a transaction as a result of - // trying to free up pages for our page fault. It's messy - // but it does happen on dual-processors that are paging - // heavily (see radar 3082639 for more info). By locking - // the buffer up-front we prevent ourselves from faulting - // while holding the shared catalog file lock. - // - // Fortunately this and hfs_search() are the only two places - // currently (10/30/02) that can fault on user data with a - // shared lock on the catalog file. - // - if (hfsmp->jnl && uio_isuserspace(uio)) { - user_start = uio_curriovbase(uio); - user_len = uio_curriovlen(uio); - - /* Bounds check the user buffer */ - if (user_len > (256 * 1024)) { - /* only allow the user to wire down at most 256k */ - user_len = (256 * 1024); - user_original_resid = uio_resid(uio); - uio_setresid (uio, (user_ssize_t)(256 * 1024)); - } - - if ((error = vslock(user_start, user_len)) != 0) { - if (user_original_resid > 0) { - uio_setresid(uio, user_original_resid); - user_original_resid = 0; - } - return error; - } - } - - /* Note that the dirhint calls require an exclusive lock. */ - if ((error = hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - if (user_start) { - if (user_original_resid > 0) { - uio_setresid(uio, user_original_resid); - user_original_resid = 0; - } - vsunlock(user_start, user_len, TRUE); - } - return error; - } - - /* Pick up cnid hint (if any). */ - if (nfs_cookies) { - cnid_hint = (cnid_t)(uio_offset(uio) >> 32); - uio_setoffset(uio, uio_offset(uio) & 0x00000000ffffffffLL); - if (cnid_hint == INT_MAX) { /* searching pass the last item */ - eofflag = 1; - goto out; - } - } - /* - * Synthesize entries for "." and "..", unless the directory has - * been deleted, but not closed yet (lazy delete in progress). - */ - if (offset == 0 && !(cp->c_flag & C_DELETED)) { - - size_t uiosize; - - /* - * We could use a union of the two types of dot entries (HFS / HFS+) - * but it makes static analysis of this code difficult. The problem is that - * the HFS standard dot entry is smaller than the HFS+ one, and we also ideally - * want the uiomove to operate on a two-element adjacent array. If we used the - * array of unions, we would have to do two separate uiomoves because the memory - * for the hfs standard dot entries would not be adjacent to one another. - * So just allocate the entries on the stack in separate cases. - */ - - if (extended) { - hfs_dotentry_t dotentry[2]; - - /* HFS Plus */ - struct hfs_extdotentry *entry = &dotentry[0].ext; - - entry->d_fileno = cp->c_cnid; - entry->d_reclen = sizeof(struct hfs_extdotentry); - entry->d_type = DT_DIR; - entry->d_namlen = 1; - entry->d_name[0] = '.'; - entry->d_name[1] = '\0'; - entry->d_name[2] = '\0'; - entry->d_seekoff = 1; - - ++entry; - entry->d_fileno = cp->c_parentcnid; - entry->d_reclen = sizeof(struct hfs_extdotentry); - entry->d_type = DT_DIR; - entry->d_namlen = 2; - entry->d_name[0] = '.'; - entry->d_name[1] = '.'; - entry->d_name[2] = '\0'; - entry->d_seekoff = 2; - uiosize = 2 * sizeof(struct hfs_extdotentry); - - if ((error = uiomove((caddr_t)dotentry, uiosize, uio))) { - goto out; - } - - } else { - struct hfs_stddotentry hfs_std_dotentries[2]; - - /* HFS Standard */ - struct hfs_stddotentry *entry = &hfs_std_dotentries[0]; - - entry->d_fileno = cp->c_cnid; - entry->d_reclen = sizeof(struct hfs_stddotentry); - entry->d_type = DT_DIR; - entry->d_namlen = 1; - *(int *)&entry->d_name[0] = 0; - entry->d_name[0] = '.'; - - ++entry; - entry->d_fileno = cp->c_parentcnid; - entry->d_reclen = sizeof(struct hfs_stddotentry); - entry->d_type = DT_DIR; - entry->d_namlen = 2; - *(int *)&entry->d_name[0] = 0; - entry->d_name[0] = '.'; - entry->d_name[1] = '.'; - uiosize = 2 * sizeof(struct hfs_stddotentry); - - if ((error = uiomove((caddr_t)hfs_std_dotentries, uiosize, uio))) { - goto out; - } - } - - offset += 2; - } - - /* - * Intentionally avoid checking the valence here. If we - * have FS corruption that reports the valence is 0, even though it - * has contents, we might artificially skip over iterating - * this directory. - */ - - /* Convert offset into a catalog directory index. */ - index = (offset & HFS_INDEX_MASK) - 2; - tag = offset & ~HFS_INDEX_MASK; - - /* Lock catalog during cat_findname and cat_getdirentries. */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - /* When called from NFS, try and resolve a cnid hint. */ - if (nfs_cookies && cnid_hint != 0) { - if (cat_findname(hfsmp, cnid_hint, &localhint.dh_desc) == 0) { - if ( localhint.dh_desc.cd_parentcnid == cp->c_fileid) { - localhint.dh_index = index - 1; - localhint.dh_time = 0; - bzero(&localhint.dh_link, sizeof(localhint.dh_link)); - dirhint = &localhint; /* don't forget to release the descriptor */ - } else { - cat_releasedesc(&localhint.dh_desc); - } - } - } - - /* Get a directory hint (cnode must be locked exclusive) */ - if (dirhint == NULL) { - dirhint = hfs_getdirhint(cp, ((index - 1) & HFS_INDEX_MASK) | tag, 0); - - /* Hide tag from catalog layer. */ - dirhint->dh_index &= HFS_INDEX_MASK; - if (dirhint->dh_index == HFS_INDEX_MASK) { - dirhint->dh_index = -1; - } - } - - if (index == 0) { - dirhint->dh_threadhint = cp->c_dirthreadhint; - } - else { - /* - * If we have a non-zero index, there is a possibility that during the last - * call to hfs_vnop_readdir we hit EOF for this directory. If that is the case - * then we don't want to return any new entries for the caller. Just return 0 - * items, mark the eofflag, and bail out. Because we won't have done any work, the - * code at the end of the function will release the dirhint for us. - * - * Don't forget to unlock the catalog lock on the way out, too. - */ - if (dirhint->dh_desc.cd_flags & CD_EOF) { - error = 0; - eofflag = 1; - uio_setoffset(uio, startoffset); - if (user_original_resid > 0) { - uio_setresid(uio, user_original_resid); - user_original_resid = 0; - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock (hfsmp, lockflags); - - goto seekoffcalc; - } - } - - /* Pack the buffer with dirent entries. */ - error = cat_getdirentries(hfsmp, cp->c_entries, dirhint, uio, ap->a_flags, &items, &eofflag); - - if (user_original_resid > 0) { - user_original_resid = user_original_resid - ((user_ssize_t)256*1024 - uio_resid(uio)); - uio_setresid(uio, user_original_resid); - user_original_resid = 0; - } - - if (index == 0 && error == 0) { - cp->c_dirthreadhint = dirhint->dh_threadhint; - } - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (error != 0) { - goto out; - } - - /* Get index to the next item */ - index += items; - - if (items >= (int)cp->c_entries) { - eofflag = 1; - } - - /* - * Detect valence FS corruption. - * - * We are holding the cnode lock exclusive, so there should not be - * anybody modifying the valence field of this cnode. If we enter - * this block, that means we observed filesystem corruption, because - * this directory reported a valence of 0, yet we found at least one - * item. In this case, we need to minimally self-heal this - * directory to prevent userland from tripping over a directory - * that appears empty (getattr of valence reports 0), but actually - * has contents. - * - * We'll force the cnode update at the end of the function after - * completing all of the normal getdirentries steps. - */ - if ((cp->c_entries == 0) && (items > 0)) { - /* disk corruption */ - cp->c_entries++; - /* Mark the cnode as dirty. */ - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - printf("hfs_vnop_readdir: repairing valence to non-zero! \n"); - bump_valence++; - } - - - /* Convert catalog directory index back into an offset. */ - while (tag == 0) - tag = (++cp->c_dirhinttag) << HFS_INDEX_BITS; - uio_setoffset(uio, (index + 2) | tag); - dirhint->dh_index |= tag; - -seekoffcalc: - cp->c_touch_acctime = TRUE; - - if (ap->a_numdirent) { - if (startoffset == 0) - items += 2; - *ap->a_numdirent = items; - } - -out: - if (user_start) { - if (user_original_resid > 0) { - uio_setresid(uio, user_original_resid); - user_original_resid = 0; - } - vsunlock(user_start, user_len, TRUE); - } - /* If we didn't do anything then go ahead and dump the hint. */ - if ((dirhint != NULL) && - (dirhint != &localhint) && - (uio_offset(uio) == startoffset)) { - hfs_reldirhint(cp, dirhint); - eofflag = 1; - } - if (ap->a_eofflag) { - *ap->a_eofflag = eofflag; - } - if (dirhint == &localhint) { - cat_releasedesc(&localhint.dh_desc); - } - - if (bump_valence) { - /* force the update before dropping the cnode lock*/ - hfs_update(vp, 0); - } - - hfs_unlock(cp); - - return (error); -} - - -/* - * Read contents of a symbolic link. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_readlink(struct vnop_readlink_args *ap) -{ - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - struct cnode *cp; - struct filefork *fp; - int error; - - if (!vnode_islnk(vp)) - return (EINVAL); - - if ((error = hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) - return (error); - cp = VTOC(vp); - fp = VTOF(vp); - - /* Zero length sym links are not allowed */ - if (fp->ff_size == 0 || fp->ff_size > MAXPATHLEN) { - error = EINVAL; - goto exit; - } - - /* Cache the path so we don't waste buffer cache resources */ - if (fp->ff_symlinkptr == NULL) { - struct buf *bp = NULL; - - fp->ff_symlinkptr = hfs_malloc(fp->ff_size); - error = (int)buf_meta_bread(vp, (daddr64_t)0, - roundup((int)fp->ff_size, VTOHFS(vp)->hfs_physical_block_size), - vfs_context_ucred(ap->a_context), &bp); - if (error) { - if (bp) - buf_brelse(bp); - if (fp->ff_symlinkptr) { - hfs_free(fp->ff_symlinkptr, fp->ff_size); - fp->ff_symlinkptr = NULL; - } - goto exit; - } - bcopy((char *)buf_dataptr(bp), fp->ff_symlinkptr, (size_t)fp->ff_size); - - if (VTOHFS(vp)->jnl && (buf_flags(bp) & B_LOCKED) == 0) { - buf_markinvalid(bp); /* data no longer needed */ - } - buf_brelse(bp); - } - error = uiomove((caddr_t)fp->ff_symlinkptr, (int)fp->ff_size, ap->a_uio); - - /* - * Keep track blocks read - */ - if ((VTOHFS(vp)->hfc_stage == HFC_RECORDING) && (error == 0)) { - - /* - * If this file hasn't been seen since the start of - * the current sampling period then start over. - */ - if (cp->c_atime < VTOHFS(vp)->hfc_timebase) - VTOF(vp)->ff_bytesread = fp->ff_size; - else - VTOF(vp)->ff_bytesread += fp->ff_size; - - // if (VTOF(vp)->ff_bytesread > fp->ff_size) - // cp->c_touch_acctime = TRUE; - } - -exit: - hfs_unlock(cp); - return (error); -} - - -/* - * Get configurable pathname variables. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_pathconf(struct vnop_pathconf_args *ap) -{ - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - int std_hfs = (VTOHFS(ap->a_vp)->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD); -#endif - - switch (ap->a_name) { - case _PC_LINK_MAX: -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (std_hfs) { - *ap->a_retval = 1; - } else -#endif - { - *ap->a_retval = HFS_LINK_MAX; - } - break; - case _PC_NAME_MAX: -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (std_hfs) { - *ap->a_retval = kHFSMaxFileNameChars; /* 31 */ - } else -#endif - { - *ap->a_retval = kHFSPlusMaxFileNameChars; /* 255 */ - } - break; - case _PC_PATH_MAX: - *ap->a_retval = PATH_MAX; /* 1024 */ - break; - case _PC_PIPE_BUF: - *ap->a_retval = PIPE_BUF; - break; - case _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED: - *ap->a_retval = 200112; /* _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED */ - break; - case _PC_NO_TRUNC: - *ap->a_retval = 200112; /* _POSIX_NO_TRUNC */ - break; - case _PC_NAME_CHARS_MAX: -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (std_hfs) { - *ap->a_retval = kHFSMaxFileNameChars; /* 31 */ - } else -#endif - { - *ap->a_retval = kHFSPlusMaxFileNameChars; /* 255 */ - } - break; - case _PC_CASE_SENSITIVE: - if (VTOHFS(ap->a_vp)->hfs_flags & HFS_CASE_SENSITIVE) - *ap->a_retval = 1; - else - *ap->a_retval = 0; - break; - case _PC_CASE_PRESERVING: - *ap->a_retval = 1; - break; - case _PC_FILESIZEBITS: - /* number of bits to store max file size */ -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (std_hfs) { - *ap->a_retval = 32; - } else -#endif - { - *ap->a_retval = 64; - } - break; - case _PC_XATTR_SIZE_BITS: - /* Number of bits to store maximum extended attribute size */ - *ap->a_retval = HFS_XATTR_SIZE_BITS; - break; - default: - return (EINVAL); - } - - return (0); -} - -/* - * Prepares a fork for cat_update by making sure ff_size and ff_blocks - * are no bigger than the valid data on disk thus reducing the chance - * of exposing uninitialised data in the event of a non clean unmount. - * fork_buf is where to put the temporary copy if required. (It can - * be inside pfork.) - */ -const struct cat_fork * -hfs_prepare_fork_for_update(filefork_t *ff, - const struct cat_fork *cf, - struct cat_fork *cf_buf, - uint32_t block_size) -{ - if (!ff) - return NULL; - - if (!cf) - cf = &ff->ff_data; - if (!cf_buf) - cf_buf = &ff->ff_data; - - off_t max_size = ff->ff_size; - - // Check first invalid range - if (!TAILQ_EMPTY(&ff->ff_invalidranges)) - max_size = TAILQ_FIRST(&ff->ff_invalidranges)->rl_start; - - if (!ff->ff_unallocblocks && ff->ff_size <= max_size) - return cf; // Nothing to do - - if (ff->ff_blocks < ff->ff_unallocblocks) { - panic("hfs: ff_blocks %d is less than unalloc blocks %d\n", - ff->ff_blocks, ff->ff_unallocblocks); - } - - struct cat_fork *out = cf_buf; - - if (out != cf) - bcopy(cf, out, sizeof(*cf)); - - // Adjust cf_blocks for cf_vblocks - out->cf_blocks -= out->cf_vblocks; - - /* - * Here we trim the size with the updated cf_blocks. This is - * probably unnecessary now because the invalid ranges should - * catch this (but that wasn't always the case). - */ - off_t alloc_bytes = hfs_blk_to_bytes(out->cf_blocks, block_size); - if (out->cf_size > alloc_bytes) - out->cf_size = alloc_bytes; - - // Trim cf_size to first invalid range - if (out->cf_size > max_size) - out->cf_size = max_size; - - return out; -} - -/* - * Update a cnode's on-disk metadata. - * - * The cnode must be locked exclusive. See declaration for possible - * options. - */ -int -hfs_update(struct vnode *vp, int options) -{ - struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - struct proc *p; - const struct cat_fork *dataforkp = NULL; - const struct cat_fork *rsrcforkp = NULL; - struct cat_fork datafork; - struct cat_fork rsrcfork; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - int lockflags; - int error; - uint32_t tstate = 0; - - if (ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_NOEXISTS)) - return 0; - - p = current_proc(); - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - - if (((vnode_issystem(vp) && (cp->c_cnid < kHFSFirstUserCatalogNodeID))) || - hfsmp->hfs_catalog_vp == NULL){ - return (0); - } - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) || (cp->c_mode == 0)) { - CLR(cp->c_flag, C_MODIFIED | C_MINOR_MOD | C_NEEDS_DATEADDED); - cp->c_touch_acctime = 0; - cp->c_touch_chgtime = 0; - cp->c_touch_modtime = 0; - return (0); - } - if (kdebug_enable) { - if (cp->c_touch_acctime || cp->c_atime != cp->c_attr.ca_atimeondisk) - tstate |= DBG_HFS_UPDATE_ACCTIME; - if (cp->c_touch_modtime) - tstate |= DBG_HFS_UPDATE_MODTIME; - if (cp->c_touch_chgtime) - tstate |= DBG_HFS_UPDATE_CHGTIME; - - if (cp->c_flag & C_MODIFIED) - tstate |= DBG_HFS_UPDATE_MODIFIED; - if (ISSET(options, HFS_UPDATE_FORCE)) - tstate |= DBG_HFS_UPDATE_FORCE; - if (cp->c_flag & C_NEEDS_DATEADDED) - tstate |= DBG_HFS_UPDATE_DATEADDED; - if (cp->c_flag & C_MINOR_MOD) - tstate |= DBG_HFS_UPDATE_MINOR; - } - hfs_touchtimes(hfsmp, cp); - - if (!ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_MODIFIED | C_MINOR_MOD) - && !hfs_should_save_atime(cp)) { - // Nothing to update - return 0; - } - - KDBG(HFSDBG_UPDATE | DBG_FUNC_START, kdebug_vnode(vp), tstate); - - bool check_txn = false; - - if (!ISSET(options, HFS_UPDATE_FORCE) && !ISSET(cp->c_flag, C_MODIFIED)) { - /* - * This must be a minor modification. If the current - * transaction already has an update for this node, then we - * bundle in the modification. - */ - if (hfsmp->jnl - && journal_current_txn(hfsmp->jnl) == cp->c_update_txn) { - check_txn = true; - } else { - tstate |= DBG_HFS_UPDATE_SKIPPED; - error = 0; - goto exit; - } - } - - if ((error = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp)) != 0) - goto exit; - - if (check_txn - && journal_current_txn(hfsmp->jnl) != cp->c_update_txn) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - tstate |= DBG_HFS_UPDATE_SKIPPED; - error = 0; - goto exit; - } - - if (cp->c_datafork) - dataforkp = &cp->c_datafork->ff_data; - if (cp->c_rsrcfork) - rsrcforkp = &cp->c_rsrcfork->ff_data; - - /* - * Modify the values passed to cat_update based on whether or not - * the file has invalid ranges or borrowed blocks. - */ - dataforkp = hfs_prepare_fork_for_update(cp->c_datafork, NULL, &datafork, hfsmp->blockSize); - rsrcforkp = hfs_prepare_fork_for_update(cp->c_rsrcfork, NULL, &rsrcfork, hfsmp->blockSize); - - if (__builtin_expect(kdebug_enable & KDEBUG_TRACE, 0)) { - long dbg_parms[NUMPARMS]; - int dbg_namelen; - - dbg_namelen = NUMPARMS * sizeof(long); - vn_getpath(vp, (char *)dbg_parms, &dbg_namelen); - - if (dbg_namelen < (int)sizeof(dbg_parms)) - memset((char *)dbg_parms + dbg_namelen, 0, sizeof(dbg_parms) - dbg_namelen); - - kdebug_lookup_gen_events(dbg_parms, dbg_namelen, (void *)vp, TRUE); - } - - /* - * Lock the Catalog b-tree file. - */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - error = cat_update(hfsmp, &cp->c_desc, &cp->c_attr, dataforkp, rsrcforkp); - - if (hfsmp->jnl) - cp->c_update_txn = journal_current_txn(hfsmp->jnl); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - CLR(cp->c_flag, C_MODIFIED | C_MINOR_MOD); - - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - -exit: - - KDBG(HFSDBG_UPDATE | DBG_FUNC_END, kdebug_vnode(vp), tstate, error); - - return error; -} - -/* - * Allocate a new node - */ -int -hfs_makenode(struct vnode *dvp, struct vnode **vpp, struct componentname *cnp, - struct vnode_attr *vap, vfs_context_t ctx) -{ - struct cnode *cp = NULL; - struct cnode *dcp = NULL; - struct vnode *tvp; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - struct cat_desc in_desc, out_desc; - struct cat_attr attr; - struct timeval tv; - int lockflags; - int error, started_tr = 0; - enum vtype vnodetype; - int mode; - int newvnode_flags = 0; - u_int32_t gnv_flags = 0; - int protectable_target = 0; - int nocache = 0; - vnode_t old_doc_vp = NULL; - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - struct cprotect *entry = NULL; - int32_t cp_class = -1; - - /* - * By default, it's OK for AKS to overrride our target class preferences. - */ - uint32_t keywrap_flags = CP_KEYWRAP_DIFFCLASS; - - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_dataprotect_class)) { - cp_class = (int32_t)vap->va_dataprotect_class; - /* - * Since the user specifically requested this target class be used, - * we want to fail this creation operation if we cannot wrap to their - * target class. The CP_KEYWRAP_DIFFCLASS bit says that it is OK to - * use a different class than the one specified, so we turn that off - * now. - */ - keywrap_flags &= ~CP_KEYWRAP_DIFFCLASS; - } - int protected_mount = 0; -#endif - - - if ((error = hfs_lock(VTOC(dvp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) - return (error); - - /* set the cnode pointer only after successfully acquiring lock */ - dcp = VTOC(dvp); - - /* Don't allow creation of new entries in open-unlinked directories */ - if ((error = hfs_checkdeleted(dcp))) { - hfs_unlock(dcp); - return error; - } - - dcp->c_flag |= C_DIR_MODIFICATION; - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(dvp); - - *vpp = NULL; - tvp = NULL; - out_desc.cd_flags = 0; - out_desc.cd_nameptr = NULL; - - vnodetype = vap->va_type; - if (vnodetype == VNON) - vnodetype = VREG; - mode = MAKEIMODE(vnodetype, vap->va_mode); - - if (S_ISDIR (mode) || S_ISREG (mode)) { - protectable_target = 1; - } - - - /* Check if were out of usable disk space. */ - if ((hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 1) == 0) && (vfs_context_suser(ctx) != 0)) { - error = ENOSPC; - goto exit; - } - - microtime(&tv); - - /* Setup the default attributes */ - bzero(&attr, sizeof(attr)); - attr.ca_mode = mode; - attr.ca_linkcount = 1; - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_rdev)) { - attr.ca_rdev = vap->va_rdev; - } - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_create_time)) { - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_create_time); - attr.ca_itime = vap->va_create_time.tv_sec; - } else { - attr.ca_itime = tv.tv_sec; - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) && gTimeZone.tz_dsttime) { - attr.ca_itime += 3600; /* Same as what hfs_update does */ - } -#endif - attr.ca_atime = attr.ca_ctime = attr.ca_mtime = attr.ca_itime; - attr.ca_atimeondisk = attr.ca_atime; - if (VATTR_IS_ACTIVE(vap, va_flags)) { - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_flags); - attr.ca_flags = vap->va_flags; - } - - /* - * HFS+ only: all files get ThreadExists - * HFSX only: dirs get HasFolderCount - */ -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (!(hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD)) -#endif - { - if (vnodetype == VDIR) { - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_FOLDERCOUNT) - attr.ca_recflags = kHFSHasFolderCountMask; - } else { - attr.ca_recflags = kHFSThreadExistsMask; - } - } - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - if (cp_fs_protected(hfsmp->hfs_mp)) { - protected_mount = 1; - } - /* - * On a content-protected HFS+/HFSX filesystem, files and directories - * cannot be created without atomically setting/creating the EA that - * contains the protection class metadata and keys at the same time, in - * the same transaction. As a result, pre-set the "EAs exist" flag - * on the cat_attr for protectable catalog record creations. This will - * cause the cnode creation routine in hfs_getnewvnode to mark the cnode - * as having EAs. - */ - if ((protected_mount) && (protectable_target)) { - attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSHasAttributesMask; - /* delay entering in the namecache */ - nocache = 1; - } -#endif - - - /* - * Add the date added to the item. See above, as - * all of the dates are set to the itime. - */ - hfs_write_dateadded (&attr, attr.ca_atime); - - /* Initialize the gen counter to 1 */ - hfs_write_gencount(&attr, (uint32_t)1); - - attr.ca_uid = vap->va_uid; - attr.ca_gid = vap->va_gid; - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_mode); - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_uid); - VATTR_SET_SUPPORTED(vap, va_gid); - -#if QUOTA - /* check to see if this node's creation would cause us to go over - * quota. If so, abort this operation. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_QUOTAS) { - if ((error = hfs_quotacheck(hfsmp, 1, attr.ca_uid, attr.ca_gid, - vfs_context_ucred(ctx)))) { - goto exit; - } - } -#endif - - - /* Tag symlinks with a type and creator. */ - if (vnodetype == VLNK) { - struct FndrFileInfo *fip; - - fip = (struct FndrFileInfo *)&attr.ca_finderinfo; - fip->fdType = SWAP_BE32(kSymLinkFileType); - fip->fdCreator = SWAP_BE32(kSymLinkCreator); - } - - /* Setup the descriptor */ - in_desc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)cnp->cn_nameptr; - in_desc.cd_namelen = cnp->cn_namelen; - in_desc.cd_parentcnid = dcp->c_fileid; - in_desc.cd_flags = S_ISDIR(mode) ? CD_ISDIR : 0; - in_desc.cd_hint = dcp->c_childhint; - in_desc.cd_encoding = 0; - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - /* - * To preserve file creation atomicity with regards to the content protection EA, - * we must create the file in the catalog and then write out its EA in the same - * transaction. - * - * We only denote the target class in this EA; key generation is not completed - * until the file has been inserted into the catalog and will be done - * in a separate transaction. - */ - if ((protected_mount) && (protectable_target)) { - error = cp_setup_newentry(hfsmp, dcp, cp_class, attr.ca_mode, &entry); - if (error) { - goto exit; - } - } -#endif - - if ((error = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp)) != 0) { - goto exit; - } - started_tr = 1; - - // have to also lock the attribute file because cat_create() needs - // to check that any fileID it wants to use does not have orphaned - // attributes in it. - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG | SFL_ATTRIBUTE, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - cnid_t new_id; - - /* Reserve some space in the Catalog file. */ - if ((error = cat_preflight(hfsmp, CAT_CREATE, NULL, 0))) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - goto exit; - } - - if ((error = cat_acquire_cnid(hfsmp, &new_id))) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock (hfsmp, lockflags); - goto exit; - } - - error = cat_create(hfsmp, new_id, &in_desc, &attr, &out_desc); - if (error == 0) { - /* Update the parent directory */ - dcp->c_childhint = out_desc.cd_hint; /* Cache directory's location */ - dcp->c_entries++; - - if (vnodetype == VDIR) { - INC_FOLDERCOUNT(hfsmp, dcp->c_attr); - } - dcp->c_dirchangecnt++; - hfs_incr_gencount(dcp); - - dcp->c_touch_chgtime = dcp->c_touch_modtime = true; - dcp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - - hfs_update(dcp->c_vp, 0); - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - /* - * If we are creating a content protected file, now is when - * we create the EA. We must create it in the same transaction - * that creates the file. We can also guarantee that the file - * MUST exist because we are still holding the catalog lock - * at this point. - */ - if ((attr.ca_fileid != 0) && (protected_mount) && (protectable_target)) { - error = cp_setxattr (NULL, entry, hfsmp, attr.ca_fileid, XATTR_CREATE); - - if (error) { - int delete_err; - /* - * If we fail the EA creation, then we need to delete the file. - * Luckily, we are still holding all of the right locks. - */ - delete_err = cat_delete (hfsmp, &out_desc, &attr); - if (delete_err == 0) { - /* Update the parent directory */ - if (dcp->c_entries > 0) - dcp->c_entries--; - dcp->c_dirchangecnt++; - dcp->c_ctime = tv.tv_sec; - dcp->c_mtime = tv.tv_sec; - (void) cat_update(hfsmp, &dcp->c_desc, &dcp->c_attr, NULL, NULL); - } - - /* Emit EINVAL if we fail to create EA*/ - error = EINVAL; - } - } -#endif - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - if (error) - goto exit; - - uint32_t txn = hfsmp->jnl ? journal_current_txn(hfsmp->jnl) : 0; - - /* Invalidate negative cache entries in the directory */ - if (dcp->c_flag & C_NEG_ENTRIES) { - cache_purge_negatives(dvp); - dcp->c_flag &= ~C_NEG_ENTRIES; - } - - hfs_volupdate(hfsmp, vnodetype == VDIR ? VOL_MKDIR : VOL_MKFILE, - (dcp->c_cnid == kHFSRootFolderID)); - - // XXXdbg - // have to end the transaction here before we call hfs_getnewvnode() - // because that can cause us to try and reclaim a vnode on a different - // file system which could cause us to start a transaction which can - // deadlock with someone on that other file system (since we could be - // holding two transaction locks as well as various vnodes and we did - // not obtain the locks on them in the proper order). - // - // NOTE: this means that if the quota check fails or we have to update - // the change time on a block-special device that those changes - // will happen as part of independent transactions. - // - if (started_tr) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - started_tr = 0; - } - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - /* - * At this point, we must have encountered success with writing the EA. - * Destroy our temporary cprotect (which had no keys). - */ - - if ((attr.ca_fileid != 0) && (protected_mount) && (protectable_target)) { - cp_entry_destroy (hfsmp, entry); - entry = NULL; - } -#endif - gnv_flags |= GNV_CREATE; - if (nocache) { - gnv_flags |= GNV_NOCACHE; - } - - /* - * Create a vnode for the object just created. - * - * NOTE: Maintaining the cnode lock on the parent directory is important, - * as it prevents race conditions where other threads want to look up entries - * in the directory and/or add things as we are in the process of creating - * the vnode below. However, this has the potential for causing a - * double lock panic when dealing with shadow files on a HFS boot partition. - * The panic could occur if we are not cleaning up after ourselves properly - * when done with a shadow file or in the error cases. The error would occur if we - * try to create a new vnode, and then end up reclaiming another shadow vnode to - * create the new one. However, if everything is working properly, this should - * be a non-issue as we would never enter that reclaim codepath. - * - * The cnode is locked on successful return. - */ - error = hfs_getnewvnode(hfsmp, dvp, cnp, &out_desc, gnv_flags, &attr, - NULL, &tvp, &newvnode_flags); - if (error) - goto exit; - - cp = VTOC(tvp); - - cp->c_update_txn = txn; - - struct doc_tombstone *ut; - ut = doc_tombstone_get(); - if ( ut->t_lastop_document_id != 0 - && ut->t_lastop_parent == dvp - && ut->t_lastop_parent_vid == vnode_vid(dvp) - && strcmp((char *)ut->t_lastop_filename, (const char *)cp->c_desc.cd_nameptr) == 0) { - struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *fip = (struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)((char *)&cp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16); - - //printf("CREATE: preserving doc-id %lld on %s\n", ut->t_lastop_document_id, ut->t_lastop_filename); - fip->document_id = (uint32_t)(ut->t_lastop_document_id & 0xffffffff); - - cp->c_bsdflags |= UF_TRACKED; - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - - if ((error = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp)) == 0) { - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - (void) cat_update(hfsmp, &cp->c_desc, &cp->c_attr, NULL, NULL); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock (hfsmp, lockflags); - (void) hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - } - - doc_tombstone_clear(ut, &old_doc_vp); - } else if (ut->t_lastop_document_id != 0) { - int len = cnp->cn_namelen; - if (len == 0) { - len = strlen(cnp->cn_nameptr); - } - - if (doc_tombstone_should_ignore_name(cnp->cn_nameptr, cnp->cn_namelen)) { - // printf("CREATE: not clearing tombstone because %s is a temp name.\n", cnp->cn_nameptr); - } else { - // Clear the tombstone because the thread is not recreating the same path - // printf("CREATE: clearing tombstone because %s is NOT a temp name.\n", cnp->cn_nameptr); - doc_tombstone_clear(ut, NULL); - } - } - - if ((hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_CS_HOTFILE_PIN) && (vnode_isfastdevicecandidate(dvp) && !vnode_isautocandidate(dvp))) { - - //printf("hfs: flagging %s (fileid: %d) as VFASTDEVCANDIDATE (dvp name: %s)\n", - // cnp->cn_nameptr ? cnp->cn_nameptr : "", - // cp->c_fileid, - // dvp->v_name ? dvp->v_name : "no-dir-name"); - - // - // On new files we set the FastDevCandidate flag so that - // any new blocks allocated to it will be pinned. - // - cp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSFastDevCandidateMask; - vnode_setfastdevicecandidate(tvp); - - // - // properly inherit auto-cached flags - // - if (vnode_isautocandidate(dvp)) { - cp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSAutoCandidateMask; - vnode_setautocandidate(tvp); - } - - - // - // We also want to add it to the hotfile adoption list so - // that it will eventually land in the hotfile btree - // - (void) hfs_addhotfile(tvp); - } - - *vpp = tvp; - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - /* - * Now that we have a vnode-in-hand, generate keys for this namespace item. - * If we fail to create the keys, then attempt to delete the item from the - * namespace. If we can't delete the item, that's not desirable but also not fatal.. - * All of the places which deal with restoring/unwrapping keys must also be - * prepared to encounter an entry that does not have keys. - */ - if ((protectable_target) && (protected_mount)) { - struct cprotect *keyed_entry = NULL; - - if (cp->c_cpentry == NULL) { - panic ("hfs_makenode: no cpentry for cnode (%p)", cp); - } - - error = cp_generate_keys (hfsmp, cp, CP_CLASS(cp->c_cpentry->cp_pclass), keywrap_flags, &keyed_entry); - if (error == 0) { - /* - * Upon success, the keys were generated and written out. - * Update the cp pointer in the cnode. - */ - cp_replace_entry (hfsmp, cp, keyed_entry); - if (nocache) { - cache_enter (dvp, tvp, cnp); - } - } - else { - /* If key creation OR the setxattr failed, emit EPERM to userland */ - error = EPERM; - - /* - * Beware! This slightly violates the lock ordering for the - * cnode/vnode 'tvp'. Ordinarily, you must acquire the truncate lock - * which guards file size changes before acquiring the normal cnode lock - * and calling hfs_removefile on an item. - * - * However, in this case, we are still holding the directory lock so - * 'tvp' is not lookup-able and it was a newly created vnode so it - * cannot have any content yet. The only reason we are initiating - * the removefile is because we could not generate content protection keys - * for this namespace item. Note also that we pass a '1' in the allow_dirs - * argument for hfs_removefile because we may be creating a directory here. - * - * All this to say that while it is technically a violation it is - * impossible to race with another thread for this cnode so it is safe. - */ - int err = hfs_removefile (dvp, tvp, cnp, 0, 0, 1, NULL, 0); - if (err) { - printf("hfs_makenode: removefile failed (%d) for CP entry %p\n", err, tvp); - } - - /* Release the cnode lock and mark the vnode for termination */ - hfs_unlock (cp); - err = vnode_recycle (tvp); - if (err) { - printf("hfs_makenode: vnode_recycle failed (%d) for CP entry %p\n", err, tvp); - } - - /* Drop the iocount on the new vnode to force reclamation/recycling */ - vnode_put (tvp); - cp = NULL; - *vpp = NULL; - } - } -#endif - -#if QUOTA - /* - * Once we create this vnode, we need to initialize its quota data - * structures, if necessary. We know that it is OK to just go ahead and - * initialize because we've already validated earlier (through the hfs_quotacheck - * function) to see if creating this cnode/vnode would cause us to go over quota. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_QUOTAS) { - if (cp) { - /* cp could have been zeroed earlier */ - (void) hfs_getinoquota(cp); - } - } -#endif - -exit: - cat_releasedesc(&out_desc); - -#if CONFIG_PROTECT - /* - * We may have jumped here in error-handling various situations above. - * If we haven't already dumped the temporary CP used to initialize - * the file atomically, then free it now. cp_entry_destroy should null - * out the pointer if it was called already. - */ - if (entry) { - cp_entry_destroy (hfsmp, entry); - entry = NULL; - } -#endif - - /* - * Make sure we release cnode lock on dcp. - */ - if (dcp) { - dcp->c_flag &= ~C_DIR_MODIFICATION; - wakeup((caddr_t)&dcp->c_flag); - - hfs_unlock(dcp); - } - ino64_t file_id = 0; - if (error == 0 && cp != NULL) { - file_id = cp->c_fileid; - hfs_unlock(cp); - } - if (started_tr) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - started_tr = 0; - } - - if (old_doc_vp) { - cnode_t *ocp = VTOC(old_doc_vp); - hfs_lock_always(ocp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *ofip = (struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)((char *)&ocp->c_attr.ca_finderinfo + 16); - - const uint32_t doc_id = ofip->document_id; - const ino64_t old_file_id = ocp->c_fileid; - - // printf("clearing doc-id from ino %d\n", ocp->c_desc.cd_cnid); - ofip->document_id = 0; - ocp->c_bsdflags &= ~UF_TRACKED; - ocp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - - hfs_unlock(ocp); - vnode_put(old_doc_vp); - - add_fsevent(FSE_DOCID_CHANGED, vfs_context_current(), - FSE_ARG_DEV, hfsmp->hfs_raw_dev, - FSE_ARG_INO, old_file_id, // src inode # - FSE_ARG_INO, file_id, // dst inode # - FSE_ARG_INT32, doc_id, - FSE_ARG_DONE); - } - - return (error); -} - - -/* - * hfs_vgetrsrc acquires a resource fork vnode corresponding to the - * cnode that is found in 'vp'. The cnode should be locked upon entry - * and will be returned locked, but it may be dropped temporarily. - * - * If the resource fork vnode does not exist, HFS will attempt to acquire an - * empty (uninitialized) vnode from VFS so as to avoid deadlocks with - * jetsam. If we let the normal getnewvnode code produce the vnode for us - * we would be doing so while holding the cnode lock of our cnode. - * - * On success, *rvpp wlll hold the resource fork vnode with an - * iocount. *Don't* forget the vnode_put. - */ -int -hfs_vgetrsrc(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, struct vnode *vp, struct vnode **rvpp) -{ - struct vnode *rvp = NULLVP; - struct vnode *empty_rvp = NULLVP; - struct vnode *dvp = NULLVP; - struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - int error; - int vid; - - if (vnode_vtype(vp) == VDIR) { - return EINVAL; - } - -restart: - /* Attempt to use existing vnode */ - if ((rvp = cp->c_rsrc_vp)) { - vid = vnode_vid(rvp); - - // vnode_getwithvid can block so we need to drop the cnode lock - hfs_unlock(cp); - - error = vnode_getwithvid(rvp, vid); - - hfs_lock_always(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* - * When our lock was relinquished, the resource fork - * could have been recycled. Check for this and try - * again. - */ - if (error == ENOENT) - goto restart; - - if (error) { - const char * name = (const char *)VTOC(vp)->c_desc.cd_nameptr; - - if (name) - printf("hfs_vgetrsrc: couldn't get resource" - " fork for %s, vol=%s, err=%d\n", name, hfsmp->vcbVN, error); - return (error); - } - } else { - struct cat_fork rsrcfork; - struct componentname cn; - struct cat_desc *descptr = NULL; - struct cat_desc to_desc; - char delname[32]; - int lockflags; - int newvnode_flags = 0; - - /* - * In this case, we don't currently see a resource fork vnode attached - * to this cnode. In most cases, we were called from a read-only VNOP - * like getattr, so it should be safe to drop the cnode lock and then - * re-acquire it. - * - * Here, we drop the lock so that we can acquire an empty/husk - * vnode so that we don't deadlock against jetsam. - * - * It does not currently appear possible to hold the truncate lock via - * FS re-entrancy when we get to this point. (8/2014) - */ - hfs_unlock (cp); - - error = vnode_create_empty (&empty_rvp); - - hfs_lock_always (cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - if (error) { - /* If acquiring the 'empty' vnode failed, then nothing to clean up */ - return error; - } - - /* - * We could have raced with another thread here while we dropped our cnode - * lock. See if the cnode now has a resource fork vnode and restart if appropriate. - * - * Note: We just released the cnode lock, so there is a possibility that the - * cnode that we just acquired has been deleted or even removed from disk - * completely, though this is unlikely. If the file is open-unlinked, the - * check below will resolve it for us. If it has been completely - * removed (even from the catalog!), then when we examine the catalog - * directly, below, while holding the catalog lock, we will not find the - * item and we can fail out properly. - */ - if (cp->c_rsrc_vp) { - /* Drop the empty vnode before restarting */ - vnode_put (empty_rvp); - empty_rvp = NULL; - rvp = NULL; - goto restart; - } - - /* - * hfs_vgetsrc may be invoked for a cnode that has already been marked - * C_DELETED. This is because we need to continue to provide rsrc - * fork access to open-unlinked files. In this case, build a fake descriptor - * like in hfs_removefile. If we don't do this, buildkey will fail in - * cat_lookup because this cnode has no name in its descriptor. - */ - if ((cp->c_flag & C_DELETED ) && (cp->c_desc.cd_namelen == 0)) { - bzero (&to_desc, sizeof(to_desc)); - bzero (delname, 32); - MAKE_DELETED_NAME(delname, sizeof(delname), cp->c_fileid); - to_desc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t*) delname; - to_desc.cd_namelen = strlen(delname); - to_desc.cd_parentcnid = hfsmp->hfs_private_desc[FILE_HARDLINKS].cd_cnid; - to_desc.cd_flags = 0; - to_desc.cd_cnid = cp->c_cnid; - - descptr = &to_desc; - } - else { - descptr = &cp->c_desc; - } - - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_CATALOG, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - /* - * We call cat_idlookup (instead of cat_lookup) below because we can't - * trust the descriptor in the provided cnode for lookups at this point. - * Between the time of the original lookup of this vnode and now, the - * descriptor could have gotten swapped or replaced. If this occurred, - * the parent/name combo originally desired may not necessarily be provided - * if we use the descriptor. Even worse, if the vnode represents - * a hardlink, we could have removed one of the links from the namespace - * but left the descriptor alone, since hfs_unlink does not invalidate - * the descriptor in the cnode if other links still point to the inode. - * - * Consider the following (slightly contrived) scenario: - * /tmp/a <--> /tmp/b (hardlinks). - * 1. Thread A: open rsrc fork on /tmp/b. - * 1a. Thread A: does lookup, goes out to lunch right before calling getnamedstream. - * 2. Thread B does 'mv /foo/b /tmp/b' - * 2. Thread B succeeds. - * 3. Thread A comes back and wants rsrc fork info for /tmp/b. - * - * Even though the hardlink backing /tmp/b is now eliminated, the descriptor - * is not removed/updated during the unlink process. So, if you were to - * do a lookup on /tmp/b, you'd acquire an entirely different record's resource - * fork. - * - * As a result, we use the fileid, which should be invariant for the lifetime - * of the cnode (possibly barring calls to exchangedata). - * - * Addendum: We can't do the above for HFS standard since we aren't guaranteed to - * have thread records for files. They were only required for directories. So - * we need to do the lookup with the catalog name. This is OK since hardlinks were - * never allowed on HFS standard. - */ - - /* Get resource fork data */ -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_STANDARD)) { - /* - * HFS standard only: - * - * Get the resource fork for this item with a cat_lookup call, but do not - * force a case lookup since HFS standard is case-insensitive only. We - * don't want the descriptor; just the fork data here. If we tried to - * do a ID lookup (via thread record -> catalog record), then we might fail - * prematurely since, as noted above, thread records were not strictly required - * on files in HFS. - */ - error = cat_lookup (hfsmp, descptr, 1, 0, (struct cat_desc*)NULL, - (struct cat_attr*)NULL, &rsrcfork, NULL); - } else -#endif - { - error = cat_idlookup (hfsmp, cp->c_fileid, 0, 1, NULL, NULL, &rsrcfork); - } - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - if (error) { - /* Drop our 'empty' vnode ! */ - vnode_put (empty_rvp); - return (error); - } - /* - * Supply hfs_getnewvnode with a component name. - */ - cn.cn_pnbuf = NULL; - if (descptr->cd_nameptr) { - void *buf = hfs_malloc(MAXPATHLEN); - - cn = (struct componentname){ - .cn_nameiop = LOOKUP, - .cn_flags = ISLASTCN, - .cn_pnlen = MAXPATHLEN, - .cn_pnbuf = buf, - .cn_nameptr = buf, - .cn_namelen = snprintf(buf, MAXPATHLEN, - "%s%s", descptr->cd_nameptr, - _PATH_RSRCFORKSPEC) - }; - - // Should never happen because cn.cn_nameptr won't ever be long... - if (cn.cn_namelen >= MAXPATHLEN) { - hfs_free(buf, MAXPATHLEN); - /* Drop our 'empty' vnode ! */ - vnode_put (empty_rvp); - return ENAMETOOLONG; - - } - } - dvp = vnode_getparent(vp); - - /* - * We are about to call hfs_getnewvnode and pass in the vnode that we acquired - * earlier when we were not holding any locks. The semantics of GNV_USE_VP require that - * either hfs_getnewvnode consume the vnode and vend it back to us, properly initialized, - * or it will consume/dispose of it properly if it errors out. - */ - rvp = empty_rvp; - - error = hfs_getnewvnode(hfsmp, dvp, cn.cn_pnbuf ? &cn : NULL, - descptr, (GNV_WANTRSRC | GNV_SKIPLOCK | GNV_USE_VP), - &cp->c_attr, &rsrcfork, &rvp, &newvnode_flags); - - if (dvp) - vnode_put(dvp); - hfs_free(cn.cn_pnbuf, MAXPATHLEN); - if (error) - return (error); - } /* End 'else' for rsrc fork not existing */ - - *rvpp = rvp; - return (0); -} - -/* - * Wrapper for special device reads - */ -int -hfsspec_read(struct vnop_read_args *ap) -{ - /* - * Set access flag. - */ - cnode_t *cp = VTOC(ap->a_vp); - - if (cp) - cp->c_touch_acctime = TRUE; - - return spec_read(ap); -} - -/* - * Wrapper for special device writes - */ -int -hfsspec_write(struct vnop_write_args *ap) -{ - /* - * Set update and change flags. - */ - cnode_t *cp = VTOC(ap->a_vp); - - if (cp) { - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - cp->c_touch_modtime = TRUE; - } - - return spec_write(ap); -} - -/* - * Wrapper for special device close - * - * Update the times on the cnode then do device close. - */ -int -hfsspec_close(struct vnop_close_args *ap) -{ - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - cnode_t *cp = VTOC(vp); - - if (cp && vnode_isinuse(ap->a_vp, 0)) { - if (hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT) == 0) { - hfs_touchtimes(VTOHFS(vp), cp); - hfs_unlock(cp); - } - } - return spec_close(ap); -} - -#if FIFO -/* - * Wrapper for fifo reads - */ -static int -hfsfifo_read(struct vnop_read_args *ap) -{ - /* - * Set access flag. - */ - VTOC(ap->a_vp)->c_touch_acctime = TRUE; - return fifo_read(ap); -} - -/* - * Wrapper for fifo writes - */ -static int -hfsfifo_write(struct vnop_write_args *ap) -{ - /* - * Set update and change flags. - */ - VTOC(ap->a_vp)->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - VTOC(ap->a_vp)->c_touch_modtime = TRUE; - return fifo_write(ap); -} - -/* - * Wrapper for fifo close - * - * Update the times on the cnode then do device close. - */ -static int -hfsfifo_close(struct vnop_close_args *ap) -{ - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - struct cnode *cp; - - if (vnode_isinuse(ap->a_vp, 1)) { - if (hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT) == 0) { - cp = VTOC(vp); - hfs_touchtimes(VTOHFS(vp), cp); - hfs_unlock(cp); - } - } - return fifo_close(ap); -} - - -#endif /* FIFO */ - -/* - * Getter for the document_id - * the document_id is stored in FndrExtendedFileInfo/FndrExtendedDirInfo - */ -static u_int32_t -hfs_get_document_id_internal(const uint8_t *finderinfo, mode_t mode) -{ - const uint8_t *finfo = NULL; - u_int32_t doc_id = 0; - - /* overlay the FinderInfo to the correct pointer, and advance */ - finfo = finderinfo + 16; - - if (S_ISDIR(mode) || S_ISREG(mode)) { - const struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *extinfo = (const struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)finfo; - doc_id = extinfo->document_id; - } - - return doc_id; -} - - -/* getter(s) for document id */ -u_int32_t -hfs_get_document_id(struct cnode *cp) -{ - return (hfs_get_document_id_internal((u_int8_t*)cp->c_finderinfo, - cp->c_attr.ca_mode)); -} - -/* If you have finderinfo and mode, you can use this */ -u_int32_t -hfs_get_document_id_from_blob(const uint8_t *finderinfo, mode_t mode) -{ - return (hfs_get_document_id_internal(finderinfo, mode)); -} - -/* - * Synchronize a file's in-core state with that on disk. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_fsync(struct vnop_fsync_args *ap) -{ - struct vnode* vp = ap->a_vp; - int error; - - /* Note: We check hfs flags instead of vfs mount flag because during - * read-write update, hfs marks itself read-write much earlier than - * the vfs, and hence won't result in skipping of certain writes like - * zero'ing out of unused nodes, creation of hotfiles btree, etc. - */ - if (VTOHFS(vp)->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY) { - return 0; - } - - /* - * No need to call cp_handle_vnop to resolve fsync(). Any dirty data - * should have caused the keys to be unwrapped at the time the data was - * put into the UBC, either at mmap/pagein/read-write. If we did manage - * to let this by, then strategy will auto-resolve for us. - * - * We also need to allow ENOENT lock errors since unlink - * system call can call VNOP_FSYNC during vclean. - */ - error = hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (error) - return (0); - - error = hfs_fsync(vp, ap->a_waitfor, 0, vfs_context_proc(ap->a_context)); - - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - return (error); -} - -int (**hfs_vnodeop_p)(void *); - -#define VOPFUNC int (*)(void *) - - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD -int (**hfs_std_vnodeop_p) (void *); -static int hfs_readonly_op (__unused void* ap) { return (EROFS); } - -/* - * In 10.6 and forward, HFS Standard is read-only and deprecated. The vnop table below - * is for use with HFS standard to block out operations that would modify the file system - */ - -struct vnodeopv_entry_desc hfs_standard_vnodeop_entries[] = { - { &vnop_default_desc, (VOPFUNC)vn_default_error }, - { &vnop_lookup_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_lookup }, /* lookup */ - { &vnop_create_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op }, /* create (READONLY) */ - { &vnop_mknod_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op }, /* mknod (READONLY) */ - { &vnop_open_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_open }, /* open */ - { &vnop_close_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_close }, /* close */ - { &vnop_getattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_getattr }, /* getattr */ - { &vnop_setattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op }, /* setattr */ - { &vnop_read_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_read }, /* read */ - { &vnop_write_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op }, /* write (READONLY) */ - { &vnop_ioctl_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_ioctl }, /* ioctl */ - { &vnop_select_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_select }, /* select */ - { &vnop_revoke_desc, (VOPFUNC)nop_revoke }, /* revoke */ - { &vnop_exchange_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op }, /* exchange (READONLY)*/ - { &vnop_mmap_desc, (VOPFUNC)err_mmap }, /* mmap */ - { &vnop_fsync_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op}, /* fsync (READONLY) */ - { &vnop_remove_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op }, /* remove (READONLY) */ - { &vnop_link_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op }, /* link ( READONLLY) */ - { &vnop_rename_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op }, /* rename (READONLY)*/ - { &vnop_mkdir_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op }, /* mkdir (READONLY) */ - { &vnop_rmdir_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op }, /* rmdir (READONLY) */ - { &vnop_symlink_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op }, /* symlink (READONLY) */ - { &vnop_readdir_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_readdir }, /* readdir */ - { &vnop_readdirattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_readdirattr }, /* readdirattr */ - { &vnop_readlink_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_readlink }, /* readlink */ - { &vnop_inactive_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_inactive }, /* inactive */ - { &vnop_reclaim_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_reclaim }, /* reclaim */ - { &vnop_strategy_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_strategy }, /* strategy */ - { &vnop_pathconf_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_pathconf }, /* pathconf */ - { &vnop_advlock_desc, (VOPFUNC)err_advlock }, /* advlock */ - { &vnop_allocate_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op }, /* allocate (READONLY) */ -#if CONFIG_SEARCHFS - { &vnop_searchfs_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_search }, /* search fs */ -#else - { &vnop_searchfs_desc, (VOPFUNC)err_searchfs }, /* search fs */ -#endif - { &vnop_bwrite_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op }, /* bwrite (READONLY) */ - { &vnop_pagein_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_pagein }, /* pagein */ - { &vnop_pageout_desc,(VOPFUNC) hfs_readonly_op }, /* pageout (READONLY) */ - { &vnop_copyfile_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op }, /* copyfile (READONLY)*/ - { &vnop_blktooff_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_blktooff }, /* blktooff */ - { &vnop_offtoblk_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_offtoblk }, /* offtoblk */ - { &vnop_blockmap_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_blockmap }, /* blockmap */ - { &vnop_getxattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_getxattr}, - { &vnop_setxattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op}, /* set xattr (READONLY) */ - { &vnop_removexattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op}, /* remove xattr (READONLY) */ - { &vnop_listxattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_listxattr}, -#if NAMEDSTREAMS - { &vnop_getnamedstream_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_getnamedstream }, - { &vnop_makenamedstream_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op }, - { &vnop_removenamedstream_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_readonly_op }, -#endif - { &vnop_getattrlistbulk_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_getattrlistbulk }, /* getattrlistbulk */ - { NULL, (VOPFUNC)NULL } -}; - -struct vnodeopv_desc hfs_std_vnodeop_opv_desc = -{ &hfs_std_vnodeop_p, hfs_standard_vnodeop_entries }; -#endif - -/* VNOP table for HFS+ */ -struct vnodeopv_entry_desc hfs_vnodeop_entries[] = { - { &vnop_default_desc, (VOPFUNC)vn_default_error }, - { &vnop_lookup_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_lookup }, /* lookup */ - { &vnop_create_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_create }, /* create */ - { &vnop_mknod_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_mknod }, /* mknod */ - { &vnop_open_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_open }, /* open */ - { &vnop_close_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_close }, /* close */ - { &vnop_getattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_getattr }, /* getattr */ - { &vnop_setattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_setattr }, /* setattr */ - { &vnop_read_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_read }, /* read */ - { &vnop_write_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_write }, /* write */ - { &vnop_ioctl_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_ioctl }, /* ioctl */ - { &vnop_select_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_select }, /* select */ - { &vnop_revoke_desc, (VOPFUNC)nop_revoke }, /* revoke */ - { &vnop_exchange_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_exchange }, /* exchange */ - { &vnop_mmap_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_mmap }, /* mmap */ - { &vnop_fsync_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_fsync }, /* fsync */ - { &vnop_remove_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_remove }, /* remove */ - { &vnop_link_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_link }, /* link */ - { &vnop_rename_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_rename }, /* rename */ - { &vnop_renamex_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_renamex }, /* renamex (with flags) */ - { &vnop_mkdir_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_mkdir }, /* mkdir */ - { &vnop_rmdir_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_rmdir }, /* rmdir */ - { &vnop_symlink_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_symlink }, /* symlink */ - { &vnop_readdir_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_readdir }, /* readdir */ - { &vnop_readdirattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_readdirattr }, /* readdirattr */ - { &vnop_readlink_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_readlink }, /* readlink */ - { &vnop_inactive_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_inactive }, /* inactive */ - { &vnop_reclaim_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_reclaim }, /* reclaim */ - { &vnop_strategy_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_strategy }, /* strategy */ - { &vnop_pathconf_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_pathconf }, /* pathconf */ - { &vnop_advlock_desc, (VOPFUNC)err_advlock }, /* advlock */ - { &vnop_allocate_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_allocate }, /* allocate */ -#if CONFIG_SEARCHFS - { &vnop_searchfs_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_search }, /* search fs */ -#else - { &vnop_searchfs_desc, (VOPFUNC)err_searchfs }, /* search fs */ -#endif - { &vnop_bwrite_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_bwrite }, /* bwrite */ - { &vnop_pagein_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_pagein }, /* pagein */ - { &vnop_pageout_desc,(VOPFUNC) hfs_vnop_pageout }, /* pageout */ - { &vnop_copyfile_desc, (VOPFUNC)err_copyfile }, /* copyfile */ - { &vnop_blktooff_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_blktooff }, /* blktooff */ - { &vnop_offtoblk_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_offtoblk }, /* offtoblk */ - { &vnop_blockmap_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_blockmap }, /* blockmap */ - { &vnop_getxattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_getxattr}, - { &vnop_setxattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_setxattr}, - { &vnop_removexattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_removexattr}, - { &vnop_listxattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_listxattr}, -#if NAMEDSTREAMS - { &vnop_getnamedstream_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_getnamedstream }, - { &vnop_makenamedstream_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_makenamedstream }, - { &vnop_removenamedstream_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_removenamedstream }, -#endif - { &vnop_getattrlistbulk_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_getattrlistbulk }, /* getattrlistbulk */ - { &vnop_mnomap_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_mnomap }, - { NULL, (VOPFUNC)NULL } -}; - -struct vnodeopv_desc hfs_vnodeop_opv_desc = -{ &hfs_vnodeop_p, hfs_vnodeop_entries }; - - -/* Spec Op vnop table for HFS+ */ -int (**hfs_specop_p)(void *); -struct vnodeopv_entry_desc hfs_specop_entries[] = { - { &vnop_default_desc, (VOPFUNC)vn_default_error }, - { &vnop_lookup_desc, (VOPFUNC)spec_lookup }, /* lookup */ - { &vnop_create_desc, (VOPFUNC)spec_create }, /* create */ - { &vnop_mknod_desc, (VOPFUNC)spec_mknod }, /* mknod */ - { &vnop_open_desc, (VOPFUNC)spec_open }, /* open */ - { &vnop_close_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfsspec_close }, /* close */ - { &vnop_getattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_getattr }, /* getattr */ - { &vnop_setattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_setattr }, /* setattr */ - { &vnop_read_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfsspec_read }, /* read */ - { &vnop_write_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfsspec_write }, /* write */ - { &vnop_ioctl_desc, (VOPFUNC)spec_ioctl }, /* ioctl */ - { &vnop_select_desc, (VOPFUNC)spec_select }, /* select */ - { &vnop_revoke_desc, (VOPFUNC)spec_revoke }, /* revoke */ - { &vnop_mmap_desc, (VOPFUNC)spec_mmap }, /* mmap */ - { &vnop_fsync_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_fsync }, /* fsync */ - { &vnop_remove_desc, (VOPFUNC)spec_remove }, /* remove */ - { &vnop_link_desc, (VOPFUNC)spec_link }, /* link */ - { &vnop_rename_desc, (VOPFUNC)spec_rename }, /* rename */ - { &vnop_mkdir_desc, (VOPFUNC)spec_mkdir }, /* mkdir */ - { &vnop_rmdir_desc, (VOPFUNC)spec_rmdir }, /* rmdir */ - { &vnop_symlink_desc, (VOPFUNC)spec_symlink }, /* symlink */ - { &vnop_readdir_desc, (VOPFUNC)spec_readdir }, /* readdir */ - { &vnop_readlink_desc, (VOPFUNC)spec_readlink }, /* readlink */ - { &vnop_inactive_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_inactive }, /* inactive */ - { &vnop_reclaim_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_reclaim }, /* reclaim */ - { &vnop_strategy_desc, (VOPFUNC)spec_strategy }, /* strategy */ - { &vnop_pathconf_desc, (VOPFUNC)spec_pathconf }, /* pathconf */ - { &vnop_advlock_desc, (VOPFUNC)err_advlock }, /* advlock */ - { &vnop_bwrite_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_bwrite }, - { &vnop_pagein_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_pagein }, /* Pagein */ - { &vnop_pageout_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_pageout }, /* Pageout */ - { &vnop_copyfile_desc, (VOPFUNC)err_copyfile }, /* copyfile */ - { &vnop_blktooff_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_blktooff }, /* blktooff */ - { &vnop_offtoblk_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_offtoblk }, /* offtoblk */ - { &vnop_getxattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_getxattr}, - { &vnop_setxattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_setxattr}, - { &vnop_removexattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_removexattr}, - { &vnop_listxattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_listxattr}, - { (struct vnodeop_desc*)NULL, (VOPFUNC)NULL } -}; -struct vnodeopv_desc hfs_specop_opv_desc = - { &hfs_specop_p, hfs_specop_entries }; - -#if FIFO -/* HFS+ FIFO VNOP table */ -int (**hfs_fifoop_p)(void *); -struct vnodeopv_entry_desc hfs_fifoop_entries[] = { - { &vnop_default_desc, (VOPFUNC)vn_default_error }, - { &vnop_lookup_desc, (VOPFUNC)fifo_lookup }, /* lookup */ - { &vnop_create_desc, (VOPFUNC)fifo_create }, /* create */ - { &vnop_mknod_desc, (VOPFUNC)fifo_mknod }, /* mknod */ - { &vnop_open_desc, (VOPFUNC)fifo_open }, /* open */ - { &vnop_close_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfsfifo_close }, /* close */ - { &vnop_getattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_getattr }, /* getattr */ - { &vnop_setattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_setattr }, /* setattr */ - { &vnop_read_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfsfifo_read }, /* read */ - { &vnop_write_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfsfifo_write }, /* write */ - { &vnop_ioctl_desc, (VOPFUNC)fifo_ioctl }, /* ioctl */ - { &vnop_select_desc, (VOPFUNC)fifo_select }, /* select */ - { &vnop_revoke_desc, (VOPFUNC)fifo_revoke }, /* revoke */ - { &vnop_mmap_desc, (VOPFUNC)fifo_mmap }, /* mmap */ - { &vnop_fsync_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_fsync }, /* fsync */ - { &vnop_remove_desc, (VOPFUNC)fifo_remove }, /* remove */ - { &vnop_link_desc, (VOPFUNC)fifo_link }, /* link */ - { &vnop_rename_desc, (VOPFUNC)fifo_rename }, /* rename */ - { &vnop_mkdir_desc, (VOPFUNC)fifo_mkdir }, /* mkdir */ - { &vnop_rmdir_desc, (VOPFUNC)fifo_rmdir }, /* rmdir */ - { &vnop_symlink_desc, (VOPFUNC)fifo_symlink }, /* symlink */ - { &vnop_readdir_desc, (VOPFUNC)fifo_readdir }, /* readdir */ - { &vnop_readlink_desc, (VOPFUNC)fifo_readlink }, /* readlink */ - { &vnop_inactive_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_inactive }, /* inactive */ - { &vnop_reclaim_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_reclaim }, /* reclaim */ - { &vnop_strategy_desc, (VOPFUNC)fifo_strategy }, /* strategy */ - { &vnop_pathconf_desc, (VOPFUNC)fifo_pathconf }, /* pathconf */ - { &vnop_advlock_desc, (VOPFUNC)err_advlock }, /* advlock */ - { &vnop_bwrite_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_bwrite }, - { &vnop_pagein_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_pagein }, /* Pagein */ - { &vnop_pageout_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_pageout }, /* Pageout */ - { &vnop_copyfile_desc, (VOPFUNC)err_copyfile }, /* copyfile */ - { &vnop_blktooff_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_blktooff }, /* blktooff */ - { &vnop_offtoblk_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_offtoblk }, /* offtoblk */ - { &vnop_blockmap_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_blockmap }, /* blockmap */ - { &vnop_getxattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_getxattr}, - { &vnop_setxattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_setxattr}, - { &vnop_removexattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_removexattr}, - { &vnop_listxattr_desc, (VOPFUNC)hfs_vnop_listxattr}, - { (struct vnodeop_desc*)NULL, (VOPFUNC)NULL } -}; -struct vnodeopv_desc hfs_fifoop_opv_desc = - { &hfs_fifoop_p, hfs_fifoop_entries }; -#endif /* FIFO */ diff --git a/core/hfs_xattr.c b/core/hfs_xattr.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0d3dcd3..0000000 --- a/core/hfs_xattr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2633 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2004-2017 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "hfs.h" -#include "hfs_cnode.h" -#include "hfs_mount.h" -#include "hfs_format.h" -#include "hfs_endian.h" -#include "hfs_btreeio.h" -#include "hfs_fsctl.h" -#include "hfs_cprotect.h" - -#include "BTreesInternal.h" - -#define HFS_XATTR_VERBOSE 0 - -#define ATTRIBUTE_FILE_NODE_SIZE 8192 - - -/* State information for the listattr_callback callback function. */ -struct listattr_callback_state { - u_int32_t fileID; - int result; - uio_t uio; - size_t size; -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - int showcompressed; - vfs_context_t ctx; - vnode_t vp; -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ -}; - - -/* HFS Internal Names */ -#define XATTR_XATTREXTENTS_NAME "system.xattrextents" - -static u_int32_t emptyfinfo[8] = {0}; - -static int hfs_zero_hidden_fields (struct cnode *cp, u_int8_t *finderinfo); - -const char hfs_attrdatafilename[] = "Attribute Data"; - -static int listattr_callback(const HFSPlusAttrKey *key, const HFSPlusAttrData *data, - struct listattr_callback_state *state); - -static int remove_attribute_records(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, BTreeIterator * iterator); - -static int getnodecount(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, size_t nodesize); - -static size_t getmaxinlineattrsize(struct vnode * attrvp); - -static int read_attr_data(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uio_t uio, size_t datasize, HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extents); - -static int write_attr_data(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uio_t uio, size_t datasize, HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extents); - -static int alloc_attr_blks(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, size_t attrsize, size_t extentbufsize, HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extents, int *blocks); - -static void free_attr_blks(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int blkcnt, HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extents); - -static int has_overflow_extents(HFSPlusForkData *forkdata); - -static int count_extent_blocks(int maxblks, HFSPlusExtentRecord extents); - -#if NAMEDSTREAMS -/* - * Obtain the vnode for a stream. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_getnamedstream(struct vnop_getnamedstream_args* ap) -{ - vnode_t vp = ap->a_vp; - vnode_t *svpp = ap->a_svpp; - struct cnode *cp; - int error = 0; - - *svpp = NULL; - - /* - * We only support the "com.apple.ResourceFork" stream. - */ - if (strcmp(ap->a_name, XATTR_RESOURCEFORK_NAME) != 0) { - return (ENOATTR); - } - cp = VTOC(vp); - if ( !S_ISREG(cp->c_mode) ) { - return (EPERM); - } -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - int hide_rsrc = hfs_hides_rsrc(ap->a_context, VTOC(vp), 1); -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - if ((error = hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - return (error); - } - if ((!hfs_has_rsrc(cp) -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - || hide_rsrc -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - ) && (ap->a_operation != NS_OPEN)) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - return (ENOATTR); - } - error = hfs_vgetrsrc(VTOHFS(vp), vp, svpp); - hfs_unlock(cp); - - return (error); -} - -/* - * Create a stream. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_makenamedstream(struct vnop_makenamedstream_args* ap) -{ - vnode_t vp = ap->a_vp; - vnode_t *svpp = ap->a_svpp; - struct cnode *cp; - int error = 0; - - *svpp = NULL; - - /* - * We only support the "com.apple.ResourceFork" stream. - */ - if (strcmp(ap->a_name, XATTR_RESOURCEFORK_NAME) != 0) { - return (ENOATTR); - } - cp = VTOC(vp); - if ( !S_ISREG(cp->c_mode) ) { - return (EPERM); - } -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (hfs_hides_rsrc(ap->a_context, VTOC(vp), 1)) { - if (VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)) { - return EINVAL; - } else { - error = decmpfs_decompress_file(vp, VTOCMP(vp), -1, 1, 0); - if (error != 0) - return error; - } - } -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - if ((error = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - return (error); - } - error = hfs_vgetrsrc(VTOHFS(vp), vp, svpp); - hfs_unlock(cp); - - return (error); -} - -/* - * Remove a stream. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_removenamedstream(struct vnop_removenamedstream_args* ap) -{ - vnode_t svp = ap->a_svp; - cnode_t *scp = VTOC(svp); - int error = 0; - - /* - * We only support the "com.apple.ResourceFork" stream. - */ - if (strcmp(ap->a_name, XATTR_RESOURCEFORK_NAME) != 0) { - return (ENOATTR); - } -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (hfs_hides_rsrc(ap->a_context, scp, 1)) { - /* do nothing */ - return 0; - } -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - - hfs_lock_truncate(scp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (VTOF(svp)->ff_size) { - // hfs_truncate will deal with the cnode lock - error = hfs_truncate(svp, 0, IO_NDELAY, 0, ap->a_context); - } - hfs_unlock_truncate(scp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - - return error; -} -#endif - - -/* Zero out the date added field for the specified cnode */ -static int hfs_zero_hidden_fields (struct cnode *cp, u_int8_t *finderinfo) -{ - u_int8_t *finfo = finderinfo; - - /* Advance finfo by 16 bytes to the 2nd half of the finderinfo */ - finfo = finfo + 16; - - if (S_ISREG(cp->c_attr.ca_mode) || S_ISLNK(cp->c_attr.ca_mode)) { - struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)finfo; - extinfo->document_id = 0; - extinfo->date_added = 0; - extinfo->write_gen_counter = 0; - } else if (S_ISDIR(cp->c_attr.ca_mode)) { - struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)finfo; - extinfo->document_id = 0; - extinfo->date_added = 0; - extinfo->write_gen_counter = 0; - } else { - /* Return an error */ - return -1; - } - return 0; - -} - -/* - * Retrieve the data of an extended attribute. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_getxattr(struct vnop_getxattr_args *ap) -/* - struct vnop_getxattr_args { - struct vnodeop_desc *a_desc; - vnode_t a_vp; - char * a_name; - uio_t a_uio; - size_t *a_size; - int a_options; - vfs_context_t a_context; - }; -*/ -{ - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - struct cnode *cp; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - uio_t uio = ap->a_uio; - size_t bufsize; - int result; - - cp = VTOC(vp); - if (vp == cp->c_vp) { -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - int decmpfs_hide = hfs_hides_xattr(ap->a_context, VTOC(vp), ap->a_name, 1); /* 1 == don't take the cnode lock */ - if (decmpfs_hide && !(ap->a_options & XATTR_SHOWCOMPRESSION)) - return ENOATTR; -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - - /* Get the Finder Info. */ - if (strcmp(ap->a_name, XATTR_FINDERINFO_NAME) == 0) { - u_int8_t finderinfo[32]; - bufsize = 32; - - if ((result = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - return (result); - } - /* Make a copy since we may not export all of it. */ - bcopy(cp->c_finderinfo, finderinfo, sizeof(finderinfo)); - hfs_unlock(cp); - - /* Zero out the date added field in the local copy */ - hfs_zero_hidden_fields (cp, finderinfo); - - /* Don't expose a symlink's private type/creator. */ - if (vnode_islnk(vp)) { - struct FndrFileInfo *fip; - - fip = (struct FndrFileInfo *)&finderinfo; - fip->fdType = 0; - fip->fdCreator = 0; - } - /* If Finder Info is empty then it doesn't exist. */ - if (bcmp(finderinfo, emptyfinfo, sizeof(emptyfinfo)) == 0) { - return (ENOATTR); - } - if (uio == NULL) { - *ap->a_size = bufsize; - return (0); - } - if ((user_size_t)uio_resid(uio) < bufsize) - return (ERANGE); - - result = uiomove((caddr_t)&finderinfo , bufsize, uio); - - return (result); - } - /* Read the Resource Fork. */ - if (strcmp(ap->a_name, XATTR_RESOURCEFORK_NAME) == 0) { - struct vnode *rvp = NULL; - int openunlinked = 0; - int namelen = 0; - - if ( !S_ISREG(cp->c_mode) ) { - return (EPERM); - } - if ((result = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - return (result); - } - namelen = cp->c_desc.cd_namelen; - - if (!hfs_has_rsrc(cp)) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - return (ENOATTR); - } - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - if ((cp->c_flag & C_DELETED) && (namelen == 0)) { - openunlinked = 1; - } - - result = hfs_vgetrsrc(hfsmp, vp, &rvp); - hfs_unlock(cp); - if (result) { - return (result); - } - if (uio == NULL) { - *ap->a_size = (size_t)VTOF(rvp)->ff_size; - } else { -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - user_ssize_t uio_size = 0; - if (decmpfs_hide) - uio_size = uio_resid(uio); -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - result = VNOP_READ(rvp, uio, 0, ap->a_context); -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (decmpfs_hide && - (result == 0) && - (uio_resid(uio) == uio_size)) { - /* - * We intentionally make the above call to VNOP_READ so that - * it can return an authorization/permission/etc. Error - * based on ap->a_context and thus deny this operation; - * in that case, result != 0 and we won't proceed. - * - * However, if result == 0, it will have returned no data - * because hfs_vnop_read hid the resource fork - * (hence uio_resid(uio) == uio_size, i.e. the uio is untouched) - * - * In that case, we try again with the decmpfs_ctx context - * to get the actual data - */ - result = VNOP_READ(rvp, uio, 0, decmpfs_ctx); - } -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - } - /* force the rsrc fork vnode to recycle right away */ - if (openunlinked) { - int vref; - vref = vnode_ref (rvp); - if (vref == 0) { - vnode_rele (rvp); - } - vnode_recycle(rvp); - } - vnode_put(rvp); - return (result); - } - } - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - /* - * Standard HFS only supports native FinderInfo and Resource Forks. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) { - return (EPERM); - } -#endif - - if ((result = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - return (result); - } - - /* Check for non-rsrc, non-finderinfo EAs */ - result = hfs_getxattr_internal (cp, ap, VTOHFS(cp->c_vp), 0); - - hfs_unlock(cp); - - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - -// Has same limitations as hfs_getxattr_internal below -int hfs_xattr_read(vnode_t vp, const char *name, void *data, size_t *size) -{ - uio_t uio = uio_create(1, 0, UIO_SYSSPACE, UIO_READ); - - uio_addiov(uio, CAST_USER_ADDR_T(data), *size); - - struct vnop_getxattr_args args = { - .a_uio = uio, - .a_name = name, - .a_size = size - }; - - int ret = hfs_getxattr_internal(VTOC(vp), &args, VTOHFS(vp), 0); - - uio_free(uio); - - return ret; -} - -/* - * getxattr_internal - * - * We break out this internal function which searches the attributes B-Tree and the - * overflow extents file to find non-resource, non-finderinfo EAs. There may be cases - * where we need to get EAs in contexts where we are already holding the cnode lock, - * and to re-enter hfs_vnop_getxattr would cause us to double-lock the cnode. Instead, - * we can just directly call this function. - * - * We pass the hfsmp argument directly here because we may not necessarily have a cnode to - * operate on. Under normal conditions, we have a file or directory to query, but if we - * are operating on the root directory (id 1), then we may not have a cnode. In this case, if hte - * 'cp' argument is NULL, then we need to use the 'fileid' argument as the entry to manipulate - * - * NOTE: This function assumes the cnode lock for 'cp' is held exclusive or shared. - */ -int hfs_getxattr_internal (struct cnode *cp, struct vnop_getxattr_args *ap, - struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t fileid) -{ - - struct filefork *btfile; - struct BTreeIterator * iterator = NULL; - size_t bufsize = 0; - HFSPlusAttrRecord *recp = NULL; - size_t recp_size = 0; - FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - int lockflags = 0; - int result = 0; - u_int16_t datasize = 0; - uio_t uio = ap->a_uio; - u_int32_t target_id = 0; - - if (cp) { - target_id = cp->c_fileid; - } else { - target_id = fileid; - } - - - /* Bail if we don't have an EA B-Tree. */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp == NULL) || - ((cp) && (cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasAttributesMask) == 0)) { - result = ENOATTR; - goto exit; - } - - /* Initialize the B-Tree iterator for searching for the proper EA */ - btfile = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp); - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - /* Allocate memory for reading in the attribute record. This buffer is - * big enough to read in all types of attribute records. It is not big - * enough to read inline attribute data which is read in later. - */ - recp = hfs_malloc(recp_size = sizeof(HFSPlusAttrRecord)); - btdata.bufferAddress = recp; - btdata.itemSize = sizeof(HFSPlusAttrRecord); - btdata.itemCount = 1; - - result = hfs_buildattrkey(target_id, ap->a_name, (HFSPlusAttrKey *)&iterator->key); - if (result) { - goto exit; - } - - /* Lookup the attribute in the Attribute B-Tree */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_ATTRIBUTE, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - result = BTSearchRecord(btfile, iterator, &btdata, &datasize, NULL); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (result) { - if (result == btNotFound) { - result = ENOATTR; - } - goto exit; - } - - /* - * Operate differently if we have inline EAs that can fit in the attribute B-Tree or if - * we have extent based EAs. - */ - switch (recp->recordType) { - - /* Attribute fits in the Attribute B-Tree */ - case kHFSPlusAttrInlineData: { - /* - * Sanity check record size. It's not required to have any - * user data, so the minimum size is 2 bytes less that the - * size of HFSPlusAttrData (since HFSPlusAttrData struct - * has 2 bytes set aside for attribute data). - */ - if (datasize < (sizeof(HFSPlusAttrData) - 2)) { - printf("hfs_getxattr: vol=%s %d,%s invalid record size %d (expecting %lu)\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN, target_id, ap->a_name, datasize, sizeof(HFSPlusAttrData)); - result = ENOATTR; - break; - } - *ap->a_size = recp->attrData.attrSize; - if (uio && recp->attrData.attrSize != 0) { - if (*ap->a_size > (user_size_t)uio_resid(uio)) { - /* User provided buffer is not large enough for the xattr data */ - result = ERANGE; - } else { - /* Previous BTreeSearchRecord() read in only the attribute record, - * and not the attribute data. Now allocate enough memory for - * both attribute record and data, and read the attribute record again. - */ - bufsize = sizeof(HFSPlusAttrData) - 2 + recp->attrData.attrSize; - hfs_free(recp, recp_size); - recp = hfs_malloc(recp_size = bufsize); - - btdata.bufferAddress = recp; - btdata.itemSize = bufsize; - btdata.itemCount = 1; - - bzero(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - result = hfs_buildattrkey(target_id, ap->a_name, (HFSPlusAttrKey *)&iterator->key); - if (result) { - goto exit; - } - - /* Lookup the attribute record and inline data */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_ATTRIBUTE, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - result = BTSearchRecord(btfile, iterator, &btdata, &datasize, NULL); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - if (result) { - if (result == btNotFound) { - result = ENOATTR; - } - goto exit; - } - - /* Copy-out the attribute data to the user buffer */ - *ap->a_size = recp->attrData.attrSize; - result = uiomove((caddr_t) &recp->attrData.attrData , recp->attrData.attrSize, uio); - } - } - break; - } - - /* Extent-Based EAs */ - case kHFSPlusAttrForkData: { - if (datasize < sizeof(HFSPlusAttrForkData)) { - printf("hfs_getxattr: vol=%s %d,%s invalid record size %d (expecting %lu)\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN, target_id, ap->a_name, datasize, sizeof(HFSPlusAttrForkData)); - result = ENOATTR; - break; - } - *ap->a_size = recp->forkData.theFork.logicalSize; - if (uio == NULL) { - break; - } - if (*ap->a_size > (user_size_t)uio_resid(uio)) { - result = ERANGE; - break; - } - /* Process overflow extents if necessary. */ - if (has_overflow_extents(&recp->forkData.theFork)) { - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extentbuf; - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extentptr; - size_t extentbufsize; - u_int32_t totalblocks; - u_int32_t blkcnt; - u_int32_t attrlen; - - totalblocks = recp->forkData.theFork.totalBlocks; - /* Ignore bogus block counts. */ - if (totalblocks > howmany(HFS_XATTR_MAXSIZE, hfsmp->blockSize)) { - result = ERANGE; - break; - } - attrlen = recp->forkData.theFork.logicalSize; - - /* Get a buffer to hold the worst case amount of extents. */ - extentbufsize = totalblocks * sizeof(HFSPlusExtentDescriptor); - extentbufsize = roundup(extentbufsize, sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); - extentbuf = hfs_mallocz(extentbufsize); - extentptr = extentbuf; - - /* Grab the first 8 extents. */ - bcopy(&recp->forkData.theFork.extents[0], extentptr, sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); - extentptr += kHFSPlusExtentDensity; - blkcnt = count_extent_blocks(totalblocks, recp->forkData.theFork.extents); - - /* Now lookup the overflow extents. */ - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_ATTRIBUTE, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - while (blkcnt < totalblocks) { - ((HFSPlusAttrKey *)&iterator->key)->startBlock = blkcnt; - result = BTSearchRecord(btfile, iterator, &btdata, &datasize, NULL); - if (result || - (recp->recordType != kHFSPlusAttrExtents) || - (datasize < sizeof(HFSPlusAttrExtents))) { - printf("hfs_getxattr: %s missing extents, only %d blks of %d found\n", - ap->a_name, blkcnt, totalblocks); - result = ENOATTR; - break; /* break from while */ - } - /* Grab the next 8 extents. */ - bcopy(&recp->overflowExtents.extents[0], extentptr, sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); - extentptr += kHFSPlusExtentDensity; - blkcnt += count_extent_blocks(totalblocks, recp->overflowExtents.extents); - } - - /* Release Attr B-Tree lock */ - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (blkcnt < totalblocks) { - result = ENOATTR; - } else { - result = read_attr_data(hfsmp, uio, attrlen, extentbuf); - } - hfs_free(extentbuf, extentbufsize); - - } else { /* No overflow extents. */ - result = read_attr_data(hfsmp, uio, recp->forkData.theFork.logicalSize, recp->forkData.theFork.extents); - } - break; - } - - default: - /* We only support Extent or inline EAs. Default to ENOATTR for anything else */ - result = ENOATTR; - break; - } - -exit: - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - hfs_free(recp, recp_size); - - return result; - -} - - -/* - * Set the data of an extended attribute. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_setxattr(struct vnop_setxattr_args *ap) -/* - struct vnop_setxattr_args { - struct vnodeop_desc *a_desc; - vnode_t a_vp; - char * a_name; - uio_t a_uio; - int a_options; - vfs_context_t a_context; - }; -*/ -{ - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - struct cnode *cp = NULL; - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - uio_t uio = ap->a_uio; - size_t attrsize; - void * user_data_ptr = NULL; - int result; - time_t orig_ctime=VTOC(vp)->c_ctime; - - if (ap->a_name == NULL || ap->a_name[0] == '\0') { - return (EINVAL); /* invalid name */ - } - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - if (VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)) { - return (EPERM); - } - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (hfs_hides_xattr(ap->a_context, VTOC(vp), ap->a_name, 1) ) { /* 1 == don't take the cnode lock */ - result = decmpfs_decompress_file(vp, VTOCMP(vp), -1, 1, 0); - if (result != 0) - return result; - } -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - - nspace_snapshot_event(vp, orig_ctime, NAMESPACE_HANDLER_METADATA_WRITE_OP, NSPACE_REARM_NO_ARG); - - /* Set the Finder Info. */ - if (strcmp(ap->a_name, XATTR_FINDERINFO_NAME) == 0) { - union { - uint8_t data[32]; - char cdata[32]; - struct FndrFileInfo info; - } fi; - void * finderinfo_start; - u_int8_t *finfo = NULL; - u_int16_t fdFlags; - u_int32_t dateadded = 0; - u_int32_t write_gen_counter = 0; - u_int32_t document_id = 0; - - attrsize = sizeof(VTOC(vp)->c_finderinfo); - - if ((user_size_t)uio_resid(uio) != attrsize) { - return (ERANGE); - } - /* Grab the new Finder Info data. */ - if ((result = uiomove(fi.cdata, attrsize, uio))) { - return (result); - } - - if ((result = hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - return (result); - } - cp = VTOC(vp); - - /* Symlink's don't have an external type/creator. */ - if (vnode_islnk(vp)) { - /* Skip over type/creator fields. */ - finderinfo_start = &cp->c_finderinfo[8]; - attrsize -= 8; - } else { - finderinfo_start = &cp->c_finderinfo[0]; - /* - * Don't allow the external setting of - * file type to kHardLinkFileType. - */ - if (fi.info.fdType == SWAP_BE32(kHardLinkFileType)) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - return (EPERM); - } - } - - /* Grab the current date added from the cnode */ - dateadded = hfs_get_dateadded (cp); - if (S_ISREG(cp->c_attr.ca_mode) || S_ISLNK(cp->c_attr.ca_mode)) { - struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)((u_int8_t*)cp->c_finderinfo + 16); - /* - * Grab generation counter directly from the cnode - * instead of calling hfs_get_gencount(), because - * for zero generation count values hfs_get_gencount() - * lies and bumps it up to one. - */ - write_gen_counter = extinfo->write_gen_counter; - document_id = extinfo->document_id; - } else if (S_ISDIR(cp->c_attr.ca_mode)) { - struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)((u_int8_t*)cp->c_finderinfo + 16); - write_gen_counter = extinfo->write_gen_counter; - document_id = extinfo->document_id; - } - - /* - * Zero out the finder info's reserved fields like date added, - * generation counter, and document id to ignore user's attempts - * to set it - */ - hfs_zero_hidden_fields(cp, fi.data); - - if (bcmp(finderinfo_start, emptyfinfo, attrsize)) { - /* attr exists and "create" was specified. */ - if (ap->a_options & XATTR_CREATE) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - return (EEXIST); - } - } else { /* empty */ - /* attr doesn't exists and "replace" was specified. */ - if (ap->a_options & XATTR_REPLACE) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - return (ENOATTR); - } - } - - /* - * Now restore the date added and other reserved fields to the finderinfo to - * be written out. Advance to the 2nd half of the finderinfo to write them - * out into the buffer. - * - * Make sure to endian swap the date added back into big endian. When we used - * hfs_get_dateadded above to retrieve it, it swapped into local endianness - * for us. But now that we're writing it out, put it back into big endian. - */ - finfo = &fi.data[16]; - if (S_ISREG(cp->c_attr.ca_mode) || S_ISLNK(cp->c_attr.ca_mode)) { - struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)finfo; - extinfo->date_added = OSSwapHostToBigInt32(dateadded); - extinfo->write_gen_counter = write_gen_counter; - extinfo->document_id = document_id; - } else if (S_ISDIR(cp->c_attr.ca_mode)) { - struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)finfo; - extinfo->date_added = OSSwapHostToBigInt32(dateadded); - extinfo->write_gen_counter = write_gen_counter; - extinfo->document_id = document_id; - } - - /* Set the cnode's Finder Info. */ - if (attrsize == sizeof(cp->c_finderinfo)) { - bcopy(&fi.data[0], finderinfo_start, attrsize); - } else { - bcopy(&fi.data[8], finderinfo_start, attrsize); - } - - /* Updating finderInfo updates change time and modified time */ - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - - /* - * Mirror the invisible bit to the UF_HIDDEN flag. - * - * The fdFlags for files and frFlags for folders are both 8 bytes - * into the userInfo (the first 16 bytes of the Finder Info). They - * are both 16-bit fields. - */ - fdFlags = *((u_int16_t *) &cp->c_finderinfo[8]); - if (fdFlags & OSSwapHostToBigConstInt16(kFinderInvisibleMask)) { - cp->c_bsdflags |= UF_HIDDEN; - } else { - cp->c_bsdflags &= ~UF_HIDDEN; - } - - result = hfs_update(vp, 0); - - hfs_unlock(cp); - return (result); - } - /* Write the Resource Fork. */ - if (strcmp(ap->a_name, XATTR_RESOURCEFORK_NAME) == 0) { - struct vnode *rvp = NULL; - int namelen = 0; - int openunlinked = 0; - - if (!vnode_isreg(vp)) { - return (EPERM); - } - if ((result = hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - return (result); - } - cp = VTOC(vp); - namelen = cp->c_desc.cd_namelen; - - if (hfs_has_rsrc(cp)) { - /* attr exists and "create" was specified. */ - if (ap->a_options & XATTR_CREATE) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - return (EEXIST); - } - } else { - /* attr doesn't exists and "replace" was specified. */ - if (ap->a_options & XATTR_REPLACE) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - return (ENOATTR); - } - } - - /* - * Note that we could be called on to grab the rsrc fork vnode - * for a file that has become open-unlinked. - */ - if ((cp->c_flag & C_DELETED) && (namelen == 0)) { - openunlinked = 1; - } - - result = hfs_vgetrsrc(hfsmp, vp, &rvp); - hfs_unlock(cp); - if (result) { - return (result); - } - /* VNOP_WRITE marks cnode as needing a modtime update */ - result = VNOP_WRITE(rvp, uio, 0, ap->a_context); - - /* if open unlinked, force it inactive */ - if (openunlinked) { - int vref; - vref = vnode_ref (rvp); - if (vref == 0) { - vnode_rele(rvp); - } - vnode_recycle (rvp); - } else { - /* cnode is not open-unlinked, so re-lock cnode to sync */ - if ((result = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - vnode_recycle (rvp); - vnode_put(rvp); - return result; - } - - /* hfs fsync rsrc fork to force to disk and update modtime */ - result = hfs_fsync (rvp, MNT_NOWAIT, 0, vfs_context_proc (ap->a_context)); - hfs_unlock (cp); - } - - vnode_put(rvp); - return (result); - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - /* - * Standard HFS only supports native FinderInfo and Resource Forks. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) { - return (EPERM); - } -#endif - attrsize = uio_resid(uio); - - /* Enforce an upper limit. */ - if (attrsize > HFS_XATTR_MAXSIZE) { - result = E2BIG; - goto exit; - } - - /* - * Attempt to copy the users attr data before taking any locks, - * only if it will be an inline attribute. For larger attributes, - * the data will be directly read from the uio. - */ - if (attrsize > 0 && - hfsmp->hfs_max_inline_attrsize != 0 && - attrsize < hfsmp->hfs_max_inline_attrsize) { - user_data_ptr = hfs_malloc(attrsize); - - result = uiomove((caddr_t)user_data_ptr, attrsize, uio); - if (result) { - goto exit; - } - } - - result = hfs_lock(VTOC(vp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (result) { - goto exit; - } - cp = VTOC(vp); - - /* - * If we're trying to set a non-finderinfo, non-resourcefork EA, then - * call the breakout function. - */ - result = hfs_setxattr_internal (cp, user_data_ptr, attrsize, ap, VTOHFS(vp), 0); - - exit: - if (cp) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - } - if (user_data_ptr) { - hfs_free(user_data_ptr, attrsize); - } - - return (result == btNotFound ? ENOATTR : MacToVFSError(result)); -} - -// Has same limitations as hfs_setxattr_internal below -int hfs_xattr_write(vnode_t vp, const char *name, const void *data, size_t size) -{ - struct vnop_setxattr_args args = { - .a_vp = vp, - .a_name = name, - }; - - return hfs_setxattr_internal(VTOC(vp), data, size, &args, VTOHFS(vp), 0); -} - -/* - * hfs_setxattr_internal - * - * Internal function to set non-rsrc, non-finderinfo EAs to either the attribute B-Tree or - * extent-based EAs. - * - * See comments from hfs_getxattr_internal on why we need to pass 'hfsmp' and fileid here. - * The gist is that we could end up writing to the root folder which may not have a cnode. - * - * Assumptions: - * 1. cnode 'cp' is locked EXCLUSIVE before calling this function. - * 2. data_ptr contains data to be written. If gathering data from userland, this must be - * done before calling this function. - * 3. If data originates entirely in-kernel, use a null UIO, and ensure the size is less than - * hfsmp->hfs_max_inline_attrsize bytes long. - */ -int hfs_setxattr_internal (struct cnode *cp, const void *data_ptr, size_t attrsize, - struct vnop_setxattr_args *ap, struct hfsmount *hfsmp, - u_int32_t fileid) -{ - uio_t uio = ap->a_uio; - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - int started_transaction = 0; - struct BTreeIterator * iterator = NULL; - struct filefork *btfile = NULL; - FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - HFSPlusAttrRecord attrdata; /* 90 bytes */ - HFSPlusAttrRecord *recp = NULL; - size_t recp_size = 0; - HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extentptr = NULL; - size_t extentbufsize = 0; - int result = 0; - int lockflags = 0; - int exists = 0; - int allocatedblks = 0; - u_int32_t target_id; - - if (cp) { - target_id = cp->c_fileid; - } else { - target_id = fileid; - } - - /* Start a transaction for our changes. */ - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - result = EINVAL; - goto exit; - } - started_transaction = 1; - - /* - * Once we started the transaction, nobody can compete - * with us, so make sure this file is still there. - */ - if ((cp) && (cp->c_flag & C_NOEXISTS)) { - result = ENOENT; - goto exit; - } - - /* - * If there isn't an attributes b-tree then create one. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp == NULL) { - result = hfs_create_attr_btree(hfsmp, ATTRIBUTE_FILE_NODE_SIZE, - getnodecount(hfsmp, ATTRIBUTE_FILE_NODE_SIZE)); - if (result) { - goto exit; - } - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_max_inline_attrsize == 0) { - hfsmp->hfs_max_inline_attrsize = getmaxinlineattrsize(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp); - } - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_ATTRIBUTE, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* Build the b-tree key. */ - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - result = hfs_buildattrkey(target_id, ap->a_name, (HFSPlusAttrKey *)&iterator->key); - if (result) { - goto exit; - } - - /* Preflight for replace/create semantics. */ - btfile = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp); - btdata.bufferAddress = &attrdata; - btdata.itemSize = sizeof(attrdata); - btdata.itemCount = 1; - exists = BTSearchRecord(btfile, iterator, &btdata, NULL, NULL) == 0; - - /* Replace requires that the attribute already exists. */ - if ((ap->a_options & XATTR_REPLACE) && !exists) { - result = ENOATTR; - goto exit; - } - /* Create requires that the attribute doesn't exist. */ - if ((ap->a_options & XATTR_CREATE) && exists) { - result = EEXIST; - goto exit; - } - - /* If it won't fit inline then use extent-based attributes. */ - if (attrsize > hfsmp->hfs_max_inline_attrsize) { - int blkcnt; - int extentblks; - u_int32_t *keystartblk; - int i; - - if (uio == NULL) { - /* - * setxattrs originating from in-kernel are not supported if they are bigger - * than the inline max size. Just return ENOATTR and force them to do it with a - * smaller EA. - */ - result = EPERM; - goto exit; - } - - /* Get some blocks. */ - blkcnt = howmany(attrsize, hfsmp->blockSize); - extentbufsize = blkcnt * sizeof(HFSPlusExtentDescriptor); - extentbufsize = roundup(extentbufsize, sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); - extentptr = hfs_mallocz(extentbufsize); - result = alloc_attr_blks(hfsmp, attrsize, extentbufsize, extentptr, &allocatedblks); - if (result) { - allocatedblks = 0; - goto exit; /* no more space */ - } - /* Copy data into the blocks. */ - result = write_attr_data(hfsmp, uio, attrsize, extentptr); - if (result) { - if (vp) { - const char *name = vnode_getname(vp); - printf("hfs_setxattr: write_attr_data vol=%s err (%d) %s:%s\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN, result, name ? name : "", ap->a_name); - if (name) - vnode_putname(name); - } - goto exit; - } - - /* Now remove any previous attribute. */ - if (exists) { - result = remove_attribute_records(hfsmp, iterator); - if (result) { - if (vp) { - const char *name = vnode_getname(vp); - printf("hfs_setxattr: remove_attribute_records vol=%s err (%d) %s:%s\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN, result, name ? name : "", ap->a_name); - if (name) - vnode_putname(name); - } - goto exit; - } - } - /* Create attribute fork data record. */ - recp = hfs_malloc(recp_size = sizeof(HFSPlusAttrRecord)); - - btdata.bufferAddress = recp; - btdata.itemCount = 1; - btdata.itemSize = sizeof(HFSPlusAttrForkData); - - recp->recordType = kHFSPlusAttrForkData; - recp->forkData.reserved = 0; - recp->forkData.theFork.logicalSize = attrsize; - recp->forkData.theFork.clumpSize = 0; - recp->forkData.theFork.totalBlocks = blkcnt; - bcopy(extentptr, recp->forkData.theFork.extents, sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); - - (void) hfs_buildattrkey(target_id, ap->a_name, (HFSPlusAttrKey *)&iterator->key); - - result = BTInsertRecord(btfile, iterator, &btdata, btdata.itemSize); - if (result) { - printf ("hfs_setxattr: BTInsertRecord(): vol=%s %d,%s err=%d\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN, target_id, ap->a_name, result); - goto exit; - } - extentblks = count_extent_blocks(blkcnt, recp->forkData.theFork.extents); - blkcnt -= extentblks; - keystartblk = &((HFSPlusAttrKey *)&iterator->key)->startBlock; - i = 0; - - /* Create overflow extents as needed. */ - while (blkcnt > 0) { - /* Initialize the key and record. */ - *keystartblk += (u_int32_t)extentblks; - btdata.itemSize = sizeof(HFSPlusAttrExtents); - recp->recordType = kHFSPlusAttrExtents; - recp->overflowExtents.reserved = 0; - - /* Copy the next set of extents. */ - i += kHFSPlusExtentDensity; - bcopy(&extentptr[i], recp->overflowExtents.extents, sizeof(HFSPlusExtentRecord)); - - result = BTInsertRecord(btfile, iterator, &btdata, btdata.itemSize); - if (result) { - printf ("hfs_setxattr: BTInsertRecord() overflow: vol=%s %d,%s err=%d\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN, target_id, ap->a_name, result); - goto exit; - } - extentblks = count_extent_blocks(blkcnt, recp->overflowExtents.extents); - blkcnt -= extentblks; - } - } else { /* Inline data */ - if (exists) { - result = remove_attribute_records(hfsmp, iterator); - if (result) { - goto exit; - } - } - - /* Calculate size of record rounded up to multiple of 2 bytes. */ - btdata.itemSize = sizeof(HFSPlusAttrData) - 2 + attrsize + ((attrsize & 1) ? 1 : 0); - recp = hfs_malloc(recp_size = btdata.itemSize); - - recp->recordType = kHFSPlusAttrInlineData; - recp->attrData.reserved[0] = 0; - recp->attrData.reserved[1] = 0; - recp->attrData.attrSize = attrsize; - - /* Copy in the attribute data (if any). */ - if (attrsize > 0) { - if (data_ptr) { - bcopy(data_ptr, &recp->attrData.attrData, attrsize); - } else { - /* - * A null UIO meant it originated in-kernel. If they didn't supply data_ptr - * then deny the copy operation. - */ - if (uio == NULL) { - result = EPERM; - goto exit; - } - result = uiomove((caddr_t)&recp->attrData.attrData, attrsize, uio); - } - - if (result) { - goto exit; - } - } - - (void) hfs_buildattrkey(target_id, ap->a_name, (HFSPlusAttrKey *)&iterator->key); - - btdata.bufferAddress = recp; - btdata.itemCount = 1; - result = BTInsertRecord(btfile, iterator, &btdata, btdata.itemSize); - } - -exit: - if (btfile && started_transaction) { - (void) BTFlushPath(btfile); - } - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - if (result == 0) { - if (vp) { - cp = VTOC(vp); - /* Setting an attribute only updates change time and not - * modified time of the file. - */ - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - cp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSHasAttributesMask; - if ((strcmp(ap->a_name, KAUTH_FILESEC_XATTR) == 0)) { - cp->c_attr.ca_recflags |= kHFSHasSecurityMask; - } - (void) hfs_update(vp, 0); - } - } - if (started_transaction) { - if (result && allocatedblks) { - free_attr_blks(hfsmp, allocatedblks, extentptr); - } - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - } - - hfs_free(recp, recp_size); - hfs_free(extentptr, extentbufsize); - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - - return result; -} - - - - -/* - * Remove an extended attribute. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_removexattr(struct vnop_removexattr_args *ap) -/* - struct vnop_removexattr_args { - struct vnodeop_desc *a_desc; - vnode_t a_vp; - char * a_name; - int a_options; - vfs_context_t a_context; - }; -*/ -{ - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - struct BTreeIterator * iterator = NULL; - int lockflags; - int result; - time_t orig_ctime=VTOC(vp)->c_ctime; - - if (ap->a_name == NULL || ap->a_name[0] == '\0') { - return (EINVAL); /* invalid name */ - } - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - if (VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)) { - return (EPERM); - } - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (hfs_hides_xattr(ap->a_context, VTOC(vp), ap->a_name, 1) && !(ap->a_options & XATTR_SHOWCOMPRESSION)) { - return ENOATTR; - } -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - - nspace_snapshot_event(vp, orig_ctime, NAMESPACE_HANDLER_METADATA_DELETE_OP, NSPACE_REARM_NO_ARG); - - /* If Resource Fork is non-empty then truncate it. */ - if (strcmp(ap->a_name, XATTR_RESOURCEFORK_NAME) == 0) { - struct vnode *rvp = NULL; - - if ( !vnode_isreg(vp) ) { - return (EPERM); - } - if ((result = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - return (result); - } - if (!hfs_has_rsrc(cp)) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - return (ENOATTR); - } - result = hfs_vgetrsrc(hfsmp, vp, &rvp); - hfs_unlock(cp); - if (result) { - return (result); - } - - hfs_lock_truncate(VTOC(rvp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - - // Tell UBC now before we take the cnode lock and start the transaction - hfs_ubc_setsize(rvp, 0, false); - - if ((result = hfs_lock(VTOC(rvp), HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - vnode_put(rvp); - return (result); - } - - /* Start a transaction for encapsulating changes in - * hfs_truncate() and hfs_update() - */ - if ((result = hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp))) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - hfs_unlock(cp); - vnode_put(rvp); - return (result); - } - - result = hfs_truncate(rvp, (off_t)0, IO_NDELAY, 0, ap->a_context); - if (result == 0) { - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - result = hfs_update(vp, 0); - } - - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - hfs_unlock_truncate(VTOC(rvp), HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - hfs_unlock(VTOC(rvp)); - - vnode_put(rvp); - return (result); - } - /* Clear out the Finder Info. */ - if (strcmp(ap->a_name, XATTR_FINDERINFO_NAME) == 0) { - void * finderinfo_start; - int finderinfo_size; - u_int8_t finderinfo[32]; - u_int32_t date_added = 0, write_gen_counter = 0, document_id = 0; - u_int8_t *finfo = NULL; - - if ((result = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - return (result); - } - - /* Use the local copy to store our temporary changes. */ - bcopy(cp->c_finderinfo, finderinfo, sizeof(finderinfo)); - - - /* Zero out the date added field in the local copy */ - hfs_zero_hidden_fields (cp, finderinfo); - - /* Don't expose a symlink's private type/creator. */ - if (vnode_islnk(vp)) { - struct FndrFileInfo *fip; - - fip = (struct FndrFileInfo *)&finderinfo; - fip->fdType = 0; - fip->fdCreator = 0; - } - - /* Do the byte compare against the local copy */ - if (bcmp(finderinfo, emptyfinfo, sizeof(emptyfinfo)) == 0) { - hfs_unlock(cp); - return (ENOATTR); - } - - /* - * If there was other content, zero out everything except - * type/creator and date added. First, save the date added. - */ - finfo = cp->c_finderinfo; - finfo = finfo + 16; - if (S_ISREG(cp->c_attr.ca_mode) || S_ISLNK(cp->c_attr.ca_mode)) { - struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)finfo; - date_added = extinfo->date_added; - write_gen_counter = extinfo->write_gen_counter; - document_id = extinfo->document_id; - } else if (S_ISDIR(cp->c_attr.ca_mode)) { - struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)finfo; - date_added = extinfo->date_added; - write_gen_counter = extinfo->write_gen_counter; - document_id = extinfo->document_id; - } - - if (vnode_islnk(vp)) { - /* Ignore type/creator */ - finderinfo_start = &cp->c_finderinfo[8]; - finderinfo_size = sizeof(cp->c_finderinfo) - 8; - } else { - finderinfo_start = &cp->c_finderinfo[0]; - finderinfo_size = sizeof(cp->c_finderinfo); - } - bzero(finderinfo_start, finderinfo_size); - - - /* Now restore the date added */ - if (S_ISREG(cp->c_attr.ca_mode) || S_ISLNK(cp->c_attr.ca_mode)) { - struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedFileInfo *)finfo; - extinfo->date_added = date_added; - extinfo->write_gen_counter = write_gen_counter; - extinfo->document_id = document_id; - } else if (S_ISDIR(cp->c_attr.ca_mode)) { - struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *extinfo = (struct FndrExtendedDirInfo *)finfo; - extinfo->date_added = date_added; - extinfo->write_gen_counter = write_gen_counter; - extinfo->document_id = document_id; - } - - /* Updating finderInfo updates change time and modified time */ - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - hfs_update(vp, 0); - - hfs_unlock(cp); - - return (0); - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - /* - * Standard HFS only supports native FinderInfo and Resource Forks. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) { - return (EPERM); - } -#endif - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp == NULL) { - return (ENOATTR); - } - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - if ((result = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - goto exit_nolock; - } - - result = hfs_buildattrkey(cp->c_fileid, ap->a_name, (HFSPlusAttrKey *)&iterator->key); - if (result) { - goto exit; - } - - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - result = EINVAL; - goto exit; - } - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_ATTRIBUTE | SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - result = remove_attribute_records(hfsmp, iterator); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - if (result == 0) { - cp->c_touch_chgtime = TRUE; - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_ATTRIBUTE, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - /* If no more attributes exist, clear attribute bit */ - result = file_attribute_exist(hfsmp, cp->c_fileid); - if (result == 0) { - cp->c_attr.ca_recflags &= ~kHFSHasAttributesMask; - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - } - if (result == EEXIST) { - result = 0; - } - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - /* If ACL was removed, clear security bit */ - if (strcmp(ap->a_name, KAUTH_FILESEC_XATTR) == 0) { - cp->c_attr.ca_recflags &= ~kHFSHasSecurityMask; - cp->c_flag |= C_MODIFIED; - } - (void) hfs_update(vp, 0); - } - - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); -exit: - hfs_unlock(cp); -exit_nolock: - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - -/* - * Removes a non rsrc-fork, non-finderinfo EA from the specified file ID. - * Note that this results in a bit of code duplication for the xattr removal - * path. This is done because it's a bit messy to deal with things without the - * cnode. This function is used by exchangedata to port XATTRS to alternate - * fileIDs while everything is locked, and the cnodes are in a transitional state. - * - * Assumes that the cnode backing the fileid specified is LOCKED. - */ - -int -hfs_removexattr_by_id (struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t fileid, const char *xattr_name ) { - struct BTreeIterator iter; // allocated on the stack to avoid heap allocation mid-txn - int ret = 0; - int started_txn = 0; - int lockflags; - - memset (&iter, 0, sizeof(iter)); - - //position the B-Tree iter key before grabbing locks and starting a txn - ret = hfs_buildattrkey (fileid, xattr_name, (HFSPlusAttrKey*)&iter.key); - if (ret) { - goto xattr_out; - } - - //note: this is likely a nested transaction since there is a global transaction cover - if (hfs_start_transaction (hfsmp) != 0) { - ret = EINVAL; - goto xattr_out; - } - started_txn = 1; - - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_ATTRIBUTE | SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - //actually remove the EA from the tree - ret = remove_attribute_records(hfsmp, &iter); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - /* - * NOTE: Responsibility of the caller to remove the "has XATTRs" bit in the catalog record - * if this was the last EA. - */ - - -xattr_out: - if (started_txn) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - } - - return MacToVFSError(ret); - -} - - -/* Check if any attribute record exist for given fileID. This function - * is called by hfs_vnop_removexattr to determine if it should clear the - * attribute bit in the catalog record or not. - * - * Note - you must acquire a shared lock on the attribute btree before - * calling this function. - * - * Output: - * EEXIST - If attribute record was found - * 0 - Attribute was not found - * (other) - Other error (such as EIO) - */ -int -file_attribute_exist(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uint32_t fileID) -{ - HFSPlusAttrKey *key; - struct BTreeIterator * iterator = NULL; - struct filefork *btfile; - int result = 0; - - // if there's no attribute b-tree we sure as heck - // can't have any attributes! - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp == NULL) { - return false; - } - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - key = (HFSPlusAttrKey *)&iterator->key; - - result = hfs_buildattrkey(fileID, NULL, key); - if (result) { - goto out; - } - - btfile = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp); - result = BTSearchRecord(btfile, iterator, NULL, NULL, NULL); - if (result && (result != btNotFound)) { - goto out; - } - - result = BTIterateRecord(btfile, kBTreeNextRecord, iterator, NULL, NULL); - /* If no next record was found or fileID for next record did not match, - * no more attributes exist for this fileID - */ - if ((result && (result == btNotFound)) || (key->fileID != fileID)) { - result = 0; - } else { - result = EEXIST; - } - -out: - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - return result; -} - - -/* - * Remove all the records for a given attribute. - * - * - Used by hfs_vnop_removexattr, hfs_vnop_setxattr and hfs_removeallattr. - * - A transaction must have been started. - * - The Attribute b-tree file must be locked exclusive. - * - The Allocation Bitmap file must be locked exclusive. - * - The iterator key must be initialized. - */ -int -remove_attribute_records(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, BTreeIterator * iterator) -{ - struct filefork *btfile; - FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - HFSPlusAttrRecord attrdata; /* 90 bytes */ - u_int16_t datasize; - int result; - - btfile = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp); - - btdata.bufferAddress = &attrdata; - btdata.itemSize = sizeof(attrdata); - btdata.itemCount = 1; - result = BTSearchRecord(btfile, iterator, &btdata, &datasize, NULL); - if (result) { - goto exit; /* no records. */ - } - /* - * Free the blocks from extent based attributes. - * - * Note that the block references (btree records) are removed - * before releasing the blocks in the allocation bitmap. - */ - if (attrdata.recordType == kHFSPlusAttrForkData) { - int totalblks; - int extentblks; - u_int32_t *keystartblk; - - if (datasize < sizeof(HFSPlusAttrForkData)) { - printf("hfs: remove_attribute_records: bad record size %d (expecting %lu)\n", datasize, sizeof(HFSPlusAttrForkData)); - } - totalblks = attrdata.forkData.theFork.totalBlocks; - - /* Process the first 8 extents. */ - extentblks = count_extent_blocks(totalblks, attrdata.forkData.theFork.extents); - if (extentblks > totalblks) - panic("hfs: remove_attribute_records: corruption..."); - if (BTDeleteRecord(btfile, iterator) == 0) { - free_attr_blks(hfsmp, extentblks, attrdata.forkData.theFork.extents); - } - totalblks -= extentblks; - keystartblk = &((HFSPlusAttrKey *)&iterator->key)->startBlock; - - /* Process any overflow extents. */ - while (totalblks) { - *keystartblk += (u_int32_t)extentblks; - - result = BTSearchRecord(btfile, iterator, &btdata, &datasize, NULL); - if (result || - (attrdata.recordType != kHFSPlusAttrExtents) || - (datasize < sizeof(HFSPlusAttrExtents))) { - printf("hfs: remove_attribute_records: BTSearchRecord: vol=%s, err=%d (%d), totalblks %d\n", - hfsmp->vcbVN, MacToVFSError(result), attrdata.recordType != kHFSPlusAttrExtents, totalblks); - result = ENOATTR; - break; /* break from while */ - } - /* Process the next 8 extents. */ - extentblks = count_extent_blocks(totalblks, attrdata.overflowExtents.extents); - if (extentblks > totalblks) - panic("hfs: remove_attribute_records: corruption..."); - if (BTDeleteRecord(btfile, iterator) == 0) { - free_attr_blks(hfsmp, extentblks, attrdata.overflowExtents.extents); - } - totalblks -= extentblks; - } - } else { - result = BTDeleteRecord(btfile, iterator); - } - (void) BTFlushPath(btfile); -exit: - return (result == btNotFound ? ENOATTR : MacToVFSError(result)); -} - - -/* - * Retrieve the list of extended attribute names. - */ -int -hfs_vnop_listxattr(struct vnop_listxattr_args *ap) -/* - struct vnop_listxattr_args { - struct vnodeop_desc *a_desc; - vnode_t a_vp; - uio_t a_uio; - size_t *a_size; - int a_options; - vfs_context_t a_context; -*/ -{ - struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp; - struct cnode *cp = VTOC(vp); - struct hfsmount *hfsmp; - uio_t uio = ap->a_uio; - struct BTreeIterator * iterator = NULL; - struct filefork *btfile; - struct listattr_callback_state state; - user_addr_t user_start = 0; - user_size_t user_len = 0; - int lockflags; - int result; - u_int8_t finderinfo[32]; - - - if (VNODE_IS_RSRC(vp)) { - return (EPERM); - } - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - int compressed = hfs_file_is_compressed(cp, 1); /* 1 == don't take the cnode lock */ -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - - hfsmp = VTOHFS(vp); - *ap->a_size = 0; - - /* - * Take the truncate lock; this serializes us against the ioctl - * to truncate data & reset the decmpfs state - * in the compressed file handler. - */ - hfs_lock_truncate(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - - /* Now the regular cnode lock (shared) */ - if ((result = hfs_lock(cp, HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT))) { - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - return (result); - } - - /* - * Make a copy of the cnode's finderinfo to a local so we can - * zero out the date added field. Also zero out the private type/creator - * for symlinks. - */ - bcopy(cp->c_finderinfo, finderinfo, sizeof(finderinfo)); - hfs_zero_hidden_fields (cp, finderinfo); - - /* Don't expose a symlink's private type/creator. */ - if (vnode_islnk(vp)) { - struct FndrFileInfo *fip; - - fip = (struct FndrFileInfo *)&finderinfo; - fip->fdType = 0; - fip->fdCreator = 0; - } - - - /* If Finder Info is non-empty then export it's name. */ - if (bcmp(finderinfo, emptyfinfo, sizeof(emptyfinfo)) != 0) { - if (uio == NULL) { - *ap->a_size += sizeof(XATTR_FINDERINFO_NAME); - } else if ((user_size_t)uio_resid(uio) < sizeof(XATTR_FINDERINFO_NAME)) { - result = ERANGE; - goto exit; - } else { - result = uiomove(XATTR_FINDERINFO_NAME, - sizeof(XATTR_FINDERINFO_NAME), uio); - if (result) - goto exit; - } - } - /* If Resource Fork is non-empty then export it's name. */ - if (S_ISREG(cp->c_mode) && hfs_has_rsrc(cp)) { -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if ((ap->a_options & XATTR_SHOWCOMPRESSION) || - !compressed || - !decmpfs_hides_rsrc(ap->a_context, VTOCMP(vp)) - ) -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - { - if (uio == NULL) { - *ap->a_size += sizeof(XATTR_RESOURCEFORK_NAME); - } else if ((user_size_t)uio_resid(uio) < sizeof(XATTR_RESOURCEFORK_NAME)) { - result = ERANGE; - goto exit; - } else { - result = uiomove(XATTR_RESOURCEFORK_NAME, - sizeof(XATTR_RESOURCEFORK_NAME), uio); - if (result) - goto exit; - } - } - } -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - /* - * Standard HFS only supports native FinderInfo and Resource Forks. - * Return at this point. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) { - result = 0; - goto exit; - } -#endif - /* Bail if we don't have any extended attributes. */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp == NULL) || - (cp->c_attr.ca_recflags & kHFSHasAttributesMask) == 0) { - result = 0; - goto exit; - } - btfile = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp); - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - result = hfs_buildattrkey(cp->c_fileid, NULL, (HFSPlusAttrKey *)&iterator->key); - if (result) - goto exit; - - /* - * Lock the user's buffer here so that we won't fault on - * it in uiomove while holding the attributes b-tree lock. - */ - if (uio && uio_isuserspace(uio)) { - user_start = uio_curriovbase(uio); - user_len = uio_curriovlen(uio); - - if ((result = vslock(user_start, user_len)) != 0) { - user_start = 0; - goto exit; - } - } - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_ATTRIBUTE, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - result = BTSearchRecord(btfile, iterator, NULL, NULL, NULL); - if (result && result != btNotFound) { - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - goto exit; - } - - state.fileID = cp->c_fileid; - state.result = 0; - state.uio = uio; - state.size = 0; -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - state.showcompressed = !compressed || ap->a_options & XATTR_SHOWCOMPRESSION; - state.ctx = ap->a_context; - state.vp = vp; -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - - /* - * Process entries starting just after iterator->key. - */ - result = BTIterateRecords(btfile, kBTreeNextRecord, iterator, - (IterateCallBackProcPtr)listattr_callback, &state); - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - if (uio == NULL) { - *ap->a_size += state.size; - } - - if (state.result || result == btNotFound) - result = state.result; - -exit: - if (user_start) { - vsunlock(user_start, user_len, TRUE); - } - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - hfs_unlock(cp); - hfs_unlock_truncate(cp, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - - -/* - * Callback - called for each attribute record - */ -static int -listattr_callback(const HFSPlusAttrKey *key, __unused const HFSPlusAttrData *data, struct listattr_callback_state *state) -{ - char attrname[XATTR_MAXNAMELEN + 1]; - ssize_t bytecount; - int result; - - if (state->fileID != key->fileID) { - state->result = 0; - return (0); /* stop */ - } - /* - * Skip over non-primary keys - */ - if (key->startBlock != 0) { - return (1); /* continue */ - } - - /* Convert the attribute name into UTF-8. */ - result = utf8_encodestr(key->attrName, key->attrNameLen * sizeof(UniChar), - (u_int8_t *)attrname, (size_t *)&bytecount, sizeof(attrname), '/', 0); - if (result) { - state->result = result; - return (0); /* stop */ - } - bytecount++; /* account for null termination char */ - - if (xattr_protected(attrname)) - return (1); /* continue */ - -#if HFS_COMPRESSION - if (!state->showcompressed && decmpfs_hides_xattr(state->ctx, VTOCMP(state->vp), attrname) ) - return 1; /* continue */ -#endif /* HFS_COMPRESSION */ - - if (state->uio == NULL) { - state->size += bytecount; - } else { - if (bytecount > uio_resid(state->uio)) { - state->result = ERANGE; - return (0); /* stop */ - } - result = uiomove((caddr_t) attrname, bytecount, state->uio); - if (result) { - state->result = result; - return (0); /* stop */ - } - } - return (1); /* continue */ -} - -/* - * Remove all the attributes from a cnode. - * - * This function creates/ends its own transaction so that each - * attribute is deleted in its own transaction (to avoid having - * a transaction grow too large). - * - * This function takes the necessary locks on the attribute - * b-tree file and the allocation (bitmap) file. - * - * NOTE: Upon sucecss, this function will return with an open - * transaction. The reason we do it this way is because when we - * delete the last attribute, we must make sure the flag in the - * catalog record that indicates there are no more records is cleared. - * The caller is responsible for doing this and *must* do it before - * ending the transaction. - */ -int -hfs_removeallattr(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, u_int32_t fileid, - bool *open_transaction) -{ - BTreeIterator *iterator = NULL; - HFSPlusAttrKey *key; - struct filefork *btfile; - int result, lockflags = 0; - - *open_transaction = false; - - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp == NULL) - return 0; - - btfile = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp); - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(BTreeIterator)); - - key = (HFSPlusAttrKey *)&iterator->key; - - /* Loop until there are no more attributes for this file id */ - do { - if (!*open_transaction) - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_ATTRIBUTE, HFS_SHARED_LOCK); - - (void) hfs_buildattrkey(fileid, NULL, key); - result = BTIterateRecord(btfile, kBTreeNextRecord, iterator, NULL, NULL); - if (result || key->fileID != fileid) - goto exit; - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - lockflags = 0; - - if (*open_transaction) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - *open_transaction = false; - } - - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - result = EINVAL; - goto exit; - } - - *open_transaction = true; - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_ATTRIBUTE | SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - result = remove_attribute_records(hfsmp, iterator); - -#if HFS_XATTR_VERBOSE - if (result) { - printf("hfs_removeallattr: unexpected err %d\n", result); - } -#endif - } while (!result); - -exit: - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - - if (lockflags) - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - result = result == btNotFound ? 0 : MacToVFSError(result); - - if (result && *open_transaction) { - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - *open_transaction = false; - } - - return result; -} - -void -hfs_xattr_init(struct hfsmount * hfsmp) -{ -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (ISSET(hfsmp->hfs_flags, HFS_STANDARD)) - return; -#endif - - /* - * If there isn't an attributes b-tree then create one. - */ - if ((hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp == NULL) && - !(hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_READ_ONLY)) { - (void) hfs_create_attr_btree(hfsmp, ATTRIBUTE_FILE_NODE_SIZE, - getnodecount(hfsmp, ATTRIBUTE_FILE_NODE_SIZE)); - } - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp) - hfsmp->hfs_max_inline_attrsize = getmaxinlineattrsize(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp); -} - -/* - * Enable/Disable volume attributes stored as EA for root file system. - * Supported attributes are - - * 1. Extent-based Extended Attributes - */ -int -hfs_set_volxattr(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, unsigned int xattrtype, int state) -{ - struct BTreeIterator * iterator = NULL; - struct filefork *btfile; - int lockflags; - int result; - -#if CONFIG_HFS_STD - if (hfsmp->hfs_flags & HFS_STANDARD) { - return (ENOTSUP); - } -#endif - if (xattrtype != HFSIOC_SET_XATTREXTENTS_STATE) { - return EINVAL; - } - - /* - * If there isn't an attributes b-tree then create one. - */ - if (hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp == NULL) { - result = hfs_create_attr_btree(hfsmp, ATTRIBUTE_FILE_NODE_SIZE, - getnodecount(hfsmp, ATTRIBUTE_FILE_NODE_SIZE)); - if (result) { - return (result); - } - } - - iterator = hfs_mallocz(sizeof(*iterator)); - - /* - * Build a b-tree key. - * We use the root's parent id (1) to hold this volume attribute. - */ - (void) hfs_buildattrkey(kHFSRootParentID, XATTR_XATTREXTENTS_NAME, - (HFSPlusAttrKey *)&iterator->key); - - /* Start a transaction for our changes. */ - if (hfs_start_transaction(hfsmp) != 0) { - result = EINVAL; - goto exit; - } - btfile = VTOF(hfsmp->hfs_attribute_vp); - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_ATTRIBUTE, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - if (state == 0) { - /* Remove the attribute. */ - result = BTDeleteRecord(btfile, iterator); - if (result == btNotFound) - result = 0; - } else { - FSBufferDescriptor btdata; - HFSPlusAttrData attrdata; - u_int16_t datasize; - - datasize = sizeof(attrdata); - btdata.bufferAddress = &attrdata; - btdata.itemSize = datasize; - btdata.itemCount = 1; - attrdata.recordType = kHFSPlusAttrInlineData; - attrdata.reserved[0] = 0; - attrdata.reserved[1] = 0; - attrdata.attrSize = 2; - attrdata.attrData[0] = 0; - attrdata.attrData[1] = 0; - - /* Insert the attribute. */ - result = BTInsertRecord(btfile, iterator, &btdata, datasize); - if (result == btExists) - result = 0; - } - (void) BTFlushPath(btfile); - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - - /* Finish the transaction of our changes. */ - hfs_end_transaction(hfsmp); - - /* Update the state in the mount point */ - hfs_lock_mount (hfsmp); - if (state == 0) { - hfsmp->hfs_flags &= ~HFS_XATTR_EXTENTS; - } else { - hfsmp->hfs_flags |= HFS_XATTR_EXTENTS; - } - hfs_unlock_mount (hfsmp); - -exit: - hfs_free(iterator, sizeof(*iterator)); - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - - -/* - * hfs_attrkeycompare - compare two attribute b-tree keys. - * - * The name portion of the key is compared using a 16-bit binary comparison. - * This is called from the b-tree code. - */ -int -hfs_attrkeycompare(HFSPlusAttrKey *searchKey, HFSPlusAttrKey *trialKey) -{ - u_int32_t searchFileID, trialFileID; - int result; - - searchFileID = searchKey->fileID; - trialFileID = trialKey->fileID; - result = 0; - - if (searchFileID > trialFileID) { - ++result; - } else if (searchFileID < trialFileID) { - --result; - } else { - u_int16_t * str1 = &searchKey->attrName[0]; - u_int16_t * str2 = &trialKey->attrName[0]; - int length1 = searchKey->attrNameLen; - int length2 = trialKey->attrNameLen; - u_int16_t c1, c2; - int length; - - if (length1 < length2) { - length = length1; - --result; - } else if (length1 > length2) { - length = length2; - ++result; - } else { - length = length1; - } - - while (length--) { - c1 = *(str1++); - c2 = *(str2++); - - if (c1 > c2) { - result = 1; - break; - } - if (c1 < c2) { - result = -1; - break; - } - } - if (result) - return (result); - /* - * Names are equal; compare startBlock - */ - if (searchKey->startBlock == trialKey->startBlock) { - return (0); - } else { - return (searchKey->startBlock < trialKey->startBlock ? -1 : 1); - } - } - - return result; -} - - -/* - * hfs_buildattrkey - build an Attribute b-tree key - */ -int -hfs_buildattrkey(u_int32_t fileID, const char *attrname, HFSPlusAttrKey *key) -{ - int result = 0; - size_t unicodeBytes = 0; - - if (attrname != NULL) { - /* - * Convert filename from UTF-8 into Unicode - */ - result = utf8_decodestr((const u_int8_t *)attrname, strlen(attrname), key->attrName, - &unicodeBytes, sizeof(key->attrName), 0, 0); - if (result) { - if (result != ENAMETOOLONG) - result = EINVAL; /* name has invalid characters */ - return (result); - } - key->attrNameLen = unicodeBytes / sizeof(UniChar); - key->keyLength = kHFSPlusAttrKeyMinimumLength + unicodeBytes; - } else { - key->attrNameLen = 0; - key->keyLength = kHFSPlusAttrKeyMinimumLength; - } - key->pad = 0; - key->fileID = fileID; - key->startBlock = 0; - - return (0); - } - -/* - * getnodecount - calculate starting node count for attributes b-tree. - */ -static int -getnodecount(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, size_t nodesize) -{ - u_int64_t freebytes; - u_int64_t calcbytes; - - /* - * 10.4: Scale base on current catalog file size (20 %) up to 20 MB. - * 10.5: Attempt to be as big as the catalog clump size. - * - * Use no more than 10 % of the remaining free space. - */ - freebytes = (u_int64_t)hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 0) * (u_int64_t)hfsmp->blockSize; - - calcbytes = MIN(hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork->ff_size / 5, 20 * 1024 * 1024); - - calcbytes = MAX(calcbytes, hfsmp->hfs_catalog_cp->c_datafork->ff_clumpsize); - - calcbytes = MIN(calcbytes, freebytes / 10); - - return (MAX(2, (int)(calcbytes / nodesize))); -} - - -/* - * getmaxinlineattrsize - calculate maximum inline attribute size. - * - * This yields 3,802 bytes for an 8K node size. - */ -static size_t -getmaxinlineattrsize(struct vnode * attrvp) -{ - struct BTreeInfoRec btinfo; - size_t nodesize = ATTRIBUTE_FILE_NODE_SIZE; - size_t maxsize; - - if (attrvp != NULL) { - (void) hfs_lock(VTOC(attrvp), HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - if (BTGetInformation(VTOF(attrvp), 0, &btinfo) == 0) - nodesize = btinfo.nodeSize; - hfs_unlock(VTOC(attrvp)); - } - maxsize = nodesize; - maxsize -= sizeof(BTNodeDescriptor); /* minus node descriptor */ - maxsize -= 3 * sizeof(u_int16_t); /* minus 3 index slots */ - maxsize /= 2; /* 2 key/rec pairs minumum */ - maxsize -= sizeof(HFSPlusAttrKey); /* minus maximum key size */ - maxsize -= sizeof(HFSPlusAttrData) - 2; /* minus data header */ - maxsize &= 0xFFFFFFFE; /* multiple of 2 bytes */ - - return (maxsize); -} - -/* - * Initialize vnode for attribute data I/O. - * - * On success, - * - returns zero - * - the attrdata vnode is initialized as hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp - * - an iocount is taken on the attrdata vnode which exists - * for the entire duration of the mount. It is only dropped - * during unmount - * - the attrdata cnode is not locked - * - * On failure, - * - returns non-zero value - * - the caller does not have to worry about any locks or references - */ -int init_attrdata_vnode(struct hfsmount *hfsmp) -{ - vnode_t vp; - int result = 0; - struct cat_desc cat_desc; - struct cat_attr cat_attr; - struct cat_fork cat_fork; - int newvnode_flags = 0; - - bzero(&cat_desc, sizeof(cat_desc)); - cat_desc.cd_parentcnid = kHFSRootParentID; - cat_desc.cd_nameptr = (const u_int8_t *)hfs_attrdatafilename; - cat_desc.cd_namelen = strlen(hfs_attrdatafilename); - cat_desc.cd_cnid = kHFSAttributeDataFileID; - /* Tag vnode as system file, note that we can still use cluster I/O */ - cat_desc.cd_flags |= CD_ISMETA; - - bzero(&cat_attr, sizeof(cat_attr)); - cat_attr.ca_linkcount = 1; - cat_attr.ca_mode = S_IFREG; - cat_attr.ca_fileid = cat_desc.cd_cnid; - cat_attr.ca_blocks = hfsmp->totalBlocks; - - /* - * The attribute data file is a virtual file that spans the - * entire file system space. - * - * Each extent-based attribute occupies a unique portion of - * in this virtual file. The cluster I/O is done using actual - * allocation block offsets so no additional mapping is needed - * for the VNOP_BLOCKMAP call. - * - * This approach allows the attribute data to be cached without - * incurring the high cost of using a separate vnode per attribute. - * - * Since we need to acquire the attribute b-tree file lock anyways, - * the virtual file doesn't introduce any additional serialization. - */ - bzero(&cat_fork, sizeof(cat_fork)); - cat_fork.cf_size = (u_int64_t)hfsmp->totalBlocks * (u_int64_t)hfsmp->blockSize; - cat_fork.cf_blocks = hfsmp->totalBlocks; - cat_fork.cf_extents[0].startBlock = 0; - cat_fork.cf_extents[0].blockCount = cat_fork.cf_blocks; - - result = hfs_getnewvnode(hfsmp, NULL, NULL, &cat_desc, 0, &cat_attr, - &cat_fork, &vp, &newvnode_flags); - if (result == 0) { - hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp = vp; - hfs_unlock(VTOC(vp)); - } - return (result); -} - -/* - * Read an extent based attribute. - */ -static int -read_attr_data(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uio_t uio, size_t datasize, HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extents) -{ - vnode_t evp = hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp; - int bufsize; - int64_t iosize; - int attrsize; - int blksize; - int i; - int result = 0; - - hfs_lock_truncate(VTOC(evp), HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - - bufsize = (int)uio_resid(uio); - attrsize = (int)datasize; - blksize = (int)hfsmp->blockSize; - - /* - * Read the attribute data one extent at a time. - * For the typical case there is only one extent. - */ - for (i = 0; (attrsize > 0) && (bufsize > 0) && (extents[i].startBlock != 0); ++i) { - iosize = extents[i].blockCount * blksize; - iosize = MIN(iosize, attrsize); - iosize = MIN(iosize, bufsize); - uio_setresid(uio, iosize); - uio_setoffset(uio, (u_int64_t)extents[i].startBlock * (u_int64_t)blksize); - - result = cluster_read(evp, uio, VTOF(evp)->ff_size, IO_SYNC | IO_UNIT); - -#if HFS_XATTR_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: read_attr_data: cr iosize %lld [%d, %d] (%d)\n", - iosize, extents[i].startBlock, extents[i].blockCount, result); -#endif - if (result) - break; - attrsize -= iosize; - bufsize -= iosize; - } - uio_setresid(uio, bufsize); - uio_setoffset(uio, datasize); - - hfs_unlock_truncate(VTOC(evp), HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - return (result); -} - -/* - * Write an extent based attribute. - */ -static int -write_attr_data(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, uio_t uio, size_t datasize, HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extents) -{ - vnode_t evp = hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp; - off_t filesize; - int bufsize; - int attrsize; - int64_t iosize; - int blksize; - int i; - int result = 0; - - hfs_lock_truncate(VTOC(evp), HFS_SHARED_LOCK, HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - - bufsize = uio_resid(uio); - attrsize = (int) datasize; - blksize = (int) hfsmp->blockSize; - filesize = VTOF(evp)->ff_size; - - /* - * Write the attribute data one extent at a time. - */ - for (i = 0; (attrsize > 0) && (bufsize > 0) && (extents[i].startBlock != 0); ++i) { - iosize = extents[i].blockCount * blksize; - iosize = MIN(iosize, attrsize); - iosize = MIN(iosize, bufsize); - uio_setresid(uio, iosize); - uio_setoffset(uio, (u_int64_t)extents[i].startBlock * (u_int64_t)blksize); - - result = cluster_write(evp, uio, filesize, filesize, filesize, - (off_t) 0, IO_SYNC | IO_UNIT); -#if HFS_XATTR_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: write_attr_data: cw iosize %lld [%d, %d] (%d)\n", - iosize, extents[i].startBlock, extents[i].blockCount, result); -#endif - if (result) - break; - attrsize -= iosize; - bufsize -= iosize; - } - uio_setresid(uio, bufsize); - uio_setoffset(uio, datasize); - - hfs_unlock_truncate(VTOC(evp), HFS_LOCK_DEFAULT); - return (result); -} - -/* - * Allocate blocks for an extent based attribute. - */ -static int -alloc_attr_blks(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, size_t attrsize, size_t extentbufsize, HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extents, int *blocks) -{ - int blkcnt; - int startblk; - int lockflags; - int i; - int maxextents; - int result = 0; - - startblk = hfsmp->hfs_metazone_end; - blkcnt = howmany(attrsize, hfsmp->blockSize); - if (blkcnt > (int)hfs_freeblks(hfsmp, 0)) { - return (ENOSPC); - } - *blocks = blkcnt; - maxextents = extentbufsize / sizeof(HFSPlusExtentDescriptor); - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - for (i = 0; (blkcnt > 0) && (i < maxextents); i++) { - /* Try allocating and see if we find something decent */ - result = BlockAllocate(hfsmp, startblk, blkcnt, blkcnt, 0, - &extents[i].startBlock, &extents[i].blockCount); - /* - * If we couldn't find anything, then re-try the allocation but allow - * journal flushes. - */ - if (result == dskFulErr) { - result = BlockAllocate(hfsmp, startblk, blkcnt, blkcnt, HFS_ALLOC_FLUSHTXN, - &extents[i].startBlock, &extents[i].blockCount); - } - - -#if HFS_XATTR_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: alloc_attr_blks: BA blkcnt %d [%d, %d] (%d)\n", - blkcnt, extents[i].startBlock, extents[i].blockCount, result); -#endif - if (result) { - extents[i].startBlock = 0; - extents[i].blockCount = 0; - break; - } - blkcnt -= extents[i].blockCount; - startblk = extents[i].startBlock + extents[i].blockCount; - } - /* - * If it didn't fit in the extents buffer then bail. - */ - if (blkcnt) { - result = ENOSPC; - -#if HFS_XATTR_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: alloc_attr_blks: unexpected failure, %d blocks unallocated\n", blkcnt); -#endif - for (; i >= 0; i--) { - if ((blkcnt = extents[i].blockCount) != 0) { - (void) BlockDeallocate(hfsmp, extents[i].startBlock, blkcnt, 0); - extents[i].startBlock = 0; - extents[i].blockCount = 0; - } - } - } - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); - return MacToVFSError(result); -} - -/* - * Release blocks from an extent based attribute. - */ -static void -free_attr_blks(struct hfsmount *hfsmp, int blkcnt, HFSPlusExtentDescriptor *extents) -{ - vnode_t evp = hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp; - int remblks = blkcnt; - int lockflags; - int i; - - lockflags = hfs_systemfile_lock(hfsmp, SFL_BITMAP, HFS_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - for (i = 0; (remblks > 0) && (extents[i].blockCount != 0); i++) { - if (extents[i].blockCount > (u_int32_t)blkcnt) { -#if HFS_XATTR_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: free_attr_blks: skipping bad extent [%d, %d]\n", - extents[i].startBlock, extents[i].blockCount); -#endif - extents[i].blockCount = 0; - continue; - } - if (extents[i].startBlock == 0) { - break; - } - (void)BlockDeallocate(hfsmp, extents[i].startBlock, extents[i].blockCount, 0); - remblks -= extents[i].blockCount; - extents[i].startBlock = 0; - extents[i].blockCount = 0; - -#if HFS_XATTR_VERBOSE - printf("hfs: free_attr_blks: BlockDeallocate [%d, %d]\n", - extents[i].startBlock, extents[i].blockCount); -#endif - /* Discard any resident pages for this block range. */ - if (evp) { - off_t start, end; - - start = (u_int64_t)extents[i].startBlock * (u_int64_t)hfsmp->blockSize; - end = start + (u_int64_t)extents[i].blockCount * (u_int64_t)hfsmp->blockSize; - (void) ubc_msync(hfsmp->hfs_attrdata_vp, start, end, &start, UBC_INVALIDATE); - } - } - - hfs_systemfile_unlock(hfsmp, lockflags); -} - -static int -has_overflow_extents(HFSPlusForkData *forkdata) -{ - u_int32_t blocks; - - if (forkdata->extents[7].blockCount == 0) - return (0); - - blocks = forkdata->extents[0].blockCount + - forkdata->extents[1].blockCount + - forkdata->extents[2].blockCount + - forkdata->extents[3].blockCount + - forkdata->extents[4].blockCount + - forkdata->extents[5].blockCount + - forkdata->extents[6].blockCount + - forkdata->extents[7].blockCount; - - return (forkdata->totalBlocks > blocks); -} - -static int -count_extent_blocks(int maxblks, HFSPlusExtentRecord extents) -{ - int blocks; - int i; - - for (i = 0, blocks = 0; i < kHFSPlusExtentDensity; ++i) { - /* Ignore obvious bogus extents. */ - if (extents[i].blockCount > (u_int32_t)maxblks) - continue; - if (extents[i].startBlock == 0 || extents[i].blockCount == 0) - break; - blocks += extents[i].blockCount; - } - return (blocks); -} - diff --git a/core/install b/core/install deleted file mode 100755 index 3975ef9..0000000 --- a/core/install +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh - -# install -# hfs -# -# Created by Chris Suter on 4/30/15. -# - -if [ ! "$MACHINE" ] ; then - echo "MACHINE not specified" - exit 1 -fi - -ROOT=hfs-root.tbz - -# Virtual machine stuff -[ "$VM" != "" -a "$VMRUN" != "" ] && { ping -c 1 -t 2 $MACHINE || { - VMX="$HOME/Documents/Virtual Machines.localized/$VM.vmwarevm/$VM.vmx" - - "$VMRUN" revertToSnapshot "$VMX" "Safe" || exit 1 - "$VMRUN" start "$VMX" || exit 1 - } -} - -rsync -P "$BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR/$ROOT" $MACHINE: || exit 1 - -ssh $MACHINE bash -x -s </dev/null 2>/dev/null - - - - CFBundleDevelopmentRegion - en - CFBundleExecutable - $(EXECUTABLE_NAME) - CFBundleIdentifier - $(PRODUCT_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER) - CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion - 6.0 - CFBundleName - $(PRODUCT_NAME) - CFBundlePackageType - KEXT - CFBundleShortVersionString - HFS_KEXT_VERSION - CFBundleSignature - ???? - CFBundleVersion - HFS_KEXT_VERSION - IOKitPersonalities - - com.apple.filesystems.hfs.kext - - CFBundleIdentifier - com.apple.filesystems.hfs.kext - IOClass - com_apple_filesystems_hfs - IOMatchCategory - com_apple_filesystems_hfs - IOProviderClass - IOResources - IOResourceMatch - IOBSD - - - NSHumanReadableCopyright - Copyright © 2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - OSBundleLibraries - - com.apple.kpi.bsd - 14.1 - com.apple.kpi.iokit - 14.1 - com.apple.kpi.libkern - 14.1 - com.apple.kpi.mach - 14.1 - com.apple.kpi.private - 14.1 - com.apple.kpi.unsupported - 14.1 - - OSBundleRequired - Local-Root - - diff --git a/core/kext-config.h b/core/kext-config.h deleted file mode 100644 index f8c24a5..0000000 --- a/core/kext-config.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#ifndef _hfs_config_ -#define _hfs_config_ - -#include - -#define HFS_COMPRESSION 1 -#define FIFO 1 -#define QUOTA 1 - -// #define HFS_MALLOC_DEBUG 1 -// #define HFS_LEAK_DEBUG 1 - -#if TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED // iOS - -#define CONFIG_PROTECT 1 -#define CONFIG_SECLUDED_RENAME 1 - - -#else // OS X - -#define CONFIG_HFS_STD 1 -#define NAMEDSTREAMS 1 -#define CONFIG_HFS_DIRLINK 1 -#define CONFIG_SEARCHFS 1 - -#endif - -#endif /* defined(_hfs_config_) */ diff --git a/core/kext.xcconfig b/core/kext.xcconfig deleted file mode 100644 index e837a65..0000000 --- a/core/kext.xcconfig +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -// -// Copyright (c) 2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. -// -// @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ -// -// This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code -// as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License -// Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in -// compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License -// may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, -// unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to -// circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any -// terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. -// -// Please obtain a copy of the License at -// http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. -// -// The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are -// distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER -// EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, -// INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. -// Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and -// limitations under the License. -// -// @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ -// - -// Used if building combined xnu & hfs roots -//DEVICES= -//MACHINE= -//XNU_PATH= -//XNU_DST_PATH=$(XNU_PATH)/BUILD/dst -//KERNEL_PATH=$(XNU_DST_PATH)/System/Library/Kernels/kernel.development -//KERNEL_FRAMEWORK_PATH=$(XNU_DST_PATH)/System/Library/Frameworks/Kernel.framework -//HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS=$(KERNEL_FRAMEWORK_PATH)/PrivateHeaders $(KERNEL_FRAMEWORK_PATH)/Headers - -// Enable this to see if Clang has any new warnings -// WARNING_CFLAGS=-Weverything -Wno-unused-parameter -Wno-shorten-64-to-32 -Wno-reserved-id-macro -Wno-undef -Wno-missing-variable-declarations -Wno-padded -Wno-c11-extensions -Wno- documentation -Wno-variadic-macros -Wno-zero-length-array -Wno-documentation-unknown-command -Wno-packed -Wno-pedantic -Wno-format-non-iso -Wno-bad-function-cast -Wno-cast-align -Wno-disabled-macro-expansion -Wno-used-but-marked-unused -Wno-c++98-compat-pedantic -Wno-old-style-cast -Wno-c++98-compat -Wno-vla -Wno-switch-enum -Wno-c++-compat -Wno-global-constructors -Wno-shift-sign-overflow -Wno-covered-switch-default - -GCC_PREFIX_HEADER=core/kext-config.h -GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS=$(PREPROC_DEFN_$(CONFIGURATION)) -PREPROC_DEFN_Debug=DEBUG -PRIVATE_HEADERS_FOLDER_PATH=/usr/local/include/hfs -PUBLIC_HEADERS_FOLDER_PATH=/usr/include/hfs -OTHER_CFLAGS=$(OTHER_CFLAGS_$(CONFIGURATION)) -OTHER_CFLAGS_Coverage=-fprofile-instr-generate -fcoverage-mapping diff --git a/core/macosx-Info.plist b/core/macosx-Info.plist deleted file mode 100644 index 7d3fca3..0000000 --- a/core/macosx-Info.plist +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ - - - - - CFBundleDevelopmentRegion - en - CFBundleExecutable - $(EXECUTABLE_NAME) - CFBundleIdentifier - $(PRODUCT_BUNDLE_IDENTIFIER) - CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion - 6.0 - CFBundleName - $(PRODUCT_NAME) - CFBundlePackageType - KEXT - CFBundleShortVersionString - HFS_KEXT_VERSION - CFBundleSignature - ???? - CFBundleVersion - HFS_KEXT_VERSION - IOKitPersonalities - - com.apple.filesystems.hfs.kext - - CFBundleIdentifier - com.apple.filesystems.hfs.kext - IOClass - com_apple_filesystems_hfs - IOMatchCategory - com_apple_filesystems_hfs - IOProviderClass - IOResources - IOResourceMatch - IOBSD - - - NSHumanReadableCopyright - Copyright © 2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - OSBundleLibraries - - com.apple.kpi.bsd - 14.1 - com.apple.kpi.iokit - 14.1 - com.apple.kpi.libkern - 14.1 - com.apple.kpi.mach - 14.1 - com.apple.kpi.private - 14.1 - com.apple.kpi.unsupported - 14.1 - com.apple.filesystems.hfs.encodings.kext - 1.0 - - OSBundleRequired - Local-Root - - diff --git a/core/mk-root.sh b/core/mk-root.sh deleted file mode 100755 index fb62b25..0000000 --- a/core/mk-root.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash - -# mk-root.sh -# hfs -# -# Created by Chris Suter on 5/3/15. -# - -shopt -s nocasematch - -set -e - -if [[ "$SDKROOT" =~ macosx ]] ; then - if [ ! "$KERNEL_PATH" ] ; then - KERNEL_PATH=$SDKROOT/System/Library/Kernels/kernel.development - fi - - EXTS_PATH="`dirname \"$KERNEL_PATH\"`"/../Extensions - - kextutil -no-load -t -k "$KERNEL_PATH" -no-authentication "$BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR/HFSEncodings.kext" -d "$EXTS_PATH/System.kext" - kextutil -no-load -t -k "$KERNEL_PATH" -no-authentication "$BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR/HFS.kext" -d "$EXTS_PATH/System.kext" -d "$BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR/HFSEncodings.kext" - - if [ "$XNU_PATH" ] ; then - extra_args=(-C "$XNU_PATH/BUILD/dst" .) - fi - gnutar --owner 0 --group 0 --transform 's|^([^/]+.kext)|System/Library/Extensions/\1|x' -C "$BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR" HFS.kext HFSEncodings.kext "${extra_args[@]}" -cjf "$BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR/hfs-root.tbz" - echo "Created $BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR/hfs-root.tbz" - ln -sf $BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR/hfs-root.tbz /tmp/ -else - ~/bin/copy-kernel-cache-builder - pushd /tmp/KernelCacheBuilder - if [ "$XNU_PATH" ] ; then - extra_args=(KERNEL_PATH="$XNU_DST_PATH") - extra_kext_paths="$BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR $XNU_PATH/BUILD/dst/System/Library/Extensions" - else - extra_kext_paths="$BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR" - fi - env -i make TARGETS="$DEVICES" "${extra_args[@]}" BUILDS=development VERBOSE=YES SDKROOT=iphoneos.internal EXTRA_KEXT_PATHS="$BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR $XNU_PATH/BUILD/dst/System/Library/Extensions" EXTRA_BUNDLES=com.apple.filesystems.hfs.kext 2> >(sed -E '/^.*duplicate BUNDLE_IDS$/d' 1>&2) -fi diff --git a/core/rangelist.c b/core/rangelist.c deleted file mode 100644 index a38ea83..0000000 --- a/core/rangelist.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,429 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2001-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#if !RANGELIST_TEST -#include -#include "hfs.h" -#endif - -#include "rangelist.h" - -static enum rl_overlaptype rl_scan_from(struct rl_head *rangelist, off_t start, off_t end, struct rl_entry **overlap, struct rl_entry *range); -static void rl_collapse_forwards(struct rl_head *rangelist, struct rl_entry *range); -static void rl_collapse_backwards(struct rl_head *rangelist, struct rl_entry *range); -static void rl_collapse_neighbors(struct rl_head *rangelist, struct rl_entry *range); - - -#ifdef RL_DIAGNOSTIC -static void -rl_verify(struct rl_head *rangelist) { - struct rl_entry *entry; - struct rl_entry *next; - off_t limit = 0; - - TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(rangelist, entry, rl_link, next) { - if ((limit > 0) && (entry->rl_start <= limit)) panic("hfs: rl_verify: bad entry start?!"); - if (entry->rl_end < entry->rl_start) panic("hfs: rl_verify: bad entry end?!"); - limit = entry->rl_end; - }; -} -#endif - - - -/* - * Initialize a range list head - */ -void -rl_init(struct rl_head *rangelist) -{ - TAILQ_INIT(rangelist); -} - -/* - * Add a range to the list - */ -void -rl_add(off_t start, off_t end, struct rl_head *rangelist) -{ - struct rl_entry *range; - struct rl_entry *overlap; - enum rl_overlaptype ovcase; - -#ifdef RL_DIAGNOSTIC - if (end < start) panic("hfs: rl_add: end < start?!"); -#endif - - ovcase = rl_scan(rangelist, start, end, &overlap); - - /* - * Six cases: - * 0) no overlap - * 1) overlap == range - * 2) overlap contains range - * 3) range contains overlap - * 4) overlap starts before range - * 5) overlap ends after range - */ - switch (ovcase) { - case RL_NOOVERLAP: /* 0: no overlap */ - /* - * overlap points to the entry we should insert before, or - * if NULL, we should insert at the end. - */ - range = hfs_malloc(sizeof(*range)); - range->rl_start = start; - range->rl_end = end; - - /* Link in the new range: */ - if (overlap) { - TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(overlap, range, rl_link); - } else { - TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(rangelist, range, rl_link); - } - - /* Check to see if any ranges can be combined (possibly including the immediately - preceding range entry) - */ - rl_collapse_neighbors(rangelist, range); - break; - - case RL_MATCHINGOVERLAP: /* 1: overlap == range */ - case RL_OVERLAPCONTAINSRANGE: /* 2: overlap contains range */ - break; - - case RL_OVERLAPISCONTAINED: /* 3: range contains overlap */ - /* - * Replace the overlap with the new, larger range: - */ - overlap->rl_start = start; - overlap->rl_end = end; - rl_collapse_neighbors(rangelist, overlap); - break; - - case RL_OVERLAPSTARTSBEFORE: /* 4: overlap starts before range */ - /* - * Expand the overlap area to cover the new range: - */ - overlap->rl_end = end; - rl_collapse_forwards(rangelist, overlap); - break; - - case RL_OVERLAPENDSAFTER: /* 5: overlap ends after range */ - /* - * Expand the overlap area to cover the new range: - */ - overlap->rl_start = start; - rl_collapse_backwards(rangelist, overlap); - break; - } - -#ifdef RL_DIAGNOSTIC - rl_verify(rangelist); -#endif -} - - - -/* - * Remove a range from a range list. - * - * Generally, find the range (or an overlap to that range) - * and remove it (or shrink it), then wakeup anyone we can. - */ -void -rl_remove(off_t start, off_t end, struct rl_head *rangelist) -{ - struct rl_entry *range, *next_range, *overlap, *splitrange; - int ovcase; - -#ifdef RL_DIAGNOSTIC - if (end < start) panic("hfs: rl_remove: end < start?!"); -#endif - - if (TAILQ_EMPTY(rangelist)) { - return; - }; - - range = TAILQ_FIRST(rangelist); - while ((ovcase = rl_scan_from(rangelist, start, end, &overlap, range))) { - switch (ovcase) { - - case RL_MATCHINGOVERLAP: /* 1: overlap == range */ - TAILQ_REMOVE(rangelist, overlap, rl_link); - hfs_free(overlap, sizeof(*overlap)); - break; - - case RL_OVERLAPCONTAINSRANGE: /* 2: overlap contains range: split it */ - if (overlap->rl_start == start) { - overlap->rl_start = end + 1; - break; - }; - - if (overlap->rl_end == end) { - overlap->rl_end = start - 1; - break; - }; - - /* - * Make a new range consisting of the last part of the encompassing range - */ - splitrange = hfs_malloc(sizeof *splitrange); - splitrange->rl_start = end + 1; - splitrange->rl_end = overlap->rl_end; - overlap->rl_end = start - 1; - - /* - * Now link the new entry into the range list after the range from which it was split: - */ - TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(rangelist, overlap, splitrange, rl_link); - break; - - case RL_OVERLAPISCONTAINED: /* 3: range contains overlap */ - /* Check before discarding overlap entry */ - next_range = TAILQ_NEXT(overlap, rl_link); - TAILQ_REMOVE(rangelist, overlap, rl_link); - hfs_free(overlap, sizeof(*overlap)); - if (next_range) { - range = next_range; - continue; - }; - break; - - case RL_OVERLAPSTARTSBEFORE: /* 4: overlap starts before range */ - overlap->rl_end = start - 1; - range = TAILQ_NEXT(overlap, rl_link); - if (range) { - continue; - } - break; - - case RL_OVERLAPENDSAFTER: /* 5: overlap ends after range */ - overlap->rl_start = (end == RL_INFINITY ? RL_INFINITY : end + 1); - break; - } - break; - } - -#ifdef RL_DIAGNOSTIC - rl_verify(rangelist); -#endif -} - - - -/* - * Scan a range list for an entry in a specified range (if any): - * - * NOTE: this returns only the FIRST overlapping range. - * There may be more than one. - */ - -enum rl_overlaptype -rl_scan(struct rl_head *rangelist, - off_t start, - off_t end, - struct rl_entry **overlap) { - - return rl_scan_from(rangelist, start, end, overlap, TAILQ_FIRST(rangelist)); -} - -enum rl_overlaptype -rl_overlap(const struct rl_entry *range, off_t start, off_t end) -{ - /* - * OK, check for overlap - * - * Six cases: - * 0) no overlap (RL_NOOVERLAP) - * 1) overlap == range (RL_MATCHINGOVERLAP) - * 2) overlap contains range (RL_OVERLAPCONTAINSRANGE) - * 3) range contains overlap (RL_OVERLAPISCONTAINED) - * 4) overlap starts before range (RL_OVERLAPSTARTSBEFORE) - * 5) overlap ends after range (RL_OVERLAPENDSAFTER) - */ - if (start > range->rl_end || range->rl_start > end) { - /* Case 0 (RL_NOOVERLAP) */ - return RL_NOOVERLAP; - } - - if (range->rl_start == start && range->rl_end == end) { - /* Case 1 (RL_MATCHINGOVERLAP) */ - return RL_MATCHINGOVERLAP; - } - - if (range->rl_start <= start && range->rl_end >= end) { - /* Case 2 (RL_OVERLAPCONTAINSRANGE) */ - return RL_OVERLAPCONTAINSRANGE; - } - - if (start <= range->rl_start && end >= range->rl_end) { - /* Case 3 (RL_OVERLAPISCONTAINED) */ - return RL_OVERLAPISCONTAINED; - } - - if (range->rl_start < start && range->rl_end < end) { - /* Case 4 (RL_OVERLAPSTARTSBEFORE) */ - return RL_OVERLAPSTARTSBEFORE; - } - - /* Case 5 (RL_OVERLAPENDSAFTER) */ - // range->rl_start > start && range->rl_end > end - return RL_OVERLAPENDSAFTER; -} - -/* - * Walk the list of ranges for an entry to - * find an overlapping range (if any). - * - * NOTE: this returns only the FIRST overlapping range. - * There may be more than one. - */ -static enum rl_overlaptype -rl_scan_from(struct rl_head *rangelist __unused, - off_t start, - off_t end, - struct rl_entry **overlap, - struct rl_entry *range) -{ -#ifdef RL_DIAGNOSTIC - rl_verify(rangelist); -#endif - - while (range) { - enum rl_overlaptype ot = rl_overlap(range, start, end); - - if (ot != RL_NOOVERLAP || range->rl_start > end) { - *overlap = range; - return ot; - } - - range = TAILQ_NEXT(range, rl_link); - } - - *overlap = NULL; - return RL_NOOVERLAP; -} - - -static void -rl_collapse_forwards(struct rl_head *rangelist, struct rl_entry *range) { - struct rl_entry *next_range; - - while ((next_range = TAILQ_NEXT(range, rl_link))) { - if ((range->rl_end != RL_INFINITY) && (range->rl_end < next_range->rl_start - 1)) return; - - /* Expand this range to include the next range: */ - range->rl_end = next_range->rl_end; - - /* Remove the now covered range from the list: */ - TAILQ_REMOVE(rangelist, next_range, rl_link); - hfs_free(next_range, sizeof(*next_range)); - -#ifdef RL_DIAGNOSTIC - rl_verify(rangelist); -#endif - }; -} - - - -static void -rl_collapse_backwards(struct rl_head *rangelist, struct rl_entry *range) { - struct rl_entry *prev_range; - - while ((prev_range = TAILQ_PREV(range, rl_head, rl_link))) { - if (prev_range->rl_end < range->rl_start -1) { -#ifdef RL_DIAGNOSTIC - rl_verify(rangelist); -#endif - return; - }; - - /* Expand this range to include the previous range: */ - range->rl_start = prev_range->rl_start; - - /* Remove the now covered range from the list: */ - TAILQ_REMOVE(rangelist, prev_range, rl_link); - hfs_free(prev_range, sizeof(*prev_range)); - }; -} - - - -static void -rl_collapse_neighbors(struct rl_head *rangelist, struct rl_entry *range) -{ - rl_collapse_forwards(rangelist, range); - rl_collapse_backwards(rangelist, range); -} - -void rl_remove_all(struct rl_head *rangelist) -{ - struct rl_entry *r, *nextr; - TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(r, rangelist, rl_link, nextr) - hfs_free(r, sizeof(*r)); - TAILQ_INIT(rangelist); -} - -/* - * In the case where b is contained by a, we return the the largest part - * remaining. The result is stored in a. - */ -void rl_subtract(struct rl_entry *a, const struct rl_entry *b) -{ - switch (rl_overlap(b, a->rl_start, a->rl_end)) { - case RL_MATCHINGOVERLAP: - case RL_OVERLAPCONTAINSRANGE: - a->rl_end = a->rl_start - 1; - break; - case RL_OVERLAPISCONTAINED: - // Keep the bigger part - if (b->rl_start - a->rl_start >= a->rl_end - b->rl_end) { - // Keep left - a->rl_end = b->rl_start - 1; - } else { - // Keep right - a->rl_start = b->rl_end + 1; - } - break; - case RL_OVERLAPSTARTSBEFORE: - a->rl_start = b->rl_end + 1; - break; - case RL_OVERLAPENDSAFTER: - a->rl_end = b->rl_start - 1; - break; - case RL_NOOVERLAP: - break; - } -} diff --git a/core/rangelist.h b/core/rangelist.h deleted file mode 100644 index b0bb7d1..0000000 --- a/core/rangelist.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2001-2014 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ - * - * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code - * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License - * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in - * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License - * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, - * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to - * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any - * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. - * - * Please obtain a copy of the License at - * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. - * - * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are - * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. - * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and - * limitations under the License. - * - * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ - */ -#ifndef _HFS_RANGELIST_H_ -#define _HFS_RANGELIST_H_ - -#include - -#ifdef KERNEL -#ifdef __APPLE_API_PRIVATE -#include -#include - -enum rl_overlaptype { - RL_NOOVERLAP = 0, /* 0 */ - RL_MATCHINGOVERLAP, /* 1 */ - RL_OVERLAPCONTAINSRANGE, /* 2 */ - RL_OVERLAPISCONTAINED, /* 3 */ - RL_OVERLAPSTARTSBEFORE, /* 4 */ - RL_OVERLAPENDSAFTER /* 5 */ -}; - -#define RL_INFINITY INT64_MAX - -TAILQ_HEAD(rl_head, rl_entry); - -struct rl_entry { - TAILQ_ENTRY(rl_entry) rl_link; - off_t rl_start; - off_t rl_end; -}; - -__BEGIN_DECLS -void rl_init(struct rl_head *rangelist); -void rl_add(off_t start, off_t end, struct rl_head *rangelist); -void rl_remove(off_t start, off_t end, struct rl_head *rangelist); -void rl_remove_all(struct rl_head *rangelist); -enum rl_overlaptype rl_scan(struct rl_head *rangelist, - off_t start, - off_t end, - struct rl_entry **overlap); -enum rl_overlaptype rl_overlap(const struct rl_entry *range, - off_t start, off_t end); - -static __attribute__((pure)) inline -off_t rl_len(const struct rl_entry *range) -{ - return range->rl_end - range->rl_start + 1; -} - -void rl_subtract(struct rl_entry *a, const struct rl_entry *b); - -static inline struct rl_entry rl_make(off_t start, off_t end) -{ - return (struct rl_entry){ .rl_start = start, .rl_end = end }; -} - -__END_DECLS - -#endif /* __APPLE_API_PRIVATE */ -#endif /* KERNEL */ -#endif /* ! _HFS_RANGELIST_H_ */ diff --git a/fsck_hfs/utilities.c b/fsck_hfs/utilities.c index d8e390c..3a3fbee 100644 --- a/fsck_hfs/utilities.c +++ b/fsck_hfs/utilities.c @@ -267,6 +267,7 @@ catch(sig) extern char lflag; // indicates if we're doing a live fsck (defined in fsck_hfs.c) extern char guiControl; // indicates if we're outputting for the gui (defined in fsck_hfs.c) +extern char xmlControl; // indicates if we're outputting XML output for GUI / Disk Utility (defined in fsck_hfs.c). FILE *log_file = NULL; @@ -929,17 +930,18 @@ plog(const char *fmt, ...) void olog(const char *fmt, ...) { - va_list ap; - va_start(ap, fmt); - - setup_logging(); + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, fmt); - /* For live fsck_hfs, add output strings to in-memory log, - * and for non-live fsck_hfs, print output to stdout. - */ - VOUT(stdout, fmt, ap); + setup_logging(); - va_end(ap); + /* + * For live fsck_hfs, add output strings to in-memory log, + * and for non-live fsck_hfs, print output to stdout. + */ + VOUT(stdout, fmt, ap); + + va_end(ap); } /* Write to only log file */ @@ -960,40 +962,46 @@ llog(const char *fmt, ...) void vplog(const char *fmt, va_list ap) { - va_list copy_ap; + va_list copy_ap; - va_copy(copy_ap, ap); - - setup_logging(); + va_copy(copy_ap, ap); - /* Always print prefix to strings written to log files */ - need_prefix = 1; + setup_logging(); - /* Handle output strings, print to stdout or store in-memory */ - VOUT(stdout, fmt, ap); - - /* Add log strings to the log file. VLOG() handles live case internally */ - VLOG_INTERNAL(fmt, copy_ap); + /* Always print prefix to strings written to log files */ + need_prefix = 1; + + /* Handle output strings, print to stdout or store in-memory, if not running in XML mode */ + if (xmlControl == 0) { + /* + * If running in XML mode do not put non-XML formatted output into stdout, as it may cause + * DiskMgmt to complain. + */ + VOUT(stdout, fmt, ap); + } + + /* Add log strings to the log file. VLOG() handles live case internally */ + VLOG_INTERNAL(fmt, copy_ap); } -/* Write to both standard out and log file */ +/* Write to both the given stream (usually stderr!) and log file */ void fplog(FILE *stream, const char *fmt, ...) { - va_list ap, copy_ap; - va_start(ap, fmt); - va_copy(copy_ap, ap); - - setup_logging(); - need_prefix = 1; + va_list ap, copy_ap; + va_start(ap, fmt); + va_copy(copy_ap, ap); - /* Handle output strings, print to given stream or store in-memory */ - VOUT(stream, fmt, ap); - - /* Add log strings to the log file. VLOG() handles live case internally */ - VLOG(fmt, copy_ap); + setup_logging(); + need_prefix = 1; - va_end(ap); + /* Handle output strings, print to given stream or store in-memory */ + VOUT(stream, fmt, ap); + + /* Add log strings to the log file. VLOG() handles live case internally */ + VLOG(fmt, copy_ap); + + va_end(ap); } #define kProgressToggle "kern.progressmeterenable" diff --git a/hfs.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj b/hfs.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj index 9ec964f..bb7e64b 100644 --- a/hfs.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj +++ b/hfs.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj @@ -2815,7 +2815,7 @@ "CODE_SIGN_IDENTITY[sdk=iphoneos*]" = "-"; INSTALL_PATH = /sbin; PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; }; name = Release; }; @@ -2909,6 +2909,7 @@ "FSCK_MAKESTRINGS=1", ); PRODUCT_NAME = fsck_makestrings; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; SKIP_INSTALL = YES; }; name = Release; @@ -2956,7 +2957,7 @@ GENERATE_MASTER_OBJECT_FILE = YES; MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.9; PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; STRIPFLAGS = ""; STRIP_INSTALLED_PRODUCT = YES; STRIP_STYLE = "non-global"; @@ -3385,7 +3386,7 @@ MTL_ENABLE_DEBUG_INFO = NO; OTHER_CFLAGS = "-fexceptions"; PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; USER_HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = "$(SRCROOT)/tests"; WARNING_CFLAGS = ( "-Wall", @@ -3441,7 +3442,7 @@ ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES; OTHER_CFLAGS = "-fexceptions"; PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; USER_HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = "$(SRCROOT)/tests"; WARNING_CFLAGS = ( "-Wall", @@ -3478,6 +3479,7 @@ baseConfigurationReference = FB20E1781AE968BD00CEBE7B /* kext.xcconfig */; buildSettings = { PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; }; name = Release; }; @@ -3486,6 +3488,7 @@ baseConfigurationReference = FB20E1781AE968BD00CEBE7B /* kext.xcconfig */; buildSettings = { PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; }; name = Debug; }; @@ -3519,7 +3522,7 @@ MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.11; MTL_ENABLE_DEBUG_INFO = NO; PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; SKIP_INSTALL = YES; WARNING_CFLAGS = ( "$(inherited)", @@ -3564,7 +3567,7 @@ MTL_ENABLE_DEBUG_INFO = YES; ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES; PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; SKIP_INSTALL = YES; WARNING_CFLAGS = ( "$(inherited)", @@ -3608,7 +3611,7 @@ MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.11; MTL_ENABLE_DEBUG_INFO = NO; PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; SKIP_INSTALL = YES; }; name = Release; @@ -3651,7 +3654,7 @@ MTL_ENABLE_DEBUG_INFO = YES; ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES; PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; SKIP_INSTALL = YES; }; name = Debug; @@ -3687,7 +3690,7 @@ MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.11; MTL_ENABLE_DEBUG_INFO = NO; PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; SKIP_INSTALL = YES; }; name = Release; @@ -3729,7 +3732,7 @@ MTL_ENABLE_DEBUG_INFO = YES; ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES; PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; SKIP_INSTALL = YES; }; name = Debug; @@ -3738,7 +3741,7 @@ isa = XCBuildConfiguration; buildSettings = { PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; WARNING_CFLAGS = ( "-Wall", "-W", @@ -3751,7 +3754,7 @@ isa = XCBuildConfiguration; buildSettings = { PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; WARNING_CFLAGS = ( "-Wall", "-W", @@ -3984,7 +3987,7 @@ "CODE_SIGN_IDENTITY[sdk=iphoneos*]" = "-"; INSTALL_PATH = /sbin; PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; }; name = Debug; }; @@ -3997,6 +4000,7 @@ "FSCK_MAKESTRINGS=1", ); PRODUCT_NAME = fsck_makestrings; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; SKIP_INSTALL = YES; }; name = Debug; @@ -4032,7 +4036,7 @@ GENERATE_MASTER_OBJECT_FILE = YES; MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.9; PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; STRIPFLAGS = ""; STRIP_INSTALLED_PRODUCT = YES; STRIP_STYLE = "non-global"; @@ -4227,7 +4231,7 @@ "CODE_SIGN_IDENTITY[sdk=iphoneos*]" = "-"; INSTALL_PATH = /sbin; PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; }; name = Coverage; }; @@ -4240,6 +4244,7 @@ "FSCK_MAKESTRINGS=1", ); PRODUCT_NAME = fsck_makestrings; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; SKIP_INSTALL = YES; }; name = Coverage; @@ -4275,7 +4280,7 @@ GENERATE_MASTER_OBJECT_FILE = YES; MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.9; PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; STRIPFLAGS = ""; STRIP_INSTALLED_PRODUCT = YES; STRIP_STYLE = "non-global"; @@ -4379,6 +4384,7 @@ baseConfigurationReference = FB20E1781AE968BD00CEBE7B /* kext.xcconfig */; buildSettings = { PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; }; name = Coverage; }; @@ -4466,7 +4472,7 @@ MTL_ENABLE_DEBUG_INFO = YES; ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES; PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; SKIP_INSTALL = YES; WARNING_CFLAGS = ( "$(inherited)", @@ -4513,7 +4519,7 @@ MTL_ENABLE_DEBUG_INFO = YES; ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES; PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; SKIP_INSTALL = YES; }; name = Coverage; @@ -4555,7 +4561,7 @@ MTL_ENABLE_DEBUG_INFO = YES; ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES; PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; SKIP_INSTALL = YES; }; name = Coverage; @@ -4605,7 +4611,7 @@ ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES; OTHER_CFLAGS = "-fexceptions"; PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; USER_HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = "$(SRCROOT)/tests"; WARNING_CFLAGS = ( "-Wall", @@ -4620,7 +4626,7 @@ isa = XCBuildConfiguration; buildSettings = { PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)"; - SDKROOT = iphoneos.internal; + SDKROOT = macosx.internal; WARNING_CFLAGS = ( "-Wall", "-W", @@ -4715,6 +4721,7 @@ 07828B5C1E3FDD25009D2106 /* Coverage */, ); defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0; + defaultConfigurationName = Release; }; 1DEB928508733DD80010E9CD /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "hfs.util" */ = { isa = XCConfigurationList; diff --git a/tests/cases/test-getattrlist.c b/tests/cases/test-getattrlist.c index 818d932..ae879d4 100644 --- a/tests/cases/test-getattrlist.c +++ b/tests/cases/test-getattrlist.c @@ -30,9 +30,7 @@ int run_getattrlist(__unused test_ctx_t *ctx) const char *tstdir; bool hfs_root = true; //true until proven otherwise. -#if TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED struct statfs sfs; - assert(statfs("/tmp", &sfs) == 0); if (strcmp(sfs.f_fstypename, "hfs")) { hfs_root = false; @@ -41,10 +39,6 @@ int run_getattrlist(__unused test_ctx_t *ctx) } else { tstdir = "/tmp"; } -#else // !TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED - di = disk_image_get(); - tstdir = di->mount_point; -#endif char *file; asprintf(&file, "%s/getattrlist-test.file", tstdir);